Catalog IKPI

© Siemens AG 2008
Industrial Communication
Catalog IK PI • 2009
SIMATIC NET
© Siemens AG 2008
Related catalogs:
SIMATIC Low-Voltage Motors
Products for IEC Squirrel-Cage Motors
Totally Integrated Automation Frame sizes 56 to 450
and Micro Automation
E86060-K5581-A111-A2-7600 D 81.1
E86060-K4670-A101-B2-7600 ST 70 E86060-K5581-A121-A2-7600 D 81.1 News
SIMATIC HMI ST 80 SINAMICS G110/G120 D 11.1

Human Machine Inverter Chassis Units;
Interface Systems SINAMICS G120D -
Distributed Frequency Inverters
E86060-K4680-A101-B5-7600 E86060-K5511-A111-A5-7600
Low-Voltage Controls and Distribution LV 1 MICROMASTER/COMBIMASTER DA 51.3

SIRIUS • SENTRON • SIVACON MICROMASTER 411 Inverters
COMBIMASTER 411
Distributed Drive Solution
E86060-K1002-A101-A7-7600 E86060-K5251-A131-A2-7600
Low-Voltage Controls and Distribution LV 1T SITOP KT 10.1

SIRIUS • SENTRON • SIVACON Power Supplies
Technical information SITOP and LOGO!Power
E86060-T1002-A101-A7-7600 E86060-K2410-A101-A6-7600
SIMOTION, SINAMICS S120 PM 21 SITRAIN ITC

and Motors for Training for Automation and
Production Machines Industrial Solutions
E86060-K4921-A101-A1-7600 E86060-K6850-A101-B9-7600
SINUMERIK & SINAMICS NC 61 Components for Automation CA 01

Automation Systems
for Machine Tools
E86060-K4461-A101-A2-7600 DVD: E86060-D4001-A510-C6-7600
SIMATIC Sensors FS 10 Automation and Drives

Sensors for Information and Ordering platform
Factory Automation in the Internet:
www.siemens.com/automation/mall
E86060-K8310-A111-A4-7600
© Siemens AG 2008
Industrial Communication
Catalog IK PI · 2009 Introduction
1
2
Supersedes:
PROFINET / Industrial Ethernet
Catalog IK PI · 2007 and
Catalog IK PI News · July 2007
Industrial Wireless Communication

3
The products and sys-
tems described in this
catalog are manufactu-
red/distributed under ap-
plication of a certified
PROFIBUS
4
quality management
system in accordance
with DIN EN ISO 9001
(Certified Registration
No. can be found in the
Appendix). The certifi-
SIMATIC ET 200 distributed I/Os
5
cate is recognized by all
IQNet countries.
AS-Interface
6
The products contained in this catalog are also

contained in the electronic Catalog CA 01.
Order No.:
Telecontrol
7
E86060-D4001-A510-C6-7600 (DVD)
Please contact your local
8
Siemens branch office.
Network transitions
© Siemens AG 2008
ECOFAST System
9
Appendix
10
© Siemens AG 2008
1/2 Siemens IK PI · 2009

© Siemens AG 2008
Answers for Industry.
Siemens Industry answers the challenges in the manufacturing
and the process industry as well as in the building automation
business. Our drive and automation solutions based on
Totally Integrated Automation (TIA) and Totally Integrated Power (TIP)
are employed in all kinds of industry. In the manufacturing and the
process industry. In industrial as well as in functional buildings.
Siemens offers automation, drive, and The high quality of our products Check out the opportunities our
low-voltage switching technology as well sets industry-wide benchmarks. automation and drive solutions provide.
as industrial software from standard High environmental aims are part of And discover how you can sustainably
products up to entire industry solutions. our eco-management, and we implement enhance your competitive edge with us.
The industry software enables our industry these aims consistently. Right from
customers to optimize the entire value product design, possible effects on
chain – from product design and develop- the environment are examined. Hence
ment through manufacture and sales up many of our products and systems are
to after-sales service. Our electrical and RoHS compliant (Restriction of Hazardous
mechanical components offer integrated Substances). As a matter of course, our
technologies for the entire drive train – production sites are certified according
from couplings to gear units, from motors to DIN EN ISO 14001, but to us,
to control and drive solutions for all environmental protection also means
engineering industries. Our technology most efficient utilization of valuable
platform TIP offers robust solutions for resources. The best example are our
power distribution. energy-efficient drives with energy savings
up to 60 %.
Siemens IK PI · 2009 1/3

© Siemens AG 2008
ERP – Enterprise Resource Planning
Ethernet
Management Level MES – Manufacturing Execution Systems
Ethernet
Operations Level SIMATIC PCS 7

Process Control (DCS)
Industrial Ethernet
Industrial Software for
• Design and Engineering • Maintenance
• Installation and Commissioning • Modernization
• Operation and Upgrade
Control Level
SINUMERIK SIMOTION
Computer Numeric Control Motion Control System
Field Level
PROFIBUS PA AS-Interface
Process Instrumentation SIMATIC Sensors
Totally HART
Integrated IO-Link
Automation
30.04.2008
Setting standards in
productivity and competitiveness.
Totally Integrated Automation.
Thanks to Totally Integrated Automation, Siemens is the only provider of
an integrated basis for implementation of customized automation solutions –
in all industries from inbound to outbound.

© Siemens AG 2008
SIMATIC IT
SIMATIC WinCC
SCADA System
SIMATIC NET SIMATIC Controllers SIMATIC HMI Safety Integrated

Industrial Modular / Embedded / Human Machine Interface
Communication PC-based
SIRIUS Industrial Controls
SENTRON Switching
Devices
SIMOCODE pro
Motor Management
System
PROFINET
Industrial Ethernet
SINAMICS Drive Systems PROFIBUS
SIMATIC Distributed I/O AS-Interface
Totally
Integrated
Power
KNX/EIB GAMMA instabus
TIA is characterized by its unique The unique continuity is already

continuity. a defined characteristic at the
development stage of our products
It provides maximum transparency at and systems.
all levels with reduced interfacing
requirements – covering the field level, The result: maximum interoperability –
production control level, up to the covering the controller, HMI, drives, up to
corporate management level. With TIA the process control system. This reduces the
you also profit throughout the complete life complexity of the automation solution in
cycle of your plant – starting with the initial your plant. You will experience this, for
planning steps through operation up to example, in the engineering phase of the
modernization, where we offer a high automation solution in the form of reduced
measure of investment security resulting time requirements and cost, or during
from continuity in the further development operation using the continuous diagnostics
of our products and from reducing the facilities of Totally Integrated Automation
number of interfaces to a minimum. for increasing the availability of your plant.

© Siemens AG 2008
Integrated power distribution

from one source.
Totally Integrated Power.

© Siemens AG 2008
Communication
IEC 61850 PROFINET BACnet
Industrial Ethernet
PROFIBUS
Processes /
industrial automation
KNX EIB
Products and systems

Medium voltage Transformers Low voltage Installation Building
technology automation
≤ 110 kV
Planning and system conﬁguration
03.04.2008
Electrical power distribution in buildings Our portfolio comprises everything from
requires integrated solutions. Our response: engineering tools to the matching
Totally Integrated Power. This means hardware: from switchgear and
innovative and integrated, interface- distribution systems for medium voltage
optimized products and systems which to transformers, from switching and
have been optimally coordinated and circuit-protection devices to low-voltage
complemented with communication and switchgear and busbar trunking systems,
software modules that link power as far as to the small distribution board and
distribution to building automation or the wall outlet. It goes without saying that
industrial automation. Totally Integrated both the medium-voltage switchgear,
Power accompanies power distribution which requires no maintenance, and the
projects from one end to the other. low-voltage switchgear are type-tested,
From A to Z. From the planning to the and their busbar connections, too.
building’s use: Totally Integrated Power Comprehensive protection systems ensure
offers significant advantages in every the safety of man and machine at any time.
project stage and to everyone involved in
the project – the investors, electrical
planning engineers, electricians, users
and building facility managers.

© Siemens AG 2008
Introduction
Your requirements Our range
Do you want to bring new products quickly onto the mar- Communication networks are of utmost importance for au-
ket? And at the same time be flexible and in a position to tomation solutions. SIMATIC NET – Networking for Industry
change your product range at short notice and shorten – stands for a diverse range of modular blocks – Designed
your time-to market? Do you want to be able to manufac- for Industry – which contribute to efficiently solving your
ture efficiently at low costs? And at the same time optimize communications tasks:
the capacity of your plant/machine and minimize possible
downtimes? • In the different automation areas
Then all the machines in your plant should work together • Across the entire workflow
perfectly. Therefore, you rely upon open, integrated auto- • For the complete plant life cycle
mation communication not just within the whole company • For all industries
but also for external communication. Avoid isolated auto-
mation and information technology solutions by assuring: SIMATIC NET offers solutions which both maximize the
benefits of Ethernet and simply integrate fieldbus systems.
• Continuous flow of information from the actuator/sen- Noticeable examples are:
sor level through to the corporate management level
• Availability of information at any location • The development of the field level for the use of Indus-
• High-speed data exchange between the different plant trial Ethernet
sections • Complete integration from the field level to the corpo-
• Easy, plant-wide configuration and efficient diagnostics rate management level
• Integrated security functions that block unauthorized • The implementation of new solutions by means of mo-
access bile communication
• Fail-safe and standard communication via the same con- • The integration of IT technologies
nection
Worldwide trends
Decentralization has been gaining worldwide importance

for a number of years now. A distributed plant structure
can reduce installation, maintenance and diagnostics co-
sts. This involves intelligent devices working locally and
being connected together across networks. Openness and
flexibility are important in order to expand existing setups
and to connect up different systems. For this reason, inter-
national committees define and standardize the standards
for bus systems.

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet
Industrial Ethernet – the industrial standard based on the international
(IEEE 802.3) Ethernet standard
PROFINET – the open Industrial Ethernet standard for automa-
(IEC 61158/61784) tion
Industrial Wireless LAN – the industrial standard for wireless communica-
(IEEE 802.11) tion based on the international standard
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS – the international standard for the field level is the
(IEC 61158/61784) global market leader among fieldbus systems
AS-Interface
AS-Interface – the international standard, which, as an economi-
(IEC 62026-2/EN 50295) cal alternative to the cable harness, links sensors
and actuators by means of a two-wire line
IO-Link
G_IK10_XX_00002
IO-Link – the standard for intelligently connecting sensors
and actuators from the field level to the
MES level

© Siemens AG 2008
Industrial communication with Totally Integrated Automation
With Totally Integrated Automation, Siemens is the only Securely and flexibly networked across all levels with
manufacturer to offer an integrated range of products SCALANCE network components
and systems for automation in all sectors – from incoming
goods and the production process to outgoing goods, from SCALANCE X Industrial Ethernet Switches, SCALANCE S
the field level through the production control level to con- Industrial Security Modules and Industrial Wireless LAN
nection with the corporate management level. (IWLAN) access points and client modules that ideally meet
the demands of industrial applications are available for
The advantages of Totally Integrated Automation already networking the stations on the PROFINET/Industrial
pay off as regards design and engineering, but also assem- Ethernet.
bly and commissioning and operation and maintenance.
The use of wireless communication to automation devices
Automation solutions can be implemented at little cost. and industrial terminal devices helps to achieve greater
New scope for development allows a quicker and more flexibility. As a result you can simplify maintenance work,
flexible response to new market requirements. Systems reduce service costs and downtimes and optimize the
can be easily expanded or converted without having to utilization of personnel. With Safety, even fail-safe commu-
interrupt ongoing operations. nication is possible via a wireless network. This increases a
company‘s competitiveness considerably.
Due to the increased use of Industrial Ethernet in auto-
mation, two topics within Totally Integrated Automation Challenging applications with real-time requirements can
are becoming more and more important – PROFINET and be implemented in the radio field.
SCALANCE. The use of wireless features for moving machines saves
cable and servicing costs, driverless transport systems can
PROFINET ... receive data via the wireless system without requiring ca-
for increasing the productivity of your plant bles and remain flexible in the choice of route.
You need a seamless information flow for your strategic

decisions within your company – from the first manufactu-
ring step through operation up to the corporate manage-
ment level. In order to achieve this, you rely on efficiency
and transparency already during engineering.
PROFINET, the open and innovative Industrial Ethernet

standard fulfils all the demands of industrial automation
and ensures integrated, company-wide communication.
PROFINET also supports the direct connection of distribut-

ed field devices to Industrial Ethernet and the solution of
isochronous Motion Control applications. PROFINET also
allows distributed automation with the support of com-
ponent technology, as well as vertical integration and the
solution of safety-oriented applications. PROFINET also
supports controller-controller communication.
PROFINET permits horizontal

integration

© Siemens AG 2008
An overall solution comprises:

• Bus system with Use of communication systems
- Passive network components, e.g. cables
AS-Inteface
- Active network components, e.g. switches
PROFIBUS
PROFINET
Industrial
Ethernet
IO-Link
• Interfaces for connecting automation devices to the bus
systems
DP
- Integrated interfaces
- Own communications processors Enterprise Resource
• Gateways, e.g. IE/PB Link PN IO Planning (ERP) n -
(e.g. PC)
• Software for configuring the networks
• Tools for maintenance and diagnostics Control
(e.g. SIMATIC S7-300) n n n -
SIMATIC NET offers all the components necessary for an in-

tegrated overall solution and supports the following com- Motion Control
munication systems: (e.g. SIMOTION) - n n
Industrial Ethernet (IEEE 802.3) – Intelligent field

the international standard for area networking is currently devices n n n n
(e.g. ET 200S)
the number one network in the LAN environment with a
share of over 90%. Simple field devices
Industrial Ethernet enables powerful communication net- (e.g. digital n n n n
I/O modules)
works to be constructed over wide areas.
PROFINET (IEC 61158/61784) – Sensors/actuators n n n n

the international standard uses Industrial Ethernet and al-
lows real-time communication all the way to the field level, Drives
(e.g. SINAMICS) - n n
but also integrates the enterprise level. With the full utiliza-
tion of existing IT standards, PROFINET allows isochronous
motion control applications, efficient cross-manufacturer SIRIUS
engineering and high availability of machines and systems motor starter n n n
on the Industrial Ethernet. PROFINET supports distributed
automation (and controller-controller communication) and
it allows fail-safe applications. Numeric Control - n n
PROFIBUS (IEC 61158/61784) – Fail-safe

communication n n n G_IK10_XX_00003
the international standard for the field level is the global
market leader among fieldbus systems It is the only field-
bus to allow communication both in manufacturing appli- not suitable - suitable n ideally suitable
cations and in process-oriented applications.
AS-Interface (IEC 62026/EN 50295) –

the international standard which, as an alternative to the
cable harness, links particularly economical sensors and IO-Link –
actuators by means of a two-wire line. the standard for intelligently connecting sensors and actu-
ators from the field level to the MES level.
KNX/EIB (EN 50090, ANSI EIA 776) –
the basis for building automation is the global standard. Network transitions are implemented via controllers or
links. Configuration and diagnostics can be performed
from any point in the plant.

© Siemens AG 2008
0RELO
WHOHSKRQ
Industrial bus systems ,QWHUQHW3DG
3&
The graphic shows the connection of different automation

systems to the standardized networks.
7HOHVHUYLFH 0RWLRQ&RQWURO
&RQWUROOHU 6\VWHPV
&RQWURODQGPRQLWRULQJ WinAC RTX 2008
V\VWHP 7HOHFRQWURODQG
VXEVWDWLRQFRQWURO
1XPHULF
&RQWURO
,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW
&RQWUROOHU
1RWHERRN
1XPHULF
&RQWURO
)LHOGGHYLFHIRU 3&3*
LQWULQVLFDOO\VDIHDUHD 0RQLWRULQJDQG
FRQWUROV\VWHP
&RXSOHU
352),%863$ 352),%86
)LHOGGHYLFH
0RELOH
6,02&2'( 3DQHO
SUR
/LQN 0DFKLQH
9LVLRQ
,2/LQN
'ULYHV
3UR[LPLW\VZLWFKHV
.1;
6HQVRUV

© Siemens AG 2008
7HOHFRQWURO
3& DQGVXEVWDWLRQ
FRQWURO
&RQWUROOHU
3&3*
:/$1&RQWUROOHU
6HFXULW\
352),1(7
,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW
$FFHVV
3RLQW
0RELOH3DQHOV
&RQWUROOHU $FFHVV 1RWHERRN ,:/$1
3RLQW 5&RD[&DEOH
&RQWUROOHU
/LQN
)LHOGGHYLFHV
0DFKLQH
/LQN
9LVLRQ
'ULYHV
5),' $FFHVV
6\VWHP 3RLQW
0RWLRQ&RQWURO
6\VWHPV /LQN ,2/LQN
/LQN
,2/LQN
3RZHU )LHOGGLVWULEXWRU 3RZHU
VXSSO\ VXSSO\ &OLHQW
&RQWUROOHU
/2*2 0RGXOH
6LJQDOOLQJFROXPQ
$6,QWHUIDFH
)LHOGGHYLFHV
5$
IXVHOHVV
FRPSDFW
*B,.B;;B
VWDUWHU
6ODYH 6LJQDOOLQJ 6ODYH &RPSDFW
FROXPQ VWDUWHU

© Siemens AG 2008
Industrial Ethernet/PROFINET
Industrial Ethernet
Industrial Ethernet is a powerful area and cell network that SIMATIC NET provides important supplements to Ethernet
complies with the IEEE 802.3 (ETHERNET) and 802.11 technology for industrial environments:
a/b/g/h (wireless LAN) standards and is available for indus-
trial applications. Ethernet is the basic Internet technology • Network components for use in harsh industrial environ-
for worldwide networking. ments
• Fast local assembly using the FastConnect cabling
The numerous various options of the intranet, Extranet system with RJ45 technology
and Internet that are already available today in the office • Failsafe networks through high-speed redundancy and
sector can also be used in factory and process automation redundant power supply
by means of the Industrial Ethernet. • Continuous monitoring of network components through
Ethernet technology, which has been used successfully a simple yet effective signaling concept
over many years in combination with switching, full- • Future-oriented network components with the new
duplex mode and autosensing, allows you to match your SCALANCE X Industrial Ethernet switch family
network‘s performance to your requirements. The user can • Gigabit communication on the control level for large
choose the data throughput rate to suit particular needs, amounts of data, e.g. WinCC, web applications, multi-
as integrated compatibility makes it possible to introduce media applications, etc.
new technology in stages.
The following communication functions/services are
With a current market share of over 90%, Ethernet is offered by Industrial Ethernet:
number one worldwide in today‘s LAN landscape.
PG/OP communication
Ethernet offers important advantages:
Comprises integrated communication functions which
• Fast commissioning thanks to the simplest connection allow data communication via SIMATIC, SIMOTION and
method SINUMERIK automation systems with every HMI device and
• High availability since existing networks can be exten- SIMATIC PG (STEP 7). PG/OP communication is supported
ded without any adverse effects by PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet and PROFIBUS.
• Virtually unlimited communication capabilities, since
scalable performance using switching technology and S7 communication
high data rates are available if required
• Networking of different application areas such as the S7 communication is the integrated communication func-
office and production areas tion (system function block) for S7-400 or loadable func-
• Company-wide communication thanks to WAN (Wide tion blocks for S7-300, which have been optimized within
Area Network) link-ups such as ISDN and the Internet, SIMOTION, SINUMERIK and SIMATIC S7/WinAC. It enables
with security components providing for data integrity PCs and workstations to be connected. The maximum
• Investment protection through continuous compatible volume of user data per task is 64 KB.
further development S7 communication offers simple, powerful communication
• Precise time-based assignment of events in the overall services and provides a network-independent software
plant by means of plant-wide clock control. interface.
SIMATIC NET relies on this proven technology. Siemens has Open communication
already supplied several million connections worldwide in
tough industrial environments subject to electromagnetic The open communication (SEND/RECEIVE) allows the
interference. SIMATIC S7 controllers to communicate with other SIMATIC
S7 and SIMATIC S5 controllers (S5-compatible communi-
cation), PCs and third-party systems. In addition, for the
simple connection of HMI stations, FETCH and WRITE are
offered.

© Siemens AG 2008
0' 6ZLWK
6,1$870,&52
6ZLWK
6,1$8767
0RELOH 3&ZLWK
1RWHERRN 3DQHOV :LQ&&IOH[LEOH
RU6,1$87
0,&526&
6 6,180(5,.
6,1$0,&6 6,027,21'3
*
6,0$7,&3&03
ZLWK:LQ$&
6
$FFHVV3RLQW
6&$/$1&(:
6 6&$/$1&(6
352),1(7
,QGXVWULDO (7 6&$/$1&(

(WKHUQHW ;3,57
5)
& $FFHVV3RLQW
6&$/$1&(:
)LHOG3*0
(76ZLWK
,031)2
6,0$7,&7'& &OLHQW0RGXOH
6&$/$1&(:
96
6,0$7,&3&
ZLWK:LQ$&
*B,.B;;B
6,1$0,&6
6,027,21&3'
,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW7ZLVWHG3DLU
,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW)LEHU2SWLF (7
6,180(5,.
Complete overview of Industrial Ethernet
Standard communication Information technology (IT) with e-mail and

web technology
This comprises standardized protocols for data communi- integrates SIMATIC, SIMOTION and SINUMERIK into IT via
cation, such as FTP. Industrial Ethernet. In the office environment, e-mail and
web browsers have prevailed as widespread means of
PROFIsafe communication. Ethernet is primarily used as the com-
permits standard and safety-related communication on munication route, in addition to telephone cables and the
one and the same bus cable. It is an open solution for sa- Internet.
fety-related communication over standard buses and uses
the PROFINET services. The socket interface for Industrial Ethernet
allows data communication with computers via TCP/IP.
OPC (Openness, Productivity & Collaboration) On this interface which is widespread in the PC and UNIX
is a standardized, open and cross-vendor software in- world, users can freely program the data exchange. In the
terface. It permits interfacing of OPC-capable Windows SIMATIC S7 and SIMATIC TDC, the SEND/RECEIVE blocks
applications to S7-communication, open communication (S/R) are used as an access to TCP/IP.
(SEND/RECEIVE) and PROFINET.

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFINET –
The open standard for automation
Industrial communication plays an important role for Industry-standard installation technology, real-time
automation technology. PROFINET, the open Industrial
Ethernet standard, offers important advantages which capability, integration of distributed field devices,
increase the responsiveness and reliability of the
processes. isochronous motion control applications, simple
Modular machine concepts and increased flexibility in the
design of automation structures ensure quick response network administration and diagnostics, protection
times. Fast transmission rates and application capabilities
with Industrial Wireless LAN allow increased system against unauthorized access, efficient cross-
performance. With an integrated diagnostics concept and a
safety solution for fail-safe communication, the plant is manufacturer engineering and a high degree of
always available.
PROFINET relies on established IT standards, supports machine and plant availability: with PROFINET, the
unrestricted TCP/IP and allows direct access from the
corporate management level all the way down to the field open and cross-manufacturer Industrial Ethernet
level. This ensures both the vertical and horizontal
integration. standard, all of these requirements are satisfied.
Protect investments: Seamless integration of existing

systems
Even integrating existing systems and networks is not a

problem with PROFINET. For example, PROFINET supports
the integration of existing PROFIBUS networks and other
fieldbus systems such as AS-Interface. Thus, on the one
hand, this ensures a high degree of investment protection
for existing systems and, on the other hand, allows a step-
by-step changeover to PROFINET.
The optimal basis for PROFINET: Industrial Ethernet
Ethernet has established itself as the standard in the office

environment. Due to the huge market acceptance,
Ethernet has been constantly further developed in terms of
transmission rates, for example. To meet the tough
demands of industrial use, we have provided a
standardized network for industrial applications in the
form of Industrial Ethernet for more than 20 years.
PROFINET uses this basis for connecting devices from the
field level to the control level, thereby combining industrial
performance capability with the integration and
transparency of company communication.

© Siemens AG 2008
IT standards & security Process

PROFINET provides all of the functions for optimal confi- PROFINET is designed as a comprehensive standard for all
guration and diagnostics. All relevant data can be automation tasks. Special requirements for use in process
accessed via the Internet – from any location in the world. plants and for connecting process instrumentation devices
In this way, PROFINET satisfies the increased requirements and analyzers are currently being worked out within the
for data and network security. scope of standardization. In secondary processes,
PROFINET has also successfully proven its worth many
Safety Integrated times in practice.
With regard to seamless safety for people, machines and
the environment, PROFINET meets all of the prerequi- Real-time communication
sites. The use of PROFIsafe allows for a network for stan- PROFINET satisfies all of the real-time requirements relevant
dard and safety-oriented communication on one and the to automation – including isochronous mode. PROFINET is
same cable and wireless communication with Industrial also suitable for especially challenging applications – such as
Wireless LAN (IWLAN). motion control.
Distributed field devices

Process Distributed field devices
can be directly connected
Safety Real-time to Industrial Ethernet via
PROFINET. This supports
Integrated communication
quick data exchange
between I/Os and the
controller and ensures con-
siderably enhanced diagno-
Distributed
IT standards
& security
PROFINET field devices
stics capabilities.
Motion control
With PROFINET, very fast,
Easy network Motion
isochronous drive control
installation control processes for high-per-
Distributed formance motion control
intelligence applications can be imple-
mented without a great
deal of expense – with
simultaneous unrestricted
use of TCP/IP communica-
tion.
Easy network installation Distributed intelligence

PROFINET consistently relies on 100 Mbit/s switching tech- PROFINET provides new capabilities for implementing
nology and supports linear network topologies in addition distributed automation structures: consistent modulariza-
to the usual Ethernet point-to-point cabling. This mini- tion and simple machine-to-machine communication with
mizes the cabling costs and ensures a high degree of fle- plant-wide engineering by means of Component Based
xibility. With wireless communication by means of IWLAN, Automation.
new industrial applications can be developed – even opera-
tor control and monitoring can be done wirelessly.

© Siemens AG 2008
1RWHERRNZLWK
6ZLWK $FFHVV3RLQW
SODQQLQJVRIWZDUH
352),1(7&38 6&$/$1&(
6,1(0$(
RU&3 :352
352),1(7
,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW
$FFHVV3RLQW
6&$/$1&(
:55 $FFHVV3RLQW
6&$/$1&(:
,:/$15&RD[&DEOH
0RELOH
3DQHOV
,:/$1
3%/LQN
31,2 &OLHQW0RGXOH
6&$/$1&(:
352),%86
6ZLWK
&3/HDQ
ZLWKLQWHJUDWHG
SRUWVZLWFK
(76 (76
*B,.B;;B
6,1$0,&6 (7SUR
Example configuration for Industrial Wireless Communication
The key to future market success lies in the ability to provi-

de information and access to information at any time and
in any location.
With mobile systems interconnected via fast wireless data

networks (Wireless LAN), processes can become more
efficient. The advantage of wireless solutions lies in their
capability to reach mobile stations easily and flexibly. In-
dustrial Wireless Communication stands for mobility with
industrial communication products from SIMATIC NET that
utilize wireless communication. The basis for this are the
international standards, e.g. according to IEEE 802.11,
GSM, GPRS and, in the future, UMTS. Fail-safe wireless
communication via IWLAN is also possible.

© Siemens AG 2008
Advantages of a wireless communication network Modern standard mechanisms for user identification (au-
thentication) and data encryption protect against unaut-
• Increased competitiveness, since greater flexibility is horized access and can be integrated in existing security
achieved through mobility policies without any problems.
• Maintenance work is simplified, service costs and down- The „iPCF“ function is available for the fast handover of
times are reduced, and personnel are used optimally mobile stations between different access points.
• Spare parts lists and manuals are even accessible out-
doors regardless of location Possible applications of RCoax cable
• Work orders can be received and acknowledged online
• Integrated wireless network for voice and data across • In areas with complex radio coverage (e.g. in tunnels,
the divisions of the company channels and elevator shafts) where a mechanically
• The system solution is tested and well-proven because wear-free and thus low-maintenance solution is of de-
the network components, communications processors, cisive importance in ensuring secure data transmission.
and software are perfectly matched to each other This is made possible by the defined, spherical radio
• Remote diagnostics for different production machines field along the RCoax cable.
from a central service location reduces service costs • The RCoax cables offer, especially for conveyor systems,
• Awkwardly located installations can be accessed easily; robots and every type of rail-mounted vehicle, a wear-
there is no need for complex wiring free and reliable radio link.
• Quick commissioning of new plant units with the aid of • For use in the field of Industrial Wireless LAN with the
the SINEMA E planning, simulation and configuration frequency bands 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz with two cables.
software
• No wear and tear of rotating and moving equipment or
system components.
• Cost-effective connection to devices which are remote,
difficult to access or in hostile environments
SCALANCE W – wireless communication
The SCALANCE W products offer a unique combination of

reliability, ruggedness and safety. With Industrial Wireless
LAN (IWLAN), an extension to the IEEE 802.11 standard is
made available that addresses the requirements of indus-
trial customers in particular with regard to a deterministic
response and redundancy. For the first time, this gives
customers a single radio network not only for process-cri-
tical data (e.g. alarm message), but also for non-critical
communication (e.g. service and diagnostics). The IWLAN
components SCALANCE W and PROFINET provide a mobile
solution for applications right down to the the field level.
The reliability of the radio channel is reflected in the dust-
proof and waterproof design (IP65) of the rugged enclosu-
re, with the high demands on mechanical stability familiar
from SIMATIC.

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
6,180(5,. 6,0$7,&6
6,027,21&3'
1RWHERRN
0XOWL3DQHO 6)ZLWKVWDQGDUG
DQG)O2
)LHOG3*0
352),%86'3
6,029(57 (7SUR
0$67(5 '3$6L
'5,9(6 (7
/,1.
0
$GYDQFHG
066 (70ZLWK
0,&52 )O2 '3$6
0$67(5 6,02&2'( ,QWHUIDFH '3$6L
(7/
352 /LQN( )/LQN
$6,QWHUIDFH
(7
,PDJH HFR
SURFHVVLQJ (76
6,1$0,&6 6,025(* 6,02'5,9( 6,0$7,&09 ,2/LQN
*B,.B;;B
5),'V\VWHPV
6,0$7,&5)
3UR[LPLW\VZLWFKHV ,2PRGXOHV
Complete overview of PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS is used to connect field devices, e.g. distribut- Openness all along the line
ed I/O devices or drives, to automation systems such as Thanks to the openness of PROFIBUS DP, standard-compli-
SIMATIC S7, SIMOTION, SINUMERIK or PCs. PROFIBUS is ant components from different manufacturers can also be
standardized in accordance with IEC 61158/61784 and is connected. The IEC 61158/61784 standards provide future
a powerful, open and rugged fieldbus system with short protection for your investment. A simple link to other bus
response times. PROFIBUS is available in different forms for systems, e.g. from the AS-Interface, is implemented by
various applications. means of links and thus permits an integrated solution in
the field of failsafety for the protection of both human and
PROFIBUS DP machine.
(distributed I/O)
Member companies worldwide offer the most diverse
is used for connecting distributed field devices, e.g. products with PROFIBUS DP interface for the field area.
SIMATIC ET 200, or drives with extremely fast response Siemens has a complete range of products of standard and
times. PROFIBUS DP is used when sensors/actuators are fail-safe controllers, network components, communication
distributed at the machine or in the plant (e.g. field level). software and field devices. And for field device manufac-
The actuators and sensors are connected to the field de- turers, Siemens offers everything to do with the PROFIBUS
vices. DP interface, such as ASICs, training, certification, and
The field devices are supplied with output data in accor- much more.
dance with the master/slave technique and transfer input
data to the controller or PC. PROFIsafe
permits standard and safety-related communication on
one and the same bus cable. It is an open solution for
safety-related communication over standard buses and
uses the PROFIBUS services.

© Siemens AG 2008
6,0$7,&3&ZLWK:LQ$&
6,0$7,&+0,
9LVLRQ6HQVRU
96
6,0$7,&7'& 96
6,3$5736
SIMATIC
PDM

352),%86'3 352),%863$
'3'3 &RVWRPHUVSH '33$ &RVWRPHUVSH

&RXSOHU FLILFVROXWLRQV 0RELOH &RXSOHU/LQN FLILFVROXWLRQV
ZLWK$6,&V 3DQHO ZLWK$6,&V
6,75$163
56L6&RXSOHU (7L63
6,75$16)0
.1;(1$16,(,$LVWKH

3RZHU5DLO '36ODYH ZRUOGZLGHVWDQGDUGL]HGEXLOGLQJLQVWDOODWLRQ
*B,.B;;B
%RRVWHU V\VWHPDQGWKHEDVLVIRUEXLOGLQJDXWRPDWLRQ
,QWULQVLFDOO\VDIHDUHD
3'0LVDSDUDPHWHUL]DWLRQWRROIRULQWHOOLJHQWILHOGGHYLFHV
Isochronous mode
6ZLWK
The CPU, drives, I/O and user program are synchronized &3%DVLF
with the PROFIBUS cycle. The “Isochronous mode“ function
is supported by many CPUs of SIMATIC, SIMOTION, 6,0$7,&+0,
6
SINUMERIK and servo drives. The drives are controlled ZLWK&3
using the PROFIdrive profile.
PROFIBUS PA
(Process Automation)
352),%86)06
expands PROFIBUS DP with intrinsically safe transmission
of data and power (e.g. transducers in the food processing
*B,.B;;B
industry) in accordance with the international standard IEC QRQ6LHPHQV

61158-2 (same protocol, different physical properties). GHYLFH
)LHOG3*0
PROFIBUS PA is used predominantly in the hazardous areas 0XOWL3DQHO
of refineries (chemical, oil and gas).

Example of a PROFIBUS FMS configuration
PROFIBUS FMS
(Fieldbus Message Specification)
for data communication of automation systems from dif-

ferent manufacturers. This enables precise, distributed im-
plementation not only of motion control tasks, but also of
general closed-loop control and measuring tasks.

© Siemens AG 2008
AS-Interface
6,0$7,& 2QO\RQHPDVWHUFDQEH
6,027,21 RSWLQDOO\FRQQHFWHGWRDQ
$6LOLQH
352),1(7
,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW
$6,QWHUIDFH0DVWHU 352),%86'3
'3$6L)/LQN $6,QWHUIDFH0DVWHU
'3$6L/,1.$GYDQFHG 6
6
'3$6,QWHUIDFH/LQN(
$6,QWHUIDFH
SRZHUVXSSO\ 6,027,21&
6 6 ,($6L/,1.31,2
$6,QWHUIDFHGLVWULEXWRU $6,QWHUIDFH
$6,QWHUIDFH
ZLWKRXW$6,QWHUIDFHFKLS 5HSHDWHU SRZHUVXSSO\
9'&
/2*2 SRZHUVXSSO\
0D[$6LFDEOHOHQJWK $6,QWHUIDFHGLVWULEXWRU
SHUVHJPHQW ZLWKRXW$6,QWHUIDFHFKLS
PRKQH([WHQVLRQ3OXJ
PPLW([WHQVLRQ3OXJ
0D[$6LFDEOHOHQJWK
SHUVHJPHQW
2SHUDWRU
PZLWKRXW([WHQVLRQ3OXJ
FRQWURO ($PRGXOH
PZLWK([WHQVLRQ3OXJ
SDQHO GLJLWDODQDORJ
6DIHVODYHZLWK
(0(5*(1&<
5$ &RPSDFWVWDUWHU
6723
IXVHOHVV ,3
FRPSDFW
6LJQDO
VWDUWHU
HYDOXDWLRQ
,3
$6L([WHQVLRQ3OXJ
IRUVHJPHQWOHQJWK *B,.B;;B
XSWRP
6DIHW\
PRQLWRU
Example of a system configuration

© Siemens AG 2008
Sensors, valves, actuators, drives – many different com- In practice this means: Installation runs smoothly because
ponents operate on the field level. All of these actuators/ data and power are transported together over one single
sensors must be connected to an automation system. Dis- line. Thanks to the specially developed ribbon cable (yel-
tributed I/O devices are used for this; to a certain extent as low in color) and insulation displacement technology, the
intelligent outposts directly on-site. AS-Interface slaves can be connected anywhere.
This concept is extremely flexible and has a great effect on
As a cost-effective alternative to the cable harness, AS-In- savings. No expert knowledge is required for installation
terface links the components of the field level by means of and commissioning. Furthermore, through simple cable
a simple 2-wire cable for data and power. laying and the clear cable structure as well as the special
AS-Interface is standardized as an international industrial design of the cable, you not only significantly reduce the
standard according to EN 50295 and IEC 62026-2 and is risk of errors, but also service and maintenance costs.
supported worldwide by a number of member companies
of the AS-International Association, including the leading
manufacturers of actuators and sensors. AS-Interface is
used where individual actuators/sensors are spatially dis-
tributed throughout the machine (e.g. in a bottle filling
plant).
AS-Interface is a single master system. There are communi-

cations processors (CPs) for SIMATIC and for SIMOTION and
links that control field communication as masters. With the
AS-Interface specification V2.1 or V3.0, up to 62 slaves can
be connected. The AS-Interface specification V3.0 allows a
maximum of 1000 digital inputs/outputs to be connected
(profile S-7.A.A: 8DI/8DO as A/B slave). New profiles allow
extended addressing (A/B) to be used for analog slaves,
too. The analog value transmission is accelerated via „fast
analog profiles“. Thanks to the integrated analog value Automation in the beverage
processing in the masters, the access to analog values is industry
just as easy as the access to digital values. For connecting
the AS-Interface to PROFIBUS DP, the DP/AS-i LINK Advan-
ced, DP/AS-i F-Link or DP/AS-Interface LINK 20E are availa-
ble with degree of protection IP20. This enables the use
of AS-Interface as a subordinate network for PROFIBUS DP.
The IE/AS-i LINK PN IO allows AS-Interface to be connected
to Industrial Ethernet and thereby a direct embedding in
the PROFINET environment.
Cost savings
AS-Interface replaces costly cable harnesses and connects
binary actuators and sensors such as proximity switches,
valves or indicator lights, as well as analog signals with a
controller such as SIMATIC.

© Siemens AG 2008
IO-Link
New communication standard for sensors and actuators
9LVXDOL]DWLRQ 0(6
:LQ&& 6,0$7,&,7
(QJLQHHULQJ
67(3
352),1(7
,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW
&RQWURO &RQWURO
6 6
6 6
352),%86 352),1(7
'LVWULEXWHG 'LVWULEXWHG
,2 ,2
6,0$7,&(76 6,0$7,&(76
,2/LQN
,2/LQN
,2/LQN
)LHOGVXSSO\
*B)6B;;B
3UR[LPLW\VZLWFKHV6,0$7,&3; 3UR[LPLW\VZLWFKHV6,0$7,&3;
Networking with IO-Link
Transparency and on-of-a-kind integration thanks to dually. This shortens downtimes, because the parameters
Totally Integrated Automation are automatically reloaded after a device is replaced. The
compatibility with conventional sensors and actuators
As an innovative and standardized sensor/actuator inter- always remains intact, because conventional field devices
face, the IO-Link standard is the consistent extension of can also be operated on IO-Link interfaces.
functions of the fieldbus systems for the field devices. With
the Siemens IO-Link solution, sensors and actuators with The connection is made in the proven flexible layout via
all of their performance capability are optimally integrated the the master module of the ET 200S with IO-Link ports.
below the fieldbus level into the Totally Integrated Auto- In addition to sensors and actuators, IO-Link devices are
mation (TIA) environment. provided in the form of IO-Link field distributors with 4 or
8 digital standard inputs in IP67 for the cost-effective inte-
In addition to process data, diagnostic interrupts and sen- gration of standard sensors.
sor parameters are also available throughout the plant.
This accelerates commissioning, increases plant availability The integration of the device configuration into the STEP 7
and reduces maintenance costs that typically arise due to environment allows faults to be found and cleared quickly
the large number of sensors and actuators in the plant. and easily. Thus, productivity is increased across all phases
Recurring parameterizations of sensors or actuators can be of the machine cycle – configuration, commissioning and
reconstructed as often as necessary thanks to central data operation.
management and the devices do not have to be set indivi-

© Siemens AG 2008
Engineering Operation and maintenance
Reduced engineering costs Increased plant availability

• Faster configuring thanks to central data management • Maximum transparency all the way to the field level
and reproducibility of sensor and actuator parameters thanks to integration of the IO-Link standard into Totally
• Considerable reduction of the parameterization tools Integrated Automation
thanks to central configuration and data management in • Shorter conversion times thanks to central parameter
STEP 7 and recipe management for field devices as well
• Easier integration of devices thanks to defined profiles • Reduced downtimes due to plant-wide diagnostics all the
• The greatest flexibility: third-party devices can be inte- way to the field level and fast fault clearing and thanks
grated in the same way via GSD by means of the open to reporting and displaying pre-failure messages by
IO-Link solution with IODD standard means of preventive maintenance of sensors and actua-
• Investment protection by retaining proven topologies tors
and compatibility with the conventional connection • Easy fault clearing by means of swapping equipment
during operation without re-parameterizing, because in-
Commissioning tegrated parameter storage is provided in the PLC
• Absolute reliability of all of the Siemens components in
Reduced commissioning times the Siemens system – thanks to comprehensive system
• Homogeneous and considerably reduced wiring outlay tests
for various sensors and actuators thanks to standardized,
unshielded 3-wire connections
• Time savings, because no individual parameterization is
required; parameters can be multiplied for identical de-
vice configuration
• Uncomplicated parameterization thanks to central data
management – repeated presetting of sensors and actu-
ators is prevented
• High degree of flexibility for sensor/actuator paramete-
rization thanks to optional editing or teaching of setting
data

© Siemens AG 2008
Telecontrol
Remote control and remote maintenance
The SINAUT Telecontrol system (Siemens Network Automati- SINAUT MICRO

on) is based on SIMATIC. It supplements the SIMATIC system
with corresponding hardware and software, and permits SINAUT MICRO is a low-cost supplement for monitoring
individual components to be networked over a WAN (Wide and controlling simple telecontrol tasks. It consists of a
Area Network). SINAUT is primarily used when remote pro- GSM-GPRS modem, OPC and connection management
cess stations are supposed to be connected to one or more software optimized for GPRS, and an S7-200 program block
control centers. package. With this package, up to 256 SIMATIC
S7-200 stations per OPC server (cascadable) can easily and
The data for this is transmitted via classical WAN, such as safely communicate with one another and with the control
dedicated copper cable, telephone network, radio, but also center using GPRS mobile radio. They remain permanently
via modern, IP-based networks such as broadband systems online.
or the Internet.
SINAUT MICRO is suitable for use wherever small volumes
SINAUT Telecontrol consists of two independent systems: of data have to be transferred via wireless connections. The
system is configured using STEP 7 Micro/WIN.
• SINAUT MICRO The maintenance personnel can access the secured center
Simple telecontrol system for monitoring and control of dis- even from home via an Internet browser and query or set
tributed plants using mobile radio communication (GPRS) on current values of connected S7-200 stations. In this way, for
the basis of SIMATIC S7-200 and WinCC flexible or WinCC. example, text or fax fault messages which are sent directly
from S7-200 remote stations and are received via mobile
• SINAUT ST7 telephone can be analyzed via the center. This allows a faster
Multifaceted telecontrol system based on SIMATIC S7-300, response to process interrupts.
S7-400 and WinCC for the fully automatic monitoring and The routing functionality of the OPC server SINAUT MICRO
controlling of distributed process stations which exchange SC also allows bi-directional communication between S7-
data with each other and with one or more control stations 200 stations that are connected via the SINAUT MD720-3
via a wide variety of WAN media. modem. Under WinCC, the OPC server SINAUT MICRO can be
combined with SINAUT ST7cc to form a cost-optimized cen-
tral fault message and telecontrol system that can grow to
meet increased requirements.
SINAUT ST7
Transmission networks
SINAUT ST7 demonstrates its versatility in the selection of

the transmission network. In the classical WAN sector, these
are::
• Dedicated lines (private or leased)

• Private radio networks (optionally with time slot
procedure)
• Analog telephone network
• Digital ISDN network
• Mobile radio network (GSM)
With the exception of the radio networks, SINAUT ST7 offers

suitable modems for all classical WANs. In addition to the use
of these classical networks, SINAUT communication is also
possible over Ethernet-based WANs, namely:

© Siemens AG 2008
• With radio, by using special radio sets optimized for the control center can also be designed as a redundant sy-
Ethernet, e.g. SCALANCE W stem in conjunction with the WinCC redundancy package.
• With fiber-optic cables, e.g. by using the SCALANCE X
switches with optical ports; distances of up to 70 km can Remote programming and remote diagnostics
then be covered, or also in combination with transmission Program modifications or remote diagnostics are easy to car-
systems such as PCM30 or OTN ry out in the SINAUT remote stations both in the commissio-
• Via public networks and Internet using DSL and/or GPRS ning phase and during operation, even without interrupting
the current process data communication. This saves traveling
All networks can be mixed in any manner in a SINAUT pro- times and maintenance visits.
ject. Star, line and node topologies can be designed, and also
mixed configurations of these. A station can be linked using Future-oriented and economical
two transmission paths to permit redundant data transmissi- SINAUT ST7 is a telecontrol system produced on the basis of
on. The two paths can be of the same type or also different, the SIMATIC S7 automation system, is compatible with the
e.g. dedicated line combined with telephone network or successful properties of the previous SINAUT ST1 system ba-
ISDN with DSL. sed on SIMATIC S5, and includes further developments. The
consistent use of the SIMATIC platform guarantees the long
SINAUT ST7cc/sc control center system service life and economy of plant investments, and guaran-
SINAUT ST7cc is the standard SINAUT control center system tees compatibility with previous and future systems.
based on WinCC. Using the SINAUT ST7sc program package
with the Data Access OPC interface, the SINAUT ST7 stations
can also be linked to control systems from other vendors. It
supplies the archives with process data in line with the provi-
ded time stamp and is also able to link sector-typical logging
systems such as ACRON. In order to increase the availability,
'&)*36
WLPHVLJQDO 6,1$87 &RQWUROFHQWHU
67FFVF
5DGLR 7,0
QHWZRUN 5' 7,0
5,(
03, ,QGXVWULDO
(WKHUQHW 56
0' 0' 0' 0'

)LEHU2SWLF

6ZLWFK 6ZLWFK
6&$/$1&(; 6&$/$1&(;
7,09,(
6WDWLRQ 0'
VWDUVKDSHG
GHGLFDWHGOLQHQHWZRUN
7,09,(
7HOHSKRQHQHWZRUN 6WDWLRQ *60QHWZRUN
0'
6&$/$1&(
;
0'
PHGLD
7,09,( FRQYHUWHU
$GYDQFHG 7,09,(
*B,.B;;B

0' 7,0 7,09,( 0' 7,05
6WDWLRQ 6WDWLRQ 5,( 6WDWLRQ 6WDWLRQ 6WDWLRQ
SINAUT ST7cc and ST7sc control system

© Siemens AG 2008
Network transitions
S7-400
PC with
PN OPC- S7-300
Server
PROFINET
Industrial Ethernet
PC with SINUMERIK Access Point
SIMATIC SCALANCE
WinAC S7-400 W-780
(Proxy) S7-300
IWLAN
RCoax Cable
IE/PB
S7-300 Link PN IO IE/PB Link
(Proxy)
WinAC
IE/AS-i S7-300 IWLAN/PB
LINK
Link PN IO
S7-200 PN IO PC
PG (Proxy)
PROFIBUS
S7-300 DP/AS-Interface Link 20E
S7-200
DP/AS-i F-Link
G_IK10_XX_10139
DP/AS-i LINK Advanced
SIMOTION C
AS-Interface
Network transitions between the bus systems
Network transitions from one bus system to another are For controllers such as SIMATIC S7-200, S7-300, S7-400,
implemented via links, controllers (PLC) or PCs. For con- SINUMERIK or SIMOTION C, data is exchanged between
trollers or PCs, integrated interfaces and communications the individual networks via communication processors or
processors (CPs) can be used. integrated interfaces. The data is linked with the aid of a
Links pass the data through from one network to another controller which forwards it to the other network in pre-
without additional links. processed form.
The following links are available:
PROFINET network transition with proxy functionality
• IE/PB Link and IE/PB Link PN IO for the transition from
Industrial Ethernet to PROFIBUS (also for fail-safe com- PROFIBUS segments can be connected to an Industrial
munication) Ethernet via devices with proxy functions, PROFINET pro-
• IE/AS-i LINK PN IO for the transition from Industrial xies. This connection can be made with the options packa-
Ethernet to AS-Interface ge SIMATIC WinAC PN, SIMATIC S7-300/400 CPUs with DP
• IWLAN/PB Link PN IO for the network transition from and PN interface, IE/PB Link or via the IE/PB Link PN IO. For
IWLAN to PROFIBUS a wireless network transition, a SCALANCE W-700 Access
• DP/AS-i LINK Advanced, DP/AS-Interface Link 20E and Point can be used with the IWLAN/PB Link PN IO. All of the
DP/AS-i F-Link for the network transition from PROFIBUS PROFIBUS standard slaves can be used in unmodified form
to AS-Interface for PROFINET.

© Siemens AG 2008
Industrial communication
Practical data
Communication Systems Compared in Practice
Industrial PROFINET PROFIBUS DP AS-Interface IO-Link

Ethernet
Criterion
Data rate 10/100 Mbit/s 9,6 Kbit/s ... 12 Mbit/s Send cycles 5 ms 4.8/38.4 Kbit/s
1 Gbit/s adjustable or
(not for PROFINET) SIO (switching opera-
31.25 Kbit/s 1) tion)
Number of nodes more than 1000 125 62 2

Maximum
125 DP/PA links 1)

31 field devices per 1)
DP/PA link
Length of the network Between two nodes: For the entire network: For the entire network:
electrical up to 100 m: electrical up to elec. up to max. - electrical up to 20 m
optical up to 3 km max.10 km: 600 m:
(multimode) or up to - + without repeaters - with extension plug
70 km (singlemode) up to 1 km up to 200 m
- + with repeaters up - with repeater or
to 10 km extender up to
optically with optical 300 m
link modules (OLM) - with repeater and
up to 1875 km extension plug up to
600 m
Topology Line Tree Ring Star Line Tree Ring Star Line Tree Star Point-to-point
Power supply separate 24 V DC separate 24 V DC Sensors and modules: Integrated

via yellow AS-i cable
actuators:
via UAUX 24 V DC
(standard case) or
via yellow AS-i cable G_IK10_XX_00004
Fail-safe communication PROFIsafe SIL3 PROFIsafe SIL3 ASIsafe SIL3 -
The table contains empirical values that can serve as recommenda- 1) For PROFIBUS PA
tions for selecting the optimal network.

© Siemens AG 2008

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFINET/
Industrial Ethernet
2/4 Industrial Ethernet 2/355 ET 200S distributed I/Os
2/25 PROFINET 2/360 ET 200pro distributed I/O
2/29 Passive network 2/368 ET 200M distributed I/Os

components
2/98 Industrial Ethernet Switches 2/370 Motion Control System

SIMOTION
2/183 Industrial security 2/382 SINUMERIK

CNC Automation Systems
2/192 CPUs for SIMATIC S7-300 2/385 SINAMICS S120

Drive system
2/232 CPUs for SIMATIC S7-400 2/389 SINAMICS G120

Drive system
2/253 SIMATIC PC-based Control/ 2/403 SINAMICS G120D

Embedded Automation Distributed Frequence Inverter
2/260 System interfacing for 2/411 PROFINET

SIMATIC and SINUMERIK Technology components
2/261 System interfacing for 2/417 Operator control and

SIMATIC S7 monitoring devices
2/299 System interfacing for 2/421 RFID Systems

PG/PC
2/339 SIMATIC HMI 2/427 Image Processing System

connection options
2/349 Accessories 2/447 Engineering/

Network management/
Diagnostics
Siemens IK PI · 2009
© Siemens AG 2008
Overview of contents
2/4 Industrial Ethernet 2/183 Industrial security

2/4 Introduction 2/183 Overview
2/7 Data communication 2/184 SCALANCE S
2/8 Communications overview 2/190 SOFTNET Security Client
2/10 Configuration examples
2/192 CPUs for SIMATIC S7-300
2/12 Topologies
2/192 CPU 315-2 PN/DP
2/24 Network selection criteria
2/198 SIPLUS CPU 315-2 PN/DP
2/25 PROFINET (extended temperature range)
2/25 Introduction 2/199 CPU 317-2 PN/DP
2/205 SIPLUS CPU 317-2 PN/DP
2/29 Passive network components
(extended temperature range)
2/29 Overview of
2/206 CPU 319-3 PN/DP
passive network components
2/212 CPU 315F-2 PN/DP
2/32 Overview of Twisted Pair
2/218 SIPLUS CPU 315F-2 PN/DP
2/33 Industrial Ethernet FastConnect
2/35 IE FC RJ45 Plug 2 x 2
2/219 CPU 317F-2 PN/DP
2/39 IE FC RF45 Plug 4 x 2
2/225 SIPLUS CPU 317F-2 PN/DP
2/41 IE Push Pull Plug PRO
2/44 IE Connecting Cable
2/226 CPU 319F-3 PN/DP
M12-180/M12-180/IE FC M12 Plug PRO
2/46 IE FC TP Cable 2 x 2 2/232 CPUs for SIMATIC S7-400
2/53 IE FC TP Cable 4 x 2 2/232 CPU 414-3 PN/DP
2/56 IE Hybrid Cable 2/239 CPU 416-3 PN/DP
2/58 Power cables 2/246 SIPLUS CPU 416-3 PN/DP
2/61 IE TP Cord 2/247 CPU 416F-3 PN/DP
2/66 IE FC Outlet RJ45
2/253 SIMATIC PC-based Control/
2/71 IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet
Embedded Automation
2/78 Industrial Twisted Pair –
2/253 SIMATIC Microbox 427B-RTX
Cables/connectors
2/256 SIMATIC WinAC Software PLC
2/82 Overview of fiber-optic cables
2/83 Glass fiber optic cables 2/260 System interfacing for
2/92 POF and PCF fiber-optic cables SIMATIC and SINUMERIK
2/96 POF/PCF FOC termination kit 2/260 Introduction
2/98 Industrial Ethernet Switches System interfacing for SIMATIC S7
2/98 Overview 2/261 CP 243-1
2/104 Compact Switch Module CSM 377 2/264 CP 243-1 IT
2/107 SCALANCE X005 unmanaged 2/268 CP 343-1 Lean
2/110 SCALANCE X-100 unmanaged 2/273 CP 343-1
2/118 SCALANCE X-200 managed 2/278 CP 343-1 Advanced
2/129 SCALANCE X-200IRT managed 2/286 CP 443-1
2/139 SIPLUS SCALANCE X-200IRT 2/291 CP 443-1 Advanced
managed
2/140 SCALANCE X-300 managed
2/151 SIPLUS SCALANCE X-300
managed
2/152 SCALANCE X-400
2/164 Industrial Ethernet OSM/ESM
2/171 Industrial Ethernet SIPLUS OSM/ESM
2/172 SCALANCE X-100 unmanaged
media converter
2/182 SIPLUS SCALANCE X-100 unmanaged
media converter
© Siemens AG 2008
2/299 System interfacing for PG/PC 2/370 Motion Control System SIMOTION
2/299 Introduction 2/370 The SIMOTION system
2/300 Performance data 2/371 The hardware platforms
2/301 Connection capabilities to 2/372 SIMOTION P350-3
SIMATIC PCs 2/374 SIMOTION D410
2/302 CP 1604 2/377 SIMOTION D425/D435/D445
2/306 CP 1616 2/380 CBE30 Communication Board
2/310 CP 1613 A2 2/381 MCI-PN Communication Board
2/314 CP 1623
2/382 SINUMERIK
2/318 S7-REDCONNECT
CNC Automation Systems
2/320 SOFTNET for Industrial Ethernet
2/382 SINUMERIK & SINAMICS
2/323 SOFTNET PN IO
2/383 SINUMERIK 840D sl –
2/325 OPC server for Industrial Ethernet
NCU 720.2 PN/NCU 730.2 PN
2/328 PN CBA OPC server
2/331 SNMP OPC server 2/385 SINAMICS S120 Drive system
2/333 SOFTNET PN IO Linux 2/385 SINAMICS S120 built-in devices
2/335 SOFTNET-S7/Linux 2/387 CBE20 Communication Board
2/337 SOFTBUS für Linux 2/388 CU310 PN Control Unit
2/339 SIMATIC HMI 2/389 SINAMICS G120 Drive system
connection options 2/389 SINAMICS G120 chassis units
2/339 Overview 2/397 CU240S PN and CU240S PN-F
2/340 SIMATIC S7 Control Units
2/342 SIMATIC WinCC flexible RT
2/344 SIMATIC WinCC 2/403 SINAMICS G120D
Distributed Frequency Inverters
2/349 Accessories 2/403 SINAMICS G120D
2/349 C-PLUG distributed frequency inverter
Sec. 3 Power Supply PS791-1PRO 2/407 CU240D PN and CU240D PN-F
2/351 SICLOCK time synchronization Control Units
2/355 ET 200S distributed I/Os 2/411 PROFINET
2/355 IM 151-3PN interface modules Technology components
2/357 SIPLUS IM 151-3PN interface module 2/411 ERTEC enhanced real-time
(extended temperature range) Ethernet controller
Interface modules with integrated CPU 2/414 Development Kits for ERTEC
2/358 IM 151-8 PN/DP CPU interface module 2/416 Development packages
2/359 IM 151-8F PN/DP CPU interface module
2/417 Operator control and
2/360 ET 200pro distributed I/O monitoring devices
2/360 IM 154-4 PN interface modules 2/417 SIMATIC Mobile Panels
2/363 IM 154-8 PN/DP CPU interface modules 2/419 SIMATIC Panels
2/420 SIMATIC Multi Panels (MP)
2/368 ET 200M distributed I/Os
2/368 IM 153-4 PN 2/421 RFID Systems
2/421 SIMATIC RF180C
2/427 Image Processing System

2/427 SIMATIC VS120
2/431 SIMATIC VS130-2
2/436 SIMATIC VS720
2/447 Engineering/
Network management/
Diagnostics
Sec. 3 SINEMA E
Sec. 4 STEP 7
2/447 SIMATIC iMap
2/449 BANYnet bus analysis and diagnostics
© Siemens AG 2008
Industrial Ethernet
Introduction
■ Overview
• Area and cell network according to the international standards • High transmission performance up to 1 gigabit/s
IEEE 802.3 (Ethernet) and IEEE 802.11 a/b/g/h (wireless LAN) • Industrial Ethernet is the industry standard, well-proven world-
designed for the industrial environment right down to the field wide with international acceptance
level
2 • Connection of automation components (controllers and field
devices) to each other and to PCs and workstations as well as
• Wireless expansion by means of Industrial Wireless LAN
(IWLAN) as per IEEE 802.11
components for wireless communication • Integration of conventional IT functionalities such as Web
server and e-mail in the automation sector
• PROFINET, the Industrial Ethernet standard for automation, is
based on Industrial Ethernet and supports the connection of • A safety solution specially designed for industrial automation
devices from field level up to management level with the industrial security concept covering all aspects of
SCALANCE S
• Comprehensive open network solutions can be implemented
7HOHFRQWURO
&HOO ,QWHUQHW3DG DQG
3& VXEVWDWLRQ
SKRQH
FRQWURO
3&
0RWLRQ
7HOHVHUYLFH &RQWURO
&RQWUROOHU
&RQWUROOHU 7HOHFRQWURODQG 6\VWHPV 3&3*,3&
+0,V\VWHPV VXEVWDWLRQ
FRQWURO :/$1
&RQWUROOHU
1XPHULF
6HFXULW\
&RQWURO
352),1(7
,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW 1RWHERRN ,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW

$FFHVV
&RQWUROOHU 3RLQW
1RWHERRN &RQWUROOHU $FFHVV ,:/$1

5&RD[&DEOH 0RELOH3DQHOV
3RLQW
)LHOGGHYLFHIRU
LQWULQVLFDOO\VDIHDUHD 0RQLWRULQJDQG 3&3*,3&
FRQWUROV\VWHP /LQN
&RXSOHU
352),1(7
352),%863$ )LHOGGHYLFHV
/LQN
/LQ 0DFKLQH
9LVLRQ
'ULYHV
6,02&2'(
6,02&2'( 0RWLRQ
SUR 5),'
&RQWURO 6\VWHP $FFHVV
0DFKLQH 3RLQW
9LVLRQ ,2/LQN
,2/LQN
3RZHU )LHOG /LQN
VXSSO\ GLVWULEXWLRQ
&OLHQW
1HW]WHLO
0RGXOH
&RQWUROOHU
3UR[LPLW\ 3UR[LPLW\
3UR[LPLW\
VZLWFK VZLWFK
*B,.B;;B
.1;
5$ )LHOGGHYLFH
)
IXVHOHVV
FRPSDFW
6LJQDOOLQJ
6ODYHV VWDUWHU 6ODYHV &RPSDFW
6HQVRUV FROXPQ
VWDUWHU
Industrial Ethernet in the communications landscape

© Siemens AG 2008
Industrial Ethernet
Introduction
■ Overview (continued)
Ethernet
The LAN standard from the office sector.
PROFINET
Ethernet currently has a market share of over 90% with a rising
trend, thus placing it in the pole position in the LAN landscape
worldwide. This means that Ethernet has supplanted other LAN Industrial Ethernet 2
standards such as Token Ring or FDDI. The specification of this Ethernet
baseband LAN was developed in the 1970s and standardized in conforming to
the international IEEE 802.3 standard. Ethernet has continued to IEEE 802.3
experience rapid development and established itself in all
G_IK10_XX_10248
speed ranges and application areas.
Milestones include:
• Virtually unlimited communication capabilities with scalable
performance due to
- switching technology, full duplex, redundancy
- continuously rising data rates (10/100 Mbit/s, 1/10 Gbit/s) PROFINET/Industrial Ethernet/Ethernet conforming to IEEE 802.3
• High availability of the network, because: Industrial Ethernet offers a powerful area and cell network ac-
- existing networks can be expanded without any adverse cording to IEEE 802.3 (Ethernet) for industrial applications.
effects This ensures that the widest range of application areas, such as
- network structures with any form of meshing compensate for office and production, can be networked with one another. The
the failure of individual network components (e.g. by means numerous possibilities of the IT standards, familiar from the
of the Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol) office world, can thus also be utilized in production and process
• Compatible protocol expansions, e.g. support of virtual sub- automation.
networks and prioritized data traffic through the use of VLANs
Wherever practical, Industrial Ethernet utilizes innovative
• Structured cabling concept Ethernet technology and strengthens it for use in the industrial
- Standardized connection technology sector.
- Simplest connection technology due to use of preassembled
twisted pair cables • Network components for use in tough industrial environments
- Glass fiber-optic cables for long distances, areas subject to (dust, moisture, extreme temperatures, impact loads, vibra-
RFI and inter-building cabling tions)
• Fail-safe and simple connection method on site
Ethernet forms the basis for overlaid network protocols such as - FastConnect cabling system with RJ45 technology
TCP/IP. TCP/IP is responsible for the transport of data between - Assembly of POF and PCF fiber-optic cables
LANs and represents the basis for IT services (e.g. Internet).
In addition, this enables different LAN technologies to be easily • Failsafe networks through high-speed redundancy and redun-
integrated, e.g. Ethernet with Wireless LAN. dant power supply
• Connection of automation components (controllers and field
Ethernet components for the office sector are offered by a large devices) to each other and to PCs and workstations
number of vendors, but do not always meets the specific re-
quirements of the industrial sector. • Optimized communication between automation components
and simultaneous, open communication according to TCP/IP
For planning, operation and maintenance of Ethernet networks, standard
sufficiently qualified personnel are available worldwide.
• Simple connection to the Wireless LAN (WLAN) and Industrial
Industrial Ethernet Wireless LAN (IWLAN) networks in accordance with
The industry-standard version of Ethernet. IEEE 802.11
It was not only its performance when exchanging large volumes • A safety solution specially designed for industrial automation
of data that made Ethernet ideal for use in the industrial environ- with the industrial security concept
ment – high availability, reliability, real-time capability, robust Industrial Ethernet is the industry standard - tried, tested and
connection technology and ease of operation without special IT accepted worldwide.
knowledge have also made this standard suitable for industrial
use. Among the Siemens Ethernet components for industrial use, the
focus is on compatible successor products and an availability of
By means of corresponding additions for tough Industrial use, up to 10 years.
Siemens has shown that Ethernet can also be used successfully
in these applications. This approach has been consistently and
successfully applied not only for Industrial Ethernet and
PROFINET, but also for Industrial WLAN.

© Siemens AG 2008
Industrial Ethernet
Introduction
■ Overview (continued) ■ More information

PROFINET Note:
The open Industrial Ethernet standard for automation In many SIMATIC NET components with management function,
extensive parameterization and diagnostics functions are pro-
PROFINET is the open, cross-vendor Industrial Ethernet stan- vided over open protocols and interfaces (e.g. Web server,
2 dard (IEC 61158/61784) for automation.
Based on Industrial Ethernet, PROFINET enables direct commu-
network management).
These open interfaces provide access to those components,
nication between field devices (IO Devices) and controllers which can also be used for illicit activities.
(IO Controllers), up to and including the solution of isochronous
drive controls for motion control applications. When using the above-mentioned functions and these open
interfaces and protocols (such as SNMP, HTTP and Telnet),
As PROFINET is based on Standard Ethernet according to suitable security measures must be implemented that block un-
IEEE 802.3, every device from field level to management level authorized access to the components or the network especially
can be connected. from the WAN/Internet.
In this way, PROFINET enables system-wide communication, For this reason, automation networks can be isolated from the
supports plant-wide engineering and applies IT standards, such remaining corporate network using appropriate routers (e.g. the
as Webserver or FTP, right down to field level. Tried and tested well-proven firewall systems).
fieldbus systems, such as PROFIBUS or AS-Interface, can be
easily integrated without any modification to the existing These network transitions can be implemented using
devices. SCALANCE S products.
For further information, see the section "Industrial Security".
It is important to note the boundary conditions for use of the
specified SIMATIC Net products (Order Nos. 6GK..., 6XV1)
which you can view in the Internet:
Additional in formation can be found in the Internet under:
http://www.siemens.com/simatic-net/ik-info

© Siemens AG 2008
Industrial Ethernet
Data communication
■ Overview
Standard communication IP routing (IP-R)
This comprises standardized protocols for data communication . The connection for the SIMATIC S7 to Industrial Ethernet
(CP 343-1 Advanced and CP 443-1 Advanced), with two
2
ISO, TCP/IP, UDP transport protocols separate interfaces (integrated network separation) and
ISO, TCP/IP and UDP are available as transport protocols. SCALANCE S and SCALANCE X414-3E, supports the forward-
ing of IP messages between Gigabit and PROFINET interfaces.
PROFINET
OPC (Openness, Productivity & Collaboration)
Based on Industrial Ethernet, PROFINET enables direct commu-
nication of field devices (IO Devices) with controllers (IO Control- OPC is a standardized, open and manufacturer-independent
lers) as well the solution of isochronous drive controls for motion interface and allows OPC-capable Windows applications to
control applications. interface to S7 communication (SEND/ RECEIVE). Internet
communication can be implemented over the OPC XML DA
PROFINET also supports distributed automation with the help of interface.
component engineering (Component Based Automation).
PG/OP communication
Media Redundancy Protocol (MRP)
Integral communication functions that are used by the SIMATIC
Procedure specified in the IEC 61158 Type 10 standard for in- automation systems to perform data communication with HMI
creasing the network availability in a ring topology. devices (e.g. TP/OP) and SIMATIC PGs (STEP 7, STEP 5).
Information technology (IT) PG/OP communication is supported by MPI, PROFIBUS and
Industrial Ethernet.
IT integrates SIMATIC into the information technology via
Industrial Ethernet. These communication media and paths are S7 communication
also available to SIMATIC as a result of the TCP/IP protocol. S7 communication is the integral communications function (SFB)
Depending on the product and stage of expansion, communica- that has been optimized within the SIMATIC S7/C7. It enables
tions processors support technologies from the IT environment PCs and workstations to be connected. The maximum volume of
such as: user data per task is 64 KB. S7 communication offers simple,
• E-mail; powerful communication services and provides a network inde-
Via the integral e-mail client, network components, communi- pendent software interface for all networks.
cations processors and routers can send emails to provide in-
formation about plant states, e.g. plant standstill or imminent Open communication
overload, or to automatically request a service call. The open communication (SEND/RECEIVE) allows the
• Freely definable HTML pages; SIMATIC S7 controller to communicate with other SIMATIC S7
Communications processors can perform web diagnostics and SIMATIC S5 controllers (S5-compatible communication),
with the aid of static HTML pages and a user-specific display PCs and third-party systems. In addition, for the simple connec-
is supported with the aid of freely definable HTML pages. tion of HMI stations, FETCH and WRITE are offered.
• FTP; System connections
the File Transfer Protocol (FTP) permits simple, universal cou-
pling, e.g. the PLC can be connected to different computers For many data terminals, communications processors (CPs) are
or embedded systems available that already have the communications functions imple-
mented as firmware and which therefore relieve the data terminal
of communication tasks (e.g. flow control, blocking, etc.).
Time synchronization
By means of SIMATIC procedures or NTP (Network Time
Protocol), plant-wide time synchronization is achieved.
,62 7&3 31 053 ,7 ,35 23& 3* 6

8'3 23 6
*B,.B;;B

© Siemens AG 2008
Industrial Ethernet
Communications overview
■ Overview
+DUGZDUH 7UDQVSRUWSURWRFRO 352),1(7 053 ,7 ,35 3* 6FRPPX 2SHQFRPPXQL 7LPH 6,1$87
23 QLFDWLRQ FDWLRQ 67
'LDJQRVWLFV:HE
5HFHLYLQJVWDWLRQV
6WDQGDUGV\VWHP
6HQGLQJVWDWLRQV
IUHHO\GHILQDEOH
76(1'75(&9
6(1'5(&(,9(
+LJKDYDLODELOLW\
FRPPXQLFDWLRQ
+70/SDJHV
,2&RQWUROOHU
)73HPDLO
)HWFK:ULWH
,2'HYLFH
ZLWK173
6103
8'3
&%$
7&3
,62
6,0$7,&
&3
6

&3,7
&3
/HDQ

&3
&3
$GYDQFHG
6&
6,0$7,&
7,09,(
7,09,(
$GYDQFHG
7,055'
7,05,(

&3
&3
6,0$7,&
6
$GYDQFHG
7,055'
7,05,(
1) ISO protocol only 4) S7 server only

VXLWDEOH *B,.B;;B
2) IO Controller or IO Device 5) only standard page for system diagnosis
3) if S7-CPU is clock master
Communications overview for SIMATIC, SINUMERIK and SINAUT

© Siemens AG 2008
Industrial Ethernet
2SHQ
+DUGZDUH 6RIWZDUH 2SHUDWLQJV\VWHPELW 23& 7UDQVSRUW 352),1(7 053 ,7 ,35 3* 6FRP 7LPH
FRPPXQL
SURWRFRO 23 PXQLFDWLRQ
FDWLRQ
'LDJQRVWLFV:HE6103
2WKHURSHUDWLQJV\VWHPV
GHILQDEOH+70/SDJHV
)73HPDLOIUHHO\
5HFHLYLQJVWDWLRQV
:LQ6HUYHU
%XVLQHVV8OWLPDWH
6WDQGDUGV\VWHP
6HQGLQJVWDWLRQV
:LQGRZV;33UR
+LJKDYDLODELOLW\
56HUYHU
FRPPXQLFDWLRQ
:LQGRZV9LVWD
6(1'5(&9
,2&RQWUROOHU
)HWFK:ULWH
,2'HYLFH
/LQX[
8'3
&%$
7&3
,62
&3$ 6
3&,%LW
&3
3&,H[ 65('&211(&7
&3
3&,%LW
'.[[31,2
&3
3&,

62)71(731,2

62)71(76
6,0$7,&
3*3&ZLWK
LQWHJUDWHG 62)71(76/HDQ
LQWHU
IDFH
62)71(73*
31&%$
23&6HUYHU
62)71(76
(WKHUQHW /LQX[
&DUGV
62)71(731,2
/LQX[
G_IK10_XX_10058
1) for information on other hardware, see www.siemens.com/simatic-net/ik-info 5) Software source of the card driver included; for RQ6,0$7,&1(7 VXLWDEOH
2) PG/OP communication Suse 10 &'(GLWLRQ
3) that are supported by TLI/DLPI drivers 6) by means of driver porting VXLWDEOHXQGHUFHUWDLQ
4) IT, FTP and UDP functionalities arise in conjunction with the hardware/the CPs 7) CP 1623 with SNMP FRQGLWLRQV
and the Windows/Linux software of the PC 8) with V2.3 firmware of the CP
Communications overview for PG/PC

© Siemens AG 2008
Industrial Ethernet
Configuration examples
■ Overview
6ZLWK
&3RU
2 &3$GYDQFHG
3*3&ZLWK
&3$
&3DQG
6RU
62)71(76
,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW
UGSDUW\V\VWHP 6ZLWK
6ZLWK &3RU
*B,.B;;B
&3/HDQ &3,7
&3RU 68WR8
&3$GYDQFHG ZLWK&3
Open communication via Industrial Ethernet
0RELOH3DQHO3&
3&ZLWK $FFHVV3RLQW
&3$&3 6&$/$1&(:
DQG67(3
6ZLWK
&3RU
&3$GYDQFHG
352),1(7
,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW
6ZLWK
&3RU
&3$GYDQFHG ,(3%
/LQN
31,2
(76
&3
([WHQGHG
352),%86
352),%86
G_IK10_XX_10011
6ZLWK&3
6ZLWK
6ZLWK&3 (76 (7SUR
&3([WHQGHG
PG/OP communication for the transparent access to configuration and diagnostics data of the connected Industrial Ethernet stations

© Siemens AG 2008
Industrial Ethernet
3DQHO3&
6,0$7,&6
ZLWK&3
$GYDQFHG 2
(76
6,0$7,&6
ZLWK&3
*B,.B;;B
352),1(7 )LHOG3*
,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW
Construction of a small local PROFINET network with integrated switch

in the CP 443-1 Advanced

© Siemens AG 2008
Industrial Ethernet
Topologies
■ Overview
Network performance and network technologies • Switching supports parallel communication:
for Industrial Ethernet When a network is subdivided into several segments using a
switch, or individual stations are connected direct to a switch,
When combined, the current Industrial Ethernet technologies this results in load separation. Data communication is possible
2 can boost performance on the network by a factor of 50 and
more in comparison with the original 10 Mbit/s technology.
in each individual segment independently of the other seg-
ments. In the overall network, several messages can therefore
These technologies are: be en-route simultaneously. The increase in performance is
• Fast Ethernet with 100 Mbit/s: therefore due to the sending of several messages simulta-
Messages are transported much faster than Ethernet neously.
(10 Mbit/s) and therefore only occupy the bus for an extremely • Autocrossover automatically crosses the send and receive
short time. For Fast Ethernet, a 4-wire FastConnect cabling cables on Twisted Pair interfaces.
system (Cat5e) is available with cable, plug and outlet.
• Autosensing describes the characteristic of network nodes
• Gigabit Ethernet with 1 Gbit/s: (data terminals and network components) that automatically
Gigabit Ethernet is faster than Fast Ethernet by a factor of 10, detect the transmission rate of a signal (10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s
the bus is occupied for only one tenth of the time. For Gigabit or 1 Gbit/s) and support autonegotiation.
Ethernet, an 8-wire FastConnect cabling system (Cat6) is
available with cable, plug and outlet. • Autonegotiation is a configuration protocol on Fast Ethernet.
Before initiating the actual data transmission, network devices
• Full Duplex prevents collisions: automatically negotiate a transmission mode which is sup-
The data throughput increases enormously because the usual ported by any device (1000 Mbit/s,100 Mbit/s or 10 Mbit/s, full
message repetitions are avoided. duplex or half duplex)
Data can be sent and received simultaneously between two
stations. The data throughput for a full duplex connection
therefore rises to 200 Mbit/s with Fast Ethernet and to 2 Gbit/s
with Gigabit Ethernet. With full duplex, a greater length of the
network is possible. This means, for example, that when glass
fiber-optic cables are used, distances of up to 70 km can be
achieved.
'DWDWKURXJKSXW
0ELWVIXOOGXSOH[ 0ELWV
0ELWVVZLWFKHG 0ELWV
0ELWVVZLWFKHG 0ELWV
0ELWVVKDUHG 0ELWV
0ELWVVZLWFKHG 0ELWV
*B,.B;;B
0ELWVVKDUHG 0ELWV
(IIHFWLYHGDWDWKURXJKSXWGXHWRFROOLVLRQV
Gross data throughput of the networks

© Siemens AG 2008
Industrial Ethernet
Topologies
Ethernet Switching
The Industrial Ethernet switch has the following functionality: Segment A Segment B Segment A Segment B
• Depending on the number of available interfaces, switches
are able to simultaneously interconnect several pairs of sub-
networks or stations temporarily and dynamically, with each
2
connection possessing the full data throughput.
• By filtering the data traffic on the basis of the Ethernet (MAC)
address of the data terminal, the local data traffic remains lo-
cal; only data to users of another subnetwork is forwarded by
the switch. Segment C Segment D Segment C Segment D
• More data terminals can be connected than in a classic Ether-
net network. Switched LAN Shared LAN
• Error propagation is limited to the subnetwork concerned. • Each individual segment features • All nodes in the network share
The switching technology offers definite advantages: the full performance/ the network performance/
data rate data rate.
• Subnetworks and network segments can be created. • Simultaneous data traffic in • All data packets pass through all
• The data throughput is increased and with it the network per- several segments, several segments.
formance as a result of structuring the data communication. message frames at the same • Only one message in the network
time at a time.
• Easy rules for network configuration. • Filtering: Local data traffic
• Network topologies with 50 switches and an overall extension remains local; only selected data
of up to 150 km can be implemented without the need to take packets exceed segment
G_IK10_XX_10002
signal propagation times into account. boundaries
• Unlimited extension of the network by connecting individual
collision domains/subnetworks. Data traffic Data traffic
• Easy, reaction-free extension of existing networks.
Full duplex Increased performance through switching, full duplex
Full duplex (FDX) is an operating mode in the network that, in
contrast to half duplex, allows stations to send and receive data Autosensing/Autonegotiation
simultaneously. When FDX is used, collision detection is auto- Autosensing describes the characteristic of network nodes
matically deactivated in the participating stations. (data terminals and network components) that automatically de-
For FDX, transmission media with separate send and receive tect the transmission rate of a signal (10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s or
channels must be used, e.g. FOC and TP, and the participating 1000 Mbit/s) and support autonegotiation.
components must be able to store data packages. With an FDX Autonegotiation is the configuration protocol for Twisted Pair.
connection collisions do not occur, so components that support It enables the participating nodes to negotiate and agree the
FDX can send and receive simultaneously at the nominal trans- transmission rate before the first data packages are transferred:
mission rate. The data throughput therefore increases to twice
• 10 Mbit/s,100 Mbit/s or 1000 Mbit/s
the nominal transmission rate of the network, to 20 Mbit/s with
the classic Ethernet and 200 Mbit/s with Fast Ethernet. • Full duplex or half duplex
With Gigabit Ethernet, up to 2000 Mbit/s are achieved. Autonegotiation can also be deactivated if a specific transmis-
A further advantage of FDX is the increase in the network extension rate has to be set.
sion. The advantage with Autosensing lies in the problem-free inter-
By deactivating the collision principle, the distance between two operability of all Ethernet components.
components can be increased by the size of a collision domain Classical Ethernet components that do not support Autosensing
or more. With full duplex, the maximum distance can extend as work problem-free with Fast Ethernet and new Gigabit Ethernet
far as the performance limit of the send and receive compo- components that do support Autosensing.
nents. This is especially the case in connection with fiber-optic Autocrossover
cables. When glass fiber-optic cables are used, distances of up
to 70 km can be achieved. The Autocrossover function automatically crosses the send and
receive cables on Twisted Pair interfaces. This means that
crossed connecting lines (e.g. TP XP Cords) are no longer
required.

© Siemens AG 2008
Industrial Ethernet
Topologies
Fast redundancy In an optical ring comprising 50 switches, the network will be re-
configured after a fault (cable break or switch failure) in less than
Extremely fast reconfiguration of the network following an error is 0.2 seconds. The connected data terminals remain unaffected
indispensable for industrial applications, because the con- by the changes in the network and logical connections are not
2 nected data terminals will otherwise disconnect logical commu-
nication links. This would result in a process running out of con-
disconnected. Control over the process or application is assured
at all times.
trol or emergency shutdown of the plant.
In addition to implementing high-speed media redundancy in
In order to achieve the very fast reaction times required, various the ring, Industrial Ethernet switches also offer the functions re-
standardized procedures are used. A network can then be required for high-speed redundant coupling of rings or network
configured to form a functional network infrastructure in a frac- segments. Network segments in any topology or rings can be
tion of a second. coupled via two switches in each case.
6
2SHUDWRU6WDWLRQ 3&
6
6
6&$/$1&(
;
3&
6
6
3&
6&$/$1&(
;
3&
3&
6
6
*B,.B;;B
,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW7ZLVWHG3DLU 6
,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW)LEHU2SWLF 6
Configuration with high-speed redundancy in the optical ring

© Siemens AG 2008
Industrial Ethernet
Topologies
6
2SHUDWRU6WDWLRQ 3&
6
2
6
6&$/$1&(
;
3&
6
6&$/$1&( 6&$/$1&(
; ;
6
3&
6&$/$1&(;
3&
3&
6
6
*B,.B;;B
6
,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW7ZLVWHG3DLU 6
Configuration with high-speed redundancy in the electrical ring
6
6
6
6
6&$/$1&(
;
3&
6
6&$/$1&( 6&$/$1&(
; ;
6
6&$/$1&( 6&$/$1&(
; ;
,3&
3&
6&$/$1&(
,3& 6
;RU;/'
*B,.B;;B
,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW)LEHU2SWLF
Electrical/optical ring topology with SCALANCE X101-1/X101-1LD

© Siemens AG 2008
Industrial Ethernet
Topologies
6ZLWK&3 6&$/$1&(;
6&$/$1&(
$FFHVV3RLQW
2
6&$/$1&( :352
;RU
;/'
6&$/$1&( 6&$/$1&( 6&$/$1&(

;RU ; ;RU
;/' ;/'
)LHOG3*
*B,.B;;B
(76 (76 (76 (76 (76
352),1(7,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW7ZLVWHG3DLU
352),1(7,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW)LEHU2SWLF
Optical star topology with SCALANCE X101-1/X101-1LD and remote SCALANCE W Access Point
6
2SHUDWRU6WDWLRQ
6 6
3& 6&$/$1&(
; 6
6&$/$1&( 6&$/$1&(
; ;
6
,3&
6&$/$1&(;
3&
,3& 6
6 6
*B,.B;;B
Configuration with high-speed redundancy in the hybrid ring

© Siemens AG 2008
Industrial Ethernet
Topologies
Fault-tolerant communication Fault-tolerant S7-connections can be set up from S7-400H
stations to
The availability of the communication is increased by means of
redundant communication connections, to which the data trans- • other H stations (one- or two-channel)
mission can be switched quickly in the event of a fault. • HMI PCs (S7-REDCONNECT software required)
2
PC/IPC with
2x CP 1613 A2
or CP 1623
and S7-REDCONNECT
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE X310 SCALANCE X310 SCALANCE X310
G_IK10_XX_10251
H-CPU in single mode
6ZLWK&3 6ZLWK&3 6ZLWK&3
Increased availability by means of redundant communication connections

© Siemens AG 2008
Industrial Ethernet
Topologies
Redundancy with the Spanning Tree algorithm Optical cabling with POF/PCF or glass fiber optic cable
The Spanning Tree algorithm is described in the IEEE 802.1d Fiber-optic cables are always recommended as an alternative to
standard; it organizes any number of meshed Ethernet struc- copper cables in environments subject to strong electromag-
2 tures comprising bridges and switches.
To prevent data packages circulating in the network, in the case
netic interference (EMI), if reliable equipotential bonding cannot
be guaranteed, if the system is in the open air, or if no adverse
effects caused by EMI are wanted.
of closed meshes different connections are switched to standby
so that an open tree structure results from the meshed structure. Glass fiber optic cables are used to establish optical network
topologies covering long distances, while for shorter distances,
The bridges/switches communicate for this purpose using the plastic fiber optic cable made of light-conducting plastics like
Spanning Tree protocol. This protocol is extremely complex be- polymer optical fiber (POF), or plastic covered glass fibers such
cause it has to handle any type of network structure. as polymer cladded fiber (PCF), are used. Simple fiber-optic ca-
The organization of network structures with the Spanning Tree bling for machine-level use is implemented with the new SC RJ
protocol can take from 30 to 60 seconds. During this period, pro- connection system for polymer optical fiber and PCF. The SC RJ
ductive communication for reliable visualization or process con- connectors can be assembled especially quickly and simply on-
trol in the network is not possible. site. The plastic fiber optic cables designed for this purpose can
be used universally or specifically in festoon cable systems.
In the time-optimized variant "Rapid Reconfiguration Spanning
Tree“ according to IEEE 802.1w, the time is shortened to be- For optical PROFINET networking, products with POF or PCF
tween 1 and 3 seconds for up to 10 series-connected switches. connection are used, e.g. the Industrial Ethernet Switch
For connecting to office networks, some SIMATIC NET switches SCALANCE X200-4P IRT, ET 200S distributed I/O or the
support the Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol. SCALANCE X101-1POF media converter.
Switched network
Switched industrial networks can be configured electrically or
optically with a linear, star or ring structure, or a combination.
They are constructed with SCALANCE X switches or with OSM
and ESM. Fiber-optic conductors or Twisted Pair cables are
used as the transmission media between the switches.
Data terminals or network segments are connected over twisted-
pair cables or polymer optical fiber (POF) . Switched networks
can be of any size. The signal propagation times must be taken
into account at distances over 150 km.
6,0$7,&6 +XPDQPDFKLQHLQWHUIDFH 0HGLDFRQYHUWHU

ZLWK&3 6&$/$1&(
;32) (7SUR
(76ZLWK
352),1(7 ,(VWDQGDUGFDEOH 32))2& ,031)2
,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW
6&$/$1&( 6&$/$1&( 6&$/$1&(
;,57 ;3,57 ;3,57
(76ZLWK
,031)2
*B,.B;;B
(76ZLWK,031)2
Mixed network with SCALANCE X202-2P IRT and SCALANCE X101-1POF media converter

© Siemens AG 2008
Industrial Ethernet
Topologies
Gigabit at the control level The CP 343-1 Advanced and CP 443-1 Advanced communica-
tions processors for SIMATIC S7-300/400 implement integral
Whereas in the field level, short response times and small data network separation between the control level and field level and
message frames are in the forefront, the need for high data provide:
throughput is constantly increasing in the control level. The rea-
son for this is the rapidly growing number of nodes and data-in- • Separate network connections on a module for the connection 2
tensive systems such as HMI, SCADA, VISION systems, web ap- of two independent IP-subnetworks, e.g. control level is IP
plications or multimedia applications. subnetwork 1 (Gigabit Ethernet) and the field level is IP sub-
network 2 (Fast Ethernet)
In addition to the Gigabit-capable network infrastructure, there
are also Gigabit-capable system connections for PCs or SI- • Cross-network utilization of IT services through IP routing,
MATIC S7-300/400. The CP 1623 communications processor for such as access to web servers
PCI Express supports a high-performance connection of the • Access protection via a configurable IP access list
HMI/SCADA systems and simultaneously increases the reliabil- • Short response times for the lower-level field device connec-
ity of the network by means of an optional external power supply. tion with PROFINET
Enterprise Level
1000 Mbit/s
Ethernet
Control Level SCALANCE SCALANCE WinCC
X408-2 X408-2 Server
with CP
SCALANCE SCALANCE 1623
X308-2 X408-2
1000 Mbit/s
IP
camera 1000 Mbit/s
SCALANCE
X308-2
1000 Mbit/s 1000 Mbit/s
SIMATIC S7-400
with 1000 Mbit/s
CP 443-1 Advanced IPC with Gigabit
interface
SIMATIC S7-300 and CP 1616
with
CP 343-1 Advanced
Field Level
PROFINET 100 Mbit/s
Industrial Ethernet
G_IK10_XX_10226
ET 200S S7-300 with ET 200S ET 200pro Drives

CP 343-1 Lean
Network separation between field level and enterprise level including Gigabit communication at the control level
Network separation between field level and enterprise level

Networks often have to be separated physically from one an- When using the CP 343-1 Advanced communications proces-
other, but nevertheless have to communicate with one another. sors and CP 443-1 Advanced S7 controllers this requirement
Reasons for network separation are deliberate load decoupling presents no problem. With the introduction of interfaces for sep-
or different responsibilities within an enterprise (e.g. office and arate IP subnetworks in Gigabit Ethernet and Fast Ethernet on
production network). one module, the cross-network use of IT services is possible by
means of static IP routing. The access protection to the controller
and the cross-network data traffic in this case is regulated by a
configurable IP Access List.

© Siemens AG 2008
Industrial Ethernet
Topologies
SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system with Gigabit
In the control room, two SCALANCE X-400 switches are used on Several operator panels are provided and divided between the
the terminal bus. If a high number of nodes are connected to the two switches so that the system can still be operated in the event
2 plant bus, SCALANCE X414-3E switches, for example, can be
used with extender modules. These are connected together to
of a failure. The terminal and plant buses are connected using
redundant servers, e.g. with SCALANCE X408-2 also via high-
create an electrical ring with a transfer rate of 1 Gbit/s. performance Gigabit lines.
2SHUDWRU6WDWLRQ26 26 6,0$7,&,7 6,0$7,&%DWFK 26 (QJLQHHULQJ6WDWLRQ(6
6&$/$1&( 7HUPLQDOEXV 6&$/$1&(

; ;
0ELWV
,3&
6&$/$1&(
;
266HUYHU 266HUYHU
UHGXQGDQW 0ELWV UHGXQGDQW
,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW
HOHFWULFDO
,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW 6&$/$1&( 3ODQW%XV 6&$/$1&(

; ;
RSWLFDO
,3& 0ELWV 6&$/$1&(

6&$/$1&( ;(
;
6&$/$1&(;(
+XPDQPDFKLQH
LQWHUIDFH
6&$/$1&(
;(
5HGXQGDQWFRQWURO 6
6+
*B,.B;;B
(70 (70
352),%86 352),%86 3URGXFWLRQFHOO
Use of the SCALANCE X switches in a process control system, e.g. PCS 7

© Siemens AG 2008
Industrial Ethernet
Topologies
Fail-safe wireless communication with PROFIsafe
For several years, safety engineering has been integrating into PROFIsafe prevents errors such as address corruption, loss, de-
standard automation on the basis of SIMATIC S7 controllers, lay, etc., when transmitting messages through continuous num-
PROFIBUS and PROFIsafe.
This range has been expanded by PROFINET-enabled compo-
bering of the PROFIsafe data, time monitoring, and authenticity
monitoring using passwords or optimized cyclic redundancy 2
check (CRC).
nents, thus providing a complete product range with failsafe
controllers, failsafe I/O and a corresponding engineering envi- Failsafe communication is also supported via industrial wireless
ronment. LAN.
,QWHUQHW
6DIHW\
+0, &RQWUROOHU
&RQWUROOHU )DLOVDIHFRPPXQLFDWLRQ
YLD352),VDIHSURILOH
6HFXULW\
6ZLWFK
352),1(7
,QGXVWULDO
(WKHUQHW
$FFHVV
3RLQW
3UR[\
(7SUR
'LVWULEXWHG 5&RD[&DEOH
3UR[\ ,2V 0DFKLQH
+0,
9LVLRQ
6,0$7,& /DVHUVFDQQHU
)6 )6
0RWLRQ&RQWURO
352),%86
'3$6L
2WKHUILHOGEXVHV
)/LQN
*B,.B;;B
0RWLRQ 6,180(5,. 6,1$0,&6 'LVWULEXWHG

&RQWURO 'VO * $6,QWHUIDFH ,2V
Fail-safe wireless communication with PROFIsafe

© Siemens AG 2008
Industrial Ethernet
Topologies
Secure communication with SCALANCE S
SCALANCE S security modules offer a scaleable security func- • Address translation
tionality for the protection of automation networks. Apart from IP - NAT (Network Address Translation) permits the use of private
2 routing, the following are supported:
• Firewall for protecting the programmable controllers from un-
IP addresses in the internal network in that public IP ad-
dresses are converted to private ones
authorized access regardless of the size of the network to be - NAPT (Network Address and Port Translation) permits the
protected. use of private IP addresses in the internal network in that
frames are converted to private IP addresses depending on
• Supplementary or alternative VPN (Virtual Private Network) the communications port used
for reliable authentication of the communication partners and
encryption of the transmitted data
6HUYLFHFRPSXWHUZLWK :$1 5RXWHU0'

62)71(7VRIWZDUH
6HFXULW\FOLHQW
)LUHZDOO
3URGXFWLRQFRPSXWHU
ZLWK62)71(76HFXULW\&OLHQWVRIWZDUH 3&ZLWK 3&
VRIWZDUH
6HUYHU 62)71(7
6HFXULW\
&OLHQW
6HFXULW\0RGXOH
6&$/$1&(6
0(6OHYHO 2IILFHQHWZRUN
3&
6,1$8767VFFF
6ZLWFK6&$/$1&(; 6ZLWFK6&$/$1&(;(
$XWRPDWLRQQHWZRUN
352),1(7 352),1(7
6HFXUHDFFHVV931WXQQHO
,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW ,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW
6HFXULW\0RGXOH 6HFXULW\0RGXOH 6HFXULW\0RGXOH

6&$/$1&(6 6&$/$1&(6 6&$/$1&(6
*B,.B;;B
3DQHO
3& 5RERWFHOO 5RERWFHOO 5RERWFHOO
+XPDQPDFKLQHLQWHUIDFH $XWRPDWLRQFHOO

© Siemens AG 2008
Industrial Ethernet
Topologies
For a high-performance coupling of networks, the modular • Static routing
Industrial Ethernet Switch SCALANCE X414-3E is available. • Dynamic routing OSPF (open shortest path first) and
In the case of SCALANCE X414-3E, high-speed IP routing • RIPv1/2 (routing information protocol)
permits communication between different IP subnetworks and
routers
• Redundant routing VRRP (Virtual Router Redundancy
Protocol)
2
PC/IPC with
CP 1613 A2/
CP 1623
SCALANCE SCALANCE
X414-3E X414-3E
PC/IPC with
CP 1613 A2/
CP 1623
MP 377
352),1(7
,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW
MP 377 S7-400 with S7-400 with S7-400 with

CP 443-1 CP 443-1 CP 443-1
S7-300 with S7-300 with S7-300 with

CP 343-1 CP 343-1 CP 343-1
S7-300 with
CP 343-1 ET 200S ET 200S ET 200S
G_IK10_XX_10252
Robots
High-performance Layer 3 switching paired with redundant routing (VRRP)

© Siemens AG 2008
Industrial Ethernet
Network selection criteria
■ Overview
7ZLVWHGSDLUQHWZRUN )LEHURSWLFQHWZRUN :LUHOHVVOLQN
)OH[LELOLW\RIWKHQHWZRUNWRSRORJ\ n n n n n n n n n n n n
2 6XLWDELOLW\IRUKLJKWUDQVPLVVLRQUDWHV n n n - n n n n n n - -
,QWHUEXLOGLQJQHWZRUNLQJ - - - - n n n n n n n -
(0& n n n - n n n n n n n n
6LPSOHFDEOHOD\LQJ n n n - n n n -
3HUIRUPDQFHVSHFWUXPIRUVSHFLDODSSOLFDWLRQV &DEOHVIRULQGRRUDUHD &DEOHVIRULQGRRUDQG

WUDLOLQJFDEOHPDULQHFDEOH RXWGRRUDUHDWUDLOLQJFDEOH
)DVW&RQQHFWFDEOHV KDORJHQIUHHFDEOH
(IIHFWRIYROWDJHIDLOXUH )DLOXUHRIDVXEQHWZRUN )DLOXUHRIDVXEQHWZRUN )DLOXUHRIDVXEQHWZRUN
(IIHFWRISDWKIDLOXUH 1HWZRUNEUHDNVGRZQLQWRWZR 1HWZRUNEUHDNVGRZQLQWRWZR

VXEQHWZRUNV VXEQHWZRUNV
IXQFWLRQLQJLQLVRODWLRQ IXQFWLRQLQJLQLVRODWLRQ
8SWRNP
0D[QHWZRUNH[SDQVLRQ P PSHUVHJPHQW
RYHUNPFRQVLGHUVLJQDO
SURSDJDWLRQ
WLPH
0D[GLVWDQFHEHWZHHQWZRQHWZRUNQRGHV P P32) PLQGRRUVSHUVHJPHQW
$FFHVV3RLQWV P3&) PLQGRRUVSHUVHJPHQW
PPXOWLPRGH
PVLQJOHPRGH
0D[FRQQHFWLQJFDEOHOHQJWK P P32) PIHHGHUFDEOHWRWKH

P3&) $FFHVV3RLQW
PPXOWLPRGH
PVLQJOHPRGH
3UHDVVHPEOHGFDEOHV <HV <HV
$VVHPEO\RQVLWH ZLWKRXWVSHFLDOWRRO 6SHFLDOWRROUHTXLUHG ZLWKVSHFLDOLVWSHUVRQQHO

)DVW&RQQHFWWHFKQRORJ\
,QWHJUDWHGGLDJQRVWLFVVXSSRUW /('LQGLFDWRUVVLJQDOLQJFRQWDFW /('LQGLFDWRUVVLJQDOLQJFRQWDFW /('LQGLFDWRUV

6103QHWZRUNPDQDJHPHQW 6103QHWZRUNPDQDJHPHQW 6103QHWZRUNPDQDJHPHQW
:HEEDVHGPDQDJHPHQW :HEEDVHGPDQDJHPHQW :HEEDVHGPDQDJHPHQW
352),1(7GLDJQRVWLFV 352),1(7GLDJQRVWLFV
5HGXQGDQWQHWZRUNVWUXFWXUHV (OHFWULFDOULQJRUGRXEOLQJRIWKH 2SWLFDOULQJRUGRXEOLQJRIWKH 0XOWLSOHLOOXPLQDWLRQRUXVHRIGLIIHUHQW

LQIUDVWUXFWXUHOLQHDUVWDUWUHH LQIUDVWUXFWXUHOLQHDUVWDUWUHH IUHTXHQF\EDQGV
DQG*+]
*B,.B;;B
1) suitable for 10 Mbit/s, 100 Mbit/s and 1000 Mbit/s n n n n VXLWDEOH
2) Safeguard against subnetwork failure by means of
redundant voltage supply n n n - SDUWO\VXLWDEOH
3) no effect in the case of ring structure n n - -
4) if there are 50 switches in the ring n - - -
5) depending on antenna used - - - - QRWDSSOLFDEOH
Comparison of networking media

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFINET
Introduction
■ Overview
PROFINET – the open Industrial Ethernet standard Real-time communication
for automation
PROFINET is based on Industrial Ethernet and uses the stan-
dard TCP/IP (Transport Control Protocol/Internet Protocol) for pa-
rameterization, configuration and diagnosis. Real-time commu-
nication for the transmission of user/process data is performed 2
on the same line. PROFINET devices can support the following
3URFHVV real-time properties:
5HDOWLPH • Real-Time (RT) is used for time-critical process data – i.e. for
6DIHW\
FRPPXQLFDWLRQ cyclical user data or event-driven alarms. For real-time re-
quirements in automation, PROFINET uses an optimized real-
time communication channel. The performance exceeds that
of conventional fieldbuses and allows response times in the
,7VWDQGDUGV 352),1(7 'LVWULEXWHG microsecond range. RT is the real-time communication for
6HFXULW\ ILHOGGHYLFHV standard applications in order to connect field devices, e.g.
distributed I/Os and drives, or implement distributed auto-
mation structures with PROFINET CBA.
• Isochronous Real-Time (IRT)
1HWZRUN 0RWLRQ For especially challenging applications, there is the hardware-
LQVWDOODWLRQ &RQWURO supported real-time communication Isochronous Real-Time
'LVWULEXWHG (IRT) – for such things as motion control applications and high-
LQWHOOLJHQFH performance applications in factory automation.
With IRT, a cycle time of up to 250 μs with a jitter (synchroni-
*B,.B;;B
zation accuracy) of less than 1 μs is achieved. To this end, the

communication cycle is divided into a deterministic part and
an open part. In the deterministic interval, the cyclical IRT
message frames are transmitted and the TCP/IP communica-
tion takes place during the open interval. The two data trans-
PROFINET is the innovative and open Industrial Ethernet missions exist side-by-side without interfering with each other.
standard (IEC 61158/61784) for industrial automation. With ERTEC (Enhanced Real-Time Ethernet Controller)
PROFINET, devices can be linked up from the field level through
to the management level. PROFINET enables system-wide The ASIC family of ERTEC supports PROFINET real-time
communication, supports plant-wide engineering and uses the communication (RT and IRT) and it is the basic technology for
IT standards right down to the field level. Fieldbus systems such integrated system solutions with PROFINET. The ERTEC 400 is
as PROFIBUS can be easily integrated without any changes to integrated in controllers and network components and the
existing devices. ERTEC 200 is integrated in simple field devices (I/Os, drives).
Development Kits and Competence Centers support the user in
PROFINET takes account of the following aspects: developing his own devices.
Factory automation Motion Control
PROFINET
Industrial
Ethernet
100 ms 250 μs
IT services TCP/IP
G_IK10_XX_30116
Real-Time Isochronous Real-Time
Outstanding feature of PROFINET: Integrated real-time communication with simultaneous, unrestricted TCP/IP communication

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFINET
Introduction
(PROFINET IO) distributed field devices
PROFINET IO enables distributed field devices (IO devices ,2&RQWUROOHU 3*3&
such as signal modules) to be connected directly to Industrial 6XSHU
2 Ethernet. During configuration with STEP 7, these field devices YLVRU

are assigned to a central controller (IO Controller). Existing
modules or devices can continue to be used with PROFINET- 352),1(7
compatible interfaces or links, which safeguards existing invest-
ments by PROFIBUS or AS-Interface users. A configuration with
,QGXVWULDO
standard and failsafe modules in one station is also possible. (WKHUQHW
An IO Supervisor serves HMI and diagnostics purposes – as on
PROFIBUS – using hierarchical diagnostics dialogs (overview
and detailed diagnostics). The user data is transferred by means (7 ,(3% ,($6L
of TCP/IP or IT standards. The simple engineering for PROFINET, 6 (70 /LQN /,1.
field-proven with PROFIBUS, was adopted here. From the view- 31,2 31,2
point of programming with STEP 7 there is no difference between 5)
PROFIBUS and PROFINET when accessing an IO device. )LHOGGHYLFHV &
Users can thus very easily configure field devices on Industrial ,2'HYLFHV
*B,.B;;B
Ethernet on the basis of the know-how acquired with PROFIBUS. 352),%86
By retaining the device model of PROFIBUS, the same diagnos- 6ZLWK
tics information is available on PROFINET. As well as device (7SUR &3/HDQ
$6,QWHUIDFH
diagnostics, module-specific and channel-specific data can
also be read out from the devices, enabling simple and fast
location of faults.
PROFINET with distributed field devices
Alongside the star, tree and ring topologies, PROFINET also
supports the line topology shaped by established fieldbuses.
By integrating switch functionality into the devices, for example Motion control
as with the S7-300 with CP 343-1 Lean, CP 343-1, or the On the basis of PROFINET and using Isochronous Real-Time
SIMATIC ET 200S, ET 200M or ET 200pro distributed field de- (IRT), it is possible to implement very fast, isochronous drive
vices, line topologies that are oriented around the machine or controls for high-performance motion control applications.
plant structure can be formed. This results in savings in cabling The standardized drive profile PROFIdrive allows multi-vendor
overhead and cuts down on components such as external communication between motion controllers and drives indepen-
switches. dently of the bus system – Industrial Ethernet or PROFIBUS.
In addition to the products with degree of protection IP20, a Isochronous real-time communication and standard IT commu-
complete portfolio is available for IP65, such as the ET 200pro nication can be implemented simultaneously on the same line
field device or the SCALANCE X208PRO switch. without affecting each other.
The Fast Start-Up function allows rapid start-up of PROFINET IO
Devices that are connected to SIMATIC controllers within less
than a second. This allows tool changes, e.g. for robotics appli-
cations, to be accelerated.
Fieldbus integration
PROFINET permits easy integration of existing fieldbus systems.
This requires the use of a proxy, which is a master of the
PROFIBUS or AS-Interface system on the one hand and a station
in the Industrial Ethernet on the other hand and which supports
PROFINET communication. This protects the investments of
plant operators, mechanical and plant engineers, and device
manufacturers.

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFINET
Introduction
Control Level WinCC
Server
2
with CP
X308-2 X408-2
1000 Mbit/s
IP
camera 1000 Mbit/s
1000 Mbit/s
PC/IPC with
CP 1616/CP 1604
SIMATIC S7-400
with
CP 443-1 Advanced
Field Level
PROFINET
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE SCALANCE
X204IRT 100 Mbit/s X208
SIMATIC S7-300
with CP 343-1 Advanced
G_IK10_XX_10253
ET 200S ET 200S ET 200pro ET 200pro ET 200M
Increased availability through media redundancy (MRP) with ring topologies
Distributed intelligence and machine-to-machine communi- Software components are understood to be encapsulated, reus-
cation (PROFINET CBA) able software functions. These can be individual technological
functions such as closed-loop controllers, or user programs for
PROFIBUS and PROFINET International have defined a stan- entire machines. Like blocks, they can be flexibly combined and
dard for implementing modular plant structures: PROFINET CBA easily re-used – regardless of their internal programming.
(Component Based Automation). Communication between the software components is carried out
Positive experiences have already been made with modulariza- exclusively via the component interfaces. On the outside, only
tion for machine and plant construction: Frequently-required those variables are accessible on these interfaces which are
parts are ready-made and can be rapidly combined into an required for interaction with other components.
individual unit when an order is placed. With PROFINET CBA, Software components are created with STEP 7 or other vendor-
modularization can be extended to the automation engineering specific tools. SIMATIC iMap is used for plant-wide configuring
of the plant with the help of software components. The commu- of the overall plant using graphical interconnection of the com-
nication takes place via the real-time channel. ponents. The degree of modularization does not determine the
number of programmable controllers required. Allocation to one
central automation device or several distributed automation
devices allows optimal utilization of the automation hardware.

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFINET
Introduction
67(3 67(3 0DFKLQH 6,0$7,&L0$3

&RQILJXUHGHYLFHV 352),1(7 ,QWHUFRQQHFWFRPSRQHQWV
2 &UHDWHDSSOLFDWLRQSURJUDP *HQHUDWH
FRPSRQHQWV
JUDSKLFDOO\
0DFKLQH
0DFKLQH
0DFKLQH
0DFKLQH
0DFKLQH
*B,.B;;B
PROFINET CBA for distributed automation
Network installation IT standards & security

PROFINET enables the network to be installed without any In the context of Web integration, the data of PROFINET compo-
specialist knowledge. The open standard based on Industrial nents is presented in HTML or XML format. Independently of
Ethernet meets all the requirements relevant to the industrial the tool used, information from the automation level can be ac-
sector. PROFINET allows the simple setup of the usual network cessed from any station using a commercially available Internet
topologies such as star, tree, line and ring, for increased avail- browser. This considerably simplifies commissioning and diag-
ability, using industry-standard cabling. nostics.
The "PROFINET Cabling and Interconnection Technology Guide- The advantages of this openness are however offset by the risks
line" supports manufacturers and users during network installa- that arise, such as unauthorized access.
tion. Depending on the application, symmetrical copper cables,
fiber optic-cables that are not susceptible to electromagnetic For this reason, PROFINET defines a graduated security con-
interference or wireless communication are used. Devices from cept – the "cell protection concept" – that can be used without a
different manufacturers are easily connected via standardized great deal of specialist knowledge and that largely rules out any
and rugged plug-in connectors (up to IP65). operating errors, unauthorized access or manipulation without
impeding the production operation. The SCALANCE S product
For assigning addresses and network diagnostics, PROFINET range is available with software or hardware modules for the pro-
uses the IT standards DCP (Discovery Configuration Protocol) tection of automation cells. These protect the cells by means of
and SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol). firewalls (SCALANCE S602), which restrict the flow of data traf-
fic, for example, so that only S7 communication is allowed
PROFINET offers new functions and applications for wireless through. In addition, the access to the cells that are formed can
communication with Industrial Wireless LAN. This enables tech- also be secured by a VPN tunnel (SCALANCE S612, SOFTNET
nologies subject to wear, such as contact wires, to be replaced Security Client) that allows secure access from the Internet as
and permits driverless transport systems or personalized oper- well.
ating or maintenance devices to be used. Industrial WLAN is
standard-based but also offers additional functions that permit Safety
the high-performance connection of field devices to controllers:
The PROFIsafe safety profile, which has been tried and tested
• Bandwidth reservation; with PROFIBUS and which permits the transmission of standard
reserves the bandwidth between an access point and a and safety-related data on a single bus cable, can also be used
defined client. This ensures high, reliable performance for this with PROFINET. Standard switches, proxies and links can also
client, regardless of the number of clients operated at the be used for fail-safe communication. In addition, fail-safe com-
access point. munication is possible via Industrial Wireless LAN (WLAN).
• Cyclic data traffic and high-speed roaming (iPCF); PROFINET thus permits the implementation of standard and fail-
Various functions that are combined under the term "iPCF" per- safe applications with integrated configuration throughout the
mit cyclic data traffic in real time for several wirelessly linked network – not only when designing new plants, but also when
PROFINET IO devices at the same time. In addition, this en- upgrading existing ones.
ables mobile stations to be transferred quickly from one radio
field to another (roaming) so that the PROFINET IO communi- Process
cation is not interrupted.
PROFINET is the standard for all applications in automation.
These expansions to the standard enable high-performance By means of the PROFIBUS integration, it also includes the pro-
wireless applications with PROFINET and SCALANCE W right cess industry – including hazardous areas.
down to the field level.

© Siemens AG 2008
Passive network components
Overview of passive network components
■ Overview
0D[LPXPFDEOHOHQJWKVIRULQGXVWULDO(WKHUQHWFRQQHFWLRQV
Type of fiber
,()&FDEOHV[DW0ELWV
FC RJ45 outlet with 2x2 cable k k k

2
(additional 10 m patch cable can
be connected in total)
Patch cable k
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
k
k k k
k
,()&FDEOHV[DW0ELWV
FC RJ45 outlet with 4x2 k
cable (AWG 22) (additional
10 m patch cable can be
connected in total)
IE FC RJ45 Plug 4x2 with
k
Patch cable k
,(*ODVV)2&
k k
k k
k k
k k
k k
INDOOR FO Cable k
k
FO Standard Cable
Flexible FO Trailing Cable k

,(32)3&))LEHU2SWLF&DEOH
k
k
k
k
k
1) at 100 Mbit/s 2) at 1000 Mbit/s

2
2/30
0
,3
SRZHU
'HYLFHV
,73SOXJ
FRQQHFWRU
,(GHYLFHV
,()&5-
SLQSLQ
0RGXODU2XWOHW
3RZHU3OXJ352
K\EULGFRQQHFWRU
,()&2XWOHW5-
,(5-3OXJ352
,()&5-3OXJ[
,()&5-3OXJ[
ZLWK5-FRQQHFWLRQ
SOXJLQFRQQHFWRU
ZLWK6XE'FRQQHFWLRQ
$FRGHG
'FRGHG
,()&6WDQGDUG&DEOH*3[$:*
,()&&DEOH[
,()&)OH[LEOH&DEOH*3[$:*
,()&6WDQGDUG&DEOH*3[
,()&)OH[LEOH&DEOH*3[
,()&7UDLOLQJ&DEOH*3[ ,()&&DEOH[
,()&7RUVLRQ&DEOH*3[
,()&7UDLOLQJ&DEOH[
,()&0DULQH&DEOH[
,(73&RUG5-
,(73;3&RUG5-
,(73&RUG5-
,(73;3&RUG5- ,(73&RUG[
,(73&RUG5-
,(73;3&RUG5-
,(73;3&RUG
© Siemens AG 2008
,(73&RUG5-5- ,(73&RUG[
,(73;3&RUG5-5-
HOHFWULFDO
,736WDQGDUG&DEOH
GHYLFHV,(
,73)51&&DEOH ,73FDEOHV
,736WDQGDUG&DEOH
,73;36WDQGDUG&DEOH ,73FRQQHFWRU
,73;36WDQGDUG&DEOH FDEOH
,73)51&&DEOH
2SWLRQVIRUFRQQHFWLQJ,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHWFDEOHVZLWKSOXJVWHUPLQDOVRU
+\EULGFDEOH[[ +\EULGFDEOH
(QHUJ\&DEOH[
3RZHUFDEOH
(QHUJ\&DEOH[
*B,.B;;B
6&SOXJ
,(GHYLFHV
,(GHYLFHV
,(GHYLFHV
6&5-SOXJ
%)2&FRQQHFWRU
ZLWK6&FRQQHFWLRQ
ZLWK%)2&FRQQHFWLRQ
ZLWK6&5-FRQQHFWLRQ
,(6&5-3&)3OXJ352
,(6&5-32)3OXJ352
)26WDQGDUG&DEOH*3
)27UDLOLQJ&DEOH )LEHURSWLFFDEOH
)27UDLOLQJ&DEOH*3 wP
)2*URXQG&DEOH
),%(5237,&VWDQGDUGFDEOH
,1'225)LEHU2SWLFLQGRRUFDEOH )LEHURSWLFFDEOH
)OH[LEOH)LEHU2SWLFWUDLOLQJFDEOH
wP
6,(123<5PDULQHGXSOH[ILEHURSWLF
FDEOH
3&)6WDQGDUG&DEOH*3
3&)7UDLOLQJ&DEOH*3
3&)ILEHURSWLF
3&)7UDLOLQJ&DEOH FDEOH
© Siemens AG 2008
)LEHURSWLFFDEOH
3UHDVVHPEOHG)2&ZLWK%)2& ZLWK
2SWLFDO
FRQQHFWRU
%)2&FRQQHFWRU
)LEHURSWLFFDEOH
3UHDVVHPEOHG)2&ZLWK6&FRQQHFWRU ZLWK
6&SOXJ
32)6WDQGDUG&DEOH*3 32))2&
32)7UDLOLQJ&DEOH wP
2SWLRQVIRUFRQQHFWLQJ,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHWFDEOHVZLWKSOXJVWHUPLQDOVRUGHYLFHV
)LEHURSWLFFDEOH
3UHDVVHPEOHG)2&ZLWK6&5- ZLWK
FRQQHFWRU 6&5-SOXJ
2/31
*B,.B;;B
2
© Siemens AG 2008
Overview of Twisted Pair
■ Overview ■ Application
Structured cabling 10/100 Mbit/s 10/100/1000 Mbit/s
• Structured cabling to ISO IEC 118011/EN 50173 describes the IE FC TP Cable 2x2 n –
non-application-specific, tree-like cabling of building com- IE FC TP Cable 4x2 – n
2 plexes for IT purposes. A site is subdivided into the following

areas: IE FC RJ45 Plug 2x2 n –
- Primary area (connecting the buildings of a site) IE FC Plug 4x2 – n
- Secondary area (connecting the floors of a building)
IE FC Outlet RJ45 n –
- Tertiary area (IT connection of data terminals on a floor)
IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet – n
The structured cabling that can be achieved with the Industrial
Ethernet FastConnect System corresponds to the structure of IE TP Cord n1) n 2)
the tertiary cabling in accordance with EN 50173 for Ethernet. 1)
All TP Cord types with a Sub-D interface
FastConnect Twisted Pair (FC) 2)
IE TP Cord RJ45/RJ45 and IE TP Cord XP
• For structured cabling in the production hall, the FastConnect UL approvals
Twisted Pair cabling system is ideal. With the fast installation
system for Industrial Ethernet, structured cabling from the UL listing (safety standard) for network cables is especially
office environment not only becomes industry compatible for necessary for the American and Canadian markets. The require-
installation in the production hall; ments for the appropriate approvals depend on where the cable
is routed within the building. This applies to all cables which
• FastConnect cables can also be assembled extremely quickly have to be routed from a machine to a remote control cabinet
and easily on site. The RJ45 cabling technique, an existing and are positioned on cable racks secured on the building.
standard, is also available in an industry-standard version that Cables with UL approval have "GP" (General Purpose) added to
supports structured cabling (patch cables, patch field, instal- their name.
lation cables, connection socket, connecting cable).
• With the IE FC RJ45 plug and FastConnect cables as an
alternative to structured cabling, up to 100 m cable length can ■ Design
be achieved for a point-to-point link (requires less patch The FastConnect system comprises:
technology).
• Industrial Ethernet FastConnect cables specially designed
ITP (Sub-D connection method) for fast connection (UL and CAT5e certified) as FC TP
• For direct connection between stations and network compo- Standard, FC TP Flexible, FC TP Trailing, TP Torsion and FC TP
nents, the ITP Standard Cable is offered preassembled with Marine Cable.
Sub-D plugs as a rugged connection system. This allows • Easy stripping with the FastConnect Stripping Tool;
cable lengths of up to 100 m to be achieved without the need the outer sheath and the braided shield are stripped accu-
for patches. rately in one step
• The prepared cable is connected in the FastConnect
■ Benefits products using the insulation displacement method.
• Extensive product range for flexible cabling in industry
• Faster connection of data terminals thanks to safe stripping of ■ Integration
the outer sheath and braided shield in one step
• Easy connection method (insulation-piercing contacts) for $FWLYHGLVWULEXWRU 7HUPLQDOGHYLFH
4-core (Cat5) and 8-core (Cat6) Industrial Ethernet FC Twisted HJ6&$/$1&(; HJ6
Pair installation cables
• Easy assembly for all cable types with the preadjusted FC
stripping tool
• Reliable shield contacting and strain relief 3DWFKFDEOH &RQQHFWLRQ
HJ,(73FRUG FDEOH
HJ,(73FRUG
$ ,QVWDOODWLRQFDEOH %
HJ)&73VWDQGDUGFDEOH[
&RQQHFWLRQ & &RQQHFWLRQ

VRFNHW VRFNHW
*B,.B;;B
,()&5- ,()&5-
0RGXODU2XWOHW 0RGXODU2XWOHW
$% ืP
$%& ืP
Structured cabling to EN 50173

© Siemens AG 2008
Industrial Ethernet FastConnect
■ Overview ■ Benefits
• Comprehensive product range for flexible wiring in industry in

accordance with the innovative Industrial Ethernet standard
2
PROFINET (PROFINET Cabling and Interconnection Technol-
ogy Guideline 1))
• Faster connection of data terminals thanks to safe stripping of
the outer sheath and braided shield in one step
• Easy connection technique (insulation displacement con-
tacts) for 4-core (Cat5) and 8-core (Cat6) Industrial Ethernet
FC Twisted Pair installation cables
• Easy assembly of both cable types with the preadjusted FC
stripping tool
• Reliable shield contact and strain relief thanks to bolt-on cover
• Excellent EMC shielding and deflection (metal housing)
• Mistakes are prevented thanks to color coding and the trans-
parent contact cover
• RJ45 cabling technology is used as the permanent standard
1)
Available as a download under www.profinet.com
• With the FastConnect (FC) system for Industrial Ethernet,

structured cabling from the office environment becomes
industry-compatible for installation in the production hall.
• Time-saving, error-free installation on-site
• RJ45 cabling technology is used as the permanent standard
• The ideal solution for installation of RJ45 connectors in the
field area with 4-core (2 x 2) Industrial Ethernet FC cables
• The ideal solution for installation of IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet
on 8-core (4 x 2) Industrial Ethernet FC cables
• Reliable shield attachment and strain relief are integrated
• Integrated system of FC plug-in connectors and an extensive
FC cable spectrum with appropriate UL approvals

© Siemens AG 2008
■ Application
Industrial Ethernet FastConnect is a fast connection technique After stripping the IE FC cable, it can be directly mounted either
for easy assembly of 4-core and 8-core Industrial Ethernet FC in the IE FC RJ45 Plug (4-core), the IE FC Outlet RJ45 (4-core)
cables. or the IE RJ45 Modular Outlet (8-core).
Measure the length of cabele to be stripped by Insert the measured cable end in the tool. Fasten the end of the cable in the
resting the cable on the measuring template. The end stop for the insertion depth is stripping tool up to the end stop.
The end stop is formed by the index finger of formed by the index finger of the left hand
the left hand
G_IK10_XX_10021
To strip the cable, rotate the stripping tool Remove the stripping tool still Remove the protective film from the
several times in the direction of the arrow. closed from the end of the cable. cores
■ Design ■ Function
The complete system: The FastConnect stripping technique supports fast and easy
• Industrial Ethernet FC installation cables designed for fast connection of the Industrial Ethernet FC cables
assembly; 4-core (2x2) Cat5e; • IE FC RJ45 Plug (10/100/1000 Mbit/s)
- IE FC TP Standard Cable GP • IE FC Outlet RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s)
- IE FC TP Flexible Cable GP
- IE FC TP Trailing Cable GP • IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet (10/100/1000 Mbit/s)
- IE FC TP Trailing Cable The data terminals and network components are connected
- IE TP Torsion Cable using outlets via TP Cords.
- IE FC TP Marine Cable
- IE FC TP FRNC Cable GP The Industrial Ethernet FastConnect cables are specially
- IE FC TP Food Cable designed for use of the Industrial Ethernet FastConnect
- IE FC TP Festoon Cable GP Stripping Tool, with which the outer insulation and the braided
shield can be stripped accurately in one step. The prepared
• 8-core (4 x 2) Cat6 certified, with appropriate UL approval: cable is then connected using insulation displacement.
- IE FC TP Standard Cable GP (AWG 22/AWG 24)
- IE FC TP Flexible Cable (AWG 24) Approvals
• User-friendly stripping technique with FC Stripping Tool UL listing (safety standard) for network cables is especially
• FC RJ45 Plug immune to interference (10/100 Mbits/s). The necessary for the American and Canadian markets. The require-
rugged metal casing makes it an ideal solution for installing ments for the appropriate approvals depend on where the cable
RJ45 plug-in connectors to 4-core IE FC cables at the field is routed within the building. This applies to all cables which
level. have to be routed from a machine to a remote control cabinet
• The prepared cable is connected in the Industrial Ethernet and are positioned on cable racks secured on the building.
FC Outlet RJ45 (10/100 Mbits/s; 4-core) or IE FC RJ45 OFN/OFNG cable for routing in bundles (general purpose
Modular Outlet (10/100/1000 Mbits/s; 8-core) using insulation cable).
displacement The various connectors and cables from the FastConnect ca-
bling system can also be used in hazardous areas (EX-Zone 2).
No special approval is necessary.

© Siemens AG 2008
IE FC RJ45 Plug 2 x 2
• Ideal solution for installing RJ45 plug-in connectors in the field

level
2
• Time-saving, error-free installation using the FastConnect
system
• RJ45 plug-in connector is resistant to interference thanks to
the rugged metal housing
• A compatible system of Industrial Ethernet FastConnect plug-
in connectors and a comprehensive range of FastConnect
cables with the appropriate UL approvals and PROFINET
compatibility
• Implementation of direct device connections over distances of ■ Application

up to 100 m with Industrial Ethernet FC installation cable 2 x 2
without patching The compact and rugged design of the plug-in connectors allow
the FC RJ45 Plugs to be used in the industrial environment and
• Easy connection (insulation displacement contacts) for 4-core in equipment from the office environment.
Twisted Pair installation cables (100 Mbit/s) without the need
for special tools Industrial Ethernet FastConnect RJ45 Plugs support quick and
• Error-preventing connection technique thanks to visible con- easy installation of the Industrial Ethernet FastConnect installa-
nection area as well as colored blade terminals tion cables 2 x 2 (4-core Twisted Pair cables) in the field.
• Industry-compatible design (rugged metal housing, no easily The Industrial Ethernet FastConnect Stripping Tool for preparing
lost small parts) the cable end (stripping the cable sleeve and shield in one
action) supports easy handling and fast, error-free contacting of
the cable at the plug-in connector. Installation is also possible
• Integrated strain-relief for installation cables under difficult working conditions because the plug-in connector
• Compatible to the EN 50173 (RJ45) / ISO IEC 11801 standard does not have any small parts that can be lost.
• Additional strain and bending relief of plug connector possible The new plug-in connectors enable point-to-point links to be
through latching of plug on device housing, e.g. with implemented (100 Mbit/s) for Industrial Ethernet between two
SCALANCE X, SCALANCE S, ET 200S. data terminals/network components up to 100 m without the
need for patches.
6 6
6 6
6 ,()&5- ,()&5- 6
3OXJ[ 3OXJ[
,()&&DEOH[
3& 3&
,()&736WDQGDUG&DEOH*3[7\SH$
,()&73)OH[LEOH&DEOH*3[7\SH%
,()&737UDLOLQJ&DEOH*3[7\SH&
,()&7RUVLRQ&DEOH[7\SH&
1HWZRUN ,()&737UDLOLQJ&DEOH[7\SH& 1HWZRUN
FRPSRQHQW
1& ,()&730DULQH&DEOH[7\SH%
,()&73)RRG&DEOH[7\SH&
FRPSRQHQW
1&
,()&73)51&&DEOH*3[7\SH%
*B,.B;;B
,()&73)HVWRRQ&DEOH*3[7\SH%
,IFRPSRQHQWVWKDWGRQRWVXSSRUWDXWRFURVVLQJDUHXVHG
DQ,(73;3FRUGPXVWEHXVHGEHWZHHQWZRQHWZRUNFRPSRQHQWVRUWHUPLQDOV
Use of FastConnect cables with IE FC RJ45 plug

© Siemens AG 2008
■ Design
Industrial Ethernet FC RJ45 Plugs are available in three designs:
• With 180° (straight) cable • With 145° (angled) cable • With 90° (angled) cable
outlet outlet (SIMOTION and outlet (e.g. for ET 200S)
2 SINAMICS, for example)
They are used for optimized connection of Industrial Ethernet After the stripped cable end has been inserted in the blade
FastConnect cables to data terminals and network components. terminal (which has been hinged open), it is pressed down for
The plugs have a rugged, industry-compatible metal housing reliable contacting of the conductors.
that provides optimum protection against faults in data commu-
nication. Thanks to their compactness, the plug-in connectors (IE FC Plug
180°) can be used on devices with individual sockets and on
The 4 integrated insulation displacement contacts make con- devices with multiple sockets (blocks).
tacting of the FC cable variants easy and prevent mistakes.
Strip the IE FC cable 2x2 using stripping tool Open casing of the FC RJ45 plug Press down contact cover to
and fan out the wires according to color and insert wires according to color make contact with the wires.
coding on the contact cover coding as far as the end stop.
of the FC RJ45 plug.
Casing
G_IK10_XX_30026
Close casing cover and Using a screwdriver, turn locking ring

press together with lower through 90° to ensure that cable is
connector casing. gripped tightly.
Data terminals with a suitable bracket on the housing provide

additional tension and bending relief for the plug-in cable.
■ Function
The IE FC RJ45 Plugs are used to install uncrossed 100 Mbit/s When the housing is open, color markings on the contact cover
Ethernet connections up to 100 m without the use of patches. make it easier to connect the cores to the blade terminals.
Crossed cables can also be installed by swapping the transmit The user can check that contact has been made correctly
and receive pair in a plug. through the transparent plastic material of the contact cover.

© Siemens AG 2008
■ Technical specifications
Order No. 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0 6GK1 901-1BB20-2AA0 6GK1 901-1BB30-0AA0
Product type description IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 2 x 2 IE FC RJ45 Plug 90 2 x 2 IE FC RJ45 Plug 145 2 x 2
Number of electrical connections
• For Industrial Ethernet FC TP
cables
4 4 4 2
• For network components 1 1 1
or terminals
Electrical connection version
• FastConnect Yes Yes Yes
• For Industrial Ethernet Integrated insulation displacement Integrated insulation displacement Integrated insulation displacement
FC TP cables contacts contacts contacts
• For network components RJ45 connector RJ45 connector RJ45 connector
or terminal
Transmission rate for Cat5e 100 Mbit/s 100 Mbit/s 100 Mbit/s
Ambient temperature
• During operation -20 … +70 °C -20 … +70 °C -20 … +70 °C
• During storage -40 … +80 °C -40 … +80 °C -40 … +80 °C
• During transport -40 … +80 °C -40 … +80 °C -40 … +80 °C
Max. relative humidity during 95% 95% 95%
operation
Width 13.7 mm 13.7 mm 13.9 mm
Height 16 mm 16 mm 16 mm
Depth 55 mm 42 mm 55.6 mm
Assembly IE FC stripping tool for stripping the IE FC stripping tool for stripping the IE FC stripping tool for stripping the
IE FC cable IE FC cable IE FC cable
Net weight 35 g 35 g 35 g
IP degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20

© Siemens AG 2008
■ Ordering data Order No. Order No.

IE FC RJ45 plugs IE FC TP Trailing Cable 2 x 2 6XV1 840-3AH10
(Type C)
RJ45 plug connector for Industrial
Ethernet with a rugged metal 4-core, shielded TP installation
2
housing and integrated insulation cable for connection to IE
displacement contacts for FC Outlet RJ45/ IE FC RJ45 Plug
connecting Industrial Ethernet FC 180/90 for use in trailing cables;
installation cables PROFINET-compatible;
without UL approval;
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 sold by the meter;
180° cable outlet; for network max. quantity 1000 m,
components and CPs/CPUs with minimum order 20 m
Industrial Ethernet interface IE TP Torsion Cable GP 2 x 2 6XV1 870-2F
• 1 pack = 1 item 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0 (Type C)
• 1 pack = 10 items 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AB0 4-core, shielded TP installation
cable for connection to IE
• 1 pack = 50 items 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AE0 FC Outlet RJ45/ IE FC RJ45 Plug
IE FC RJ45 Plug 90 for use with robots;
PROFINET-compatible;
90° cable outlet; e.g. for ET 200S with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
• 1 pack = 1 item 6GK1 901-1BB20-2AA0
max. quantity 1000 m,
• 1 pack = 10 units 6GK1 901-1BB20-2AB0 minimum order 20 m
• 1 pack = 50 units 6GK1 901-1BB20-2AE0 IE FC TP Marine Cable 2 x 2 6XV1 840-4AH10
(Type B)
IE FC RJ45 Plug 145
4-core, shielded TP installation
145° cable outlet; e.g. cable for connection to IE
for SIMOTION and SINAMICS FC Outlet RJ45/ IE FC RJ45 Plug
• 1 pack = 1 item 6GK1 901-1BB30-0AA0 180/90; marine approval;
• 1 pack = 10 units 6GK1 901-1BB30-0AB0 minimum order 20 m
• 1 pack = 50 units 6GK1 901-1BB30-0AE0 IE FC TP FRNC Cable GP 2 x 2 6XV1 871-2F
IE FC stripping tool 6GK1 901-1GA00 (Type B)
Preadjusted stripping tool 4-core, shielded, halogen-free TP

for fast stripping of Industrial installation cable for connection
Ethernet FC cables to IE FC Outlet RJ45/ IE FC RJ45
Plug for occasional movement;
IE FC TP Standard Cable GP 2 x 2 PROFINET-compatible;
(Type A) with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
4-core, shielded TP installation max. length 1000 m,
cable for connection to minimum order 20 m
IE FC Outlet RJ45/ IE FC RJ45
Plug; PROFINET-compatible; IE FC TP Festoon Cable GP 6XV1 871-2S
with UL approval; 2 x 2 (Type B)
Sold by the meter 4-core, shielded TP installation
6XV1 840-2AH10 cable for connection to IE
max. quantity 1,000 m; FC Outlet RJ45/IE FC RJ45 Plug
minimum order 20 m 180/90 for use in festoon applica-
Preferred length tions; PROFINET-compatible;
6XV1 840-2AU10 with UL approval;
• 1000 m sold by the meter;
IE FC TP Flexible Cable GP 2 x 2 6XV1 870-2B max. length 1000 m,
(Type B) minimum order 20 m
4-core, shielded TP installation IE FC TP Food Cable GP 2 x 2 6XV1 871-2L

cable for connection to IE (Type C)
FC Outlet RJ45/ IE FC RJ45 Plug 4-core, shielded TP installation
for occasional movement; cable for connection to IE
PROFINET-compatible; FC Outlet RJ45/ IE FC RJ45 Plug
with UL approval; 180/90 for the food and bever-
sold by the meter; ages industry;
max. quantity 1000 m, PROFINET-compliant;
minimum order 20 m sold by the meter;
IE FC TP Trailing Cable GP 2 x 2 6XV1 870-2D max. length 1000 m,
(Type C) minimum order 20 m
4-core, shielded TP installation IE FC Blade Cassettes (5 mm) 6GK1 901-1GB01

cable for connection to IE Replacement blade cassette for
FC Outlet RJ45/ IE FC RJ45 Plug the Industrial Ethernet stripping
for use in trailing cables; tool; for use with IE FC RJ45
PROFINET-compatible; Plugs and Modular Outlet,
with UL approval; 5 items
sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m

© Siemens AG 2008
• Ideal solution for installation of RJ45 plugs in the field 2

• Time-saving, error-free installation due to FastConnect
system; no easily lost small parts
• Noise-resistant RJ45 plug connector due to rugged metal
housing
• Coordinated system comprising Industrial Ethernet
FastConnect plug-in connectors and an extensive range of
FastConnect cables with corresponding UL approvals
■ Application
• Implementation of direct device connections of up to 60 m The compact, rugged design of the connectors makes the
with Industrial Ethernet FC installation cable 4 x 2 without FC RJ45 Plug suitable for use in both industrial environments
using patch technology and on office equipment.
• Easy connection (insulation displacement contacts) for 8-core The Industrial Ethernet FastConnect RJ45 Plug 4 x 2 permits
twisted pair installation cables (10/100/1000 Mbit/s) without quick and easy installation of the Industrial Ethernet FastCon-
the need for special tools nect installation cables 4 x 2 (8-core twisted pair cables) in the
• Error-minimizing connection technique thanks to visible field.
connection area as well as colored insulation displacement The Industrial Ethernet FastConnect Stripping Tool for preparing
termination the end of a cable (stripping the jacket and shield in one step)
• Industry-compatible design (rugged metal housing, no easily allows simple handling and fast, reliable fitting of the cable con-
lost small parts) nector to the cable. As all the cable connector parts are captive,
it can also be fitted in difficult conditions.
• Integrated strain-relief for installation cables The new plug-in connector enables point-to-point links to be
implemented (10/100/1000 Mbit/s) for Industrial Ethernet
• Compatible with the EN 50173 (RJ45) / ISO IEC 11801 between two data terminals/network components up to 60 m
standard apart without the need for patches.
• Additional strain and bending relief of plug connector possible
through latching of plug on device housing, e.g. with
SCALANCE X, SCALANCE S.
6 6
6 6
6 6
,()&5- ,()&5-
3& 3OXJ[ 3OXJ[ 3&
,()&73&DEOH[
*B,.B;;B
1HWZRUN ,()&736WDQGDUG&DEOH*3[$:* 1HWZRUN

FRPSRQHQW
1& ,()&73)OH[LEOH&DEOH*3[$:* FRPSRQHQW
1&
Use of FastConnect cables 4 x 2 with IE FC RJ45 plug 4 x 2

© Siemens AG 2008
■ Design ■ Ordering data Order No.

The Industrial Ethernet FC RJ45 Plug 4 x 2 is available with a IE FC RJ45 Plug 4 x 2
180° (straight) cable outlet. RJ45 plug connector for Industrial
It is the ideal method of connecting an Industrial Ethernet Fast- Ethernet (10/100/1000 Mbit/s)
2
with a rugged metal housing and
Connect cable to data terminals and network components. The integrated insulation displace-
plug has a rugged, industry-compatible metal housing that pro- ment contacts for connecting
vides optimum protection against faults in data communication. Industrial Ethernet FC installation
cables; 180° cable outlet;
The eight integrated insulation displacement contacts make for network components and
contacting of the FC cable variants 4 x 2 and 2 x 2 easy and pre- CPs/CPUs with Industrial Ethernet
vent mistakes. After the stripped cable end has been inserted in interface
the insulation displacement terminals, the conductors make
contact when the casing is closed. • 1 pack = 1 unit 6GK1 901-1BB11-2AA0
• 1 pack = 10 units 6GK1 901-1BB11-2AB0
Owing to their compact size, the plug connectors can be used
both on devices with individual jacks and on devices with multi- • 1 pack = 50 units 6GK1 901-1BB11-2AE0
ple jacks (blocks). IE FC stripping tool 6GK1 901-1GA00
Data terminals with a suitable bracket on the housing provide Pre-adjusted stripping tool
additional tension and bending relief for the plug-in cable. for fast stripping of Industrial
Ethernet FC cables
■ Function IE FC TP Standard Cable GP
4x2
The IE FC RJ45 Plug 4 x 2 is used to install uncrossed
10/100/1000 Mbit/s Ethernet connections up to 60 m without the cable for universal applications;
use of patches. Crossed cables can also be installed by swap- with UL approval;
ping the transmit and receive pair in a plug. sold by the meter;
max. length 1000 m,
With the casing open, colored markers on the contact element minimum order 20 m
make it simple to connect the cores to the insulation displace-
ment contacts. The transparent synthetic material of the contact • AWG 22, 6XV1 870-2E
element allows users to check the contacts themselves. for connection to IE FC RJ45
Modular Outlet
■ Technical specifications • AWG 24,

for connection to IE FC RJ45
6XV1 878-2A
Order No. 6GK1 901-1BB11-2AA0 Plug 4 x 2

Product type description IE FC RJ45 Plug 4 x 2 IE FC TP Flexible Cable GP
4x2
• for Industrial Ethernet FC TP 8 cable for occasional movement;
cables with UL approval;
• for network components or 1 sold by the meter;
terminals max. quantity 1000 m,
minimum order 20 m
• AWG 24, 6XV1 878-2B
• FastConnect Yes for connection to IE FC RJ45
Plug 4 x 2
• for Industrial Ethernet FC TP integrated insulation displace-
cables ment contacts IE FC blade cassettes (5 mm) 6GK1 901-1GB01
• for network components or RJ45 connector Replacement blade cassette
terminals for the Industrial Ethernet strip-
ping tool; for use with IE FC RJ45
Transmission rate for Cat6 10/100/1000 Mbit/s Plugs and Modular Outlet,
Ambient temperature 5 units
• during operating phase -20 … +70 °C
• during storage -40 … +80 °C
• during transport -40 … +80 °C
Max. relative humidity during 95 %
operating phase
Width 13.7 mm
Height 16 mm
Depth 55 mm
Assembly IE FC stripping tool for stripping
the IE FC cable
Net weight 35 g
Degree of protection IP20

© Siemens AG 2008
IE Push Pull Plug PRO
• Simple and flexible assembly on site for application-specific

plug-in cables through data and power plug-in connectors
2
suitable for on-site assembly in degree of protection IP65/67
■ Application
IE RJ45 Plug PRO and IE SC RJ Plug PRO (POF or PCF ) are
plug-in connectors with push-pull terminal connection that, due
to their high degree of protection (IP65/67), are used together
with corresponding terminal equipment and network compo-
nents in a high degree of protection in cabinet-free systems.
Their silicon-free design enables them to also be used in the
automobile industry, e.g. in paint shops.
• Data plug-in connectors suitable for on-site assembly for

IE FC TP and POF/PCF cables for transmitting data up to
100 Mbit/s
• Power plug-in connector suitable for on-site assembly for
transmitting 2 x 24 V between Industrial Ethernet stations
• Degree of protection IP65/67
• The plug-in connectors make contact using a push-pull
mechanism.
IE RJ45 Plug PRO
• Industrial Ethernet RJ45 plug-in connector suitable for on-site
assembly for SCALANCE X-200IRT PRO and SIMATIC
ET200pro switches
• Simple connection (insulation displacement contacts) for
4-core Twisted Pair FC installation cables (100 Mbit/s) without
special tool
• Industrial design (rugged plastic housing)
• Good EMC shielding and discharge
IE SC RJ Plug PRO
• Industrial Ethernet SC RJ plug-in connector suitable for on-site
assembly of:
- POF cables for SCALANCE X-200IRT PRO and SIMATIC
ET200pro switches
- PCF cables for SCALANCE X-200IRT PRO switches
• Industrial design (rugged plastic housing)
Power Plug PRO
• 5-pole power plug-in connector suitable for on-site assembly,
for 2 x 24 V voltage supply of the SCALANCE X-200IRT PRO
and SIMATIC ET200pro switches

© Siemens AG 2008
Order No. 6GK1 901-1BB10-6AA0 6GK1 900-0MB00-6AA0 6GK1 900-0NB00-6AA0 6GK1 907-0AB10-6AA0
Product type description IE RJ45 Plug PRO IE SC RJ POF Plug PRO IE SC RJ PCF Plug PRO Power Plug PRO
2 • for Industrial Ethernet FC TP ca-
bles
4 - - -
• for network components or termi- 1 1 1 1

nals
• FastConnect - - - -
• for Industrial Ethernet FC TP ca- Integrated insulation dis- SC RJ contact SC RJ contact Spring-loaded contact
bles placement contacts
• for network components or termi- RJ45 connector SC RJ plug SC RJ plug Power contact+ 1 FE
nal
Transmission rate for Cat5e 100 Mbit/s 100 Mbit/s 100 Mbit/s -
Ambient temperature
• during operation -40 … +70 °C -40 … +70 °C -40 … +70 °C -40 … +70 °C
• during storage -40 … +70 °C -40 … +70 °C -40 … +70 °C -40 … +70 °C
• during transport -40 … +70 °C -40 … +70 °C -40 … +70 °C -40 … +70 °C
Max. relative humidity during opera- - - - -
tion
Width 30 mm 30 mm 30 mm 36 mm
Height 22 mm 22 mm 22 mm 30 mm
Depth 67.7 mm 62.5 mm 62.5 mm 66.3 mm
Net weight 68.8 g 63.5 g 63.5 g 83.1 g
Degree of protection IP65/67 IP65/67 IP65/67 IP65/67

IE RJ45 Plug PRO 6GK1 901-1BB10-6AA0 IE FC TP cables
RJ45 plug-in connector suitable IE FC TP Standard Cable GP 6XV1 840-2AH10
for on-site assembly in degree of 2 x 2 (Type A)
protection IP65/67;
plastic casing, insulation dis- 4-core, shielded TP installation
placement technology, cable for connection to IE
for SCALANCE X-200IRT PRO FC Outlet RJ45/ IE FC RJ45 Plug;
and SIMATIC ET 200pro switches; PROFINET-compatible;
1 package = 1 unit with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
IE SC RJ POF Plug PRO 6GK1 900-0MB00-6AA0 max. length 1000 m,
minimum order 20 m
SC RJ plug-in connector suitable
for on-site assembly in degree of IE FC TP Flexible Cable GP 6XV1 870-2B
protection IP65/67 for POF fiber 2 x 2 (Type B)
optic cables; plastic housing,
for SCALANCE X-200IRT PRO 4-core, shielded TP installation
and SIMATIC ET 200pro switches; cable for connection to IE
1 package = 1 unit FC Outlet RJ45/ IE FC RJ45 Plug
for occasional movement;
IE SC RJ POF Plug PRO 6GK1 900-0NB00-6AA0 PROFINET-compatible;
with UL approval;
SC RJ plug-in connector suitable sold by the meter;
for on-site assembly in degree of max. length 1000 m,
protection IP65/67 for PCF fiber minimum order 20 m
optic cables; plastic housing,
for SCALANCE X-200IRT PRO IE FC TP Trailing Cable GP 2 x 2 6XV1 870-2D
switches; (Type C)
1 package = 1 unit
Power Plug PRO 6GK1 907-0AB10-6AA0 cable for connection to IE
FC Outlet RJ45/ IE FC RJ45 Plug
5-pole power plug-in connector for use as trailing cable;
suitable for on-site assembly in PROFINET-compatible;
degree of protection IP65/67 for with UL approval;
2 x 24 V voltage supply; sold by the meter;
plastic housing, max. length 1000 m,
for SCALANCE X-200IRT PRO minimum order 20 m
and SIMATIC ET 200pro switches;
1 package = 1 unit

© Siemens AG 2008

IE FC TP cables (continued) FO cables
IE FC TP Trailing Cable 2 x 2 6XV1 840-3AH10 POF Standard Cable GP 6XV1 874-2A
(Type C) 980/1000
POF standard cable for perma-
nent installation indoors using a 2
FC Outlet RJ45/ IE FC RJ45 Plug PVC sheath;
180/90 for use as trailing cable; sold by the meter
with UL approval; POF Trailing Cable 980/1000 6XV1 874-2B
sold by the meter; POF trailing cable for use in cable
max. length 1000 m, carriers, with rugged PUR sheath;
minimum order 20 m sold by the meter
IE TP Torsion Cable 2 x 2 6XV1 870-2F PCF Standard Cable GP 200/230
(Type C)
Standard cable, segmentable, 6XV1 861-2A
4-core, shielded TP installation sold by the meter;
cable for connection to IE max. length 2000 m;
FC Outlet RJ45/ IE FC RJ45 Plug minimum order quantity 20 m;
for use with robots; PROFINET-
compatible; with UL approval; PCF Trailing Cable 200/230
sold by the meter; Trailing cable, segmentable, 6XV1 861-2C
max. length 1000 m, sold by the meter;
minimum order 20 m max. length 2000 m;
IE FC TP Marine Cable 2 x 2 6XV1 840-4AH10 minimum order quantity 20 m;
(Type B) POF Trailing Cable GP 200/230
4-core, shielded TP installation Trailing cable, segmentable, 6XV1 861-2D
cable for connection to IE sold by the meter;
FC Outlet RJ45/ IE FC RJ45 Plug max. length 2000 m;
180/90; marine approval; minimum order quantity 20 m;
max. length 1000 m,
minimum order 20 m Power cables
IE FC TP Food Cable GP 2 x 2 6XV1 871-2L Energy Cable 5 x 1.5 6XV1 830-8AH10
(Type C)
Trailable power cable
4-core, shielded TP installation with 5 copper cores (1.5 mm2)
cable for connection to IE for connecting to 7/8" plug-in
FC Outlet RJ45/ IE FC RJ45 Plug connectors;
180/90 for the food and bever- sold by the meter;
ages industry; max. length 1000 m;
PROFINET-compatible; minimum order 20 m
sold by the meter;
PROFINET Cabling and See
max. length 1000 m,
Interconnection Technology http://www.profinet.com
minimum order 20 m
Guideline
IE FC TP Festoon Cable GP 2 x 2 6XV1 871-2S
(Type B) Note:
You can order additional components for the SIMATIC NET cable line
4-core, shielded TP installation from your local contact.
cable for connection to IE For technical advice please contact :
FC Outlet RJ45/ IE FC RJ45 Plug J. Hertlein, A&D SE PS
180/90 for use in festoon applica- Tel.: +49(0)911/750 44 65
tions; PROFINET-compatible; Fax. +49(0)911/750 99 91
with UL approval; E-mail: juergen.hertlein@siemens.com
sold by the meter;
max. length 1000 m,
minimum order 20 m
IE FC TP FRNC Cable GP 2 x 2 6XV1 871-2F
(Type B)
4-core, shielded, halogen-free TP
installation cable for connection
to IE FC Outlet RJ45/ IE FC RJ45
Plug for occasional movement;
with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
max. length 1000 m,
minimum order 20 m

© Siemens AG 2008
IE Connecting Cable M12-180/M12-180/
IE FC M12 Plug PRO
■ Overview ■ Technical specifications

Order No. 6GK1 901-0DB20-6AA0
Product type description IE FC M12 Plug PRO
2 • for Industrial Ethernet FC TP
cables
4
• for network components or 1

terminals
• FastConnect Yes
• for Industrial Ethernet FC TP integrated insulation displace-
cables ment contacts
• for network components or M12 connector (D-coded)
terminal
Transmission rate for Cat5e 10/100 Mbit/s
Ambient temperature
• during operating phase -40 … +85 °C
Flexible connecting cables and FastConnect (FC) plug-in con- • during storage -40 … +85 °C
nectors that can be assembled in the field for transmission of
data (up to 100 Mbit/s) between Industrial Ethernet stations with • during transport -40 … +85 °C
degree of protection IP65 Max. relative humidity during 95%
operating phase
Industrial Ethernet connecting cable M12-180/M12-180
(D-coded) Width 19 mm
• Pre-assembled connecting cable (IE FC TP trailing cable GP) Height 19 mm
for connecting Industrial Ethernet stations (e.g. SIMATIC Depth 73 mm
ET 200pro and SCALANCE X208PRO) with degree of protec-
tion IP65/IP67 Net weight 40 g
• For transmission rates 10/100 Mbit/s Degree of protection IP65/67
Industrial Ethernet FC M12 Plug PRO (D-coded)

■ Ordering data Order No.
• Industrial Ethernet M12 plug-in connector with FastConnect
connection system for on-site assembly for SCALANCE IE Connecting Cable
X208PRO and IM 154-4 PN M12-180/M12-180
• Easy connection (insulation displacement contacts) for 4-core Pre-assembled IE FC TP Trailing
twisted pair FC installation cables (100 Mbit/s) without the Cable GP 2 x 2 (PROFINET
Type C) with two 4-pin M12 con-
need for special tools nectors (D-coded) up to 85 m,
• Fault-preventing connection method thanks to visible contact- degree of protection IP65/IP67
ing area and color-coded insulation piercing connecting Length:
devices • 0.3 m 6XV1 870-8AE30
• Industry-compatible design (rugged metal housing) • 0.5 m 6XV1 870-8AE50
• Excellent EMC shielding and deflection (metal housing) • 1.0 m 6XV1 870-8AH10
• Integrated strain-relief for installation cables
• 1.5 m 6XV1 870-8AH15
Industrial Ethernet panel feedthrough • 2.0 m 6XV1 870-8AH20
• Control cabinet feedthrough for conversion from M12 connec- • 3.0 m 6XV1 870-8AH30
tion method (D coded, IP65/IP67) to RJ45 connection method
(IP20) • 5.0 m 6XV1 870-8AH50
• 10 m 6XV1 870-8AN10
■ Benefits • 15 m 6XV1 870-8AN15
Additional special lengths with See
90° or 180° cable outlet http://support.automation.
siemens.com/WW/view/en/
26999294
• Time-saving and fault-free connection of terminal stations by IE FC M12 Plug PRO
means of to pre-fabricated connection cables M12 plug-in connector (D-coded,
• Easy installation on-site for application-specific M12 plug-in IP65/IP67) that can be assembled
cables by means of FastConnect M12 plug-in connectors in the field, metal enclosure,
(IE FC M12 Plug PRO, D-coded) that can be assembled in the FastConnect connection method,
for SCALANCE X208PRO and
field IM 154-4 PN
• Reliable screen contact and strain relief are integrated 6GK1 901-0DB20-6AA0
• 1 items
• Harmonized system made up of Industrial Ethernet
• 8 items 6GK1 901-0DB20-6AA8
FastConnect plug-in connectors and an extensive range of
FastConnect cables with corresponding UL approvals and
PROFINET conformity

© Siemens AG 2008
IE Connecting Cable M12-180/M12-180/
IE FC M12 Plug PRO
■ Ordering data (continued) Order No. Order No.

IE panel feedthrough IE FC TP Marine Cable 2 x 2 6XV1 840-4AH10
(Type B)
Control cabinet feedthrough for
conversion from M12 connection 4-core, shielded TP installation
2
method (D coded, IP65/IP67) to cable for connection to IE
RJ45 connection method (IP20) FC Outlet RJ45/ IE FC RJ45 Plug
180/90; marine approval;
• 1 pack = 5 items 6GK1 901-0DM20-2AA5 sold by the meter,
IE FC TP Standard Cable GP 2 x 2 6XV1 840-2AH10 max. length 1000 m,
(Type A) minimum order 20 m
4-core, shielded TP installation IE FC TP Trailing Cable GP 2 x 2 6XV1 870-2D
cable for connection to IE (Type C)
FC outlet RJ45/ IE FC RJ45 plug; 4-core, shielded TP installation
PROFINET-compliant; cable for connection to IE
with UL approval; FC Outlet RJ45/ IE FC RJ45 Plug
sold by the meter; for use as trailing cable;
max. quantity 1000 m, PROFINET-compatible;
minimum order 20 m with UL approval;
IE FC TP Flexible Cable GP 2 x 2 6XV1 870-2B sold by the meter;
(Type B) max. length 1000 m,
minimum order 20 m
cable for connection to IE FC IE FC TP Festoon Cable GP 6XV1 871-2S
Outlet RJ45/ IE FC RJ45 Plug for 2 x 2 (Type B)
occasional movement; 4-core, shielded TP installation
PROFINET-compatible; cable for connection to IE
with UL approval; FC Outlet RJ45/IE FC RJ45 Plug
sold by the meter; max. length 180/90 for use in festoon
1000 m, minimum order 20 m applications;
IE FC TP Trailing Cable GP 2 x 2 6XV1 870-2D PROFINET-compatible;
(Type C) with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
4-core, shielded TP installation max. length 1000 m,
cable for connection to IE minimum order 20 m
for use as trailing cable; IE FC TP Food Cable GP 2 x 2 6XV1 871-2L
PROFINET-compatible; (Type C)
with UL approval; 4-core, shielded TP installation
sold by the meter; cable for connection to IE
max. length 1000 m, FC Outlet RJ45/IE FC RJ45 Plug
minimum order 20 m 180/90 for use in festoon
IE FC TP Trailing Cable 2 x 2 6XV1 840-3AH10 applications;
(Type C) PROFINET-compatible;
with UL approval;
4-core, shielded TP installation sold by the meter;
cable for connection to IE FC max. length 1000 m,
Outlet RJ45/ IE FC RJ45 Plug minimum order 20 m
180/90 for use in trailing cables;
PROFINET-compatible; IE FC stripping tool 6GK1 901-1GA00
without UL approval; Pre-adjusted stripping tool for the
sold by the meter; fast stripping of Industrial Ethernet
max. length 1000 m, FC cables
minimum order 20 m
IE FC blade cassettes (5 mm) 6GK1 901-1GB01
IE TP Torsion Cable 2 x 2 6XV1 870-2F
(Type C) Replacement blade cassette for
the Industrial Ethernet stripping
4-core, shielded TP installation tool; for use with IE FC RJ45
cable for connection to IE FC Plugs and IE FC RJ45 Modular
Outlet RJ45/ IE FC RJ45 Plug for Outlet, 5 units
use with robots;
PROFINET-compatible; PROFINET Cabling and See
with UL approval; Interconnection Technology http://www.profinet.com
sold by the meter; Guideline
max. length 1000 m,
minimum order length 20 m
Note:
Additional components of the SIMATIC NET wiring range can be ordered
from your local contact person.
For technical advice contact:
J. Hertlein, A&D SE PS
Tel.: +49(0)911/750 44 65
Fax.: +49(0)911/750 99 91
E-mail: juergen.hertlein@siemens.com

© Siemens AG 2008
IE FC TP Cable 2 x 2
For the construction of Industrial Ethernet networks (4-core),
different cable types are offered to suit the different types of
application.
2 In general, the listed Industrial Ethernet FC cables IE FC Cable

2 x 2 must be used.
Note:
You will find other specifications of the network topology in the
manual for TP and fiber optic networks.
UL approvals
Different cable versions are offered with appropriate UL approv-
als for laying in cable bundles and cable racks according to the
specifications of NEC (National Electrical Code) Article 800/725.
These are identified as GP (General Purpose).
■ Design
• For structured cabling in the factory hall; specially designed outer sheath
foil shield
for fast assembly
• Easy stripping with the FastConnect Stripping Tool; the outer
inner sheath
sheath and the braided shield are stripped accurately in one
Cable
step copper core Standard
IE FC TP
• Connection to FastConnect products using insulation dis-
placement
• Exceeds Category 5 (Cat5e) of the international cabling
standards ISO/IEC 11801 and EN 50173
G_IK10_XX_10033
• PROFINET-compatible braided shield
single core sheath
• UL approval
• Different variants for different applications
- IE FC TP Standard Cable GP
- IE FC TP Flexible Cable GP The FastConnect (FC) Industrial Ethernet cables IE FC Cable
- IE FC TP FRNC Cable GP 2 x 2 are designed with radial symmetry and therefore allow the
- IE FC TP Trailing Cable GP use of the FC Stripping Tool The IE FC Outlet RJ45 and the IE FC
- IE FC TP Trailing Cable RJ45 Plug can therefore be attached quickly and easily.
- IE FC TP Festoon Cable
- IE FC TP Festoon Cable GP • The double shield makes it especially suitable for routing
- IE TP Torsion Cable through industrial areas with strong electro-magnetic fields
- IE FC TP Food Cable • Easy connection to the insulation displacement contacts of the
- IE FC TP Marine Cable FC RJ45 plug without the need for special tools
• High interference immunity thanks to double shielding • System-wide grounding concept can be implemented through
• Easy length measurement thanks to printed meter markings the outer shield of the bus cable as well as through the
grounding concept of the IE FC Outlet RJ45 and the IE FC
■ Benefits RJ45 Plugs
• Printed meter marks
• Time-saving due to simple and quick assembly with

FastConnect cables 2 x 2 to Industrial Ethernet FC outlet RJ45
(10/100 Mbit/s) or Industrial Ethernet FC RJ45 plug 180/90.
• Time-saving due to simple and quick assembly with
FastConnect cables 2 x 2 to Industrial Ethernet FC RJ45
plugs.
• Versatile application due to special bus cables
• Noise immune network due to double-shielded cables and
integrated grounding concept.
• Silicone-free and therefore suitable for use in the automotive
industry (for example in paint shops)

© Siemens AG 2008
■ Design (continued)
Cable types • IE FC Festoon Cable GP 2 x 2:
• IE FC TP Standard Cable GP 2 x 2: Flexible cable for special use in constant movement in a cable
Standard bus cable with rigid cores specially designed for fast trail/festoon arrangement, e.g. on crane systems; four cores
(stranded) in twisted quads
installation;
four rigid cores connected in a four-branch star • IE TP Torsion Cable 2 x 2: 2
• IE FC TP Flexible Cable GP 2 x 2: Highly flexible bus cable for the special application of contin-
Flexible bus cable for the special application of occasional uous motion control, e.g. for use with robots; stranded cores
motion control; four stranded cores connected in a four • IE FC TP Food Cable 2 x 2:
branch star Flexible cable for special use in the food and beverages in-
• IE FC TP FRNC Cable GP 2 x 2: dustry;
Flexible, halogen-free cable for use in buildings (FRNC= four cores (stranded) in twisted quads
Flame Retardant Non Corrosive); four conductors (flexible • IE FC TP Marine Cable 2 x 2:
leads) stranded into star-quad for occasional movement Bus cable for marine applications; four cores (stranded)
• IE FC TP Trailing Cable GP / IE FC TP Trailing Cable 2 x 2: connected in a four branch star, halogen-free, certified for
Highly flexible bus cable for the special application of con- marine applications
stant motion control in a cable carrier, e.g. for continuously
moving machine parts; four stranded cores connected in a
four branch star
Product overview IE FC TP Cable 2 x 2
(PROFINET-compatible according to "PROFINET Cabling and Interconnection Technology Guideline1))
PROFINET Type A PROFINET Type B PROFINET Type C
AWG 22/1 AWG 22/7 AWG 22
rigid laying flexible cable highly flexible cable
for occasional movement for continuous motion,
e.g. cable carrier or robots
IE FC TP Standard Cable GP 2 x 2 ● – –
(Type A)
6XV1 840-2AH10
IE FC TP Flexible Cable GP 2 x 2 – ● –
(Type B)
6XV1 870-2B
IE FC TP FRNC Cable GP 2 x 2 – ● –
(Type B)
6XV1 871-2F)
IE FC TP Trailing Cable GP 2 x 2 – ● ●
(Type C)
6XV1 870-2D
IE FC TP Trailing Cable 2 x 2 – – ●
(Type C)
6XV1 840-3AH10
IE FC TP Festoon Cable GP 2 x 2 – ● –
(Type B)
6XV1871-2S
IE TP Torsion Cable 2 x 2 – – ●
(Type C)
6XV1 870-2F
IE FC TP Food Cable – – ●
2 x 2 (Type C)
6XV1871-2L
IE FC TP Marine Cable 2 x 2 – ● –
(Type B)
6XV1 840-4AH10
1)
Available as a download under http://www.profinet.com

© Siemens AG 2008
Order No. 6XV1 840-2AH10 6XV1 870-2B 6XV1 870-2D
Product type description IE FC Standard Cable GP 2 x 2 IE FC Flexible Cable GP 2 x 2 IE FC Trailing Cable GP 2 x 2
(Type A) (Type A) (Type C)
2 Suitability for use

Cable name
All-purpose
2YY (ST) CY 2x2x0.64/1.5-100 GN
Occasional movement
2YY (ST) CY 2x2x0.75/1.5-100 LI
In cable carriers
2YY (ST) CY 2x2x0,75/1.5-100 LI
GN GN
Standard for structured cabling Cat5e Cat5e Cat5e
Electrical data
Attenuation measurement per
length
• at 10 MHz 5.2 dB/100 m 6.0 dB/100 m 6.3 dB/100 m
• at 100 MHz 19.5 dB/100 m 21.0 dB/100 m 21.3 dB/100 m
Characteristic impedance 100 Ω 100 Ω 100 Ω
at 1 MHz ... 100 MHz
• Relative symmetrical tolerance of ± 15% ± 15% ± 15%
characteristic impedance
at 1 MHz ... 100 MHz
Near-end crosstalk attenuation per 50.0 dB/100 m 50.0 dB/100 m 50.0 dB/100 m
length at 1 MHz ... 100 MHz
Surface transfer impedance at 10 10 mOhm/m 20 mOhm/m 20 mOhm/m
MHz
Loop resistance per length 115 Ohm/km 120 Ohm/km 120 Ohm/km
Coefficient of insulation resistance 500 MOhm *km 500 MOhm *km 500 MOhm *km
Mechanical data
Outer diameter
• of the inner conductor 0,64 mm 0,75 mm 0,75 mm
• AWG cross-section AWG 22 AWG 22 AWG 22
• of the wire insulation 1.5 mm 1.5 mm 1.5 mm
• of the inner sheath of the cable 3.9 mm 3.9 mm 3.9 mm
• of the cable sheath 6.5 mm 6.5 mm 6.5 mm
• Symmetrical tolerance of the outer 0.2 mm 0.2 mm 0.2 mm
diameter of the cable sheath
Ambient temperature
• during operation -40 … +70 °C -25 … +70 °C -10 … +70 °C
• during transport -40 … +70 °C -25 … +70 °C -25 … +75 °C
• during storage -40 … +70 °C -25 … +70 °C -25 … +75 °C
• during installation -20 … +60 °C -10 … +60 °C -10 … +60 °C
Bending radius
• for one-off bending 19.5 mm 32.5 mm 32.5 mm
• for repeated bending 49 mm 52 mm 49 mm
Number of bending cycles - - 3000000
Tensile load, max. 150 N 150 N 150 N
Weight per length 67 kg/km 68 kg/km 68 kg/km
Fire behavior Flame retardant to UL 1685 Flame retardant to UL 1685 Flame retardant to UL 1685
(CSA FT 4) (CSA FT 4) (CSA FT 4)
Chemical resistance to mineral oil conditional resistance conditional resistance conditional resistance
Radiological resistance to UV resistant resistant resistant
radiation
Product property
• halogen-free No No No
• Silicone-free Yes Yes Yes
FastConnect electrical connection Yes Yes Yes
version
UL listing at 300 V rating Yes/CM/SMG/PLTC/Sun Res Yes/CM/CMG/PLTC/Sun Res Yes/CMG/PLTC/Sun Res
UL style at 600 V rating Yes No Yes
Marine classification association - - -

© Siemens AG 2008
■ Technical specifications (continued)

Order No. 6XV1 870-2F 6XV1 840-3AH10 6XV1 840-4AH10
Product type description IE TP Torsion Cable 2 x 2 (Type C) IE FC Trailing Cable 2 x 2 (Type C) IE FC Marine Cable 2 x 2 (Type B)
Suitability for use Use with robots In cable carriers Marine and offshore use
Cable name 02YS C11Y 1 x 4 x 0.75/1.5-100LI
GN VZN FRNC
2YH (ST) C11Y 2 x 2 x 0.75/1.5-100
LI GN VZN FRNC
L-9YH (ST) CH 2 x 2 x 0.34/1.5-100
GN VZN FRNC
2
Electrical data
length
• at 10 MHz 8.1 dB/100 m 6.0 dB/100 m 6.0 dB/100 m
• at 100 MHz 41.0 dB/100 m 22.0 dB/100 m 22.0 dB/100 m
Characteristic impedance at 100 Ω 100 Ω 100 Ω
1 MHz ... 100 MHz
characteristic impedance at
1 MHz ... 100 MHz
Near-end crosstalk attenuation 50.0 dB/100 m 50.0 dB/100 m 50.0 dB/100 m
per length at 1 MHz ... 100 MHz
Surface transfer impedance at 100 mOhm/m 10 mOhm/m 10 mOhm/m
10 MHz
Mechanical data
Outer diameter
• of the inner conductor 0.76 mm 0.75 mm 0.75 mm
• symmetrical tolerance 0.2 mm 0.2 mm 0.2 mm
of the outer diameter of the cable
sheath
Material
• of the wire insulation PE PE PP
• of the inner sheath of the cable - FRNC FRNC
• of the cable sheath PUR PUR FRNC
Ambient temperature
• during installation -20 … +60 °C -20 … +60 °C 0 … 50 °C
Bending radius
• for one-off bending 32.5 mm 19.5 mm 39 mm
• for repeated bending 65 mm 49 mm 97.5 mm
Number of bending cycles 5,000,000 (torsional movement 4000000 -
on 1 m cable ± 180°)
Fire behavior Flame retardant to IEC 60332-1 Flame retardant to IEC 60332-1 Flame retardant to IEC 60332-3-22
Category A/F
Chemical resistance to mineral oil resistant resistant conditional resistance
radiation
Product property
• halogen-free Yes Yes Yes
FastConnect electrical connection No Yes Yes
version
UL listing at 300 V rating UL Style 21161 Yes / CMX No
UL style at 600 V rating No No Yes/CM/CMG/PLTC/Sun Res
Marine classification association - - American Bureau of Shipping,
Lloyds Register of Shipping, Det
Norske Veritas, Germanischer
Lloyd, Bureau Veritas

© Siemens AG 2008

Order No. 6XV1 871-2F 6XV1 871-2L 6XV1 871-2S
Product type description IE FC TP FRNC Cable GP 2x2 IE FC TP Food Cable 2 x 2 IE FC Festoon Cable GP 2 x 2
(Type B) (Type C) (Type B)
2 Suitability for use

Cable name
Occasional movement
L-9YH(ST)CH x2x0.34/1.5-100 GN
Food and beverages industry
2YH(ST)C2Y 2X2X0.75/1.5-100 LI
Daisy-chain cable use
2YY(ST)CY 2X2X0.75/1.5 LI GN
VZN FRNC
Electrical data
length
• at 10 MHz 6.0 dB/100 m 6.9 dB/100 m 6.9 dB/100 m
• at 100 MHz 22.0 dB/100 m 23.5 dB/100 m 23.5 dB/100 m
1 MHzMHz ... 100 MHz
1 MHz ... 100 MHz
Near-end crosstalk attenuation per 50 dB/100 m 50 dB/100 m 50 dB/100 m
Surface transfer impedance at 100 mOhm/m 10 mOhm/m 100 mOhm/m
10 MHz
Mechanical data
Outer diameter
• of the inner conductor 0.75 mm 0.75 mm 0.75 mm
• AWG cross-section AWG 22 AWG 22 AWG 22
Ambient temperature
• during installation 0 … 50 °C -20 … +60 °C -20 … +60 °C
Bending radius
• for one-off bending 39 mm 20 mm 30 mm
• for repeated bending 90 mm 49 mm 70 mm
Number of bending cycles - - 5000000
Fire behavior Flame retardant to IEC 60332-3-22 - Flame retardant to IEC 60332-1
Category A/F
Chemical resistance to mineral oil conditional resistance - conditional resistance
radiation
Product property
• halogen-free Yes Yes No
FastConnect electrical connection Yes Yes Yes
version
UL listing at 300 V rating Yes/CMG/PLTC/Sun Res - Yes/CMG/PLTC/Sun Res
UL style at 600 V rating No - Yes
Marine classification association - - -

© Siemens AG 2008

IE FC TP Standard Cable GP 2 x 2 IE FC TP Festoon Cable GP 6XV1 871-2S
(Type A) 2 x 2 (Type B)
4-core, shielded TP installation 4-core, shielded TP installation
2
cable for connection to IE cable for connection to IE
FC Outlet RJ45/ IE FC RJ45 Plug; FC Outlet RJ45/ IE FC RJ45 Plug
PROFINET-compatible; with UL 180/90 for use in festoon
approval; applications;
Sold by the meter with UL approval;
max. length 1,000 m; minimum 6XV1 840-2AH10 sold by the meter;
order 20 m max. length 1000 m,
minimum order 20 m
Preferred length
IE TP torsion cable 2 x 2 6XV1 870-2F
• 1000 m 6XV1 840-2AU10 (Type C)
IE FC TP Flexible Cable GP 2 x 2 6XV1 870-2B 4-core, shielded TP installation
(Type B) cable for connection to IE
4-core, shielded TP installation FC Outlet RJ45/ IE FC RJ45 Plug
cable for connection to IE for use with robots;
FC Outlet RJ45/ IE FC RJ45 Plug PROFINET-compatible;
for occasional movement; with UL approval;
PROFINET-compatible; sold by the meter;
with UL approval; max. length 1000 m,
sold by the meter; minimum order 20 m
max. length 1000 m, IE FC TP Food Cable GP 2 x 2 6XV1 871-2L
minimum order 20 m (Type C)
IE FC TP FRNC Cable GP 2 x 2 6XV1 871-2F 4-core, shielded TP installation
(Type B) cable for connection to IE
4-core, shielded, halogen-free TP FC Outlet RJ45/ IE FC RJ45 Plug
installation cable for connection 180/90 for the food and bever-
to IE FC Outlet RJ45/ IE FC RJ45 ages industry;
Plug for occasional movement; PROFINET-compatible;
PROFINET-compatible; sold by the meter;
with UL approval; max. length 1000 m,
sold by the meter; minimum order 20 m
max. length 1000 m, IE FC TP Marine Cable 2 x 2 6XV1 840-4AH10
minimum order 20 m (Type B)
IE FC TP Trailing Cable GP 2 x 2 6XV1 870-2D 4-core, shielded TP installation
(Type C) cable for connection to IE
4-core, shielded TP installation FC Outlet RJ45/ IE FC RJ45 Plug
cable for connection to IE 180/90; marine approval;
FC Outlet RJ45/ IE FC RJ45 Plug max. length 1000 m,
for use in trailing cables; minimum order 20 m
PROFINET-compatible; IE Hybrid Cable 2x2 + 4x0.34 6XV1870-2J
with UL approval;
sold by the meter; Flexible cable, 4 x Cu Cat5,
max. length 1000 m, shielded (0.75 mm) and 4 x Cu
minimum order 20 m (0.34 mm2) with IE FC modular
outlet and power insert and IP67
IE FC TP Trailing Cable 2 x 2 6XV1 840-3AH10 hybrid plug connector;
(Type C) sold by the meter;
4-core, shielded TP installation up to 1000 m;
cable for connection to IE minimum order 20 m
180/90 for use in trailing cables;
with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
max. length 1000 m,
minimum order 20 m

© Siemens AG 2008
■ Ordering data Order No. ■ More information

Accessories Installation instructions
IE FC stripping tool 6GK1 901-1GA00 The bus cables are supplied by the meter with meter marks
Preadjusted stripping tool printed on them.
2 for fast stripping of Industrial
Ethernet FC cables FastConnect
IE FC Blade Cassettes (12 mm) 6GK1 901-1GB00 With the help of Industrial Ethernet FastConnect Stripping Tool,
it is possible to strip the outer sheath and shield of Industrial
Replacement blade cassette Ethernet FastConnect cables 2 x 2 to the right length in one step.
for the Industrial Ethernet strip-
ping tool; for use with IE FC Outlet
The IE Outlet RJ45 and the PROFINET-compatible plug-in
RJ45, ELS TP40, 5 units connector IE FC RJ45 can be connected quickly and easily to
the Industrial Ethernet FC cable 2 x 2.
IE FC Blade Cassettes (5 mm) 6GK1 901-1GB01
Cable routing
Replacement blade cassette
for the Industrial Ethernet strip- During storage, transport and cable laying, keep both ends
ping tool; for use with IE FC RJ45 sealed with a shrink-on cap; comply with the permissible bend-
Plugs and IE FC RJ45 Modular ing radii and tensile load.
Outlet, 5 units
IE FC RJ45 plugs
RJ45 plug connector for
Industrial Ethernet with a rugged
metal housing and integrated
insulation displacement contacts
for connecting Industrial Ethernet
FC installation cables
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
180° cable outlet; for network
components and CPs/CPUs with
Industrial Ethernet interface
• 1 pack = 1 unit 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0
• 1 pack = 50 units 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AE0
IE FC RJ45 plug 90
90° cable outlet;
e.g. for ET 200S
• 1 pack = 1 unit 6GK1 901-1BB20-2AA0
IE FC RJ45 Plug 145
145° cable outlet;
e.g. for SIMOTION and SINAMICS
• 1 pack = 1 unit 6GK1 901-1BB30-0AA0
SIMATIC NET Manual Collection 6GK1 975-1AA00-3AA0
Electronic manuals for communi-
cation systems, communication
protocols, and communication
products; on DVD;
German/English
PROFINET Cabling and See
Interconnection Technology http://www.profinet.com
Guideline

© Siemens AG 2008
The 8-core cabling system of SIMATIC NET allows transmission
rates of 10/100/1000 Mbit/s for Ethernet as with the service-inde-
pendent cabling from the office environment. This permits the
transition from the 4-core Industrial Ethernet cabling system to
the 8-core cabling system with Gigabit capability. 2
The IE FC TP Standard Cable GP 4x2 (AWG 22) must be used in
conjunction with the IE FC Modular Outlet and the TP Cords for
constructing Industrial Ethernet networks (8-core) up to 100 m.
IE FC TP Standard Cable 4x2 (AWG 22)
The IE FC TP Standard Cable GP 4x2 (AWG 22) must be used in
conjunction with the IE FC Modular Outlet and the TP Cords for
constructing Industrial Ethernet networks (8-core) up to 100 m.
IE FC TP Cable 4x2 (AWG 24)
For direct connection without using patch technology, the
IE FC RJ45 Plug 4 x 2 and the IE FC TP cable 4 x 2 (AWG 24) of
up to 60 m can be used.
Note:
• 8-core FastConnect installation cables for cabling system with
Gigabit capability (AWG 22 and AWG 24 versions) You will find other specifications of the network topology in the
• Easy stripping with the FastConnect Stripping Tool; the outer manual for TP and fiberoptic networks.
sheath and the braided shield are stripped accurately in one UL approvals
step
• The IE FC TP Cable GP 4 x 2 (AWG 22 and AWG 24) has the
• Connection to IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet (AWG 22) or relevant UL approvals for laying in cable bundles and cable
IE FC RJ45 Plug 4 x 2 (AWG 24) using insulation-displace- racks according to the specifications of NEC (National Electri-
ment technology cal Code) Article 800/725.
• Satisfies Category 6 (Cat6) of the international cabling
standards ISO/IEC 11801 and EN 50173 ■ Design
• UL approval
The FastConnect (FC) Industrial Ethernet cables IE FC Cable
• Easy length measurement thanks to printed meter markings 4 x 2 (AWG 22 und AWG 24) are radially symmetrical in design
and therefore allow the use of the IE FC stripping tool. The
■ Benefits IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet and the IE FC RJ45 Plug 4 x 2 can
then be connected quickly and easily by means of insulation dis-
placement contacts without the need for special tools.
Cable types
• IE FC Standard Cable GP 4 x 2 (AWG 22):
• Time-saving due to quick and easy assembly using Standard bus cable with rigid cores specially designed for fast
FastConnect cables 4 x 2 on IE FC RJ 45 Modular Outlet or mounting on IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet;
IE FC RJ45 Plug 4 x 2 with appropriate UL approval (General Purpose) for laying in
• Construction of an 8-core cabling system with Gigabit cable bundles and on cable racks according to the specifica-
capability tions of the NEC (National Electrical Code) Article 800/725.
• Thanks to the 8-core cabling it is now possible to implement • IE FC Standard Cable GP 4 x 2 (AWG 24):
two Industrial Ethernet connections for Fast Ethernet (with Standard bus cable with rigid cores specially designed for fast
IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet), as well as for Gigabit-Ethernet mounting on IE FC RJ45 Plug 4 x 2;
(with IE FC RJ45 Plug 4 x 2) with appropriate UL approval (General Purpose) for laying in
• Noise-immune network due to a consistent grounding con- cable bundles and on cable racks according to the specifica-
cept. tions of the NEC (National Electrical Code) Article 800/725.
• IE FC Flexible Cable GP 4 x 2 (AWG 24):
Bus cable with flexible cores for occasional movement and
specially designed for fast mounting on IE FC RJ45 Plug 4 x 2;
with appropriate UL approval (General Purpose) for laying in
cable bundles and on cable racks according to the specifica-
tions of the NEC (National Electrical Code) Article 800/725.

© Siemens AG 2008
■ Integration ■ Technical specifications

Order No. 6XV1 870-2E
6 Product type description IE FC TP Standard Cable GP
6&$/$1&(;
,(73&RUG
4 x 2 (AWG 22)
2 Suitability for use for permanent installation,

universally applicable
Cable name SF/UTP 4x2xAWG22
(76
Standard for structured cabling Cat6
Electrical data
,()&5- ,()&5- ,()&5-
0RGXODU 0RGXODU 0RGXODU Attenuation measurement per
2XWOHW 2XWOHW 2XWOHW length
,QVHUW*( ,QVHUW)( ,QVHUW)( • at 10 MHz 6.0 dB/100 m
• at 100 MHz 19.5 dB/100 m
[0ELWV 3&ZLWK&3 • at 250 MHz 33.0 dB/100 m
FRQQHFWLRQ ,()&5-
0RGXODU Characteristic impedance at 100 Ω
*B,.B;;B
2XWOHW 1 MHz ... 250 MHz
,QVHUW*(
,()&6WDQGDUG&DEOH[ • Relative symmetrical tolerance of ± 15%
[0ELWV 1 MHz ... 250 MHz
FRQQHFWLRQ
,(73&RUG Near-end crosstalk attenuation per 38.3 dB/100 m
System configuration with IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet 100 Mbit/s
Surface transfer impedance at 10 mOhm/m
and 1000 Mbit/s
10 MHz
Loop resistance per length 118 Ohm/km
Coefficient of insulation resistance 5000 MOhm*km
Mechanical data
Outer diameter
• of the core 1.25 mm
• of the inner sheath of the cable 7.6 mm
• of the cable sheath 9.6 mm
• symmetrical tolerance of the 0.3 mm
cable sheath
Material
• of the wire insulation PE
• AWG cross-section AWG 22
• of the inner sheath of the cable PVC
• of the cable sheath PVC
Ambient temperature
• during operation -40 … +70 °C
• during installation -20 … +60 °C
Bending radius
• for one-off bending 55 mm
• for repeated bending 80 mm
Number of bending cycles -
Tensile load, max. 180 N
Weight per length 115 kg/km
Fire behavior IEC 60332-1
Chemical resistance to mineral oil conditional resistance
Radiological resistance to UV not resistant
radiation
Product property
• halogen-free No
• Silicone-free Yes
FastConnect electrical connection Yes
version
UL listing at 300 V rating Yes/CMG/Sun Res-
UL style at 600 V rating -

© Siemens AG 2008

IE FC TP Standard Cable GP IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet 6GK1 901-1BK00-0AA1
4x2 Insert 2FE
8-core, shielded TP installation Replaceable insert for
2
cable for universal applications; FC Modular Outlet Base;
with UL approval; 2 x RJ45 for 2 x 100 Mbit/s inter-
sold by the meter; faces;
max. length 1000 m, 1 pack = 4 items
minimum order 20 m
IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet 6GK1 901-1BK00-0AA2
• AWG 22, 6XV1 870-2E Insert 1GE
Modular Outlet Replaceable insert for
FC Modular Outlet Base;
• AWG 24, 6XV1 878-2A
1 x RJ45 for 1 x 1000 Mbit/s inter-
face;
Plug 4 x 2
1 pack = 4 items
IE FC TP Flexible Cable GP
4x2
Ethernet with a rugged metal
cable for occasional movement;
housing and integrated insulation
with UL approval;
displacement contacts for con-
sold by the meter;
necting Industrial Ethernet FC
max. length 1000 m,
installation cables 4 x 2;
minimum order 20 m
180° cable outlet;
• AWG 24, 6XV1 878-2B for network components and
for connection to IE FC RJ45 CPs/CPUs with Industrial Ethernet
Plug 4 x 2 interface
IE FC stripping tool 6GK1 901-1GA00 • 1 pack = 1 unit 6GK1 901-1BB11-2AA0
Preadjusted stripping tool • 1 pack = 10 units 6GK1 901-1BB11-2AB0
for fast stripping of Industrial
Ethernet FC cables 4 x 2 • 1 pack = 50 units 6GK1 901-1BB11-2AE0
IE FC Blade Cassettes (5 mm) 6GK1 901-1GB01 IE Manual Collection 6GK1 975-1AA00-3AA0
Replacement blade cassette for Electronic manuals for
the Industrial Ethernet stripping communication systems,
tool, for use with IE FC RJ45 communication protocols,
Plugs and IE FC RJ45 Modular and communication products;
Outlet, 5 units on DVD;
German/English
IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet
FastConnect RJ45 Outlet for
Industrial Ethernet with interface
for a replaceable insert;
• without replaceable insert 6GK1 901-1BE00-0AA0
• With 2FE insert; ; 6GK1 901-1BE00-0AA1
replaceable insert
for 2 x 100 Mbit/s interfaces
• With 1GE insert; 6GK1 901-1BE00-0AA2
replaceable insert
• With power insert; 6GK1 901-1BE00-0AA3
replaceable insert
for 1 x 24 V DC and
1 x 100 Mbit/s interface
■ More information
Installation instructions
The bus cable is supplied by the meter with meter marks printed
on it.
FastConnect
With the help of Industrial Ethernet FastConnect Stripping Tool,
it is possible to strip the outer sheath and shield of the Industrial
Ethernet FastConnect cable 4 x 2 to the right length in one step.
This allows the IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet to be attached quickly
and easily to the Industrial Ethernet FC cable 4 x 2.
Cable routing
During storage, transport and cable laying, keep both ends
sealed with a shrink-on cap; comply with the permissible bend-
ing radii and tensile load.

© Siemens AG 2008
IE Hybrid Cable
The IE Hybrid cable 2x2 + 4x0.34 and the IE FC RJ45 Modular
Outlet with Power Insert can be used to supply remote nodes
(e.g. Access Points SCALANCE W) simultaneously with data
(10/100 Mbit/s) and power. Having both data and power on one
2 cable leads to a significant reduction of installation costs.
A maximum of 80 m can be covered between the IE FC RJ45
Modular Outlet and the Access Point SCALANCE W, with an
additional 6 m patch cable on the Modular Outlet.
6&$/$1&(;
9'&
• Industry-standard Industrial Ethernet hybrid cable for trans- ,()&5-

mitting data (10/100 Mbit) and power (24 V/400 mA) 0RGXODU2XWOHW
3RZHU,QVHUW
• The IE Hybrid cable 2x2 + 4x0.34 contains: ,(+\EULG
- Industrial Ethernet cable 2 x 2 Cat5e, shielded as twisted SOXJLQFRQQHFWRU
quad (stranded, 4-core)
- four power cores 0.34 mm2 (stranded)
■ Benefits
*B,.B;;B
,(+\EULG&DEOH[[
6&$/$1&(
:352
• Simple installation thanks to insulation displacement connec- Network structure with IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet and Power Insert
tions in IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet and hybrid connectors at for supplying the SCALANCE W-788 Access Points and the SCALANCE
Access Point SCALANCE W W-74xPRO client modules
• Reduced installation cost since remote stations (e.g.
SCALANCE W) are supplied via one single line. ■ Design
• Halogen-free cables for universal use in the industrial and Rugged, halogen-free Ethernet hybrid cable with four shielded,
office areas flexible data cores (AWG22, twisted quad) and four power cores
• Rugged, UV resistant industrial cable with UL approval (0.34 mm2) for transmitting data and power.
The IE Hybrid cable 2x2 + 4x0.34 is available in customized
lengths.

© Siemens AG 2008
IE Hybrid Cable
■ Technical specifications ■ Ordering data Order No.

Order No. 6XV1 870-2J IE Hybrid Cable 2x2 + 4x0,34 6XV1 870-2J
Product type description IE Hybrid Cable 2x2 + 4x0.34 Flexible cable, 4 x Cu Cat 5E,
shielded (AWG22)
Cable name 2YH (ST) C 2x2x0.75/1.5LI and 4 x Cu (0.34 mm2) with
Quality class for network cables

LIH H 2x2x0.34/1.6GN FRNC
Cat5e (data cores);
IE FC RJ45 modular outlet and
power insert and IP67 hybrid plug
2
AWG 22 (power cores) connector;
sold by the meter
Electrical data
Additional components
Attenuation per length at 10 MHz 7.5 dB/100 m
IE TP Cord RJ45/RJ45
Attenuation per length at 100 MHz 26 dB/100 m
TP cable 4 x 2 with 2 RJ45 plugs
Characteristic impedance at 100 Ω
1 MHz ... 100 MHz • 0.5 m 6XV1 870-3QE50
• Relative symmetrical tolerance of ± 15% •1m 6XV1 870-3QH10
characteristic impedance at •2m 6XV1 870-3QH20
1 MHz ... 100 MHz
•6m 6XV1 870-3QH60
Near-end crosstalk attenuation per 35.3 dB/100 m
length at 1 MHz ... 100 MHz • 10 m 6XV1 870-3QN10
Surface transfer impedance at 10 mOhm/m IE TP XP Cord RJ45/RJ45
10 MHz
Twisted TP cable 4 x 2 with 2
Loop resistance per length 120 Ohm/km RJ45 plugs
Coefficient of insulation resistance 500 MOhm *km • 0.5 m 6XV1 870-3RE50
Mechanical data •1m 6XV1 870-3RH10
Outer diameter •2m 6XV1 870-3RH20
• of the wire insulation 0.76 mm •6m 6XV1 870-3RH60
• of the AWG22 core 0.76 mm • 10 m 6XV1 870-3RN10
• of the cable sheath 8.5 mm IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet
Material FastConnect RJ45 Outlet for
• of the cable sheath FRNC for a replaceable insert;
• of the inner sheath of the cable FRNC • With 2FE insert; 6GK1 901-1BE00-0AA1
• of the wire insulation PE replaceable insert for 2 x 100
Mbit/s interfaces
Color
• of the wire insulation of the black/brown replaceable insert for 1 x 1000
power wire Mbit/s interfaces
• of the cable sheath green • With power insert; 6GK1 901-1BE00-0AA3
Ambient temperature replaceable insert for 1 x 24 V
DC and 1 x 100 Mbit/s interface
IP67 hybrid connector 09 45 125 1300.00
Connector for connecting Order directly from:
• during transport -25 … +70 °C SCALANCE W-700 to Industrial HARTING Deutschland GmbH &
Ethernet and Power over Ethernet Co. KG
• during installation -25 … +50 °C
(PoE), with assembly instruc- PO Box 24-51
Bending radius tions, 1 item D -32381 Minden
Tel. +49 571-8896-0
• for one-off bending 43 mm Fax. +49 571-8896-354
• for repeated bending 85 mm Email: de.sales@HARTING.com
Internet:
Tensile load, max. 260 N http://www.HARTING.com
Weight per length 105 kg/km SIMATIC NET Manual Collection 6GK1 975-1AA00-3AA0
Chemical resistance to mineral oil Conditionally resistant Electronic manuals
Product property for communication systems,
communication protocols,
• halogen-free Yes and communication products;
on DVD;
• Silicone-free Yes German/English
FastConnect electrical connection No
version
Fire behavior according to IEC 60332-3-24
Category C
UL listing at 300 V rating Yes
UL style at 600 V rating Yes: CMG, PLTC

© Siemens AG 2008
Power cables
2 • Flexible application possibilities thanks to rugged cable

design
• Silicon-free, therefore particularly suitable for use in the auto-
motive industry (e.g. on paint shop conveyors)
■ Application
For the construction of PROFINET/PROFIBUS networks, different
cable types are offered to suit the different types of application.
The listed power cables should always be used. They are used
for devices with degree of protection IP65/67 to connect the sig-
naling contact or 24-V supply of the SCALANCE X and
SCALANCE W components (power cable 2x0.75) and for the
power supply (power cable 5x1.5 for ET 200).
UL approvals
• Different versions (5-core, 2-core) for different fields of appli-
cation As a result of appropriate UL styles, the cables can be used
worldwide.
• Rugged cable design for installation in industrial applications
• UL approvals ■ Design
• Easy length measurement thanks to printed meter markings
Rugged 2-core or 5-core cable with circular cross-section for
connection of signaling contact and power supply to IP65/67
components in industrial areas.
Cable types
The following cables with industrial capability are available for
connection of the power supply and signaling contact:
• Power cable 2 x 0.75;
power cable for connection of signaling contact and 24 V sup-
ply voltage to SCALANCE X and SCALANCE W components
power cable for connection of 24 V power supply of ET 200
using 7/8" plug connectors

© Siemens AG 2008
Power cables
Order No. 6XV1 812-8A 6XV1 830-8AH10
Product type description Energy Cable Energy Cable
Suitability for use Connection of signaling contact and 24-V power Power supply of ET 200 modules with
Cable name
supply to SCALANCE X and SCALANCE W
L-YY-2x1x0.75 GR
7/8" power port
L-Y11Y-JZ 5x1x1.5 GR
2
Power wires
Operating voltage (rms value) 600 V 600 V
Conductor cross-section of 0.75 mm² 1.5 mm²
power wire
Continuous current of the 6A 16 A
power wires
General mechanical data
Jacket
• Outer diameter 7.4 mm 10.5 mm
• Symmetrical tolerance of 0.3 mm 0.3 mm
the outer diameter
- Material PVC PUR
- Color gray gray
Ambient temperature
• during operation -20 … +80 °C -40 … +80 °C
• during transport -20 … +80 °C -40 … +80 °C
• during storage -20 … +80 °C -40 … +80 °C
• during installation -20 … +80 °C -40 … +80 °C
Bending radius
• for one-off bending 19 mm 26 mm
• for repeated bending 44 mm 63 mm
Number of bending cycles - -
Tensile load, max. 100 N 500 N
Weight per length 70 kg/km 149 kg/km
Fire behavior Flame retardant to IEC 60332-1 Flame retardant to IEC 60332-1
Chemical resistance
• to mineral oil conditional resistance resistant
• to grease conditional resistance resistant
Radiological resistance to UV resistant resistant
radiation
Product property
• halogen-free No No
• silicone-free Yes Yes
FastConnect electrical connection No No
version
UL listing at 300 V rating Yes/CL3 No
UL style at 600 V rating Yes Yes

© Siemens AG 2008
Power cables

Power cable 2 x 0.75 6XV1 812-8A Cable routing:
Power cable with trailing capabil- During storage, transportation and cable laying, keep both ends
ity with 2 copper cores sealed with a shrink-on cap.
(0.75 mm2) for connecting to M12
2 plug-in connector;
sold by the meter;
Comply with the permissible bending radii and tensile load!
max. 1000 m, Note:
minimum order quantity 20 m Additional components of the SIMATIC NET wiring range can be
Power cable 5 x 1.5 6XV1 830-8AH10 ordered from your local contact person.
Power cable with trailing capabil- J. Hertlein, A&D SE PS
ity with 5 copper cores (1.5 mm2) Tel.: +49(0)911/750 44 65
for connecting to 7/8" plug-in con- Fax.: +49(0)911/750 99 91
nector;
sold by the meter; Email: juergen.hertlein@siemens.com
max. 1000 m;
minimum order quantity 20 m
7/8" plug-in connector
Plug with axial cable outlet
for field assembly for ET 200,
5-core, plastic enclosure,
1 pack = 5 items
• Male pins 6GK1 905-0FA00
• Socket insert 6GK1 905-0FB00
7/8" Power T-Tap PRO 6GK1 905-0FC00
Power T-piece for ET 200
with two 7/8" socket inserts and
one 7/8" pin insert
1 pack = 5 items
Signaling Contact M12 Cable 6GK1908-0DC10-6AA3
Connector PRO
Socket for connection of
SCALANCE X208PRO for signal-
ing contact; 5-pole, B-coded, with
assembly instructions; 3 items
Power M12 Cable Connector 6GK1 907-0DC10-6AA3
PRO
SCALANCE W-700 for 24 V DC
supply voltage; 4-pole, A-coded,
with assembly instructions,
3 items
Power M12 Plug PRO 6GK1 907-0DB10-6AA3
Plug for connection to PS791-
1PRO power supply for 24 V DC
supply voltage; 4-pole, A-coded,
3 items
Electronic manuals
for communication systems,
and communication products;
on DVD,
German/English

© Siemens AG 2008
IE TP Cord
• Easy connection of data terminals with an RJ45 connection

to the Industrial Ethernet FC cabling system with interference
2
immunity (10/100/1000 Mbit/s)
• Fast, error-free start-up thanks to preassembled, factory-
tested patch cables
• Easy cable installation thanks to small cable diameter
• Silicon-free, therefore suitable for use in the automotive
industry (e.g. on paint shop conveyors)
• Color-coded RJ45 plug to distinguish between twisted and
untwisted cables
- Twisted: RJ45 plug red on both sides
- Not twisted: RJ45 plug green on both sides
• Patch cable, available as preassembled cables

(max. length 10 m)
• With 2 x 2 cores for 10/100 Mbit/s and 4 x 2 cores for
10/100/1000 Mbit/s Ethernet
• Small cable diameter
• Category Cat5e (2 x 2) and Cat6 (4 x 2) of the international
cabling standards ISO/IEC 11801 and EN 50173

© Siemens AG 2008
IE TP Cord
■ Application
6
1HWZRUNFRPSRQHQW
2
3UHDVVHPEOHG,(73&RUG[
1& 6
6XE' ,(73&RUG5-5-
3&
5- ,(73&RUG5-
3OXJ ,(73&RUG5-
,(73&RUG5- 6XE'
5- 3OXJ
1HWZRUNFRPSRQHQW 1HWZRUNFRPSRQHQW
1& 1&
6XE' ,(73;3&RUG5-5- 6XE'
5- ,(73;3&RUG5- 5-
3OXJ 3OXJ
,(73;3&RUG5-
,(73;3&RUG
6 6
6 6
*B,.B;;B
,(73;3&RUG5-5- 3&
,(73;3&RUG5-
,(73;36WDQGDUG&DEOH
6XE' 6XE'
3OXJ 5- 5- 3OXJ
IE TP Cord can be used to directly connect individual components (10/100 Mbit/s)
HJ6&$/$1&(;
1& 1& HJ6&$/$1&(;
5- ,(73&RUG5-5- 5-

*B,.B;;B
3OXJ 3OXJ
DQ,(73;3FRUGPXVWEHXVHGEHWZHHQQHWZRUNFRPSRQHQWVRUWHUPLQDOV
IE TP Cord RJ45/RJ45 can be used to directly connect individual components (10/100/1000 Mbit/s)

© Siemens AG 2008
IE TP Cord
• 2 x 2 cores for 10/100 Mbit/s transmission rate; The flexibility of the cable ensures easy installation, for example
4 x 2 cores for 10/100/1000 Mbit/s transmission rate in a control cabinet, or to connect equipment in a control room.
• Two cores with two dummy elements twisted into a pair. The maximum length of an IE TP Cord is 10 m.
• Each pair is encased in plastic film and shielded with a
plastic-clad aluminum foil
Adapter cables are used to connect devices with an ITP inter-
face to devices with an RJ45 interface. 2
• Outer woven shield around all pairs comprising tinned copper IE TP Converter Cord 15/RJ45 is used to convert an ITP interface
wires of a data terminal to the RJ45 interface.
• Plastic sheath (PVC)
IE TP Cord is available as TP Cord 4 x 2, pre-assembled cables ■ More information
in the following versions:
Additional components of the SIMATIC NET wiring range can be
• IE TP Cord RJ45/RJ45 ordered from your local contact person.
with 2 x RJ45 plugs For technical advice contact:
• IE TP XP Cord RJ45/RJ45 J. Hertlein, A&D SE PS
with 2 x RJ45 plugs, send and receive cables are twisted. Tel.: +49(0)911/750 44 65
Fax: +49(0)911/750 99 91
IE TP Cord is available as TP Cord 2 x 2, pre-assembled cables
in the following versions:
• IE TP Cord 9/RJ45
with one 9-pole Sub-D connector and one RJ45 connector
• IE TP XP Cord 9/RJ45
with one RJ45 connector and one 9-pole Sub-D connector,
send and receive cable are twisted
• IE TP Cord 9-45/RJ45
45° cable outlet
• IE TP XP Cord 9-45/RJ45
45° cable outlet; send and receive cable are twisted
• IE TP XP Cord 9/9
with two 9-pole Sub-D connectors, send and receive cable are
twisted.
• IE TP Cord RJ45/15
with one RJ45 connector and one 15-pole Sub-D connector;
this is used to directly connect data terminals with ITP inter-
faces to network components with an RJ45 interface.
• IE TP XP Cord RJ45/15
twisted send and receive cable; used for direct connection
of a data terminal with 15-pole Sub-D connector to a data
terminal with RJ45 plug.
• IE TP Converter Cord 15/RJ45
with a 15-pole Sub-D socket with slide locking and an RJ45
plug. A retaining clip clamps it in place. IE TP Converter Cord
15/RJ45 2 x 2 is used to connect data terminals with an RJ45
interface to the ITP cabling system, e.g. over the ITP Standard
9/15 cable.

© Siemens AG 2008
IE TP Cord
Order No. 6XV1 850-2JE50 6XV1 870-3QE50
Product type description IE TP Cord 2 x 2 IE TP Cord RJ45/RJ45 4 x 2
Cable name LI 02YSCY 2x2x0.15/0.98 PIMF ICCS GN LI02YSCH 4x2x0.15 PIMF GN FRNC
2 Electrical data
length
• at 10 MHz max. 9.0 dB/100 m 8.6 dB/100 m
• at 100 MHz max. 28.5 dB/100 m 28.0 dB/100 m
• at 300 MHz max. 49.5 dB/100 m 50.1 dB/100 m
• at 600 MHz max. 75.0 dB/100 m 73.5 dB/100 m
Characteristic impedance at 100 Ω 100 Ω
1 MHz ... 100 MHz
• Relative symmetrical tolerance of ± 15% ± 15%
1 MHz ... 100 MHz
• Characteristic impedance at 100 Ω 100 Ω
10 MHz ... 600 MHz
• Relative symmetrical tolerance of ± 6% ± 10%
10 MHz ... 600 MHz
Near-end crosstalk attenuation
• at 10 MHz 80 dB 80 dB
• at 100 MHz 72.5 dB 72.4 dB
• at 300 MHz 65 dB 65.3 dB
• at 600 MHz 61 dB 60.8 dB
Surface transfer impedance at 10 mOhm/m 10 mOhm/m
10 MHz
Mechanical data
Wire diameter of the AWG26 wire 0.98 mm 1 mm
Outer diameter
• of the inner conductor 0.5 mm 0.5 mm
• of the wire insulation - -
• of the cable sheath 3.7 mm x 5.8 mm 6.2 mm
• Symmetrical tolerance of the - -
outer diameter
Ambient temperature
• during installation 0 … 50 °C 0 … 50 °C
Bending radius
Fire behavior IEC 60332-1-2 IEC 60332-1
Chemical resistance to grease conditional resistance conditional resistance
Chemical resistance to mineral oil conditionally resistant conditionally resistant
Product property
• halogen-free No Yes
• silicone-free Yes Yes

© Siemens AG 2008
IE TP Cord

IE TP Cord RJ45/RJ45 IE TP Cord RJ45/15
TP cable 4 x 2 with 2 RJ45 plugs TP cable 2 x 2
with one 15-pole Sub-D connec-
• 0.5 m 6XV1 870-3QE50
2
tor and one RJ45 connector
•1m 6XV1 870-3QH10 • 0.5 m 6XV1 850-2LE50
•2m 6XV1 870-3QH20 •1m 6XV1 850-2LH10
•6m 6XV1 870-3QH60 •2m 6XV1 850-2LH20
• 10 m 6XV1 870-3QN10 •6m 6XV1 850-2LH60
IE TP XP Cord RJ45/RJ45 • 10 m 6XV1 850-2LN10
Twisted TP cable 4 x 2 IE TP XP Cord RJ45/15
with 2 RJ45 plugs
Crossed TP cable 2 x 2
• 0.5 m 6XV1 870-3RE50 with one 15-pole Sub-D connec-
•1m 6XV1 870-3RH10 tor and one RJ45 connector
•2m 6XV1 870-3RH20 • 0.5 m 6XV1 850-2SE50
•6m 6XV1 870-3RH60 •1m 6XV1 850-2SH10
• 10 m 6XV1 870-3RN10 •2m 6XV1 850-2SH20
IE TP Cord 9/RJ45 •6m 6XV1 850-2SH60
TP cable 2 x 2 • 10 m 6XV1 850-2SN10
with one 9-pole Sub-D connector IE TP Converter Cord 15/RJ45
and one RJ45 connector
TP connecting cable 2 x 2 for
• 0.5 m 6XV1 850-2JE50 connecting data terminals with
•1m 6XV1 850-2JH10 RJ45 interfaces to the ITP cabling
system; with a 15-pole Sub-D
•2m 6XV1 850-2JH20 socket with slide locking and an
•6m 6XV1 850-2JH60 RJ45 connector.
• 10 m 6XV1 850-2JN10 • 0.5 m 6XV1 850-2EE50
IE TP XP Cord 9/RJ45 •1m 6XV1 850-2EH20
Twisted TP cable 2 x 2 IE FC Outlet RJ45 6GK1 901-1FC00 0AA0

with one 9-pole Sub-D connector For connection Industrial Ethernet
and one RJ45 connector FC cables and TP Cords; graded
• 0.5 m 6XV1 850-2ME50 prices from 10 and 50 units
•1m 6XV1 850-2MH10 IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet
•2m 6XV1 850-2MH20 FastConnect RJ45 Outlet for

•6m 6XV1 850-2MH60 for a replaceable insert;
• 10 m 6XV1 850-2MN10 • With 2FE insert ; 6GK1 901-1BE00-0AA1
replaceable insert
IE TP Cord 9-45/RJ45
TP cable 2 x 2
with one RJ45 connector and one
replaceable insert
Sub-D connector with 45° cable
outlet (not for OSM/ESM)
• With power insert; 6GK1 901-1BE00-0AA3
•1m 6XV1 850-2NH10
replaceable insert
IE TP XP Cord 9-45/RJ45 for 1 x 24 V DC and
1 x 100 Mbit/s interface
Twisted TP cable 2 x 2
with one RJ45 connector and one SIMATIC NET Manual Collection 6GK1 975-1AA00-3AA0
Sub-D connector with 45° cable
Electronic manuals
outlet (not for OSM/ESM)
•1m 6XV1 850-2PH10 communication protocols,
IE TP XP Cord 9/9 on DVD;
Twisted TP cable 2 x 2 German/English
for direct connection of two
Industrial Ethernet components
with an ITP interface with
two 9-pole Sub-D connectors
•1m 6XV1 850-2RH10

© Siemens AG 2008
IE FC Outlet RJ45
2 • Easy connection of network components or data terminals

to the Industrial Ethernet FC cabling system with interference
immunity.
• Time-saving, error-free installation thanks to FC cables and
preassembled TP Cords (10/100 Mbit/s).
• Resistant to interference thanks to rugged metal casing and
flexible mounting possibilities (standard rail mounting, screw
fixing)
• Preventing mistakes with the help of color markings
• Easy installation of structured Twisted Pair cabling.

• Extremely fast installation thanks to insulation displacement.
• Rugged solid metal module certified to Category 5.
• Preventing mistakes with the help of color markings

© Siemens AG 2008
IE FC Outlet RJ45
■ Application
The IE FC Outlet RJ45 is used as a transition from the rugged By connecting several IE FC Outlet RJ45 devices in series, a
Industrial Ethernet FC cables used in the industrial environment patch field can be constructed with the required connection
to prefabricated TP Cord cables (10/100 Mbit/s) using an RJ45 density (e.g. 16 outlets over 19“ width).
socket.
2
1HWZRUNFRPSRQHQW
3OXJ 6 3OXJ
6XE'
5- 1& ,()&2XWOHW
5-
,()&2XWOHW
5-
3&
6XE'
5-
,(73&RUG[ ,()&73&DEOH[ ,(73&RUG[
,(73&RUG5- ,()&736WDQGDUG&DEOH*3[7\SH$ ,(73&RUG5-

,(73&RUG5- ,()&73)OH[LEOH&DEOH*3[7\SH%
,()&737UDLOLQJ&DEOH[7\SH&
,()&730DULQH&DEOH[7\SH%
,()&73)51&&DEOH*3[7\SH%
3OXJ 3OXJ
6XE'
5- 1& ,()&2XWOHW
5-
,()&2XWOHW
5-
1& 6XE'
5-
,(73&RUG[ ,()&73&DEOH[ ,(73&RUG[

,(73&RUG5- ,()&73)OH[LEOH&DEOH*3[7\SH% ,(73&RUG5-
,()&73)51&&DEOH*3[7\SH%
3OXJ 6
3OXJ
6XE' 3&
5- 6 6XE'
,()&2XWOHW ,()&2XWOHW 5-
5- 5-
,(73&RUG[ ,()&73&DEOH[ ,(73&RUG[

,()&73)OH[LEOH&DEOH*3[7\SH%
*B,.B;;B
,()&73)51&&DEOH*3[7\SH%
IE TP Cord can be used for patch technology with IE FC Outlet RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s)

© Siemens AG 2008
IE FC Outlet RJ45
The IE FC Outlet RJ45 has a rugged metal housing and satisfies The Industrial Ethernet FC Outlet RJ45 is directly connected to
Category 5 of the international cable standard ISO/IEC 11801 the Industrial Ethernet FC cable 2 x 2.
and EN 50173. It is suitable both for mounting on rails and wall
mounting by means of four through holes. Prefabricated RJ45 patch cables (10/100 Mbit/s) are available
2 The Outlet RJ45 can also be mounted behind a metal plate with
for the connection between the IE Outlet RJ45 and a network
component or data terminal.
a cutout (e.g. in a control cabinet).
The Outlet RJ45 has the following connections
• 4 insulation-piercing contacts for connecting the Industrial
Ethernet FC cable 2 x 2 (contacts are color coded)
• RJ45 socket with dust protection cap for connecting different
TP Cord cables (10/100 Mbit/s).
&DELQHW &DELQHW
(60
73
'DWDWHUPLQDO
,(73&RUG
&DELQHW
,()& ,()&
2XWOHW5- 2XWOHW5-
'DWDWHUPLQDO
,()&6WDQGDUG&DEOH[
*B,.B;;B
,()&
2XWOHW5-
,()&6WDQGDUG&DEOH[
System configuration with IE FC Outlet RJ45

© Siemens AG 2008
IE FC Outlet RJ45
■ Integration
%XLOGLQJ
2
&DELQHW &DELQHW
6ZLWK&3
6ZLWK&3
&DELQHW ,()&736WDQGDUG&DEOH[
%XLOGLQJ 260,73
ORZ(0&ORDG
3&ZLWK
&3$
RU&3
&3
6ZLWFK
6&$/$1&(;( )LEHU2SWLF
%XLOGLQJ
,(73&RUG5-5- 3* 9HU\KLJK
(0&ORDG
6HUYHU HJGXHWR
DUFZHOGLQJ
,()&
2XWOHW5-
&DELQHW &DELQHW
260,73 6ZLWK&3
,()&
6HUYHU 6WDQGDUG&DEOH
[
,()&
2XWOHW5- ,(73&RUG
,()&2XWOHW
:RUNVWDWLRQ 5-
&DELQHW
,(73&RUG 6ZLWK&3
,(73&RUG5-5-
*B,.B;;B
,()&VWDQGDUGFDEOH[
,(73FRUG,()&VWDQGDUGFDEOH[
,()&VWDQGDUGFDEOH[
Configuration example with TP and FO cabling technology

© Siemens AG 2008
IE FC Outlet RJ45
■ Technical specifications ■ Ordering data (continued) Order No.

Order No. 6GK1 901-1FC00-0AA0 IE TP Cord 9-45/RJ45
Product type description IE FC RJ45 outlet TP cable 2 x 2 with one
RJ45 connector and one Sub-D
Design CAT 5
2
connector with 45° cable outlet
Number of electrical connections 4 (not for OSM/ESM)
for Industrial Ethernet FC TP cables •1m 6XV1 850-2NH10
2x2
IE TP XP Cord 9-45/RJ45
Twisted TP cable with one
• for Industrial Ethernet FC TP Insulation displacement RJ45 connector and one Sub-D
cables terminals for all IE FC cables 2 x 2 connector with 45° cable outlet
• for network components or RJ45 socket (not for OSM/ESM)
terminal •1m 6XV1 850-2PH10
Ambient temperature IE TP XP Cord 9/9
• during operation -25 … +70 °C Twisted TP cable 2 x 2 for direct
• during storage -40 … +70 °C connection of two Industrial
Ethernet components with an
• during transport -40 … +70 °C ITP interface with two 9-pole
Width 31,7 mm Sub-D connectors
Height 107 mm •1m 6XV1 850-2RH10
Depth 30 mm IE TP Cord RJ45/15
Net weight 300 g TP cable 2 x 2 with one

15-pole Sub-D connector and
Type of fixing Standard rail or wall mounting one RJ45 connector
Degree of protection IP20 • 0.5 m 6XV1 850-2LE50
Certificate of suitability UL approval Yes •1m 6XV1 850-2LH10
Standard for structured cabling Yes •2m 6XV1 850-2LH20
according to ISO/IEC 11801
•6m 6XV1 850-2LH60
• 10 m
■ Ordering data
6XV1 850-2LN10
Order No.
IE TP XP Cord RJ45/15
IE FC Outlet RJ45 6GK1 901-1FC00 0AA0 Twisted TP cable 2 x 2 with
For connection of Industrial one 15-pole Sub-D connector and
Ethernet FC cables and one RJ45 connector
TP Cords; graded prices from • 0.5 m 6XV1 850-2SE50
10 and 50 units on
•1m 6XV1 850-2SH10
IE TP Cord 9/RJ45
•2m 6XV1 850-2SH20
TP cable 2 x 2 with one 9-pole
Sub-D connector and one RJ45 •6m 6XV1 850-2SH60
connector
• 10 m 6XV1 850-2SN10
• 0.5 m 6XV1 850-2JE50
IE TP Converter Cord 15/RJ45
•1m 6XV1 850-2JH10
TP connecting cable 2 x 2 for
•2m 6XV1 850-2JH20 connecting data terminals with
RJ45 interfaces to the ITP cabling
•6m 6XV1 850-2JH60 system; with a 15-pole Sub-D
• 10 m 6XV1 850-2JN10 socket with slide locking and an
RJ45 connector.
IE TP XP Cord 9/RJ45
• 0.5 m 6XV1 850-2EE50
Twisted TP cable 2 x 2 with
one 9-pole Sub-D connector and •1m 6XV1 850-2EH20
one RJ45 connector SIMATIC NET Manual Collection 6GK1 975-1AA00-3AA0
• 0.5 m 6XV1 850-2ME50 Electronic manuals
•1m 6XV1 850-2MH10 for communication systems,
•2m 6XV1 850-2MH20 and communication products;
•6m 6XV1 850-2MH60 on DVD;
German/English
• 10 m 6XV1 850-2MN10

© Siemens AG 2008
The 8-core cabling system of SIMATIC NET allows transfer rates
of 10/100/1000 Mbit/s for Ethernet and for the service-indepen-
dent cabling from this office environment. Thanks to the 8-core
cabling it is now possible to implement 2 Industrial Ethernet
connections for Fast Ethernet, but in future it will also be possible
to upgrade to a Gigabit Ethernet connection. This implements
2
the transition from 4-core Industrial Ethernet FastConnect TP
cabling system to the 8-core Gigabit cabling system.
The FC RJ45 Modular Outlet base module can optionally be
equipped with three different replaceable inserts, as follows:
• IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet Insert 2FE with
2 x RJ45 sockets for 100 Mbit/s systems
• IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet Insert 1GE with
1 x RJ45 socket for 1000 Mbit/s systems
• IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet Power Insert for SCALANCE W
IWLAN system with
1 x 24 V, 1 x RJ45 socket
Thus it is possible not only to implement individual device con-
• Simple connection technology (insulation displacement connections, but also 100 Mbit/s dual connections.
tacts) for 8-core Industrial Ethernet FC twisted pair installation
cables (Cat6) By replacing the insert, it is possible to switch from network
structures that are operated at transfrer rates of 100 Mbit/s to
• Safe connection technology thanks to visible connection area structures with rates of 1000 Mbit/s. Replacement of the cabling
• Industry-standard design is not necessary (permanent cabling).
- Rugged metal housing
Like the 4-wire cabling system, the Gigabit cabling system with
- Dust caps
the IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet also takes the conditions in the
• Wall and DIN rail mounting inside or outside control cubicles field of industrial automation into account. No special tools are
thanks to degree of protection IP40 required for the assembly; the same FC stripping tool is used as
• Good electromagnetic shielding and conduction due to metal for the 4-wire system.
housing 8-wire FC installations cables are used for the cabling (AWG 22):
• Integral strain relief for 8-core installation cables • IE FC Standard Cable 4 x 2;
• Replaceable inserts for for fixed routing as standard type for the IE FC RJ45 Modular
- 2 x Fast Ethernet connection Outlet Inserts 2FE and 1GE
IE FC RJ45 modular outlet insert 2FE • IE Hybrid Cable 2x2 + 4x0.34 for the IE FC RJ45 Modular
- 1 x Gigabit Ethernet connection Outlet with Power Insert
IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet insert 1GE
- 1 x Fast Ethernet connection, 1 x 24 V DC connection Max. distance which can be covered between two IE FC
IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet Power Insert Modular Outlets using IE FC Standard Cable is 90 m; the total
length of the patch cords to the terminal units at each end must
■ Benefits not exceed 10 m.
• Easy and problem-free assembly due to integrated color-

coded insulation displacement contacts
• Time-saving and trouble-free installation with 8-core Industrial
Ethernet FC TP installation cables
• Universal use due to replaceable inserts (insert for two
10/100 Mbit/s ports, one 1000 Mbit/s port or one 24 V DC
power supply and 100 Mbit/s port)
• Wide operating temperature range (-20 °C to +70 °C)
• Protection of investment, as a 100 Mbit/s network can be up-
graded without difficulty to a 1000 Mbit/s network by replacing
the insert without having to release the cable contacts

© Siemens AG 2008
■ Application examples
6 6
2 3& 3&
6 6
6 6
1HWZRUN 1HWZRUN
FRPSRQHQW
1& ,(73
&RUG[
,()&5-
0RGXODU2XWOHW
,()&5-
0RGXODU2XWOHW ,(73
&RUG[
FRPSRQHQW
1&
,()&&DEOH[
6 $:* 6 6
,QVHUW)( ,QVHUW)(
3& 3&
6 6
6 6
1HWZRUN 1HWZRUN
FRPSRQHQW
1& FRPSRQHQW
1&
*B,.B;;B
IE TP Cord can be used with IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet with Insert 2FE (10/100 Mbit/s)
6&$/$1&(;
9'&
,()&5-
0RGXODU2XWOHW
3RZHU,QVHUW
,(+\EULG
SOXJLQFRQQHFWRU
*B,.B;;B
,(+\EULG&DEOH[[
6&$/$1&(
:352
IE TP Cord can be used with IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet

with Power Insert (10/100 Mbit/s)

© Siemens AG 2008
■ Application examples (continued)
6&$/$1&(; 6ZLWK
&3[$GYDQFHG
,()&5- ,()&5-
2
0RGXODU2XWOHW 0RGXODU2XWOHW
,(73&RUG ,()&73&DEOH[$:* ,(73&RUG
,QVHUW*( ,QVHUW*(
3&PLW&3
*B,.B;;B
,(73&RUG5-5- ,()&736WDQGDUG&DEOH*3[ ,(73&RUG5-5-
$:*
IE TP Cord RJ45/RJ45 can be used for patch technology with IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet with Insert 1GE (10/100/1000 Mbit/s)

© Siemens AG 2008
■ Design
IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet (base modules) Ports:
• Robust metal housing, complies with Category 6 of the inter- • 8 insulation displacement contacts for connection of the 8-
national cabling standards ISO/IEC 11801 and EN 50173 core Industrial Ethernet FC installation cables
2 • Suitable both for DIN rail and wall mounting

• Thanks to its high degree of protection IP40, it can be
• Interface for insertion of a replaceable insert with one or two
RJ45 sockets or one RJ45 socket and one terminal for 24 V
mounted directly on site DC voltage supply (outlet insert, outlet power insert).
Jack screw
Open
cover
Locking screws accessible Insert

Basic housing in pre-engaged position cable
As delivered Release insert with jack screw Connect cable
and pull into pre-engaged position
Wires
in the
guides
Connect cable: Close cover Push insert into end position. Tighten the
Press down insulation displacement interlocking screws of the strain-relief,
contacts push insert in, tighten jack screw
G_IK10_XX_30029
Outlet assembly complete Outlet ready for use Exchanging the insert: Insert can be
replaced while basic housing is closed
by pulling it past the pre-engaged
position.
Mounting instructions

© Siemens AG 2008
■ Function
The IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet is connected direct to the 8-core In order to supply remote stations with power and data, the
Industrial Ethernet FC cables 4 x 2. Pre-assembled RJ45 patch IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet with Power Insert is connected to the
cables (TP cord) are available for the connection between outlet IE Hybrid Cable 2x2 + 4x0.34. A maximum of 80 m can be cov-
and network component or data terminal. These conform with ered between the Outlet and the IP67 hybrid connector. The con-
Cat6 of the international cabling standards. nection between Outlet and data terminal can be established
using a patch cable with a maximum length of 6 m.
2
When housing is opened, colored markings on the contact ele-
ment simplify connection of the individual wires to the insulation
displacement contacts.
6&$/$1&(; 6 6&$/$1&(;
,(73&RUG
9'&
,()&5- ,()&
0RGXODU 2XWOHW ,()& ,()&5-
2XWOHW 5- 2XWOHW 0RGXODU2XWOHW
,QVHUW*( 5- 3RZHU,QVHUW
,(+\EULG
,()&6WDQGDUG&DEOH[ SOXJLQFRQQHFWRU
0ELWVFRQQHFWLRQ 3&ZLWK&3
,()&5-
0RGXODU
*B,.B;;B
2XWOHW
,QVHUW*(
*B,.B;;B
,()&6WDQGDUG&DEOH[
,(+\EULG&DEOH[[
0ELWVFRQQHFWLRQ
6&$/$1&(
,(73&RUG
:352
System configuration with IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet Network structure with IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet with Power Insert
and FC Outlet RJ45
6
6&$/$1&(;
,(73&RUG
(76
,()&5- ,()&5- ,()&5-

0RGXODU 0RGXODU 0RGXODU
2XWOHW 2XWOHW 2XWOHW
,QVHUW*( ,QVHUW)( ,QVHUW)(
[0ELWV 3&ZLWK&3
FRQQHFWLRQ ,()&5-
0RGXODU
*B,.B;;B
2XWOHW
,QVHUW*(
,()&6WDQGDUG&DEOH[
[0ELWV
FRQQHFWLRQ
,(73&RUG
System configuration with IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet 100 Mbit/s

and 1000 Mbit/s

© Siemens AG 2008
Order No. 6GK1 901-1BE00-0AA0 6GK1 901-1BE00-0AA1 6GK1 901-1BE00-0AA2 6GK1 901-1BE00-0AA3
Product type description IE FC RJ45 Modular IE FC RJ45 Modular IE FC RJ45 Modular IE FC RJ45 Modular
Outlet Outlet (Insert 2FE) Outlet (Insert 1GE) Outlet (Power Insert)
2 Cable design
CAT 6
8
CAT 6
8
CAT 6
8
CAT 6
8
for Industrial Ethernet FC TP cables
4x2
• for FC RJ45 Modular Outlet - - 1 x RJ45 socket -
Insert 1GE (10/100/1000 Mbit/s)
• for FC RJ45 Modular Outlet - 2 x RJ45 socket - -
Insert 2FE (10/100 Mbit/s)
• for FC RJ45 Modular Outlet - - - 1 x RJ45 socket
Power Insert (10/100 Mbit/s),
1 x 24 V DC terminal
• for Industrial Ethernet FC TP integrated insulation integrated insulation integrated insulation integrated insulation
cables displacement contacts displacement contacts displacement contacts displacement contacts
Supply voltage
Supply voltage for DC
• Maximum - - - 57 V
• Minimum - - - 19 V
Ambient temperature
Max. relative humidity during 95% 95% 95% 95%
operation
Height 115.25 mm 115.25 mm 115.25 mm 115.25 mm
Depth 58.95 mm 58.95 mm 58.95 mm 58.95 mm
Net weight 450 g 450 g 450 g 450 g
Type of fixing Standard rail or wall Standard rail or wall Standard rail or wall Standard rail or wall
mounting mounting mounting mounting
Degree of protection IP40 IP40 IP40 IP40
Certificate of suitability UL approval Yes Yes Yes Yes
Standard for structured cabling Yes Yes Yes Yes
according to ISO/IEC 11801

© Siemens AG 2008

IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet IE FC TP Standard Cable 4 x 2 6XV1 870-2E
FastConnect RJ45 Outlet for 8-core FastConnect cable (Cat6)
Industrial Ethernet with interface for permanent wiring;
2
for a replaceable insert; sold by the meter
• without replaceable insert 6GK1 901-1BE00-0AA0 IE Hybrid Cable 2x2 + 4x0.34 6XV1870-2J
• with 2FE insert; 6GK1 901-1BE00-0AA1 Flexible cable, 4 x Cu Cat5,
replaceable insert shielded (0.75 mm) and 4 x Cu
for 2 x 100 Mbit/s interfaces (0.34 mm2) with IE FC modular
outlet and power insert and IP67
• with 1GE insert; 6GK1 901-1BE00-0AA2 hybrid plug connector;
replaceable insert sold by the meter;
for 1 x 1000 Mbit/s interfaces up to 1000 m;
• with power insert; 6GK1 901-1BE00-0AA3 minimum order 20 m
replaceable insert Energy Cable 6XV1812-8A
for 1 x 24 V DC and
1 x 100 Mbit/s interface 2-wire power cable;
stranded wire, 2 x 0.75 mm2,
IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet 6GK1 901-1BK00-0AA1 can be trailed, sold by the meter;
Insert 2FE up to 1000 m,
Replaceable insert minimum order 20 m
for FC Modular Outlet Base; IE TP Cord see TP Cord
2 x RJ45 for 2 x 100 Mbit/s
interfaces; 8-core patch cable for connection
1 pack = 4 items between FC Modular Outlet base
modules and data terminal;
IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet 6GK1 901-1BK00-0AA2 available in different lengths
Insert 1GE
IE FC stripping tool 6GK1 901-1GA00
Replaceable insert
for FC Modular Outlet Base; Preadjusted stripping tool
1 x RJ45 for 1 x 1000 Mbit/s for fast stripping of Industrial
interface; Ethernet FC cables
1 pack = 4 items

© Siemens AG 2008
Industrial Twisted Pair – Cables/connectors
■ Overview ■ Design
Industrial twisted pair cable
2 Jacket
Foil shield around wire pair

Core Pair 1
Dummy Elements
G_IK10_XX_10020
Overall braided screen
Industrial Twisted Pair cable

Core Pair 2
• For constructing Industrial Twisted Pair (ITP) networks
• Double cable shield for industrial use
• Easy to lay
Industrial Twisted Pair cable
• Low-cost connection of data terminals
• 2 x 2 cores.
• Exceeds Category 5 of the international cabling standards
ISO/IEC 11801 and EN 50173 • Two cores with two dummy elements twisted into a pair.
• Available as standard type and as halogen-free variant • Each pair is encased in plastic film and shielded with two
(FRNC) aluminum-clad plastic films
• Outer braided shield around all pairs made of tinned copper
Industrial Twisted Pair connector
wire.
• Connector is assembled on site with screw terminals without
• Plastic sheath (PVC).
the need for special tools
• Data transfer is noise resistant thanks to The ITP Cable is available as a pre-assembled cable in the
- Rugged metal connector following variants:
- System-wide grounding concept • ITP Cable 9/15
• Fast, error-free installation using factory-tested preassembled with a 9-pole and a 15-pole connector. It is used to directly
cables. connect data terminals with an ITP interface to Industrial
Ethernet network components with an ITP interface.
■ Benefits • ITP XP Standard Cable 9/9
with two 9-pole connectors. It is twisted and used to directly
connect two Industrial Ethernet network components with ITP
interfaces.
• ITP XP Standard Cable 15/15
with two 15-pole connectors. It is twisted and used to directly
Data transfer is noise resistant thanks to connect two data terminals with ITP interfaces.
• double shielding with plastic and braided shield
• system-wide grounding concept Network Data terminal
components
• silicon-free, therefore suitable for use in the automotive
industry (e.g. on paint shop conveyors) Network components ITP XP 9/9 ITP 9/15
• available as standard and hologen-free variant Data terminal ITP 9/15 ITP XP 15/15
Possible applications for pre-assembled ITP cables
■ Function
• With their double, particularly dense shield, the industrial Industrial Twisted Pair connector (9-pole)
twisted pair cables are especially suitable for installation in • Metal Sub-D connector
industrial environments subject to electromagnetic • Vertical outgoing cable
interference, e.g. for linking control cabinets.
• For connecting the 2 x 2-core installation cable to OSM or ESM
• An integrated grounding concept can be implemented
through the outer shield. • Easy assembly using a screwdriver.
• The ITP cable is flame retardant and has a copolymer outer Industrial Twisted Pair connector (15-pole)
casing FRNC (Flame Retardant Non Corrosive) • Metal Sub-D connector
• The cables considerably exceed Category 5 of the interna- • Variable cable outlet
tional cabling standard. They can be implemented for up to • For connecting the 2 x 2-core installation cable to a data ter-
300 MHz and are suitable for Fast Ethernet with 100 Mbit/s. minal
• Internal plug-in jumper for automatic switchover from AUI to
Twisted Pair operation in SIMATIC NET CPs with integrated
Twisted Pair transceiver
• Easy assembly using a screwdriver.

© Siemens AG 2008
Order No. 6XV1 850-0AH10 6XV1 851-0AH10
Product type description ITP Standard Cable GP for Industrial Ethernet ITP FRNC Cable GP for Industrial Ethernet
Cable name J-02YSCY 2 x 2 x 0.64/1.5 PIMF F GN J-02YSCH 2 x 2 x 0.64/1.5 PIMF F GN FRNC
Electrical data 2
Attenuation measurement
per length
• at 10 MHz 5.7 dB/100 m 5.7 dB/100 m
• at 100 MHz 18.0 dB/100 m 18.0 dB/100 m
• at 300 MHz 31.0 dB/100 m 31.0 dB/100 m
1 MHz ... 100 MHz
• Relative symmetrical tolerance ± 15% ± 15%
100 MHz ... 300 MHz
• Relative positive tolerance + 45% + 45%
Near-end crosstalk attenuation
per length
• at 1 MHz ... 100 MHz 80 dB/100 m 80 dB/100 m
• at 1 MHz ... 300 MHz 80 dB/100 m 80 dB/100 m
Surface transfer impedance at 0,02 mOhm/m 0,02 mOhm/m
10 MHz
DC impedance per length of the 53 mOhm/m 53 mOhm/m
AWG22 wire
Max. operating voltage 160 V 160 V
Mechanical data
Outer diameter of the inner 0.64 mm 0.64 mm
conductor
Thickness of the cable sheath 6 mm 6 mm
• Symmetrical tolerance of the thick- 0.3 mm 0.3 mm
ness
Width of the cable sheath 9.4 mm 9.4 mm
• Symmetrical tolerance of the width -0.5 mm -0.5 mm
Wire diameter of the AWG22 wire 0.64 mm 0.64 mm
Ambient temperature
• during operation -40 ... +80 °C -40 ... +80 °C
• during transport -40 ... +80 °C -40 ... +80 °C
• during storage -40 ... +80 °C -40 ... +80 °C
• during installation -25 ... +80 °C -25 ... +80 °C
Bending radius
Weight per length of copper 46 kg/km 46 kg/km
Type of screen coated plastic sheet braid; braided: coated plastic sheet braid; braided:
tinned Cu wires, 0.20 mm Ø, coverage approx. 90% tinned Cu wires, 0.20 mm Ø, coverage approx. 90%
Fire behavior IEC 60332-1 IEC 60332-3-24 Category C,
IEC 60332-3-23 Category B
Chemical resistance
• to mineral oil conditional resistance conditional resistance
• to grease conditional resistance conditional resistance
Product property
• Silicone-free Yes Yes
UL listing at 300 V rating - Yes/CMG/CL3/Sun Res

© Siemens AG 2008

ITP Standard Cable 6XV1 850-0AH10 ITP XP Standard Cable 15/15
for Industrial Ethernet
Twisted ITP installation cable
Not pre-assembled, for direct connection of two data
2
sold by the meter, 2 x 2-core, terminals with an ITP interface;
without plug with two 15-pin Sub-D connectors
For connecting a data terminal, •2m 6XV1 850-0DH20
for self-assembly of plug,
or for connecting the patch field •6m 6XV1 850-0DH60
to the outlet • 10 m 6XV1 850-0DN10
ITP Standard Cable 9/15 ITP FRNC Cable for Industrial 6XV1 851-0AH10
ITP installation cable for the Ethernet
direct connection of data Not pre-assembled, halogen-free,
terminals with an ITP interface to sold by the meter, 2 x 2-core,
Industrial Ethernet network com- without plug
ponents with an ITP interface;
with one 9-pin and one 15-pin For connecting a data terminal,
Sub-D connector for self-assembly of plug,
or for connecting the patch field
•2m 6XV1 850-0BH20 to the outlet
•5m 6XV1 850-0BH50 ITP FRNC Cable 9/15
•8m 6XV1 850-0BH80 ITP installation cable for the
• 12 m 6XV1 850-0BN12 direct connection of data
terminals with an ITP interface to
• 15 m 6XV1 850-0BN15 Industrial Ethernet network com-
• 20 m 6XV1 850-0BN20 ponents with an ITP interface;
with one 9-pin and one 15-pin
• 30 m 6XV1 850-0BN30 Sub-D connector
• 40 m 6XV1 850-0BN40 •2m 6XV1 851-1AH20
• 50 m 6XV1 850-0BN50 •5m 6XV1 851-1AH50
• 60 m 6XV1 850-0BN60 •8m 6XV1 851-1AH80
• 70 m 6XV1 850-0BN70 • 12 m 6XV1 851-1AN12
• 80 m 6XV1 850-0BN80 • 15 m 6XV1 851-1AN15
• 90 m 6XV1 850-0BN88 • 20 m 6XV1 851-1AN20
• 100 m 6XV1 850-0BT10 • 30 m 6XV1 851-1AN30
ITP XP Standard Cable 9/9 ITP plug
Twisted ITP installation cable for ITP plug for Industrial Ethernet 6GK1 901-0CA00-0AA0
direct connection of two Industrial 9-pin
Ethernet network components
with an ITP interface; For connection to OLM/ELM and
with two 9-pin Sub-D connectors OSM/ESM
•2m 6XV1 850-0CH20 ITP plug for Industrial Ethernet 6GK1 901-0CA01-0AA0
15-pin
•5m 6XV1 850-0CH50
For connection to a data terminal
•8m 6XV1 850-0CH80 with an ITP interface
• 12 m 6XV1 850-0CN12 SIMATIC NET Manual Collection 6GK1 975-1AA00-3AA0
• 15 m 6XV1 850-0CN15 Electronic manuals
• 20 m 6XV1 850-0CN20
• 30 m 6XV1 850-0CN30 and communication products;
on DVD;
• 40 m 6XV1 850-0CN40 German/English
• 50 m 6XV1 850-0CN50
• 60 m 6XV1 850-0CN60
• 70 m 6XV1 850-0CN70
• 80 m 6XV1 850-0CN80
• 90 m 6XV1 850-0CN88
• 100 m 6XV1 850-0CT10

© Siemens AG 2008
Installation instructions Note:
The installation cable is either supplied by the meter or with Additional components of the SIMATIC NET wiring range can be
preassembled connectors. It can be used to connect a single ordered from your local contact person.
2
data terminal or two active network components (OSM/ESM). For technical advice contact:
On the network component side, 9-pole metal Sub-D connectors Tel.: +49(0)911/750 44 65
are used, and on the device side, 15-pole connectors are used. Fax.: +49(0)911/750 99 91
The 15-pole connectors contain a special plug-in jumper which Email: juergen.hertlein@siemens.com
can be used by modules with integrated twisted pair transceiver
to switch from AUI to twisted pair operation.
Additional installation instructions can be found in the manual for
Preassembled cables are used to connect data terminals TP and fiber-optic-networks.
directly to an active network component or for cascading active
network components.
The ITP cables can also be ordered by the meter for on site
assembly. 9-pole and 15-pole ITP connectors for assembly with-
out special tools are available for this purpose.
The maximum cable length of a laid ITP Standard Cable is 100 m
if connected directly.
ITP cables are intended only for use inside buildings.

© Siemens AG 2008
Overview of fiber-optic cables
Fiber-optic cables with glass fibers , PCF fibers (Polymer Clad-
ded Fiber) and POF fibers(Polymer Optical Fiber) are offered for
Industrial Ethernet:
2 • Glass fiber-optic cable;

duplex cable for fiber-optic networks indoors and outdoors
• POF fiber-optic cable;
Duplex cable for POF networks in the indoor area
• PCF fiber-optic cable;
duplex cable for PCF networks indoors and outdoors
Sheath material Application

PVC Standard use in indoor and
outdoor areas of industrial appli-
cations
PUR Highly mobile applications
(trailing cables) for high mechani-
cal or chemical stress in harsh
industrial environments
• Optical signal transmission PE Routing of cables in moist areas

indoors and outdoors, and for
• No radiation along the cable direct burying in earth
• Unaffected by external noise fields FRNC Standard applications with high
• No grounding problems fire protection requirements
• Electrical isolation
Approvals
• Low weight
UL listing (safety standard) for network cables is especially
• Easy routing
necessary for the American and Canadian markets. The require-
ments for the appropriate approvals depend on where the cable
■ Application is routed within the building. This applies to all cables which
have to be routed from a machine to a remote control cabinet
The fiber optic (FO) cable is used for transmitting signals with and are positioned on cable racks secured on the building.
the help of waves in the optical frequency range. The light beam OFN/OFNG cable for routing in bundles (general purpose cable)
is guided by means of total reflection at the transition from the
core to the fiber material where there is a lower refractive index
than at the core.
The fiber optic cable is provided with a protective coating.

© Siemens AG 2008
Glass fiber optic cables
Fiber-optic indoor cable
Halogen-free fiber-optic cable, non-crush, flame-retardant, for
installation inside buildings (e.g. in production halls and in build-
ing automation). Supplied in fixed lengths, pre-assembled with
four BFOC connectors. 2
Standard FOC/FRNC cable
Fiber-optic cables for the following application areas indoors
and outdoors
• For routing above ground
• For installation inside buildings.
Sold by the meter and in fixed lengths, pre-assembled with four
BFOC connectors or four SC connectors.
Fiber-optic trailing cable
Fiber-optic cables for the special application of forced motion
control, such as in continuously moving machine parts (in trailing
cables) indoors and outdoors. Two cable variants are available
for this application:
• FO Trailing Cable;
Cable for high mechanical stress, PUR outer sheath, no UL
approval
• FO Trailing Cable GP (general purpose);
• Used for the optical Industrial Ethernet and PROFIBUS net- Cable for low mechanical stress, PVC outer sheath, with UL
works approval
• Rugged design for industrial applications indoors and out- Sold by the meter and in fixed lengths, pre-assembled with four
doors BFOC connectors or four SC connectors.
• Halogen-free design for installation inside buildings Fiber-optic outdoor cable
• Trailing cable for the special application of forced motion con- Waterproof cable (lengthwise and sideways) for use outdoors
trol with non-metallic protection against rodents for laying into the
• High immunity to noise thanks to insensitivity to electro-mag- ground.
netic fields
Sold by the meter and in fixed lengths, pre-assembled with four
• Available preassembled BFOC connectors or four SC connectors.
• Extensive approvals (UL)
Note:
■ Benefits
Special tools and specially trained personnel are required for
pre-assembling glass fiber-optic cables
• Easy routing with

- Pre-assembled cables
- No grounding problems
- Very light fiber-optic cable
• Tap-proof
due to lack of radiation from the cable
• Silicon-free;
therefore suitable for use in the automotive industry (e.g. on
paint shop conveyors)

© Siemens AG 2008
■ Application examples
6&$/$1&(; 6&$/$1&(;
3OXJ 3OXJ
2
3UHDVVHPEOHG)2&ZLWK6&FRQQHFWRUV
6& 6&
FRQQHFWLRQ FRQQHFWLRQ
)26WDQGDUG&DEOH*3
*B,.B;;B
)27UDLOLQJ&DEOH*3
)27UDLOLQJ&DEOH
)2*URXQG&DEOH
)2)51&&DEOH
Use of pre-assembled fiber-optic cables with SC connectors (1000 Mbit/s)
3OXJ 3OXJ
3UHDVVHPEOHG)2&ZLWK%)2&FRQQHFWRUV
%)2&
FRQQHFWLRQ 1& 1& %)2&
FRQQHFWLRQ
)26WDQGDUG&DEOH*3
*B,.B;;B
)27UDLOLQJ&DEOH*3
)27UDLOLQJ&DEOH
)2*URXQG&DEOH
)2)51&&DEOH
Use of pre-assembled fiber-optic cables with BFOC connectors (100 Mbit/s)
■ Design
In the respective applications, the maximum cable lengths must
be taken into account. Passive connection of different fiber types
is not permissible. The use of 50 μm fiber is recommended for
future installations due to the greater range of gigabit Ethernet.
Use of the 62.5 μm fiber is only recommended for existing net-
Outer sheath
work installations.
Cable types 50/125 µm 62,5/125 µm

Individual core sheath
Hollow core FO Standard Cable GP ● –
DUG&DEOH
)26WDQG FO FRNC Cable ● –
FO Trailing Cable ● –
FO Trailing Cable GP ● –
G_IK10_XX_10030
FO Ground Cable ● –
Optical Strain relief
fiber by means of FIBER OPTIC standard cable – ●
Aramid fibers
INDOOR Fiber Optic – ●
indoor cable
The following cable types are available in two variants, Flexible Fiber Optic – ●
trailing cable
50/125 μm and 62.5/125 μm:
• 100Base FX;
62.5/125 μm fiber, 3,000 m
• 100Base FX;
50/125 μm fiber, 3,000 m
• 1000Base SX;
50/125 μm fiber, 750 m
• 1000Base LX;
50/125 μm fiber, 2,000 m

© Siemens AG 2008
Order No. 6XV1 873-2A 6XV1 873-2B 6XV1 873-2G
Product type description FO Standard Cable GP FO FRNC Cable FO Ground Cable
Suitability for use Universal cable for installation Halogen-free cable for installation Waterproof cable (lengthwise and
indoors and outdoors indoors and outdoors sideways) for use outdoors with
non-metallic protection against 2
rodents for laying into the ground.
Type of assembled Sold by the meter; pre-assembled Sold by the meter Sold by the meter; pre-assembled
fiber-optic cable with 4 BFOC or SC connectors with 4 BFOC or SC connectors
Designation of fiber-optic cable AT-W(ZN)YY 2x1G50/125 AT-W(ZN)HH 2G50/125 UV AT-WQ(ZN)Y(ZN)B2Y 2G50/125
Electrical data
length
• at 850 nm 2.7 dB/km 2.7 dB/km 2.7 dB/km
• at 1300 nm 0.7 dB/km 0.7 dB/km 0.7 dB/km
Bandwidth length product
• at 850 nm 600 Mhz*km 600 Mhz*km 600 Mhz*km
Mechanical data
Number of fibers per fiber-optic 2 2 2
cable
Design of optical fibers Multi-mode gradient fiber Multi-mode gradient fiber Multi-mode gradient fiber
50/125 μm 50/125 μm 50/125 μm
Design of optical fiber core Hollow core, filled, Hollow core, filled, Hollow core, filled,
diameter 1400 μm diameter 1400 μm diameter 1400 μm
Type of fiber-optic cable Segmentable Segmentable Segmentable
Material
• of the FOC core sheath PVC FRNC PVC
• of the fiber-optic cable sheath PVC FRNC PE
• of the strain relief Aramid fibers Aramid fibers Aramid fibers
Color
• of the FOC core sheath orange/black orange/black orange/black
• of the fiber-optic cable sheath green green black
Outer diameter
• of the FOC core sheath 2.9 mm 2.9 mm 2.9 mm
• of the cable - 9.2 mm 10.5 mm
Thickness of the cable 4.5 mm - -
Width of the cable 7.4 mm - -
Lateral force per length 300 N/cm 500 N/cm 300 N/cm
Bending radius
• for repeated bending - 135 mm 155 mm
Ambient temperature
• during transport -25 … +80 °C -40 ... +70 °C -40 … +75 °C
Transmission link
• for 1000BaseLX 2000 m 2000 m 2000 m
• for 1000BaseSX 750 m 750 m 750 m

© Siemens AG 2008

Fire behavior Flame retardant Flame retardant to IEC 60332-1 and -
2 Chemical resistance
acc. to IEC 60332-1 IEC 60332-3 Category A/F
• to mineral oil conditional resistance conditional resistance resistant

• to grease conditional resistance conditional resistance resistant
Radiological resistance to UV Yes Yes Yes
radiation
Product property
• halogen-free - Yes -
• impact-resistant - - -
Certificate of suitability
• UL Approval Yes/OFN Yes/OFN -
(NEC Article 770, UL 1651) (NEC Article 770, UL 1651)
• CSA approval Yes/ OFN, 90°C, FT1, FT4 (CSA- Yes/ OFN, -
Standard C22.2 No232-M1988) (CSA-Standard C22.2 No232)
Product component, rodent protec- - - Yes
tion
Order No. 6XV1 873-2C 6XV1 873-2D

Product type description FO Trailing Cable FO Trailing Cable GP
Suitability for use Cable for use in cable carriers for high mechanical Cable for use in cable carriers for low mechanical
loading, PUR outer sheath, no UL approval loading, PVC outer sheath, UL approval
Type of assembled Sold by the meter; Sold by the meter;
fiber-optic cable pre-assembled with 4BFOC or SC connectors pre-assembled with 4BFOC or SC connectors
Designation of fiber-optic cable AT-W(ZN)Y(ZN)11Y 2G50/125 AT-W(ZN)Y(ZN)Y 2G50/125
Electrical data
per length
• at 850 nm 2.7 dB/km 2.7 dB/km
• at 1300 nm 0.7 dB/km 0.7 dB/km
• at 850 nm 600 Mhz*km 600 Mhz*km
• at 1300 nm 1200 Mhz*km 1200 Mhz*km
Mechanical data
Number of fibers per fiber-optic 2 2
cable
Design of optical fibers Multi-mode gradient fiber 50/125 μm Multi-mode gradient fiber 50/125 μm
Design of optical fiber core Hollow core, filled, diameter 1400 μm Hollow core, filled, diameter 1400 μm
Type of fiber-optic cable Segmentable Segmentable
Material
• of the FOC core sheath PVC PVC
• of the fiber-optic cable sheath PUR PVC
• of the strain relief Aramid fibers Aramid fibers
Color
• of the FOC core sheath orange/black orange/black
• of the fiber-optic cable sheath green green
Outer diameter
• of the FOC core sheath 2.9 mm 2.9 mm
• of the cable 10.5 mm 10.5 mm
Lateral force per length 400 N/cm 400 N/cm

© Siemens AG 2008

Order No. 6XV1 873-2C 6XV1 873-2D
Bending radius
• for one-off bending 200 mm 200 mm 2
Number of bending cycles 5000000 3500000
Impact strength test
• Impact energy - -
• Number of impacts - -
• Hammer wheel diameter - -
Ambient temperature
Transmission link
• for 1000BaseLX 2000 m 2000 m
• for 1000BaseSX 750 m 750 m
Fire behavior - Flame retardant acc. to IEC 60332-1
Chemical resistance
• to mineral oil resistant conditional resistance
• to grease resistant conditional resistance
Radiological resistance to Yes Yes
UV radiation
Product property: silicone-free Yes Yes
• UL Approval - Yes/OFN(NEC Article 770, UL 1651)
• CSA approval - Yes/ OFN, 90°C, FT1, FT4
(CSA-Standard C22.2 No232-M1988)
Product component, - -
rodent protection

Product type description INDOOR fiber optic Fiber optic
indoor cable standard cable
Suitability for use Non-crush, halogen-free and fire-retardant cable Universal cable for installation indoors and outdoors
for indoor installation
Type of assembled Sold by the meter, pre-assembled Sold by the meter, pre-assembled
fiber-optic cable with 4 BFOC connectors with 4 BFOC connectors
Designation of fiber-optic cable T-VHH 2G62.5/125 3.2B200+0.9F600 F TB3 OR FRNC AT-VYY 2G62.5/125 3.1B200 + 0.8F600 F
Electrical data
length
• at 850 nm 3.1 dB/km 3.1 dB/km
• at 1300 nm 0.8 dB/km 0.8 dB/km
Mechanical data
Number of fibers 2 2
per fiber-optic cable
Number of fibers - -
Number of fibers per - -
fiber-optic cable
Number of conductors - -
in fiber-optic cable

© Siemens AG 2008

Product type description INDOOR fiber optic Fiber optic
indoor cable standard cable
2 Design of optical fibers

Design of optical fiber core
Multi-mode gradient fiber 62.5/125 mm
Fixed core
Multi-mode gradient fiber 62.5/125 mm
Compact core
Type of fiber-optic cable Segmentable inner conductor Segmentable outer conductor
Material
• of the FOC core sheath Copolymer (FRNC) PVC
• of the fiber-optic cable sheath Copolymer (FRNC) PVC
• of the strain relief Aramid fibers Kevlar fiber and impregnated glass fiber
Color
• of the FOC core sheath gray gray
• of the fiber-optic cable sheath light orange black
Outer diameter 2.9 mm 3.5 mm
• Lower dimension 2.8 mm 3.3 mm
• Upper dimension 3 mm 3.7 mm
Width of the cable 6.8 mm 9.8 mm
• Thickness of the cable 3.9 mm 6.3 mm
Momentary lateral force per length 1 000 N/cm 2 000 N/cm
Continuous lateral force per length 200 N/cm -
Maximum permissible short-time 800 N -
tensile load
Maximum permissible continuous - -
tensile load
Bending radius when bending
over the flat side
• with cable laid 50 mm 145 mm
• during installation 60 mm 125 mm
• Impact energy 1,5 J -
• Number of impacts 20 -
• Hammer wheel diameter 12.5 mm -
Ambient temperature
Fire behavior Flame retardant to IEC 60332-3 Flame retardant to IEC 60332-3 (Cat. C)
Chemical resistance
• to mineral oil - -
• to grease - -
Radiological resistance to UV - Yes
radiation
Product property
• halogen-free Yes -
• impact-resistant Yes -

© Siemens AG 2008

Order No. 6XV1 820-6AH10 Order No. 6XV1 820-6AH10
Product type description Flexible Fiber Optic Product type description Flexible Fiber Optic
trailing cable trailing cable
Suitability for use Flexible cable for routing in cable
carriers indoors and outdoors
Momentary lateral force
per length
- 2
Type of assembled Sold by the meter, pre-assembled Continuous lateral force -
fiber-optic cable with 4 BFOC connectors per length
Designation of fiber-optic cable AT-W11Y (ZN) 11Y 2G62.5/125 Maximum permissible short-time 2 000 N
3.1B200 + 0.8F600 F tensile load
Electrical data Maximum permissible continuous 1 000 N
tensile load
per length Bending radius (one-off), 150 mm
minimum permissible
• at 850 nm 3.1 dB/km
Bending radius for repeated 150 mm
• at 1300 nm 0.8 dB/km bending, minimum permissible
Bandwidth length product Bending radius for continuous -
• at 850 nm 200 Mhz*km bending
• at 1300 nm 600 Mhz*km Number of bending cycles 100 000
Mechanical data Ambient temperature
Number of fibers 2 • during installation -30 … +60 °C
per fiber-optic cable • during operation -30 … +60 °C
Number of fibers 1 • during storage -30 … +70 °C
Number of fibers 2
per fiber-optic cable Transmission link for 1000BaseLX -
Number of conductors 2 Transmission link for 1000BaseSX -
in fiber-optic cable
Fire behavior -
Design of optical fibers Multi-mode gradient fiber
62.5/125 mm Radiological resistance to UV Yes
radiation
Design of optical fiber core Hollow core, filled
Product property
Type of fiber-optic cable Segmentable outer conductor
• halogen-free Yes
Material
• impact-resistant No
• of the FOC core sheath PUR
• of the fiber-optic cable sheath PUR
Marine classification association -
• of the strain relief Aramid fibers,
also GFK central element
Color
• of the FOC core sheath black
• of the fiber-optic cable sheath black
Outer diameter of the FOC core 3.5 mm
sheath
• Lower dimension 3.3 mm
• Upper dimension 3.7 mm
Outer diameter of the cable 12.9 mm
• Lower dimension -
• Upper dimension -

© Siemens AG 2008

FO Standard Cable GP 50/125 2) FO Trailing Cable 50/125 2)
Sold by the meter; 6XV1 873-2A Sold by the meter; 6XV1 873-2C
max. length 1000 m; max. length 1000 m;
minimum order 20 m;
2
minimum order 20 m;
Preferred lengths 1) Preferred lengths 1)
pre-assembled preassembled
with 4 BFOC connectors with 4 BFOC connectors
•3m 6XV1 873-3CH30
• 0.5 m 6XV1 873-3AH05
•5m 6XV1 873-3CH50
•1m 6XV1 873-3AH10
• 10 m 6XV1 873-3CN10
•2m 6XV1 873-3AH20
• 20 m 6XV1 873-3CN20
•3m 6XV1 873-3AH30
• 50 m 6XV1 873-3CN50
•5m 6XV1 873-3AH50 • 100 m 6XV1 873-3CT10
• 10 m 6XV1 873-3AN10 Preferred lengths 1)
• 15 m 6XV1 873-3AN15 preassembled
with 4 SC connectors
• 20 m 6XV1 873-3AN20
•3m 6XV1 873-6CH30
• 30 m 6XV1 873-3AN30 •5m 6XV1 873-6CH50
• 40 m 6XV1 873-3AN40 • 10 m 6XV1 873-6CN10
• 50 m 6XV1 873-3AN50 • 20 m 6XV1 873-6CN20
• 80 m 6XV1 873-3AN80 • 50 m 6XV1 873-6CN50
• 100 m 6XV1 873-3AT10 • 100 m 6XV1 873-6CT10
• 150 m 6XV1 873-3AT15 FO Trailing Cable GP 50/125 2)
• 200 m 6XV1 873-3AT20 Sold by the meter; 6XV1 873-2D
max. length 1000 m;
• 300 m 6XV1 873-3AT30 minimum order 20 m;
pre-assembled preassembled
with 4 SC connectors with 4 BFOC connectors
• 0.5 m 6XV1 873-6AH05 •3m 6XV1 873-3DH30
•1m 6XV1 873-6AH10 •5m 6XV1 873-3DH50

• 10 m 6XV1 873-3DN10
•2m 6XV1 873-6AH20
• 20 m 6XV1 873-3DN20
•3m 6XV1 873-6AH30
• 50 m 6XV1 873-3DN50
•5m 6XV1 873-6AH50
• 100 m 6XV1 873-3DT10
• 10 m 6XV1 873-6AN10 1)
Preferred lengths
• 15 m 6XV1 873-6AN15 preassembled
• 20 m 6XV1 873-6AN20
•3m 6XV1 873-6DH30
• 30 m 6XV1 873-6AN30
•5m 6XV1 873-6DH50
• 40 m 6XV1 873-6AN40
• 10 m 6XV1 873-6DN10
• 50 m 6XV1 873-6AN50 • 20 m 6XV1 873-6DN20
• 80 m 6XV1 873-6AN80 • 50 m 6XV1 873-6DN50
• 100 m 6XV1 873-6AT10 • 100 m 6XV1 873-6DT10
• 150 m 6XV1 873-6AT15 FO Ground Cable 50/125 2)
• 200 m 6XV1 873-6AT20 Sold by the meter; 6XV1 873-2G
max. length 2000 m;
• 300 m 6XV1 873-6AT30 minimum order 20 m;
FO FRNC Cable 50/125 2) Preferred lengths 1)
Sold by the meter; 6XV1 873-2B pre-assembled
max. length 1000 m; with 4 BFOC connectors
minimum order 20 m; • 100 m 6XV1 873-3GT10
• 200 m 6XV1 873-3GT20
• 300 m 6XV1 873-3GT30
Preferred lengths 1)
pre-assembled
• 100 m 6XV1 873-6GT10
• 200 m 6XV1 873-6GT20
• 300 m 6XV1 873-6GT30
1)
Special fiber-optic cables, lengths and accessories available on request
2) Special tools and specially trained personnel are required for

© Siemens AG 2008

Standard FIBER OPTIC CABLE Accessories
(62.5/125), segmentable 2)
BFOC connector set 6GK1 901-0DA20-0AA0
Sold by the meter; 6XV1 820-5AH10
For standard, ground, trailing or
2
max. length 2000 m;
minimum order 20 m indoor FIBER OPTIC CABLES,
20 units
pre-assembled SIMATIC NET Manual Collection 6GK1 975-1AA00-3AA0
with 4 BFOC plugs Electronic manuals
•1m 6XV1 820-5BH10 for communication systems,
•2m 6XV1 820-5BH20 and communication products;
on DVD;
•3m 6XV1 820-5BH30 German/English
•4m 6XV1 820-5BH40 1)
•5m 6XV1 820-5BH50 2)
• 10 m 6XV1 820-5BN10 pre-assembling glass fiber-optic cables
• 15 m
• 20 m
6XV1 820-5BN15
6XV1 820-5BN20
• 30 m 6XV1 820-5BN30
You can order components supplementary to the SIMATIC NET
cabling range from your local contact.
• 40 m 6XV1 820-5BN40 Technical advice on this subject is available from:
• 50 m 6XV1 820-5BN50 J. Hertlein, A&D SE PS
Tel.: +49(0)911/750 44 65
• 55 m 6XV1 820-5BN55 Fax: +49(0)911/750 99 91
• 60 m 6XV1 820-5BN60 E-mail: juergen.hertlein@siemens.com
• 65 m 6XV1 820-5BN65
• 70 m 6XV1 820-5BN70
• 75 m 6XV1 820-5BN75
• 80 m 6XV1 820-5BN80
• 100 m 6XV1 820-5BT10
• 120 m 6XV1 820-5BT12
• 130 m 6XV1 820-5BT13
• 150 m 6XV1 820-5BT15
• 200 m 6XV1 820-5BT20
• 250 m 6XV1 820-5BT25
• 300 m 6XV1 820-5BT30
INDOOR FIBER OPTIC CABLE
max. length 2000 m;
minimum order 20 m
Preferred lengths;
pre-assembled
with 4 BFOC connectors
• 0.5 m 6XV1 820-7BH05
•1m 6XV1 820-7BH10
•2m 6XV1 820-7BH20
•3m 6XV1 820-7BH30
•5m 6XV1 820-7BH50
• 10 m 6XV1 820-7BN10
• 15 m 6XV1 820-7BN15
• 20 m 6XV1 820-7BN20
• 25 m 6XV1 820-7BN25
• 50 m 6XV1 820-7BN50
• 75 m 6XV1 820-7BN75
• 100 m 6XV1 820-7BT10

© Siemens AG 2008
POF and PCF fiber-optic cables
Different types of POF and PCF fiber optic cables are offered:
POF fiber optic cables
2
Rugged round cables with green outer sheath and Kevlar strain
relief elements as well as two plastic fibers with rugged Polyamid
inner sheath for applications indoors/outdoors with cable
lengths up to 50 m. The cables are suitable for assembly in the
field.
• POF Standard Cable GP (General Purpose);
for applications indoor/outdoors
• POF Trailing Cable;
for trailing cable applications
outer sheath
strain relief using
aramide yarn
• Electrical isolation of PROFINET/Ethernet devices
• Protection of the transmission path against electromagnetic
interference
ndard Cable
• Up to 50 m cable length with plastic fiber optic cables and up POF Sta
to 100 m with PCF fiber optic cables
• Rugged fiber-optic standard cables, designed for industrial
applications
G_IK10_XX_10179
• Extensive approvals (UL) POF fiber single core sheath
■ Benefits
PCF fiber optic cables
Rugged round cables with green outer sheath and Kevlar strain
relief elements for applications indoor/outdoors with cable
• Plastic and PCF fiber optic cables can be pre-assembled on lengths up to 100 m. The cables are suitable for assembly in the
site field.
• Easy connector assembly on site • PCF Standard Cable GP (General Purpose);
• Time savings on start-up thanks to pre-assembled cables for applications indoor/outdoors with cable lengths up to
• Protection of the transmission path against electromagnetic 100 m.
interference • PCF fiber-optic trailing cable;
• Tap-proof, because the cable does not radiate for trailing cable applications with cable lengths of up to
100 m. The cable is suitable for assembly in the field.
■ Application The following cable versions are available:
- PCF Trailing Cable;
SIMATIC NET POF and PCF fiber optic cables are used to con- cable for high mechanical stress, PUR outer sheath,
struct optical indoor PROFINET and Industrial Ethernet net- no UL approval
works. Devices with integral optical interface (SC RJ connection - PCF Trailing Cable GP (general purpose);
system) are, for example, SCALANCE X200-4P IRT, SCALANCE cable for low mechanical stress, PVC outer sheath,
X201-3P IRT, SCALANCE X202-2P IRT, SCALANCE X101-1POF, with UL approval
ET 200S.
POF and PCF fiber optic cables can be assembled easily on site
with SC RJ plugs. The maximum cable length between two
devices is 50 m for POF and 100 m for PCF fiber-optic cables.
PCF cables are also available preassembled with 2 SC RJ
plugs. outer sheath
support element
single core sheath

ble
iling Ca
PCF Tra
fleece wrapping
with strain relief
strain relief elements
G_IK10_XX_10031
using aramide
PCF fiber yarn
hollow core

© Siemens AG 2008
Order No. 6XV1 874-2A 6XV1 874-2B
Product type description POF Standard Cable GP 980/1000 POF Trailing Cable 980/1000
Suitability for use For fixed routing indoors For moving applications (e.g. trailing cables)
Type of assembled fiber-optic cable Sold by the meter Sold by the meter 2
Designation of fiber-optic cable I-V4Y(ZN)Y 2P980/1000 I-V4Y(ZN)11Y 2P980/1000 FLEX UL
Electrical data
Attenuation per length at 650 nm 160 dB/km 180 dB/km
maximum
Bandwidth length product at 10 MHz*100 m 10 MHz*100 m
650 nm
Mechanical data
Number of fibers 2 2
Design of optical fibers POF-FOC 980/1000 μm POF-FOC 980/1000 μm
Material
• of the FOC core sheath PA PA
• of the fiber-optic cable sheath PVC PUR
• of the strain relief Kevlar fibers Kevlar fibers
Color
Outer diameter
• of the fiber-optic cable core 980 μm 980 μm
• of the optical fiber sheath 1000 μm 1000 μm
• of the FOC core sheath 2.2 mm 2.2 mm
- Upper dimension 2.21 mm 2.21 mm
- Lower dimension 2.19 mm 2.19 mm
• of the cable 7.8 mm 8 mm
- Upper dimension 7.83 mm -
- Lower dimension 7.77 mm -
Bending radius
Number of bending cycles - 5000000
Ambient temperature
• during installation 0 … 50 °C 5 … 50 °C
Chemical resistance
• to ASTM oil 2 conditional resistance resistant
Radiological resistance to UV Yes Yes
radiation
Product property
• halogen-free No No
Fire behavior Flame retardant acc. to IEC 60332-1 -
• UL Approval Yes/OFN(NEC Article 770, UL 1651) Yes/UL-758 AWM Style 5422
• CSA approval Yes/OFN (CSA C22.2 No. 232) No

© Siemens AG 2008

PCF cables suitable for on-site assembly
Order No. 6XV1 861-2A 6XV1 861-2C 6XV1 861-2D
Product type description PCF Standard Cable GP PCF Trailing Cable PCF Trailing Cable GP
2 Suitability for use For permanent indoor and outdoor
installation
For moving applications For moving applications
Type of assembled fiber-optic cable Sold by the meter Sold by the meter Sold by the meter
Designation of fiber-optic cable ATI-V(ZN)YY 2K200/230 AT-V(ZN)Y(ZN)11Y 2K200/230 AT-V(ZN)Y(ZN)Y 2K200/230
Electrical data
Attenuation per length at 660 nm 10 dB/km 10 dB/km 10 dB/km
maximum
Bandwidth length product at 650 nm 17 MHz * km 17 MHz * km 17 MHz * km
Mechanical data
Number of fibers per fiber-optic cable 2 2 2
Design of optical fibers Step Index 200/230 Step Index 200/230 Step Index 200/230
Material
• of the fiber-optic cable core Fused silica Fused silica Fused silica
• of the optical fiber sheath Special polymer Special polymer Special polymer
• of the fiber-optic cable sheath PVC PUR PVC
• of the FOC core sheath PVC PVC PVC
Color
• of the fiber-optic cable sheath green green green
Outer diameter
• of the fiber-optic cable core 200 μm 200 μm 200 μm
• of the optical fiber sheath 230 μm 230 μm 230 μm
- Upper dimension 2.21 mm 2.21 mm 2.21 mm
- Lower dimension 2.19 mm 2.19 mm 2.19 mm
• of the cable 7.2 mm 8.8 mm 8.8 mm
Bending radius
• for repeated bending, minimum per- 105 mm 175 mm 175 mm
missible
• for one-off bending, minimum per- 105 mm 130 mm 130 mm
missible
Number of bending cycles - 5000000 5000000
Continuous lateral force per length 300 N/cm 300 N/cm 300 N/cm
Momentary lateral force per length 500 N/cm 500 N/cm 500 N/cm
Ambient temperature

© Siemens AG 2008

Fire behavior Flame retardant to IEC 60332-1 - Flame retardant to IEC 60332-1
Chemical resistance 2
• to ASTM oil 2 conditional resistance resistant conditional resistance
• to mineral oil conditional resistance resistant conditional resistance
• to water - - -
Radiological resistance to UV Yes Yes Yes
radiation
Product property
• halogen-free - - -
• UL Approval Yes/OFN - Yes/OFN
• CSA approval Yes/ OFN, 90°C, FT1, FT4 (CSA- - Yes/ OFN, 90°C, FT1, FT4 (CSA-
Standard C22.2 No232-M1988) Standard C22.2 No232-M1988)

POF Standard Cable GP 6XV1 874-2A Termination Kit SC RJ POF Plug 6GK1 900-0ML00-0AA0
980/1000
Assembly case for local assembly
POF standard cable for fixed of SC RJ connectors, comprising
routing indoors, with PVC sheath; a stripping tool, Kevlar scissors,
sold by the meter microscope, grinding paper and
grinding base
POF Trailing Cable 980/1000 6XV1 874-2B
IE SC RJ POF Plug 6GK1 900-0MB00-0AC0
POF trailing cable with rugged
PUR sheath; Screw connector for local
sold by the meter assembly on POF FOC
(1 pack = 20 items)
PCF Standard Cable GP 200/230
IE SC RJ POF refill set 6GK1 900-0MN00-0AA0
Standard cable, segmentable, 6XV1 861-2A
sold by the meter; Refill set for Termination Kit
max. quantity 2000 m; SC RJ POF Plug consisting of
minimum order 20 m; grinding paper and grinding base
(set of 5)
PCF Trailing Cable 200/230
Termination Kit SC RJ PCF Plug 6GK1 900-0NL00-0AA0
Trailing cable, segmentable, 6XV1 861-2C
sold by the meter; Assembly case for local assembly
max. quantity 2000 m; of SC RJ connectors,
minimum order 20 m; comprising a stripping tool, buffer
stripping tool, Kevlar scissors,
PCF Trailing Cable GP 200/230 fiber breaking tool, microscope
Trailing cable, segmentable, 6XV1 861-2D Industrial Ethernet SC RJ PCF 6GK1 900-0NB00-0AC0
sold by the meter; Plug
max. length 2000 m;
minimum order quantity 20 m; Screw connector for local assem-
bly on POF FOC
(1 pack = 10 items)
products; on DVD;
German/English
Technical advice on this subject is available from:
J. Hertlein A&D SE PS
Tel.: +49(0)911/750 44 65
Fax: +49(0)911/750 99 91
Email: juergen.hertlein@siemens.com

© Siemens AG 2008
POF/PCF FOC termination kit
2 outer sheath
strain relief using
aramide yarn
able
ndard C
POF Sta
G_IK10_XX_10179
POF fiber single core sheath
Cable construction POF plastic optical fiber

• Compact, rugged assembly case for POF and PCF fiber-optic
cables
• Special versions for easy assembly of SC RJ plugs on POF
and PCF fiber-optic cables
• The quality of the assembly can be checked using the en-
closed microscope. outer sheath
support element
■ Benefits single core sheath
ble
iling Ca
PCF Tra
fleece wrapping
• Easy installation of the unassembled cables in industrial with strain relief
plants strain relief elements
G_IK10_XX_10031
using aramide
• Flexible assembly of connectors on POF and PCF fiber optic PCF fiber yarn
cables on site (SC RJ connectors)
hollow core
• Mistakes are prevented with easy visual inspection of the as-
sembled connector on site using a microscope
Cable construction PCF plastic optical fiber
• Simple repair of POF and PCF fiber optic cables in the field
■ Application The kit is available in assembly cases for on-site installation of

SC RJ connectors on PCF plastic optical fiber.
SIMATIC NET POF and PCF fiber optic cables are used to con- It consists of a stripping tool, buffer stripping tool, Kevlar
struct optical indoor and outdoor Ethernet/PROFINET networks. scissors, fiber breaking tool and microscope.
They are easy to assemble on-site with the Termination Kits and
2 x 2 RJ connectors. The maximum cable length between two
Ethernet/PROFINET devices is 100 m for PCF and 50 m for POF
fiber optic cables.
Ethernet/PROFINET devices with integral optical interface
(SC RJ connection system) are e.g. SCALANCE X-200P IRT,
ET200S.

© Siemens AG 2008
POF/PCF FOC termination kit

Termination Kit SC RJ POF 6GK1 900-0ML00-0AA0 You can order components supplementary to the SIMATIC NET
Plug cabling range from your local contact.
Assembly case for on-site instal- Technical advice on this subject is available from:
2
lation of SC RJ POF connectors;
consisting of stripping tool, Kevlar Tel.: +49(0)911/750 44 65
cutters, SC RJ grinding plate, Fax: +49(0)911/750 99 91
grinding paper, grinding base Email: juergen.hertlein@siemens.com
and microscope
of SC RJ POF connectors,
comprising a stripping tool, buffer
stripping tool, Kevlar cutters,
fiber breaking tool, microscope
Accessories
20 plugs for on-site assembly
IE SC RJ PCF Plug 6GK1 900-0NB00-0AC0
10 plugs for on-site assembly
IE SC RJ POF refill set 6GK1 900-0MN00-0AA0
Refill set for Termination Kit SC RJ
POF Plug consisting of grinding
paper and grinding plate
(set of 5)

© Siemens AG 2008
Industrial Ethernet Switches
Overview
■ Overview
1HWZRUNFRPSRQHQWV6&$/$1&(; &60&RPSDFW ,QWHJUDWHGVZLWFKIXQFWLRQ
6ZLWFK0RGXOH FRPPXQLFDWLRQVSURFHVVRUV
2 35
2)
,1(
7
&3
&3
$GDYDQFHG
;
$GYDQFHG *LJDSRUW
*LJDSRUW
&RQWURO/HYHO
&3
;( ;
7
,1(
2)
35
;
; ;/+ ; ;

;/' ;/+ ;)( ;/'
7
,1(
2)
35
;
&3 &3
&3/HDQ
;352 ; ; ; ; ; ;
;/' ;/' ;/'
7
,1(
2)
35
;,57
)LHOG/HYHO
;,57 ;,57 ;3,57 ;3,57 ;3,57 ;,57 ;3

352 ,57352
7
,1(
2)
35
&60 &3 &3
;
; ; ; ; ; ;
7
,1(
2)
*B,.B;;B
35
;
;
DGGLWLRQDOO\VXSSRUWV352),1(7GLDJQRVWLFV
Overview of SCALANCE X Industrial Ethernet switches and components with switch functionality
1HWZRUNFRPSRQHQW &60 ,QWHJUDWHGVZLWFKIXQFWLRQ
&RQVWUXFWLRQRIQHWZRUNVZLWKDQ\XQLYHUVDO 6,0$7,&DFFHVVRULHV 2SWLPXPVROXWLRQIRUFRQVWUXFWLRQRIORZFRVW

WRSRORJLHV /RZFRVWVROXWLRQDWHQWU\OHYHO OLQHDQGULQJWRSRORJLHVSUHGRPLQDQWO\DW
0DQDJHPHQWIXQFWLRQDOLW\DGDSWHGWRWKH ,QWHJUDWLRQLQWRFRUUHVSRQGLQJ6,0$7,&IDPLO\ PDFKLQHOHYHO
DSSOLFDWLRQ %DVLFIXQFWLRQVIRUPRQLWRULQJGLDJQRVLVRIWKH
2SWLPL]HGSURGXFWVIRUGLIIHUHQWDSSOLFDWLRQV QHWZRUN%DVLF0DQDJHG
:LGHYDULHW\RIW\SHVRUIXQFWLRQDOLW\GHVLJQDQG ,PSOHPHQWDWLRQRIVSDUHLQWHUIDFHVHJLQ
SRUWYHUVLRQV FDVHRIPDLQWHQDQFHRUVLPSOHH[SDQVLRQ
LQFOXGLQJILEHURSWLFYHUVLRQV ,QWHJUDWLRQLQWRDKRVWV\VWHP
5XJJHGKRXVLQJ 6ZLWFKLQJDVDX[LOLDU\IXQFWLRQ
6ZLWFKLQJDQGQHWZRUNVWUXFWXULQJDVPDLQ 6,0$7,&DFFHVVRULHV
*B,.B;;B
IXQFWLRQ

© Siemens AG 2008
Overview
7\SHDQGQXPEHURISRUWV
7\SHRI
PRGXOH
Modules/CP
s for
SIMATIC
S7-300
CPs for
SIMATIC
S7-400
CPs for
PG/PC
1) additionally connectable by means of multimode media modules 3) with extender module

2) additionally connectable by means of singlemode media modules 4) additionally connectable by means of single or
1) and 2) no more than two 100 Mbit/s media modules can be connected multimode media modules with SC connection
SCALANCE X Industrial Ethernet switches and components with switch functionality – Port configuration

© Siemens AG 2008
Overview
+DUGZDUH
Type of device
Connection to S7 backplane bus

2
Local display (SET pushbutton)

Rugged, compact housing
Redundant power supply

SIMATIC environment
External supply for

Format module S7
integrated switch
Gigabit Ethernet
Modular design
Signal contact
LED diagnosis
(2 x 24 V DC)
C-PLUG slot
PC module
k k k k k k k k
k k k k k k k k
k k k k k k k k
k k k k k k k
k k k k k k k k
k k k k k k k k
k k k k k k k k
k k k k k k k k
k k k k k k k k
k k k k k k k k
k k k k k k k
k k k k k k k
k k k k k k k
k k k k k k k
k k k k k k k
k k k k k k k
k k k k k k k
k k k k k k k
k k k k k k k
k k k k k k k
k k k k k k k
k k k k k k k
k k k k k k k
k k k k k k k
k k k k k k k
k k k k k k k
k k k k k k k
k k k k k k
k k k k k k
k k k k k k
k k k k k k
k k k k k k
k k k k k k
k k k
k applies
Overview of the functions of the SCALANCE X Industrial Ethernet switches – Hardware

© Siemens AG 2008
Overview
+DUGZDUH
Type of device
Connection to S7 backplane bus

2
Local display (SET pushbutton)

Rugged, compact housing
Redundant power supply

SIMATIC environment
External supply for

Format module S7
integrated switch
Gigabit Ethernet
Modular design
Signal contact
LED diagnosis
(2 x 24 V DC)
C-PLUG slot
PC module
Module k k k k
CPs for SIMATIC k k k k k
S7-300 k k k k k
k k k k k k k
CPs for SIMATIC k k k k
S7-400
k k k k k k
CPs for PG/PC k k k k k
k k k
k k k
k applies 1) 3.3/12 V DC using PCle interface, 12 - 24 V DC over external power supply
Overview of the functions of the Industrial Ethernet components with switch functionality – Hardware

© Siemens AG 2008
Overview
6RIWZDUH
Type of device
VRRP, Router Redundancy (Virtual Router

Ring redundancy incl. RM functionality
Broadcast/Multicast/Unicast Limiter
Command Line Interface / Telnet
Forward Clock Synchronization
OSPFv2 (Dynamic Routing)

Configuration with STEP 7
Access Control List (MAC)

Web-based management
RIPv2 (Dynamic Routing)

Topology support (LLDP)
Redundancy Protocol)
(SNTP, NTP, SICLOCK)
IEEE 802.1x (Radius)

Standby redundancy
PROFINET diagnosis
Broadcast Blocking
Link Aggregation
Passive listening
Static Routing
IRT capability
IP Access List
SNMP
k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k
k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k k
k k k k k k k k k k
k k k k k k k k k k
k k k k k k k k k k
k k k k k k k k k k
k k k k k k k k k k
k k k k k k k k k k
k k k k k k k k k k
k k k k k k k k
k k k k k k k k
k k k k k k k k
k k k k k k k k
k k k k k k k k
k k k k
k k k k k k k k
k k k k k k k k
k k k k k k k k
k k k k k k k k
k applies
Overview of the functions of the SCALANCE X Industrial Ethernet switches – Software

PG/PC
CPs for
CPs for
CPs for
S7-400
S7-300
Module
SIMATIC
SIMATIC
k applies
Type of device
PROFINET diagnosis
k k
k k
k k
k k
k k
k k
k k
Topology support (LLDP)
Command Line Interface / Telnet
6RIWZDUH
Web-based management
Configuration with STEP 7
k k k
k k k
k k
k k k
k k k
SNMP
k k k k
k k k k
k k k k
Ring redundancy incl. RM functionality
Standby redundancy
IRT capability
k k
k k
k
k
k
Passive listening
© Siemens AG 2008
Forward Clock Synchronization
k
k
k
k
k
k
(SNTP, NTP, SICLOCK)
Overview of the functions of the Industrial Ethernet components with switch functionality – Software
Broadcast/Multicast/Unicast Limiter
Broadcast Blocking
1) Port diagnosis possible by means of integrated web server

k
k
k
k
k
IP Access List
Access Control List (MAC)
IEEE 802.1x (Radius)
k
k
Link Aggregation
Static Routing
RIPv2 (Dynamic Routing)
OSPFv2 (Dynamic Routing)

VRRP, Router Redundancy (Virtual Router
Redundancy Protocol)
2/103
Overview
2
© Siemens AG 2008
Compact Switch Module CSM 377
2 • Quick and easy connection of a SIMATIC S7-300 or ET 200M

to electrical Industrial Ethernets in linear, tree or star structures
by means of three additional RJ45 sockets
• Ideal solution for the implementation of small local Ethernets
with a SIMATIC S7-300 station
• Secure data communication by means of industry standard
device connection with PROFINET-compliant connector
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 and latching of the connector to the
enclosure to provide additional strain relief
• Low-maintenance operation thanks to fanless construction
• Quick and easy diagnosis by means of LEDs on the device
• Use of uncrossed connection cables possible by means of
integrated autocrossover function
• For the connection of a SIMATIC S7-300 with integral ■ Application

PROFINET interface or with an Industrial Ethernet CP or
• For the economical construction of small, electrical Industrial
ET 200M to an Industrial Ethernet in an electrical linear, tree or
Ethernets with star, tree and linear structures using a SIMATIC
star structure
S7-300 or ET 200M
• As many as three additional nodes can be connected
• As an unmanaged switch, the CSM 377 is used for integrating ■ Design
small machines into existing automation networks or for the
standalone operation of the machines The compact switch module CSM 377 features all the
• Simple, space-saving attachment to S7-300 mounting rail due advantages of the SIMATIC S7-300 design:
to design as single-width module in S7-300 format • Compact construction;
• Economical solution for the implementation of small, local the rugged plastic enclosure features the following on the front
Ethernet networks panel:
- 4 x RJ45 sockets for the connection to Industrial Ethernet
• Rugged, industry-standard node connections with PROFINET- (support collar)
compliant RJ45 connectors that latch onto the enclosure to - 1 x 2-pin pluggable terminal strip for the connection of the
offer additional strain and bending relief external 24 VDC power supply
- LED indicators for diagnosis and status indication of the
Industrial Ethernet ports
• 10/100BaseTX;
automatic detection of the data rate with autosensing and
autocrossover function for the connection of IE FC cables by
means of IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 up to 100 m
• Simple mounting;
the CSM 377 switch module is mounted on the mounting rail
of the S7-300. As it has no connection to the backplane bus of
the S7-300 or ET 200M, it must either be inserted at the begin-
ning (first module to the left of the CPU) or at the end (last
module on far right) of the S7-300 station. The connection to
the CPU of the S7-300 is either by means of an Industrial
Ethernet cable or an Industrial Ethernet twisted pair cord.
• Three further Industrial Ethernet interfaces (TP ports) are avail-
able for the connection of additional Ethernet nodes such as
HMI panels or ET 200
• The CSM 377 can be operated without a fan and no backup
battery is necessary
• The module can be replaced without a programming device

© Siemens AG 2008
■ Function
• Connection of a SIMATIC S7-300 to a higher-level electrical Configuration
network in a linear, tree or point-to-point structure
The Compact Switch Module CSM 377 is an unmanaged switch
• Construction of a small local network with one SIMATIC S7-300 and requires no configuration.
2
and three other Ethernet nodes
Diagnostics
Thanks to the switching technology used, the CSM 377 is
suitable for use in PROFINET networks, but offers no additional The following information is indicated on the device by means
PROFINET functions, i.e. no integration into the PROFINET of LEDs:
diagnostics. • Power
Network topology and network configuration • Port status
When configuring the network, it is necessary to observe the • Data traffic
following boundary conditions:
• Length of the TP cable between two nodes:
- max. 100 m with Industrial Ethernet FastConnect cable and
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180; of which no more than 10 m by means
of patching with TP cord
3&ZLWK67(3
6ZLWK
&60DQG
&3
6 (76
(7SUR ZLWK&3 (7SUR
*B,.B;;B
352),1(7
,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW
Connection of SIMATIC S7-300 with CSM 377 to Industrial Ethernet

with linear structure
HMI station
e.g. WinCC flexible
S7-300 with
CP 343-1 Advanced
and CSM 377
352),1(7
Industrial Ethernet
ET 200S
S7-300 S7-300 with

with CSM 377
CP 343-1 and
CP 343-1
S7-400
with CP 443-1, Panel
PC
G_IK10_XX_10224
Industrial PC
with CP 1613 A2/
CP 1623
Construction of a local Industrial Ethernet with SIMATIC S7-300 and

CSM 377 in a point-to-point structure

© Siemens AG 2008

Order No. 6GK7 377-1AA00-0AA0 Compact Switch Module
CSM 377
Product type description CSM 377
Unmanaged switch for the con- 6GK7 377-1AA00-0AA0
Transfer rate
2
nection of a SIMATIC S7-300,
• Transfer rate 1 10 Mbit/s ET200M and as many as three
other nodes to an Industrial Ether-
• Transfer rate 2 100 Mbit/s net operating at 10/100 Mbit/s;
Number of electrical connections 4 x RJ45 ports; external 24 V DC
power supply, LED diagnostics,
• for signaling contact - S7-300 module incl. electronic
equipment manual on CD-ROM
• for network components or 4
terminals Accessories
• for voltage supply 1 IE TP Cord RJ45/RJ45
Electrical connection version TP cable 4 x 2
with 2 RJ45 connectors
• for signaling contact -
• 0.5 m 6XV1 870-3QE50
• for network components or RJ45 socket (10/100 Mbit/s;
terminals half/full duplex) IE FC TP standard cable GP
2 x 2 (Type A)
• for voltage supply 2-pin terminal block
4-core, shielded TP installation 6XV1 840-2AH10
Version of the C-PLUG swap No
medium
FC outlet RJ45/ IE FC RJ45 plug;
Type of supply voltage DC PROFINET-compliant;
with UL approval;
Supply voltage 24 V sold by the meter;
• Maximum 28,8 V max. quantity 1000 m,
minimum order 20 m
• Minimum 19,2 V
IE FC trailing cable 2 x 2 6XV1 840-3AH10
Current consumed 70 mA (Type C)
Effective power loss 4-core, shielded TP installation
• at 24 V DC 1.6 W cable for connection to IE
FC outlet RJ45/ IE FC RJ45 plug
• Maximum - 180/90 for tow chain use;
PROFINET-compliant;
Ambient temperature with UL approval;
• during operation 0 °C … + 60 °C sold by the meter;
• during storage -40 … +70 °C minimum order 20 m
• during transport -40 … +70 °C IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
Maximum relative humidity at 25 °C 95% RJ45 plug connector for Industrial
during operation Ethernet with a rugged metal
Width 40 mm housing and integrated insulation
Height 125 mm necting Industrial Ethernet FC
Depth 118 mm installation cables;
Net weight 200 g components and CPs/CPUs with
Type of fixing DIN rail, S7-300 mounting rail
• 1 pack = 1 unit 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0
Pre-adjusted stripping tool
for the fast stripping of Industrial
Ethernet FC cables
IE FC RJ45 outlet 6GK1 901-1FC00 0AA0
For connecting Industrial Ethernet
FC cables and TP Cords; block
pricing for quantities of more than
10 or 50 units
Electronic manuals
on DVD;
German/English

© Siemens AG 2008
SCALANCE X005 unmanaged
• Ideal solution for configuring Industrial Ethernet line and star

topologies
2
• Space-saving installation in the cabinet thanks to the compact
design in S7-300 format
• Secure data communication by means of industry standard
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 and latching of the connector to the en-
closure to provide additional strain relief
• Installation is possible without a patch field by means of IE FC
RJ45 Plug 180 and IE FC Standard Cable
• Quick and easy diagnosis by means of LEDs on the device
• Use of uncrossed connection cables possible by means of
integrated autocrossover function
• The unmanaged Industrial Ethernet Entry Level Switch • Easy network configuration without runtime calculation
SCALANCE X005 is optimized for low-cost installation of small
Industrial Ethernet networks with 10/100 Mbit/s in a line and
star topology ■ Application
• Five electrical nodes or network connections • For low-cost installation of small, electrical Industrial Ethernet
star and line structures with switching functionality, e.g.
• Rugged metal housing for space-saving cubicle mounting
machine or plant islands
on standard rails, S7-300 DIN rail or for wall mounting
• For installation in the control cabinet
• Rugged, industry-standard station connections with
PROFINET-compatible RJ45 connectors that offer additional
strain relief and bending strain relief thanks to latching on the ■ Design
housing
The SCALANCE Industrial Ethernet switches with a rugged
• Diagnostics on the device by means of LEDs metal housing (IP30) are optimized for mounting on a standard
(power, link status, data communication) rail and an S7-300 DIN rail. Direct wall mounting in different
positions is also possible. Due to the housing dimensions that
correspond to those of the SIMATIC S7-300, the devices are very
well suited for integration into an automation solution using
S7-300 components.
The SCALANCE X005 switch is equipped with:
• Supply voltage (1 x 24 V DC)
• A row of LEDs for displaying status information
(power, link status, data communication)
• 10/100BaseTX, RJ45 port:
RJ45 port, automatic detection of the data rate (10 or
100 Mbit/s), with Autosensing and Autocrossover function
for connecting IE FC cables via IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 over
distances up to 100 m

© Siemens AG 2008
■ Function
• Uncrossed connecting cables can be used due to Autocross-
over function integrated in the ports 3&ZLWK
• Network load disconnection through integral switch function- &3$
&3
2
ality
Network topology and network configuration
The SCALANCE X005 is typically accommodated in one control
cubicle together with the nodes to be connected. It can be op-
erated in small electrical star and line topologies. Network con- 6&$/$1&(
figuration and expansion are easy to implement; there are no lim- 6 ;
itations with the cascading of SCALANCE X005.
When configuring the network, it is necessary to observe the fol- 6
lowing boundary conditions:
&3
• Length of the TP cable between two SCALANCE X switches:
- Max. 100 m with Industrial Ethernet FastConnect products
&3
*B,.B;;B
,3&ZLWK 3DQHO3&
&3$
&3
Star-shaped network topology with SCALANCE X005
3&ZLWK 3&ZLWK
&3$ &3$
&3 &3
3DQHO3&
6 6
&3 &3
6
&3
,3&ZLWK ,3&ZLWK
&3$ &3$
&3 &3
6&$/$1&( 6&$/$1&( 6&$/$1&(

; ; ; *B,.B;;B
,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW
Electrical line topology with SCALANCE X005
Diagnostics
The following information is displayed on site by LEDs:
• Port status
• Data traffic

© Siemens AG 2008
Order No. 6GK5 005-0BA00-1AA3 Order No. 6GK5 005-0BA00-1AA3
Product type description SCALANCE X005 Product type description SCALANCE X005
Transfer rate - Directive
• Transfer rate 1 10 Mbit/s • for C-Tick AS/NZS 2064 (Class A) 2
• Transfer rate 2 100 Mbit/s • for safety of UL UL 60950, CSA C22.2 Nr. 60950
Number of electrical connections Certificate of suitability EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
• for signaling contact - • CE label Yes
• for network components or 5 Marine classification association
terminals
• American Bureau of -
• for voltage supply 1 Shipping (ABS),
Electrical connection version • Bureau Veritas (BV) -
• for network components or RJ45 socket • Det Norske Veritas (DNV) -
terminals (10/100 Mbit/s; TP)
• Germanischer Lloyd (GL) -
• for voltage supply 2-pin terminal block
• Lloyds Register of Shipping (LRS) -
• for signaling contact -
• Nippon Kaiji Kyokai (NK) -
Number of optical ports for
fiber-optic cables
• at 100 Mbit/s - ■ Ordering data Order No.
• at 10 Mbit/s - SCALANCE X005 6GK5 005-0BA00-1AA3
Version of optical port for Industrial Ethernet Switch for
fiber-optic cables 10/100 Mbit/s;
• at 10 Mbit/s - with five 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports
for configuring small star and
• at 100 Mbit/s - line structures
Version of the C-PLUG swap No Accessories
medium
IE FC RJ45 plugs
Type of supply voltage DC
Supply voltage 24 V Ethernet with a rugged metal
• external 24 V displacement contacts for
• Maximum 32 V connecting Industrial Ethernet FC
installation cables
• Minimum 18 V
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
Current consumed 80 mA
Effective power loss components and CPs/CPUs with
• at 24 V DC 2,0 W Industrial Ethernet interface
Ambient temperature • 1 pack = 1 items 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0
• during operation 0 … +65 °C • 1 pack = 10 items 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AB0
• during storage -40 … +80 °C • 1 pack = 50 items 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AE0
• during transport -40 … +80 °C IE FC RJ45 Plug 145
Maximum relative humidity 95% 145° cable outlet; e.g. for

at 25 °C during operation SIMOTION and SINAMICS
Width 40 mm • 1 pack = 1 items 6GK1 901-1BB30-0AA0
Height 125 mm • 1 pack = 10 units 6GK1 901-1BB30-0AB0
Depth 124 mm • 1 pack = 50 units 6GK1 901-1BB30-0AE0
Net weight 550 g

Type of fixing Standard rail, S7-300 rail,
wall mounting
Standard
• for EMI of FM -
• For Ex zone -
• for safety of CSA -
• For emitted interference EN 61000-6-2 (Class A)
• For noise immunity EN 61000-6-4

© Siemens AG 2008
SCALANCE X-100 unmanaged
The switches of the SCALANCE X-100 product line support
the inexpensive construction of Industrial Ethernet line or star
topologies with switching functions. They are designed for oper-
ation in the control cabinet.
2 Product versions
SCALANCE X104-2 / SCALANCE X106-1 / SCALANCE X112-2
• Construction of optical Industrial Ethernet line or star
topologies:
- SCALANCE X104-2;
line or star topologies with 4 electrical ports and 2 optical
ports
- SCALANCE X106-1;
star topologies with 6 electrical ports and 1 optical port
- SCALANCE X112-2;
line or star topologies with 12 electrical ports and 2 optical
ports
• Diagnostics on the device using LEDs (power, link status, data
traffic) and signaling contact (alarm screen form can be set
• The unmanaged Industrial Ethernet switches of the using a button on the device)
SCALANCE X-100 product line are optimized for installing • The four (SCALANCE X104-2), six (SCALANCE X106-1) or
Industrial Ethernet networks with 10/100 Mbit/s in a line and twelve (SCALANCE X112-2) RJ45 sockets are designed to be
star topology industry-compatible with additional holding collars for con-
• Electrical or optical connection to stations or network in accor- nection of the IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
dance with the port type of the devices SCALANCE X108 / SCALANCE X116 / SCALANCE X124
• Rugged metal housing for space-saving cabinet mounting on • Construction of electrical Industrial Ethernet star and line
standard rails, S7-300 DIN rail or for wall mounting topologies
• Rugged, industry-standard station connections with - SCALANCE X108;
PROFINET-compatible RJ45 connectors that offer additional with eight electrical ports
strain relief and bending strain relief thanks to latching on the - SCALANCE X116;
housing with 16 electrical ports
• Redundant power supply - SCALANCE X124;
with 24 electrical ports
• Diagnostics on the device by means of LEDs
(power, link status, data communication) • Diagnostics on the device using LEDs (power, link status, data
traffic) and signaling contact (alarm screen form can be set
• Error signaling contact with easy adjustment using the SET using a button on the device)
button
• The RJ45 sockets are designed to be industry-compatible
with additional holding collars for connection of the
■ Benefits IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
■ Design
The SCALANCE Industrial Ethernet switches with a rugged
• Ideal solution for configuring Industrial Ethernet line and star metal housing are optimized for mounting on a standard rail and
topologies an S7-300 rail. Direct wall mounting in various positions is also
possible. Due to the dimensions of the housing that conform to
• Space-saving installation in the cabinet thanks to the compact those of SIMATIC S7-300, the devices are optimized for integra-
design in S7-300 format tion in an automation solution with S7-300 components.
• Secure data communication by means of industry standard The SCALANCE X-100 switches have:
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 and latching of the connector to the • A 4-pole terminal block for connecting the redundant supply
housing to provide additional strain relief voltage (2 x 24 V DC).
• Installation is possible without a patch field by means of IE FC • A row of LEDs to indicate the status information
RJ45 Plug 180 and IE FC Standard Cable (power, link status, data communication, signaling contact)
• Simple and fast diagnostics via LED on device and signaling • A 2-pole terminal block for connecting the isolated signaling
contact contact
• Low-maintenance operation thanks to fanless construction • A SET button for on-site configuration of the signaling contact
• Use of uncrossed connection cables possible by means of The following port types are available:
integrated autocrossover function • 10/100BaseTX, RJ45 connection;
• Easy network configuration without runtime calculation RJ45 socket, automatic detection of the data rate (10 or
100 Mbit/s), with Autosensing and Autocrossover functions for
connecting IE FC cables using IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 up to
100 m.
• 100BaseFX, BFOC connection technique
BFOC sockets for direct connection to Industrial Ethernet
glass fiber-optic cables up to 3000 m for configuring line and
star topologies.

© Siemens AG 2008
■ Function
• Construction of electrical and optical Industrial Ethernet line or Network topology and network configuration
star topologies
The SCALANCE X-100 switches are typically installed with the
• Use of uncrossed connecting leads is possible due to inte- stations to be connected in a control cabinet. They can be mixed
2
grated auto-crossover function of the ports electrically and optically in star and line topologies.
• Isolation of the load due to integrated switch functions When configuring the network, it is necessary to observe the
• Easy network configuration and network expansion; following boundary conditions:
no limitation of the expansion of the network when switches of • Length of the TP cable between SCALANCE X switches:
the SCALANCE X-100 product line are cascaded - Max. 100 m with Industrial Ethernet FastConnect products
• Length of the fiber-optic cables:
- Max. 3000 m with Industrial Ethernet glass fiber-optic cables
&DELQHW
6ZLWK ,3&ZLWK
&3$GYDQFHG &3$
&3
6ZLWK 03
&3
,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW)&&DEOH[
6ZLWFKHV
6&$/$1&(;
,()&
2XWOHW
5-
,(73&RUG
0ELWV
6,0$7,&)LHOG3*
*B,.B;;B
6ZLWK 6ZLWK 03 ,3&ZLWK
&3 &3 &3$
&3
Star-shaped network topology with SCALANCE X124

© Siemens AG 2008
■ Function (continued)
6ZLWK ,3&ZLWK
2
&3$GYDQFHG &3$
&3
03
6ZLWK&3
6ZLWK&3
6 &DELQHW
03ZLWK
6ZLWK &3 6ZLWK&3 6ZLWK&3
&3$GYDQFHG
6ZLWFK
6&$/$1&(
;
,()& 6ZLWFKHV 6ZLWFKHV
5- 6&$/$1&( 6&$/$1&( 6&$/$1&(
0ELWV
3OXJ[ ; ; ;
PROFINET
Industrial
Ethernet
*B,.B;;B
Industrial Ethernet (Twisted Pair)
Industrial Ethernet (Fiber Optic)
Electrical and optical line topology with SCALANCE X108, SCALANCE X112-2, SCALANCE X104 and SCALANCE X106-1
S7-300 with CP 343-1
Cabinet
ET 200S IE/PB Link

Industrial Ethernet FC Cable 2x2
10/100 Mbit/s
Switch Switch Switch

SCALANCE SCALANCE SCALANCE
X104-2 X104-2 X104-2
PROFIBUS
G_IK10_XX_10099
FC Standard Cable
Industrial Ethernet (Twisted Pair)
Industrial Ethernet (Fiber Optic) ET 200X
Optical line topology with SCALANCE X104-2

© Siemens AG 2008
6&$/$1&(;(
2
)LEHURSWLF
6&$/$1&( 6&$/$1&( 6&$/$1&( 6&$/$1&(

; ; ; ;
(76 (76 (76
6 6 6
6 6
*B,.B;;B
(76 (76 (76 (76
Optical star topology with SCALANCE X106-1
Diagnostics
The following information is displayed by LEDs on site:
• Power
• Port status
• Data traffic
The Industrial Ethernet switches of the SCALANCE X-100 line
can also be monitored over the floating signaling contact.

© Siemens AG 2008
Order No. 6GK5 104-2BB00-2AA3 6GK5 106-1BB00-2AA3 6GK5 108-0BA00-2AA3
Product type description SCALANCE X104-2 SCALANCE X106-1 SCALANCE X108
Transfer rate
2 • Transfer rate 1 10 Mbit/s 10 Mbit/s 10 Mbit/s
• Transfer rate 2 100 Mbit/s 100 Mbit/s 100 Mbit/s
• for signaling contact 1 1 1
• for network components or 4 6 8
terminals
• for redundant voltage supply 1 1 1
• for voltage supply 1 1 1
• for signaling contact 2-pin terminal block 2-pin terminal block 2-pin terminal block
• for network components or RJ45 socket (10/100 Mbit/s; TP) RJ45 socket (10/100 Mbit/s; TP) RJ45 socket (10/100 Mbit/s; TP)
terminals
• for voltage supply 4-pin terminal block 4-pin terminal block 4-pin terminal block
fiber-optic cables
• at 10 Mbit/s - - -
• at 100 Mbit/s 2 1 -
Version of optical port for
fiber-optic cables
• at 10 Mbit/s - - -
• at 100 Mbit/s BFOC sockets (100 Mbit/s) BFOC sockets (100 Mbit/s) -
Version of the C-PLUG swap No No No
medium
Type of supply voltage DC DC DC
Supply voltage 24 V 24 V 24 V
• external 24 V 24 V 24 V
- Maximum 32 V 32 V 32 V
- Minimum 18 V 18 V 18 V
Current consumed 175 mA 150 mA 140 mA
Effective power loss
• at 24 V DC 4.2 W 3.6 W 3.36 W
Ambient temperature
Maximum relative humidity 95% 95% 95%
at 25 °C during operation
Width 60 mm 60 mm 60 mm
Depth 124 mm 124 mm 124 mm
Type of fixing Standard rail, S7-300 rail, Standard rail, S7-300 rail, Standard rail, S7-300 rail,
wall mounting wall mounting wall mounting
Degree of protection IP30 IP30 IP30

© Siemens AG 2008

Order No. 6GK5 104-2BB00-2AA3 6GK5 106-1BB00-2AA3 6GK5 108-0BA00-2AA3
Product type description SCALANCE X104-2 SCALANCE X106-1 SCALANCE X108
Standard
• for EMI of FM FM 3611 FM 3611 FM 3611 2
• For Ex zone EN 50012 EN 50012 EN 50012
• for safety of CSA - - -
• For emitted interference EN 61000-6-4 (Class A) EN 61000-6-4 (Class A) EN 61000-6-4 (Class A)
• For noise immunity EN 61000-6-2 EN 61000-6-2 EN 61000-6-2
Directive
• for C-Tick AS/NZS 2064 (Class A) AS/NZS 2064 (Class A) AS/NZS 2064 (Class A)
• for safety of UL UL 60950-1, UL 60950-1, UL 60950-1,
CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1 CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1 CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
Certificate of suitability EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
• CE label Yes Yes Yes
Marine classification association
• American Bureau Yes Yes Yes
of Shipping Europe Ltd.(ABS)
• Bureau Veritas (BV) - - -
• Det Norske Veritas (DNV) Yes Yes Yes
• Germanischer Lloyd (GL) Yes Yes Yes
• Lloyds Register of Shipping (LRS) Yes Yes Yes
• Nippon Kaiji Kyokai (NK) Yes Yes Yes
Order No. 6GK5 112-2BB00-2AA3 6GK5 116-0BA00-2AA3 6GK5 124-0BA00-2AA3

Product type description SCALANCE X112-2 SCALANCE X116 SCALANCE X124
Transfer rate
• for network components or 12 16 24
terminals
• for network components or RJ45 socket (10/100 Mbit/s; TP) RJ45 socket (10/100 Mbit/s; TP) RJ45 socket (10/100 Mbit/s; TP)
terminals
fiber-optic cables
• at 10 Mbit/s - - -
• at 100 Mbit/s 2 - -
fiber-optic cables
• at 10 Mbit/s - - -
• at 100 Mbit/s BFOC sockets (100 Mbit/s) - -
Version of the C-PLUG swap No No No
medium

© Siemens AG 2008

Order No. 6GK5 112-2BB00-2AA3 6GK5 116-0BA00-2AA3 6GK5 124-0BA00-2AA3
Product type description SCALANCE X112-2 SCALANCE X116 SCALANCE X124
2 Supply voltage 24 V 24 V 24 V
• at 24 V DC 10.8 W 7.2 W 10.8 W
Ambient temperature
Net weight 1100 g 1100 g 1500 g
Standard - - -
• for EMI of FM FM 3611 FM 3611 FM 3611
• For emitted interference EN 61000-6-4 (Class A) EN 61000-6-4 (Class A) EN 61000-6-4 (Class A)
• For noise immunity EN 61000-6-2 (Class A) EN 61000-6-2 (Class A) EN 61000-6-2 (Class A)
Directive
• American Bureau - - -
of Shipping Europe Ltd. (ABS)
• Det Norske Veritas (DNV) - - -
• Germanischer Lloyd (GL) - - -
• Lloyds Register of Shipping (LRS) - - -
• Nippon Kaiji Kyokai (NK) - - -

© Siemens AG 2008

Industrial Ethernet switches Accessories
SCALANCE X-100
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
Industrial Ethernet switches for
2
10/100 Mbit/s, incl. operating
instructions, Industrial Ethernet Ethernet with a rugged metal
network manual and configuration housing and integrated insulation
software on CD-ROM displacement contacts for con-
• SCALANCE X104-2 6GK5 104-2BB00-2AA3 installation cables; with 180°
with four 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 cable outlet; for network compo-
ports and two fiber-optic ports nents and CPs/CPUs with
for constructing line topologies Industrial Ethernet interface
• SCALANCE X106-1 6GK5106-1BB00-2AA3 • 1 pack = 1 unit 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0
with six 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45
ports and one fiber-optic port for • 1 pack = 10 units 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AB0
constructing star topologies • 1 pack = 50 units 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AE0
• SCALANCE X112-2 6GK5 112-2BB00-2AA3
with twelve 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45
ports and two fiber-optic ports
for constructing star topologies
• SCALANCE X108 6GK5 108-0BA00-2AA3
with eight 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45
ports for constructing star
and line topologies
with sixteen 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45
ports for constructing star
and line topologies
with twenty-four 10/100 Mbit/s
RJ45 ports for constructing star
and line topologies

© Siemens AG 2008
SCALANCE X-200 managed
2 • Ideal solution for configuring Industrial Ethernet line, star and

ring topologies
• Reliable data communication thanks to rugged device con-
nection using PROFINET-compatible plug-in cables that offer
additional strain relief and bending strain relief thanks to
latching on the housing.
• High network availability through design of redundant ring
structures (Redundancy Manager integrated, except for
SCALANCE X208PRO)
• Fast and easy diagnosis with LEDs on the device, through the
integral Web server and through signaling contacts
• Integration of the SCALANCE X-200 switches in the existing
network management infrastructure through SNMP access
point
• Easy integration in the process diagnosis and system diagno-
sis with PROFINET
• Configuration and diagnostics integrated into STEP 7 provide
significant benefits during the engineering, start-up and oper-
ating phases of a plant
• Uncrossed connecting cables can be used due to the inte-
• The managed Industrial Ethernet switches of the SCALANCE grated Autocrossover function
X-200 product line are optimized for installing Industrial • Low-maintenance operation thanks to fanless construction
Ethernet networks with 10/100 Mbit/s in a line, star and ring
topology • Module replacement without the need for a programming
device, using the C-PLUG swap media for backing up the
• Integrated redundancy manager for constructing Fast configuration data
Ethernet ring topologies with high-speed media redundancy
(excluding SCALANCE X208 PRO) • Arrangement possible without control cabinet since devices
with high degree of protection IP65
• Electrical or optical connection to stations or network in accor-
dance with the port type of the devices
• High-speed media redundancy through integral redundancy
manager for Fast Ethernet (SCALANCE X-300 switches in the
ring in combination with SCALANCE X-200 switches or
OSM/ESM)
• Rugged metal housing in S7-300 format for mounting on
standard rail, S7-300 standard mounting rail or for direct wall
mounting in various positions
PROFINET-compatible RJ45 connectors that offer additional
strain relief and bending strain relief thanks to latching on the
housing
• Redundant power supply
• Error signaling contact with easy adjustment using the SET
button
• The devices feature PROFINET diagnostics, SNMP access,
integral web server and automatic e-mail sending function for
remote diagnosis and signaling over the network.

© Siemens AG 2008
■ Application
The SCALANCE X-200 Industrial Ethernet switches permit • Switches with electrical ports for configuring electrical Indus-
cost-effective configuration of Industrial Ethernet line, star or ring trial Ethernet line, star or ring topologies:
topologies with switching functionality for networks in which high - SCALANCE X208;
availability or remote diagnostics options are required. The de- with 8 electrical ports for mounting in the control cabinet
vices with degree of protection IP30 have been designed for use
in the control cabinet. The SCALANCE X208PRO, is designed
- SCALANCE X208PRO (degree of protection IP65);
with 8 electrical ports especially for use outside the control
2
to degree of protection IP65 for installation outside the control cabinet (M12 connection system)
cabinet. - SCALANCE X216;
with 16 electrical ports for mounting in the control cabinet
Product versions - SCALANCE X224;
• Switches with electrical and optical ports for glass multimode with 24 electrical ports for mounting in the control cabinet
FOC up to 3 km:
- SCALANCE X204-2; Features:
for setting up optical line or ring topologies with 4 electrical • Device diagnostics with LEDs (power, link status, data com-
ports and 2 optical ports munication)
- SCALANCE X206-1; • Remote diagnosis is possible through signaling contact
for setting up star topologies with 6 electrical ports and (signal mask can be set locally using buttons except with
1 optical port, SCALANCE X208PRO), PROFINET, SNMP and web browser
line or ring topologies with electrical and optical transmission
paths • The RJ45 sockets are industry-standard and feature addi-
- SCALANCE X212-2; tional retaining collars (except for SCALANCE X208PRO), for
for constructing optical line or ring topologies with 12 electri- connection to the IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
cal ports and 2 optical ports • The eight PROFINET-compatible M12 sockets of the
• Switches with electrical and optical ports for glass single SCALANCE X208PRO are designed with degree of protection
mode FOC up to 26 km: IP65 for connection to the IE M12 Plug PRO or the pre-assem-
- SCALANCE X204-2LD; bled IE M12 connecting cable
for constructing optical line or ring topologies with 4 electri- • The SCALANCE X208PRO can be mounted on a DIN rail or
cal ports and 2 optical ports S7-300 rail or direct on the equipment or machine in a space-
- SCALANCE X206-1LD; saving, horizontal or vertical design;
for constructing star topologies with 6 electrical ports and the status information can be read off regardless of the mount-
1 optical port, ing position thanks to the angled LED strip.
line or ring topologies with electrical and optical transmission • Power can also be supplied to the SCALANCE X208PRO
paths from outside the control cabinet from the PS791-1PRO power
- SCALANCE X212-2LD; supply module at 230 V AC.
for constructing optical line or ring topologies with 12 electri-
cal ports and 2 optical ports
6ZLWFKHV 6103:HEEDVHG 'LDJQRVLVRILQGLYLGXDOVZLWFKHV6&$/$1&(;

6&$/$1&(; 0DQDJHPHQW E\PHDQVRIZHEEURZVHUYLD6,0$7,&)LHOG3*

0ELWV
)2ULQJ &DELQHW
603 ,(3%/LQN
6ZLWK ,3&ZLWK
&3$GYDQFHG &3$
6ZLWFK &3
6&$/$1&(
;
,()&
0ELWV
2XWOHW
5- 6ZLWFK 6ZLWFK 6ZLWFK
6&$/$1&( 6&$/$1&( 6&$/$1&(
; ; ;
352),%86
*B,.B;;B
GDWDDFFHVVRYHUWKHQHWZRUN
HOHFWULFDOQHWZRUN )&6WDQGDUG&DEOH
RSWLFDOQHWZRUN
(7;
Diagnostics access over SNMP and Web browser with SCALANCE X208

© Siemens AG 2008
The SCALANCE X-200 Industrial Ethernet switches with a rug- • Configuring electrical and optical Industrial Ethernet line, star
ged metal housing are optimized for mounting on a standard rail and ring topologies
and an S7-300 rail. Direct wall mounting in various positions is • Fast redundancy in the ring with High Speed Redundancy
also possible. With the S7-300 housing format, the devices are
2
(HSR); up to 0.3 seconds for reconfiguration of the ring with
optimized for integration in an automation solution with S7-300 50 switches in the ring
components. • The functioning of the ring is continuously monitored by the
The switches with degree of protection IP30 feature: integrated redundancy manager (with the exception of
• A 4-pole terminal block for connecting the redundant supply SCALANCE X208 PRO). It recognizes failure of a transmission
voltage (2 x 24 V DC) path in the ring or failure of a SCALANCE X-200 and activates
the substitute path within 0.3 seconds
• A row of LEDs to indicate the status information (power, link
status, data exchange, power supply, signaling contact) • Use in ring topologies (100 Mbit/s) together with SCALANCE
X-400, SCALANCE X-300, SCALANCE X-200IRT or OSM
• A 2-pole terminal block for connecting the isolated signaling
contact • Uncrossed connecting cables can be used due to Autocross-
over function integrated in the ports
• A SET button for on-site configuration of the signaling contact
• Load disconnection through integral switch functionality
The SCALANCE X208PRO with degree of protection IP65 • Easy diagnostics using signaling contact, SNMP and Web
features: browser
• 2 x M12 interfaces for connecting the redundant supply • Easy copper cable diagnostics with Web browser for localiz-
voltage (2 x 24 V DC) ing cable breaks
• A row of LEDs to indicate the status information (power, link • Integration into the diagnostics of a PROFINET IO controller
status, data exchange, power supply, signaling contact, with expanded diagnostics functions for a consistent diagnos-
redundancy manager function (excluding SCALANCE X208 tics concept, including network infrastructure
PRO))
• Diagnosis of data traffic by means of a parameterizable mirror
• An M12 interface for connecting the isolated signaling contact port with a standard commercial network analyzer
The SCALANCE X-200 switches are available with the following • Optimized support of PROFINET real-time communication
port types: (RT) through prioritizing
• 10/100BaseTX, RJ45 or M12 connection; • Fast device replacement in the event of a fault by using the op-
RJ45 or M12 socket, automatic detection of the data rate tional C-PLUG swap medium (not included in scope of supply)
(10 or 100 Mbit/s), with Autosensing and Autocrossover func-
tions for connecting IE FC cables using IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 Network topology and network configuration
or IE M12 Plug PRO up to 100 m. The Industrial Ethernet SCALANCE X-200 switches with degree
• 100BaseFX, BFOC connection technique; of protection IP30 are usually installed in a control cabinet to-
BFOC sockets for direct connection to Industrial Ethernet gether with the stations to be connected. Electrical and optical
glass fiber-optic cables up to 3 km (multimode FOC) or up to versions can be installed together in star, line and ring topolo-
26 km (single mode FOC) for configuring line, ring and star gies. The SCALANCE X208PRO is designed for installation
topologies. outside the control cabinet.
When configuring the network, it is necessary to observe the
- Max. 100 m with IE FC cable and IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 or
IE FC M12 Plug PRO
- Max. 10 m using patches with TP cord
• Length of the optical cables
- Max. 3000 m with Industrial Ethernet glass fiber optic cables
(multimode).
- Max. 26000 m with Industrial Ethernet glass fiber optic
cables (single mode).
• IP Address:
The IP address is assigned by means of the DHCP (Dynamic
Host Configuration Protocol). If there is no corresponding
server in the network, the IP address can be assigned using
the supplied software tool PST (Primary Setup Tool) or STEP 7.
The SCALANCE X-200IRT switches and their real-time func-
tions are configured with STEP 7.

© Siemens AG 2008
(7SUR (7SUR
6ZLWK&3
+HDY\JDXJHWKUHDGHGMRLQW
2
2SHUDWRUFRQWURODQGPRQLWRULQJ
)LHOG3*
(76
3RZHU6XSSO\ 6&$/$1&(
,3&ZLWK 36352 ;352
&3
$FFHVV3RLQW
6&$/$1&(
9$& :352
9'&
3RZHU6XSSO\ 0RELOH3DQHO
36352 9'&
*B,.B;;B
,:/$1
9$&
352),1(7
,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW
Star network topology with SCALANCE X208PRO outside the control cabinet and 230 V AC power supply
S7-400
Operator Station PC
6&$/$1&(
;
PROFINET
Industrial Ethernet
SCALANCE SCALANCE SCALANCE SCALANCE

X208 X208 X208 X208
ET 200S
S7-300 S7-300 S7-300
ET 200S
*B,.B;;B
S7-400 S7-400 S7-400
ET 200S ET 200S ET 200S ET 200S
Star topology with SCALANCE X224

© Siemens AG 2008
6
2 2SHUDWRU6WDWLRQ
6 6
3& 6&$/$1&(
; 6
6&$/$1&( 6&$/$1&(
; ;
6
,3&
6&$/$1&(;
3&
,3& 6
6 6
*B,.B;;B
High-speed redundancy in mixed ring with fiber-optic and twisted-pair cables
Commissioning and diagnosis

PROFINET diagnostics alarms from SCALANCE X can be dis- The integral Web server enables configuration and diagnostics
played with the appropriate SIMATIC Engineering Tools and pro- settings to be made using a standard browser (e.g. port config-
cessed in the controller with expanded diagnostics functions. uration). Statistical information can also be read out over the
The engineering outlay for the PLC and HMI have been drasti- Web server (e.g. port capacity utilization).
cally reduced through complete integration in the SIMATIC
concept for system error messages. PROFINET IO diagnostic alarms of SCALANCE X-200 switches
can be displayed using the relevant SIMATIC Engineering Tools
The SCALANCE X-200 Industrial Ethernet switches can also be or also processed in the PLC. The engineering outlay is drasti-
integrated into a network management system through the stan- cally reduced for the PLC and HMI through complete integration
dardized protocol SNMP (Simple Network Management Proto- into the SIMATIC SFM system error signaling concept.
col). In the event of a fault in the device, error messages (SNMP
traps) can be sent to a network system or as e-mail to a specified The following information is displayed on site by LEDs:
network manager. • Power
• Port status
• Data traffic
• Signaling contact
• Redundancy manager function (excluding SCALANCE X208
PRO)
The Industrial Ethernet switches of the SCALANCE X-200 line
can also be monitored using the floating signaling contact.

© Siemens AG 2008
Order No. 6GK5 204-2BB10-2AA3 6GK5 204-2BC10-2AA3 6GK5 206-1BB10-2AA3 6GK5 206-1BC10-2AA3
Product type description SCALANCE X204-2 SCALANCE X204-2LD SCALANCE X206-1 SCALANCE X206-1LD
Transfer rate
• Transfer rate 1 10 Mbit/s 10 Mbit/s 10 Mbit/s 10 Mbit/s 2
• Transfer rate 2 100 Mbit/s 100 Mbit/s 100 Mbit/s 100 Mbit/s
• for signaling contact 1 1 1 1
• for network components or 4 4 6 6
terminals
• for redundant voltage supply 1 1 1 1
• for voltage supply 1 1 1 1
• for signaling contact 2-pin terminal block 2-pin terminal block 2-pin terminal block 2-pin terminal block
• for network components or RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s; TP) RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s; TP) RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s; TP) RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s; TP)
terminals
• for voltage supply 4-pin terminal block 4-pin terminal block 4-pin terminal block 4-pin terminal block
Number of optical ports
for fiber-optic cables
• at 10 Mbit/s - - - -
• at 100 Mbit/s 2 2 1 1
Version of optical port
• at 10 Mbit/s - - - -
• at 100 Mbit/s BFOC sockets BFOC sockets BFOC sockets BFOC sockets
(100 Mbit/s) (100 Mbit/s) (100 Mbit/s) (100 Mbit/s)
Version of the C-PLUG Yes Yes Yes Yes
swap medium
Type of supply voltage DC DC DC DC
Supply voltage 24 V 24 V 24 V 24 V
• external 24 V 24 V 24 V 24 V
- Maximum 32 V 32 V 32 V 32 V
- Minimum 18 V 18 V 18 V 18 V
Current consumed 215 mA 215 mA 200 mA 200 mA
• at 24 V DC 5.16 W 5.16 W 4.8 W 4.8 W
Ambient temperature
• during operation -10 … +60 °C 0 … +60 °C -10 … +60 °C 0 … +60 °C
Maximum relative humidity 95% 95% 95% 95%
Depth 124 mm 124 mm 124 mm 124 mm
Net weight 780 g 780 g 780 g 780 g
Type of fixing Standard rail, Standard rail, Standard rail, Standard rail,
S7-300 rail, wall mounting S7-300 rail, wall mounting S7-300 rail, wall mounting S7-300 rail, wall mounting

© Siemens AG 2008

Order No. 6GK5 204-2BB10-2AA3 6GK5 204-2BC10-2AA3 6GK5 206-1BB10-2AA3 6GK5 206-1BC10-2AA3
Product type description SCALANCE X204-2 SCALANCE X204-2LD SCALANCE X206-1 SCALANCE X206-1LD
Standard
2 • for EMI of FM FM 3611 FM 3611 FM 3611 FM 3611
• For Ex zone EN 50021 EN 50021 EN 50021 EN 50021
• for safety of CSA - - - -
• For emitted interference EN 61000-6-4 Class A EN 61000-6-4 Class A EN 61000-6-4 Class A EN 61000-6-4 Class A
• For noise immunity EN 61000-6-2 EN 61000-6-2 EN 61000-6-2 EN 61000-6-2
Directive
• for C-Tick AS/NZS 2064 (Class A) AS/NZS 2064 (Class A) AS/NZS 2064 (Class A) AS/NZS 2064 (Class A)
• for safety of UL UL 60950-1, UL 60950-1, UL 60950-1, UL 60950-1,
CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1 CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1 CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1 CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
Certificate of suitability EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-2,
EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-4
• CE label Yes Yes Yes Yes
• American Bureau Yes Yes Yes Yes
• Bureau Veritas (BV) Yes Yes Yes Yes
• Det Norske Veritas (DNV) Yes Yes Yes Yes
• Germanischer Lloyd (GL) Yes Yes Yes Yes
• Lloyds Register of Shipping (LRS) Yes Yes Yes Yes
• Nippon Kaiji Kyokai (NK) Yes Yes Yes Yes
Order No. 6GK5 212-2BB00-2AA3 6GK5 212-2BC00-2AA3

Product type description SCALANCE X212-2 SCALANCE X212-2LD
Transfer rate
• Transfer rate 1 10 Mbit/s 10 Mbit/s
• for signaling contact 1 1
• for network components 12 12
or terminals
• for redundant voltage supply 1 1
• for voltage supply 1 1
• for signaling contact 2-pin terminal block 2-pin terminal block
• for network components RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s; TP) RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s; TP)
or terminals
• for voltage supply 4-pin terminal block 4-pin terminal block
• at 10 Mbit/s - -
• at 100 Mbit/s 2 2
• at 10 Mbit/s - -
• at 100 Mbit/s BFOC sockets (100 Mbit/s) BFOC sockets (100 Mbit/s)
Version of the C-PLUG Yes Yes
swap medium

© Siemens AG 2008

Type of supply voltage DC DC
Supply voltage 24 V 24 V 2
• external 24 V 24 V
- Maximum 32 V 32 V
- Minimum 18 V 18 V
Current consumed 330 mA 330 mA
• at 24 V DC 7.92 W 7.92 W
Ambient temperature
• during operation 0 … +60 °C 0 … +60 °C
Maximum relative humidity 95% 95%
Width 120 mm 120 mm
Height 125 mm 125 mm
Depth 124 mm 124 mm
Net weight 1200 g 1200 g
Type of fixing Standard rail, S7-300 rail, wall mounting Standard rail, S7-300 rail, wall mounting
Degree of protection IP30 IP30
Standard
• for EMI of FM FM 3611 FM 3611
• For Ex zone EN 50021 EN 50021
• for safety of CSA - -
• For emitted interference EN 61000-6-4 Class A EN 61000-6-4 Class A
• For noise immunity EN 61000-6-2 EN 61000-6-2
Directive
• for C-Tick AS/NZS 2064 (Class A) AS/NZS 2064 (Class A)
• for safety of UL UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1 UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
Certificate of suitability EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
• CE label Yes Yes
• American Bureau - -
• Bureau Veritas (BV) Yes Yes
• Det Norske Veritas (DNV) Yes Yes
• Germanischer Lloyd (GL) Yes Yes
• Lloyds Register of Shipping (LRS) Yes Yes
• Nippon Kaiji Kyokai (NK) Yes Yes

© Siemens AG 2008

Order No. 6GK5 208-0BA10-2AA3 6GK5 208-0HA00-2AA6 6GK5 216-0BA00-2AA3 6GK5 224-0BA00-2AA3
Product type description SCALANCE X208 SCALANCE X208PRO SCALANCE X216 SCALANCE X224
Transfer rate
2 • Transfer rate 1 10 Mbit/s 10 Mbit/s 10 Mbit/s 10 Mbit/s
• for network components 8 8 16 24
or terminals
• for signaling contact 2-pin terminal block 5-pin M12 interface 2-pin terminal block 2-pin terminal block
• for network components RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s; TP) 4-pole M12 sockets RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s; TP) RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s; TP)
or terminals (10/100 Mbit/s; D-coded)
• for voltage supply 4-pin terminal block 4-pin M12 interface 4-pin terminal block 4-pin terminal block
• at 10 Mbit/s - - - -
• at 100 Mbit/s - - - -
fiber-optic cables
• at 10 Mbit/s - - - -
• at 100 Mbit/s - - - -
swap medium
• external 24 V 24 V 24 V 24 V
- Maximum 32 V 32 V 32 V 32 V
- Minimum 18 V 18 V 18 V 18 V
• at 24 V DC 4.0 W 4.0 W 5.76 W 8.4 W
Ambient temperature
• during operation -20 °C … + 70 °C -20 … +70 °C 0 °C … + 60 °C 0 °C … + 60 °C
Depth 124 mm 124 mm 124 mm 124 mm
Net weight 780 g 1000 g 1200 g 1600 g
Type of fixing Standard rail, S7-300 rail, Standard rail, S7-300 rail, Standard rail, S7-300 rail, Standard rail, S7-300 rail,
wall mounting wall mounting wall mounting wall mounting

© Siemens AG 2008

Order No. 6GK5 208-0BA10-2AA3 6GK5 208-0HA00-2AA6 6GK5 216-0BA00-2AA3 6GK5 224-0BA00-2AA3
Product type description SCALANCE X208 SCALANCE X208PRO SCALANCE X216 SCALANCE X224
Standard
• for EMI of FM FM 3611 FM 3611 FM 3611 FM 3611 2
Directive
CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1 CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1 CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1 CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1
EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-4
• American Bureau Yes Yes Yes Yes
• Det Norske Veritas (DNV) Yes Yes Yes Yes

Industrial Ethernet Switches • With electrical and optical ports
SCALANCE X-200 for glass single mode FOC up to
max. 26 km
Industrial Ethernet switches with
integral SNMP access, online - SCALANCE X204-2LD 6GK5 204-2BC10-2AA3
diagnostics, copper cable diag- with four 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45
nostics and PROFINET diagnos- ports and two long-distance
tics for configuring line, star and fiber-optic ports
ring topologies; with integrated - SCALANCE X206-1LD; 6GK5 206-1BC10-2AA3
redundancy with six 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45
manager (exception: SCALANCE ports and one long-distance
X208PRO); incl. operating fiber-optic port
instructions, Industrial Ethernet - SCALANCE X212-2LD 6GK5 212-2BC00-2AA3
network manual and configuration with twelve 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45
software on CD-ROM ports and two long-distance
• With electrical and optical ports fiber-optic ports
for glass multimode FOC up to • With electrical ports
max. 3 km
- SCALANCE X208; 6GK5 208-0BA10-2AA3
- SCALANCE X204-2 6GK5 204-2BB10-2AA3 with eight 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45
with four 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports
ports and two fiber-optic ports
- SCALANCE X208PRO 6GK5 208-0HA00-2AA6
- SCALANCE X206-1; 6GK5 206-1BB10-2AA3 with eight 10/100 Mbit/s M12
with six 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports, incl. eleven M12 dust
ports and one fiber-optic port protection caps, degree of
- SCALANCE X212-2 6GK5 212-2BB00-2AA3 protection IP65
with 12 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 - SCALANCE X216 6GK5 216-0BA00-2AA3
ports and two fiber-optic ports with sixteen 10/100 Mbit/s
RJ45 ports
- SCALANCE X224 6GK5 224-0BA00-2AA3
with twenty-four 10/100 Mbit/s
RJ45 ports

© Siemens AG 2008

Accessories Accessories (continued)
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 IE M12 Panel Feedthrough
RJ45 plug-in connector for Indus- Control cabinet feedthrough for
2 trial Ethernet with a rugged metal
transition from 4-pole, D-coded
M12 interface (IP65IP67) to RJ45
displacement contacts for con- socket (IP20)
installation cables; with 180° • 1 pack = 5 units 6GK1 901-0DM20-2AA5
cable outlet; for network compo- IE Power M12 6GK1 907-0DC10-6AA3
nents and CPs/CPUs with Indus- Cable Connector PRO
trial Ethernet interface
Socket for connecting
• 1 pack = 1 unit 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0 SCALANCE W-700/SCALANCE
• 1 pack = 10 units 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AB0 X208PRO for 24 V DC supply;
4-pole, A-coded,
• 1 pack = 50 units 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AE0 with installation instructions
IE M12 Plug PRO Signaling Contact M12 6GK1 908-0DC10-6AA3
Cable Connector PRO
M12 plug connector for connec-
tion of Industrial Ethernet FC Socket for connecting
installation cables; 4-pole, SCALANCE X208PRO for signal-
D-coded, metal enclosure, ing contact; 5-pole, B-coded,
degree of protection IP65, with installation instructions
pin insert; 180° cable outlet;
for network components and PS791-1PRO Power Supply 6GK5 791-1PS00-0AA6
Industrial Ethernet stations with AC/DC power supply, 10 W,
degree of protection IP65/IP67 IP65 (-20 … +60°C),
• 1 pack = 1 unit 6GK1 901-0DB20-6AA0 Input: 85 … 265 V AC,
output: 24 V DC, metal housing,
• 1 pack = 8 units 6GK1 901-0DB20-6AA8 Scope of supply: AC power 3+PE
cable connector, DC power cord
IE Connecting Cable M12, installation materials,
M12-180/M12-180 manuals
Pre-assembled IE FC TP trailing German/English
cable GP 2 x 2 (PROFINET C-PLUG 6GK1 900-0AB00
type C) with two 4-pole M12
plugs, 4-pole, D-coded, Swap medium for simple replace-
degree of protection IP65/IP67; ment of devices in the event of a
Length: fault; for storing configuration or
engineering and application data;
• 0.3 m 6XV1 870-8AE30 can be used for SIMATIC NET
• 0.5 m 6XV1 870-8AE50 products with C-PLUG slot
• 1.0 m 6XV1 870-8AH10 SIMATIC NET Manual Collection 6GK1 975-1AA00-3AA0
• 1.5 m 6XV1 870-8AH15 Electronic manuals
• 2.0 m 6XV1 870-8AH20 communication protocols,
• 3.0 m 6XV1 870-8AH30 and communication products;
on DVD;
• 5.0 m 6XV1 870-8AH50 German/English
• 10 m 6XV1 870-8AN10
• 15 m 6XV1 870-8AN15

© Siemens AG 2008
SCALANCE X-200IRT managed
• The ideal solution for constructing isochronous real-time (IRT)

Industrial Ethernet segments especially in line, star and ring
2
topologies with copper and fiber-optic cabling (glass FOC,
PCF FOC, POF FOC)
• Reliable data communication thanks to industry-standard
device connection using PROFINET-compatible plug-in con-
nectors (IE FC RJ45 Plug) that offer additional strain relief and
bending strain relief due to latching on the housing
• High network availability through design of redundant ring
structures (RM integrated)
• Fast and easy diagnosis with LEDs on the device, through the
integral Web server and through signaling contacts
• Integration of the SCALANCE X-200IRT switches in the exist-
ing network management infrastructure through SNMP access
point
• Especially designed for constructing isochronous real-time
(IRT) Industrial Ethernets in line, star and ring topologies with • Easy integration in the process diagnosis and system diagno-
10/100 Mbit/s (Redundancy Manager integrated); construc- sis with PROFINET
tion of redundant ring connections possible • Configuration and diagnostics integrated into STEP 7 provide
• Combination of the switching mechanisms "Cut Through“ and significant benefits during the engineering, start-up and oper-
"Store and Forward“ for optimized performance ating phases of a plant
• Electrical or optical connection to stations or network in accor- • Uncrossed connecting cables can be used due to the inte-
dance with the port type of the devices grated Autocrossover function
• High-speed media redundancy through integral redundancy • Low-maintenance operation thanks to fanless construction
manager for Fast Ethernet (SCALANCE X-300 switches in the • Module replacement without the need for a programming
ring in combination with SCALANCE X-200 switches or device, using the C-PLUG swap media for backing up the
OSM/ESM) configuration data
• Rugged metal enclosure with same dimensions as S7-300 for • Device variants with various degrees of protection (IP classes)
space-saving cabinet mounting on standard rails, S7-300 DIN for both cabinet and cabinet-free mounting
rail or for wall mounting
PROFINET-compatible plug-in connectors that offer additional
housing
• Can be used for fault-tolerant applications and can be re-
placed during normal operation thanks to redundant trans-
mission characteristics
button
integral Web server and automatic e-mail sending function for
remote diagnosis and signaling over the network
• Different device versions with copper and fiber-optic inter-
faces (BFOC, SC RJ)
• Device variants with degree of protection IP65/67 for cabinet-
free plant concepts with PROFINET-compliant push pull con-
nection systems

© Siemens AG 2008
■ Application Real-time Ethernet

• Interfacing of the PROFINET IO-Devices to the PROFINET IO-
The SCALANCE X-200IRT Industrial Ethernet switches permit Controller through high-performance, optimized data trans-
the construction of isochronous real-time (IRT) Industrial mission
Ethernet line and star topologies. Ring structures can also be • Coexistence of isochronous mode for motion control applica-
designed using the integral redundancy manager (RM). Redun-
2 dant ring connections are also possible. Thanks to innovative
switching technology, the special requirements of automation
tions and IT openness:
Reaction-free transmission of real-time and non-real-time
communication on the same line
with regard to line topology, isochronous mode for motion control
applications and unlimited IT openness have been satisfied for • Increased availability thanks to redundant transmission with
the first time within a single technology based on the PROFINET bumpless changeover for real-time data
standard. Additionally through isochronous real-time (IRT) Ethernet
The switches with degree of protection IP30 have been • Isochronous real-time communication based on the transmis-
designed for use in the control cabinet. The switches with sion procedure of the IEEE 802 by combining the switching
degree of protection IP65/67 are designed for cabinet-free mechanisms "Cut Through" and "Store and Forward".
mounting (PROFINET-compliant push pull connection • For drive controls, PROFINET with isochronous real-time is the
technology). best performing system worldwide with regard to its isochron-
Product versions ronous and deterministic response.
With a cycle time of 1 ms, for example, axes can be controlled
SCALANCE X204IRT in isochronous mode whereby 50 % of the bandwidth is avail-
• For configuring electrical Industrial Ethernet line, star or ring able solely for IT communication.
topologies with 4 electrical ports
SCALANCE X202-2IRT ■ Design
• For configuring electrical or optical Industrial Ethernet line, • The SCALANCE X-200IRT switches in a rugged metal housing
star or ring topologies with 2 electrical ports and 2 glass fiber with degrees of protection IP30 and IP65/67 are optimized for
optic ports mounting on a standard rail and an S7-300 rail. Direct wall
mounting in various positions is also possible. With the S7-300
SCALANCE X202-2P IRT housing format, the devices are optimized for integration in an
• For configuring electrical or optical Industrial Ethernet line, automation solution with S7-300 components.
star or ring topologies with 2 electrical ports and 2 plastic fiber The switches have a 4-pin terminal block for connecting the
optic ports redundant supply voltage (2 x 24 V DC). The versions with
degree of protection IP65/67 have two 5-pin push-pull con-
SCALANCE X201-3P IRT nectors via which the supply voltage is fed and forwarded.
• For configuring electrical or optical Industrial Ethernet line, In addition, the load voltage circuit is also looped through for
star or ring topologies with 1 electrical port and 3 plastic fiber the ET200pro devices further along the line. The devices with
optic ports degree of protection IP65/67 thus have no redundant voltage
SCALANCE X200-4P IRT feed, but permit optimal integration into cabinet-free plant
concepts with ET200pro modules.
• For configuring optical Industrial Ethernet line, star or ring The status information (power, link status, data traffic, voltage
topologies with 4 optical POF FOC ports supply, message contact) is indicated by means of a row of
SCALANCE X204 IRT PRO LEDs.
• For the construction of electrical Industrial Ethernet linear, The SCALANCE X-200IRT modules are available with the
point-to-point or ring structures with four electrical ports with following port types:
degree of protection IP65/67 and PROFINET-compliant push- • 10/100BaseTX, RJ45 connection
pull connection technology RJ45 socket, automatic detection of the data rate (10 or
SCALANCE X202-2P IRT PRO 100 Mbit/s), with Autosensing and Autocrossover function for
connecting IE FC cables over IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 over dis-
• For the construction of electrical or optical Industrial Ethernet tances up to 100 m.
linear, point-to-point or ring structures with two electrical and
two optical POF/PCF fiber optic ports with degree of protec- • 10/100BaseTX, push-pull RJ45 connection
tion IP65/67 and PROFINET-compliant push-pull connection RJ45 socket, automatic detection of the data rate (10 or
technology 100 Mbit/s), with autosensing and autocrossover function for
connecting IE FC cables via IE FC RJ45 Plug PRO over dis-
Applicable to all versions: tances up to 100 m
• Integral redundancy manager (RM) • 100BaseFX, BFOC connection technique
• Device diagnostics with LEDs (power, link status, data com- BFOC sockets for direct connection to Industrial Ethernet
munication) glass fiber-optic cables up to 3000 m for configuring line and
star topologies.
• Remote diagnosis is possible through signaling contact
(signal mask can be set locally using buttons), PROFINET, • 100BaseFX, SC RJ connections
SNMP and Web browser SC RJ sockets for connection to Industrial Ethernet POF
(50 m) and PCF FOC (100 m) using SC RJ plug connectors
• Automatic e-mail send function
• 100BaseFX, push-pull SC RJ connections
• Rugged, industry-standard station connections with SC RJ sockets for connection to Industrial Ethernet POF
PROFINET-compatible RJ45 connectors that offer additional (50 m) and PCF FOC (100 m) using SC RJ plug PRO connec-
strain relief and bending strain relief thanks to latching on the tors
housing
The SCALANCE X-200IRT switches, based on PROFINET,
satisfy the real-time requirements of the field level up to high-
performance motion control applications.

© Siemens AG 2008
■ Function
• 4-port switch for configuring electrical and optical Industrial Commissioning and diagnosis
Ethernet line, star and ring topologies
PROFINET diagnostic alarms from SCALANCE X can be dis-
• Integral redundancy manager for design of ring topologies played with the appropriate SIMATIC Engineering Tools and pro-
• Integral standby function for redundant coupling of two rings
• Extremely short cycle times with highly accurate clock-pulse
cessed in the control. The engineering outlay for the PLC and
HMI have been drastically reduced through complete integra- 2
rates thanks to integrated real-time functions tion in the SIMATIC concept for system error messages.
• Redundant data transmission with bumpless changeover The SCALANCE X-200IRT Industrial Ethernet switches can also
be integrated into a network management system through the
• System-wide clock accuracy (less than 1 ms) standardized protocol SNMP (Simple Network Management
• Uncrossed connecting cables can be used due to Autocross- Protocol). In the event of a device fault, error messages (SNMP
over function integrated in the ports traps) can be sent to a network system or as e-mail to a specified
• Load disconnection through integral switch functionality network manager.
• Easy diagnostics using signaling contact, SNMP and Web The integral Web server enables configuration and diagnosis
browser settings to be made using a standard browser. Statistical
• Automatic e-mail function information can also be read out over the Web server. Warning
thresholds, and alarms generated by them, permit early recog-
• Integration into the diagnostics of a PROFINET IO-Controllers nition of critical fiber states (only with POF). Cable failures (fiber
for a consistent diagnostics concept, including network infra- breakage) can thus be avoided, and plant downtimes reduced,
structure since maintenance work can be carried out at an early point in
• Fast device replacement in the event of a fault by using the op- time and outside production periods.
tional C-PLUG swap medium (not included in scope of supply)
PROFINET IO diagnostic alarms of X-200IRT switches can be
Network topology and network configuration displayed using the relevant SIMATIC Engineering Tools or also
processed in the PLC. The engineering outlay is drastically
The SCALANCE X-200IRT Industrial Ethernet Switches are reduced for the PLC and HMI through complete integration into
usually installed in the control cabinet together with the stations the SIMATIC SFM system error signaling concept.
to be connected (e.g. ET 200S) or, in the case of cabinet-free
designs, mounted directly onto the machine. When configuring The following information is displayed on site by LEDs:
the network, it is necessary to observe the following boundary • Power
conditions:
• Port status
- Max. 100 m with IE FC cable and IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 or • Data traffic
IE RJ45 Plug PRO • RM activated
- Max. 10 m with TP Cord • POF cable diagnostics
• Length of the optical cables
- Max. 3000 m with Industrial Ethernet glass fiber-optic The Industrial Ethernet switches of the SCALANCE X-200IRT line
cables. can also be monitored using the floating signaling contact.
- Max. 100 m with Industrial Ethernet PCF fiber-optic cables.
- Max. 50 m with Industrial Ethernet POF fiber-optic cables.
PROFINET
• IP Address:
The IP address is assigned using the DHCP (Dynamic Host Industrial
Configuration Protocol) mechanism. If there is no correspond- Ethernet
ing server in the network, the IP address can be assigned
using the supplied software tool PST (Primary Setup Tool) or PC with CP 1616
STEP 7. The SCALANCE X-200IRT switches and their real- as PN IO controller
time functions are configured with STEP 7.
Field PG
SCALANCE
SCALANCE X204IRT
X204IRT
G_IK10_XX_10100
IPC with CP 1616 ET 200S ET 200S

as PN IO device
Configuration example for SCALANCE X204IRT

© Siemens AG 2008
6
3&
2 (76 (76
6ZLWFK
6&$/$1&(
;,57
3&
6
,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW
6ZLWFK 6ZLWFK
6 6&$/$1&( 6&$/$1&( ,3&
;,57 ;,57
6 (76
*B,.B;;B
Configuration with high-speed redundancy in the optical ring

© Siemens AG 2008
2SHUDWRU6WDWLRQ 2SHUDWRU6WDWLRQV
2
6
6&$/$1&( 6&$/$1&(
;,57 ;
,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW
)LEHURSWLFFDEOH 0ELWV
6 6&$/$1&(b; 6
6&$/$1&(;,57 6&$/$1&(;,57
DVVWDQGE\PDVWHU DVVWDQGE\VODYH
0ELWV
6&$/$1&( 6&$/$1&(
6 ; ;,57
,3&
*B,.B;;B
6
Redundant coupling of two subnetworks with SCALANCE X-200IRT

ZLWK&3 6&$/$1&(
;32) (7SUR
(76ZLWK
352),1(7 ,(VWDQGDUGFDEOH 32))2& ,031)2
,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW
6&$/$1&( 6&$/$1&( 6&$/$1&(
;,57 ;3,57 ;3,57
(76ZLWK
,031)2
*B,.B;;B
(76ZLWK,031)2
Mixed network topology with plastic fiber-optic cables and twisted-pair cables

© Siemens AG 2008
Order No. 6GK5 204-0BA00-2BA3 6GK5 202-2BB00-2BA3
Product type description SCALANCE X204IRT SCALANCE X202-2IRT
Transfer rate
2 • Transfer rate 1 10 Mbit/s 10 Mbit/s
• for network components or terminals 4 2
• for TP cables with FastConnect - -
• for network components or terminals RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s; TP) RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s; TP)
for fiber optic cables
• at 10 Mbit/s - -
• at 100 Mbit/s - 2
fiber-optic cables
• at 10 Mbit/s - -
• at 100 Mbit/s - BFOC socket (100 Mbit/s)
swap medium
Supply voltage 24 V 24 V
- Maximum 32 V 32 V
- Minimum 18 V 18 V
• at 24 V DC 4.8 W 7.2 W
Ambient temperature
Width 60 mm 60 mm
Depth 124 mm 124 mm
Standard

© Siemens AG 2008

Order No. 6GK5 204-0BA00-2BA3 6GK5 202-2BB00-2BA3
Product type description SCALANCE X204IRT SCALANCE X202-2IRT
Directive
• for C-Tick AS/NZS 2064 (Class A) AS/NZS 2064 (Class A) 2
• American Bureau Yes Yes
• Bureau Veritas (BV) - -
• Germanischer Lloyd (GL) - -
• Lloyds Register of Shipping (LRS) - -
Order No. 6GK5 202-2BH00-2BA3 6GK5 201-3BH00-2BA3 6GK5 200-4AH00-2BA3

Product type description SCALANCE X202-2P IRT SCALANCE X201-3P IRT SCALANCE X200-4P IRT
Transfer rate
• for network components or terminals 2 1 -
• for network components or terminals RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s; TP) RJ45 socket (10/100 Mbit/s; TP) -
• at 10 Mbit/s - - -
• at 100 Mbit/s 2 3 4
• at 10 Mbit/s - - -
• at 100 Mbit/s SC RJ socket (100 Mbit/s) SC RJ socket (100 Mbit/s) SC RJ socket (100 Mbit/s)
Version of the C-PLUG Yes Yes Yes
swap medium
Supply voltage 24 V 24 V 24 V
• at 24 V DC 7.2 W 8.4 W 9.6 W

© Siemens AG 2008

Order No. 6GK5 202-2BH00-2BA3 6GK5 201-3BH00-2BA3 6GK5 200-4AH00-2BA3
Product type description SCALANCE X202-2P IRT SCALANCE X201-3P IRT SCALANCE X200-4P IRT
Ambient temperature
2 • during operation 0 … +60 °C 0 … +50 °C 0 … +40 °C
Standard - - -
• For emitted interference EN 61000-6-4 Class A EN 61000-6-4 Class A EN 61000-6-4 Class A
Directive
• Det Norske Veritas (DNV) Yes Yes Yes
• Nippon Kaiji Kyokai (NK) - - -
Order No. 6GK5 204-0JA00-2BA6 6GK5 202-2JR00-2BA6

Product type description SCALANCE X204 IRT PRO SCALANCE X202-2P IRT PRO
Transfer rate
• for signaling contact 2-pin M12 interface 2-pin M12 interface
• for network components or terminals RJ45 push-pull plug PRO socket (10/100 Mbit/s; TP) RJ45 push-pull plug PRO socket (10/100Mbit/s; TP)
• for voltage supply 5-pin push-pull plug PRO socket 5-pin push-pull plug PRO socket

© Siemens AG 2008

Order No. 6GK5 204-0JA00-2BA6 6GK5 202-2JR00-2BA6
Product type description SCALANCE X204 IRT PRO SCALANCE X202-2P IRT PRO
• at 10 Mbit/s - -
2
• at 100 Mbit/s - 2
• at 10 Mbit/s - -
• at 100 Mbit/s - SC RJ Push Pull Plug PRO socket (100 Mbit/s)
swap medium
- Maximum - -
- Minimum - -
• at 24 V DC 8.4 W 7.2 W
Ambient temperature
• during operation -20 … +70 °C 0 … +60 °C
Width 90 mm 90 mm
Depth 124 mm 124 mm
Degree of protection IP65/67 IP65/67
Standard
Directive
• Bureau Veritas (BV) Yes -
• Nippon Kaiji Kyokai (NK) - -

© Siemens AG 2008

Industrial Ethernet Switches IE RJ45 Plug PRO 6GK1 901-1BB10-6AA0
SCALANCE X-200IRT
RJ45 push-pull plug with degree
Managed Industrial Ethernet of protection IP65/67 for connec-
2
switches; tion of the Industrial Ethernet FC
Isochronous Real-Time, installation cables;
LED diagnostics, with 180° cable exit;
fault signaling contact with SET 1 plug (IP65/67) for on-site
button, assembly
redundant power supply;
incl. operating instructions, SC RJ POF Plug 6GK1 900-0MB00-0AC0
Industrial Ethernet network 20 plugs
manual and configuration for on-site assembly
software on CD-ROM
SC RJ POF Plug PRO 6GK1 900-0MB00-6AA0
• SCALANCE X204IRT; 6GK5 204-0BA00-2BA3
4 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports 1 plug (IP65/67)
for on-site assembly
• SCALANCE X204IRT PRO; 6GK5 204-0JA00-2BA6
4 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 push- IE SC RJ POF refill set 6GK1 900-0MN00-0AA0
pull ports Refill set for Termination Kit SC RJ
• SCALANCE X202-2IRT; 6GK5 202-2BB00-2BA3 POF Plug consisting of grinding
2 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports, paper and grinding plate
2 x 100 Mbit/s Multimode BFOC (set of 5)
ports SC RJ PCF Plug 6GK1 900-0NB00-0AC0
• SCALANCE X202-2P IRT; 6GK5 202-2BH00-2BA3 10 plugs
2 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports, for on-site assembly
2 x 100 Mbit/s POF/PCF SC RJ
ports SC RJ PCF Plug PRO 6GK1 900-0NB00-6AA0
• SCALANCE X202-2P IRT PRO; 6GK5 202-2JR00-2BA6 1 plug (IP65/67)
2 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 push- for on-site assembly
pull ports,
Termination Kit SC RJ POF 6GK1 900-0ML00-0AA0
Plug
push-pull ports
Assembly case for on-site instal-
• SCALANCE X201-3P IRT; 6GK5 201-3BH00-2BA3
lation of SC RJ POF connectors;
1 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 port,
consisting of stripping tool,
Kevlar cutters, SC RJ grinding
ports
plate, grinding paper,
• SCALANCE X200-4P IRT; 6GK5 200-4AH00-2BA3 grinding base and microscope
Industrial Ethernet media
converter SCALANCE X-100
of SC RJ PCF connectors,
Industrial Ethernet media con- comprising a stripping tool,
verters, LED diagnostics, fault buffer stripping tool,
signaling contact with SET key, Kevlar cutters, fiber breaking tool
redundant power supply, and microscope
PROFINET-compatible securing
Power Plug PRO 6GK1 907-0AB10-6AA0
collars
6GK5 101-1BH00-2AA3 1 plug (IP65/67)
• SCALANCE X101-1POF;
for on-site assembly (5-core)
1 X 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 port,
1 X 100 Mbit/s POF SC RJ port C-PLUG 6GK1 900-0AB00
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 Swap medium for simple replace-
ment of devices in the event of a
RJ45 plug-in connector for
fault; for storing configuration or
can be used for SIMATIC NET
products with C-PLUG slot
FC installation cables; with 180° SIMATIC NET Manual Collection 6GK1 975-1AA00-3AA0
cable outlet; for network compo-
nents and CPs/CPUs with Electronic manuals
Industrial Ethernet interface for communication systems,
• 1 pack = 1 unit 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0 and communication products;
on DVD;
German/English

© Siemens AG 2008
SIPLUS SCALANCE X-200IRT managed
■ Overview Order No. 6AG1 202-2BH00-2BA3

Order No. based on 6GK5 202-2BH00-2BA3
Product type description SIPLUS SCALANCE X202-2P IRT
Range of ambient temperature -25 to +60 °C;
Environmental conditions
condensation permissible
Suited for exceptional medial load
2
(e.g. by chlorine sulfur atmo-
sphere)
Technical specifications The technical specifications
are identical with those of the
based-on modules.

http://www.siemens.com/siplus-techdocu

SIPLUS SCALANCE X202-2P IRT 6AG1 202-2BH00-2BA3
2 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports,
• Especially designed for constructing real-time (RT) and ports
isochronous real-time (IRT) Industrial Ethernet segments in
line, star and ring topologies with 10/100 Mbit/s (Redundancy Accessories see SCALANCE X-200IRT
Manager integrated); construction of redundant ring connec- managed ordering data
tions possible
• Combination of the switching mechanisms "Cut Through" and
"Store and Forward" for optimized performance
• Electrical or optical connection to stations or network in
accordance with the port type of the devices
• High-speed media redundancy through integral redundancy
manager both for Gigabit Ethernet (SCALANCE X-300,
SCALANCE X-400) and Fast Ethernet (SCALANCE X-300
switches in the ring in combination with SCALANCE X-200
switches or OSM/ESM)
• Rugged metal enclosure for space-saving cabinet mounting
on standard rails, S7-300 mounting rails, or for wall mounting
PROFINET-compatible plug-in connectors that offer additional
housing
• Can be used for fault-tolerant applications and can be re-
placed during normal operation thanks to redundant trans-
mission characteristics
button
integral web server and automatic e-mail sending function for
remote diagnosis and signaling over the network
• Different device versions with copper and fiber-optic inter-
faces (BFOC, SC RJ)
• Device variants with IP65/67 protection for cabinet-free plant
concepts with PROFINET-compliant push pull connection
systems

© Siemens AG 2008
2 • High availability of the network thanks to:

- Redundant power supply
- Redundant network structures based on fiber-optic or
twisted pair cables (redundancy manager, standby function,
and RSTP are integrated)
- Easy device replacement by means of plug-in C-PLUG swap
medium
• Reliable communication thanks to very fast reconfiguration of
the network in the event of a fault
• Simple fiber-optic connections thanks to SC sockets
(Gigabit Ethernet and prepared fiber-optic cables)
• Secure data communication thanks to rugged device connec-
tion with PROFINET-compliant connectors that are latched
onto the housing to provide additional strain and bending re-
lief
• Easy network configuration without runtime calculation also for
extremely large networks
• Simple and fast diagnostics by means of LED on the device,
via PROFINET, integral web server, CLI, and signaling contact
• Integration into existing network management systems
• The SCALANCE X-300 product line consists of compact through standardized SNMP access
Industrial Ethernet switches for establishing electrical and/or
optical line, ring and star topologies at 10/100/1000 Mbit/s • Easy integration into process and system diagnostics with
PROFINET
• Three integral electrical and/or optical Gigabit Ethernet inter-
faces (10/100/1000 Mbit/s) and seven electrical Fast Ethernet • Integrated configuring and diagnostics in SIMATIC STEP 7
interfaces (10/100 Mbit/s) for interconnecting several provide significant benefits in engineering and startup and
switches to establish Gigabit or Fast Ethernet rings or to during the operating phase of the plant
connect Industrial Ethernet nodes • Load limiting when using multicast-based protocols (Voice
• High-speed media redundancy through integral redundancy over IP, Video) thanks to IGMP Snooping/Querier and addi-
manager both for Gigabit Ethernet (SCALANCE X-300, tional multicast and broadcast limiting per port.
SCALANCE X-400) and Fast Ethernet (SCALANCE X-300 • Low-maintenance operation thanks to fanless construction
switches in the ring in combination with SCALANCE X-200 • Device replacement without the need for a programming
switches or OSM/ESM) device, using the C-PLUG swap medium for backing up the
• Switches from the SCALANCE X-300 product line support configuration data.
numerous IT standards and thus permit seamless integration • Integration into enterprise security policies through support of
of automation networks into existing corporate networks. VLAN
Virtual networks (VLAN) can be set up.
• Uncrossed connecting cables can be used due to integral
• The support of standardized redundancy procedures Autocrossover function
(Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol) permits redundant integration
into higher-level enterprise networks.
• By learning the multicast sources and destinations (IGMP
Snooping and IGMP Querier (Internet Group Management
Protocol)), SCALANCE X-300 switches can also filter multicast
data traffic and thus limit the load on the network.
• The ports can be configured for terminals that support authen-
tication in accordance with IEEE 802.1x. Authentication is
done via a RADIUS server which has to be configured accord-
ingly and must be able to be reached via the network.
• Rugged metal housing in S7-300 format with facility for
mounting on standard DIN rail or S7-300 rail, or for direct
wall-mounting in different positions
• Compact, space-saving design for installation in control
cabinet
• Rugged, industry-standard node connections with PROFINET-
compliant RJ45 connectors that are latched onto the housing
to provide additional strain and bending relief
• Redundant power supply for protection against power failure
(power, link status, data traffic, fault, redundancy manager)
• Fault signaling contact, can be easily set by means of the
SELECT/SET pushbutton for simple display of faults
• The devices have PROFINET diagnostics, SNMP access,
integral web server, and automatic e-mail function for remote
diagnostics and signaling over the network.

© Siemens AG 2008
■ Application
SCALANCE X-300 products enable the establishment of Product versions
switched networks both at the field level and at the control level
where high data transfer speeds are required in addition to high SCALANCE X310, SCALANCE X310FE
network availability and extensive diagnostics facilities. The • For configuring electrical Industrial Ethernet line, star or ring
switches are designed in degree of protection IP30 for installa-
tion in control cabinets.
structures
- SCALANCE X310;
2
with seven Fast Ethernet (10/100 Mbit/s) and three Gigabit
The main area of application is found in high-performance plant Ethernet (10/100/1000 Mbit/s) ports
networks with connection to the enterprise network. - SCALANCE X310FE;
with ten Fast Ethernet (10/100 Mbit/s) ports
• Device diagnostics by means of LEDs (power, link status, data
traffic, fault, redundancy manager, standby manager)
• Remote diagnostics possible by means of signaling contact
(signaling dialog box can be set on-site using pushbutton),
PROFINET, SNMP and web browser
• The ten RJ45 sockets of the SCALANCE X310 are designed
for use in industry with additional retaining collars for connect-
ing the IE FC RJ45 Plug 180.
S7-400
Operator Station PC
6&$/$1&(
;
PROFINET
Industrial Ethernet

X310 X208 X208 X208
S7-300 S7-300 S7-300 S7-300
*B,.B;;B
S7-400 S7-400 S7-400 S7-400
ET 200S ET 200S ET 200S ET 200S
Electrical star topology with SCALANCE X310
SCALANCE X308-2, SCALANCE X308-2LD, • Device diagnostics by means of LEDs (power, link status, data
SCALANCE X308-2LH, SCALANCE X308-2LH+, traffic, fault, redundancy manager, standby manager)
SCALANCE X307-3, SCALANCE X307-3LD • Remote diagnostics possible by means of signaling contact
• For establishing optical line, ring, or star topologies with seven (signaling dialog box can be set on-site using pushbutton),
electrical 10/100 Mbit/s ports, one electrical 10/100/1000 PROFINET, SNMP and web browser
Mbit/s port and two or three optical 1000 Mbit/s ports • The RJ45 sockets are designed for use in industry with addi-
- SCALANCE X308-2, SCALANCE X-307-3; tional retaining collars for connecting the IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
for glass fiber-optic cable (multi-mode) up to 750 m
- SCALANCE X308-2LD, SCALANCE X-307-3LD
for glass fiber-optic cable (single-mode) up to 10 km
- SCALANCE X308-2LH;
- SCALANCE X308-2LH+;

© Siemens AG 2008
■ Application (continued)
PC PC
2 SCALANCE X414-3E SCALANCE X414-3E
Cabinet Cabinet Cabinet

X308-2 X308-2 X308-2
S7-400 S7-400 S7-400
S7-400 S7-400 S7-400
*B,.B;;B
ET 200S ET 200S ET 200S
PROFINET/,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW7ZLVWHG3DLU
PROFINET/,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW)LEHU2SWLF
Connection of control cabinets with SCALANCE X308-2 in an optical gigabit ring
■ Design
The SCALANCE X-300 Industrial Ethernet switches with rugged The SCALANCE X-300 switches are available with the following
metal housing are optimized for mounting on a standard DIN rail port types:
and the S7-300 rail. Direct wall mounting in different positions • 10/100BaseTX, RJ45 connection;
is also possible. Thanks to the S7-300 housing dimensions, the RJ45 socket, automatic detection of the data rate (10 or
devices are suitable for integration into an automation solution 100 Mbit/s), with Autosensing and Autocrossover function for
with S7-300 components. the connection of IE FC cables via IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 to
The switches have: 100 m.
• a 4-pin terminal block for connecting the redundant power • 10/100/1000BaseTX, RJ45 connection;
supply (2 x 24 V DC) RJ45 socket, automatic detection of the data rate (10 or 100 or
1000 Mbit/s), with Autosensing and Autocrossover function for
• Row of LEDs for indicating the status information the connection of
(power, link status, data traffic, fault, redundancy manager, - IE FC cables 2x2 for 100 Mbit/s via IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
standby manager) up to 100 m
• A 2-pin terminal block for connecting the isolated signaling - IE FC cables 4x2 for 1000 Mbit/s via TP Cord and IE FC RJ45
contact Modular Outlet up to 100 m
• SELECT/SET key for on-site configuration of the signaling - IE FC cables 4x2 for 1000 Mbit/s via IE FC RJ45 Plug 4x2
contact up to 100 m
• Slot for optional C-PLUG swap medium on the rear of the • 1000BaseSX, SC connections;
device for easy replacement in the event of a fault SC sockets for direct connection to the Industrial Ethernet
glass fiber-optic cable up to 750 m (multi-mode)
• 1000BaseSX, SC connections;
SC sockets for direct connection to the Industrial Ethernet
glass fiber-optic cable up to 10 km (single-mode)
• 1000BaseLX, SC connections;
• 1000BaseLX, SC connections;

© Siemens AG 2008
■ Function
• Increase of the network performance; • Support from the Access Control List (ACL);
by filtering the data traffic on the basis of the Ethernet (MAC) if this function is activated for one port, the switch forwards the
address of the data terminals, the local data traffic remains message frames received to this port if its source address
local; only data intended for users of another subnetwork are is present in the address table. All connected nodes can be
forwarded by the switch.
• Simple network configuration and expansion;
automatically entered in the ACL.
• Syslog;
2
the switch saves the data received at the ports and forwards Syslog according to RFC 3164 is used in the IP network for
them independently to the destination address. Collision transmitting short, unencrypted text messages via UDP.
detection (CSMA/CD method) does not restrict the expansion To this end, a standard Syslog server is required that has to be
of the network beyond the port. configured accordingly and must be able to be reached via
• Limiting of error spreading to the associated subnetwork; the network.
the SCALANCE X-300 switches only pass on data with a valid • Time synchronization;
checksum (CRC). diagnostic messages (log table entries, e-mails) are time-
• Integration of existing subnetworks with 10 Mbit/s into Fast stamped. The local time is standardized throughout the net-
Ethernet networks with 100 Mbit/s; work by means of synchronization with a SICLOCK or SNTP
at the twisted-pair ports, the SCALANCE X-300 switch auto- time transmitter, thereby simplifying the assignment of diag-
matically recognizes the conductor pairs for transmission and nostic messages to several devices.
reception (Autocrossover), the data transfer rate of 10 or • Fast replacement of devices in event of failure, by means of
100 or 1000 Mbit/s, as well as full-duplex and half-duplex the C-PLUG switching medium
mode (Autonegotiation).
• High-performance connection of SCALANCE X-300 switches
with 1 Gbit/s; The SCALANCE X-300 Industrial Ethernet switches with degree
SCALANCE X-300 switches have three Gigabit Ethernet ports of protection IP30 are typically accommodated in a control cab-
for connecting the switches to each other or with other Giga- inet along with the nodes to be connected. The can be mixed
bit-Ethernet-enabled components (e.g. SCALANCE X-400) electrically and optically in star, line and ring topologies.
• Integrated redundancy manager for constructing Fast Ether- The following network structures and combinations of structures
net and Gigabit Ethernet ring topologies with high-speed can be implemented:
media redundancy. Rings consisting of SCALANCE X-300 • Fast Ethernet and Gigabit Ethernet rings with fast media
and X-400 switches can be operated at 1000 Mbit/s. In rings redundancy;
with SCALANCE X-200 or OSM/ESM it is possible to integrate to increase network availability, as many as 50 X-200, X-300 or
SCALANCE X-300 switches at 100 Mbit/s. X-400 switches cascaded in line can be connected into a ring
• High-speed standby redundancy; with a total length of up to 150 km with multi-mode or up to
several network segments such as rings can be connected 3,500 km with single-mode.
together redundantly with SCALANCE X-300 over the inte- • Several rings can be redundantly linked through the standby
grated standby function. Two X-300 switches are configured in function
a ring as a master and slave over two links to the other ring.
The redundant connection can be made at 1000 Mbit/s. • In addition, SCALANCE X-300 supports redundant connec-
tion of the ring structure to the corporate network with a rapid
• Redundant interfacing to company networks; spanning tree.
SCALANCE X-300 switches support the standardized redun-
dancy procedures Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) and Rapid • Star topology with SCALANCE X-300 switches:
Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP). This enables a subnetwork to The SCALANCE X-300 switch represents a neutral point that
be connected redundantly to a higher level corporate network can connect up to ten nodes or subnets with each other
with reduced requirements for the reconfiguration time (in the electrically or optically.
order of seconds). When configuring the network, it is necessary to observe the
• Support of virtual networks (VLAN); following boundary conditions:
for structuring Industrial Ethernet networks with a fast growing • Maximum line length between two modules for multi-mode
number of users, a physically existing network can be divided fiber-optic conductors:
into several virtual networks. - 750 m at 1 Gbit/s
• Load limiting when multicast protocols (e.g. video transmis- • Maximum line length between two modules for single-mode
sion) are used; fiber-optic conductors:
through learning the multicast sources and targets (IGMP - 10 - 70 km at 1 Gbit/s
Snooping, IGMP Querier), SCALANCE X-300 switches can
also filter multicast data traffic and therefore limit the load in • Maximum cable length of the TP cable between two
the network. SCALANCE X switches:
- Max. 100 m with IE FC cable 2x2 and IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
• Configuration of the ports for terminals that support authenti- - Max. 100 m at 1 Gbit/s with IE FC Standard Cable 4x2 (90 m),
cation in accordance to IEEE 802.1x. IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet and patch cable (10 m)
Authentication is done via a RADIUS server which has to be - max. 10 m using patches with TP cord
configured accordingly and must be able to be reached via
the network.
• Support of the DHCP Option 82 (Dynamic Host Configuration
Protocol);
this facilitates the IP address assignment of a terminal
depending on the connected switch port. The IP address is
assigned via a DHCP Server, which has to be configured
accordingly and must be able to be reached via the network.

© Siemens AG 2008
Commissioning and diagnosis Network management
Setting options on the device itself: The network management provides the following functions:
• Redundancy manager RM; • Password-protected dial-up for "Administrator" (read and write
2 to establish a ring, a SCALANCE X-300 is switched to RM
mode. The Gigabit ports (electrical or optical) are preferably
authorization) and "User" (read only)
• Read-out of version and status information
used as ring ports.
• Setting the signal and standby mask and address information
• Signal mask;
the signal mask is set to the current status of the SCALANCE • Fixed parameterization of the ports (data rates, half/full du-
X-300 (setpoint) by pushbutton operation. The signal mask plex)
defines which ports and which power supplies are to be • Setting parameters of the VLANs and multicast services
monitored. The signal contact only reports an error when a • Parameterization of the standby connections for a redundant
monitored port or a monitored feeder fails (deviation of set- ring link
point/actual status).
• Setting of Rapid Spanning Tree parameters
• IP address;
the IP address is assigned via DHCP (Dynamic Host Configu- • Parameterization of the web management services
ration Protocol). If there is no corresponding server in the • Security
network, the IP address can be assigned using an enclosed - Ports can be connected or disconnected
software tool. - Authentication in accordance with IEEE 802.1x
- Support from Access Control List (ACL)
Diagnostic options on site:
• Parameterization of user administration of SNMP V1, V2c, V3
• The following status information is displayed by LEDs on site:
- Port status • Output of statistics information
- Port mode (10/100/1000 Mbit/s, full/half-duplex) • Diagnosis of data traffic by means of a parameterizable mirror
- Status of the two power supplies port with a standard commercial network analyzer
- Signal contact status • Loading new firmware updates or configuration data via the
- Signal mask (setpoint status) network from one TFTP server or directly via HTTP/HTTPs with
- RM mode an Internet or Web browser.
- Standby mode
• Saving the configuration data or log table via the network on a
• The status of the signal contact is routed externally by means TFTP server
of floating relay contacts. This enables, for example, the mod-
ule to be monitored via an input module from a controller. If faults occur in the network, the SCALANCE X-300 switch can
• Monitoring via the Industrial Ethernet network; independently send error messages (traps) to a network man-
the following possibilities are available: agement system or also e-mails to a predefined network admin-
- Remote via standard browser (Web-based management): istrator.
Selection of SCALANCE X-300 switches via the network from Remote monitoring (RMON) provides the following functions:
a PC with browser The SCALANCE X-300 switch can collect statistics information
- Remote via SNMP V1, V2c, V3: according to the RMON groups 1 through 4. These include,
Secure integration of SCALANCE X-300 switches via the for example, fault statistics that are kept for each port. This infor-
network into a network management station, e.g. BANYnet mation can be read out through web-based management in the
- Remote via PROFINET IO diagnostics: statistics sub-area.
PROFINET IO diagnostics alarms from X-300 switches can
be displayed using the relevant SIMATIC engineering tools
or they can also be processed in the PLC. The engineering
outlay is drastically reduced for the PLC and HMI through
complete integration into the SIMATIC SFM system error
signaling concept.

© Siemens AG 2008
Order No. 6GK5 310-0FA00-2AA3 6GK5 310-0BA00-2AA3
Product type description SCALANCE X310 SCALANCE X310FE
Transfer rate
• Transfer rate 1 10 Mbit/s 10 Mbit/s 2
• Transfer rate 3 1000 Mbit/s -
• for network components 3 x RJ45 (10/100/1000 Mbit/s; TP), 10 x RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s; TP)
or terminals 7 x RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s; TP)
Number of optical ports for fiber-optic
cables
• at 10 Mbit/s - -
• at 100 Mbit/s - -
• at 1000 Mbit/s - -
Version of optical port for fiber-optic
cables
• at 10 Mbit/s - -
• at 100 Mbit/s - -
• at 1000 Mbit/s - -
swap medium
- Maximum 32 V 32 V
- Minimum 18 V 18 V
• at 24 V DC 9.6 W 9.6 W
Ambient temperature
Width 120 mm 120 mm
Depth 124 mm 124 mm

© Siemens AG 2008

Order No. 6GK5 310-0FA00-2AA3 6GK5 310-0BA00-2AA3
Product type description SCALANCE X310 SCALANCE X310FE
Standard
2 • for EMI of FM FM 3611 FM 3611
Directive
• for safety of UL UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 Nr. 60950-1; UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 Nr. 60950-1;
UL 508, CSA C22.2 Nr. 14-M91; UL 508, CSA C22.2 Nr. 14-M91;
UL 1604 and 2279 (Hazardous Location) UL 1604 and 2279 (Hazardous Location)
• e-symbol - -
• Det Norske Veritas (DNV) - -
• Europe Ltd. (ABS) - -
Order No. 6GK5 308-2FL00-2AA3 6GK5 308-2FM00-2AA3 6GK5 308-2FN00-2AA3 6GK5 308-2FP00-2AA3
Product type description SCALANCE X308-2 SCALANCE X308-2LD SCALANCE X308-2LH SCALANCE X308-2LH+
Transfer rate
• for network components 8 8 8 8
or terminals
• for signaling contact 2-pin terminal block 2-pin terminal block 2-pin terminal block 2-pin terminal block
• for network components 1 x RJ45 1 x RJ45 1 x RJ45 1 x RJ45
or terminals (10/100/1000 Mbit/s; TP), (10/100/1000 Mbit/s; TP), (10/100/1000 Mbit/s; TP), (10/100/1000 Mbit/s; TP),
7 x RJ45 7 x RJ45 7 x RJ45 7 x RJ45
(10/100 Mbit/s; TP) (10/100 Mbit/s; TP) (10/100 Mbit/s; TP) (10/100 Mbit/s; TP)
• for voltage supply 4-pin terminal block 4-pin terminal block 4-pin terminal block 4-pin terminal block
• at 10 Mbit/s - - - -
• at 100 Mbit/s - - - -
• at 1 Gbit/s 2 2 2 2
• at 10 Mbit/s - - - -
• at 100 Mbit/s - - - -
• at 1 Gbit/s Glass fiber-optic cable Glass fiber-optic cable Glass fiber-optic cable Glass fiber-optic cable
(multi-mode) with SC (single-mode) with SC (single-mode LH) with SC (single-mode LH+) with
socket (1000 Mbit/s) socket (1000 Mbit/s) socket (1000 Mbit/s) SC socket (1000 Mbit/s)

© Siemens AG 2008

Order No. 6GK5 308-2FL00-2AA3 6GK5 308-2FM00-2AA3 6GK5 308-2FN00-2AA3 6GK5 308-2FP00-2AA3
Product type description SCALANCE X308-2 SCALANCE X308-2LD SCALANCE X308-2LH SCALANCE X308-2LH+
swap medium
2
• external 24 V 24 V - -
- Maximum 32 V 32 V - -
- Minimum 18 V 18 V - -
• at 24 V DC 9.6 W 9.6 W 9.6 W 9.6 W
Ambient temperature
• during operation 0 … +60 °C 0 … +60 °C 0 … +60 °C 0 … +60 °C
Width 120 mm 120 mm 120 mm 120 mm
Depth 124 mm 124 mm 124 mm 124 mm
Net weight 1400 g 1400 g 1400 g 1400 g
Type of fixing Standard rail, Standard rail, Standard rail, Standard rail,
S7-300 rail, wall mounting S7-300 rail, wall mounting S7-300 rail, wall mounting S7-300 rail, wall mounting
Standard
• for EMI of FM FM 3611 FM 3611 FM 3611 FM 3611
Directive
CSA C22.2 Nr. 60950-1; CSA C22.2 Nr. 60950-1; CSA C22.2 Nr. 60950-1; CSA C22.2 Nr. 60950-1;
UL 508, UL 508, UL 508, UL 508,
CSA C22.2 Nr. 14-M91; CSA C22.2 Nr. 14-M91; CSA C22.2 Nr. 14-M91; CSA C22.2 Nr. 14-M91;
UL 1604 and 2279 UL 1604 and 2279 UL 1604 and 2279 UL 1604 and 2279
(Hazardous Location) (Hazardous Location) (Hazardous Location) (Hazardous Location)
EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-4
• American Bureau of Shipping Eu- - - - -
rope Ltd. (ABS)
• Bureau Veritas (BV) - - - -
• Det Norske Veritas (DNV) - - - -
• Germanischer Lloyd (GL) - - - -
• Lloyds Register of Shipping (LRS) - - - -
• Nippon Kaiji Kyokai (NK) - - - -

© Siemens AG 2008

Order No. 6GK5 307-3BL00-2AA3 6GK5 307-3BM00-2AA3
Transfer rate
• at 10 Mbit/s - -
• at 100 Mbit/s - -
• at 1000 Mbit/s 3 3
• at 10 Mbit/s - -
• at 100 Mbit/s - -
• at 1000 Mbit/s Glass fiber-optic cable (multi-mode) Glass fiber-optic cable (single-mode)
with SC socket (1000 Mbit/s) with SC socket (1000 Mbit/s)
swap medium
- Maximum 32 V 32 V
- Minimum 18 V 18 V
• at 24 V DC 9,6 W 9,6 W
Ambient temperature
Width 120 mm 120 mm
Depth 124 mm 124 mm

© Siemens AG 2008

Order No. 6GK5 307-3BL00-2AA3 6GK5 307-3BM00-2AA3
Standard
• for EMI of FM FM 3611 FM 3611 2
Directive
• for safety of UL UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 Nr. 60950-1; UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 Nr. 60950-1;
UL 508, CSA C22.2 Nr. 14-M91; UL 508, CSA C22.2 Nr. 14-M91;
UL 1604 and 2279 (Hazardous Location) UL 1604 and 2279 (Hazardous Location)

© Siemens AG 2008

SCALANCE X-300 Industrial Accessories (continued)
Ethernet switches
IE FC TP Standard Cable GP 6XV1 840-2AH10
Industrial Ethernet switches for 2 x 2 (Type A)
2
setting up electrical and/or optical 4-core, shielded TP installation
Industrial Ethernet networks; cable for connection to IE
integrated redundancy manager, FC RJ45 outlet / IE FC RJ45 plug;
IT functions (RSTP, VLAN, etc.), PROFINET-conforming;
network management via SNMP with UL approval;
and web server; incl. operating sold by the meter;
instructions, Industrial Ethernet max. quantity 1000 m,
network manual and configuration minimum order 20 m
software on CD-ROM; C-PLUG
included in the scope of supply IE FC TP Standard Cable GP 6XV1 870-2E
4x2
• SCALANCE X310; 6GK5 310-0FA00-2AA3
3 x 10/100/1000 Mbit/s RJ45 ports, 8-core, shielded TP installation
7 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports cable for connection to IE FC
RJ45 Modular Outlet for universal
• SCALANCE X310FE; 6GK5 310-0BA00-2AA3 application; with UL approval;
10 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports sold by the meter;
max quantity 1000 m,
• SCALANCE X308-2; 6GK5 308-2FL00-2AA3
minimum order 20 m
2 x 1000 Mbit/s multi-mode fiber-
optic ports (SC sockets), IE TP Cord RJ45/RJ45
1 x 10/100/1000 Mbit/s RJ45 port,
7 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports; TP cable 4 x 2
for glass fiber-optic cables (multi- with two RJ45 plugs
mode) up to a max. 750 m. • 0.5 m 6XV1 870-3QE50
• SCALANCE X308-2LD; 6GK5 308-2FM00-2AA3 •1m 6XV1 870-3QH10
2 x 1000 Mbit/s single-mode •2m 6XV1 870-3QH20
fiber-optic ports (SC sockets),
1 x 10/100/1000 Mbit/s RJ45 port, •6m 6XV1 870-3QH60
7 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports; • 10 m 6XV1 870-3QN10
for glass fiber-optic cables (single-
mode) up to a max. 10 km. IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
• SCALANCE X308-2LH; 6GK5 308-2FN00-2AA3 RJ45 plug-in connector for
2 x 1000 Mbit/s single-mode Industrial Ethernet with a rugged
fiber-optic ports (SC sockets), metal housing and integrated
1 x 10/100/1000 Mbit/s RJ45 port, insulation displacement contacts
7 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports; for connecting Industrial Ethernet
for glass fiber-optic cables (single- FC installation cables; with 180°
mode) up to a max. 40 km. cable outlet; for network
• SCALANCE X308-2LH+; 6GK5 308-2FP00-2AA3 Industrial Ethernet interface
2 x 1000 Mbit/s single-mode
fiber-optic ports (SC sockets), • 1 pack = 1 unit 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0
1 x 10/100/1000 Mbit/s RJ45 port, • 1 pack = 10 units 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AB0
7 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports;
for glass fiber-optic cables
(single-mode) up to a max. 70 km. IE FC RJ45 Plug 4 x 2
• SCALANCE X307-3; 6GK5 307-3BL00-2AA3 RJ45 plug connector for Industrial
3 x 1000 Mbit/s multi-mode fiber- Ethernet (10/100/1000 Mbit/s)
optic ports (SC sockets), with a rugged metal enclosure
7 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports, and integrated insulation dis-
for glass fiber-optic cables placement contacts for connect-
(multi-mode) up to a max. 750 m. ing Industrial Ethernet FC
installation cables; 180° cable
• SCALANCE X307-3LD; 6GK5 307-3BM00-2AA3 outlet; for network components
3 x 1000 Mbit/s single-mode fi- and CPs/CPUs with Industrial
ber-optic ports (SC sockets), Ethernet interface
7 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports,
for glass fiber-optic cables (sin- • 1 pack = 1 unit 6GK1 901-1BB11-2AA0
gle-mode) up to a max. 10 km. • 1 pack = 10 units 6GK1 901-1BB11-2AB0
Accessories • 1 pack = 50 units 6GK1 901-1BB11-2AE0
IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet C-PLUG 6GK1 900-0AB00
FastConnect RJ45 outlet for Swap medium for simple replace-
Industrial Ethernet with interface ment of devices in the event of a
for replaceable insert; fault; for storing configuration or
• With insert 2FE; 6GK1 901-1BE00-0AA1 can be used for SIMATIC NET
replaceable insert products with C-PLUG slot
• With insert 1GE; 6GK1 901-1BE00-0AA2
Electronic manuals
replaceable insert
on DVD;
German/English

© Siemens AG 2008
SIPLUS SCALANCE X-300 managed
■ Overview • Compact, space-saving design for installation in control

cabinet
compliant RJ45 connectors that latch onto the enclosure to
offer additional strain and bending relief
• Redundant power supply for protection against power failure
• Diagnostics on the device by means of LEDs (power, link
2
status, data traffic, fault, redundancy manager)
• Fault signaling contact, can be easily set by means of the
SELECT/SET pushbutton for simple display of faults
integral web server, and automatic e-mail function for remote
diagnostics and signaling over the network.
Order No. 6AG1 308-2FL00-4AA3

Order No. based on 6GK5 308-2FL00-2AA3
Product type description SIPLUS SCALANCE X308-2
Environmental conditions Suited for exceptional medial load
sphere)
based-on modules.

• The SCALANCE X-300 product line consists of compact
Industrial Ethernet switches for establishing electrical and/or
optical line, ring and star topologies at 10/100/1000 Mbit/s ■ Ordering data Order No.
• Three integral electrical and/or optical Gigabit Ethernet SIPLUS SCALANCE X308-2 6AG1 308-2FL00-4AA3
interfaces (10/100/1000 Mbit/s) and seven electrical Fast (medial load)
Ethernet interfaces (10/100 Mbit/s) for interconnecting several 2 x 1000 Mbit/s multi-mode fiber-
switches to establish Gigabit or Fast Ethernet rings or to optic ports (SC sockets),
connect Industrial Ethernet nodes 1 x 10/100/1000 Mbit/s RJ45 port,
• High-speed media redundancy through integral redundancy for glass fiber-optic cables (multi-
manager both for Gigabit Ethernet (SCALANCE X-300, mode) up to a max. 750 m.
SCALANCE X-400) and Fast Ethernet (SCALANCE X-300
Accessories see SCALANCE X-300 managed
switches in the ring in combination with SCALANCE X-200 ordering data
switches or OSM/ESM)
• Switches from the SCALANCE X-300 product line support
numerous IT standards and thus permit seamless integration
of automation networks into existing corporate networks.
Virtual networks (VLAN) can be set up
• The support of standardized redundancy procedures (Rapid
Spanning Tree Protocol) permits redundant integration into
higher-level enterprise networks
• By learning the multicast sources and destinations (IGMP
Snooping and IGMP Querier (Internet Group Management
Protocol)), SCALANCE X-300 switches can also filter multicast
data traffic and thus limit the load on the network.
• The ports can be configured for terminals that support authen-
tication in accordance with IEEE 802.1x. Authentication is
done via a RADIUS server which has to be configured accord-
ingly and must be able to be reached via the network.
• Rugged metal enclosure in S7-300 format with facility for
mounting on standard DIN rails or S7-300 mounting rails, or for
direct wall-mounting in different positions

© Siemens AG 2008
SCALANCE X-400
■ Overview • Through learning the Multicast sources and targets (IGMP

(Internet Group Management Protocol snooping), SCALANCE
X-400 switches can also filter Multicast data traffic and there-
fore limit the load in the network.
• In the case of SCALANCE X414-3E, Layer 3 switching
2
(IP routing) permits the creation of IP subnets and IP router
communication
- Static routing
- Dynamic routing OSPF (Open Shortest Path First) and
RIPv1/2 (Routing Information Protocol)
- Redundant routing VRRP (Virtual Router Redundancy
Protocol)
■ Benefits
• Flexible configuration of electrical or optical Industrial

Ethernet networks; the network topology, type and number of
ports can be adapted easily to the structure of the plant.
• The SCALANCE X-400 product range comprises modular • High availability of the network thanks to:
Industrial Ethernet switches expandable by various media - Redundant power supply
modules and partially by extenders. It supports 10/100/1000- - Redundant network structures based on fiber-optic or
Mbit technology for various transmission media (twisted pair, twisted pair cables (redundancy manager, standby function,
fiber optic) and increased port requirements. The main appli- RSTP and VRRP are integrated)
cations are high-performance plant networks (control level). - Replacement and extension of media and expansion
Thanks to its partly modular design, the X-400 product line is modules during operation
also designed for future requirements and can be adapted to - Easy device replacement by means of plug-in C-PLUG swap
the relevant task. medium
• The SCALANCE X-400 Industrial Ethernet switches have two • Reliable communication thanks to very fast reconfiguration of
to four integral Gigabit Ethernet twisted pair interfaces the network in the event of a fault
(10/100/1000 Mbit/s) for connecting a number of switches to
one another. Nodes are connected via the Fast Ethernet • Simple fiber optic connection technology by means of SC
twisted pair ports (10/100 Mbit/s) integrated in the basic de- sockets (Gigabit Ethernet), BFOC sockets (Fast Ethernet) and
vice. prefabricated fiber optic cables
• In the case of SCALANCE X414-3E, another eight stations • Twisted pair ports readily accessible from the front,
can be connected via extender modules on the basic device. 10/100/1000 Mbit/s;
The following extender modules are available: ports with sleeve for rugged, industry-compatible station
- Extenders with eight Fast Ethernet twisted-pair ports connection for direct connections up to 100 m in conjunction
- Extenders with four media module slots for up to eight Fast with the PROFINET-compatible IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 or
Ethernet fiber optic ports IE FC RJ45 Plug 145 connector
• The integrated redundancy manager facilitates high-speed • Easy network configuration without runtime calculation also for
media redundancy even for large networks, both for Gigabit extremely large networks
Ethernet (SCALANCE X-400/X300 switches in the ring) and • Simple monitoring and diagnosis by means of signaling con-
for Fast Ethernet (SCALANCE X-400 switches in the ring in tact, digital inputs, SNMP, Syslog and e-mail; PROFINET IO
combination with SCALANCE X-200 switches or OSM/ESM). diagnostics
• For the construction of optical Gigabit Ethernet rings, the inte- • Reduced engineering expenditure for PLC/HMI due to inte-
grated Gigabit Ethernet ports can be converted to fiber optic gration into the SIMATIC system fault message concept SFM
via a 2-port Gigabit Ethernet media module (MM). Module • Thanks to the integrated Layer 3 function (IP routing) – static,
variants for multimode (up to 750 m FOC) and single mode dynamic and redundant – of SCALANCE X414-3E, networks
(up to 70 km) are available. can be divided into different subnets
• By means of pluggable 2-port Fast Ethernet media modules • Investment protection for existing networks due to
for multimode or alternatively single-mode fiber-optic cable, - Effortless connection of existing 10 Mbit/s data terminals or
SCALANCE X-400 switches can also be integrated into network segments to Fast Ethernet networks with 100 Mbit/s
100-Mbit/s rings, e.g. with SCALANCE X204-2 or OSM. - Increase in performance through load decoupling and data
It is then possible to also provide an optical link to remote transfer rates of 100 Mbit/s and 1000 Mbit/s
stations. - Easy integration into existing network management infra-
• Remote diagnosis is possible by means of PROFINET diag- structures by means of SNMP
nostics, CLI, web browser or SNMP. • Support of VLAN permits integration into Enterprise Security
• Switches of the SCALANCE X-400 product line support IT Policies
standards and thus permit seamless integration of automation • Limiting of load on application of Multicast-based protocols
networks into existing corporate networks. Virtual networks (e.g. video transmission) through IGMP (Internet Group
(VLAN) can be set up. Management Protocol) snooping or GMRP (GARP Multicast
• The support of standardized redundancy procedures (Rapid Registration Protocol)
Spanning Tree Protocol) permits the redundant integration into • Protection of network against overload by setting of port
higher level enterprise networks. thresholds
• Operating temperature range from 0 °C to +60 °C

© Siemens AG 2008
SCALANCE X-400
■ Application Interfaces
• Console port (serial interface) for on-site parameterization/
SCALANCE X-400 products permit the configuration of switched diagnostics, for firmware update;
networks at the control level, which not only demands high avail- • Slot for C-PLUG swap media for easy device replacement
ability of the network and extensive diagnostic options, but also (included in scope of supply)
a high number of ports, high transfer rate and the support of fiber
optic and twisted-pair transmission media. SCALANCE X-400
products are designed with degree of protection IP20 for instal-
• Redundant 24 V DC supply; two feeds are available for pro-
tection against voltage failure
2
lation in control cabinets. • One floating message output for simple display of faults
SCALANCE X408-2 Only for SCALANCE X414-3E:
• Control stations with a low concentration of devices • Additional out-band Ethernet port for on-site parameteriza-
• Star hub in plant bus for applications with low concentration of tion/diagnostics
devices • Eight floating inputs for recording digital status information
• High-speed backbone including high-speed media redun- such as signal contacts of PROFIBUS OLM or door contacts
dancy for process control systems and forwarding via SCALANCE X-400 diagnostic paths
(LED indicator, log table, trap or Email)
• In the high-speed backbone for coupling Gigabit network
topologies Extensive operating mode and status information is displayed
via LEDs and selection pushbuttons.
SCALANCE X414-3E
SCALANCE X-400 media modules (MM)
• Control stations with a high concentration of devices
• Star hub in plant bus for applications with high concentration SCALANCE X-400 switches can be equipped with 2-port media
of devices modules. Media modules are available for both multimode and
single-mode optical fibers. They can be added or replaced
• High-speed backbone including high-speed media redun- during network operation. The SCALANCE X414-3E basic unit
dancy for process control systems supports two optical Gigabit Ethernet ports and up to four
• SCALANCE X414-3E equipped with Layer 3 for IP routing additional optical Fast Ethernet ports.
(static, dynamic, redundant)
On two media-module slots, SCALANCE X408-2 supports as
many as four optical ports which can optionally be equipped
■ Design with optical Gigabit Ethernet or Fast Ethernet media modules.
SCALANCE X408-2/SCALANCE X414-3 The following media modules are available:
Communication connections: • MM491-2;
2 fiber optic ports (BFOC sockets) 100 Mbit/s for distances
• Integral Gigabit Ethernet twisted pair ports up to 3 km with multimode fiber-optic conductors
(10/100/1000 Mbit/s, RJ45 sockets) for connecting
SCALANCE X-400 switches together: • MM491-2LD;
- SCALANCE X408-2: two fiber optic ports (BFOC sockets) 100 Mbit/s for distances
4 Gigabit Ethernet twisted pair ports up to 26 km with single-mode fiber-optic conductors
- SCALANCE X414-3E: • MM491-2LH+;
2 Gigabit Ethernet twisted pair ports two fiber optic ports (SC sockets) 100 Mbit/s for distances
• Integral Fast Ethernet twisted pair ports (10/100 Mbit/s, up to 70 km with single-mode fiber-optic conductors
RJ45 sockets with securing collar) for node connection • MM492-2;
- SCALANCE X408-2: two fiber optic ports (SC sockets) 1 Gbit/s for distances up to
4 Fast Ethernet twisted pair ports 750 m with multimode fiber-optic conductors (when using
- SCALANCE X414-3E: SIMATIC NET FO cable 50/125μm)
12 Fast Ethernet twisted pair ports • MM492-2LD;
• The Gigabit Ethernet ports can be converted to fiber-optic two fiber optic ports (SC sockets) 1 Gbit/s for distances up to
connections with optical Gigabit Ethernet media modules 10 km with single-mode fiber-optic conductors
Only for SCALANCE X408-2: • MM492-2LH;
two fiber optic ports (SC sockets) 1 Gbit/s for distances up to
• Two universal slots either for optical Fast Ethernet or Gigabit
40 km with single-mode fiber-optic conductors
Ethernet media modules with two ports
• MM492-2LH+;
Only for SCALANCE X414-3E: two fiber optic ports (SC sockets) 1 Gbit/s for distances up to
• Two slots for optical Fast Ethernet media modules with two 70 km with single-mode fiber-optic conductors
ports
Plug-in media modules for Gigabit Ethernet convert the two
• One extender interface for expansion by 8 Fast Ethernet ports Gigabit Ethernet twisted pair-ports included in the switch to
(twisted pair or fiber optic, depending on extender version). optical mode. The Gigabit ports can then be used as either
In this way, a maximum configuration of two Gigabit Ethernet twisted-pair or fiber-optic ports. In the case of the SCALANCE
Ports (electrical or optical) and up to 24 Fast Ethernet Ports X414-3E basic device, optical media modules for Fast Ethernet
(of which between 2 and 12 can be optical) is possible. each generate two additional ports per slot.
The installation width including extender is max. 19".

© Siemens AG 2008
SCALANCE X-400
SCALANCE X-400 extender module (EM),
only for SCALANCE X414-3E
An optional extender module with up to eight further Fast
2 Ethernet ports can be mounted next to the expansion interface
of the SCALANCE X414-3E. 6&$/$1&(;( 6&$/$1&(;(
733RUWV
(WKHUQHW
(WKHUQHW
*LJDELW
Versions:
)DVW
)DVW
• EM495-8;

with 8 twisted pair ports (RJ45 sockets with sleeves)
10/100 Mbit/s; this enables the 12 onboard Fast Ethernet
00
00
00
twisted pair ports of the SCALANCE X414-3E to be expanded
to a total of 20 ports.
• EM496-4; *LJDELW )DVW(WKHUQHW HJIRUXVHLQWKHRSWLFDO*LJDELW
with a further four media module slots for Fast Ethernet media RU RU RU RU ULQJDQGZLWKFRQQHFWLRQRIIRXU
00/+
modules for up to 8 optical Fast Ethernet ports UHPRWHRSWLFDOQRGHVDQGDV
00/+
00/'
00/'
00/+
PDQ\DVHOHFWULFDOQRGHV
00
00
The structure of the SCALANCE X-400 product line offers the
following advantages:
• Simple user connection via twisted pair
• Gigabit Ethernet transfer rate between SCALANCE X-400 6&$/$1&(;( ([WHQGHU 6&$/$1&(;( ([WHQGHU
switches PRGXOH PRGXOH
• Fiber optic connection via fiber-optic media modules (0 (0
• Reduced costs for spare parts inventories;
Electrical and optical variants are covered by a basic unit and
00/'
fiber-optic media modules
00
00
00
00
6&$/$1&(; ([DPSOH )DVW(WKHUQHW HJIRUXVHLQWKHHOHFWULFDO
RU
00/+
*LJDELWULQJDQGZLWKFRQQHFWLRQ
00/+
00/'
)DVW(WKHUQHW
00/'
RIWHQUHPRWHRSWLFDOQRGHVDQG
00
00
2SWLRQDOO\
DVPDQ\DVHOHFWULFDOQRGHV
*LJDELWRU
6ORW HJIRUXVHLQWKHRSWLFDOJLJDELWULQJ
QXPEHU ZLWKVLQJOHPRGHIRUURXWHVRIXSWR
NPLQOHQJWKDQGZLWKRSWLRQIRU
FRQQHFWLQJWZRUHPRWHRSWLFDODQG
DVPDQ\DVIRXUHOHFWULFDOQRGHV 6&$/$1&(;( ([WHQGHU 6&$/$1&(;( ([WHQGHU
PRGXOH PRGXOH
([DPSOH (0 (0

00
00/'
*LJDELW RU )DVW
00
(WKHUQHW
RU RU RU RU HJIRUXVHLQWKHRSWLFDO*LJDELW
00/+
ULQJDQGZLWKRSWLRQIRUFRQQHFWLQJXS
00/+
00/'
00/'
00/+
WRVL[HOHFWULFDOQRGHV
00
00
HJIRUXVHLQWKHRSWLFDO*LJDELW
*B,.B;;B
*B,.B;;B
RU
IRUWKHUHGXQGDQWFRXSOLQJRIRSWLFDO ULQJZLWKVLQJOHPRGHIRUOLQNVRIXS
*LJDELWULQJVYLDHOHFWULFDO*LJDELW WRNPLQOHQJWKZLWKFRQQHFWLRQ
URXWHVDQGZLWKRSWLRQRIFRQQHFWLQJ RIWZRUHPRWHRSWLFDOQRGHVDQGDV
XSWRIRXUHOHFWULFDOQRGHV PDQ\DVHOHFWULFDOQRGHV
Possible applications of the media modules Possible applications of the media and extender modules
with SCALANCE X408-2 with SCALANCE X 414-3

© Siemens AG 2008
SCALANCE X-400
■ Function
• Increasing the network performance; • High-speed standby redundancy;
by filtering the data traffic on the basis of the Ethernet (MAC) several network segments such as rings can be connected
address of the data terminals, the local data traffic remains together redundantly with SCALANCE X-400 over the inte-
local; only data intended for users of another subnetwork are grated standby function. Two X-400 switches are configured in
forwarded by the switch.
• Simple network configuration and expansion;
a ring as a master and slave over two links to the other ring.
In the case of SCALANCE X408-2 or SCALANCE X-300,
2
the switch saves the data received at the ports and forwards a high-performance redundant coupling at 1000 Mbit/s is
them independently to the destination address. Collision possible.
detection (CSMA/CD method) does not restrict the expansion • Redundant interfacing to company networks;
of the network beyond the port. SCALANCE X-400 switches support the standardized redun-
• Limiting of error spreading to the associated subnetwork; dancy procedures Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) and Rapid
the SCALANCE X-400 switches only pass on data with a valid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP). This enables a subnetwork to
checksum (CRC). be connected redundantly to a higher level corporate network
with reduced requirements for the reconfiguration time (in the
• Integration of existing subnetworks with 10 Mbit/s into Fast order of seconds).
Ethernet networks with 100 Mbit/s;
at the twisted-pair ports, the SCALANCE X-400 switch auto- • Support of virtual networks (VLAN);
matically recognizes the conductor pairs for transmission and for structuring Industrial Ethernet networks with a fast growing
reception (autocrossover), the data transfer rate of 10 or number of users, a physically existing network can be divided
100 Mbit/s, as well as full-duplex and half-duplex operation into several virtual networks.
(autonegotiation). • Integrated hardware Layer 3 Switching function
• High-performance connection of SCALANCE X-400 switches (IP routing, only SCALANCE X414-3E);
with 1 Gbit/s; IP subnetworks can be created and interconnected, e.g. auto-
SCALANCE X-400 switches have two (X414-3E) or four mation network with office network, enabling a structuring of
(X408-2) Gigabit Ethernet ports for connecting the switches to the networks
each other. • Load limiting with use of Multicast protocols
• Integrated redundancy manager for constructing Fast (e.g. video transmission);
Ethernet and Gigabit Ethernet ring topologies with high-speed through learning the Multicast sources and targets (IGMP
media redundancy. Rings consisting of SCALANCE X-300 snooping), SCALANCE X-400 switches can also filter Multi-
and X-400 switches can be operated at 1000 Mbit/s. cast data traffic and therefore limit the load in the network.
In rings with SCALANCE X-200, X300 or OSM/ESM it is possi- • Time synchronization;
ble to integrate SCALANCE X-400 switches at 100 Mbit/s. diagnostics messages (log table entries, e-mails) are time-
stamped. The local time is standardized throughout the net-
work by means of synchronization with a SICLOCK or SNTP
time transmitter, thereby simplifying the assignment of diag-
nostic messages to several devices.
• Fast replacement of devices in event of failure, by means of
the C-PLUG switching medium

© Siemens AG 2008
SCALANCE X-400
Operator Station Operator Stations
S7-300
SCALANCE SCALANCE
X414-3E X408-2
1000 Mbit/s
SCALANCE SCALANCE
X408-2 X408-2
S7-300 S7-300
Stand-by Master Stand-by Master

1000 Mbit/s
SCALANCE
3rd party system X408-2
1000 Mbit/s
PC
SCALANCE SCALANCE
X414-3E X414-3E
IPC
HMI S7-300 S7-300
*B,.B;;B
Optical redundant connection of two optical Gigabit subnets with SCALANCE X-400 on Layer 2 and Layer 3

© Siemens AG 2008
SCALANCE X-400
When configuring the network, it is necessary to observe the
2IILFHQHWZRUN5DSLG6SDQQLQJ7UHH3URWRFRO5673
• Maximum line length between two modules for multi-mode
6ZLWFK 6ZLWFK fiber-optic conductors:
- 3000 m at 100 Mbit/s 2
- 750 m at 1 Gbit/s
• Maximum line length between two modules for single-mode
fiber-optic conductors:
(WKHUQHW
- 70 km at 100 Mbit/s
- 70 km at 1 Gbit/s
• Maximum length of installation cable:
6ZLWFK 6ZLWFK
- 100 m at 100 Mbit/s with IE FC TP cable 2 x 2
and IE FC Plug 180
- Max. 90 m at 1 Gbit/s with IE FC TP Cable 4 x 2,
IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet and patch cable (10 m)
- 100 m at 1000 Mbit/s with IE FC TP cable 4 x 2
and IE FC Plug 4 x 2
6&$/$1&(;
Commissioning and diagnosis
Adjustment options on the device itself:
• Redundancy manager RM;
to establish a ring, a SCALANCE X-400 is switched to RM
mode. The Gigabit ports (electrical or – with media module –
,QGXVWULDO optical) are preferably used as ring ports. When using in
(WKHUQHW 0ELWV optical rings with 100 Mbit/s, the ring ports can be configured
on one media module or on two media modules.
• Signal mask;
the signal mask is set to the current status of the SCALANCE
X-400 (setpoint) by pushbutton operation. The signal mask
*B,.B;;B
defines which ports and which power supplies are to be mon-

6&$/$1&(; itored. The signal contact only reports an error when a moni-
tored port or a monitored feeder fails (deviation of setpoint/
5HTXLUHPHQWLQWKHLQGXVWULDOVHFWRU actual status).
l
Diagnostic options on site:
Redundant coupling with an Office network and • The following status information is displayed by LEDs on site:
industrial network on Layer 2 and Layer 3 - Port status
- Port mode (10/100/1000 Mbit/s, full/half-duplex)
Network topology and network configuration - Status of the two voltage feeders
- Signal contact status
The network topology can easily be adapted to the structure of - Signal mask (setpoint status)
the plant with SCALANCE X-400 Industrial Ethernet switches. - RM mode
The following network structures and combinations of structures - Standby mode
can be implemented:
• The status of the signal contact is routed externally by means
• Fast Ethernet and Gigabit rings with fast media redundancy; of floating relay contacts. This enables, for example, the
to protect against failure of a transmission link or a switch, module to be monitored via an input module from a controller.
as many as 50 X-400 switches cascaded in line can be con-
• A PC or a programming device can be directly connected via
nected into a ring with a total length of up to 150 km using
a serial interface or, with the X414-3E, also via an Ethernet
multi-mode or 3,500 km using single mode. On the failure of a
interface (out-band port). Operation is carried out using com-
transmission link or a SCALANCE X-400 switch in the ring, the
mands (Command Line Interface (CLI)).
transmission path is quickly reconfigured due to the media
redundancy. • Monitoring via the Industrial Ethernet network;
the following possibilities are available:
• Several rings can be redundantly linked through the standby
- Remote via standard browser (Web-based management):
function
Selection of SCALANCE X-400 switches via the network from
• In addition, SCALANCE X-400 supports redundant connec- a PC with browser
tion of the ring structure to the corporate network with a rapid - Remote via SNMP V1, V2c, V3:
spanning tree. Secure integration of SCALANCE X-400 switches via the
• Star topology with SCALANCE X-400 switches: network into a network management station
The SCALANCE X-414-3E switch represents a star point - Remote via PROFINET IO diagnostics
which can interconnect as many as 26 nodes or subnetworks - Standard diagnostic alarms can be configured in an easy,
electrically or optically; SCALANCE X408-2 can connect up to familiar manner in STEP 7 and processed in SIMATIC.
8 nodes or subnetworks The engineering outlay is drastically reduced for the PLC
and HMI through complete integration in the SIMATIC
system error message concept SFM.

© Siemens AG 2008
SCALANCE X-400
Network management • Diagnosis of data traffic by means of a parameterizable mirror
port with a standard commercial network analyzer
The network management provides the following functions:
• Loading of new firmware or the configuration data via the net-
• Password-protected dial-up for "Administrator" (read and write
2 authorization) and "User" (read only)
• Read-out of version and status information
work by a TFTP server
• Saving the configuration data or log table via the network on a
TFTP server
• Setting the signal and standby mask and address information • Only for SCALANCE X414-3E: Configuration of the IP routing
• Fixed parameterization of the ports (data rates, half/full du- function (static routing, dynamic routing, (OSPF, RIP v1/2) and
plex) redundant routing (VRRP))
• Setting parameters of the VLANs and multicast services If faults occur in the network, the SCALANCE X-400 switch can
• Parameterization of the standby connections for a redundant send error messages (traps) to a network management system
ring link or also e-mails to a predefined network administrator.
• Setting of Rapid Spanning Tree parameters Remote monitoring (RMON) provides the following functions:
• Parameterization of user administration of SNMP V1, V2c, V3 The SCALANCE X-400 switch can collect statistics information
• Output of statistics information according to the RMON groups 1 through 4. These include, for
example, fault statistics that are kept for each port. This infor-
mation can be read out through Web-based management in the
statistics sub-area.
■ Integration
Operator Stations Operator Stations

... ...
SCALANCE SCALANCE
X414-3E X414-3E
S7-200
SCALANCE 1000 Mbit/s
X308-2
Gigabit-
Server Fremdsystem
SCALANCE
X408-2
10/100 Mbit/s
S7-300
S7-400
*B,.B;;B
H-System H-System
Fault-tolerant system with SCALANCE X-400

© Siemens AG 2008
SCALANCE X-400
■ Integration (continued)
2SHUDWRU6WDWLRQ26 26 6,0$7,&,7 6,0$7,&%DWFK 26 (QJLQHHULQJ6WDWLRQ(6
6&$/$1&( 7HUPLQDOEXV 6&$/$1&(

; ;
0ELWV
,3&
6&$/$1&(
;
266HUYHU 266HUYHU
UHGXQGDQW 0ELWV UHGXQGDQW
,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW
HOHFWULFDO
,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW 6&$/$1&( 3ODQW%XV 6&$/$1&(

; ;
RSWLFDO
,3& 0ELWV 6&$/$1&(

6&$/$1&( ;(
;
6&$/$1&(;(
+XPDQPDFKLQH
LQWHUIDFH
6&$/$1&(
;(
5HGXQGDQWFRQWURO 6
6+
*B,.B;;B
(70 (70
352),%86 352),%86 3URGXFWLRQFHOO
Use of the SCALANCE X-400 switches in a process control system, e.g. PCS 7
In the control room, two SCALANCE X-400 switches are used on The plant bus is designed as an optical ring. It connects three
the terminal bus. With a higher number of stations, SCALANCE plant sections with the servers:
X414-3E switches can be used with extender modules. These • SCALANCE X-400 switches without extenders are used for
are connected together to create an electrical ring with a transfer connecting high-availability SIMATIC controllers (H-systems).
rate of 1000 Mbit/s. Several operator panels are provided and di- On failure of an individual controller or switch, the plant section
vided between the two switches, so that the system can still be remains functional.
operated if one switch fails. The terminal and plant buses are
connected using redundant servers, and also using high-perfor- • One SCALANCE X414-3E with extender (high number of
mance Gigabit plugs in the case of SCALANCE X408-2. ports) is used for the star-format connection of controllers.

© Siemens AG 2008
SCALANCE X-400
Order No. 6GK5 408-2FD00-2AA2 6GK5 414-3FC00-2AA2
Product type description SCALANCE X408-2 SCALANCE X414-3E
Transfer rate
• Transfer rate 3 1 000 Mbit/s 1 000 Mbit/s
• for digital input signals - 2
• for media module 2 3
• for network components 8 14
or terminals
- with extender modules - 8
• for digital input signals - 5-pin terminal block
• for network components 4 x RJ45 (10/100/1000 Mbit/s; TP); 2 x RJ45 (10/100/1000 Mbit/s; TP);
or terminals 4 x RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s; TP) 12 x RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s; TP)
- with extender modules - RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s; TP) via EM495-8
Number of optical ports for fiber-optic
cables
• at 10 Mbit/s - -
• at 100 Mbit/s 4 4
• at 1000 Mbit/s 4 2
• with extender modules - 12
Version of optical port for fiber-optic
cables
• at 10 Mbit/s - -
• at 100 Mbit/s up to 4 x glass FOC 100 Mbit/s via media modules up to 4 x glass FOC 100 Mbit/s via media modules
MM491-2, MM491-2LD or MM491-2LH+ MM491-2, MM491-2LD or MM491-2LH+
• at 1000 Mbit/s up to 4 x glass FOC 1000 Mbit/s via media modules up to 2 x glass FOC 1000 Mbit/s via media modules
MM492-2/MM492-2LD/ MM492-2LH or MM492-2/MM492-2LD/ MM492-2LH or
MM492-2LH+; MM492-2LH+;
• with extender modules - up to 12 x glass FOC 100 Mbit/s via EM496-4 and
MM491-2, MM491-2LD or MM491-2LH+
Number of extender - 3
expansion interfaces
Version of extender - EM495-8 or EM496-4
expansion interfaces
Number of digital inputs - 2
swap medium
- Maximum 32 V 32 V
- Minimum 18 V 18 V
Current consumed 700 mA 2 000 mA

© Siemens AG 2008
SCALANCE X-400

Order No. 6GK5 408-2FD00-2AA2 6GK5 414-3FC00-2AA2
Product type description SCALANCE X408-2 SCALANCE X414-3E
• at 24 V DC 15 W (without media modules) 15 W (without media modules) 2
• Maximum 48 W (maximum configuration) 48 W (maximum configuration)
Ambient temperature
Width 275 mm 344 mm
Depth 117 mm 117 mm
Net weight 1 900 g 3 100 g
Type of fixing DIN rail, S7-300 mounting rail DIN rail, S7-300 mounting rail
Standard
• for EMI of FM FM 3611, FM hazardous location FM 3611, FM hazardous location
Directive
• for safety of UL UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1, UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1,
UL 508, CSA C22.2 No. 14-M91 UL 1604 and 2279 UL 508, CSA C22.2 No. 14-M91 UL 1604 and 2279
(Hazardous Location) (Hazardous Location)
• American Bureau - Yes
• Bureau Veritas (BV) - Yes
• Det Norske Veritas (DNV) - Yes

© Siemens AG 2008
SCALANCE X-400

Industrial Ethernet Switches Accessories
SCALANCE X-400
Modular Industrial Ethernet
FastConnect RJ45 outlet for
2
switches with integrated RJ45
ports for setting up electrical Industrial Ethernet with interface
and/or optical Industrial Ethernet for replaceable insert;
networks; • With insert 2FE; 6GK1 901-1BE00-0AA1
integrated redundancy manager, replaceable insert
IT functions (RSTP, VLAN, etc.), for 2 x 100 Mbit/s interfaces
PROFINET IO Device,
network management via SNMP • With 1GE insert; 6GK1 901-1BE00-0AA2
and web server; incl. operating replaceable insert
instructions, Industrial Ethernet for 1 x 1000 Mbit/s interfaces
network manual and configuration IE FC TP Standard Cable GP 6XV1 870-2E
software on CD-ROM; 4x2
C-PLUG included in the scope
of delivery 8-core, shielded TP installation
• SCALANCE X408-2; 6GK5 408-2FD00-2AA2 FC RJ45 Modular Outlet for
4 x 10/100/1000 Mbit/s and universal applications; with UL
4 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports; approval; sold by the meter;
2 x Gigabit/Fast Ethernet media max. quantity 1000 m,
module slots minimum order 20 m
• SCALANCE X414-3E; 6GK5 414-3FC00-2AA2 IE FC RJ45 Plugs
2 x 10/100/1000 Mbit/s and
12 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports; RJ45 plug connector for Industrial
1 x Gigabit-Ethernet and Ethernet with a rugged metal
2 x Fast Ethernet media module housing and integrated insulation
slots; displacement contacts for con-
1 x extender interface necting Industrial Ethernet FC
installation cables
MM491/MM492 media modules
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
Media modules with 2 ports;
1 Gbit/s 180° cable outlet; for network
MM492-2; 6GK5 492-2AL00-8AA2 Industrial Ethernet interface
1000BaseSX, SC connection,
multimode FOC up to 750 m • 1 pack = 1 unit 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0
MM492-2LD; 6GK5 492-2AM00-8AA2 • 1 pack = 10 units 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AB0
1000BaseLX, SC connection,
single-mode FOC up to 10 km
IE FC RJ45 Plug 145
MM492-2LH; 6GK5 492-2AN00-8AA2
1000BaseLX, SC connection, 145° cable outlet;
single-mode FOC up to 40 km e.g. for SIMOTION and SINAMICS
MM492-2LH+; 6GK5 492-2AP00-8AA2 • 1 pack = 1 unit 6GK1 901-1BB30-0AA0
1000BaseLX, SC connection,
single-mode FOC up to 70 km • 1 pack = 10 units 6GK1 901-1BB30-0AB0
Media modules with 2 ports; • 1 pack = 50 units 6GK1 901-1BB30-0AE0

100 Mbit/s IE FC RJ45 Plug 4 x 2
MM491-2; 6GK5 491-2AB00-8AA2 RJ45 plug connector for Industrial
100BaseLX, BFOC interface, Ethernet (10/100/1000 Mbit/s)
multimode FOC up to 3 km with a rugged metal enclosure
MM491-2LD; 6GK5 491-2AC00-8AA2 and integrated insulation dis-
100BaseFX, BFOC interface, placement contacts for connect-
singlemode FOC up to 26 km ing Industrial Ethernet FC
installation cables; 180° cable
MM491-2LH+; 6GK5 491-2AE00-8AA2 outlet; for network components
100BaseFX, SC connection, and CPs/CPUs with Industrial
single-mode FOC up to 70 km Ethernet interface
EM495/EM496 extender mod- • 1 pack = 1 unit 6GK1 901-1BB11-2AA0
ules
Extender modules for
SCALANCE X414-3E • 1 pack = 50 units 6GK1 901-1BB11-2AE0
• EM495-8; 6GK5 495-8BA00-8AA2 C-PLUG 6GK1 900-0AB00

with 8 x 10/100 Mbit/s TP ports Swap medium for simple replace-
• EM496-4; 6GK5 496-4MA00-8AA2 ment of devices in the event of a
with 4 slots for 100 Mbit/s media fault; for storing configuration or
modules engineering and application data;

© Siemens AG 2008
SCALANCE X-400

Replacement parts
CV490 cover set 6GK5 490-0AA00-0AA2
consisting of covers for:
1 x Gbit submodule slot,
1 x 100 Mbit/s submodule slot, 2
3 x 10/100 Mbit/s TP slot
Label sheet 6GK5 498-0AA00-0AA0
10 sheets DIN A4, color: petrol,
10 strips/sheet, pre-perforated for
printing with laser printer
10 sheets per pack
4-pole and 5-pole terminal set 6GK5 498-1AA00-0AA0
Straight, with locking lug
Electronic manuals
on DVD;
German/English

© Siemens AG 2008
Industrial Ethernet OSM/ESM
■ Overview • Flexible configuration of networks, the network topology can

easily be adapted to the structure of the plant with OSM/ESM
modules.
• Simple monitoring and diagnosis by means of signaling con-
tact, digital inputs, SNMP or e-mail
2 • Low-maintenance operation thanks to fanless construction
■ Application
The Industrial Ethernet OSM (Optical Switch Module) and ESM
(Electrical Switch Module) are used in the construction of
switched networks with data transmission rates of 100 Mbit/s in
the control level range, in which strict demands are placed on
network availability and comprehensive diagnostics are re-
quired.
In existing networks, load decoupling and thus increased net-
work performance can be achieved by creating segments (sub-
dividing a network into subnetworks/segments) and connecting
these segments to an OSM/ESM.
The redundancy manager integrated into OSM/ESM allows re-
dundant Industrial Ethernet rings to be constructed in switching
technology with high-speed media redundancy (reconfiguration
time 0.3 seconds max.).
The data transmission rate in the ring is 100 Mbit/s; for each ring,
up to 50 Industrial Ethernet OSMs (optical ring) or ESMs (electri-
• The managed Industrial Ethernet OSM and ESM switches are cal ring) can be used. Apart from the 2 ring ports, OSM/ESM has
used to construct Industrial Ethernet networks at the control other ports (with either RJ45, ITP or BFOC interfaces) to which
level data terminals or network segments can be connected.
• The modules are interconnected (backbone) at 100 Mbit/s
over With Industrial Ethernet OSM BC08 and media converters
- Glass fiber-optic cables for OSM Industrial Ethernet OMC TP11, "Fiber to the machine" concepts
- Twisted pair cables for ESM can be implemented, so that the advantages of optical transmis-
sion technology can be utilized both for the backbone area and
• Connection of data terminals or network segments depending for station connection:
on the OSM/ESM type through
- 2 to 8 Twisted Pair ports in RJ45 or 9-pole Sub-D version with • High-speed station connection (100 Mbit/s Full Duplex) over
10/100 Mbit/s Industrial Ethernet OSM BC08 and media converter Industrial
- 3 or 8 fiber-optic ports with 100 Mbit/s Ethernet OMC TP11 (fiber-optic cable through to the control
cabinet) in an environment subjected to strong electromag-
• Integrated redundancy manager supports high-speed media netic fields
redundancy also for large networks
• Bridging of large distances of up to 3 km between two
• Very easy network configuration and network extension with- OSM BC08 modules or from an OSM BC08 to a distant station
out complex configuration rules or parameterization
• Equipotential bonding measures or lightning protection
• SNMP and Web-based Management and RMON measures are not necessary thanks to fiber-optic cables.
• Error signaling by e-mail
Industrial Ethernet OSM TP22 or ESM TP40 modules are ideal
• Integration of digital signals, e.g. door switch, temperature for installation in the control cabinet with 1 or 2 stations con-
monitoring or signaling contacts into the management system nected (low equipment density).
by means of digital inputs
With Industrial Ethernet OSM/ESM (devices with 8 ports), several
■ Benefits rings can be redundantly interconnected using the integrated
standby function.
Apart from the 2 ring ports, Industrial Ethernet OSM/ESM mod-
ules are equipped with other ports to which both data terminals
and network segments can be connected.
• Reliable communication due to very fast reconfiguration of the OSM/ESM offer the following three error signaling functions:
network in event of fault (<0.3 seconds) • Over a signaling contact
• Security of investment for existing networks due to • Over SNMP (traps)
- effortless connection of existing 10 Mbit/s data terminals or
subnetworks to Fast Ethernet networks with 100 Mbit/s • by e-mail
- Enhanced performance thanks to load decoupling and a Signals such as signaling contacts from PROFIBUS OLM or door
data rate of 100 Mbit/s contacts can be connected to Industrial Ethernet OSM/ESM
• Easy network configuration without runtime calculation also for through digital inputs. These digital inputs can be monitored
extremely large networks using network management functions (read out status, e-mail on
status change, create trap or log table entry).
• High availability of the network due to:
- Redundant voltage feed
- Redundant network structures based on fiber-optic or
Twisted Pair cables; redundancy manager and standby
function are integrated

© Siemens AG 2008
OSM/ESM have a stable metal casing. They are suitable for the Increase in network performance
following installation types:
By filtering the data traffic based on the Ethernet (MAC) address
• Standard rail of the data terminals, local data traffic remains local, only data
• Wall mounting
• Mounting in 19-inch racks (when 2 modules are used)
intended for nodes in another subnet is forwarded by the OSM
or ESM. 2
All modules have Simple network configuration and network expansion
• a 6-pole terminal block for connecting the supply voltage The overall extent of the network can be up to 150 km with OSM
(redundant 24 V DC infeed) and the floating signaling contact or up to 5 km with ESM. The OSM/ESM saves the data received
as well as at the ports and forwards it independently to the destination
address. Collision detection (CSMA/CD method) does not
• one or two 6-pole terminal blocks for connecting four digital restrict the expansion of the network beyond the switch port.
inputs in each case
Limiting error propagation to the subnet concerned
The operating mode and status information are displayed by
LEDs and a selection button. The OSM/ESM only forwards valid data.
Modules with 8 ports also have a standby interface that is used Integration of existing subnets at 10 Mbit/s into
to synchronize two modules when coupling redundant rings. Fast Ethernet networks at 100 Mbit/s
Using the serial interface, Industrial Ethernet OSM/ESM can be The OSM/ESM automatically detects the data rate (10 or
parameterized, diagnosed or upgraded to the latest firmware 100 Mbit/s) at the twistedpair ports as well full or half duplex
status. The firmware can also be upgraded over the network. mode.
Industrial Ethernet OSM/ESM is available with 4 or 8 ports. Fast redundancy in the ring (reconfiguration time
They are equipped with the following types of ports depending of the ring max. 0.3 seconds):
on the variant:
The availability of the communication is increased by closing an
• Twisted Pair interface (RJ45); 10/100BaseTX : optical line with OSM or an electrical line with ESM to form a ring.
RJ45 socket, automatic data rate detection (10 or 100 Mbit/s) OSM/ESM have an integral redundancy manager which contin-
as well as automatic cross-over of the send/receive cables for uously monitors the function of the network. It recognizes the
connecting FC cables in the field to IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 of up failure of a section in the ring or of an OSM/ESM and activates
to 100 m in length or TP Cords (max. length 10 m, in combina- the substitute path within a maximum of 0.3 seconds.
tion with IE FC Outlet RJ45s and IE FC cables up to 100 m)
High-speed stand-by redundancy
• Twisted Pair interface (Sub-D); 10/100BaseTX:
9-pole Sub-D socket, automatic data rate detection (10 or Several redundant rings can be reliably interconnected using
100 Mbit/s) as well as automatic cross-over of the send/re- the integrated standby function (in the case of OSM/ESM with
ceive circuits for connecting ITP cables (max. length 100 m) 8 ports). Two OSMs/ESMs of one ring, linked by means of a
with Sub-D connectors standby connection, are connected to the other ring by means
• Glass FOC: Multimode (MM);100BaseFX BFOC: of two connecting routes.
2 BFOC sockets per port, 100 Mbit/s data transmission rate, Digital Inputs
for connecting multimode fiber-optic cables in environments
subjected to strong electro-magnetic fields and for distances Easy integration of digital signals into the SNMP-based network
of up to 3000 m between two Industrial Ethernet OSMs management.
• Glass FOC: Singlemode (SM);100BaseFX BFOC: Autocrossover function at RJ45 ports
2 BFOC sockets per port, 100 Mbit/s data transmission rate,
for connecting singlemode fiber-optic cables in environments If necessary, the Industrial Ethernet OSM/ESM TPs automatically
subjected to strong electro-magnetic fields and for distances cross over the send/receive lines to the connected partner
of up to 26 km between two Industrial Ethernet OSM ITP62-LD device at RJ45 ports. This means that crossover TP XP cords
modules. are not required. A condition of the auto-crossover function is
that auto-negotiation is activated.

© Siemens AG 2008
&DELQHW
2 (6073 6ZLWK&3
3&ZLWK
&3$
&3
,()&
5-
3OXJ $ '
3DWFKILHOGZLWK,(b)&b2XWOHWb5-
,()&6WDQGDUG&DEOH[
PD[P
,()&6WDQGDUG&DEOH[
PD[P
%
,(73&RUG ,(73&RUG
6ZLWK 5-5- 5-5-
&3
&3$GYDQFHG
& ,()& &

,()&
2XWOHW 2XWOHW
5- 5-
,()&
5- 6ZLWK 6ZLWK
3OXJ &3 &3
*B,.B;;B
&3$GYDQFHG &3$GYDQFHG
PD[FDEOHOHQJWKV
' $&ืP $%& ,(73&RUG[
$%&ืP % ,()&VWDQGDUGFDEOH
Example of a device connection with ESM

The network topology can easily be adapted to the structure of When configuring the network, it is necessary to observe the
the plant with OSM/ESM. following boundary conditions:
The following network structures and combinations of structures • Maximum length of fiber-optic cable between two modules:
can be implemented: 3000 m with multimode fiber-optic cable
• Optical line and star structure with OSM, SCALANCE X204-2 • Maximum length of fiber-optic cable between two Industrial
or SCALANCE X414-3E and fiber-optic cable media module Ethernet OSM ITP62-LD modules:
100 Mbit/s: 26 km with singlemode fiber-optic cable
The cascading depth and network expansion are limited only • Maximum length of the TP cord: 10 m; together with RJ45
by the signal delay; the overall network may extend up to outlets and FC cables up to 100 m
150 km. • Maximum length of the ITP cable with Sub-D connectors
• Electrical line and star structure with ESM, SCALANCE X208 between two modules or to the station: 100 m.
or SCALANCE X414-3E: • Maximum length of the IE FC cable 2 x 2 with IE FC RJ45
The cascading depth and network expansion are limited only Plug 180 between two modules or to the station: 100 m
by the signal delay; the overall network may extend up to 5 km.
• Structuring of existing networks by connecting individual sub- Network configuration rules such as "delay equivalent" and
networks to OSM/ESM "variability value" end at the port of the switch and are meaning-
less for the cascading of switches.
• Optical 100 Mbit/s rings with high-speed media redundancy
(up to 50 Industrial Ethernet OSMs, SCALANCE X204-2 or
SCALANCE X414-3E per ring; maximum reconfiguration time:
0.3 seconds)
• Electrical 100 Mbit/s rings with high-speed media redundancy
(up to 50 ESMs, SCALANCE X208 or SCALANCE X414-3E per
ring; maximum reconfiguration time: 0.3 seconds)
• Hierarchical redundant rings:
Individual redundant rings (10 Mbit/s or 100 Mbit/s) are con-
nected over two OSMs or ESMs to a higher-level 100 Mbit/s
ring. High-speed media redundancy can be implemented for
the individual rings and for their redundant connection.

© Siemens AG 2008
6HUYHU 2SHUDWRU6WDWLRQ (QJLQHHULQJ6WDWLRQ
2
&RPSDQ\QHWZRUN
3& 3&
0ELWV
,QGXVWULDO 6ZLWFKHV6&$/$1&(
(WKHUQHW ;(
6WDQGE\FRQQHFWLRQ
6
260
6
(60 6ZLWFKHV
6&$/$1&(
;
6ZLWFKHV
6&$/$1&(
0ELWV ;
6ZLWFKHV
6&$/$1&(
6 ; 6 6
6ZLWFKHV
3*
6&$/$1&(
*B,.B;;B
Optical and electrical ring, redundantly coupled

© Siemens AG 2008
Commissioning and diagnosis Network management
OSM/ESM have the following adjustment options on the device Network management provides the following functions:
itself: • Password-protected dial-up for "Administrator" (read and write
2 • Redundancy manager (RM) authorization) and "User" (read only)
• When setting up a ring, one module in the ring is switched • Read-out of version and status information
to RM mode by means of a switch. • Setting the signal and standby mask and address information
• The non-ring ports of the RM can be used for the connection • Fixed parameterization of the ports and filter tables
of data terminals and networks. (filter tables only in the case of OSMs/ESMs with 8 ports)
• Standby function (for OSM/ESM with 8 ports) • Output of statistical information
• When coupling rings redundantly, one module in the ring • Diagnosis of data traffic by means of a parameterizable mirror
that is connected to the neighboring module by means of a port with a standard commercial network analyzer
standby connection is switched to the standby mode.
• Loading of new firmware or the configuration data via the
• Signal mask; network by a TFTP server
the signal mask is set to the current (target) status of the
module by pushbutton operation. The signal mask defines • Saving the configuration data or log table via the network on a
which ports and which power supplies are to be monitored. TFTP server
The signaling contact only reports an error when a monitored If problems occur in the network, the OSM/ESM can send error
port or a monitored feeder fails (deviation of setpoint/actual messages (traps) automatically to a network management
status). system or Emails to a network administrator.
OSMs/ESMs have the following diagnostic options: The remote monitoring (RMON) in the case of OSM/ESM with
• The following status information is displayed by LEDs on site: 8 ports offers the following functions:
- RM mode The OSM/ESM can collect statistics information according to the
- Standby mode (for OSM/ESM with 8 ports) RMON groups 1 through 3. These include, for example, fault
- Signaling contact status statistics that are kept for each port.
- Status of the two power supplies This information can be read out from the OSM/ESM through
- Port status Web-based management in the statistics sub-area.
- Port mode (10/100 Mbit/s, full/half-duplex)
- Signal mask (setpoint status)
- Status of the digital Inputs
• The status of the signaling contact is routed externally by
means of floating relay contacts. This enables the module to
be monitored via an input module from a controller.
In addition, Industrial Ethernet OSMs/ESMs can be monitored
by means of network management. The following interfaces are
offered for this purpose:
• Locally on the module;
over the serial interface and PC with terminal emulation per
command line (CLI – Command Line Interface)
• Remote via browser (Web-based management):
Selection of OSM/ESM via the network from a PC with browser
• Remote via SNMP;
Integration of OSM/ESM via the network into a network
management station

© Siemens AG 2008
Order No. 6GK1 105-..... Order No. 6GK1 105-.....
Product type description Industrial Ethernet OSM/ESM Product type description Industrial Ethernet OSM/ESM
Transfer rate Effective power loss
• Transfer rate 1 10 Mbit/s • at 24 V DC 20 W 2
• Transfer rate 2 100 Mbit/s • Maximum -
Number of electrical connections Input current
• for digital input signals 2 • at digital input on signal <0> max. 8 mA
• for signaling contact 1 • on signal <1> 8 mA
• for network components 6 Ambient temperature
or terminals
• during operation, for OSM ITP62-LD: +55 °C
- with autocrossover 6 max. Comments
• for redundant voltage supply 1 • during operation 0 … 60 °C
• for voltage supply - • during storage -20 … +80 °C
Electrical connection version • during transport -20 … +80 °C
• for digital input signals 6-pin plug-in terminal block Maximum relative humidity 95%
• for network components 9-pin Sub-D socket at 25 °C during operation
or terminals (10/100 Mbit/s) Width 217 mm
• for power supply and 1 x 6-pin plug-in terminal block Height 156,5 mm
signaling contact
Depth 69 mm
for fiber-optic cables Net weight 1400 g
• at 10 Mbit/s - Type of fixing DIN rail, fixed mounting,
19" installation (in pairs)
• at 100 Mbit/s 2
for fiber-optic cables Standard
• at 10 Mbit/s - • for EMI of FM Class 1, Division 2,
Group A, B, C, D
• at 100 Mbit/s BFOC sockets
(multimode, 100 Mbit/s) • For Ex zone -
Number of digital inputs 8 • for safety of CSA CSA C22.2 No. 950
Version of the C-PLUG No • For emitted interference EN 50081-2
swap medium • For noise immunity EN 50082-2
Type of supply voltage DC Directive
Supply voltage 24 V • for C-Tick AS/NZS 2064 (Class A)
• external 24 V • for safety of UL UL 1950
- Maximum 32 V
Certificate of suitability Use in industrial area
- Minimum 18 V
• CE label Yes
• Maximum 32 V
• e-symbol -
• Minimum 18 V
Signal voltage
• American Bureau of Shipping Eu- Yes
• for signal <0> in case of DC rope Ltd. (ABS)
- Maximum 3V
• Bureau Veritas (BV) Yes
- Minimum -30 V
• Det Norske Veritas (DNV) Yes
- Rated value 24 V
• Europe Ltd. (ABS) Yes
• for signal <1> in case of DC
- Maximum 30 V • Germanischer Lloyd (GL) Yes
- Minimum 13 V • Lloyds Register of Shipping (LRS) Yes
- Rated value 24 V • Nippon Kaiji Kyokai (NK) Yes
current consumed 1000 mA Cascading in case of redundant 50
at rated value of supply voltage ring with reconfiguration time of
< 0.3 s
Cascading in case of star structure Any (depending only on signal
propagation time)

© Siemens AG 2008

Industrial Ethernet OSM ITP62 6GK1 105-2AA10 Industrial Ethernet ESM TP80 6GK1 105-3AB10
Optical switch module with Electrical switch module with
2 fiber-optic ports 100 Mbit/s, 8 RJ45 ports 10/100 Mbit/s and
2
6 ITP ports 10/100 Mbit/s and 8 digital inputs; redundant
8 digital inputs; redundant 24 V DC supply and
24 V DC supply and signaling contact;
signaling contact; with network management
with network management
Industrial Ethernet ESM TP40 6GK1 105-3AC00
Industrial Ethernet OSM TP62 6GK1 105-2AB10
Electrical switch module with
Optical switch module with 4 RJ45 ports 10/100 Mbit/s and
2 fiber-optic ports 100 Mbit/s, 6 4 digital inputs;
RJ45 ports 10/100 Mbit/s and redundant 24 V DC supply and
8 digital inputs; redundant signaling contact;
24 V DC supply and with network management
signaling contact;
with network management IE FC RJ45 outlet 6GK1 901-1FC00 0AA0
Industrial Ethernet OSM 6GK1 105-2AC10 For connecting Industrial Ethernet

ITP62-LD FC cables and TP Cords;
block pricing for quantities of
Optical switch module with more than 10 or 50 units
2 fiber-optic ports 100 Mbit/s long
distance (single-mode fiber-optic IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
cable up to 26 km), 6 ITP ports RJ45 cable connector for Indus-
10/100 Mbit/s and 8 digital inputs; trial Ethernet with rugged metal
redundant 24 V DC supply and housing and integrated insulation
signaling contact; displacement contacts for con-
with network management nection of the Industrial Ethernet
Industrial Ethernet OSM ITP53 6GK1 105-2AD10 FC installation cables;
with 180° cable outlet; for network
Optical switch module with components and CPs/CPUs with
3 fiber-optic ports 100 Mbit/s, Industrial Ethernet interface
5 ITP ports 10/100 Mbit/s and
8 digital inputs; redundant • 1 pack = 1 unit 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0
24 V DC supply and • 1 pack = 10 units 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AB0
signaling contact;
with network management • 1 pack = 50 units 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AE0
Industrial Ethernet OSM TP22 6GK1 105-2AE00 ITP XP Standard Cable 9/9
Optical switch module with ITP installation cable with
2 fiber-optic ports 100 Mbit/s, two 9-pin Sub-D connectors for
2 RJ45 ports 10/100 Mbit/s and synchronizing two ESMs via the
4 digital inputs; redundant standby port with redundant
24 V DC supply and coupling of subnets
signaling contact; •2m 6XV1 850-0CH20
•5m 6XV1 850-0CH50
Industrial Ethernet OSM BC08 6GK1 105-4AA00
•8m 6XV1 850-0CH80
Optical switch module with
8 fiber-optic ports 100 Mbit/s • 12 m 6XV1 850-0CN12
and 8 digital inputs;
• 15 m 6XV1 850-0CN15
redundant 24 V DC supply and
signaling contact; • 20 m 6XV1 850-0CN20
• 30 m 6XV1 850-0CN30
Industrial Ethernet ESM ITP80 6GK1 105-3AA10
• 40 m 6XV1 850-0CN40
Electrical switch module with
8 ITP ports 10/100 Mbit/s and
8 digital inputs; redundant
24 V DC supply and
signaling contact;

© Siemens AG 2008
Industrial Ethernet SIPLUS OSM/ESM
■ Overview ■ Ordering data Order No.

Industrial Ethernet SIPLUS 6AG1 105-2AA10-4AA0
OSM ITP62
(medial load)
Optical Switch Module with 2 fiber-
optic ports 100 Mbit/s, 6 ITP ports
10/100 Mbit/s and 8 digital inputs;
2
redundant 24 V DC supply and sig-
naling contact; with network man-
agement
Industrial Ethernet SIPLUS 6AG1 105-2AB10-4AA0
OSM TP62
(medial load)
Optical Switch Module with 2 fiber-
optic ports 100 Mbit/s, 6 RJ45 ports
10/100 Mbit/s and 8 digital inputs;
redundant 24 V DC supply and sig-
naling contact; with network man-
agement
Industrial Ethernet SIPLUS 6AG1 105-3AA10-4AA0
ESM ITP80
(medial load)
Electrical Switch Module with 8 ITP
ports 10/100 Mbit/s and 8 digital
inputs; redundant 24 V DC supply
and signaling contact; with network
management
Accessories see Industrial Ethernet OSM/ESM
• The managed Industrial Ethernet OSM and ESM switches are ordering data
used to construct Industrial Ethernet networks at the control
level
• The modules are interconnected (backbone) at 100 Mbit/s
over
- Glass fiber-optic cables (FO) for OSM
- Twisted Pair cables for ESM
• Connection of data terminals or network segments depending
on the OSM/ESM type through
- 2 to 8 Twisted Pair ports in RJ45 or 9-pole Sub-D design
for 10/100 Mbit/s
- 3 or 8 fiber-optic ports for 100 Mbit/s
• Integrated redundancy manager supports high-speed media
redundancy also for large networks
• Very easy network configuration and network extension
without complex configuration rules or parameterization
• SNMP, Web-based Management and RMON
• Error signaling by e-mail
• Integration of digital signals, e.g. door switch, temperature
monitoring or signaling contacts into the management system
by means of digital inputs
Order No. 6AG1 105- 6AG1 105- 6AG1 105-

2AA10- 2AB10- 3AA10-
4AA0 4AA0 4AA0
Order No. based on 6GK1 105- 6GK1 105- 6GK1 105-
2AA10 2AB10 3AA10
Product type description Industrial Industrial Industrial
Ethernet Ethernet Ethernet
SIPLUS SIPLUS SIPLUS
OSM ITP62 OSM ITP62 ESM ITP80
(e.g. by chlorine sulfur atmosphere)
Technical specifications The technical specifications are identical
with those of the based-on modules.


© Siemens AG 2008
Industrial Ethernet Media Converter
SCALANCE X-100 unmanaged media converter
2 • Ideal solution for converting various transmission media in

Industrial Ethernet line, star and ring topologies
• Space-saving installation in the cabinet thanks to the compact
design in S7-300 format
• Secure data communication by means of industry-standard
device interface using PROFINET-compliant plug-in connec-
tor IE FC RJ45 Plug and additional strain relief by latching the
connector to the housing
• Integration of existing 10Base FL and/or 10Base5 networks
• Cost savings, since installation is possible without a patch
field by means of IE FC RJ45 Plug and IE FC Standard Cable
• Simple and fast diagnostics via LED on device and signaling
contact
• Uncrossed connecting cables can be used due to the
• The unmanaged Industrial Ethernet media converters of the integrated Autocrossover function
SCALANCE X-100 product line are ideally suited for imple- • Simple network configuration without runtime calculation
menting various transmission media in Industrial Ethernet
networks operating at 10/100 Mbit/s in a line, star and ring
topology ■ Application
• Electrical or optical connection to stations or network in The unmanaged media converters of the SCALANCE X-100
accordance with the port type of the devices product line permit low-cost conversion of various transmission
• Rugged metal housing for space-saving cubicle mounting on media within Industrial Ethernet line, star and ring topologies.
standard rails, S7-300 DIN rail or for wall mounting They are designed for installation in the control cabinet.
• Rugged, industry-standard station connections with Single, remote terminal units on network segments can be linked
PROFINET-compatible RJ45 connectors that offer additional via the optical path of the SCALANCE X-100 media converters.
strain relief and bending strain relief thanks to latching on the Integration of an optical path into a redundant ring is also
housing possible, as well as installation of the SCALANCE X-100 media
• Redundant power supply converters into a standby link.
• Diagnostics on the device by means of LEDs Product versions
(power, link status, data communication) SCALANCE X101-1, SCALANCE X101-1LD,
• Error signaling contact with easy adjustment using the SET SCALANCE X101-1POF, SCALANCE X101-1FL and
button SCALANCE X101-1AUI
• Connection of existing 10 Mbit/s fiber optic networks • For converting electrical signals into optical signals in
• Connection of existing 10Base5 networks (e.g. SINEC H1) Industrial Ethernet line, star and ring topologies
• The Industrial Ethernet media converters have an electrical
10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 port and:
- SCALANCE X101-1
a 100 Mbit/s multimode interface with BFOC connections
- SCALANCE X101-1LD
a 100 Mbit/s single mode interface with BFOC connections
- SCALANCE X101-1POF
a 100 Mbit/s plastic optical fiber interface with SC-RJ
connections
- SCALANCE X101-1AUI
a 10 Mbit/s AUI interface with SUB-D connections
- SCALANCE X101-1FL
a 10 Mbit/s multimode interface with BFOC connections
• Redundant power supply with 2 x 24 V DC
• Device diagnostics on the device by means of LEDs
(power, link status, data communication) and signaling
contact (signaling mask can be set on site using buttons)
• The electric RJ45 socket is industry-standard and features
additional retaining collars for connection to the
IE FC RJ45 Plugs

© Siemens AG 2008
■ Design
The SCALANCE Industrial Ethernet media converters with a The following port types are available:
rugged metal housing are optimized for mounting on a standard • 10/100BaseTX, RJ45 connector:
rail and an S7-300 DIN rail. Direct wall mounting in various RJ45 connector, automatic detection of the data rate (10 or
positions is also possible. Due to the housing dimensions that
correspond to those of the S7-300, the devices are ideally suited
for integration into an automation solution using S7-300 compo-
100 Mbit/s), with Autosensing and Autocrossover function for
connecting IE FC cables via IE FC RJ45 Plugs over distances 2
up to 100 m
nents.
• 100BaseFX, BFOC connections with glass fiber optic cable:
The SCALANCE X-100 media converters feature: BFOC sockets for direct connection to Industrial Ethernet
• a 4-pin terminal block for connecting the redundant power glass fiber-optic cables up to 3000 m or 26000 m for configur-
supply (2 x 24 V DC) ing line, star or ring topologies.
• a row of LEDs for displaying status information • 100BaseFX, SC RJ connections with plastic fiber optic cable:
(power, link status, data communication, signaling contact) SC RJ sockets for direct connection to Industrial Ethernet
POF fiber-optic cables up to 50 m or to Industrial Ethernet PCF
• a 2-pole terminal block for connecting the floating signaling fiber-optic cables up to 100 m for configuring line, star or ring
contact topologies
• a SET button for local configuration of the signaling contact • 10BaseFL, BFOC connections with glass fiber optic cable:
and of cascading mode BFOC sockets for direct connection to Industrial Ethernet
glass fiber optic cables up to 3000 m for configuring line, star
or ring topologies.
• AUI, 15-pin Sub-D connector:
15-pin Sub-D socket for connecting an Industrial Ethernet AUI
cable (connecting cable 727-1/drop cable) of up to 50 m to
AUI Transceiver (no terminal equipment).
■ Function
• Configuring electrical and optical Industrial Ethernet line, star • Easy configuration and extension of the network;
or ring topologies no limits to network extension when switches or media con-
• Uncrossed connecting cables can be used due to Autocross- verters of the SCALANCE X-100 family are cascaded.
over function integrated in the TP ports • Integration of existing 10Base FL and/or 10Base5 networks
7\SHDQGQXPEHURISRUWV &KDUDFWHULVWLFV
6,0$7,&HQYLURQPHQW
7ZLVWHG3DLU )LEHU2SWLF
&RPSDFWHQFORVXUH
6LJQDOLQJFRQWDFW
5LQJUHGXQGDQF\
/('GLDJQRVWLFV
)DVW(WKHUQHW
2QVLWHGLVSOD\
6(7EXWWRQ
[9'&
ZLWKRXW50
0ELWV 0ELWV 0ELWV
5- 32)3&) 0XOWLPRGH 6LQJOHPRGH $8, 0XOWLPRGH
%)2& %)2& %)2&
6&$/$1&(;
6&$/$1&(;/'
6&$/$1&(;32)
6&$/$1&(;$8,
6&$/$1&(;)/
20&73
20&73/'
*B,.B;;B
Function overview of Industrial Ethernet media converters

© Siemens AG 2008
Network topology and network configuration • Length of the optical cables:
- Max. 3000 m with Industrial Ethernet multimode fiber-optic
The SCALANCE X-100 media converters are typically accom- cables.
modated in one control cabinet together with the nodes to be - Max. 26000 m with Industrial Ethernet singlemode fiber-optic
2 connected. They can be installed in line, star and ring topolo-
gies.
cables.
- Max. 100 m with Industrial Ethernet PCF fiber-optic cables
When configuring the network, it is necessary to observe the - Max. 50 m with Industrial Ethernet POF fiber-optic cables
following boundary conditions: • Length of the AUI cable:
• Length of the TP cable between two SCALANCE X media con- - max. 50 m with Industrial Ethernet connecting cable 727-1
verters: (AUI drop cable)
- Max. 100 m with Industrial Ethernet FastConnect products
6ZLWK&3 6&$/$1&(;
6&$/$1&(
$FFHVV3RLQW
6&$/$1&( :352
;RU
;/'
6&$/$1&( 6&$/$1&( 6&$/$1&(

;RU ; ;RU
;/' ;/'
)LHOG3*
*B,.B;;B
(76 (76 (76 (76 (76
352),1(7,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW7ZLVWHG3DLU
352),1(7,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW)LEHU2SWLF
Optical star topology with SCALANCE X101-1/X101-1LD and remote SCALANCE W Access Point
6ZLWK&3
FDELQHW
,(3%/LQN
6ZLWFK 6ZLWK 6
6&$/$1&( &3$GYDQFHG ZLWK&3

;
6ZLWFK
,()& 6&$/$1&( 6&$/$1&(
5- ; ;
0ELWV
3OXJ 6ZLWFK
6&$/$1&(
;
352),%86
*B,.B;;B
PROFINET/,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW7ZLVWHG3DLU )&6WDQGDUG&DEOH

PROFINET/,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW)LEHU2SWLF
(7;
Electrical and optical linear topology with SCALANCE X101-1

© Siemens AG 2008
6
6
6 2
6
6&$/$1&(
;
3&
6
6&$/$1&( 6&$/$1&(
; ;
6
6&$/$1&( 6&$/$1&(
; ;
,3&
3&
6&$/$1&(
,3& 6
;RU;/'
*B,.B;;B
Mixed ring topology with twisted-pair and fiber optic cables
6
6ZLWFK 6
6&$/$&(;
3&
6
6&$/$1&( 6&$/$1&(
; ;
,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW
6 )LEHURSWLFFDEOH
6&$/$1&( 6&$/$1&( 3&
; ;
3&
6
3& 6&$/$1&(
*B,.B;;B
;/'
Mixed ring topology with fiber optic and twisted-pair cables

© Siemens AG 2008
2SHUDWRU6WDWLRQ 2SHUDWRU6WDWLRQV
2
6
6&$/$1&( 6&$/$1&(
; ;
,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW
)LEHURSWLFFDEOH 0ELWV
6&$/$1&(;
6 6
6WDQGE\0DVWHU 6WDQGE\6ODYH
6&$/$1&(; 6&$/$1&(;
RU;/' RU;/'
6&$/$1&( 6&$/$1&(
; ;
3&
0ELWV
6&$/$1&( 6&$/$1&(;,57
; DVUHGXQGDQF\PDQDJHU
,3&
G_IK10_XX_10047
+XPDQPDFKLQH 6 6
LQWHUIDFH
Optical redundant connection of two optical rings with SCALANCE X101-1 or SCALANCE X101-1LD

ZLWK&3 6&$/$1&(
;32) (7SUR
(76ZLWK
352),1(7 ,(VWDQGDUGFDEOH 32))2& ,031)2
,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW
6&$/$1&( 6&$/$1&( 6&$/$1&(
;,57 ;3,57 ;3,57
(76ZLWK
,031)2
*B,.B;;B
(76ZLWK,031)2
Network structure with plastic fiber optic cabling

© Siemens AG 2008
2
6,0$7,&6
ZLWK&3
352),1(7 ,(VWDQGDUGFDEOH
,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW 6ZLWFK
6&$/$1&( ,QGXVWULDO ,QGXVWULDO ,QGXVWULDO
; (WKHUQHW (WKHUQHW (WKHUQHW
2/0 2/0 2/0
0HGLDFRQYHUWHU *ODVV)2&
6&$/$1&(
;)/
6,0$7,&6 3&ZLWK 6,0$7,&6 3&ZLWK 6,0$7,&6 3&ZLWK

ZLWK&3 &3 ZLWK&3 &3 ZLWK&3 &3
*B,.B;;B
+XPDQPDFKLQHLQWHUIDFH +XPDQPDFKLQHLQWHUIDFH +XPDQPDFKLQHLQWHUIDFH
Connection of a 10BaseFL segment to Industrial Ethernet (10/100 Mbit/s) with SCALANCE X101-1FL
6,0$7,&6
ZLWK&3
,(VWDQGDUGFDEOH
,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW 6ZLWFKHV
6&$/$1&( %DVHVHJPHQW
;
7UDQVFHLYHU
0HGLDFRQYHUWHU &RQQHFWLQJFDEOH
*B,.B;;B
LQFOPHGLXP
6&$/$1&( DWWDFKPHQW
;$8, $8,GURSFDEOH XQLW
Connection of a 10Base5 segment (e.g. SINEC H1)

to Industrial Ethernet (10/100 Mbit/s) with SCALANCE X101-1AUI
Diagnostics
The following information is displayed on site by LEDs:
• Power
• Port status
• Data traffic
The Industrial Ethernet media converters of the SCALANCE X-
100 product line can also be monitored using the floating signal-
ing contact. Two media converters of the same type can be con-
nected in cascading mode.

© Siemens AG 2008
Transfer rate
• Transfer rate 3 - -
• at 10 Mbit/s - -
• at 100 Mbit/s 1 1
• at 10 Mbit/s - -
• at 100 Mbit/s BFOC sockets (multimode) BFOC sockets (single-mode)
Version of the C-PLUG No No
swap medium
- Maximum 32 V 32 V
- Minimum 18 V 18 V
• at 24 V DC 3,0 W 3,0 W
Ambient temperature
Width 40 mm 40 mm
Depth 124 mm 124 mm

© Siemens AG 2008

Standard
• for EMI of FM FM 3611 FM 3611 2
• For emitted interference EN 61000-6-3 (Class B) EN 61000-6-2 (Class A)
Directive
• for safety of UL UL 60950, CSA C22.2 No. 60950 UL 60950, CSA C22.2 No. 60950
Order No. 6GK5 101-1BH00-2AA3 6GK5 101-1BY00-2AA3 6GK5 101-1BX00-2AA3

Product type description SCALANCE X101-1POF SCALANCE X101-1FL SCALANCE X101-1AUI
Transfer rate
• Transfer rate 2 100 Mbit/s - -
• Transfer rate 3 - - -
• for network components 1 1 2
or terminals
• for network components RJ45 socket (10/100 Mbit/s; TP) RJ45 socket (10/100 Mbit/s; TP) RJ45 socket (10/100 Mbit/s; TP);
or terminals 15-pin Sub-D socket for connec-
tion to connecting cable 727-1
(AUI drop cable) or to
AUI transceivers
(MAU = medium attachment unit)
• at 10 Mbit/s - 1 -
• at 100 Mbit/s 1 - -
• at 10 Mbit/s - BFOC sockets (multimode) -
• at 100 Mbit/s SC-RJ/POF - -
Version of the C-PLUG No No No
swap medium

© Siemens AG 2008

Order No. 6GK5 101-1BH00-2AA3 6GK5 101-1BY00-2AA3 6GK5 101-1BX00-2AA3
Product type description SCALANCE X101-1POF SCALANCE X101-1FL SCALANCE X101-1AUI
2 Supply voltage 24 V 24 V 24 V
• at 24 V DC 3,0 W 3,0 W 3,0 W
Ambient temperature
Type of fixing Standard rail, S7-300 rail, wall Standard rail, S7-300 rail, wall Standard rail, S7-300 rail, wall
mounting mounting mounting
Standard
• For emitted interference EN 61000-6-3 (Class B) EN 61000-6-3 (Class B) EN 61000-6-2 (Class A)
Directive
• for safety of UL UL 60950, CSA C22.2 No. 60950 UL 60950, CSA C22.2 No. 60950 UL 60950, CSA C22.2 No. 60950
• Det Norske Veritas (DNV) - - -
• Nippon Kaiji Kyokai (NK) Yes Yes Yes

© Siemens AG 2008

SCALANCE X-100 unmanaged Accessories
media converter
IE FC RJ45 Plugs
Industrial Ethernet media
2
converters, LED diagnostics,
fault signaling contact with Ethernet with a rugged metal
SET key, redundant power supply, housing and integrated insulation
PROFINET-compatible displacement contacts for
retaining collar; connecting Industrial Ethernet FC
incl. Operating Instructions, installation cables;
Industrial Ethernet network IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
manual and configuration
software on CD-ROM 180° cable outlet;
for network components and
• SCALANCE X101-1 6GK5 101-1BB00-2AA3 CPs/CPUs with Industrial Ethernet
1 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 Port interface
1 x 100 Mbit/s multimode BFOC
• 1 pack = 1 unit 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0
• SCALANCE X101-1LD 6GK5 101-1BC00-2AA3
1 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 Port • 1 pack = 10 units 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AB0
1 x 100 Mbit/s singlemode BFOC • 1 pack = 50 units 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AE0
• SCALANCE X101-1POF 6GK5 101-1BH00-2AA3 SIMATIC NET Manual Collection 6GK1 975-1AA00-3AA0
1 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 Port
1 x 100 Mbit/s POF SC RJ Electronic manuals
• SCALANCE X101-1AUI 6GK5 101-1BX00-2AA3 communication protocols,
1 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 Port and communication products;
1 x 10 Mbit/s AUI segment port on DVD;
• SCALANCE X101-1FL 6GK5 101-1BY00-2AA3 German/English

© Siemens AG 2008
SIPLUS SCALANCE X-100 unmanaged
media converter

SIPLUS SCALANCE X-100 6AG1 101-1BB00-4AA3
unmanaged
media converter
2
SIPLUS SCALANCE X101-1
1 x 100 Mbit/s Multimode BFOC
Accessories see SCALANCE X-100
unmanaged media converter
ordering data
• The unmanaged Industrial Ethernet media converters of the

SCALANCE X-100 product line are optimized for converting
various transmission media in Industrial Ethernet networks
operating at 10/100 Mbit/s in a line, star and ring topology
• Electrical or optical connection to stations or network in accor-
dance with the port type of the devices
• Rugged metal enclosure for space-saving cabinet mounting
on standard rails, S7-300 mounting rails or for wall mounting
compliant RJ45 connectors that latch onto the enclosure to
offer additional strain and bending relief
button
• Connection of existing 10 Mbit/s fiber-optic networks
• Connection of existing 10Base5 networks (e.g. SINEC H1)
Order No. 6AG1 101-1BB00-4AA3

Order No. based on 6GK5 101-1BB00-2AA3
Product type description SIPLUS SCALANCE X101-1
sphere)
based-on modules.


© Siemens AG 2008
Industrial security
Overview
■ Overview
2
6HUYLFHFRPSXWHUZLWK :$1 5RXWHU0'
62)71(7VRIWZDUH
6HFXULW\FOLHQW
)LUHZDOO
3URGXFWLRQFRPSXWHU
ZLWK62)71(76HFXULW\&OLHQWVRIWZDUH 3&ZLWK 3&
VRIWZDUH
6HUYHU 62)71(7
6HFXULW\
&OLHQW
6HFXULW\0RGXOH
6&$/$1&(6
0(6OHYHO 2IILFHQHWZRUN
3&
6,1$8767VFFF
6ZLWFK6&$/$1&(; 6ZLWFK6&$/$1&(;(
$XWRPDWLRQQHWZRUN
352),1(7 352),1(7
,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW ,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW

6&$/$1&(6 6&$/$1&(6 6&$/$1&(6
*B,.B;;B
3DQHO
3& 5RERWFHOO 5RERWFHOO 5RERWFHOO
+XPDQPDFKLQHLQWHUIDFH $XWRPDWLRQFHOO
Modern automation technology is based on communication and Advantages of industrial security concept:
the trend toward increased networking of individual manufactur- • Protection from espionage and data manipulation
ing islands. It is becoming more and more important to integrate
all the manufacturing components into a uniform network that • Protection against overloading of the communication system
merges with the office network and the corporate Intranet. • Protection against mutual interference
There is also a requirement for remote access for servicing, • Protection against addressing mistakes
the increasing use of IT mechanisms such as Web servers and • Secure remote access also over the Internet
e-mail with programmable controllers as well as the use of wire- • User-friendly and simple configuration and administration
less LANs. In this manner, industrial communication interacts without specialist knowledge of IT security
more and more with the IT environment and is now subjected to
the same dangers that are well-known from the office and IT • No changes or modification of the existing network structure
environment, such as hackers, viruses, worms and Trojans. are necessary
• No changes or modification of the existing applications or
The current security concepts are tailored to the office world and network stations are necessary
require constant administration and specialist knowledge. They
are not usually conversant with the special protocol landscape • Rugged, industry-compatible design
of industrial communication and are not designed to withstand SCALANCE S security modules offer a scaleable security
the harsh environmental conditions. functionality:
With its security concept, Siemens offers a safety solution spe- • Firewall for protecting the programmable controllers from
cially designed for industrial automation engineering that satis- unauthorized access regardless of the size of the network to
fies the specific requirements of this application environment. be protected.
• Supplementary or alternative VPN (Virtual Private Network)
for reliable authentication of the communication partners and
encryption of the transmitted data
• SOFTNET Security Client for secure access of PCs/notebooks
to programmable controllers protected by SCALANCE S
(in bridge mode).

© Siemens AG 2008
Industrial security
SCALANCE S
2 • Access protection can be implemented for any devices in

Ethernet networks
• Secure remote accesses is possible over the Internet
(e.g. using DSL routers)
• Problem-free integration into existing networks since it is
unnecessary to reconfigure any end stations or introduce new
IP subnets
• High flexibility through optional operation as bridge or with
router function
• Use of private IP addresses possible in the internal network
through NAT (Network Address Translation) or NAPT (Network
Address and Port Translation) functionality;
public IP addresses can therefore be saved, and automation
cells can be designed identically with the same private IP
addresses.
• Security modules for the protection of automation networks
and security during data exchange between automation • Automatic reading out of log files using Syslog server
systems. • Simple and fast startup;
• Communication is only possible between authenticated and firewall rules which are to apply to several SCALANCE S
authorized devices devices can be combined in global firewall rules.
- protection against operator mistakes • Assignment of symbolic names to IP addresses simplifies the
- prevention of unauthorized access configuration and readability of the firewall rules
- prevention of faults and communications overload • Rugged, industry-compatible design tailored to the require-
• Rugged, industry-standard station connections with ments in an industrial environment
PROFINET-compatible RJ45 connectors that offer additional • Device replacement without programming devices, as all
strain relief and bending strain relief thanks to latching on the information is stored on the replaceable C-PLUG (even file
housing system for IT functions).
• Easier handling thanks to minimal configuration and no
special knowledge of IT security is required ■ Application
• No modification or adaptation of the existing network struc-
ture, applications or stations is required The security modules of the SCALANCE S range can be used to
protect all devices of an Ethernet network against unauthorized
• Safeguarding of communication is independent of the access. In addition, SCALANCE S612 and SCALANCE S613
protocol (e.g. PROFINET or other Ethernet-based fieldbus also protect the data transmission between devices or network
solutions) segments (e.g. automation cells) against data manipulation and
• Module replacement without the need for a programming espionage; they can also be used for secure remote access over
device, using the C-PLUG swap media for backing up the the Internet, e.g. with DSL routers.
configuration data (not included in the scope of supply)
SCALANCE S is optimized for use in automation and industrial
SCALANCE S602 environments, and meets the specific requirements of automa-
• Stateful Inspection Firewall tion systems, such as easy upgrades of existing systems, simple
installation and minimal downtimes in the event of a fault.
• In addition to bridge mode, can also be operated in router
mode and can therefore also be used directly at IP subnet Note:
limits You can obtain support regarding the special features of WAN
connections and company firewalls/security infrastructures from
• Address translation
your local contact.
- NAT (Network Address Translation) permits the use of private
IP addresses in the internal network in that public IP ad-
dresses are converted to private ones I&S Security Service
- NAPT (Network Address and Port Translation) permits the Customer Care Desk
use of private IP addresses in the internal network in that Tel.: +49(0)9131-7-28811
frames are converted to private IP addresses depending on E-mail: professionalsupport@siemens.com
the communications port used
• Internal network nodes can receive their IP addresses from
the integral DHCP server
• Log files can also be evaluated by the Syslog server
• Simple and fast configuration of the firewall through global
firewall rules and symbolic names for IP addresses
SCALANCE S612 and SCALANCE S613
• Encryption of data transmission with VPN (IPSec)
- protection against espionage
- protection against unauthorized manipulation
• Secure remote access through Internet gateways (e.g. DSL
routers) or via GPRS with SINAUT GPRS router MD740-1

© Siemens AG 2008
Industrial security
SCALANCE S
■ Function
Security functions Versions:
VPN (Virtual Private Network) • SCALANCE S602;
(only for SCALANCE S612 and SCALANCE S613); uses Stateful Inspection Firewall to protect network segments
for reliable authentication (identification) of the network stations,
for encrypting the data and checking data integrity.
against unauthorized access
• SCALANCE S612; 2
• Authentication; uses Stateful Inspection Firewall to protect network segments
All incoming data traffic is monitored and checked. against unauthorized access;
As IP addresses can be falsified (IP spoofing), checking the protects up to 32 devices using VPN tunnels (up to 64 VPN
IP address (of the client access) is not sufficient. In addition, tunnels simultaneously)
Client PCs may have changing IP addresses. For this reason • SCALANCE S613;
the authentication is performed by means of tried and tested uses Stateful Inspection Firewall to protect network segments
VPN mechanisms. against unauthorized access
• Data encryption; - Protects up to 64 devices using VPN tunnels,
Secure encryption is necessary in order to protect data com- (up to 128 VPN tunnels simultaneously)
munication from espionage and unauthorized manipulation. - extended temperature range from -20 °C to +70 °C
This means that the data traffic remains incomprehensible to Configuration
any eavesdropper in the network. The SCALANCE Security
Module establishes VPN tunnels to other Security Modules for Configuring is simple to carry out even without special IT knowl-
this purpose. edge. Only the Security Modules or SOFTNET Security Clients
that have to communicate with each other securely have to be
Firewall; created and configured. All the configuration data can be saved
Can be used as an alternative or to supplement VPN with flexible on the optional C-PLUG swap media (not included in scope of
access control. supply) so that the Security Module can be replaced quickly in
The firewall filters data packets and disables or enables com- the event of a fault and without the need of a programming
munications links in accordance with the filter list (packet filter device.
firewall). Both incoming and outgoing communication can be
filtered, IP and MAC addresses, as well as communication
protocols (ports).
• Logging;
access data are saved by the Security Module in a log file.
Detection of how, when and by whom it has been accessed is
as important as detecting access attempts, to ensure that
appropriate preventative measures can be taken.

© Siemens AG 2008
Industrial security
SCALANCE S
Configuration
2 5HPRWH
$FFHVV
2IILFHHQYLURQPHQW 3ODQWFRPSXWHUFHQWHU
2IILFH 52%&$' 7HVW 3URFHVV $QWLYLUXV )LOH 6\VORJ 3ULQW '+&3

3ULQWHU 3& V\VWHPV GDWD VHUYHU VHUYHU VHUYHU VHUYHU '16b
3& UHFRUGLQJ DUFKLYH VHUYHU
:RUNVQHWZRUN
,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW
6&$/$1&(;( 6&$/$1&(;(
ZLWK/D\HUIXQFWLRQDOLW\ ZLWK/D\HUIXQFWLRQDOLW\
,3URXWLQJ ,3URXWLQJ
6&$/$1&(6 6&$/$1&(;( 6&$/$1&(6
$GKHVLYHEHDG $GKHVLYHEHDG
3ODQW3& %ROW3& PRQLWRULQJ /DVHU3& 3ODQW3& %ROW3& PRQLWRULQJ /DVHU3&
%RG\VKRSSURGXFWLRQQHWZRUN
3ODQWFHOOV
5RERWV %ROW 1XWUXQQHU 5RERWV %ROW 1XWUXQQHU

FRQWURO FRQWURO
*B,.B;;B
6 6
ZLWK :HOGLQJ ZLWK :HOGLQJ
&3 3URJUDP &3 3URJUDP
FRQWURO PLQJ FRQWURO PLQJ
GHYLFH GHYLFH
Plant network protected by SCALANCE S

© Siemens AG 2008
Industrial security
SCALANCE S
6&$/$1&( '6/
6[ URXWHU 931WXQQHO
2
6ZLWK
&38'3
931 DQG&3
WXQQHO /HDQ
6HUYLFH&HQWHU
0'
,QWHUQHW *356
3URYLGHU%
352),%86
*356
3URYLGHU$ ,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW
5HPRWH6WDWLRQ
6ZLWK
6 &38'3
ZLWK&38 DQG&3
31'3 $GYDQFHG
0'
*B,.B;;B
,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW
5HPRWH6WDWLRQ
Secure remote access over Internet with SCALANCE S, DSL router and EGPRS router MD741-1

© Siemens AG 2008
Industrial security
SCALANCE S
Order No. 6GK5 602-0BA00-2AA3 6GK5 612-0BA00-2AA3 6GK5 613-0BA00-2AA3
Product type description SCALANCE S602 SCALANCE S612 SCALANCE S613
2 • for external network 1 x RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s; TP) 1 x RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s; TP) 1 x RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s; TP)
• for internal network 1 x RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s; TP) 1 x RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s; TP) 1 x RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s; TP)
• for signaling contact 1 x 2-pin terminal block 1 x 2-pin terminal block 1 x 2-pin terminal block
• for voltage supply 1 x 4-pin terminal block 1 x 4-pin terminal block 1 x 4-pin terminal block
• for TP cable(s) - - -
Number of possible connections in - 64 128
the case of VPN connection
Number of network nodes - 32 64
Transfer rate
•1 10 Mbit/s 10 Mbit/s 10 Mbit/s
•2 100 Mbit/s 100 Mbit/s 100 Mbit/s
• Rated value 24 V 24 V 24 V
• Maximum 28.8 V 28.8 V 28.8 V
• Minimum 20.4 V 20.4 V 20.4 V
current consumed at 24 V 130 mA 130 mA 130 mA
Effective power loss 3W 3W 3W
Ambient temperature
• during operation 0 … +60 °C 0 … +60 °C -20 … +70 °C
Type of fixing Snap-fit onto standard mounting Snap-fit onto standard mounting Snap-fit onto standard mounting
rail, screw-mounting onto S7-300 rail, screw-mounting onto S7-300 rail, screw-mounting onto S7-300
subrack and onto horizontal and subrack and onto horizontal and subrack and onto horizontal and
vertical surfaces vertical surfaces vertical surfaces
Certificate of suitability FM 3611, UL 60950, CSA C22.2 FM 3611, UL 60950, CSA C22.2 FM 3611, UL 60950, CSA C22.2
No. 60950, AS/NZS 2064 No. 60950, AS/NZS 2064 No. 60950, AS/NZS 2064
(Class A), EN 50021, (Class A), EN 50021, (Class A), EN 50021,
EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
• ATEX Yes Yes Yes
• C-TIC Yes Yes Yes
• CSA C22.2 No. 60950 Approval Yes Yes Yes
• FM approval Yes Yes Yes
Marine classification association American Bureau of Shipping, American Bureau of Shipping, American Bureau of Shipping,
Nippon Kaiji Kyokai Nippon Kaiji Kyokai Nippon Kaiji Kyokai

© Siemens AG 2008
Industrial security
SCALANCE S

SCALANCE S SOFTNET Security Client 6GK1 704-1VW01-0AA0
Industrial Security Modules Edition 2006
For protection of programmable Software for designing secure
2
controllers and automation IP-based VPN connections
networks, and for safeguarding of from programming device/PC
industrial communication; to network segments which are
configuring tool and electronic secured by SCALANCE S
manual on CD-ROM in bridge mode;
German, English, French, Italian, single license for 1 installation,
Spanish runtime software
(German/English),
• SCALANCE S602 6GK5 602-0BA00-2AA3 configuring tool
uses Stateful Inspection Firewall (German/English)
to protect network segments and electronic manual
against unauthorized access on CD-ROM
• SCALANCE S612 6GK5 612-0BA00-2AA3 (German/English/French/
uses Stateful Inspection Firewall Italian/Spanish)
to protect network segments for 32-bit Windows,
against unauthorized access; XP Professional + SP1, 2
protects up to 32 devices Windows 2000 Professional
up to 64 VPN tunnels + SP3, 4
simultaneously C-PLUG 6GK1 900-0AB00
• SCALANCE S613 6GK5 613-0BA00-2AA3 Swap medium for simple
uses Stateful Inspection Firewall replacement of devices in the
to protect network segments event of a fault; for storing
against unauthorized access; configuration or engineering
protects up to 64 devices, and application data; can be
up to 128 VPN tunnels used for SIMATIC NET products
simultaneously; with C-PLUG slot
enhanced temperature range
(-20 to +70 °C)
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
FC installation cables; with 180°
nents and CPs/CPUs with
• 1 pack = 1 piece 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0
• 1 pack = 10 pieces 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AB0
• 1 pack = 50 pieces 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AE0

© Siemens AG 2008
Industrial security
SOFTNET Security Client
■ Overview
• The SOFTNET Security Client is a component of the industrial • Data transmission is protected against maloperation, eaves-
security concept for protecting automation devices and for dropping/espionage and manipulation;
security during data exchange between automation systems. communication can only take place between authenticated
and authorized devices.
2
• VPN Client for programming devices, PCs and Notebooks in
industrial environments; • Uses the IPSec mechanisms already tried and tested in the
secure VPN client access is supported as the automation office sector for setting up and operating VPNs.
systems are protected by SCALANCE S.
,3&
3&,3&ZLWK $FFHVV3RLQW 3&3*1RWHERRN
VRIWZDUH 6&$/$1&( ZLWKVRIWZDUH
62)71(7 :352 62)71(76HFXULW\&OLHQW
6HFXULW\FOLHQW
352),1(7
,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW
6&$/$1&(6 6&$/$1&(6 6&$/$1&(6
*B,.B;;B
$XWRPDWLRQ&HOO $XWRPDWLRQ&HOO $XWRPDWLRQ&HOO
Secure access to automation cells protected by SCALANCE S612/S613 with SOFTNET Security Client
■ Benefits ■ Application
Security modules of the SCALANCE S family are provided
specially for use in automation, yet connect seamlessly with the
security structures of the office and IT world. They offer security
and meet the specific requirements of automation systems,
• Secure access by programming devices or notebooks to such as easy upgrades of existing systems, simple installation
automation devices or complete automation cells and minimal downtimes in the event of a fault.
• Simple use on mobile PCs when using the SOFTNET Security Depending on the respective security needs, various different
Client, as no external device is required for securing the security measures can be combined with one another.
communication The SOFTNET Security Client allows programming devices,
• Consistent security concept for the automation system with PCs and notebook computers access to network nodes or auto-
SCALANCE S and SOFTNET Security Client mation systems protected by SCALANCE S.
• Protecting data transmission against espionage and manipu- Note:
lation by means of certified standards. You can obtain support regarding the special features of WAN
connections and company firewalls/security infrastructures from
• Simple operation, can be implemented without special IT your local contact.
knowledge Technical advice on this subject is available from:
• Non-secure devices can be integrated into the secure data I&S Security Service
traffic Customer Care Desk
• Reaction-free; Tel.: +49(0)9131-7-28811
no change to existing network infrastructures is required E-mail: professionalsupport@siemens.com
• Communication can be protected independent of the
IP-based application protocol used

© Siemens AG 2008
Industrial security
SOFTNET Security Client
■ Function ■ Ordering data Order No.

Authentication SOFTNET Security Client 6GK1 704-1VW01-0AA0
Edition 2006
Each incoming item of data traffic is monitored and checked.
As IP addresses can be falsified (IP spoofing), checking the Software for designing secure
2
IP-based VPN connections
IP address (of the client access) is not sufficient. In addition, from programming device/PC to
Client PCs may have changing IP addresses. For this reason the network segments which are
authentication is performed by means of tried and tested VPN secured by SCALANCE S
mechanisms. in bridge mode;
single license for 1 installation,
Data encryption runtime software
To protect the data traffic against espionage and manipulation (German/English),
configuring tool
secure encryption is necessary. This means that the data traffic (German/English)
remains incomprehensible to any eavesdropper in the network. and electronic manual
To this end, SOFTNET Security Client sets up VPN tunnels based on CD-ROM
on IPSec to other SCALANCE S security modules. (German/English/French/
Italian/Spanish)
Performance data for 32-bit Windows,
• System requirements: XP Professional + SP1, 2
Windows 2000 Professional (32 bit) + SP3, 4 Windows 2000 Professional
Windows XP Professional (32 bit) + SP1, 2 + SP3, 4
SCALANCE S Industrial Security Modules
Configuring
For protection of programmable
Using the associated configuration tool it is possible to handle controllers and automation
setup and administration of security rules even without special IT networks, and for safeguarding
knowledge. In the simplest case, only the SCALANCE S mod- of industrial communication;
ules or SOFTNET security clients that are to communicate with configuring tool and electronic
one another are set up and configured. As soon as SOFTNET manual on CD-ROM
Security Client knows which automation device is to be German, English, French, Italian,
Spanish
accessed, a communication can be set up.
SCALANCE S612 6GK5 612-0BA00-2AA3
Uses Stateful Inspection Firewall
to protect network segments
against unauthorized access;
protects up to 32 devices,
up to 64 VPN tunnels simulta-
neously
SCALANCE S613 6GK5 613-0BA00-2AA3
Uses Stateful Inspection Firewall
to protect network segments
against unauthorized access;
protects up to 64 devices,
up to 128 VPN tunnels simulta-
neously expanded temperature
range from -20 °C to +70 °C
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
RJ45 plug-in connector for Indus-
trial Ethernet with a rugged metal
installation cables; with 180°
• 1 pack = 1 unit 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0
EGPRS router MD741-1 6NH9 741-1AA00
For wireless IP communication
from Ethernet-based programma-
ble controllers via GSM mobile
radio networks; integrated firewall
and VPN router (IPsec);
quad band GSM;
EGPRS Multislot Class 12
Accessories
ANT794-4MR antenna 6NH9 860-1AA00
Quad band antenna for MD720-3
and MD741-1, omnidirectional
with 5 m cable

© Siemens AG 2008
CPUs for SIMATIC S7-300
CPU 315-2 PN/DP
■ Overview
• The CPU with mid-range program memory and quantity
frameworks
• High processing power in binary and floating-point arithmetic
2 • Used as central controller in production lines with central and

distributed I/O
• Integral PROFINET interface
• Component Based Automation (CBA) on PROFINET
• PROFINET proxy for intelligent devices on PROFIBUS DP in
Component Based Automation (CBA)
• PROFINET IO Controller for operating distributed I/O on
PROFINET
• Combined MPI/PROFIBUS DP master/slave interface
• Isochronous mode on PROFIBUS
Micro Memory Card required for operation of CPU.
Order No. 6ES7 315-2EH13-0AB0 Order No. 6ES7 315-2EH13-0AB0
Product type description CPU 315-2 PN/DP Product type description CPU 315-2 PN/DP
Product status FC
associated programming package STEP 7 V5.4 SP2 • Number, max. 1 024;
Sequence of numbers: 0 to 2047
Supply voltages
• Size, max. 16 KByte
Rated value
OB
• 24 V DC Yes
• permissible range, lower limit (DC) 20.4 V
Nesting depth
• permissible range, upper limit 28.8 V
(DC) • per priority class 8
Current consumption • additional within an error OB 4
Inrush current, typ. 2.5 A CPU/processing times
I²t 1 A²s for bit operations, min. 0.1 μs
Current consumption (in no-load 100 mA for word operations, min. 0.2 μs
operation), typ.
for fixed point arithmetic, min. 2 μs
Current consumption (rated value) 650 mA
for floating point arithmetic, min. 3 μs
Power loss, typ. 3.5 W
Times/counters
Memory and their remanence
Type of storage S7 counter
• RAM • Number 256
- integrated 256 KByte; • of which remanent without battery
For program and data
- adjustable Yes
- erweiterbar No
- lower limit 0
• Load memory - upper limit 255
- pluggable (MMC) Yes
• Remanence
- pluggable (MMC), max. 8 MByte
- adjustable Yes
Backup - lower limit 0
• present Yes - upper limit 255
• without battery Yes; Program and data • Counting range
CPU/blocks - adjustable Yes
DB - lower limit 0
- upper limit 999
• Number, max. 1 023; Number band: 1 to 1023
IEC counter
• present Yes
FB
• Type SFB
• Number, max. 1 024;

© Siemens AG 2008
CPU 315-2 PN/DP

S7 times Hardware config.
• Number 256 Modules per rack, max. 8 2
• Remanence Number of DP masters
- adjustable Yes • integrated 1
- lower limit 0
• via CP 4
- upper limit 255
Time
• Time range
Clock
- lower limit 10 ms
- upper limit 9 990 s • Hardware clock (real-time clock) Yes
IEC timer • buffered and synchronizable Yes
• present Yes • Deviation per day, max. 10 s
• Type SFB Operating hours counter
Data areas and their remanence • Number 1
Flag • Number/Number range 0
• Number, max. 2 048 Byte • Range of values 2^31 hours
(when using the SFC 101)
• Remanence available Yes; MB 0 to MB 2047
• Granularity 1 hour
• Number of clock memories 8; 1 memory byte
• remanent Yes
Data blocks
Clock synchronization
• Number, max. 1 023; From DB 1 to DB 1023
• supports Yes
• to MPI, Master Yes
• Remanence adjustable Yes; via non-retain property on DB
• to MPI, Slave Yes
• Remanence preset yes
• in AS, Master Yes
Local data
• in AS, Slave Yes
• per priority class, max. 1 024 Byte; per block max. 510
• on Ethernet via NTP as client
Address area
S7 message functions
I/O address area
Number of login stations for 16
• Inputs 2 KByte message functions, max.
• Outputs 2 KByte Process diagnostic messages Yes
• of which, distributed simultaneously active Alarm-S 40
- Inputs 2 KByte blocks, max.
- Outputs 2 KByte Test commissioning functions
Process image Status/control
• Inputs 2 048 Byte • Variables Inputs, outputs, memory bits, DB,
• Outputs 2 048 Byte times, counters
Digital channels Forcing
• Inputs, of which central 1 024; max. • Force, variables Inputs, outputs
• Outputs, of which central 1 024; max. Diagnostic buffer
Analog channels • Number of entries, max. 500
• Inputs, of which central 256; max.
• Outputs, of which central 256; max.

© Siemens AG 2008
CPU 315-2 PN/DP

Communication functions • Remote interconnections with
2 PG/OP communication Yes
acyclic transmission
- Sampling frequency: 500 ms
Routing Yes sampling interval, min.
Global data communication - Number of incoming 100
interconnections
• supported Yes
- Number of outgoing 100
• Size of GD packets, max. 22 Byte interconnections
S7 basic communication - Data length of all incoming 2 000 Byte
interconnections, max.
• supported Yes
- Data length of all outgoing in- 2 000 Byte
S7 communication terconnections, max.
• supported Yes - Data length per connection, 1 400 Byte
max.
S5-compatible communication
• Remote interconnections with
• supported Yes; via CP and loadable FC cyclic transmission
Open IE communication - Transmission frequency: 10 ms
transmission interval, min.
• TCP/IP Yes; via integrated PROFINET
interface and loadable FBs - Number of incoming 200
interconnections
- Number of connections, max. 8
- Data length, max. 1 460 Byte; interconnections
with connection type 01H;
8192 bytes with connection - Data length of all incoming 2 000 Byte
type 11H interconnections, max.
- Data length of all outgoing 2 000 Byte
Number of connections interconnections, max.
• overall 16 - Data length per connection, 450 Byte
• usable for PG communication 15; max. max.
• usable for OP communication 15 • HMI variables via PROFINET

(acyclic)
• usable for S7 basic communica- 14 - Number of log-in stations for 3; 2x PN OPC/1x iMap
tion HMI variables (PN OPC/iMap)
• usable for routing X1 configured as - HMI variable updating 500 ms
1) MPI: max. 10; - Number of HMI variables 200
2) DP master: max. 24;
3) DP slave (active): max. 14; - Data length of all HMI variables, 2 000 Byte
X2 configured as PROFINET: max.
max. 24 • PROFIBUS proxy functionality
PROFINET CBA (at set setpoint - supported Yes
communication load) - Number of linked PROFIBUS 16
• Setpoint for the CPU 50% devices
communication load - Data length per connection, 240 Byte;
• Number of remote interconnection 32 max. Slave-dependent
partners 1st interface
• Number of functions, master/slave 30 Physics RS 485
• Total of all master/slave 1 000 isolated Yes
connections
Power supply to interface 200 mA
• Data length of all incoming 4 000 Byte (15 to 30 V DC), max.
connections master/slave, max.
• Transmission speeds, max. 12 MBit/s
• Data length of all outgoing 4 000 Byte
connections master/slave, max. • Address area
- Inputs, max. 2 KByte
• Number of device-internal and 500
PROFIBUS interconnections - Outputs, max. 2 KByte
• Data length of device-internal and 4 000 Byte • Useful data per DP slave
PROFIBUS interconnections, max. - Inputs, max. 244 Byte
• Data length per connection, max. 1 400 Byte - Outputs, max. 244 Byte

© Siemens AG 2008
CPU 315-2 PN/DP

DP slave CPU/programming
• Services
- Routing
Programming language 2
only with active interface • STEP 7 V5.4 SP2 or higher
• Transmission speeds, max. 12 MBit/s Nesting levels 8
• Transfer memory User program protection/ Yes
- Inputs password protection
244 Byte
- Outputs Dimensions
244 Byte
Width 80 mm
• Address area, max. with max. 32 bytes each
Height 125 mm
2nd interface
Depth 130 mm
Type of interface PROFINET
Weights
Physics Ethernet RJ 45
Weight, approx. 460 g
isolated Yes
automatic detection of Yes; (10/100 Mbit/s)
transmission speed
PROFINET IO controller
• Services
- PG/OP communication Yes
- Routing Yes
- S7 communication with loadable FBs,
max. configurable connections:
14,
max. number of instances: 32
- open IE communication via TCP/IP, ISO on TCP and UDP
• Transmission speed, max. 100 MBit/s
• Number of connectable 128
IO-devices, max.
• Updating time 1 to 512 ms (minimum value
depends on communication share
set for PROFINET I/O, on the num-
ber of I/O devices and on the
number of configured net data
items)
• Address area
- Outputs, max. 2 KByte
- Useful data consistency, max. 254 Byte

© Siemens AG 2008
CPU 315-2 PN/DP

CPU 315-2 PN/DP 6ES7 315-2EH13-0AB0 PROFINET bus components
Main memory 256 KB, power sup- PROFIBUS DP bus connector
ply 24 V DC, combined RS 485
2
MPI/PROFIBUS DP master/slave
interface, Ethernet/PROFINET • With 90° cable outlet,
interface; max. transmission rate 12 Mbit/s
MMC required - Without PG interface 6ES7 972-0BA12-0XA0
Micro Memory Card - With PG interface 6ES7 972-0BB12-0XA0
• 64 KB 6ES7 953-8LF20-0AA0 • With 90° cable outlet for
• 128 KB 6ES7 953-8LG11-0AA0 FastConnect connection
system,
• 512 KB 6ES7 953-8LJ20-0AA0 max. transmission rate 12 Mbit/s
• 2 MB 6ES7 953-8LL20-0AA0 - Without PG interface 6ES7 972-0BA51-0XA0
• 4 MB 6ES7 953-8LM20-0AA0 - With PG interface 6ES7 972-0BB51-0XA0
• 8 MB 6ES7 953-8LP20-0AA0 • With axial cable outlet for 6GK1 500-0EA02
SIMATIC OP, for connecting to
MPI cable 6ES7 901-0BF00-0AA0 PPI, MPI, PROFIBUS
For connecting SIMATIC S7 and PROFIBUS Fast Connect 6XV1 830-0EH10
the PG through MPI; 5 m in length bus cable
Slot number plates 6ES7 912-0AA00-0AA0 Standard type with special design
S7-300 manual for quick mounting, 2-core,
shielded, sold by the meter,
Design, CPU data, module data, max. delivery unit 1000 m,
instruction list minimum order quantity 20 m
• German 6ES7 398-8FA10-8AA0 RS 485 repeater for PROFIBUS 6ES7 972-0AA01-0XA0
• English 6ES7 398-8FA10-8BA0 Data transfer rate up to 12 Mbit/s;
• French 6ES7 398-8FA10-8CA0 24 V DC; IP20 housing
• Spanish 6ES7 398-8FA10-8DA0

• Italian 6ES7 398-8FA10-8EA0
SIMATIC Manual Collection 6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE0
Electronic manuals on DVD, multi-
lingual: S7-200, S7-300, C7, S7-
400, SIMATIC DP (distributed
I/O), SIMATIC PC, SIMATIC PG
(programming devices), STEP 7,
Engineering Tools, Runtime Soft-
ware, SIMATIC PCS 7, SIMATIC
HMI (Human Machine Interface),
SIMATIC NET (Industrial Commu-
nication), SIMATIC Machine
Vision, SIMATIC Sensors
update service for 1 year
Current "Manual Collection" DVD
and the three subsequent
updates
Power supply connector 6ES7 391-1AA00-0AA0
10 units, spare part
Manual "Communication
for SIMATIC S7-300/-400"
• German 6ES7 398-8EA00-8AA0
• English 6ES7 398-8EA00-8BA0
• French 6ES7 398-8EA00-8CA0
• Spanish 6ES7 398-8EA00-8DA0
• Italian 6ES7 398-8EA00-8EA0
SIMATIC S7 training case 6ES7 910-3AA00-0XA0
With mounting components for
mounting S7-200 and S7-300

© Siemens AG 2008
CPU 315-2 PN/DP

PROFINET bus components IE FC RJ45 plugs
IE FC TP Standard Cable GP 2x2 6XV1 840-2AH10 RJ45 plug connector for Industrial
2
enclosure and integrated insula-
cable for connection to IE tion displacement contacts for
FC Outlet RJ45/ IE FC RJ45 Plug; connecting Industrial Ethernet FC
PROFINET-compatible; installation cables
with UL approval;
sold by the meter IE FC RJ45 plug 180
FO Standard Cable GP (50/125) 6XV1 873-2A 180° cable outlet
Standard cable, splittable, • 1 unit 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0
UL approval, sold by the meter
• 10 units 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AB0
Industrial Ethernet Switch 6GK5 208-0BA10-2AA3
SCALANCE X208 • 50 units 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AE0

ports
Compact Switch Module 6GK7 377-1AA00-0AA0
CSM 377
Unmanaged switch for the
connection of a SIMATIC S7-300,
ET 200M and as many as three
other nodes to an Industrial
Ethernet operating at 10/100 Mbit/s;
4 x RJ45 ports;
external 24 V DC power supply,
LED diagnostics, S7-300 module
incl. electronic equipment manual
on CD-ROM

© Siemens AG 2008
SIPLUS CPU 315-2 PN/DP

SIPLUS CPU 315-2 PN/DP 6AG1 315-2EH13-2AB0
256 Kbyte main memory,
24 V DC power supply,
2
combined MPI/PROFIBUS DP-
Master/Slave interface
Ethernet/PROFINET interface
MMC required
• Conforms with the norm 6AG1 315-2EH13-2AY0
for electronic equuipment used
on rolling stock (EN 50155)
Accessories see CPU 315-2 PN/DP
ordering data
• The CPU with medium-sized program memory and quantity

structures
• High processing performance in binary and floating-point
arithmetic
• Used as central controller in production lines with central and
distributed I/O
• Integrated PROFINET interface
• PROFINET IO Controller to operate distributed I/Os on
PROFINET
Order No. 6AG1 315- 6AG1 315-

2EH13-2AB0 2EH13-2AY0
Order No. based on 6ES7 315- 6ES7 315-
2EH13-0AB0 2EH13-0AB0
Product type description SIPLUS CPU 315-2 PN/DP
Ambient temperature range -25 ... +60 °C;
condensation permitted
(e.g. by chlorine sulfur atmosphere).
Conforms with standard for No Yes
electronic equipment used on
rolling stock (EN 50155)
based-on modules.


© Siemens AG 2008
CPU 317-2 PN/DP
■ Overview
• The CPU with a large program memory and quantity frame-
work for demanding applications
• For cross-sector automation tasks in series machine,
special machine and plant construction
• Used as central controller in production lines with central and 2
distributed I/O
• High processing power in binary and floating-point arithmetic
• Distributed intelligence in Component Based Automation
(CBA) on PROFINET
• PROFINET proxy for intelligent devices on PROFIBUS DP
in Component Based Automation (CBA)
• PROFINET I/O Controller for operating distributed I/O on
PROFINET
• For comprehensive I/O expansion
• For configuring distributed I/O structures
• Optionally supports the use of SIMATIC engineering tools
Order No. 6ES7 317-2EK13-0AB0 Order No. 6ES7 317-2EK13-0AB0
Product status CPU/blocks
associated programming package STEP 7 V5.4 + SP2 or higher DB
Supply voltages • Number, max. 2 047; Number band: 1 to 2047
Rated value • Size, max. 64 KByte
• 24 V DC Yes FB
• permissible range, 20.4 V • Number, max. 2 048;
lower limit (DC) Sequence of numbers: 0 to 2047
• permissible range, 28.8 V
upper limit (DC) FC
Current consumption • Number, max. 2 048;
Inrush current, typ. 2.5 A
I²t 1 A²s
OB
Current consumption (in no-load 100 mA
operation), typ. • Size, max. 64 KByte
Current consumption (rated value) 650 mA Nesting depth
Power loss, typ. 3.5 W • per priority class 16

• additional within an error OB 4
Memory
CPU/processing times
Type of storage
for bit operations, min. 0.05 μs
• RAM
- integrated 1 MByte; for word operations, min. 0.2 μs
For program and data for fixed point arithmetic, min. 0.2 μs
• Load memory for floating point arithmetic, min. 1 μs
Backup
• present Yes
• without battery Yes; Program and data

© Siemens AG 2008
CPU 317-2 PN/DP

Times/counters Process image
2 and their remanence
S7 counter
• Inputs 2 048 Byte
• Outputs 2 048 Byte
• Number 512
• Inputs, adjustable 2 048 Byte
• of which remanent without battery
• Outputs, adjustable 2 048 Byte
- adjustable Yes
• Inputs, preset 256 Byte
- lower limit 0
- upper limit 511 • Outputs, preset 256 Byte
• Remanence Digital channels
- adjustable Yes • Inputs, of which central 1 024
- lower limit 0 • Outputs, of which central 1 024
- upper limit 511
Analog channels
• Counting range
• Inputs, of which central 256
- adjustable Yes
• Outputs, of which central 256
- lower limit 0
- upper limit 999 Hardware config.
IEC counter Modules per rack, max. 8
• present Yes Number of DP masters
• Type SFB • integrated 1
S7 times • via CP 4
• Number 512 Time
• Remanence Clock
- adjustable Yes • Hardware clock (real-time clock) Yes
- lower limit 0 • buffered and synchronizable Yes
- upper limit 511 • Deviation per day, max. 10 s
• Time range Operating hours counter
- lower limit 10 ms
• Number 4
- upper limit 9 990 s
• Number/Number range 0 to 3
IEC timer
• present Yes • Range of values 0 to 2^31 hours
(when using SFC 101)
• Type SFB
Data areas and their remanence
• remanent Yes
Flag
• Number, max. 4 096 Byte
• supports Yes
Data blocks
• Number, max. 2 047; from DB 1 to DB 2047
• on Ethernet via NTP as client
• Remanence adjustable Yes;
via non-retain property on DB S7 message functions
• Remanence preset yes Number of login stations for 32
message functions, max.
Local data
Process diagnostic messages Yes
• per priority class, max. 1 024 Byte
simultaneously active Alarm-S 60
Address area blocks, max.
I/O address area Test commissioning functions
• Inputs 8 KByte Status/control
• Outputs 8 KByte • Variables Inputs, outputs, memory bits, DB,
• of which, distributed times, counters
- Inputs 8 KByte Forcing
- Outputs 8 KByte • Force, variables Inputs, outputs
Diagnostic buffer
• Number of entries, max. 500

© Siemens AG 2008
CPU 317-2 PN/DP

Communication functions • Remote interconnections
PG/OP communication Yes
with acyclic transmission
2
interconnections
• supported Yes
• supported Yes
S7 communication interconnections, max.
• supported Yes - Data length per connection, 1 400 Byte
max.
• Remote interconnections
• supported Yes; via CP and loadable FC with cyclic transmission
Open IE communication - Transmission frequency: 10 ms
interface and loadable FBs - Number of incoming 200
interconnections
- Data length, max. 1 460 Byte; interconnections
with connection type 01H;
8192 bytes with connection - Data length of all incoming 2 000 Byte
type 11H interconnections, max.
• ISO-on-TCP (RFC1006) via integrated PROFINET interface interconnections, max.
and loadable FBs
- Data length per connection, 450 Byte
• UDP via integrated PROFINET interface max.
and loadable FBs
• HMI variables via PROFINET
Number of connections (acyclic)
• overall 32 - Number of log-in stations for 3; 2x PN OPC/1x iMap
HMI variables (PN OPC/iMap)
• usable for PG communication 31
- HMI variable updating 500 ms
• usable for OP communication 31 - Number of HMI variables 200
• usable for S7 basic 30 - Data length of all HMI variables, 2 000 Byte
communication max.
• usable for routing X1 configured as • PROFIBUS proxy functionality
1) MPI: max. 10;
- supported Yes
2) DP master: max. 24;
3) DP slave (active): max. 14; - Number of linked PROFIBUS 16
X2 configured as PROFINET: devices
max. 24 - Data length per connection, 240 Byte;
PROFINET CBA (at set setpoint max. Slave-dependent
communication load) 1st interface
• Setpoint for the CPU 50% Physics RS 485
communication load
isolated Yes
• Number of remote interconnection 32
partners Power supply to interface 200 mA
(15 to 30 V DC), max.
• Number of functions, master/slave 30
• Total of all master/slave 1 000
connections DP master
• Data length of all incoming 4 000 Byte • Services
connections master/slave, max. - S7 basic communication I blocks only
• Data length of all outgoing 4 000 Byte • Transmission speeds, max. 12 MBit/s
• Address area
• Number of device-internal and 500 - Inputs, max. 8 KByte
PROFIBUS interconnections
• Data length of device-internal and 4 000 Byte
PROFIBUS interconnections, max. • Useful data per DP slave
- Inputs, max. 244 Byte
• Data length per connection, max. 1 400 Byte
- Outputs, max. 244 Byte

© Siemens AG 2008
CPU 317-2 PN/DP

DP slave CPU/programming
2 • Services
- Routing
Programming language
with interface active • STEP 7 V5.4 + SP2 or higher
• Transmission speeds, max. 12 MBit/s Nesting levels 8
• Transfer memory User program protection/ Yes
- Inputs 244 Byte password protection
- Outputs 244 Byte Dimensions
• Useful data per address area, 32 Byte Width 80 mm
max.
Height 125 mm
2nd interface
Depth 130 mm
Weights
Physics Ethernet RJ 45
isolated Yes
(15 to 30 V DC), max.
transmission speed
• Services
- Routing Yes
16,
- open IE communication via TCP/IP, ISO on TCP and UDP
IO-devices, max.
• Updating time 1 to 512 ms
(minimum value depends on com-
munication share set for
PROFINET I/O, on the number of
I/O devices and on the number of
configured net data items)
• Address area

© Siemens AG 2008
CPU 317-2 PN/DP

CPU 317-2 PN/DP 6ES7 317-2EK13-0AB0 PROFIBUS bus components
Main memory 1 MB, PROFIBUS DP bus connector
power supply 24 V DC, RS 485
2
combined MPI/PROFIBUS DP
master/slave interface, • With 90° cable outlet,
Ethernet/PROFINET interface; max. transmission rate 12 Mbit/s
MMC required - Without PG interface 6ES7 972-0BA12-0XA0
Micro Memory Card - With PG interface 6ES7 972-0BB12-0XA0
• 64 KB 6ES7 953-8LF20-0AA0 • With 90° cable outlet for
FastConnect connection
• 128 KB 6ES7 953-8LG11-0AA0 system,
• 512 KB 6ES7 953-8LJ20-0AA0 max. transmission rate 12 Mbit/s
• 2 MB 6ES7 953-8LL20-0AA0 - Without PG interface 6ES7 972-0BA51-0XA0
- With PG interface 6ES7 972-0BB51-0XA0
• 4 MB 6ES7 953-8LM20-0AA0
• With axial cable outlet for 6GK1 500-0EA02
• 8 MB 6ES7 953-8LP20-0AA0
MPI cable 6ES7 901-0BF00-0AA0 PPI, MPI, PROFIBUS
For connecting SIMATIC S7 PROFIBUS Fast Connect 6XV1 830-0EH10
and the PG through MPI; bus cable
5 m in length
Standard type with special design
Slot number plates 6ES7 912-0AA00-0AA0 for quick mounting, 2-core,
shielded, sold by the meter, max.
S7-300 manual delivery unit 1000 m, minimum
Design, CPU data, module data, order quantity 20 m
instruction list RS 485 repeater for PROFIBUS 6ES7 972-0AA01-0XA0
• German 6ES7 398-8FA10-8AA0 Data transfer rate up to 12 Mbit/s;
• English 6ES7 398-8FA10-8BA0 24 V DC;
IP20 housing
• French 6ES7 398-8FA10-8CA0
Electronic manuals on DVD,
multilingual: S7-200, S7-300, C7,
S7-400, SIMATIC DP (distributed
updates
Manual "Communication for
SIMATIC S7-300/-400"
With mounting components
for mounting S7-200 and S7-300

© Siemens AG 2008
CPU 317-2 PN/DP

IE FC TP Standard Cable GP 2x2 6XV1 840-2AH10 RJ45 plug connector for Industrial
2
cable for connection to IE tion displacement contacts for
FC Outlet RJ45/ IE FC RJ45 Plug; connecting Industrial Ethernet FC
PROFINET-compatible; installation cables
with UL approval;
sold by the meter IE FC RJ45 plug 180
FO Standard Cable GP (50/125) 6XV1 873-2A 180° cable outlet
Standard cable, splittable, UL • 1 unit 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0
approval, sold by the meter
• 10 units 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AB0
SCALANCE X208 • 50 units 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AE0

ports
CSM 377
other nodes to an Industrial Ethernet
operating at 10/100 Mbit/s;
4 x RJ45 ports;
external 24 V DC power supply, LED
diagnostics, S7-300 module incl.
electronic equipment manual on
CD-ROM

© Siemens AG 2008

SIPLUS CPU 317-2 PN/DP 6AG1 317-2EK13-2AB0
Main memory 512 KB,
power supply 24 V DC,
2
master/slave interface,
Ethernet/PROFINET interface;
MMC required
• Conforms with the norm for 6AG1 317-2EK13-2AY0
electronic equuipment used on
rolling stock (EN 50155)
ordering data
• The CPU with a large program memory and quantity frame-

work for demanding applications
(CBA) on PROFINET
• PROFINET IO-Controller to operate distributed I/Os on
PROFINET
• For cross-sector automation tasks in series machine, special
machine and plant construction
distributed I/O
• For large I/O configuration
• For designing distributed I/O structures
• High processing performance in binary and floating-point
arithmetic
Order No. 6AG1 317- 6AG1 317-

2EK13-2AB0 2EK13-2AY0
2EK13-0AB0 2EK13-0AB0
Ambient temperature range -25 ... +60 °C; condensation permit-
ted
Conforms with standard for elec- No Yes
tronic equipment used on rolling
stock (EN 50155)
(e.g. by chlorine sulfur atmosphere).
Technical specifications The technical specifications are
identical with those of the based-on
modules.
For further technical documentation on SIPLUS, see:


© Siemens AG 2008
CPU 319-3 PN/DP
■ Overview
• The CPU with high command processing performance,
large program memory and quantity framework for demand-
ing applications
2 • For cross-sector automation tasks in series machine, special

machine and plant construction
distributed I/O on PROFIBUS and PROFINET
(CBA) on PROFINET
Order No. 6ES7 318-3EL00-0AB0 Order No. 6ES7 318-3EL00-0AB0
associated programming package STEP 7 V5.4 + SP2 or higher DB
Supply voltages • Number, max. 4 095;
Rated value
lower limit (DC) FB
• permissible range, 28.8 V • Number, max. 2 048;
upper limit (DC) Sequence of numbers: 0 to 2047
Voltages and currents • Size, max. 64 KByte
external protection for supply Min. 2 A FC
cables (recommendation)
Current consumption Sequence of numbers: 0 to 2047
Inrush current, typ. 4A • Size, max. 64 KByte
I²t 1.2 A²s OB
Current consumption 400 mA • Size, max. 64 KByte
(in no-load operation), typ.
Nesting depth
Current consumption 1 050 mA
(rated value) • per priority class 16
Power loss, typ. 14 W • additional within an error OB 4
Memory CPU/processing times
Type of storage for bit operations, min. 0.01 μs
• RAM for word operations, min. 0.02 μs

- integrated 1 400 KByte for fixed point arithmetic, min. 0.02 μs
• Load memory for floating point arithmetic, min. 0.04 μs

- pluggable (MMC) Yes Times/counters
and their remanence
S7 counter
Backup
• Number 2 048
• present Yes; up to 700 KB,
maintenance-free • Remanence
• without battery Yes; Program and data - adjustable Yes
- lower limit 0
- upper limit 2 047
• Counting range
- adjustable Yes
- lower limit 0
- upper limit 999

© Siemens AG 2008
CPU 319-3 PN/DP

IEC counter Hardware config.
• present Yes Modules per rack, max. 8 2
• Type SFB Number of DP masters
S7 times • integrated 2
• Number 2 048 • via CP 4
• Remanence Time
- adjustable Yes Clock
- lower limit 0
• Hardware clock (real-time clock) Yes
- upper limit 2 047
• buffered and synchronizable Yes
• Time range
• Deviation per day, max. 10 s
- lower limit 10 ms
- upper limit 9 990 s Operating hours counter
IEC timer • Number 4
• present Yes • Number/Number range 0 to 3
• Type SFB • Range of values 0 to 2^31 hours

Flag
• remanent Yes
• Number, max. 8 KByte
• supports Yes
Data blocks
Number sequence: 1 to 4095 • in AS, Master Yes
• Size, max. 64 KByte • in AS, Slave Yes
• Remanence adjustable Yes; • on Ethernet via NTP Yes; as client

via non-retain property on DB S7 message functions
Local data Number of login stations 32
• per priority class, max. 1 024 Byte for message functions, max.
Address area Process diagnostic messages Yes
I/O address area simultaneously active Alarm-S 60

blocks, max.
• Inputs 8 KByte
Test commissioning functions
• Outputs 8 KByte
Status/control
• of which, distributed
• Variables Inputs, outputs, memory bits, DB,
- Inputs 8 KByte times, counters
- Outputs 8 KByte
Forcing
Process image
• Force, variables Inputs, outputs
• Inputs, adjustable 2 KByte
Diagnostic buffer
• Outputs, adjustable 2 KByte
• Outputs, preset 256 Byte
Subprocess images
• Number of subprocess images, 1
max.
Digital channels
• Inputs, of which central 1 024
• Outputs, of which central 1 024
Analog channels

© Siemens AG 2008
CPU 319-3 PN/DP

Communication functions 1st interface
2 PG/OP communication Yes Physics RS 485
Routing Yes isolated Yes
Global data communication Power supply to interface 150 mA
(15 to 30 V DC), max.
• supported Yes
• Size of GD packets, max. 22 Byte
DP master
S7 basic communication
• Services
• supported Yes
- S7 basic communication I blocks only
S7 communication
• supported Yes
• Address area
• supported Yes; via CP and loadable FC
Open IE communication
• Useful data per DP slave
interface and loadable FBs
- Data length, max. 1 460 Byte; with connection type DP slave
01H; 8192 bytes with connection • Services
type 11H
- Routing with interface active
• ISO-on-TCP (RFC1006) Yes; via integrated PROFINET
interface and loadable FBs • Transmission speeds, max. 12 MBit/s
- Number of connections, max. 8 • Transfer memory
- Data length, max. 8 192 Byte - Inputs 244 Byte
• UDP Yes; via integrated PROFINET - Outputs 244 Byte
interface and loadable FBs • Useful data per address area, 32 Byte
- Number of connections, max. 8 max.
- Data length, max. 1 472 Byte
Number of connections
• overall 32
• usable for OP communication 31
• usable for S7 30
basic communication
PROFINET CBA (at set setpoint
communication load)
• PROFIBUS proxy functionality
- Data length per connection, Slave-dependent
max.

© Siemens AG 2008
CPU 319-3 PN/DP

2nd interface 3rd interface
Physics RS 485 Type of interfaces PROFINET 2
isolated Yes Physics Ethernet RJ45
Power supply to interface 200 mA isolated Yes
(15 to 30 V DC), max.
automatic detection of Yes
DP master transmission speed
• Services Functionality
- S7 basic communication I blocks only • MPI No
- Isochronous mode OB 61 • PROFINET IO controller Yes
• Transmission speeds, max. 12 MBit/s • PROFINET IO device No
• Address area • PROFINET CBA Yes
- Inputs, max. 8 KByte • Point-to-point coupling No
• Number of connections, max. 8
PROFINET CBA
- Outputs, max. 244 Byte (at 50 % communication load)
DP slave • Acyclic transmission Yes
• Services • cyclic transmission Yes
- Routing with interface active Nesting levels 8
• Transmission speeds, max. 12 MBit/s User program protection/password Yes
• automatic baud rate search Yes; only with passive interface protection
• Transfer memory Dimensions
- Inputs 244 Byte Width 120 mm
- Outputs 244 Byte Height 125 mm
• Useful data per address area, 32 Byte Depth 130 mm
max.
Weights
Weight, approx. 1 250 g

© Siemens AG 2008
CPU 319-3 PN/DP

CPU 319-3 PN/DP 6ES7 318-3EL00-0AB0 PROFIBUS bus components
Main memory 1.4 MB, PROFIBUS DP bus connector
power supply 24 V DC, RS 485
2
master/slave interface, • With 90° cable outlet,
PROFIBUS DP master/slave max. transmission rate 12 Mbit/s
interface, Ethernet/PROFINET - Without PG interface 6ES7 972-0BA12-0XA0
interface;
MMC required
• With 90° cable outlet for
Micro Memory Card
• 64 KB 6ES7 953-8LF20-0AA0 system,
max. transmission rate 12 Mbit/s
• 128 KB 6ES7 953-8LG11-0AA0
- Without PG interface 6ES7 972-0BA51-0XA0
• 512 KB 6ES7 953-8LJ20-0AA0
• 2 MB 6ES7 953-8LL20-0AA0
• With axial cable outlet for 6GK1 500-0EA02
• 4 MB 6ES7 953-8LM20-0AA0 SIMATIC OP, for connecting to
PPI, MPI, PROFIBUS
• 8 MB 6ES7 953-8LP20-0AA0
PROFIBUS Fast Connect 6XV1 830-0EH10
MPI cable 6ES7 901-0BF00-0AA0
bus cable
For connecting SIMATIC S7 and
the PG through MPI; 5 m in length
for quick mounting, 2-core,
Slot number plates 6ES7 912-0AA00-0AA0 shielded, sold by the meter,
max. delivery unit 1000 m,
S7-300 manual minimum order quantity 20 m
Design, CPU data, module data, RS 485 repeater for PROFIBUS 6ES7 972-0AA01-0XA0
instruction list
Data transfer rate up to 12 Mbit/s;
• German 6ES7 398-8FA10-8AA0 24 V DC; IP20 housing
• English 6ES7 398-8FA10-8BA0
Electronic manuals on DVD, multi-
lingual: S7-200, S7-300, C7, S7-
400, SIMATIC DP (distributed
updates
With mounting components for
mounting S7-200 and S7-300

© Siemens AG 2008
CPU 319-3 PN/DP

IE FC TP Standard Cable GP 6XV1 840-2AH10 RJ45 plug connector for Industrial
2x2 Ethernet with a rugged metal
2
4-core, shielded TP installation tion displacement contacts for
cable for connection to IE connecting Industrial Ethernet FC
FC Outlet RJ45/ IE FC RJ45 Plug; installation cables
with UL approval; IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
sold by the meter
180° cable outlet
FO Standard Cable GP (50/125) 6XV1 873-2A
• 1 unit 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0
Standard cable, splittable, UL
approval, sold by the meter • 10 units 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AB0
Industrial Ethernet Switch 6GK5 208-0BA10-2AA3 • 50 units 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AE0

SCALANCE X208
ports
CSM 377
4 x RJ45 ports;
on CD-ROM

© Siemens AG 2008
CPU 315F-2 PN/DP
■ Overview
• For design of a fail-safe automation system for plants with
increased safety requirements
• Complies with safety requirements up to SIL 3 to IEC 61508
2 and up to Cat. 4 according to EN 954-1

• Fail-safe I/O modules in distributed stations can be connected
through the integrated PROFINET interface (PROFIsafe)
and/or through the integrated PROFIBUS DP interface
(PROFIsafe);
• Fail-safe I/O modules of the ET 200M range can also be
centrally connected
• Central and distributed use of standard modules for non
safety-relevant applications
Order No. 6ES7 315-2FH13-0AB0 Order No. 6ES7 315-2FH13-0AB0
Product type description CPU 315F-2 PN/DP Product type description CPU 315F-2 PN/DP
associated programming package STEP 7 V5.4 SP2 or higher DB
S7 Distributed Safety V5.4
or higher • Number, max. 1 023;
Number band: 1 to 1023
Supply voltages
Rated value
FB
lower limit (DC) • Number, max. 1 024;
upper limit (DC) • Size, max. 16 KByte
Current consumption FC
Inrush current, typ. 2.5 A • Number, max. 1 024;

I²t 1 A²s
Current consumption 100 mA
(in no-load operation), typ. OB
Current consumption (rated value) 650 mA • Size, max. 16 KByte
Power loss, typ. 3.5 W Nesting depth
Memory • per priority class 8
Type of storage • additional within an error OB 4
• RAM CPU/processing times

- integrated 256 KByte; For program and data for bit operations, min. 0.1 μs
• Load memory for word operations, min. 0.2 μs
- pluggable (MMC) Yes for fixed point arithmetic, min. 2 μs
- pluggable (MMC), max. 8 MByte for floating point arithmetic, min. 3 μs
- expandable FEPROM can be plugged in as MMC
Backup
• present Yes

© Siemens AG 2008
CPU 315F-2 PN/DP

Times/counters and their rema- Address area
nence
S7 counter
I/O address area 2
• Inputs 2 KByte
• Number 256
• Outputs 2 KByte
- adjustable Yes
- Inputs 2 KByte
- lower limit 0
- Outputs 2 KByte
- upper limit 255
Process image
• Remanence
• Inputs 384 Byte
- adjustable Yes
- lower limit 0 • Outputs 384 Byte
- upper limit 255 Digital channels
• Counting range • Inputs, of which central 1 024; max.
- adjustable Yes • Outputs, of which central 1 024; max.
- lower limit 0
Analog channels
- upper limit 999
• Inputs, of which central 256; max.
IEC counter
• Outputs, of which central 256; max.
• present Yes
Hardware config.
• Type SFB
Modules per rack, max. 8
S7 times
Number of DP masters
• Number 256
• integrated 1
• Remanence
• via CP 4
- adjustable Yes
- lower limit 0 Time
- upper limit 255 Clock
• Time range • Hardware clock (real-time clock) Yes
- lower limit 10 ms • buffered and synchronizable Yes
- upper limit 9 990 s • Deviation per day, max. 10 s
IEC timer Operating hours counter
• present Yes • Number 1
• Type SFB • Number/Number range 0
Data areas and their remanence • Range of values 2^31 hours
Flag (when using the SFC 101)
• Number, max. 2 048 Byte • Granularity 1 hour
• Remanence available Yes; MB 0 to MB 2047 • remanent Yes
• Number of clock memories 8; 1 memory byte Clock synchronization
Data blocks • supports Yes
• Number, max. 1 023; • to MPI, Master Yes
From DB 1 to DB 1023 • to MPI, Slave Yes
• Size, max. 16 KByte • in AS, Master Yes
• Remanence adjustable Yes; • in AS, Slave Yes
via non-retain property on DB
Number of login stations 16
Local data for message functions, max.
• per priority class, max. 1 024 Byte; Process diagnostic messages Yes
per block max. 510
blocks, max.

© Siemens AG 2008
CPU 315F-2 PN/DP

Test commissioning functions • Remote interconnections
2 Status/control
• Variables Inputs, outputs, memory bits, DB, sampling interval, min.
times, counters
- Number of incoming 100
Forcing interconnections
• Force, variables Inputs, outputs - Number of outgoing 100
interconnections
Diagnostic buffer
- Data length of all incoming 2 000 Byte
• Number of entries, max. 100 interconnections, max.
Communication functions - Data length of all outgoing 2 000 Byte
PG/OP communication Yes interconnections, max.
- Data length per connection, 1 400 Byte
Routing Yes
max.
Global data communication
• supported Yes with cyclic transmission
• Size of GD packets, max. 22 Byte - Transmission frequency: 10 ms
• supported Yes interconnections
S7 communication - Number of outgoing 200
interconnections
• supported Yes
S5-compatible communication interconnections, max.
• supported Yes; via CP and loadable FC - Data length of all outgoing 2 000 Byte
Open IE communication interconnections, max.
• TCP/IP Yes; via integrated PROFINET max.
- Number of connections, max. 8 • HMI variables via PROFINET
(acyclic)
- Data length, max. 1 460 Byte
- Number of log-in stations for 3; 2x PN OPC/1x iMap
Number of connections HMI variables (PN OPC/iMap)
• overall 16 - HMI variable updating 500 ms
• usable for PG communication 15; max. - Number of HMI variables 200
• usable for OP communication 15 - Data length of all HMI variables, 2 000 Byte
max.
• usable for S7 basic communica- 14
tion • PROFIBUS proxy functionality
• usable for routing X1 as MPI: max. 10; - supported Yes
X1 as DP master: max. 24; - Number of linked PROFIBUS 16
X1 as DP slave (active): max. 14; devices
X2 as PROFINET: max. 24
- Data length per connection, 240 Byte; Slave-dependent
PROFINET CBA max.
(at set setpoint communication
load) PROFINET CBA
(at 50 % communication load)
• Setpoint for the CPU 50%
communication load • Data length for arrays and Slave-dependent
structures (local interconnection),
• Number of remote 32 max.
interconnection partners
• Number of functions, 17 (acyclic)
master/slave - Number of log-in stations for HMI 2 * PN OPC / 1 * iMap
• Total of all master/slave 1 000 variables (PN OPC/iMap)
connections
• Data length of all incoming 4 000 Byte
• Data length of all outgoing con- 4 000 Byte
nections master/slave, max.
PROFIBUS interconnections, max.

© Siemens AG 2008
CPU 315F-2 PN/DP

1st interface CPU/programming
Physics RS 485 Programming language 2
isolated Yes • STEP 7 V5.3 SP3
or higher with hardware update
(15 to 30 V DC), max. Nesting levels 8
• Transmission speeds, max. 12 MBit/s User program protection/password Yes
protection
Dimensions
DP slave
Width 80 mm
• Services
- Routing only with active interface Height 125 mm
• Transmission speeds, max. 12 MBit/s Depth 130 mm
• Transfer memory Weights

- Inputs 244 Byte Weight, approx. 460 g
- Outputs 244 Byte
• Address area, max. with max. 32 bytes each
2nd interface
Physics Ethernet
isolated Yes
(15 to 30 V DC), max.
transmission speed
• Services
- Routing Yes
14,
- open IE communication via TCP/IP
• Number of connectable IO-devic- 128
es, max.
(minimum value depends on
communication share set for
• Address area

© Siemens AG 2008
CPU 315F-2 PN/DP

CPU 315F-2 PN/DP 6ES7 315-2FH13-0AB0 PROFIBUS DP bus connector
CPU for SIMATIC S7-300F; RS 485
main memory 256 KB, • With 90° cable outlet,
2
interface, Industrial Ethernet/ - Without PG interface 6ES7 972-0BA12-0XA0
PROFINET interface; - With PG interface 6ES7 972-0BB12-0XA0
incl. slot number labels
• With 90° cable outlet for
Distributed Safety V5.4 pro- FastConnect connection
gramming tool system,
Task: Software for configuring fail- max. transmission rate 12 Mbit/s
safe user programs for SIMATIC - Without PG interface 6ES7 972-0BA51-0XA0
S7-300F, S7-400F, ET 200S
Requirement: STEP 7 V5.3 SP3 - With PG interface 6ES7 972-0BB51-0XA0
and higher • With axial cable outlet for 6GK1 500-0EA02
Floating License 6ES7 833-1FC02-0YA5 SIMATIC OP, for connecting to
PPI, MPI, PROFIBUS
Software Update Service 6ES7 833-1FC00-0YX2
Distributed Safety Upgrade
bus cable
From V5.x to V5.4; Floating 6ES7 833-1FC02-0YE5
License for 1 user Standard type with special design
Micro Memory Card shielded, sold by the meter,
• 64 KB 6ES7 953-8LF20-0AA0 max. delivery unit 1000 m,
• 128 KB 6ES7 953-8LG11-0AA0
RS 485 repeater for PROFIBUS 6ES7 972-0AA01-0XA0
• 512 KB 6ES7 953-8LJ20-0AA0
• 2 MB 6ES7 953-8LL20-0AA0 Data transfer rate up to 12 Mbit/s;
24 V DC; IP20 housing
• 4 MB 6ES7 953-8LM20-0AA0
• 8 MB 6ES7 953-8LP20-0AA0
the PG through MPI; 5 m in length
Slot number plates 6ES7 912-0AA00-0AA0
S7-300 manual
Design, CPU data, module data,
instruction list
• German 6ES7 398-8FA10-8AA0
Current "Manual Collection"
DVD and the three subsequent
updates

© Siemens AG 2008
CPU 315F-2 PN/DP

2
sold by the meter 180° cable outlet
FO Standard Cable GP (50/125) 6XV1 873-2A • 1 unit 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0
Standard cable, splittable, UL • 10 units 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AB0
• 50 units 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AE0
SCALANCE X208
ports
CSM 377
4 x RJ45 ports;
on CD-ROM

© Siemens AG 2008
SIPLUS CPU 315F-2 PN/DP

CPU 317F-2 PN/DP 6AG1 315-2FH13-2AB0
(extended temperature range
and medial exposure)
2
CPU for SIMATIC S7-300F;
main memory 256 KB,
power supply 24 VDC,
interface, Industrial Ethernet/
PROFINET interface; MMC
required
Accessories see CPU 315F-2 PN/DP
ordering data

• Satisfies safety requirements up to SIL 3 acc. to IEC 61508
and up to Cat. 4 acc. to EN 954-1
(PROFIsafe);
centrally connected
• Standard modules for non-safety-related applications can be
operated centrally and decentralized
Order No. 6AG1 315-2FH13-2AB0

Order No. based on 6ES7 315-2FH13-0AB0
Product type description SIPLUS CPU 315F-2 PN/DP
Ambient temperature range - 25 ... + 60 °C;
Ambient conditions Suited for exceptional medial load
(e. g. by chlorine sulfur atmo-
sphere).
Technical specifications The technical specifications is
identical to that of the based-on
modules.

© Siemens AG 2008
CPU 317F-2 PN/DP
■ Overview
• The fail-safe CPU with a large program memory and quantity
framework for demanding applications
• Complies with safety requirements up to SIL 3 to IEC 61508 2
and up to Cat. 4 according to EN 954-1
(PROFIsafe)
centrally connected
• Central and distributed use of standard modules for non
safety-relevant applications
Order No. 6ES7 317-2FK13-0AB0 Order No. 6ES7 317-2FK13-0AB0
associated programming package STEP 7 V5.4 SP2 or higher, DB
S7 Distributed Safety V5.4 or
higher • Number, max. 2 047;
Number band: 1 to 2047
Supply voltages
Rated value
FB
lower limit (DC) • Number, max. 2 048;
upper limit (DC) • Size, max. 64 KByte
Current consumption FC
Inrush current, typ. 2.5 A • Number, max. 2 048;

I²t 1 A²s
(in no-load operation), typ. OB
Current consumption (rated value) 650 mA • Size, max. 64 KByte
Power loss, typ. 3.5 W Nesting depth
Memory • per priority class 16
Type of storage • additional within an error OB 4
• RAM CPU/processing times

- integrated 1 MByte; for bit operations, min. 0.05 μs
For program and data for word operations, min. 0.2 μs
• Load memory for fixed point arithmetic, min. 0.2 μs
Backup
• present Yes

© Siemens AG 2008
CPU 317F-2 PN/DP

Times/counters and their rema- Address area
2 nence
S7 counter
I/O address area
• Inputs 8 KByte
• Number 512
• Outputs 8 KByte
- adjustable Yes
- Inputs 8 KByte
- lower limit 0
- Outputs 8 KByte
- upper limit 511
Process image
• Remanence
- adjustable Yes
- lower limit 0 • Outputs 2 048 Byte
- upper limit 511 • Inputs, adjustable 2 048 Byte
• Counting range • Outputs, adjustable 2 048 Byte
- adjustable Yes • Inputs, preset 1 024 Byte
- lower limit 0
• Outputs, preset 1 024 Byte
- upper limit 999
Digital channels
IEC counter
• Inputs, of which central 1 024
• present Yes
• Outputs, of which central 1 024
• Type SFB
Analog channels
S7 times
• Number 512
• Remanence
Hardware config.
- adjustable Yes
- lower limit 0 Modules per rack, max. 8
- upper limit 511 Number of DP masters
• Time range • integrated 1
- lower limit 10 ms • via CP 4
- upper limit 9 990 s Time
IEC timer Clock
• present Yes • Hardware clock (real-time clock) Yes
• Type SFB • buffered and synchronizable Yes
Data areas and their remanence • Deviation per day, max. 10 s
Flag Operating hours counter
• Number, max. 4 096 Byte • Number 4
• Remanence available Yes; MB 0 to MB 4095 • Number/Number range 0 to 3
• Number of clock memories 8; 1 memory byte • Range of values 0 to 2^31 hours
Data blocks (when using SFC 101)
• Number, max. 2 047; • Granularity 1 hour
from DB 1 to DB 2047 • remanent Yes
• Size, max. 64 KByte Clock synchronization
• Remanence adjustable Yes; • supports Yes
Local data
• per priority class, max. 1 024 Byte

© Siemens AG 2008
CPU 317F-2 PN/DP

S7 message functions • Remote interconnections
Number of login stations
for message functions, max.
32
2
sampling interval, min.
simultaneously active Alarm-S 60 interconnections
blocks, max.
Test commissioning functions interconnections
Status/control - Data length of all incoming 2 000 Byte
times, counters - Data length of all outgoing 2 000 Byte
Forcing
• Force, variables Inputs, outputs max.
Diagnostic buffer • Remote interconnections
with cyclic transmission
- Transmission frequency: 10 ms
Communication functions transmission interval, min.
PG/OP communication Yes - Number of incoming 200
Routing Yes interconnections
Global data communication - Number of outgoing 200

interconnections
• supported Yes - Data length of all incoming 2 000 Byte
• Size of GD packets, max. 22 Byte interconnections, max.
S7 basic communication - Data length of all outgoing 2 000 Byte
• supported Yes
S7 communication max.
• supported Yes • HMI variables via PROFINET
(acyclic)
- Number of log-in stations for 3; 2x PN OPC/1x iMap
• supported Yes; via CP and loadable FC HMI variables (PN OPC/iMap)
Open IE communication - HMI variable updating 500 ms
• TCP/IP Yes; via integrated PROFINET - Number of HMI variables 200
- Data length of all HMI variables, 2 000 Byte
- Data length, max. 1 460 Byte • PROFIBUS proxy functionality
Number of connections - supported Yes
• overall 32 - Number of linked PROFIBUS 16
• usable for PG communication 31 devices
- Data length per connection, 240 Byte;
max. Slave-dependent
• usable for S7 basic 30
PROFINET CBA
communication
• Data length for arrays and Slave-dependent
communication load)
structures (local interconnection),
• Setpoint for the CPU 50% max.
communication load
• Number of remote i 32 (acyclic)
nterconnection partners
- Number of log-in stations for 2 * PN OPC / 1 * iMap
• Number of functions, 17 HMI variables (PN OPC/iMap)
master/slave
connections

© Siemens AG 2008
CPU 317F-2 PN/DP

1st interface CPU/programming
2 Physics RS 485 Programming language
isolated Yes • STEP 7 V5.3 SP3 or higher
with hardware update
Power supply to interface (15 to 30 200 mA
V DC), max. Nesting levels 8
• Transmission speeds, max. 12 MBit/s User program protection/ Yes
password protection
Dimensions
DP slave
Width 80 mm
• Services
- Routing with interface active Height 125 mm
• Transmission speeds, max. 12 MBit/s Depth 130 mm
• Transfer memory Weights

- Inputs 244 Byte Weight, approx. 460 g
- Outputs 244 Byte
• Useful data per address area, 32 Byte
max.
2nd interface
Physics Ethernet
isolated Yes
(15 to 30 V DC), max.
automatic detection of transmission Yes; (10/100 Mbit/s)
speed
Functionality
• PROFINET IO controller Firmware Status V2.3 or higher
• Services
- Routing Yes
16,
- open IE communication via TCP/IP
IO-devices, max.
(minimum value depends on
communication share set for
• Address area

© Siemens AG 2008
CPU 317F-2 PN/DP

CPU 317F-2 PN/DP 6ES7 317-2FK13-0AB0 SIMATIC Manual Collection 6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2
Main memory 1024 KB,
24 V DC supply voltage, Current "Manual Collection"
2
MPI/PROFIBUS DP master/slave DVD and the three subsequent
interface, Industrial Ethernet/ updates
PROFINET interface;
MMC required Power supply connector 6ES7 391-1AA00-0AA0
Distributed Safety 10 units, spare part

V5.4 programming tool Manual "Communication for
Task: Software for configuring SIMATIC S7-300/-400"
fail-safe user programs for • German 6ES7 398-8EA00-8AA0
SIMATIC S7-300F, S7-400F,
ET 200S
Requirement: STEP 7 V5.3 SP3 • French 6ES7 398-8EA00-8CA0
and higher • Spanish 6ES7 398-8EA00-8DA0
Floating License 6ES7 833-1FC02-0YA5 • Italian 6ES7 398-8EA00-8EA0
Software Update Service 6ES7 833-1FC00-0YX2 PROFIBUS DP bus connector
Distributed Safety Upgrade 6ES7 833-1FC02-0YE5 RS 485
From V5.x to V5.4; • With 90° cable outlet,

Floating License for 1 user max. transmission rate 12 Mbit/s
Micro Memory Card - Without PG interface 6ES7 972-0BA12-0XA0
• 64 KB 6ES7 953-8LF20-0AA0 - With PG interface 6ES7 972-0BB12-0XA0
• 128 KB 6ES7 953-8LG11-0AA0 • With 90° cable outlet for

• 512 KB 6ES7 953-8LJ20-0AA0 system,
• 2 MB 6ES7 953-8LL20-0AA0 max. transmission rate 12 Mbit/s
• 4 MB 6ES7 953-8LM20-0AA0 - Without PG interface 6ES7 972-0BA51-0XA0
• 8 MB 6ES7 953-8LP20-0AA0 - With PG interface 6ES7 972-0BB51-0XA0
MPI cable 6ES7 901-0BF00-0AA0 • With axial cable outlet for 6GK1 500-0EA02
For connecting SIMATIC S7 PPI, MPI, PROFIBUS
and the PG through MPI;
5 m in length PROFIBUS Fast Connect 6XV1 830-0EH10
bus cable
Slot number plates 6ES7 912-0AA00-0AA0
S7-300 manual for quick mounting, 2-core,
Design, CPU data, module data, shielded, sold by the meter,
instruction list max. delivery unit 1000 m,
• German 6ES7 398-8FA10-8AA0
• French 6ES7 398-8FA10-8CA0 24 V DC; IP20 housing

© Siemens AG 2008
CPU 317F-2 PN/DP

2
Standard cable, splittable, UL • 10 units 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AB0
• 50 units 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AE0
SCALANCE X208
ports
CSM 377
4 x RJ45 ports;
on CD-ROM

© Siemens AG 2008
SIPLUS CPU 317F-2 PN/DP

CPU 317F-2 PN/DP 6AG1 317-2FK13-2AB0
and medial exposure)
2
Main memory 1024 KB,
24 V DC supply voltage,
interface, Industrial Ethernet/
PROFINET interface;
MMC required
Accessories see CPU 317F-2 PN/DP
ordering data
• The fail-safe CPU with a large program memory and quantity

framework for demanding applications
• Fail-safe I/O modules can be connected decentralized over
the integrated PROFINET interface (PROFIsafe) and/or over
the integrated PROFIBUS DP interface (PROFIsafe);
• Fail-safe I/O modules of ET200M can also be connected
centrally
Order No. 6AG1 317-2FK13-2AB0

Order No. based on 6ES7317-2FK13-0AB0
Product type description SIPLUS CPU 317F-2 PN/DP
Ambient temperature range - 25 ... + 60 °C;
Ambient conditions Suited for exceptional medial load
sphere).
Technical specifications The technical specifications is
identical to that of the based-on
modules.

© Siemens AG 2008
CPU 319F-3 PN/DP
■ Overview
• The fail-safe CPU with high-performance command process-
ing, large program memory and large quantity structure for
demanding applications
2 • For constructing a fail-safe automation system for plants with

the integrated PROFINET interface (PROFIsafe) and/or over
the integrated PROFIBUS DP interface (PROFIsafe)
• Fail-safe I/O modules of ET200M can also be connected
centrally
(CBA) on PROFINET
Order No. 6ES7 318-3FL00-0AB0 Order No. 6ES7 318-3FL00-0AB0
associated programming package STEP 7 V5.4 or higher, DB
Service Pack 2 with HSP 143
Supply voltages DB 0 reserved
Rated value • Size, max. 64 KByte
• permissible range, 20.4 V FB
lower limit (DC)
• permissible range, 28.8 V from FB 0 to FB 2047
upper limit (DC)
Voltages and currents
FC
external protection for supply Min. 2 A
cables (recommendation) • Number, max. 2 048;
from FC 0 to FC 2047
Current consumption
Inrush current, typ. 4A
OB
I²t 1.2 A²s
(in no-load operation), typ. Nesting depth
Current consumption (rated value) 1 050 mA • per priority class 16
Power loss, typ. 14 W • additional within an error OB 4
Memory CPU/processing times
Type of storage for bit operations, min. 0.01 μs
• RAM for word operations, min. 0.02 μs

- integrated 1 400 KByte for fixed point arithmetic, min. 0.02 μs
• Load memory for floating point arithmetic, min. 0.1 μs
Backup
• present Yes

© Siemens AG 2008
CPU 319F-3 PN/DP

Times/counters Subprocess images
and their remanence
S7 counter
• Number of subprocess images,
max.
1 2
• Number 2 048 Digital channels
• Remanence • Inputs, of which central 1 024
- adjustable Yes • Outputs, of which central 1 024
• Counting range Analog channels
- adjustable Yes • Inputs, of which central 256
- lower limit 0
- upper limit 999
Hardware config.
IEC counter
Modules per rack, max. 8
• present Yes
• Type SFB
• integrated 2
S7 times
• via CP 4
• Number 2 048
Time
• Remanence
Clock
- adjustable Yes
• Time range
- lower limit 10 ms • buffered and synchronizable Yes
- upper limit 9 990 s • Deviation per day, max. 10 s
IEC timer Operating hours counter
• present Yes • Number 4
• Type SFB • Number/Number range 0 to 3
Data areas and their remanence • Range of values 0 to 2^31 hours
Flag
• remanent Yes;
• Remanence available Yes; MB 0 to MB 8191 Must be restarted at each restart
• Number of clock memories 8; 1 memory byte Clock synchronization
Data blocks • supports Yes
• Number, max. 4 095; from DB 1 to DB 4095 • to MPI, Master Yes
• Size, max. 64 KByte • to MPI, Slave Yes
• Remanence adjustable Yes; • to DP, Master Yes
• to DP, Slave Yes; on DP slave only time-of-day
• Remanence preset yes slave
Local data • in AS, Master Yes
• per priority class, max. 1 024 Byte • in AS, Slave Yes
Address area • on Ethernet via NTP Yes; as client
I/O address area S7 message functions
• Inputs 8 KByte Number of login stations for mes- 32
sage functions, max.
• Outputs 8 KByte
- Inputs 8 KByte simultaneously active Alarm-S 60
blocks, max.
- Outputs 8 KByte
Process image
Status/control
• Outputs, adjustable 2 KByte times, counters
• Inputs, preset 1 024 Byte Forcing
• Outputs, preset 1 024 Byte • Force, variables Inputs, outputs
Diagnostic buffer

© Siemens AG 2008
CPU 319F-3 PN/DP

Communication functions • Remote interconnections
2 PG/OP communication Yes
• supported Yes interconnections
• supported Yes interconnections, max.
S7 communication - Data length of all outgoing 3 200 Byte
• supported Yes
S5-compatible communication max.
• supported Yes; via CP and loadable FC • Remote interconnections
• TCP/IP Yes; via integrated PROFINET transmission interval, min.
- Number of connections, max. 8 interconnections
- Data length, max. 1 460 Byte - Number of outgoing 300
• ISO-on-TCP (RFC1006) Yes; via integrated PROFINET interconnections
interface and loadable FBs - Data length of all incoming 4 800 Byte
- Number of connections, max. 8 interconnections, max.
- Data length, max. 8 192 Byte - Data length of all outgoing 4 800 Byte
• UDP Yes; via integrated PROFINET interconnections, max.
interface and loadable FBs - Data length per connection, 250 Byte
- Data length, max. 1 472 Byte • HMI variables via PROFINET
(acyclic)
- Number of log-in stations for 3
• overall 32 HMI variables (PN OPC/iMap)
• usable for PG communication 31 - HMI variable updating 500 ms
• usable for OP communication 31 - Number of HMI variables 600
• usable for S7 basic 30 - Data length of all HMI variables, 9 600 Byte
communication max.
PROFINET CBA (at set setpoint • PROFIBUS proxy functionality
communication load) - supported Yes
• Setpoint for the CPU 20% - Number of linked PROFIBUS 32
communication load devices
• Number of remote 32 - Data length per connection, 240 Byte;
interconnection partners max. Slave-dependent
connections
• Number of device-internal and 1 000

© Siemens AG 2008
CPU 319F-3 PN/DP

1st interface DP slave
Physics RS 485 • Services 2
isolated Yes - Routing with interface active
Power supply to interface (15 to 30 150 mA • GSD file siem807f.gsg
V DC), max. • Transmission speeds, max. 12 MBit/s
MPI • automatic baud rate search Yes; only with passive interface
• Services • Transfer memory
- S7 communication, as server possible via CP and loadable FB - Inputs 244 Byte
• Transmission speeds, max. 12 MBit/s - Outputs 244 Byte
DP master • Useful data per address area, 32 Byte
max.
• Services
- S7 basic communication with I blocks 3rd interface
- Isochronous mode No Type of interfaces PROFINET
• Transmission speeds, max. 12 MBit/s Physics RJ45
• Address area isolated Yes
- Inputs, max. 8 KByte automatic detection of Yes
- Outputs, max. 8 KByte transmission speed
• Useful data per DP slave Functionality
- Inputs, max. 244 Byte • MPI No
- Outputs, max. 244 Byte • PROFINET IO controller Yes
DP slave • PROFINET IO device No
• Services • PROFINET CBA Yes
- Routing with interface active
• Point-to-point coupling No
• Transfer memory
- Inputs 244 Byte
- Outputs 244 Byte PROFINET CBA
max. • Acyclic transmission Yes
2nd interface • cyclic transmission Yes
Physics RS 485 CPU/programming
isolated Yes Programming language
Power supply to interface 200 mA • STEP 7 5.4 or higher,

(15 to 30 V DC), max. Service Pack 1 with HSP
DP master Nesting levels 8
• Services User program protection/ Yes

password protection
- S7 basic communication with I blocks
Dimensions
- Isochronous mode Yes; OB 61
Width 120 mm
Height 125 mm
• Address area
- Inputs, max. 8 KByte Depth 130 mm
- Outputs, max. 8 KByte Weights
• Useful data per DP slave Weight, approx. 1 250 g

© Siemens AG 2008
CPU 319F-3 PN/DP

CPU 319F-3 PN/DP 6ES7 318-3FL00-0AB0 S7-300 manual
Main memory 1.4 MB, Design, CPU data, module data,
power supply 24 V DC, combined instruction list
2
interface, PROFIBUS DP • German 6ES7 398-8FA10-8AA0
master/slave interface, • English 6ES7 398-8FA10-8BA0
Ethernet/PROFINET interface;
MMC required • French 6ES7 398-8FA10-8CA0
Distributed Safety V5.4 • Spanish 6ES7 398-8FA10-8DA0
programming tool • Italian 6ES7 398-8FA10-8EA0
Task: SIMATIC Manual Collection 6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE0
Software for configuring fail-safe
user programs for Electronic manuals on DVD,
SIMATIC S7-300F, S7-400F, multilingual: S7-200, S7-300, C7,
ET 200S S7-400, SIMATIC DP (distributed
Requirement: I/O), SIMATIC PC, SIMATIC PG
STEP 7 V5.3 SP3 and higher (programming devices), STEP 7,
Floating License 6ES7 833-1FC02-0YA5 ware, SIMATIC PCS 7, SIMATIC
Software Update Service 6ES7 833-1FC00-0YX2 HMI (Human Machine Interface),
Distributed Safety Upgrade 6ES7 833-1FC02-0YE5 nication), SIMATIC Machine
From V5.x to V5.4; Vision, SIMATIC Sensors
floating license for 1 user SIMATIC Manual Collection 6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2
Micro Memory Card update service for 1 year
• 64 KB 6ES7 953-8LF20-0AA0 Current "Manual Collection"

DVD and the three subsequent
• 128 KB 6ES7 953-8LG11-0AA0 updates
• 512 KB 6ES7 953-8LJ20-0AA0 Power supply connector 6ES7 391-1AA00-0AA0
• 2 MB 6ES7 953-8LL20-0AA0 10 units, spare part
• 4 MB 6ES7 953-8LM20-0AA0 Manual "Communication for
• 8 MB 6ES7 953-8LP20-0AA0
the PG through MPI; 5 m in length • French 6ES7 398-8EA00-8CA0
Slot number plates 6ES7 912-0AA00-0AA0 • Spanish 6ES7 398-8EA00-8DA0

© Siemens AG 2008
CPU 319F-3 PN/DP

PROFIBUS bus components PROFINET bus components
PROFIBUS DP bus connector IE FC TP Standard Cable GP 2x2 6XV1 840-2AH10
RS 485
• With 90° cable outlet,
FC Outlet RJ45/ IE FC RJ45 Plug; 2
- Without PG interface 6ES7 972-0BA12-0XA0 PROFINET-compatible;
with UL approval;
- With PG interface 6ES7 972-0BB12-0XA0 sold by the meter
• With 90° cable outlet for FO Standard Cable GP (50/125) 6XV1 873-2A
system, Standard cable, splittable,
max. transmission rate 12 Mbit/s UL approval, sold by the meter
- Without PG interface 6ES7 972-0BA51-0XA0 Industrial Ethernet Switch 6GK5 208-0BA10-2AA3
SCALANCE X208
• With axial cable outlet for 6GK1 500-0EA02 ports
PPI, MPI, PROFIBUS Compact Switch Module 6GK7 377-1AA00-0AA0
CSM 377
bus cable Unmanaged switch for the
Standard type with special design ET 200M and as many as three
for quick mounting, 2-core, other nodes to an Industrial
shielded, sold by the meter, Ethernet operating at 10/100 Mbit/s;
max. delivery unit 1000 m, 4 x RJ45 ports;
minimum order quantity 20 m external 24 V DC power supply,
RS 485 repeater for PROFIBUS 6ES7 972-0AA01-0XA0 LED diagnostics, S7-300 module
Data transfer rate up to 12 Mbit/s; on CD-ROM
24 V DC; IP20 housing
IE FC RJ45 plugs
tion displacement contacts for
connecting Industrial Ethernet FC
installation cables
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
180° cable outlet
• 1 unit 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0
• 10 units 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AB0
• 50 units 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AE0

© Siemens AG 2008
CPU 414-3 PN/DP
■ Overview
• CPUs for high demands in the mid-level performance range
• Applicable for plants with additional demands on program-
ming scope and processing speed
2 • Integrated PROFINET functions in CPU 414-3 PN/DP
Order No. 6ES7 414-3EM05-0AB0 Order No. 6ES7 414-3EM05-0AB0
Hardware product status 1 DB
Firmware version V5.0 • Number, max. 6,000; Number range: 1 to 16,000
associated programming package STEP7 V5.4 SP1 or higher • Size, max. 64 KByte
Voltages and currents FB
Feeding of external buffer voltage to 5 to 15 VDC • Number, max. 3,000; Number range: 0 to 7999
CPU
Current consumption
FC
from backplane bus DC 5 V, max. 1.4 A
• Number, max. 3,000; Number range: 0 to 7,999
from interface DC 5 V, max. 90 mA; At each DP interface
OB
Backup battery
• Buffer current, typ. 125 μA; Valid up to 40°C
Nesting depth
• Buffer current, max. 550 μA
• per priority class 24
Memory
Type of storage
• RAM
for bit operations, min. 45 ns
- integrated (for program) 1.4 MByte
for word operations, min. 45 ns
- integrated (for data) 1.4 MByte
- expandable No for fixed point arithmetic, min. 45 ns
• Load memory for floating point arithmetic, min. 135 ns
- expandable FEPROM Yes Times/counters
- expandable FEPROM, max. 64 MByte and their remanence
- integrated RAM, max. 512 KByte S7 counter
- expandable RAM Yes • Number 2,048
- expandable RAM, max. 64 MByte • Remanence
Backup - adjustable Yes
• present Yes - lower limit 0
• with battery Yes; All data - upper limit 2,047
• without battery No • Counting range
- lower limit 0
- upper limit 999
IEC counter
• present Yes
• Type SFB

© Siemens AG 2008
CPU 414-3 PN/DP

• Number 2,048 connectable OPs 31 2
• Remanence Central devices, max. 1
- adjustable Yes Expansion devices, max. 21
- lower limit 0
Multicomputing Yes;
- upper limit 2,047 Max. 4 CPUs (with UR1 or UR2)
- preset No times retentive IM
• Time range • Number of connectable IMs (total), 6
- lower limit 10 ms max.
- upper limit 9,990 s • Number of connectable IM 460s, 6
max.
IEC timer
• Number of connectable IM 463s, 4; IM 463-2
• present Yes max.
• Type SFB Number of DP masters
Data areas and their remanence • integrated 1
remanent data area, total Total working and load memory • via IM 467 4
(with backup battery)
• via CP 10; CP 443-5 Extended
Flag
• Mixed mode IM + CP permitted No;
• Number, max. 8 KByte IM 467 cannot be used with
• Remanence available Yes CP 443-5 Ext.;
IM 467 cannot be used with
• Number of clock memories 8; (in 1 memory byte) CP 443-1 EX40 in PN IO mode
Address area • via interface module 1; IF 964-DP
I/O address area • Number of pluggable S5 modules 6
• Inputs 8 KByte (via adapter capsule in central
device), max.
• Outputs 8 KByte
Number of IO controllers
• integrated 1
- MPI/DPinterface, inputs 2 KByte
- MPI/DP interface, outputs 2 KByte • via CP 4;
Via CP 443-1 EX 41 in PN mode;
- DP interface, inputs 6 KByte max. 4 in central controller
- DP interface, outputs 6 KByte
Number of operable FMs and CPs
- PN interface, inputs 8 KByte (recommended)
- PN interface, outputs 8 KByte • FM Limited due to number of slots
Process image and number of connections
• Inputs, adjustable 8 KByte • CP, point-to-point Limited due to number of slots
and number of connections
• PROFIBUS and Ethernet CPs 14
Time
Clock
• consistent data, max. 244 Byte
• Access to consistent data Yes
in process image • buffered and synchronizable Yes
Subprocess images • Resolution 1 ms
• Number of subprocess images, 15 Operating hours counter

max. • Number 8
Digital channels Clock synchronization
• Inputs 65,536 • supports Yes
• Outputs 65,536 • to MPI, Master Yes
• Inputs, of which central 65,536 • to MPI, Slave Yes
• Outputs, of which central 65,536 • to DP, Master Yes
Analog channels • to DP, Slave Yes
• Inputs 4,096 • in AS, Master Yes
• Outputs 4,096 • in AS, Slave Yes
• Inputs, of which central 4,096 • on Ethernet via NTP Yes; as client
• Outputs, of which central 4,096 • to IF 964 DP Yes

© Siemens AG 2008
CPU 414-3 PN/DP

S7 message functions Number of connections
2 Number of login stations
31; Max. 31 with alarm_S and
alarm_D (OP’s);
• overall 32
max. 8 with alarm_8 and alarm_P PROFINET CBA (at set setpoint
(e.g. WinCC) communication load)
Symbol-related messages Yes • Number of remote interconnection 32
partners
Number of messages
• overall, max. 512
• Total of all master/slave 4,500
Block related messages Yes connections
Alarm 8-blocks Yes • Data length of all incoming 45,000 Byte
Instrumentation & control messages Yes connections master/slave, max.
Test commissioning functions • Data length of all outgoing 45,000 Byte

Status/control
• Number of device-internal and 1,000
• Status/control variable Yes PROFIBUS interconnections
Forcing • Data length of device-internal and 16,000 Byte
• Forcing Yes PROFIBUS interconnections, max.
Status block Yes • Data length per connection, max. 2,000 Byte
Single step Yes • Remote interconnections
Number of breakpoints 4
- Sampling frequency: 200 ms;
Diagnostic buffer sampling interval, min. Depending on preset communca-
• present Yes tion load, number of interconnec-
tions and data length used
• Number of entries, max. 3,200 - Number of incoming 250
• adjustable Yes interconnections
• preset 120 - Number of outgoing 250
interconnections
Communication functions - Data length of all incoming 8,000 Byte
- Data length of all outgoing 8,000 Byte
Routing Yes
Global data communication - Data length per connection, 2,000 Byte
• supported Yes max.
• Size of GD packets, max. 54 Byte • Remote interconnections

S7 basic communication - Transmission frequency: 1 ms;
• supported Yes transmission interval, min. Depending on preset communica-
tion load, number of interconnec-
• Useful data per job, max. 76 Byte tions and data length used
S7 communication - Number of incoming 300
interconnections
• supported Yes
• Useful data per job, max. 64 KByte interconnections
S5-compatible communication - Data length of all incoming 4,800 Byte
• supported Yes; (via CP max. 10 and FC interconnections, max.
AG_SEND and FC AG_RECV) - Data length of all outgoing 4,800 Byte
• Useful data per job, max. 8 KByte
Standard communication (FMS) max.
• supported Yes; Via CP and loadable FB • HMI variables via PROFINET
• Web server Yes (acyclic)
- Number of log-in stations for 2x PN OPC/1x iMap
Open IE communication HMI variables (PN OPC/iMap)
• TCP/IP Yes - HMI variable updating 500 ms
- Number of connections, max. 32 - Number of HMI variables 1,000
- Data length, max. 32 KByte - Data length of all HMI variables, 32,000 Byte
• ISO-on-TCP (RFC1006) Yes max.
- Number of connections, max. 32 • PROFIBUS proxy functionality
- Data length, max. 32 KByte; 1452 bytes via CP 443- - supported Yes;
1 Adv. 32 PROFIBUS slaves max.
connectable
• UDP Yes
- Data length per connection, 240 Byte;
max. Slave-dependent
- Data length, max. 1,472 Byte

© Siemens AG 2008
CPU 414-3 PN/DP

1st interface 2nd interface
Physics RS 485 / PROFIBUS + MPI Physics Ethernet 2
isolated Yes isolated Yes
Functionality Functionality
• MPI Yes • DP master No
• DP master Yes • DP slave No
• DP slave Yes • PROFINET IO controller Yes
MPI • PROFINET CBA Yes
• Number of connections 32; • Point-to-point coupling No
if a diagnostic repeater is used on
the line, the number of connection DP master
resources on the line is reduced • Number of connections, max.
by 1
• Services
• Services - PG/OP communication
- PG/OP communication Yes - Routing
- Routing Yes - S7 basic communication
- Global data communication Yes - S7 communication
- S7 basic communication Yes - equidistance support
- S7 communication Yes - Activation/deactivation of
• Transmission speeds, max. 12 MBit/s DP slaves
- direct data exchange
DP master (cross traffic)
• Number of connections, max. 16 • Transmission speeds, max.
• Services • Number of DP slaves, max.
- PG/OP communication Yes • Address area
- Routing Yes - Inputs, max.
- Global data communication No - Outputs, max.
- S7 basic communication Yes
- S7 communication Yes
- Inputs, max.
- equidistance support Yes
- Outputs, max.
- Activation/deactivation of Yes
DP slaves DP slave
- direct data exchange Yes • Number of connections
(cross traffic)
• Services
- Routing
• Number of DP slaves, max. 32 - Programming
• Address area • GSD file
- Inputs, max. 2 KByte • Transmission speeds, max.
• Transfer memory
• Useful data per DP slave - Inputs
- Inputs, max. 244 Byte - Outputs
• Address area, max.
DP slave • Useful data per address area,
• Number of connections 16 max.
• Services • Useful data per address area,
of which consistent, max.
- Routing Yes
PROFINET CBA
• Acyclic transmission Yes
• Transfer memory
- Inputs 244 Byte • cyclic transmission Yes
- Outputs 244 Byte
• Address area, max. 32; Virtual slots
max.
• Useful data per address area, of 32 Byte
which consistent, max.

© Siemens AG 2008
CPU 414-3 PN/DP

PROFINET IO controller DP slave
2 • Services
• Number of connections 16
• Services
- Routing Yes; Routing of PG functions - Routing Yes
- S7 communication Yes - Status/control Yes
- open IE communication Yes
• GSD file http://support.automation.
• Transmission rate, min. 10 MBit/s siemens.com/
• Transmission speed, max. 100 MBit/s WW/view/de/113652
• Number of connectable 256 • Transmission rate, max. 12 MBit/s
IO-devices, max. • Transfer memory
• Updating time 250 μs to 512 ms; - Inputs 244 Byte
minimum value dependent on
- Outputs 244 Byte
preset communication share for
PROFINET I/O, of number of I/O • Address range, max. 32
devices and number of config-
ured user data • Useful data per address area, 32 Byte
max.
• Address area
- Inputs, max. 8 KByte which consistent, max.
Isochronous mode
• Useful data consistency, max. 255 Byte;
incl. net data accompaniers Useful data per isochronoous slave, 244 Byte
max.
3rd interface
equidistance Yes
Type of interfaces Pluggable interface module (IF)
shortest clock pulse 1 ms;
pluggable interface module IF 964-DP Without use of SFC 126 and 127
(MLFB: 6ES7 964-2AA04-0AB0) up to 0.5 ms
Physics RS 485 / PROFIBUS CiR configuration in RUN
isolated Yes CiR synchronization time, 100 ms
power supply to interface 150 mA; max. 150 mA basic load
(15 to 30 V DC), max. CiR synchronization time, 80 μs
Number of connection resources 16 time per I/O slave
Functionality CPU/programming
• MPI No Configuration software
• DP master Yes • STEP 7 Yes
• DP slave Yes Programming language
DP master • STEP 7 Yes
• Number of connections, max. 16 • LAD Yes

• Services • FUP Yes
- PG/OP communication Yes • AWL Yes
- Routing Yes • SCL Yes
- Global data communication No
• CFC Yes
• GRAPH Yes
- Equidistance support Yes • HiGraph® Yes
- SYNC/FREEZE Yes Nesting levels 7
- Activation/deactivation of DP Yes User program protection/password Yes
slaves protection
- Direct data exchange Yes Dimensions
• Transmission rate, max. 12 MBit/s Width 50 mm
• Number of DP slaves, max. 96 Height 290 mm
• Address area Depth 219 mm
Dimensions
Required slots 2
- Useful data per DP slave, max. 244 Byte Weights
- Inputs, max. 244 Byte Weight, approx. 900 g
- Slots, max. 244
- per slot, max. 128 Byte

© Siemens AG 2008
CPU 414-3 PN/DP

CPU 414-3 PN/DP 6ES7 414-3EM05-0AB0 Manual "Communication for
Main memory 2.8 MB,
power supply 24 V DC, • German 6ES7 398-8EA00-8AA0
2
MPI/PROFIBUS DP master inter-
face, PROFINET interface, • English 6ES7 398-8EA00-8BA0
slot for memory card, • French 6ES7 398-8EA00-8CA0
module slot for 1 IF module,
incl. slot number labels • Spanish 6ES7 398-8EA00-8DA0
Memory card RAM • Italian 6ES7 398-8EA00-8EA0
• 64 KB 6ES7 952-0AF00-0AA0 SIMATIC Manual Collection 6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE0
• 256 KB 6ES7 952-1AH00-0AA0 Electronic manuals on DVD, five
languages: S7-200/300/400, C7,
• 1 MB 6ES7 952-1AK00-0AA0 LOGO!, SIMATIC DP, PC, PG,
• 2 MB 6ES7 952-1AL00-0AA0 STEP 7, engineering software,
runtime software, PCS 7, SIMATIC
• 4 MB 6ES7 952-1AM00-0AA0 HMI, SIMATIC NET
• 8 MB 6ES7 952-1AP00-0AA0 SIMATIC Manual Collection 6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2
• 16 MB 6ES7 952-1AS00-0AA0
• 64 MB 6ES7 952-1AY00-0AA0 and the three subsequent
FEPROM memory card updates
• 64 KB 6ES7 952-0KF00-0AA0 Brochure "SIMATIC S7-400
automation system - Design
• 256 KB 6ES7 952-0KH00-0AA0 and application"
• 1 MB 6ES7 952-1KK00-0AA0 • German 6ES7 498-8AA00-8AB0
• 2 MB 6ES7 952-1KL00-0AA0 • English 6ES7 498-8AA00-8BB0
• 4 MB 6ES7 952-1KM00-0AA0 PROFIBUS bus components
• 8 MB 6ES7 952-1KP00-0AA0 RS 485 bus connector
• 16 MB 6ES7 952-1KS00-0AA0 with 90° cable outlet
• 32 MB 6ES7 952-1KT00-0AA0 Max. transfer rate 12 Mbit/s
• 64 MB 6ES7 952-1KY00-0AA0 • Without PG interface 6ES7 972-0BA12-0XA0
MPI cable 6ES7 901-0BF00-0AA0 • With PG interface 6ES7 972-0BB12-0XA0
For connecting SIMATIC S7 RS 485 bus connector

and the PG through MPI; with angled cable outlet
5 m in length Max. transfer rate 12 Mbit/s
IF 964-DP interface module 6ES7 964-2AA04-0AB0 • Without PG interface 6ES7 972-0BA41-0XA0
For connecting an additional • With PG interface 6ES7 972-0BB41-0XA0
PROFIBUS subnet;
for CPU 414-3, CPU 414-3 PN/DP, RS 485 bus connector
CPU 416-3, CPU 416-3 PN/DP, with 90° cable outlet for
CPU 417-4 FastConnect system
Slot number plates 6ES7 912-0AA00-0AA0 Max. transfer rate 12 Mbit/s
1 set (spare part) • Without PG interface 6ES7 972-0BA51-0XA0
Manual "SIMATIC S7-400 • With PG interface 6ES7 972-0BB51-0XA0
automation system" RS 485 bus connector 6GK1 500-0EA02
incl. instruction list with axial cable outlet
• German 6ES7 498-8AA05-8AA0 For SIMATIC OP,
for connection to PPI, MPI,
• English 6ES7 498-8AA05-8BA0 PROFIBUS
• French 6ES7 498-8AA05-8CA0 PROFIBUS FastConnect
• Spanish 6ES7 498-8AA05-8DA0 bus cable
• Italian 6ES7 498-8AA05-8EA0 Standard type with special design 6XV1 830-0EH10
S7-400 instructions list shielded, sold by the meter,
• German 6ES7 498-8AA05-8AN0
• English 6ES7 498-8AA05-8BN0
• French 6ES7 498-8AA05-8CN0
• Spanish 6ES7 498-8AA05-8DN0 24 V DC; IP20 housing
• Italian 6ES7 498-8AA05-8EN0

© Siemens AG 2008
CPU 414-3 PN/DP

2
Standard cable, splittable, • 10 units 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AB0
• 50 units 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AE0
SCALANCE X204-2 6GK5 204-2BB10-2AA3
Industrial Ethernet Switch
with integral SNMP access,
web diagnostics, copper cable
diagnostics and PROFINET
diagnostics for configuring line,
star and ring topologies;
four 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports and
two FO ports

© Siemens AG 2008
CPU 416-3 PN/DP
■ Overview
• High-performance CPUs in the high-end performance range
• Applicable for plants with high requirements in the high-end
performance range
• Integrated PROFINET functions in CPU 416-3 PN/DP
2
Order No. 6ES7 416-3ER05-0AB0 Order No. 6ES7 416-3ER05-0AB0
Product status FB
Firmware version V5.0 • Number, max. 5,000;
Number range: 0 to 7999
associated programming package STEP 7 V5.4 SP1 or higher
FC
Feeding of external buffer voltage 5 to 15 VDC
to CPU • Number, max. 5,000;
Number range: 0 to 7,999
Current consumption
from backplane bus DC 5 V, max. 1.4 A
OB
from interface DC 5 V, max. 90 mA; At each DP interface
Nesting depth
Backup battery
• Buffer current, typ. 125 μA; Valid up to 40°C
Memory
Type of storage
for word operations, min. 30 ns
• RAM
- integrated (for program) 5.6 MByte for fixed point arithmetic, min. 30 ns
- integrated (for data) 5.6 MByte for floating point arithmetic, min. 90 ns
- expandable No Times/counters
• Load memory and their remanence
- expandable FEPROM Yes; with Memory Card (FLASH) S7 counter
- expandable FEPROM, max. 64 MByte • Number 2,048
- integrated RAM, max. 1 MByte • Remanence
- expandable RAM Yes; With Memory Card (RAM) - adjustable Yes
- expandable RAM, max. 64 MByte - lower limit 0
Backup - upper limit 2,047
• present Yes • Counting range
• with battery Yes - lower limit 0
• without battery No - upper limit 999
CPU/blocks IEC counter
DB • present Yes
• Number, max. 10,000; • Type SFB

Number range: 1 to 16,000

© Siemens AG 2008
CPU 416-3 PN/DP

2 • Number 2,048 connectable OPs 63
• Remanence Central devices, max. 1
- adjustable Yes Expansion devices, max. 21
- lower limit 0
Multicomputing Yes; Max. 4 CPUs
- upper limit 2,047 (with UR1 or UR2)
- preset No times retentive IM
• Time range • Number of connectable IMs (total), 6
- lower limit 10 ms max.
- upper limit 9,990 s • Number of connectable IM 460s, 6
IEC timer max.
• present Yes • Number of connectable IM 463s, 4; IM 463-2
max.
• Type SFB
• integrated 1
remanent data area, total Total working and load memory
(with backup battery) • via IM 467 4
Flag • via CP 10; CP 443-5 Extended
• Number, max. 16 KByte; Size of bit memory • Mixed mode IM + CP permitted No;
address area IM 467 cannot be used with
CP 443-5 Ext.;
• Remanence available Yes IM 467 cannot be used with
• Number of clock memories 8; (in 1 memory byte) CP 443-1 EX40 in PN IO mode
Address area • via interface module 1; IF 964-DP
I/O address area • Number of pluggable S5 modules 6

(via adapter capsule in central de-
• Inputs 16 KByte vice), max.
• Outputs 16 KByte Number of IO controllers
• of which, distributed • integrated 1
- MPI/DPinterface, inputs 2 KByte • via CP 4;
- MPI/DP interface, outputs 2 KByte Via CP 443-1 EX 41 in PN mode;
- DP interface, inputs 8 KByte max. 4 in central controller
- DP interface, outputs 8 KByte Number of operable FMs and CPs
(recommended)
- PN interface, inputs 8 KByte
- PN interface, outputs 8 KByte • FM Limited due to number of slots
Process image
• CP, point-to-point Limited due to number of slots
• Inputs, adjustable 16 KByte and number of connections
• Outputs, adjustable 16 KByte • PROFIBUS and Ethernet CPs 14
• Inputs, preset 512 Byte Time
• Outputs, preset 512 Byte Clock
• consistent data, max. 244 Byte • Hardware clock (real-time clock) Yes
• Access to consistent data Yes • buffered and synchronizable Yes
in process image
• Resolution 1 ms
Subprocess images
Operating hours counter
max. • Number 8
Digital channels Clock synchronization
• Inputs 131,072 • supports Yes
• Outputs 131,072 • to MPI, Master Yes
• Inputs, of which central 131,072 • to MPI, Slave Yes
• Outputs, of which central 131,072 • to DP, Master Yes
Analog channels • to DP, Slave Yes
• Inputs 8,192 • in AS, Master Yes
• Outputs 8,192 • in AS, Slave Yes
• Inputs, of which central 8,192 • on Ethernet via NTP Yes; as client
• Outputs, of which central 8,192 • to IF 964 DP Yes

© Siemens AG 2008
CPU 416-3 PN/DP

S7 message functions Number of connections
Number of login stations
63; Max. 63 with alarm_S and
alarm_D (OP’s);
• overall 64 2
max. 12 with alarm_8 and alarm_P PROFINET CBA (at set setpoint
(e.g. WinCC) communication load)
Symbol-related messages Yes • Number of remote interconnection 32

partners
Number of messages
• overall, max. 1,024
• Total of all master/slave 6,000
Block related messages Yes connections
Alarm 8-blocks Yes • Data length of all incoming 65,000 Byte
Instrumentation & control messages Yes connections master/slave, max.
Test commissioning functions • Data length of all outgoing 65,000 Byte

Status/control
• Number of device-internal and 1,000
• Status/control variable Yes PROFIBUS interconnections
Forcing • Data length of device-internal and 16,000 Byte
• Forcing Yes
Status block Yes • Data length per connection, max. 2,000 Byte
Single step Yes • Remote interconnections

Number of breakpoints 4 - Sampling frequency: 200 ms; Depending on preset
Diagnostic buffer sampling interval, min. communcation load, number of
interconnections and data length
• present Yes used
• Number of entries, max. 3,200 - Number of incoming 500
• adjustable Yes interconnections
• preset 120 - Number of outgoing 500
interconnections
Communication functions - Data length of all incoming 16,000 Byte
Routing Yes - Data length of all outgoing 16,000 Byte
Global data communication - Data length per connection, 2,000 Byte
• supported Yes max.
• Size of GD packets, max. 54 Byte • Remote interconnections
- Transmission frequency: 1 ms; Depending on preset com-
• supported Yes transmission interval, min. munication load, number of inter-
connections and data length used
• Useful data per job, max. 76 Byte
S7 communication interconnections
• supported Yes - Number of outgoing 300
interconnections
- Data length of all incoming 4,800 Byte
S5-compatible communication interconnections, max.
• supported Yes; (via CP max. 10 and FC - Data length of all outgoing 4,800 Byte
AG_SEND and FC AG_RECV) interconnections, max.
• Useful data per job, max. 8 KByte - Data length per connection, 250 Byte
max.
Standard communication (FMS)
• supported Yes; Via CP and loadable FB (acyclic)
• Web server Yes; Read-only function - Number of log-in stations for 2x PN OPC/1x iMap
HMI variables (PN OPC/iMap)
- HMI variable updating 500 ms
• TCP/IP Yes
- Number of HMI variables 1,500
- Data length of all HMI variables, 48,000 Byte
- Data length, max. 32 KByte max.
• ISO-on-TCP (RFC1006) Yes • PROFIBUS proxy functionality
- Number of connections, max. 64 - supported Yes; 32 PROFIBUS slaves max.
- Data length, max. 32 KByte; connectable
1452 bytes via CP 443-1 Adv. - Data length per connection, 240 Byte; Slave-dependent
• UDP Yes max.
- Data length, max. 1,472 Byte

© Siemens AG 2008
CPU 416-3 PN/DP

1st interface 2nd interface
2 Physics RS 485 / PROFIBUS + MPI Physics Ethernet
isolated Yes isolated Yes
Functionality Functionality
• MPI Yes • DP master No
• DP master Yes • DP slave No
• DP slave Yes • PROFINET IO controller Yes
MPI • PROFINET CBA Yes
• Number of connections 44 • Point-to-point coupling No
• Services DP master
- PG/OP communication Yes • Number of connections, max.
- Routing Yes
• Services
- Global data communication Yes
- PG/OP communication
- Routing
- S7 basic communication
• Transmission speeds, max. 12 MBit/s - S7 communication
DP master - equidistance support
• Number of connections, max. 32; if a diagnostic repeater is - Activation/deactivation of
used on the line, the number of DP slaves
connection resources on the line - direct data exchange
is reduced by 1 (cross traffic)
• Services • Transmission speeds, max.
- PG/OP communication Yes • Number of DP slaves, max.
- Routing Yes
• Address area
- Inputs, max.
- Outputs, max.
- Inputs, max.
- Activation/deactivation of DP Yes
slaves - Outputs, max.
- direct data exchange (cross traf- Yes DP slave
fic)
• Number of connections
• Services
• Number of DP slaves, max. 32 - Routing
• Address area - Programming
- Inputs, max. 2 KByte • GSD file
• Transmission speeds, max.
• Transfer memory
- Inputs
- Outputs
DP slave
• Address area, max.
• Useful data per address area,
• Services max.
- Routing Yes; with interface active • Useful data per address area,
• Transmission speeds, max. 12 MBit/s of which consistent, max.
• Transfer memory PROFINET CBA
- Inputs 244 Byte • Acyclic transmission Yes
- Outputs 244 Byte • cyclic transmission Yes
• Address area, max. 32; Virtual slots
max.
which consistent, max.

© Siemens AG 2008
CPU 416-3 PN/DP

PROFINET IO controller • Useful data per DP slave
• Services - Useful data per DP slave, max.
- Inputs, max.
244 Byte
244 Byte
2
- Routing Yes; Routing of PG functions - Outputs, max. 244 Byte
- S7 communication Yes - Slots, max. 244
- open IE communication Yes - per slot, max. 128 Byte
• Transmission rate, min. 10 MBit/s DP slave

• Services
IO-devices, max. - Routing Yes; When interface active
- Status/control Yes; When interface active
• Updating time 250 μs to 512 ms;
minimum value dependent on • GSD file http://support.automation.sie-
preset communication share for mens.com/WW/view/de/113652
PROFINET I/O, of number of I/O
• Transmission rate, max. 12 MBit/s
devices and number of config-
ured user data • Transfer memory
• Address area - Inputs 244 Byte
- Inputs, max. 8 KByte - Outputs 244 Byte
- Outputs, max. 8 KByte • Address range, max. 32
• Useful data consistency, max. 255 Byte; • Useful data per address area, 32 Byte
incl. net data accompaniers max.
3rd interface • Useful data per address area, 32 Byte
o which consistent, max.
Type of interfaces Pluggable interface module (IF),
technical specifications as for Isochronous mode
2nd interface Useful data per isochronoous 244 Byte
slave, max.
pluggable interface module IF 964-DP
(MLFB: 6ES7 964-2AA04-0AB0) equidistance Yes
Physics RS 485 / PROFIBUS shortest clock pulse 1 ms; Without use of SFC 126 and
127 up to 0.5 ms
isolated Yes
CiR configuration in RUN
power supply to interface 150 mA
(15 to 30 V DC), max. CiR synchronization time, 100 ms
basic load
Number of connection resources 32
CiR synchronization time, 40 μs
Functionality time per I/O slave
• MPI No CPU/programming
• DP master Yes Configuration software
• DP slave Yes • STEP 7 Yes
DP master Programming language
• Number of connections, max. 32 • STEP 7 Yes
• Services • LAD Yes
- PG/OP communication Yes • FUP Yes
- Routing Yes
• AWL Yes
• SCL Yes
- S7 communication Yes • CFC Yes
- Equidistance support Yes • GRAPH Yes
- SYNC/FREEZE Yes • HiGraph® Yes
- Activation/deactivation of Yes Nesting levels 7
DP slaves
- Direct data exchange Yes User program protection/ Yes
password protection
• Transmission rate, max. 12 MBit/s
Dimensions
• Number of DP slaves, max. 125
Width 50 mm
• Address area
Height 290 mm
Depth 219 mm
Dimensions
Required slots 2
Weights

© Siemens AG 2008
CPU 416-3 PN/DP

CPU 416-3 PN/DP 6ES7 416-3ER05-0AB0 Manual "Communication for
Main memory 11.2 MB,
power supply 24 V DC, • German 6ES7 398-8EA00-8AA0
2
MPI/PROFIBUS DP master
interface, PROFINET interface, • English 6ES7 398-8EA00-8BA0
module slot for 1 IF submodule, • French 6ES7 398-8EA00-8CA0
slot for memory card,
incl. slot number labels • Spanish 6ES7 398-8EA00-8DA0
Memory card RAM • Italian 6ES7 398-8EA00-8EA0
• 64 KB 6ES7 952-0AF00-0AA0 SIMATIC Manual Collection 6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE0
• 256 KB 6ES7 952-1AH00-0AA0 Electronic manuals on DVD,
five languages: S7-200/300/400,
• 1 MB 6ES7 952-1AK00-0AA0 C7, LOGO!, SIMATIC DP, PC, PG,
• 2 MB 6ES7 952-1AL00-0AA0 STEP 7, engineering software,
runtime software, PCS 7,
• 4 MB 6ES7 952-1AM00-0AA0 SIMATIC HMI, SIMATIC NET
• 8 MB 6ES7 952-1AP00-0AA0 SIMATIC Manual Collection 6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2
• 16 MB 6ES7 952-1AS00-0AA0
Current "Manual Collection"
• 64 MB 6ES7 952-1AY00-0AA0 DVD and the three subsequent
FEPROM memory card updates
• 64 KB 6ES7 952-0KF00-0AA0 Brochure "SIMATIC S7-400
• 256 KB 6ES7 952-0KH00-0AA0 and application"
• 1 MB 6ES7 952-1KK00-0AA0 • German 6ES7 498-8AA00-8AB0
• 2 MB 6ES7 952-1KL00-0AA0 • English 6ES7 498-8AA00-8BB0
• 4 MB 6ES7 952-1KM00-0AA0 PROFIBUS bus components
• 8 MB 6ES7 952-1KP00-0AA0 RS 485 bus connector
• 16 MB 6ES7 952-1KS00-0AA0 with 90° cable outlet
• 32 MB 6ES7 952-1KT00-0AA0 Max. transfer rate 12 Mbit/s
• 64 MB 6ES7 952-1KY00-0AA0 • Without PG interface 6ES7 972-0BA12-0XA0
MPI cable 6ES7 901-0BF00-0AA0 • With PG interface 6ES7 972-0BB12-0XA0
For connecting SIMATIC S7 RS 485 bus connector

and the PG through MPI; with angled cable outlet
5 m in length Max. transfer rate 12 Mbit/s
IF 964-DP interface module 6ES7 964-2AA04-0AB0 • Without PG interface 6ES7 972-0BA41-0XA0
For connecting an additional • With PG interface 6ES7 972-0BB41-0XA0
PROFIBUS subnet;
for CPU 414-3, CPU 414-3 PN/DP, RS 485 bus connector
CPU 416-3, CPU 416-3 PN/DP, with 90° cable outlet
CPU 417-4 for FastConnect system
Slot number plates 6ES7 912-0AA00-0AA0 Max. transfer rate 12 Mbit/s
1 set (spare part) • Without PG interface 6ES7 972-0BA51-0XA0
Manual "SIMATIC S7-400 • With PG interface 6ES7 972-0BB51-0XA0
automation system" RS 485 bus connector 6GK1 500-0EA02
incl. instruction list with axial cable outlet
• German 6ES7 498-8AA05-8AA0 For SIMATIC OP,
• English 6ES7 498-8AA05-8BA0 PROFIBUS
• French 6ES7 498-8AA05-8CA0 PROFIBUS FastConnect 6XV1 830-0EH10
• Spanish 6ES7 498-8AA05-8DA0 bus cable
• Italian 6ES7 498-8AA05-8EA0 Standard type with special design

S7-400 instructions list shielded, sold by the meter,
• Spanish 6ES7 498-8AA05-8DN0 24 V DC; IP20 housing

© Siemens AG 2008
CPU 416-3 PN/DP

2
• 50 units 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AE0
two FO ports

© Siemens AG 2008

SIPLUS CPU 416-3 PN/DP 6AG1 416-3ER05-4AB0
Main memory 11.2 MB,
2
MPI/PROFIBUS DP master inter-
face, PROFINET interface,
PROFIBUS DP master interface,
module slot for 1 IF submodule,
slot for memory card,
ordering data
High-performance CPUs in the high-end performance range

• Applicable for plants with high requirements in the high-end
performance range
• Integrated PROFINET functions in CPU 416-3 PN/DP
Order No. 6AG1 416-3ER05-4AB0

Order No. based on 6ES7 416-3ER05-4AB0
sphere).
modules.


© Siemens AG 2008
CPU 416F-3 PN/DP
■ Overview
• For constructing a fail-safe automation system for plants with
• High-performance CPU in the top-end performance range
and Cat. 4 acc. to EN 954-1 2
• Standard and safety-related tasks can be performed with a
single CPU
• Multi-processor mode is possible
• Safety-related communication with distributed I/O devices
over PROFIBUS DP with the PROFIsafe profile
the integrated interfaces (DP and PN with CPU416F-3 PN/DP)
and/or through communication modules (CP443-5 Ext. and
CP443-1 Adv.)
Order No. 6ES7 416-3FR05-0AB0 Order No. 6ES7 416-3FR05-0AB0
Firmware version V5.0 DB
associated programming package STEP7 V5.3 SP2 • Number, max. 10,000;
or higher with HW-update Number range: 1 to 16,000
Feeding of external buffer voltage 5 to 15 V DC FB
to CPU
• Number, max. 5,000;
Current consumption Number range: 0 to 7999
from backplane bus DC 5 V, max. 1.3 A • Size, max. 64 KByte
from interface DC 5 V, max. 90 mA; FC
At each DP interface
• Number, max. 5,000;
Power loss, typ. 4.5 W Number range: 0 to 7,999
Backup battery • Size, max. 64 KByte
• Buffer current, typ. 125 μA; OB
Valid up to 40°C
Nesting depth
Memory
Type of storage
• RAM
- integrated (for program) 5.6 MByte
- integrated (for data) 5.6 MByte
- expandable No for word operations, min. 30 ns
• Load memory for fixed point arithmetic, min. 30 ns
- expandable FEPROM Yes for floating point arithmetic, min. 90 ns
- expandable FEPROM, max. 64 MByte Times/counters
- integrated RAM, max. 1 MByte and their remanence
- expandable RAM Yes S7 counter
- expandable RAM, max. 64 MByte • Number 2,048
Backup • Remanence
• present Yes - adjustable Yes
• with battery Yes - lower limit 0
• without battery No - upper limit 2,047
• Counting range
- lower limit 0
- upper limit 999

© Siemens AG 2008
CPU 416F-3 PN/DP

IEC counter Hardware config.
2 • present Yes connectable OPs 63
• Type SFB Central devices, max. 1
S7 times Expansion devices, max. 21
• Number 2,048 Multicomputing Yes;
Max. 4 CPUs (with UR1 or UR2)
• Remanence
- adjustable Yes IM
- lower limit 0 • Number of connectable IMs (total), 6
- upper limit 2,047 max.
- preset No times retentive • Number of connectable IM 460s, 6
max.
• Time range
• Number of connectable IM 463s, 4; IM 463-2
- lower limit 10 ms
max.
- upper limit 9,990 s
IEC timer
• integrated 2
• present Yes
• via IM 467 4
• Type SFB
• via CP 10; CP 443-5 Extended
• Mixed mode IM + CP permitted No;
remanent data area, total Total working and load memory IM 467 cannot be used with
(with backup battery) CP 443-5 Ext.;
Flag IM 467 cannot be used with
CP 443-1 EX40 in PN IO mode
• via interface module 1
• Remanence available Yes
• Number of pluggable S5 modules 6
• Number of clock memories 8; (in 1 memory byte) (via adapter capsule in central
device), max.
Address area
Number of IO controllers
I/O address area
• via CP 4;
• Inputs 16 KByte Via CP 443-1 EX 41 in PN mode;
• Outputs 16 KByte max. 4 in central controller
• of which, distributed Number of operable FMs and CPs
(recommended)
- MPI/DPinterface, inputs 2 KByte
- MPI/DP interface, outputs 2 KByte • FM Limited due to number of slots
- DP interface, inputs 8 KByte
- DP interface, outputs 8 KByte • CP, point-to-point Limited due to number of slots
Process image
• PROFIBUS and Ethernet CPs 14;
• Inputs, adjustable 16 KByte Of which 10 CP or IM max.
as DP master and PN controller
Time
Clock
• consistent data, max. 244 Byte
• Access to consistent data in pro- Yes
cess image • Resolution 1 ms
Subprocess images Operating hours counter
• Number of subprocess images, 15 • Number 8
max.
Digital channels
• supports Yes
• Inputs 131,072
• Outputs 131,072
• Inputs, of which central 131,072
• to DP, Master Yes
• Outputs, of which central 131,072
• to DP, Slave Yes
Analog channels
• Inputs 8,192
• Outputs 8,192
• on Ethernet via NTP Via CP
• Inputs, of which central 8,192
• to IF 964 DP Yes
• Outputs, of which central 8,192

© Siemens AG 2008
CPU 416F-3 PN/DP

S7 message functions 1st interface
Number of login stations for mes-
63;
Max. 63 with ALARM_S and
Physics RS 485 / PROFIBUS 2
ALARM_D (OPs); isolated Yes
max. 12 with ALARM_8 and Functionality
ALARM_P (e.g. WinCC)
• MPI Yes
Symbol-related messages Yes
• DP master Yes
Number of messages
• DP slave Yes
• overall, max. 1,024
MPI
Block related messages Yes
Alarm 8-blocks Yes
• Services
Instrumentation & control messages Yes
Test commissioning functions - Routing Yes
Status/control - Global data communication Yes
• Status/control variable Yes - S7 basic communication Yes
Forcing
• Forcing Yes
DP master
Status block Yes
Single step Yes
• Services
Diagnostic buffer
- Routing Yes
• present Yes - Global data communication No
• Number of entries, max. 3,200 - S7 basic communication Yes
• adjustable Yes - S7 communication Yes
• preset 120 - equidistance support Yes
Communication functions DP slaves
PG/OP communication Yes - direct data exchange Yes
(cross traffic)
Routing Yes
• Number of DP slaves, max. 32
• supported Yes
• Address area
• supported Yes
• Useful data per job, max. 76 Byte - Inputs, max. 244 Byte
S7 communication - Outputs, max. 244 Byte
• supported Yes DP slave
• Useful data per job, max. 64 KByte • Number of connections 32
S5-compatible communication • Services
• supported Yes; - Routing Yes
(via CP max. 10 and FC • Transmission speeds, max. 12 MBit/s
AG_SEND and FC AG_RECV)
• Transfer memory
- Inputs 244 Byte
- Outputs 244 Byte
• supported Yes;
• Address area, max. 32
Via CP and loadable FB
• Web server No; Via CP
max.
• ISO-on-TCP (RFC1006) Via CP 443-1 Adv.
and loadable FB
- Data length, max. 1452
• overall 64

© Siemens AG 2008
CPU 416F-3 PN/DP

2nd interface 3rd interface
2 Physics RS 485 / PROFIBUS Type of interfaces Pluggable interface module (IF),
technical specifications as for
isolated Yes 2nd interface
Functionality pluggable interface module IF 964-DP
• DP master Yes (MLFB: 6ES7 964-2AA04-0AB0)
• DP slave Yes Isochronous mode
DP master Useful data per isochronoous slave, 244 Byte
max.
equidistance Yes
• Services
shortest clock pulse 1 ms;
0.5 ms without use of
- Routing Yes SFC 126, 127
- S7 basic communication Yes CiR configuration in RUN
CiR synchronization time, 100 ms
- equidistance support Yes basic load
- Activation/deactivation of DP Yes
slaves CiR synchronization time, 40 μs
time per I/O slave
- direct data exchange (cross traf- Yes
fic) CPU/programming
• Transmission speeds, max. 12 MBit/s Configuration software
• Number of DP slaves, max. 125 • STEP 7 Yes
• Address area Programming language
- Inputs, max. 8 KByte • LAD Yes
- Outputs, max. 8 KByte • FUP Yes
• Useful data per DP slave • AWL Yes
• SCL Yes
• CFC Yes
DP slave
• GRAPH Yes
• HiGraph® Yes
• Services
Nesting levels 7
- Routing Yes
- Programming Yes User program protection/ Yes
password protection
• GSD file http://support.automation.
siemens.com/ Dimensions
WW/view/de/113652 Width 50 mm
• Transmission speeds, max. 12 MBit/s Height 290 mm
• Transfer memory Depth 219 mm
- Inputs 244 Byte
Dimensions
- Outputs 244 Byte
Required slots 2
Weights
max. Weight, approx. 880 g

© Siemens AG 2008
CPU 416F-3 PN/DP

CPU 416F-3 PN/DP 6ES7 416-3FR05-0AB0 Manual "Communication for
For configuring safety-related
automation systems; • German 6ES7 398-8EA00-8AA0
2
main memory 11.2 MB, 24 V DC • English
power supply, MPI/PROFIBUS DP 6ES7 398-8EA00-8BA0
master interface, PROFINET inter- • French 6ES7 398-8EA00-8CA0
face, PROFIBUS DP master inter-
face, receptacle for 1 IF • Spanish 6ES7 398-8EA00-8DA0
submodule, slot for memory card, • Italian 6ES7 398-8EA00-8EA0
Option package S7 F Distrib-
uted Safety V5.4 Electronic manuals on DVD, five
languages: S7-200/300/400, C7,
for generating fail-safe programs LOGO!, SIMATIC DP, PC, PG,
for the S7-300F STEP 7, engineering software,
• Floating License 6ES7 833-1FC02-0YA5 runtime software, PCS 7, SIMATIC
HMI, SIMATIC NET
• Upgrade from V5.x to V5.4 6ES7 833-1FC02-0YE5
• Software Update Service 6ES7 833-1FC00-0YX2 SIMATIC Manual Collection 6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2
Memory card RAM
• 64 KB 6ES7 952-0AF00-0AA0 and the three subsequent
• 256 KB updates
6ES7 952-1AH00-0AA0
• 1 MB Brochure "SIMATIC S7-400
6ES7 952-1AK00-0AA0
• 2 MB 6ES7 952-1AL00-0AA0 and application"
• 4 MB 6ES7 952-1AM00-0AA0 • German 6ES7 498-8AA00-8AB0
• 8 MB 6ES7 952-1AP00-0AA0 • English 6ES7 498-8AA00-8BB0
• 16 MB 6ES7 952-1AS00-0AA0 PROFIBUS bus components
• 64 MB 6ES7 952-1AY00-0AA0 RS 485 bus connector
with 90° cable outlet
FEPROM memory card
Max. transfer rate 12 Mbit/s
• 64 KB 6ES7952-0KF00-0AA0
• 256 KB • Without PG interface 6ES7 972-0BA12-0XA0
6ES7952-0KH00-0AA0
• 1 MB • With PG interface 6ES7 972-0BB12-0XA0
6ES7 952-1KK00-0AA0
• 2 MB RS 485 bus connector
6ES7 952-1KL00-0AA0 with angled cable outlet
• 4 MB 6ES7 952-1KM00-0AA0 Max. transfer rate 12 Mbit/s
• 8 MB 6ES7 952-1KP00-0AA0 • Without PG interface 6ES7 972-0BA41-0XA0
• 16 MB 6ES7 952-1KS00-0AA0 • With PG interface 6ES7 972-0BB41-0XA0
• 32 MB 6ES7 952-1KT00-0AA0 RS 485 bus connector
• 64 MB 6ES7 952-1KY00-0AA0 with 90° cable outlet
for FastConnect system
Max. transfer rate 12 Mbit/s
the PG through MPI; 5 m in length • Without PG interface 6ES7 972-0BA51-0XA0
IF 964-DP interface module 6ES7 964-2AA04-0AB0 • With PG interface 6ES7 972-0BB51-0XA0
For connecting an additional DP RS 485 bus connector
line with axial cable outlet
Slot number plates 6ES7 912-0AA00-0AA0 For SIMATIC OP, 6GK1 500-0EA02
1 set (spare part) PROFIBUS
Manual "SIMATIC S7-400 auto- PROFIBUS FastConnect
mation system" bus cable
incl. instruction list Standard type with special design 6XV1 830-0EH10
• German 6ES7 498-8AA05-8AA0 for quick mounting, 2-core,
• English 6ES7 498-8AA05-8BA0 max. delivery unit 1000 m,
• French 6ES7 498-8AA05-8CA0 minimum order quantity 20 m
• Spanish 6ES7 498-8AA05-8DA0 RS 485 repeater for PROFIBUS 6ES7 972-0AA01-0XA0
• Italian 6ES7 498-8AA05-8EA0 Data transfer rate up to 12 Mbit/s;
S7-400 instructions list 24 V DC; IP20 housing
• Spanish 6ES7 498-8AA05-8DN0

© Siemens AG 2008
CPU 416F-3 PN/DP

2
• 50 units 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AE0
two FO ports

© Siemens AG 2008
SIMATIC PC-based Control/Embedded Automation
SIMATIC Microbox 427B-RTX
The SIMATIC Microbox 427B-RTX combines the advantages of
PC-based control solutions with those of the established PLC
world: It offers on one hardware the flexibility for integration of
various tasks of an automation solution. The fanless design with
no hard disk of the Microbox PC allows the use of the solution
directly at the machine in harsh environment. With the Ethernet
2
and PROFIBUS interfaces the system can, with a minimum effort,
be integrated in already existing automation environments
(SIMATIC range, Siemens drive systems).
The Microbox RTX is the preferred platform, if the following
criteria for automation solutions must be fulfilled:
• Ultra-compact, unattended operation("headless operation“)
• Operation with remote screen
• Integration of various tasks like controlling, visualizing,
technology functions or data processing in one hardware
• Application of user-specific hardware and software
• Usage in machines
• Quick start in automation solutions with embedded PC
platforms: ■ Function
- SIMATIC WinAC RTX ready-to-run preinstalled on Microbox • Control:
PC 427B Several processing levels for optimum control of processes
- PROFIBUS and Industrial Ethernet ready configured for use with WinAC RTX are available:
in SIMATIC environment - Cyclic program execution.
- Optionally WinCC flexible for visualization tasks - Alarm processing.
- Configuration and programming with SIMATIC STEP 7 via - Time and date controlled processing.
Industrial Ethernet or PROFIBUS • Retentivity:
• Rugged operation: Without an UPS, the control can save up to 128 KB of
- Operation without hard disk based on Compact-Flash-Card remanent data on an integrated, zero-voltage proof memory.
(CF-Card) and Windows XP embedded Full retentivity of all process values of SIMATIC WinAC RTX
- Fanless operation can be achieved with a customary UPS
• Flexibility of a PC-based automation environment: • Access to all process values:
- Freer storage space on CF-Card useable for further PC The SIMATIC NET OPC server, delivered with the Microbox
applications 427B-RTX, allows open access to all process values. Any
- Use of WinAC ODK with SIMATIC WinAC RTX visualization or data processing systems can be connected to
- Connection option for USB devices, flat panel monitor or SIMATIC WinAC RTX via this interface.
screen • Communication:
- PCI 104 cards pluggable Programming of WinAC RTX with SIMATIC STEP 7 and transfer
• 128 KB remanent data for WinAC RTX even without uninter- of the WinCC flexible project take place via the integral Indus-
ruptible power supply (UPS) trial Ethernet interface. For this purpose the communication kit
SIMATIC NET SOFTNET-S7 Lean was installed. Alternatively,
New compared to SIMATIC Microbox 420-RTX: download of the S7 program to WinAC RTX is also possible via
• Considerably improved performance of the system the PROFIBUS DP interface.
• Versions with WinCC flexible Runtime available • Use of more software:
• 128 KB remanent data Client-side software products can be installed. Windows XP
Embedded is that way designed, that typically additional kits
• Display of operating state of SIMATIC WinAC RTX via user can be installed.
LED of SIMATIC Microbox PC 427B
• 2 and 4 GB CF cards as mass storage

© Siemens AG 2008
Order No. 6ES7 675-1C..0-0..0 Order No. 6ES7 675-1C..0-0..0
Product type description SIMATIC Microbox 427B-RTX Product type description SIMATIC Microbox 427B-RTX
Plant configuration Environmental requirements
2 Operating systems Windows XP embedded SP2 Operating termperature
Power supply • min. 0 °C
Input voltage • max. 50 °C
• Rated value, DC 24 V Yes Storage/transport temperature
• permissible range, 20.4 V • min. -20 °C
lower limit (DC)
• max. 60 °C
upper limit (DC) Degree and class of protection
Input current • IP 20 Yes
• Rated value at DC 24 V 2.5 A Standards, approvals,

certificates
Supply voltages
CE symbol Yes
Power supply
and voltage jumpering cULus Yes
• Mains/voltage failure jumpering 5 ms Dimensions
Voltages and currents Dimensions
Power consumption Width 262 mm
• Power consumption, max. 61 W Height 133 mm
Status information/alarms/ Depth 47 mm

diagnostics Weights
Diagnoses Weight 2 kg
• Diagnostic functions Yes

© Siemens AG 2008

SIMATIC Microbox 427B-RTX 6ES7 675-1C 7 70-0 7 7 0 PROFINET bus components
and -HMI/RTX
CP 1604 Microbox Package 6GK1 160-4AU00
CPU: Package for implementing the
Celeron M, 900 MHz,
PROFIBUS, 512 MB RAM
B2 CP 1604 in the SIMATIC Microbox
PC; comprising the CP 1604,
connection board, power supply
2
Celeron M, 1 GHz, F3 and expansion racks for Microbox
PROFIBUS, 1 GB RAM PC; for use with Development Kit
Pentium M, 1.4 GHz, K3 DK-16xx PN IO; NCM PC
PROFIBUS, 1 GB RAM IE FC TP Standard Cable GP 6XV1 840-2AH10
Mass storage: 2x2
2 GB CompactFlash, C 4-core, shielded TP installation

Windows XP embedded and cable for connection to IE
preinstalled software FC Outlet RJ45/ IE FC RJ45 Plug;
4 GB CompactFlash, D with UL approval;
Windows XP embedded and sold by the meter
preinstalled software
Software configuration:
Standard cable, splittable,
WinAC RTX 2005 B UL approval, sold by the meter
WinAC RTX 2005, F SCALANCE X204-2 6GK5 204-2BB10-2AA3
WinCC flexible 2007 RT 128 PT Industrial Ethernet Switch
WinAC RTX 2005, G Industrial Ethernet Switches
WinCC flexible 2007 RT 512 PT with integral SNMP access,
WinAC RTX 2005, H diagnostics and PROFINET
WinCC flexible 2007 RT 2048 PT diagnostics for configuring line,
two FO ports
IE FC RJ45 plugs
installation cables
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
180° cable outlet
• 1 unit 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0
• 10 units 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AB0
• 50 units 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AE0

© Siemens AG 2008
SIMATIC WinAC Software PLC
■ Overview
• SIMATIC WINAC RTX:
Optimized for applications that demand a high level of
flexibility and integration
2 • The software solution for tasks that demand hard determinis-

tics and high performance
• With real-time expansion for guaranteeing deterministic
behavior for the control component
Order No. 6ES7 671-0RC05-0YA0 Order No. 6ES7 671-0RC05-0YA0
Product type description SIMATIC WinAC Software PLC Product type description SIMATIC WinAC Software PLC
Memory Times/counters
and their remanence
Type of storage
S7 counter
• RAM
- integrated PC work memory can be used • Number 2,048
(non-paged memory) • Remanence
• Load memory - adjustable Yes
- integrated RAM, max. PC work memory can be used - lower limit 0
(non-paged memory) - upper limit 2,047
CPU/blocks - preset 8
DB • Counting range
• Number, max. Limited only by available PC - adjustable Yes
work memory - lower limit 0
• Size, max. 64 KByte - upper limit 999
FB IEC counter
• Number, max. Limited only by available PC • present Yes
work memory
• Type SFB
S7 times
FC
• Number 2,048
• Number, max. Limited only by available PC
• Remanence
work memory
- lower limit 0
- upper limit 2,047
OB - preset 0
• Size, max. 64 KByte • Time range
Nesting depth - lower limit 10 ms
• per priority class 24 - upper limit 9,990 s
• additional within an error OB 24 IEC timer
CPU/processing times • present Yes
Reference platform Pentium IV, 2.4 GHz • Type SFB
Remanence with UPS all data

© Siemens AG 2008

Flag Test commissioning functions
• Number, max. 16 KByte Status/control 2
• of which remanent MB 0 to MB 16383 • Status/control variable Yes
• Remanence preset MB 0 to MB 15 Forcing
• Number of clock memories 8 • Forcing No
Address area Status block Yes
I/O address area Single step Yes
• Inputs 16 KByte Diagnostic buffer
• Outputs 16 KByte • present Yes
• of which, distributed • Number of entries, max. 3,200
- DP interface, inputs 16 KByte • preset 120
- DP interface, outputs 16 KByte
Communication functions
Process image
• supported No
• supported No
Subprocess images
S7 communication
• as server Yes
max.
• as client Yes
Digital channels
• Outputs 128,000
• overall 64
Analog channels
• reserved for PG communication 1
• Inputs 8,000
• reserved for OP communication 1
• Outputs 8,000
1st interface
Hardware config.
Type of interface CP 5611, CP 5611-A2,
Submodules
integrated PB interface of the
• Number of submodules, max 4 SIMATIC PC
• of which PROFIBUS, max. 4; CP 5611, CP 5611-A2, Number of simult. operable CPs, 1
integrated PB interface of the max.
SIMATIC PC, CP 5613,
Physics RS 485 / PROFIBUS
CP 5613-A2
isolated Yes
Number of operable FMs and CPs
(recommended) Functionality
• FM FM distributed: FM 350-1 / 350-2, • MPI No
FM 351, FM 352, FM 353,
FM 355 / 355-2 • DP master Yes
• CP, point-to-point CP 340, CP 341 distributed • DP slave No
• CP, LAN Over PC CP DP master
Time • Number of connections, max. 8
Clock • Services
- Routing Yes
Clock synchronization - S7 basic communication No
• supports Yes - S7 communication Yes
• to PC-CP, Slave Yes - equidistance support Yes
- SYNC/FREEZE Yes
SCAN procedure No DP slaves
Process diagnostic messages Yes; Alarm_S - direct data exchange Yes
(cross traffic)
Alarm 8-blocks Yes
- DPV0 Yes
Instrumentation & control messages No
- DPV1 Yes

© Siemens AG 2008

• Transmission speeds, max. 12 MBit/s Isochronous mode
2 • Number of DP slaves, max. 64 Isochronouos mode Yes
• Address area Number of DP masters with isochro- 2
- Inputs, max. 16 KByte nous mode
- Outputs, max. 16 KByte Useful data per isochronoous slave, 128 Byte
max.
- Inputs, max. 244 Byte equidistance Yes
- Outputs, max. 244 Byte shortest clock pulse 2.2 ms;
2.2 ms without partial process
2nd interface image;
Type of interface CP 5613, CP 5613-A2 2.2 ms with partial process image
Number of simult. operable CPs, 4 CPU/programming

max. Programming language
Physics RS 485 / PROFIBUS • STEP 7 Yes
isolated Yes • LAD Yes
Functionality • FUP Yes
• MPI No • AWL Yes
• DP master Yes • SCL Yes
• DP slave No • CFC Yes
• PROFINET IO controller No • GRAPH Yes
• PROFINET CBA No • HiGraph® Yes
• PROFINET CBA-SRT No Software libraries
DP master • Easy Motion Control Yes
• Number of connections, max. 50 Nesting levels 8
• Services User program protection/password Yes
- PG/OP communication Yes protection
- Routing Yes Open development interfaces
- Global data communication No • CCX (Custom Code Extension) Yes; with WinAC ODK V4.1
- S7 basic communication No
• SMX (Shared Memory Extension) Yes; with WinAC ODK V4.1
- Inputs 4 KByte
- Outputs 4 KByte
- SYNC/FREEZE Yes
- Activation/deactivation of Yes • CMI (Controller Management In- Yes; with WinAC ODK V4.1
DP slaves terface)
- direct data exchange Yes Hardware requirements
(cross traffic) Hardware required PC with color monitor, keyboard,
- DPV0 Yes mouse or pointing device
- DPV1 Yes for Windows
• Transmission speeds, max. 12 MBit/s Resolution (pixels)
• Number of DP slaves, max. 125 Required memory on hard disk, 100 MByte
min.
• Address area
Main memory, min. 256 MByte
- Outputs, max. 16 KByte Processor Intel Pentium 400 MHz
• Useful data per DP slave • Multi-processor system Yes

- Inputs, max. 244 Byte • Hyperthreading Yes
- Outputs, max. 244 Byte Operating systems
Operating system
• Windows NT 4.0 No
• Windows 2000 Yes; Professional, SP3 or higher
• Windows XP Yes; Professional, SP1 and SP2

© Siemens AG 2008

SIMATIC WinAC RTX 2005 6ES7 671-0RC05-0YA0 IE FC TP Standard Cable GP 6XV1 840-2AH10
2x2
Software-based PC-based control
system for applications requiring 4-core, shielded TP installation
2
a strictly deterministic response; cable for connection to IE
CD-ROM with electronic FC Outlet RJ45/ IE FC RJ45 Plug;
documentation in PROFINET-compatible;
English, French and German; with UL approval;
Single license, sold by the meter
for Windows 2000/XP
SIMATIC WinAC RTX 2005 6ES7 671-0RC05-0YE0
Upgrade Standard cable, splittable,
For upgrading from Basic/RTX
V3.x, V4.0, V4.1 to 2005; SCALANCE X204-2 6GK5 204-2BB10-2AA3
single license, Industrial Ethernet Switch
for Windows 2000/XP Industrial Ethernet Switches
SIMATIC WinAC NV128 6ES7 671-0AG00-1YA7 with integral SNMP access,
PC plug-in card with non-volatile diagnostics and PROFINET
memory for the storage of up to diagnostics for configuring line,
128 Kbyte of retentive data in the star and ring topologies;
event of voltage failure four 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports and
two FO ports
CP 5611 A2 communications 6GK1 561-1AA01
processor IE FC RJ45 plugs
PCI card (32-bit) for connection RJ45 plug connector for Industrial
of a programming device or PC Ethernet with a rugged metal
to PROFIBUS enclosure and integrated insula-
CP 5613 A2 communications 6GK1 561-3AA01 connecting Industrial Ethernet FC
processor installation cables
PCI card (32-bit; 3.3 V/5 V) IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
for connection to PROFIBUS incl.
DP-Base software with NCM PC; 180° cable outlet
DP-RAM interface for DP master,
incl. PG and FDL protocol; • 1 unit 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0
single license for 1 installation, • 10 units 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AB0
runtime software, software and
electronic manual on CD-ROM, • 50 units 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AE0
Class A, for 32-bit Windows 2000
Professional/Server,
Windows XP Professional,
German/English
SIMATIC WinAC RTX 2005 6GK1 161-3AA01
Software-based PC-based control
system for applications requiring
a strictly deterministic response;
CD-ROM with electronic
documentation in
English, French and German;
Single license,
for Windows 2000/XP

© Siemens AG 2008
System interfacing for SIMATIC and SINUMERIK
Introduction
■ Overview
CPs with standard functions
6 • CP 243-1 for SIMATIC S7-200, CP 343-1 Lean and CP 343-1
for SIMATIC S7-300, CP 443-1 for SIMATIC S7-400
2 • Designed for use in harsh industrial environments

• Shipbuilding certification for use on ships and offshore units
6 • Additional integrated 2-port switch for setting up small local
6 networks with CP 343-1 Lean, CP 343-1 and CP 443-1
• Can be used via RJ45 interface for the industrial-standard
SIMATIC NET FastConnect cabling system
• High-speed data transfer even with large volumes of data
(10/100 Mbit/s)
6,0$7,&666 CPs with function expansions
• CP 243-1 IT for SIMATIC S7-200
- With IT functionality
• CP 343-1 Advanced for SIMATIC S7-300
- Can be used as a PROFINET IO Controller and IO Device
67(3 67(3 with real-time characteristics
0LFUR:LQ - PROFINET CBA
- With Gigabit connection, incl. routing functionality
(10/100/1000 Mbit/s)
- Network separation with IP-routing functionality
- Additional integrated 2-port switch for setting up small local
networks
ವ&3 ವ&3/HDQ ವ&3
ವ&3,7 ವ&3 ವ&3
- Access protection via IP access list
ವ&3$GYDQFHG $GYDQFHG
- Comprehensive diagnostics capabilities
• CP 443-1 Advanced for SIMATIC S7-400
- Can be used as a PROFINET IO Controller with real-time
characteristics
- With Gigabit connection, incl. routing functionality
(10/100/1000 Mbit/s)
- Network separation with IP-routing functionality
- Additional integrated 4-port switch for setting up small local
networks
)RUWKHSURWRFROV - Access protection via IP access list
3*23FRPPXQLFDWLRQ - Comprehensive diagnostics capabilities
6FRPPXQLFDWLRQ - Operation in SIMATIC H system for redundant S7 communi-
cation
2SHQFRPPXQLFDWLRQ
- Operation in fail-safe applications (PROFIsafe) together with
6(1'5(&(,9()(7&+:5,7( SIMATIC S7-400 CPU 416F
2SHQFRPPXQLFDWLRQ7&3,3
352),1(7
,7:HEVHUYHUHPDLOV)73
0XOWLSURWRFRO
DOOSURWRFROVRID&3VLPXOWDQHRXVO\RSHUDEOH
*B,.B;;B
VHYHUDO&3VRSHUDEOHLQRQH66RU6
QRWZLWK&3VIRU6
System connections for SIMATIC

© Siemens AG 2008
System interfacing for SIMATIC S7
CP 243-1
• The CP 243-1 communication processor is used to connect
S7-200 to Industrial Ethernet.
• A SIMATIC S7-200 with STEP 7-Micro/WIN can be configured,
2
programmed and diagnosed remotely over Industrial Ethernet
in this way.
• An S7-200 programmable controller with CP 243-1 can ex-
change data with other S7 programmable controllers over
• PC applications can access the data of an S7-200 via an S7
OPC server. In this way, process data can be easily archived
or further processed.
■ Design
The CP 243-1 offers all the advantages of the SIMATIC S7-200
system design:
• Compact construction in a rugged plastic housing
• Terminal block for connecting the external supply voltage of
,62 7&3 31 053 ,7 ,35 3*23 6 24 V DC
• LED status display
*B,.B;;B
• Alternatively, standard rail mounting or wall mounting

• RJ45 socket for connecting to Ethernet (10/100 Mbit/s full/half
duplex with automatic transmission rate detection)
• Connection of S7-200 to Industrial Ethernet with
- 10/100 Mbit/s
- Half/full duplex
■ Function
- RJ 45 socket The CP 243-1 independently handles data traffic over Industrial
- TCP/IP Ethernet. The communication is based on TCP/IP. You can con-
• Configuration, remote programming and service with STEP 7 figure up to eight connections. For connection control (keep
Micro/WIN over Industrial Ethernet possible (program upload alive) it is possible to configure an adjustable time for all TCP/IP
and program download, status) transport connections for active and passive partners.
• CPU/CPU communication over Industrial Ethernet possible The CP 243-1 enables communication between an S7-200 and
(client + server, 8 S7 connections + 1 PG connection) another S7-200 or S7-300/S7-400 controller via Ethernet.
• An S7 OPC server (e.g. SOFTNET-S7 or S7-1613) allows PLC Integration into PC applications is possible by means of the
data to be further processed in PC applications S7-OPC server of the PC software.
• Module replacement possible without PG The CP 243-1 enables the S7-200 programming software
STEP 7-Micro/WIN to access the S7-200 via Industrial Ethernet.
■ Benefits Configuration
• STEP 7-Micro/WIN V3.2 SP1 is required for configuring the full
functional scope of the CP 243-1.
• The programming data of the CP 243-1 are stored on the
S7-200 CPU so it is possible to replace modules without a pro-
• Time and cost savings due to fast and easy configuration,
gramming device
programming and monitoring from a central location via LAN
• The CP 243-1 is supplied with a globally unique MAC address
• Fast access via Ethernet for archiving or further processing of
that cannot be changed.
SIMATIC S7-200 process data
• Increased data throughput, almost unlimited expansion and
use of a standardized Ethernet infrastructure
• SIMATIC S7-300 and S7-400 programmable controllers can
communicate with S7-200 over Industrial Ethernet which
means that S7-200 can also be used for more complex appli-
cations.
• Reduction of complexity and savings for networking all auto-
mation levels and devices since only Ethernet is required
• Simple startup and easy diagnostics options due to configu-
ration support by STEP 7 Micro/WIN
• Simple maintenance since modules can be replaced without
a PG and network administrator support is simple (e.g. PING)
• Open data exchange with PC applications over OPC is
possible

© Siemens AG 2008
CP 243-1
■ Integration
6ZLWK
&3
2 3&ZLWK62)71(76
LQFO623&VHUYHU 3&ZLWK:LQ&& 3&ZLWK:LQ$& 6,0$7,&)LHOG3*
ZLWK62)71(73*
23& :LQ&& :LQ$& 6ZLWK
&3
,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW
352),%86
,2 ,2 &3
6 6 6 6
*B,.B;;B
:LQ&& &3 23& &3 ,7 &3
:LQ$&

$6,QWHUIDFH
S7-200 communication options with CP 243-1
Order No. 6GK7 243-1EX00-0XE0 Order No. 6GK7 243-1EX00-0XE0
Product type description CP 243-1 Product type description CP 243-1
Transfer rate Permitted ambient conditions
Transmission rate at Interface 1 Ambient temperature for vertical
installation
• Minimum 10 Mbit/s
• during operation 0 … +45 °C
• Maximum 100 Mbit/s
Ambient temperature for horizontal
Interfaces installation
Electrical connection version • during operation 0 … +55 °C
• at Industrial Ethernet interface 1 1 x RJ45 (TP) Ambient temperature during stor- -40 … +70 °C
• for voltage supply 2-pin terminal strip age
Supply voltage Ambient temperature during trans- -40 … +70 °C
port
Maximum relative humidity at 25 °C 95%
Supply voltage 24 V during operation
• Relative symmetrical tolerance 5% Design, dimensions and weight
at 24 V DC
Module format Compact module S7-200, double
Current consumption width
Current consumed • Width 71,2 mm
• from backplane bus at 24 V 55 mA • Height 80 mm
DC typical
• Depth 62 mm
• from external supply voltage at 24 60 mA
V DC typical Net weight 150 g
Effective power loss 1,75 W Performance data
S7 communication
Number of possible connections for
S7 communication
• Maximum 8
• for PG connections, maximum 1
Configuration
Configuration software Yes
for full scope of functions
from STEP 7-Micro/WIN V3.2 SP1

© Siemens AG 2008
CP 243-1

CP 243-1 communications 6GK7 243-1EX00-0XE0 S7-1613 Edition 2007
processor Software for S7 and open commu-
for connection of SIMATIC S7-200 nication, incl. PG/OP communi-
cation, OPC server and NCM PC;
2
to Industrial Ethernet;
for S7 communication, up to 120 connections, runtime
PG communication with software, software and electronic
electronic manual on CD-ROM, manual on CD-ROM, license key
German, English, French, on USB stick, Class A, for 32-bit
Italian, Spanish Windows XP Professional SP1, 2;
Windows 2003 Server SP1, R2,
SOFTNET Edition 2007 SP2, Windows Vista Business/
for Industrial Ethernet Ultimate; for
Software for S7 and open commu- CP 1613/CP 1613 A2/CP 1623;
nication, incl. OPC server, PG/OP German/English
communication and NCM PC, • Single license for 1 installation 6GK1 716-1CB70-3AA0
• Software Update Service 6GK1 716-1CB00-3AL0
electronic manual on CD-ROM,
for 1 year,
license key on USB stick, Class A,
with automatic extension;
for 32-bit Windows XP Profes-
requirement: Current software
sional SP1, 2; Windows 2003
version
Server SP1, R2, SP2; Windows
Vista Business/Ultimate; • Upgrade S7-1613 from V6.4 6GK1 716-1CB00-3AE0
German/English to 2007 Edition
SOFTNET-S7 Edition 2007 for • Upgrade S7-1613 from V6.0, 6GK1 716-1CB00-3AE1
Industrial Ethernet V6.1, V6.2 or V6.3
to S7-1613 Edition 2007
up to 64 connections
STEP 7-Micro/WIN V4
• Single license for 1 installation 6GK1 704-1CW70-3AA0 programming software
• Software Update Service 6GK1 704-1CW00-3AL0 Target system:
for 1 year, All CPUs of the SIMATIC S7-200
with automatic extension; Prerequisite:
requirement: Current software Windows 2000/XP on PG or PC
version Type of delivery:
• Upgrade from V6.4 6GK1 704-1CW00-3AE0 German, English, French,
to 2007 edition Spanish, Italian, Chinese;
with online documentation
• Upgrade from V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 6GK1 704-1CW00-3AE1
or V6.3 to 2007 Edition • Single license 6ES7 810-2CC03-0YX0
• Upgrade Single License1) 6ES7 810-2CC03-0YX3
SOFTNET-S7 Lean Edition 2007
for Industrial Ethernet IE FC TP Standard Cable GP 2x2 6XV1 840-2AH10
up to 8 connections 4-core, shielded TP installation
• Single license for 1 installation 6GK1 704-1LW70-3AA0 FC Outlet RJ45/ IE FC RJ45 Plug;
• Software Update Service 6GK1 704-1LW00-3AL0 PROFINET-compatible;
for 1 year, with UL approval;
with automatic extension; sold by the meter
requirement: Current software FO Standard Cable GP (50/125) 6XV1 873-2A
version
Standard cable, splittable,
• Upgrade from V6.4 6GK1 704-1LW00-3AE0 UL approval, sold by the meter
to 2007 Edition
• Upgrade from V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 6GK1 704-1LW00-3AE1 Industrial Ethernet Switch
or V6.3 to 2007 Edition Industrial Ethernet Switches
two FO ports
IE FC RJ45 plugs
RJ45 plug connector for Indus-
installation cables
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
180° cable outlet
• 1 unit 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0
• 10 units 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AB0
• 50 units 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AE0
1)
Upgrade for all previous STEP 7-Micro/WIN and STEP 7-Micro/DOS
versions

© Siemens AG 2008
CP 243-1 IT
2 • Process information can be accessed simultaneously (pass-

word protected) with standard Web browsers, which reduces
software costs on the client side
• Low-cost bulk storage for data, statistics and HTML-based
machine or plant documentation
• Simple universal linking of PLCs to different computers by
means of FTP
• Local and worldwide transmission of event-driven messages
by e-mail
• Time and cost savings due to fast and easy configuration,
programming and monitoring from a central location via LAN
• SIMATIC S7-300 and S7-400 programmable controllers can
communicate with S7-200 over Industrial Ethernet which
means that S7-200 can also be used for more complex appli-
,62 7&3 31 053 ,7 ,35 3*23 6 cations.
• Reduction of complexity and savings for networking all auto-
*B,.B;;B
mation levels and devices since only Ethernet is required

• Simple startup and easy diagnostics options due to configu-
ration support by STEP 7 Micro/WIN
• Connection of S7-200 to Industrial Ethernet with • Open data exchange with PC applications over S7 OPC
- 10/100 Mbit/s server is possible
- Half/full duplex
- RJ 45 socket
- TCP/IP ■ Application
• Configuration, remote programming and service with STEP 7 • The CP 243-1 IT communications processor is used to
Micro/WIN over Industrial Ethernet possible (program upload connect S7-200 to Industrial Ethernet.
and program download, status) • A SIMATIC S7-200 with STEP 7-Micro/WIN can be configured,
• CPU/CPU communication over Industrial Ethernet possible programmed and diagnosed remotely over Industrial Ethernet
(client + server, 8 S7 connections + 1 PG connection) in this way.
• IT communication • A S7-200 programmable controller with CP 243-1 IT can
- Web function exchange data with other S7 programmable controllers over
- E-mail function Industrial Ethernet.
- FTP client function for program-controlled data communica- • Simple visualization using Web technology, sending e-mails,
tion (e.g. DOS, UNIX, Linux, embedded systems) and file processing (FTP). The file system of the CP 243-1 IT
• FTP server with 8 MB memory can also be managed through the CPU. The file system serves
as a bulk storage device, a cross-system computer link and a
• An S7 OPC server (e.g. SOFTNET-S7 or S7-1613) allows PLC storage for HTML pages and Java applets. The CP 243-1 IT
data to be further processed in PC applications has a large file system in which, apart from HTML pages,
machine documentation or user guides can also be stored.
• Distributed plants can be reached over telephone lines or the
Internet by using a router and simple diagnostics, signal or
user functions can be performed with the help of a web
browser. The CP 243-1 IT is especially suited for plant sections
in which using PCs for permanent monitoring functions would
not be cost-effective.
• PC applications can access the data of an S7-200 via an
S7 OPC server. In this way, process data can be easily ar-
chived or further processed.
■ Design
The CP 243-1 IT offers all the advantages of the SIMATIC S7-200
system design:
• Compact construction in a rugged plastic housing
• Terminal block for connecting the external supply voltage of
24 V DC
• LED status display
• Alternatively, standard rail mounting or wall mounting
• RJ45 socket for connecting to Ethernet (10/100 Mbit/s full/half
duplex with automatic transmission rate detection)

© Siemens AG 2008
CP 243-1 IT
■ Function
• The CP 243-1 IT independently handles data traffic over IT functions
Web server;
• The communication is based on TCP/IP. HTML pages can be downloaded and viewed with standard
• You can configure up to eight connections. For connection
control (keep alive) it is possible to configure an adjustable
browsers
Web pages
2
time for all TCP/IP transport connections for active and
passive partners. • For observation of the S7-200 controller:
standard pages for system diagnostics and a simple variable
• The CP 243-1 IT enables communication between an S7-200 editor are supplied.
and another S7-200 or S7-300/S7-400 controller via Industrial
Ethernet. • Other customer-specific pages can be generated with any
HTML tools
• Integration into PC applications is possible by means of the
S7-OPC server of the PC software. E-mails;
• The CP 243-1 IT enables the S7-200 programming software sending of pre-defined e-mails direct from the user program
STEP 7-Micro/WIN to access the S7-200 via Industrial Variables can be integrated into the text
Ethernet. FTP communication
The CPU can send data blocks as files to other computers or can
read or delete the files of other computers (client function). Com-
munication through FTP is possible with most operating systems
Configuration
• STEP 7 Micro/WIN V3.2 SP3 or higher is required for configur-
ing the full functional scope of the CP 243-1 IT.
• The CP 243-1 is supplied with a globally unique MAC address
that cannot be changed.
■ Integration
6
ZLWK&3
3&ZLWKDSSOLFDWLRQ
HJ:LQ&&:LQ$& /LQX['26 1RWHERRN
YLD23&RU 81,;0DLQIUDPH
,QWHUQHWEURZVHU YLD)73 6
ZLWK&3 )LHOG3*
$GYDQFHG
&3 ,QWHUQHW
,QWUDQHW
,2
(0
&3 ,2 ,2
6 6
*B,.B;;B
(0 &3,7 &3 ,7 (PEHGGHG6\VWHP

HJQXWUXQQHU
ZHOGLQJFRQWURO &HOOSKRQH3'$ 0RELOH3DQHO
&3,7 YLD)73 ,:/$1
S7-200 communication options with CP 243-1 IT

© Siemens AG 2008
CP 243-1 IT
Order No. 6GK7 243-1GX00-0XE0 Order No. 6GK7 243-1GX00-0XE0
Product type description CP 243-1IT Product type description CP 243-1IT
Transfer rate Design, dimensions and weight
2 Transmission rate at Interface 1 Module format Compact module S7-200,
double width
• Width 71,2 mm
• Height 80 mm
Interfaces
• Depth 62 mm
Net weight 150 g
• at Industrial Ethernet interface 1 1 x RJ45 (TP)
Performance data
• for voltage supply 1 x 2-pin terminal block
S7 communication
Supply voltage
Number of possible connections
Type of supply voltage DC for S7 communication
Supply voltage 24 V • Maximum 8
Relative symmetrical tolerance 5% • for PG connections, maximum 1
at 24 V DC
IT functions
Current consumption
Current consumed
• as client by means of FTP, max. 1
• from backplane bus 55 mA
at 24 V DC typical • as server by means of HTTP, max. 4
• from external supply voltage 60 mA • to an e-mail server 1
at 24 V DC typical as e-mail client, max.
Effective power loss 1,75 W Number of e-mails with 1024 32
characters of the e-mail client, max.
Permitted ambient conditions
Number of access authorizations 8
Ambient temperature for vertical of the access protection
installation
Memory capacity of the 8 MB
• during operation 0 … +45 °C user memory as FLASH memory
Ambient temperature for horizontal file system
installation Number of possible write cycles 1 000 000
• during operation 0 … +55 °C of the flash memory cells
Ambient temperature during -40 … +70 °C Configuration
storage Configuration software Yes
Ambient temperature during -40 … +70 °C for full scope of functions
transport from STEP 7-Micro/WIN V3.2 SP3
Maximum relative humidity 95%

© Siemens AG 2008
CP 243-1 IT

CP 243-1 IT communications 6GK7 243-1GX00-0XE0 S7-1613 Edition 2007
processor Software for S7 and open commu-
for connection of SIMATIC S7-200 nication, incl. PG/OP communi-
cation, OPC server and NCM PC;
2
to Industrial Ethernet; for S7 com-
munication, PG communication, up to 120 connections, runtime
E-mail and WWW server; software, software and electronic
with electronic manual on CD- manual on CD-ROM, license key
ROM on USB stick, Class A, for 32-bit
German, English, French, Italian, Windows XP Professional SP1, 2;
Spanish Windows 2003 Server SP1, R2,
SP2, Windows Vista Business/
SOFTNET Edition 2007 Ultimate; for
for Industrial Ethernet CP 1613/CP 1613 A2/CP 1623;
Software for S7 and open commu- German/English
nication, incl. OPC server, PG/OP • Single license for 1 installation 6GK1 716-1CB70-3AA0
communication and NCM PC,
for 1 year,
version
sional SP1, 2; Windows 2003
Server SP1, R2, SP2; Windows • Upgrade S7-1613 from V6.4 6GK1 716-1CB00-3AE0
Vista Business/Ultimate; to 2007 Edition
German/English • Upgrade S7-1613 from V6.0, 6GK1 716-1CB00-3AE1
SOFTNET-S7 Edition 2007 for V6.1, V6.2 or V6.3
Industrial Ethernet to S7-1613 Edition 2007
up to 64 connections STEP 7-Micro/WIN V4
programming software
• Single license for 1 installation 6GK1 704-1CW70-3AA0
Target system:
• Software Update Service 6GK1 704-1CW00-3AL0 All CPUs of the SIMATIC S7-200
for 1 year, Prerequisite:
with automatic extension; Windows 2000/XP on PG or PC
requirement: Current software Type of delivery:
version German, English, French,
• Upgrade from V6.4 6GK1 704-1CW00-3AE0 Spanish, Italian, Chinese;
to 2007 edition with online documentation
• Single license 6ES7 810-2CC03-0YX0
or V6.3 to 2007 Edition • Upgrade Single License1) 6ES7 810-2CC03-0YX3
SOFTNET-S7 Lean Edition 2007 IE FC TP Standard Cable GP 2x2 6XV1 840-2AH10
for Industrial Ethernet 4-core, shielded TP installation
up to 8 connections cable for connection to IE
FC Outlet RJ45/ IE FC RJ45 Plug;
• Single license for 1 installation 6GK1 704-1LW70-3AA0 PROFINET-compatible;
with UL approval;
• Software Update Service 6GK1 704-1LW00-3AL0 sold by the meter
for 1 year,
with automatic extension; FO Standard Cable GP (50/125) 6XV1 873-2A
requirement: Current software Standard cable, splittable,
version UL approval, sold by the meter
• Upgrade from V6.4 6GK1 704-1LW00-3AE0 SCALANCE X204-2 6GK5 204-2BB10-2AA3
to 2007 Edition Industrial Ethernet Switch
• Upgrade from V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 6GK1 704-1LW00-3AE1 Industrial Ethernet Switches
or V6.3 to 2007 Edition with integral SNMP access,
two FO ports
IE FC RJ45 plugs
RJ45 plug connector for Indus-
installation cables
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
180° cable outlet
• 1 unit 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0
• 10 units 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AB0
• 50 units 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AE0
1)
Upgrade for all previous STEP 7-Micro/WIN and STEP 7-Micro/DOS
versions

© Siemens AG 2008
CP 343-1 Lean
2 • Direct integration of S7-300 in complex systems by means of

Industrial Ethernet at 100 Mbit/s
• Ideally suited for use in networks with line topology through
integral 2-port real-time switch
• Investment protection for existing plants through the integra-
tion of the SIMATIC S7-300 by means of the open communi-
cation
• Simple, fast data exchange between SIMATIC S7-300 and
other programmable controllers through link as PROFINET I/O
Device
- Openness through use on any PROFINET I/O controllers
- Configuring using a GSDML file
• Flexible use thanks to lack of slot rules
• One slot is saved thanks to single-width format
,62 7&3 31 053 ,7 ,35 3*23 66 • Remote programming is possible due to the WAN character-
8'3 istic of TCP/IP, even via the telephone network (e.g. ISDN)
*B,.B;;B
• A large number of stations can be accessed thanks to the

multicast function
• Access by as many as 4 HMI systems to the SIMATIC S7-300
• Interface for the SIMATIC S7-300 to Industrial Ethernet
(not for SINUMERIK) • Use of the socket interface in the partner system possible
- 2 x RJ45 interface for 10/100 Mbit/s full/half duplex connec- without RFC 1006
tion (with autosensing for automatic switchover • Initial start-up can be performed directly over Industrial
and autocrossover function) Ethernet
- Integral 2-port real-time switch ERTEC • Uncrossed connecting cables can be used due to the
- Multi-protocol operation with TCP and UDP transport integrated Autocrossover function
protocol and PROFINET I/O
- Keep Alive function • Secure data communication by means of industry-standard
device interface using the plug-in connector IE FC RJ45 Plug
• Communication services: 145/180 and additional strain relief by latching the connector
- Open communication (TCP/IP and UDP): to the housing
- S7 communication (server)
- PROFINET I/O device ■ Application
• Multicast for UDP The CP 343-1 Lean is the communications processor for
• Remote programming and initial start-up is possible SIMATIC S7-300 for Industrial Ethernet.
exclusively over Industrial Ethernet With its own processor, the CP 343-1 Lean relieves the CPU of
• IT communication communications tasks and facilitates additional connections.
- Web function The CP 343-1 Lean offers the communication options of the
• Integration into network management through SNMP S7-300:
• Configuration with STEP 7 • Programming devices, processors and HMI devices
• Cross-network programming device/operator panel communi- • Other SIMATIC S7 systems
cation through S7 routing • SIMATIC S5 PLCs
• Diagnostic possibilities in STEP 7 and with web browser • PROFINET I/O Controllers

© Siemens AG 2008
CP 343-1 Lean
■ Design Open communication

On the basis of layer 4, the open communication with SEND/
The CP 343-1 Lean offers all the advantages of SIMATIC S7-300 RECEIVE offers a simple and optimized interface for data com-
system design: munication. Up to 8 KB of data can be transmitted in one call.
• Compact design;
This interface enables
the rugged plastic casing features on the front:
- two RJ45 sockets for connecting to Industrial Ethernet with • TCP transport connections with or without RFC 1006 2
automatic detection of data transfer rate by means of • UDP
autosensing; - Multicast for UDP
RJ45 sockets have an industry-compatible design with
additional securing collar for connection of IE FC RJ45 to be used.
Plug 145/180 Open IE and S5-compatible communication is used for commu-
- diagnostic LEDs for each switch port nication with SIMATIC S5, SIMATIC S7-400/300 and comput-
- 2-pin plug-in terminal block for connecting the external ers/PCs.
supply voltage of 24 V DC
The function blocks required are a component part of STEP 7
• Easy installation;
for Industrial Ethernet and must be integrated into the S7 user
The CP 343-1 Lean is snap-mounted on the S7-300 DIN rail
program.
and connected to adjacent modules through the bus connec-
tors. There are no slot rules. Open communication with FETCH/WRITE allows direct access
• The CP 343-1 Lean can be operated without a fan. A standby to the CPU data of the SIMATIC S7 (in the same way as in the
battery is not required. CP 1430 TCP and the SIMATIC S5). This means existing HMI
systems can still be used.
• In combination with IM 360/361, CP 343-1 Lean can also be
used in an expansion rack (ER). Implementing UDP as the transmission protocol allows utilization
• The module can be replaced without the need for a program- of the multicast function to simultaneously send and receive data
ming device on configured multicast circuits.
PROFINET I/O device functionality
■ Function The CP 343-1 Lean can be operated as a PROFINET I/O device
The CP 343-1 Lean independently handles data traffic over in order to exchange data from the user program of the S7-300
Industrial Ethernet. The module has its own processor. Layers 1 station with a PROFINET I/O controller just like a field device
to 4 comply with international standards. (as input and output data). This high-performance data ex-
change using PROFINET I/O communication mechanisms is
Multi-protocol operation of the transport protocols TCP/IP and handled independently by the CP 343-1 Lean.
UDP as well as PROFINET I/O is possible. For connection to PC-based systems, for example, the CP 1616
or CP 1604 can be used as PROFINET IO-controller.
The CP 343-1 Lean has a preset unique Ethernet address and
can be put directly into operation through the network. Diagnostics
The CP 343-1 Lean works in multi-protocol mode for the follow- Comprehensive diagnostic options are available via STEP S7 or
ing communication services: a web browser, including:
PG/OP communication • Status of the CP
PG/OP communication allows all S7 stations connected to the • General diagnostics and statistics functions
network to be remotely programmed. • Connection diagnostics
• S7 routing; • LAN controller statistics
Using S7 routing it is possible to use programming device • Diagnostic buffer
communication across networks.
• Web diagnostics with easy diagnostic functions
S7 communication
Via SNMP all MIB-2 objects can be read out. This enables the
Is used for connecting the S7-300 (server only) to S7-400, current status of the Ethernet interfaces to be retrieved.
HMI devices and PCs (SOFTNET-S7 or CP 1613 A2 /CP 1623
with S7-1613). Configuration
STEP 7 V5.4 or higher is required for configuring the full func-
tional scope of the CP 343-1 Lean.
The configuration data of the CP is stored on the CPU.
This allows the module to be replaced without a programming
device.

© Siemens AG 2008
CP 343-1 Lean
■ Integration
6ZLWK 3*3&ZLWK
&3$GYDQFHG
DV,2&RQWUROOHU &3$
2
&3 3&EDVHGV\VWHPZLWK&3
RU&3
03 DV,2&RQWUROOHU
352),1(7
,QGXVWULDO
352),1(7 (WKHUQHW
,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW (7SUR
6&$/$1&(
6ZLWK ; ,(3% ,($6L
&3/HDQ /LQN /LQN
(7 31,2 31,2
6 DV DV
SUR[\ SUR[\
6
0DFKLQH ZLWK&3/HDQ
*B,.B;;B 9LVLRQ &3
*B,.B;;B
&3$GYDQFHG 352),%86
(76 (7SUR (76

,2'HYLFHV
$6,QWHUIDFH
Line structure with CP 343-1 Lean with integrated real-time switch Connection to higher-level network and PC-based system
as a PROFINET IO device
6
ZLWK&3
$GYDQFHG
DV,2&RQWUROOHU 3*3&
DV
VXSHU
YLVRU
352),1(7
,QGXVWULDO
(WKHUQHW
(7SUR
,(3% ,($6L
/LQN /LQN
31,2 31,2
(7 6ZLWK&3 DV DVSUR[\
6 &3/HDQRU SUR[\
&3$GYDQFHG
0DFKLQH
*B,.B;;B
9LVLRQ
352),%86
,2'HYLFHV $6,QWHUIDFH
3&,3&ZLWK&3
Example configuration of CP 343-1 Lean as PROFINET I/O Device

© Siemens AG 2008
CP 343-1 Lean
Order No. 6GK7 343-1CX10-0XE0 Order No. 6GK7 343-1CX10-0XE0
Product type description CP 343-1 Lean Product type description CP 343-1 Lean
Transfer rate Performance data
Transmission rate at Interface 1 Open communication 2
• Minimum 10 Mbit/s Number of possible connections 8
for open communication by means
• Maximum 100 Mbit/s of SEND/RECEIVE blocks, max. 1)
Interfaces Number of multicast stations 8
Electrical connection version Data volume as useful data
• at Industrial Ethernet interface 1 2 x RJ45 socket (TP) for open communication by means
of SEND/RECEIVE blocks
• for voltage supply 2-pin plug-in terminal strip
• per TCP connection, max. 8 KB
Supply voltage
• per UDP connection, max. 2 KB
S7 communication
Supply voltage 24 V
Number of possible connections 4
• Relative positive tolerance 20% for S7 communication, max.
at 24 V DC
PG/OP communication
• Relative negative tolerance 15%
at 24 V DC Number of operable 4
OP connections, max.
Current consumption
Multi-protocol operation
Current consumed
Number of active connections in 12
• from backplane bus 200 mA multi-protocol operation
at 5 V DC, max.
Performance data PROFINET
• from external supply voltage 160 mA communication as PN IO-Device
at 24 V DC typical
Data volume
• from external supply voltage 200 mA
at 24 V DC max. • as useful data for input variables 512 bytes
as PROFINET IO device, max.
• as useful data for output variables 512 bytes
Effective power loss 5,8 W as PROFINET IO device, max.
Permitted ambient conditions Data volume
Ambient temperature • as useful data for input variables 240 bytes
• during operation 0 … +60 °C per sub-module as PROFINET IO
device, max.
• during transport -40 … +70 °C per sub-module as PROFINET IO
device, max.
at 25 °C during operation • as useful data for the consistency 240 bytes
area for each sub-module
Design, dimensions and weight
Number of sub-modules per 32
Module format S7-300 compact module,
PROFINET IO device
single width
Configuration
• Width 40 mm
Configuration software for full Yes
• Height 125 mm
functional scope in STEP 7 V5.4
• Depth 120 mm or higher
Net weight 220 g
1) also S5-compatible communication

© Siemens AG 2008
CP 343-1 Lean

CP 343-1 Lean 6GK7 343-1CX10-0XE0 SOFTNET-S7 Edition 2007
communications processor for Industrial Ethernet
For connecting SIMATIC S7-300 up to 64 connections
2
to Industrial Ethernet through • Single license for 1 installation 6GK1 704-1CW70-3AA0
TCP/IP and UDP, Multicast,
S7 communication, open commu- • Software Update Service 6GK1 704-1CW00-3AL0
nication (SEND/RECEIVE), for 1 year,
FETCH/WRITE, PROFINET IO with automatic extension;
device, integral 2-port switch requirement: Current software
ERTEC, comprehensive diagnos- version
tics facilities, module replacement • Upgrade from V6.4 6GK1 704-1CW00-3AE0
without PG, SNMP, initial commis- to 2007 edition
sioning over LAN;
with electronic manual • Upgrade from V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 6GK1 704-1CW00-3AE1
on CD-ROM or V6.3 to 2007 Edition
IE FC TP Standard Cable GP 6XV1 840-2AH10 SOFTNET-S7 Lean Edition 2007

2x2 for Industrial Ethernet
4-core, shielded TP installation up to 8 connections

cable for connection to IE • Single License for 1 installation 6GK1 704-1LW70-3AA0
• Software Update Service 6GK1 704-1LW00-3AL0
PROFINET-compatible; with UL
for 1 year,
approval; sold by the meter
FO Standard Cable GP (50/125) 6XV1 873-2A requirement: Current software
version
Standard cable, splittable, UL
approval, sold by the meter • Upgrade from V6.4 6GK1 704-1LW00-3AE0
to 2007 edition
SCALANCE X204-2 Industrial 6GK5 204-2BB10-2AA3
Ethernet switch • Upgrade from V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 6GK1 704-1LW00-3AE1
or V6.3 to 2007 Edition
Industrial Ethernet switches with
integral SNMP access, online S7-1613 Edition 2007
diagnostics, copper cable diag- Software for S7 and open commu-
nostics and PROFINET diagnos- nication, incl. PG/OP communica-
tics for configuring line, star and tion, OPC server and NCM PC;
ring topologies; four 10/100 up to 120 connections, runtime
Mbit/s RJ45 ports and two FO software, software and electronic
ports manual on CD-ROM, license key
Compact Switch Module 6GK7 377-1AA00-0AA0 on USB stick, Class A, for 32-bit
CSM 377 Windows XP Professional SP1,
SP2; Windows 2003 Server SP1,
Unmanaged switch for connec- R2, SP2, Windows Vista Busi-
tion of a SIMATIC S7-300-CPU, ness/Ultimate; for
ET 200M and as many as three CP 1613/CP 1613 A2/CP 1623;
further nodes to Industrial Ether- German/English
net operating at 10/100 Mbit/s; • Single License for 1 installation 6GK1 716-1CB70-3AA0
4 x RJ45 ports; external 24 V DC
power supply, LED diagnostics, • Software Update Service 6GK1 716-1CB00-3AL0
S7-300 module including for 1 year,
electronic equipment manual with automatic extension;
on CD-ROM requirement: Current software
version
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
• Upgrade S7-1613 from V6.4 6GK1 716-1CB00-3AE0
RJ45 plug connector for Industrial to 2007 Edition
enclosure and integrated insula- • Upgrade S7-1613 from V6.0, 6GK1 716-1CB00-3AE1
tion displacement contacts for V6.1, V6.2 or V6.3 to S7-1613
connecting Industrial Ethernet FC Edition 2007
installation cables STEP 7 Version 5.4
with 180° cable outlet;
Target system:
• 1 pack = 1 unit 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0 SIMATIC S7-300/-400,
SIMATIC C7, SIMATIC WinAC
• 1 pack = 10 units 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AB0 Requirement:
• 1 pack = 50 units 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AE0 Windows 2000 Prof./XP Prof.
Delivery package:
SOFTNET Edition 2007 German, English, French,
for Industrial Ethernet Spanish, Italian;
Software for S7 and open commu- incl. 3.5" authorization diskette,
nication, incl. OPC server, PG/OP without documentation
communication and NCM PC, • Floating License on CD 6ES7 810-4CC08-0YA5
• Rental license for 50 hours 6ES7 810-4CC08-0YA6
license key on USB stick, Class A, • Software Update Service 6ES7 810-4BC01-0YX2
for 32-bit Windows XP Profes- on CD (requires current software
sional SP1, 2, Windows 2003 version)
Server SP1, R2, SP2, Windows • Upgrade Floating License 6ES7 810-4CC08-0YE5
Vista Business/Ultimate; 3.x/4.x/5.x to V5.4; on CD
German/English
• Trial License STEP 7 V5.4; 6ES7 810-4CC08-0YA7
on CD, runs for 14 days

© Siemens AG 2008
CP 343-1
• Ideally suited for use in networks with a line topology through

an integral 2-port real-time switch
2
• Connection of field devices to Industrial Ethernet with
PROFINET
• Quick and easy exchange of data between SIMATIC S7-300
and other programmable controllers by connecting as a
PROFINET IO Device
tion of the SIMATIC S7-300 by means of the open communi-
cation
• Security:
Protection through device-oriented IP address lists without the
need for changing passwords
• Remote programming is possible due to the WAN character-
,62 7&3 31 053 ,7 ,35 3*23 66 istic of TCP/IP, even via the telephone network (e.g. ISDN)
8'3 • Setting of intrinsic IP parameters of series machines without
*B,.B;;B
STEP 7
• Plant-wide time synchronization via NTP or SIMATIC proce-
dure
• Connection of SIMATIC S7-300/SINUMERIK 840D powerline • Accessibility of many nodes by means of free UDP connec-
to Industrial Ethernet tions or multicast function
- 2 x RJ45 interface for 10/100 Mbit/s full/half duplex connec-
• Use of the socket interface in the partner system possible
tion with autosensing/autonegotiation and autocrossover
without RFC 1006
function
- Integral 2-port real-time switch ERTEC • One slot is saved due to the single-width format
- Multi-protocol operation with ISO, TCP and UDP transport • Uncrossed connecting cables can be used due to the
protocol and PROFINET I/O integrated Autocrossover function
- Adjustable Keep Alive function
• Communication services:
- Open communication (ISO, TCP/IP and UDP)
■ Application
- PROFINET IO Controller or PROFINET IO Device The CP 343-1 is the communications module for the
- Programming device/operator panel communication: SIMATIC S7-300 for connection to Industrial Ethernet.
Cross-network by means of S7 routing
With its integral processor, it takes communications load off the
- S7 communication (client, server, multiplexing)
CPU and permits additional connections.
• Multicast for UDP
The CP 343-1 permits communication of the S7-300 with:
• IP address assignment via DHCP, simple PC tool or via the
user program (e.g. HMI) • Programming devices, computers, HMI devices
• Access protection by means of configurable access list • Other SIMATIC S7/C7 systems
• Remote programming and initial startup via Industrial Ethernet • SIMATIC S5 programmable controllers
• Configuration with STEP 7 • SINUMERIK 840D powerline
• Automatic setting of the CPU clock via Ethernet with NTP or • Field devices (PROFINET IO Devices)
SIMATIC procedure • Non-Siemens devices
• IT communication The CP 343-1 can be used in the SINUMERIK 840D powerline to
- Web function connect it to Industrial Ethernet and to communicate with other
• Integration in network management systems over SNMP automation systems, e.g. by means of open IE communication,
(MIB2 diagnostic information) S7 communication, or PROFINET communication.
• Diagnostic possibilities in STEP 7 and with web browser

© Siemens AG 2008
CP 343-1
■ Design Based on layer 4, this is a simple, optimized interface for data

communication. Up to 8 KB of data can be transmitted in one
The CP 343-1 has all the advantages of the SIMATIC S7-300 de- call.
sign: The following connection possibilities can be used with this in-
• Compact design; terface:
2 on the front, the rugged plastic housing features:

- Two RJ45 sockets for connection to Industrial Ethernet with
• TCP transport connections
- TCP with RFC 1006
automatic sensing of the data transmission rate by means of - TCP without RFC 1006
Autosensing/Autonegotiation;
the RJ45 sockets are industrially compatible and designed • UDP
with additional holding collars for connecting to the IE FC - Multicast for UDP
RJ45 Plug 145/180 • ISO transport connections
- 2-pole plug-in terminal strip for connection of the 24 V DC ex-
Open communication is used for communication with SIMATIC
ternal supply voltage
S5, SIMATIC S7-400/300 and computers/PCs.
- 8 LEDs for indication of the operating and communication
status (diagnostics for each switch port) The function blocks required are a component part of STEP 7 for
• Easy installation; Industrial Ethernet and must be integrated into the S7 user pro-
the CP 343-1 is mounted on the S7-300 rail and connected gram.
through the bus connector with the neighboring modules. No Open communication with FETCH/WRITE allows direct access
slot rules apply. to the CPU data of the SIMATIC S7 (in the same way as in the CP
• Fan-free operation; 1430 TCP and the SIMATIC S5). This means existing HMI sys-
A back-up battery is not required. tems can still be used.
• Using the IM 360/361, the CP 343-1 can also be operated in Implementing UDP as the transmission protocol allows utilization
the expansion rack (ER) of the multicast function to simultaneously send and receive data
• Modules can be replaced without the need for a programming on configured multicast circuits.
device Diagnostics
■ Function Comprehensive diagnostic options are available via STEP S7 or

a web browser, including:
The CP 343-1 independently handles data traffic over Industrial • Operating status of CP
Ethernet. The module has its own processor. Layers 1 to 4 com-
ply with international standards. • Operating status of PROFINET devices connected to CP
• General diagnostics and statistics functions
Multi-protocol operation of the transport protocols ISO, TCP/IP,
UDP and PROFINET IO is possible. For connection control (keep • Connection diagnostics
alive) it is possible to configure an adjustable time for all TCP • LAN controller statistics
transport connections for active and passive partners. • Diagnostic buffer
The CPU’s time can be set using NTP or SIMATIC procedures • Web diagnostics with easy diagnostic functions
with an accuracy of approx. +/-1 s.
Diagnostics possibilities during operation.
The CP 343-1 has a preset unique Ethernet address and can be • Status scanning of connections using function block
put directly into operation over the network.
• SNMP MIB-2 objects;
The CP 343-1 works in multi-protocol mode for the following the current status of the Ethernet interface can then be called,
communication services: e.g. for network management.
PG/OP communication Security
PG/OP communication allows all S7 stations connected to the With a configurable IP access list, specific PCs and automation
network to be remotely programmed. devices can be released for IP-based access to the CP or con-
• S7 routing; troller.
with the aid of S7 routing it is possible to use programming de- Configuration
vice communication across networks
STEP 7 V5.4 or higher is required for configuring the full func-
PROFINET communication tional scope of the CP 343-1.
• PROFINET IO Controller;
for connecting field devices and PC-based IO devices (e.g. The configuration data of the CPs can be saved on the CPU.
with CP 1616 or CP 1604) over Industrial Ethernet, the CP 343- Modules can be swapped without using a programming device.
1 supports the functions of a PROFINET IO Controller The function blocks required for communication and the pro-
• PROFINET IO Device; grammable communications block (S7-Client) are included in
the CP 343-1 can be operated as a PROFINET IO Device for the scope of supply of NCM S7 for Industrial Ethernet or can be
exchanging data from the user program of the S7-300 station downloaded from the Internet.
like a field device (as input and output data) with a PROFINET
IO Controller.
Access by means of I/O data from the user program of the S7-
300 station is through the PNIO_SEND and PNIO_RECV blocks.
S7 communication
For connecting the S7-300 (server and client) to S7-200/300/400
(server and client), HMI units and PCs (SOFTNET-S7 or CP 1613
A2/CP 1623 with S7-1613).
Open communication

© Siemens AG 2008
CP 343-1
■ Integration
3&EDVHGV\VWHPZLWK&3
RU&3
2
SIMATIC S7-300
SIMATIC S7-300 with CP 343-1 or DV,2&RQWUROOHU
with CP 343-1 as CP 343-1 Lean
IO Controller as IO Device
352),1(7
,QGXVWULDO
(WKHUQHW
(7SUR
352),1(7 ,(3% ,($6L

/LQN /LQN
,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW (7 31,2 31,2
6 DV DV
G_IK10_XX_10221
SUR[\ SUR[\
ET 200pro 6
IO Devices 0DFKLQH ZLWK&3/HDQ
9LVLRQ &3
*B,.B;;B
ET 200S
IO Devices &3$GYDQFHG 352),%86
,2'HYLFHV
$6,QWHUIDFH
Line structure with CP 343-1 with integrated real-time switch Connection to higher-level network and PC-based system
as a PROFINET IO controller or IO device
6ZLWK
&3DV
,2FRQWUROOHU 3*3&
DV
VXSHU
YLVRU
352),1(7
,QGXVWULDO
(WKHUQHW (7SUR
,(3% ,($6L
(7 /LQN /LQN
6 31,2 31,2
6ZLWK DV DV
0DFKLQH &3/HDQ SUR[\ SUR[\
9LVLRQ &3
&3
$GYDQFHG
*B,.B;;B
352),%86
,2'HYLFHV PC/IPC with CP 1616 $6,QWHUIDFH

as IO Device
Interfacing to higher-level network with CP 343-1

as PROFINET IO controller

© Siemens AG 2008
CP 343-1
2 Transmission rate at Interface 1 Open communication
• Minimum 10 Mbit/s Number of possible connections 16
Interfaces Number of multicast stations 16
Electrical connection version Data volume as useful data
• at Industrial Ethernet interface 1 2 x RJ45 (TP) for open comm. by means of
SEND/RECEIVE blocks
• for voltage supply 2-pin plug-in terminal strip • per ISO connection, max. 8 KB
Supply voltage • per ISO on TCP connection, max. 8 KB
Type of supply voltage DC • per TCP connection, max. 8 KB
Supply voltage 24 V • per UDP connection, max. 2 KB
• Relative positive tolerance 20% S7 communication
at 24 V DC Number of possible connections 16
• Relative negative tolerance 15% for S7 communication, max.
at 24 V DC PG/OP communication
Current consumption Number of possible connections 16
Current consumed for S7 communication
for OP connections, max.
• from backplane bus 200 mA
at 5 V DC typical Multi-protocol operation
• from external supply voltage - Number of active connections in 32
at 24 V DC typical multi-protocol operation
• from external supply voltage 200 mA Performance data,

at 24 V DC max. PROFINET communication
as PN IO controller
Effective power loss Number of PN IO devices operable 32
Effective power loss 5,8 W as PROFINET IO controllers
Data volume
• as useful data for input variables 1 024 bytes
Ambient temperature as PROFINET IO controller
• during operation 0 … +60 °C • as useful data for output variables 1 024 bytes
• as useful data for input variables 240 bytes
• during transport -40 … +70 °C per PN IO device as PROFINET IO
Maximum relative humidity 95% controller, max.
at 25 °C during operation • as useful data for output variables 240 bytes
per PN IO device as PROFINET IO
Design, dimensions and weight controller, max.
Module format S7-300 compact module, Performance data PROFINET
single width communication as PN IO-Device
• Width 40 mm Data volume
• Height 125 mm • as useful data for input variables 512 bytes
• Depth 120 mm as PROFINET IO device, max.
Net weight 220 g as PROFINET IO device, max.
per sub-module as PROFINET IO
device, max.
device, max.
• as useful data for the consistency 240 bytes
Number of sub-modules 32
per PROFINET IO device
Configuration
for full functional scope
in STEP 7 V5.4 or higher
1)
also S5-compatible communication

© Siemens AG 2008
CP 343-1

CP 343-1 communications 6GK7 343-1EX30-0XE0 SOFTNET-S7 Edition 2007
processor for Industrial Ethernet
For connection of SIMATIC S7-300 up to 64 connections
2
to Industrial Ethernet over ISO a • Single license for 1 installation 6GK1 704-1CW70-3AA0
nd TCP/IP; PROFINET IO Controller
or PROFINET IO Device, • Software Update Service 6GK1 704-1CW00-3AL0
integrated 2-port switch ERTEC; for 1 year,
S7 communication, open with automatic extension;
communication (SEND/RECEIVE), requirement:
FETCH/WRITE, with and without Current software version
RFC 1006, multicast, DHCP, • Upgrade from V6.4 6GK1 704-1CW00-3AE0
CPU clock synchronization via to 2007 edition
SIMATIC procedure and NTP, • Upgrade from V6.0, V6.1, 6GK1 704-1CW00-3AE1
diagnostics, SNMP, access V6.2 or V6.3 to 2007 Edition
protection through IP access list,
initialization over LAN SOFTNET-S7 Lean Edition 2007
10/100 Mbit/s; for Industrial Ethernet
with electronic manual on DVD up to 8 connections
IE FC TP Standard Cable GP 2x2 6XV1 840-2AH10 • Single License for 1 installation 6GK1 704-1LW70-3AA0
4-core, shielded TP installation • Software Update Service 6GK1 704-1LW00-3AL0
cable for connection to IE for 1 year,
FC Outlet RJ45/ IE FC RJ45 Plug; with automatic extension;
PROFINET-compatible; requirement:
with UL approval; Current software version
sold by the meter • Upgrade from V6.4 6GK1 704-1LW00-3AE0
to 2007 edition
• Upgrade from V6.0, V6.1, 6GK1 704-1LW00-3AE1
Standard cable, splittable, V6.2 or V6.3 to 2007 Edition
S7-1613 Edition 2007
SCALANCE X204-2 Industrial 6GK5 204-2BB10-2AA3
Ethernet switch Software for S7 and open commu-
nication, incl. PG/OP communica-
Industrial Ethernet switches with tion, OPC server and NCM PC;
integral SNMP access, online up to 120 connections, runtime
diagnostics, copper cable software, software and electronic
diagnostics and PROFINET diag- manual on CD-ROM, license key
nostics for configuring line, star on USB stick, Class A, for 32-bit
and ring topologies; Windows XP Professional SP1,
four 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports SP2; Windows 2003 Server SP1,
and two FO ports R2, SP2, Windows Vista
Compact Switch Module 6GK7 377-1AA00-0AA0 Business/Ultimate; for
CSM 377 CP 1613/CP 1613 A2/CP 1623;
German/English
Unmanaged switch for connec-
• Single License for 1 installation 6GK1 716-1CB70-3AA0
tion of a SIMATIC S7-300-CPU,
ET 200M and as many as three • Software Update Service 6GK1 716-1CB00-3AL0
further nodes to Industrial Ether- for 1 year,
net operating at 10/100 Mbit/s; with automatic extension;
4 x RJ45 ports; external 24 V DC requirement:
power supply, LED diagnostics, Current software version
S7-300 module including • Upgrade S7-1613 6GK1 716-1CB00-3AE0
electronic device manual from V6.4 to 2007 Edition
on CD-ROM
• Upgrade S7-1613 from V6.0, 6GK1 716-1CB00-3AE1
IE FC RJ45 Plug 145 V6.1, V6.2 or V6.3 to
S7-1613 Edition 2007
Ethernet with a rugged metal STEP 7 Version 5.4
housing and integrated Target system:
insulation displacement contacts SIMATIC S7-300/-400,
for connecting Industrial Ethernet SIMATIC C7, SIMATIC WinAC
FC installation cables; 145° cable Requirement:
outlet Windows 2000 Prof./XP Prof.
• 1 pack = 1 unit 6GK1 901-1BB30-0AA0 Delivery package:
German, English, French,
• 1 pack = 10 units 6GK1 901-1BB30-0AB0 Spanish, Italian;
• 1 pack = 50 units 6GK1 901-1BB30-0AE0 incl. 3.5" authorization diskette,
without documentation
SOFTNET Edition 2007 • Floating License on CD 6ES7 810-4CC08-0YA5
Software for S7 and open
communication, incl. OPC server, • Software Update Service on CD 6ES7 810-4BC01-0YX2
PG/OP communication and NCM (requires current software
PC, runtime software, software and version)
electronic manual on CD-ROM, • Upgrade Floating License 6ES7 810-4CC08-0YE5
license key on USB stick, Class A, 3.x/4.x/5.x to V5.4; on CD
for 32 bit Windows XP Professional • Trial License STEP 7 V5.4; 6ES7 810-4CC08-0YA7
SP1, 2, Windows 2003 Server on CD, runs for 14 days
SP1, R2, SP2,
Windows Vista Business/Ultimate;
German/English

© Siemens AG 2008
CP 343-1 Advanced
■ Overview • Extensive diagnostic functions for all modules in the rack

• IT communication
- Web function
- E-mail function
- FTP
2 • Integration into network management systems through the

support of SNMP V1 MIB-II
■ Benefits
• Very well suited for networks with linear topologies due to

integrated 2-port switch
• Cost advantage due to two separate interfaces with network
separation
• High degree of plant availability due to support from media
redundancy (MRP)
,62 7&3 31 053 ,7 ,35 3*23 66 • Investment protection for existing plants through the
8'3 integration of SIMATIC S5 by means of open communication
• Optimal support of the maintenance by means of
*B,.B;;B
- Web-based diagnostics
- Remote programming is possible due to the WAN character-
istic of TCP/IP, even via the telephone network (e.g. ISDN)
• Connection of SIMATIC S7-300/SINUMERIK 840D powerline - Monitoring with IT network management tools (SNMP)
to Industrial Ethernet - Swapping of modules without programming device via
- Multi-protocol operation with TCP and UDP transport the swap medium C-PLUG (storage also file system for
protocol IT functions)
- Adjustable Keep Alive function
• Cost-effective access to process information with standard
• Two separate interfaces (integrated network separation): web browser; this cuts software costs on the client end
- Gigabit interface with an RJ45 connection with
10/100/1000 Mbit/s full/half duplex with auto-sensing • Security:
functionality Protection against unauthorized access, without changing
- PROFINET interface with two RJ45 connections with passwords, by means of device-oriented IP address lists;
10/100 Mbit/s full/half duplex with auto-sensing and auto- password protection for web applications
crossover functionality via integrated 2-port switch • Transmission of event-driven messages via IT communication
• Communication services via both interfaces: paths by e-mail (incl. authentication)
- Open communication (TCP/IP and UDP): Multicast for UDP, • Plant-wide time synchronization via NTP or SIMATIC process
incl. routing between both interfaces with adjustable path selection
- PG/OP communication: • Accessibility of many stations by means of free UDP connec-
Cross-network by means of S7 routing tions or multicast functions
- S7 communication (client, server, multiplexing) incl. routing
between both interfaces • Easy, quick exchange of data of the SIMATIC S7-300 with field
- IT communication: devices via Industrial Ethernet through use as a PROFINET IO
HTTP communication allows access to process data via own Controller with RT and IRT characteristics according to the
web sites; standard
e-mail client function, sending of e-mails with authentication • Easy, quick exchange of data of the SIMATIC S7-300 with
directly from the user program; other programmable controllers by connecting as a
FTP communication allows program-controlled FTP client PROFINET IO Device with RT and IRT characteristics accord-
communication; ing to the standard
access to data blocks via FTP servers • Time and cost savings in modular machine building and plant
• Communication services via PROFINET interfaces: engineering with PROFINET CBA
- PROFINET IO Controller and IO Device with real-time • Easy, universal coupling of the PLC to various computers via
properties (RT and IRT)1) FTP
- PROFINET CBA
- IP address assignment via DHCP, simple PC tool or via • File system as cost-effective mass storage for data, log files
program block (e.g. for HMI) and statistics (C-PLUG as a swap medium)
- Configuration with STEP 7 • Setting of own IP parameters of series machines without
• Access protection by means of a configurable IP access list STEP 7
• Module replacement without PG; • Use of socket interface in the partner system without
all information is stored on the C-PLUG (also file system for RFC 1006 is possible
IT functions
1)
Possible combinations in parallel mode:
- IO Controller with IRT and IO Device with RT
- IO Controller with RT and IO Device using IRT

© Siemens AG 2008
CP 343-1 Advanced
■ Application The CP 343-1 Advanced works in multi-protocol mode for the

following communication services:
The CP 343-1 Advanced is the communications processor for PG/OP communication
connecting the SIMATIC S7-300 and SINUMERIK 840D power-
line to the Industrial Ethernet. PG/OP communication allows all S7 stations connected to the
network to be remotely programmed.
With its own processor, the CP relieves the CPU of communica-
tions tasks and provides additional connections. • S7 routing;
with the aid of S7 routing it is possible to utilize programming
2
The CP 343-1 Advanced permits communication of the S7-300 device communication across networks.
with:
S7 communication
• PG/PC
For connecting the S7-300 (server and client) to S7-200/300/400
• Master computer
(server and client), HMI units and PCs (SOFTNET-S7 or
• HMI devices CP 1613 A2/CP 1623 with S7-1613).
• SIMATIC S5/S7/C7 systems Open communication
• PROFINET IO Devices and IO Controller
On the basis of layer 4, open communication with SEND/
• PROFINET CBA components RECEIVE offers a simple and optimized interface for data com-
PROFINET CBA is used to create reusable technology modules. munication. Up to 8 KB of data can be transmitted in one call.
This interface enables
■ Design • ISO transport connections
The CP 343-1 Advanced offers all the advantages of the • TCP transport connections
SIMATIC S7-300 design: - TCP with RFC 1006
- TCP without RFC 1006
• Compact construction;
the rugged plastic enclosure features the following on the front • UDP
panel: - Multicast for UDP
- Three RJ45 jacks for connecting to Industrial Ethernet via to be used.
two independent interfaces;
automatic data rate detection by means of the auto-sensing Open communication is used for communication with
and auto-crossover function; SIMATIC S5, SIMATIC S7-400/300 and computers/PCs.
the connection is made via the IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 with
The function blocks required are a component part of STEP 7
180° cable outlet or via a standard patch cable
for Industrial Ethernet and must be integrated into the S7 user
- 2-pin plug-in terminal strip for connection of the 24 V DC
program.
external supply voltage
- Diagnostics LEDs for indicating the operational and commu- Open communication with FETCH/WRITE allows direct access
nication status to the CPU data of the SIMATIC S7 (in the same way as in the
• Easy installation; CP 1430 TCP and the SIMATIC S5). This means existing HMI
the CP 343-1 Advanced is installed on the mounting rail of the systems can still be used.
S7-300 and is connected to adjacent modules via the bus If UDP is used as the transmission protocol, the multicast
connector. No slot rules apply in this case. function can be used to simultaneously send and receive on
• The CP 343-1 Advanced can be operated without a fan; configured multicast circuits.
no backup battery is necessary.
PROFINET communication
• In combination with IM 360/361, the CP 343-1 Advanced can
also be used in an expansion rack (ER). • PROFINET IO Controller;
real-time communication with field devices and PC-based
• The module can be replaced without a programming device IO Devices (e.g. with CP 1616 or CP 1604) over Industrial
• The C-PLUG (configuration plug) is included in the scope of Ethernet according to PROFINET standard with RT and IRT
delivery as replacement medium (operation without C-PLUG real-time properties.
is not possible) • PROFINET IO Device;
the CP 343-1 Advanced can be operated as a PROFINET IO
■ Function Device for exchanging data from the user program of the
S7-300 station like a field device (as input and output data)
The CP 343-1 Advanced independently handles data traffic over with a PROFINET IO Controller.
Industrial Ethernet. The module has its own processor and can This high-performance data exchange using PROFINET I/O
be put into service directly using the unique preset Ethernet communication mechanisms with real-time properties is
address (MAC) via the network. handled by the CP 343-1 Advanced on its own.
Support of the DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) Access by means of I/O data from the user program of the
enables the IP address to be assigned from a central DHCP S7-300 station is through the PNIO_SEND and PNIO_RECV
server. blocks.
• PROFINET CBA;
For connection control (Keep Alive) it is possible to configure an communication between technological modules (distributed
adjustable time for all TCP transport connections for active and intelligence);
passive peers. the user can choose between cyclic and acyclic communica-
The CPU’s time can be set via NTP or SIMATIC procedures with tion.
an accuracy of approx. ±1 s.

© Siemens AG 2008
CP 343-1 Advanced
IT functions Diagnostic capabilities in operation
• IP routing; • Status query of connections via function block
forwarding of IP V4 messages between Gigabit and PROFI- • Integration into network management systems through the
2 NET interface regulated by IP access list
• WEB server;
support of SNMP V1 MIB-2 objects;
this allows the current status of the Ethernet interface to be
up to 30 MB of freely definable HTML pages can be called up called up, e.g. for network management.
via a standard browser; • Web interface with simple diagnostic functions and diagnos-
data handling of own file system via FTP tics buffer of the CP and CPU in plain text
• Standard diagnostics pages; Clock synchronization using SIMATIC procedure or NTP (net-
for quick diagnostics on the system for all of the modules work time protocol) with selectable path. The CPU’s time can
plugged into the rack, without additional tools be set with an accuracy of approx. ±1 s.
• E-mails; Security
sending of e-mails with authentication directly from the user
program. The e-mail client function allows user alerting di- With a configurable IP access list, PCs and automation devices
rectly from the control program can be released in a targeted manner for IP-based access to the
CP or the controller.
• Communication via FTP; Web sites can be password protected.
open protocol which is available on most operating system
platforms Configuration
• The 30 MB RAM file system can be used for the buffer storage STEP 7 V5.4 or higher is required for configuring the full func-
of dynamic data. tional scope of the CP 343-1.
Diagnostics For creating PROFINET CBA components, the engineering tool
Comprehensive diagnostics are made available via STEP 7 and SIMATIC iMap as of V 3.0 + SP1 is also required.
the web, among others: The configuring data of the CP created with STEP 7 is saved on
• Operating status of the CP the CPU. The storage volume of the S7 CPU must be observed,
• Diagnostics of the assigned PROFINET field devices (also in however.
the user program) The user-specific HTML pages, FTP data and CBA interconnec-
• General diagnostics and statistics functions tion information created with SIMATIC iMAP are saved on the
swap medium C-PLUG (configuration plug).
• Connection diagnostics
• LAN controller statistics The CP can be swapped in the event of failure without a pro-
gramming device, because the relevant user and configuration
• Information about each port data is saved on the CPU or on the C-PLUG.
• Diagnostic buffer The function blocks and the programmable communication
block (S7 client) required for communication are included in the
delivery kit of STEP 7 or can be downloaded from the Internet.
■ Integration
,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW
6,0$7,&
6 3&EDVHGV\VWHPZLWK&3
ZLWK&3 RU&3
$GYDQFHG )LHOG3*
DV,2&RQWUROOHU
1HW]ZHUNWUHQQXQJ
352),1(7
Switches Switches
SCALANCE SCALANCE ,QGXVWULDO
X208 X208 (WKHUQHW
(7SUR
PC/IPC
with ,(3% ,($6L
CP 1616 /LQN /LQN
as IO (7 31,2 31,2
Device 6 DV DV
SUR[\ SUR[\
6
0DFKLQH ZLWK&3/HDQ
&3
*B,.B;;B
9LVLRQ
*B,.B;;B
352),1(7,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW &3$GYDQFHG 352),%86

LI,57LVUHTXLUHGVZLWFKHVZLWK
,57IXQFWLRQDOLWLHV (76 (76
HJ6&$/$1&(;,57 ,2'HYLFHV
$6,QWHUIDFH
PXVWEHXVHG
Connection to higher-level network Connection to higher-level network and PC-based system

© Siemens AG 2008
CP 343-1 Advanced
Enterprise Level
2
1000 Mbit/s
Ethernet
with CP
X308-2 X408-2
1000 Mbit/s
IP
camera 1000 Mbit/s
SCALANCE
X308-2
SIMATIC S7-400
with 1000 Mbit/s
interface
with
CP 343-1 Advanced
Field Level
PROFINET 100 Mbit/s
Industrial Ethernet
G_IK10_XX_10226
CP 343-1 Lean
Gigabit communication in the control level
Product type description CP 343-1 Advanced Product type description CP 343-1 Advanced
Transfer rate Supply voltage
Transmission rate at Interface 1 Type of supply voltage DC
• Minimum 10 Mbit/s Supply voltage 24 V
• Maximum 1 000 Mbit/s • Relative positive tolerance 20 %
at 24 V DC
Transmission rate at Interface 2
• Relative negative tolerance 15 %
• Minimum 10 Mbit/s at 24 V DC
• Maximum 100 Mbit/s Current consumption
Electrical connection version Current consumed
• at Industrial Ethernet interface 1 1 x RJ45 (TP) • from backplane bus 140 mA
• at Industrial Ethernet interface 2 2 x RJ45 (TP) at 5 V DC typical
• for voltage supply 2-pin plug-in terminal strip • from external supply voltage -
at 24 V DC typical
Slot version of the swap medium C-PLUG
at 24 V DC max.

© Siemens AG 2008
CP 343-1 Advanced

Effective power loss IT functions
2 Effective power loss 14.7 W Number of possible connections
as client by means of FTP, max.
10
Ambient temperature as server by means of FTP, max.
• during operation 0 … +60 °C Number of possible connections 4
• during storage -40 … +70 °C as server by means of HTTP, max.
• during transport -40 … +70 °C Number of possible connections 1
to an e-mail server
Maximum relative humidity 95% as e-mail client, max.
Data volume as useful data 8 KB
Design, dimensions and weight (incl. e-mail header information)
Module format Compact module S7-300, for e-mail communication by means
double width of SEND/RECEIVE blocks
• Width 80 mm Memory capacity of the

user memory
• Height 125 mm
• as Flash memory file system 28 MB
• Depth 120 mm
• as RAM 30 MB
Net weight 600 g
Number of possible write cycles 100 000
Performance data of the flash memory cells
Open communication Performance data, PROFINET
communication
as PN IO controller
of SEND/RECEIVE blocks, max. 1) Number of PN IO devices operable 128
on PROFINET IO controller
Number of multicast stations 16
• of which, PN IO IRT devices 32
Data volume as useful data for open
communication by means of Number of external PN IO lines 1
SEND/RECEIVE blocks with PROFINET per subrack
• per ISO connection, max. 8 KB Data volume
• per ISO on TCP connection, max. 8 KB • as useful data for input variables 4 KB
as PROFINET IO controller, max.
• per TCP connection, max. 8 KB • as useful data for output variables 4 KB
• per UDP connection, max. 2 KB as PROFINET IO controller
S7 communication
Number of possible connections 16 controller
for S7 communication, • as useful data for output variables 240 bytes
max. per PN IO device as PROFINET IO
PG/OP communication - controller
Number of possible connections 16 Performance data PROFINET

for S7 communication communication as PN IO-Device
for OP connections, max. Data volume
Multi-protocol operation • as useful data for input variables 1 KB
• as useful data for output variables 1 KB
multi-protocol operation
device, max.
device, max.
• as useful data for the consistency 240 bytes
Number of sub-modules per 32
PROFINET IO device
1)

© Siemens AG 2008
CP 343-1 Advanced

Performance data Performance data
PROFINET CBA
Number of remote interconnection 64
PROFINET CBA, HMI variables
via PROFINET (acyclic) 2
partners in the case of PROFINET Number of HMI stations with login 3
CBA capability for HMI variables in the
case of acyclic transmission with
Total number of interconnections 1 000 PROFINET CBA
in the case of PROFINET CBA
Send cycle of the 500 ms
Data volume HMI variables in the case of acyclic
• as useful data for digital inputs in 8 KB transmission with PROFINET CBA
the case of PROFINET CBA, max.
Send cycle of the 200
• as useful data for digital outputs in 8 KB HMI variables in the case of acyclic
the case of PROFINET CBA, max. transmission with PROFINET CBA
• as useful data for arrays and max.
data types Data volume as useful data for 8 KB
- in case of acyclic transmission 8 KB HMI variables in the case of acyclic
with PROFINET CBA, max. transmission with PROFINET CBA
- in case of cyclic transmission 250 bytes max.
with PROFINET CBA, max. Performance data
- in case of local interconnection 2 400 bytes PROFINET CBA, device-internal
with PROFINET CBA, max. interconnections
Performance data PROFINET Number of internal interconnec- 256
CBA, remote interconnections tions
with acyclic transmission in the case of PROFINET CBA, max
Send cycle of the remote intercon- 100 ms Data volume of internal intercon- 2 400 bytes
nections in the case of acyclic nections
transmission with PROFINET CBA in the case of PROFINET CBA, max
min. Performance data
Number of remote interconnections PROFINET CBA, interconnec-
tions with constants
• with input variables 128
in case of acyclic transmission Number of interconnections 200
with PROFINET CBA, max. with constants in the case of
• with output variables 128 PROFINET CBA, max
in case of acyclic transmission Data volume as useful data 4 096 bytes
with PROFINET CBA, max. for interconnections with constants
Data volume in the case of PROFINET CBA, max
• as useful data for remote intercon- 8 KB Performance data
nections with input variables in the PROFINET CBA, PROFIBUS
case of acyclic transmission with proxy functionality
PROFINET CBA
Product function in the case of No
• as useful data for remote intercon- 8 KB PROFINET CBA, PROFIBUS proxy
nections with output variables in functionality
the case of acyclic transmission
with PROFINET CBA Number of accesses to 32
S7-extended variables in case of
Performance data PROFINET CBA max.
PROFINET CBA,
remote interconnections Configuration
with cyclic transmission Configuration software Yes
Send cycle of the remote inter- 8 ms for full functional scope
connections in the case of cyclic STEP 7 V5.4 SP4 or higher
transmission with PROFINET CBA
min.
Number of remote interconnections
in case of cyclic transmission
with PROFINET CBA, max.
• with output variables 200
in case of cyclic transmission
Data volume
• as useful data for remote inter- 2 000 bytes
connections with input variables
in the case of cyclic transmission
connections with output variables
in the case of cyclic transmission

© Siemens AG 2008
CP 343-1 Advanced

CP 343-1 Advanced communica- 6GK7 343-1GX30-0XE0 S7-1613 Edition 2007
tions processor
Software for S7 and open
For the connection of SIMATIC communication, incl. PG/OP
2
S7-300 to Industrial Ethernet; communication, OPC server and
PROFINET IO Controller and IO NCM PC; up to 120 connections,
Device with RT and IRT, MRP, runtime software, software and
PROFINET CBA, TCP/IP and UDP, electronic manual on CD-ROM,
S7 communication, open commu- license key on USB stick, Class A,
nication (SEND/RECEIVE), for 32-bit Windows XP Profes-
FETCH/WRITE, with and without sional SP1, 2; Windows 2003
RFC 1006, diagnostic expansions, Server SP1, R2, SP2, Windows
multicast, web server, HTML diag- Vista Business/Ultimate;
nostics, FTP server, FTP client, for CP 1613/CP 1613 A2/CP 1623;
e-mail client, setting of CPU’s German/English
clock using SIMATIC and NTP
procedures, access protection • Single License for 1 installation 6GK1 716-1CB70-3AA0
through IP access list, SNMP, • Software Update Service 6GK1 716-1CB00-3AL0
DHCP, initialization over LAN for 1 year,
10/100 Mbit/s; with automatic extension;
with electronic manual on DVD requirement:
C-PLUG 6GK1 900-0AB00 Current software version
Swap medium for simple replace- • Upgrade S7-1613 from V6.4 6GK1 716-1CB00-3AE0
ment of devices in the event of a to S7-1613 2007 Edition
fault; for storing configuration or • Upgrade S7-1613 from V6.0, 6GK1 716-1CB00-3AE1
engineering and application data; V6.1, V6.2 or V6.3 to S7-1613
can be used for SIMATIC NET 2007 Edition
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
SOFTNET Edition 2007
for Industrial Ethernet RJ45 plug connector for Industrial
Software for S7 and open housing and integrated insulation
communication, incl. OPC server, displacement contacts for con-
PG/OP communication and necting Industrial Ethernet FC
NCM PC, runtime software, installation cables;
software and electronic manual with 180° cable outlet;
on CD-ROM, license key on for network components and
USB stick, Class A, for 32-bit CPs/CPUs with Industrial Ethernet
Windows XP Professional SP1, 2; interface
SP2; Windows Vista • 1 pack = 1 unit 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0
Business/Ultimate; • 1 pack = 10 units 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AB0
German/English
SOFTNET-S7 Edition 2007 for
Industrial Ethernet IE FC RJ45 Plug 4 x 2
up to 64 connections RJ45 plug connector for Industrial
Ethernet (10/100/1000 Mbit/s) with
• Single License for 1 installation 6GK1 704-1CW70-3AA0 a rugged metal housing and
• Software Update Service 6GK1 704-1CW00-3AL0 integrated insulation displacement
for 1 year, contacts for connecting Industrial
with automatic extension; Ethernet FC installation cables;
requirement: 180° cable outlet; for network
Current software version components and CPs/CPUs with
• Upgrade from V6.4 6GK1 704-1CW00-3AE0 Industrial Ethernet interface
to 2007 edition • 1 pack = 1 unit 6GK1 901-1BB11-2AA0
• Upgrade from V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 6GK1 704-1CW00-3AE1 • 1 pack = 10 units 6GK1 901-1BB11-2AB0
SOFTNET-S7 Lean Edition 2007
for Industrial Ethernet Compact Switch Module 6GK7 377-1AA00-0AA0
CSM 377
up to 8 connections
Unmanaged switch for connection
• Single License for 1 installation 6GK1 704-1LW70-3AA0 of a SIMATIC S7-300-CPU,
• Software Update Service 6GK1 704-1LW00-3AL0 ET 200M and as many as three
for 1 year, further nodes to Industrial Ether-
with automatic extension; net operating at 10/100 Mbit/s;
requirement: 4 x RJ45 ports; external 24 V DC
Current software version power supply, LED diagnostics,
S7-300 module including
• Upgrade from V6.4 6GK1 704-1LW00-3AE0 electronic equipment manual
to 2007 edition on CD-ROM
• Upgrade from V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 6GK1 704-1LW00-3AE1

© Siemens AG 2008
CP 343-1 Advanced

SCALANCE X204-2 6GK5 204-2BB10-2AA3 SIMATIC iMap V3.0
Industrial Ethernet switch
for configuring
with four 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports PROFINET CBA,
2
and two fiber-optic ports
Requirement:
Industrial Ethernet switch 6GK5 308-2FL00-2AA3 Windows 2000 Prof.
SCALANCE X308-2 with Service Pack 4 or later
or Windows XP Prof. with
2 x 1000 Mbit/s multimode Service Pack 1 or later
fiber-optic ports (SC sockets), or Windows 2003 Server
1 x 10/100/1000 Mbit/s RJ45 port, with Service Pack 1 or later;
7 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports; on PG or PC with Pentium proces-
for glass fiber-optic cables sor, min. 1 GHz; STEP 7
(multimode) up to a max. 750 m. V5.3 or later with Service Pack 3,
STEP 7 Version 5.4 PN OPC Server V6.3 or later
Target system: Type of supply:
SIMATIC S7-300/-400, German, English,
SIMATIC C7, SIMATIC WinAC with electronic documentation
Requirement: • Single License 6ES7 820-0CC04-0YA5
Windows 2000 Prof./XP Prof.
Delivery package: • Software Update Service 6ES7 820-0CC01-0YX2
Spanish, Italian; • Upgrade to V3.0, Single License 6ES7 820-0CC04-0YE5
incl. 3.5" authorization diskette,
• Floating license on CD 6ES7 810-4CC08-0YA5
• Software Update Service on CD 6ES7 810-4BC01-0YX2
(requires current software
version)

© Siemens AG 2008
CP 443-1
2 • Ideally suited for use in networks with line topology through

integral real-time switch with two ports
• High plant availability through the support of media redun-
dancy (MRP) and use in the SIMATIC H system
tion of the SIMATIC S7-400 by means of the open communica-
tion
• Easy, quick exchange of data of the SIMATIC S7-400 with field
devices via Industrial Ethernet through use as a PROFINET IO
Controller with RT and IRT characteristics according to the
standard
• Security:
Protection without the need for changing passwords through
device-oriented IP address lists
,62 7&3 31 053 ,7 ,35 3*23 66 • Diagnostics capabilities in STEP 7, with web-based diagnosis
8'3 and SNMP V2
*B,.B;;B
• Component exchange without programming device, since all

information is stored on the CPU.
• One module for various applications:
• Connection of SIMATIC S7-400 to Industrial Ethernet Programming device/PC, HMI systems, SIMATIC S5/S7
- 2 x RJ45 interface for 10/100 Mbit/s full/half duplex connec- (high-priority)
tion with autosensing/autonegotiation and autocrossover • Remote programming is possible due to the WAN character-
function istic of TCP/IP, even via the telephone network (e.g. ISDN)
- Integrated real-time switch ERTEC with two ports
• System-wide synchronization via NTP with adjustable path
- Multi-protocol operation for ISO, TCP/IP, UDP and PROFINET
IO protocols selection or SIMATIC procedures
- Adjustable Keep Alive function • Setting of intrinsic IP parameters of series machines without
STEP 7
- Open communication (ISO, TCP/IP and UDP) • Support for fail-safe programmable controllers in combination
- PROFINET IO Controller with real-time properties RT and IRT with SIMATIC S7-400 CPU 416F-3PN/DP
- PG/OP communication: Across networks by means of S7 • Accessibility of many nodes by means of free UDP connec-
routing tions or multicast functions
- S7 communication
• Use of the socket interface in the partner system is possible
• Multicast for UDP without RFC 1006
• Access protection by means of configurable access list
• Support for fail-safe programmable controllers in combination ■ Application
with SIMATIC S7-400 CPU 416F-3PN/DP
The CP 443-1 is the communications processor for SIMATIC
• Module replacement without PG S7-400 for Industrial Ethernet. With its own processor, it relieves
• SIMATIC H system operation for redundant S7 communication the CPU of communications tasks and facilitates additional
• Configuration with STEP 7 connections.
• Diagnostic possibilities in STEP 7 and with web browser The CP 443-1 permits communication of the S7-400 with:
• Automatic setting of the CPU clock by means of Industrial • Programming devices, computers, HMI devices
Ethernet with NTP or SIMATIC procedure • Host computers
• Integration of network management systems via SNMP • Other SIMATIC S7 systems
(MIB II diagnostic information)
• SIMATIC S5 programmable controllers
• Field devices (PROFINET IO Devices)
• Third-party devices

© Siemens AG 2008
CP 443-1
■ Design Communication takes place through the CP 443-1 without further

configuration.
The CP 443-1 features all the advantages of the SIMATIC S7-400 • H communication;
design: For redundant S7 communication, the CP 443-1 can also be
• Compact design; used in SIMATIC H systems as of V4.5. In this way, H systems
2
on the front, the rugged plastic housing features: can also be connected redundantly to PC systems
- Two RJ45 sockets for connection to Industrial Ethernet (with CP 1613 A2/CP 1623 and S7-REDCONNECT).
100 MBit/s with automatic sensing of the data transmission • Clock synchronization;
rate by means of Autosensing/Autonegotiation; Using SIMATIC procedure or NTP (network time protocol) with
The RJ45 sockets are industrially compatible and designed selectable path.
with additional sleeves for connecting to the IE FC RJ45
Plug 180 or a standard patch line Open communication
- Diagnostic LEDs for indication of the operating and commu- On the basis of layer 4, the open communication with SEND/
nication status for each switch port RECEIVE offers a simple and optimized interface for data com-
• Easy installation: munication.
The CP 443-1 is mounted on the S7-400 rack and connected Up to 8 KB of data can be transmitted in one call.
to other modules of the S7-400 by means of the backplane
bus. No slot rules apply. This interface enables the following to be used:
• The CP 443-1 can be operated without a fan • ISO transport connections
• In combination with the IM 460/461, the CP 443-1 can also be • TCP connections with or without RFC 1006
used in an expansion rack • UDP (2 KB data length)
• Module replacement possible without prgramming device • UDP Multicast (2 KB data length)
(PG)
Open communication is used with SIMATIC S5 and comput-
• General and port-specific LEDs for indicating the operating
ers/PCs. The function calls required are a component part of
and communication status
STEP 7 and must be integrated into the S7 user program.
■ Function Open communication with FETCH/WRITE allows direct access

to the CPU data in the same way as in the CP 1430. This means
The CP 443-1 independently handles data traffic over Industrial existing HMI systems can still be used.
Ethernet. The module has its own powerful processor and can
be put into service directly using the unique preset Ethernet Security
address (MAC) via the network. With a freely configurable access list, specific users and
Support of the DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) programmable controllers can be enabled for accessing the CP
enables the IP address to be issued from a central DHCP server. or control via TCP/IP.
For connection control (keep alive) it is possible to configure an Diagnostics

adjustable time for all TCP transport connections for active and Comprehensive diagnostic options are available via STEP S7 or
passive partners. a web browser, including:
The CPU’s time can be set using NTP with an accuracy of • General diagnostics and statistics functions
approx. +/-1 s. • Connection diagnostics
The CP 443-1 works in multi-protocol mode for the following • Diagnosis of the assigned PROFINET field devices
communication services: (also in the user program)
PG/OP communication • LAN controller statistics
PG/OP communication allows all S7 stations connected to the • Information about every port of the switch
network to be remotely programmed. • Diagnostic buffer
• S7 routing • Web diagnostics with easy diagnostic functions
With the aid of S7 routing it is possible to use programming • Operating status of CP
device communication across networks.
Diagnostics possibilities during operation
• Status scanning of connections using function block
• PROFINET IO Controller;
• SNMP MIB-2 objects;
real-time communication with field devices, including PC-
the current status of the Ethernet interface can then be called,
based IO Devices (with CP 1616 or CP 1604) on Industrial
e.g. for network management
Ethernet with PROFINET standard with RT and IRT.
• The prioritized start-up of IO Devices allows quick starting of Configuration
defined devices. STEP 7 V5.4 or higher is required for configuring the full
S7 communication functional scope of the CP 443-1.
• For connecting to S7-200/300/400 (server and client), The configuration data of the CP created with STEP 7 is stored
HMI devices and PCs (SOFTNET-S7 or CP 1613 A2/CP 1623 on the CPU. Attention must however be paid to the memory
with S7-1613) volume of the S7-CPU.
Configuration and programming of all SIMATIC S7 controllers
connected to the network is possible over the network.
The CP can be replaced in the event of failure without the need
for a programming device because the relevant user and config-
uration data are saved on the CPU.

© Siemens AG 2008
CP 443-1
■ Integration
6
ZLWK&3
DV,2&RQWUROOHU 3*3&
2
6XSHUYLVRU
3*3&
DV
VXSHU
YLVRU
352),1(7 352),1(7
,QGXVWULDO ,QGXVWULDO
(WKHUQHW (WKHUQHW
(7SUR 6&$/$1&(6
,(3% ,($6L
(7 /LQN /LQN
6 31,2 31,2
DV DV
0DFKLQH 6 SUR[\ SUR[\
9LVLRQ ZLWK&3
6 6 (70
*B,.B;;B
*B,.B;;B
352),%86
352),%86
,2'HYLFHV PC/IPC with CP 1616 $6,QWHUIDFH
as IO Device
Interfacing to higher-level network with CP 443-1 Line structure at the superordinated control level through integrated
as PROFINET IO controller 2-port switch
6
ZLWK&3 SIMATIC S7-300
DV,2&RQWUROOHU
with CP 343-1
as IO Device
352),1(7
,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW
G_IK10_XX_10218
ET 200pro
IO Devices
ET 200S
IO Devices
Line structure as PROFINET IO controller with integrated

real-time switch

© Siemens AG 2008
CP 443-1
• Minimum 10 Mbit/s Number of possible connections 64 2)
Interfaces Data volume as useful data for
Version of electrical connection to 2 x RJ45 (TP) open communication by means of
the Industrial Ethernet interface 1 SEND/RECEIVE blocks
Supply voltage • per ISO connection, max. 8 KB
Type of supply voltage DC • per ISO on TCP connection, max. 8 KB
Supply voltage 5V • per TCP connection, max. 8 KB
Relative symmetrical tolerance 5% • per UDP connection, max. 2 KB
at 5 V DC Number of possible connections 64
Current consumption for open communication by means
T blocks, max.
Current consumed from backplane 1,4 A
bus at 5 V DC, typical Data volume as useful data for
open communication by means
Effective power loss T-blocks
Effective power loss 8,6 W • per ISO on TCP connection, max. 1 452 bytes
Permitted ambient conditions S7 communication
Ambient temperature Number of possible connections
• during operation 0 … +60 °C for S7 communication
• during storage -40 … +70 °C • Maximum 128 1)
• during transport -40 … +70 °C • for PG connections, maximum 2
Maximum relative humidity 95% • for OP connections, maximum 30

at 25 °C during operation Multi-protocol operation
Design, dimensions and weight Number of active connections in 128
Module format S7-400 compact module, multi-protocol operation
single width Performance data,
• Width 25 mm PROFINET communication
as PN IO controller
• Height 290 mm
Number of PN IO devices operable 128
• Depth 210 mm on PROFINET IO controller
Net weight 700 g Number of external PN IO lines 4
with PROFINET per subrack
of which, PN IO IRT devices 32
Data volume
• as useful data for input variables 4 KB
controller
controller
Configuration
for full functional scope
STEP 7 V5.4 SP4 or higher
1)
when using several CPUs
2)
depending on the CPU type
3)

© Siemens AG 2008
CP 443-1 Advanced

CP 443-1 communications 6GK7 443-1EX20-0XE0 SOFTNET-S7 Lean Edition 2007
processor for Industrial Ethernet
For connecting SIMATIC S7-400 up to 8 connections
to Industrial Ethernet through
2 TCP/IP, ISO and UDP; PROFINET
IO Controller, integrated real-time
• Single license for 1 installation
• Software Update Service
6GK1 704-1LW70-3AA0
6GK1 704-1LW00-3AL0
switch ERTEC with two ports; for 1 year,
2 x RJ45 interface; S7 communi- with automatic extension;
cation, open communication requirement: Current software
(SEND/RECEIVE) with FETCH/ version
WRITE, with and without
RFC 1006, DHCP, SNMP V2, • Upgrade from V6.4 6GK1 704-1LW00-3AE0
diagnostics, multicast, access to 2007 Edition
protection over IP access list, ini-
tialization over LAN 10/100 Mbit/s • Upgrade from V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 6GK1 704-1LW00-3AE1
with electronic manual on DVD or V6.3 to 2007 Edition
IE FC TP Standard Cable GP 2x2 6XV1 840-2AH10 S7-1613 Edition 2007

4-core, shielded TP installation Software for S7 and open commu-
cable for connection to IE nication, incl. PG/OP communica-
FC Outlet RJ45/ IE FC RJ45 Plug; tion, OPC server and NCM PC;
PROFINET-compatible; with UL up to 120 connections, runtime
approval; sold by the meter software, software and electronic
manual on CD-ROM, license key
FO Standard Cable GP (50/125) 6XV1 873-2A on USB stick, Class A, for 32-bit
Standard cable, splittable, Windows XP Professional SP1, 2;
UL approval, sold by the meter Windows 2003 Server SP1, R2,
SCALANCE X204-2 Industrial 6GK5 204-2BB10-2AA3 Ultimate; for
Ethernet switch CP 1613/CP 1613 A2/CP 1623;
Industrial Ethernet switches with German/English
integral SNMP access, online
diagnostics, copper cable diag- • Single license for 1 installation 6GK1 716-1CB70-3AA0
nostics and PROFINET diagnos- • Software Update Service 6GK1 716-1CB00-3AL0
tics for configuring line, star and for 1 year,
ring topologies; with automatic extension;
four 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports requirement: Current software
and two FO ports version
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 • Upgrade S7-1613 from V6.4 6GK1 716-1CB00-3AE0
RJ45 plug connector for Industrial to 2007 Edition
Ethernet with a rugged metal • Upgrade S7-1613 from V6.0, 6GK1 716-1CB00-3AE1
housing and integrated insulation V6.1, V6.2 or V6.3 to S7-1613
displacement contacts for con- Edition 2007
installation cables; with 180° STEP 7 Version 5.4
nents and CPs/CPUs with Target system:
Industrial Ethernet interface SIMATIC S7-300/-400,
• 1 pack = 1 unit 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0 SIMATIC C7, SIMATIC WinAC
Requirement:
• 1 pack = 10 units 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AB0 Windows 2000 Prof./XP Prof.
• 1 pack = 50 units 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AE0 Delivery package:
SOFTNET Edition 2007 Spanish, Italian;
for Industrial Ethernet incl. 3.5" authorization diskette,
Software for S7 and open commu- without documentation
nication, incl. OPC server, PG/OP • Floating license on CD 6ES7 810-4CC08-0YA5
runtime software, software and • Rental license for 50 hours 6ES7 810-4CC08-0YA6
license key on USB stick, Class A, • Software Update Service on CD 6ES7 810-4BC01-0YX2
for 32-bit Windows XP Profes- (requires current software
sional SP1, 2, Windows 2003 version)
Server SP1, R2, SP2, Windows • Upgrade Floating License 6ES7 810-4CC08-0YE5
Vista Business/Ultimate; 3.x/4.x/5.x to V5.4; on CD
German/English
SOFTNET-S7 Edition 2007 on CD, runs for 14 days
• Software Update Service 6GK1 704-1CW00-3AL0
for 1 year,
version
• Upgrade from V6.4 6GK1 704-1CW00-3AE0
to 2007 edition

© Siemens AG 2008
CP 443-1 Advanced
• Ideally suited for setting up small local networks by means

of an integrated 4-port switch, which saves installation space
2
in the control cabinet.
• Cost advantage due to network separation
• High plant availability through the support of media redun-
dancy (MRP) and use in the SIMATIC S7-400 H system
tion of SIMATIC S5 by means of open communication
• Optimal support of the maintenance by means of
- Web-based diagnostics
- Remote programming is possible due to the WAN character-
istic of TCP/IP, even via the telephone network (e.g. ISDN)
- Monitoring with IT network management tools (SNMP)
- Swapping of modules without programming device via the
swap medium C-PLUG (storage also file system for IT func-
,62 7&3 31 053 ,7 ,35 3*23 66
8'3 tions)
• Cost-effective access to process information with standard
*B,.B;;B
web browser; this cuts software costs on the client end

• Security:
• Connection of SIMATIC S7-400 to Industrial Ethernet Protection against unauthorized access, without changing
- Multi-protocol operation for ISO, TCP/IP, UDP and PROFINET passwords, by means of device-oriented IP address lists;
IO protocols password protection for web applications
- Adjustable Keep Alive function • Plant-wide time synchronization via NTP or SIMATIC process
• Two separate interfaces (integrated network separation): with adjustable path selection
- Gigabit interface with an RJ45 connection with • Accessibility of many stations by means of free UDP connec-
10/100/1000 Mbit/s full/half duplex with auto-sensing functions or multicast functions
tionality • Easy, quick exchange of data of the SIMATIC S7-400 with field
- PROFINET interface with four RJ45 connections with devices via Industrial Ethernet through use as a PROFINET IO
10/100 Mbit/s full/half duplex with auto-sensing and auto- Controller with RT and IRT characteristics according to the
crossover functionality via integrated 4-port switch standard
• Communication services via both interfaces • Time and cost savings in modular machine building and plant
- Open communication (ISO, TCP/IP and UDP), Multicast with engineering with PROFINET CBA
UDP, incl. routing between two interfaces
- PG/OP communication: • Easy, universal coupling of the PLC to various computers via
FTP
Cross-network by means of S7 routing
- S7 communication (client, server, multiplexing) incl. routing • File system as cost-effective mass storage for data, log files
between both interfaces and statistics (C-PLUG as a swap medium)
- IT communication: • Transmission of event-driven messages via IT communication
HTTP communication allows access to process data via own paths by e-mail (incl. authentication)
web sites;
• Setting of own IP parameters of series machines without
e-mail client function, sending of e-mails with authentication
STEP 7
directly from the user program;
FTP communication allows program-controlled FTP client • Use of socket interface in the partner system without RFC
communication; 1006 is possible
access to data blocks via FTP servers
• Communication services via PROFINET interface
- PROFINET IO Controller with real-time properties (RT and IRT)
- PROFINET CBA
- IP address assignment via DHCP, simple PC tool or via the
user program (e.g. HMI)
- Support of prioritized start-ups of PROFINET IO Devices
• Configuration with STEP 7
• Access protection by means of a configurable IP access list
• Module replacement without PG;
all information is stored on the C-PLUG (also file system for IT
functions)
• Extensive diagnostic functions for all modules in the rack
• Integration into network management systems through the
support of SNMP V1 MIB-II
• Operation in SIMATIC H system for redundant S7 communica-
tion
• Operation in fail-safe applications (PROFIsafe) together with
SIMATIC S7-400 CPU 416F

© Siemens AG 2008
CP 443-1 Advanced
■ Application ■ Function
The CP 443-1 Advanced is the communications module for The CP 443-1 Advanced independently handles data traffic over
connecting SIMATIC S7-400 to the Industrial Ethernet. Industrial Ethernet. The module has its own powerful processor
and can be put into service directly using the unique preset
With its integral processor, it takes communications load off the Ethernet address (MAC) via the network.
2 CPU and allows additional connections.
The CP 443-1 Advanced provides the capability for the SIMATIC
Support of the DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol)
enables the IP address to be assigned from a central DHCP
S7-400 to communicate with: server.
• PG/PC
For connection control (Keep Alive) it is possible to configure an
• Master computer adjustable time for the TCP transport connections for active and
• HMI devices passive peers.
• SIMATIC S5/S7/C7 systems Multi-protocol operation of the transport protocols ISO, TCP/IP
• PROFINET CBA components and UDP is possible.
• PROFINET IO devices The CP 443-1 Advanced works in multi-protocol mode for the
PROFINET CBA allows the creation of reusable technology mod- following communication services:
ules. PG/OP communication
PG/OP communication allows all S7 stations connected to the
■ Design network to be remotely programmed.
The CP 443-1 Advanced offers all the advantages of the • S7 routing;
SIMATIC S7-400 design: with the aid of S7 routing it is possible to utilize programming
device communication across networks.
• The front panel of the rugged plastic enclosure includes:
- Five RJ45 jacks for connecting to Industrial Ethernet via two S7 communication
independent interfaces; for connecting the SIMATIC S7-200/300/400 (server and client)
automatic data rate detection by means of the autosensing to SIMATIC S7-400 (server and client), HMI devices and PCs
and autocrossover functions; (SOFTNET-S7 or CP 1613 A2/CP 1623 with S7-1613). Communi-
the connection is made via the IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 with cation takes place through the CP 443-1 Advanced without
180° cable outlet or via a standard patch cable further configuration.
- Diagnostics LEDs for indicating the operational and commu-
nication status • H communication;
for redundant S7 communication, the CP 443-1 Advanced can
• Easy installation; also be used in SIMATIC H systems as of CPU V4.5. In this
the CP 443-1 Advanced is installed on the module rack of the way, H systems can also be connected redundantly to PC
S7-400 and is connected to other modules via the backplane systems (with CP 1613 A2/CP 1623 and S7-REDCONNECT).
bus. No slot rules apply in this case.
• Clock synchronization using SIMATIC procedure or NTP
• The CP 443-1 Advanced can be operated without a fan. (network time protocol) with selectable path. . The CPU’s time
• In combination with IM 460/461, the CP 443-1 Advanced can can be set with an accuracy of approx. ±1 s.
also be used in an expansion rack (ER).
Open communication
• The module can be replaced without a programming device
Simple and optimized interface for data communication. Up to 8
• C-PLUG (configuration plug) is included in the scope of KB of data can be transmitted in one call. On the basis of layer 4,
delivery as the replacement medium (cannot be operated open communication with SEND/RECEIVE offers a simple and
without C-PLUG). optimized interface for data communication.
• General and port-specific LEDs for indicating the operating
and communication status This interface enables
• ISO transport connections
• TCP connections with or without RFC 1006
• UDP (2 KB data length)
• UDP Multicast (2 KB data length)
to be used.
Open communication is used for communication with SIMATIC
S5, SIMATIC S7-400/300 and computers/PCs. The function
blocks required are a component part of STEP S7 and must be
integrated into the S7 user program.
Open communication with Fetch/Write allows direct access to
the CPU data of the SIMATIC S7 (in the same way as in the
CP 1430TCP and SIMATIC S5). This means existing HMI sys-
tems can still be used. If UDP is used as the transmission proto-
col, the multicast function can be used to simultaneously send
and receive in configured multicast circuits.

© Siemens AG 2008
CP 443-1 Advanced
PROFINET communication Diagnostics
PROFINET IO Controller; Comprehensive diagnostics are made available via STEP 7,
real-time communication with field devices, including PC-based the web or SNMP, among others:
IO Devices (with CP 1616 or CP 1604) on Industrial Ethernet with
PROFINET standard with RT and IRT.
• General diagnostics and statistics functions
• Operating status of the CP
2
The prioritized start-up of IO Devices allows defined devices to • Connection diagnostics
be quickly started up.
• Diagnostics of the assigned PROFINET field devices
PROFINET CBA; (also in the user program)
communication between technological modules (distributed
intelligence); • LAN controller statistics
the user can choose between cyclic and acyclic communica- • Information about each port
tion. • Diagnostic buffer
This communication is suitable for time-critical and non-time-
critical applications. • Web diagnostics with simple diagnostics functions and diag-
nostics buffer of the CP and CPU in plain text
IT functions
Diagnostic capabilities in operation
• IP routing;
forwarding of IP V4 messages between Gigabit and • Status query of connections via function blocks
PROFINET interface regulated by IP access list • Integration into network management systems through the
• WEB server; support of SNMP V1 MIB-II;
up to 30 MB of freely definable HTML pages can be called up this allows the current status of the Ethernet interface to be
via a standard browser; called up.
data handling of own file system via FTP Security
• Standard diagnostics pages; With a freely configurable access list, PCs and programmable
for quick diagnostics on the system for all of the modules controllers can be released in a targeted manner via TCP/IP for
plugged into the rack, without additional tools access to the CP or the controller. Web sites can be password
• E-mails; protected.
sending of e-mails with authentication directly from the user
program. The e-mail client function allows user alerting Configuration
directly from the control program STEP 7 V5.4 or higher is required for configuring the full func-
• Communication via FTP; tional scope of the CP 443-1.
open protocol which is available on most operating system For creating PROFINET CBA components, the engineering tool
platforms SIMATIC iMap as of V 3.0 + SP1 is also required.
• The 32 MB RAM file system can be used for the buffer storage
of dynamic data. In addition, there is a buffered 512 KB area, The configuring data of the CP created with STEP 7 is saved on
which is supplied via the central back-up battery the CPU. The storage volume of the S7 CPU must be observed,
however.
The user-specific HTML pages, FTP data and interconnection
information created with SIMATIC iMAP are saved on the swap
medium C-PLUG (configuration plug).
The CP can be swapped in the event of failure without a pro-
gramming device, because the relevant user and configuration
data is saved on the CPU or on the C-PLUG.
The function blocks required for communication are included
in the delivery kit of STEP 7 or can be downloaded from the
Internet.

© Siemens AG 2008
CP 443-1 Advanced
■ Integration
,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW
6,0$7,&6
2 ZLWK&3
$GYDQFHG )LHOG3* 6,0$7,&6
ZLWK&3
3DQHO3&
1HWZRUNVHSDUDWLRQ $GYDQFHG
SCALANCE SCALANCE
X208 X208
(76
6,0$7,&6
ZLWK&3
PC/IPC with
CP 1616 as
*B,.B;;B
IO Device )LHOG3*
352),1(7
*B,.B;;B
352),1(7,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW ,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW
LI,57LVUHTXLUHGVZLWFKHVZLWK
,57IXQFWLRQDOLWLHV (76 (76
HJ6&$/$1&(;,57
PXVWEHXVHG
Connection to higher-level network Small independent local networks (e.g. within a machine or cell)
Enterprise Level
1000 Mbit/s
Ethernet
with CP
X308-2 X408-2
1000 Mbit/s
IP
camera 1000 Mbit/s
SCALANCE
X308-2
SIMATIC S7-400
with 1000 Mbit/s
interface
with
CP 343-1 Advanced
Field Level
PROFINET 100 Mbit/s
Industrial Ethernet
G_IK10_XX_10226

CP 343-1 Lean
Gigabit communication at the control level

© Siemens AG 2008
CP 443-1 Advanced
• Minimum 10 Mbit/s Number of possible connections 64 2)
Transmission rate at Interface 2 Data volume as useful data for
• Minimum 10 Mbit/s open communication by means of
SEND/RECEIVE blocks
• per ISO connection, max. 8 KB
Interfaces
• per ISO on TCP connection, max. 8 KB
• per TCP connection, max. 8 KB
• per UDP connection, max. 2 KB
• for each e-mail connection, max. 2 KB
Slot version of the swap medium C-PLUG
Number of possible connections 64 2)
Supply voltage for open communication by means
Type of supply voltage DC T blocks, max.
Supply voltage 5V Data volume as useful data for

open comm. by means of T-blocks
Relative symmetrical tolerance 5%
at 5 V DC • per ISO on TCP connection, max. 1 452 bytes
Current consumption S7 communication
Current consumed from backplane 1,34 A Number of possible connections

bus at 5 V DC, typical for S7 communication
Effective power loss • Maximum 128
Effective power loss 7.25 W • for PG connections, maximum 2
Permitted ambient conditions • for OP connections, maximum 30
Ambient temperature Multi-protocol operation
• during operation 0 … +60 °C Number of active connections in 128

IT functions
at 25 °C during operation • as client by means of FTP, max. 20
Design, dimensions and weight • as server

- by means of FTP, max. 10
single width - by means of HTTP, max. 4
• Width 25 mm Memory capacity of the user mem-
ory
• Height 290 mm
• as Flash memory file system 30 MB
• Depth 217 mm
• as RAM 16 MB
Net weight 750 g
• additionally buffered as RAM 512 KB
via central backup battery
1)
2)

© Siemens AG 2008
CP 443-1 Advanced

Performance data, Performance data PROFINET
2 PROFINET communication
as PN IO controller
CBA, remote interconnections
Number of PN IO devices operable 128 Send cycle of the remote inter- 10 ms
on PROFINET IO controller connections in the case of cyclic
transmission with PROFINET CBA
Number of remote interconnections
Number of external PN IO lines 4 • with input variables 250
with PROFINET per subrack in case of cyclic transmission
Data volume with PROFINET CBA, max.
• with output variables 250
• as useful data for input variables 4 KB in case of cyclic transmission
as PROFINET IO controller with PROFINET CBA, max.
• as useful data for output variables 4 KB Data volume
• as useful data for input variables 240 bytes connections with input variables
per PN IO device as in the case of cyclic transmission
PROFINET IO controller with PROFINET CBA, max.
• as useful data for output variables 240 bytes • as useful data for remote inter- 2 000 bytes
per PN IO device as PROFINET IO connections with output variables
controller in the case of cyclic transmission
Performance data PROFINET CBA
Performance data PROFINET
Number of remote interconnection 64 CBA, HMI variables via PROFINET
partners in the case of PROFINET (acyclic)
CBA
Number of HMI stations with login 3
Total number of interconnections in 600 capability for HMI variables in the
the case of PROFINET CBA case of acyclic transmission with
Data volume PROFINET CBA
Send cycle of the HMI variables in 500 ms
• as useful data for digital inputs in 8 192 bytes
the case of acyclic transmission
the case of PROFINET CBA, max.
with PROFINET CBA
• as useful data for digital outputs in 8 192 bytes Send cycle of the HMI variables in 200
the case of PROFINET CBA, max. the case of acyclic transmission
• as useful data for arrays and data with PROFINET CBA max.
types Data volume as useful data for 8 192 bytes
- in case of acyclic transmission 8 192 bytes HMI variables in the case of
with PROFINET CBA, max. acyclic transmission with
- in case of cyclic transmission 250 bytes PROFINET CBA max.
with PROFINET CBA, max. Performance data PROFINET
- in case of local interconnection 2 400 bytes CBA, device-internal inter-
with PROFINET CBA, max. connections
Performance data PROFINET Number of interconnections in the 300
CBA, remote interconnections case of PROFINET CBA, max
with acyclic transmission Data volume of internal inter- 2 400 bytes
Send cycle of the remote intercon- 100 ms connections in the case of
nections in the case of acyclic PROFINET CBA, max
transmission with PROFINET CBA Performance data PROFINET
Number of remote CBA, interconnections with
interconnections constants
Number of interconnections 500
with constants in the case of
in case of acyclic transmission
PROFINET CBA, max
Data volume as useful data 4 000 bytes
• with output variables 150 for interconnections with constants
in case of acyclic transmission in the case of PROFINET CBA, max
Performance data PROFINET CBA,
Data volume PROFIBUS proxy functionality
• as useful data for remote inter- 81 92 bytes Product function in the case of No
connections with input variables PROFINET CBA, PROFIBUS proxy
in the case of acyclic transmission functionality
with PROFINET CBA
Number of accesses to 32
• as useful data for remote inter- 8 192 bytes S7-extended variables in case of
connections with output variables PROFINET CBA max.
in the case of acyclic transmission
with PROFINET CBA Configuration
Configuration software for full Yes
functional scope STEP 7 V5.4 SP4
or higher

© Siemens AG 2008
CP 443-1 Advanced

CP 443-1 Advanced SOFTNET-S7 Lean Edition 2007
communications processor for Industrial Ethernet
For the connection of SIMATIC up to 8 connections
2
S7-400 to Industrial Ethernet;
PROFINET IO Controller with RT • Single License for 1 installation 6GK1 704-1LW70-3AA0
and IRT, MRP, PROFINET CBA; • Software Update Service 6GK1 704-1LW00-3AL0
TCP/IP, ISO and UDP; for 1 year,
S7 communication, with automatic extension;
open communication requirement: Current software
(SEND/RECEIVE) with version
FETCH/WRITE, with and without
RFC 1006, diagnostic expan- • Upgrade from V6.4 6GK1 704-1LW00-3AE0
sions, multicast, clock synchroni- to 2007 edition
zation by means of SIMATIC • Upgrade from V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 6GK1 704-1LW00-3AE1
procedure or NTP, access protec- or V6.3 to 2007 Edition
tion by means of IP access list,
FTP client/server, HTTP server, S7-1613 2007 Edition
HTML diagnostics, SNMP, DHCP,
Software for S7 and open commu-
e-mail, data storage on C-PLUG;
nication, incl. PG/OP communica-
PROFINET connection: 4 x RJ45
tion, OPC server and NCM PC;
(10/100 Mbit/s) via switch;
up to 120 connections, runtime
Gigabit connection:
software, software and electronic
1 x RJ45 (10/100/1000 Mbit/s);
with electronic manual on DVD
on USB stick, Class A, for 32-bit
• For use with SIMATIC S7-400 6GK7 443-1GX20-0XE0 Windows XP Professional SP1, 2;
CPU, V5.2 or higher; Windows 2003 Server SP1, R2,
C-PLUG 6GK1 900-0AB00 Ultimate; for
Swap medium for simple replace- CP 1613/CP 1613 A2/CP 1623;
ment of devices in the event of a German/English
fault; for storing configuration or • Single License for 1 installation 6GK1 716-1CB70-3AA0
can be used for SIMATIC NET • Software Update Service 6GK1 716-1CB00-3AL0
products with C-PLUG slot for 1 year,
SOFTNET Edition 2007 requirement: Current software
for Industrial Ethernet version
Software for S7 and open commu- • Upgrade S7-1613 from V6.4 6GK1 716-1CB00-3AE0
nication, incl. OPC server, PG/OP to S7-1613 2007 Edition
runtime software, software and • Upgrade S7-1613 from V6.0, 6GK1 716-1CB00-3AE1
electronic manual on CD-ROM, V6.1, V6.2 or V6.3 to S7-1613
license key on USB stick, Class A, 2007 Edition
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
sional SP1, 2, Windows 2003
Server SP1, R2, SP2; Windows RJ45 plug connector for Industrial
Vista Business/Ultimate; Ethernet with a rugged metal
German/English housing and integrated insulation
displacement contacts for
SOFTNET-S7 Edition 2007
installation cables; with 180°
up to 64 connections cable outlet; for network compo-
• Single License for 1 installation 6GK1 704-1CW70-3AA0 Industrial Ethernet interface
• Software Update Service 6GK1 704-1CW00-3AL0 • 1 pack = 1 unit 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0
for 1 year,
with automatic extension; • 1 pack = 10 units 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AB0
version
to 2007 edition

© Siemens AG 2008
CP 443-1 Advanced

IE FC RJ45 Plug 4 x 2 STEP 7 Version 5.4
RJ45 plug connector for Indus- Target system:
trial Ethernet (10/100/1000 Mbit/s) SIMATIC S7-300/-400,
2
with a rugged metal housing and SIMATIC C7, SIMATIC WinAC
integrated insulation displace- Requirement:
ment contacts for connecting Windows 2000 Prof./XP Prof.
Industrial Ethernet FC installation Delivery package:
cables; 180° cable outlet; for net- German, English, French,
work components and CPs/CPUs Spanish, Italian;
with Industrial Ethernet interface incl. 3.5" authorization diskette,
• 1 pack = 1 unit 6GK1 901-1BB11-2AA0
SCALANCE X204-2 Industrial 6GK5 204-2BB10-2AA3 (requires current software ver-
Ethernet switch sion)
with four 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports • Upgrade Floating License 6ES7 810-4CC08-0YE5
and two fiber-optic ports 3.x/4.x/5.x to V5.4; on CD
Industrial Ethernet Switch 6GK5 308-2FL00-2AA3 • Trial License STEP 7 V5.4; 6ES7 810-4CC08-0YA7
SCALANCE X308-2 on CD, runs for 14 days
2 x 1000 Mbit/s multimode fiber- SIMATIC iMap V3.0
optic ports (SC sockets), 1 x
10/100/1000 Mbit/s RJ45 port, 7 x for configuring
10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports; for PROFINET CBA,
glass fiber-optic cables (multi-
mode) up to a max. 750 m. Requirement:
Windows 2000 Prof.
with Service Pack 4 or later or
Windows XP Prof. with
Service Pack 1 or later or
Windows 2003 Server
with Service Pack 1 or later;
on PG or PC with Pentium
processor, min. 1 GHz;
STEP 7 V5.3 or later with
Service Pack 3,
PN OPC Server V6.3 or later
Type of supply:
German, English,
with electronic documentation
• Single License 6ES7 820-0CC04-0YA5
• Software Update Service 6ES7 820-0CC01-0YX2
• Upgrade to V3.0, Single License 6ES7 820-0CC04-0YE5

© Siemens AG 2008
System interfacing for PG/PC
Introduction
■ Overview
CPs with an internal microprocessor
• Protocol software executes on the CP
• Free PC resources for applications
• Suitable for comprehensive applications 2
• Recommended for applications with HMI systems with high
performance requirements, e.g. WinCC
• Recommended for large systems
(eight stations or more, e.g. SIMATIC)
• Constant communication throughput
• Can be used for redundant communication
• Use for PROFINET IO real-time applications
6RIWZDUH +DUGZDUH (RT, IRT with CP 1616/CP 1604)
• Time synchronization
CPs without an internal microprocessor
&3VZLWKDQLQWHUQDO
PLFURSURFHVVRU • Protocol software executes on the PG/PC
• PC resources are divided between communications and
<RXZLOOILQGVRIWZDUHSURGXFWVRQ &3bb$3&,
WKH6,0$7,&1(7:LQGRZV&'
applications
'HYHORSPHQW.LWVDUHDYDLODEOHIRU • Suitable for less comprehensive applications
XVHLQYDULRXVRSHUDWLQJV\VWHP • Recommended for smaller applications
HQYLURQPHQWV (up to eight stations, e.g. SIMATIC)
HJIRU&3RU&3
• Communications performance depends on PC resources
$VDUXOHWKHQHFHVVDU\ and PC loading
FRQILJXUDWLRQWRROVDUHLQFOXGHGLQ &33&,H
WKHVRIWZDUHSDFNDJHV
0DQXDOVLQ3')IRUPDWDQG
H[WHQVLYHVXSSOHPHQWDU\
LQIRUPDWLRQRQ6,0$7,&1(7
SURGXFWVDQGFRPPXQLFDWLRQFDQEH
IRXQGLQWKH6,0$7,&1(70DQXDO
&ROOHFWLRQZKLFKLVHQFORVHGZLWK &33&,
WKHVRIWZDUHSURGXFWV
&3
3&3OXV
6,0$7,&1(7
0DQXDO&ROOHFWLRQ
*B,.B;;B

© Siemens AG 2008
Performance data
■ Overview
The following communications processors are available for Data throughput of Industrial Ethernet
connecting to the programming device or PC:
Comparisons between Layer-2 Ethernet cards and CP 1613
• CPs with an internal microprocessor: A2/CP 1623 show the respective communications throughput.
2 - CP 1616 (PCI)
- CP 1604 (PC/104-Plus) This throughput varies between 0 and the maximum throughput
for Layer-2 Ethernet cards with the corresponding software
- CP 1613 A2 (PCI)
- CP 1623 (PCIe) packages.
When the CP 1613 A2/CP 1623 is used with software packages,
the communications performance remains constantly at a high
level and ensures fast response times without any variations.
Time
CP 1623
constant communication
performance
CP 1613 A2
Message/second
constant communication
performance
Layer 2 Ethernet cards
fluctuating communication
G_IK10_XX_10037
performance
Communication performance comparisons
Advanced PC Configuration
• Enables simple configuration of an OPC server
• Easy to handle thanks to automatic software installation Additional in formation can be found in the Internet under:
(plug & play) http://www.siemens.com/simatic-net/ik-info
• Advanced PC configuration is included in the scope of supply
of the communications software for the PC from Version 6.0
upwards; the configuration tool NCM PC as well as the config-
uration console are also supplied with it.
NCM PC
The PC can be configured either in STEP 7 or in NCM PC Version
V5.1+SP2 and higher. Both tools offer the same look and feel
and create the same database. This enables integrated config-
uring for the communication functions open communication and
S7 communication. Data only has to be entered once and data
consistency is assured.
• A configuration wizard integrated into NCM PC also supports
user-driven configuration of the PC station.
• With NCM PC and STEP 7 from Version V5.1+SP2 upwards,
a PC similar to a SIMATIC S7 station can be configured and
loaded over a network. This applies both to the local station on
which NCM PC or STEP 7 is installed and to the remote station
that is addressed over the network.
Note:
NCM PC does not contain a conversion function for LDBs that
were created using COML S7. Reconfiguration is necessary.

© Siemens AG 2008
Connection capabilities to SIMATIC PCs
■ Overview
The operating systems listed in the table refer exclusively to the tion of the relevant IPC for the operating system that is available
communication products specified! Please refer to the descrip- and has been released for that IPC.
2
(PEHGGHG6\VWHPV
&RPPXQLFDWLRQ &RPPXQLFDWLRQ 2SHUDWLQJV\VWHPHQYLURQPHQW 6,0$7,&,QGXVWULDO3& 2S 6,0$7,&,QGXVWULDO3&V

KDUGZDUH VRIWZDUH RIWKHFRPPXQLFDWLRQVRIWZDUH )LHOG3* V\V
:LQGRZV6HUYHU563
5DFN3&%3DQHO3&%
:LQGRZV6HUYHU63
:LQGRZV;3HPEHGGHG
:LQGRZV;33UR63
9LVWD%XVLQHVV8OWLPDWH
RWKHURSHUDWLQJV\VWHPV
3DQHO3&%
6363)3
3DQHO3&%
0LFURER[%
0LFURER[%
5DFN3&%
%R[3&%
%R[3&%
%R[3&%
)LHOG3*0
&3VDQGVRIWZDUHIRU,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW
&3$ 6
3&,%LW

65('&211(&7
&3 6
3&,H[

65('&211(&7
6,0$7,&3*3& 62)71(76
ZLWKLQWHJUDO
(WKHUQHW
LQWHUIDFH 62)71(76/HDQ
62)71(73*
&3VDQGVRIWZDUHIRU352),1(7
&3
3&,%LW '.[[31,29

&3
3&3OXV '.[[31,29

6,0$7,&3*3& 62)71(731,2
ZLWKLQWHJUDO
(WKHUQHW 31&%$
LQWHUIDFH 23&6HUYHU
8VHRIWKHVH&3VUHTXLUHVSRUWLQJRIWKH'HYHORSPHQW.LW'.[[31 1RWHV VXLWDEOH

,2WRWKHUHOHYDQWRSHUDWLQJV\VWHPHQYLURQPHQW<RXFDQRUGHUWKH 3OHDVHDOZD\VQRWHWKHVXSSOHPHQWDU\FRQGLWLRQVIRUWKH QRWVXLWDEOH
'.[[31,2DW VSHFLILHG6,0$7,&1(7SURGXFWVWKDW\RXFDQYLHZRQWKH VXLWDEOHXQGHU
ZZZVLHPHQVFRPVLPDWLFQHWGN[[RQWKH,QWHUQHW,WFRQWDLQV ,QWHUQHWSDJHVVKRZQEHORZ FHUWDLQFRQGLWLRQV
VDPSOHVRIWZDUHIRU/LQX[6XVHDQG:LQGRZV;33URIHVVLRQDO)RU IRUIXUWKHUGHWDLOVRQ;3HPEHGGHGVHH
,57RSHUDWLRQDQH[FOXVLYHLQWHUUXSWLVQHFHVVDU\WKLVLVQRWDYDLODEOHLQ KWWSVXSSRUWDXWRPDWLRQVLHPHQVFRP::YLHZGH
DOOVORWV7KHDGGLWLRQDOXVHRI RQ6,0$7,&1(7&'
(GLWLRQ
&3&3LVQRWDSSURYHGIRU6,0$7,&,QGXVWULDO3&YHUVLRQV
IXUWKHUGHWDLOVRQV\VWHPUHTXLUHPHQWVDQGRSHUDWLQJ
DQGLQWHJUDWHG352),1(7LQWHUIDFH
HQYLURQPHQWVFDQEHIRXQGLQWKH5HDGPHILOHRIWKH
8VHRIWKHVH&3VLQRWKHURSHUDWLQJV\VWHPHQYLURQPHQWVUHTXLUHV
FRPPXQLFDWLRQSURGXFWVRQWKH6,0$7,&1(73&6RIWZDUH
SRUWLQJRIWKH'HYHORSPHQW.LW'.WRWKHUHOHYDQWRSHUDWLQJ
&'(GLWLRQRUDW
V\VWHPHQYLURQPHQW<RXFDQRUGHUWKH'.RQWKH,QWHUQHWDW
ZZZVLHPHQVFRPVLPDWLFQHWGN KWWSVXSSRUWDXWRPDWLRQVLHPHQVFRP::YLHZGH
,QWHJUDWHG352),%86LQWHUIDFHLVRSWLRQDO
SRVVLEOHZLWKUHVWULFWLRQVLIQHFHVVDU\GHSHQGLQJRQPHPRU\ 8SGDWHVDQGVXSSOHPHQWVWRWKHFDWDORJHQWULHVDVZHOODV
H[SDQVLRQDQGSURFHVVRUFDSDFLW\ WKHDERYHWDEOHVFDQEHYLHZHGDW
,QWHJUDWHG352),%86LQWHUIDFHLVRSWLRQDOLQVRPHFDVHV KWWSZZZVLHPHQVFRPVLPDWLFQHWLNLQIR
UHTXLUHVDWOHDVW3&,RU3&,HVORWVZD\UHGXQGDQF\UHTXLUHV
IUHH3&,RU3&,HVORWVK\EULGFRQILJXUDWLRQVZLWK&3$3&,
*B,.B;;B
DQG&33&,HDUHSRVVLEOHGHSHQGLQJRQ3&H[SDQVLRQ

QRWSRVVLEOHIRU%LQYHUVLRQZLWK[3&,RU[3&,HVORW
ZLWKRXWZD\UHGXQGDQF\DVWKHUHDUHRQO\VORWV
GHSHQGLQJRQWKHVORWVRIWKHVHOHFWHG3&YHUVLRQ

© Siemens AG 2008
CP 1604
The CP 1604 is used to connect PC/104 Plus systems to
PROFINET IO.
The CP 1604 provides high-performance support for control
2 tasks on the PC (PC based Control, Numeric Control, Robot
Control).
With IRT (Isochronous Real-Time), the CP is ideally suited to
time-critical applications that are in the range of strictly isochro-
nous closed-loop control in the motion control sector.
The integrated 4-port switch supports low-cost system solutions
and the configuration of different topologies.
The CP 1604 offers PC/104 Plus systems communications
facilities with:
• PROFINET IO controller and/or PROFINET IO device
The DK-16xx PN IO development kit enables integration of the
module into any operating systems.
,62 7&3 31 053 23& 3*23 66 ,7 ■ Design

8'3 • Industrial Ethernet (via "Connection Board for CP 1604")
*B,.B;;B
- Ethernet real-time ASIC ERTEC 400

- 4 x RJ45 connection
- Integral 4-port real-time switch for 10/100 Mbit/s Ethernet
- Half/full duplex
• PC/104 Plus module for connecting PC/104 Plus systems to - Autosensing/Autocrossover/Autonegotiation
PROFINET IO
• PC/104 Plus port:
• Full/half duplex with autonegotiation - PCI 2.2
• With Ethernet real-time ASIC ERTEC 400 - 32 bits
• Integral 4-port real-time switch - 33 MHz or 66 MHz
- Installation through PCI standard mechanisms (Plug & Play)
- PROFINET IO controller and/or PROFINET IO device • Host interface/processor:
- Support of IRT in motion control applications - Dual-port RAM onboard
- Flash for program memory onboard
• High performance through direct memory access - ARM 946 RISK processor (32-bit) onboard for preprocess-
• Integration in network management systems through the ing
support of SNMP • Power supply:
• Comprehensive diagnostics possibilities for installation, start- - Operating voltage: 5 V through PC/104 Plus
up and operation of the module - Optional external 24 V DC supply for switch operation when
• Powerful configuration tools are included in delivery of module PC is switched off (through "Power Supply for CP 1604")
• Size:
■ Benefits - PC/104 Plus format
■ Function
The CP 1604 can be operated as a PROFINET IO controller
and/or PROFINET IO device that stores the process image (input
• Connection of field devices to Industrial Ethernet with and output data) in the memory area on the CP. With simulta-
PROFINET neous controller and device mode, only the controller or the
• Ideally suited for design of small local networks through inte- device can be operated in IRT mode. High-performance data
gral 4-port real-time switch transfer to and from the IO devices is performed autonomously
by the CP 1604.
• Direct memory access to process data by linking as
PROFINET IO-Controller via IO-Base interface Real-time
• High computing power is available in the PC by taking the Support of real-time properties of PROFINET for RT and IRT.
load off the host CPU by means of a real-time ASIC The real-time properties of the CP 1604 ensure extremely short
ERTEC 400 with support of the PROFINET real-time features cycle times with highly accurate clock-pulse rates.
RT and IRT
Switching
• Implementation in Motion Control applications thanks to
support of IRT According to the industry requirements, the 4-port real-time
• Simple transfer to various operating system environments switch additionally permits the configuration of line topologies
using Development Kit DK-16xx PN IO with spur lines and makes external switch components unneces-
sary.
• Switch mode also with the PC switched off, via optional exter-
nal power supply (in RT mode only) The switch function in RT mode is also available when the PC is
turned off thanks to the possibility of independently supplying an
external voltage (via "Power Supply for CP 1604").
grated Autocrossover function

© Siemens AG 2008
CP 1604
■ Function (continued) ■ Integration

Software packages
PROFINET
DK-16xx PN IO development kit;
driver and IO-Base software for CP 1604 as PROFINET IO-
2
Industrial Ethernet
Controller and IO-Device under Linux in source code for transfer
to any PC-based operating systems with IO-Base interface for:
SIMATIC Microbox
• PROFINET communication: or PC/104-Plus system
- PROFINET IO controller: with CP 1604 as PN IO controller
Connection of field devices to Industrial Ethernet with
PROFINET
- PROFINET IO device: Field PG
Switch Switch Switch
Link-up with a PROFINET IO controller through real-time SCALANCE SCALANCE SCALANCE
X208 X208 X208
communication according to the PROFINET standard
• Access in isochronous mode to real-time data for PROFINET
over IRT;
extremely short cycle times with highly accurate clock-pulse
rates;
jitter accuracy, isochronous mode, and cycle time enable
high-performance motion control applications.
• Direct memory access to the process data;
the process data of the IO-Devices are always consistent. SIMATIC Microbox
G_IK10_XX_30136
The IO programming interface provides the PC programmer or PC/104-Plus system
with CP 1604
with function calls for data transfer. as PN IO device ET 200S ET 200S
• The design of the interface not only permits fast access as
PROFINET IO controller, but also easy porting to other operat- In the case of IRT operation, switches with IRT functionalities
ing system environments (e.g. VXWorks, QNX, RMOS, RTX). (e.g. SCALANCE X204IRT) must be used
• The IO-Base interface for the PROFINET IO controller of the CP 1604 as PROFINET IO-Controller and PROFINET IO-Device
CP 1604 is compatible with the interface for SOFTNET PN IO
• The CP 1604 is functionally compatible to the CP 1616
Using the Development Kit DK-16xx PN IO, the CP 1604 com-
munications processor can be integrated into any PC-based op-
erating system environment. The Development Kit contains the
driver and IO-Base source code required for this including the
transfer instructions and also the example code which executes
with SUSE Linux 10.
■ User interfaces
Programming interface through C library
• For applications that want to use the PROFINET IO-Controller
or IO-Device functionality directly over C/C++, the IO-Base
interface can be used. This interface is of a similar design to
the DP Base interface of PROFIBUS modules CP 5613 and
CP 5614. It is therefore possible to port existing PROFIBUS DP
master applications to PROFINET IO-Controller applications.
Diagnostics data
Extensive diagnostic options are available via STEP 7 or SNMP, CP 1604 with accessories
including:
• General diagnostics functions
• Connection diagnostics
• Diagnostics of the assigned PROFINET field devices
• Integration in network management systems through the
support of SNMP
Configuration
Configuration of the CP 1604 is performed with STEP 7/NCM PC,
V5.3 SP2 and higher. NCM PC is included with the module.
CP 1604 Microbox Package

© Siemens AG 2008
CP 1604
Order No. 6GK1 160-4AA00 Order No. 6GK1 160-4AA00
Product type description CP 1604 Product type description CP 1604
2 Transmission rate for auto-sensing
as PN IO controller
• Minimum 10 Mbit/s Number of PN IO devices operable 128
on PROFINET IO controller
• of which, PN IO IRT devices, max. 16
Interfaces
Data volume
• the Industrial Ethernet interface 4 x RJ45 TP; as PROFINET IO controller
via connection board • as useful data for output variables 2 KB
• of the backplane bus PC/104 Plus compatible, 32 bit, as PROFINET IO controller
33 MHz/66 MHz • as useful data for input variables 1433 bytes
per PN IO device as
• for voltage supply Via Power Supply for CP 1604 PROFINET IO controller
Supply voltage • as useful data for output variables 1433 bytes
Type of supply voltage DC per PN IO device as PROFINET IO
controller
Supply voltage
• 1 from backplane bus 5V as PN IO device
• external, max. 24 V Data volume
Relative symmetrical tolerance • as useful data for input variables 1433 bytes
as PROFINET IO device
• at 5 V DC 5%
• at 24 V DC 20% as PROFINET IO device
Current consumption
Current consumed
• 1 from backplane bus if DC, max. 800 mA
at 24 V DC max.
Power loss
Effective power loss 4W
• in switch mode
- Minimum 3.9 W
- Maximum 4.1 W
Ambient temperature
• during operation +5 … +55 °C
Module format PC/104 Plus format
• Height 95 mm
• Width 90 mm
• Depth 24 mm
Net weight 110 g

© Siemens AG 2008
CP 1604

CP 1604 communications 6GK1 160-4AA00 Accessories
processor
Connection board for CP 1604 6GK1 160-4AC00
PCI/104 Plus Card (32 bit) Connection board for CP 1604
2
with ASIC ERTEC 400 for con- with four RJ45 sockets
necting PC/104 Plus systems to incl. connecting cable
PROFINET IO with 4-Port-Real-
Time-Switch (RJ45); ); Power supply for CP 1604 6GK1 160-4AP00
incl. IO Base Software for Redundant power supply for
PROFINET IO Controller and CP 1604 for operating the integral
NCM PC; single license for one 4-port switch of the CP 1604 with
installation, runtime software, the PC/104 system switched off;
software and electronic manual includes connecting cable
on CD-ROM, Class A, for 32 Bit
Windows XP Professional; DK-16xx PN IO V2.1 see
other operating systems by development kit http://www.siemens.com/
means of Development Kit Software development kit for simatic-net/dk16xx
DK-16xx PN IO CP 1616/CP 1604;
German/English driver and IO-Base software for
CP 1604 Microbox Package 6GK1 160-4AU00 CP 1616/CP 1604 as PN IO
controller and IO device in source
Package for implementing the code for transfer to other PC-
CP 1604 in the SIMATIC Microbox based operating systems; includ-
PC; comprising the CP 1604, ing executable example code for
connection board, SUSE Linux 9.3 and Windows XP
power supply and expansion Professional
racks for Microbox PC;
for use with Development Kit IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
DK-16xx PN IO; NCM PC RJ45 plug-in connector for
ndustrial Ethernet with a rugged
• 1 pack = 1 unit 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0
with four 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports
and two fiber-optic ports
SCALANCE X204IRT 6GK5 204-0BA00-2BA3
4 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 Ports
2 x 2 (Type A)
with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
max. length 1000 m,
minimum order 20 m
IE FC TP Flexible Cable GP 6XV1 870-2B
2 x 2 (Type B)
with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
max. length 1000 m,
minimum order 20 m

© Siemens AG 2008
CP 1616
2 • Connection of field devices to Industrial Ethernet with

ROFINET
• Ideally suited for design of small local networks through
integral 4-port real-time switch
• Direct memory access to process data by linking as
PROFINET IO-Controller via IO-Base interface
• High computing power is available in the PC by taking the
load off the host CPU by means of a real-time ASIC
ERTEC 400 with support of the PROFINET real-time features
RT and IRT
• Implementation in Motion Control applications thanks to
support of IRT
• Simple transfer to various operating system environments
using Development Kit DK-16xx PN IO
,62 7&3 31 053 23& 3*23 66 ,7 • Switch mode also with the PC switched off, via optional exter-
8'3 nal power supply (in RT mode only)
*B,.B;;B

grated Autocrossover function
• PCI module for connecting PCs and SIMATIC PGs/PCs to

PROFINET IO (Universal Keyed 3.3 V and 5 V;
■ Application
33 MHz/66 MHz; 32-bit, runs in 64-bit PCI-X systems) The CP 1616 enables SIMATIC PGs/PCs and PCs equipped with
• Full/half duplex with autonegotiation a PCI slot to be connected to PROFINET IO.
• With Ethernet real-time ASIC ERTEC 400 The CP 1616 provides high-performance support for control
tasks on the PC (PC-based control, numeric control, robot con-
• Integral 4-port real-time switch
trol).
- PROFINET IO controller and/or PROFINET IO device With IRT (isochronous real-time), the CP is ideally suited to time-
- Support of IRT in motion control applications critical applications that are in the range of isochronous closed-
loop control in the motion control sector.
• High performance through direct memory access
• Integration in network management systems through the The integrated 4-port switch supports low-cost system solutions
support of SNMP and the configuration of different topologies.
• Comprehensive diagnostics possibilities for installation, start- The CP 1616 provides SIMATIC programming devices/PCs and
up and operation of the module industrial PCs with communication functions as:
• Powerful configuration tools are part of the scope of delivery • PROFINET IO controller and/or PROFINET IO device
of the module The DK-16xx PN IO development kit enables integration of the
module into any operating systems.
■ Design
• Industrial Ethernet
- Ethernet real-time ASIC ERTEC 400
- 4 x RJ45 connection
- Integral 4-port real-time switch for 10/100 Mbit/s Ethernet
- Half/full duplex
- Autosensing/Autonegotiation/Autonegotiation
• PCI interface:
- PCI 2.2
- 32-bit, for execution in 64-bit PCI X systems
- 33 MHz or 66 MHz
- Universal Keyed 3.3 V and 5 V
- Installation through PCI standard mechanisms (Plug & Play)
• Host interface/processor:
- Dual-port RAM on board
- Flash for program memory onboard
- ARM 946 RISK processor (32-bit) onboard for preprocess-
ing
• Power supply:
- Operating voltage: 5 V through PCI
- Optional external 6 to 9 V DC supply for switch operation
with PC switched off
• Size:
- Short PCI format

© Siemens AG 2008
CP 1616
■ Function User interfaces

Programming interface through C library
The CP 1616 can be operated as a PROFINET IO controller
and/or PROFINET IO device that stores the process image (input For applications that want to use the PROFINET IO-Controller or
and output data) in the memory area on the CP. With simulta- IO-Device functionality directly over C/C++, the IO-Base inter-
neous controller and device mode, only the controller or the face can be used. This interface is of a similar design to the
device can be operated in IRT mode. High-performance data
transfer to and from the IO devices is performed autonomously
DP Base interface of PROFIBUS modules CP 5613 and CP 5614.
It is therefore possible to port existing PROFIBUS DP master
2
by the CP 1616. applications to PROFINET IO-Controller applications.
Real-time Diagnostics
Support of real-time properties of PROFINET for RT and IRT. Extensive diagnostic options are available via STEP 7 or SNMP,
The real-time properties of the CP 1616 ensure extremely short including:
cycle times with highly accurate clock-pulse rates. • General diagnostics functions
Switching • Connection diagnostics
According to the industry requirements, the 4-port real-time • Diagnostics of the assigned PROFINET field devices
switch additionally permits the configuration of line topologies • Integration in network management systems through the
with spur lines and makes external switch components unneces- support of SNMP
sary.
Configuration
The switch function is also available in RT mode when the PC is
turned off thanks to the possibility of independently supplying an Configuration of the CP 1616 is performed with STEP 7/NCM PC,
external voltage. V5.3 SP2 and higher. NCM PC is included with the module.
Software packages ■ Integration

DK-16xx PN IO development kit;
driver and IO-Base software for CP 1616 as PROFINET IO-
Controller and IO-Device under Linux in source code for transfer 352),1(7
to any PC-based operating systems with IO-Base interface for: ,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW
• PROFINET communication:
- PROFINET IO controller: PC
Connection of field devices to Industrial Ethernet with with CP 1616
as PN IO controller
PROFINET
- PROFINET IO device:
Link-up with a PROFINET IO controller through real-time
communication according to the PROFINET standard
• Access in isochronous mode to real-time data for PROFINET Field PG SCALANCE SCALANCE SCALANCE
over IRT; X208 X208 X208
extremely short cycle times with highly accurate clock-pulse
rates;
jitter accuracy, isochronous mode, and cycle time enable
high-performance motion control applications.
• Direct memory access to the process data;
the process data of the IO-Devices are always consistent.
The IO programming interface provides the PC programmer
with function calls for data transfer.
IPC
G_IK10_XX_10097
• The design of the interface not only permits fast access as with CP 1616
PROFINET IO controller, but also easy porting to other operat- as PN IO Device
ing system environments (e.g. VXWorks, QNX, RMOS, RTX). ET 200S ET 200S
• The IO-Base interface for the PROFINET IO controller of the In the case of IRT operation, switches with IRT functionalities
(e.g. SCALANCE X204IRT) must be used
CP 1616 is compatible with the interface for SOFTNET PN IO
• The CP 1616 is functionally compatible with the CP 1604 CP 1616 as PROFINET IO-Controller and PROFINET IO-Device
Using the Development Kit DK-16xx PN IO, the CP 1616 com-
munications processor can be integrated into any PC-based op-
erating system environments. The development kit contains the
driver and IO-Base source code required for this including the
transfer instructions, and also the example code which executes
with SUSE Linux 10.

© Siemens AG 2008
CP 1616
Transfer rate Permitted ambient conditions
Ambient temperature
• during operation +5 … +55 °C
Interfaces
Electrical connection version at 25 °C during operation
• the Industrial Ethernet interface 4 x RJ45 (TP) Design, dimensions and weight
• of the backplane bus PCI (32 Bit, 3.3 V/5 V; Module format PCI card, short
Universal Keyed; 33/66 MHz)
• Height 167 mm
• for voltage supply Low-voltage socket for
hollow plug 3.5 mm (-) / • Width 107 mm
1.3 mm (+) Net weight 110 g
Supply voltage Performance data
Type of supply voltage DC PROFINET communication
Supply voltage as PN IO controller
• 1 from backplane bus 5V Number of PN IO devices operable 128

as PROFINET IO devices
• external
- Minimum 6V
Data volume
- Maximum 9V
Relative symmetrical tolerance 5%
at 5 V DC
Current consumption
Current consumed
• 1 from backplane bus if DC, max. 800 mA per PN IO device as PROFINET IO
controller
• from external supply voltage
- at 6 V DC, max. 650 mA • as useful data for output variables 1433 bytes
- at 9 V DC, max. 450 mA controller
Power loss PROFINET communication
Effective power loss 4W as PN IO device
• in switch mode Data volume

- Minimum 3.9 W • as useful data for input variables 1433 bytes
- Maximum 4.1 W as PROFINET IO device
as PROFINET IO device

© Siemens AG 2008
CP 1616

CP 1616 communications pro- 6GK1 161-6AA00 Accessories
cessor
DK-16xx PN IO V2.1 see
PCI Card (32 Bit; 3.3/5 V universal development kit http://www.siemens.com/
2
keyed) with ASIC ERTEC 400 for Software development kit for simatic-net/dk16xx
connecting PCs to PROFINET IO CP 1616/CP 1604;
with 4-Port-Real-Time-Switch driver and IO-Base software
(RJ45); incl. IO Base Software for for CP 1616/CP 1604 as PN IO
PROFINET IO Controller and controller and IO device in source
NCM PC; single license for one code for transfer to other
installation, runtime software, PC-based operating systems;
software and electronic manual including executable example
on CD-ROM, Class A, for 32 Bit code for SUSE Linux 10 and
Windows XP Professional; Windows XP Professional
other operating systems via
Development Kit DK-16xx PN IO IE FC RJ45 Plug 180
German/English
• 1 pack = 1 unit 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0
2 x 2 (Type A)
with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
max. length 1000 m,
minimum order 20 m
IE FC TP Flexible Cable GP 6XV1 870-2B
2 x 2 (Type B)
with UL approval;
sold by the meter;
max. length 1000 m,
minimum order 20 m

© Siemens AG 2008
CP 1613 A2
2 • Constant data throughput through protocol processing on the

CP
• Can be connected to many devices through ITP or RJ45
connections on the module
• Free computing capacity for other applications on the PC e.g.
HMI (ISO and TCP/IP transport onboard)
• Simple handling through Plug&Play and Autosensing
(10/100 Mbit/s)
• Operation of large network configurations with a single card
through high number of connections
• Can be used for redundant communication
• OPC as standard interface
• Uniform procedure and configuration functions for NCM PC
and STEP 7
,62 7&3 31 053 23& 3*23 66 ,7
8'3
*B,.B;;B
3&,3&ZLWK&3$
&3DQG6
• PCI card (32 bit; 33 MHz/66 MHz; 3.3 V/5 V universal key) with
microprocessor for connection of PG/PC to Industrial Ethernet
with 10/100 Mbit/s Autosensing/Autonegotiation
• Communication services using
- Open IE communication via TCP/IP and UDP)
- ISO transport protocol
- S7 communication ,QGXVWULDO
- Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE) (WKHUQHW
• 15-pole ITP connection

• RJ45 connection
*B,.B;;B
6
• Time synchronization ZLWK&3 6
&3,7 ZLWK&3/HDQ
• ISO and TCP/IP transport protocol onboard &3
• SNMP-supported diagnostics &3$GYDQFHG
• The appropriate OPC server and configuration tools are 6
included in the respective scope of supply of the communica- ZLWK&3
tion software &3$GYDQFHG
System configuration with CP 1613 A2/CP 1623 and S7-1613
3&ZLWK
[&3$&3
DQG65('&211(&7
,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW
6+
+&38
LQVLQJOHPRGH
*B,.B;;B
(70
352),%86
Example of redundant network structure with CP 1613 A2/CP 1623

and S7-REDCONNECT

© Siemens AG 2008
CP 1613 A2
■ Application
The CP 1613 A2 is used to connect SIMATIC PGs/PCs and PCs
with a PCI slot to Industrial Ethernet (10/100 Mbit/s).
0ELWV 7ZLVWHGSDLUQHWZRUN6XE'

2
6&$/$1&(;;;; 260(60
,()&
5-
3OXJ
,736WDQGDUG&DEOH
8SWRP
&3$
,73
0ELWV 7ZLVWHGSDLUQHWZRUN5- 6XE'
,()&73&DEOH[
6WUXFWXUHGFDEOLQJ 5-
,QDFFRUGDQFHZLWK(1 8SWRP
,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW6ZLWFKHJ(60
6&$/$1&(;;;;
,()&2XWOHW
5- 73&RUG5-5-
,()&736WDQGDUG&DEOH
73&RUG5-5-
,()&5-
,(73&RUG 0RGXODU ,(73&RUG
2XWOHW
,()&73&DEOH[
0ELWV )LEHURSWLFQHWZRUN
260%& 6&$/$1&(; *B,.B;;B
)LEHURSWLFFDEOH 73&RUG5-5-
Network connection facilities for CP 1613 A2
■ Design
The module CP 1613 A2 (PCI card with 32-bit microprocessor; The module is connected, for example,
33 MHz/66 MHz; 3.3 V/5 V Universal Key) is inserted directly • in the case of ITP via the ITP standard cable 9/15 to OSM/ESM
into a SIMATIC PG/PC or into a PC and requires a short PCI slot.
It is capable of running in 64-bit PCI-X slots (PCI 2.2 and • in the case of TP via TP cord up to 10 m or via FastConnect
PCI-X-compatible). system up to 100 m (IE FC RJ45 Plug and FC cables) to
SCALANCE X or SCALANCE S
Ports:
• 15-pin Sub-D socket for ITP
• RJ45 jack for twisted pair
• Automatic recognition and selection of the interface during
booting (ITP or RJ45)

© Siemens AG 2008
CP 1613 A2
■ Function
User interfaces Software for open communication (SEND/RECEIVE)
OPC interface This interface is used for communication between
• PG/PC and SIMATIC S5
2
As a standard programming interface for the S7 communication
and open communication protocols, the OPC server contained • PG/PC and SIMATIC S7
in the respective software package can be used to connect • PG/PC and PG/PC
the automation technology to OPC-compatible Windows appli-
cations (Office, HMI systems, etc.). used
Programming interface through C library Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE) offers the following
services:
The programming interfaces for the S7 communication, PG/OP
communication, and open communication protocols for existing • Management services
applications are implemented as Dynamic Link Library (DLL) • Connection establishment services
interfaces. • Data transfer services
You can find the released compilers in the Readme file of the The software is included in the S7-1613 product.
SIMATIC NET CD products at
http://www.siemens.com/automation/csi/net. Mode of operation
Software for PG/OP communication Protocols up to Level 4 (Transport) are processed autonomously
on the module.
This software supports the programming of SIMATIC S5 and
S7 controllers over Industrial Ethernet in combination with 16 MB of memory is available for this to support a large quanti-
STEP 5 / STEP 7 programmable controllers. tative framework and reliable communication.
It is included in all CP 1613 A2 software packages. Data is exchanged between the module and the host in master
mode. This means that the CP 1613 A2 accesses the physical
Software for S7 communication RAM of the host.
(S7-1613 or S7-REDCONNECT)
A Windows driver is responsible for transferring data between
The S7 interface provides PG/PC applications (e.g. WinCC) and the host system and the CP 1613 A2. The transmission rate to
application programs with access to SIMATIC S7 system com- Industrial Ethernet is detected and automatically switched over
ponents. This provides easy, flexible access to the data of the (autosensing).
SIMATIC S7 controller.
The IT functionality is provided in combination with the Windows
S7 communication offers: software of the PC.
Administrative services Diagnostics data
• Connection management
Via SNMP all MIB-2 objects can be read out. This enables the
• Mini database current status of the Ethernet interfaces to be retrieved.
• Trace
Configuration
Data transfer services • The S7 communication and open communication protocols
• Read/write variables are configured in STEP 7 or NCM PC.
• BSEND/BRECEIVE • The configuration tool NCM PC is included in the CP 1613 A2
software packages.
H-communication
• NCM PC is a component part of Advanced PC Configuration.
For redundant S7-communication with a fault-tolerant S7-400 H
system, the CP 1613/CP1623 can be used in connection with the
S7-REDCONNECT software.

© Siemens AG 2008
CP 1613 A2

Order No. 6GK1 161-3AA01 CP 1613 A2 communications 6GK1 161-3AA01
processor
Product type description CP 1613 A2
PCI card (32-bit, 33 MHz/66 MHz;
Transfer rate 3.3 V/5 V universal keyed) for
Transmission rate for auto-sensing
connection to Industrial Ethernet
(10/100 Mbit/s) with ITP and RJ45
2
connection over S7-1613 and
• Minimum 10 Mbit/s S7-REDCONNECT, incl. drivers for
• Maximum 100 Mbit/s 32-bit Windows XP Professional,
2003 Server, Windows 2000
Interfaces Professional/Server
Number of electrical connections 1
for network components or terminal S7-1613 2007 Edition
equipment with auto-crossover, Software for S7 and open
auto-negotiation and auto-sensing communication, incl. PG/OP
communication, OPC server and
NCM PC; up to 120 connections,
• the Industrial Ethernet interface 1 x 15-pin Sub-D socket (ITP)/ runtime software, software and
RJ45(TP) electronic manual on CD-ROM,
• of the backplane bus PCI (32-bit,3.3V/5V; license key on USB stick, Class A,
Universal Keyed; 33/66 MHz) for 32-bit Windows XP
Professional SP1, 2; Windows
Supply voltage 2003 Server SP1, R2, SP2,
for CP 1613/CP 1613 A2/CP 1623;
Supply voltage German/English
• 1 from backplane bus 5V • Single license for 1 installation 6GK1 716-1CB70-3AA0
• 2 from backplane bus 12 V • Software Update Service 6GK1 716-1CB00-3AL0
for 1 year,
Relative symmetrical tolerance with automatic extension;
• at 5 V DC 5% requirement: Current software
version
• at 12 V DC 5%
• Upgrade S7-1613 from V6.4 6GK1 716-1CB00-3AE0
Current consumption to S7-1613 2007 Edition
Current consumed • Upgrade S7-1613 from V6.0, 6GK1 716-1CB00-3AE1
• 1 from backplane bus if DC, max. 600 mA V6.1, V6.2 or V6.3 to S7-1613
2007 Edition
S7-REDCONNECT 2007 Edition
Power loss
Software for fail-safe S7 communi-
Effective power loss 4W cation over redundant networks
Permitted ambient conditions incl. S7-OPC server, S7-1613
2007, runtime software, software
Ambient temperature and electronic manual on CD-
• during operation +5 … +55 °C ROM, license key on USB stick,
Class A, for 32-bit Windows XP
• during transport -20 … +60 °C Professional SP1, 2; Windows
• during storage -20 … +60 °C 2003 Server SP1, R2, SP2;
German/English
• Single License for 1 installation 6GK1 716-0HB70-3AA0
• Software Update Service 6GK1 716-0HB00-3AL0
Module format PCI card for 1 year,
• Height 167 mm with automatic extension;
• Width 107 mm requirement: Current software
version
Net weight 200 g • Upgrade S7-REDCONNECT 6GK1 716-0HB00-3AE0
Performance data from V6.4 to S7-REDCONNECT
2007 Edition
Open communication
• Upgrade S7-REDCONNECT 6GK1 716-0HB00-3AE1
Number of possible connections 120 from V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 or V6.3 to
for open communication by means S7-REDCONNECT 2007 Edition
of SEND/RECEIVE, max. 1)
Power Pack S7-REDCONNECT 6GK1 716-0HB70-3AC0
S7 communication 2007 Edition
Number of possible connections 120 For expanding S7-1613 2007 to
for S7/PG communication, max. S7-REDCONNECT, single license
Multi-protocol operation for 1 installation, runtime software,
software and electronic manual on
CD-ROM, license key on USB
stick, Class A, for 32-bit Windows
Number of plug-in cards of the 4 XP Professional SP1, 2; Windows
same type that can be plugged in 2003 Server SP1, R2, SP2;
for each PC station Windows Vista Business/Ultimate;
Number of all configurable 207 German/English
connections for each PC station
1)

© Siemens AG 2008
CP 1623
The CP 1623 makes it possible to connect to the Industrial
Ethernet (10/100/1000 Mbit/s) for SIMATIC PG/PC and PCs with
PCI Express slot. Additional field devices can be flexibly
connected to the Industrial Ethernet via the integrated switch.
2
3&,3&ZLWK&3$
&3DQG6
,QGXVWULDO
(WKHUQHW
,62 7&3 31 053 23& 3*23 66 ,7
*B,.B;;B
8'3 6
ZLWK&3 6
*B,.B;;B
&3,7 ZLWK&3/HDQ
&3
&3$GYDQFHG
• PCI Express Card (PCIe x1) with an internal microprocessor 6
for connection of PG/PC to Industrial Ethernet ZLWK&3
&3$GYDQFHG
• 10/100/1000 Mbit/s (Autosensing/Autocrossover/Autonegotia-
tion) System configuration with CP 1613 A2/CP 1623 and S7-1613
• Integrated 2-port switch (2 x RJ45 connection)
• Communications services via 3&ZLWK
- Open IE communication (TCP/IP and UDP) [&3$&3
- ISO transport protocol DQG65('&211(&7
- S7 communication ,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW
- Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE)
• Time synchronization 6+
• ISO and TCP/IP transport protocol on board
• SNMP-supported diagnostics
• The appropriate OPC server and configuration tools are
included in the scope of supply of the respective communi- +&38
cation software. LQVLQJOHPRGH
*B,.B;;B
■ Benefits
(70
352),%86
Example of redundant network structure with CP 1613 A2/C 1623

and S7-REDCONNECT
• Stable and constant data communication through protocol
processing on the CP ■ Design
• Available computer capacity for additional applications in PC,
e.g. HMI (ISO and TCP/IP transport on board) Industrial Ethernet:
• 2 x RJ45 connection
• Simple handling through Plug & Play and Autosensing/
Autocrossover/Autonegotiation (10/100/1000 Mbit/s) • Integrated 2-port switch for 10/100/1000 Mbit/s (half/full/du-
plex)
• Operation of large network configurations using one card
• Autosensing/Autocrossover/Autonegotiation
through a high connection number
• Used for redundant communication PG/PC slot:
• PCI Express x1 card
• Connection of additional field devices to the Industrial
Ethernet by means of an additional switch port • Can also be operated in PCIe x4-, x8- or x16 slots
• Switch operation possible via external power supply even with • Installation via PCIe standard mechanisms (Plug & Play)
PC turned off Power supply:
• OPC as standard interface • Operating voltage 3.3 V/12 V via PCIe interface
• Uniform approach and configuration functionality with NCM • Optional external 12 - 24 V DC power supply for switch oper-
PC and STEP 7 ation with PG/PC turned off
Size:
• Short PCIe format

© Siemens AG 2008
CP 1623
■ Function
User interfaces Software for open communication (SEND/RECEIVE)
OPC interface This interface is used for communication between
2
and open communication protocols, the OPC server contained • PG/PC and SIMATIC S7
in the respective software package can be used to connect the • PG/PC and PG/PC
automation technology to OPC-compatible Windows applica-
tions (Office, HMI systems, etc.). Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE) offers the following
services:
Programming interface via C-library
• Management services
The programming interfaces for the S7 communication, PG/OP
communication, and open communication protocols for existing • Dial-up services
applications are implemented as Dynamic Link Library (DLL) • Data transfer services
interfaces. The software is included in the S7-1613 product.
You can find the released compilers in the Readme file of the How it works
http://www.siemens.com/automation/csi/net The protocols up to and including Level 4 (transport) are inde-
pendently processed on the module.
Software for PG/OP communication
The internal memory is available for this purpose and it also
This software makes it possible to program the SIMATIC S5 and provides for a large quantity structure and high communication
S7 controllers via the Industrial Ethernet in conjunction with reliability.
STEP 5/STEP 7 automation systems.
The data exchange between the module and host is done in
It is contained in all CP 1623 software packages. Master-Mode operation. This means the CP 1623 accesses the
Software for S7 communication physical RAM of the host.
(S7-1613 or S7-REDCONNECT) A Windows driver transfers the data between the host system
The S7 interface allows PG/PC applications (e.g. WinCC) and and the CP 1623. The transfer rate to the Industrial Ethernet is
user programs to access the SIMATIC S7 system components. detected and automatically switched (Autosensing).
This makes for easy and flexible access to SIMATIC S7 data. The IT functionality emerges in connection with the PC’s
S7 communication offers: Windows software.
Administrative services Diagnostics
• Connection management All MIB-2 objects can be read via SNMP. As a result, the current
• Mini database status of the Ethernet Interface can be called up.
• Trace Configuration
Data transfer services • The S7 communication and open communication protocols
are configured in STEP 7 or NCM PC.
• Read/write variables
• The configuration tool NCM PC is included in the scope of
• BSEND/BRECEIVE supply of the CP 1623 software package.
H-communication • NCM PC is an integral component of advanced PC configura-
For redundant S7-communication with a fault-tolerant S7-400 H tion.
system, the CP 1613/CP1623 can be used in connection with the
S7-REDCONNECT software.

© Siemens AG 2008
CP 1623
Transfer rate Power loss
Effective power loss 7.6 W
Effective power loss in
• Minimum 10 Mbit/s switch mode
• Maximum 1000 Mbit/s • Minimum 7.2 W
Interfaces • Maximum 7.2 W
Electrical connection version Permitted ambient conditions
• the Industrial Ethernet interface 2 x RJ45 (TP) Ambient temperature
• of the backplane bus PCIe x1, V1.0a • during operation +5 … +55 °C
• for voltage supply 1 x 2-pin terminal block • during transport -20 … +60 °C
Supply voltage • during storage -20 … +60 °C
Type of supply voltage DC Maximum relative humidity 95%
Supply voltage
• 1 from backplane bus 3,3 V
Module format PCI Express x1 card
• 2 from backplane bus 12 V
• Height 167 mm
Supply voltage, external
• Width 111 mm
• Minimum 12 V
Net weight 124 g
• Maximum 24 V
Performance data
Relative symmetrical tolerance
S7 communication
• at 3,3 V DC 5%
• at 12 V DC 5% for S7/PG communication, max.
• at 24 V DC 33% Open communication
Current consumed for open communication by means
of SEND/RECEIVE, max. 1)
current taken from external multi-protocol operation
supply voltage
Number of plug-in cards of the 4
• at 12 V DC, max. 550 mA same type that can be plugged in
• at 24 V DC, max. 300 mA for each PC station
Number of configurable connec- 207
tions for each PC station
1)

© Siemens AG 2008
CP 1623

CP 1623 communications pro- 6GK1 162-3AA00 Power Pack S7-REDCONNECT 6GK1 716-0HB70-3AC0
cessor 2007 Edition
PCI Express x1 card for connec- For expanding S7-1613 2007 to
2
tion to Industrial Ethernet S7-REDCONNECT, single license
(10/100/1000 Mbit/s) with 2 port for 1 installation, runtime software,
switch (RJ45) connection via software and electronic manual on
S7-1613 and S7-REDCONNECT, CD-ROM, license key on USB
incl. drivers for 32-bit Windows stick, Class A, for 32-bit Windows
XP Professional, 2003 Server, XP Professional SP1, 2;
Windows Vista Ultimate/Business Windows 2003 Server SP1, R2,
SP2; Windows Vista Business/
S7-1613 2007 Edition Ultimate;
Software for S7 and open German/English
communication, incl. PG/OP IE FC RJ45 Plug 4 x 2
communication, OPC server and
NCM PC; up to 120 connections, RJ45 plug connector for Industrial
runtime software, software and Ethernet (10/100/1000 Mbit/s)
electronic manual on CD-ROM, with a rugged metal housing and
license key on USB stick, Class A, integrated insulation displacement
for 32-bit Windows XP Profes- contacts for connecting Industrial
sional SP1, 2; Windows 2003 Ethernet FC installation cables;
Server SP1, R2, SP2, Windows 180° cable outlet; for network
Vista Business/Ultimate; for components and CPs/CPUs with
CP 1613/CP 1613 A2/CP 1623; Industrial Ethernet interface
German/English
• 1 pack = 1 unit 6GK1 901-1BB11-2AA0
• Single license for 1 installation 6GK1 716-1CB70-3AA0
for 1 year, • 1 pack = 50 units 6GK1 901-1BB11-2AE0
with automatic extension; Switches SCALANCE X-400
version Modular Industrial Ethernet
switches with integrated
• Upgrade S7-1613 from V6.4 6GK1 716-1CB00-3AE0 RJ45 ports for setting up electrical
to S7-1613 2007 Edition and/or optical Industrial Ethernet
• Upgrade S7-1613 from V6.0, 6GK1 716-1CB00-3AE1 networks;
V6.1, V6.2 or V6.3 to S7-1613 integrated redundancy manager,
2007 Edition IT functions (RSTP, VLAN, etc.),
PROFINET IO Device,
S7-REDCONNECT 2007 Edition network management via SNMP
and web server;
Software for fail-safe S7 incl. operating instructions,
communication over redundant Industrial Ethernet network manual
networks incl. S7-OPC server, and configuration software
S7-1613 2007, runtime software, on CD-ROM;
software and electronic manual C-PLUG included in the scope
on CD-ROM, license key on USB of supply
stick, Class A, for 32-bit Windows
XP Professional SP1, 2, • SCALANCE X408-2; 6GK5 408-2FD00-2AA2
Windows 2003 Server SP1, R2, 4 x 10/100/1000 Mbit/s and
SP2; Windows Vista Business/ 4 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports;
Ultimate; 2 x Gigabit/Fast Ethernet media
German/English module slots
• Single license for 1 installation 6GK1 716-0HB70-3AA0 • SCALANCE X414-3E; 6GK5 414-3FC00-2AA2
2 x 10/100/1000 Mbit/s and
• Software Update Service 6GK1 716-0HB00-3AL0 12 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports;
for 1 year, 1 x Gigabit Ethernet and
with automatic extension; 2 x Fast Ethernet media
requirement: Current software module slots;
version 1 x Extender interface
from V6.4 to S7-REDCONNECT
2007 Edition
from V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 or V6.3 to
S7-REDCONNECT 2007 Edition

© Siemens AG 2008
S7-REDCONNECT
• For connecting PCs over redundant Industrial Ethernet to the The following components are required to design a SIMATIC H
SIMATIC S7-400H system with PC connection
• Protected from communication failures arising from a fault in PC with:
2
the double bus or in redundant rings
• up to four CP 1613 A2/CP 1623 and S7-REDCONNECT to
• For redundantly configured Industrial Ethernet connect the PC to Industrial Ethernet with ISO protocol
• Can also be implemented in non-redundant networks
S7-400H with:
• No additional programming overhead for the PC and in H sys-
tems • CP 443-1 to connect the S7-400H to Industrial Ethernet with
ISO protocol
• The appropriate OPC server and configuration tools are in-
cluded in the scope of supply of the respective communica- • STEP 7 V5.0 or higher for programming
tion software
• Enhanced redundancy over 4-way communication (STEP 7 ■ Function
V5.1 + SP4 and higher) • S7-REDCONNECT contains the functional scope of the
S7-1613 software package (S7-communication, open com-
3&ZLWK munication and PG/OP communication) as well as additional
[&3$&3 redundant communication over S7 connections. No additional
DQG65('&211(&7 license is required for S7-1613.
• Open communication
,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW
• Existing Windows applications can be used
6+
• Services for monitoring the redundant communication
• Diagnostic tool for visualizing the communication status
• Simple redundancy over 2-way communication
(STEP 7 V5.0 SP2 and higher)
+&38
LQVLQJOHPRGH
• Enhanced redundancy over 4-way communication
*B,.B;;B
(STEP 7 V5.1 + SP4 and higher)

Fault-tolerant S7 communication is carried out via a standard
connection and a standby connection. These are monitored
(70 during operation and switched in the event of a fault.
352),%86
With S7-REDCONNECT, these remain hidden from the PC appli-
System configuration for S7-REDCONNECT cation.
,62 7&3 31 053 23& 3*23 66 ,7 Fault detection, changeover (if required), communication moni-
8'3 toring, and synchronization are all invisible to the application.
*B,.B;;B
The application, e.g. WinCC, communicates with both subunits

of the S7-400H as with an S7-CPU.
User interfaces
■ Benefits OPC interface
and open communication protocols, the OPC server contained
in the respective software package can be used to connect the
automation technology to OPC-compatible Windows applica-
• Provides protection against communication failure in the event tions (Office, HMI systems, etc.).
of a fault in the double bus or in redundant rings
Programming interface via C-library
• Simplifies communication of a PC application with the SI-
MATIC S7-400H system The programming interfaces for the S7 communication, PG/OP
communication, open communication and TF protocol for exist-
• Safeguards previous investments due to the use of existing
ing applications are implemented as Dynamic Link Library (DLL)
applications and the flexible application options
interfaces. You can find the released compilers in the Readme
• No additional programming required for PC and H systems file of the SIMATIC NET CD products at
• Increases the availability of the PC application(e.g. PCS 7) http://www.siemens.com/automation/csi/net.
through redundant communication Configuration
■ Application • The S7 communication and open communication protocols

are configured in STEP 7 NCM PC V5.1 SP2 or higher.
The software package S7-REDCONNECT connects the • The NCM PC configuration tool is included in the scope of
SIMATIC S7-400H to applications on the PC, e.g. WinCC. supply of the S7-REDCONNECT for Industrial Ethernet.
Typically, a redundant Industrial Ethernet is used. The software • NCM PC is a component part of Advanced PC Configuration.
package can also be used where SIMATIC H systems are
operated on non-redundant networks.
Mixed operation of redundant and non-redundant systems is
also possible.

© Siemens AG 2008
S7-REDCONNECT
■ Integration
3&
ZLWK65('&211(&7
DQG[&3$&3
2
6&$/$1&( 6&$/$1&(
;( ;(
6
6&$/$1&( 6&$/$1&( ([WHUQDOV\VWHP
; ;
100 Mbit/s
,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW
0ELWV
6
6&$/$1&( 6&$/$1&(
; ;
6 6
*B,.B;;B
1RWH
7KHRSWLFDOULQJFDQDOVREH
LPSOHPHQWHGRSWLRQDOO\DVDQ +V\VWHP +V\VWHP
HOHFWULFDOULQJ
Redundant optical ring for connection of high-availability systems

S7-REDCONNECT 2007 Edition Power Pack S7-REDCONNECT 6GK1 716-0HB70-3AC0
Software for fail-safe S7 commu- 2007 Edition
nication over redundant networks For expanding S7-1613 2007 to
incl. S7-OPC server, S7-1613 S7-REDCONNECT, single license
2007, runtime software, for 1 installation, runtime software,
software and electronic manual software and electronic manual
on CD-ROM, license key on USB on CD-ROM, license key on USB
stick, Class A, for 32-bit Windows stick, Class A, for 32-bit Windows
XP Professional SP1, 2, Windows XP Professional SP1, 2, Windows
2003 Server SP1, R2, SP2; 2003 Server SP1, R2, SP2;
Windows Vista Business/Ultimate; Windows Vista Business/Ultimate;
German/English German/English
• Single license for 1 installation 6GK1 716-0HB70-3AA0 CP 1613 A2 communications 6GK1 161-3AA01
processor
for 1 year, PCI card (32-bit, 33 MHz/66 MHz;
with automatic extension; 3.3 V/5 V universal keyed) for
requirement: Current software connection to Industrial Ethernet
version (10/100 Mbit/s) with ITP and RJ45
connection over S7-1613 and
• Upgrade S7-REDCONNECT 6GK1 716-0HB00-3AE0 S7-REDCONNECT, incl. driver for
from V6.4 to S7-REDCONNECT 32-bit Windows XP Professional,
2007 Edition 2003 Server, Windows 2000
• Upgrade S7-REDCONNECT 6GK1 716-0HB00-3AE1 Professional/Server
from V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 or V6.3 to CP 1623 communications pro- 6GK1 162-3AA00
S7-REDCONNECT 2007 Edition cessor
PCI Express x1 card (3.3 V/12) for
connection to Industrial Ethernet
(10/100/1000 Mbit/s) with 2-port
switch (RJ45) connection via
S7-1613 and S7-REDCONNECT,
incl. driver for 32-bit Windows XP
Professional, 2003 Server,
Windows Vista Ultimate/Business

© Siemens AG 2008
SOFTNET for Industrial Ethernet
• For coupling programming devices/PCs/workstations to pro-
grammable controllers
2
- S7 communication • Communication with SIMATIC over Industrial Ethernet
- Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE) • OPC as standard interface
• Can be used with • Uniform procedure and configuration functions for NCM PC
- Layer 2 Ethernet card (PCI/PCIe) and STEP 7
- Integrated Industrial Ethernet interface
- Modem (Remote Access Service RAS) • Versatile connection possibilities, e.g. via CP 2 Ethernet card,
integral Industrial Ethernet interface, modem/ISDN (RAS)
• Complete protocol stack as a software package
• The appropriate OPC server and configuration tools are
included in the scope of supply of the respective communica-
■ Application
tion software With SOFTNET for Industrial Ethernet, PC/PG and workstations
can be connected to programmable controllers, such as
SIMATIC S7, over Industrial Ethernet.
3&,3&ZLWK62)71(7 The following user interfaces are available:
IRU,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW
• PG/OP communication for SIMATIC S7
• Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE) for communication
with SIMATIC S5 and S7
• S7 communication
SOFTNET is available for the following interfaces:
• Layer 2 Ethernet card (PCI/PCIe)
• integrated Industrial Ethernet interface
,QGXVWULDO • Modem/ISDN (Remote Access Service RAS)
(WKHUQHW
*B,.B;;B
6
ZLWK&3 6
&3,7 ZLWK&3/HDQ
&3
&3$GYDQFHG
6
ZLWK&3
&3$GYDQFHG
System configuration SOFTNET for Industrial Ethernet
,62 7&3 31 053 23& 3*23 66 ,7

8'3
*B,.B;;B

© Siemens AG 2008
■ Function
With SOFTNET, the complete protocol stack is processed in the Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE)
PC.
This interface based on Layer 4 (ISO Transport or TCP/IP with
This architecture means that in contrast to the CP 1613 or RFC 1006) is used for communication between
CP 1623 products, the performance of the SOFTNET packages
is dependent on the configuration or loading of the PC used.
2
The IT functionality is established in connection with the inter- • PG/PC and PG/PC
faces and the PC’s Windows software.
User interfaces
Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE) offers the following
OPC interface services:
As a standard programming interface for the S7 communication • Management services
and open communication protocols, the OPC server contained
in the respective software package can be used to connect the • Dial-up services
automation technology to OPC-compatible Windows applica- • Data transfer services
tions (Office, HMI systems, etc.). Configuration
Programming interface via C-library • The complete configuration of the S7 communication and
The programming interfaces for the S7 communication, PG/OP open communication protocols takes place in STEP 7 or
communication, and open communication protocols for existing SIMATIC NCM PC V5.1 SP2 or higher.
applications are implemented as a Dynamic Link Library (DLL). • The NCM PC configuration tool is included in the scope of
delivery of the corresponding packages.
You can find the released compilers in the Readme file of the
http://www.siemens.com/automation/csi/net. 3&3*ZLWK/D\HU(WKHUQHWFDUGV
Software for PG/OP communication DQG62)71(76/HDQ
This software makes it possible to program the SIMATIC S5 and

S7 controllers via the Industrial Ethernet in conjunction with
STEP 5/STEP 7.
Software for S7 communication
SIMATIC S7 system components communicate with each other
using S7 communication functions.
The S7 communication can be based optionally on the ISO ,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW
*B,.B;;B
protocol or the TCP/IP protocol.
S7 communication offers the following services:
• Administrative services 6 6 6
• S7 connection management services ZLWK&3 ZLWK&3 ZLWK&3
• Variable services
• VFD (Virtual Field Device) services System configuration with SOFTNET-S7 Lean
for Industrial Ethernet and S7-200
• Trace and mini database

© Siemens AG 2008

Product type description SOFTNET for SOFTNET Edition 2007
Industrial Ethernet for Industrial Ethernet
Performance data Software for S7 and open
2
communication, incl. OPC server,
S7 and PG/OP communication PG/OP communication and
(number of operable connections) NCM PC, runtime software,
• SOFTNET-S7 max. 64 software and electronic manual
on CD-ROM, license key on USB
• SOFTNET-S7 Lean max. 8 stick, Class A, for 32-bit Windows
XP Professional SP1, 2,
Ultimate;
German/English
SOFTNET-S7 2007 Edition
• Software Update Service 6GK1 704-1CW00-3AL0
for 1 year,
version
to 2007 edition
SOFTNET-S7 Lean 2007 Edition
up to 8 connections
• Single license for 1 installation 6GK1 704-1LW70-3AA0
• Software Update Service 6GK1 704-1LW00-3AL0
for 1 year,
version
• Upgrade from V6.4 6GK1 704-1LW00-3AE0
to 2007 Edition
• Upgrade from V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 6GK1 704-1LW00-3AE1
SOFTNET-PG Edition 2007 6GK1 704-1LW00-3AE1
Software for PG/OP-communica-
tion; runtime software, software
and electronic manual on CD-
ROM, license key on USB stick,
Class A, for 32-bit Windows XP
Professional SP1, 2, Windows
2003 Server SP1, R2, SP2, Win-
dows Vista Business/Ultimate;
German/English
• Single license for 1 installation 6GK1 704-1PW70-3AA0
• Software Update Service 6GK1 704-1PW00-3AL0
for 1 year,
version
• Upgrade from V6.4 6GK1 704-1PW00-3AE0
to 2007 Edition
• Upgrade from V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 6GK1 704-1PW00-3AE1

© Siemens AG 2008
SOFTNET PN IO
■ Overview
PC/IPC with SIMATIC NET WinCC Microsoft Office OPC XML 2

SOFTNET PN IO OPC-Scout OPC-Client OPC-Client Webclient
COM/DCOM
OPC XML DA Internet

PN IO OPC-Server Intranet
as Webservice
PROFINET
Communication
SOFTNET PN IO
352),1(7
,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW
,(3%/LQN
31,2
(7SUR HJ6ZLWK
(76ZLWK &38[DQG
352),%86 ,031 &3$GYDQFHG
G_IK10_XX_10073
z.B. S7-300 with
CP 342-5 as Slave
ET 200S
PC with SOFTNET PN IO as PROFINET IO Controller
,62 7&3 31 053 23& 3*23 66 ,7 ■ Benefits

8'3
*B,.B;;B
• Software with PROFINET IO Controller function for coupling • Cost-effective interfacing of field devices to Industrial Ethernet
PG/PC and IPC with PROFINET IO Devices with PROFINET
• Possible applications: • Simple porting of the application with OPC as a standard
- PC-based control systems interface
- HMI systems
- Test applications • High-performance IO data access through RT Base interface
for linking into C/C++ applications
- PROFINET IO Controller • Simple changeover from PROFIBUS modules CP 5613
A2/CP 5614 A2 with DP-Base interface to PROFINET through
• Can be used with IO-Base interface
- Integrated interfaces of SIMATIC PG/PC
- You can find more information about the environment of use • Uniform procedure and configuration functions for NCM PC
at www.siemens.com/simatic-net/ik-info and STEP 7
• Cost-effective solution for the low-end performance range
• OPC server for I/O interfacing over PROFINET included in
scope of supply

© Siemens AG 2008
SOFTNET PN IO
■ Application ■ Technical specifications

Order No.
Product type description SOFTNET PN IO
Performance data
2 • Number of operable IO devices Max. 64
• Number of external IO-lines Max. 1
in one central rack
• Size of IO data areas overall
Using SOFTNET PN IO, PCs can be linked with PROFINET field
devices including PC-based PN IO devices (e.g. with CP 1616 - I/O input area Max. 2 KB
or CP 1604) via Industrial Ethernet. - I/O output area Max. 2 KB
SOFTNET PN IO is available for the following interfaces: • Size of I/O data area
per connected I/O device
• Integrated interfaces of SIMATIC PG/PC - I/O input range Max. 1433 byte
■ Function
- I/O output range Max. 1433 byte
PROFINET communication ■ Ordering data Order No.

• PROFINET IO-Controller
SOFTNET PN IO, 2007 Edition
PROFINET Software for PROFINET IO
controller with OPC server and
User interfaces NCM PC; runtime software,
• OPC interface software and electronic manual
The supplied OPC server can be used as a standard program- stick, Class A, for 32-bit Windows
ming interface for PROFINET IO-Controller to link automation XP Professional SP1, 2,
applications to OPC-capable Windows applications (Office, Windows 2003 Server SP1, R2,
HMI systems, etc.). SP2;
• Programming interface through C library; German/English
For applications that want to use the PROFINET IO-Controller • Single license for one installation 6GK1 704-1HW70-3AA0
functionality directly in C/C++, the IO-Base interface can be
• Software Update Service 6GK1 704-1HW00-3AL0
used. This interface is of a similar design to the DP Base inter- for 1 year,
face of PROFIBUS modules CP 5613 A2 and CP 5614 A2. It is with automatic extension;
therefore possible to port existing PROFIBUS DP master ap- requirement: Current software
plications to PN IO-Controller applications. version
• You can find the released compilers in the Readme file of the • Upgrade SOFTNET-PN IO 6GK1 704-1HW00-3AE0
SIMATIC NET CD products at from V6.4 to SOFTNET-PN IO,
http://www.siemens.com/automation/csi/net. 2007 Edition
• Upgrade SOFTNET-PN IO 6GK1 704-1HW00-3AE1
SOFTNET PN IO and CP 1616 use compatible functions of the from V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 or V6.3 to
IO-Base interface. SOFTNET-PN IO 2007 Edition
Mode of operation
With SOFTNET, the complete protocol stack is processed in the
PC. This architecture means that the performance depends on
the configuration of the PC used or the loading on the PC.
Configuration
• Configuration is performed with STEP 7/NCM PC, V5.3 SP1
and higher

© Siemens AG 2008
OPC server for Industrial Ethernet
■ Overview
• The appropriate OPC servers are included in the scope of • It permits interfacing of OPC-capable Windows applications to
supply of the respective communication software S7-communication, open communication (SEND/RECEIVE),
• Standardized, open multi-vendor interface PROFINET and SNMP.
2
• OPC Scout with browser functionality as an OPC client and
OCX Data Control
PC/Windows PC
SIMATIC NET WinCC Microsoft Office OPC XML

OPC-Scout OPC-Client OPC-Client Webclient
COM/DCOM
Internet
Intranet
DP OPC server SNMP

S7 OPC server S5 OPC server PN IO OPC server
FMS OPC server OPC server
OPC XML-DA
as Web service
Open
DP protocol
S7 communication communication PROFINET SNMP
FMS protocol
(SEND/RECEIVE)
PROFINET
Industrial Ethernet
S7-400
PROFIBUS PC
S7-300
SIMATIC S5
ET 200pro (SEND/RECEIVE only)
SIMATIC S5
G_IK10_XX 10103
PC
System integration with OPC server
■ Benefits
• Different networks and protocols can be used easily thanks to

the uniform interface
• Reduced training and familiarization costs
• Easy interfacing in the system environment and office applica-
tions over C++, Visual Basic and .NET interfaces
• Fast creation of applications
• Easy handling and cost-effective because the corresponding
OPC server is included in the scope of supply of the respec-
tive communications software

© Siemens AG 2008
■ Application
OPC (Openness, Productivity & Collaboration) is implemented The OPC server offers:
as an expansion of the COM (Component Object Model) com- • Data Access interfaces 2.0, 2.05a and 3.0
munications interface and DCOM (Distributed COM) for the user
software. • Alarm and event interface 1.1
2 The basic principle of OPC is that OPC client applications com-
• OPC XML DA interface 1.0
municate with the OPC server over a standardized, open and • Integration of automation products of different manufacturers
manufacturer-independent interface. • Uniform, easy user interface for different components
It is also possible to connect to OPC-capable Windows applica- • Can be accessed from every computer in the LAN
tions (Microsoft Office or HMI systems) that are already available • High-performance data access over the Custom Interface
on the market. (C++, NET)
The following communication possibilities are available for • Easy to use with the “Automation Interface“ (VB, NET) or the
Industrial Ethernet with OPC server: supplied OCX Data Control
• S7 communication • Grouping of variables (Items); which allows a large quantity of
• Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE) data to be pre-processed in a short time.
• PROFINET
• SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol)
■ Function
• Open standardization of the addressing using logical names • Communication protocols can be used in parallel by means of
for objects from an automation component or an automation the multiplexer function
system • Interfaces
• Supports STEP 7 symbols - "Custom Interface“ for high-performance C++/NET applica-
• Efficient data transfer from a process component to an appli- tions
cation for further processing - "Automation Interface" for easily created Visual Basic
applications (or similar)
• One client application can use several servers simultaneously - XML DA interface;
• Simultaneous execution of more than one client is possible on Data access to S7 CPUs is therefore possible over the
one OPC server Internet.
- OCX Data Control for direct embedding in Windows applica-
tions that support COM/DCOM
:LQ&& $SSOLFDWLRQ;

23&FOLHQW 23&FOLHQW
PN S7 FMS DP XY
G_IK10_XX_10106
Server A Server B Server C

OPC server OPC server OPC server OPC server OPC server
Comparison of conventional client/server architecture with an OPC architecture
Configuration
The communication parameters are configured using only the
tools of the installed software Advanced PC Configuration
(configuration console, SIMATIC NCM PC or from STEP 7 V5.1 +
SP2); SIMATIC iMAP is used for PROFINET CBA.

© Siemens AG 2008

Product type description OPC server PN CBA OPC Server,
for Industrial Ethernet 2007 Edition
Programming • Synchronous and asynchronous PROFINET OPC server
2
reading and writing of variables for CBA; runtime software,
• Monitoring of variables using the software and electronic manual
OPC server with a signal to the on CD-ROM, license key on USB
client when a change occurs stick, Class A, for 32-bit Windows
XP Professional SP1, 2;
• Use of quantity operations; Windows 2003 Server SP1, R2,
so a large amount of data can SP2; Windows Vista Business/
be processed in a short time. Ultimate;
Interfaces • Custom Interface (C++, NET) German/English
for high OPC performance • Single license for 1 installation 6GK1 706-0HB70-3AA0
• Automation Interface
(VB, Excel, Access, Delphi, ...) • Software Update Service 6GK1 706-0HB00-3AL0
for ease-of-use for 1 year,
• Graphics with OCX for requirement: Current software
configuring instead of version
programming
• Upgrade from Edition 2006 6GK1 706-0HB00-3AE0
• OPC XML-Interface for
to Edition 2007, single license
Data Access
• Upgrade from V6.0 6GK1 706-0HB00-3AE1
Products include OPC servers for:
to Edition 2007, single license
Industrial Ethernet
SNMP OPC Server 2007 Edition
• S7-1613, SOFTNET-S7 S7-OPC server for
Including MIB compiler;
for Industrial Ethernet, S7 communication, XML-DA
single license for 1 installation of
SOFTNET-S7 Lean
S5-OPC server for the runtime software,
open communication1) software and electronic manual
communication, XML-DA on CD-ROM;
SNMP OPC server for for 32-bit Windows XP Profes-
SNMP protocol access; XML-DA sional SP1, 2; Windows 2003
PROFINET Server SP1, R2, SP2;
• SOFTNET PN IO PN IO OPC server for German/English
PROFINET IO communication;
XML-DA • Basic 2007 6GK1 706-1NW70-3AA0
Administration of
• PN CBA OPC server PN CBA OPC server for up to 20 IP addresses;
access to CBA components; Single license for 1 installation
XML-DA
- Upgrade from Edition 2006 to 6GK1 706-1NW00-3AE0
PROFIBUS Edition 2007, single license
• DP-5613, SOFTNET-DP, SOFTNET- DP-OPC server for - Upgrade from V6.0 to 6GK1 706-1NW00-3AE1
DP slave PROFIBUS DP communication; Edition 2007, single license
XML-DA
• Extended 2007 6GK1 706-1NX70-3AA0
• FMS-5613 FMS-OPC server for Administration of
PROFIBUS FMS communication; up to 200 IP addresses
XML-DA
- Upgrade from Edition 2006 to 6GK1 706-1NX00-3AE0
Edition 2007, single license
- Upgrade from V6.0 to 6GK1 706-1NX00-3AE1
Edition 2007, single license
• Power Pack 2007; 6GK1 706-1NW70-3AC0
upgrade from SNMP OPC
Server Basic to SNMP OPC
Server Extended 2007 Edition
1)

© Siemens AG 2008
PN CBA OPC server
■ Overview
• Access to variables in PROFINET CBA components over the • Adding PROFINET functionality to existing installations. This
OPC interface enables it to be used in parallel with other communication pro-
• Use of the objects and symbols defined using the PROFINET tocols such as S7 communication with SOFTNET-S7 for Indus-
trial Ethernet.
2
engineering tool SIMATIC iMap and STEP 7
• OPC Scout as an OPC client with browser functions for the
variables of the PROFINET CBA components
WinCC flexible Microsoft Office SIMATIC NET

OPC client OPC client OPC Scout
SOFTNET-S7
SOFTNET-S7 Lean
S7-1613 PN CBA OPC server SOFTNET PN IO
PN CBA
S7 OPC server PN IO OPC server
OPC server
S7 communication PROFINET CBA PROFINET IO
PROFINET
Industrial Ethernet
PROFINET PROFINET PROFINET (7SUR

CBA CBA IO Devices
component component e.g. S7-300 with IE/PB
CP 343-1 and Link
CP 343-5 PN IO
6ZLWK
e.g. S7-400 &3
with (76 ,3&ZLWK &3/HDQ
CP 443-1 Advanced &3 &3
&3 $GYDQFHG
PROFIBUS DP PROFIBUS DP
ET 200S
PROFINET
IO Device
G_IK10_XX_10122
Data access
Data access via PROFIBUS DP
from viewpoint of PN CBA OPC server ET 200S

from viewpoint of PN IO OPC server
System integration with the PN CBA OPC server
■ Benefits
• Operates in parallel with other communication protocols
such as S7 communication over SOFTNET-S7 and Industrial
Ethernet. This means that existing installations can also be
expanded with the PROFINET functionality
• Complete integration of the PN CBA OPC server in the • The standardized OPC interface means that from the start
SIMATIC NET OPC server environment C++, Visual Basic and .NET applications as well as general
• Supports distributed automation solutions with PROFINET OPC clients (such as Microsoft Office) can participate in the
CBA new PROFINET concept
• Directly uses the variables and symbols defined with the
PROFINET engineering tool SIMATIC iMap and STEP 7

© Siemens AG 2008
PN CBA OPC server
• The PN CBA OPC server (PROFINET OPC server) is the • The PN CBA OPC server communicates with PROFINET CBA
PC application interface for communication over Industrial components over Industrial Ethernet by means of DCOM
Ethernet with PROFINET CBA components. protocol
2
• OPC client applications communicate with the PN CBA OPC • Open standardization of the addressing using logical names
server over a standardized, open and manufacturer-indepen- for objects from an automation component or an automation
dent interface. system
• The PN CBA OPC server offers: • Operation in parallel with other protocols is possible, such as
- Standardized access for OPC-capable applications and - S7 communication
Windows applications (e.g. Microsoft Office) to variables that - Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE)
are available on the component interface of the PROFINET • Efficient data transfer from a process component to an
CBA components. application for further processing:
- High-performance data access over the "Custom Interface" - Synchronous and asynchronous reading and writing of
(C++, .NET) variables
- Easy to use with the "Automation Interface" (VB, .NET) and - Monitoring of variables using the OPC server with a signal to
the OCX Data Control included in the scope of supply. the client when a change occurs
- Internet communication over OPC XML DA Interface - Use of quantity operations; a large amount of data can be
• Based on the PROFINET standard. This standard supports: processed in a short time.
- Component technology in automation engineering • Simultaneous execution of more than one client is possible on
- Graphical configuration of communication between intelli- one OPC server
gent devices instead of complex programming
- Manufacturer-independent, plant-wide engineering • OPC Scout as an OPC client with browser functions for all
- Vertical integration, i.e. the user can access the interface interface variables of the PROFINET CBA components
variables of a PROFINET component by means of IT User interfaces
standards and an OPC interface over Industrial Ethernet.
• "Custom Interface“ for high-performance C++/.NET applica-
tions
• "Automation Interface" for easily created Visual Basic
applications (or similar)
• XML DA interface;
Data access to S7 CPUs is therefore possible over the
Internet.
• OCX Data Control for direct embedding in Windows applica-
tions that support COM/DCOM
Configuration
• For configuring the PROFINET communication, a separate
engineering tool SIMATIC iMap is required. This tool is offered
as an option package with STEP 7.
• With SIMATIC iMAP, the communication links between
PROFINET CBA components are graphically configured.
In addition to the interconnection data, the engineering tool
also creates the data used to access the interface variables
over the PN CBA OPC server from visualization systems or
office applications.

© Siemens AG 2008
PN CBA OPC server

Product type description PN CBA OPC server PN CBA OPC Server,
2007 Edition
Programming • Open and standardized
• Synchronous and asynchronous PROFINET OPC server for CBA;
2 reading and writing of variables runtime software, software and

• Monitoring of variables by the license key on USB stick, Class A,
OPC server with an alarm mes- for 32-bit Windows XP Profes-
sage to the client in the case sional SP1, 2, Windows 2003
of a change Server SP1, R2, SP2,
• Use of batch operations, Windows Vista Business/Ultimate;
so a large volume of data can be German/English
processed in a short time
• Single license for 1 installation 6GK1 706-0HB70-3AA0
Interfaces • Custom Interface (C++, .NET)
• Automation Interface for 1 year,
(Visual Basic, Excel, Access,...) with automatic extension;
• OPC Data Control requirement: Current software
version
• OPC XML Interface
for Data Access • Upgrade of PN CBA OPC Server 6GK1 706-0HB00-3AE0
from V6.4 to PN CBA OPC
Protocols • DCOM protocol Server 2007 Edition
Configuration Configuring software • Upgrade of PN CBA OPC Server 6GK1 706-0HB00-3AE1
for PROFINET SIMATIC iMap from V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 or V6.3 to
PROFINET communication (CBA) PN CBA OPC Server 2007
Edition
• Number of communication max. 228
partners Software iMap V3.0
• Number of connections max. 10,000 for configuring
PROFINET CBA
Requirement:
Windows 2000 Prof.
with Service Pack 4 or later or
Windows XP Prof. with
Service Pack 1 or later or
Windows 2003 Server
with Service Pack 1 or later;
on PG or PC with Pentium
processor, min. 1 GHz;
STEP 7 V5.3 or later with
Service Pack 3,
PN OPC Server V6.3 or later
Type of supply:
German, English
• Single license 6ES7 820-0CC04-0YA5
• Software Update Service 6ES7 820-0CC01-0YX2
• Upgrade to V3.0, single license 6ES7 820-0CC04-0YE5
http://www.siemens.com/cba

© Siemens AG 2008
SNMP OPC server
The SNMP OPC server makes data available for the administra-
tion of TCP/IP networks for any OPC client systems.
SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol) is a protocol that
Pumpstation Network has been specifically designed for administration of TCP/IP
networks. The individual nodes in the network (network compo- 2
nents or data terminals) are equipped with a so-called SNMP
agent that provides information in structured form.
Pump Main OPC (Openness, Productivity & Collaboration) provides a
1GBit
standardized, open, multi-vendor interface for automation
engineering.
The SNMP OPC server supports access to device information
Pump Substation 1 over the OPC interface. This means that network visualization,
S_IK10_XX_00004
system diagnostics and plant status monitoring can be imple-
mented in any OPC client systems (with OPC clients such as
WinCC, WinCC flexible, PCS 7). In addition to simple device
Pump Old diagnostics, detailed information such as redundant network
structures or network load distribution can be displayed. This
increases the operational safety and improves the availability of
the plant.
• Status monitoring and network management of SNMP-capa-
The device information can be visualized according to individual
ble devices in any OPC client systems; e.g. SIMATIC
requirements and can be adapted to the special requirements of
HMI/SCADA, office application
the respective customer installation. The information that is
• Easy access to SNMP-capable devices over the OPC made available can also be integrated into the signaling system
interface and alarm log of an HMI/SCADA system for example.
• Devices without SNMP agents can be monitored using the Using the SNMP information, it is possible to expand an existing
ping mechanism HMI/SCADA system as far as a customer-specific network
• Complete integration in the SIMATIC NET OPC server environ- management station.
ment
The SNMP OPC server can be operated over the following
• SNMP can be implemented in parallel with other communica- interfaces:
tions protocols such as PROFINET or S7 communication
• CP 1613 A2 (PCI, 32-bit)
• Configuring with STEP 7 or NCM PC
• CP 1623 (PCIe, 32-bit)
• Autodiscovery function for integrating accessible Ethernet
devices (STEP 7 V5.3+SP3 or higher) • Integral Industrial Ethernet interface of SIMATIC programming
devices/PCs
■ Benefits
• Network view and process view in a single system

• Easy network diagnostics in SIMATIC HMI/SCADA systems
and office applications
• Easy configuration and engineering without the need for
detailed knowledge of SNMP.
Embedded in the SIMATIC tool landscape
• It can operate in parallel with other communication protocols

© Siemens AG 2008
SNMP OPC server

The SNMP OPC server supports access to SNMP-capable SNMP OPC Server 2007 Edition
devices in the OPC client systems. For all configured TCP/IP Including MIB compiler;
devices that are not SNMP-capable, one OPC variable for sign- single license for 1 installation of
of-life monitoring (ICMP-PING) is offered.
2
the runtime software, software
and electronic manual on
Read access and in part write access to the respective device CD-ROM; license key on USB
information is possible. Thus the diagnosis of individual devices stick, Class A, for 32-bit Windows
is possible as well as diagnosis of the complete plant and device XP Professional SP1, 2,
characteristics can be actively controlled. Windows 2003 Server SP1, R2,
STEP 7/NCM PC contains an MIB compiler (Management Ultimate;
Information Base) for integrating SNMP-enabled devices. This German/English
allows device profiles to be created on the basis of an MIB file
• Basic 2007 6GK1 706-1NW70-3AA0
Devices with SNMP agents: Administration of
up to 20 IP addresses;
SIMATIC NET devices that feature special SNMP agents such as Single license for 1 installation
switches, WLAN Access Points and Industrial Ethernet PC and - Upgrade of SNMP OPC Server 6GK1 706-1NW00-3AE0
S7 communication processors are already included complete Basic from V6.4 to SNMP OPC
with their device profiles. Server Basic 2007 Edition
Thanks to MIB compilers (Management Information Base), other - Upgrade of SNMP OPC Server 6GK1 706-1NW00-3AE1
Basic from V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 or
SNMP-enabled devices can be integrated into the OPC config- V6.3 to SNMP OPC Server
uration through loading of MIBs in accordance with the SMI V1 Basic 2007 Edition
and SMI V2 standard from STEP 7 V5.4.
• Extended 2007 6GK1 706-1NX70-3AA0
Devices with IP addresses without SNMP agents: Administration of
up to 200 IP addresses
Devices without SNMP agents can be monitored using the ping
- Upgrade of SNMP OPC Server 6GK1 706-1NX00-3AE0
mechanism. The user can edit and save device-specific infor- Extended from V6.4 to SNMP
mation such as the contact person, site and device description OPC Server Extended 2007
for this purpose. Edition
• Any SNMP-capable devices such as printers or PCs can be - Upgrade of SNMP OPC Server 6GK1 706-1NX00-3AE1
depicted using a predefined library. Extended from V6.0, V6.1,
V6.2 or V6.3 to SNMP OPC
• The devices are integrated into the desktop of a client Server Extended 2007 Edition
application using preconfigured ActiveX Controls.
The predefined device profiles and the associated ActiveX upgrade from SNM OPC
controls allow easy administration of the devices in OPC client Server Basic to SNM OPC
applications. Individual expansions can also be implemented. Server Extended 2007 Edition
The SNMP OPC server is integrated in the SIMATIC NET OPC
server. The OPC Scout is also included in the functional scope
for browsing the displayed SNMP information. The SNMP OPC
server can use, for example, PROFINET or S7 communication at
the same time as PROFIBUS and Industrial Ethernet communi-
cation. This means that existing installations can also be ex-
panded with SNMP functionality. The SNMP OPC server also
enables several clients to execute simultaneously on one server.
User interfaces
• "Custom Interface“ for high-performance C++ applications
• "Automation Interface" for easily created Visual Basic applica-
tions (or similar).
• OPC Data Control for easy creation of client applications by
configuring ActiveX controls
• OPC Alarms & Events (Subset)
• Preconfigured ActiveX controls for the device profile used
Configuration
The NCM PC configuration tool is included in the scope of
supply of the CP 1613/1623 software packages and SOFTNET
for Industrial Ethernet.

© Siemens AG 2008
SOFTNET PN IO Linux
■ Overview
3&3*ZLWK
62)71(731,2/LQX[
31,2$3,
&
DSSOLFDWLRQ 2
352),1(7
FRPPXQLFDWLRQ 62)71(731,2/LQX[
352),1(7
,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW
*B,.B;;B
(7SUR31 HJ6ZLWK
(76ZLWK &38[DQG
,031 &3$GYDQFHG
PC with SOFTNET PN IO Linux as PROFINET IO Controller
• Software with PROFINET IO Controller function for coupling

PCs and IPCs with PROFINET IO Devices
• Possible applications:
- PC-based control systems
- HMI systems
- Test applications
- PROFINET IO Controller
• Can be used in combination with integrated Ethernet interface
• Cost-effective solution for the low-end performance range

© Siemens AG 2008
SOFTNET PN IO Linux
■ Benefits ■ Technical specifications

Order No. 2XV9 450-1PN00
Product type description SOFTNET PN IO Linux
Performance data
2 • Cost-effective interfacing of field devices to Industrial Ethernet
with PROFINET
• Number of operable IO Devices max. 64
• Number of external IO lines max. 1
• High-performance access to IO data through IO-Base inter- in one central rack
face for integration into C/C++ applications • Size of IO data areas overall
• Simple changeover from CP 5613 A2/CP 5614 A2 PROFIBUS - I/O input range Max. 2 KB
modules with DP-Base interface to PROFINET through IO-
- I/O output range Max. 2 KB
Base interface
• Size of I/O data area per connect-
• Uniform approach and configuration functionality with ed IO Device
NCM PC and STEP 7
- I/O input range Max. 1433 bytes
■ Application - I/O output range Max. 1433 bytes
Using SOFTNET PN IO Linux, PCs can be linked with PN field

devices including PC-based PN IO Devices (e.g. with CP 1616
or CP 1604) via Industrial Ethernet. SOFTNET PN IO Linux

SOFTNET PN IO Linux is available for the following interfaces: Software for PROFINET IO
Controller; runtime software,
• Integrated Ethernet interfaces software and electronic manual
on CD-ROM, for Linux Kernel
■ Function 2.6.x and glibc 2.3.x;
German/English
PROFINET communication • Single License 2XV9 450-1PN00
• PROFINET IO Controller for one installation
PROFINET
User interfaces
- Programming interface via C-Library;
for the integration of the PROFINET IO Controller functional-
ity, the IO base interface can be used. In terms of design, this
interface is based on the DP base interface of the PROFIBUS
modules CP 5613 A2 and CP 5614 A2. Therefore, the
porting of existing PROFIBUS DP master applications to
PN IO Controller applications is also possible and easy.
SOFTNET PN IO Linux and CP 1616 use compatible functions
of the IO Base interface.
Mode of operation
For SOFTNET, the entire protocol stack is handled in the PC.
This architecture means that the performance depends on the
configuration of the PC used or the loading on the PC.
Configuration
• The configuration is done in STEP 7/NCM PC as of V5.3 SP1

© Siemens AG 2008
SOFTNET for Linux
■ Overview ■ Function
• Software for connecting SIMATIC S7 SOFTNET uses internal standard interfaces of the operating sys-
• Provision of S7 communication via SAPI-S7 interface tem for accessing the Ethernet connections. This supports the
• Support of ISO and TCP/IP (RFC 1006) protocol interface cards enabled by the operating system. Simultaneous
operation of several cards is possible.
•
•
Available on Linux operating systems
Simultaneous operation of several cards
During communication, you can choose between the protocols 2
ISO and TCP/IP with RFC1006 for each connection.
The SOFTNET products offer the user diagnostics and trace
/LQX[DSSOLFDWLRQV+0, functions.
SOFTNET-S7/Linux functions
/D\HUPRGHO
,6226,
62)71(7 using S7 communication functions. The programming interface
6/LQX[ SAPI-S7 (Simple Application Programmer Interface) is available
for Linux operating systems as well as for the Windows operating
systems.
/LQX[%6
S7 communication offers the following services:
• Administrative services
7&3,3
,62
• Variable services
• BSEND/BRECV
*B,.B;;B
3&3*
6,0$7,&6 ZLWK62)71(7IRU/LQX[
SOFTNET-S7/Linux system configuration
■ Benefits
,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW 6ZLWK
&3
• High-speed communication with the S7 based on the S7
protocol
• Cost-saving programming thanks to user-friendly and simple 6
interface ZLWK&3
*B,.B;;B
• Flexible in use thanks to hardware-independent software
■ Application 68WR68
ZLWK&37)
6
ZLWK&3
For Linux systems, Siemens offers high-speed communication
with the SIMATIC S7 for Industrial Ethernet based on the S7 SOFTNET-S7/Linux system configuration
protocol.
SAPI-S7 (Simple Application Programmer Interface) provides
you with a user-friendly call interface for communication
between HMI systems or other Linux applications and the
SIMATIC S7.

© Siemens AG 2008
SOFTNET for Linux

SOFTNET-S7/Linux 2XV9 4501CG00 Support for Linux distributors:
for Industrial Ethernet Contact for Sales, Service and Training:
Software for S7 communication SIEMENS AG
I&S IS E&C IT
2
for SIMATIC S7 including Level 4
interface over ISO or TCP/IP,
single license for 1 installation, Contact
runtime software, software and Your IT4Industry Team
electronic manual on CD-ROM, Werner-von-Siemens-Str. 60
license key by fax, Class A, 91052 Erlangen
German/English Tel.: +49 (0)9131/7-4 61 11
Version 2.0 Fax: +49 (0)9131/7-4 47 57
E-mail: it4industry@siemens.com
The original distributions of SUSE
and RedHat Linux are supported.
Please contact your Siemens
representative for information
about current versions
The original distributions of SUSE
and RedHat Linux are supported.
representative for information
about current versions
contacts for information about the
latest versions and their variants
(32-bit and 64-bit).

© Siemens AG 2008
SOFTBUS for Linux
■ Overview
• Integrated communication • Uniform interface
• Cross-computer communication - To databases
- Link to ERP and DB systems
- To SIMATIC S7
2
'DWDEDVH
&XVWRPHULQWHUIDFHV 2UDFOH &XVWRPHUDSSOLFDWLRQV
& (53V\VWHPV
-$9$ 4XDOLW\0DQDJHPHQW
)LOH
62)7%86 62)7%86 62)7%86

$'$37(5 '% $'$37(5
/LQX[ :LQGRZV 62)7%86 6&2 6RODULV
62)7%86
62)7%86 $35(' 62)7%86
62)71(76
6(1'5(&(,9( UHGXQGDQW $GDSWHU
,62 (WKHUQHW
5)& 7&3,3
6,0$7,&6
*B,.B;;B
([WHUQDOV\VWHPV
6,0$7,&6
System configuration for SOFTBUS-SOFTNET
The process landscape in industrial companies is frequently a
product of historical developments. Thus there are many iso-
lated solutions that function optimally within their own terms of
reference but operate in a vacuum.
• Communication across the system with standardized inter-
Integrating these requires a smooth, loss-free and integrated
face.
communication system. Only this guarantees that the right
• Incorporation of ERP and DB systems. information arrives at the right place and at the right time.
• Interfacing of SIMATIC control systems SOFTBUS together with SOFTNET-S7 consists of matched
• Fast and automatic data flow modules that are available on the commonly used system plat-
forms (Linux, Windows) and thus ensure smooth communication
between the system platforms.

© Siemens AG 2008
SOFTBUS for Linux

SOFTBUS functions SOFTBUS
SOFTBUS comprises software modules that can be used on all Version 2.3
commonly available computer systems (Windows, Linux). SOFTBUS Linux
2 The modules are compatible and have been adapted to stan-
dards such as SIMATIC NET and thus secure vertical integration
• SOFTBUS/Linux redundant
(TCP) (32 bit)
2XV9 450-1CG02
with short start-up times. • SOFTBUS/Linux redundant 2XV9 450-1CG04

SOFTBUS DB functions (ISO) (32 bit)
• SOFTBUS/Linux (TCP) (32 bit) 2XV9 450-1CG08
SOFTBUS-DB merges databases and communication and
therefore offers possibilities for transaction protection and uni- • SOFTBUS/Linux (ISO) (32 bit) 2XV9 450-1CG10
form data storage. Please contact your Siemens
Interfaces contacts for information about the
latest versions and their variants
Thanks to the combination of different modules, all commonly (32-bit and 64-bit).
used platforms can be supported and linked together heteroge-
neously or homogeneously.
The programming interface of SOFTBUS is identical to the WVS-
KOM interface of the SIPAX package. Support for Linux distributors:
This means that SIPAX applications can migrate to SOFTBUS SIEMENS AG
without any problems. I&S IS E&C IT
Contact
Your IT4Industry Team
Werner-von-Siemens-Str. 60
91052 Erlangen, Germany
Tel.: +49 (0)9131/7-4 61 11
Fax: +49 (0)9131/7-4 47 57
E-mail: it4industry@siemens.com

© Siemens AG 2008
SIMATIC HMI connection options
Overview
■ Overview
Communication standard SIMATIC HMI
Version TP 177B DP/PN TP 277 MP277 WinCC flexible Connection via
OP 177B DP/PN OP 277 MP370 Runtime
Mobile Panel
177 PN
Mobile Panel 277
Mobile Panel
MP 377
2
277 IWLAN
OPC Data Access V2.0 + V1.1 (COM)/V1.0 (XML)
OPC client – – – • Industrial Ethernet
(COM/DCOM) (s. Catalog IK PI)
OPC server – – – •1) Industrial Ethernet
(COM/DCOM) (s. Catalog IK PI)
OPC XML client – – – •2) Industrial Ethernet
(SOAP/XML) (s. Catalog IK PI)
OPC XML server – – • 3) – Industrial Ethernet
(SOAP/XML) (s. Catalog IK PI)
HTTP communication for variable exchange between SIMATIC HMI systems
HTTP client •4) •4) •4) •5) Industrial Ethernet
(s. Catalog IK PI)
HTTP server •4) •4) •4) •5) Industrial Ethernet
(s. Catalog IK PI)
• System interface possible

– System interface not possible
1)
SIMATIC WinCC flexible/OPC Server for WinCC flexible Runtime required
2) Only with DCOM/XML gateway included in the scope of delivery of WinCC flexible for access to MP277, MP377 and MP 370 OPC XML servers
3)
WinCC flexible/OPC Server option for SIMATIC Multi Panel required
4)
WinCC flexible/Sm@rtAccess option required for SIMATIC Panel
5) WinCC flexible/Sm@rtAccess option for WinCC flexible Runtime required

© Siemens AG 2008
SIMATIC S7
■ Overview
The following types of interface for SIMATIC TP/OP/MP and PPI
SIMATIC S7 must be differentiated: (not for OP73micro, TP 177micro, OP 73, OP 77A, TP 177A,
• PPI (point-to-point interface): OP 77B, Mobile Panel 177 PN, Mobile Panel 277 IWLAN )
2 Connection between SIMATIC TP/OP/MP and SIMATIC

S7-200 via PPI. Communication runs on the PPI protocol;
Basically the PPI is a point-to-point connection between a
SIMATIC TP/OP/MP (PPI master) or alternatively a PG (PPI mas-
a standard FB as with SIMATIC S5 is not required. ter) and an S7-200 (PPI slave).
• MPI (multi-point interface): However, a connection between a SIMATIC TP/OP/MP and/or a
Link from SIMATIC TP/OP/MP to SIMATIC S7 via the integrated PG and an S7-200 (sequential logic point-to-point link, i.e. from
PPI with S7-200 or MPI with S7-300/-400 or alternatively via the the point of view of the S7-200 only one connection is active at
MPI of a separate interface module and the backplane bus any one time) is also possible (network topology: PPI only).
to the SIMATIC S7-CPU. Communication runs on the MPI
protocol (PG/OP communication); a standard FB as with MPI/PROFIBUS interface/
SIMATIC S5 is not required. Industrial Ethernet interface
• PROFIBUS interface: The multipoint-capable communication interfaces of
Link from SIMATIC TP/OP/MP to SIMATIC S7 via the integrated SIMATIC TP/OP/MP and SIMATIC S7 are used. Options are:
PROFIBUS interface on the CPU or alternatively via the
PROFIBUS interface on a separate interface module and the • Interface between one or a number of TP/OP/MPs
backplane bus to the SIMATIC S7-CPU. Communication runs (MPI master) and one or a number of S7-300/400s
on the MPI protocol (PG/OP communication); a standard FB or WinAC (MPI master)
as with SIMATIC S5 is not required. (possible network topology: MPI/PROFIBUS/Industrial
Ethernet)
• PROFINET interface:
Link from SIMATIC TP/OP/MP to SIMATIC S7 via the integrated • Interface between one or a number of TP/OP/MPs
PROFINET interface on the CPU or alternatively via the Indus- (MPI master) and one or a number of S7-200s (MPI slave) 1)
trial Ethernet interface on a separate interface module and the (possible network topology: PPI/MPI/PROFIBUS)
backplane bus to the SIMATIC S7-CPU. Communication runs Unlike PPI connections, MPI connections are static connections
on the MPI protocol (PG/OP communication); a standard FB that are set up during booting and then monitored.
as with SIMATIC S5 is not required.
A master/slave link has now been added to the original format
The maximum possible number of S7 connections of one CPU is of a master/master link. This has enabled the integration of the
determined by its power (see Catalog ST 70); from the point of S7-200 (except CPU 212).1)
view of SIMATIC TP/OP/MP the following restrictions apply:
Generally this type of information exchange between
• OP 73micro, TP 177micro: SIMATIC TP/OP/MP and SIMATIC S7 is independent of the
1 connection network used, PPI, MPI, PROFIBUS or Industrial Ethernet:
• OP 73: SIMATIC TP/OP/MPs are S7 clients and SIMATIC S7-CPUs are
max. 2 connections S7 servers.
• OP 77A, TP 177A, OP 77B, TP177B, OP 177B,
1)
Mobile Panel 177: For constraints with regard to transfer rates for the S7-200,
max. 4 connections see Catalog ST 70.
• TP 277, OP 277; Mobile Panel 277, MP 277, MP 370, MP 377:
max. 6 connections
• PC with WinCC flexible Runtime:
max. 8 connections

© Siemens AG 2008
SIMATIC S7
Controller SIMATIC HMI
Target hardware (PROTOCOL) OP 77A OP 77B TP 277 MP 370 WinCC flexi- Connection via
(physics) TP 177A TP 177B DP OP 277 ble
2
Runtime
OP 177B DP Mobile Panel
TP 177B 277
DP/PN Mobile Panel
OP 177B 277 IWLAN
DP/PN MP 277
Mobile Panel MP 377
177 DP
Mobile Panel
177 PN
SIMATIC S7 (PPI/MPI)
via PPI to S7-200 (PPI) – •1) 2) •1) 2) •1) •1) 3) MPI cable11)
via MPI or PROFIBUS •4) •2) 5) •2) 5) •5) •3) 5) MPI cable11)
(PG/OP communication)
to S7-200
via MPI or PROFIBUS •4) •2) •2) • •3) MPI cable11)
to S7-300, -400
via PPI network (PPI) – •1) 2) •1) 2) •1) •1) 3) PPI network12)
to max. 1 x S7-200 (see Catalog ST 70)
via PPI network •4) •6) – – – PPI network12)
(PG/OP communication) (see also Catalog
to max. 4 x S7-200 ST 70)
via MPI or PROFIBUS network •4) •2) 5) •2) 5) •5) •3) 5) MPI or
(PG/OP communication) PROFIBUS
to max. 4 x S7-200 network12)
(see also Catalog
ST 70)
via MPI or PROFIBUS network •4) •2) •2) • •3) MPI or PROFIBUS
(PG/OP communication) network12)
to max. 4 x S7-300, -400, WinAC (see also Catalog
ST 70)
via Industrial Ethernet (TCP/IP) – •7) 8) •8) 9) • •10) Industrial Ethernet
(PG/OP communication) (see Chapter 2)
to max. 4 x S7-200, -300, -400,
WinAC

1)
Can be connected via PPI to max. 1 x S7-200 (PPI); network operation (parallel PG, etc.) possible
2)
Not Mobile Panel 177 PN, Mobile Panel 277 IWLAN;
connection of Mobile Panel 177 DP, Mobile Panel 277 via special connecting cables and connection box (see Mobile Panel);
see manual for cable assignment
3)
Connection via integrated MPI/PROFIBUS interface; use the CP 5611 A2 with a standard PC.
4)
Max. transfer rate 1.5 Mbit/s
5)
Only to passive S7-200; OP 77B (MPI) also to active S7-200
6) Only OP 77B (MPI)
7)
Only TP 177B DP/PN, OP 177B DP/PN, Mobile Panel 177 PN
8)
Mobile Panel 177 PN, Mobile Panel 277 connection via special connecting cable and connection box (see Mobile Panel);
see manual for cable assignment.
9)
Mobile Panel 277 IWLAN (wireless interface, see Mobile Panel)
10)
Connection via integrated Industrial Ethernet interface; use the CP 1612 with a standard PC
11)
MPI cable 6ES7 901-0BF00-0AA0 (max. 187.5 Kbit/s) included in PG's scope of delivery (for download and test purposes only)
12)
Bus connector 6GK1 500-0EA02

© Siemens AG 2008
SIMATIC WinCC flexible RT
■ Overview ■ Integration
SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime supports connection to:
Protocol PC interfaces
SIMATIC S7 via Ethernet (TCP/IP)
2 S7-200 with CP 243-1 CP 1613 A2
1)
S7-300 CPUs with integral Ethernet
interface
S7-300 with CP 343-1
S7-400 CPUs with integral Ethernet
interface
S7-400 with CP 443-1
WinAC Basis (V3.0 and higher)
WinAC RTX
SIMATIC S7 via integrated interface
WinAC Basis (V2.0 and higher) Internal system interface
WinAC RTX
SIMOTION 2)
SINUMERIK 3)
• PC-based visualization software for single-user systems
directly at the machine OPC (Client + Server) 4) 5)
1)
• Executable under Windows XP Professional/Vista Business/ Data Access V2.0 + V1.1 (COM) /
Vista Ultimate V1.0 (XML) client only
HTTP communication 1)
• Current version:
- SIMATIC WinCC flexible 2008 Runtime with 128, 512, 2048 for data exchange between
or 4096 PowerTags SIMATIC HMI (client + server) 5) 6)
1)
• SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime is configured with the With MicroBox 420/427 and Panel PC 477/577/677 via internal Ethernet
SIMATIC WinCC flexible Advanced configuration software. interface
2)
For further information, see Catalog PM 10
■ Benefits 3)
"Sinumerik HMI copy license OA" option required;
for further information, see Catalog NC 60
• Optimum price/performance ratio thanks to individually 4)
OPC client included in scope of delivery, "WinCC flexible/OPC server for
scalable system functionality WinCC flexible Runtime" required for OPC server option
5)
• Functions for all visualization tasks: OPC and HTTP communication are additive, i.e. can be used in conjunc-
Operator functions, graphical and plot representations, sig- tion with the PLC interfaces listed above
6)
naling system, log system, archiving (option), recipe manage- The "WinCC flexible/Sm@rtAccess for WinCC flexible Runtime" options are
ment (option), Audit Trail (option), process fault diagnostics required
(option)
Application note
• Flexible runtime functionality thanks to Visual Basic scripts
• Innovative service concepts with remote operation, diagnos- In conjunction with any PLC interface, WinCC flexible Runtime
tics and administration via intranet and Internet as well as supports the use of the OPC client channel;
e-mail communication to increase availability (option) this enables, for example, the connection to an SNMP OPC
server for the purpose of visualizing the data stored there.
• Support for simple distributed automation solutions based on The SNMP OPC server provides a means of monitoring network
TCP/IP networks at the machine level (option) components of any type (e. g. switches) which support the
SNMP protocol.
Note:
Further information can be found in the Catalog ST 80, in the
offline CA 01 Mall and in the Internet at
www.siemens.com/automation/mall

© Siemens AG 2008
Higher-level visualization system
2
OPC client
Industrial Ethernet
On-site visualization
OPC server OPC server
OPC client
3rd party server

PROFIBUS
SIMATIC S7-300 SIMATIC S7-400
Programmable
controllers
G_ST80_XX_00077
Other
manufacturers
SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime application example
■ Further information
http://www.siemens.com/wincc-flexible

© Siemens AG 2008
SIMATIC WinCC
Integration in company-wide solutions
(IT and business integration)
WinCC is strictly based on Microsoft technology, which provides
2 for the greatest possible compatibility and integration ability.
Active and .net 1) controls allow for technology and sector-spe-
cific expansions. Cross-manufacturer communication is also a
simply exercise. The reason: WinCC can be used as OPC client
and server, and in addition to the access to current process
values, it also supports standards such as OPC HDA (Historical
Data Access), OPC Alarm & Events and OPC XML Data Access.
Equally important: Visual Basic for Applications (VBA) for user-
specific expansions of the WinCC Graphics Designer and Visual
Basic Scripting (VBS) as an easy-to-learn, open runtime lan-
guage. If desired, professional application developers can also
use ANSI-C. And access to the API programming interfaces is
really simple with the Open-Development-Kit ODK.
WinCC integrates an efficient, scalable Historian functionality
based on the Microsoft SQL Server 2005 in the basic system.
Thus the user is given all possibilities: from high-performance
archiving of current process data, to long-term archiving with
• PC-based operator control and monitoring system for visualiz- high data compression, through to a central information turnta-
ing and operating processes, production flows, machines and ble in form of a company-wide Process Historian. With the help
plants in all sectors – with the simple single-user station of the option Central Archive Server, this can be set up in the
through to distributed multi-user systems with redundant framework of a WinCC solution. Versatile clients and tools for
servers and cross-location solutions with web clients. WinCC evaluation, the open interfaces, special options (Connectivity
is the information hub for company-wide, vertical integration. Pack, Connectivity Station, IndustrialDataBridge) form the basis
• The basic system configuration (WinCC basic software) infor an effective IT and business integration.
cludes industry-standard functions for signaling and acknowl- 1)
Only supported by WinCC V7.0
edging events, archiving of messages and measured values,
logging of all process and configuration data, user administra- Integration in automation solutions
tion and visualization. WinCC is an open process visualization system and offers the
• The WinCC basic software forms the core of a wide range of option of connecting the most diverse control systems.
different applications. Based on the open programming inter-
Released communication software
faces, a wide range of WinCC options (from Siemens A&D)
and WinCC add-ons have been developed (by Siemens-inter- Only communication software with the listed (or higher) product
nal and external partners). versions should be used. Corresponding SIMATIC NET up-
• WinCC can be operated with every PC that meets the given grades are available for the upgrading of older versions.
HW requirements. The product range of the SIMATIC Panel PC Number of connectable controls
and SIMATIC Rack PC is available in particular for the indus-
trial usage of WinCC systems. SIMATIC PCs stand out due to For the number of the connectable controls via Industrial
their powerful PC technology, are designed for round-the- Ethernet CP 1613 A2/CP 1623, the following applies for a
clock continuous operation, and can be operated in both maximum message frame length of 512 bytes:
harsh industrial environments and office areas. Type of connection Number of nodes
• Current versions: SIMATIC S5 Ethernet Layer 4 + up to 60
- SIMATIC WinCC V7.0: TCP/IP
Executable under SIMATIC S5 Ethernet TF up to 60
- Windows VISTA Ultimate, Business and Enterprise
- Windows XP Professional SIMATIC S7 Protocol Suite up to 64
- Windows 2003 Server and Windows 2003 Server R2; SIMATIC 505 Ethernet Layer 4 + up to 60
the Microsoft SQL Server 2005 SP2 is included TCP/IP
- SIMATIC WinCC V6.2 SP2:
Executable under Via PROFIBUS, a maximum of 8 controls with CP 5611 A2,
Windows XP Professional/ Windows Server 2003 SP2/ CP 5621 and a maximum of 44 controls with CP 5613 A2 can be
Windows Server 2003 R2 SP2 and connected. With approx. 10 or more controls, the usage of
Windows 2000 Professional SP4 Industrial Ethernet is recommended.

© Siemens AG 2008
SIMATIC WinCC
Mixed mode with different controls Coupling overview
With their multi-protocol stack, the communications processors Protocol Description
CP 1613 A2 / CP 1623 und CP 5613 A2 allow for the parallel SIMATIC S7
operation of two protocols, e.g. for the mixed operation of differ-
ent controls via a bus cable. WinCC supports the operation of SIMATIC S7 Protocol Suite Channel DLL for S7 functions
via MPI, PROFIBUS or Ethernet
2
two similar Interface Boards only in combination with the chan-
Layer 4 + TCP/IP
nels SIMATIC S5 Ethernet
Layer 4 (2 x CP 1613 A2/CP 1623), SIMATIC S7 Protocol Suite Cross-manufacturer
(2 x CP 1613 A2/CP 1623, 2 x CP 5613 A2) and PROFIBUS DP Windows DDE Channel DLL for DDE communi-
(4 x CP 5613 A2; max. 122 slaves per CP 5613 A2). In addition cation, WinCC can acquire data
to communication over industrial Ethernet CP 1613 A2/CP 1623 from DDE server applications
or PROFIBUS CP 5613 A2, one CP 5611 A2/CP 5621 each can
OPC client 1) Channel DLL for OPC communi-
be used for communication with SIMATIC S7 via MPI. cation, WinCC can acquire data
Client-server communication from OPC server applications
OPC server Server applications for OPC com-
The communication between the clients and the server is munication; WinCC provides pro-
achieved using the TCP/IP protocol. The construction of a cess data for the OPC client
separate PC-LAN is recommended. For small projects with
correspondingly small message frame advent, a SIMATIC NET PROFIBUS FMS Channel DLL for PROFIBUS FMS
Industrial Ethernet can be used for both process communication PROFIBUS DP Channel DLL for PROFIBUS DP
(WinCC/Server ↔ PLC) and for PC-PC communication 1)
(WinCC/client ↔ WinCC/server). Application note:
The parallel usage of the OPC client channel allows, for example,
Communication redundancy the connection to an SNMP-OPC server for visualization of the
data contained there. The SNMP-OPC server enables monitoring of any
WinCC itself does not support any redundant LAN interfaces. network components (e.g. switch) that support the SNMP protocol.
The software package S7-REDCONNECT is required for the re- Further information can be found in the Catalog IK PI
dundant connection of PCs via 2 x Industrial Ethernet to SIMATIC
S7. This connects the SIMATIC S7 with applications on the PC,
e.g. SIMATIC WinCC. A pure communication redundancy can
be achieved by setting up optical rings (see Catalog IK PI).
Channel DLL PROFIBUS DP
In accordance with the PROFIBUS standard, DP/slaves
are always permanently assigned to a DP master; i.e. a second
WinCC station (DP/master) cannot access the same controls
(DP/slave). This means that redundant operation of two WinCC
stations is not possible with the use of the PROFIBUS DP
coupling.
Connection to controls from other manufacturers:
For the connection of controls from other manufacturers, OPC
(Openness, Productivity & Collaboration) is recommended.
Current notes and information about OPC servers from various
suppliers can be found at:
http://www.opcfoundation.org/05_man.asp
WinCC supports the standards:
• OPC Data Access 1.1
• OPC Data Access 2.05a
• OPC XML Data Access 1.01
(Connectivity Pack/Connectivity Station)
• OPC HDA 1.2 (Connectivity Pack/Connectivity Station)
• OPC A&E 1.1 (Connectivity Pack/Connectivity Station)
More information is available in the Internet at:

http://www.siemens.com/wincc-connectivity

© Siemens AG 2008
SIMATIC WinCC
Communication components for PG/PC for SIMATIC for WinCC V6.2
Industrial Ethernet SIMATIC S5 SIMATIC S5 SIMATIC S7 SIMATIC 505 SIMATIC 505 Order No.
Ethernet TCP/IP Protocol Ethernet TCP/IP 1)
2 WinCC – channel DLL

Layer 4 Suite Layer 4
SIMATIC S5 Ethernet TF Included in the basic

Channel DLL for S5-TF communica- package
tion
SIMATIC S5 Ethernet Layer 4 • • Included in the basic
Channel DLL for S5 Layer 4 com- package
munication + TCP/IP
SIMATIC S7 Protocol Suite • Included in the basic
Channel DLL for S7 functions package
Communication components for extension of the OS/OP
SOFTNET-S7 20072) • • 6GK1 704-1CW70-3AA0
communications software for S7
functions (max. 64 connections)
• for 32-bit Windows XP
Prof./Server/Server
R2/Vista Ultimate/Business
SOFTNET-S7 Lean 2007 2) 3) • • 6GK1 704-1LW70-3AA0
communications software for S7
functions (max. 8 connections)
• for 32-bit Windows XP
Prof./Server/Server
R2/Vista Ultimate/Business
CP 1613 • • • • • 6GK1 161-3AA00
PCI card for the connection of
PG/PC to Industrial Ethernet (com-
munications software must be
ordered separately)
CP 1613 A2 • • • • • 6GK1 161-3AA01
PCI card (32 bit) for connection of
PG/PC to Industrial Ethernet (com-
munications software must be
ordered separately)
CP 1623 • • • • • 6GK1 162-3AA00
PCI Express x1 card (3.3 V/12 ) for
connection of PG/PC to Industrial
Ethernet (communications software
must be ordered separately)
S7-1613 20072) • • • • 6GK1 716-1CB70-3AA0
communications software for
S7 functions and S5/505 Layer 4
communication with TCP/IP
• for 32-bit Windows XP Prof./2003
Server/Vista Ultimate/Business

1)
Via any interface board with NDIS 3.0 interface; no separate communications software required
2)
For upgrade packages, see ordering data
3)
SOFTNET-S7 Lean 2006 included in the scope of delivery of WinCC V6.2
You can find further information in the Internet at

http://www4.ad.siemens.de/view/cs/de/14627901

© Siemens AG 2008
SIMATIC WinCC
Communication examples
Standard PC
SIMATIC NET PROFIBUS (S7 functions)
- CP 1613 A2 2
6GK1 161-3AA01
with WinCC - CP 1623
e.g. RC 64 k or RT 64 k 6GK1 162-3AA00
- S7-1613
(communication software)
6GK1 716-1CB70-3AA0
PROFIBUS
- CP 443-1 (S7, S/R) ISO + TCP - CP 343-1 (S7, S/R) ISO + TCP
6GK7 443-1EX20-0XE0 6GK7 343-1EX30-0XE0
- CP 443-1 Advanced - CP 343-1 Advanced
(S7, S/R, HTTP) (S7, S/R, HTTP)
6GK7 443-1GX20-0XE0 6GK7 343-1GX30-0XE0
G_ST80_XX_00011
- NCM S7 PROFIBUS manual - NCM S7 PROFIBUS manual
(SIMATIC NET CD or (SIMATIC NET CD or
Internet Download) Internet Download)
WinCC single-user system: Industrial Ethernet with S7 communication
without operating
option on server:
32 clients + TCP/IP- max. 4
+ 3 Web clients interface With operating
Standard PC option
or
with WinCC on server
50 Web clients
e.g. RC 64 k or RT 64 k Client Client
+ 1 client
TERMINAL BUS TCP/IP

Server
PROCESS BUS (Industrial Ethernet/PROFIBUS)
The sample applications

- WinCC single-user system: SIMATIC NET PROFIBUS with S7 functions
G_ST80_XX_00013
- WinCC single-user system: SIMATIC NET Industrial Ethernet with S7 functions

- WinCC single-user system: SIMATIC NET PROFIBUS FMS
can be set up here.
WinCC multi-user system with operable server

© Siemens AG 2008
SIMATIC WinCC
Higher-level visualisation system
- OPC server functionality
2
(included in WinCC basic package)
- TCP-IP interface board
required
OPC-Client
Industrial Ethernet
- OPC server - OPC-Server-
functionality On-site visualization functionality
OPC-Server OPC-Server
(included in (included in
ProTool/Pro WinCC
Runtime basic package)
basic package - TCP-IP Interface
board
OPC-Client required
- integrated OPC-Server - OPC server

PROFIBUS- PROFIBUS functionality
interface SIMATIC S7-300 SIMATIC S7-400 (included in
WinCC
basic package)
Non-Siemens
PLCs - OPC-Server
G_ST80_XX_00015
required for
interfacing with
third-party PLCs
OPC coupling

© Siemens AG 2008
Accessories
C-PLUG
The C-PLUG is designed to the degree of protection IP20.
For IP65 components, the degree of protection is ensured by the
construction of the target device. The power supply is also
provided by the data terminal.
The C-PLUG is plugged into the appropriate slot in the SIMATIC 2
NET component. During start-up of the device and reconfigur-
ing, the configuration data of the device is backed up automati-
cally.
In the event of component failure, the C-PLUG is simply removed
from the failed component and plugged into the replacement
part. The replacement unit installed in the network or in the auto-
mation system then starts up automatically with the same device
configuration as the failed device.
To protect against inadvertent removal (falling out), the slot for
the C-PLUG is usually mounted on the rear of the data terminal.
• Swap media that supports the fast and easy replacement of

SIMATIC NET components without a programming device in
the event of a fault
• For implementation in all SIMATIC NET products with C-PLUG
slot
• For automatic backing up of configuration or engineering data
from the SIMATIC NET components
• The C-PLUG can also be used to store application data such
as documents or Web pages
• In some SIMATIC S7 CP modules, such as the CP 443-1
Advanced, the C-PLUG is a standard component of the scope
of supply and is required to guarantee the complete functional
scope of the respective component.
■ Benefits
The C-PLUG is plugged into the rear of the CP 443-1 Advanced
• Quick and easy replacement of SIMATIC NET components

without the need to reconfigure the replacement part
• The device can be replaced without the need for specially
trained personnel or a programming device or PC
• The downtime of network segments and connected Industrial
Ethernet stations in the event of a fault is minimized.
■ Application
The C-PLUG is used when it is necessary for network compo-
nents or communication modules to be replaced quickly and
easily in the event of a fault without the need for reconfiguring the
replacement part and without the need for special training.
The C-PLUG is plugged into the IWLAN Access Point

SCALANCE W 788-1PRO on the rear of the device

© Siemens AG 2008
Accessories
C-PLUG
■ Function ■ Technical specifications

During start-up, the device automatically backs up the configu- Order No. 6GK1 900-0AB00
ration data on an unwritten C-PLUG (delivery condition) that has Product type description C-PLUG
been plugged into a SIMATIC NET component. Changes to the
configuration during normal operation are also backed up on the Power supply Via data terminal
2 C-PLUG without any additional operator intervention. Power loss 0.015 mW
During start-up an unconfigured device automatically loads the Mounting Can be plugged into a C-PLUG
configuration data from an inserted, written C-PLUG provided slot
the data were written by a compatible device type. Perm. ambient conditions
Diagnostics • Operating temperature -20 °C to +70 °C
Incorrect C-PLUG handling, such as inserting a C-PLUG that • Transport/storage temperature -40 °C to +80 °C
contains the configuration of another device group or general • Relative humidity max. 95 % (164 ft)
malfunctions of the C-PLUG are signaled over the diagnostic
mechanisms for the respective data terminal (LEDs, PROFINET, Construction
SNMP, Web-based Management, etc.). • Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 24.3 x 17 x 8.1
■ Integration
• Weight Approx. 5 g
Memory capacity 32 MB
Supported products Degree of protection IP20
SCALANCE X Industrial Ethernet switches
• X-200 ■ Ordering data Order No.
• SCALANCE X-200IRT C-PLUG 6GK1 900-0AB00
• SCALANCE X-300 (included in scope of supply) Swap medium for simple replace-
• SCALANCE X-400 (included in scope of supply) ment of devices in the event of a
fault; for storing configuration or
Industrial Security SCALANCE S engineering and application data;
• S-600 products with C-PLUG slot
Industrial Wireless LAN SCALANCE W
• W-740
• W-780
System connections for SIMATIC S7
• CP 443-1 Advanced (included in delivery)
• CP 343-1
• CP 343-1 Advanced (included in delivery)
Network transitions
• IWLAN/PB Link PN IO
• IE/PB Link PN IO
• IE/AS-i LINK PN IO
• DP/AS-i LINK Advanced

© Siemens AG 2008
Accessories
SICLOCK time synchronization
■ Overview • Stand-alone systems;

for SIMATIC S7 controllers or small systems, e.g. for laboratory
automation, SICLOCK DCFS7 is a low-cost alternative to
DCF77 synchronization directly over an S7 digital input.
■ Design
SICLOCK TC 400 and SICLOCK TM/SICLOCK TS are con-
2
structed for mounting on a SIMATIC rail. Sets of materials for
installation in 19-inch racks are also available.
■ Function
Central plant clocks
The SICLOCK TC 400 and SICLOCK TM/SICLOCK TS central
plant clocks support the synchronization of CPs and PCs with
the SIMATIC procedure as well as the NTP procedure over
SICLOCK TC 400
SICLOCK TC 400 is used as a central plant clock for highly ac-
curate timekeeping and distributes the time to all synchronized
systems over Industrial Ethernet, as well as over three additional
point-to-point connections with TTY/24 V and RS422/5 V.
The devices are equipped with four independent Ethernet inter-
faces. This enables separate or redundant automation networks
and I&C networks to be synchronized in parallel with just one
• SICLOCK TC 400 or SICLOCK TM/TS central plant clock as device. Apart from the well-proven standard networks such as
the central component for time synchronization of a plant over SIMATIC NET or NTP, TC 400 is also prepared for use in
Ethernet PROFINET and PTCP.
• SICLOCK TC 400; Interfaces, signal types, redundancy, etc. are parameterized
- Four independent Ethernet interfaces for supporting several over the Internet/HMI. The display of statuses on the device pro-
Ethernet subnets vides fast access to the operating status and any faults.
- Significantly extended redundancy functions
SICLOCK TC 400 has interrupt capability and can be integrated
- Designed for PROFINET
into the I&C.
• GPS or DCF77 radio clocks for direct connection to PCs,
SIMATIC S7 controllers and to the SICLOCK TC 400 and SICLOCK TM
SICLOCK TM/TS central plant clocks SICLOCK TM is used as a central plant clock for highly accurate
• Pulse converter for electrical and optical distribution and timekeeping and distributes the time to all synchronized systems
interface conversion over Industrial Ethernet, as well as over eight additional outputs
• Complete packages for common applications for point-to-point connections with RS232, RS422, and TTY
20 mA.
■ Application SICLOCK TS
Time synchronization of all components plays an important part SICLOCK TS is used as a central plant clock for highly accurate
in the automation of production plants. The SICLOCK system timekeeping and distributes the time to all synchronized systems
is a parameterizable, modular system with perfectly matched over Industrial Ethernet, as well as over three individually param-
components for the time synchronization of plants. GPS (world- eterizable outputs for point-to-point connections and IRIG A and
wide) as well as DCF77 (Germany) can be used for external B.
radio synchronization If the antenna of a radio clock fails, all SICLOCK central plant
The modular SICLOCK system supports the time synchroniza- clocks continue to provide reliable timekeeping thanks to auto-
tion of an individual PLC through to the large plant with multiple matic changeover to highly accurate quartz operation. When the
redundancy. radio clock is returned to service, they accept the time signal
without a time step.
Time synchronization concepts
The automation systems and operator stations of a SIMATIC
PCS 7 plant or WinCC stations can be synchronized as follows
with DCF77 or GPS time signals:
• Large plants;
for larger plants with many network stations and stringent
requirements for timekeeping, the time synchronization
is performed using a SICLOCK TC 400 or SICLOCK TM/
SICLOCK TS central plant clock on the plant bus.
• Small plants;
for small to medium-sized plants, the PCS 7 Operator Station
or the WinCC Station are used as the time master, whereby the
corresponding DCF or GPS radio clock is directly connected
to the COM interface of the PC.

© Siemens AG 2008
Accessories

SICLOCK TC 400 central plant clock SICLOCK TM central plant clock (continued)
SICLOCK TC 400 preferred SICLOCK TM GPS1000
packages
SICLOCK TM central plant clock
2 SICLOCK TC 400 GPS1000
SICLOCK TC 400 central plant
2XV9 450-2AR10 with Ethernet interface +
GPS1000 radio clock,
clock with four Ethernet interfaces package comprises
+ GPS1000 radio clock • SICLOCK TM in stainless steel
Package comprises housing for rail mounting
• SICLOCK TC 400 • GPS1000 antenna head
• SICLOCK GPS1000 system with antenna frame
with antenna frame • GPS1000 power supply
• Lightning protection for GPS
• 5 m RS232 connection cable
Complete solution,
e.g. for use in PCS 7 • Junction box
- with SICLOCK TM 2XV9 450-1AR50
SICLOCK TC 400 DCF77 2XV9 450-2AR20 24 … 110 V DC
SICLOCK TC 400 central plant - with SICLOCK TM 2XV9 450-1AR51
clock with four Ethernet interfaces 90 … 230 V AC/DC
+ DCFRS radio clock,
industrial version; SICLOCK TM single device
package comprises
• SICLOCK TC 400 with Ethernet interface,
• Active DCF77 antenna with TTY in stainless steel housing
output (20 mA line current) and for rail mounting
antenna frame • SICLOCK TM 2XV9 450-1AR22
• Junction box 24 … 110 V DC
• 1 m connecting cable mounted, • with SICLOCK TM 2XV9 450-1AR23
extendable to 1000 m 90 … 230 V AC/DC
SICLOCK TC 400 single device 2XV9 450-2AR01 SICLOCK TS central plant clock
SICLOCK TC 400 central plant SICLOCK TS GPS1000
clock with four Ethernet interfaces
SICLOCK TS central plant clock
SICLOCK TM central plant clock with Ethernet interface and IRIG A
SICLOCK TM DCF77 and B + GPS1000 radio clock,
package comprises
with Ethernet interface + DCFRS • SICLOCK TS in stainless steel
radio clock, industrial version; housing for rail mounting
package comprises • GPS1000 radio clock
• SICLOCK TM in stainless steel with antenna frame
housing for rail mounting
• Junction box
• Active DCF77 antenna with TTY
output (20 mA line current) and - with SICLOCK TS 2XV9 450-1AR54
antenna frame 24 … 110 V DC
• Junction box - with SICLOCK TS 2XV9 450-1AR55
90 … 230 V AC/DC
• 1 m connecting cable mounted,
extendable to 1000 m SICLOCK TS single device
- with SICLOCK TM 2XV9 450-1AR26 SICLOCK TS central plant clock
24 … 110 V DC with Ethernet interface and IRIG A
- with SICLOCK TM 2XV9 450-1AR27 and B in stainless steel housing
90 … 230 V AC/DC for rail mounting
SICLOCK TM GPSDEC • SICLOCK TS 24 … 110 V DC 2XV9 450-1AR52
SICLOCK TM central plant clock • SICLOCK TS 90 … 230 V AC/DC 2XV9 450-1AR53
with Ethernet interface + GPS-
DEC radio clock,
package comprises
• SICLOCK TM in stainless steel
housing for rail mounting
• GPS antenna with antenna frame
• 22 m coax antenna cable
(max. length 70 m,
see accessories)
• GPSDEC decoder
with power supply
• 5 m RS232 connection cable
• Parameterization software for PC
24 … 110 V DC
90 … 230 V AC/DC

© Siemens AG 2008
Accessories

DCF radio clocks GPS radio clocks
SICLOCK DCFRS, 2XV9 450-1AR21 SICLOCK WINGPS, 2XV9 450-1AR13
radio clock, industrial version radio clock for Windows
DCF radio clock for time synchro-
nization of individual PCs or
servers in industrial environments
GPS radio clock for the time
synchronization of individual PCs 2
in industrial environments with
with high levels of interference; high levels of interference,
distances of up to 1000 m are package comprises
possible between the DCF radio
clock and the PC, • GPS antenna
package comprises with antenna frame
• Active DCF77 antenna with TTY • WINGPS decoder
output (20 mA line current) and with power supply
antenna frame
• 22 m coax antenna cable (max.
• TTY/RS232 converter length 70 m, see accessories)
• Plug-in power supply
• 20 m PC connection cable
• Two junction boxes WINGPS
• 1 m connecting cable mounted,
• DCF77 receiving service
extendable to 1000 m
for Windows NT/2000/2003/XP
• DCF77 receiving service for
Windows NT/2000/2003/XP SICLOCK GPSDEC, 2XV9 450-1AR00
radio clock for Windows
SICLOCK DCFRS, 2XV9 450-1AR14
radio clock for Windows GPS radio clock for the time
synchronization of the SICLOCK
DCF radio clock for the time TM/TS central plant clocks or
synchronization of individual PCs programmable logic controllers
over short distances, in industrial environments with
package comprises high levels of interference,
• Active DCF77 antennas with package comprises
RS232 interface
Mounting bracket • GPS antenna with antenna
frame
• 20 m connecting cable mounted
• DCF77 receiving service • GPSDEC decoder
for Windows NT/2000/2003/XP with power supply
SICLOCK DCFEMP, receiver 2XV9 450-1AR61 • 22 m coax antenna cable (max.

with TTY interface length 70 m, see accessories)
DCF receiver for connection to • 5 m RS232 connecting cable
existing HF cable system in the • Parameterization program
plant for DCF77 time signals for
time synchronization of individual GPS1000 + power supply, 2XV9 450-1AR82
PCs or servers at distances radio clock for Windows
of up to 1000 m,
package comprises GPS radio clock for the time
synchronization of PCs, program-
• Active DCF77 receiver with mable controllers, as well as the
mounting bracket and TTY SICLOCK TM and SICLOCK TS
interface central plant clocks in industrial
• 1 m connecting cable mounted environments with high levels of
interference with distances
SICLOCK DCFS7 2XV9 450-1AR36 up to 1000 m between the
Low-cost solution for time antenna and the device,
synchronization of SIMATIC package comprises
S7-300/400 over DCF77 over one
digital input, • GPS1000 antenna head
package comprises with antenna frame
• SICLOCK DCFRS, radio clock • GPS1000 power supply
with RS232 output, • Junction box
20 m connecting cable and
mounting bracket • 5 m RS232 connecting cable
• SICLOCK DCFS7 interface • DCF77 receiving service
• SICLOCK DCFS7 receiving for Windows NT/2000/2003/XP
service (STEP 7 function block
for integration in S7 software)
Accessories for SICLOCK DCFS7
SICLOCK DCFS7 interface + 2XV9 450-1AR30
receiving service
(STEP 7 function block
SICLOCK DCFS7 interface 2XV9 450-1AR35
SICLOCK DCFS7 2XV9 450-1AR32
receiving service
(STEP 7 function block

© Siemens AG 2008
Accessories

Accessories SIEMENS AG
Set of materials for SICLOCK I&S EDM V ERL
TM/TS Frauenauracher Str. 98
2 • For desktop housing
• for 19“ mounting frame (4 HU)
2XV9 450-1AR80
2XV9 450-1AR81
SICLOCK hotline
Lightning protection Phone: +49 (0)9131 7-2 88 66
for antenna cable Fax: +49 (0)9131 18-84456
Email: siclock@siemens.com
• Lightning protection 2XV9 450-1AR11
for coaxial antenna cable
(SICLOCK GPSDEC/WINGPS)
for TTY connecting cable http://www.siemens.com/siclock
(SICLOCK GPS1000/DCFRS http://www.siemens-edm.de/siclock_zeitsynchronisation.0.html
industrial version)
for RS232 antenna cable
(SICLOCK DCFS7/DCFRS with
RS232 interface)
Coaxial antenna cable
SICLOCK GPSDEC/WINGPS
• 30 m 2XV9 450-1AR12
• 70 m 2XV9 450-1AR07
Software
SICLOCK DCF77 receiving 2XV9 450-1AR28
service for Windows
SICLOCK Ethernet receiving 2XV9 450-1AR44
service for Windows NT
Pulse converter
SICLOCK EOPC
Electrical/optical pulse converter
for industrial applications with
32 fiber-optic cable outlets for
transparent operation and pulse
mode
• SICLOCK EOPC 2XV9 450-1AR72
24 … 110 V DC
• SICLOCK EOPC 2XV9 450-1AR73
90 … 230 V AC/DC
SICLOCK PCON
Single-channel electrical/optical
pulse converter for industrial
applications
• SICLOCK PCON 2XV9 450-1AR63-1SA0
24 … 230 V AC/DC, with multi-
mode fiberglass connection,
820 nm
• SICLOCK PCON 2XV9 450-1AR63-1MA0
24 … 230 V AC/DC, long dis-
tance, with multi-mode fiber-
glass connection, 1310 nm
SICLOCK DCFHF 2XV9 450-1AR64
HF modulator for DCF77 signals
for industrial applications
Displays
SICLOCK DA1000 NET
Digital display with Ethernet
connection for date and time
• Red display 2XV9 450-1AR68
SICLOCK DA1000
Digital display for date and time
• Red display 2XV9 450-1AR65
• Green display 2XV9 450-1AR66

© Siemens AG 2008
ET 200S distributed I/Os
IM 151-3PN interface modules
■ Overview
• Interface module for linking the ET 200S to PROFINET
• Handles all data exchange with the PROFINET I/O Controller
• 3 versions:
- IM151-3 PN STANDARD
- IM151-3 PN HIGH FEATURE and IM 151-3 PN FO: 2
supports, in contrast to the STANDARD version,
the operation of PROFIsafe F modules
- with integrated 2-port switch for line topology
• Delivery including connecting module
Note:
Micro Memory Card required for operation of the
IM 152-3 PN FO.
Order No. 6ES7 151- 6ES7 151- Order No. 6ES7 151- 6ES7 151-
3AA23-0AB0 3BA23-0AB0 3AA23-0AB0 3BA23-0AB0
Product type description Interfacemodule IM 151-3PN Product type description Interfacemodule IM 151-3PN
Supply voltages Status information/
alarms/diagnostics
Supply voltage of electronics 1L+
Alarms
• Rated value (DC) 24 V 24 V
• Alarms Yes Yes
• reverse polarity protection Yes Yes
Diagnoses
• Diagnostic functions Yes Yes
Mains/voltage failure jumpering, 20 ms 20 ms
min. Diagnostics indication LED
Current consumption • Bus error BF (red) Yes Yes
from supply voltage 1L+, max. 250 mA 250 mA • Collective error SF (red) Yes Yes
Power loss, typ. 2.5 W 2.5 W • Monitoring 24 V voltage supply ON Yes Yes
(green)
Address area
• Connection to network LINK Yes Yes
Adressing volume (green)
• Outputs 256 Byte 256 Byte • Transmit/receive RX/TX (yellow) Yes Yes
• Inputs 256 Byte 256 Byte Isolation
Connection point between backplane bus No No
RJ45 Yes Yes and electronics
Protocols between Ethernet and electronics Yes Yes
PROFINET IO Yes Yes between supply voltage No No
and electronics
PROFINET IO
General information
Transmission speed, max. 100 Mbit/s 100 Mbit/s
Vendor identification (VendorID) 002AH 002AH
automatic detection of Yes Yes
transmission speed Device identifier (DeviceID) 0301 0301H
Isochronous mode Dimensions
Isochronouos mode No No Width 60 mm 60 mm
Height 119.5 mm 119.5 mm
Depth 75 mm 75 mm
Weights
Weight, approx. 120 g 135 g

© Siemens AG 2008

IM 151-3 PN interface module 6ES7 151-3AA23-0AB0 MMC 128 KB 1) 6ES7 953-8LG11-0AA0
for ET 200S; data transmission for storing the device name
rates up to 100 Mbit/s; data MMC 512 KB 1) 6ES7 953-8LJ20-0AA0
2
volume depends on the number
of modules inserted, up to for storing the device name
63 modules can be connected, MMC 2 MB 1) 6ES7 953-8LL20-0AA0
bus connection through RJ45
for storing the device name
IM 151-3 PN PROFINET 6ES7 151-3BA23-0AB0 and/or firmware update
High Feature interface module
MMC 4 MB 1) 6ES7 953-8LM20-0AA0
for ET 200S; data transmission
rate up to 100 Mbit/s; max. for storing the device name
63 modules up to 2 m wide can and/or firmware update
be connected; bus connection via MMC 8 MB 1) 6ES7 953-8LP20-0AA0
RJ45, incl. terminating module
IM 151-3 FO interface module 6ES7 151-3BB22-0AB0 and/or firmware update
for ET 200S; with 2 PROFINET ET 200S distributed I/O system http://www.siemens.com/
FO-interfaces and integrated manuals simatic-docu
2-port switch, max. 63 modules
up to 2 m wide can be con- are available in the Internet as
nected, incl. terminating module PDF files:
Accessories SIMATIC Manual Collection 6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE0
Industrial Ethernet FC RJ45 Electronic manuals on DVD,
Plug 90 multi-language:
S7-200, TD 200, S7-300, M7-300,
RJ45 plug connector for Industrial C7, S7-400, M7-400, STEP 7,
Ethernet with a rugged metal Engineering Tools, Runtime Soft-
housing and integrated insulation ware, SIMATIC DP (Distributed
displacement contacts for con- I/O), SIMATIC HMI (Human
necting Industrial Ethernet FC Machine Interface), SIMATIC NET
installation cables; with 90° cable (Industrial Communication)
outlet
SIMATIC Manual Collection – 6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2
• 1 unit 6GK1 901-1BB20-2AA0 Update service for 1 year
• 10 units 6GK1 901-1BB20-2AB0 Scope of delivery: Current DVD
• 50 units 6GK1 901-1BB20-2AE0 "S7 Manual Collection" and the
three subsequent updates
installation cables Label sheets DIN A4 (10 units)
Each sheet contains 60 label strips
Fast Connect standard cable 6XV1 840-2AH10 for peripheral modules and 20 label
Fast Connect trailing cable 6XV1 840-3AH10 strips for interface modules
Fast Connect marine cable 6XV1 840-4AH10 • petrol 6ES7 193-4BH00-0AA0
Termination Kits • red 6ES7 193-4BD00-0AA0
SC RJ POF Plug 6GK1 900-0ML00-0AA0 • yellow 6ES7 193-4BB00-0AA0

Assembly case for on-site assem- • light beige 6ES7 193-4BA00-0AA0
bly of SC RJ plugs consisting of
stripping tool, kevlar cutter, Terminating module 6ES7 193-4JA00-0AA0
microscope, abrasive paper,
as spare part for ET 200S
grinding support
DIN rail 35 mm
Screw-in plug for on-site assem- • Length: 483 mm for 6ES5 710-8MA11
bly to POF fiber optic cable 19'' cabinets
(1 pack = 20 units) • Length: 530 mm for 6ES5 710-8MA21
IE SC RJ Refill Set POF 6GK1 900-0MN00-0AA0 600 mm cabinets
Refill set for Termination Kit SC • Length: 830 mm for 6ES5 710-8MA31
RJ POF Plug, consisting of 900 mm cabinets
abrasive paper and grinding
plate (set of 5) • Length: 2 m 6ES5 710-8MA41
SC RJ POF Plug 6GK1 900-0NL00-0AA0 Industrial Ethernet Switches
Assembly case for on-site Managed Industrial Ethernet
assembly of SC RJ plugs Switches; Isochronous real time,
consisting of stripping tool, LED diagnostics, fault signaling
buffer stripping tool, kevlar cutter, contact with SET button, redun-
fiber breaking tool, microscope dant power supply
Industrial Ethernet SC RJ PCF Plug 6GK1 900-0NB00-0AC0 • SCALANCE X202-2P IRT; 6GK5 202-2BH00-2BA3
Screw-in plug for on-site 2 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports,
assembly to PCF fiber optic cable 2 x 100 Mbit/s POF/PCF SC RJ
(1 pack = 10 units)
Industrial Ethernet 6GK1 901-1GA00 1 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports,
Fast Connect stripping tool 3 x 100 Mbit/s POF/PCF SC RJ
MMC 64 KB 1) 6ES7 953-8LF20-0AA0 • SCALANCE X200-4P IRT; 6GK5 200-4AH00-2BA3
1)
For operating the IM 151-3, an MMC is essential

© Siemens AG 2008
SIPLUS IM 151-3PN interface module

SIPLUS IM 151-3 PN 6AG1 151-3AA22-2AB0
interface module
2
and medial load)
For ET 200S; transfer rates up to
100 Mbit/s; data volume depends
on the number of modules
inserted, up to 63 modules can
be connected, bus connection
through RJ45
Accessories see IM 151-3PN ordering data
• Interface module for interface to ET 200S PROFINET

• IM151-3 PN STANDARD
• With integrated 2-port switch for line topology
Note:
Order No. 6AG1 151-3AA22-2AB0

Order No. based on 6ES7 151-3AA22-0AB0
Product type description SIPLUS IM 151-3 PN
sphere).
modules.


© Siemens AG 2008
ET 200S distributed I/Os — Interface modules with integrated CPU
IM 151-8 PN/DP CPU interface module
■ Overview
• Interface module for SIMATIC ET 200S with integrated
CPU S7-314
• For high-performance control solutions in ET 200S
2 • Increase of the availability of systems and machines

• PROFINET IO-Controller for up to 128 IO-Devices
• PROFINET interface with integrated 3-port switch
• With many communication options: PG/OP communication,
PROFINET IO, PROFINET CBA, open IE communication (TCP,
ISO-on-TCP and UDP), web server and S7-communication
(with loadable FBs)
• Fast, simple and end-to-end programming of a system with
modular programs via STEP 7
• Compact SIMATIC Micro Memory Card (MMC)
• Optional PROFIBUS master for 32 PROFIBUS DP slaves
(with master interface 6ES7138-4HA00-0AB0)
• Fail-safe IM 151-8F PN/DP CPU PROFIsafe available
Note:
SIMATIC Micro Memory Card required for operation of CPU.
■ Ordering data Order-No. Order No.

IM 151-8 PN/DP CPU 6ES7 151-8AB00-0AB0 Accessories (continued)
interface module (128 K)
ET 200S distributed
IM 151-8F PN/DP CPU 6ES7 151-8FB00-0AB0 I/O system manuals
are available in the Internet as www.siemens.com/simatic-docu
Including termination module PDF files:
Accessories Termination module 6ES7 193-4JA00-0AA0
MMC 64 KB 1) 6ES7 953-8LF20-0AA0 as spare part for ET 200S
for program backup SIMATIC S5, 35 mm DIN rail
MMC 128 KB 1) 6ES7 953-8LG11-0AA0 • Length: 483 mm for 19" cabinets 6ES5 710-8MA11
for program backup • Length: 530 mm for 6ES5 710-8MA21
600 mm cabinets
MMC 512 KB 1) 6ES7 953-8LJ20-0AA0
• Length: 830 mm for 6ES5 710-8MA31
for program backup 900 mm cabinets
MMC 2 MB 1) 6ES7 953-8LL20-0AA0 • Length: 2 m 6ES5 710-8MA41
for program backup Industrial Ethernet FC RJ45
and/or firmware update Plug 180
MMC 4 MB 1) 6ES7 953-8LM20-0AA0 RJ45 plug connector for
for program backup Industrial Ethernet with a
rugged metal housing and
MMC 8 MB 1) 6ES7 953-8LP20-0AA0 integrated insulation
for program backup displacement contacts for
External prommer 6ES7 792-0AA00-0XA0 installation cables;
with 90° cable
for MMC, among others,
with USB interface • 1 unit 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0
PG On request • 10 units 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AB0
with integrated MMC interface • 50 units 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AE0
Label sheets DIN A4 (10 units) Industrial Ethernet FastConnect
Each sheet contains 60 labeling Installation cables
strips for peripheral modules and • FastConnect Standard Cable 6XV1 840-2AH10
20 labeling strips for interface
modules • FastConnect Trailing Cable 6XV1 840-3AH10
• petrol 6ES7 193-4BH00-0AA0 • FastConnect Marine Cable 6XV1 840-4AH10
• red 6ES7 193-4BD00-0AA0 Industrial Ethernet 6GK1 901-1GA00
FastConnect Stripping Tool
• yellow 6ES7 193-4BB00-0AA0
• light beige 6ES7 193-4BA00-0AA0
1)
An MMC is essential to operate the CPU

© Siemens AG 2008
ET 200S distributed I/Os — Interface modules with integrated CPU
IM 151-8F PN/DP CPU interface module
■ Overview
fail-safe CPU
• For constructing a fail-safe automation system for plants
with increased safety requirements
• Complies with safety requirements up to SIL 3 according 2
to IEC 61508, IEC 62061, up to PLe according to
ISO 13849-1:2006 and Cat. 4 according to EN 954-1
• Increase of the availability of systems and machines
• With many communication options:
PG/OP communication, PROFINET IO, PROFINET CBA,
open IE communication (TCP, ISO-on-TCP and UDP),
web server and S7-communication (with loadable FBs)
• Fast, simple and end-to-end programming of a system
with modular programs via STEP 7
Note: • Compact SIMATIC Micro Memory Card (MMC)
SIMATIC Micro Memory Card required for operation of CPU. • Optional PROFIBUS master for 32 PROFIBUS DP slaves
■ Ordering data Order-No. Order No.

IM 151-8F PN/DP CPU 6ES7 151-8FB00-0AB0 Label sheets DIN A4 (10 units)
interface module (192 K) Each sheet contains 60 labeling
Including termination module strips for peripheral modules and
Distributed Safety V5.4 modules
programming tool
• petrol 6ES7 193-4BH00-0AA0
Task:
• red 6ES7 193-4BD00-0AA0
application programs for SIMATIC • yellow 6ES7 193-4BB00-0AA0
S7-300F, S7-400F, ET 200S • light beige 6ES7 193-4BA00-0AA0
Requirement:
STEP 7 V5.3 SP3 and higher ET 200S distributed
I/O system manuals
• Floating License 6ES7 833-1FC02-0YA5
• Software Update Service 6ES7 833-1FC00-0YX2 PDF files:
Distributed Safety Upgrade 6ES7 833-1FC02-0YE5 Termination module 6ES7 193-4JA00-0AA0
From V5.3 to V5.4; Floating as spare part for ET 200S
license for 1 user SIMATIC S5, 35 mm DIN rail
Accessories • Length: 483 mm for 19" cabinets 6ES5 710-8MA11
MMC 64 KB 1) 6ES7 953-8LF20-0AA0 • Length: 530 mm for 6ES5 710-8MA21
600 mm cabinets
for program backup
MMC KB1) 6ES7 953-8LG11-0AA0 900 mm cabinets
for program backup • Length: 2 m 6ES5 710-8MA41
MMC 512 KB 1) 6ES7 953-8LJ20-0AA0 Industrial Ethernet FC RJ45
for program backup Plug 180
MMC 2 MB 1) 6ES7 953-8LL20-0AA0 RJ45 plug connector for Industrial
for program backup housing and integrated insulation
and/or firmware update displacement contacts for
MMC 4 MB 1) 6ES7 953-8LM20-0AA0 connecting Industrial Ethernet FC
installation cables; with 90° cable
for program backup
• 1 unit 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0
MMC 8 MB 1) 6ES7 953-8LP20-0AA0
• 10 units 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AB0
for program backup • 50 units 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AE0
External prommer 6ES7 792-0AA00-0XA0 Industrial Ethernet FastConnect
for MMC, among others, Installation cables
with USB interface • FastConnect Standard Cable 6XV1 840-2AH10
PG On request • FastConnect Trailing Cable 6XV1 840-3AH10
with integrated MMC interface • FastConnect Marine Cable 6XV1 840-4AH10
Industrial Ethernet 6GK1 901-1GA00
1)

© Siemens AG 2008
ET 200pro distributed I/O
IM 154-4 PN interface modules
■ Overview
Interface module for processing the communication between
ET 200pro and a higher-level controller over PROFINET IO.
Order No. 6ES7 154-4AB10-0AB0 Order No. 6ES7 154-4AB10-0AB0
Product type description IM 154-4 PN interface modules Product type description IM 154-4 PN interface modules
Supply voltages Status information/alarms/
Supply voltage of electronics 1L+ diagnostics
• Rated value (DC) 24 V Diagnostics indication LED
• Short-circuit protection Yes; • Bus error BF (red) Yes; Additional LEDs (MAINT,
Fuse in lower part is exchange- P1/2 LINK, P1/2 RX/TX) available
able, the fuse on the IM-LP is not • Collective error SF (red) Yes
• reverse polarity protection Yes; against destruction • Monitoring 24 V voltage supply ON Yes
Rated value (green)
• DC 24 V Yes • Load voltage monitoring DC 24 V Yes

(green)
• permissible range, lower limit (DC) 20.4 V; Unit [ V]
Isolation
• permissible range, upper limit 28.8 V; Unit [ V]
(DC) Isolation checked with 500 VDC
Current consumption Isolation
from supply voltage 1L+, max. 400 mA; Dependent on terminal between backplane bus No
module, typ. maximum value for and electronics
FO connection method, full load between supply voltage Yes
on RWB and 20.4 V input voltage and electronics
Power loss, typ. 6 W; Dependent on terminal Environmental requirements
module, typ. maximum value for
CU connection method, full load Operating termperature
on RWB, for FO the value is • min. -25 °C
approx. 0.7 W higher
• max. 55 °C
Memory
Storage/transport temperature
Type of storage
• min. -40 °C
• Micro Memory Card No
• max. 70 °C
Address area
Degree and class of protection
Adressing volume
• IP 65 Yes
• Outputs 256 Byte
• IP 66 Yes
• Inputs 256 Byte
• IP 67 Yes
Protocols
General information
PROFINET IO Yes
Vendor identification (VendorID) 0x002A
PROFINET IO
Transmission speed, max. 100 MBit/s Device identifier (DeviceID) 0x0305
automatic detection Yes Dimensions

of transmission speed Dimensions
Services ARP, PING, SNMP Width 90 mm
Isochronous mode Height 130 mm
Isochronouos mode No Depth 59.3 mm
equidistance No Weights
shortest clock pulse 0.25 ms Weight, approx. 490 g

© Siemens AG 2008

IM 154-4 PN High Feature 6ES7 154-4AB10-0AB0 Accessories (continued)
interface module
7/8" connecting cable
for communication between to power supply
2
ET 200pro and higher-level
controllers over PROFINET IO; 5-core, 5 x 1.5 mm2, trailing type,
support of PROFIsafe pre-assembled with two 7/8"
connectors, 5-pin, up to 50 m
Accessories
• 1.5 m long 6XV1 822-5BH15
CM IM PN connection module 6ES7 194-4AJ00-0AA0
M12, 7/8" • 2.0 m long 6XV1 822-5BH20
for connecting PROFINET PN and • 3.0 m long 6XV1 822-5BH30

24 V power supply to PROFINET • 5.0 m long 6XV1 822-5BH50
interface modules, 2 x M12 and
2 x 7/8" • 10 m long 6XV1 822-5BN10
CM IM PN connection module 6ES7 194-4AF00-0AA0 • 15 m long 6XV1 822-5BN15
2xRJ45 • Other special lengths with 90° see
for connecting PROFINET PN and or 180° cable outlet http://support.automation.
24 V power supply to PROFINET simens.com/WW/view/en/
interface modules, 2 x RJ45 and 26999294
2 x push-pull power connector Power line 6XV1 830-8AH10
CM IM PN 2xSCRJ FO connec- 6ES7 194-4AG00-0AA0 5-core, 5 x 1.5 mm2, trailing type,
tion module sold by the meter,
for connecting PROFINET PN and minimum order quantity 20 m,
24 V power supply to PROFINET maximum order quantity 1,000 m
interface modules, 2 x SCRJ FO 7/8" cable connector
and 2 x push-pull power connec-
tor for ET 200eco,
with axial cable outlet
M12 sealing cap 3RX9 802-0AA00
• with male insert, 5 per pack 6GK1 905-0FA00
for protection of unused M12
connections with ET 200pro • with female insert, 5 per pack 6GK1 905-0FB00
IE M12 connecting cables 7/8" Power T-Tap 6GK1 905-0FC00
Pre-assembled, with two M12 Power T-piece with two 7/8“
connectors, up to 85 m female inserts and one 7/8“ male
insert, 5 per pack
• 0.3 m long 6XV1 870-8AE30
Industrial Ethernet
• 0.5 m long 6XV1 870-8AE50 FastConnect installation cables
• 1.0 m long 6XV1 870-8AH10 • IE FC TP Standard Cable GP 6XV1 840-2AH10
• 1.5 m long 6XV1 870-8AH15 2 x 2;
Sold by the meter,
• 2.0 m long 6XV1 870-8AH20 max. order quantity 1000 m;
• 3.0 m long 6XV1 870-8AH30 Minimum order quantity 20 m
• 5.0 m long 6XV1 870-8AH50 • IE FC TP Trailing Cable 2 x 2; 6XV1 840-3AH10
Sold by the meter,
• 10 m long 6XV1 870-8AN10 max. order quantity 1000 m;
• 15 m long 6XV1 870-8AN15 Minimum order quantity 20 m
• Other special lengths with 90° see • IE FC TP Trailing Cable GP 6XV1 870-2D
or 180° cable outlet http://support.automation. 2 x 2;
siemens.com/WW/view/en/ Sold by the meter,
26999294 max. order quantity 1000 m;
Minimum order quantity 20 m
• IE TP Torsion Cable GP 2 x 2; 6XV1 870-2F
Sold by the meter,
max. order quantity 1000 m;
• IE FC TP Marine Cable 2 x 2; 6XV1 840-4AH10
Sold by the meter,
max. order quantity 1000 m;

© Siemens AG 2008

Accessories (continued) General accessories
IE RJ45 Plug PRO ET 200pro rack
RJ45 plug in IP65/67-rated 6GK1901-1BB10-6AA0 • Narrow, for interface,
2 design for on-site assembly,
plastic housing, insulation/dis-
electronics and power modules
- 500 mm 6ES7 194-4GA00-0AA0
placement connection system,
for SCALANCE X-200IRT PRO - 1000 mm 6ES7 194-4GA60-0AA0
and ET200pro:
1 pack = 1 unit - 2000 mm, can be cut to length 6ES7 194-4GA20-0AA0
IE SC RJ POF Plug PRO • Compact, for interface,
electronics and power modules
SC RJ plug for POF fibers in 6GK1900-0MB00-6AA0
IP65/67-rated design for on-site - 500 mm 6ES7 194-4GC70-0AA0
assembly, plastic housing, - 1000 mm 6ES7 194-4GC60-0AA0
for SCALANCE X-200IRT PRO
and ET200pro - 2000 mm, can be cut to length 6ES7 194-4GC20-0AA0
1 pack = 1 unit
• Wide, for interface,
IE SC RJ PCF Plug PRO electronics, power modules and
motor starters
SC RJ plug for PCF fibers in 6GK1900-0NB00-6AA0
IP65/67-rated design for on-site - 500 mm 6ES7 194-4GB00-0AA0
assembly, plastic housing,
- 1000 mm 6ES7 194-4GB60-0AA0
for SCALANCE X-200IRT PRO
1 pack = 1 unit - 2000 mm, can be cut to length 6ES7 194-4GB20-0AA0
Power Plug PRO • Wide, for I/O modules
and motor starters
5-pole power plug for 2 x 24 V 6GK1907-0AB10-6AA0
power supply in IP65/67-rated - 500 mm 6ES7 194-4GD00-0AA0
design, for on-site assembly,
plastic housing, for SCALANCE - 1000 mm 6ES7 194-4GD10-0AA0
X-200IRT and ET200 pro - 2000 mm 6ES7 194-4GD20-0AA0
1 pack = 1 unit
Spare fuse 6ES7 194-4HB00-0AA0
IE M12 Plug PRO
12.5 A quick-response,
M12 plug for on-site assembly; for interface and power modules,
(D-coded), metal housing, 10 items per package unit
fast connect system,
for SCALANCE X208PRO and SIMATIC Manual Collection 6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE0
IM 154-4 PN Electronic manuals on DVD,
• 1 unit 6GK1 901-0DB10-6AA0 multi-language:
S7-200, TD 200, S7-300, M7-300,
• 8 units 6GK1 901-0DB10-6AA8 C7, S7-400, M7-400, STEP 7,
IE panel feedthrough Engineering Tools, Runtime Soft-
ware, SIMATIC DP (Distributed
Control cabinet feedthrough I/O), SIMATIC HMI (Human
for converting M12 D-coded Machine Interface), SIMATIC NET
connection system (IP65) to RJ45 (Industrial Communication)
connection system (IP20)
• 1 pack = 5 units 6GK1 901-0DM20-2AA5 Update service for 1 year
Scope of delivery: Current DVD
"S7 Manual Collection" and the

© Siemens AG 2008
IM 154-8 PN/DP CPU interface modules
■ Overview
• PROFINET IO Controller to operate distributed I/Os on
PROFINET
Component Based Automation (CBA) 2
• CPU with PLC functionality equivalent to S7-315-2 PN/DP,
provides distributed intelligence for preprocessing
• Interface module to exchange preprocessed I/O data from
ET 200pro with a higher-level master through PROFIBUS DP
Product type description IM 154-8 PN/DP CPU Product type description IM 154-8 PN/DP CPU
interface modules interface modules
Product status FB
associated programming package STEP 7 V5.4 SP1 with HW update • Number, max. 1 024;
Supply voltages
Rated value
FC
• DC 24 V Yes
• permissible range, 20.4 V Sequence of numbers: 0 to 2047
lower limit (DC)
upper limit (DC) OB
external protection for supply MCB 24V DC / 16A with tripping Nesting depth
cables (recommendation) characteristic Type B and C (see
ET 200pro manual) • per priority class 8
Current consumption • additional within an error OB 4
Inrush current, typ. 2 A; Typical CPU/processing times
I²t 0.04 A²s; Typical for bit operations, min. 0.1 μs
Current consumption 200 mA for word operations, min. 0.2 μs

(in no-load operation), typ. for fixed point arithmetic, min. 2 μs
Current consumption (rated value) 350 mA; Typical for floating point arithmetic, min. 3 μs
Power loss, typ. 8.5 W; Typical Times/counters
Memory and their remanence
Type of storage S7 counter
• RAM • Number 256

- integrated 256 KByte • of which remanent without battery
- expandable No - adjustable Yes
• Load memory - lower limit 0
- pluggable (MMC) Yes - upper limit 255
- pluggable (MMC), max. 8 MByte • Remanence
Backup - adjustable Yes
- lower limit 0
• present Yes
- upper limit 255
• without battery Yes
• Counting range
CPU/blocks - adjustable Yes
DB - lower limit 0
• Number, max. 1 023; Number band: 1 to 1023 - upper limit 999

© Siemens AG 2008

2 IEC counter
• present Yes
Analog channels
• Inputs 1 024
• Type SFB • Outputs 1 024
S7 times • Inputs, of which central 64
• Number 256 • Outputs, of which central 64
• Remanence Hardware config.
- adjustable Yes Racks, max. 1
- lower limit 0
- upper limit 128 Modules per rack, max. 16; Expansion width max. 1m
- preset No retentivity Number of DP masters
• Time range • integrated 1
- lower limit 10 ms Time
Clock
IEC timer
• present Yes
• buffered and synchronizable Yes;
• Type SFB On MPI: master/slave;
to DP: when operated
as DP master: master/slave;
Flag to PROFINET: Via NTP (client only)
• Number, max. 2 048 Byte • Deviation per day, max. 10 s
• Remanence available Yes; MB 0 to MB 2047 Operating hours counter
• Number of clock memories 8 • Number 1
Data blocks • Range of values 2 to the power of 31 hours
(when using the SFC 101)
• Number, max. 1 023; From DB 1 to DB 1023
• Granularity 1h
• remanent Yes; must be restarted at each
• Remanence adjustable Yes; From DB 1 to DB 1023 warm restart
• Remanence preset yes Clock synchronization
Local data • supports Yes
• per priority class, max. 1 024 Byte; • to MPI, Master Yes
per block max. 510
Address area
• in AS, Master No
I/O address area
• in AS, Slave No
• on Ethernet via NTP Yes
• Outputs 2 048 Byte
- Inputs 2 048 Byte Number of login stations for 16
message functions, max.
- Outputs 2 048 Byte
Process image
• Inputs, adjustable 2 048 Byte
blocks, max.
• Outputs, adjustable 2 048 Byte
Status/control
• Status/control variable Yes
Subprocess images
• Number of subprocess images, 1 times, counters
max.
• Number of variables, max. 30
Digital channels
• of which status variable, max. 30
• Inputs 16 384
• of which control variable, max. 14
• Outputs 16 384
Forcing
• Forcing Yes
• Force, variables I/O

© Siemens AG 2008

Status block
Single step
Yes
Yes
with acyclic transmission 2
- Sampling frequency: sampling 500 ms
Number of breakpoints 2 interval, min.
Diagnostic buffer - Number of incoming 100
interconnections
• present Yes - Number of outgoing 100
• Number of entries, max. 500 interconnections
• adjustable No interconnections, max.
Communication functions - Data length of all outgoing 2 000 Byte
Routing Yes max.
Global data communication • Remote interconnections
• supported Yes
• Size of GD packets, max. 22 Byte transmission interval, min.
S7 basic communication - Number of incoming 200
interconnections
• supported Yes - Number of outgoing 200
S7 communication interconnections
• supported Yes interconnections, max.
Open IE communication - Data length of all outgoing 2 000 Byte
• TCP/IP Yes
- Data length, max. 8 KByte
• ISO-on-TCP (RFC1006) Yes (acyclic)
- Number of connections, max. 8 - Number of log-in stations for 3; 2 * PN OPC / 1 * iMap
- Data length, max. 8 KByte HMI variables (PN OPC/iMap)
• UDP Yes - HMI variable updating 500 ms
- Number of connections, max. 8 - Number of HMI variables 200
- Data length, max. 1 472 KByte - Data length of all HMI variables, 2 000 Byte
max.
• PROFIBUS proxy functionality
• overall 16 - supported Yes
• usable for PG communication 15 - Number of linked PROFIBUS 16
devices
• usable for S7 basic 14 max.
communication
1st interface
Type of interface Integral RS 485 interface
communication load)
Physics RS 485
• Setpoint for the CPU 50%
communication load isolated Yes
• Number of remote 32 Functionality
interconnection partners
• MPI Yes
• Number of functions, 30
master/slave • DP master Yes
• Total of all master/slave 1 000 • DP slave Yes

connections • Point-to-point coupling No
• Data length of all incoming 4 000 Byte MPI
connections master/slave, max. • Services
PROFIBUS interconnections - Routing Yes
- Global data communication Yes
• Data length of device-internal and 4 000 Byte - S7 basic communication Yes
• Data length per connection, max. 1 400 Byte - S7 communication, as client No
- S7 communication, as server Yes

© Siemens AG 2008

2 DP master
• Services
• Services
- PG/OP communication Yes - PG/OP communication Yes
- Routing Yes - Routing Yes
- Global data communication No - S7 communication Yes
- S7 basic communication Yes - open IE communication Yes
- S7 communication Yes • Transmission speed, max. 100 MBit/s
- S7 communication, as client No
- S7 communication, as server Yes • Number of connectable 128
IO-devices, max.
- SYNC/FREEZE Yes • Address area
- Activation/deactivation Yes - Inputs, max. 2 048 Byte
of DP slaves - Outputs, max. 2 048 Byte
- DPV1 Yes - Useful data consistency, max. 256 Byte
• Transmission speeds, max. 12 MBit/s CPU/programming
• Number of DP slaves, max. 124 Programming language
DP slave • STEP 7 Yes;
From V 5.3 SP1 + HW-Support
• Services Package
- Routing Yes
• LAD Yes
- S7 basic communication No • FUP Yes
- S7 communication Yes • AWL Yes
- S7 communication, as client No
• SCL Yes
- S7 communication, as server Yes
- direct data exchange (cross traf- Yes • CFC Yes
fic) • GRAPH Yes
- DPV1 No
• HiGraph® Yes
Operational stocks see instruction list
• Transfer memory
- Inputs 244 Byte Nesting levels 8
- Outputs 244 Byte User program protection/ Yes
password protection
System functions (SFC) see instruction list
2nd interface
System function blocks (SFB) see instruction list
Isolation
Physics Ethernet
between backplane bus Yes
isolated Yes and all other circuit parts
automatic detection Yes between backplane bus No
of transmission speed and electronics
Functionality between supply Yes
• MPI No and all other circuit parts
• DP master No Degree of protection
• DP slave No IP20 rear Yes
• PROFINET IO controller Yes Standards, approvals, certificates
• PROFINET CBA Yes CE symbol Yes
• Point-to-point coupling No CSA approval No
C-TICK Yes
cULus Yes
FM approval No
Dimensions
Width 135 mm
Height 130 mm
Depth 65 mm
Weights

© Siemens AG 2008

interface module
Industrial Ethernet
PROFINET IO Controller to oper- FastConnect installation cables
2
ate distributed I/Os on PROFINET,
with integrated PLC functionality • Fast Connect standard cable 6XV1 840-2AH10
Accessories • Fast Connect trailing cable 6XV1 840-3AH10
MMC 64 KB1) 6ES7 953-8LF20-0AA0 • Fast Connect marine cable 6XV1 840-4AH10
For program backup Industrial Ethernet Fast Con-

nect
MMC 128 KB 1) 6ES7 953-8LG11-0AA0
Stripping Tool 6GK1 901-1GA00
For program backup
IE Connecting Cable M12-
MMC 512 KB 1) 6ES7 953-8LJ20-0AA0 180/M12-180
For program backup Preassembled IE FC TP Trailing
Cable GP 2 x 2 (PROFINET
MMC 2 MB 1) 6ES7 953-8LL20-0AA0 Type C) with two 4-pin M12 plugs
For program backup and/or (4-pin, D-coded),
firmware update degree of protection IP65/IP67,
length:
MMC 4 MB 1) 6ES7 953-8LM20-0AA0
• 0.3 m 6XV1 870-8AE30
For program backup
• 0.5 m 6XV1 870-8AE50
MMC 8 MB 1) 6ES7 953-8LP20-0AA0
• 1.0 m 6XV1 870-8AH10
For program backup
• 1.5 m 6XV1 870-8AH15
Connecting module 6ES7 194-4AN00-0AA0
• 2.0 m 6XV1 870-8AH20
For CPU IM 154-8 PN/DP,
with 4 x M12 and 2 x 7/8", • 3.0 m 6XV1 870-8AH30
to connect PROFINET and • 5.0 m 6XV1 870-8AH50
PROFIBUS DP
• 10 m 6XV1 870-8AN10
SCALANCE X-200
Industrial Ethernet Switches • 15 m 6XV1 870-8AN15
With integral SNMP access, 6GK5 208-0HA00-2AA6 IE M12 Plug PRO
Web diagnosis, copper cable
diagnosis and PROFINET diagno- M12 plug-in connector suitable
sis, for setting up linear, star and for on-site assembly (D-coded),
ring structures SCALANCE metal enclosure, fast connection,
X208PRO, in degree of protection for SCALANCE X208PRO and
IP65, with eight 10/100 Mbit/s IM 154-4 PN
M12 ports, incl. eleven M12 • 1 unit 6GK1 901-0DB10-6AA0
dust caps
• 8 units 6GK1 901-0DB10-6AA8
Industrial Ethernet FC RJ45
Plug 180 IE panel feedthrough
RJ45 plug connector for Cabinet feedthrough for 6GK1 901-0DM20-2AA5
Industrial Ethernet with a rugged converting from the M12 connec-
metal housing and integrated tion system (D-coded, IP65/IP67)
insulation displacement contacts to the RJ45 connection system
for connecting Industrial Ethernet (IP20),
FC installation cables; with 180° 1 pack = 5 units
cable outlet
• 1 unit 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0
• 10 units 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AB0
• 50 units 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AE0
1)
An MMC is essential for operating the CPU

© Siemens AG 2008
ET 200M distributed I/Os
IM 153-4 PN

Order No. 6ES7 153-4AA00-0XB0
Product type description IM 153-4 PN
Supply voltages
2 Rated value
• DC 24 V Yes
Power supply
and voltage jumpering
• Mains/voltage failure jumpering 5 ms
Current consumption
Current consumption, max. 600 mA
Power loss, typ. 6W
Address area
Adressing volume
• Inputs 192 Byte
• To connect ET 200M to PROFINET IO (via copper line, RJ45) Hardware config.
as an IO device
Number of modules 12
• Integrated 2-port switch per DP slave interface, max.
• 12 modules per station Communication functions
• Usable I/O capacity: 192 bytes each
Bus protocol/transmission protocol PN IO
• Active bus backplane to hot-swap modules available as an
option Status information/alarms/
diagnostics
• Baud rate 10 Mbit/s / 100 Mbit/s (autonegotiation / full duplex)
Diagnostics indication LED
• I&M functions in accordance with PROFIBUS International
guidelines order no. 3.502, version V1.1 • Connection to network LINK Yes
(green)
Micro Memory Card with at least 64 KB required. • Transmit/receive RX/TX (yellow) Yes
Environmental requirements
Operating termperature
• min. 0 °C
• max. 60 °C
• IP 20 Yes
Dimensions
Dimensions
Width 40 mm
Height 125 mm
Depth 118 mm
Weights

© Siemens AG 2008
ET 200M distributed I/Os
IM 153-4 PN

IM 153-4 PN interface module 6ES7 153-4AA00-0XB0 Accessories (continued)
I/O device to connect an ET 200M Compact Switch Module 6GK7 377-1AA00-0AA0
to PROFINET CSM 377
Accessories
Bus modules for ET 200M
Unmanaged Switch for con-
necting a SIMATIC S7-300 CPU 2
and up to three additional nodes
• To accommodate a power 6ES7 195-7HA00-0XA0 to Industrial Ethernet with
supply and an IM 153 for the 10/100 Mbit/s; 4 x RJ45 ports;
hot-swapping function during external 24 V DC power supply,
RUN, incl. bus module cover LED diagnostics, S7-300 module
incl. electronic manual
• To accommodate two 40-mm 6ES7 195-7HB00-0XA0 on CD-ROM
wide I/O modules for the
hot-swapping function Industrial Ethernet Switch 6GK5 208-0BA10-2AA3
SCALANCE X208
• To accommodate one 80-mm 6ES7 195-7HC00-0XA0
wide I/O module for the managed Switch with integrated
hot-swapping function SNMP access, Web diagnostics,
copper cable diagnostics and
SIMATIC Micro Memory Card PROFINET diagnostics,
64 KB1) 6ES7 953-8LF20-0AA0 for configuring line, star and
ring topologies; with integrated
SIMATIC DP DIN rail redundancy manager;
for ET200M with eight 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45
ports
For insertion of
up to 5 bus modules for Industrial Ethernet FC RJ45
Plug 180
• Length: 483 mm (19“) 6ES7 195-1GA00-0XA0
• Length: 530 mm 6ES7 195-1GF30-0XA0
SIMATIC S7-300 DIN rail housing and integrated insulation
• Length: 160 mm 6ES7 390-1AB60-0AA0 necting Industrial Ethernet FC
• Length: 480 mm (19“) 6ES7 390-1AE80-0AA0 installation cables;
with 180° cable outlet
• Length: 530 mm 6ES7 390-1AF30-0AA0
• 1 unit 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0
• Length: 830 mm 6ES7 390-1AJ30-0AA0
• 10 units 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AB0
• Length: 2,000 mm 6ES7 390-1BC00-0AA0
• 50 units 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AE0
S7 Manual Collection 6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE0
Industrial Ethernet
Electronic manuals on DVD, FastConnect installation cables
multi-language:
S7-200, TD 200, S7-300, M7-300, • Fast Connect standard cable 6XV1 840-2AH10
C7, S7-400, M7-400, STEP 7, • Fast Connect trailing cable 6XV1 840-3AH10
ware, SIMATIC DP (Distributed • Fast Connect marine cable 6XV1 840-4AH10
I/O), SIMATIC HMI (Human
Machine Interface), SIMATIC NET
(Industrial Communication)
S7 Manual Collection update 6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2
service for 1 year
Scope of delivery:
Current DVD "S7 Manual Collec-
tion" and the three subsequent
updates
1)
To operate the IM153-4, an MMC is required with at least 64 KB memory.
Cards with higher memory capacity may also be used.

© Siemens AG 2008
Motion Control System SIMOTION
The SIMOTION system
■ Overview
The SIMOTION system is made up of three components:
Engineering system
2
SCOUT enables Motion Control, PLC and technology functions
to be incorporated in one comprehensive, integrated system
and provides all the necessary tools: From programming and
parameterization through testing and commissioning, to diag-
nostics.
Runtime software
The runtime system offers an ingenious execution system for
cyclic and sequential tasks. The runtime modules make the dif-
ferent PLC, Motion Control and technology functions available.
By selecting the appropriate modules, the overall functionality of
the system can be flexibly adapted to the machine.
Hardware platforms
The hardware platforms are the basis of the SIMOTION Motion
Control System. The application created with the engineering
The system approach system and the associated runtime software modules can be
implemented on different hardware platforms.
You can therefore always select the platform that suits your
machine best, as a controller, industrial PC or intelligent drive.
PLC
functionality
(IEC 61131-3)
Engineering system Runtime software
For programming, PLC
parameterization, ... Positioning
Motion Control Graphical or text-based
(e. g. positioning, syn- SIMOTION programming
Gear
chronous operation, etc.) Cam
Fusion of Motion Control, Test and
PLC, and technology diagnostics Interpolation
functions
Technology
functions
(e. g. hydraulic control,
temperature control, etc.)
G_PM10_EN_00125
SIMOTION is recommended for all machines with Motion Control

tasks – from simple to high-performance. The focus is on a Hardware platforms
simple and flexible solution for the greatest possible range of Controller-based
Motion Control tasks. In order to achieve this in the best way
possible, a new system approach has been introduced. PC-based
Drive-based
The fusion of Motion Control with two other control functions
which are found in most machines: PLC and technology func-
tions.
This approach enables motion control and complete machine
control within the same system. The same applies to technology
functions, such as pressure control of a hydraulic axis. A seam-
less switch can be made from position-controlled positioning G_PM10_EN_00126
mode to pressure control.

Combining the three open-loop control functions of Motion
Control, PLC and technology functions has the following
benefits:
• Reduced engineering overhead and increased machine per-
formance
• Fast system response – Time-critical interfaces between the
individual components are no longer required
• Simple, uniform and transparent programming as well as di-
agnostics of the entire machine

© Siemens AG 2008
The hardware platforms
■ Overview SIMOTION C – Modularity and flexibility

SIMOTION C is a controller based on the SIMATIC S7-300 de-
Automation systems are primarily identified by the following sign. It is supplied with four integrated interfaces for analog or
characteristics: stepper drives and several integrated digital inputs and outputs.
• System-specific characteristics, e.g. functionality and SIMOTION C can also be expanded using I/O modules from the
2
engineering SIMATIC S7-300 range. Furthermore, the controller is supplied
with two PROFIBUS interfaces supporting PROFIdrive and an
• Hardware-dependent characteristics, e.g. performance,
Industrial Ethernet interface, thus offering great flexibility in
design and expandability
communication.
However, mechanical engineering demands vary greatly,
depending on the version of the machine in question. SIMOTION P – Open for other tasks
Every hardware platform has its benefits when used in certain SIMOTION P350 is a PC-based Motion Control System. The
applications. The various platforms can also be combined very operating system is Windows XP Professional, with a real-time
easily, which is a particular advantage in modular machines and expansion for SIMOTION. Apart from the SIMOTION machine
plants. This is because the individual hardware platforms always applications, additional PC applications can execute at any
contain the same system characteristics, i.e. functionality and time, e.g. the SIMOTION engineering system, an operator con-
engineering are always identical, irrespective of the platform trol application, process data evaluation, and other standard PC
used. applications. Due to the high processor performance,
SIMOTION P350 is optimized for applications with the highest
PROFIBUS or PROFINET can be used to create the link to the performance requirements (e.g. hydraulic applications with
drives and the I/Os remotely. highly dynamic position and pressure control loops).
PROFIBUS/PROFINET can also be used for communication with Several panel variants in various screen sizes are available for
HMI devices such as SIMATIC HMI or higher-level controllers operating the industrial PC. These panels can either be operated
such as SIMATIC S7. This means that SIMATIC HMI panels as using a keyboard and mouse, or a touch screen. The drives and
well as PCs with ProTool/Pro or WinCC flexible can be used as I/Os are connected via two PROFIBUS interfaces supporting
operator systems. PROFIdrive or PROFINET with an optional Communication
Board.
Even 3rd party applications communicate with SIMOTION by
means of the OPC interface.
SIMOTION D – Compact and integrated in the drive
More information regarding technical specifications and
ordering data can be found in Catalog PM 21 "SIMOTION,
SINAMICS S120 and Motors for Production Machines"
and in the interactive catalog under "Automation Systems /
SIMOTION Motion Control System"
In SIMOTION D, the SIMOTION functionality is integrated di-

rectly in the closed-loop control module of the SINAMICS S120
drive system. Therefore, the complete system (consisting of the
open-loop control and the drive) is extremely compact and pow-
erful. Two SIMOTION D versions are available: as a single-axis
SIMOTION D410 system and as a multi-axis SIMOTION D4x5
system in different performance variants. This ensures a high
degree of scalability and flexibility. The field of application
ranges from single axes to high-performance multi-axis ma-
chines.
SIMOTION D4x5 is supplied with two integrated PROFIBUS
interfaces supporting PROFIdrive and two integrated Industrial
Ethernet interfaces. An optional Communication Board is used
to connect via PROFINET. With SIMOTION D410, a PROFIBUS
variant or a PROFINET variant can be selected.

© Siemens AG 2008
SIMOTION P350-3
■ Overview Communication
PROFINET version
The MCI PN Communication Board that has been integrated in
the PROFINET version enables the SIMOTION P350-3 to be
connected to a PROFINET IO network. From a PROFINET
2 perspective, the SIMOTION P350-3 thus assumes the role of a

PROFINET IO controller.
To enable it to communicate with other PROFINET controllers,
the SIMOTION P350-3 can be configured as both a PROFINET
controller and a PROFINET device at the same time (I-Device).
PROFIBUS version
The PROFIBUS version features an integrated IsoPROFIBUS
board, which offers two PROFIBUS DP interfaces for establish-
ing PROFIdrive connections.
The free PCI slot can be used for the purpose of retrofitting an
optional MCI PN Communication Board. This means that the
PROFIBUS version can support both PROFIBUS and PROFINET
on the same PC.
Compatible panel fronts
SIMOTION P350-3 is a PC-based, motion control system. SIMOTION P350-3 can be connected to the following panel
The use of an industrial PC platform facilitates the running of the fronts:
SIMOTION machine application (comprising of PLC, motion • 12" with membrane-type keys
control and HMI functions) alongside standard PC applications
on one platform. This is particularly useful in the case of applica- • 12" for touch screen operation
tions that involve complex PC-based data management and • 15" with membrane-type keys
analysis systems. • 15" for touch screen operation
The operating system is Windows XP Professional, with a real- The DVI/VGA interface can be used to connect an external
time expansion for SIMOTION. monitor.
To facilitate the connection of distributed components,
Expansion using distributed I/Os
SIMOTION P350-3 is available in both PROFINET and PROFIBUS
versions. PROFINET version
• Distributed I/Os (SIMATIC ET 200S/M/pro)
■ Design • Distributed drives (e.g. SINAMICS S120 Motor Modules with
Interfaces CU320 Control Unit and CBE20 Communication Board plus
SINAMICS S120 Power Modules and CU310 PN Control Unit)
Display and diagnostics • Engineering systems (PG/PC) or
With SIMOTION P, the display and diagnostics functions for the • HMI devices (e.g., MP, TP, OP)
operating states are performed by a software monitor, which
takes the form of an on-screen application window. This software PROFIBUS version
monitor can be operated using your keyboard, mouse or touch • Certified PROFIBUS standard slaves (DP-V0, DP-V1, DP-V2)
panel. • Distributed I/Os (SIMATIC ET 200S/M/eco/pro)
Integrated interfaces • Distributed drives (e.g. SINAMICS S120 Motor Modules with
• 1 x COM 1 (V.24), VGA (via DVI adapter) CU320 Control Unit plus SINAMICS S120 Power Modules and
CU310 DP Control Unit)
• 4 x USB 2.0
• Engineering systems (PG/PC) or
• 1 x MPI/PROFIBUS DP interface
(integrated, not isochronous, isolated) • HMI devices (e.g., MP, TP, OP)
• 2 x Industrial Ethernet 10/100 Mbits/s (integrated) PC technology
Expansion slots • Processor: Intel Pentium M 2 GHz
• 1 x PCI slot 265 mm (10.43 in) • Microsoft Windows XP Professional operating system, English
PROFINET version: • 512 MB SDRAM, upgradable to 1 GB
occupied by MCI PN Communication Board
PROFIBUS version: • Hard disk with shock damping, approx. 40 GB
occupied by IsoPROFIBUS board • DVD-ROM drive (optional)
• 1 x PCI/ISA slot 170 mm (free) • Data backup/restore using the Symantec Ghost data backup
e.g., for the purpose of retrofitting an additional Communica- software (pre-installed)
tion Board

© Siemens AG 2008
SIMOTION P350-3

Product type description SIMOTION P350-3
SIMOTION Input voltage 24 V DC
P350-3 Max. power consumption 190 W
PCI-Slot Max. mains buffering 20 ms 2

according to EN 60529 (IEC 60529)
MCI-PN Board SINAMICS S120
X21 PROFINET cable Max. temperature change 10 K/h
(Port 1...4) SIMATIC ET 200 Relative humidity limit values
e. g. ET 200S according to IEC 68-2-3,
(PROFINET IEC 68-2-30, IEC 68-2-56
version)
Programming • Storage and transport 5 ... 95 % at +25 °C (+77 °F)
X4
device PG • Operation 5 ... 80 % at +25 °C (+77 °F)
X2 Humidity rating Class 3K5
Iso in accordance with EN 60721-3-3 Condensation and icing excluded
PROFIBUS PROFIBUS DP Low air temperature 0 °C (32 °F)
board drive e. g.
SINAMICS S120 Permissible ambient temperature
PROFIBUS cable
X102 • Storage and transport -20 ... +60 °C (-4 ... +140 °F)
PROFIBUS DP SIMATIC ET 200 • Operation +5 ... +45 °C (+41 ... +113 °F)
e. g. ET 200M
Weight, approx. 6 kg (13.2 lb)
(PROFIBUS Dimensions (W x H x D) 297 mm x 267 mm x 85 mm
version) PROFIBUS DP
drive e. g. (11.69 in x 10.51 in x 3.35 in)
SINAMICS S120 (excluding DVD drive)
X101 PROFIBUS cable 297 mm x 267 mm x 106 mm
(11.69 in x 10.51 in x 4.17 in)
PROFIBUS DP
SIMATIC ET 200 (including DVD drive)
e. g. ET 200M
Ethernet Ethernet bus cable ■ Ordering data Order No.

PG, HMI
SIMOTION P350-3, PROFIBUS
version
More with Intel Pentium M, 2 GHz,
included in standard Standard PC Windows XP Professional,
standard PC keyboard
interfaces keyboard package English,
512 MB SDRAM, 24 V DC,
Mouse with IsoPROFIBUS board
• Without DVD drive 6AU1350-3AK41-1BE2 –Z 1)
USB/RS 232 SITOP UPS • With DVD drive 6AU1350-3AK43-1BE2 –Z 1)
(optional)
SIMOTION P350-3, PROFINET
G_PM10_EN_00023b version
with Intel Pentium M, 2 GHz,
Overview of the SIMOTION P350-3 connections English,
512 MB SDRAM, 24 V DC,
with MCI PN board
■ More information • Without DVD drive 6AU1350-3AK41-2BE2 –Z 1)
• With DVD drive 6AU1350-3AK43-2BE2 –Z 1)
For additional information about connectable I/O modules,
refer to "SIMOTION I/O components" and "SIMOTION Overview Memory expansion
of functions". • 128 MB DDR2 533 SODIMM 6ES7648-2AG10-0GA0
SIZER configuration tool • 256 MB DDR2 533 SODIMM 6ES7648-2AG20-0GA0
With the SIZER configuration tool, you can easily configure the • 512 MB DDR2 533 SODIMM 6ES7648-2AG30-0GA0
SINAMICS S120 drive family including SIMOTION. It provides MCI PN Communication Board 6AU1390-0BA00-0AA0
you with support for selecting and dimensioning the compo- (for PROFINET upgrade)
nents required for a motion control task. You can also determine
the possible number of axes and the resulting load with SIZER in Replacement parts
accordance with your performance requirements. • Motherboard battery 6FC5247-0AA18-0AA0
For further information about SIZER, refer to the section "System 1)
Note regarding runtime software
description – Dimensioning: SIZER configuration tool". When ordering SIMOTION P350-3, the pre-installed runtime version must
be specified.
Additional runtime software licenses can either be pre-installed on a
SIMOTION P350-3 or ordered separately.

© Siemens AG 2008
SIMOTION D410
Interfaces
Display and diagnostics
• LEDs to display operating states and errors
2 • 3 measuring sockets
Integrated I/Os
• 4 digital inputs
• 4 digital inputs/outputs (max. 4 as cam output or 3 as measur-
ing inputs)
Communication
• 1 x DRIVE-CLiQ
• 2 x PROFINET ports (D410 PN only)
• 1 x PROFIBUS DP (D410 DP only)
Data backup
• 1 slot for SIMOTION CompactFlash Card
Additional interfaces
SIMOTION D410 is the SIMOTION D platform for single-axis
applications. It supplements the SIMOTION D4x5 controller • Terminals for 24 V electronic power supply
family, which is the solution of choice for multi-axis applications. • 1 encoder input for
It is available in both PROFIBUS (D410 DP) and PROFINET - HTL/TTL incremental encoder
(D410 PN) versions. - SSI absolute encoder (with/without TTL/HTL incremental
The SIMOTION D410 Control Unit is specially designed for use signals)
with the SINAMICS S120 PM340 Power Modules in blocksize for- • 1 temperature sensor input (KTY84-130 or PTC)
mat and can be directly connected to the Power Modules of this • PM IF interface (Power Module interface) on rear for direct
series. The SIMOTION D410 can also be installed on a separate operation with a SINAMICS S120 PM340 Power Module in
mounting plate if required (to be ordered separately). blocksize format
The SIMOTION D410 handles the motion control, technology Assembly/Installation
and PLC functions associated with a single axis and is also
responsible for the drive control of that axis. The integrated SIMOTION D410 can be directly plugged in to the
inputs/outputs support up to 4 high-speed cam outputs or 3 SINAMICS S120 Power Module PM340 in blocksize format.
measuring inputs. Alternatively, the SIMOTION D410 can be mounted on a sepa-
The drive control supports servo control (for a highly dynamic rate mounting plate (to be ordered separately) and connected to
response), vector control (for maximum torque accuracy) and V/f the PM340 Power Module via DRIVE-CLiQ. In this case, the
control. CUA31/CUA32 Control Unit Adapter has to be connected to the
PM340 Power Module. No more than one Control Unit Adapter
SIMOTION D410 can be used in synchronized groups: can be connected to a SIMOTION D410.
• For PROFINET:
over controller-controller or controller-device relationship Power Modules in AC/AC chassis format are connected to the
SIMOTION D410 over the DRIVE-CLiQ interface.
• For PROFIBUS:
over master-slave relationship Data storage/data backup
The SIMOTION D410 has a 7 KB memory for remanent storage
of process variables. The runtime software, user data and user
programs are backed up on the SIMOTION CompactFlash Card.
In the event that the SIMOTION D410 needs to be replaced, the
process variables can also be backed up on the SIMOTION
CompactFlash Card (CF) by means of system commands.
Connectable I/Os
PROFINET IO: (D410 PN only)
• SIMATIC ET 200S/M/pro distributed I/Os
• HMI
PROFIBUS DP: (D410 DP only)
• Certified PROFIBUS standard slaves (DP-V0, DP-V1, DP-V2)
• SIMATIC ET 200S/M/eco/pro distributed I/O systems
• HMI
DRIVE-CLiQ:
Modules from the SINAMICS range:
• TM15, TM17 High Feature, TM31, etc. Terminal Modules (max.
3)
• SMC/SME Sensor Modules (max. 2)
• DMC20 DRIVE-CLiQ hub module (max. 1)
• Motors with DRIVE-CLiQ interface

© Siemens AG 2008
SIMOTION D410

Product type description SIMOTION D410
SIMOTION PLC and motion control
D410 DP/PN performance
PROFINET1)
X200 PROFINET cables
PROFINET
node, e.g.
Maximum number of axes
Minimum PROFIBUS cycle
1 (real axis)
2 ms (D410 DP)
2
X201 IRT/RT I/Os ET 200S
Minimum PROFINET transmission 0.5 ms (D410 PN)
cycle
Connection
DRIVE- DRIVE-CLiQ cable SINAMICS Minimum servo/interpolator cycle 2.0 ms
X100 Drive clock
CLiQ
components
RAM (Random Access Memory) 25 MB
Temperature Integrated drive control
X120 sensor
EP
terminals Max. number of axes 1/1/1
Digital inputs/ for integrated drive control
X121 (servo / vector / V/f)
Onboard outputs
I/Os Memory
Power X124 24 V supply RAM (Random Access Memory) 25 MB
supply
PROFIBUS cable PROFIBUS DP- RAM disk (load memory) 17 MB
X21 node Retentive memory 7 KB
PROFIBUS DP2)
Persistent memory 300 MB
Incremental/ (user data on CF)
G_PM10_EN_00163
X23 absolute encoder

Communication
Power Module DRIVE-CLiQ interfaces 1
SINAMICS
Interface PM-IF PM340 PROFIBUS interfaces 1 (D410 DP only)
• Equidistant and isochronous
1) SIMOTION D410 PN only • Can be configured as master
2) SIMOTION D410 DP only or slave
PROFINET interfaces 1 interface with 2 ports
Overview of SIMOTION D410 connections (D410 PN only)
• Supports PROFINET IO
The maximum permissible cable lengths should be taken into with IRT and RT
account when planning the cable layout. • Can be configured as PROFINET
IO controller or device
Functional faults can occur when using longer cables.
General technical specifications
The permissible length of the PROFIBUS DP cables depends on Fan Integrated
the configuration.
Supply voltage
• Rated value 24 V DC
• Permissible range 20.4 ... 28.8 V
Current consumption, typ. 800 mA
(excluding digital outputs and
DRIVE-CLiQ supply)
Starting current, typ. 3.0 A
Power loss 20 W
Permissible ambient temperature
• Storage and transport -40 … +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F)
• Operation 0 ... +55 °C;
maximum installation altitude
2000 m (6562 ft) above sea level.
Above an altitude of 2000 m
(6562 ft), the max. ambient
temperature decreases by 7 °C
(44.6 °F) every 1000 m (3281 ft).
Max. 5000 m (16405 ft) above sea
level.
Permissible relative humidity 5 ... 95 %
(without condensation)
Atmospheric pressure 700 … 1060 hPa
Dimensions (W x H x D) 73 mm x 183.2 mm x 89.6 mm
(2.87 in x 7.21 in x 3.53 in)
Weight
• SIMOTION D 990 g (2.18 lb)
• CompactFlash Card 7 g (0.25 oz)

© Siemens AG 2008
SIMOTION D410

Product type description SIMOTION D410 Product type description SIMOTION D410
Digital inputs 4 Onboard encoder interface
• Input voltage • Encoder interface • TTL or HTL incremental
2 - Rated value
- For "1" signal
24 V DC
15 ... 30 V
encoders (with adjustable
parameters)
• SSI absolute encoders
- For "0" signal -3 ... +5 V with/without TTL/HTL
• Galvanic isolation Yes, in groups of 4 incremental signals
• Current consumption typ. 10 mA at 24 V • Encoder supply 24 V DC/0.35 A or
at 1-signal level 5 V DC/0.35 A
• Input delay, typ. (hardware) L -> H: 50 μs • Limit frequency, max. 500 kHz
H -> L: 100 μs • SSI baud rate 100 ... 250 kBaud
Digital inputs/outputs 4 • Resolution absolute position SSI 30 bit
(parameterizable) (max. 3 as high-speed
measuring inputs, Max. cable length
max. 4 as high-speed
• For TTL incremental encoder 100 m (328 ft)
cam outputs)
(only bipolar signals permitted)
If used as an input
• For HTL incremental encoder
• Input voltage - For unipolar signals 100 m (328 ft)
- Rated value 24 V DC - For bipolar signals 300 m (984 ft)
- For "1" signal 15 ... 30 V
• For SSI absolute encoder 100 m (328 ft)
- For "0" signal -3 ... +5 V
Additional technical
• Isolation No specifications
• Current consumption typ. 10 mA at 24 V Input for temperature sensing
at 1 signal level
• Temperature sensor KTY84-130 or PTC
• Input delay, typ. L -> H: 50 μs
(hardware) (5 μs if used as measuring input) Non-volatile data backup
H -> L: 100 μs • Backup time, min. Unlimited
(50 μs if used as measuring input) (maintenance-free backup)
• Measuring input, accuracy 5 μs Approvals cULus (File No. E164110)
If used as an output
• Rated load voltage 24 V DC
• Permissible range 20.4 ... 28.8 V
• Isolation No
• Current load, max. 500 mA per output
• Residual current, max. 2 mA
• Output delay, max. L -> H: 400 μs
(hardware) H -> L: 100 μs
• Cam output, accuracy 200 μs
• Short-circuit protection Yes

SIMOTION D410 DP 6AU1410-0AA00-0AA0 Industrial Ethernet Switches
(SIMOTION V4.1 SP1 or higher) SCALANCE X-200IRT
SIMOTION D410 PN 6AU1410-0AB00-0AA0 Managed Industrial Ethernet
(SIMOTION V4.1 SP1 or higher) switches;
Isochronous Real-Time,
Backplane mounting plate 6AU1400-7AA05-0AA0 LED diagnostics, fault signaling
For installing the SIMOTION D410 contact with SET button,
in a different location if you do not redundant power supply;
wish to connect it directly to the incl. operating instructions,
Power Module. Industrial Ethernet network
SIMOTION CompactFlash Card 6AU1400-2PA00-0AA0 manual and configuration soft-
(CF) 1 GB ware on CD-ROM
With SIMOTION Kernel and • SCALANCE X-204IRT; 6GK5 204-0BA00-2BA3
up-to-date SINAMICS drive 4 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 Ports
software

© Siemens AG 2008
SIMOTION D425/D435/D445
■ Overview Integrated I/Os

• 8 digital inputs
• 8 digital inputs/outputs (max. 8 as high-speed cam outputs,
max. 6 as high-speed measuring inputs)
Communication
• 4 x DRIVE-CLiQ (6 x DRIVE-CLiQ for D445) 2
• 2 x Industrial Ethernet
• 2 x PROFIBUS DP
Option Boards
• CBE30 Communication Board for the connection to
PROFINET IO
• TB30 Terminal Board for the expansion with 4 digital inputs,
4 digital outputs, 2 analog inputs and 2 analog outputs
Data backup
• 1 slot for SIMOTION CompactFlash Card
Additional interfaces
• Terminals for 24 V electronic power supply
SIMOTION D4x5 is the drive-based Control Unit for multi-axis
Connectable I/Os
systems. The individual versions SIMOTION D425 (BASIC Per-
formance), SIMOTION D435 (STANDARD performance) and PROFINET IO: (optionally via CBE30)
SIMOTION D445 (HIGH Performance) differ in their PLC perfor- • SIMATIC ET 200S/M/pro distributed I/Os
mance and motion control performance. The main distinguish-
ing features are: • Distributed drives with the CU320 Control Unit via CBE20 as
well as the SINAMICS S120 PM340 Power Modules with the
SIMOTION D425 SIMOTION D435 SIMOTION D445 CU310 PN
(BASIC (STANDARD (HIGH
Performance) Performance) Performance) PROFIBUS DP:
Maximum 16 32 64 • Certified PROFIBUS standard slaves (DP-V0, DP-V1, DP-V2)
number • SIMATIC ET 200S/M/eco/pro distributed I/O systems
of axes
• Distributed drives with the CU320 Control Unit as well as
Minimum 2.0 ms 1.0 ms 0.5 ms SINAMICS S120 PM340 Power Modules with the CU310 DP
servo/inter-
polator
cycle clock ■ Integration
DRIVE-CLiQ 4 4 6
interfaces Order No.
SIMOTION Pre-assembled cable
D4x5
SIMOTION D4x5 features PLC and motion control performance
(open-loop control and motion control) for up to 16, 32 or 64 PROFINET IO e.g. SINAMICS
axes, as required. The computing functions integrated into the CBE30 PROFINET IO S120/CBE20,
(optional) IRT/RT Periphery ET200 S
drive allow the D4x5 Control Unit to operate up to 6 servo,
X1400
4 vector or 8 V/f axes.
The drive control supports servo control (for a highly dynamic DRIVE-
CLiQ X100 DRIVE-CLiQ cable Connection
response), vector control (for maximum torque accuracy) and V/f to SINAMICS S120
control. (only X103 Drive components
with X104
Extension of the drive computing performance D445) X105
X120 Ethernet cable Ethernet
The motion control performance of a SIMOTION D4x5 can be Ethernet X130
station
utilized in full by expanding the computing performance at the
drive in two different ways:
• Over PROFIBUS or PROFINET, SINAMICS S120 Onboard X122 Digital inputs/
CU320/CU310 Control Units complete with further I/Os X132 outputs
SINAMICS S120 drive modules can be connected.
• With SIMOTION D435 and D445, the CX32 Controller Exten- X124 24 V supply
Power
sion can be connected over DRIVE-CLiQ. This module is supply
extremely compact and can control up to 6 servo, 4 vector or
8 V/f axes.
G_PM10_EN_00081a
PROFIBUS DP PROFIBUS cables PROFIBUS DP

X126
■ Design station
Interfaces
6ES7901-4BD00-0XA0 Programming
X136
Display and diagnostics device (PG)
• LEDs to display operating states and errors
• 3 measuring sockets Overview of SIMOTION D425/D435/D445 connections

© Siemens AG 2008
Product type description SIMOTION D425 SIMOTION D435 SIMOTION D445
BASIC Performance STANDARD Performance HIGH Performance
PLC and Motion Control
2
performance
Maximum number of axes 16 32 64
Minimum PROFIBUS cycle 2 ms 1 ms 1 ms
Minimum PROFINET transmission 0.5 ms 0.5 ms 0.5 ms
cycle
Minimum servo/interpolator cycle 2.0 ms 1.0 ms 0.5 ms
clock
Integrated drive control
Max. number of axes for integrated 6/4/8 6/4/8 6/4/8
drive control (servo / vector / V/f)
Memory
• RAM (Random Access Memory) 25 MB 25 MB 50 MB
Supply voltage
• Rated value 24 V DC 24 V DC 24 V DC
• Permissible range 20.4 ... 28.8 V 20.4 ... 28.8 V 20.4 ... 28.8 V
Current consumption, typ. 600 mA 600 mA 2A
(excluding digital outputs and
DRIVE-CLiQ supply)
Starting current, typ. 6.0 A 6.0 A 6.0 A
Power loss 15 W 15 W 48 W
• Storage and transport -40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F) -40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F) -40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F)
• Operation 0 ... +55 °C (+32 ... +131 °F) 0 ... +55 °C (+32 ... +131 °F) 0 ... +55 °C (+32 ... +131 °F)
Maximum installation altitude Maximum installation altitude Maximum installation altitude
2000 m (6562 ft) above sea level. 2000 m (6562 ft) above sea level. 2000 m (6562 ft) above sea level.
Above an altitude of 2000 m Above an altitude of 2000 m Above an altitude of 2000 m
(6562 ft), the max. ambient (6562 ft), the max. ambient (6562 ft), the max. ambient
temperature decreases by 7 °C temperature decreases by 7 °C temperature decreases by 7 °C
(44.6 °F) every 1000 m (3281 ft); (44.6 °F) every 1000 m (3281 ft); (44.6 °F) every 1000 m (3281 ft);
maximum 5000 m (16405 ft) maximum 5000 m (16405 ft) maximum 5000 m (16405 ft)
above sea level. above sea level. above sea level.
Permissible relative humidity 5 ... 95 % 5 ... 95 % 5 ... 95 %
(without condensation)
Atmospheric pressure 700 ... 1060 hPa 700 ... 1060 hPa 700 ... 1060 hPa
Dimensions (W x H x D) 50 mm x 380 mm x 230 mm 50 mm x 380 mm x 230 mm 50 mm x 380 mm x 270 mm
(1.97 in x 14.96 in x 9.06 in) (1.97 in x 14.96 in x 9.06 in) (1.97 in x 14.96 in x 9.06 in)
Weight
• SIMOTION D 2500 g (5.51 lb) 2500 g (5.51 lb) 3600 g (7.94 lb)

© Siemens AG 2008

SIMOTION D425 6AU1425-0AA00-0AA0 Accessories
SIMOTION D435 6AU1435-0AA00-0AA1 Battery (replacement part) 6FC5247-0AA18-0AA0
SIMOTION D445 6AU1445-0AA00-0AA0 PROFIBUS RS485
CompactFlash Card (CF) 1 GB
with SINAMICS S120 drive
6AU1400-2PA00-0AA0
bus connector with
angular cable outlet (35°) 2
With screw-type terminals,
software and SIMOTION Kernel max. transmission rate 12 Mbit/s
Pre-installed license using
Z options 1) • Without PG interface 6ES7972-0BA41-0XA0
SIMOTION MultiAxes Bundle 6AU1425-0AA00-0CA0 • With PG interface 6ES7972-0BB41-0XA0
D425
consisting of 1 unit each PROFIBUS FastConnect RS485
bus connector with
• SIMOTION D425 angular cable outlet (35°)
• CompactFlash Card 1 GB With insulation displacement
with MultiAxes Package license terminals,
for D425 platform max. transmission rate 12 Mbit/s
SIMOTION MultiAxes Bundle 6AU1435-0AA00-0CA1 • Without PG interface 6ES7972-0BA60-0XA0
D435
consisting of 1 unit each • With PG interface 6ES7972-0BB60-0XA0
• SIMOTION D435
• CompactFlash Card 1 GB
with MultiAxes Package license
for D435 platform
SIMOTION MultiAxes Bundle 6AU1445-0AA00-0CA0
D445
consisting of 1 unit each
• SIMOTION D445
• CompactFlash Card 1 GB
with MultiAxes Package license
for D445 platform
Battery and fan module 6FC5348-0AA01-0AA0
Incl. battery
Battery and fan module for
D425/D435 (option). Included in
the scope of supply of D445.

© Siemens AG 2008
CBE30 Communication Board

Product type description CBE30 Communication Board
Current requirement at 24 V DC 0.25 A
2 • Storage and transport -40 … +70 °C
(-40 ... +158 °F)
• Operation 0 … 55°C
(32 ... 131 °F)
Weight, approx. 100 g (0.22 lb)
Dimensions 113 mm x 77 mm
(4.45 in x 3.03 in)
Approvals cULus (File No. E164110)

CBE30 6FC5312-0FA00-0AA0
Communication Board
Accessories
The CBE30 Communication Board for SIMOTION D425,
D435 and D445 allows the SIMOTION to be connected to a The following PROFINET cables
PROFINET IO network. The SIMOTION D4x5 then assumes the and connectors are recommendet:
function of a PROFINET IO Controller and can perform the RJ45 FastConnect connector for
following: Industrial Ethernet/PROFINET
• PROFINET IO Controller, I-Device (controller and device • 145° cable outlet
simultaneously) - 1 pack = 1 unit 6GK1901-1BB30-0AA0
• 100 Mbit/s full duplex - 1 pack = 10 units 6GK1901-1BB30-0AB0
• Supports real-time classes of PROFINET IO: • 180° cable outlet
- RT (Real Time) - 1 pack = 1 unit 6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0
- IRT (Isochronous Real Time) - 1 pack = 10 units 6GK1901-1BB10-2AB0
• Integration of distributed I/O as PROFINET IO devices FastConnect cables for
• Integration of drives as PROFINET IO devices through Industrial Ethernet/PROFINET 1)
PROFIdrive according to the V4 specification • IE FC Standard Cable GP 2x2 6XV1840-2AH10
• Support for standard Ethernet communication, e.g. • IE FC Flexible Cable GP 2x2 6XV1870-2B
- for interfacing with SIMOTION SCOUT
- for the connection of HMI systems • IE FC Trailing Cable GP 2x2 6XV1870-2D
- for communication with any other devices over TCP/IP or • IE FC Trailing Cable 2x2 6XV1840-3AH10
UDP communication
• IE FC Marine Cable 2x2 6XV1840-4AH10
• Integrated 4-port switch with four RJ45 sockets based on the
PROFINET ASIC ERTEC400. The optimum topology (line, star, Stripping tool for
tree) can therefore be configured without additional external Industrial Ethernet/PROFINET
FastConnect cables
switches.
• IE FC stripping tool 6GK1901-1GA00
■ Integration 1) Sold by the meter;
max. length 1000 m (3281 ft);
The CBE30 Communication Board is plugged into the option slot minimum order 20 m (65.62 ft).
on the SIMOTION D4x5.

© Siemens AG 2008
MCI-PN Communication Board

Product type description MCI-PN Communication Board
Current consumption 900 mA at 5 V
• Storage and transport -20 ... +60 °C
(-4 ... +140 °F)
2
• Operation +5 ... +55 °C
(+41 ... +131 °F)
Weight, approx. 110 g (0.24 lb)
Dimensions 107 mm x 167 mm
(4.21 in x 6.57 in)
Approvals cULus (File No. E164110)

MCI-PN 6AU1390-0BA00-0AA0
communication board
Accessories
The MCI PN Communication Board for SIMOTION P350-3
enables connection to a PROFINET IO network. This means that The following PROFINET cables
in terms of PROFINET, SIMOTION P350-3 is a PROFINET IO and connectors are recommendet:
controller that offers the following functions: RJ45 FastConnect connector for
• Communication as: PROFINET IO Controller, I-Device Industrial Ethernet/PROFINET
(controller and device simultaneously) • 145° cable outlet
• 100 Mbit/s full duplex - 1 pack = 1 unit 6GK1901-1BB30-0AA0
• Supports real-time classes of PROFINET IO: - 1 pack = 10 units 6GK1901-1BB30-0AB0
- RT (Real Time) • 180° cable outlet
- IRT (Isochronous Real Time) - 1 pack = 1 unit 6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0
• Integration of distributed I/O as PROFINET IO devices - 1 pack = 10 units 6GK1901-1BB10-2AB0
• Integration of drives as PROFINET IO devices through FastConnect cables for
PROFIdrive according to the V4 specification Industrial Ethernet/PROFINET 1)
• Support for standard Ethernet communication, e.g. • IE FC Standard Cable GP 2x2 6XV1840-2AH10
- for interfacing with SIMOTION SCOUT
• IE FC Flexible Cable GP 2x2 6XV1870-2B
- for the connection of HMI systems
- for communication with any other devices over TCP/IP or • IE FC Trailing Cable GP 2x2 6XV1870-2D
UDP communication • IE FC Trailing Cable 2x2 6XV1840-3AH10
• Integrated 4-port switch with 4 RJ45 sockets based on the • IE FC Marine Cable 2x2 6XV1840-4AH10
PROFINET ASIC, ERTEC400. The optimal topology (line, star,
tree or ring) can therefore be constructed without the need for Stripping tool for
additional external switches. Industrial Ethernet/PROFINET
FastConnect cables
■ Design • IE FC stripping tool 6GK1901-1GA00

1)
Sold by the meter;
The MCI-PN communication board is inserted in the spare PCI max. length 1000 m (3281 ft);
slot of the SIMOTION P350-3. minimum order 20 m (65.62 ft).

© Siemens AG 2008
SINUMERIK CNC Automation Systems
SINUMERIK & SINAMICS
SINUMERIK 840D sl is used worldwide:
• Turning, drilling, milling, grinding, laser machining, nibbling
and punching technologies
2 • Tool and Mold Making

• Press control
• High-Speed Cutting
• Woodworking and textile processing
• Handling
• Transfer lines
• Rotary transfer machines
• Large-scale and jobshop production
The SINUMERIK is available as an export version for use in
countries where approval is required.
SINUMERIK 840D sl with SINAMICS S120 SINUMERIK 840D sl and SINAMICS S120: Catalog NC 61
The new SINUMERIK 840D solution line offers modularity, open Additional information is available in the Internet under:
architecture, flexibility, uniform operation, programming and http://www.siemens.com/sinumerik
visualization and provides a system platform with future-oriented
functions for nearly all technologies. Integrated into the
SINAMICS S120 drive system and complemented by the
SIMATIC S7-300 automation system, the SINUMERIK 840D sl
forms a complete digital system that is best suited for the mid
to upper performance range. The SINUMERIK 840D sl distin-
guishes itself through its flexibility, maximum dynamics, preci-
sion, and optimum integration in networks.
The SINUMERIK 840D sl combines CNC, HMI, PLC, closed-
loop control and communication tasks on one SINUMERIK NCU
(NCU 710.2/NCU 720.2/NCU 720.2/NCU 730.2 PN). Up to 6
axes are available with the SINUMERIK 840D sl with NCU 710.2.
On the NCU 720.2/NCU 720.2 PN/NCU 730.2 and NCU 730.2
PN, the number of axes and/or the performance of the drive con-
trol can be increased to 31 axes.
SINAMICS S120 can be used to solve complex drive tasks for a
very wide spectrum of industrial applications and consequently
designed as a modular system toolbox. From a wide range of
matched components and functions, the user uses just the com-
bination that best meets the user's requirements. All SINUMERIK
804D sl and SINAMICS S120 components, including the motors
and encoders, are interconnected via a joint serial interface
called DRIVE-CLiQ.
Motors
The SINAMICS S120 drive system is enhanced by a wide range
of synchronous and asynchronous motors.
Safety functions
The safety relevant functions of the SINUMERIK 840D sl system
are integrated in the four subsystems NC, PLC, speed controller
and drive. The safety directed functions are of two channel
design; there is a crosswise data comparison between the two
channels.

© Siemens AG 2008
SINUMERIK 840D sl - NCU 720.2 PN/NCU 730.2 PN
The following components can be connected to the
SINUMERIK 840D sl:
• SINUMERIK operator panel front with TCU, PCU 50.3,
machine control panel, push button panel
• SIMATIC CE panel 2
• SINUMERIK handheld units
• Distributed PLC I/O via PROFIBUS DP connection or
PROFINET IO
• SINAMICS S120 drive system
• Feed and main spindle motors
NCU 720.2 PN
The NCU 720.2 PN represents the medium expansions stage
within SINUMERIK 840D sl with significantly higher PLC
capacity compared to a NCU 720.2. The NCU 720.2 PN offers
integrated PROFINET interfaces with PROFINET IO and
PROFINET CBA.
Up to 31 axes are available in up to 10 machining channels
which can be executed in up to 10 mode groups. Up to 12 axes/
spindles are supported per channel. Interpolation is possible for
a maximum of 12 axes with the NCU system software (multi-axis
interpolation option).
The basic version of the CNC user memory is 3 MB, and can be
optionally expanded up to 15 MB.
NCU 730.2 PN
The NCU 730.2 PN is the new flagship of the SINUMERIK 840D
sl and, with a significantly higher PLC capacity than an NCU
730.1, represents the most advanced configuration within the
SINUMERIK 840D sl range. The NCU 730.2 PN is the first NCU
to offer integrated PROFINET interfaces with PROFINET IO and
PROFINET CBA.
Up to 31 axes are available in up to 10 machining channels
which can be executed in up to 10 mode groups. Up to 12 axes/
spindles are supported per channel. Interpolation is possible for
a maximum of 12 axes with the NCU system software (multi-axis
interpolation option).
The basic version of the CNC user memory is 3 MB, and can be
optionally expanded up to 15 MB.

© Siemens AG 2008
SINUMERIK 840D sl - NCU 720.2 PN/NCU 730.2 PN

Order No. 6FC5372- 6FC5373- Hardware
0AA01-0AA1 0AA01-0AA1
NCU 720.2 PN 6FC5372-0AA01-0AA1
Product type description SINUMERIK SINUMERIK with PLC 319-3PN/DP
2
840D sl; 840D sl;
NCU 720.2 PN NCU 730.2 PN NCU 730.2 PN 6FC5373-0AA01-0AA1
with PLC 319-3 with PLC 319-3 with PLC 319-3PN/DP
PN/DP PN/DP Seal for external 6FC5348-0AA07-0AA0
RAM 512 Mbyte DDR2-SDRAM; heat dissipation
1 Mbyte SRAM (1 pack = 10 units)
for NCU 710.2/
SIMATIC S7 - integrated PLC 319-3PN/DP NCU 720.2/NCU 720.2 PN/
Input voltage 24 V NCU 730.2/NCU 730.2 PN
Degree of protection in accor- IP20 CNC user memory 6FC5800-0AD00-0YB0
dance with DIN EN 60529 Expanded by 2 MB each
(IEC 60529)
PLC user memory 6FC5800-0AD10-0YB0
Humidity classification in accor- Class 3K5 condensation and Expanded by 128 KB each
dance with DIN EN 60721-3-3 icing excluded.
Low air temperature 0 °C (32 °F). Software
Relative humidity HMI user memory 6FC5800-0AP12-0YB0

Additional 256 MB
• Storage 10 ... 95 % on CF card of NCU
• Transport 10 ... 95 % Software option
• Single license
• Operation ≤ 85 % over max. 2 months
without data carrier
Ambient temperature
Spare and wear parts
• Storage -25 ... +55 °C (-13 ... +131 °F)
Spacers 6FC5348-0AA06-0AA0
• Transport -40 ... +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F) for NCU 720.2/NCU 720.2 PN/
NCU 730.2/NCU 730.2 PN
• Operation 0 ... 55 °C (32 ... 131 °F)
Battery 6FC5247-0AA18-0AA0
Dimensions
Dual fan/battery module 6FC5348-0AA02-0AA0
• Width 50 mm (1.97 in)
Blanking cover 6SL3064-3BB00-0AA0
• Height 418 mm (16.46 in)
for Control Unit
• Depth 272 mm (10.71 in) CU320/NCU 710.2/
NCU 720.2/NCU 720.2 PN
Weight, approx. 3.8 kg (8.38 lb) NCU 730.2/NCU 730.2 PN
CompactFlash Card 512 MB 6FC5313-4AG00-0AA2
Empty

© Siemens AG 2008
SINAMICS S120 Drive system
SINAMICS S120 built-in devices
■ Overview
Greater flexibility with central control intelligence
On the SINAMICS S120, the drive intelligence is combined with
closed-loop control functions into Control Units.
These units are capable of controlling drives in Vector, Servo and
V/f modes. They also perform the speed and torque control func- 2
tions plus other intelligent drive functions for all axes on the
drive.
Free performance selection for Vector and
Servo control modes
The use of a SINAMICS S120 Vector control is recommended for
drive solutions with continuous material webs, for example, wire-
drawing machines, film and paper machines, as well as for hoist-
ing gear, centrifuges and marine drives.
Servo control with SINAMICS S120 is employed for cyclic pro-
cesses with precise, highly dynamic position control and servo
motors, e.g. in textile, packaging, printing machines and ma-
chine tools.
SINAMICS S120 – functions for better efficiency
• Basic functions: Speed control, torque control, positioning
functions
• Intelligent starting functions for independent restart after
power supply interruption
• BICO technology with interconnection of drive-related I/Os for
Flexibility for successful machine concepts easy adaptation of the drive system to its operating environ-
ment
As part of the SINAMICS drive family, the SINAMICS S120 drive • Integrated safety functions for realizing the implementation of
is a modular system for high-performance applications in safety concepts
machine construction and plant engineering. SINAMICS S120
• Regulated infeed/regenerative feedback functions for pre-
offers high-performance single-axis and multi-axis drives for a
venting undesirable reactions on the supply, allowing recov-
very broad range of industrial applications. By virtue of its scal-
ery of braking energy and ensuring greater stability against
ability and flexibility, SINAMICS S120 is the ideal system for
line fluctuations.
satisfying the ever increasing demand for more axes and better
performance. SINAMICS S120 supports flexible machine de- DRIVE-CLiQ – the digital interface between all components
signs and faster implementation of customized drive solutions.
All SINAMICS S120 components, including the motors and en-
The response to ever increasing demands coders, are interconnected by a shared serial interface called
DRIVE-CLiQ. DRIVE-CLiQ forms the backplane for the complete
Modern machines must be built at ever lower cost, but devliver drive system. The standardized cables and connectors reduce
greater productivity. The SINAMICS S120 drive concept meets the variety of different parts and cut storage costs. Converter
both these challenges! It is easy to configure and thus helps to boards (Sensor Modules) for converting standard encoder sig-
reduce project completion times. Its excellent dynamic re- nals to DRIVE-CLiQ are available for third-party motors or retrofit
sponse and accuracy permit higher cycle rates for maximum applications.
productivity.
Modular design ensures flexibility and scalability
Applications in machine and plant engineering
The multi-axis design, also referred to as common DC bus, is
Regardless of whether the application involves continuous very modular with a power offering of Line Modules and Motor
material webs or cyclic, highly dynamic processes – Modules – both available in booksize compact, booksize and
SINAMICS S120 means increased machine performance in chassis formats. Line Modules function as the central energy
many sectors: supply to the voltage-source DC link. Line Modules are option-
• Packaging machines ally available with regulated infeed/regenerative feedback to
provide a constant DC link voltage. Motor Modules (DC/AC
• Plastics processing machines units) supply the motors with energy from the DC link. All the
• Textile machines drive intelligence is organized into Control Units. The control
• Printing machines units perform all the closed-loop control functions for the drive
grouping. They also handle all other drive functions such as the
• Paper machines interconnection of drive related I/O's, positioning functions, etc.
• Hoisting equipment and feature PROFIBUS DP or PROFINET as the central interface
• Handling and assembly systems for linking to higher level automation systems.
• Machine tools On single axis units, also referred to as AC drives, the rectifier
and inverter power section are contained in one device, the
• Rolling mills Power Module – available in blocksize and chassis formats. For
• Test stands single axis applications, drive control functions are performed
by a single axis Control Unit (e.g. CU310) mounted on to the
Modularity for mechanical engineering Power Module. This separation of power and intelligence allows
SINAMICS S120 is designed to allow free combination of power for maximum flexibility and scalability. Integration into multi-axis
and control performance. Multi-axis drives with higher-level applications is easily accomplished by connecting a DRIVE-
motion control can be implemented with the SINAMICS S120 CLiQ link to a multi-axis Control Unit (e.g. CU320). This is ac-
modular system as easily as single-drive solutions. complished by mounting a CU adapter (CUA31) on a block size
Power Module in place of the single axis Control Unit. Together
this integrated line offers the most optimal drive solution for any
application servo or vector.
© Siemens AG 2008
SINAMICS S120 built-in devices
All formats can be combined as required SINAMICS S120 and SIMOTION – the perfect team
The different SINAMICS S120 formats can be combined freely Modern machines must be capable of handling ever more com-
thanks to their DRIVE-CLiQ interfaces, e.g. Line Modules in plex Motion Control tasks and perform them with increasing ac-
2 chassis format can be freely combined with Motor Modules in
booksize format for multi-axis applications with high total output.
curacy and speed. In regards to this requirement, the SIMOTION
Motion Control System and high-performance SINAMICS S120
drive system form a perfect team. The SIMOTION D variant,
PROFIBUS which is physically integrated in the SINAMICS S120 drive, is the
ideal solution for machines with a large number of axes and
stringent precision requirements. This distributed automation
PROFINET structure allows the machine to be segmented into various
axis groupings, with each grouping controlled by a separate
SIMOTION Motion Control System. The SIMOTION systems
DRIVE-CLiQ communicate either via PROFIBUS DP or PROFINET.
Digital and analog I/O Another important aspect: The compact machine design thanks
(Terminal Modules) to the distributed automation structure and a Control Unit directly
Inverters in the drive.
Central Control Module (Motor Modules)
(Control Unit) Totally Integrated Automation –
Infeed (Line Module) the unique automation platform
With Totally Integrated Automation (TIA), Siemens is the only
3 AC single-source provider to offer an integrated spectrum of
DRIVE-CLiQ
products and systems for all sectors. Tailored to meet individual
customer requirements, sector-specific automation solutions
G_D211_EN_00073
can be implemented efficiently on the basis of TIA. Lower life-

cycle costs for plant operation and a significant reduction in the
Motors time to market result in a marked improvement in productivity
and greater investment security.
Easy – Totally Integrated Automation with SINAMICS S120
Apart from SIMATIC, SIMOTION and SINUMERIK, SINAMICS is
also one of the core components of TIA. The STARTER commis-
Control sioning tool is therefore an integral element of the TIA platform.
(e. g. SIMATIC or SIMOTION) It is thus possible to parameterize, program and commission all
components in the automation system using a standardized
engineering platform and without any gaps. The system-wide
PROFINET data management functions ensure consistent data and simplify
archiving of the entire plant project.
PROFIBUS PROFIBUS – the No. 1 fieldbus
PROFIBUS DP, the standard fieldbus of the TIA system, is
supported by all SINAMICS S120 variants. It provides a high-
SINAMICS S120 SINAMICS S120 performance, system-wide communication network which links
AC Drive AC Drive all automation components: HMI, controls, drives and I/O
with CU310 with CU310 devices.
PROFINET – for enhanced performance
and open IT communication
230 V 1 AC 230 V 1 AC
SINAMICS S120 is also available with a PROFINET interface.
G_D211_EN_00074a
400 V 3 AC 400 V 3 AC
This Ethernet-based bus enables control data to be exchanged
DRIVE-CLiQ DRIVE-CLiQ at high speed via PROFINET IO with IRT or RT and makes
SINAMICS S120 a suitable choice for integration in top-perfor-
mance multi-axis applications.
At the same time, PROFINET also uses standard IT mechanisms
Motors (TCP/IP) to transport information, e.g. operating and diagnostic
data, to higher-level systems. A SINAMICS S120 with this inter-
face can thus easily be integrated into factory IT networks.
Further information regarding technical specifications and
ordering data can be found in Catalog PM21: SINAMICS S120"
as well as in the interactive catalog under "Drives Technology/
AC Converters/Low-Voltage Converters".

© Siemens AG 2008
CBE20 Communication Board

Order No. 6SL3055-0AA00-2EB0
Product type description CBE20 Communication Board
Current requirement 0.16 A
at 24 V DC
Ambient temperature, permissible
2
• Storage and transport -40 … +70 °C
(-40 … +158 °F)
• Operation 0 … 55 °C
(32 … 131 °F)
Dimensions 130 mm × 78 mm
(5.12 in × 3.07 in)
Weight, approx. 76 g (2.68 oz)
Approvals cULus (File No.: E164110)

CBE20 6SL3055-0AA00-2EB0
The CBE20 Communication Board can be used to connect the Communication Board
SINAMICS S120 drive system to a PROFINET IO network via a
CU320 Control Unit. Accessories
The PROFINET cables and
The SINAMICS S120 drive system then assumes the function of connectors listed below are
a PROFINET IO device and can perform the following functions: recommended:
• PROFINET IO device Industrial Ethernet FC
• 100 Mbit/s full duplex • RJ45 Plug 145 (1 unit) 6GK1901-1BB30-0AA0
• Supports real-time classes of PROFINET IO:
• RJ45 Plug 145 (10 units) 6GK1901-1BB30-0AB0
- RT (Real-Time)
- IRT (Isochronous Real-Time), minimum send cycle 500 μs • Stripping tool 6GK1901-1GA00
• Connects to controls as PROFINET IO devices using • Standard Cable GP 2x2 6XV1840-2AH10
PROFIdrive in accordance with Specification V4 • Flexible Cable GP 2x2 6XV1870-2B
• Standard TCP/IP communication for engineering processes • Trailing Cable GP 2x2 6XV1870-2D
using the STARTER commissioning tool
• Trailing Cable 2x2 6XV1840-3AH10
• Integrated 4-port switch with four RJ45 sockets based on the
PROFINET ASIC ERTEC400. The optimum topology (line, star, • Marine Cable 2x2 6XV1840-4AH10
tree) can therefore be configured without additional external
switches.
■ Integration
The CBE20 Communication Board plugs into the option slot on
the CU320 Control Unit.

© Siemens AG 2008
CU310 PN Control Unit
■ Overview The SINAMICS S120 drive system with CU310 PN then assumes
the function of a PROFINET IO device and can perform the
following functions:
• PROFINET IO device
• 100 Mbit/s full duplex
2 • Supports real-time classes of PROFINET IO:
- RT (Real-Time)
- IRT (Isochronous Real-Time), minimum send cycle 500 μs
• Connects to controls as PROFINET IO devices using
PROFIdrive compliant with Specification V4
• Standard TCP/IP communication for engineering processes
using the STARTER commissioning tool
• Integrated 2-port switch with 2 RJ45 sockets based on the
ERTEC ASIC. The optimum topology (line, star, tree) can there-
fore be configured without additional external switches.
An external 24 V supply can be connected to the CU310 to
power the Control Unit when the incoming supply to the Power
Module is not energized.
The CU310 PN Control Unit is designed for the communication ■ Technical specifications
and open-loop/closed-loop control functions of a Power Module. Order No. 6SL3040-0LA01-0AA1
The CU310 PN combined with a Power Module and Compact-
Product type description Control Unit CU310 PN
Flash Card creates a powerful single-axis AC drive.
The communication link to the higher-level control is provided by Current requirement 0.4 A for CU310 PN + 0.5 A for
PROFINET IO. at 24 V DC, max. PM340 Power Module
without taking account of digital out-
■ Integration puts and DRIVE-CLiQ supply
Conductor cross-section, max. 2.5 mm2
The CU310 PN Control Unit drives Power Modules in blocksize Fuse protection, max. 20 A
format via the PM-IF interface. In this case, other DRIVE-CLiQ
components such as Sensor or Terminal Modules can be con- Digital inputs In accordance
nected to the DRIVE-CLiQ socket on the CU310 PN Control Unit. with IEC 61131-2 Type 1
4 x floating digital inputs
Power Modules in chassis format are driven by the CU310 DP 4 bidirectional non-floating
Control Unit via the DRIVE-CLiQ interface. With this option, digital inputs/digital outputs
Sensor and Terminal Modules must be connected to the free Digital outputs 4 bidirectional non-floating
DRIVE-CLiQ sockets on the Power Module. (sustained-short-circuit-proof) digital inputs/digital outputs
Parameter settings can be changed with the BOP20 Basic Dimensions
Operator Panel. The BOP20 panel can also be snapped onto the
• Width 73 mm (2.87 in)
CU310 PN Control Unit during operation for diagnostic pur-
poses. • Height 183.2 mm (7.21 in)
The CU310 PN Control Unit and other connected components • Depth 89.6 mm (3.53 in)
are commissioned and diagnosed with the STARTER Weight, approx. 0.95 kg (2 lb)
commissioning tool. The CU310 PN Control Unit requires a
CompactFlash Card with firmware version 2.4 or higher.
A CU310 PN Control Unit communicates with the higher-level ■ Ordering data Order No.
control system using PROFINET IO and the PROFIdrive V4 CU310 PN Control Unit 6SL3040-0LA01-0AA1
profile. (without CompactFlash Card)
Accessories
STARTER 6SL3072-0AA00-0AG0
commissioning tool
Industrial Ethernet FC
• RJ45 Plug 180 (1 unit) 6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0
• RJ45 Plug 180 (10 unit) 6GK1901-1BB10-2AB0
• Stripping tool 6GK1901-1GA00
• Standard Cable GP 2x2 6XV1840-2AH10
• Flexible Cable GP 2x2 6XV1870-2B
• Trailing Cable GP 2x2 6XV1870-2D
• Trailing Cable 2x2 6XV1840-3AH10
• Marine Cable 2x2 6XV1840-4AH10

© Siemens AG 2008
SINAMICS G120 Drive system
SINAMICS G120 chassis units
■ Overview
The new SINAMICS G120 series of frequency inverters is Modularity
designed to provide precise and cost-effective speed/torque
control of AC motors. SINAMICS G120 is a modular converter system comprising a
variety of functional units. The two main units are
With different device versions (frame sizes FSA to FSF) in a
power range of 0.37 kW to 132 kW (0.5 hp to 200 hp), it is
• the Control Unit (CU) and
• the Power Module (PM)
2
suitable for a wide variety of drive solutions.
The Control Unit controls and monitors the Power Module and
the connected motor in several different modes. It supports
communication with a local or central controller and monitoring
devices.
The Power Module supplies the motor in the power range
0.37 kW to 132 kW (0.5 hp to 200 hp). The Power Module is
controlled by a microprocessor in the Control Unit. It features
state-of-the-art IGBT technology with pulse-width-modulated
motor voltage and selectable pulse frequency. It also features a
range of functions offering a high degree of protection for the
Power Module and motor.
Furthermore, a large number of additional components is
available, such as:
• Basic Operator Panel (BOP) for parameterizing, diagnosing,
controlling, and copying drive parameters
• Line filter, classes A and B
• Line reactors
Examples of SINAMICS G120, frame sizes FSA, FSB and FSC; • Braking resistors
each with Power Module, Control Unit and Basic Operator Panel • Output reactors
Safety Integrated
The SINAMICS G120 inverter chassis units are available in a
number of different variants for safety-oriented applications.
All Power Modules are already designed for Safety Integrated.
A Safety Integrated Drive can be created by combining a Power
Module with the relevant Fail-safe Control Unit.
The SINAMICS G120 fail-safe frequency inverter provides four
safety functions, certified in accordance with EN 954-1 Category
3 and IEC 61508 SIL 2:
• Safe torque off (STO) to protect against active movement of
the drive
• Safe stop 1 (SS1) for continuous monitoring of a safe braking
ramp
• Safely limited speed (SLS) for protection against dangerous
movements on exceeding a speed limit
• Safe brake control (SBC) for driving motor brakes which are
active in the de-energized state, e.g. motor holding brakes
Examples of SINAMICS G120, frame sizes FSD, FSE and FSF;
each with Power Module, Control Unit and Basic Operator Panel The functions "Safe Stop 1" and "Safely limited speed" can both
be implemented without a motor sensor or encoder; the imple-
mentation cost is minimal. Existing plants in particular can be
updated with safety technology without the need to change the
motor or mechanical system.
The safety functions "Safely limited speed" and "Safe stop 1" are
certified for asynchronous motors without encoders - these
safety functions are not permitted for pull-through loads as in the
case of lifting gear and winders.
For further information, please refer to section Safety Integrated
in chapter Innovations.

© Siemens AG 2008
■ Overview (continued) ■ Benefits

Efficient Infeed Technology 7 Modularity ensures flexibility for an advanced drive concept
- Module replacement when system is running (hot swapping)
The advanced Efficient Infeed Technology is employed in - Pluggable terminals
PM250 and PM260 Power Modules. This technology allows the - The modules can be easily replaced, which makes the
2 energy produced by motors operating in generator mode on
standard inverters to be fed back into the supply system. The 7
system extremely service friendly.
The safety functions make it easier to integrate drives into
control cabinet can be designed even more compactly thanks to safety-oriented machines or plants
the omission of extra cooling equipment and components such
as braking resistors, brake choppers and line reactors. 7 Capable of communicating via PROFINET or PROFIBUS with
The time and expense involved in planning and wiring the PROFIdrive Profil 4.0
system are significantly reduced. At the same time, consider- - Reduced number of interfaces
able savings can be achieved in terms of energy consumption - Plant-wide engineering
and operating costs. - Easy to handle
7 The innovative circuit design (bidirectional input rectifier with
For further information, please refer to section Efficient Infeed
Technology in chapter Innovations. "pared-down" DC link) allows the kinetic energy of a load to be
fed back into the supply system when Power Modules PM250
Innovative cooling concept and paint finish and PM260 are implemented. This feedback capability pro-
of electronic modules vides enormous potential for savings because generated
energy no longer has to be converted into heat in a braking
The new cooling system and the paint finish for the electronic resistor
modules significantly increase the service life or useful life of the
device. These features are based on the following principles: 7 Innovative SiC semiconductor technology ensures that when
a PM260 Power Module is used, the inverter is more compact
• Disposal of all heat losses via an external heat sink than a comparable standard inverter with an optional LC filter
• Electronic modules not located in air duct for the same output.
• Standardized convection cooling of Control Unit 7 A new cooling concept and paint finish for the electronic
• All cooling air from the fan is directed through the heat sink modules increase robustness and service life
7 Simple unit replacement and quick copying of parameters
STARTER commissioning tool using the optional Basic Operator Panel or the optional MMC
The STARTER commissioning tool supports the commissioning memory card
and maintenance of SINAMICS G120 inverters. The operator 7 Low-noise motor operation resulting from high pulse fre-
guidance combined with comprehensive, user-friendly functions quency
for the relevant drive solution allows you to commission the 7 Compact, space-saving construction
device quickly and easily.
7 Software parameters for easy adaptation to 50 Hz or 60 Hz
motors (IEC or NEMA motors)
7 2/3-wire control (static/pulsated signals) for universal control
via digital inputs
7 Engineering and commissioning with uniform engineering
tools such as SIZER, STARTER, and Drive ES: ensure rapid
engineering and easy commissioning – STARTER is inte-
grated in STEP 7 with Drive ES Basic with all the advantages
of central data storage and totally integrated communication
7 Certified worldwide for compliance with CE, UL, cUL, C-tick,
Safety Integrated IEC 61508 SIL 2
■ Application
SINAMICS G120 is ideal
• as a universal drive in all industrial and commercial applica-
tions
• in the automotive, textiles, printing, and chemical industries
• for end-to-end applications, e.g. in conveyor systems

© Siemens AG 2008
■ Design
The SINAMICS G120 inverter chassis units are modular fre- Line-side power components
quency inverters for standard drives. Each SINAMICS G120
comprises two operative units – the Power Module and Control The following line-side power components are available for
Unit. Each Control Unit can be combined with each Power SINAMICS G120 inverter chassis units:
Module. Line filters 2
Guide for module selection The Power Module complies with a higher radio interference
class with one additional line filter.
The steps to be taken for the selection of a complete SINAMICS
G120 frequency inverter should be as follows: Line reactors (for PM240 Power Modules only)
1. Selection of the appropriate Control Unit (in dependence of the A line reactor reduces the system perturbations by harmonics.
required style depth of communication, hardware and software) This is valid in particular for low power supplies (system fault
2. Selection of the appropriate Power Module (in dependence of the level uK > 1 %).
necessary performance and technology)
Recommended line components
3. Selection of the optional additional components. A large number of
components for expanding the system is available (e. g. line-side This is a recommendation for further line-side components, such
power components, DC-link components, load-side power compo- as fuses and circuit-breakers (line-side components must be
nents, and supplementary system components). Please note that dimensioned in accordance with IEC standards). Further infor-
not every component is required for every Power Module (example: mation about the listed fuses and circuit-breakers can be found
Braking resistors are not necessary for PM250 and PM260 Power in Catalogs LV 1 and LV 1 T.
Modules!). You can find the exact indications in the technical data
tables of the respective components. DC link components
Control Units The following DC-link components are available for SINAMICS
G120 inverter chassis units:
The following Control Units and an MMC memory card are avail-
able as accessories for SINAMICS G120 inverter chassis units: Braking resistors (for PM240 Power Modules only)
CU240 Control Units Excess power in the DC link is dissipated via the braking resistor.
The braking resistors are designed for use with PM240 Power
The Control Unit performs closed-loop control functions for the Modules. They are equipped with an integrated brake chopper
inverter. In addition to control functions, the Control Unit can also (electronic switch).
perform other tasks which can be adapted to the relevant
application by parameterization. A number of Control Units are Load-side power components
available in different versions: The following load-side power components are available for
• CU240S PN SINAMICS G120 inverter chassis units. This means that during
• CU240S PN-F operation with output reactors or LC filters or sine-wave filters,
longer, shielded motor cables are possible and the motor ser-
MMC memory card (not available for Control Unit CU240E) vice life can be increased:
The parameter settings for an inverter can be stored on the MMC Output reactors (for PM240 Power Modules only)
memory card. When the plant is serviced, it is immediately ready
for use again after, for example, replacement of the frequency Output reactors reduce the voltage loading on the motor
inverter and transfer of the memory card data. The associated windings. At the same time, the capacitive charge/discharge
slot is located on top of the Control Unit. currents, which place an additional load on the power section
when long motor cables are used, are reduced.
Power Modules Sine-wave filter (available soon, not available for
The following Power Modules are available for SINAMICS G120 PM260 Power Modules)
inverter chassis units: Sine-wave filter limits the rate of rise of voltage and the
PM240 Power Modules capacitive charge/discharge currents usually associated with
converter operation. An output reactor is not required.
PM240 Power Modules (0.37 kW to 90 kW) feature an integrated
brake chopper and are designed for drives without energy re-
covery capability. Generator energy produced during braking is
converted to heat via externally connected braking resistors.
PM250 Power Modules
PM250 Power Modules (7.5 kW to 132 kW) use an innovative
circuit design which allows line-commutated energy recovery to
the supply. This innovative circuit permits generator energy to be
fed back into the supply system and therefore saves energy.
PM260 Power Modules
PM260 Power Modules (11 kW to 55 kW) also use an innovative
circuit design which allows line-commutated energy recovery to
the supply. This innovative circuit permits generator energy to be
fed back into the supply system and, therefore, saves energy.
The PM260 Power Modules also have an integrated sine-wave
filter that limits the rate of rise of voltage and the capacitive
charge/discharge currents usually associated with converter
operation.

© Siemens AG 2008
Available optional power and DC link components
depending on the used Power Module
The following line-side power components, DC-link components
2 and load-side power components are optionally available for the
Power Modules in the corresponding frame sizes:
Frame size
FSA FSB FSC FSD FSE FSF
Power Module PM240 with integrated brake chopper
Available frame sizes • • • • • •
Line-side power components
Line filter Class A U F F F F F/S 3)
Line filter Class B U U U – – –
Line reactor U U U U U S
DC link components
Brake resistor U U S S S S
Load-side power components
Output reactor U U U S S S
Sinusoidal filter Available soon Available soon Available soon Available soon Available soon Available soon
Power Module PM250 with line-commutated regenerative feedback and intergrated line filter Class A
Available frame sizes – – • • • •
Line filter Class A – – I I I I
Line filter Class B – – U – – –
Line reactor 1) – – – 1) – 1) – 1) – 1)
DC link components
Brake resistor 2) – – – 2) – 2) – 2) – 2)
Output reactor – – U S S S
Sinusoidal filter – – Available soon Available soon Available soon Available soon
Power Module PM260 with line-commutated regenerative feedback and intergrated sinusoidal filter
Available frame sizes – – – • – •
Line filter Class A – – – F – F
Line filter Class B – – – – – –
Line reactor 1) – – – – 1) – – 1)
DC link components
Brake resistor 2) – – – – 2) – – 2)
Output reactor – – – – – –
Sinusoidal filter – – – I – I
U = Base component
S = Lateral mounting
I = integrated
– = not possible
F = Power Modules available without and with integrated filter Class A
1)
In connection with a PM250 or PM260 Power Module a line reactor is not necessary and may not be used.
2)
In connection with a PM250 or PM260 Power Module a line conducted regenerative feedback is carried out.
A brake resistor cannot be connected and is not necessary.
3)
PM240 FSF Power Modules from 110 kW (150 hp) on are only available without integrated filter Class A.
Therefore an optional line filter Class A is available for lateral mounting.

© Siemens AG 2008
General information on design
• Max. two base components plus converter are possible.
• The line filter has to be mounted directly underneath the
2
Inverter chassis unit Base components
Mounting frequency inverter (position 1).
SINAMICS G120 e. g. e. g. surface or
Filter Reactor
• With lateral mounting, the line-side components have to be
cabinet wall mounted on the left-hand side of the frequency inverter and
CU PM the load-side components on the right-hand side.
• Brake resistors have to be mounted directly on the control
cabinet wall due to heating issues.
G_D011_EN_00187
Position Position
1 2
Frequency converters, consisting of Power Module (PM) and Control Unit

(CU) and two base components at positions 1 and 2
Recommended installation combinations of converter and optional power and DC link components
Power Module Base component Lateral mounting
Frame size Position 1 Position 2 On the left side of the con- On the right side of the
verter converter
(for line-side power com- (for output-side power
ponents) components and DC link
components)
FSA and FSB Line filter Line reactor – Output reactor and/or
brake resistor
Line filter or line reactor Output reactor – Brake resistor
Line filter or line reactor Brake resistor – –
Line filter or line reactor or – – –
brake resistor
FSC Line filter Line reactor – Output reactor and/or
brake resistor
Line filter or line reactor Output reactor – Output reactor and/or
brake resistor
FSD and FSE Line reactor – Line filter Output reactor and/or
brake resistor
FSF – – Line filter and/or Output reactor and/or
line reactor brake resistor
Supplementary system components

The following supplementary system components are available Safe Brake Relay
for SINAMICS G120 inverter chassis units:
The Safe Brake Relay allows the Power Module to be connected
Basic Operator Panel BOP to an electromechanical motor brake, allowing the brake to be
directly and safely controlled by the Control Unit in accordance
The Basic Operator Panel BOP can be plugged onto the Control with EN 954-1, safety category 3 and IEC 61508 SIL 2.
Unit and can be used to commission drives, monitor drives in
operation and input individual parameter settings. The BOP also Adapter for mounting on DIN rails
provides a function for a quick copying of parameters.
The adapter for DIN rail attachment can be used to mount
PC inverter connection kit inverters of frame sizes FSA and FSB on DIN rails (2 units with
a center-to-center distance of 100 mm).
For controlling and commissioning an inverter directly from a PC
if the appropriate software (STARTER commissioning tool) has Shield connection kit
been installed.
The STARTER commissioning tool is supplied with the PC The shield connection kit makes it easier to bond the shields
inverter connection kit on DVD. of supply and control cables, offers mechanical strain relief and
thus ensures optimum EMC performance.
Brake Relay
The Brake Relay allows the Power Module to be connected to
an electromechanical motor brake, thereby allowing the motor
brake to be driven directly by the Control Unit.

© Siemens AG 2008
■ Configuration ■ Technical specifications

The following electronic configuration and engineering tools are Unless explicitly specified otherwise, the following technical
available for SINAMICS G120 inverter chassis units: specifications are valid for the following components of the SI-
NAMICS G120 inverter chassis unit.
SD configurator selection aid within the CA 01
2 The interactive catalog CA 01 – the offline mall of Siemens
Automation and Drives (A&D) – contains over 100000 products
Product type description
Mechanical data
SINAMICS G120
with approximately 5 million potential drive system product Vibratory load

variants. The SD configurator has been developed to facilitate
• Transport 1) Class 2M3 to EN 60068-2-6
selection of the correct motor and/or inverter from the wide spec-
trum of Standard Drives products. The configurator is integrated • Operation Class 3M4 to EN 60068-2-6
in this catalog with the selection and configuration tools as a 10 … 58 Hz:
"selection help" on CD 2 "Configuring". Constant deflection 0.075 mm
58 … 200 Hz:
SIZER configuration tool Constant acceleration = 9.81 m/s2
(1 g)
The SIZER PC tool provides an easy-to-use means of configur-
Shock load
ing the SINAMICS and MICROMASTER 4 drive family. It provides
support when setting up the technologies involved in the hard- • Transport 1) Class 2M2 to EN 60068-2-27
ware and firmware components required for a drive task. SIZER • Operation Class 3M4 to EN 60068-2-27
supports the complete configuration of the drive system, from 49 m/s2 (5 g)/30 ms
simple individual drives to complex multi-axis applications.
Ambient conditions
STARTER commissioning tool Protection class Class I (with protective conductor
The STARTER commissioning tool provides menu-guided system) and class III (PELV) to
EN 61800-5-1
assistance with commissioning, optimization and diagnostics.
STARTER is not only designed for use on SINAMICS drives but Shock protection according to EN 61800-5-1
also for MICROMASTER 4 units and frequency inverters for when used properly
the distributed I/Os SIMATIC ET 200S FC and SIMATIC Permissible ambient and coolant
ET 200pro FC. temperature (air) during operation
for line-side power components
Drive ES engineering system and Power Modules
Drive ES is the engineering system used to integrate Siemens • High overload (HO) -10 … +50 °C (14 … 122 °C)
drive technology into the SIMATIC automation world easily, effi- without derating,
ciently and cost-effectively in terms of communication, configu- > 50 … 60 °C,
ration and data management. The STEP 7 Manager user inter- see derating characteristics
face provides the basis for this procedure. A variety of software • Light overload (LO) -10 … +40 °C (14 … 104 °C)
packages, i.e. Drive ES Basic, Drive ES SIMATIC and without derating,
Drive ES PCS 7, is available for SINAMICS. > 40 … 60 °C,
see derating characteristics
Permissible ambient and coolant -10 … +50 °C (14°…122 °F)
temperature (air) during operation with CU240S DP-F: 0 … 45 °C
for Control Units, additional system with Cu240S PN-F: 0°…40 °C
components and DC-link compo- up to 2000 m above sea level
nents
Climatic ambient conditions
• Storage 1) Class 1K3 to EN 60721-3-1
Temperature -25 … +55 °C
• Transport 1) Class 2K4 to EN 60721-3-2
Max. air humidity 95 % at 40 °C
• Operation Class 3K5 to EN 60721-3-3
Condensation, splashwater and
ice formation are not permitted
(EN 60204, Part 1)
Environmental class/harmful
chemical substances
• Storage 1) Class 1C2 to EN 60721-3-1
• Transport 1) Class 2C2 to EN 60721-3-2
• Operation Class 3C2 to EN 60721-3-3
Organic/biological influences
• Storage 1) Class 1B1 to EN 60721-3-1
• Transport 1) Class 2B1 to EN 60721-3-2
• Operation Class 3B1 to EN 60721-3-3
Degree of contamination 2 to EN 61800-5-1
1)
In transport packaging.

© Siemens AG 2008

Compliance with standards
Standards
Standards conformance UL, cUL, CE, c-tick CE mark
CE mark To Low-Voltage Directive The SINAMICS G120 inverters meet the requirements of the
73/23/EEC and Machinery Direc-
tive 98/37/EEC
Low-Voltage Directive 73/23/EEC.
Low-voltage directive
2
EMC directive
The inverters comply with the following standards listed in the
• Frame sizes FSA to FSF Category C3 2) to EN 61800-3 EU gazette:
without integrated line filter class A
• EN 60204
• Frame sizes FSB to FSF Category C2 3) to EN 61800-3 Safety of machinery, electrical equipment of machines
with integrated line filter class A (corresponds to class A to
EN 55011 for conducted • EN 61800-5-1
interference) Electrical power drive systems with variable speed – Part 5-1:
• Frame size FSA Category C2 3) to EN 61800-3 Requirements regarding safety – electrical, thermal, and
without integrated line filter and (corresponds to class A to energy requirements
with additional line filter class A EN 55011 for conducted
interference)
UL listing
• Frame sizes FSA Category C2 3) to EN 61800-3 Converter devices in UL category NMMS certified to UL and
with additional line filter class A (corresponds to class B to cUL, in compliance with UL508C. UL list numbers E121068 and
and with additional line filter EN 55011 for conducted E192450.
class B interference)
For use in environment with pollution degree 2.
• Frame sizes FSB and FSC Category C2 3) to EN 61800-3
with additional line filter class A (corresponds to class B to Additional in formation can be found in the Internet under:
and with additional line filter EN 55011 for conducted http://www.ul.com
class B interference)
Machine directive
Note:
The EMC product standard EN 61800-3 does not apply directly to a The devices are suitable for installation in machines. Compli-
frequency inverter but to a PDS (Power Drive System), which comprises ance with the machine directive 98/37/EEC requires a separate
the complete circuitry, motor and cables in addition to the inverter. certificate of conformity. This must be provided by the plant con-
The frequency inverters on their own do not generally require identifica- structor or the installer of the machine.
tion according to the EMC directive.
2)
EMC directive
Unfiltered inverters can be used in industrial environments as long as they
are installed in a system that contains line filters on the higher-level infeed • EN 61800-3
side. Then a PDS (Power Drive System) Category C3 can be installed. Variable-speed electric drives
3)
With shielded motor cable up to 25 m. Part 3: EMC product standard including specific test methods
The modified EMC product standard EN 61800-3 for electrical
drive systems is valid since 07/01/2005. The transition period for
the predecessor standard EN 61800-3/A11 from February 2001
ended on October 1, 2007. The following information applies to
the SINAMICS G120 frequency inverters from Siemens AG:
• The EMC product standard EN 61800-3 does not apply
directly to a frequency inverter but to a PDS (Power Drive
System), which comprises the complete circuitry, motor and
cables in addition to the inverter.
• Frequency inverters are normally only supplied to experts for
installation in machines or systems. A frequency inverter must,
therefore, only be considered as a component which, on its
own, is not subject to the EMC product standard EN 61800-3.
The inverter’s Instruction Manual, however, specifies the con-
ditions regarding compliance with the product standard if the
frequency inverter is expanded to a PDS. The EMC directive
in the EU is complied with for a PDS by observance of the
product standard EN 61800-3. The frequency inverters on
their own do not generally require identification according to
the EMC directive.

© Siemens AG 2008
■ Technical specifications (continued) ■ More information

• In the new EN 61800-3 of July 2005, a distinction is no longer Further information on technical specifications and ordering
made between "general availability" and "restricted availabil- data can be found in Catalog D11.1 "SINAMICS G110/G120
ity". Instead, different categories have been defined, C1 to C4, Built-in Devices and SINAMICS 120D Distributed Frequency
in accordance with the environment of the PDS at the operat- Converter" as well as iin the interactive catalog under "Drives
2 ing site:
- Category C1: Drive systems for rated voltages < 1000 V
Technology/AC Converters/Low-Voltage Converters" for
"SINAMICS G110/G120 Built-in Devices and SINAMICS 120D
for use in environment 1 Distributed Frequency Converter".
- Category C2: Stationary drive systems not connected by
means of a plug connector for rated voltages < 1000 V.
When used in environment 1, the system must be installed
and commissioned by personnel familiar with EMC require-
ments. A warning is required.
- Category C3: Drive systems for rated voltages < 1000 V
for exclusive use in the second environment. A warning is
required.
- Category C4: Drive systems for rated voltages ≥ 1000 V,
for rated currents ≥ 400 A, or for use in complex systems in
environment 2. An EMC plan must be created.
• The EMC product standard EN 61800-3 also defines limit
values for conducted interference and radiated interference
for "environment 2" (= industrial power supply systems that do
not supply households). These limit values are below the limit
values of filter class A to EN 55011. Unfiltered inverters can be
used in industrial environments as long as they are installed in
a system that contains line filters on the higher-level infeed
side.
• With SINAMICS G120 Power Drive Systems (PDS) that fulfill
EMC product standard EN 61800-3 can be set up upon follow-
ing the setup instructions.
• A differentiation must be made between the product stan-
dards for electrical drive systems (PDS) of the range of stan-
dards EN 61800 (of which Part 3 covers EMC topics) and the
product standards for the devices/systems/machines, etc.
This will probably not result in any changes in the practical use
of frequency inverters. Since frequency inverters are always
part of a PDS and these are part of a machine, the machine
manufacturer must observe various standards depending on
their type and environment (e.g. EN 61000-3-2 for line har-
monics and EN 55011 for radio interference). The product
standard for PDS on its own is, therefore, either insufficient or
irrelevant.
• Regarding the compliance of limit values for line harmonics,
EMC product standard EN 61800-3 for PDS refers to compli-
ance with EN 61000-3-2 and EN 61000-3-12.
• Regardless of the configuration with SINAMICS G120 and its
components, the mechanical engineer can also implement
other measures to ensure that the machine complies with the
EU EMC directive. The EU EMC directive is generally fulfilled
when the relevant EMC product standards are observed.
If they are not available, the generic standards (e.g. DIN
EN 61000-x-x) can be used instead. It is important that the
conducted and emitted interferences at the line connection
point and outside the machine remain below the relevant limit
values. Any suitable technical means can be used to ensure
this.

© Siemens AG 2008
CU240S PN and CU240S PN-F
Control Units
■ Overview
Safety Integrated functions
The following Safety Integrated functions are integrated in the
CU240S DP-F and CU240S PN-F Control Units and, with the ex-
ception of the Safe Brake Control (SBC), can be implemented
without external circuit elements: 2
The SINAMICS G120 fail-safe frequency inverter provides four
safety functions, certified in accordance with EN 954-1 Category
3 and IEC 61508 SIL 2:
• Safe Torque Off (STO) to protect against active movement of
the drive
• Safe Stop 1 (SS1) for continuous monitoring of a safe braking
ramp
• Safely Limited Speed (SLS) for protection against dangerous
• Safe Brake Control (SBC) for driving motor brakes which are
active in the de-energized state, e.g. motor holding brakes
Example of CU240S DP-F Control Unit

The functions "Safe Stop 1" and "Safely limited speed" can both
The Control Unit performs closed-loop control functions for
the inverter. In addition to control functions, the Control Unit can
also perform other tasks which can be adapted to the relevant
application by parameterization. A number of Control Units are The safety functions "Safely limited speed" and "Safe stop 1" are
available in different versions: certified for asynchronous motors without encoders - these
• CU240S PN safety functions are not permitted for pull-through loads as in the
• CU240S PN-F
Selection and ordering data
Communication Digital inputs Digital inputs Digital outputs Encoder Designation Control Unit
Standard Fail-safe interfaces Order No.
Standard
PROFINET 9 – 3 1 CU240S PN 6SL3244-0BA20-1FA0
Fail-safe for Safety Integrated
PROFINET 6 2 3 1 CU240S PN-F 6SL3244-0BA21-1FA0
■ Design
CU240S PN and CU240S PN-F Control Units
Example: Example of CU240S PN-F Control Unit (right without terminal cover, with plug-in terminals)

© Siemens AG 2008
Control Units
Terminal No. Signal Features
Digital inputs (DI) – standard
5 … 8, 16, 17 DI0 … DI5 Freely programmable (isolated) 5.5 mA/24 V
2 40 … 42
(with CU240S, CU240S DP,
DI6 … DI8 Freely programmable (isolated) 5.5 mA/24 V
and CU240S PN only)

Digital inputs (DI) – Fail-safe (for CU240S DP-F and CU240S PN-F only)
60 … 63 FDI0A Fail-safe digital inputs, 2 channels (redundant),
(for CU240S DP-F and FDI0B freely programmable (isolated) 5.5 mA / 24 V
CU240S PN-F only) FDI1A
FDI1B
Digital outputs (DO)
18 DO0, NC Relay output 1
NC contact (0.5 A, 30 V DC)
19 DO0, NO Relay output 1
NO contact (0.5 A, 30 V DC)
20 DO0, COM Relay output 1
Common contact (0.5 A, 30 V DC)
23 DO2, NC Relay output 3
NC contact (0.5 A, 30 V DC)
Analog inputs (AI)
3 AI0+ 0 ... 10 V, -10 ... +10 V, 0/2 ... 10 V or 0/4 ... 20 mA
4 AI0-
10 AI1+ 0 ... 10 V, 0 ... 20 mA
11 AI1-
Analog outputs (AO)
12 AO0+ Freely programmable (0/4 ... 20 mA with max. 500 Ω,
0/2 ... 10 V with min. 500 Ω)
13 AO0- M (GND)
26 AO1+ Freely programmable (0/4 ... 20 mA with max. 500 Ω)
27 AO1- M (GND)
Encoder interface
70 ENC AP Encoder AP – channel A non-negating input
71 ENC AN Encoder AN – channel A negating input
72 ENC BP Encoder BP – channel B non-negating input
73 ENC BN Encoder BN – channel B negating input
74 ENC ZP Encoder ZP – zero pulse non-negating input
75 ENC ZN Encoder ZN – zero pulse negating input
PTC/KTY interface
14 PTC+ Positive PTC/KTY input
15 PTC- Negative PTC/KTY input
Power supply
33 ENC+ Isolated encoder power supply (+24 V with 100 mA, +5 V with 300 mA),
supply configured via DIP switches
9 U 24 V Isolated user power supply +24 V with 100 mA
28 U0V Isolated encoder power supply and user reference voltage
1 +10 V Non-isolated, stabilized 10 V power supply for I/O – max. 10 mA
2 0V Power supply reference
31 +24 V 24 V power supply input
32 0V 24 V power supply reference

© Siemens AG 2008
Control Units
MMC
1
BOP
2
+ 10 V
2
0V
3 AI0+
4.7 kOhm AA/
4 AI0- RS232/BOP interface FN
I
DD
O JOG P
10 AI1+
AA/
11 AI1- DD General I/O DIP switch RS232 with
0 to 20 mA
DI0 5 DI0 ON PC to inverter
24 V encoder
5 V encoder
5
Encoder A
Encoder B
termination
termination
Encoder Z
termination
connection kit
supply
supply
DI1 6 DI1
AI0
AI1
6
DI2 7 DI2
7
Digital inputs
DI3 8 DI3 OFF

8 0 to 10 V
DI4 16 DI4
16
DI5 17 DI5
17
DI6 40 DI6
40
DI7 41 DI7
41
DI8 42 DI8
42
+
24 V 9 U24V
-
28 28 U0V
ENC+
33 Line
14 PTC+
A
PTC/KTY 15 PTC- D Control Unit
0 to 20 mA
12 AO0+
D CU240S PN
max. 500 Ohm 13 AO0- A
26 AO1+
0 to 20 mA D
20 COM
19 NO
DO0
18 NC
PM-IF interface Power Module
22 COM
Low voltage only
DO1 21 NO
(30 V, 500 mA)
25 COM
24 NO
DO2
23 NC
31 +24 V
From
32 0V external
source
1 TX+
70 ENC AP 2 TX-
3 RX+
71 ENC AN
Encoder interface
PROFINET
4 *
interface
RJ45
72 ENC BP 5 *
73 ENC BN 6 RX-
74 ENC ZP 7 *
G_D011_EN_00119
8 *
75 ENC ZN
* = Not connected
Connection diagram for CU240S PN Control Unit

© Siemens AG 2008
Control Units
MMC
2 BOP
1
+ 10 V
2
0V
3 AI0+
≥ 4.7 kOhm A
4 AI0- RS232/BOP interface
D
10 AI1+
A
11 AI1- D General I/O DIP switch RS232 with
0 to 20 mA
DI0 5 DI0 ON PC to inverter
24 V encoder
5 V encoder
5
Encoder A
Encoder B
termination
termination
Encoder Z
termination
connection kit
supply
supply
DI1 6 DI1
AI0
AI1
6
digital inputs
Standard
DI2 7 DI2
7
DI3 8 DI3 OFF
8 0 to 10 V
DI4 16 DI4
16
DI5 17 DI5
17
DI6 9 U24V
40
digital inputs
DI7 60 FDI 0A
Fail-safe
41 paired
DI8 61 FDI 0B
42 62 FDI 1A
+
24 V paired 63 FDI 1B
-
28 28 U0V
ENC+
33 Line
14 PTC+
A
PTC/KTY 15 PTC- D Control Unit
0 to 20 mA
12 AO0+
D CU240S PN-F
26 AO1+
0 to 20 mA D
20 COM
19 NO
DO0
18 NC
PM-IF interface Power Module
22 COM
Low voltage only
DO1 21 NO
(30 V, 500 mA)
25 COM
24 NO
DO2
23 NC
31 +24 V
From
32 0V external
source
1 TX+
70 ENC AP 2 TX-
3 RX+
Encoder interface
71 ENC AN
PROFINET
4 *
interface
RJ45
72 ENC BP 5 *
73 ENC BN 6 RX-
74 ENC ZP 7 *
G_D011_EN_00184
8 *
75 ENC ZN
* = Not connected
Connection diagram for CU240S PN-F Control Unit

© Siemens AG 2008
Control Units
Product type description CU240S PN Control Unit CU240S PN-F Control Unit
6SL3244-0BA20-1FA0 6SL3244-0BA21-1FA0
Electrical data
Operating voltage 24 V DC via the Power Module or
an external 24 V DC supply
24 V DC via the Power Module or
an external 24 V DC supply 2
Power loss < 40 W < 40 W
Interfaces
Digital inputs – standard 9 6
Digital inputs – Fail-safe – 2
Digital outputs 3 3
Analog inputs 2 2
Both analog inputs can be configured as supplementary digital inputs if an additional function is required.
Switching thresholds:
0 → 1: Rated voltage 2 V
1 → 0: Rated voltage 0.8 V
Analog inputs are protected against inputs in a voltage range of ± 30 V and have a common-mode voltage
in the ± 15 V range.
Analog outputs 2 2
Analog outputs have short-circuit protection, but are not isolated.
Maximum output voltage = 10 V in current mode,
maximum output current = 20 mA in voltage mode.
The reaction time shouldequal approximately 1 ms with a load of maximum 10 kΩ in voltage mode.
Bus interface PROFINET PROFINET, PROFIsafe
Encoder interfaces 1 1
PTC/KTY interface ✓ ✓
Brake Relay interface / ✓ ✓
Safe Brake Relay interface
(connection via Power Module)
MMC memory card slot ✓ ✓
RS232/USS interface ✓ ✓
(connection via PC-inverter
connection kit)
Safety functions
Integral safety functions – • Safe Stop 1 (SS1)
to Category 3 of EN 954-1 and • Safely Limited Speed (SLS)
SIL2 of IEC 61508
• Safe Brake Control (SBC)
• Safe Torque Off (STO)
Open-loop and closed-loop
control functions
V/f linear/quadratic/parameterizable ✓ ✓
V/f with flux current control (FCC) ✓ ✓
Vector control, encoderless ✓ ✓
Vector control with encoder ✓ ✓
Torque control, encoderless ✓ ✓
Torque control with encoder ✓ ✓

© Siemens AG 2008
Control Units

Product type description CU240S PN Control Unit CU240S PN-F Control Unit
6SL3244-0BA20-1FA0 6SL3244-0BA21-1FA0
Software functions
2 Fixed frequencies
Signal interconnection with BICO
16, programmable
✓
16, programmable
✓
technology
Automatic restart following line failure ✓ ✓
or operation fault
Positioning deceleration ramp ✓ ✓
Slip compensation ✓ ✓
Free function blocks (FFB) for logic ✓ ✓
and arithmetic operations
Ramp smoothing ✓ ✓
3 switchable drive data sets ✓ ✓
3 switchable command data sets ✓ ✓
(CDS) (manual/auto)
Flying restart ✓ ✓
JOG ✓ ✓
Technology controller (PID) ✓ ✓
Thermal motor protection ✓ ✓
Thermal inverter protection ✓ ✓
Setpoint specification ✓ ✓
Motor identification ✓ ✓
Motor holding brake ✓ ✓
Vdcmax controller ✓ (with PM240 only) ✓ (with PM240 only)
Kinetic buffering ✓ (with PM240 only) ✓ (with PM240 only)
Braking functions ✓ (with PM240 only) ✓ (with PM240 only)
• DC injection braking
• Compound braking
• Dynamic braking with integrated
brake chopper
Mechanical specifications
and environmental operating
conditions
Signal cable cross-section
• min. 0.05 mm2 (AWG30) 0.05 mm2 (AWG30)
2
• max. 2 mm (AWG14) 2 mm2 (AWG14)
Operating temperature -10 … +50 °C (14 … 122 °F) 0 … 40 °C (32 … 104 °F)
Storage temperature -40 … +70 °C (-40 … +158 °F) -40 … +70 °C (-40 … +158 °F)
Relative humidity < 95 % RH, non-condensing < 95 % RH, non-condensing
Dimensions
• Width 73 mm 73 mm
• Height 177 mm 177 mm
• Depth 63 mm 63 mm
Weight, approx. 0.52 kg 0.52 kg

© Siemens AG 2008
SINAMICS G120D Distributed Frequency Inverters
SINAMICS G120D distributed frequency inverter
■ Overview
The Power Module supplies the motor in the power range
0.75 kW to 7.5 kW (1.0p to 10 hp). The Power Module is con-
trolled by a microprocessor in the Control Unit. State-of-the-art
IGBT technology with pulse-width-modulation is used for highly
reliable and flexible motor operation. It also features a range of
functions offering a high degree of protection for the Power
2
Module and motor. The unusually slimline type of construction is
optimized for use directly in the plant. The Power Module also
has the same drilling template for all outputs (constant footprint).
Safety Integrated
The SINAMICS G120D distributed frequency inverters are
available in a number of different variants for safety-oriented
applications. All Power Modules are already designed for Safety
Integrated. A Safety Integrated Drive can be created by combin-
ing a Power Module with the relevant Fail-safe Control Unit.
The SINAMICS G120D fail-safe frequency inverter provides
three safety functions, certified in accordance with EN 954-1,
Category 3 and IEC 61508 SIL 2:
Example: SINAMICS G120D, frame size FSA, comprising
Power Module PM250D and fail-safe Control Unit CU240D DP-F • Safe Torque Off (STO) to protect against active movement of
the drive
The new SINAMICS G120D distributed frequency inverter series • Safe Stop 1 (SS1) for continuous monitoring of a safe braking
is the solution for demanding drive tasks especially in the field of ramp
conveyor systems. SINAMICS G120D supports bump-free, • Safely Limited Speed (SLS) for protection against dangerous
closed-loop speed control of three-phase asynchronous motors movements on exceeding a speed limit
and fulfills all the requirements of conveyor system applications
from simple frequency control through to demanding vector con- The functions "Safe Stop 1" and "Safely limited speed" can both
trol. With its well-thought-out modular type of construction to the be implemented without a motor sensor or encoder; the imple-
degree of protection IP65, it is seamlessly integrated into the mentation cost is minimal. Existing plants in particular can be
plant and supports a high plant availability and minimized spare updated with safety technology without the need to change the
parts inventories. The innovative power module concept with motor or mechanical system.
regenerative feedback capability helps to save energy. Safety
functions that are unique worldwide support enhanced plant
concepts with increased productivity. This drive can be optimally
safety functions are not permitted for pull-through loads as in the
integrated into the Siemens TIA world of automation via
PROFIBUS or PROFINET.
For further information, please refer to section Safety Integrated
With different device versions (frame sizes FSA to FSC) in an
in chapter Innovations.
output range of 0.75 kW to 7.5 kW (1.0 hp to 10 hp), it is suitable
for a wide variety of drive solutions. Efficient Infeed Technology
Reasons for using distributed drive systems The advanced Efficient Infeed Technology is employed in
• Modular drive solutions providing standardized mechatronic PM250D Power Modules. This technology allows the energy pro-
elements that can be individually tested duced by motors operating in generator mode on standard in-
verters to be fed back into the supply system. At the same time,
• No need for a control cabinet, resulting in a smaller space considerable savings can be achieved in terms of energy con-
requirement and less air-conditioning sumption and operating costs.
• Long cables between the inverter and motor can be avoided
(which means lower output losses, reduced interference emis- For further information, please refer to section Efficient Infeed
sion and lower costs for shielded cables and additional filters) Technology in chapter Innovations.
• Distributed configurations offer considerable benefits for STARTER commissioning tool
conveyor systems with their extensive coverage (e.g. in the
The STARTER commissioning tool (STARTER Version 4.1, SP1
automotive and logistics sectors)
and higher) supports the commissioning and maintenance of
Modularity SINAMICS G120D inverters. The operator guidance combined
with comprehensive, user-friendly functions for the relevant drive
SINAMICS G120D is a modular inverter system to degree of solution allow you to commission the device quickly and easily.
protection IP65 comprising a variety of functional units. The two
main units are
• Control Unit (CU)
• Power Module (PM)
The Control Unit controls and monitors the Power Module and
the connected motor in several different control modes.
The digital inputs and digital outputs on the device support the
simple wiring of sensors and actuators directly on the drive. The
input signals can either be directly linked within the Control Unit
and trigger local responses automatically or they can be trans-
ferred to the central controller via PROFIBUS or PROFINET for
processing within the context of the overall plant.

© Siemens AG 2008
7 Compact and space-saving design with slimline type of SINAMICS G120D is ideally suited for demanding conveyor
construction and identical drilling template for all outputs system applications in the industrial environment for which a
7 Wide output range from 0.75 kW to 7.5 kW (1.0 hp to 10 hp). distributed drive with communications capability is required.
This applies in particular to the automotive sector, e.g. assembly
2 7 The safety functions make it easier to integrate drives into
safety-oriented machines or plants lines.
7 The innovative circuit design (bidirectional input rectifier with SINAMICS G120D is also suitable for further high-performance
"pared-down" DC link) allows the kinetic energy of a load to be applications, e.g. in the airport sector, food and beverages in-
fed back into the supply system. This feedback capability pro- dustry (without tensides) and in distribution logistics (e.g. mono-
vides enormous savings because generated energy no longer rail overhead conveyors).
has to be converted into heat in a braking resistor. Braking
resistors and reactors are not necessary - this is a particular ■ Design
advantage in terms of the space requirement and installation
costs for the high IP65 degree of protection. The SINAMICS G120D distributed frequency inverters are mod-
ular frequency inverters for standard drives. Each SINAMICS
7 Enhanced ruggedness and longer service life due to coating
G120D comprises two operative units – the Power Module and
of the electronic modules
Control Unit.
7 Flexibility due to modularity for a future-oriented distributed
drive concept to the high IP65 degree of protection
- Module replacement when system is running (hot swapping) Power Module Control Unit
- The modules can be easily replaced, which makes the
system extremely service friendly.
7 Capable of communicating via PROFINET or PROFIBUS with
PROFIdrive Profile 4.0
- Reduced number of interfaces
- Plant-wide engineering
- Easy to handle
7 The ability to connect up to six sensors and up to two actua-
G_D011_EN_00126
tors directly to the Control Unit means that almost all drive
information can be directly managed; local preprocessing of
the signals takes the load off the fieldbus at a high and repro-
ducible response time.
Line supply
7 Integrated EMC filter of class A (according to EN 55011), connection
integrated braking control (400 V 1 AC rectified, corresponds Motor connection
to 180 V DC) and integrated motor protection due to thermal
motor model and evaluation of PTC or KTY 84 temperature
sensors Power Module PM250D with line and motor connections
7 Software parameters for easy adaptation to 50 Hz or 60 Hz and Control Unit CU240D
motors (IEC or NEMA motors)
Power Modules
7 Easy replacement of devices and time-saving copying of
parameters with the optional MMC memory card The following Power Modules are available for SINAMICS
7 Engineering and commissioning with uniform engineering G120D distributed frequency inverters:
tools such as SIZER (Version 2.9 and higher), STARTER PM250D Power Modules
(Version 4.1, SP1 and higher) and Drive ES: Ensure rapid
engineering and easy commissioning – STARTER is inte- PM250D Power Modules (0.75 kW to 7.5 kW) use an innovative
grated in STEP 7 with Drive ES Basic with all the advantages circuit design which allows line-commutated energy recovery
of central data storage and totally integrated communication to the supply. This innovative circuit permits generator energy to
be fed back into the supply system and, therefore, saves energy.
7 Certified worldwide for compliance with CE, UL, cUL, C-tick
and Safety Integrated according to EN 954-1, Cat. 3 and Accessories
IEC 61508 SIL 2
Connector sets for line infeed and the outgoing motor feeder are
available as accessories as well as pre-assembled motor cables
for connection to the motor.

© Siemens AG 2008
■ Design (continued) ■ Configuration

Control Units The following electronic configuration and engineering tools are
available for SINAMICS G120D distributed frequency inverters:
Control Units
SD configurator selection aid within the CA 01
The following Control Units are available for SINAMICS G120D
distributed frequency inverters: The interactive catalog CA 01 – the offline mall of Siemens
Automation and Drives (A&D) – contains over 100000 products
2
CU240D Control Units with approximately 5 million potential drive system product
The Control Unit performs closed-loop control functions for the variants. The SD configurator has been developed to facilitate
inverter. In addition to control functions, the Control Unit can also selection of the correct motor and/or inverter from the wide spec-
perform other tasks which can be adapted to the relevant trum of Standard Drives products. The configurator is integrated
application by parameterization. A number of Control Units are in this catalog with the selection and configuration tools as a
available in different versions: "selection guide" on CD 2 "Configuring".
• CU240D PN SIZER configuration tool
• CU240D PN-F The SIZER PC tool provides an easy-to-use means of configur-
Accessories ing the SINAMICS and MICROMASTER 4 drive family. It provides
support when setting up the technologies involved in the hard-
• MMC memory card ware and firmware components required for a drive task. SIZER
The parameter settings for an inverter can be stored on the MMC supports the complete configuration of the drive system, from
memory card. When the plant is serviced, it is immediately ready simple individual drives to complex multi-axis applications.
for use again after, for example, replacement of the frequency For SINAMICS G120D as from SIZER Version 2.9.
inverter and transfer of the memory card data. The associated
slot is located on the rear of the Control Unit. STARTER commissioning tool
• RS232 interface cable for communication with a PC The STARTER commissioning tool provides menu-guided assis-
tance with commissioning, optimization and diagnostics.
For controlling and commissioning an inverter directly from STARTER is not only designed for use on SINAMICS drives but
a PC if the appropriate software (commissioning tool STARTER also for MICROMASTER4 units and frequency inverters for the
Version 4.1, SP1 and higher) has been installed. distributed I/O SIMATIC ET 200S FC and SIMATIC ET 200pro FC.
• Spare parts kit For SINAMICS G120D from STARTER Version 4.1, SP1.
A spare parts kit is available which comprises small parts such Drive ES engineering system
as seals, cover caps, PROFIBUS address windows and screws.
Drive ES is the engineering system used to integrate Siemens
• Connecting cable drive technology into the SIMATIC automation world easily,
Flexible connecting cables for data transfer between Industrial efficiently and cost-effectively in terms of communication,
Ethernet participants or PROFIBUS participants, as well as for configuration and data management. The STEP 7 Manager user
power supply of the Control Unit. interface provides the basis for this procedure. A variety of
software packages, i.e. Drive ES Basic, Drive ES SIMATIC and
Drive ES PCS 7, is available for SINAMICS.

© Siemens AG 2008
Unless explicitly specified otherwise, the following technical
specifications are valid for the following components of the
distributed SINAMICS G120D frequency inverters.
2 Product type description SINAMICS G120D Product type description SINAMICS G120D
Mechanical data Climatic ambient conditions
Vibratory load • Storage 1) EN 60068-2-1
• Transport 1) EN 60068-2-6
5 … 9 Hz: • Transport 1) EN 60068-2-1
Constant deflection 3.1 mm Temperature -40 … +70 °C
9 … 200 Hz: max. air humidity 95 % at 40 °C
Constant acceleration = 9.81 m/s2
(1 g) • Operation EN 60068-2-2
• Operation EN 60068-2-6 without derating
10 … 58 Hz:
Constant deflection 0.15 mm Environmental class/harmful
58 … 200 Hz: chemical substances
Constant acceleration = 19.62 m/s2 • Operation Class 3C2 to EN 60721-3-3
(2 g)
Degree of contamination 2 to EN 61800-5-1
Shock load
Standards
• Transport 1) EN 60068-2-27
147.15 m/s2 (15 g)/11 ms; Standards conformance UL, cUL, CE, c-tick
3 shocks in each axis and direction CE mark To Low-Voltage Directive 73/23/EEC
• Operation EN 60068-2-27 and Machinery Directive 98/37/EEC
147.15 m/s2 (15 g)/11 ms; EMC directive 2)
3 shocks in each axis and direction
• Frame sizes FSA to FSC Category C2 3) to EN 61800-3
Ambient conditions with integrated line filter (corresponds to class A to EN 55011)
Protection class Class III (PELV) to EN 61800-5-1 class A
Shock protection Class I (with PE conductor system)
acc. to EN 61800-5-1
Permissible ambient -10 to +40 °C without derating,
and coolant temperature (air) > 40 to 55 °C,
during operation for see derating characteristics
Power Modules
Permissible ambient -10 … +55 °C
and coolant temperature (air) with CU240D DP-F and/or CU240D
during operation for PN-F: 0 … 40 °C
Control Units up to 2000 m above sea level
1)
In transport packaging. Note:
2) The EMC product standard EN 61800-3 does not apply directly to a
For further, general information, see also SINAMICS G110 sections "Tech-
nical specifications" and "Compliance with standards". frequency inverter but to a PDS (Power Drive System), which comprises
3) With shielded motor cable up to 15 m. the complete circuitry, motor and cables in addition to the inverter.
The frequency inverters on their own do not generally require identifica-
tion according to the EMC directive
Further information on technical specifications and ordering
data can be found in Catalog D11.1 "SINAMICS G110/G120
Built-in Devices and SINAMICS 120D Distributed Frequency
Converter" as well as iin the interactive catalog under "Drives
Technology/AC Converters/Low-Voltage Converters" for
"SINAMICS G110/G120 Built-in Devices and SINAMICS 120D
Distributed Frequency Converter".

© Siemens AG 2008
CU240D PN and CU240D PN-F
Control Units
■ Overview
Safety Integrated functions
The SINAMICS G120D fail-safe frequency inverter provides
three safety functions, certified in accordance with EN 954-1,
Category 3 and IEC 61508 SIL 2:
• Safe torque off (STO) to protect against active movement of
2
the drive
• Safe Stop 1 (SS1) for continuous monitoring of a safe braking
ramp
• Safely Limited Speed (SLS) for protection against dangerous
The functions "Safe Stop 1" and "Safely limited speed" can both
Example of CU240D PN-F Control Unit safety functions are not permitted for pull-through loads as in the
The Control Unit performs closed-loop control functions for the
inverter. In addition to control functions, the Control Unit can also Note:
perform other tasks which can be adapted to the relevant For further information, please refer to section Safety Integrated
application by parameterization. Control Units are available in in Catalog D11.1s.
different versions:
• CU240D PN
• CU240D PN-F
Selection and ordering data
Communication Digital inputs Digital outputs Encoder interfaces Designation Control Unit
Order No.
Standard
PROFINET 6 2 1 CU240D PN 6SL3544-0FA20-1FA0
Fail-safe for Safety Integrated
PROFINET 6 2 1 CU240D PN-F 6SL3544-0FA21-1FA0
■ Design
Optical interface for Optical interface for
PC connection PC connection
LEDs LEDs
SF RDY BF ES STO SS1 SLS
X01 X02
DC24V DC24V
24 V supply 24 V supply
X03 X03
Digital outputs P1 P2 Digital outputs
ACT LNK ACT LNK DO0 DO1
Encoder interface Encoder interface
PROFINET interface PROFINET interface
DI0 DI1 DI2 DI3 DI4 DI5
Digital inputs Digital inputs
G_D011_EN_00167 G_D011_EN_00168
CU240D PN Control Unit CU240D PN-F Control Unit

© Siemens AG 2008
Control Units
Control Unit, view of rear panel, MMC slot on top and PM-IF interface
in center at bottom
Product type description CU240D PN Control Unit CU240D PN-F Control Unit
6SL3544-0FA20-1FA0 6SL3544-0FA21-1FA0
Electrical data
Operating voltage External 24 V DC required External 24 V DC required
1)
Power consumption
(from the 24 V supply)
• with Power Module frame sizes FSA 350 mA 350 mA
and FSB
• with Power Module frame size FSC 500 mA 500 mA
Interfaces
Digital inputs 6 6
Digital outputs 2 2
(0.5 A, supplied over switched
24 V DC)
Bus interface PROFINET PROFINET, PROFIsafe
Encoder interfaces 1 1
PTC/KTY interface ✓ ✓
(connected via Power Module)
Activation of a mechanical ✓ ✓
motor brake
(connected via Power Module)
MMC memory card slot ✓ ✓
RS232 interface ✓ ✓
(connected with RS232 interface
cable via the optical interface of the
Control Unit)
Safety functions
Integral safety functions to Category 3 • Safe Stop 1 (SS1)
of EN 954-1 and SIL2 of IEC 61508 • Safely Limited Speed (SLS)
• Safe Torque Off (STO)
• The safety functions "Safely limited speed" and
"Safe stop 1" are certified for asynchronous motors
without encoders - these safety functions are not
permitted for pull-through loads as in the case of
lifting gear and winders.
1) To this must be added the power consumption of connected encoders and sensors and the power draw on the digital outputs.

© Siemens AG 2008
Control Units

Product type description Control Unit CU240D PN Control Unit CU240D PN-F
6SL3544-0FA20-1FA0 6SL3544-0FA21-1FA0
Open-loop and closed-loop control
2
functions
V/f linear/quadratic/parameterizable ✓ ✓
V/f with flux current control (FCC) ✓ ✓
Vector control, encoderless ✓ ✓
Vector control with encoder ✓ ✓
Torque control encoderless ✓ ✓
Torque control with encoder ✓ ✓
Software functions
Fixed frequencies 16, programmable 16, programmable
Signal interconnection with BICO ✓ ✓
technology
Automatic restart following line failure ✓ ✓
or fault
Positioning deceleration ramp ✓ ✓
Slip compensation ✓ ✓
Free function blocks (FFB) for logic ✓ ✓
and arithmetic operations
Ramp smoothing ✓ ✓
3 selectable drive data sets ✓ ✓
3 selectable command data sets ✓ ✓
(CDS) (manual/auto)
Flying restart ✓ ✓
JOG ✓ ✓
Technology controller (PID) ✓ ✓
Thermal motor protection ✓ ✓
Thermal inverter protection ✓ ✓
Setpoint specification ✓ ✓
Motor identification ✓ ✓
Motor holding brake ✓ ✓
Mechanical specifications and
environmental operating conditions
Operating temperature -10 … +55 °C 0 … 40 °C
(14 … 131 °F) (32 … 104 °F)
Storage temperature -40 … +70 °C -40 … +70 °C
(-40 … +158 °F) (-40 … +158 °F)
Relative humidity < 95 % RH, non-condensing < 95 % RH, non-condensing
Dimensions
• Depth 40 mm 40 mm
Weight, approx. 0.7 kg 0.7 kg

© Siemens AG 2008
Control Units
■ Accessories
MMC memory card PROFINET connecting cable
Flexible connecting cables and plug-in connectors that can be
assembled in the field for transmission of data (up to 100 Mbit/s)
2 between Industrial Ethernet stations with IP65 degree of
protection.
Order No.
IE connecting cable
M12-180/M12-180
Pre-assembled IE FC TP trailing
cable GP 2 x 2 PROFINET type C)
with two 4-pole M12 plugs (4-pole,
D-coded), IP65/IP67 degree of
protection
Length:
• 0.3 m 6XV1870-8AE30
• 0.5 m 6XV1870-8AE50
• 1.0 m 6XV1870-8AH10
• 1.5 m 6XV1870-8AH15
• 2.0 m 6XV1870-8AH20
The parameter settings for an inverter can be stored on the MMC • 3.0 m 6XV1870-8AH30
memory card. When the plant is serviced, it is immediately ready • 5.0 m 6XV1870-8AH50
for use again after, for example, replacement of the frequency
• 10 m 6XV1870-8AN10
inverter and transfer of the memory card data. The associated
slot is located on the rear of the Control Unit. • 15 m 6XV1870-8AN15
Order No. IE M12 plug PRO

For assembly in the field, M12
MMC memory card 6SL3254-0AM00-0AA0 plug-in connector (D-coded),
metal enclosure, fast connection
RS232 interface cable for communication with a PC method, for SCALANCE X208PRO
and IM 154-4 PN
For controlling and commissioning an inverter directly from a PC • 1 unit 6GK1901-0DB10-6AA0
over a point-to-point link if the appropriate software (STARTER
commissioning tool1), Version 4.1, SP1 and higher) has been • 8 units 6GK1901-0DB10-6AA8
installed.
Connecting cable/plug-in connector
Order No. for supplying the Control Unit with power
RS232 interface cable 3RK1922-2BP00
for communication with a PC Order No.
7/8" plug-in cable
STARTER commissioning tool For power supply, pre-assembled
with two 5-pole 7/8" male/female
The STARTER commissioning tool (STARTER Version 4.1, SP1 connectors
and higher) supports the commissioning and maintenance of Length:
SINAMICS G120D inverters. The operator guidance combined • 0.3 m 6XV1822-5BE30
with comprehensive, user-friendly functions for the relevant drive • 0.5 m 6XV1822-5BE50
solution allow you to commission the device quickly and easily.
• 1.0 m 6XV1822-5BH10
Order No.
• 1.5 m 6XV1822-5BH15
STARTER commissioning tool 1) 6SL3072-0AA00-0AG0
• 2.0 m 6XV1822-5BH20
on DVD
• 3.0 m 6XV1822-5BH30
1)
STARTER commissioning tool also available on the Internet at
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/de/10804985/133100
• 5.0 m 6XV1822-5BH50
• 10 m 6XV1822-5BN10
Spare parts kit
• 15 m 6XV1822-5BN15
A spare parts kit can be ordered which comprises small parts 7/8" plug-in connector
such as replacement seals, cover caps, PROFIBUS address 5-pole, B-coded,
windows and screws. plastic enclosure,
Order No. 1 pack = 5 units
Spare parts kit for SINAMICS 6SL3500-0SK01-0AA0 • Male insert 6GK1905-0FA00

G120D Control Units • Socket insert 6GK1905-0FB00
comprising replacement seals,
cover caps, PROFIBUS address Further selected accessories are available from Siemens
windows and screws Solution Partners.

http://www.siemens.com/automation/partnerfinder
and select technology "Distributed Field Installation System".

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFINET Technology components
ERTEC enhanced real-time Ethernet controller
■ Overview
PROFINET IO uses Fast Switched Ethernet as the communi-
cations basis with a transfer rate of 100 Mbit/s. The required
functions are supported by hardware ASICs of the ERTEC range
(Enhanced Real-Time Ethernet Controller), and high perfor-
mance values are achieved. Previously required discrete com-
ponents have been included in the ERTECs as a system-on-
2
chip. These high-performance Ethernet controllers with integral
real-time switch and 32-bit microprocessor have been specially
designed for industrial applications. It is then possible to imple-
ment powerful PROFINET connections in the smallest possible
space.
The ERTEC 200 is available for simple field devices, and
the ERTEC 400 for controllers and network components. They
feature a rugged design, specific automation functions, and
openness to the IT world.
• Easy space-saving connection of devices to switched
10/100 Mbit Ethernet
• No need for external network components since the switches
are integrated into the device
• Integral high-performance ARM 946 processor for optimum
integration of communications and applications
• Specific communication functions for automation technology
secure the position of the technology as front runner for time-
critical applications through real-time characteristics
• The DK-ERTEC 200 PN IO and DK-ERTEC 400 PN IO
development kits with global technical support enable simple
implementation
Product type description ERTEC 400 ERTEC 200
Transfer rate 10/100 Mbit/s 10/100 Mbit/s
Interfaces
• Ethernet / PHY interface 4 x PHY interface 2 x Ethernet interface (PHY integrated) or alterna-
• Half/full duplex tively
• Broadcast filter 2 x PHY interface (for connecting optical PHYs)
• IEEE 802.1 p Traffic Management • Half/full duplex
• IEEE 802.1 q VLAN Tagging and Identification • Broadcast filter
• IEEE 1588 • IEEE 802.1 p Traffic Management
• IEEE 802.1 q VLAN Tagging and Identification
• IEEE 1588
- in association with the correspond- Supports copper and fiber-optic conductors; Supports copper and fiber-optic conductors
ing PHY types: Autosensing; (PHY for Cu integrated);
Autocrossover Autosensing;
Autocrossover
• Local bus unit (LBU) Local bus master interface for an external host Local bus master interface for an external host
with access to internal areas of the ERTEC; with access to internal areas of the ERTEC;
16-bit data bit width 16-bit data bit width
• PCI interface 32 bit, 33/66 MHz –
• Host functionality –
• Memory protection unit (MPU) –
• 2 PCI interrupt outputs INTA_N and SERR_N –
• Power Management V1.1 –
• 3.3 Volt (5 V tolerant) –
• PCI master/target interface –
• PCI core conformant to PCI spec. 2.2 –
• External memory interface (EMIF)
- SDRAM controller 128 MB/16 bit or 256 MB/32 bit 64 MB/16 bit or 128 MB/32 bit
- SRAM controller 4 x 16 MB for asynchronous blocks 4 x 16 MB for asynchronous blocks
(SRAM, Flash, I/O 8/16/32 bit) (SRAM, Flash, I/O 8/16/32 bit)
- chip select support Yes Yes
• IO interfaces 32 parameterizable I/O (GPIO); 45 parameterizable I/O (GPIO);
multifunction outputs multifunction outputs

© Siemens AG 2008

Components
• Real-time Ethernet switch Integral 4-port Fast Ethernet/real-time Ethernet Integral 2-port Fast Ethernet/real-time Ethernet
2 switch;
10/100 Mbit Ethernet full-duplex
switch;
10/100 Mbit Ethernet full-duplex
- communications RAM 192 KB 64 KB
(SRAM on chip for message
buffering)
- intelligent switching and Yes Yes
PROFINET IRT prioritizing/timing
• Integral ARM946 processor 32-bit ARM system 32-bit ARM system
- adjustable operating frequency 50/100/150 MHz 50/100/150 MHz
- data cache 4 KB 4 KB
- instruction cache 8 KB 8 KB
- D-TCM 4 KB 4 KB
- memory protection unit (MPU) Yes j
- trace functionality Debugging capability through embedded ICE (JTAG) Debugging capability through embedded ICE (JTAG)
- interrupt controller For 16xIRQ/ 8xFIQ For 16xIRQ/ 8xFIQ
• Processor I/O 2 UART similar to the UART 16C550 standard 1 UART similar to the UART 16C550 standard
- SPI master interface Yes Yes
- timer 32-bit counting 2 3
downwards
- F-Timer 32-bit counting Yes Yes
downwards
- watchdog functions 2 3
- external interrupt inputs Yes Yes
• Internal bus structure 32 bit (multi-layer AHB) with 50 MHz clock frequency; 32 bit (multi-layer AHB) with 50 MHz clock frequency;
multi-layer architecture with parallel access structure multi-layer architecture with parallel access structure
of several multimasters to multislave of several multimasters to multislave
• SRAM-integrated main memory
on AHB
- size 8 KB –
- program/data memory ARM 946 –
- multiport RAM For ARM946, IRT and PCI –
• Clock generation Internal through PLL for ARM 946ES, AHB, APB Internal through PLL for ARM 946ES, AHB, APB
and IRT and IRT
• Boot ROM With Opcode for software download from With Opcode for software download from
various sources various sources
• Debugging functions Boundary scan Boundary scan
Supply voltage
• Core (VDD core) 1.5 V +/- 10 % 1.5 V +/- 10 %
• I/Os (VDD IO) 3.3 V +/- 10 % 3.3 V +/- 10 %
Current consumption
• IDD core typ. 270 mA typ. 535 mA
• IDD IO typ. 150 mA typ. 175 mA
Power loss
• PDD core typ. 0.4 W typ. 0.8 W
• PDD IO typ. 0.5 W typ. 0.57 W
Permissible ambient conditions
• Operating temperature -40 °C … +85 °C -40 °C … +85 °C
• Transport/storage temperature -40 °C … +85 °C -40 °C … +85 °C
• Relative humidity max. 95 % at +25 °C max. 95 % at +25 °C

© Siemens AG 2008

Design
• Enclosure Plastic FBGA 304 pin Plastic FBGA 304 pin
• Pinning ball pitch 0.8 mm 0.8 mm 2
• Soldering notes Versions available for leaded and unleaded Versions available for leaded and unleaded
processing processing
Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 19 x 1 x 19 19 x 1 x 19
- ERTEC
Supported communications protocols
• General Ethernet protocols Corresponding to the respective software implemen- Corresponding to the respective software implemen-
tation which uses the ERTEC as Ethernet controller tation which uses the ERTEC as Ethernet controller
• PROFINET in combination with a Real-time communication (RT); Real-time communication (RT);
PROFINET software stack isochronous real-time communication (IRT) isochronous real-time communication (IRT)
Note:
If you have any technical questions, please contact the
PROFI Competence Centers
Germany and Europe America
Siemens AG PROFI Interface Center
ComDeC One Internet Plaza
Postfach 2355 Johnson City, TN, 37604
D-90713 Fürth U.S.A.
Germany Tel.: (423) - 262 - 2576
Tel.: +49/911/750 - 2080 Fax: (423) - 262 - 2103
Fax: +49/911/750 - 2100 Email: profibus.sea@siemens.com
Email: comdec@ siemens.com

ERTEC 400 ERTEC 200
ASIC ERTEC 400 for ASIC ERTEC 200 for
connection to switched Ethernet connection to switched Ethernet
10/100 Mbit/s, Ethernet controller 10/100 Mbit/s, Ethernet controller
with integrated 4-port switch, with integrated 2-port switch,
ARM 946 RISC and PCI interface ARM 946 processor and
(V2.2), data preparation for integrated PHYs real-time for
real-time and isochrone real-time PROFINET IO
for PROFINET IO
• Unleaded
• Unleaded - 70 units (individual tray), 6GK1 182-0BB00-0AA1
- 70 units (individual tray), 6GK1 184-0BB00-0AA1 - 350 units (drypack, 5 trays), 6GK1 182-0BB00-0AA2
- 350 units (drypack, 5 trays), 6GK1 184-0BB00-0AA2
Development Kit 6GK1 953-0BA00
Development Kit 6GK1 953-0CA00 DK-ERTEC 200 PN IO
DK-ERTEC 400 PN IO
Development Pack V2.0 for
Development Pack V2.0 for ASIC ERTEC 200
ASIC ERTEC 400 for real-time and isochrone
for real-time and isochrone real-time, consisting of:
real-time, consisting of: CP 1616,
CP 1616, ERTEC 200 Evaluation Board,
ERTEC 400 Evaluation Board, ASICs ERTEC 200 (10 units),
ASICs ERTEC 400 (10 units), IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 (2 units),
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 (2 units), IE FC Standard Cable 2 x 2 (5 m),
IE FC Standard Cable 2 x 2 (5 m), IE FC Stripping Tool,
IE FC Stripping Tool, DK-16xx PN IO V 2.0,
DK-16xx PN IO V 2.0, Wind River Evaluation Software,
Wind River Evaluation Software, Documentation and Sample
Documentation and Sample Software
Software

© Siemens AG 2008
Development Kits for ERTEC

Development Kit 6GK1 953-0BA00
DK-ERTEC 200 PN IO
Development kit V2.0 for
2
ASIC ERTEC 200
for real-time and isochronous
real-time, consisting of:
CP 1616,
ERTEC 200 evaluation board,
ASICs ERTEC 200 (10 units),
IE FC RJ45 plug 180 (2 units),
IE FC standard cable 2 x 2 (5 m),
IE FC stripping tool,
DK-16xx PN IO V 2.0,
Wind River evaluation software,
Documentation and sample
software
Development Kit 6GK1 953-0CA00
DK-ERTEC 400 PN IO
Development kit V2.0 for
ASIC ERTEC 400
for real-time and isochronous
• The DK-ERTEC 200 PN IO and DK-ERTEC 400 PN IO real-time, consisting of:
Development Kits are available for development of PROFINET CP 1616,
and Industrial Ethernet devices with integral real-time switch ERTEC 400 evaluation board,
ASICs ERTEC 400 (10 units),
• Possible applications: IE FC RJ45 plug 180 (2 units),
- development of IO field devices (as PROFINET IO-Device) IE FC standard cable 2 x 2 (5 m),
with a PROFINET interface IE FC stripping tool,
- development of drives with PROFINET DK-16xx PN IO V 2.0,
- development of any other device with an Industrial Ethernet Wind River evaluation software,
interface Documentation and sample
software
■ Technical specifications PROFINET IO production

license for one product line
6ES7 195-3BC10-0YA0
If you have any technical questions, please contact the Production license for one
PROFI Competence Centers: product family based on
ERTEC 200 or ERTEC 400
Germany and Europe
Development package 6ES7 195-3BC00-0YA0
Siemens AG for PROFINET IO
ComDeC for Ethernet processors
Postfach 2355
D-90713 Fürth PROFINET IO controller
Germany Communication Processor 6GK1 161-6AA00
Tel.: +49/911/750 - 2080 CP 1616
Fax: +49/911/750 - 2100 PCI card (32 bit; 3.3/5 V) with
Email: comdec@siemens.com ASIC ERTEC 400 for connection
to PROFINET IO with 4-port
America real-time switch (RJ45), use via
PROFI Interface Center development kit DK-16xx PN IO;
One Internet Plaza NCM PC
Johnson City, TN, 37604 SOFTNET PN IO Edition 2007 6GK1 704-1HW70-3AA0
U.S.A. Software for PROFINET IO
Tel.: (423) - 262 - 2576 controller with OPC server and
Fax: (423) - 262 - 2103 NCM PC; single license for
Email: profibus.sea@siemens.com 1 installation, runtime software,
software and electronic manual
flash drive, Class A, for 32 Bit
Windows Server 2003,
Server 2003 R2;
Windows Ultimate/Business;
German/English
CPU 317-2 PN/DP 6ES7 317-2EJ10-0AB0
512 KB RAM, 24 V DC
supply voltage,
master/slave interface,
Ethernet/PROFINET interface,
MMC required

© Siemens AG 2008
Development Kits for ERTEC

Network components ASIC enhanced real-time Ethernet controller
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 ERTEC 200
RJ45 connector for Industrial ASIC ERTEC 200 for
Ethernet with rugged metal
enclosure and integral IDC con-
tacts for connecting the Industrial
connection to switched Ethernet
10/100 Mbit/s, Ethernet controller 2
with integrated 2-port switch,
Ethernet FC installation cables; ARM 946 processor and
with 180° cable outlet; for network integrated PHYs real-time for
components and CPs/CPUs with PROFINET IO
• Unleaded
• 1 pack = 1 units 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0
- 70 units (individual trays), 6GK1 182-0BB00-0AA1
- 350 units (drypack, 5 trays), 6GK1 182-0BB00-0AA2
ERTEC 400
IE FC standard cable 2 x 2 6XV1 840-2AH10
(Type B) ASIC ERTEC 400 for
connection to switched Ethernet
4-wire, screened TP installation 10/100 Mbit/s, Ethernet controller
cable for connection to IE FC with integrated 4-port switch,
outlet RJ45/IE FC RJ45 plug; ARM 946 RISC and PCI (V2.2),
PROFINET-compliant; with UL- data preparation for real-time
approval; sold by the meter; and isochronous real-time for
delivery unit max. 1000 m, PROFINET IO
• Unleaded
- 70 units (individual trays), 6GK1 184-0BB00-0AA1
Pre-adjusted stripping tool for fast
stripping of insulation from Indus- - 350 units (drypack, 5 trays), 6GK1 184-0BB00-0AA2
trial Ethernet FC cables
Industrial Ethernet switches
SCALANCE X-200IRT
Managed Industrial Ethernet
switches; real-time (RT)
and isochronous real-time (IRT),
LED diagnostics, fault signal
contact with SET button,
redundant voltage supply
• SCALANCE X-204IRT; 6GK5 204-0BA00-2BA3
4 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports
• SCALANCE X-204IRT PRO; 6GK5 204-0JA00-2BA6
4 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45
push-pull ports
• SCALANCE X-202-2IRT; 6GK5 202-2BB00-2BA3
2 x 10 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports;
• SCALANCE X-202-2P IRT; 6GK5 202-2BH00-2BA3
• SCALANCE X-202-2P IRT PRO; 6GK5 202-2JR00-2BA6
2 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45
push-pull ports;
push-pull ports
• SCALANCE X-201-3P IRT; 6GK5 201-3BH00-2BA3
• SCALANCE X-200-4P IRT; 6GK5 200-4AH00-2BA3
You can find more detailed information, technical data and The Wind River development environment can be purchased
manuals for the ERTEC 200, ERTEC 400, DK-ERTEC 200 PN IO from:
and DK-ERTEC 400 PN IO in the Internet.
Wind River GmbH
http://www.siemens.com/ertec-microsite Osterfeldstrasse 84
85737 Ismaning, Germany
Additional in formation can be found in the Internet under: Tel.: +49 89 96 24 45 0
http://www.siemens.com/simatic-net/ik-info Fax: +49 89 96 24 45 999
inquiries-de@windriver.com
http://www.siemens.com/ertec
http://support.automation.siemens.com/
WW/view/de/18977720/133300 http://www.windriver.com/alliances/eval-cd/
details.html?pgmid=ERTEC

© Siemens AG 2008
Development packages

Development package 6ES7 195-3BC00-0YA0
for PROFINET IO
For Ethernet processor
2 3URFHVV Accessories
CPU 317-2 PN/DP 6ES7 317-2EK13-0AB0
5HDOWLPH
6DIHW\ Main memory 1 MB,
FRPPXQLFDWLRQ
power supply 24 V DC, combined
interface, Ethernet/PROFINET
interface;
,7VWDQGDUGV 352),1(7 'LVWULEXWHG MMC required
6HFXULW\ ILHOGGHYLFHV
Micro Memory Card 6ES7 953-8LJ20-0AA0
e.g. 512 KB
(other MMC optional)
1HWZRUN 0RWLRQ Programming device software 6ES7 810-4CC08-0YA5
LQVWDOODWLRQ &RQWURO STEP 7, V5.4
Floating License, STL, LAD-. FBD
'LVWULEXWHG programming for S7-300/400/C7
LQWHOOLJHQFH and WinAC
*B,.B;;B
SCALANCE X 108 switche 6GK5 108-0BA00-2AA3
(other switch optional)
SIMATIC NET TP cable 6XV1 850-2GH20
RJ45/RJ45, length 2 m
At least 3 units are required;
In time for market entry of PROFINET IO, a development pack- other cable types/lenghts optional
age is available that allows third-party manufacturers to develop Power supply PS 307 6ES7 307-1BA00-0AA0
and offer their own PROFINET IO devices. 120 V AC, 24 V DC, 2 A
(optional)
Please address any technical questions about the development ■ More information
kit to:
The development environment can be obtained from NetSilicon:
In Germany and Europe
In Germany and Europe
Siemens AG
ComDeC Digi GmbH (NetSilicon)
P.O. Box 2355 Joseph-von-Fraunhofer-Str. 23
90713 Fürth 44227 Dortmund
Germany Germany
Tel.: +49/911/750 - 2080 Tel: +49 231 9747 550
Fax: +49/911/750 - 2100 Fax: +49 231 9747 650
E-mail: comdec@fthw.siemens.de E-mail: emea-sales@netsilicon.com
U.S.A. Additional in formation can be found in the Internet under:

http://www.netsilicon.com/
PROFI Interface Center
One Internet Plaza USA
Johnson City, TN, 37604
NetSilicon, Inc.
U.S.A.
411 Waverley Oaks Road #304
Tel.: (423) - 262 - 2576
Waltham, MA 02452
Fax: (423) - 262 - 2103
U.S.A.
E-mail: profibus.sea@siemens.com
Tel: ++1 800 243-2333, 781 647-1234
Fax: ++1 781 893-1338
E-mail: info@netsilicon.com
http://www.netsilicon.com/
Asia
NetSilicon Japan, Inc.
NES Bldg. South 8F 22-14 Sakuragaoka-cho
Shibuya-ku, Tokyo, 150-0031
Japan
Tel: +81-3-5428-0261
Fax: +81-3-5428-0262
E-mail: japan-sales@netsilicon.com
http://www.netsilicon.co.jp/

© Siemens AG 2008
Operator control and monitoring devices
SIMATIC Mobile Panels
■ Overview
SIMATIC Mobile Panel 177 and SIMATIC Mobile Panel 277
• Two three-stage acknowledgement buttons;
optional versions include:
- STOP button
- STOP button, handwheel, key-operated switch and 2
illuminated pushbutton
• Communication is supported via a serial, MPI/PROFIBUS or
PROFINET interface
• Connection point detection for local identification of the device
based on the connection point ID
• Fast system availability after plugging into the connectivity
boxes
• Connected to the controller and power supply via the connec-
tivity box and the connecting cable
SIMATIC Mobile Panel 277(F) IWLAN
• Mobile operator panel for direct operator control of the plant
and machine from any point • Wireless, mobile operator panel for flexible and location-
independent system and machine operation
• Supports optimized monitoring of the workpiece or process
providing at the same time direct access and direct line of • WLAN communication in accordance with IEEE 802.11 a (b/g)
sight to the operator panel and support of PROFINET
• Flexible application with simple reconnection during operation • Powerful batteries and flexible concept for changing permit
(Mobile Panel 177 and Mobile Panel 277) or battery replacement "on the fly" without interrupting operation
• wireless freedom (Mobile Panel 277(F) IWLAN) • Effective range limitation and the local identification of the
device by using transponder technology
• Pixel-graphics, brilliant color display with touch screen
(analog/resistive) • Optional variants with: handwheel, key-operated switch and
illuminated pushbutton
• PROFIBUS or PROFINET communication, PROFINET through
WLAN with Mobile Panel 277(F) IWLAN • Fail-safe operator controls of the SIMATIC Mobile Panel 277F
IWLAN using PROFIsafe:
• Freely configurable and inscribable function keys (with LED) - Two three-stage acknowledgement buttons
- Emergency stop button

© Siemens AG 2008
SIMATIC Mobile Panels
■ Order data Order No. Order No.

SIMATIC Mobile Panel 177 PN Accessories for Mobile Panel 277 IWLAN/277F IWLAN
(PROFINET)
Tabletop power supply unit 6AV6 671-5CN00-0AX1
• With integrated acknowledgement 6AV6 645-0BA01-0AX0 incl. power cable for EU, US, UK, JP
button
2
(only suitable for operation under
• With integrated acknowledgement 6AV6 645-0BB01-0AX0 laboratory/office conditions)
button and STOP button
Charging station 6AV6 671-5CE00-0AX0
• With integrated acknowledgement 6AV6 645-0BC01-0AX0 for safe storage and charging the
button, STOP button, handwheel, device
key-operated switch and incl. lock for securing the device in
illuminated pushbutton the charging station. Charging
SIMATIC Mobile Panel 277 8" 1) capabilities for up to
two extra batteries
• With integrated acknowledgement 6AV6 645-0CA01-0AX0
button Extra battery 6AV6 671-5CL00-0AX0
• With integrated acknowledgement 6AV6 645-0CB01-0AX0 with LED indicator for indicating the
button and STOP button charge status
• With integrated acknowledgement 6AV6 645-0CC01-0AX0 Transponder 6AV6 671-5CM00-0AX0
button, STOP button, handwheel, incl. batteries (3x AA)
key-operated switch and
illuminated pushbutton Service pack 6AV6 574-1AA04-4AA0
for Mobile Panel 177/277
SIMATIC Mobile Panel 277 10"
Service pack 6AV6 671-5CA00-0AX1
• With integrated acknowledgement 6AV6 645-0BE02-0AX0
button and STOP button for Mobile Panel 277(F) IWLAN con-
tains accessories pack for Mobile
SIMATIC Mobile Panel 277 IWLAN Panel 277 (labeling strip cover),
• Communication via WLAN 6AV6 645-0DD01-0AX0 battery compartment cover
(PROFINET) (device), backup battery,
cover left/right (charging station),
• Communication via WLAN 6AV6 645-0DE01-0AX0 power supply connector
(PROFINET) with integrated hand- counterpart (charger),
wheel, key-operated switch and spare key (charging station)
two illuminated pushbuttons
Optional package 6AV6 671-5AD00-0AX0
SIMATIC Mobile Panel 277F
IWLAN Accumulator for Mobile Panels
• Communication via WLAN 6AV6 645-0DB01-0AX0 (DP and PN)
(PROFINET) Wall holder 6AV6 574-1AF04-4AA0
with acknowledgement button
and emergency stop button for Mobile Panels
• Communication via WLAN 6AV6 645-0DC01-0AX0 Touch pen
(PROFINET)
with acknowledgment button incl. nylon line for securing it to
and emergency stop button with the Mobile Panel 277 10"
integrated handwheel, • 1 set = 5 units 6AV6 645-7AB14-0AS0
key-operated switch, and two
illuminated pushbuttons Spare key 6AV6 574-1AG04-4AA0
Starter packages for Mobile Panels

(pack of 10)
• Mobile Panel 177 PN Plus 6AV6 651-5DA01-0AA0
Protective foil
• Mobile Panel 277 PN 8" 6AV6 651-5FB01-0AA0
• for Mobile Panel 177 6AV6 574-1AD04-4AA0
• Mobile Panel 277 DP 8" 6AV6 651-5EB01-0AA0 1 pack = 10 units
• Mobile Panel 277 IWLAN 6AV6 651-5GA01-0AA0
• for Mobile Panel 277 8" 6AV6 671-5BC00-0AX0
• Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN 6AV6 651-5HA01-0AA0 1 pack = 2 units
Accessories • for Mobile Panel 277 10" 6AV6 645-7AB15-0AS0
Connection box PN 1 pack = 10 units
for Mobile Panel (PROFINET)
• Basic 6AV6 671-5AE01-0AX0
• Plus 6AV6 671-5AE11-0AX0
PN connecting cable (PROFINET)
Standard cables
•2m 6XV1 440-4BH20
•5m 6XV1 440-4BH50
•8m 6XV1 440-4BH80
• 10 m 6XV1 440-4BN10
• 15 m 6XV1 440-4BN15
• 20 m 6XV1 440-4BN20
• 25 m 6XV1 440-4BN25
1) Note:
The system components (connecting cables and connection boxes)
must be ordered separately. Documentation (to be ordered separately) and further accessories
for Mobile Panels can be found in the ST 80 Catalog, in the electronic
catalog CA 01 and in the A&D Mall at
http://www.siemens.com/automation/mall

© Siemens AG 2008
SIMATIC Panels
■ Overview ■ Order data Order No.

SIMATIC TP 177B 6AV6 642-0BA01-1AX1
Touch Panel with 5.7" STN
display, color (256 colors),
2
incl. mounting accessories
TP 177B starter kit 6AV6 551-2EA01-1AA0
Consisting of:
• TP 177B with STN display,
blue mode
• SIMATIC WinCC flexible 2005
Compact configuration software
• SIMATIC HMI Manual Collection
(CD), 5 languages
(English, French, German,
Italian, Spanish)
• MPI cable (5 m)
• Software Update Service
for 1 year
SIMATIC Panels SIMATIC OP 177B 6AV6 642-0DA01-1AX1

Operator Panel with 5.7" STN
SIMATIC Panels are compact and rugged operator panels for display, color (256 colors),
use directly at the machine – finely graded in performance and incl. mounting accessories
user-friendliness.
OP 177B starter kit 6AV6 551-2HA01-1AA0
Devices with PROFINET connection are used for solutions that
Consisting of:
utilize the Industrial Ethernet standard for automation.
• OP 177B with STN display, color
SIMATIC TP 177B DP/ PN and OP 177B DP/PN
• SIMATIC WinCC flexible 2005
• Touch Panel (TP 177B) and Touch/Key Panel Compact configuration software
(OP 177B) with comprehensive range of functions for operator
control and monitoring of machines and plants • SIMATIC HMI Manual Collection
(CD), 5 languages
• Pixel graphics 5.7" color STN display (256 colors) with touch (English, French, German,
screen (analog/resistive) Italian, Spanish)
• OP 177 B DP/PN with additional 32 function keys • MPI cable (5 m),
PC/PPI cable
• Onboard MPI, USB, PROFIBUS and PROFINET interfaces
• Data in the message buffer is retained even when panel is • Software Update Service
for 1 year
disconnected from the power supply without batteries
• Function keys of the OP 177 B DP/PN can be assigned system SIMATIC TP 277 6" 6AV6 643-0AA01-1AX0
functions and configured as direct keys Touch Panel
with 5.7" TFT display,
• Multi Media Card slot color (256 colors)
• Can be configured using SIMATIC WinCC flexible 2005 SIMATIC OP 277 6" 6AV6 643-0BA01-1AX0
Compact and higher Operator Panel
with 5.7" TFT display,
SIMATIC TP 277 6" and OP 277 6" color (256 colors)
• Touch Panel (TP 277) and Operator Panel (OP 277) with com-
prehensive functionality for demanding machine visualization
• Pixel graphics 5.7" color TFT display (256 colors), TP 277 6"
with touch screen (analog/resistive)
• OP 277 6" with 36 system keys, 24 freely configurable and
freely inscribable function keys (18 with LEDs)
• Content of message buffer is retained even when panel is
disconnected without batteries
• Onboard MPI, USB, PROFIBUS and PROFINET interfaces
• Use of scripts and archives
• Windows CE operating system
• Multi Media Card slot
• Can be configured using SIMATIC WinCC flexible 2005 SP1
Standard or higher

© Siemens AG 2008
SIMATIC Multi Panels (MP)
■ Overview ■ Order data Order No.

SIMATIC MP 277
• 8" TFT color display, 6AV6 643-0CB01-1AX1
Touch
2
Touch screen,
(analog/resistive)
• 8" TFT color display, 6AV6 643-0DB01-1AX1
Key
38 system keys,
26 user-configurable and freely
inscribable function keys
(18 with LEDs)
• 10" TFT color display, 6AV6 643-0CD01-1AX1
Touch
Touch screen
(analog/resistive)
• 10" TFT color display, 6AV6 643-8AD10-0AA1
Touch, INOX
Touch screen,
(analog/resistive),
with stainless steel front
Multi Panels (MP) • 10" TFT color display, 6AV6 643-0DD01-1AX1
Key
Multi Panels on the basis of Windows CE combine the rugged- 38 system keys,
ness of operator panels with the flexibility of PCs. Due to their 36 user-configurable and freely
extremely high performance capability, they are suitable for inscribable function keys
demanding applications and their functionality can be ex- (28 with LEDs)
panded even more by installing additional Windows CE applica-
SIMATIC MP 377
tions.
• 12" color TFT display, 6AV6 644-0AA01-2AX0
SIMATIC MP 277 Touch
• Multi Panel with comprehensive functionality for machine • 12" color TFT display, 6AV6 644-0BA01-2AX1
operation and monitoring on site Key
• Pixel-graphics 7.5" and 10.4" TFT displays with 64k colors • 15" color TFT display, 6AV6 644-0AB01-2AX0
• Key or Touch versions available Touch
• Onboard MPI, USB, PROFIBUS and PROFINET interfaces • 19" color TFT display, 6AV6 644-0AC01-2AX0
• Content of message buffer is retained even when panel is Touch
disconnected without batteries
• SD/Multi Media Card slot
• Windows CE 5.0 operating system
• Can be configured using SIMATIC WinCC flexible 2005 SP1
Standard or Advanced
• Also available with stainless steel front (DIN EN 1672-2), thus
meeting the high requirements of, for example, the food, bev-
erages and tobacco industries.
SIMATIC MP 377
• Like Operator Panels, Multi Panels (MP) are used for local
machine operation and monitoring
• Their functionality can be expanded by the installation of
additional Windows CE applications (Multi Panel and Panel
options)
• SIMATIC MP 377 devices on the basis of Windows CE
combine the rugged construction of Operator Panels with the
flexibility of PCs
• PLC functionality can be integrated directly into the MP 377
platform as an option
• Pixel-graphics 12.1", 15.1" or 19" TFT display, color
(64k colors)
• MP 377 12" Touch, MP 377 15" Touch and MP 377 19" Touch:
touch screen (analog/resistive)
• MP 377 12" Key:
38 system keys, 36 user-configurable and freely inscribable
function keys (36 with LEDs)
• The MP 377 15" Touch is also available with a stainless steel
front (DIN EN 1672-2). The stainless steel front is appropriate,
for example, for the increased demands of the food and
beverage industry
• All interfaces, e.g. MPI, PROFIBUS DP, USB, PROFINET
(Ethernet TCP/IP), are on-board

© Siemens AG 2008
RFID Systems
SIMATIC RF180C
The PROFINET communication module SIMATIC RF180C has
been specially designed for a wide range of applications in
industrial automation and logistics. Due to the high degree of
protection IP67, SIMATIC RF180C can be installed in the
process outside the control cabinet. 2
Main applications for SIMATIC RF180C:
• Machine manufacturing, automation systems, conveyor
systems
• Ancilliary assembly lines in the automotive industry / suppliers
• Small assembly lines
■ Design
PROFINET IO
Master module
e.g. S7-400
The SIMATIC RF180C is a communication module for direct con-

nection of Siemens RFID systems to PROFINET IO. The readers
(SLGs) of the RFID systems MOBY I, E, D, U and SIMATIC RF300 SIMATIC
can be operated on the SIMATIC RF180C. RF180C
Due to the high degree of protection and its ruggedness,
SIMATIC RF180C is ideally suited to use at machine level.
The uniform plug-in connection system ensures rapid commis- PROFINET
sioning.
Industrial Ethernet
■ Benefits 24 V for
RF180C and reader
• Two parallel MOBY channels ensure real-time operation of the
dynamic read points to other PROFINET
bus nodes
• Reader connection with an 8-pole M12 connector for rapid
assembly of all components
• Easy changeover from PROFIBUS applications to PROFINET
with SIMATIC RF180C thanks to software compatibility
• The integrated switch allows several PROFINET modules to
G_FS10_XX_00228
be installed in star or bus topology. Each application can then 2. Reader 1. Reader
be built up quickly and inexpensively
Tags / MDS
• Powerful hardware ensures rapid data communication with
the reader (SLG). So that the data are available to the applica-
tion more quickly
• Simple firmware downloading in the case of function expan-
sions and error rectification ensures high availability of the
RFID system
• Adjustable and parameterizable RFID-specific diagnostics
facilitate commissioning and troubleshooting
• A broad selection of pre-assembled connecting cables can
be ordered for connecting PROFINET and readers to SIMATIC
RF180C. This saves time and money during installation and
increases the quality
• The hardware configuration with a base unit and connection
block ensures that SIMATIC RF180C is prepared for other con-
nection techniques, such as fiber-optic cables

© Siemens AG 2008
RFID Systems
SIMATIC RF180C

The SIMATIC RF180C comprises a basic module and a connec- Product type description SIMATIC RF180C
tion block that must be ordered separately. Supply voltage
The connection block is available in the version M12, 7/8''. • Nominal value 24 V DC
2 PROFINET is connected through an M12 plug, whereas the
supply voltage is connected through a 7/8'' plug. There are • Permissible range 20 … 30 V DC
2 connections for PROFINET as well as for the power supply. Current consumption
This ensures that SIMATIC RF180C can be connected to addi- • Without reader, typ. 100 mA
tional bus stations without the need for external distribution
devices. The removable connection block allows a base module • With two readers, max. 1000 mA
to be replaced without interrupting the supply voltage to other Serial reader interface
bus stations. (gross transmission rate)
SIMATIC RF180C is integrated in SIMATIC STEP 7 via the • MOBY I/E 19200 bit/s
GSDML file. SIMATIC RF180C can then be configured via the • MOBY U/D, RF300 19200, 57600, 115200 bit/s
SW tool HW_Config of SIMATIC Manager or another PROFINET
tool. Connectors 2 x connector plug M12, 8-pin
A pre-assembled reader cable is used to connect one or two Cable length to reader
readers to the communication module. The standard cable • Standard length 2m
length is 2 m. If other reader cable lengths are required, an ex- • Optional preassembled cables 5 m, 10 m, 20 m, 50 m
tension cable from 2 to 50 m in length can be used. The cable
can also be assembled by the customer as required. Self-assembled cables Reader/SLG-dependent.
Up to 1000 m
The data in the transponder can be accessed in the following
Supply voltage to reader 24 V
manner: Direct addressing via absolute addresses
Max. current per reader
Error messages and operating states (tag in field, transfer, etc.)
are also displayed on LEDs and support commissioning and • 2 readers connected 0.5 A
service. • 1 reader connected 1.0 A
SIMATIC RF180C has two reader interfaces from which the read- Ambient temperature
ers are also supplied with voltage. There is a solid-state fuse in
• Operation -0 ... 60 °C
SIMATIC RF180C for the reader power supply. The maximum
current permitted for the readers per SIMATIC RF180C is 1 A. • Storage -40 ... +70 °C, 20 K/h
It is not important here whether the current is drawn by 1 or 2 Shock load during operation 30 g
readers. acc. to IEC 61131-2
The application accesses the tag via FB45. FB45 accesses the Vibratory load during operation 0.75 mm (10 … 58 Hz)
tag via absolute addresses. For large volumes of data and com- acc. to IEC 61131-2 10 g (58 … 150 Hz)
plex tag operations, the FB45 can process chained commands. Enclosure
Data is exchanged between SIMATIC RF180C and the applica- • Material Thermoplastic
tion by means of acyclic data records. This ensures that a large (fiberglass reinforced)
quantity of data can be transferred from/to SIMATIC RF180C • Color IP Basic 714
without loading the bus cycle. This is advantageous when large
volumes of data are being transferred. SIMATIC RF180C can • Degree of protection IP67
also process chained tag commands in this mode extremely Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm
quickly.
• SIMATIC RF180C 60 x 210 x 30
without connection block
• SIMATIC RF180C 60 x 210 x 54
with connection block
Weight
• Base module only 210 g
• Connection block only 230 g

© Siemens AG 2008
RFID Systems
SIMATIC RF180C
■ Ordering data Order No. ■ Dimensional drawings

SIMATIC RF180C 6GT2 002-0JD00 CAD data
communication module
Dimension drawing available as CAD graphic (DXF format).
For PROFINET,
2
for connecting 2 readers; Additional in formation can be found in the Internet under:
without a connection block http://www.automation.siemens.com/bilddb/
Accessories MOBY index.asp?objKey=G_FS10_XX_90115
Connection block 6GT2 002-1JD00
for SIMATIC RF180C 60 28
for connecting 2 readers
over an M12 cable connector
SIMATIC RF180C
M12 connecting cable 6GT2 891-0JH20
prefabricated,
between SIMATIC RF180C and
SIMATIC RF300 reader;
2m, plug angled
SLG cable for MOBY I/E/U 6GT2 091-0FH20
2m
210
5m
SLG cable for MOBY D 6GT2 691-0FH20
2m
SLG cable for RF300
SIMATIC RF180C
Extension cable for MOBY
I/E/U/D/RF300
•2m 6GT2 891-0FH20 FS10_90115
•5m 6GT2 891-0FH50
• 10 m 6GT2 891-0FN10
24
• 20 m 6GT2 891-0FN20
• 50 m 6GT2 891-0FN50
M12 sealing caps 3RX9 802-0AA00
for unused reader connections
(10 units)
Accessories for connection to the network
PROFINET cable 6XV1 870-8Axxx1)
with M12 plugs
pre-assembled; for trailing
Cable for supply voltage 6XV1 822-5Bxxx1)
pre-assembled with 7/8'' plugs
PROFINET standard cable 2x2, 6XV1840-2AH10
Type A
not pre-assembled; minimum
order quantity 20 m
PROFINET M12 plug connector 6GK1901-0DB10-6AA0
rugged metal housing;
fast connect system; D-coded
(pack of 1)
7/8'' cable connector
for voltage (pack of 5)
• With pin insert 6GK1 905-0FA00
• With socket insert 6GK1 905-0FB00
IE M12 cabinet bushing 6GK1901-0DM20-2AA5
for conversion from M12
(D-coded) to RJ45; (pack of 5)
IE FC RJ45 PLUG 180 RJ45 6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0
plug connector
with rugged metal housing
and FC connection system;
straight cable outlet (pack of 1)
1)
This cable is available in different lengths
(see "Passive network components")

© Siemens AG 2008
RFID Systems
SIMATIC RF170C
The ET 200pro distributed I/O system with the SIMATIC RF170C
communication module has been specially designed for a wide
range of applications in industrial automation and logistics.
Thanks to the high degree of protection of IP67, the SIMATIC
2 RF170C can be installed without a control cabinet.
Used primarily for the SIMATIC RF170C:
• Mechanical engineering, automation systems, conveyor
systems
• Ancillary assembly lines in the automobile industry/suppliers
■ Design
PROFIBUS or
Master module
e.g. S7-400
The SIMATIC RF170C is a communication module for connect-

ing the Siemens RFID systems to the ET 200pro distributed I/O
system. The readers (SLGs) of all RFID systems can be oper-
ated on the SIMATIC RF170C.
Thanks to its high degree of protection and ruggedness,
ET 200pro is particularly suitable for machine-level use. The
modular structure with PROFIBUS and PROFINET connection PROFINET/ Interfacemodul
systems allows them to be used in all applications. The system- Industrial Ethernet ET 200pro
wide, plug-in connection technique ensures rapid start-up. oder SIMATIC
PROFIBUS RF170C
■ Benefits
• Two parallel MOBY channels ensure real-time mode at to other
dynamic read points. bus nodes
• By selecting the relevant header module, the RFID systems 24 V for

can be connected via PROFIBUS or PROFINET. ET 200pro, RF170C
• The modular design with interface modules for PROFIBUS and reader
and PROFINET supports universal implementation.
G_FS10_XX_00177
• Reader connection using an 8-pin M12 connector for fast
installation of all components. 2. Reader 1. Reader
• Easy changeover from ET 200X with ASM 473 to ET 200pro Tags / MDS
with SIMATIC RF170C thanks to 100 % software compatibility.
• High-performance hardware ensures fast data exchange with
the SLG (reader). Consequently the data are available for the
application even faster.
• Easy downloading of firmware via SIMATIC Manager for
function expansions and error rectification ensure high-avail-
ability of the RFID system.
• The parameterizable RFID-specific diagnostics support
start-up and troubleshooting
• A wide selection of pre-assembled connecting cables can be
ordered for ET 200pro and SIMATIC RF170C. This saves time
and money during installation and assures better quality.

© Siemens AG 2008
RFID Systems
SIMATIC RF170C

The SIMATIC RF170C comprises an electronics module and a Product type description SIMATIC RF170C
connection block that must be ordered separately. The interface Ambient temperature
module is available in the PROFIBUS or PROFINET variants.
For the PROFIBUS connection, you can choose from the con- • During operation -25 … +55 °C
nection systems of ECOFAST, M12, 7/8", or screwed cable
gland. For the PROFINET interface module, M12, 7/8" connec-
• During storage -40 … +70 °C 20 K/h 2
Relative humidity 5 to max. 100 %
tion is available.
Atmospheric pressure from 795 to 1080 hPa
Integration of SIMATIC RF170C into SIMATIC STEP 7 is achieved
by means of an object manager (OM). The GSD file of the Resistance to shock as for ET 200pro
ET 200pro system is available for integration into non-Siemens Vibration as for ET 200pro
systems. Then the SIMATIC RF170C can be configured by
means of the software tool HW_Config of the SIMATIC Manager Power supply
or another PROFIBUS/PROFINET tool. • Nominal value 24 V DC
One or two readers are connected to the interface module using • Permissible range 20.4 … 28.8 V DC
an off-the-shelf reader cable. The standard length of the cable Current consumption
is 2 m. If other cable lengths to the reader are required, an ex-
tension cable measuring between 2 m and 50 m can be used. • Without reader typ. 130 mA
The cable can also be assembled by the customer as required. • With 2 readers Max. 1000 mA
In principle, access to the data in the transponder can take Enclosure
place as follows. • Degree of protection IP67
• Direct addressing via absolute addresses • Enclosure material Thermoplastic
• Conveniently via the MOBY file handler (MOBY I/U only) (fiberglass reinforced)
using file names • Housing color IP Basic 714
Error messages and operating states (tag in the field, trans- Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm
mission, etc.) are indicated additionally by means of LEDs and
simplify commissioning and service. • SIMATIC RF170C 90 x 130 x 35
without connection block
The SIMATIC RF170C has two reader interfaces from which the • SIMATIC RF170C 90 x 130 x 60
readers are also supplied with power. In the SIMATIC RF170C, with connection block
the power supply for the readers has an electronic fuse. The
maximum permissible current per SIMATIC RF170C for the read- Weight
ers is 0.8 A. It is of no importance here whether the current is • Without connection block Approx. 270 g
drawn by one or two readers. • With connection block Approx. 770 g
The data in the MDS can be directly accessed by means of Serial reader interface MOBY I/E: 19200 baud
absolute addresses (FB/FC45, FC55) or more conveniently (gross transmission rate) MOBY U/D, RF300: 19200,
using the MOBY file handler (FB, FC 56) by means of the file 57600, 115200 baud
names. When the ET 200pro is operated with a PROFINET inter-
face, use of the FB (FB45, FB56) is mandatory. Connectors 2 x connector plug M12, 8-pin
Communication between the SIMATIC RF170C and the control- Cable length to reader
ler is acyclic. Consequently, a very large amount of data can • Standard length 2m
be transferred to/from the SIMATIC RF170C without overloading
• Optional preassembled cables 5 m, 10 m, 20 m, 50 m
the bus cycle. This has advantages when transferring large
volumes of data. In addition, the SIMATIC RF170C can process • Self-assembled cables According to write/read device.
concatenated tag commands very quickly in this mode. Up to 1000 m
Supply voltage to reader 24 V
Max. current; 0.4 A per reader
2 readers connected
Max. current; 0.8 A per reader
1 readers connected

© Siemens AG 2008
RFID Systems
SIMATIC RF170C
■ Ordering data Order No. ■ Dimensional drawings

SIMATIC RF170C 6GT2 002-0HD00 CAD data
For connecting to the Dimension drawing available as CAD graphic (DXF format).
distributed I/O system ET 200pro
2 Accessories
http://www.automation.siemens.com/bilddb/
Connection block 6GT2 002-1HD00 index.asp?objKey=G_FS10_XX_90114
for SIMATIC RF170C and
for connection of 2 readers using http://www.automation.siemens.com/bilddb/
M12 connectors index.asp?objKey=G_FS10_XX_90116
M12 connecting cable 6GT2 891-0JH20
prefabricated,
between SIMATIC RF180C and
89,9
SIMATIC RF300 reader;
2m, plug angled
2m
5m
SLG cable for MOBY D 6GT2 691-0FH20
121,4
131,2
2m
SIMATIC RF170C
SLG cable for RF300
Extension cable for MOBY
I/E/U/D and SIMATIC RF300
FS10_90114
•2m 6GT2 891-0FH20

•5m 6GT2 891-0FH50
• 10 m 6GT2 891-0FN10
• 20 m 6GT2 891-0FN20
• 50 m 6GT2 891-0FN50
M12 sealing caps 3RX9 802-0AA00 SIMATIC RF170C communications module
(10 units)
90
READER 1
120
130
READER 2
FS10_90116
Connector block for SIMATIC RF170C

© Siemens AG 2008
Image Processing System
SIMATIC VS120
The SIMATIC VS 120 vision sensor offers the following image
field sizes:
• 70 mm x 50 mm fixed-focus sensor head
• 40 mm x 30 mm fixed-focus sensor head
• Variable field of view with C/CS-Mount sensor head
2
The following components are required for use of the fixed-focus
version of the SIMATIC VS120 vision sensor and are included in
the scope of delivery:
• Sensor head
• Front lighting in the form of a ring light matched to the applica-
tion and sensor head
• Processing unit
• Connecting cables
• CD with configuration software and assembly/operating
instructions
To start up the fixed focus version you also need the following
• Vision sensor for object finding and object size testing in items (not included in the scope of delivery):
reflected light • Ethernet cable (see "Accessories") for connecting the evalua-
• VS120 finds and checks different objects and / or patterns, tor to any web client. The web client, e.g. a PC with web
e.g.: browser installed, is used to adjust the sensor head and the
- printed symbols (product markings on labels, packaging, lighting.
etc. ) The following components are required for use of the C/CS
- injection-molded parts, mount version of the SIMATIC VS120 vision sensor and are
- ceramic elements, included in the scope of delivery:
- ...
• Sensor head (without lens!)
• Can be used in principle for the following applications:
- position detection for Pick&Place applications, • Processing unit
- checking the presence and position of objects in production, • Connecting cables (no connecting cable for lighting!)
- checking the orientation of objects in infeed systems • CD with configuration software and assembly/operating
• Easy configuration through presentation of the good object to instructions
be recognized. "Training" is done automatically by activating
To start up the C/CS-Mount version you also need the following
the training function of the unit.
items (not included in the scope of delivery):
• Parameter definition is done using the web-based operating
• C/CS-Mount lens with the required imaging properties
interface and can be run on various platforms with the follow-
ing requirements: • Suitable light source and suitable connecting cable
- Browser (IE5.5 or higher), (see accessories)
- JAVA-VM (MS, SUN). • Ethernet cable (see "Accessories") for connecting the evalua-
• The web-based operator interface is also used for controlling tor to any web client. The web client, e.g. a PC with web
the device from an HMI device. The same prerequisites apply browser installed, is used to adjust the sensor head and the
here concerning the Browser and JAVA VM. lighting.
• Remote maintenance concept using web-based operator Sensor head
interface.
The sensor head is equipped with:
• Remote controlled with integrated digital inputs, PROFIBUS or
PROFINET IO. • Extruded aluminium housing to degree of protection IP65
(fixed-focus version)
• Can be supplied as a complete package in several variations
for different object sizes • CCD chip (640 x 480 quadratic pixels)
• Lens, permanently installed and non-adjustable (fixed focus
■ Application version)
• Interface for digital transmission of image data to the process-
The intelligent vision sensor can be used for the following ing unit
applications:
A sensor head for C/CS-Mount lenses is additionally available.
• Determining the position for Pick & Place applications
• Checking the presence and position of objects in production
• Checking the orientation of objects in infeed systems
Examples of possible inspection tasks and inspection objects:
• Checking the presence and position of symbols (warnings)
and logos (corporate logos) on print media and packaging
• Checking the presence and position of objects in production
for the quality assurance of assembly steps
• Checking the orientation of assembly items in infeed systems

© Siemens AG 2008
SIMATIC VS120
■ Design (continued) Mode of operation

The following steps are required for using the SIMATIC VS120:
Processing unit • Mount the vision sensor and lighting.
The processing unit has: • Manual alignment of the camera, lighting check:
• Plastic housing, designed for cabinetless construction (IP40) This is handled with the web-server integrated in the unit and
2 • Connections for the web-based operator interface contained within. The oper-
ator interface displays the camera image. In the setup phase,
- Supply voltage 24 V DC
- Lighting the sensor head can be aligned with reference to the live
- Sensor head image in the user interface. The user interface executes on
- Digital inputs and outputs any PC with Microsoft Internet Explorer and JAVA VM installa-
- Ethernet interface tion. If the sensor head adjustment is complete, the vision
(DHCP-Client, DHCP-Server, fixed IP address) sensor automatically takes over the following procedures:
- PROFIBUS DP - optimization of lighting control.
- "Training" the image processing parameters by applying a
• 4-line text display for operator prompting reference object
• 6 keys for operating the unit - the result of the training is stored under one of the 64 data
• User guidance with web-based operator interface records
(HTML, JAVA VM) • Starting the evaluation operation requires loading a trained
• Access protection by means of password. object record and changing into the "RUN" operating mode.
The VS120 starts the evaluation after triggering.
The following communication services are included: • Depending on the trained set values and the actual values
• PROFINET IO (slave) of the evaluation, one of the digital control outputs OK (good
• PROFIBUS DP V0 (slave), result) or N_OK (poor result) is set.
• TCP/IP native The position information is output via the PROFIBUS DP,
PROFINET IO or Ethernet interface.
The analysis is carried out by a powerful digital signal processor.
Programming
Front lighting
• Designed as ring light pushed onto sensor head SIMATIC VS120 is not programmed and parameters are not
defined as on standard image processing systems. It is trained
• Can be dismounted, and secured with different orientation on for its special task, finding and testing a special object.
the machine The SIMATIC VS120 is shown a good object and the device is
• Housing with degree of protection IP65 "trained" to this object.
• Equipped with red LEDs The training procedure can be performed while a conveyor
• Operation in flash mode system is running.
• Power control for the flash integrated in the light Up to 64 different data records can be stored in the device and
can be called up at any time by the operator or can also be
■ Function called up through an external controller.
• Training the object test parameters using one or more good
objects
• Testing an object and/or pattern with the features taken from
the training
• Testing can be performed on stationary and moving objects
• Checking for a match with the reference provides a good/poor
indication after comparison with set-value criteria
• Test results output to three control outputs:
- OK:
trained object and/or pattern found based on features;
degree of match greater than set value
- N_OK:
trained object and/or pattern NOT found based on features;
degree of match NOT greater than set value
• Position information output via PROFIBUS DP, PROFINET IO,
Ethernet or with converter to RS 232 interface
• Integrated DI/O enables "stand-alone" operation without
additional controller.
• Remote control via PROFIBUS DP, PROFINET IO, DI/O or
Ethernet
• Remote maintenance via web-based operator interface
Intranet or Internet:
- monitoring (live image in read mode)
- diagnostics (fault image, log information, ...)
- system administration (software update, ...)
- error analysis for troubleshooting for faulty readings
• Actuation of ring lighting

© Siemens AG 2008
SIMATIC VS120
Product type description Vision Sensor SIMATIC VS120 Product type description Vision Sensor SIMATIC VS120
Sensor head Infeed direction of the objects
Image capture CCD chip ¼", • For external triggering As required
640 x 480 square pixels;
full frame shutter with automatic • Setup software Software for displaying the
sensor image when mounting and
2
exposure time
adjusting the sensor head and
Image data transfer Triggered frame transfer lighting. The software is provided
directly by the integrated web
Available versions • Fixed lens system server and can be executed on
for two different field of view every JAVA-capable browser
sizes and mounting positions (preferably IE6.0).
• One C/CS-mount version
without lens. Enclosure Plastic, all cables can be plugged
in, suitable for installation without
• Large field of view Size of field of view: cabinet
70 mm x 50 mm
for object sizes up to approx.: Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 170 x 140 x 76
60 mm x 40 mm Degree of protection IP40 according to
Operating distance: 120 mm DIN EN 60529 / VDE 0470-1
• Small field of view Size of field of view: Ambient temperature 0 … 50 °C
40 mm x 30 mm
for object sizes up to approx.: Mechanical strength
34 mm x 24 mm • Vibrations 1 g (60 … 500 Hz)
Operating distance: 85 mm
• Shock 70 g (6 ms, 3 shocks)
• Variable field of view Lens can be selected by the user;
hence freely selectable field of Interfaces on evaluation unit
view size and object size
• Digital inputs for 24 V DC 8;
Operating distance: dependent
of which one interrupt-capable
on the lens
trigger input for standard binary
Enclosure Aluminum profile casing, sensors, 7 further PLC-capable
anodized black control inputs
Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 42 x 42 x 100 • Digital outputs for 24 V DC 6;
of which 3 quality outputs 0.5 A
Degree of protection IP65 according to are for the direct activation of
DIN EN 60529 / VDE 0470-1 pneumatic valves (15-pin Sub-D
Ambient temperature 0 … 50 °C socket for inputs/outputs)
Mechanical strength • Integrated PROFIBUS DP inter- DP (9 pin D-sub socket) to
face control the testing and real-time
• Vibrations 1 g (60 … 500 Hz) transmission of test results
• Shock 70 g (6 ms, 3 shocks) • Integrated PROFINET IO interface RJ45 (socket) for operating
Lighting software, controlling the testing
and real-time transmission of test
Illuminant LED, wavelength 630 nm (red), results
designed as a flash of 20 μs to 10
ms, diffuse • Integrated Ethernet interface RJ45 (socket) for operating
software, controlling the testing
Enclosure Ring lamp with multiple fixing and real-time transmission of test
possibilities; results
plastic with plastic diffusing panel
• Lighting control 4-pin circular connector (female)
Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 102 x 102 x 26.5 for power supply and for
triggering the flash
Degree of protection IP65 according to
DIN EN 60529 / VDE 0470-1 • Sensor head interface Digital interface (26 pin Sub-D
socket) for connecting the VS120
Ambient temperature 0 … 50 °C sensor head
Evaluation unit Power supply
Operator controls 4-line text display and • Rated value 24 V DC
6 operator buttons
• Permitted range 20 V … 30 V DC
Training Fully-automatic training
procedure Current consumption, max. 4 A,
of which up to 1.5 A for
Number of types saved 64 different data records, supplying the pneumatic valves
can be selected via control button that can be connected
or digital inputs or PROFIBUS DP
or PROFINET IO,
network-fail-safe storage
Triggering inspection External (via digital input,
PROFIBUS DP or PROFINET IO)
Permitted object rate, max. 20 objects/s

© Siemens AG 2008
SIMATIC VS120

SIMATIC VS120 vision sensor
Complete package for object
testing; consisting of sensor
2
head, LED front lighting, process-
ing unit and the following cables:
• Cable between processing unit
and sensor head,
for lengths see below
• Cable between lighting and
processing unit
(except for vision sensor with
variable field of view),
for length see below
• Cable for power supply,
length 10 m
• Cable for connecting digital I/O
devices,
length 10 m
Incl. documentation package
for SIMATIC VS120
• Field of view 70 mm x 50 mm
- With cable length 2.5 m 6GF1 120-1AA
- With cable length 10 m 6GF1 120-1AA01
- With cable length 2.5 m 6GF1 120-2AA
- With cable length 10 m 6GF1 120-2AA01
• Variable field of view, prepared
for IP65 protective housing
(note: supplied without light and
light cable)
- With cable length 2.5 m 6GF1 120-3AB
- With cable length 10 m 6GF 1 120-3AB01

© Siemens AG 2008
SIMATIC VS130-2
■ Overview • Can be supplied as a complete package in several variations

for different object sizes
• The product is available in 6 languages (operator interface,
manual and online help are available in German, English,
French, Spanish, Italian and Chinese).
■ Application 2
The intelligent vision sensor VS130-2 can be used for the follow-
ing applications:
• Coded information can be read out.
• The coded information is compared with a defined character
sequence.
• Measurement of code quality.
Barcodes
The SIMATIC VS130-2 vision sensor reads the barcodes
(Code 39, Code 128, Interleave 2/5, EAN13) in different sizes:
• Fixed focus sensor head (640 x 480): Up to 60 mm code width,
• C/CS sensor head (640 x 480 or 1024 x 768): Code width
• The SIMATIC VS130-2 vision sensor has been developed depends on the selected lens.
especially for reading data matrix codes (DMC) ECC200 in an
industrial environment. More 2D codes and 1D codes are also The main condition for reading is that the smallest code structure
available making the vision sensor into a complete code element (the thinnest line) has to be at least 3 pixels wide to
reader: ensure good readability.
• 1D codes (barcodes): Data matrix code
- Code 39,
- Code 128, The SIMATIC VS130-2 vision sensor can decode data matrix
- Interleave 2/5, codes of the following matrices in various sizes:
- EAN13. • Square: 10 x 10 dots up to 72 x 72 dots
• 2D codes: • Rectangular: 8 x 18 dots up to 16 x 48 dots
- Data matrix code (DMC) according to ECC200,
- QR (alphanumeric characters; without subversions: The parameters for dot size and reading distance are defined by
truncated, macro, micro), the optics selected and can vary over a wide range:
- PDF417 (without subversions: Macro, micro), • Readable dot size 0.1 mm to >3 mm.
• SIMATIC VS130-2 reads codes on different construction • Reading distance 80 mm to 3000 mm.
elements and surfaces, e.g. (incomplete listing):
- Paper or plastic labels, PDF417
- Plastic parts, The SIMATIC VS130-2 vision sensor can decode PDF417 in
- Circuit boards, various sizes:
- Metallic objects. • Fixed focus / C/CS sensor head (640 x 480): Up to 50 lines of
• SIMATIC VS130-2 reads codes of different types of markings, code, up to 7 columns of code
e.g. (incomplete list): • C/CS sensor head (1024 x 768): Up to 80 lines of code,
- Printed, up to 15 columns of code.
- Stamped,
- Lasered, QR
- Drilled.
The SIMATIC VS130-2 vision sensor can decode QR in various
• No parameter definition for adapting to the various support sizes:
materials and types of marking is required by the user.
"Training" is performed automatically by presenting a readable • Fixed focus / C/CS sensor head (640 x 480): Up to 89 x 89 dots
code pattern. Programming and parameterization are not • C/CS sensor head (1024 x 768): Up to 145 x 145 dots.
required.
Common properties
• Can be used in principle for the following applications:
- Coded information can be read out, Code readability is basically not connected to the type of mark-
- The coded information is compared with a defined character ing or support material, as long as the marked structure and the
sequence, background are different optically.
- Quality assessment of the marking process (exclusively Possible marking systems include e.g.:
DMC).
• Laser inscription systems
• Parameters are set using the web-based operator interface
which runs on various platforms with the following require- • Inkjet printers
ments: Browser (IE5.5 and higher), JAVA-VM (MS, SUN). Examples of possible surfaces and materials e.g.:
• The web-based operator interface is also used for controlling • Different types of PCB.
the device from an HMI device. In this case, the requirements
mentioned above also apply with regard to the browser and • Plastic parts of various colors.
JAVA VM • Labels of various colors.
• Remote maintenance concept using web-based operator • Electronic components.
interface. • Metallic objects, etc.
• Remote controlled with integrated digital inputs, PROFIBUS or
PROFINET IO.

© Siemens AG 2008
SIMATIC VS130-2
■ Design
The following components are required for use of the SIMATIC Sensor head
VS130-2 vision sensor and are included in the scope of delivery
of a fixed-focus complete package (working distance approxi- The sensor head is equipped with:
mately 100 mm): • Extruded aluminium housing with degree of protection IP65
2 • Fixed-focus sensor head (3 display field sizes available for • CCD chip (640 x 480 square pixels, 1024 x 768 square pixels).
selection). • Lens, permanently installed (possible field of view sizes:
• Front lighting in the form of a ring light matched to the applica- 70 x 50 mm, 40 x 30 mm, 20 x 15 mm for 640 x 480 pixels
tion and sensor head. in each case) or prepared for C/CS-Mount lens
• Evaluation unit. (field of view size can be freely selected for 640 x 480 pixels
or 1024 x 768 pixels)
• Cables.
• Interface for digital transmission of image data to the evalua-
• CD with mounting/operating instructions tion unit.
For working distances between 80 mm and 3000 mm, The fixed-focus sensor head offers degree of protection IP65.
"C/CS-Mount complete packages" are available: Even when C/CS-Mount lenses are used, degree of protection
• C/CS-Mount sensor head (standard resolution 640 x 480 IP65 can be achieved by use of the optional protective housing.
[pixels], high-resolution 1024 x 768 [pixels])
Evaluation unit
• Evaluation unit.
The evaluation unit has:
• Cables.
• Plastic housing designed for cabinet-free mounting (IP40).
• CD with mounting/operating instructions
• Connections for:
The core of this package is a C/CS-Mount sensor head whose - Supply voltage 24 V DC.
imaging behavior is determined with a suitable C/CS-Mount - Lighting
lens. The lens is not included in the package and can be se- - Sensor head
lected under "Accessories". The lighting (incl. cables) must be - Digital inputs and outputs
selected in accordance with the working distance and are not - PROFIBUS DP.
included in the "C/CS-Mount complete packages". - Ethernet (DHCP client, DHCP server, fixed IP address).
The following is additionally required for commissioning • Operator prompting on the device (4-line text display, 6 keys).
(not included in scope of delivery): • Operator prompting through web-based user interface
• Ethernet cable (see "Accessories") for connecting the evalua- (HTML, JAVA VM).
tor to any web client. The web client, e.g. a PC with web • Access protection by means of password.
browser installed, is used to adjust the sensor head and the
lighting. The following communication services are included:
• PROFINET IO (slave)
• PROFIBUS DP V0 (slave),
• TCP/IP native.
Frontlighting
• Designed as ring light, pushed onto sensor head or lens
housing
• Can be dismounted, and secured with different orientation on
the machine
• Housing with degree of protection IP65
• Equipped with various LEDs for different applications:
- Not focussed, for small reading distances (0.08 m to 0.5 m)
- Focussed, for large reading distances (0.5 m to 3 m).
- Infrared LED, for daylight-independent operation
- Red LED for high light intensity
- Operation in flash mode
- Power control for the flash integrated in the light

© Siemens AG 2008
SIMATIC VS130-2
■ Function
The following functions are available: SIMATIC VS130-2 generally has three operating modes that can
• "Training" the vision sensor with reference to a code (DMC) also be combined:
pattern. • Operating mode 1 "Code decoding":
• Coded information can be read out.
• The coded information is compared with a defined character
The character string is transferred to the controller filtered or
unfiltered. Filters can be separators, start position and length 2
of the character string, or company-specific ID numbers.
sequence.
• Operating mode 2 "Decoded information is compared with a
• Measurement of code quality. character string":
• Codes on moving or stationary objects can be processed. The comparison can refer to the decoded string or to only a
• Output of the decoding results to three control outputs: certain part. Comparison of parts is possible using the filter
- READ: Code is decoded. functions mentioned above.
- MATCH: Decoded code content exactly matches the refer- • Operating mode 3 "Measurement of code quality":
ence. The measurement can be absolute or relative. With the relative
- N_OK: Code cannot be decoded. method, the reading system is calibrated by presenting a
• Output of the decoded DMC information via PROFIBUS DP, reference sample during the training phase. In this mode, the
Ethernet or by means of a converter on the RS232 interface. quality values measured are based on the reference sample.
VS130-2 can, however, also use absolute measurement.
• Formatting of the output. In this case, the calibration step is omitted and a reference
• Integrated DI/Os, for example, for "stand-alone" mode without sample is not necessary.
additional control. • Depending on the operating mode and the result of the
• Remote control via PROFIBUS DP, PROFINET IO or DI/O or analysis, one of the digital control outputs READ, MATCH or
Ethernet. N_OK is set.
• Remote maintenance is possible through web-based Intranet • The decoded information is output, over PROFIBUS DP,
or Internet user interface: PROFIBUS IO, Ethernet or a serial interface (converter re-
- Monitoring (live image in read mode). quired) as preferred and on the device display.
- Diagnostics (fault pattern, log information, etc.).
- System administration (software update, etc.). Programming
- Fault analysis for finding the cause of faulty readings. SIMATIC VS130-2 is not programmed or parameterized like con-
• Actuation of ring lighting ventional image processing systems. It configures the lighting
and trains the algorithms without the need for user settings with
Mode of operation reference to a code sample or during the first read.
When using the SIMATIC VS130-2, the following steps are The training can be performed when the conveyor system is
necessary: running. Self-parameterization can be started externally using
• Mount the vision sensor and lighting. the operator buttons on the device or remotely from the user
• Manually align the camera, check the lighting: interface. Self-parameterization is also activated during reading
The web server integrated into the device complete with web- by a failed attempt at reading. Maximum reading reliability is
based user interface is provided for this purpose. The user achieved thanks to independence from user inputs and due to
interface presents the camera image and the decoded result. automatic self-parameterization.
In the setup phase, the sensor head can be aligned with Up to 15 different parameter records can be stored in the device.
reference to the live image in the user interface. The user in- These can be called up at any time by the user or by an external
terface executes on any PC with Microsoft Internet Explorer controller and can be used for reading code without the need to
and JAVA VM installation. When the sensor head is correctly repeat the training phase.
adjusted, the vision sensor performs the subsequent tasks
autonomously:
- Optimization of lighting control.
- "Training" of the image processing parameters by presenting
a code sample. The image processing parameters for the
type of code (carrier material, marking type, dot size, matrix
size, etc.) are stored. No further parameter inputs are
required.
• Evaluation mode (RUN mode) is started using the training
results and a read is started:
Feeding of the Data Matrix Code can be carried out manually
or via a conveyor unit. The Data Matrix Code must be located
within the viewing window at the moment of triggering and is
permitted to move at a maximum speed of 5000 mm/s.
Any angle of rotation within the viewing window of the sensor
head is permitted.

© Siemens AG 2008
SIMATIC VS130-2
Product type description SIMATIC VS 130-2 Product type description SIMATIC VS 130-2
Vision Sensor Vision Sensor
Sensor head Processing unit
2 Image capture CCD chip 1/4",

Operator controls 4-line text display and 6 operator
buttons
CCD chip 1/3",
"Teach-in" of DMC ("training") Fully-automatic training
procedure
Full frame shutter with automatic
exposure Number of objects saved 15 different parameter sets,
selectable using operator
Image data transfer Triggered frame transfer
buttons or digital inputs,
Available versions • Non-adjustable lens for three powerfail-proof storage
different image field sizes and
Triggering inspection External (through digital input)
reading distances, only avail-
able for 640 x 480 Permissible object rate, max. 20 reads/s
• Two C/CS-Mount versions (with-
Infeed direction of the objects
out lens): User-defined image
field size and scanning distance • For external triggering Any
• Large field of view Size of field of view: • Setup software Software for displaying the sensor
70 mm x 50 mm image when mounting and adjust-
Dot size: 0.60 mm - 3.5 mm ing the sensor head and lighting.
(edge length) The software makes the integral
Operating distance: 120 mm web server available directly and
requires an installed browser
• Medium-sized field of view Size of field of view: (Internet Explorer 5.5 and higher)
40 mm x 30 mm and installed JAVA-VM (Microsoft
Dot size: 0.35 mm - 2.0 mm or SUN).
(edge length)
Operating distance: 85 mm Housing Plastic, all cables can be
plugged in, suitable for installa-
• Small field of view Size of field of view: tion without cabinet
20 mm x 15 mm
Dot size: 0.2 mm - 1.0 mm Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 170 x 140 x 76
(edge length)
Operating distance: 75 mm Degree of protection IP40 according to
DIN EN 60529 / VDE 0470-1
• Variable field of view Freely selectable image field size,
scanning distance and sensor Ambient temperature 0 … 50 °C
resolution, depending on: Mechanical strength
• Selected lens
• Vibrations 1 g (60 … 500 Hz)
• Selected sensor head resolution
640 x 480 pixels or • Shock 70 g (6 ms, 3 shocks)
1024 x 768 pixels
Interfaces on processing unit
Minimum requirement:
5 pixels/dot • Digital inputs for 24 V DC 8;
of which one interrupt-capable
Housing Extruded aluminum housing, trigger input for standard binary
black anodized sensors, 7 further PLC-capable
control inputs
Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 42 x 42 x 100
• Digital outputs for 24 V DC 6;
Degree of protection IP65 according to of which 3 quality outputs 0.5 A
DIN EN 60529 / VDE 0470-1 are for the direct activation of
Ambient temperature 0 … 50 °C pneumatic valves (15-pin Sub-D
socket for inputs/outputs)
Mechanical strength
• Integral PROFIBUS DP interface DP (9-pin Sub-D socket) for real-
• Vibrations 1 g (60 … 500 Hz) time transfer of the test results
• Shock 70 g (6 ms, 3 shocks) • Integral PROFINET I/O interface RJ45 (socket) for operator soft-
ware, real-time transfer of test
Lighting results and process interfacing
Illuminant LED, wavelength 630 nm (red) or • Integrated Ethernet interface RJ45 (socket) for operator
infra-red, designed as a flash of software, transfer (not real-time)
20 μs to 10 ms, diffuse or clear of test results and process inter-
Housing Ring lamp of plastic, working area facing
up to 500 mm or • Lighting control 4-pin circular connector (female)
Ring lamp of metal, working area for power supply and for trigger-
up to 3000 mm, suitable for lens ing the flash
cover • Sensor head interface Digital interface (26-pin Sub-D
socket) for connecting the VS110
Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm sensor head
• Plastic 102 x 102 x 26.5 Supply voltage
• Metal 116 x 116 x 42 • Nominal value 24 V DC
Degree of protection IP65 acc. to • Permitted range 20 … 30 V DC
DIN EN 60529 / VDE 0470-1
Current consumption, max. 4 A,
Ambient temperature 0 … 50 °C of which up to 1.5 A for supplying
the pneumatic valves that can be
connected

© Siemens AG 2008
SIMATIC VS130-2

SIMATIC VS130-2 vision sensor
Complete package for object
inspection;
2
comprising sensor head,
LED incident light (ring lamp
6GF9 004-8BA), processing unit
and the following cables:
• Cable between processing unit
and sensor head,
for lengths see below
• Cable between lighting and
processing unit (except for
vision sensor with variable field
of view),
for length see below
• Cable for power supply,
length 10 m
• Cable for connecting digital I/O
devices, length 10 m
Incl. documentation package for
SIMATIC VS130-2
- With cable length 2.5 m 6GF1 130-1BA
- With cable length 10 m 6GF1 130-1BA01
• Variable field of view
with 640 x 480 pixels and
prepared for IP65 protective
housing
light cable)
- With cable length 2.5 m 6GF1 130-3BB
- With cable length 10 m 6GF1 130-3BB01
• Variable field of view
with 1024 x 768 pixels and
prepared for IP65 protective
housing
light cable)
- With cable length 2.5 m 6GF1 130-3BC
- With cable length 10 m 6GF1 130-3BC01

© Siemens AG 2008
SIMATIC VS720
■ Overview SIMATIC VS720-S series intelligent cameras

• Rugged stainless steel housing in V4A steel
• Compact, space-saving construction
• Lens protection barrel made of plastic or stainless steel with
optical glass
2 • Insensitive to humidity – high degree of protection IP68
• Highly flexible cables with rugged M12 connectors
• High processing speed and lots of space for test programs
• Configured in the same manner as the VS720A series
• Migration is possible: VS720A to VS720S
• WinCC flexible and WinCC Integration with VS720 HMI
Controls
• Integration in plant automation using digital signals,
PROFINET IO, Industrial Ethernet and PROFIBUS DP commu-
nication
SIMATIC integration included
Apart from the well-proven PROFIBUS DP communication,
all series A / series S cameras also offer PROFINET for high-
SIMATIC VS720A series intelligent cameras: performance real-time communication on an Ethernet basis.
• Can be used for a wide range of applications in the automotive Standard function blocks support easy communication to the
industry/automotive supplier industry, manufacturing and PN/PB CPUs of SIMATIC S7-300 and S7-400. Standard function
assembly technology, mechanical engineering, electrical en- blocks also support easy communication between the camera
gineering, packaging, pharmaceuticals, food and beverages and SIMATIC S7 PLC. The function blocks can be found on
the SIMATIC Spectation CD.
• Compact stand-alone image processing systems for auto-
matic inspection, production monitoring and object recogni-
tion ■ Application
• All-in-one housing for image capture, image processing and The intelligent cameras of the SIMATIC VS720 form a complete
communication interface image processing system.
• In-process deployment thanks to small dimensions of the
Compact design, networking through PROFINET IO, PROFIBUS
intelligent cameras
DP and Industrial Ethernet as well as powerful image processing
• Performs several inspection tasks in one inspection cycle functions permit use in the production industry for automatic
• Stand-alone operation or integration in flexible factory auto- inspection, production monitoring and object recognition.
mation environments The new VS720A cameras support a higher processing speed
• Simple and fast operation through configuration and para- and extended PROFINET IO communication to the SIMATIC S7
meter assignment PN/PB CPUs. This supports simple integration in SIMATIC.
• Visualization of live or error images, frame/detail and result The VS721A, VS722A and VS723A feature new CMOS / CCD
tables sensors with considerably enhanced image capture properties.
• Scalable: Performance, resolution, monochrome or color
image processing
• Visualization of inspection images, result tables with VS Link of
VS Link PROFIBUS
• User-friendly and easy configuration of inspection require-
ments using SIMATIC Spectation software
• VS Link software for configuration of central output of inspec-
tion images and result display
• WinCC flexible and WinCC Integration with VS720 HMI
Controls
• Integration in plant automation using digital signals,
PROFINET IO, Industrial Ethernet and PROFIBUS DP commu-
nication

© Siemens AG 2008
SIMATIC VS720
Typical applications for the VS720 intelligent cameras:
VS721A VS722A VS723A VS723-S VS723-2 VS724 VS724A VS724-S VS725 VS725-S VS726A
Performance: Basic • •
Performance: Medium • • • • 2
Performance: High Speed • • • • •
Degree of protection IP68 • • •
VGA resolution • • • • • • •
XGA resolution •
SXGA resolution • • •
Color recognition • • •
Completeness check • • • • • • • • • • •
Form inspection • • • • • • • • • • •
Pattern comparison • • • • • • • • • • •
Measurement • • • • • • • • • •
Position/orientation detection • • • • • • • • • • •
Plain text reading, comparison • • • • • • • • • • •
1D1)-/2D2) code reading • • • • • • • • • • •
1)
Supported 1D codes:
Interleaved 2-out-of-5, USS-128, USS-39, UPC/EAN, UPC/EAN-128 Composite, UPC/EAN Composite, Codabar, PharmaCode, PDF417, Micro PDF 417BC412,
RSS-14, RSS Expanded Composite, RSS Limited Composite, RSS-14 Composite, RSS Expanded, RSS Limited Code 93, POSTNET, Planet
1) Supported 2D codes:
ECC000, ECC050, ECC080, ECC100, ECC140, ECC200, Snowflake
■ Design
All intelligent cameras of the SIMATIC VS 720 series combine all Use of lenses, a lens barrel and intermediate rings
functions such as image recording, image processing, result for the VS720-S stainless-steel cameras
generation and communication in one compact housing.
Features:
• Non-interchangeable integrated interfaces (RJ-45 or M12 with
the VS72x-S):
- Power supply (24 V DC), digital inputs and digital outputs
- Ethernet communications port
• Digital cameras for evaluation of gray scale pictures
- Resolution 640 x 480 (square pixels)
- Scalable processing performance (three performance lev-
els)
• Digital camera for evaluation of colors
Additionally required:
• Power supply 24 V DC, 2 A
Stainless-steel camera with intermediate ring and plastic lens barrel
• Lenses (image processing system accessories)
• Lighting equipment (image processing system accessories,
www.siemens.com/simatic-sensors/mv)
Stainless-steel camera with stainless-steel lens barrel

© Siemens AG 2008
SIMATIC VS720
The following table shows
• which lenses are suitable for the VS723-S, VS724-S and
VS725-S stainless-steel cameras and
2 • whether one or several intermediate rings are necessary:

Lens order No. Lens type Intermediate ring 6GF9008-2AB required (quantity)
for plastic lens barrel for stainless-steel lens barrel
6GF9008-2AA 6GF9008-2AA01
6GF9001-1AV Lens CINEGON 1.8/4.8 mm 1 Nor required
6GF9001-1AE Lens CINEGON 1.4/8 mm 1 Not required
6GF9001-1AJ Lens CINEGON 1.4/12 mm 1 Not required
6GF9001-1AK Lens XENOPLAN 1.4/17 mm 1 Not required
6GF9001-1AL Lens XENOPLAN 1.4/23 mm 1 Not required
6GF9001-1AQ Lens XENOPLAN 2.0/28 mm 1 Not required
6GF9001-1AF Lens XENOPLAN 1.9/35 mm 1 Not required
6GF9001-1AU Lens XENOPLAN 2.8/50 mm 1 Not required
6GF9001-1AN Macro system lens COMPONON Lens is not suitable for lens barrel
2.8/50 mm
6GF9001-1BE01 Mini lens 8.5 mm, 1:1.5 1 Not required
6GF9001-1BL01 Mini lens 12 mm, 1:1.4 Not required Not required
6GF9001-1BF01 Mini lens 16 mm, 1:1.4 1 Not required
6GF9001-1BG01 Mini lens 25 mm, 1:1.4 1 Not required
6GF9001-1BH01 Mini lens 35 mm, 1:1.6 1 Not required
6GF9001-1BJ01 Mini lens 50 mm, 1:2.8 1 Not required
6GF9001-1BK01 Telephoto lens 75 mm, 1:2.8 2 1
■ Function
Camera functions Visualization functions
• Inspection start/stop HMI Controls for VS720 for centralized operation and monitoring
• Electronic shutter (exposure control) using SIMATIC HMI (WinCC flexible, WinCC) of one or more
• Extremely sharp images even with fast moving objects VS720 intelligent cameras during runtime
• Full or partial image (number of pixels freely selectable) • Visualization / archiving of images of one or more VS720
cameras
• Rapid image sequences thanks to image capture and
simultaneous image processing • Display of results
• Internal or external (interrupt) control of image recording • Archiving of results in CSV files
• Simultaneous control of up to four light sources • Remote control of the VS720 cameras
• Multi-camera inspection by linking results from several VS Link and VS Link PROFIBUS are used for the central visual-
cameras using Ethernet communication ization of live, warning and fault images without the PC and as a
gateway between Industrial Ethernet and PROFIBUS DP.
• Output of live/warning/error images via Industrial Ethernet
• Color or monochrome monitors can be used
• Frame transfer rate depending on sensor used
- 8, 19, 30, 60, 75 frames / second • Resolutions of 640 x 480, 1024 x 768 and 1280 x 1024 are
- Section of a frame possible (shorter image loading time supported
achievable) • Network transition: Industrial Ethernet (10/100 Mbaud) /
• Permanent storage of various inspection programs for PROFIBUS DP
different inspection objects • Visualization of images from several intelligent cameras in an
• Selecting from among various inspection programs is Ethernet network
possible • Simultaneous display of several images and result tables
• Freezing of images for observation by operator
• Facility for user-specific division of screen

© Siemens AG 2008
SIMATIC VS720
Mode of operation of the intelligent camera Inspection and recognition functions
• Direct evaluation: • Presence check
The recorded images are processed by the fast CPU using the • Position detection
selected inspection program.
• High cycle rates:
• Pattern comparison 2
Image exposure is performed while the previously exposed • Position and orientation detection
image is being processed in parallel. • Measurement of radii, clearances and angles
• Communication through integral interfaces (configuration, • 1D/2D code reading
transfer of images, productive data for passing on of result, • Plain text reading and comparison (OCR/OCV)
trigger for image recording)
• Inspection of color quality
• Boot capability:
When the external voltage is applied, image processing can • Checking for color falsification;
be activated immediately because the inspection program is color differentiation (65000 to 16.7 million colors)
memory resident. • Inspection of color luminosity
• Script programming: • Inspection of pattern recognition (color, size, coordinates)
For controlling the sequence of the inspection task, per-
forming several inspections on the same image, carrying out User-triggered new learning and resetting of SoftSensor
mathematical calculations with values from image evaluation, parameters:
communicating with external devices • Search for pattern
• Digital I/O signals: • Search for object
Available for controlling the recording of the image as well as • OCR
for forming the result for controlling the process
• Code
Programming: Spectation configuration tool • Color
• For online/offline creation of inspection programs for VS720
intelligent cameras; Communication functions
the programs can then be tested and transferred to the • From one intelligent camera to another
intelligent camera • Intelligent camera to automation system
- Offline - Test programs can be configured and tested using (SIMATIC S7-300/S7-400):
the emulator. - PROFINET IO
- Online - Configuring over Ethernet - Industrial Ethernet
- Several intelligent cameras can be configured from one - PROFIBUS DP (VS Link PROFIBUS required)
programming device/PC
• Intelligent camera to external devices – e.g. robots
• Project management for
- Independent inspection programs of the intelligent camera • Intelligent camera to VS Link or VS Link PROFIBUS
- Specific system programs of the intelligent camera • Intelligent camera to PG/PC (engineering)
• Remote diagnosis is possible over the Internet • Intelligent camera to PG/PC (productive data)
• Executes on programming device/PC with Windows XP VS Link software
Surface • For configuration of VS Link and VS Link PROFIBUS function-
• Windows-compatible menu prompting alities
• Expanded toolbar for selection of frequently used functions • Executes on programming device/PC with Windows XP
• SoftSensor toolbar for selection of SoftSensors for solving the Configuration facilities
test • Communication from intelligent camera to VS Link or VS Link
• The result window contains the result table with SoftSensors PROFIBUS
and assigned values, as well as the sensor characteristics in • Configuration of HMI
the form of graphs or histograms.
• Configuration and positioning of image windows and result
• Positioning of SoftSensors by selecting and mouse click tables
• Graphic display of test images and SoftSensors
• SoftSensor display can be complete or selective
• Status line with x and y coordinates, exposure value and
capacity utilization of the intelligent camera

© Siemens AG 2008
SIMATIC VS720
Product type description SIMATIC VS721A SIMATIC VS722A
Camera
Type Evaluation of gray scale image Evaluation of gray scale image
2 Image capture 640 x 480 pixels 640 x 480 pixels
CMOS, 1/3“ CCD, 1/3“
Pixel size 6.0 μm x 6.0 μm 7.4 μm x 7.4 μm
Exposure time 10 μs ... 1 s (global shutter) 10 μs ... 1 s (global shutter)
Frame transfer 60 fps 60 fps
Flash / DRAM memory 16 MB / 64 MB 16 MB / 64 MB
Performance Basic Basic
Partial image capture Yes Yes
Lens mount CS-Mount CS-Mount
CS-Mount to C-Mount adapter ring, 5 mm ring for CS-Mount to C-Mount adapter ring, 5 mm ring for
VS720 series (available separately) VS720 series (available separately)
Additional features Integrated flash control of up to 4 light sources Integrated flash control of up to 4 light sources
Interfaces
Interface 1 RJ-45 plug for RJ-45 plug for
• 24 V power supply • 24 V power supply
• Digital I/O 24 V for 8 freely configurable • Digital I/O 24 V for 8 freely configurable
non-isolated channels: non-isolated channels:
- Digital inputs with input current - Digital inputs with input current
up to 1.5 mA, current-sinking up to 1.5 mA, current-sinking
- Digital outputs, 50 mA, short-circuit-proof, - Digital outputs, 50 mA, short-circuit-proof,
current source, active high signal current source, active high signal
• PROFINET IO RT • PROFINET IO RT
• PROFIBUS DP (VS Link PROFIBUS) • PROFIBUS DP (VS Link PROFIBUS)
• Ethernet TCP/IP (10/100 Mbaud) • Ethernet TCP/IP (10/100 Mbaud)
HMI operation HMI Controls VS720 HMI Controls VS720
Monitor connection Through VS Link Through VS Link
General data
Enclosure material Plastic Plastic
Supply voltage 24 VDC ±10 % 24 VDC ±10 %
Current consumption 300 mA 300 mA
Ambient temperature 0 ... 45° C (32 ... 113° F), no condensation 0 ... 45 °C (32 to 113 °F), no condensation
Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 60 x 112 x 30 (without lens); 60 x 112 x 30 (without lens);
additional 50 mm cable connection additional 50 mm cable connection

© Siemens AG 2008
SIMATIC VS720

Product type description SIMATIC VS723A SIMATIC VS723-2
Camera
Image capture 640 x 480 pixels 1024 x 768 pixels 2
CCD, 1/3“ CCD, 1/3“
Performance Medium Medium
CS-Mount to C-Mount adapter ring, CS-Mount to C-Mount adapter ring,
5 mm ring for VS720 series (available separately) 5 mm ring for VS720 series (available separately)
Interfaces
• Digital I/O 24 V for 8 freely configurable • Digital I/O 24 V for 8 freely configurable
non-isolated channels: non-isolated channels:
- Digital inputs with input current - Digital inputs with input current
up to 1.5 mA, current-sinking up to 1.5 mA, current-sinking
• PROFINET IO RT • PROFIBUS DP (VS Link PROFIBUS)
• PROFIBUS DP (VS Link PROFIBUS) • Ethernet TCP/IP (10/100 Mbaud)
• Ethernet TCP/IP (10/100 Mbaud)
General data
Enclosure material Plastic Plastic
Supply voltage 24 VDC ±10 % 24 VDC (20 to 28 VDC)
Ambient temperature 0 ... 45° C (32 to 113 °F), no condensation 0 ... 45 °C (32 to 113 °F), no condensation
Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 60 x 112 x 30 (without lens); 60 x 112 x 30 (without lens);
additional 50 mm cable connection additional 50 mm cable connection

© Siemens AG 2008
SIMATIC VS720

Product type description SIMATIC VS724 SIMATIC VS724A SIMATIC VS725 SIMATIC VS726A
Camera
Type Evaluation of gray scale Evaluation of gray scale Color Color
2 Image capture
image
1280 x 1024 pixels
image
1280 x 1024 pixels 640 x 480 pixels 640 x 480 pixels
CCD, 1/2“ CCD, 1/2“ CCD, 1/4“ CCD, 1/4“
Pixel size 4.65 μm x 4.65 μm 4.65 μm x 4.65 μm 5.6 μm x 5.6 μm 5.6 μm x 5.6 μm
Exposure time 10 μs ... 1 s 10 μs ... 1 s 10 μs ... 1 s 10 μs ... 1 s
(global shutter) (global shutter) (global shutter) (global shutter)
Frame transfer 8 fps 8 fps 30 fps 30 fps
Flash / DRAM memory 16 MB / 64 MB 16 MB / 128 MB 16 MB / 64 MB 16 MB / 128 MB
Performance Medium High Speed Medium High Speed
Partial image capture Yes Yes Yes Yes
Lens mount CS-Mount CS-Mount CS-Mount CS-Mount
CS-Mount to C-Mount CS-Mount to C-Mount CS-Mount to C-Mount CS-Mount to C-Mount
adapter ring, 5 mm ring adapter ring, 5 mm ring adapter ring, 5 mm ring adapter ring, 5 mm ring
for VS720 series for VS720 series for VS720 series for VS720 series
(available separately) (available separately) (available separately) (available separately)
Additional features Integrated flash control of Integrated flash control of Integrated flash control of Integrated flash control of
up to 4 light sources up to 4 light sources up to 4 light sources up to 4 light sources
Interfaces
Interface 1 RJ-45 plug for RJ-45 plug for RJ-45 plug for RJ-45 plug for
• 24 V power supply • 24 V power supply • 24 V power supply • 24 V power supply
• Digital I/O 24 V • Digital I/O 24 V • Digital I/O 24 V • Digital I/O 24 V
for 8 freely configurable for 8 freely configurable for 8 freely configurable for 8 freely configurable
non-isolated channels: non-isolated channels: non-isolated channels: non-isolated channels:
- Digital inputs with input - Digital inputs with input - Digital inputs with input - Digital inputs with input
current up to 1.5 mA, current up to 1.5 mA, current up to 1.5 mA, current up to 1.5 mA,
current-sinking current-sinking current-sinking current-sinking
- Digital outputs, 50 mA, - Digital outputs, 50 mA, - Digital outputs, 50 mA, - Digital outputs, 50 mA,
short-circuit-proof, short-circuit-proof, short-circuit-proof, short-circuit-proof,
current source, current source, current source, current source,
active high signal active high signal active high signal active high signal
Interface 2 RJ-45 plug for RJ-45 plug for RJ-45 plug for RJ-45 plug for
• PROFIBUS DP • PROFINET IO RT • PROFIBUS DP • PROFINET IO RT
(VS Link PROFIBUS) • PROFIBUS DP (VS Link PROFIBUS) • PROFIBUS DP
• Ethernet TCP/IP (VS Link PROFIBUS) • Ethernet TCP/IP (VS Link PROFIBUS)
(10/100 Mbaud) • Ethernet TCP/IP (10/100 Mbaud) • Ethernet TCP/IP
(10/100 Mbaud) (10/100 Mbaud)
HMI operation HMI Controls VS720 HMI Controls VS720 HMI Controls VS720 HMI Controls VS720
Monitor connection Through VS Link Through VS Link Through VS Link Through VS Link
General data
Enclosure material Plastic Plastic Plastic Plastic
Supply voltage 24 VDC (20 to 28 VDC) 24 VDC (20 to 28 VDC) 24 VDC (20 to 28 VDC) 24 VDC (20 to 28 VDC)
Current consumption 300 mA 300 mA 300 mA 300 mA
Ambient temperature 0 ... 45° C (32 to 113 °F), 0 ... 45° C (32 to 113 °F), 0 ... 45 °C (32 to 113 °F), 0 ... 45 °C (32 to 113 °F),
no condensation no condensation no condensation no condensation
Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 60 x 112 x 30 60 x 112 x 30 60 x 112 x 30 60 x 112 x 30
(without lens); (without lens); (without lens); (without lens);
additional 50 mm cable additional 50 mm cable additional 50 mm cable additional 50 mm cable
connection connection connection connection

© Siemens AG 2008
SIMATIC VS720

Product type description SIMATIC VS723-S SIMATIC VS724-S
Camera
Image capture 640 x 480 pixels 1280 x 1024 pixels 2
CCD; 1/3“ CCD; 1/2“
Performance High Speed High Speed
CS-Mount to C-Mount adapter ring, CS-Mount to C-Mount adapter ring,
5 mm ring for VS720 series (available separately) 5 mm ring for VS720 series (available separately)
Interfaces
Interface 1 M12 x 8 industrial plug connector for M12 x 8 industrial plug connector for
• Digital I/O 24 V for 6 freely configurable non-isolated • Digital I/O 24 V for 6 freely configurable non-isolated
channels: channels:
- Digital inputs with input current up to 1.5 mA, - Digital inputs with input current up to 1.5 mA,
current-sinking current-sinking
Interface 2 M12 x 8 industrial plug connector for M12 x 8 industrial plug connector for
• PROFINET IO RT • PROFINET IO RT
• PROFIBUS DP (VS Link PROFIBUS) • PROFIBUS DP (VS Link PROFIBUS)
• Ethernet TCP/IP (10/100 Mbaud) • Ethernet TCP/IP (10/100 Mbaud)
General data
Enclosure material Stainless steel V4A Stainless steel V4A
Supply voltage 24 VDC (20 to 28 VDC) 24 VDC (20 to 28 VDC)
Ambient temperature 0 ... 45° C (32 to 113 °F), no condensation 0 ... 45 °C (32 to 113 °F), no condensation
Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 66 x 120 x 73.2 (incl. protective barrel) 66 x 120 x 73.2 (incl. protective barrel)

© Siemens AG 2008
SIMATIC VS720
■ Technical specifications (continued) ■ Ordering data Order No.

Order No. SIMATIC VS721A CMOS 6GF1 721-0AA11
Product type description SIMATIC VS725-S Intelligent camera for
simple image processing tasks;
Camera with 1/3" CMOS sensor chip,
2 Type Color image format 640 x 480 pixels,
can be configured with Specta-
Image capture 640 x 480 pixels tion V2.8 and higher, PROFINET
CCD; 1/4“ and TCP/IP communication
Pixel size 5.6 μm x 5.6 μm SIMATIC VS722A Basic 6GF1 722-0AA11

Intelligent camera for standard
Exposure time 10 μs ... 1 s (global shutter) image processing tasks;
Frame transfer 30 fps with 1/3" CCD sensor chip, image
format 640 x 480 pixels, can be
Flash / DRAM memory 16 MB / 128 MB configured with Spectation V2.8
Performance High Speed and higher, PROFINET and
TCP/IP communication
Partial image capture Yes
SIMATIC VS723A Performance 6GF1 723-0AA11
Lens mount CS-Mount Intelligent camera with
CS-Mount to C-Mount adapter average processing speed and
ring, 5 mm ring for VS720 series high clock rates;
(available separately) with 1/3" CCD sensor chip,
image format 640 x 480 pixels,
Additional features Integrated flash control of can be configured with Specta-
up to 4 light sources tion V2.8 and higher, PROFINET
Interfaces and TCP/IP communication
Interface 1 M12 x 8 industrial plug connector SIMATIC VS723-2 6GF1 723-1AA01
for Medium Resolution
• 24 V power supply Intelligent camera for
medium resolutions;
• Digital I/O 24 V for 6 freely con- with 1/3" CCD sensor chip,
figurable non-isolated channels: image format 1024 x 768 pixels,
- Digital inputs with input current can be configured with
up to 1.5 mA, current-sinking Spectation, V2.6 Ethernet TCP/IP
- Digital outputs, 50 mA, interface
short-circuit-proof, current
source, active high signal SIMATIC VS723-S High Speed 6GF1 723-0BA
Intelligent stainless-steel camera
Interface 2 M12 x 8 industrial plug connector
with high processing speed,
for
with IP68 degree of protection;
• PROFINET IO RT with 1/3" CCD sensor chip, image
• PROFIBUS DP format 640 x 480 pixels, can be
(VS Link PROFIBUS) configured with Spectation as of
V2.8, PROFINET and TCP/IP inter-
• Ethernet TCP/IP (10/100 Mbaud) face, with lens barrel
HMI operation HMI Controls VS720 SIMATIC VS724A 6GF1 724-0AA11
Monitor connection Through VS Link High Resolution
General data Intelligent camera for high resolu-
tion; with 1/2" CCD sensor chip,
Degree of protection IP68 image format 1280 x 1024 pixels,
can be configured with Specta-
Enclosure material Stainless steel V4A tion V2.8 and higher, PROFINET
Supply voltage 24 VDC (20 to 28 V DC) and TCP/IP communication
Current consumption 300 mA SIMATIC VS724-S 6GF1 724-0BA
High Speed/High Resolution
Ambient temperature 0 ... 45 °C (32 to 113 °F),
no condensation Intelligent stainless-steel camera
with high processing speed,
Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 66 x 120 x 73.2 with IP68 degree of protection;
(incl. protective barrel) with 1/2" CCD sensor chip, image
format 1280 x 1024 pixels, can be
configured with Spectation as of
V2.8, PROFINET and TCP/IP
communication, with lens barrel
SIMATIC VS725 Color Basic 6GF1 725-0AA01
Intelligent camera for color
recognition;
with 1/4" color CCD sensor chip,
can be configured with
Spectation V2.6 and higher,
Ethernet TCP/IP interface

© Siemens AG 2008
SIMATIC VS720

SIMATIC VS725-S 6GF1 725-0BA Plastic lens barrel 6GF9 008-2AA
High Speed/Color for VS72x-S series
Intelligent stainless-steel camera to be used as replacement part,
with high processing speed, made of plastic, suitable for
with IP68 degree of protection;
with 1/4" color CCD sensor chip,
lenses up to 35 mm long and
43 mm in diameter
2
can be configured with Stainless-steel lens barrel 6GF9 008-2AA01
Spectation as of V2.8, PROFINET for VS72x-S series
and TCP/IP communication, to be used as replacement part,
with lens barrel made of stainless steel, suitable
for lenses up to 65 mm long and
SIMATIC VS726A 6GF1 726-0AA11 53 mm in diameter
High Speed/Color
Intelligent camera with medium V4A intermediate ring 6GF9 008-2AB
image processing speed; for lens barrel 6GF9 008-2AA
with 1/4" color CCD sensor chip, for VS72x-S series, of stainless
image format 640 x 480 pixels, steel (V4A), with sealing ring.
can be configured with Specta- Lenses up to 58 mm long and
tion V2.8 and higher, PROFINET 43 mm diameter can be attached
and TCP/IP communication using this intermediate ring
Accessories V2A intermediate ring 6GF9 008-2AB01
for lens barrel 6GF9 008-2AA
SIMATIC Spectation V2.8.1 6GF8 007-3AA28 and 6GF9 008-2AA01
configuring software
for VS72x-S series, of stainless
For creating user programs for steel (V2A), with sealing ring.
SIMATIC VS72x and configuring Lenses up to 58 mm long and
the VS Link; executable under MS 43 mm diameter can be attached
Windows Professional SP1, MS using this intermediate ring
Windows XP SP1; English/Ger-
man; single license on CD-ROM, Adapter ring 6GF9 001-1AP02
for the VS72x intelligent cameras For VS72x series, 5 mm,
Interface module VS Link 6GF9 003-2AA CS-Mount to C-Mount
For connecting a SIMATIC VS72x Cable for power supply and I/O
to a VGA monitor without PC; for Pre-assembled at one end
visualizing inspection images,
result tables, with user-friendly •3m 6GF9 002-2AD01
display functions, with Ethernet • 15 m 6GF9 002-2AE01
interface
Cable for power supply and I/O
Interface module VS Link 6GF9 003-2AB
PROFIBUS • single side design,
For connecting a SIMATIC VS72x highly flexible, drag-capable,
to a VGA monitor without PC; for not for stainless steel models
visualizing inspection images, (VS72x-S series)
result tables, with user-friendly - 10 m 6GF9 008-2AL
display functions, with Ethernet - 20 m 6GF9 008-2AN
interface, with Ethernet and
PROFIBUS DP Gateways • Single-sided, highly flexible, 6GF9 008-2AK
drag-capable,
Protective housing for SIMATIC 6GF9 002-2AC for VS72x-S series; Length 15 m
VS72x, (not for VS72x-S)
Stainless steel, IP61; Cable for serial interface 6GF9 002-2AH
with polycarbonate disk; of VS Link
max. lens length 42 mm with RJ12 plug
Mounting plate for vertical Ethernet cable
mounting of SIMATIC VS72x for SIMATIC VS72x
and VS72x-S Highly flexible, suitable
Cannot be used in combination for trailing, with RJ45/RJ45 plug
with protective housing.
• 10 m 6GF9 008-2AP
• For industrial use 6GF9 002-2AA01
with two tripod threads • 20 m 6GF9 008-2AQ
• For laboratory use 6GF9 002-2AB Ethernet cable 6GF9 008-2AM
with one tripod thread for SIMATIC VS72x-S
Highly flexible, drag-capable,
with M12 plug (8-pin)
and RJ45 plug; length 15 m
Interface converter for VS Link 6GF9 002-2AG01
RJ12 to DB9
Strain relief assembly for VS72x 6GF9 002-2AJ
for Ethernet and I/O cable
connection of the VS720 series

© Siemens AG 2008
SIMATIC VS720
■ Dimensional drawings
6,49
2
30,74
s
SIMATIC VS 722
Barcode 39
4 screws
6GF1 722-0AA
E-Stand: 03
Siemens AD / Automation & Drives
M4 x 7,8 mm
95,75
Made in USA
112
RUM
CS-Mount FAULT
s SIMATIC VS 722 1,00"x 32 TPI Ø 61

FS10_00088
2"
IP
X 2
6GF1 722-0AA 3 4
12
25,4
47
FS10_00204
10
RJ45
34
30
Ø 45
60 2"
Intelligent camera VS720 Intermediate ring for lens barrel 6GF9 008-2AB
71,5 24
47
66
Ø 61
Ø 48,7
Ø 43
40,13
73,20
30
FS10_00203
M12 M12
120
137,5
Intelligent stainless-steel camera VS720-S

© Siemens AG 2008
Engineering/Network management/Diagnostics
SIMATIC iMap

Product type description Engineering Tool SIMATIC iMap
Current version V3.0
Software class A
Applications 2
Keyword SIMATIC iMap is an engineering
tool for configuring communica-
tion between automation and
field devices in distributed auto-
mation solutions.
Marketing message "Time and cost savings in
modular machine and plant
construction with Component
Based Automation."
"Modularization and machine-to-
machine communication along
the production line."
Advantages • Open component-based
engineering tool to the
PROFINET standard.
• Simple communication between
• Component-based software tool for configuring the communi- intelligent automation and field
cation in distributed automation solutions devices on PROFIBUS DP and
on Ethernet.
• For easy graphical configuration of the communication be- • Graphical configuration of com-
tween subsystems and machine-to-machine communication munication on PROFIBUS DP
in the production line and on Ethernet
• Based on the PROFINET standard • Extremely high reusability of
software components
• Open for PROFINET devices from various manufacturers on (technology modules)
Industrial Ethernet • Graphical structuring of the
• Runs under Windows 2000, Windows XP Professional and plant using "chart-in-chart"
Windows 2003 Server function
• Convenient navigation through
■ Benefits
the project tree
• Easy creation and structuring
of technology libraries
The clear advantage of SIMATIC iMap over programmed • PROFIBUS and Ethernet in the
communication lies in the simple programming of the communi- overview of the network view
cation (graphically using lines interconnecting the technology • Fast start-up thanks to down-
interfaces of the devices). loading and testing directly on
Ethernet (also of PROFIBUS
slaves)
• Online display of values of the
technology modules on the
interfaces and in the variable
table
• Diagnosis of communication
in the diagnostics window
Sectors • Automotive industry
(especially in assembly,
conveyor systems and in the
paint shop)
• Complex food and packaging
machines
• Conveyor systems based on
PROFIBUS DP
• Production lines with several
interlinked machines

© Siemens AG 2008
SIMATIC iMap
Product type description Engineering Tool SIMATIC iMap Product type description Engineering Tool SIMATIC iMap
Target systems • SIMATIC S7 CPU 31x-2 PN/DP System requirements
and SIMATIC S7 CPU 319-3
Operating system Windows 2000 Prof.
2
PN/DP (with integrated
PROFINET interface. Service Pack 4 and higher or
This can be used as a proxy Windows XP Prof. Service Pack 1
function for the devices of a and higher or Windows 2003
complete PROFIBUS segment, Server Service Pack 1 and higher;
one line only) PC administration rights
are required for installation
• SIMATIC WinAC PN
(can be used as a proxy function PG/PC hardware Pentium processor,
for the devices of a complete 1 GHz or higher
PROFIBUS segment, one line
only) Recommended expansion of main RAM: 512 MB or more
memory in PG/PC
• SIMATIC NET IE/PB Link
(can be used as a proxy function Hard disk space required in PG/PC Approx. 200 MB
for the devices of a complete
PROFIBUS segment) Software required • STEP 7 V5.3 Service Pack 3 or
higher
• SIMATIC NET
CP 343-1 and CP 343-1 • PN OPC server V6.3 or higher
Advanced (for connecting The following software must be
SIMATIC S7-300 to Ethernet), installed before iMap
CP443-1 Advanced (included in the iMap package):
(for connecting SIMATIC S7-400 • MS Internet Explorer V6.0 Ser-
to Ethernet) vice Pack 1 and higher
• Distributed I/O stations with • Adobe Acrobat Reader V5.0
separate CPU (all intelligent
field devices on PROFIBUS Delivery format
such as Languages English, German, French, Italian
SIMATIC CPU 313C-2DP, and Spanish
CPU 314C-2DP, CPU 315-2DP,
CPU 316-2DP, ET 200 IM 151 Single License (SL) Yes
CPU, ET 200S BM 147 CPU),
Upgrade License (UL) Yes, from V2.0 to V3.0
• PROFINET CBA OPC Server
(for access from PC applications Paper manuals Electronically on CD
to data in PROFINET devices)
Authorization/licenses
• Devices on Industrial Ethernet
based on the PROFINET CBA Authorization Yes
standard
Single License (SL) Yes
• SIMATIC OPs
(within the components) Upgrade License (UL) Yes
• SIMATIC ProTool/Pro, WinCC or Software Update Service Yes
any other visualization system
with OPC client function Unlock Copy License No

SIMATIC iMap V3.0
Target system:
CPU 31x-2 PN/DP, CPU 319-3
PN/DP, SIMATIC WinAC PN,
SIMATIC NET IE/PB Link,
SIMATIC NET CP 343-1,
SIMATIC NET CP 343-1
Advanced, SIMATIC NET
CP 443-1 Advanced, distributed
I/O devices with own CPU, PROFI-
NET CBA OPC server, devices on
the Industrial Ethernet based on
the PROFINET CBA standard,
SIMATIC OPs,
SIMATIC ProTool/Pro
Requirements:
Windows 2000 Prof. with Service
Pack 4 or later or Windows XP
Prof. with Service Pack 1 or later
or Windows 2003 Server with Ser-
vice Pack 1 or later; on PG or PC
with Pentium processor, min. 1
GHz; STEP 7 V5.3 or later with
Service Pack 3, PN OPC Server
V6.3 or later
Delivery form: German, English,
• Single license 6ES7 820-0CC04-0YA5
• Software Update Service (re- 6ES7 820-0CC01-0YX2
quires current software version)
• Upgrade to V3.0, single license 6ES7 820-0CC04-0YE5

© Siemens AG 2008
BANYnet bus analysis and diagnostics
The functionality for this is distributed as follows between five
independent program modules:
• The Plant Manager of BANYnet Ethernet offers valuable
support toward configuration of your plant through manage-
ment of IP and MAC addresses, automatic generation of the 2
plant display, and import and export functions.
• The Observer scans the network using various protocols, and
displays safety-related changes in the network topology both
in an overview and in a hierarchy.
• The Plant Diagnostics reads the configuration data as well as
comprehensive message frame type and error statistics from
the SNMP-capable network components, and provides infor-
mation to assist searching for errors in the Ethernet network.
Data such as bus load or lifelist are evaluated and displayed
online.
• The Bus Analysis records the message frame traffic on one
or more Ethernet buses synchronously, and interprets the
message frames throughout all levels, including SIMATIC S7/
BANYnet plant configuration PCS 7 and PROFINET. Comprehensive trigger, filter and sort-
ing functions allow fast localization of errors.
BANYnet is a tool based on Microsoft Windows for documenta- • The Profibus Scope records the message frame traffic of a
tion, monitoring, diagnostics, recording and analysis of Ethernet PROFIBUS network using a CP 5512, and interprets the
and PROFIBUS networks. message frames accordingly. Comprehensive trigger, filter
• Management of all IP and MAC addresses in the network and sorting functions allow fast localization of errors.
• Generation of a network overview map
• Automatic scanning of network ■ Function
• Monitoring of network nodes for "Failure", "Newly added", The Plant Manager is used to configure the database of the
"Not registered" BANYnet project. All information required is created in data
• Reading out of data, message frame types and error statistics structures. An import/export function allows data exchange with
from the network components other programs. A user-friendly plant overview is automatically
generated from the data structures. The Plant Manager can
• Display of bus load therefore be used for both documentation and configuration of
• Recording of message frame traffic Ethernet networks. Tables provide detailed information on the
• Recording of PROFINET communication properties of the nodes. Furthermore, any type of information
can be assigned to the individual nodes for documentation
• Recording of PROFIBUS communication purposes.
• Comprehensive trigger, filter and sorting functions
The Plant Diagnostics scans the system data of SNMP-capable
network nodes (e.g. switches, PCs), and thus provides informa-
■ Benefits tion on the configured nodes. The bus load display of the indi-
vidual ports (numeric or graphic) and the list of nodes provide
great assistance in locating errors in the Ethernet network.
Statistics functions provide information on the number of individ-
ual message frame types (packet lengths, message frame
• Continuously updated overview of the configured network types, error types, etc.). The events (traps) sent by the switch
(number/type of components) can be displayed in a list.
• Permanent bus load display ensures sufficient performance in Parameterization of the SCALANCE X and OSM/ESM Industrial
the network Ethernet switches is supported in addition, e.g. IP address, port
• Fast localization of errors in network components configuration or firmware update.
• Network optimization through statistics on type and length of
message frame, cycle time, etc.

© Siemens AG 2008
■ Function (continued) ■ Ordering data Order No.

The Bus Analysis allows user-friendly analysis of recorded files BANYnet bus analysis
(import/export of Netmon or Sniffer files is also possible) over and diagnostics
several interfaces simultaneously (e.g. for redundancy analy- Program package for PC/PG for
ses) by means of the integral BANYmon. Errors can be rapidly
2
Microsoft Windows NT/2000/XP
located using predefined or user-generated filter and sorting SP2 and electronic documen-
functions. When one of the listed message frames is clicked, the tation on CD, dual language
associated detailed information is output. SIMATIC S5/S7/PCS 7- (German, English),
specific message frames are interpreted and displayed accord- software protected by USB
dongle
ing to their type (e.g. redundant message frames, alarm-8
message frames, etc.). • BANYnet Ethernet 9AE4 100-1DB00
for Industrial Ethernet networks
When using a CP 1616, PROFINET data traffic can be recorded
without time losses and with complete message frame inter- • BANYnet PROFIBUS 9AE4 100-1DE00
pretation. for PROFIBUS networks;
(CP 5512 is required)
The Observer permits user-friendly and reliable dynamic • BANYnet Ethernet 9AE4 100-1DF00
monitoring of your network. The actual state is compared with and PROFIBUS
the project created in the Plant Manager, and changes are for Ethernet and PROFIBUS
displayed immediately. In order to locate events such as errors networks;
or the penetration of unknown nodes, it is possible to graphically (CP 5512 is required)
trace the network hierarchy back to the source. In addition, these CP 5512 6GK1 551-2AA00
events are saved in log files for later analysis and documenta- communications processor
tion.
PC card (CardBus, 32 bit) for
Furthermore, the scanned data can be imported into the project connection of a programming
and updated supplementary to the Plant Manager. device or notebook to PROFIBUS
or MPI, under 32 bit in connection
The PROFIBUS Scope permits recording, saving and user- with PROFIBUS SOFTNET
friendly analysis of bus events. It supports all baud rates from software or STEP 7;
9.6 Kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s, and determines these automatically. German/English
The recording can be carried out in a linear buffer or a cyclic
buffer of selectable size. Long-term recording is possible in this
manner. The start and end of recording can be automated using
triggers. The data quantities can be reduced during the record- Support:
ing using predefined or user-created filter and sorting functions,
and errors can be easily located by means of the subsequent SIEMENS AG
analysis. When a listed message frame is clicked, its detailed I&S IS E&C IT OOP 4
information is output. The SIMATIC S7/PCS 7-specific message Contact:
frames are interpreted and displayed depending on their type Bernhard Kraft
(e.g. redundant message frames, alarm-8 message frames, Siemensallee 84
etc.). The following protocols are interpreted: DP, FDL, DPV1, D-76187 Karlsruhe
DPV2, FMS and S7. Phone: +49 (0) 721 595 4339
The BANYnet function for executing several recordings in Fax: +49 (0) 721 595 5151
parallel can be used for the redundancy analysis. BANYnet E-mail: bernhard.kraft@siemens.com
PROFIBUS is connected to the redundant bus segments for this
purpose. Since the recorded message frames are assigned
synchronous time stamps, the communication flow information
can be easily compared. This allows fast and exact locating of
redundancy problems.
Note:
The computer with the BANYnet PROFIBUS program package
requires a CP 5512 (PC card) for the PROFIBUS connection.
7
© Siemens AG 2008
Industrial Wireless
Communication
3/2 Introduction
3/7 Application examples
3/11 Network components for IWLAN

3/11 Overview
3/14 IWLAN RCoax Cable
3/21 SCALANCE W-780 Access Points
3/44 SCALANCE W-780 Access Points
and WLAN Controllers
3/49 SCALANCE W-740 Client Modules
3/59 Overview
3/59 Antennas, terminating resistor
and lightning protection element
3/67 PS791-1PRO Power Supply
3/69 Engineering/Network management/

Diagnostics
3/69 SINEMA E
3/73 SNMP OPC Server
3/75 Wireless devices

3/75 SIMATIC Mobile Panel 277(F) IWLAN
3/82 Mobile Panel PC 12" IWLAN
Sec. 8 Network transitions

Sec. 8 IWLAN/PB Link PN IO
© Siemens AG 2008

Introduction
General
■ Overview
The key to future market success lies in the ability to provide in- and reliable radio networks, processes can be designed for
formation and access to information at any time and in any loca- greater efficiency. The main advantage of wireless solutions is
tion. With mobile systems interconnected through standardized easy and flexible access to mobile stations.
7HOHFRQWURO
&HOO ,QWHUQHW3DG DQG
3& VXEVWDWLRQ
SKRQH
FRQWURO
3&
0RWLRQ
3
7HOHVHUYLFH &RQWURO
&RQWUROOHU
&RQWUROOHU 7HOHFRQWURODQG 6\VWHPV 3&3*,3&
VXEVWDWLRQ
+0,V\VWHPV FRQWURO :/$1
&RQWUROOHU
1XPHULF
6HFXULW\
&RQWURO
352),1(7
,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW 1RWHERRN ,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW

$FFHVV
&RQWUROOHU 3RLQW
1RWHERRN &RQWUROOHU $FFHVV ,:/$1

5&RD[&DEOH 0RELOH3DQHOV
3RLQW
1XPHULF
)LHOGGHYLFHIRU &RQWURO &RQWUROOHU
LQWULQVLFDOO\VDIHDUHD 0RQLWRULQJDQG 3&3*,3&
FRQWUROV\VWHP /LQN
&RXSOHU
352),1(7
352),%863$ 352),%86 )LHOGGHYLFHV

/LQN 0DFKLQH
)LHOGGHYLFHV
9LVLRQ
'ULYHV
6,02&2'( 0RELOH 0RWLRQ
SUR 5),'
3DQHO &RQWURO 6\VWHP $FFHVV
0DFKLQH 6\VWHPV 3RLQW
9LVLRQ /LQN ,2/LQN
/LQN
,2/LQN
,2/LQN 3RZHU )LHOG /LQN
VXSSO\ GLVWULEXWLRQ
&OLHQW
/2*2 1HW]WHLO
0RGXOH
&RQWUROOHU
3UR[LPLW\ 3UR[LPLW\
3UR[LPLW\
VZLWFK VZLWFK
*B,.B;;B
.1;
5$ )LHOGGHYLFH
)
IXVHOHVV
FRPSDFW
6LJQDOOLQJ
6ODYHV VWDUWHU 6ODYHV &RPSDFW
6HQVRUV FROXPQ
VWDUWHU
Industrial wireless communication in the communications landscape
Siemens supports communication with a whole family of net- SCALANCE W – wireless communication
works. The individual members satisfy the different performance
and application requirements: The products of SCALANCE W offer the unique combination of
They can exchange data over different levels, between different reliability, ruggedness and security in one product:
subsystems or between different automation stations. • For implementation at industrial and automation customer
Industrial wireless communication plays an important role in this: sites
Industrial wireless communication stands for the industrial • For outdoor environments with demanding climatic require-
mobile communication products for wireless communication. ments
These are based on global wireless standards such as
IEEE 802.11, GSM, GPRS or UMTS. • For low-cost integration in the control cabinet or in devices
The wireless components are equipped with uniform system in- The Industrial Wireless LAN (IWLAN) technology provides an
terfaces and are also designed for perfect interaction with each extension to the IEEE 802.11 standard that is particularly suited
other. Supplementing the conventional wired solutions, wireless to demanding industrial applications with real-time and redun-
communication is making greater inroads into industry. Siemens dancy requirements. For the first time customers are getting a
offers products for data transmission over local networks, intra- single radio network both for data critical to the process (e.g.
net, Internet or wireless networks. alarm signaling) (IWLAN) as well as for uncritical communication
(WLAN), e.g. for service and diagnostics. SCALANCE W prod-
Thanks to the carefully graded performance, application-spe- ucts distinguish themselves by the reliability of their radio chan-
cific communication can be achieved with these products, from nel and the rugged type of construction with high requirements
the simplest device through to the most complex installation. with respect to mechanical durability for which SIMATIC is
The SCALANCE W industrial wireless LAN access points can known. To protect against unauthorized access, the products
communicate over all IEEE 802.11 standardized frequencies provide modern standard mechanisms for user identification
(b/g, a/h). (authentication) and encryption of data, but can also be easily
integrated into existing security concepts.

© Siemens AG 2008

Introduction
General
Radio infrastructure Network solution with industrial wireless communication
Instead of copper cables and fiber-optic cables, wireless trans- With mobile data terminals, a continuous information flow from
mission techniques use radio waves. The propagation charac- the management level down to the production level is possible.
teristics of the electromagnetic waves can differ considerably
and depend on the spatial environment with the installed wire- The SINEMA E software is available for simplified planning and
less infrastructure. configuration of an IWLAN network with the help of simulation
functions. It visualizes clearly and details wireless and device
SCALANCE W modules use techniques such as antenna properties, thus reducing the configuring and startup overhead
switchover (antenna diversity), high-quality receivers and fau and helping to avoid configuring errors.
lt-tolerant modulation procedures to enhance reception and to
prevent interruption of radio communication. Extensions to the
IEEE 802.11 standard also permit reliable, wireless transmission
The IWLAN/PB link PN IO provides a wireless-based connection
to PROFINET. 3
from PROFINET, form the basis for wireless safety applications This means that information can be provided quickly, reliably
or the transmission of video data with extremely short reply and and easily at the right place and at the right time wirelessly.
update data.
Ruggedness and industrial suitability
Industrial wireless communication uses different radio networks,
e.g. WLAN, GSM and GPRS in harmony with each other. This The SCALANCE W products can be exposed to fluctuations
concerns primarily the assignment of different frequency ranges in the extended temperature range, or continuous contact with
for different applications, limiting to maximum permissible trans- dust and water. Rugged housing and design protection against
mission power levels, and the selection of specific transmission shock and vibration enable use in harsh industrial environments.
procedures. The accessories such as antennae, power supply and cabling
are also part of this concept and suitable for use in industry.
Power and data are transferred over one cable with Power-
over-Ethernet, thus saving investment and maintenance costs.
The swap medium C-PLUG saves configuring data, making
:LUHOHVV/$1
device replacement possible in a short time and without spe-
,((( cially trained personnel. This minimizes standstill times and
saves training costs.
GHSHQGLQJRQ Reliability of data communication
HQYLURQPHQW
Redundant network concepts can also be implemented wire-
lessly. Wireless channels are designed redundantly, with switch-
ing taking place within milliseconds so that the application is not
*60+6&6' affected by packet repetitions or interference in the wireless
*3568076 channel.
The iPCF function (supported by certain device types, see
SCALANCE W Functional Overview on page 3/12) permits
cyclic data traffic in real time for serveral wirelessly linked
XSWR IURP WRDSSUR[ RYHUP
P
PROFINET IO devices at the same time. In addition, this enables
DSSUR[ DSSUR[
mobile stations to be transferred quickly from one radio field
*B,.B;;B
to another (roaming) so that the PROFINET IO communication

3HUVRQDO$UHD /RFDO$UHD :LGH$UHD
is not interrupted.
1HWZRUN3$1 1HWZRUN/$1 1HWZRUN:$1 The latest encryption mechanisms protect the data against
undesired access.
Wireless radio networks for different applications

© Siemens AG 2008

Introduction
General
'DWDUDWHUHVHUYDWLRQ
Data rate IEEE 802.11 Data rate IEEE 802.11 Data rate IEEE 802.11 Time
reserved reserved reserved
Client 1
Client 2
3 Client 3
Client 4
Client 5
Client 6
*B,.B;;B
Access by nodes with Nodes 1, 2 and 3 may predictably Node 4 "only" gains access
critical access the radio channel, controlled to the radio channel in 3rd cycle
data can be predicted by SCALANCE W-780
Cyclic radio traffic through data rate reservation
Industrial WLAN offers an extension to the IEEE 802.11 standard

that provides a defined data rate for selected stations.
This means that access by stations with critical data can be
predicted.
&\FOLFSROOLQJRIDOOQRGHVZLWKLQUDGLRFRYHUDJH
IEEE 802.11 Time
Client 1
Client 2
Client 3
Client 4
Client 5
Client 6 *B,.B;;B
This means that access by all All nodes may predictably access the
nodes can be predicted. radio channel
Industrial WLAN provides a transmission mechanism based

on standard WLAN in accordance with IEEE 802.11 that makes
a defined data rate available to all stations. This means that
access by all stations can be predicted.

© Siemens AG 2008

Introduction
General
1RGDWDUDWHUHVHUYDWLRQ
IEEE 802.11 Time
Client 1
3
Client 2
Client 3
Client 4
Client 5
Client 6
*B,.B;;B
This means that access by All nodes access the radio channel
nodes with critical data cannot without prioritization.
be predicted.
In standard WLAN, all stations access the radio channel in an

uncoordinated manner. This means that access by stations with
critical data cannot be predicted.
0RELOH3DQHO3&
3&ZLWK $FFHVV3RLQW
&3$&3 6&$/$1&(:
DQG67(3
6ZLWK
&3RU
&3$GYDQFHG
352),1(7
,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW
6ZLWK
&3RU
&3$GYDQFHG ,(3%
/LQN
31,2
(76
&3
([WHQGHG
352),%86
352),%86
G_IK10_XX_10011
6ZLWK&3
6ZLWK
6ZLWK&3 (76 (7SUR
&3([WHQGHG
PG/OP communication for the transparent access to configuration and

diagnostics data of the Industrial Ethernet stations connected over IWLAN

© Siemens AG 2008

Introduction
General
■ Benefits
• Predictable data traffic (deterministic) and defined response
times on the radio link
• Wireless transmission of standard and failsafe signals by
means of PROFINET and PROFIsafe
• High level of investment protection, as all products comply
with the universally recognized IEEE 802.11 standard and are • More economical installation in hazardous areas (from Zone 2)
suitable for 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz • Rapid commissioning of new plant sections as less work is
• Wear-free – saves maintenance and repair costs for connec- required for the installation of the communication network of
tors, trailing cables, carbon brushes, sliding contacts or wind- the SINEMA E engineering tool. SINEMA E provides support
ing devices when planning, simulating and measuring an IWLAN radio link
3 • Reliable wireless connection, e.g. due to redundant connec-
on site (site survey)
• Integrated wireless network for voice and data across all
tion, automatic roaming if there is a break in the cable connec-
tion from the access point to the Industrial Ethernet (forced divisions of the company due to HiPath wireless connection.
roaming), cyclic monitoring of the radio link (link check) or • Standardized networking of instrumentation and control level
monitoring for IP connections (IP Alive) as far as the field level saves the need for routers between the
levels and repeated training costs

© Siemens AG 2008

Introduction
Application examples
■ Overview
1RWHERRNZLWK
6ZLWK $FFHVV3RLQW
SODQQLQJVRIWZDUH
352),1(7&38 6&$/$1&(
6,1(0$(
RU&3 :352
352),1(7
,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW
$FFHVV3RLQW
6&$/$1&(
3
:55 $FFHVV3RLQW
6&$/$1&(:
,:/$15&RD[&DEOH
0RELOH
3DQHOV
,:/$1
3%/LQN
31,2 &OLHQWPRGXOH
6&$/$1&(:
352),%86
6ZLWK
&3/HDQ
ZLWKLQWHJUDWHG
SRUWVZLWFK
(76 (76
*B,.B;;B
6,1$0,&6 (7SUR
Wireless integration of PROFIBUS segments and PROFINET stations into an existing Industrial Ethernet network
An existing Ethernet network can be expanded by a mobile net- Access to the existing controllers or processes is possible
work without increased overhead. without an excessive additional wiring overhead.
For this purpose, an existing PROFIBUS network, for example, Use of a radio link and the roaming function means that one
can be connected via an access point and RCoax cable with the can move freely within the range of the Industrial Wireless LAN
aid of the IWLAN/PB Link PN IO. network and observe the process from different locations.
The radio connection is established to the mobile stations by
connecting a SCALANCE W access point to the Ethernet
network. The mobile stations are connected wirelessly, e.g.
with a client module, e.g. SCALANCE W746-1PRO, to which
the mobile station is connected with a cable.

© Siemens AG 2008

Introduction
2IILFHQHWZRUN $XWRPDWLRQQHWZRUN
7UDQVLWLRQIUHHURDPLQJEHWZHHQRIILFHDQGLQGXVWULDOQHWZRUNV
RSWL3RLQW:/
6ZLWK
SURIHVVLRQDO
&3
+L3DWK
:LUHOHVV
3 3RFNHW/22;
$FFHVV3RLQW
5RXWHU
,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW
$FFHVV3RLQW
$FFHVV3RLQW
6&$/$1&(
6&$/$1&(
:+3:
:+3:
3& :$1
+L3DWK
:LUHOHVV 5RXWHU
RSWL3RLQW
&OLHQW0RGXOH &OLHQW0RGXOH
6&$/$1&( 6&$/$1&(
:352 :352
+L3DWK
+L3DWK:LUHOHVV&RQWUROOHU
*B,.B;;B
:$1
6ZLWK&3 6ZLWK&3
Transition-free roaming between office and automation networks
By using the SCALANCE W786-2HPW access points in connec- The SCALANCE W786-2HPW access point is available both with
tion with a HiPath Wireless Controller, it is possible to set up integrated antennas and for connection to external antennas.
a single wireless infrastructure for the entire enterprise. This Versions are available with an RJ45 port and with an interface
achieves a high level of flexibility, as mobile stations (e.g. laptop, for fiber optic cable. In addition, it can be used both indoors and
PDA, WLAN telephone) can move anywhere, switching seam- out. A condition for operation is always the use of a HiPath Wire-
lessly between the office and automation networks (roaming). less Controller that configures the Access Points and thereby
This allows wireless access to data from any location within the ensures a considerably clearer overview of an expansive WLAN
company. Thanks to the use of a centralized security mechanism infrastructure. The central management with HiPath wireless
for each user group (Virtual Network Services VNS), however, also permits fault recording, monitoring and documentation of
the data is protected against unauthorized access and manipu- statistics.
lation.

© Siemens AG 2008

Introduction
Wireless solutions with RCoax cable are typically used in the
following applications:
S7-300
with CP 343-1, • Crane control
• Overhead monorail conveyors
PROFINET • Storage and retrieval systems
Industrial Ethernet • Automated guided vehicle systems (AGVS)
An example of an application with a suspended monorail is
Access Point a nutrunner controller in a car assembly plant.
3
SCALANCE RCoax cable
W788-1RR Segment 1 The IWLAN RCoax Cable – a silicon-free leaky wave cable –
is used along the coding rail to establish wireless data transfer
between the monorail and the central controller. It generates a
defined, spherical and reliable wireless field and is easy to lay.
Antenna
ANT792-4DN The RCoax Cable is connected as an antenna to a stationary
SCALANCE W788-1RR access point. This means the same
Client Module
SCALANCE
mobile unit can be used for all applications and so a mobile
W747-1RR nutrunner can be used for several cycles resulting in lower
investment costs.
Maintenance costs and downtimes are reduced by reliable wire-
less and therefore wear-resistant data transmission to mobile
SCALANCE communication partners
X208PRO All the nutrunner data can be loaded over the IWLAN segment.
Nutrunner Downtimes are reduced because in the event of a fault, devices

control can be replaced without a programming device or specialist
personnel by using the swap medium C-PLUG.
Model changes are easy to carry out and depend only on mate-
SIMATIC HMI rial logistics.
G_IK10_XX_30048
Hangers ET 200pro
System solution for nutrunner controls with RCoax cable and

SCALANCE W747-1RR

© Siemens AG 2008

Introduction
,QWHUQHW
6DIHW\
+0, &RQWUROOHU
&RQWUROOHU )DLOVDIHFRPPXQLFDWLRQ
YLD352),VDIHSURILOH
6HFXULW\
3 352),1(7
6ZLWFK
,QGXVWULDO
(WKHUQHW
$FFHVV
3RLQW
3UR[\
(7SUR
'LVWULEXWHGO2 5&RD[&DEOH
3UR[\ 0DFKLQH
+0,
9LVLRQ
6,0$7,& )6
)6 ODVHUVFDQQHU
0RWLRQ&RQWURO
352),%86
RWKHUILHOGEXVVHV '3$6L
)/LQN
*B,.B;;B
'LVWULEXWHG,2
0RWLRQ 6,180(5,. 6,1$0,&6
&RQWURO 'VO * $6,QWHUIDFH
Failsafe wireless communication with PROFIsafe
,:/$1UDGLROLQN $FFHVV3RLQW
0RELOH3DQHO),:/$1 6&$/$1&(
:55
&38
)
$FFHVV3RLQW 31'3
6&$/$1&(
:55
(IIHFWLYHUDQJH (IIHFWLYHUDQJH (IIHFWLYHUDQJH
7UDQVSRQGHU 7UDQVSRQGHU 7UDQVSRQGHU

352),1(7 6&$/$1&(
;
,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW
352),VDIH
*B,.B;;B
(7SUR (7SUR (7SUR
5RERWV 5RERWFHOO 5RERWV 5RERWFHOO 5RERWV 5RERWFHOO
Programming of robots in the safety-related environment

© Siemens AG 2008

Network components for IWLAN
Overview
■ Overview
For several years, safety engineering has been integrating into PROFIsafe prevents errors such as address corruption, loss,
standard automation on the basis of SIMATIC S7 controllers, delay, etc., when transmitting messages through continuous
PROFIBUS and PROFIsafe. numbering of the PROFIsafe data, time monitoring, and authen-
ticity monitoring using passwords or optimized CRC backup.
This range has been expanded by PROFINET-enabled compo-
nents, thus providing a complete product range with failsafe Failsafe communication is also supported via wireless LAN
controllers, failsafe I/O and a corresponding engineering envi-
ronment.
3
$FFHVV3RLQWVFDQDOVREHXVHGDVFOLHQWV &OLHQWV
&DELQHWIUHHGHVLJQLQGXVWULDO 6&$/$1&( 6&$/$1&(

HJ,331,2 : :352
:352
:55
+LJKFOLPDWLFUHTXLUHPHQWV 6&$/$1&(
HJ89UHVLVWDQW :
r&r&
&DELQHWLQWHJUDWLRQLQGHYLFH 6&$/$1&( 6&$/$1&( ,:/$1

LQGXVWULDO : : 3%/LQN
HJ,331,2 : 31,2
:
/HDN\ZDYHFDEOH 2PQLGLUHFWLRQDODQWHQQDV$17 'LUHFWLRQDODQWHQQDV$17

$QWHQQDV
*B,.B;;B
5&RD[&DEOH 05 01 01 01 '1 '1 '1 '1
Positioning of the SCALANCE W access points and client modules

3
3/12
Overview
:
:55
:55
:55
:55
6&$/$1&(
6&$/$1&(
:352
6&$/$1&(
6&$/$1&(
6&$/$1&(
:352
6&$/$1&(
:352
6&$/$1&(
6&$/$1&(
6&$/$1&(
:352
6&$/$1&(
:352
6&$/$1&(
:+3:
2SHUDWLRQZLWK+L3DWKZLUHOHVVFRQWUROOHU

1XPEHURIUDGLRLQWHUIDFHV
$QWHQQDGLYHUVLW\
VXLWDEOH
:'6:LUHOHVV'LVWULEXWHG6\VWHP
3RZHURYHU(WKHUQHW3R(DI
5HGXQGDQWSRZHUVXSSO\
:DOOPRXQWLQJ

,3SURWHFWLRQFODVV
Function overview of the SCALANCE W access points

5HVLVWDQWWRFRQGHQVDWLRQ
r&WRr&
r&WRr&
5HVLVWDQWWRVDOWZDWHU
89UHVLVWDQW
r&WRr&
5XJJHGGHVLJQ
L3&)
&DEOHGHSHQGHQWLQWHUIDFH
5-
5-
5-
5-
5-
5-
5-
5-
5-
5-
5-
%)2&
%)2&
%)2&
%)2&
%)2&
© Siemens AG 2008
,(((DEJK
,(((H4R6:000
9HUVLRQVZLWKLQWHUQDODQWHQQDVDUH
DYDLODEOH
:(3:3$:3$
,(((L+LGGHQ66,'
,((([5$',86
($37/6($377/63($3
66++7736$GPLQSDVVZRUG
)RUXVHLQ([]RQH
5DGLRUHGXQGDQF\
&3/8*
35(6(73/8*
&OLHQWPRGH
9/$1VPXOWL66,'
1$73$7FOLHQWPRGH
6735673,(((GZ
)RUFHG5RDPLQJ
6\VORJ
6103
352),1(7,2'LDJQRVWLFV
*B,.B;;B
/RFDWLRQE\PHDQVRI$HURVFRXW
© Siemens AG 2008

Overview
2SHUDWLRQZLWK+L3DWKZLUHOHVVFRQWUROOHU
3RZHURYHU(WKHUQHW3R(DI
66++7736$GPLQSDVVZRUG
1XPEHURIFRQQHFWDEOHGHYLFHV
($37/6($377/63($3
([WHUQDODQWHQQDV560$
,(((L+LGGHQ66,'
352),1(7,2'LDJQRVWLFV
&DEOHGHSHQGHQWLQWHUIDFH
1XPEHURIUDGLRLQWHUIDFHV
5HVLVWDQWWRFRQGHQVDWLRQ
5HGXQGDQWSRZHUVXSSO\
,((([5$',86
)RUXVHLQ([]RQH
:(3:3$:3$
,(((DEJK
,3SURWHFWLRQFODVV
$QWHQQDGLYHUVLW\
35(6(73/8*
r&WRr&
5XJJHGGHVLJQ
:DOOPRXQWLQJ 3
r&WRr&
1$73$7
&3/8*
6\VORJ
6103
L3&)
6&$/$1&(
:352 5-
6&$/$1&(
5-
:352
6&$/$1&(
5-
:55
6&$/$1&(
: 5-
6&$/$1&(
: 5-
6&$/$1&(
: 5-
,:/$13% 56
/LQN31,2 '3
0DVWHU
0RELOH
3DQHO 5-
,:/$1
0RELOH
3DQHO3& 5-
ಫಫ,:/$1
VXLWDEOH QR+7736 %DFNXSEDWWHU\ *B,.B;;B

XSWRr& RQO\IRUFRQILJXUDWLRQGRZQORDG
$GPLQSDVVZRUGRQO\ DOWHUQDWLYHQHWZRUNLQWHUIDFH
Function overview of the SCALANCE W client modules

© Siemens AG 2008

IWLAN RCoax cables
• Reliable coverage in areas problematic for radio

• Defined emission of radio waves
• Cost savings thanks to direct substitution of sliding contacts
and trailing cables
• Highly flexible implementation
3
The RCoax cables are leaky wave cables that function as

special antennas for the SCALANCE W Access Points in envi-
ronments with complex radio coverage. Its design means that
a defined, cone-shaped radio field is generated along the
RCoax cable. The leaky wave conductors are therefore perfectly
suitable for use in environments with complex radio coverage
and in any type of track vehicle.
• Rugged coaxial cable which can be easily installed
• Two cables for use in the Industrial Wireless LAN sector with
frequency bands 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz
• Connection as external antenna to SCALANCE W-780 Access
Points
• Linking of mobile stations via SCALANCE W-740 client
modules and IWLAN/PB Link PN IO
• Suitable for use in hazardous areas (Zone 2); no special
approvals necessary

© Siemens AG 2008

IWLAN RCoax cables
■ Application
• In areas with complex radio coverage (e.g. in tunnels, chan- Application examples
nels and elevator shafts) where "unlimited" mobility is not of • Suspended monorail
decisive importance, but where rather a mechanically wear-
free and thus maintenance-free solution is required to ensure • Automated guided vehicle systems (AGVS)
reliable data transmission. This is made possible by the de- • Cranes
fined radio field along the RCoax cable. • Stacker cranes
• The RCoax cables offer, especially for conveyor systems, • Transfer lines
robots and every type of rail-mounted vehicle (suspended
monorails, AGV systems) a wear-free and reliable radio link. • Tool-changing trolleys
• Robots
• Railway stations 3
• Lifts
SIMATIC S7-400 Screw data

with CP 443-1 server
Server for
Switches production information
SCALANCE X-400 system (FIS)
Industrial Ethernet
Access Point
SCALANCE
Access Point W788-2RR
SCALANCE RCoax cable RCoax cable
W788-2RR
Client Module Client Module Client Module

W747-1RR W747-1RR W747-1RR
SIMATIC SIMATIC SIMATIC

S7-200 S7-200 S7-200
Field PG Switches with CP 243-1 Switches with CP 243-1 Switches with CP 243-1
X208PRO X208PRO X208PRO
Nutrunner Panel Nutrunner Nutrunner Panel Nutrunner Nutrunner Panel Nutrunner

*B,.B;;B
Nutrunner station Nutrunner station Nutrunner station

Hangers Hangers Hangers
Configuration example with RCoax cable using example of a nutrunner control

© Siemens AG 2008

IWLAN RCoax cables
■ Design
The RCoax cables were specially designed for the frequency Coordinated accessories are available for assembly:
band around 2.4 GHz or 5 GHz respectively. • IWLAN RCoax cable clip 1/2"
• IWLAN RCoax spacer 85 mm
• IWLAN RCoax threaded washer M6
Cable sheath
Dielectric
3 Wave
propagation
Outer conductor
Inner with opening
conductor
G_IK10_XX_30114
Openings are present in the outer conductor of the coaxial cable

which permit the penetration and emission of radio waves. A
defined radio field is then developed around the RCoax cables.
Longitudinal damping and extraction loss are in a balanced
relationship, which permits a long length of cable per access
point (SCALANCE W-780) and an appropriate distance from the
mobile station (e.g. SCALANCE W-740, IWLAN/ PB Link PN IO)
to the RCoax cable.

© Siemens AG 2008

IWLAN RCoax cables
■ Integration
IWLAN RCoax N-Connect IWLAN RCoax N-Connect
Female N-Connector Female N-Connector
6GK5798-0CN00-0AA0 6GK5798-0CN00-0AA0
IWLAN RCoax N-Connect

Male Termination Impedance 50 Ohm
6GK5795-1TN00-1AA0
IWLAN RCoax cable
2.4 GHz = 6XV1875-2A
5 GHz = 6XV1875-2D
Access Point SCALANCE W788-1RR / W788-2RR Client Module SCALANCE W747-1RR 3

IWLAN antenna
ANT792-4DN / ANT793-4MN
2 GHz = 6GK5792-4DN00-0AA6
5 GHz = 6GK5793-4MN00-0AA6
IWLAN IWLAN RCoax IWLAN IWLAN RCoax

Termination N-Connect/R-SMA Termination N-Connect/R-SMA
Impedance Male/Male Impedance Male/Male
TI795-1R Flexible Connection Cable TI795-1R Flexible Connection Cable
6GK5795-1TR00-0AA6 1 m = 6XV1875-5AH10 6GK5795-1TR00-0AA6 1 m = 6XV1875-5AH10
5 m = 6XV1875-5CH50
IP67 hybrid IP67 hybrid

plug-in connector plug-in connector
with IE hybrid cable with IE hybrid cable
2x2 + 4x0.34 2x2 + 4x0.34
6XV1 870-2J R-SMA 6XV1 870-2J R-SMA
or Plug or Plug
IE FC IE FC
Standard Power M12 Standard Power M12
cable Cable Connector PRO cable Cable Connector PRO
2x2 6GK1907-0DC10-6AA3 2x2 6GK1907-0DC10-6AA3
6XV1840-2AH10 with power cable 2x0.75 6XV1840-2AH10 with power cable 2x0.75
*B,.B;;B
6XV1812-8A 6XV1812-8A
Connection example for an IWLAN RCoax system with connection to Industrial Ethernet

© Siemens AG 2008

IWLAN RCoax cables
IWLAN RCoax N-Connect IWLAN RCoax N-Connect
Female N-Connector Female N-Connector
6GK5798-0CN00-0AA0 6GK5798-0CN00-0AA0
IWLAN RCoax N-Connect

Male Termination Impedance 50 Ohm
6GK5795-1TN00-1AA0
IWLAN RCoax cable
2.4 GHz = 6XV1875-2A
5 GHz = 6XV1875-2D
3 Access Point SCALANCE W788-1RR / W788-2RR IWLAN/PB Link PN IO
IWLAN RCoax
N-Connect Female
Antenna
IWLAN RCoax
ANT792-4DN /
N-Connect/N-Connect
ANT793-4MN
Male/Male
IWLAN IWLAN RCoax 2 GHz = 6GK5792-4DN00-0AA6
Flexible Connection Cable
Termination N-Connect/R-SMA 5 GHz = 6GK5793-4MN00-0AA6
1 m = 6XV1875-5AH10
Impedance Male/Male
TI795-1R Flexible Connection Cable IWLAN RCoax
6GK5795-1TR00-0AA6 1 m = 6XV1875-5AH10 Control box N-Connect/SMA
5 m = 6XV1875-5CH50 Female/Female
IWLAN/PB Link PN IO Panel Feedthrough
6GK1417-5AB00 6GK5798-0PT00-2AA0
IP67 hybrid
plug-in connector
IWLAN RCoax
with IE hybrid cable
R-SMA/SMA
2x2 + 4x0.34
R-SMA Male/Male
6XV1 870-2J
Plug Flexible
or
Connection Cable
0.3 m
IE FC 6XV1875-5DE30
Standard Power M12
cable Cable Connector PRO
2x2 6GK1907-0DC10-6AA3 PROFIBUS bus interface connector RS 485 (35°)
6XV1840-2AH10
*B,.B;;B
with power cable 2x0.75 6ES7972-0BA41-0XA0
6XV1812-8A with PROFIBUS FC standard cable
6XV1830-0EH10
Connection example for an IWLAN RCoax system with interface to PROFIBUS

© Siemens AG 2008

IWLAN RCoax cables
Order No. 6XV1 875-2A 6XV1 875-2D
Product type description IWLAN RCoax Cable IWLAN RCoax Cable
2.4 GHz 5 GHz
Fields of application Suspended monorails, cranes, Suspended monorails, cranes,
stacker cranes, or similar stacker cranes, or similar
Electrical data (at 20 °C)
Impedance 50 Ω 50 Ω
Nominal longitudinal attenuation 1)
• 2.4 GHz
• 5.15 GHz
17.0 dB/100 m
–
–
24.0 dB/100 m
3
• 5.85 GHz – 28.0 dB/100 m
Mechanical data
Cable diameter 15.5 mm 15.5 mm
Jacket Polyethylene, pastel turquoise Polyethylene, pastel turquoise
• Operating temperature -40 °C … +85 °C -40 °C … +85 °C
• Transport/storage temperature -70 °C … +85 °C -70 °C … +85 °C
• Installation temperature -25 °C … +60 °C -25 °C … +60 °C
Smallest bending radius (once only) 20 cm 20 cm
Permissible tensile force 1100 N 1100 N
Weight 0.232 kg/m 0.232 kg/m
Recommended mounting distance 0.5 m 0.5 m
Fire behavior
• Low corrosive gas emission IEC 60754-2 IEC 60754-2
• Flame retardant IEC 60332-1 and IEC 60332-3 Cat. C IEC 60332-1 and IEC 60332-3 Cat. C
• Low smoke emission IEC 61034 IEC 61034
Silicone-free Yes Yes
1)
For applications that require the RCoax cable to be routed in the close vicinity of metal (e.g. aluminum rails),
the attenuation parameters are higher

IWLAN RCoax cables RCoax N-Connect/R-SMA
Male/male flexible connection
Radiating cable for complex radio cable
environments as special antenna
for SCALANCE W Access Points; Flexible cable for connection
for wider temperature range of RCoax cable or antenna to a
(-40 °C … + 85 °C); SCALANCE W-700 access point;
sold by the meter assembled with N-Connect male
(minimum order quantity 20 m) and R-SMA male connectors
• 2.4 GHz 6XV1 875-2A •1m 6XV1 875-5CH10
• 5 GHz 6XV1 875-2D •2m 6XV1 875-5CH20
Accessories •5m 6XV1 875-5CH50
IWLAN RCoax N-Connect 6GK1 901-1PH00 • 10 m 6XV1 875-5CN10
stripping tool
RCoax N-Connect male/male
Stripping tool for fast stripping Flexible connection cable
of RCoax cable on site
Flexible cable for connection
RCoax N-Connect 6GK5 798-0CN00-0AA0 of two RCoax cables; assembled
female N-connector with two N-Connect male connec-
tors
Plug connector for assembly on
site; connection unit of RCoax •1m 6XV1 875-5AH10
cable for connection of further
components, N-female connec- •2m 6XV1 875-5AH20
tion. •5m 6XV1 875-5AH50
RCoax N-Connect male 6GK5 795-1TN00-1AA0 • 10 m 6XV1 875-5AN10
termination impedance
Terminating resistor for RCoax
cable, 50 Ohm impedance,
N-male connection

© Siemens AG 2008

IWLAN RCoax cables

RCoax R-SMA/SMA male/male RCoax N-Connect/ 6GK5 798-0PT00-2AA0
Flexible connection cable SMA Female/female
Panel feedthrough
Flexible cable for connecting
an IWLAN/PB Link PN IO to Panel feedthrough for wall
components with RSMA and thicknesses up to 5.5 mm,
SMA connections, e.g. cabinet SMA female and N-Connect
feedthrough; assembled with female connections
two R-SMA male to SMA male
connectors IWLAN RCoax cable clip 1/2"
• 0.3 m 6XV1 875-5DE30 Cable holder for RCoax cable
3 •2m 6XV1 875-5DH20 • 10 units

• 100 units
6GK5 798-8MB00-0AC1
6GK5 798-8MB00-0AM1
IWLAN RCoax N-Connect 6GK5 792-4DN00-0AA6
female IWLAN RCoax threaded
Antenna ANT792-4DN washer M6
RCoax helical antenna with Threaded washer M6 for RCoax
circular polarization for RCoax cable clip 1/2", for assembly
systems; 2.4 GHz; N-Connect with M6 threaded bolts
female connection; antenna
gain 1 dB at 2.4 GHz; degree • 10 items 6GK5 798-8MC00-0AC1
of protection IP67; ambient • 100 items 6GK5 798-8MC00-0AM1
temperature -40 °C … +70 °C
IWLAN RCoax spacer 85 mm
IWLAN RCoax N-Connect 6GK5 793-4MN00-0AA6
female Spacer 85 mm for RCoax cable
Antenna ANT793-4MN clip 1/2"
RCoax 5/8 antenna with vertical • 10 units 6GK5 798-8MD00-0AC1
polarization for RCoax systems;
• 100 units 6GK5 798-8MD00-0AM1
5 GHz; N-Connect female con-
nection; degree of protection Additional components
IP67; ambient temperature
-40 °C … +70 °C IWLAN/PB Link PN IO
RCoax N-Connect female 6GK5 798-0SN00-0EA0 Network transition between

Power splitter Industrial Wireless LAN and
PROFIBUS with PROFINET IO
2-way cable splitter, Y-element functionality, TCP/IP, S7 routing,
for dividing the RCoax cable 10/100 Mbit/s Fast Ethernet, 9.6
… 12 Mbit/s PROFIBUS; includ-
RCoax N-Connect male/male 6GK5 798-0CP00-1AA0
ing electronic manual on CD-
Coupler
ROM German, English, French,
RF coupling for connecting Spanish, Italian
an RCoax antenna to an RCoax
• National approvals 6GK1 417-5AB00
cable;
for operation outside the U.S.A.
two N-Connect male connectors
• National approvals 6GK1 417-5AB01
RCoax N-Connect male/female
for operation in the U.S.A.
Attenuator
Attenuator with N-Connect male/
N-Connect female connectors
• 10 dB 6GK5 798-0AP00-4CA0
Note:
Current approvals can be found in the Internet at:

© Siemens AG 2008

SCALANCE W-780 Access Points
IWLAN is particularly suited to applications that require reliable

wireless communication and operation under harsh environmen-
tal conditions:
• Predictable data traffic (strict real-time requirements) and
defined response times on the radio link
• Reliable radio link, e.g. due to redundant connection and
cyclic monitoring of the wireless path 3
• Cost savings due to a separate radio network for reliable
operation of a process as well as for critical process data
(e.g. alarm signals), as well as for non-critical communication
(e.g. service and diagnostics)
• Investment security because all products are compatible with
the internationally recognized WLAN standard IEEE 802.11,
suitable for the unlicensed frequency bands of 2.4 GHz and
5 GHz (ISM bands)
• Quick commissioning of the Access Points with the swap
medium PRESET-PLUG
• Reduced operating costs, because there is no wear of rotating
and moving plant sections
• Cost-effective connection to devices which are remote, diffi-
• The Access Points of the SCALANCE W-780 product line cult to access or in hostile environments
are optimized for the configuration of Industrial Wireless • Operational reliability in the industrial environment, e.g. thanks
LAN (IWLAN) wireless networks for 2.4 GHz or 5 GHz with to a rugged housing and industrial approvals
data transmission rates up to 54 Mbit/s; they can be used
in all applications that require a high degree of operational • Increased plant availability through wireless data transmission
reliability especially under extremely harsh environmental to mobile communication partners with the RCoax radiating
conditions cable
• Suitable for any application: • Uniform radio network throughout the company sectors for
- SCALANCE W-788 for cabinet-free assembly voice and data; cost savings resulting from central manage-
- SCALANCE W-786 for demanding climatic requirements ment, simple installation and reliable startup
- SCALANCE W-784 for installation in a cabinet or integration • Instantaneous shutdown of the system in critical situations via
in devices the emergency stop button of the SIMATIC Mobile Panel 277F
• Reliable thanks to rugged, impact-resistant housing, IWLAN with safety function
protected from water and dust (IP65), resistant to shock,
vibration and electromagnetic fields
• Approved for operation in hazardous areas in Zone 2
• Demanding applications with real-time and redundancy
requirements, such as PROFINET, PROFIsafe or Video
• In conformance with standards through support of
IEEE 802.11, with additional functional expansions especially
for applications demanding high reliability
• Operation in the expanded temperature range from -40 °C to
+70 °C
• Resistant to condensation (depending on the product line)
• Protection from unauthorized access, espionage, listening
in and corruption of data due to effective encryption mecha-
nisms
• Several operating modes in one device:
- Set up of wide area wireless networks (infrastructure) with
ranges of up to 30 m indoors and approx. 100 m outdoors
- Point-to-point connection of Industrial Ethernet segments
over large distances (several 100 m)
• Support with planning, simulation, configuration, site survey
and documentation with the SINEMA E engineering tool,
wizards and online help; easy management with Web server
and SNMP
• Quick commissioning of Access Points with the optional swap
medium PRESET-PLUG and quick device exchange in case of
faults with the optional swap medium C-PLUG (Configuration
Plug)

© Siemens AG 2008

■ Application ■ Design
The Access Points of the SCALANCE W-780 product line are • Radio card (compatible with IEEE 802.11b/g and
designed for both industrial use and for demanding climatic IEEE 802.11a/h) permanently installed in device
requirements outdoors. Versions for the inexpensive integration • Designed without rotating parts (e.g. operation without fans)
in cabinets or in devices are also available. They offer a reliable • Antennas can either be connected via a screw connection
radio connection, versatile redundancy mechanisms, and fast (R-SMA) or integrated into the device, e.g. for SCALANCE
transfer of stations from one access point to the next (roaming). W-786; they can be replaced with other types from the IWLAN
In this manner, processes can be monitored and production fail- product range
ures through machine downtimes avoided. In addition, Industrial
Wireless LAN (IWLAN) can be used in time-critical applications • Function LEDs for optical signaling of faults and operating
associated with production automation (PROFINET IO) or for states
3 safety-related signals (PROFIsafe).

Due to the high degree of protection (IP65) and the extended
• 1 x C-PLUG-/PRESET-PLUG slot
Product versions
temperature range from -40 °C to +70 °C, the access points are
ideally suited for use in the food and beverages industry (e.g. SCALANCE W-788
cooling technology) and in logistics. SCALANCE W products are • Rugged metal housing, shock and vibration-proof for severe
silicone-free and can therefore also be used in paint plants. mechanical loading
When using the RCoax cable (leaky wave cable), operation • High degree of protection IP65 against dust and water jets
is particularly reliable in conveying technology and all track • For use at ambient temperatures from -20 °C … +60 °C
applications (e.g. storage and retrieval systems). • Resistant to condensation
Variants of the SCALANCE W-786 product line are available with • Construction and design appropriate for field of application
internal antennas for applications that require antennas to be with SIMATIC control components
used under demanding ambient conditions.
• 2 x R-SMA sockets for the connection of remote antennas
Application examples: (4 x R-SMA for the variants with two radio modules)
• Automated guided vehicles and suspended monorails; • 1 x hybrid socket for one data and power line with Power-
prevention of wear and high flexibility in the choice of route over-Ethernet (IEEE802.3af)
thanks to wireless transmission of data to the vehicles • 1 x M12 socket for redundant power infeed (18 … 32 V DC,
• Crane; 48 V DC), can be operated as an option with the PS791-1PRO
high flexibility through access to data communication with the (90 … 265 V AC) power supply
moving unit independent of the location • Mounting: Wall or S7-300 mounting rail (90 mm length,
• Mobile control console; vertically mounted, bolts included in scope of supply), with
reliable intervention in the process thanks to data communica- optional mounting aid also suitable for 35 mm DIN rail
tion over IWLAN with mobile units (e.g. Mobile Panel 277F IW-
LAN); the number of operator panels is therefore determined
by the number of personnel and no longer by the number of 2x antenna, for SCALANCE W788-2PRO:
control desks. removable 2x additional sockets
for separate antennas
• Wireless access to field devices for configuration and testing
without the need for time-consuming modifications in the
control cabinet
• Online access to service and maintenance drawings; Rear:
Immediate updating of the measures performed in the system C-PLUG
over IWLAN;
Optimized processes and reduced error ratios thanks to
online information regardless of the location of the machine
• Communication with moving stations (e.g. mobile controls and
devices), container logistics, storage and retrieval machines,
conveyor systems, conveyor belts, rotating machines, trucks
Power
• Wireless coupling of communication segments and bridging
of large distances for fast commissioning and for cost-effec- Hybrid
Wall
tive networks in which cable routing would be extremely socket
mounting
expensive (e.g. on public roads, rivers, lakes, train lines)
Socket
*B,.B;;B
guard
10/100 Mbit/s
Industrial Ethernet Redundant
power
Design and interfaces of the SCALANCE W-788 Access Points

© Siemens AG 2008

SCALANCE W-786 SCALANCE W-784
• Rugged plastic housing (plexi-glass type), shock and • Aluminum housing, shock and vibration-proof for severe
vibration-proof for severe mechanical loading mechanical loading
• High degree of protection IP65 against dust and water jets • Dust protection with degree of protection IP30
• For use at ambient temperatures from -40 °C … +70 °C • For use at ambient temperatures from -20 °C … +60 °C
• Resistant to condensation • Construction and design suitable for integration in a device
• Resistant to UV radiation and saltwater spray or for installation in a cabinet
• Construction and design for use outdoors and in public • 2 x R-SMA sockets for the connection of remote antennas
buildings
• Up to 6 x R-SMA sockets for the connection of remote
• 1 x RJ45 connection for 10/100 Mbit/s with Power-over-
Ethernet (IEEE 802.3a/f) 3
antennas • 1 x 24 V DC connection for redundant power infeed
• Variant with 1 x RJ45 connection for 10/100 Mbit/s and • Mounting: Wall or, with optional mounting set, S7-300
Power-over-Ethernet (IEEE802.3a/f) mounting rail/35 mm standard mounting rail
• Variant with 1 x multimode fiber-optic cable (BFOC)
• 1 x 48 V DC connection (also redundant power infeed), Wall mounting, on 2xRSMA connections
optional operation on 12 … 24 V DC or 100 … 240 V AC S7-300 mounting rail for antennae
with power supply integrated into device or on DIN rail (35 mm)
with mounting kit
• Mounting: Wall or, with optional mounting set, S7-300 standard
rail / 35 mm rail/mast mounting
Wall mounting or, using a mounting kit, fastening to a SIMATIC

S7-300 rail, a 35 mm DIN rail or column SIEMENS
Infeed of 48 V DC or with Depending on version:

100-240 V AC power - RJ45 connection
supplies or - Fiber-optic connection
12-24 V DC (multimode)
Reset button
C-PLUG
C-PLUG slot 24 V DC connection
G_IK10_XX_30169
slot Antenna
connections RJ45 connection 10/100 MBit/s
dependent on (PoE-capable to IEEE 802.3af)
version

G_IK10_XX_30168
Dependent on version:
here internal antennae

© Siemens AG 2008

■ Function
A simple radio link can be constructed from a single Access SCALANCE W-788 product variants
Point (infrastructure mode). The Access Point provides an Indus-
trial Ethernet interface for connection to the wireline network. SCALANCE W788-1PRO
Stations, such as mobile controllers or a Field PG can move with an integrated radio card
freely within the radio link and exchange data with other stations SCALANCE W788-1RR
through this Access Point. with an integrated radio card and additional functions
If the radio link of a single Access Point (radio cell) is insufficient, SCALANCE W788-2PRO
it can be expanded by further Access Points. The individual with two integrated radio cards
radio cells must overlap so that moving stations can be passed
SCALANCE W788-2RR
3
seamlessly from one Access Point to the next (roaming). This is
performed invisibly to the application. The Access Points must with two integrated radio cards and additional functions
be able to exchange data over Industrial Ethernet if a wireless The SCALANCE W-788 Access Points are ideally suited
distribution system (WDS) is not used. to industrial applications and cabinet-free installation. The
If the Access Points are not connected to Industrial Ethernet devices can be installed at the location that is most favorable
using a wired connection (e.g. no cable route available for for the radio link. The housing and the connectors resist high
data line), the operating mode "Wireless Distribution System" levels of shock and vibration loading because all the connec-
must be selected. In this case an Access Point from the tions are screwed or latched. To achieve optimal illumination
SCALANCE W-780 product line can communicate with up for special applications, the supplied antennas can be replaced.
to eight other Access Points which are not connected to the SCALANCE W-788 Access Points can also be operated as
data network by a direct wired connection. Directional additional stations (clients). As an alternative, the SCALANCE W-740 client
antennas can be used to achieve ranges of several thousand modules can be used for this mode.
meters outdoors. The devices with two interfaces have two separate radio mod-
Apart from a reliable radio link, the SCALANCE W-780 Access ules and behave like two separate devices in the radio network.
Points are characterized by excellent support from IT mecha- This feature can be used to implement cost-effective solutions,
nisms: e.g. when a radio interface is used for wireless connection of a
distant production site and the second radio interface provides
• IEEE 802.11b/ g/ a/ h for different frequency ranges a radio link at the Access Point. Local stations can log in here
• IEEE 802.11e for multimedia, wireless multimedia (WMM) and move around freely. Two separate radio modules also offer
• IEEE 802.11i for security many different possibilities for providing redundant radio links,
so that a high level of operational reliability can be achieved.
• Construction of redundant networks with the Rapid Spanning
Tree Protocol (RSTP) The Access Points with iPCF function provide an extended func-
• Virtual networks (VLAN) to logically separate, for example, tional scope. They support the iPCF operating mode that can be
different user groups used to implement applications with a requirement for real-time
and a deterministic response. And even during the roaming of
• Sending the log entries of the SCALANCE W devices to a moving stations from one Access Point to the next. This ensures
Syslog server that wireless PROFINET I/O is supported and that safety-related
• In client mode: signals, such as Emergency Stop, can be integrated into the ra-
Network and Port Address Translation (NAT/PAT) (mapping dio link. The iPCF mechanism is an expansion of the IEEE 802.11
of private IP addresses and ports onto public addresses) standard and must be available both on the Access Point and on
• Modern security mechanisms (e.g. network security such as the station (e.g. IWLAN/PB Link PN IO).
IEEE 802.1x, RADIUS, EAP mechanisms) In addition, this permits the use of the SIMATIC Mobile
Security Panel 277F IWLAN with safety function. This mobile HMI device
uses the SIMATIC WinCC flexible engineering software during
A high degree of data security is achieved by means of the latest configuration to define effective areas in which the machine can
WPA2/IEEE 802.11i mechanisms. These define modern proce- be operated. In addition, the user can define zones in which
dures that control a regular exchange of the complete 128-bit particular functions are configured, such as individual operator
code as well as performing the access check (authentication) of authorization on entering the zone. This ensures that only autho-
a station. The Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) is available rized employees can operate certain parts of the machine.
for data encryption. All encryption mechanisms are integrated in
the products and do not incur any additional costs. The Industrial WLAN infrastructure with iPCF, e.g. with
SCALANCE W786-2RR access points, provides reliable radio
Access to the devices (HTTPS) is encrypted and secure logon coverage throughout the factory at all times. This enables ma-
(SSH) is possible. If a security concept with Virtual Private Net- chines or process cells to be stopped in critical situations using
works (VPN) or the SCALANCE S range is required, the products the integrated emergency-stop pushbutton of the mobile panel
can be integrated without any difficulty. 277F IWLAN.

© Siemens AG 2008

6
5DGLRFHOO 5DGLRFHOO
,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW
$FFHVV3RLQW
)LHOG3*
1RWHERRN
$FFHVV3RLQW
3
6&$/$1&( 6&$/$1&(
:352 :352
6,0$7,&+0,
&OLHQW0RGXOH &OLHQW0RGXOH
6&$/$1&( 6&$/$1&(
:352 :352
3& 6,0$7,&+0, 3& 6,0$7,&+0, 3& 6,0$7,&+0,
6&$/$1&(b 6&$/$1&(b 6&$/$1&(

; ; ;
6 6 6
*B,.B;;B
$XWRPDWHG*XLGHG9HKLFOH6\VWHP$*96
Roaming of moving units (e.g. Field PG and mobile controller) in a radio network with two Access Points
Stations, e.g. a field PG, can move freely in the radio field of If very fast update times are necessary, e.g. for PROFINET IO
the SCALANCE W788-1PRO access points for mobile HMI. communication, access points and client modules that support
In addition, SCALANCE W746-1PRO connects mobile HMI, the iPCF function for very fast roaming and deterministic data
controller and PC units wirelessly to the data network. traffic are to be used, for example SCALANCE W788-1RR and
W747-1RR.
The IWLAN radio coverage of SCALANCE W788-1PRO permits
S7 communication and open communication between the When an extremely reliable radio link is essential, it is recom-
devices on the AGVs and stationary S7-400, as well as on the mended that the RCoax Cable is used as an alternative to con-
stationary SIMATIC HMI device. ventional antennas. This leaky wave cable is a special antenna
along which a radio link propagates and which is therefore suit-
Provided that a delay (several 100 ms) caused by roaming in able for applications in which, for example, stations move along
accordance with IEEE 802.11 is tolerated by all communication a rail but must be connected to the data network contact-less to
stations when switching the radio cells, the communication con- prevent wear from trailing conductors.
tinues uninterrupted.

© Siemens AG 2008

5DGLRFHOO
$FFHVV3RLQW
6&$/$1&(
:55
5&RD[&DEOH
3
$QWHQQD
$17'1
,:/$13%
/LQN31,2
+DQJHU
+DQJHU
+DQJHU
+DQJHU
+DQJHU
)LHOG3*1RWHERRN
*B,.B;;B
The field PG accesses a radio interface of SCALANCE W788-2RR for configuring, the other interface carries out communication
with the RCoax cable using iPCF.
The dual Access Point, SCALANCE W788-2RR, can provide SCALANCE W786-3PRO
two separate radio links. In one a Field PG can log on for config- with three integrated radio cards;
uration for example. For clear separation of the applications an variants are available with:
RCoax cable can be used to implement contactless PROFINET • Six external antenna connections
I/O data communication with the mobile suspension gear over
an IWLAN/PB Link. • RJ45 connection
• Fiber-optic cable connection
SCALANCE W-786 product variants
SCALANCE W786-2RR
SCALANCE W786-1PRO with two integrated radio cards;
with an integrated radio card; variants are available with:
variants are available with:
• Four internal antennas
• Two internal antennas
• Four external antenna connections
• Two external antenna connections
• RJ45 connection
• RJ45 connection
• Fiber-optic cable connection The devices of the SCALANCE W-786 product line are function-
ally identical to those of the SCALANCE W-788 product line, but
SCALANCE W786-2PRO they are particularly suited to applications with stringent climatic
with two integrated radio cards; requirements for mounting outdoors and in public areas.
variants are available with:
Where access points with three radio modules (e.g. W786-3PRO)
• Four internal antennas are used, communication between the access points is imple-
• Four external antenna connections mented with two modules each. The radio field for the station,
• RJ45 connection e.g. an automated guided vehicle, is established by the third
radio module. This means that larger directional radio paths
• Fiber-optic cable connection can be established and communication with the stations is also
possible.

© Siemens AG 2008

,:/$1UDGLROLQN $FFHVV3RLQW
0RELOH3DQHO),:/$1 6&$/$1&(
:55
&38
)
$FFHVV3RLQW 31'3
6&$/$1&(
:55
(IIHFWLYHUDQJH (IIHFWLYHUDQJH (IIHFWLYHUDQJH
3
7UDQVSRQGHU 7UDQVSRQGHU 7UDQVSRQGHU
352),1(7 6&$/$1&(
;
,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW
352),VDIH
*B,.B;;B
(7SUR (7SUR (7SUR
5RERWV 5RERWFHOO 5RERWV 5RERWFHOO 5RERWV 5RERWFHOO
Programming of robots in the safety-related environment
In this configuration three effective ranges are defined, in which If the minimum length of standard Ethernet cables is insufficient
robots can be programmed using the Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN due to the large distance of the access points from the wired
(teaching). If a fault occurs during the programming, e.g. on network, SCALANCE W-786 can also be fitted with fiber-optic
leaving the safety-related areas or in the case of unforeseen connections (multimode). This allows for distances up to
incidents, the plant is brought to the safe state with the aid of 3000 m.
the integrated emergency-stop procedure using the IWLAN
structure implemented with SCALANCE W786-2RR. The
safety of the entire plant is achieved by means of PROFINET
with the PROFIsafe protocol which is implemented not only
on the PROFINET controller (CPU 317F-2 PN/DP ), but also
on the PROFINET device (Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN).
The SCALANCE W786-2RR that has the iPCF mechanism
ensures that the response times necessary for the functional
safety are adhered to.

© Siemens AG 2008

Electro-container
with Ethernet-Switch
3
Antenna
ANT792-8DN
Antenna Access Point

ANT792-6MN SCALANCE W786-1PRO
configured as Access Point
Antenna
Access Point ANT792-6MN
SCALANCE
W786-1PRO
Configured as
Ethernet Client Module
*B,.B;;B
Radio cell
Implementation of the SCALANCE W-786 product line in sectors that are subject to high climatic requirements
In the case of SCALANCE W-786, this only concerns access SCALANCE W-784 product variants
points which can, however, be configured as client modules
through Web-based management. Then, depending on the se- SCALANCE W784-1
lected variant, a maximum of one radio module will be available with an integrated radio card
as a client. SCALANCE W784-1RR
The SCALANCE W786-2RR ensures that wireless PROFINET IO with an integrated radio card and additional functions
is supported and that safety-related signals, such as Emergency The devices of the SCALANCE W-784 product line have the
Stop, can be integrated into the radio link. The iPCF mechanism same functions as SCALANCE W-788PRO Access Points,
is an expansion of the IEEE 802.11 standard and must be but are very well suited to applications in which IWLAN must be
available both on the Access Point and on the station (e.g. applied in low-space cabinets or must be integrated in devices.
IWLAN/PB Link PN IO). It is also possible for IWLAN stations These are an inexpensive alternative, especially for use indoors,
to move about freely in the coverage area (especially of omni- i.e. under less harsh conditions. The rugged aluminum housing
directional antennas) from access point to access point while with degree of protection IP30 provides protection against me-
deterministically exchanging data (e.g. Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN). chanical and electromagnetic stress in industrial areas.
SCALANCE W-784 Access Points can also be operated as
stations (clients). As an alternative, the SCALANCE W-740 Client
Modules can be used for this mode.
In combination with the SCALANCE W-740 Client Modules with
degree of protection IP30, an infrastructure can be set up in
which great temperature differences and protection against dust
and water play a somewhat less prominent role.
The SCALANCE W784-1RR access points with iPCF function
provide an extended scope of functions. They support the iPCF
operating mode that can be used to implement applications with
a requirement for real-time and a deterministic response.

© Siemens AG 2008

5&RD[&DEOH6HJPHQW 5&RD[&DEOH6HJPHQW
$FFHVV3RLQW $FFHVV3RLQW
6&$/$1&( 6&$/$1&(
:55LQ :55LQ
WKHFDELQHW &OLHQW0RGXOH &OLHQW0RGXOH &OLHQW0RGXOH WKHFDELQHW
6&$/$1&( 6&$/$1&( 6&$/$1&(
: : :
3DQHO3& 3DQHO3& 3DQHO3& 3
:LQ$& :LQ$& :LQ$&
,:/$15&RD[&DEOH
*B,.B;;B
Implementing an automatic guided transport system in a radio link with SCALANCE W784-1RR and RCoax cable.
The mobile automated guided vehicles are integrated in the Diagnostics and management
IWLAN radio link over the SCALANCE W747-1 Ethernet Client • Web-based (HTTP/HTTPS) management tool for configuration
Modules. Both the Access Points and the Client Modules are and diagnostics using a standard browser
in the control cabinet.
• Planning, configuration, simulation and measurement of the
radio link on site (Site Survey) with SINEMA E
• LEDs for signaling operating states and fault conditions
• Signaling of faults by means of SNMP trap or E-mail to a
network management tool
• Optional swap medium C-PLUG (Configuration Plug) for easy
replacement of the module without a programming device in
the event of a fault

© Siemens AG 2008

Order No. 6GK5 788-1AA60-2AA01) 6GK5 788-2AA60-2AA01) 6GK5 788-1AA60-6AA01) 6GK5 788-2AA60-6AA01)
6GK5 788-1AA60-2AB02) 6GK5 788-2AA60-2AB02) 6GK5 788-1AA60-6AB02) 6GK5 788-2AA60-6AB02)
Product type description SCALANCE W788-1PRO SCALANCE W788-2PRO SCALANCE W788-1RR SCALANCE W788-2RR
Transmission rate, max. 54 Mbit/s 54 Mbit/s 54 Mbit/s 54 Mbit/s
Number of VLAN-IDs per SSID 8 8 8 8
Number of SSIDs 8 8 8 8
Number of electrical connections 1 1 1 1
for network components or terminal
3
equipment
Number of interfaces for 1 2 1 2
WLAN components
Number of optical ports for - - - -
fiber-optic cables
Number of internal antennas - - - -
Number of external antennas - - - -
• for network components or Hybrid female connector Hybrid female connector Hybrid female connector Hybrid female connector
terminals (10/100 Mbit/s, TP) (10/100 Mbit/s, TP) (10/100 Mbit/s, TP) (10/100 Mbit/s, TP)
• for redundant voltage supply 4-pin M12 interface 4-pin M12 interface 4-pin M12 interface 4-pin M12 interface
24 V DC or 24 V DC or 24 V DC or 24 V DC or
48 V DC (A-coded) 48 V DC (A-coded) 48 V DC (A-coded) 48 V DC (A-coded)
• for external antenna(s) 2 x R-SMA with two 2 x R-SMA with two 2 x R-SMA with two 2 x R-SMA with two
screwed-on ANT795-4MR screwed-on ANT795-4MR screwed-on ANT795-4MR screwed-on ANT795-4MR
antennas (omnidirec- antennas (omnidirec- antennas (omnidirec- antennas (omnidirec-
tional characteristics); tional characteristics); tional characteristics); tional characteristics);
replaceable replaceable; replaceable replaceable;
2 x R-SMA antenna 2 x R-SMA antenna
connections for the connections for the
second radio card second radio card
(antennas not included (antennas not included
in scope of delivery) in scope of delivery)
Version of optical port for - - - -
fiber-optic cables
Version of the C-PLUG swap Yes Yes Yes Yes
medium
Supply voltage - - - -
• Maximum 48 V 48 V 48 V 48 V
• Minimum 24 V 24 V 24 V 24 V
• 1 from Power-over-Ethernet) 48 V 48 V 48 V 48 V
• from DTE Power over MDI - - - -
• from M12 Power Connector
(A-coded) for redundant power
supply
- Maximum 48 V 48 V 48 V 48 V
- Minimum 24 V 24 V 24 V 24 V
• from IE Hybrid Cable 2x2 + 4x0.34
- Maximum 48 V 48 V 48 V 48 V
- Minimum 24 V 24 V 24 V 24 V
• from terminal block
- Maximum - - - -
- Minimum - - - -
• from optional integratable
power supply
for AC
- Maximum - - - -
- Minimum - - - -
for DC
- Maximum - - - -
- Minimum - - - -
1)
Wireless approval: Outside the U.S.A.
2)
Wireless approval: U.S.A.

© Siemens AG 2008


Effective power loss 10 W 10 W 10 W 10 W
Ambient temperature
Maximum relative humidity
100% 100% 100% 100% 3
hydrological resistance to - - - -
condensation, resistant
Certificate of suitability - - - -
• e-symbol - - - -
Standard for wireless
communication
• iPCF No No Yes Yes
• IEEE 802.11a Yes Yes Yes Yes
• IEEE 802.11b Yes Yes Yes Yes
• IEEE 802.11g Yes Yes Yes Yes
• IEEE 802.11h Yes Yes Yes Yes
• IEEE 802.11e Yes Yes Yes Yes
• IEEE 802.11i Yes Yes Yes Yes
Standard
• For Ex zone Zone 2, EEx nA II T4 Zone 2, EEx nA II T4 Zone 2, EEx nA II T4 Zone 2, EEx nA II T4
(ATEX); (ATEX); (ATEX); (ATEX);
Class I, Div 2 (FM, cULus) Class I, Div 2 (FM, cULus) Class I, Div 2 (FM, cULus) Class I, Div 2 (FM, cULus)
• American Bureau of Shipping Eu- Yes Yes Yes Yes
rope Ltd. (ABS)
• Europe Ltd. (ABS) Yes Yes Yes Yes
Directive
• for EMC of AS - - - -
• for safety of UL - - - -
Width of enclosure 125 mm 125 mm 125 mm 125 mm
without antenna
Height of enclosure 90 mm 90 mm 90 mm 90 mm
without antenna
Depth of enclosure 118 mm 118 mm 118 mm 118 mm
without antenna
Type of fixing Wall mounting, Wall mounting, Wall mounting, S7-300 Wall mounting, S7-300
S7-300 mounting rail S7-300 mounting rail mounting rail, optional: mounting rail, optional:
35 mm DIN rail 35 mm DIN rail
1)
2) Wireless approval: U.S.A.

© Siemens AG 2008


Net weight 1050 g 1070 g 1050 g 1070 g
Number of permanently 1 2 1 2
installed radio cards
Radio frequency for WLAN
3
in 2.4 GHz frequency band
• Initial value 2.41 GHz 2.41 GHz 2.41 GHz 2.41 GHz
• End value 2.48 GHz 2.48 GHz 2.48 GHz 2.48 GHz
in 5 GHz frequency band
Order No. 6GK5 786-1BA60-2AA01) 6GK5 786-2BA60-2AA01) 6GK5 786-3AA60-2AA01) 6GK5 786-2BA60-6AA01)
6GK5 786-1BA60-2AB02) 6GK5 786-2BA60-2AB02) 6GK5 786-3AA60-2AB02) 6GK5 786-2BA60-6AB02)
Product type description SCALANCE W786-1PRO SCALANCE W786-2PRO SCALANCE W786-3PRO SCALANCE W786-2RR
for network components or
terminal equipment
WLAN components
Number of optical ports - - - -
Number of internal antennas 2 4 - 4
• for network components or RJ45 socket RJ45 socket RJ45 socket RJ45 socket
terminal equipment (10/100 Mbit/s, TP) (10/100 Mbit/s, TP) (10/100 Mbit/s, TP) (10/100 Mbit/s, TP)
• for redundant voltage supply - - - -
• for external antenna(s) - - 6 x R-SMA -
fiber-optic cables
swap medium
1)

© Siemens AG 2008


Supply voltage
• Maximum - - - -
• Minimum - - - -
• from DTE Power over MDI - - - - 3
supply
- Maximum - - - -
- Minimum - - - -
- Maximum - - - -
• Minimum - - - -
- Maximum 48 V 48 V 48 V 48 V
- Minimum 48 V 48 V 48 V 48 V
power supply
for AC
- Maximum 240 V 240 V 240 V 240 V
- Minimum 100 V 100 V 100 V 100 V
for DC
- Maximum 24 V 24 V 24 V 24 V
- Minimum 12 V 12 V 12 V 12 V
Ambient temperature
hydrological resistance Yes Yes Yes Yes
to condensation, resistant
• e-symbol - - - -
communication
• iPCF No No No Yes
1)

© Siemens AG 2008


Standard
(ATEX); (ATEX); (ATEX); (ATEX);
3
• American Bureau of Yes Yes Yes Yes
Shipping Europe Ltd. (ABS)
Directive
without antenna
without antenna
without antenna
Type of fixing Wall mounting, Wall mounting, Wall mounting, Wall mounting,
with optional mounting aid with optional mounting aid with optional mounting aid with optional mounting aid
for mast mounting, for mast mounting, for mast mounting, for mast mounting,
standard mounting rail, standard mounting rail, standard mounting rail, standard mounting rail,
S7-300 mounting rail, S7-300 mounting rail, S7-300 mounting rail, S7-300 mounting rail,
35 mm rail 35 mm rail 35 mm rail 35 mm rail
Net weight 2240 g 2240 g 2240 g 2240 g
1)
2)

© Siemens AG 2008


Order No. 6GK5 786-1AA60-2AA01) 6GK5 786-2AA60-2AA01) 6GK5 786-3AB60-2AA01) 6GK5 786-2AA60-6AA01)
6GK5 786-1AA60-2AB02) 6GK5 786-2AA60-2AB02) 6GK5 786-3AB60-2AB02) 6GK5 786-2AA60-6AB02)
3
terminal equipment
WLAN components
Number of optical ports - - 6 -
• for network components or RJ45 socket RJ45 socket - RJ45 socket
terminal equipment (10/100 Mbit/s, TP) (10/100 Mbit/s, TP) (10/100 Mbit/s, TP)
• for external antenna(s) 2 x R-SMA 4 x R-SMA 6 x R-SMA 4 x R-SMA
fiber-optic cables
medium
- Maximum - - - -
- Minimum - - - -
supply
- Maximum - - - -
- Minimum - - - -
- Maximum - - - -
- Minimum - - - -
- Maximum 48 V 48 V 48 V 48 V
- Minimum 48 V 48 V 48 V 48 V
power supply
for AC
- Maximum 240 V 240 V 240 V 240 V
- Minimum 100 V 100 V 100 V 100 V
for DC
- Maximum 24 V 24 V 24 V 24 V
- Minimum 12 V 12 V 12 V 12 V
1)
2)

© Siemens AG 2008


Order No. 6GK5 786-1AA60-2AA01) 6GK5 786-2AA60-2AA01) 6GK5 786-3AB60-2AA01) 6GK5 786-2AA60-6AA01)
6GK5 786-1AA60-2AB02) 6GK5 786-2AA60-2AB02) 6GK5 786-3AB60-2AB02) 6GK5 786-2AA60-6AB02)
Ambient temperature
3 at 25 °C during operation
• e-symbol - - - -
communication
Standard
(ATEX) (ATEX) (ATEX) (ATEX)
Directive
Width of enclosure without antenna 251 mm 251 mm 251 mm 251 mm
Height of enclosure without antenna 251 mm 251 mm 251 mm 251 mm
Depth of enclosure without antenna 72 mm 72 mm 72 mm 72 mm
Type of fixing Wall mounting, with Wall mounting, with Wall mounting, with Wall mounting, with
optional mounting aid optional mounting aid optional mounting aid optional mounting aid
Net weight 2240 g 2240 g 2240 g 2240 g
Number of permanently installed 1 2 1 2
radio cards
• Initial value 2.41 GHz / 4.9 GHz 2.41 GHz / 4.9 GHz 2.41 GHz / 4.9 GHz 2.41 GHz / 4.9 GHz
• End value 2.48 GHz / 5.8 GHz 2.48 GHz / 5.8 GHz 2.48 GHz / 5.8 GHz 2.48 GHz / 5.8 GHz
1) 2)
Wireless approval: Outside the U.S.A. Wireless approval: U.S.A.

© Siemens AG 2008


Order No. 6GK5 786-1AB60-2AA01) 6GK5 786-2AB60-2AA01) 6GK5 786-2BB60-2AA01) 6GK5 786-1BB60-6AA01)
6GK5 786-1AB60-2AB02) 6GK5 786-2AB60-2AB02) 6GK5 786-2BB60-2AB02) 6GK5 786-1BB60-6AB02)
Product type description SCALANCE W786-1PRO SCALANCE W786-2PRO SCALANCE W786-2PRO SCALANCE W786-1PRO
Max. transmission rate 54 Mbit/s 54 Mbit/s 54 Mbit/s 54 Mbit/s
3
terminal equipment
WLAN components
Number of optical ports 2 4 4 2
Number of internal antennas - - 4 2
• for network components or - - - -
terminal equipment
• for external antenna(s) 2 x R-SMA 4 x R-SMA - -
Version of optical port - - - -
medium
Supply voltage
- Maximum - - - -
- Minimum - - - -
supply
- Maximum - - - -
- Minimum - - - -
- Maximum - - - -
- Minimum - - - -
- Maximum 48 V 48 V 48 V 48 V
- Minimum 48 V 48 V 48 V 48 V
power supply
for AC
- Maximum 240 V 240 V 240 V 240 V
- Minimum 100 V 100 V 100 V 100 V
for DC
- Maximum 24 V 24 V 24 V 24 V
- Minimum 12 V 12 V 12 V 12 V
Ambient temperature
1)
2)

© Siemens AG 2008


Order No. 6GK5 786-1AB60-2AA01) 6GK5 786-2AB60-2AA01) 6GK5 786-2BB60-2AA01) 6GK5 786-1BB60-6AA01)
6GK5 786-1AB60-2AB02) 6GK5 786-2AB60-2AB02) 6GK5 786-2BB60-2AB02) 6GK5 786-1BB60-6AB02)
Product type description SCALANCE W786-1PRO SCALANCE W786-2PRO SCALANCE W786-2PRO SCALANCE W786-1PRO
• e-symbol - - - -
3 Standard for wireless

communication
Standard
• For emitted interference - - - -
• For noise immunity - - - -
• for EMC of FM - - - -
Directive
without antenna
without antenna
without antenna
Type of fixing Wall mounting, with Wall mounting, with Wall mounting, with Wall mounting, with
optional mounting aid optional mounting aid optional mounting aid optional mounting aid
Net weight 2240 g 2240 g 2240 g 2240 g
• Initial value 2.41 GHz / 4.9 GHz 2.41 GHz / 4.9 GHz 2.41 GHz / 4.9 GHz 2.41 GHz / 4.9 GHz
• End value 2.48 GHz / 5.8 GHz 2.48 GHz / 5.8 GHz 2.48 GHz / 5.8 GHz 2.48 GHz / 5.8 GHz
1)
2)

© Siemens AG 2008


Order No. 6GK5 784- 6GK5 784- Order No. 6GK5 784- 6GK5 784-
1AA30-2AA01) 1AA30-6AA01) 1AA30-2AA01) 1AA30-6AA01)
6GK5 784- 6GK5 784- 6GK5 784- 6GK5 784-
1AA30-2AB02) 1AA30-6AB02) 1AA30-2AB02) 1AA30-6AB02)
Product type description SCALANCE SCALANCE Product type description SCALANCE SCALANCE
W784-1 W784-1RR W784-1 W784-1RR
Transmission rate, max. 54 Mbit/s 54 Mbit/s Effective power loss 5W 5W
Number of VLAN-IDs per SSID 8 8 Ambient temperature
Number of SSIDs 8 8 • during operation -20 … +60 °C -20 … +60 °C
1 1 • during storage
• during transport
-40 … +70 °C
-40 … +70 °C
-40 … +70 °C
-40 … +70 °C
3
terminal equipment
Number of interfaces for 1 1 at 25 °C during operation
WLAN components
hydrological resistance - -
Number of optical ports - - to condensation, resistant
Number of internal antennas - -
Number of external antennas - -
• e-symbol - -
• for network components or RJ45 socket RJ45 socket
terminal equipment (10/100 Mbit/s, (10/100 Mbit/s, Standard for wireless
TP) TP) communication
• for redundant voltage supply - - • iPCF No Yes
• for external antenna(s) 2 x R-SMA 2 x R-SMA • IEEE 802.11a Yes Yes
Version of optical port for - - • IEEE 802.11b Yes Yes
fiber-optic cables
• IEEE 802.11g Yes Yes
Version of the C-PLUG swap Yes Yes
• IEEE 802.11h Yes Yes
medium
• IEEE 802.11e Yes Yes
• IEEE 802.11i Yes Yes
Supply voltage - -
• Maximum - - Standard
• Minimum - - • for safety of CSA - -
• 1 from Power-over-Ethernet) 48 V 48 V • For Ex zone Zone 2, Zone 2,
EEx nA II T4 EEx nA II T4
• from DTE Power over MDI - - (ATEX); (ATEX);
• from M12 Power Connector Class I, Div 2 Class I, Div 2
(A-coded) for redundant power (FM, cULus) (FM, cULus)
supply
- Maximum - -
- Minimum - - • American Bureau of Yes Yes
• Bureau Veritas (BV) Yes Yes
- Maximum - -
- Minimum - - • Det Norske Veritas (DNV) - -
• from terminal block • Europe Ltd. (ABS) Yes Yes
- Maximum 48 V 48 V • Germanischer Lloyd (GL) Yes Yes
- Minimum 18 V 18 V
power supply • Nippon Kaiji Kyokai (NK) Yes Yes
for AC Directive
- Maximum - - • for EMC of AS - -
- Minimum - - • for safety of UL - -
for DC
- Maximum - -
- Minimum - -
1)
2)

© Siemens AG 2008


Order No. 6GK5 784- 6GK5 784- SCALANCE W-788 Access Points
1AA30-2AA01) 1AA30-6AA01) IWLAN access points with built-in
6GK5 784- 6GK5 784- radio interfaces; radio networks
1AA30-2AB02) 1AA30-6AB02) IEEE 802.11b/g/a/h at 2.4/5 GHz
Product type description SCALANCE SCALANCE to 54 Mbit/s. National approvals;
W784-1 W784-1RR WPA2/AES; Power over Ethernet
(PoE), degree of protection IP65
Width of enclosure 100 mm 100 mm (-20 °C … +60 °C);
without antenna scope of supply: 2 antennas
Height of enclosure 205 mm 205 mm ANT795-4MR, IP67 hybrid plug-in
connector, mounting hardware;
3
without antenna
manual on CD ROM,
Depth of enclosure 20 mm 20 mm German/English
without antenna
SCALANCE W788-1PRO
Type of fixing Wall mounting Wall mounting
with optionaler with optionaler IWLAN Access Point with one
mounting aid: mounting aid: built-in radio interface
35 mm DIN rail, 35 mm DIN rail, • National approvals 6GK5 788-1AA60-2AA0
S7-300 stan- S7-300 stan- for operation outside the U.S.A.
dard rail dard rail
• National approvals 6GK5 788-1AA60-2AB0
Net weight 290 g 290 g for operation in the U.S.A.
Degree of protection IP30 IP30 SCALANCE W788-2PRO
Number of permanently 1 1 IWLAN Dual Access Point with
installed radio cards two built-in radio interfaces
Radio frequency for WLAN • National approvals 6GK5 788-2AA60-2AA0
in 2.4 GHz frequency band for operation outside the U.S.A.
• Initial value 2.41 GHz 2.41 GHz • National approvals 6GK5 788-2AA60-2AB0
• End value 2.48 GHz 2.48 GHz for operation in the U.S.A.
Radio frequency for WLAN SCALANCE W788-1RR
in 5 GHz frequency band IWLAN Access Point with one
• Initial value 4.9 GHz 4.9 GHz built-in radio interface for estab-
lishment of radio links with iPCF
• End value 5.8 GHz 5.8 GHz
• National approvals 6GK5 788-1AA60-6AA0
SCALANCE W788-2RR
IWLAN Dual Access Point
with two built-in radio interfaces
for establishment of radio links
with iPCF
1)
2)

© Siemens AG 2008


SCALANCE W-786 Access Points SCALANCE W786-3PRO
IWLAN access points with built-in IWLAN Access Points with
radio interfaces; radio networks three built-in radio interfaces
IEEE 802.11b/g/a/h at 2.4/5 GHz
to 54 Mbit/s. National approvals; RJ45 connection
WPA2/AES; Power over Ethernet • Connections for six external
(PoE), degree of protection IP65 antennas
(-40 °C … +70 °C);
scope of supply: Mounting hard- - National approvals for 6GK5 786-3AA60-2AA0
ware, 48 V DC terminal block; operation outside the U.S.A.
manual on CD-ROM
3
- National approvals for 6GK5 786-3AA60-2AB0
German/English; operation in the U.S.A.
SCALANCE W786-1PRO Fiber-optic cable connection
IWLAN Access Points with one • Connections for six external
built-in radio interface antennas
RJ45 connection - National approvals for 6GK5 786-3AB60-2AA0
• Two internal antennas operation outside the U.S.A.
- National approvals for 6GK5 786-1BA60-2AA0 - National approvals for 6GK5 786-3AB60-2AB0
operation outside the U.S.A. operation in the U.S.A.
- National approvals for 6GK5 786-1BA60-2AB0 SCALANCE W786-2RR
operation in the U.S.A.
IWLAN Dual Access Point
• Connections for two external with two built-in radio interfaces
antennas for establishment of radio links
- National approvals for 6GK5 786-1AA60-2AA0 with iPCF
operation outside the U.S.A.
RJ45 connection
operation in the U.S.A. • Four internal antennas
Fiber-optic cable connection - National approvals for 6GK5 786-2BA60-6AA0
• Two internal antennas
- National approvals for 6GK5 786-2BA60-6AB0
- National approvals for 6GK5 786-1BB60-2AA0 operation in the U.S.A.
- National approvals for 6GK5 786-1BB60-2AB0 • Connections for four external
operation in the U.S.A. antennas
• Connections for two external - National approvals for 6GK5 786-2AA60-6AA0

antennas operation outside the U.S.A.
- National approvals for 6GK5 786-1AB60-2AA0 - National approvals for 6GK5 786-2AA60-6AB0
operation outside the U.S.A. operation in the U.S.A.
- National approvals for 6GK5 786-1AB60-2AB0 SCALANCE W-784 Access Points
IWLAN Access Points with built-in
SCALANCE W786-2PRO radio interfaces; radio networks
IWLAN Access Points with two IEEE 802.11b/g/a/h at 2.4/5 GHz
built-in radio interfaces to 54 Mbit/s. National approvals;
WPA2/AES; Power over Ethernet
RJ45 connection (PoE), degree of protection IP30
(-20 °C … +60 °C);
• Four internal antennas scope of supply: Mounting hard-
- National approvals for 6GK5 786-2BA60-2AA0 ware, 24 V DC terminal block;
operation outside the U.S.A. manual on CD-ROM
- National approvals for 6GK5 786-2BA60-2AB0 German/English;
operation in the U.S.A. SCALANCE W784-1
• Connections for four external IWLAN Access Points with one
antennas built-in radio interface
- National approvals for 6GK5 786-2AA60-2AA0
operation outside the U.S.A. • National approvals for 6GK5 784-1AA30-2AA0
operation in the U.S.A. • National approvals for 6GK5 784-1AA30-2AB0
Fiber-optic cable connection
SCALANCE W784-1RR
• Four internal antennas
IWLAN Access Point with
- National approvals for 6GK5 786-2BB60-2AA0
one built-in radio interface
for establishment of radio links
- National approvals for 6GK5 786-2BB60-2AB0 with iPCF
• National approvals for 6GK5 784-1AA30-6AA0
• Connections for four external operation outside the U.S.A.
antennas
• National approvals for 6GK5 784-1AA30-6AB0
- National approvals for 6GK5 786-2AB60-2AA0 operation in the U.S.A.
- National approvals for 6GK5 786-2AB60-2AB0

© Siemens AG 2008


Antennas Accessories
Antennas with omni-directional SIMATIC Mobile Panel 277
characteristic; IWLAN
national approvals, brief
instruction manual on paper, • Communication via WLAN 6AV6 645-0DD01-0AX0
German/English (PROFINET)
For mounting directly onto • Communication via WLAN 6AV6 645-0DE01-0AX0

SCALANCE W (PROFINET)
with integrated handwheel,
Antenna gain incl. R-SMA key-operated switch and two
3
connector 4 dBi, 2.4/5 GHz illuminated pushbuttons
• Antenna ANT795-4MR 6GK5 795-4MR00-0AA6 SIMATIC Mobile Panel 277F
IWLAN
IP65 (-20 °C … +60 °C) 6GK5 795-4MS00-0AA6
• Communication via WLAN 6AV6 645-0DB01-0AX0
• ANT795-4MS antenna (PROFINET)
IP30; radial rotation possible with acknowledgement button
with additional joint; scope of and emergency stop button
supply: 2 antennas;
• Communication via WLAN 6AV6 645-0DC01-0AX0
Wall or mast mounting (PROFINET)
• Antenna ANT792-6MN 6GK5 792-6MN00-0AA6 with acknowledgment button
Antenna gain incl. N-Connect and emergency stop button
connector 6 dBi, 2.4 GHz with integrated handwheel,
key-operated switch, and two
• Antenna ANT 793-6MN 6GK5 793-6MN00-0AA6 illuminated pushbuttons
Antenna gain incl. N-Connect
connector 5 dBi, Note:
5 GHz Please also order the desktop
power supply or battery charger!
For mounting on a roof
• Table-top power supply incl. 6AV6 671-5CN00-0AX1
• ANT795-6MN antenna 6GK5 795-6MN00-0AA6 power cable for EU, US, UK, JP
Antenna gain incl. N-Connect (only suitable for operation un-
connector 6/8 dBi, 2.4/5 GHz der laboratory/office conditions)
• Antenna mounting tool 6GK5 795-6MN01-0AA6 • Charger for safe storage and 6AV6 671-5CE00-0AX0
(ANT795-6MN) charging the device incl. lock
Mounting aid for installing for securing the device in the
ANT795-6MN below a roof charger. Charging capabilities
Directional antennas; for up to two additional batteries
-40 … +70 °C, Wi-Fi compliance • Additional battery with LED 6AV6 671-5CL00-0AX0
and national approvals, with indicator for indicating the
terminating resistor 1 x TI795-1R; charge status
incl. mounting hardware; brief
instructions on paper, • Transponder incl. batteries 6AV6 671-5CM00-0AX0
German/English (3x AA)
Wall or mast mounting Mobile Panel PC 12" IWLAN
• ANT795-6DN antenna 6GK5 795-6DN00-0AA6 12.1" Touch, Intel Merom Dual
Wide-angle antenna, slightly Core processor 1.06 GHz,
directional; antenna gain incl. 120 GB hard disk; LAN/WLAN/
N-Connect connector 9/9 dBi, Bluetooth/USB2.0, WIN XP,
2.4/5 GHz WLAN radio approval for Europe
(MOW2)
• Antenna ANT792-8DN 6GK5 792-8DN00-0AA6
Strongly directional antenna; • Basic 6AV7460-3AA00-0AA0
antenna gain incl. N-Connect 1 GB RAM
connector 14 dBi, 2.4 GHz • TOP 6AV7460-3AA01-0AA0
• Antenna ANT793-8DN 6GK5 793-8DN00-0AA6 2 GB RAM, incl. camera,
Strongly directional antenna; 2 Megapixel
antenna gain incl. N-Connect • Docking station for 6AV7673-0GC00-0AA0
connector 19 dBi, 5 GHz Mobile Panel PC 12" IWLAN
(BASIC + TOP)
IE FC RJ45 modular outlet 6GK1 901-1BE00-0AA3
with power insert
Fast Connect RJ45 modular outlet
for Industrial Ethernet with a
replaceable insert for 1 x 24 V
and 1 x 100 Mbit/s interface
IE Hybrid Cable 2x2 + 4x0.34 6XV1 870-2J
4-wire, shielded installation cable;
sold by the meter, up to 1000 m,
minimum order 20 m

© Siemens AG 2008


IE FC Standard Cable GP 2 x 2 6XV1 840-2AH10 IE Hybrid RJ45 6ES7 194-1JB10-0XA0
4-core, shielded TP installation Socket Dust Cover
cable for connection to IE Dust cap for RJ45 port socket
FC Outlet RJ45/ IE FC RJ45 Plug; (Industrial Ethernet/PoE) of
PROFINET-compatible; with SCALANCE W-700
UL approval; sold by the meter;
max. quantity 1000 m, Lightning protector LP798-1N 6GK5 798-2LP00-2AA6
minimum order 20 m Lightning protection element with
IWLAN RCoax cables N/N female/female connection,
IP65 (-40 … + 100 °C)
Leaky wave conductor for
complex radio environments
as special antenna for
Termination Impedance
TI795-1R
6GK5 795-1TR10-0AA6
3
SCALANCE W Access Points;
for expanded temperature range Antenna termination impedance
-40 °C … + 85 °C; 50 ohms for terminating the sec-
sold by the meter ond R-SMA antenna socket, when
Minimum order quantity 20 m operating a SCALANCE W-700
radio interface with only one
• 2.4 GHz 6XV1 875-2A antenna, IP65 (-20 °C … +60 °C);
3 items
• 5 GHz 6XV1 875-2D
C-PLUG 6GK1 900-0AB00
RCoax R-SMA/SMA male/male
Flexible connection cable Configuration plug, swap medium
Flexible cable for connecting for simple replacement of the
an IWLAN/PB Link PN IO to module in the event of a fault;
components with RSMA and SMA for storing configuration or engi-
connections, e.g. cabinet neering and application data;
feedthrough; assembled with can be used for SIMATIC NET
two R-SMA male to SMA male products with C-PLUG slot
connectors Power supply PS791-2DC 6GK5 791-2DC00-0AA0
• 0.3 m 6XV1 875-5DE30 24 V DC power supply for installa-
•2m 6XV1 875-5DH20 tion in the SCALANCE W-786
products, operating instructions
IP67 hybrid connector 09 45 125 1300.00 German/English
Connector for connecting Order directly from: Power supply PS791-2AC 6GK5 791-2AC00-0AA0
SCALANCE W-700 to Industrial HARTING Deutschland GmbH &
Ethernet and Power over Co. KG 110 … 230 V AC power
Ethernet (PoE), with assembly P.O. Box 24-51 supply for installation in the
instructions, 1 unit 32381 Minden, Germany SCALANCE W-786 products;
Phone: +49 571-8896-0 operating instructions
Fax: +49 571-8896-354 German/English
E-mail: de.sales@HARTING.com
Internet: PRESET-PLUG 6GK5 798-8AB00
http://www.HARTING.com Swap medium for simple initial
Power M12 6GK1 907-0DC10-6AA3 startup of IWLAN clients, e.g.
Cable Connector PRO SCALANCE W-740 Client Mod-
ules or IWLAN/PB Link PN IO
Terminal socket for connection
of SCALANCE W-700 for 24 V DC MS1 mounting set 6GK5 798-8MG00-0AA0
supply voltage; 4-pole, A-coded, Mounting set for fixing the
with assembly instructions, SCALANCE W-786 products onto
3 items an S7-300 mounting rail or a
Power supply PS791-1PRO 6GK5 791-1PS00-0AA6 35 mm DIN rail
AC/DC power supply, 10 W, MS2 mounting set 6GK5 798-8MJ00-0AA0
IP65 (-20 … +60 °C),
input: 90 … 265 V AC, Mounting set for fixing the
output: 24 V DC, SCALANCE W-784 products
metal housing; onto an S7-300 mounting rail or a
scope of supply: AC power 3+PE 35 mm standard mounting rail
cable connector,
DC power cord M12, mounting
hardware; operating instructions
German/English
Wireless approvals: You can order components supplementary to the SIMATIC NET
cabling system from your local contact. Technical advice on this
Current approvals can be found in the Internet at: subject is available from:
Tel. +49 (0)911/750 44 65
Fax +49 0911/750 99 91

© Siemens AG 2008

• Two radio cards (compatible with IEEE 802.11b/g and
IEEE 802.11a/h) are permanently installed in the device
• Designed without rotating parts (e.g. operation without fans)
• Antennas can either be connected by means of a screw
connection (R-SMA) or integrated into a device
• Function LEDs for optical signaling of faults and operating
states
Product versions
3 SCALANCE W786-2HPW
• Rugged plastic housing (plexi-glass type), shock and
vibration-proof for severe mechanical loading
• High degree of protection IP65 against dust and water jets
• For use at ambient temperatures from -40 °C to +70 °C
• Resistant to condensation
• Resistant to UV radiation and saltwater spray
• Construction and design for use outdoors and in public
SCALANCE W786-2HPW can be used as a "Thin Access Point" buildings
for operation with the HiPath WLAN controller, thus opening • 4 x R-SMA sockets for the connection of remote antennas
up the advantages of this architecture to industrial and outdoor or 4 x internal antennas
areas.
• Variant with 1 x RJ45 connection for 10/100 Mbit/s and
• Use with HiPath wireless LAN controller for comprehensive Power-over-Ethernet (IEEE 802.3a/f)
solutions in office and production environments. Integration
of optiPoint WLAN phones (Voice over WLAN) is possible • Variant with 1 x multimode fiber-optic cable (BFOC)
• SCALANCE W786-2HPW can only be used with the HiPath • 1 x 48 V DC connection (also redundant power infeed),
WLAN controller optional operation on 12 to 24 V DC or 100 to 240 V AC
with power supply integrated into device
• Approved for operation in hazardous areas in Zone 2
• Mounting:
Wall or, with optional mounting aid (mounting set),
■ Benefits S7-300 standard rail/35 mm DIN rail/mast mounting
Wall mounting or, using a mounting kit, fastening to a SIMATIC

S7-300 rail, a 35 mm DIN rail or column
• Integrated wireless network for voice and data across the Infeed of 48 V DC or with Depending on version:
divisions of the company 100-240 V AC power - RJ45 connection
supplies or - Fiber-optic connection
• Cost-savings through centralized management, easy 12-24 V DC (multimode)
installation and reliable commissioning
■ Application Reset button
Plant-wide radio network using HiPath Wireless in the office,

outdoor and industrial areas;
Seamless operation of mobile phones, laptops and mobile C-PLUG
controllers in one and the same network while adhering to the slot Antenna
security policies for the various user groups and ensuring a connections
defined quality of service (QoS) for a variety of devices. dependent on
version
G_IK10_XX_30168
Dependent on version:
here internal antennae
Design and interfaces of the SCALANCE W786-2HPW Access Points

© Siemens AG 2008

■ Function
The SCALANCE W786-2HPW Access Point immediately com- clients such that the WLAN environment appears like several
municates with the HiPath WLAN controller. Direct access to the individual IP subnetworks with central management. The individ-
W786-2HPW is only possible via the HiPath WLAN controller. ual connections are additionally managed here, and the stations
can therefore move reliably throughout the complete radio
The HiPath WLAN controller offers central management. It network.
connects, manages and coordinates all access point and
&HQWUDOPDQDJHPHQW PC
Industrial Ethernet
HiPath Wireless Controller
3
Access Point Access Point Access Point Access Point

W786-2HPW W786-2HPW W786-2HPW W786-2HPW
Laser scanners Mobile Panel PC Handheld terminal PDA OptiPoint
G_IK10_XX_30197
Central management of the WLAN infrastructure in office and industrial networks
The HiPath WLAN controller permits the logical division of a Product versions:
single radio infrastructure into logical networks (Virtual Network
Services, VNS). Various services, security requirements and SCALANCE W786-2HPW
access possibilities can then be reliably assigned to the sta- with two integrated radio cards;
tions, and different user groups such as administrators, com- variants are available with:
missioning engineers or guests can therefore use the same
wireless network. Different applications such as voice, Internet • Four internal antennas
or PLCs can thus be operated within the same infrastructure, • Connections for four external antennas
resulting in optimum utilization of the radio network. For applica- • One RJ45 connection
tions with high reliability demands, the HiPath WLAN controller
can be operated with a redundant device. • One FOC multimode connection (BFOC)
SCALANCE W786-2HPW is ideally suited to applications Diagnostics and management

with high climatic requirements for outdoor installation. Central management for operation with HiPath wireless for
Where temperatures far below the freezing point are common configuration, fault recording, monitoring and documentation
(down to -40 °C) or in extremely hot regions (up to +70 °C), the of statistics.
SCALANCE W786-2HPW devices can be installed and operated
problem-free. Due to their resistance to salt spray and ultra-violet
radiation, they are suitable for installation in harsh environments.
Variants are available with internal antennas for demanding
environmental requirements. SCALANCE W786-2HPW has
an impact-resistant, shock-proof plastic housing (plexi-glass
type) for use in public areas. If the minimum length of the
standard Ethernet cables is not sufficient due to the large
distance between the access points and the wired network,
the SCALANCE W786-2HPW can be alternatively equipped
with fiber-optic connectors (multimode). This allows for dis-
tances up to 3000 m.

© Siemens AG 2008

2BA60-1CA0 2AA60-1CA0 2BA60-1CA0 2AA60-1CA0
Product type description SCALANCE SCALANCE Product type description SCALANCE SCALANCE
W786-2HPW W786-2HPW W786-2HPW W786-2HPW
Transmission rate, max. 54 Mbit/s 54 Mbit/s Effective power loss 13 W 13 W
Number of VLAN-IDs per SSID - - Ambient temperature
Number of SSIDs - - • during operation -40 … +70 °C -40 … +70 °C
Number of electrical connections 1 1 • during storage -40 … +80 °C -40 … +80 °C
3
terminal equipment • during transport -40 … +80 °C -40 … +80 °C
Number of interfaces for 2 2 Maximum relative humidity 100% 100%

WLAN components at 25 °C during operation
Number of optical ports - - hydrological resistance to - -

for fiber-optic cables condensation, resistant
Number of internal antennas 2 - Certificate of suitability
Number of external antennas - - • CE label Yes Yes
Electrical connection version • e-symbol - -
• for network components or RJ45 socket RJ45 socket Standard for wireless
terminal equipment (10/100 Mbit/s, (10/100 Mbit/s, communication
TP), TP), • iPCF - -
FOC multimode FOC multimode
(100 Mbit/s, (100 Mbit/s, • IEEE 802.11a - -
BFOC) BFOC) • IEEE 802.11b - -
• for redundant voltage supply • IEEE 802.11g - -
• for external antenna(s) - 4 x R-SMA • IEEE 802.11h - -
Version of optical port - - • IEEE 802.11e - -
• IEEE 802.11i - -
Version of the C-PLUG - -
swap medium Standard
Supply voltage
• For Ex zone Zone 2, Zone 2,
• Maximum - - EEx nA II T4 EEx nA II T4
(ATEX); (ATEX);
• Minimum - - Class I, Div 2 Class I, Div 2
• 1 from Power-over-Ethernet) 48 V 48 V (FM, cULus) (FM, cULus)
• from DTE Power over MDI - - Marine classification association
• from M12 Power Connector • American Bureau of Yes Yes
(A-coded) for redundant power Shipping Europe Ltd. (ABS)
supply • Bureau Veritas (BV) Yes Yes
- Maximum - - • Det Norske Veritas (DNV) - -
- Minimum - - • Europe Ltd. (ABS) Yes Yes
• from IE Hybrid Cable 2x2 + 4x0.34 • Germanischer Lloyd (GL) Yes Yes
- Maximum - - • Lloyds Register of Shipping (LRS) Yes Yes
- Minimum - - • Nippon Kaiji Kyokai (NK) Yes Yes
• from terminal block Directive
- Maximum 48 V 48 V • for EMC of AS - -
- Minimum 48 V 48 V • for safety of UL - -
power supply
for AC
- Maximum 240 V 240 V
- Minimum 100 V 100 V
for DC
- Maximum 24 V 24 V
- Minimum 12 V 12 V

© Siemens AG 2008


Order No. 6GK5 786- 6GK5 786- SCALANCE W786-2HPW
2BA60-1CA0 2AA60-1CA0
Dual Access Point for operating
Product type description SCALANCE SCALANCE using the HiPath WLAN controller;
W786-2HPW W786-2HPW with two built-in radio interfaces
Width of enclosure 251 mm 251 mm
RJ45 connection
without antenna
• Four internal antennas 6GK5 786-2BA60-1CA0
Height of enclosure 251 mm 251 mm
without antenna • Connections for four 6GK5 786-2AA60-1CA0
external antennas
Depth of enclosure 72 mm 72 mm
without antenna
Type of fixing Wall mounting, Wall mounting,
Fiber-optic connection
• Four internal antennas 6GK5 786-2BB60-1CA0
3
with optional with optional
mounting aid for mounting aid for • Connections for four 6GK5 786-2AB60-1CA0
mast mounting, mast mounting, external antennas
35 mm DIN rail, 35 mm DIN rail, Antennas
S7-300 mount- S7-300 mount-
ing rail ing rail Antennas with omni-
directional characteristics;
Net weight 2.24 kg 2.24 kg
country permits,
Degree of protection IP65 IP65 compact instructions (hard copy),
German/English;
Number of permanently installed 2 2 IP65 (-40 … +70 °C),
radio cards Wi-Fi compliance, with terminat-
Radio frequency for WLAN ing resistor 1 x TI795-1R;
incl. mounting hardware
• Initial value - -
Wall or mast mounting
• End value - -
• Antenna ANT792-6MN 6GK5 792-6MN00-0AA6
connector 6 dBi, 2.4 GHz
• ANT793-6MN antenna 6GK5 793-6MN00-0AA6
connector 5 dBi, 5 GHz
connector 6/8 dBi, 2.4/5 GHz
• Antenna mounting tool 6GK5 795-6MN01-0AA6
(ANT795-6MN)
Mounting aid for installing
ANT795-6MN below a roof
Directional antennas;
-40 … +70 °C, Wi-Fi compliance
and national approvals, with
terminating resistor 1 x TI795-1R;
incl. mounting hardware;
brief instructions on paper,
German/English
• ANT795-6DN antenna 6GK5 795-6DN00-0AA6
Wide-angle antenna, slightly
directional; antenna gain incl.
N-Connect connector 9/9 dBi,
2.4/5 GHz
Strongly directional antenna;
antenna gain incl. N-Connect
connector 14 dBi, 2.4 GHz
connector 19 dBi, 5 GHz

© Siemens AG 2008


Antenna cables MS1 mounting set 6GK5 798-8MG00-0AA0
N-Connect Male/Male Mounting set for fixing the
Flexible Connection Cable SCALANCE W786-2HPW
products onto an S7-300
•1m 6XV1 875-5AH10 mounting rail or a 35 mm
•2m 6XV1 875-5AH20 standard DIN rail
•5m 6XV1 875-5AH50 IE TP Torsion Cable 2 x 2 6XV1 870-2F
(Type C)
• 10 m 6XV1 875-5AN10
N-Connect/R-SMA Male/Male
3
cable for connection to
Flexible Connection Cable IE FC Outlet RJ45/
•1m 6XV1 875-5CH10 IE FC RJ45 Plug for
use with robots;
•2m 6XV1 875-5CH20 PROFINET-compatible;
with UL approval;
•5m 6XV1 875-5CH50
sold by the meter;
• 10 m 6XV1 875-5CN10 max. length 1000 m,
R-SMA/SMA Male/Male
Flexible Connection Cable IE FC TP Trailing Cable 2 x 2 6XV1 840 3AH10
(Type C)
• 0.3 m 6XV1 875-5DE30
•2m 6XV1 875-5DH20 cable for connection to
Accessories IE FC Outlet RJ45/
IE FC RJ45 Plug 180/90 for
IE FC standard cable GP 2 x 2 6XV1 840-2AH10 use as trailing cable;
4-core, shielded TP installation PROFINET-compatible;
cable for connection to IE with UL approval;
FC outlet RJ45/ IE FC RJ45 plug; sold by the meter;
PROFINET-compatible; max. length 1000 m,
with UL approval; sold by the minimum order 20 m
meter; max. length 1000 m, FO Standard Cable GP (50/125) 6XV1 873-2A
minimum order 20 m
Sold by the meter; max. length
LP798-1N lightning protector 6GK5 798-2LP00-2AA6 1,000 m; minimum order 20 m
Lightning protection element with HiPath Wireless Hardware Available for purchase from
N/N female/female connection, and HiPath Wireless Controller Siemens Enterprise Communica-
IP65 (-40 … + 100 °C) Software tions GmbH & Co KG
TI795-1R 6GK5 795-1TR10-0AA6 http://enterprise.siemens.com/
termination impedance open
Antenna termination impedance HiPath Wireless C10 Controller, L30250-F600-A956

50 ohms for terminating the sec- max. 30 AP
ond R-SMA antenna socket, when HiPath Wireless C2400 L30250-F600-A890
operating a SCALANCE W-700 Controller, 1…200 AP
antenna, IP65 (-20 °C … +60 °C); HiPath Wireless Manager V2 L30250-F600-A461
3 items Software CD
PS791-2DC power supply 6GK5 791-2DC00-0AA0 HiPath Wireless Convergence L30250-F622-A470
SW C10 V4
12 … 24 V DC power supply
for installation in the HiPath Wireless Convergence L30250-F622-A423
SCALANCE W-786-2HPW SW C2400 Campus max. 100 AP
products, operating instructions HiPath Wireless Convergence L30250-F622-A422
German/English SW C2400 Enterprise
PS791-2AC power supply 6GK5 791-2AC00-0AA0 max. 200 AP
110 … 230 V AC power supply
for installation in the SCALANCE
W786-2HPW products;
operating instructions
German/English
Wireless approvals: Enterprise communication solutions from Siemens
Current approvals can be found in the Internet at: Additional information can be found in the Internet under:
http://www.siemens.com/simatic-net/ik-info http://enterprise.siemens.com/open

© Siemens AG 2008

SCALANCE W-740 Client Modules
IWLAN is particularly suited to applications that require reliable

wireless communication and operation under harsh environmen-
tal conditions:
• Predictable data traffic (strict real-time requirements) and
defined response times on the radio link
• Reliable radio link, e.g. due to redundant connection and
cyclic monitoring of the wireless path 3
operation of a process as well as for critical process data
(e.g. alarm signals), as well as for non-critical communication
(e.g. service and diagnostics)
• Investment security because all products are compatible with
the internationally recognized WLAN standard IEEE 802.11,
suitable for the unlicensed frequency bands of 2.4 GHz and
5 GHz (ISM bands)
• The Ethernet Client Modules from the SCALANCE W-740
product line are optimal for linking Industrial Ethernet stations • Quick commissioning of the Client Modules with the swap
to an Industrial Wireless LAN (IWLAN) radio network for medium PRESET-PLUG
2.4 GHz or 5 GHz with baudrates of up to 54 Mbit/s. • Reduced operating costs, because there is no wear of rotating
• Suitable for any application: and moving plant sections
Cabinet-free design for industrial and automation environ- • Cost-effective connection to devices which are remote,
ments or integrated in devices and cabinets difficult to access or in hostile environments
• Reliable thanks to rugged housing, protected from water and • Operational reliability in the industrial environment, e.g. thanks
dust (IP65), resistant to shock, vibration and electromagnetic to a rugged housing and industrial approvals
fields • Increased plant availability through non-contact and thus
• Approved for operation in hazardous areas complying with wear-free data transmission to mobile communication part-
Zone 2 ners with RCoax leaky wave cable
• Radio communication suitable for demanding applications • Instantaneous shutdown of the system in critical situations via
with real-time and redundancy requirements, such as the emergency stop button of the SIMATIC Mobile Panel 277F
PROFINET, PROFIsafe or video IWLAN with safety function
• In conformance with standards through support of
IEEE 802.11, with additional functional expansions especially ■ Application
for applications demanding high reliability
The Ethernet Client Modules from the SCALANCE W-740 prod-
• Operation in the expanded temperature range from -20 °C to uct line are designed for industrial applications as well as for
+60 °C inexpensive integration in cabinets or in devices. They provide a
• Resistant to condensation (depending on the product line) reliable radio link, which will transfer quickly from one Access
• Protection from unauthorized access, espionage, listening in Point to the next (roaming). In this manner, processes can be
and corruption of data due to effective encryption mecha- monitored and production failures through machine downtimes
nisms avoided. In addition, Industrial Wireless LAN (IWLAN) can be
used in time-critical applications associated with production
• The SINEMA E engineering tool, wizards and online help automation (PROFINET IO) or for safety-related signals
support planning, simulation, configuration, site survey and (PROFIsafe).
documentation; easy management with the web server and
SNMP The Client Modules with the high degree of protection IP65 and
• Quick commissioning of Client Modules with the optional swap the extended temperature range from -20 to +60 °C make these
medium PRESET-PLUG and quick device exchange in case of suitable for use in the food and beverages industry (cooling
faults with the optional swap medium C-PLUG (Configuration technology) and in logistics. SCALANCE W products are
Plug) silicone-free and can therefore also be used in paint shops.
The Client Modules in degree of protection IP30 are especially
suitable in the automotive industry for use in automated guided
vehicle systems or suspended monorails.
When using the RCoax cable (radiating cable), operation is
particularly reliable in conveying technology and all track appli-
cations (e.g. warehouse stacking machines).

© Siemens AG 2008

■ Application (continued) ■ Design

Application examples: • Radio card (compatible with IEEE 802.11b/g and
IEEE 802.11a/h) permanently installed in device
• Automated guided vehicle systems (AGVS) and suspended
monorails; • Designed without rotating parts (e.g. operation without fans)
prevention of wear and high flexibility in the choice of route • Antennas connected via screw fasteners (R-SMA); These can
thanks to wireless transmission of data to the vehicles be replaced within the IWLAN range
• Crane; The housing and the connectors resist high levels of shock and
high flexibility through access to data communication with the vibration loading because all the connections are screwed or
moving unit independent of the location latched. To achieve optimal illumination for special applications,
• Mobile control console; the supplied antennas can be replaced accordingly.
3 reliable intervention in the process thanks to data communica-
tion over IWLAN with mobile units (e.g. Mobile Panel 277F
SCALANCE W-740 Client Modules can be operated in the un-
licensed ISM bands at 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz.
IWLAN); the number of operator panels is therefore deter-
mined by the number of personnel and no longer by the num- Product versions
ber of control desks. SCALANCE W744-1PRO;
• Wireless access to field devices for configuration and testing SCALANCE W746-1PRO;
without the need for time-consuming modifications in the con- SCALANCE W747-1RR
trol cabinet • Rugged metal housing, shock and vibration-proof for severe
• Online access to service and maintenance drawings; mechanical loading in industrial applications designed with-
Immediate updating of the measures performed in the system out cabinets
over IWLAN; • High degree of protection IP65 against dust and water jets,
Optimized processes and reduced error ratios thanks to on- extended temperature range
line information regardless of the location of the machine • Construction and design appropriate for field of application
• Communication with moving nodes (e.g. mobile controls and with SIMATIC control components
devices), storage and retrieval machines, conveyor systems, • 2 x R-SMA sockets for the connection of remote antennas
conveyor belts, rotating machines, trucks (4 x R-SMA for the variants with two radio modules)
• Wireless coupling of communication segments for fast • 1 x hybrid socket for one data and power line with Power-over-
commissioning or for cost-effective networks in which cable Ethernet (IEEE 802.3af)
routing would be extremely expensive (e.g. on public roads,
rivers, lakes, train lines) • 1 x M12 socket for redundant power infeed (18 … 32 V DC,
48 V DC), can be operated as an option with the PS791-1PRO
(90 … 265 V AC) power supply
• 1 x C-PLUG-/PRESET-PLUG slot
• Function LEDs for optical signaling of faults and operating
states
• Mounting: Wall or S7-300 mounting rail (90 mm length,
vertically mounted, bolts included in scope of supply), with
optional mounting aid also suitable for 35mm DIN rail.
2x antennas,
detachable
back:
C-Plug
energy
hybrid
socket wall-
mounting
protective
clip
G_IK10_XX_30020
10/100 Mbit/s redundant

Industrial Ethernet energy
Configuration and interfaces for Client Modules

SCALANCE W744-1PRO, W746-1PRO, W747-1RR

© Siemens AG 2008

■ Design (continued) ■ Function

Product versions Infrastructure mode
SCALANCE W744-1; SCALANCE W-740 Client Modules make it possible for a station
SCALANCE W746-1; with an Industrial Ethernet interface (e.g. a controller) to move
SCALANCE W747-1 seamlessly and with no wear in an Industrial Wireless LAN radio
• Low-profile, compact aluminum housing, shock and vibration- link (e.g. with SCALANCE W-780 Access Points). The station
proof for severe mechanical loading registers in the radio link via the Ethernet Client Module and can
exchange information with the entire data network. If the Ether-
• Dust protection with degree of protection IP30 net Client Module e.g. moves on an automated guided transport
• Construction and design suitable for integration in a device or system, it is automatically and transparently transferred from one
3
for installation in a cabinet Access Point to the next (roaming).
• Power-over-Ethernet (IEEE 802.3af), also for direct infeeding This is possible over distances of up to 30 m indoors (approx.
of 18 … 48 VDC, redundant power feed 100 m outdoors). Directional additional antennas can be used
• 2 x R-SMA sockets for the connection of remote antennas outdoors to achieve ranges of several thousand meters.
• 1 x RJ45 connection for 10/100 Mbit/s with Power-over- Apart from a reliable radio link, the SCALANCE W-740 Client
Ethernet (IEEE 802.3a/f) Modules are characterized by excellent support from IT mecha-
• 1 x 18 to 48 V DC connection for redundant power infeed nisms:
• 1 x C-PLUG-/PRESET-PLUG slot • IEEE 802.11 b/g/a/h for different frequency ranges
• Function LEDs for optical signaling of faults and operating • IEEE802.11e für multimedia, wireless multimedia (WMM)
states • IEEE802.11i for security
• Mounting: Wall or, with optional mounting set, S7-300 mount- • Selectable operation of infrastructure- and Ad-Hoc modes
ing rail / 35 mm standard mounting rail • Sending the log entries of the SCALANCE W devices to a
Syslog server
Wall mounting, on 2xRSMA connections • Network and Port Address Translation (NAT/PAT) (mapping of
S7-300 mounting rail for antennae private IP addresses and ports onto public addresses)
or on DIN rail (35 mm)
with mounting kit • Modern security mechanisms (e.g. network security such as
IEEE 802.1x, RADIUS, EAP mechanisms)
Ad-hoc mode
In this infrequently used mode, a simple radio link is established
SIEMENS
between several mobile devices without using an Access Point.
In this case, an Ethernet Client Module can communicate with
another SCALANCE W-740 device or with a standard WLAN
radio card.
Security
A high degree of data security is achieved by means of the
WPA2/IEEE 802.11i mechanisms. These define modern proce-
dures that control a regular exchange of the complete 128-bit
code as well as performing the access check (authentication) of
a station. The Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) is available
C-PLUG for data encryption. All encryption mechanisms are integrated in
slot 24 V DC connection
G_IK10_XX_30169
the products and do not incur any additional costs.

RJ45 connection 10/100 MBit/s Access to the devices (HTTPS) is encrypted and secure logon
(PoE-capable to IEEE 802.3af) (SSH) is possible. If a security concept with Virtual Private
Networks (VPN) or the SCALANCE S range is required, the
products can be integrated without any difficulty.
Configuration and interfaces for Client Modules
SCALANCE W744-1, W746-1, W747-1

© Siemens AG 2008

Functional scope The iPCF mechanism expands the IEEE 802.11 standard and
must be available on both the station and the Access Point (e.g.
SCALANCE W744-1PRO and SCALANCE W744-1 can adminis- SCALANCE W788-1RR). In a radio link in which iPCF is used no
ter one single IP address, namely that of the connected device. IEEE 802.11 compliant stations can be operated. It is also pos-
These make a wireless connection (precisely) from this mobile sible for IWLAN stations (e.g. W747-1RR) to move about freely in
device to the radio network. If the connected device is replaced, the coverage area (especially of omni-directional antennas) from
the Ethernet Client Module recognizes this automatically, and Access Point to Access Point (e.g. SCALANCE W786-2RR) while
registers the new address. This reduces plant downtimes and deterministically exchanging data.
sources of error.
SCALANCE W747-1RR and W747-1 can also be configured in
The SCALANCE W746-1PRO and SCALANCE W746-1 Ethernet
3
conformance with the IEEE 802.11 standard. The iPCF operating
Client Modules can administer the radio connection for up to mode is no longer possible in this case.
eight devices with an Ethernet interface. It is then possible to
integrate mobile units with a small Ethernet network (up to 8 Diagnostics and management
devices) extremely effectively into an IWLAN radio link. • Web-based (HTTP/HTTPS) management tool for configuration
In addition, the devices SCALANCE W747-1RR and SCALANCE and diagnostics using a standard browser
W747-1 feature the iPCF mode of operation, which allows • Planning, configuration, simulation and measurement of the
applications with a requirement for real time and predictable radio link on site (Site Survey) with SINEMA E
response times (deterministic response) to be implemented – • LEDs for signaling operating states and fault conditions
even during roaming of moving nodes from one Access Point to
the next. This ensures that wireless PROFINET IO is supported • Signaling of faults by means of SNMP trap or e-mail to a
and that safety-related signals, such as e.g. Emergency Stop network management tool
can be integrated into the radio link. This means that even video • Optional swap medium C-PLUG (Configuration Plug) for easy
signals can be transmitted from moving stations with a high level replacement of the module without a programming device in
of quality. the event of a fault
6ZLWK 2SHUDWRUFRQWURO
&3 PRQLWRULQJ
,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW
$FFHVV3RLQW $FFHVV3RLQW
6&$/$1&( 6&$/$1&(
:352 :352
6 6
)LHOG3*
&OLHQW0RGXOH &OLHQW0RGXOH 1RWHERRN
6&$/$1&( 6&$/$1&(
:352 :352
*B,.B;;B
$XWRPDWHGJXLGHGYHKLFOHV\VWHP$*96
Mobile controls in an automatic guided vehicle (AGV)
The controllers register via the Ethernet Client Modules

W746-1PRO in the radio link and can move around freely there.
This makes it possible to operate an automated guided vehicle
system (AGVS), for example.

© Siemens AG 2008

5DGLRFHOO
$FFHVV3RLQW
6&$/$1&(
:55
5&RD[&DEOH
3
$QWHQQD
$17'1
&OLHQW0RGXOH
6&$/$1&(:
+DQJHU
+DQJHU
+DQJHU
+DQJHU
+DQJHU
)LHOG3*1RWHERRN
*B,.B;;B
Use of the Ethernet Client Modules in a suspended monorail
The mobile units of a suspended monorail, for example, are

linked to the IWLAN radio link via the Ethernet Client Modules
SCALANCE W747-1. This is implemented by means of the
SCALANCE W788-2RR Access Points and the RCoax cable.
The Ethernet Client Modules are mounted in cabinets because
of their mechanical characteristics.

© Siemens AG 2008

6GK5 746-1AA60-4AA01) 6GK5 746-1AA30-4AA01)
6GK5 746-1AA60-4AB02) 6GK5 746-1AA30-4AB02)
Product type description SCALANCE W744-1PRO, SCALANCE W747-1RR SCALANCE W744-1, SCALANCE W747-1
SCALANCE W746-1PRO SCALANCE W746-1
Number of VLAN-IDs per SSID - - - -
3 Number of electrical connections
1 1 1 1
equipment
WLAN components
Number of optical ports for - - - -
fiber-optic cables
• for network components or Hybrid female connector Hybrid female connector RJ45 RJ45
terminal equipment (10/100 Mbit/s, TP) (10/100 Mbit/s, TP) (10/100 Mbit/s; TP) (10/100 Mbit/s; TP)
• for redundant voltage supply 4-pin M12 interface 4-pin M12 interface 24 V DC 24 V DC
24 V DC or 24 V DC or
48 V DC (A-coded) 48 V DC (A-coded)
• for external antenna(s) 2 x R-SMA 2 x R-SMA 2 x R-SMA 2 x R-SMA
Version of optical port - - - -
medium
• Maximum 48 V 48 V - -
• Minimum 24 V 24 V - -
• 1 from Power-over-Ethernet 48 V 48 V 48 V 48 V
supply
- Maximum 48 V 48 V - -
- Minimum 24 V 24 V - -
- Maximum 48 V 48 V - -
- Minimum 24 V 24 V - -
- Maximum - - 32 V 32 V
- Minimum - - 18 V 18 V
power supply
for AC
- Maximum - - - -
- Minimum - - - -
for DC
- Maximum - - - -
- Minimum - - - -
Effective power loss 10 W 10 W 5W 5W
1)
2)

© Siemens AG 2008


6GK5 746-1AA60-4AA01) 6GK5 746-1AA30-4AA01)
6GK5 746-1AA60-4AB02) 6GK5 746-1AA30-4AB02)
Ambient temperature
• during transport -40 … +70 °C -40 … +70 °C -40 … +70 °C -40 … +70 °C 3
Max. relative humidity during 100% 100% - -
operation
Hydrological resistance to - - - -
condensation, resistant
• e-symbol - - - -
communication
• iPCF No Yes No Yes
Standard
• American Bureau of Shipping Eu- Yes Yes Yes Yes
rope Ltd. (ABS)
Directive
Width of enclosure without antenna 125 mm 125 mm 100 mm 100 mm
Height of enclosure without antenna 90 mm 90 mm 205 mm 205 mm
Depth of enclosure without antenna 118 mm 118 mm 20 mm 20 mm
Type of fixing Wall mounting, Wall mounting, Wall mounting, Wall mounting,
S7-300 mounting rail S7-300 mounting rail with optional mounting aid with optional mounting aid
for standard mounting rail, for standard mounting rail,
S7-300 mounting rail S7-300 mounting rail
1)
2)

© Siemens AG 2008


6GK5 746-1AA60-4AA01) 6GK5 746-1AA30-4AA01)
6GK5 746-1AA60-4AB02) 6GK5 746-1AA30-4AB02)
Net weight 1070 g 1070 g 290 g 290 g
3 installed radio cards
• End value 2.48 Hz 2.48 Hz 2.48 Hz 2.48 Hz
• End value 5.8 Hz 5.8 Hz 5.8 Hz 5.8 Hz
1)
2)

SCALANCE W-740 Client Modules SCALANCE W747-1RR
IWLAN Ethernet Client Modules For administration of the radio link
with built-in radio interface; with iPCF of up to eight devices
radio networks IEEE 802.11b/g/a/h with Industrial Ethernet connec-
at 2.4/5 GHz to 54 Mbit/s. tion; degree of protection IP65;
National approvals; WPA/AES; scope of delivery:
Power over Ethernet (PoE), 2 antennas ANT795-4MR,
with mounting hardware, IP67 hybrid plug connector
manual on CD-ROM;
German/English • National approvals 6GK5 747-1AA60-6AA0
SCALANCE W744-1PRO
For administration of the radio link for operation in the U.S.A.
of one device with Industrial
Ethernet connection; degree of SCALANCE W744-1
protection IP65; For administration of the radio link
scope of delivery: 2 antennas of one device with Industrial
ANT795-4MR, IP67 hybrid plug Ethernet connection;
connector degree of protection IP30
• National approvals 6GK5 744-1AA60-2AA0 • National approvals 6GK5 744-1AA30-2AA0
for operation outside the U.S.A. for operation outside the U.S.A.
• National approvals 6GK5 744-1AA60-2AB0 • National approvals 6GK5 744-1AA30-2AB0
for operation in the U.S.A. for operation in the U.S.A.
For administration of the radio link For administration of the radio link
of up to eight devices with of up to eight devices with
Industrial Ethernet connection; Industrial Ethernet connection;
degree of protection IP65; degree of protection IP30
scope of delivery: 2 antennas
ANT795-4MR, IP67 hybrid plug • National approvals 6GK5 746-1AA30-4AA0
connector for operation outside the U.S.A.
• National approvals 6GK5 746-1AA60-4AA0 • National approvals 6GK5 746-1AA30-4AB0
for operation outside the U.S.A. for operation in the U.S.A.
• National approvals 6GK5 746-1AA60-4AB0 SCALANCE W747-1
for operation in the U.S.A. For administration of the radio link
with iPCF of up to eight devices
with Industrial Ethernet connec-
tion; degree of protection IP30

© Siemens AG 2008


Antennas Accessories
Antennas with omni-directional IE FC RJ45 modular outlet 6GK1 901-1BE00-0AA3
characteristic; with power insert
national approvals, brief instruc-
tion manual on paper, Fast Connect RJ45 modular outlet
German/English for Industrial Ethernet with a
replaceable insert for 1 x 24 V
For mounting directly onto and 1 x 100 Mbit/s interface
SCALANCE W
IE Hybrid Cable 2x2 + 4x0.34 6XV1 870-2J
Antenna gain incl. R-SMA
4-wire, shielded installation cable;
3
connector 4 dBi, 2.4/5 GHz;
sold by the meter, up to 1000 m,
• Antenna ANT795-4MR 6GK5 795-4MR00-0AA6 minimum order 20 m
IP65 (-20 … +60 °C)
IE FC Standard Cable GP 2 x 2 6XV1 840-2AH10
• ANT795-4MS antenna 6GK5 795-4MS00-0AA6
IP30; radial rotation 4-core, shielded TP installation
possible with additional joint; cable for connection to IE
scope of supply: 2 antennas; FC Outlet RJ45/ IE FC RJ45 Plug;
PROFINET-compatible; with UL
IP65 (-40 … +70 °C), approval; sold by the meter;
Wi-Fi compliance, with terminat- max. quantity 1000 m,
ing resistor 1 x TI795-1R; minimum order 20 m
incl. mounting hardware
IWLAN RCoax cable
Leaky wave conductor for com-
• Antenna ANT792-6MN 6GK5 792-6MN00-0AA6 plex radio environments as spe-
Antenna gain incl. N-Connect cial antenna for SCALANCE W
connector 6 dBi, 2.4 GHz Access Points; for expanded
temperature range
• ANT793-6MN antenna 6GK5 793-6MN00-0AA6 -40 °C … + 85 °C;
Antenna gain incl. N-Connect sold by the meter
connector 5 dBi, Minimum order quantity 20 m
5 GHz
• 2.4 GHz 6XV1 875-2A
• 5 GHz 6XV1 875-2D
Antenna gain incl. N-Connect IP67 hybrid connector 09 45 125 1300.00
connector 6/8 dBi, 2.4/5 GHz
Connector for connecting Order directly from:
• Antenna mounting tool 6GK5 795-6MN01-0AA6 SCALANCE W-700 to Industrial HARTING Deutschland
(ANT795-6MN) Ethernet and Power over GmbH & Co. KG
Mounting aid for installing Ethernet (PoE), P.O. Box 24-51
ANT795-6MN below a roof with assembly instructions, 32381 Minden, Germany
1 unit Phone: +49 571-8896-0
Directional antennas; Fax: +49 571-8896-354
-40 … +70 °C, Wi-Fi compliance E-mail: de.sales@HARTING.com
and national approvals, with Internet:
terminating resistor 1 x TI795-1R; http://www.HARTING.com
incl. mounting hardware;
brief instructions on paper, Power M12 Cable Connector 6GK1 907-0DC10-6AA3
German/English PRO
Wall or mast mounting Terminal socket for connection
of SCALANCE W-700 for 24 V DC
• ANT795-6DN antenna 6GK5 795-6DN00-0AA6 supply voltage; 4-pole, A-coded,
Wide-angle antenna, slightly with assembly instructions,
directional; antenna gain incl. 3 items
N-Connect connector 9/9 dBi,
2.4/5 GHz PS791-1PRO Power Supply 6GK5 791-1PS00-0AA6
• Antenna ANT792-8DN 6GK5 792-8DN00-0AA6 AC/DC power supply, 10 W,
Strongly directional antenna; IP65 (-20 … +60 °C),
antenna gain incl. N-Connect input: 90 … 265 V AC,
connector 14 dBi, 2.4 GHz output: 24 V DC,
metal housing;
• Antenna ANT793-8DN 6GK5 793-8DN00-0AA6 scope of supply:
Strongly directional antenna; AC power 3+PE cable connector,
antenna gain incl. N-Connect DC power cord M12, mounting
connector 19 dBi, 5 GHz hardware, operating instructions
German/English
IE Hybrid RJ45 6ES7 194-1JB10-0XA0
Socket Dust Cover
Dust cap for RJ45 port socket
(Industrial Ethernet/PoE)
of SCALANCE W-700

© Siemens AG 2008


Termination Impedance 6GK5 795-1TR10-0AA6 RCoax R-SMA/SMA Male/Male
TI795-1R Flexible Connection Cable
Antenna termination impedance Flexible cable for connecting
50 ohm for terminating the an IWLAN/PB Link PN IO to
second R-SMA antenna socket, components with RSMA and SMA
when operating a SCALANCE connections, e.g. cabinet
W-700 radio interface with feedthrough; assembled with
only one antenna, two R-SMA male to SMA male
IP65 (-20 … +60 °C), 3 items connectors
RCoax N-Connect/R-SMA • 0.3 m 6XV1 875-5DE30
3 Male/male flexible
connection cable •2m 6XV1 875-5DH20
Flexible cable for connection of C-PLUG 6GK1 900-0AB00

RCoax cable or antenna to a Configuration plug, swap medium
SCALANCE W-700 access point; for simple replacement of the
assembled with N-Connect male module in the event of a fault;
and R-SMA male connectors for storing configuration or
•1m 6XV1 875-5CH10 engineering and application data;
•2m 6XV1 875-5CH20 products with C-PLUG slot
•5m 6XV1 875-5CH50 PRESET-PLUG 6GK5 798-8AB00
• 10 m 6XV1 875-5CN10 • Swap medium for simple
initial startup of IWLAN clients,
RCoax N-Connect male/male e.g. SCALANCE W-740
Flexible connection cable Client Modules or
Flexible cable for connection IWLAN/PB Link PN IO
of two RCoax cables; MS2 mounting set 6GK5 798-8MJ00-0AA0
assembled with two N-Connect
male connectors Mounting set for fixing the
SCALANCE W-784 products onto
•1m 6XV1 875-5AH10 an S7-300 mounting rail or a
•2m 6XV1 875-5AH20 35 mm standard mounting rail
•5m 6XV1 875-5AH50
• 10 m 6XV1 875-5AN10
Wireless approvals: Note:
Current approvals can be found in the Internet at: You can order components supplementary to the SIMATIC NET
http://www.siemens.com/simatic-net/ik-info cabling system from your local contact. Technical advice on this
subject is available from:
Tel. +49 (0)911/750 44 65
Fax +49 0911/750 99 91

© Siemens AG 2008

Accessories
Antennas, terminating resistor
Separate antennas optimize the transmission and receiving con-
ditions and support the use of IWLAN products in a number of
industrial applications. With directional antennas, conveyor lines
or corridors can be covered by radio or point-to-point links can
be implemented over hundreds of meters.
Alternatively, an omnidirectional antenna concentrates the radio
field around the antenna in the shape of a disc which enhances
the quality of the connection. The extension cables make it easy
to install a separate antenna. Cabinet bushing also makes it
3
easy to connect the antenna to a device mounted in the control
cabinet. If the lightning protection element is used, the antennas
can be installed outdoors problem-free.
Note:
Each additional cable causes further attenuation and therefore a
reduction in the signal level in the receiver.
Application examples:
• Automated guided vehicle systems and suspended
monorails;
Antennas prevention of wear and high flexibility in the choice of route
• Separate antennas with generally available N-Connect plugs thanks to wireless transmission of data to the vehicles
increase the reliability of radio links by optimizing the receiving • Crane;
and radiation of signals high flexibility through access to data communication with the
• Implementation in Industrial Wireless LAN (IWLAN) networks moving unit independent of the location
as well as in Standard Wireless LAN (IEEE 802.11) networks at • Mobile control desk;
2.4 GHz and 5 GHz with data transfer rates of up to 54 Mbit/s Reliable intervention in the process thanks to data communi-
• Tailored selection with connecting leads and cabinet bushing cation over IWLAN with mobile units;
The number of operator panels is therefore determined by the
• All antenna cables are flame-resistant, chemical-resistant and number of personnel and no longer by the number of control
silicone-free desks.
• Suitable for use in hazardous areas (Zone 2); no special • Wireless access to field devices for configuration and testing
approvals necessary without the need for time-consuming modifications in the
Termination Impedance TI795-1R control cabinet
• The termination impedance TI795-1R is required when only • Online access to service and maintenance drawings;
one antenna is installed Immediate updating of the measures performed in the system
over IWLAN;
Lightning protector LP798-1N Optimized processes and reduced error ratios thanks to
• The lightning protector LP798-1N supports the use of sepa- online information regardless of the location of the machine
rate antennas outdoors • Communication with moving stations (e.g. mobile controls and
• Flexible industrial use thanks to protection from the ingress of devices), storage and retrieval machines, conveyor systems,
dust and water with the degree of protection IP65 conveyor belts, transversing tables, elevators, rotating
machines, trucks
• Operation is also possible outdoors in climates with extended
temperature range • Wireless coupling of communication segments for fast start-
• The accessories are suitable for use with SCALANCE W-700 up or for cost-effective networks in which cable routing would
including the national approvals be extremely expensive (e.g. on public roads, rivers, lakes,
train lines)
■ Benefits
• IWLAN is ideally suited to demanding industrial applications

with requirements for reliable radio communication
operation of a process (IWLAN) as well as for critical process
data, e.g. alarm signals, as well as for non-critical communi-
cation (Wireless LAN), e.g. service and diagnostics
• High degree of investment security because all products are
compatible with the internationally recognized industrial
standard IEEE 802.11 and suitable for 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz
• Optimized use of SCALANCE W-700 products due to
- directional antennas for targeted coverage of production
lines or point-to-point links for the coupling of data networks
- omi-directional antennas for constructing an IWLAN radio
infrastructure
• Cost-effective connection to devices which are remote,
difficult to access or in hostile environments

© Siemens AG 2008

Accessories
■ Function
Separate antennas are used to optimize the radio field for the ANT795-4MR, ANT795-4MS
application. In industrial applications, this supports a reliable
radio link. A distinction is made between omni-directional anten- With these omni-directional antennas, the radio field is concen-
nas and directional antennas. trated at 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz in the vertical plane of the antenna.
Both antennas have an opening angle of 30° and an antenna
Omni-directional antennas gain of 4 dB. They are directly mounted on the R-SMA connector
on the SCALANCE W housing.
The ANT795-4MR antenna can only be rotated about one axis
and, due to its degree of protection IP65, it is mainly used for the
SCALANCE W-788 Access Points and the SCALANCE W744-
3 1PRO, W746-1PRO and W747-1PRO Client Modules. Two of
these antennas are supplied with these Access Points or Client
Modules.
The ANT795-4MS antenna features an additional joint and
is therefore ideally suited to the SCALANCE W784-1 and
Vertical Horizontal W784-1RR Access Points and the SCALANCE W744-1, W746-1
opening opening
and W747-1 Client Modules.
angle angle
ANT792-6MN, ANT793-6MN
*B,.B;;B With these omni-directional antennas, the radio field is concen-
trated at 2.4 GHz (ANT792-6MN) and 5 GHz (ANT793-6MN) in
the vertical plane of the antenna. The antennas have a gain of
6 dB and 5 dB respectively.
N-Connect is used as the connector which can be connected to
Omni-directional antenna
SCALANCE W over an extension cable from the IWLAN product
range. Both antennas are supplied with a mounting aid (metal
bracket) that supports wall or mast mounting. The antennas are
With omni-directional antennas, the radio field is emitted in every
therefore ideally suited to providing radio coverage for a place
direction surrounding the antenna (horizontal opening angle:
that has a mast at its center on which they can be mounted.
360°), but it weakens as the distance increases. There is a
concentration in the vertical direction which creates passive The TI795-1R terminating resistor is provided in the scope of
amplification of the radio field. Many omni-directional antennas supply of both antennas. It is used to terminate the second
have extremely weak radiation directly below the antenna due to antenna connection of SCALANCE W for the radio waves when
their type of construction. This property can be seen in the asso- a single antenna is used.
ciated antenna diagram.
ANT795-6MN, antenna mounting tool (ANT795-6MN)
With this omni-directional antenna, the radio field is concen-
trated at 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz in the vertical plane of the antenna.
The antenna has a gain of 6 dB and 8 dB respectively.
N-Connect is used as the connector which can be connected to
range. The antenna characteristic is such that good transmis-
sion properties also exist directly above and below the antenna.
It is designed for mounting on the roof, but it can be mounted
either on or below a roof, so it is suitable, for example, for the
mobile units of an automated guided vehicle system. If it is
mounted under a roof on the ceiling, the optional antenna mount-
ing tool (ANT795-6MN) is used.
The TI795-1R terminating resistor is provided in the scope of
supply of both antennas. It is used to terminate the second
antenna connection of SCALANCE W for the radio waves when
a single antenna is used.

© Siemens AG 2008

Accessories
Directional antennas Antenna cable
The extension cables from the IWLAN RCoax product range can
be used which are optimized for use with these antennas. The
cables offer low attenuation, so the quality of the radio signal is
only reduced to a minimal extent. To make the products suitable
for industrial use, particular attention has been paid to the follow-
ing properties:
• Flame-retardancy
• Minimal smoke in the case of fire
Horizontal
opening angle
Vertical
opening angle
• Silicone-free 3
• Corrosion-resistance
Antenna terminating resistor TI795-1R
*B,.B;;B
The radio interfaces of the SCALANCE W-700 products are
equipped with antenna diversity for extremely good reception in
areas with difficult radio wave propagation properties. Two an-
tennas are used for receiving to minimize the negative effect of
reflections from metal objects or multiple path propagation.
If this possibility is not used and only one antenna is imple-
Directional antenna
mented (e.g. when a directional antenna is used, or to save
costs), the second R-SMA socket of the SCALANCE W-700
With directional antennas, the radio field is emitted both in the product must be fitted with a terminating resistor.
horizontal and vertical plane in the range of the opening angle.
It is concentrated in these areas and generates passive amplifi- Lightning protector LP798-1N
cation. They are ideally suited to wall or mast mounting. The
When separate antennas are used outdoors, there is a risk of
direction can be aligned using the supplied mounting aid.
lightning strikes. Lightning protector LP798-1N can be used for
N-Connect is used as the connector which can be connected to protection.
Cabinet bushing (panel feedthrough)
range.
from the RCoax product range
The TI795-1R terminating resistor is provided in the scope of
The cabinet bushing from the IWLAN RCoax range can be used
supply of both antennas. It is used to terminate the second
to link the antenna mounted outside the cabinet with the Access
antenna connection of SCALANCE W for the radio waves when
Point or Client Module installed inside the cabinet. For this
a single antenna is used.
purpose the flexible connection cables from the IWLAN RCoax
ANT795-6DN range are required.
The radio field can be aligned at 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz using this
wide-angle antenna.
The antenna is suitable for providing radio coverage for a place
in front of a wall.
ANT792-8DN, ANT793-8DN
Genuine alignment of the radio field at 2.4 GHz (ANT792-8DN)
or 5 GHZ (ANT793-8DN) is achieved using these antennas. The
radio field is concentrated in a narrow cone due to the narrow
opening angle. High passive gains and long ranges are there-
fore achieved.
Due to the high passive gain, the antennas are ideally suited to
bridging large distances over IWLAN.

© Siemens AG 2008

Accessories
■ Integration
Access Point SCALANCE W-786 with remote antenna SCALANCE W-784 with cabinet bushing,
lightning protection and remote antenna
IWLAN Antenna Lightning protector

ANT795-6MN LP798-1N IWLAN Antenna
6GK5795-6MN00-0AA6 6GK5798-2LP00-2AA6 ANT792-6MN
6GK5792-6MN00-0AA6
3 IWLAN RCoax
IWLAN N-Connect/N-Connect
Termination Male/Male
Impedance Flexible Connection Cable
TI795-1R 1 m = 6XV1875-5AH10
6GK5795-1TR10-0AA6 2 m = 6XV1875-5AH20
SCALANCE 5 m = 6XV1875-5AH50
W-786 10 m = 6XV1875-5AN10
6GK5786...
IWLAN RCoax
N-Connect/SMA
Female/Female
Panel Feedthrough
6GK5798-0PT00-2AA0
IWLAN RCoax
R-SMA/SMA
Male/Male
Flexible Connection Cable
0.3 m = 6XV1875-5DE30
2 m = 6XV1875-5DH20
IWLAN RCoax N-Connect/R-SMA SCALANCE

Male/Male Flexible Connection Cable W-784
1 m = 6XV1875-5AH10 6GK5784...
2 m = 6XV1875-5CH20
5 m = 6XV1875-5CH50
10 m = 6XV1875-5CN10
*B,.B;;B
Cabinet
SCALANCE W using the range of accessories with direct connection of an antenna, mounting in a control cabinet
and using a lightning protection element
All antennas with an N-Connect female connecting plug

can be used.

© Siemens AG 2008

Accessories
Order No. 6GK5 795-4MR00- 6GK5 795-4MS00- 6GK5 792-6MN00- 6GK5 793-6MN00- 6GK5 795-6MN00-
0AA6 0AA6 0AA6 0AA6 0AA6
Product type description Antenna Antenna Antenna Antenna Antenna
ANT795-4MR ANT795-4MS ANT792-6MN ANT793-6MN ANT795-6MN
Connection version R-SMA male R-SMA male N female N female N female
Ambient temperature
• during operation -20 … +60 °C -20 … +60 °C -40 … +70 °C -40 … +70 °C -40 … +70 °C
• during storage -20 … +60 °C -20 … +60 °C -40 … +70 °C -40 … +70 °C -40 … +70 °C
Max. relative humidity during opera- 100%
-20 … +60 °C
100%
-40 … +70 °C
100%
-40 … +70 °C
100%
-40 … +70 °C
100%
3
tion
Wireless approval Current national Current national Current national Current national Current national
approvals can be approvals can be approvals can be approvals can be approvals can be
found in the Internet found in the Internet found in the Internet found in the Internet found in the Internet
at at at at at
www.siemens.com/ www.siemens.com/ www.siemens.com/ www.siemens.com/ www.siemens.com/
simatic-net/ik-info simatic-net/ik-info simatic-net/ik-info simatic-net/ik-info simatic-net/ik-info
Width of enclosure 35 mm 35 mm 22 mm 16 mm 86 mm
Height of enclosure 148 mm 160.35 mm 250 mm 160 mm 43 mm
Depth of enclosure 13 mm 13 mm 22 mm 16 mm 86 mm
Type of fixing Directly on the Directly on the Wall or mast Wall or mast Ceiling
device device
Net weight 50 g 50 g 300 g 300 g 300 g
Degree of protection IP65 IP30 IP65 IP65 IP20
Range with unobstructed 100 m 100 m 200 m 200 m 200 m
line of sight and no disturbance
variables
Operating frequency range
• 0 GHz ... 5.8 GHz - - - - -
• 2.4 GHz ... 5 GHz Yes Yes - - Yes
Operating frequency
• 850 MHz - - - - -
• 900 MHz - - - - -
• 1800 MHz - - - - -
• 1900 MHz - - - - -
• 2200 MHz - - - - -
• 2.4 GHz - - Yes - -
• 5 GHz - - - Yes -
Antenna gain compared to spheri-
cal radiator with cable and plug
• at transmission frequency 4 dB 4 dB - 5 dB 8 dB
5.15 GHz ... 5.9 GHz
• at transmission frequency 4 dB 4 dB 6 dB - 6 dB
2.4 GHz
Radiation characteristics omnidirectional omnidirectional omnidirectional omnidirectional omnidirectional
Voltage standing wave ratio, max. 2 2 1,8 1,5 1,8
Opening angle of the antenna
• horizontal 360° 360° 360° 360° 360°
• vertical - - - - -

© Siemens AG 2008

Accessories

Order No. 6GK5 795-6DN00-0AA6 6GK5 792-8DN00-0AA6 6GK5 793-8DN00-0AA6
Product type description Antenna ANT795-6DN Antenna ANT792-8DN Antenna ANT793-8DN
Connection version N female N female N female
Ambient temperature
3 Max. relative humidity during opera- 100%

tion
100% 100%
Wireless approval Current national approvals Current national approvals Current national approvals
can be found in the Internet at can be found in the Internet at can be found in the Internet at
www.siemens.com/ www.siemens.com/ www.siemens.com/
simatic-net/ik-info simatic-net/ik-info simatic-net/ik-info
Width of enclosure 100 mm 200 mm 190 mm
Height of enclosure 95 mm 200 mm 190 mm
Depth of enclosure 32 mm 43 mm 31 mm
Type of fixing Wall or mast Wall or mast Wall or mast
Range with unobstructed line of 200 m 1000 m 1000 m
sight and no disturbance variables
• 0 GHz ... 5.8 GHz - - -
• 2.4 GHz ... 5 GHz Yes - -
Operating frequency
• 850 MHz - - -
• 900 MHz - - -
• 1800 MHz - - -
• 1900 MHz - - -
• 2200 MHz - - -
• 2.4 GHz - Yes -
• 5 GHz - - Yes
Antenna gain compared to spheri-
cal radiator with cable and plug
• at transmission frequency 9 dB - 19 dB
5.15 GHz ... 5.9 GHz
• at transmission frequency 9 dB 14 dB -
2.4 GHz
Radiation characteristics directional directional directional
Voltage standing wave ratio, max. 1,5 1,5 1,5
Opening angle of the antenna
• horizontal 55° 35° 18°
• vertical 55° 30° 18°

© Siemens AG 2008

Accessories

Order No. 6GK5 798-2LP00-2AA6 Antennas
Product type description Lightning Protector Antennas with omni-directional
LP798-1N characteristic;
national approvals,
Connection version N female / N female brief instruction manual on paper,
Ambient temperature German/English
• during operation -40 … +100 °C For mounting directly
onto SCALANCE W
Antenna gain incl. R-SMA
3
connector 4 dBi, 2.4/5 GHz;
Max. relative humidity during opera- 100% • ANT795-4MR antenna; 6GK5 795-4MR00-0AA6
tion IP65 (-20 … +60 °C),
Width of enclosure 36.8 mm • ANT795-4MS antenna 6GK5 795-4MS00-0AA6
Depth of enclosure 17 mm IP30; radial rotation possible
with additional joint;
Net weight 50 g scope of supply: 2 antennas
Degree of protection IP65 IP65 (-40 … +70 °C),
Wi-Fi compliance, with terminat-
ing resistor 1 x TI795-1R;
• 0 GHz ... 5.8 GHz Yes incl. mounting hardware
• 2.4 GHz ... 5 GHz - Wall or mast mounting
Operating frequency • Antenna ANT792-6MN 6GK5 792-6MN00-0AA6
• 850 MHz - connector 6 dBi,
• 900 MHz - 2.4 GHz
• 1800 MHz - • ANT793-6MN antenna 6GK5 793-6MN00-0AA6
• 1900 MHz - connector 5 dBi,
• 2200 MHz - 5 GHz
• 2.4 GHz - For mounting on a roof
• 5 GHz - • ANT795-6MN antenna 6GK5 795-6MN00-0AA6

Impedance 50 Ω connector 6/8 dBi,
2.4/5 GHz
Order No. 6GK5 795-1TR10-0AA6 • Antenna mounting tool 6GK5 795-6MN01-0AA6
Product type description Termination Impedance (ANT795-6MN)
TI795-1R Mounting aid for installing
ANT795-6MN below a roof
Frequency range 2.4 GHz, 5 GHz
Directional antennas;
Impedance 50 Ω -40 … +70 °C, Wi-Fi compliance
and national approvals, with
Connector R-SMA male terminating resistor 1 x TI795-1R;
Permissible ambient conditions incl. mounting hardware;
brief instructions on paper,
• Operating temperature -20 °C ... +60 °C German/English
• Transport/storage temperature -20 °C ... +60 °C Wall or mast mounting
• Relative humidity 100 % • ANT795-6DN antenna 6GK5 795-6DN00-0AA6
Degree of protection IP65 Wide-angle antenna, slightly
directional; antenna gain incl.
Dimensions (L x D) in mm 15 x 10 N-Connect connector 9/9 dBi,
2.4/5 GHz
Weight 5g
connector 14 dBi,
2.4 GHz
connector 19 dBi,
5 GHz

© Siemens AG 2008

Accessories

LP798-1N 6GK5 798-2LP00-2AA6 Note:
lightning protector You can order additional components from the SIMATIC NET
Lightning protection element cable range from your local Siemens contact.
with N/N female/female For technical support with your order, contact:
connection, J. Hertlein A&D SE PS
IP65 (-40 … + 100 °C) Tel. +49 (0) 911/750 44 65
TI795-1R 6GK5 795-1TR10-0AA6 Fax. +49 (0) 911/750 99 91
termination impedanc E-mail: juergen.hertlein@siemens.com
Antenna termination impedance
3
50 ohms for terminating the sec-
ond R-SMA antenna socket, when
operating a SCALANCE W-700
antenna, IP65 (-20 °C … +60 °C);
3 items
Accessories
RCoax N-Connect/R-SMA
Male/male flexible connection
cable
Flexible cable for connection of
RCoax cable or antenna to a
SCALANCE W-700 access point;
assembled with N-Connect male
and R-SMA male connectors
•1m 6XV1 875-5CH10
•2m 6XV1 875-5CH20
•5m 6XV1 875-5CH50
• 10 m 6XV1 875-5CN10
RCoax N-Connect male/male
Flexible connection cable
Flexible cable for connection of
two RCoax cables; assembled
with two N-Connect male
connectors
•1m 6XV1 875-5AH10
•2m 6XV1 875-5AH20
•5m 6XV1 875-5AH50
• 10 m 6XV1 875-5AN10
RCoax R-SMA/SMA male/male
Flexible connection cable
Flexible cable for connecting
an IWLAN/PB Link PN IO to
components with RSMA and SMA
connections, e.g. cabinet
feedthrough; assembled with
two R-SMA male to SMA male
connectors
• 0.3 m 6XV1 875-5DE30
•2m 6XV1 875-5DH20

© Siemens AG 2008

Accessories
PS791-1PRO Power Supply
• Reduced storage of replacement parts, as only one power

supply unit is required for all SCALANCE products with
degree of protection IP65
• Global application due to wide input voltage range
• High reliability as power supply is short-circuit proof, secure
against no-load operation and is able to bridge short breaks
in the mains power 3
• Variety of possible applications thanks to:
- wide range of input voltages
- high degree of efficiency
- low heat dissipation
■ Design
• Fanless design and rugged metal casing;
• The PS791-1 PRO power supply is an AC/DC power supply for High protection against dust and splashwater with degree of
input voltages of 90 … 265 V AC for all SCALANCE products protection IP65
with degree of protection IP65. • Operating temperatures from -20 °C … +60 °C
• Mounted directly onto the SCALANCE W-700 and SCALANCE • Resistant to condensation
X-200 devices, but also suitable for wall or standard rail
• Connection to AC network via AC Power 3+PE cable connec-
mounting (S7-300)
tor (included)
• Robust metal housing with degree of protection IP65 against
• Connection to SCALANCE products with degree of protection
water and dust
IP65
• Operating temperature -20 °C … +60 °C
• In other applications the Power M12 Plug PRO is used for
DC output (to be ordered separately)
• Direct mounting is possible on the SCALANCE products with
degree of protection IP65 using supplied installation material;
also suitable for wall-mounting or mounting on standard
mounting rail (S7-300)
(7SUR (7SUR
6ZLWK&3
+HDY\JDXJHWKUHDGHGMRLQW
2SHUDWRUFRQWURODQGPRQLWRULQJ
)LHOG3*
(76
3RZHU6XSSO\ 6&$/$1&(
,3&ZLWK 36352 ;352
&3
$FFHVV3RLQW
6&$/$1&(
9$& :352
9'&
3RZHU6XSSO\ 0RELOH3DQHO
36352 9'&
*B,.B;;B
,:/$1
9$&
352),1(7
,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW
Example for the use of PS791-1PRO power supply with SCALANCE X and SCALANCE W
Note:
When SCALANCE W is connected to SCALANCE X208PRO,
the power supply in the hybrid connector is not available;
power must be supplied via the M12 plug connector.

© Siemens AG 2008

Accessories
PS791-1PRO Power Supply

Order No. 6GK5 791-1PS00-0AA6 PS791-1PRO power supply 6GK5 791-1PS00-0AA6
Product type description Power supply PS791-1PRO AC/DC power supply,
10 W, IP65 (-20 … +60 °C),
Interfaces • AC Power 3+PE cable connec- input: 90 … 265 V AC,
tor for 100 … 240 V AC feed output: 24 V DC,
• M12 Plug PRO or Power Cord metal housing;
M12 for 24 V DC output voltage scope of supply:
• On/Off switch AC power 3+PE cable connector,
DC power cord M12, installation
Input voltage 90 … 265 V AC materials, instruction manual
at 47 … 63 Hz German/English
3 Output voltage 24 V DC, +-7 %, 0.42 A Power M12 Plug PRO 6GK1 907-0DB10-6AA3
Output power 10 W Plug for connection to
System disturbances Stored energy time at least 20 ms PS791-1PRO power supply for
at 230 V AC 24 V DC supply voltage;
4-pole, A-coded,
Permissible ambient conditions with assembly instructions,
3 units
• Operating temperature -20 °C … 60 °C
AC Power 3+PE 6GK1 907-0FC10-0AA5
• Transport/storage temperature -40 °C … +85 °C cable connector
• Relative humidity 100 % Connection socket
Approvals EMC: for connection of Power Supply
EN 55022 Class B, PS791-1PRO to AC voltage supply,
EN 61000-4; with assembly instructions,
5 units
UL 1950, EN 60950;
Power cable 2 x 0.75 6XV1 812-8A
Device failure MTBF 600,000 h at full load,
25 °C Connecting cable for
power supply PS791-1PRO,
Switching frequency typ. 100 kHz
sold by the meter
Assembly Wall/DIN rail mounting (S7-300)
directly on SCALANCE devices
Weight 700 g
Tel. +49 (0)911/750 44 65
Fax +49 ( 0911/750 99 91

© Siemens AG 2008

SINEMA E
• Quick and easy creation of WLAN applications for industrial

and office environments indoors and outdoors thanks to func-
tions for
- automatic detection of the optimal WLAN infrastructure
- minimization of channel interference
- simulation of changes to device properties, to predict the
operating principle of real networks
- wizard-supported project and tender preparation 3
• Minimization of the configuration and start-up outlay thanks to
grouped offline and online functions
• Reduction of configuration errors through inherent consis-
tency check
• Analysis of the the performance of existing WLAN networks
• Engineering tool for support with planning, configuration, through measurement and evaluation functions
simulation and measurement of an IWLAN radio field on site - at the beginning or for verification of start-up
(Site Survey) according to the IEEE 802.11 a/b/g/h standard - for troubleshooting and optimization during maintenance
• Automatic determination of the WLAN infrastructure for new and servicing
and existing networks • Report function including the planning and measurement
• Optimization functions for minimization of channel inter- results for offer generation, device installation instructions and
ference plant documentation
• Visualization and analysis of WLAN networks according to • Extendable catalogs for integration of further
signal strength, data rate, signal-to-noise ratio, overlapping - WLAN devices (to the IEEE 802.11 a/b/g/h standard)
and applications (PROFINET, TCP/IP, Voice over WLAN) - obstacles to radio waves, through the measurement and/or
input of attenuation values
• Configuration of single and multiple devices as well as
uploading/downloading of IWLAN device parameters
• Site survey functions (measurements) for the acquisition,
conditioning, evaluation and visualization of measured WLAN
signals
• Integrated and expandable catalog entries for WLAN devices,
antennas and radio hindrances as well as standard graphics
formats for importing layout plans
• Report function for documenting the configured and
measured WLAN infrastructure

© Siemens AG 2008

SINEMA E
■ Application
SINEMA E (SIMATIC Network Manager Engineering) is the
generic term for the engineering of network products such as
SCALANCE W.
7HFKQLFDOFODULILFDWLRQ 3ODQQLQJ &RPPLVVLRQLQJ 0DLQWHQDQFH 6HUYLFH
3
,QVWDOODWLRQV
&XVWRPHU
SHUVRQQHO
3ODQQHU 3URMHFWHQJLQHHU &RPPLVVLRQLQJ 6HUYLFH

HQJLQHHUV
G_IK10_XX_10209
2IIOLQH 2QOLQH
Application diagram of the SINEMA E software for planning and measuring WLAN networks
SINEMA E 2006 contains the following functions for the

engineering of IWLAN networks:
Technical clarification
• Wizard-supported tender preparation
Planning
• Measurement (site survey) of an existing WLAN network
• Planning, simulation, and optimization of a WLAN infra-
structure
- Simultaneous configuring of device groups
- Generation of a report with installation guidelines
Start-up
• Identification, upload/download from devices
• Measurement (site survey) for verification and optimization of
planning
• Report for final documentation
Maintenance and service
• Optimization and fault rectification with the help of measure-
ments (site survey)
The functional scope of the software is subdivided into "lean"
and "standard" licenses. With the standard license, additional
functions are possible for the acquisition, evaluation and visual-
ization of measured WLAN signals (site survey) as well as ex-
tended simulation and planning (automatic placement, contour
presentation, storage/comparison of simulations, extended filter
options).

© Siemens AG 2008

SINEMA E
■ Function
The SINEMA E software (SIMATIC NEtwork MAnager Engineer- WLAN site survey (measurement),
ing) provides the user with various different tools for planning, evaluation and visualization
configuration, simulation and measurement (site survey) of
WLAN networks. SINEMA E is a complete tool for measurement (site survey) of
existing WLAN networks according to the IEEE 802.11 a/b/g/h
Modeling, simulation, visualization, and optimization standard. WLAN signals can be measured using this at the start
of planning or for verification during commissioning as well as for
Special algorithms in SINEMA E allow the operating principle of troubleshooting during maintenance and servicing.
WLAN networks to be predicted taking into account environmen-
tal sources of interference. Catalogs provided in the software The software saves received measured values of the WLAN
that contain known sources of interference (e.g. walls, ma- adapter used with the coordinates in the floor plan and links
chines, and tools) make it easy to model even the most difficult
environments at the office desk quickly and accurately. If re-
them together. Different methods are available for measurement
and evaluation to suit the application. 3
quired, obstacles specific to the environment can be accurately
determined with local measurements and added to the catalog. Standard measuring technique
Using the software, the properties of Access Points and Client The WLAN adapter used for measurement is always connected
Modules, such as channel settings/transmitted power, and to a previously defined WLAN network (SSID). Properties such
their antennas can be changed to ensure that the optimal con- as speed, signal strength and roaming behavior of the existing
figuration is achieved for the real network. client access point connection are determined.
Following simulation, all signal parameters such as range, data For continuous measurements along a route, it is sufficient to set
rate, attenuation, etc. can be evaluated using several different a start and end point to enable all additional measuring coordi-
views. At any time, therefore, the quality of the WLAN can be nates to be automatically determined by the software.
predicted inside and outside buildings and gaps in security can The WLAN connection properties of a client can then be mea-
be closed. sured quickly even in the case of large areas.
The "standard" license also offers integrated expert functions Advanced measuring technique
such as automatic placement and channel optimization, which All WLAN signals in the environment are scanned so that signals
determine the necessary access points and optimize the device from known and unknown devices can be acquired.
parameters. The "standard" license also supports visualization
with contours, further filter options, the comparison of saved sim- Using the filter functions of SINEMA, such as minimum, maxi-
ulations and the creation of application profiles for PROFINET, mum, average value, measurements from a wide range of differ-
TCP/IP, and Voice over WLAN. ent points in time can be combined and analyzed.
Multi-device setting of access points and clients Sales wizard
The parameters of all SCALANCE W access points and clients For creating an offer for IWLAN applications of an industrial plant
are part of the SINEMA E project and can be set accordingly. (Level 1)
Common parameters of these devices can be combined in a SINEMA E report function
group and therefore set more rapidly.
The report function supplies an up-to-date project overview at
Configuring with SINEMA E can also be carried out without the every phase of the engineering process.
hardware being present. SINEMA E checks the consistency of
the configuration, thus preventing faulty settings. A report always comprises a project device list with order num-
bers and antennas as well as installation coordinates inside and
Initial startup and configuration outside the modeling environment. The format and scope of the
Simply by pressing a key, SINEMA E identifies all IWLAN nodes HTML report can be changed using the software. All the plan-
which can be accessed online, and transmits all basic para- ning and measurement graphics can be inserted as well as later
meters of these devices, such as IP addresses etc., during initial plant photos, logos, etc. without the need for any special soft-
commissioning. ware.
Further devices which are not yet included in the project are also The report permits quotations to be generated at an early point
detected, and their configuration data can be added to the in time, and devices can be installed for commissioning using
project. the coordinates data. The report is an important document
following commissioning and during service and maintenance.
The initial startup can be carried out from any point in the same
subnetwork. Further settings and configurations can then also
be transmitted from other subnetworks in the Ethernet network to
all devices in the project by pressing a key.

© Siemens AG 2008

SINEMA E

SINEMA E Additional information can be found in the Internet under:
Engineering software for plan- http://www.siemens.com/sinema
ning, configuring, simulating and
measuring (Site Survey) indus- or at
trial WLAN applications in office
and industrial environments on http://support.automation.siemens.com/
PG/PC in accordance with the WW/view/com/23162466/133400
802.11 a/b/g/h standard;
on CD-ROM, license key on
diskette, Class A, for 32-bit
3 Windows XP Professional +SP2;
German/English
• SINEMA E 2006 Lean 6GK1 781-0AA00-6AA0
Planning, configuring and
simulating WLAN applications
• SINEMA E 2006 standard 6GK1 782-0AA00-6AA0
Extended planning, configuring,
simulating and measuring (site
survey) of WLAN applications
(automatic placement,
application profile, contour
presentation, storage/compari-
son of simulations,
extended filter options)
• SINEMA E 2006 Powerpack 6GK1 782-4AA00-6AC0
Software upgrade from
SINEMA E Lean to
SINEMA E Standard

© Siemens AG 2008

SNMP OPC server
The SNMP OPC server makes data available for the administra-
tion of TCP/IP networks for any OPC client systems.
SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol) is a protocol that
Pumpstation Network has been specifically designed for administration of TCP/IP
networks. The individual nodes in the network (network compo-
nents or data terminals) are equipped with a so-called SNMP
agent that provides information in structured form.
Pump Main
1GBit
OPC (Openness, Productivity & Collaboration) provides a
standardized, open, multi-vendor interface for automation engi-
neering.
The SNMP OPC server supports access to device information
3
Pump Substation 1 over the OPC interface. This means that network visualization,
system diagnostics and plant status monitoring can be imple-
S_IK10_XX_00004
mented in any OPC client systems (with OPC clients such as
WinCC, WinCC flexible, PCS 7). In addition to simple device
diagnostics, detailed information such as redundant network
Pump Old structures or network load distribution can be displayed. This
increases the operational safety and improves the availability of
the plant.
• Status monitoring and network management of SNMP- The device information can be visualized according to individual
capable devices in any OPC client systems; e.g. SIMATIC requirements and can be adapted to the special requirements of
HMI/SCADA, office application the respective customer installation. The information that is
• Easy access to SNMP-capable devices over the OPC made available can also be integrated into the signaling system
interface and alarm log of an HMI/SCADA system for example.
• Devices without SNMP agents can be monitored using the Using the SNMP information, it is possible to expand an existing
ping mechanism HMI/SCADA system as far as a customer-specific network
management station.
• Complete integration in the SIMATIC NET OPC server environ-
ment The SNMP OPC server can be operated over the following
• SNMP can be implemented in parallel with other communica- interfaces:
tions protocols such as PROFINET or S7 communication • CP 1613 A2 (PCI, 32-bit)
• Configuring with STEP 7 or NCM PC • CP 1623 (PCIe, 32-bit)
• Autodiscovery function for integrating accessible Ethernet • Integral Industrial Ethernet interface of SIMATIC programming
devices (STEP 7 V5.3+SP3 or higher) devices/PCs
■ Benefits
• Network view and process view in a single system

• Easy network diagnostics in SIMATIC HMI/SCADA systems
and office applications
• Easy configuration and engineering without the need for de-
tailed knowledge of SNMP.
Embedded in the SIMATIC tool landscape
• It can operate in parallel with other communication protocols

© Siemens AG 2008

SNMP OPC server

The SNMP OPC server supports access to SNMP-capable SNMP OPC Server Edition 2007
devices in the OPC client systems. For all configured TCP/IP Including MIB compiler;
devices that are not SNMP-capable, one OPC variable for sign- single license for 1 installation of
of-life monitoring (ICMP-PING) is offered. the runtime software, software and
electronic manual on CD-ROM;
Read access and in part write access to the respective device license key on USB stick, Class A,
information is possible. Thus the diagnosis of individual devices for 32-bit Windows XP
is possible as well as diagnosis of the complete plant and device Professional SP1, 2,
characteristics can be actively controlled. Windows 2003 Server SP1, R2, SP2,
STEP 7/NCM PC contains an MIB compiler (Management German/English
3 Information Base) for integrating SNMP-enabled devices. This
allows device profiles to be created on the basis of an MIB file • Basic 2007
Administration of up to
6GK1 706-1NW70-3AA0
Devices with SNMP agents: 20 IP addresses;

Single license for 1 installation
SIMATIC NET devices that feature special SNMP agents such as
- Upgrade of SNMP OPC Server 6GK1 706-1NW00-3AE0
switches, WLAN Access Points and Industrial Ethernet PC and
Basic from V6.4 to SNMP OPC
S7 communication processors are already included complete Server Basic 2007 Edition
with their device profiles.
- Upgrade of SNMP OPC Server 6GK1 706-1NW00-3AE1
Thanks to MIB compilers (Management Information Base), other Basic from V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 or
SNMP-enabled devices can be integrated into the OPC config- V6.3 to SNMP OPC Server
uration through loading of MIBs in accordance with the SMI V1 Basic 2007 Edition
and SMI V2 standard from STEP 7 V5.4. • Extended 2007 6GK1 706-1NX70-3AA0
Devices with IP addresses without SNMP agents: Administration of up to
200 IP addresses
Devices without SNMP agents can be monitored using the ping - Upgrade of SNMP OPC Server 6GK1 706-1NX00-3AE0
mechanism. The user can edit and save device-specific infor- Extended from V6.4 to SNMP
mation such as the contact person, site and device description OPC Server Extended 2007
for this purpose. Edition
• Any SNMP-capable devices such as printers or PCs can be - Upgrade of SNMP OPC Server 6GK1 706-1NX00-3AE1
depicted using a predefined library. Extended from V6.0, V6.1,
V6.2 or V6.3 to SNMP OPC
• The devices are integrated into the desktop of a client Server Extended 2007 Edition
application using preconfigured ActiveX Controls.
The predefined device profiles and the associated ActiveX upgrade from SNM OPC
controls allow easy administration of the devices in OPC client Server Basic to SNM OPC
applications. Individual expansions can also be implemented. Server Extended 2007 Edition
The SNMP OPC server is integrated in the SIMATIC NET OPC
server. The OPC Scout is also included in the functional scope
for browsing the displayed SNMP information. The SNMP OPC
server can use, for example, PROFINET or S7 communication at
the same time as PROFIBUS and Industrial Ethernet communi-
cation. This means that existing installations can also be ex-
panded with SNMP functionality. The SNMP OPC server also en-
ables several clients to execute simultaneously on one server.
User interfaces
• "Custom Interface“ for high-performance C++ applications
• "Automation Interface" for easily created Visual Basic
applications (or similar).
• OPC Data Control for easy creation of client applications by
configuring ActiveX controls
• OPC Alarms & Events (Subset)
• Preconfigured ActiveX controls for the device profile used
Configuration
The NCM PC configuration tool is included in the scope of
supply of the CP 1613/1623 software packages and SOFTNET
for Industrial Ethernet.

© Siemens AG 2008

Wireless devices
■ Function
• Signaling system
- Discrete and analog alarms (edge alarms) as well as the
ALARM_S message frame procedure for SIMATIC S7
- Freely definable message classes (e.g. status/fault mes-
sages) for definition of acknowledgment response and
display of alarm events
• Message buffer
- Non-volatile, maintenance-free and message buffer without
battery. The messages remain stored when the mobile panel
has the battery removed as well
• Recipe management
- With additional data storage (on optional Multi Media Card)
3
- Online/offline processing on the panel
- Storage of recipe data in standard Windows format (CSV)
- External processing using standard tools Excel and Access
is possible
• Help texts
for process images, messages and variables
• Arithmetic functions
• Input/output fields
for displaying and changing of process values • Limit value monitoring
for reliable process control of inputs and outputs
• Function keys
are used for directly actuating functions and actions. Up to 16 • Message lamps
functions can be configured simultaneously on function keys. for displaying machine and system status
The function keys can also be used directly as PROFINET IO. • Task planner
The function keys can also be reconfigured as system keys. for cyclic function processing
A function that is used frequently such as "Acknowledge • Dynamic positioning of objects and dynamic showing/hiding
message" can be allocated to a function key this way. of objects
• Auxiliary control elements • Permanent window and template concept
such as handwheels, key switches and illuminated push- - Creation of screen templates
buttons can be assigned with a variable or as a direct actua-
tion via PROFINET IO (direct keys) • Simple maintenance and configuration thanks to:
- Save and restore (Backup/Restore) projects, operating
• Buttons system, recipe data records and firmware to the optional
are used for directly actuating functions and actions. Up to standard Multi Media Card
16 functions can be configured simultaneously on buttons - Backup and restoration (Backup/Restore) of the configura-
• Graphics tion, operating system, recipe data records and firmware on
can be used as symbols instead of text for "labeling" function a PC with ProSave
keys or buttons. They can also be used as background dis- - Project transfer/return transfer via PROFINET/WLAN
plays (wallpaper). - Automatic transfer identification
In the configuration software, a comprehensive library is avail- - Individual brightness setting
able containing graphics and a wide variety of objects. All ed- - Project simulation directly on the configuration computer
itors with an "OLE" interface can be used as graphic editors, • WinCC flexible options
e.g. Paint-Shop, Designer, CorelDraw, etc. - Sm@rtService for remote operation and monitoring of
• Vector graphics SIMATIC HMI systems based on TCP/IP networks
Simple geometric basic forms (e.g. lines, circles and rectan- - Sm@rtAccess for communication between HMI systems
gles) can be created directly in the configuration software based on TCP/IP networks. Remote access to recipe data
• Text fields records, passwords and HMI system-specific information
for labeling function keys, process screens and process and much more. (Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN as server:
values in any font size View only)
- OPC server: Communication with applications (e.g. MES,
• Trend views and bars ERP, or applications in the office sector) from various
are used for the graphic display of dynamic values manufacturers (see HMI software/runtime software SIMATIC
• Display selection from the controller WinCC flexible/WinCC flexible RT options)
supports operator prompting from the controller - Audit
• Presentation of HTML documents with MS Pocket Internet
Explorer
• Visual Basic Script, flexibility thanks to the implementation
of new functions including linking to variables (comparison
operations, loops, etc.)
• Language switching
16 online languages, 32 configuration languages incl. Asiatic
and Cyrillic character sets
- Language-dependent texts and graphics
• User administration (security)
- User-oriented access protection according to requirements
of specific sectors
- Authentication with user name and password
- User-group-specific rights

© Siemens AG 2008

Wireless devices
Configuration radio links must not overlap to permit that moving stations such
as the Mobile Panel 277(F) IWLAN can be transferred from one
Configuration is carried out with the SIMATIC WinCC flexible Access Point to the next without interruptions (roaming). This is
Standard or Advanced configuration software (see SIMATIC performed transparently for the application.
WinCC flexible HMI software/engineering software).
SIMATIC WinCC flexible is a consistent further development of The Access Point provides an Industrial Ethernet interface for
the proven ProTool family. Projects created with ProTool can be connection to the wired network.
comfortably transferred to WinCC. If WinCC flexible is started
directly from the SIMATIC Manager, the data in STEP 7 can be In addition to a reliable radio link, the SCALANCE W-780 Access
accessed directly while configuring the panel. Double data entry Points stand out due to their optimum support of standardized IT
mechanisms:
3
and data storage is prevented this way.
• IEEE 802.11b/ g/ a/ h for different frequency ranges
IWLAN infrastructure
• IEEE 802.11e for multimedia, wireless multimedia (WMM)
The required IWLAN infrastructure is set up with the IWLAN • IEEE 802.11i for security
Access Points SCALANCE W-780, preferably with the version
SCALANCE W786-2RR, which fully supports all possible appli- • Construction of redundant networks with the Rapid Spanning
cations of the Mobile Panel 277(F) IWLAN. For operating a plant Tree Protocol (RSTP)
without fail-safe communication, the version SCALANCE • Virtual networks (VLAN) to logically separate, for example,
W786-1PRO can also be used. different user groups
If the radio link of a single Access Point (radio cell) is insufficient, • Sending the log entries of the SCALANCE W devices to a
it can be expanded by further Access Points. The individual Syslog server
■ Integration
The SIMATIC Mobile Panel 277(F) IWLAN communicates via the As fail-safe device for safety-oriented operation as well:
WLAN Standard IEEE 802.11 a(b/g) via PROFINET. The Mobile • Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN with enable button and emergency
Panel 277F IWLAN devices also support PROFIsafe communi- stop button
cation.
• Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN with enable button, emergency
There are four device versions: stop button, handwheel, key switch and illuminated push-
For mobile operation and monitoring via WLAN: buttons
• Mobile Panel 277 IWLAN For the versions Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN (PROFIsafe), the
following system prerequisites apply:
• Mobile Panel 277 IWLAN with handwheel, key switch and
illuminated pushbuttons • The Mobile Panel must be connected as a safe device
(PROFIsafe, Distributed Safety)
• Use of a SIMATIC F-CPU
System requirements
SIMATIC Mobile Panel 5 GHz frequency band SIMATIC F-CPU
(IEEE 802.11a) (Distributed Safety)
277 IWLAN Only WLAN utilization (HMI) n -
When using transponders ! -
When using Profinet IO n -
277F IWLAN ! !
(Failsafe)
n = recommended The Mobile Panel 277(F) IWLAN can be connected to:

! = requirement • SIMATIC S7-200/-300/-400 (one F-CPU required for integrat-
ing the Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN)
- = not required
Note:
Further information can be found in Catalog ST 80
"SIMATIC HMI operator control and monitoring systems",
in the interactive Catalog CA 01 and on the Internet at

© Siemens AG 2008

Wireless devices
6AV6 645-0DD01-0AX0 6AV6 645-0DE01-0AX0 6AV6 645-0DB01-0AX0 6AV6 645-0DC01-0AX0
Supply voltage
Via charging station Yes Yes Yes Yes
Via table-top power supply Yes Yes Yes Yes
Rated voltage 7.2 V 7.2 V 7.2 V 7.2 V
Capacity 5,100 mAh 5,100 mAh 5,100 mAh 5,100 mAh
Number of charging cycles, min. 500 500 500 500
Charging time, typ.
Operating time, typ.
4h
4h
4h
4h
4h
4h
4h
4h
3
Battery capacity indicator Yes Yes Yes Yes
Energy-saving mode Yes Yes Yes Yes
Battery replacement Yes Yes Yes Yes
during operation
Backup battery
Battery operation Maximum backup time Maximum backup time Maximum backup time Maximum backup time
5 min. 5 min. 5 min. 5 min.
Memory
Memory type
• Type Flash/RAM Flash/RAM Flash/RAM Flash/RAM
• Available memory for user da- 6 MB usable memory for 6 MB usable memory for 6 MB usable memory for 6 MB usable memory for
ta/options user data user data user data user data
Time
Clock
• Type Real-time clock, Real-time clock, Real-time clock, Real-time clock,
battery-backed and battery-backed and battery-backed and battery-backed and
synchronizable synchronizable synchronizable synchronizable
Protocols
PROFINET Yes Yes Yes Yes
PROFINET IO Yes Yes Yes Yes
PROFIsafe Yes Yes
Configuration
Configuration tool WinCC flexible Standard WinCC flexible Standard WinCC flexible Standard WinCC flexible Standard
as of Version 2007 as of Version 2007 as of Version 2007 as of Version 2007
(to be ordered separately) (to be ordered separately) (to be ordered separately) (to be ordered separately)
Display
Display type TFT, 65536 colors TFT, 65536 colors TFT, 65536 colors TFT, 65536 colors
Size 7.5 " 7.5 " 7.5 " 7.5 "
Resolution (WxH in pixels) 640 x 480 640 x 480 640 x 480 640 x 480
MTBF of backlit display approx. 50000 h approx. 50000 h approx. 50000 h approx. 50000 h
(at 25 °C)
Type of operation
Operator control options Key and Touch Key and Touch Key and Touch Key and Touch
Function keys, programmable 18 function keys, 18 function keys, 18 function keys, 18 function keys,
18 with LEDs 18 with LEDs 18 with LEDs 18 with LEDs
Touch screen Analog, resistive Analog, resistive Analog, resistive Analog, resistive
Numeric/alphanumeric input Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes Yes/Yes
Connection for mouse/keyboard/ USB / USB / USB USB / USB / USB USB / USB / USB USB / USB / USB
barcode reader
Emergency stop button
• 2-channel, positive latching - - Yes Yes
Acknowledgement button - - 2-channel, 2-channel,
number of positions: 3 number of positions: 3
Illuminated pushbutton No Yes No Yes
Handwheel No Yes No Yes
Degree of protection
IP65 enclosure Yes Yes Yes Yes

© Siemens AG 2008

Wireless devices

Certifications & standards
Certifications CE, cULus, C-TICK CE, cULus, C-TICK CE, cULus, C-TICK CE, cULus, C-TICK
• German Technical Inspectorate - - Yes Yes
certification
• BGIA safety certification - - Yes Yes
• Safety Integrity Level - - 3 3
according to IEC 61508
3 • Performance level
according to EN ISO 13849-1
- - e e
• Safety category - - Safety category Safety category

according to EN 954-1 according to EN 954-1 according to EN 954-1
(acknowledgement (acknowledgement
button, STOP button button, STOP button
if available) 4 if available) 4
Max. relative humidity (in %) 80 % 80 % 80 % 80 %
Fall height 1.2 m 1.2 m 1.2 m 1.2 m
Temperature
• Operation 0 to +40 °C 0 to +40 °C 0 to +40 °C 0 to +40 °C
• Transport, storage -20 to +60 °C -20 to +60 °C -20 to +60 °C -20 to +60 °C
Type of output
Status LEDs Yes Yes Yes Yes
• LED for Safe Yes Yes Yes Yes
• LED for communication Yes Yes Yes Yes
• LED for battery Yes Yes Yes Yes
Vibration Yes Yes Yes Yes
Interfaces
Multi Media Card slot 1 x MMC slot 1 x MMC slot 1 x MMC slot 1 x MMC slot
USB 1 x USB 1 x USB 1 x USB 1 x USB
Ethernet 1 x Ethernet (RJ45) 1 x Ethernet (RJ45) 1 x Ethernet (RJ45) 1 x Ethernet (RJ45)
WLAN Yes Yes Yes Yes
• Supported standards according to according to according to according to
IEEE 802.11a IEEE 802.11a IEEE 802.11a IEEE 802.11a
• Supported channels Channel 34, Channel 36, Channel 34, Channel 36, Channel 34, Channel 36, Channel 34, Channel 36,
(according to IEEE 802.11a) Channel 38, Channel 40, Channel 38, Channel 40, Channel 38, Channel 40, Channel 38, Channel 40,
Channel 42, Channel 44, Channel 42, Channel 44, Channel 42, Channel 44, Channel 42, Channel 44,
Channel 149, Channel Channel 149, Channel Channel 149, Channel Channel 149, Channel
153, Channel 157, Chan- 153, Channel 157, Chan- 153, Channel 157, Chan- 153, Channel 157, Chan-
nel 161 nel 161 nel 161 nel 161
• Supported channels Channel 1 to 11, Channel Channel 1 to 11, Channel Channel 1 to 11, Channel Channel 1 to 11, Channel
(according to IEEE 802.11b and 12, Channel 13, Channel 12, Channel 13, Channel 12, Channel 13, Channel 12, Channel 13, Channel
IEEE 802.1g) 14 14 14 14
• Country approvals (radio) Australia, Austria, Bel- Australia, Austria, Bel- Australia, Austria, Bel- Australia, Austria, Bel-
gium, Czech Republic, gium, Czech Republic, gium, Czech Republic, gium, Czech Republic,
Denmark, Finland, Denmark, Finland, Denmark, Finland, Denmark, Finland,
France, Germany, Great France, Germany, Great France, Germany, Great France, Germany, Great
Britain, Greece, Hungary, Britain, Greece, Hungary, Britain, Greece, Hungary, Britain, Greece, Hungary,
Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Iceland, Ireland, Italy,
Japan, Liechtenstein, Lux- Japan, Liechtenstein, Lux- Japan, Liechtenstein, Lux- Japan, Liechtenstein, Lux-
embourg, the Nether- embourg, the Nether- embourg, the Nether- embourg, the Nether-
lands, Norway, Poland, lands, Norway, Poland, lands, Norway, Poland, lands, Norway, Poland,
Portugal, South Africa, Portugal, South Africa, Portugal, South Africa, Portugal, South Africa,
Spain, Sweden, Switzer- Spain, Sweden, Switzer- Spain, Sweden, Switzer- Spain, Sweden, Switzer-
land, Turkey, U.S.A. land, Turkey, U.S.A. land, Turkey, U.S.A. land, Turkey, U.S.A.
• Encryption WEP, WPA WEP, WPA WEP, WPA WEP, WPA
Operating systems
Operating system Windows CE Windows CE Windows CE Windows CE
Processor
Processor ARM, 520 MHz ARM, 520 MHz ARM, 520 MHz ARM, 520 MHz

© Siemens AG 2008

Wireless devices

Functionality with
WinCC flexible
Applications/options Internet Explorer, Sm@rt Internet Explorer, Sm@rt Internet Explorer, Sm@rt Internet Explorer, Sm@rt
Service, Sm@rt Access Service, Sm@rt Access Service, Sm@rt Access Service, Sm@rt Access
Number of Visual Basic Scripts 50 50 50 50
Scheduler Yes Yes Yes Yes
Help system Yes Yes Yes Yes
Status/force
Signaling system
with SIMATIC S7 with SIMATIC S7 with SIMATIC S7 with SIMATIC S7
3
• Number of messages 4,000 4,000 4,000 4,000
• Bit signals Yes Yes Yes Yes
• Analog messages Yes Yes Yes Yes
• Message buffer Circular buffer Circular buffer Circular buffer Circular buffer
(n x 512 entries), (n x 512 entries), (n x 512 entries), (n x 512 entries),
retentive, maintenance- retentive, maintenance- retentive, maintenance- retentive, maintenance-
free free free free
Recipes
• Recipes 300 300 300 300
• Data records per recipe 500 500 500 500
• Entries per data record 1000 1000 1000 1000
• Recipe memory 64 KB integrated Flash, 64 KB integrated Flash, 64 KB integrated Flash, 64 KB integrated Flash,
expandable expandable expandable expandable
Number of process screens
• Process screens 500 500 500 500
• Variables 2,048 2,048 2,048 2,048
• Limit values Yes Yes Yes Yes
• Multiplexing Yes Yes Yes Yes
Screen elements
• Text objects 10,000 text elements 10,000 text elements 10,000 text elements 10,000 text elements
• Graphics objects Bitmaps, icons, Bitmaps, icons, Bitmaps, icons, Bitmaps, icons,
vector graphics vector graphics vector graphics vector graphics
• Dynamic objects Diagrams/trend curves, Diagrams/trend curves, Diagrams/trend curves, Diagrams/trend curves,
bar graphs, sliders, bar graphs, sliders, bar graphs, sliders, bar graphs, sliders,
analog display, hidden analog display, hidden analog display, hidden analog display, hidden
buttons buttons buttons buttons
Lists
• Text lists 500 500 500 500
• Graphics lists 400 400 400 400
• Libraries Yes Yes Yes Yes
Archiving
• Number of archives per project 20 20 20 20
• Number of measuring points per 20 20 20 20
project
• Number of entries per archive 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000
• Memory location Multi Media Card Multi Media Card Multi Media Card Multi Media Card
Security
• Number of user groups 50 50 50 50
• Exportable passwords Yes Yes Yes Yes
• Number of user rights 32 32 32 32
Supported data carriers
• Multi Media Card Yes Yes Yes Yes

© Siemens AG 2008

Wireless devices

Functionality with
WinCC flexible (continued)
Recording
• Reporting/printing Alarms, report (shift Alarms, report (shift Alarms, report (shift Alarms, report (shift
report), PROFINET report), PROFINET report), PROFINET report), PROFINET
Languages
• Online languages 16 16 16 16
3 • Project languages D, GB, F, I, E, CHN "tradi-

tional", CHN "simplified",
D, GB, F, I, E, CHN "tradi-
DK, FIN, GR, J, KP / ROK, DK, FIN, GR, J, KP / ROK, DK, FIN, GR, J, KP / ROK, DK, FIN, GR, J, KP / ROK,
NL, N, PL, P, RUS, S, NL, N, PL, P, RUS, S, NL, N, PL, P, RUS, S, NL, N, PL, P, RUS, S,
CZ/SK, TR, H CZ/SK, TR, H CZ/SK, TR, H CZ/SK, TR, H
• Character sets Tahoma, Arial, Courier Tahoma, Arial, Courier Tahoma, Arial, Courier Tahoma, Arial, Courier
New, WinCC flexible-Stan- New, WinCC flexible-Stan- New, WinCC flexible-Stan- New, WinCC flexible-Stan-
dard, ideographic lan- dard, ideographic lan- dard, ideographic lan- dard, ideographic lan-
guages, all freely scalable guages, all freely scalable guages, all freely scalable guages, all freely scalable
Transfer (upload/download)
• Transfer of the configuration USB, Ethernet, automatic USB, Ethernet, automatic USB, Ethernet, automatic USB, Ethernet, automatic
transfer recognition transfer recognition transfer recognition transfer recognition
• Wireless LAN Yes Yes Yes Yes
Process connection
• Connection to controller S7-200, S7-300/400, see S7-200, S7-300/400, see S7-200, S7-300/400, see S7-200, S7-300/400, see
Chapter "System Inter- Chapter "System Inter- Chapter "System Inter- Chapter "System Inter-
faces" faces" faces" faces"
• Zones Yes Yes Yes Yes
- Number of zones in project, max. 254 254 254 254
- Number of transponders 255 255 255 255
for zones in project, max.
• Effective ranges - - Yes Yes
- Number of effective ranges in - - 127 127
project, max.
- Number of transponders for - - 127 127
effective ranges in project, max.
• Transponder Yes Yes Yes Yes
- Number of transponders in 256 256 256 256
project, max.
- Adjustable distance range Yes Yes Yes Yes
- Adjustable distance, min. 2m 2m 2m 2m
- Adjustable distance, max. 8m 8m 8m 8m
Mechanical system
Enclosure type (front) Plastic Plastic Plastic Plastic
Dimensions
Enclosure diameter/depth (mm) D 290 mm / T 103 mm D 290 mm / T 103 mm D 290 mm / T 103 mm D 290 mm / T 103 mm
Weights
Weight 2.2 kg 2.2 kg 2.2 kg 2.2 kg

SIMATIC Mobile Panel 277 IWLAN SIMATIC Mobile Panel 277F
• Communication via WLAN 6AV6 645-0DD01-0AX0 IWLAN
(PROFINET) • Communication via WLAN 6AV6 645-0DB01-0AX0
• Communication via WLAN 6AV6 645-0DE01-0AX0 (PROFINET)
(PROFINET) with enable button and
with integrated handwheel, emergency stop button
key switch and two illuminated • Communication via WLAN 6AV6 645-0DC01-0AX0
pushbuttons (PROFINET)
with enable button and
emergency stop button
with integrated handwheel,
key switch, and two illuminated
pushbuttons

© Siemens AG 2008

Wireless devices

Accessories Mobile Panel 277 IWLAN
Note: Please order the table-top Operating Instructions
power supply or charging station • German 6AV6 691-1DM01-2AA0
as well.
Required for charging the battery. • English 6AV6 691-1DM01-2AB0
• Table-top power supply incl. 6AV6 671-5CN00-0AX1 • French 6AV6 691-1DM01-2AC0
power cable
for EU, US, UK, JP (only suitable • Italian 6AV6 691-1DM01-2AD0
for operation under laborato- • Spanish 6AV6 691-1DM01-2AE0
ry/office conditions)
Getting Started
• Charger for safe storage and
charging the device incl. lock for
6AV6 671-5CE00-0AX0 Mobile Panel 277(F) IWLAN
• German 6AV6 691-1EM01-2AA0
3
securing the device in the
charger. Charging capabilities • English 6AV6 691-1EM01-2AB0
for up to two additional batteries
User Manual
• Additional battery with LED indi- 6AV6 671-5CL00-0AX0
WinCC flexible
cator for indicating the charge
Compact/Standard/Advanced
status
• Transponder incl. batteries 6AV6 671-5CM00-0AX0 • German 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AA0
(3x AA) • English 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AB0
• Service pack for Mobile Panel 6AV6 671-5CA00-0AX1 • French 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AC0
277(F) IWLAN contains acces-
sories pack for Mobile Panel 277 • Italian 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AD0
(labeling strip cover), battery
• Spanish 6AV6 691-1AB01-0AE0
compartment cover (device),
backup battery, cover left/right User Manual
(charger), power supply con- WinCC flexible Communication
nector counterpart (charger), re-
placement key (charger) • German 6AV6 691-1CA01-2AA0
Other compatible accessories: • English 6AV6 691-1CA01-2AB0
• Wall mounting bracket See HMI accessories • French 6AV6 691-1CA01-2AC0

for Mobile Panels • Italian 6AV6 691-1CA01-2AD0
• Multi Media Card (memory card) See HMI accessories • Spanish 6AV6 691-1CA01-2AE0
• Mobile Panel 277 cover foil See HMI accessories SCALANCE W786-2RR
• Key labeling strips for See HMI accessories IWLAN Dual Access Point with
Mobile Panel 277 two built-in radio interfaces for
• Spare key for Mobile Panels See HMI accessories establishment of radio links with
iPCF
SIMATIC Mobile Panel 277(F)
IWLAN starter kit RJ45 connection
for • Four internal antennas
• Mobile Panel 277 IWLAN 6AV6 651-5GA01-0AA0 - National approvals 6GK5 786-2BA60-6AA0
• Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN 6AV6 651-5HA01-0AA0
- National approvals 6GK5 786-2BA60-6AB0
Configuration for operation in the U.S.A.
with SIMATIC WinCC flexible See Catalog ST80 • Connections for four external
Documentation antennas
(to be ordered separately) - National approvals 6GK5 786-2AA60-6AA0
Function Manual for operation outside the U.S.A.
"Fail-Safe Operation of the - National approvals 6GK5 786-2AA60-6AB0
Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN" 1) for operation in the U.S.A.
• German 6AV6 691-1AB01-2AA0 Accessories for Mobile Panels See Catalog ST 80
• English 6AV6 691-1AB01-2AB0
• Japanese 6AV6 691-1AB01-2AJ0
Mobile Panel 277F IWLAN
Operating Instructions
• German 6AV6 691-1DQ01-2AA0
• English 6AV6 691-1DQ01-2AB0
• French 6AV6 691-1DQ01-2AC0
• Italian 6AV6 691-1DQ01-2AD0
• Spanish 6AV6 691-1DQ01-2AE0
1)
A printed Function Manual in German is enclosed with the Mobile Panel
277(F) IWLAN units. Please order other languages separately.
Additional information is available in the Internet under
http://www.siemens.com/mobile-panels

© Siemens AG 2008

Wireless devices
Mobile Panel PC 12" IWLAN
■ Overview ■ Application range

Wireless connection to:
• Bluetooth
- Mouse and keyboard
• WLAN
- Connection to the local access point
- Company network/Internet
- PROFINET
The device can be used in different areas of application:
3
• Logistics, transport, airports
• Health-care sector, outpatient clinics
• Fire departments, service, sentries, police
• Manufacturing, production
■ Design
The absolutely rugged construction is especially designed for
industrial applications. With the degree of protection IP54 all
around and an extremely shockproof and ergonomic enclosure
made of die-cast magnesium, even falls from up to 0.9 m cannot
harm the Mobile Panel PC.
The new Mobile Panel PC 12" IWLAN is a useful extension of the • High performance
mobile devices in the direction of the open operator station. - 12.1'' TFT display
- Touch screen
It is based on Windows XP and offers a wide range of different - Intel Dual Core processor 1.06 GHz (Merom)
implementation possibilities due to its flexibility and outstanding - Main memory: 1 or 2 GB RAM
performance. - HDD 120 GB
• Easy to handle
■ Benefits - Dimensions (W x H x D) mm: approximately 330 x 240 x 55
- Weight: approx. 2.4 kg
With the Windows XP operating system, the powerful 1.06 GHz - Ergonomic handling
Meron Dual Core processor and the 120 GB hard disk, it is well-
equipped for demanding logistics, visualization and automation • Durable
tasks. - ACCU operation (4h continuous duty)
The device communicates in mobile applications by means of • Easy contact
WLAN or class Bluetooth and is therefore, for example, optimally - LAN 10/100
equipped for service applications. - WLAN (IEE802.11 a/b/g/n (draft))
- Bluetooth 2.0
The following important points should additionally be mentioned: - USB 2.0
The device is easy to handle and has a low weight. The device - Line In / Out
has compact dimensions despite the large display. - Operating system: Windows XP
- 4 hardware keys (programmable)
Used to service machines or large-scale plants, for order-pick- - Express-Card Slot (35 mm)
ing in logistical applications or for plant visualization, the SI-
MATIC Mobile Panel PC 12" IWLAN will satisfy the demands • Rugged
placed on it. - Fanless
- Operating temperature: 0 °C to 40 °C
- Degree of protection: IP54
- Rugged: Height of fall 0.9 m
- Magnesium die-cast housing

© Siemens AG 2008

Wireless devices
Mobile Panel PC 12" IWLAN

Delivery variants Mobile Panel Mobile Panel Mobile Panel PC 12" IWLAN
PC 12" PC 12"
IWLAN BASIC IWLAN TOP 12.1" Touch,
WLAN Europe WLAN Europe Intel Merom Dual Core processor
(MOW 2) (MOW 2) 1.06 GHz, 120 GB hard disk;
LAN/WLAN/Bluetooth/USB2.0,
Main memory 1 GB RAM 2 GB RAM WIN XP, WLAN radio approval
for Europe (MOW 2)
Camera module without Integrated
2 Megapixels • Basic 6AV7460-3AA00-0AA0
1 GB RAM
Display 12.1" TFT 350 cd/m² 1024x768
3
• TOP 6AV7460-3AA01-0AA0
Display brightness sensor 2 GB RAM,
for outdoor use incl. camera, 2 Megapixels
Operator control Resistive touch screen Docking station for 6AV7673-0GC00-0AA0
Software keyboard Mobile Panel PC 12" IWLAN
(BASIC + TOP)
Processor/chip set MEROM ULV Dual Core 1.06 GHz,
fanless, chip set 945 GM Customized coloring
Hard disk 120 GB, drop sensor, • Customer-specific logo on
SMART management functions the enclosure
• Color customization of the entire
Operating system Windows XP mobile set (including rubber
Dimensions 326 x 241 x 57 buffer)
Weight approx. 2.4 kg • Color customization of the
docking station
Interfaces 2 x USB 2.0
Accessories
LAN: 10/100 Mbit/s with 2 LEDs
for function display SCALANCE W786-1PRO
WLAN: Standard 802.11 a/b/g/n IWLAN Access Points with one

(draft) built-in radio interface
Bluetooth: V2.0 Standard, RJ45 connection

Class 1 range up to 100 m • Two internal antennas
Temperature In storage: -20 °C to +60 °C - National approvals 6GK5 786-1BA60-2AA0
During operation: 0 °C to +40 °C
- National approvals 6GK5 786-1BA60-2AB0
Humidity 5% to 95% for operation in the U.S.A.
Power supply External universal power supply,
100 to 240 V AC,
50/60 Hz
Contacts
Degree of protection IP54 all-round Please contact the HMI representatives of your Siemens sales
Certification CE, UL, CSA, MS certified hard- office/national company.
ware platform,
Windows Vista-capable More information is available in the Internet at
Optional Express Card Module, http://www.siemens.com/hmi-oem
RAM up to 4 GB, 2nd recharge-
able battery, AC adapter
Docking station for

Mobile Panel PC 12"
(BASIC + TOP)
Mechanical system Holder for operating device
(mechanical/electrical)
with angle of inclination change-
able in stages
Temperature In storage: -20 °C to +60 °C
During operation: 0 °C to +40 °C
Degree of protection IP20 all-round
Interfaces 1 x LAN 10/100 Mbit/s
1 x XGA (1024 x 768 pixels)
3 x USB V 2.0
Drives 1 x DVD RW

© Siemens AG 2008
7
© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
4/125 CP 5613 A2
4/2 Introduction 4/130 CP 5613 FO
4/4 Process or field communication 4/135 CP 5614 A2
4/8 Data communication 4/141 CP 5512
4/10 Communications overview 4/144 CP 5611 A2
4/11 Configuration examples 4/147 CP 5621
4/13 Topologies 4/150 SOFTNET for PROFIBUS
4/15 Network components 4/153 OPC server for PROFIBUS
4/15 Overview of network components 4/156 SIMATIC HMI connection options
4/17 Network selection criteria 4/156 SIMATIC S7
4/20 Connection examples 4/159 SIMATIC WinCC flexible RT
4/22 Electrical networks (RS485) 4/161 SIMATIC WinCC
4/22 PROFIBUS FastConnect 4/166 Controls, Control Devices, Indicators
4/24 PROFIBUS bus cables and Sensors for PROFIBUS DP
4/33 ECOFAST bus cables 4/166 SIMOCODE pro 3UF7 motor
4/36 Power cables management and control devices
4/38 RS 485 bus connector 4/176 Current transformer 3UF18
4/43 830-1T connecting cable for overload protection
4/44 830-2 connecting cable 4/177 3RK3 Modular Safety System
4/45 PROFIBUS M12 and 7/8" 4/181 Communication-capable
connecting cable/plug-in connector SENTRON circuit breakers
4/48 Bus terminals 4/182 SENTRON PAC3200
4/51 Active RS 485 terminating element multifunction measuring instruments
4/52 RS 485 repeater for PROFIBUS 4/185 SENTRON multif. measuring Instruments
4/53 Diagnostics repeater for PROFIBUS DP PAC PROFIBUS DP expansion modules
4/55 DP/DP coupler 4/186 SENTRON multif. measuring instruments
4/56 Power Rail Booster PAC RS485 expansion modules
4/57 BT 200 hardware tester Sec. 9 ECOFAST motor and soft starters
4/58 ADI 4 Analog Drive Interface Sec. 9 COMBIMASTER 411
for 4 axes Sec. 9 COMBIMASTER 4
4/60 Electrical networks (PROFIBUS PA) 4/187 PROFIsafe – SIMATIC FS400
4/60 SpliTConnect light curtains and light grids
4/62 Bus cables 4/187 SIMATIC FS400 light curtains
4/64 Optical networks with OLM 3SF78 44 PROFIsafe series
4/64 Glass fiber optic cables internal evaluation, Type 4
4/73 Plastic and PCF fiber-optic cables 4/192 – PROFIsafe
4/79 PCF FOC termination kits 4/195 – Function package Blanking
4/80 Optical Link Module OLM 4/196 – Function package Muting
4/86 SIPLUS Optical Link Module OLM 4/198 – Function pa. Sequence control system
4/87 Optical networks with OBT and 4/199 PROFIBUS DP Laser scanners
integrated interface 4/199 SIMATIC FS600 laser scanner
4/87 Plastic and PCF fiber-optic cables 4/202 PROFIsafe laser scanner
4/93 ECOFAST Fiber Optic Hybrid Cable 4/206 RFID systems
4/95 PCF FOC termination kits communications modules
4/96 Optical Bus Terminal OBT 4/206 ASM 450
4/99 System interfacing for SIMATIC 4/208 ASM 456
4/99 Overview 4/211 ASM 470/475
4/100 CP 342-5 4/213 ASM 424, ASM 754/724
4/104 CP 342-5 FO 4/215 Engineering/Network Management/
4/108 SIPLUS CP 342-5 Diagnostics
4/109 CP 343-5 4/215 STEP 7
4/113 CP 443-5 Basic 4/217 Process Device Manager SIMATIC PDM
4/117 CP 443-5 Extended 4/224 BANYnet bus analysis and diagnostics
4/121 SIPLUS CP 443-5 Extended
4/226 PROFIBUS Technology Components
4/122 System interfacing for PG/PC 4/226 PROFIBUS DP ASICs
4/122 Overview 4/229 Connections/interfaces
4/123 Performance data 4/232 Development packages
4/124 Connection options
to SIMATIC PCs 4/233 Partner solutions
4/233 PROFIBUS SCOPE diagnostic software
4/234 Delphi-S7, Delphi-DPLib and
Delphi-DPSoftnetSlave
© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
Introduction
Introduction
■ Overview
• Bus system • Offers openness for interfacing to standardized non-Siemens
- For process and field communication in cell networks with a components
small number of stations and with field devices • Process or field communication
- and for data communication acc. to IEC 61158/61784 - PROFIBUS DP for fast, cyclic data exchange with field
• PROFIBUS – the fieldbus standard in production and process devices
engineering comprises: - PROFIBUS PA for applications in process automation and in
- Specification of the standards for the physical characteris- the intrinsically safe area
tics of the bus and the access procedure • Data communication
- Specification of the user protocol and the user interface - PROFIBUS FMS for data communication between
programmable controllers of different manufacturers
Telecontrol
Cell Internet Pad and station
PC control
phone system
PC
4
Motion
Teleservice Control
Controller
Controller Systems PC/PG/IPC
Telecontrol
HMI systems and station
WLAN
control system
Controller
Numeric
Security
Control
PROFINET
Industrial Ethernet Notebook Industrial Ethernet

Access
Controller Point
Notebook Controller Access IWLAN

RCoax Cable Mobile Panels
Point
Numeric
Field device for Control Controller
hazardous area PC/PG/IPC
HMI systems Link
Coupler
PROFINET
PROFIBUS PA PROFIBUS Field devices

Link Machine
Field devices
Vision
Drives
SIMOCODE Mobile Motion
pro RFID
Panel Control System Access
Machine Systems Point
Vision Link IO-Link
Link
IO link
IO-Link Power module
d l Link
supply Power
Client
LOGO! supply
Module
Controller
Proximity Drives Proximity

switches switches
G_IK10_XX_50018
KNX AS-Interface
3RA6 Field
fuseless device
compact
Slaves starter Signaling Slaves Compact
Sensors
column starter
PROFIBUS in the communication landscape

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
Introduction
Introduction
■ Benefits ■ Ordering data Order No.

Manual for
PROFIBUS networks1)
Paper version
• PROFIBUS is a powerful, open, and rugged bus system that Network architecture,
configuration, network compo-
ensures trouble-free communication. nents, installation
• The system is fully standardized, which enables trouble-free • German 6GK1 970-5CA20-0AA0
connection of standardized components from a variety of
manufacturers. • English 6GK1 970-5CA20-0AA1
• Configuration, commissioning, and troubleshooting can be 1)
Further language variants and manuals can be found for the respective
carried out from any location. This results in user-defined products at: http://www.siemens.com/automation/csi/net
communication relationships that are very versatile, simple to
implement, and easy to change. ■ More information
• Fast assembly and commissioning on site with the help of the
FastConnect wiring system. It is important to note the restrictions for use of the specified
SIMATIC NET products (Order Nos. 6GK..., 6XV1) which you can
• Continuous monitoring of network components through a
simple and effective signaling concept.
view in the Internet.
4
Additional information can be found in the Internet under:
• High security of investment since existing networks can be
extended without any adverse effects. http://www.siemens.com/simatic-net/ik-info
• High availability through ring redundancy with OLM.

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
Introduction
Process or field communication
■ Overview
Process or field communication (PROFIBUS DP, PROFIBUS PA) PROFIBUS DP
is used to link field devices to a programmable controller,
HMI system or control system. (Distributed I/O) is used to connect distributed I/O stations,
such as SIMATIC ET 200 with extremely fast response times in
Interfacing is performed over integrated interfaces on the CPU accordance with the IEC 61158/EN 50170 standard.
or through interface modules (IMs) and communications proces-
sors (CPs). PROFIBUS PA
With modern high-performance automation systems, it is often (Process Automation) extends PROFIBUS DP with failsafe
more effective to link more than one PROFIBUS DP line to one transmission technology in accordance with the international
system, not just to increase the number of I/O devices that can standard IEC 61158-2.
be connected, but also to enable individual production areas to
be handled independently of one another (segmentation).
PROFIBUS standardized to IEC 61158/61784 is a high-perfor-
mance, open, rugged fieldbus system with short response times
'3 3$
4 and the following protocols:
*B,.B;;B

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
Introduction
PROFIBUS DP/PA is used to link field devices such as distrib- The actuators and sensors are connected to field devices.
uted I/O stations or drives with automation systems such as The field devices are supplied with output data in accordance
SIMATIC S7 or PCs. with the master/slave technique and transfer input data to the
programmable controller or PC.
PROFIBUS DP/PA is used when I/O devices are widely distrib-
uted on the machine or in the plant (e.g. at the field level) and High-performance tools such as STEP 7 are available for config-
can be combined into one station (e.g. ET 200), typically more uring and parameterizing the I/O devices. Testing and start-up is
than 16 inputs/outputs. possible over PROFIBUS DP from any connection point using
these tools.
DP master
e.g. PLC or PC
C7-635, C7-636
PROFIBUS
4
Machine Vision
S7-300 (slave) with CPU 31x-2 DP
or CP 342-5, CP 342-5 FO
ET 200S
PC with
CP 5611 A2
CP 5614 A2
CP 5621
Customized
solution using
S7-200 (Slave) Siemens ASICs
ET 200M
RS 485iS
ET 200iSP coupler
PROFIBUS
ET 200eco ET 200L
DP/PA
coupler/link
S5-115U with IM 308C Field device for

ET 200pro hazardous area
PROFIBUS PA
DP/AS-Interface
DP/AS-i F Link 20E
Link Drive (e.g. SIMODRIVE)
DP/AS-i SITRANS F US
LINK
Advanced
Mobile Panel
SITRANS P
G_IK10_XX_50108
Customized
solution using
Siemens ASICs
Master Drive
PROFIBUS DP slaves

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
Introduction
DP device types DP-V0
PROFIBUS DP distinguishes between two different master The DP-Master functions (DP-V0) comprise configuration,
classes and different DP functions: parameterization, read input data and write outputs in cycles,
read diagnostics data.
DP-Master Class 1
DP-V1
The DP-Master Class 1 is the central component on
PROFIBUS DP. The central controller or PC exchanges informa- The additional DP function expansions (DP-V 1) make it possible
tion with distributed stations (DP-Slaves) in a fixed, repeated to perform non-isochronous read and write functions as well as
message cycle. acknowledgement of alarms at the same time as processing
cyclic data communication. These extended DP functions com-
DP-Master Class 2 prise acyclic access to the parameters and measured values of
Devices of this type are used (programming, configuration or a slave (e.g. field devices of process automation and intelligent
control devices) during start-up, for configuring the DP system HMI devices). This type of slave must be supplied with extensive
or for controlling the plant during normal operation (diagnostics). parameter data during start-up and during normal operation.
A DP-Master Class 2 can be used, for example, to read the input, Data transferred in acyclic mode (e.g. parameterization data)
output, diagnostics and configuration data of the slaves. are only rarely changed, in comparison to the cyclic measured
4 DP-Slave
values, and are transferred at lower priority in parallel with the
cyclic high-speed useful data transfer. Alarm acknowledgement
A DP-Slave is an I/O device that reads in input data and forwards by the master ensures reliable transfer of the alarms from
output data to the I/O. The volume of input and output data de- DP-Slaves.
pends on the device and can be up to 244 bytes. DP-V2
The functional scope can differ between DP-Masters of Class 1 The DP-Master functions (DP-V2) comprise functions for isoch-
and 2 or DP-Slaves. This determines the performance and ronous mode and direct data communication between DP-
availability of a communications processor. Slaves.
Isochronous mode
Isochronous mode is implemented by means of a signal with a
constant bus cycle for the bus system. This isochronous, con-
'30 '36 stant cycle is sent by the master to all bus stations in the form of
a global control message. The master and slave can then syn-
chronize their applications with this signal. The jitter of this signal
*B,.B;;B
from cycle to cycle must be less than 1 μs for typical drive appli-
cations.
Direct data communication between DP-Slaves
The publisher/subscriber model is used to implement the direct
data communication between slaves. Slaves declared as pub-
lishers make their input data (corresponds to response message
to their own master) available to other slaves, the subscribers,
for reading. Direct slave-to-slave communication is performed
cyclically.

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
Introduction
■ Integration
DP Master Class 1 DP Master Class 2
Control tasks and diagnostics Engineering and diagnostics

Master diagnosis
e.g. PLC/PC Read bus parameters
e.g. PC
Download/upload etc.
Configuration
Slave 4
e.g. ET 200 Read input data
Parameterization
DP-V0
Read output data
DP-V0
Read input data Diagnose slave

Write output data Read configuration
Read diagnostic data Address change
DP-V1
Alarm acknowledgement Read/write record
DP-V1
Read/write record (acyclic)

(acyclic)
G_IK10_XX_50004
DP-V2
Constant bus cycle time

Slave-to-slave
communication
DP-Master Classes

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
Introduction
Data communication
■ Overview
Data communication (e.g. PROFIBUS FMS) serves to exchange OPC-Server
data between programmable controllers or between a program-
mable controller and intelligent partners (PC, computers, etc.). The basic principle of OPC (Openness, Productivity &
Collaboration) is that OPC client applications communicate with
The following communication functions are available for this pur- the OPC server over a standardized, open and manufacturer-
pose: independent interface.
Standard Communication The appropriate OPC servers are included in the scope of
supply of the respective communication software.
This comprises standardized protocols for data communication .
• PROFIBUS FMS (Fieldbus Message Specification) PG/OP communication
This is ideally suited to communication from different automation Comprises integral communication functions that are used by
systems (e.g. PLCs, PCs) from different manufacturers at the cell the SIMATIC programmable controllers to perform data commu-
level with only a few stations (max. 16). Communication with field nication with HMI devices (e.g. TD/OP) and SIMATIC PG
devices using the FMS interface is also possible. (STEP 7). PG/OP communication is supported by MPI,
PROFIBUS and Industrial Ethernet networks.
4 With the FMS services READ, WRITE and INFORMATION
REPORT, read or write access to variables of the communication S7 routing
partner is possible from the user program by means of a variable With the aid of S7 routing it is possible to use the programming
index or variable name, or the user program can transfer its own device communication across networks.
variable values to a communications partner. Partial access to
variables is supported. The communication is processed over S7 communication
acyclic connections (master-to-master, master-to-slave), over S7 communication is the integral communications function that
acyclic connections with a slave initiative or with cyclic connec- has been optimized within the SIMATIC S7/C7. It enables PCs
tions (master-to-slave). The INFORMATION REPORT is can also and workstations to be connected. The maximum volume of
be used to send a message to all stations on the network using useful data per task is 64 KB. S7 communication offers simple,
a broadcast service. The FMS service IDENTIFY (request for powerful communication services and provides a network-
identification characteristics of the partner) and STATUS independent software interface for MPI, PROFIBUS and
(request partner status) can also be activated. Industrial Ethernet networks.
Open communication
The open communication (SEND/RECEIVE) allows the
SIMATIC S7 controllers to communicate with other SIMATIC S7
and SIMATIC S5 controllers (S5-compatible communication),
PCs and third-party systems.
)06 23& 3*23 66

*B,.B;;B

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
Introduction
Data communication
System connections
For many data terminals, communications processors (CPs) are
available that already have the communications functions imple-
mented in the firmware and that therefore relieve the data termi-
nal of communications tasks (e.g. flow control, blocking, etc.).
Programmable controller Communications processor
S7-300
CP 342-5
CP 342-5 FO
CP 343-5
4
S7-400
CP 443-5 Basic
CP 443-5 Extended
S5-115U to 155U
CP 5431 FMS/DP
PG/PC
CP 5512
CP 5611 A2
CP 5613 A2
CP 5613 FO
G_IK10_XX_50005
CP 5614 A2
CP 5621
PROFIBUS
Data communication for SIMATIC and the PC

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
Introduction
■ Function
+DUGZDUH 352),%86'3 352),%86)06 3*23 6FRPPXQLFD 2SHQ 7LPH
WLRQ FRPPX
QLFDWLRQ
Receiving stations
Standard system
Send/Receive 1)
Sending stations
High-availability
communication
Info. / Report
DP master
DP master
DP slave
Class 1
Class 2
Read
Write
CP 342-5/
CP 342-5 FO
SIMATIC S7-300

CP 343-5
CP 443-5 Extended
4 SIMATIC S7-400
CP 443-5 Basic
G_IK10_XX_50100
1) SDA and SDN services of PROFIBUS Layer 2 (FDL) VXLWDEOH
2) DP master or DP slave
3) S7 server only QRWDSSOLFDEOH
Communications overview for SIMATIC
2SHQ
+DUGZDUH 6RIWZDUH 2SHUDWLRQV\VWHP%LW 23& 352),%86'3 352),%86)06 3* 6FRP FRP
23 PXQLFD PXQLF
WLRQ
Windows XP Pro
2003 R2 Server
other operating
Windows 2003
Windows Vista
Info/Report
DP Master
DP Master
Business /
DP slave
Ultimate
systems
Server /
Class 1
Class 2
Read
Write

CP 5613 A2 CP with DP Base
CP 5613 FO
DP-5613
CP 5614 A2
(PCI 32 Bit)
S7-5613
FMS-5613

DK-5613

CP 5611 A2 SOFTNET-DP
(PCI 32 Bit)

CP 5621 SOFTNET-DP Slave
(PCIe x1)
CP 5512 SOFTNET-S7
(CardBus 32 Bit)
STEP 7
<RXFDQILQGPRUHLQIRUPDWLRQRQWKH,QWHUQHW 1) Included in scope of supply of the CP 5613/A2/CP 5613FO/CP 5614 A2 RQ6,0$7,&1(7 VXLWDEOH
KWWSZZZVLHPHQVFRPVLPDWLFQHWLNLQIR 2) DP master and DP slaves cannot be operated simultaneously &'(GLWLRQ
G_IK10_XX_50058
,I\RXKDYHTXHVWLRQVRQ/,18;SURMHFWV 3) Master Class 1 and Master Class 2 cannot be operated simultaneously QRWDSSOLFDEOH
SOHDVHFRQWDFW, 6 on one CP
(PDLOLWLQGXVWU\#VLHPHQVFRP 4) DP-Base and DP-5613 cannot be operated simultaneously
5) only with CP 5614
6) incl. XML DA interface for data access
7) with porting via DK-5613
8) SEND/RECEIVE based on the FDL interface
Communications overview for PG/PC

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
Introduction
■ Integration
Configuration example for process or field communication
S7-400 with
CP 443-5 Extended
(DP master)
PC with CP 5613 A2
S7-300 with CP 342-5 and DP Base
(DP master) (DP master)
PROFIBUS DP
G_IK10_XX_50007
Third-party device
PG with STEP 7 and

STEP 5
ET 200pro
S5 with
4
ET 200S
IM 308-C
PROFIBUS DP configuration for SIMATIC S5/S7 and PG/PC
Configuration example for data communication
S7-400 with
CP 443-5 Basic
PC/WinCC with
S7-300 with CP 343-5 CP 5613 A2 and
FMS-5613
PROFIBUS FMS
G_IK10_XX_50008
Third-party device
PG with STEP 7 and

STEP 5 S5-115 - 155U with
CP 5431 FMS/DP
PROFIBUS FMS configuration for SIMATIC S5/S7 and PG/PC

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
Introduction
Configuration example for PG/OP communication
0RELOH3DQHO3&
3&ZLWK $FFHVV3RLQW
&3$&3 6&$/$1&(:
DQG67(3
6ZLWK
&3RU
&3$GYDQFHG
352),1(7
,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW
6ZLWK
&3RU
4
&3$GYDQFHG ,(3%
/LQN
31,2
(76
&3
([WHQGHG
352),%86
352),%86
G_IK10_XX_10011
6ZLWK&3
6ZLWK
6ZLWK&3 (76 (7SUR
&3([WHQGHG
PG/OP communication for transparent access to configuration and diagnostics data

of the connected PROFIBUS nodes by means of S7 routing

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
Introduction
Topologies
■ Overview
Siemens offers a comprehensive range of PROFIBUS network Characteristics
components for electrical and optical transmission technology. • High-grade bus cable
PROFIBUS is standardized in accordance with IEC 61158/ • Transmission method: RS 485 (acc. to EIA)
EN 50170 for universal automation (PROFIBUS FMS and • Bus topology with bus terminals and bus connectors for
PROFIBUS DP), and in accordance with IEC 61158-2 for connecting PROFIBUS stations
process automation (PROFIBUS PA).
• Transmission method in accordance with IEC 61158/EN
Electrical network 50170 for universal automation (PROFIBUS FMS/DP), and in
• The electrical network uses a shielded twisted pair cable. The accordance with IEC61158-2 for the intrinsically-safe area
RS 485 interface works with voltage differences. It is therefore (PROFIBUS PA)
less sensitive to interference than a voltage or current inter- • The DP transmission system of RS 485 (bit coding by means
face. With PROFIBUS, the stations are connected to the bus of differential voltage signals) is converted to IEC 61158-2
via a bus terminal or a bus connector (max. 32 stations per (bit coding by means of current signals) using the network
segment). components (DP/PA coupler or DP/PA link)
• The individual segments are connected via repeaters. • Simple, universal installation and grounding concept
4
• The transmission rate can be set in steps from 9.6 Kbit/s to • Easy installation
12 Mbit/s.
• The maximum segment length depends on the transmission
rate.
• The electrical network can be configured as a bus or tree
structure
• For applications in the intrinsically-safe area, the transmission
technology compliant with IEC 61158-2 is used with
PROFIBUS PA. The transmission rate in this case is
31.25 Kbit/s.
S7-400 with
CP 443-5 Extended PC/IPC with
PC with CP 5614 A2
CP 5613 A2/
CP 5621
PROFIBUS DP
PROFIBUS DP
ET 200S
ET 200M Repeater
DP/PA
coupler/link
Intrinsically safe area
PROFIBUS PA
Drive
Repeater
RS 485iS
coupler
ET 200iSP
ET 200pro ET 200pro
G_IK10_XX_50012
Electrical PROFIBUS network configuration

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
Introduction
Topologies
Optical network Special fiber-optic cables are available to cover distances of up
to 400 m.
The fiber-optic cable variant of PROFIBUS has the following
characteristics: Hybrid network
• Transmission link is insensitive to electromagnetic influences Hybrid electrical and optical networks are possible. The transi-
• Suitable for long ranges tion between both media is implemented by the OLM.
• Galvanic isolation In station-to-station communication on the bus, there is no differ-
• Uses either plastic, PCF or glass fiber-optic cables ence between two-wire technology and fiber-optic technology. A
maximum of 127 stations can be connected to one PROFIBUS
• Avoidance of overvoltage and equipotential bonding network.
problems
The optical transmission technology offers the following advan-
Optical PROFIBUS with OLMs tages:
Using optical link modules (OLMs) it is possible to construct an • Fiber-optic cables made of plastic or glass are not susceptible
optical network in a linear, ring, or star topology. The maximum to electromagnetic interference and therefore render the EMC
distance between two OLMs is 15 km. The transmission rate can measures required for electrical networks unnecessary
4 be set in steps from 9.6 Kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s.
Optical PROFIBUS with integral interface and OBT
• No additional lightning protection concept is required in the
outdoor area
The optical PROFIBUS with integral interface and OBT is con- • The potentials on the modules are automatically separated
structed in a linear topology. A cost-optimized solution is avail- thanks to the characteristics of the conductor
able for this in the form of devices with integral optical interface. • With fiber-optic cables, long distances to field devices can be
Terminal equipment with an RS 485 interface can be connected bridged.
via an Optical Bus Terminal (OBT). The maximum distance be-
tween two nodes is 50 m in the case of plastic fiber-optic cables.
&DELQHW
2/0* 2/0* 2/0* 2/0* 2/0*
352),%86RSWLFDO 352),%86HOHFWULFDO
)2VWDQGDUG 352),%86
FDEOH )&VWDQGDUGFDEOH
6ZLWK 6
&3([WHQGHG ZLWK&3 (70 'ULYH (76
3&,3&ZLWK&3 (7SUR
&3&3$
&3$ 23b%
*B,.B;;B
(7SUR
Network configuration combined from electrical and optical PROFIBUS
Further language variants and manuals can be found for the Please always note the supplementary conditions for the speci-
respective products at: fied SIMATIC NET products (order number 6GK..., 6XV1...) that
you can view on the Internet pages shown below:
http://www.siemens.com/automation/csi/net

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
Network components
Overview of network components
■ Overview
Maximum cable length for PROFIBUS connections
Type of fiber 0 - 60 m 0 - 80 m 0 - 100 m 0 - 200 m 0 - 400 m 0 - 3,000 m 0 - 10,000 m
PB FC Bus Cables
k k
k k
k k
k k
k k
k k
k k
4
k k
k k
PYR FR Marine Cable k k
PB Cable for ET200X
PB ECOFAST Bus Cables
PB Glass FOC with PB OLM

k k
k k
k k
k k
Indoor Cable k k
(62.5/125)
FO Standard Cable
(62.5/125)
k k
Flexible FO Trailing Cable
(62.5/125)
k k
PB Plastic/POF/PCF FOC with PB OLM
PB Plastic FO Standard Cable Step index k
PB PCF FO Standard Cable Step index k
Step index k
Step index k
Step index k
1) Dependent on current load 2) at 860 nm 3) at 1310 nm 4) at 12 Mbit/s 5) at 1.5 Mbit/s
Longer cables possible if data rate is reduced; see PROFIBUS Manual for further information

4
2SWLFDO (OHFWULFDO
4/16
3%
0
0
%)2&
V\VWHP
VRFNHW
3%EXV
6LPSOH[
%FRGHG
FRQQHFWRU
FRQQHFWRU
FRQQHFWRU
FRQQHFWRU
FRQQHFWRU
FRQQHFWRU
FRQQHFWRU
(7SUR
(&2)$67
ZLWK%)2&
FRQQHFWLRQ
FRQQHFWLRQ
3RZHU
3%GHYLFHV
3%GHYLFHV
3%GHYLFHV
)DVW&RQQHFW
3%0SOXJ
ZLWKVLPSOH[
ZLWK6XE'
%XVWHUPLQDO
6SOL7&RQQHFW
PROFIBUS
352),%86)&6WDQGDUG&DEOH
352),%86)&6WDQGDUG&DEOH,6*3
352),%86)&5REXVW&DEOH
352),%86)&)RRG&DEOH 352),%86)&
Network components
352),%86)&*URXQG&DEOH EXVFDEOHV
352),%86)&)51&&DEOH
352),%86)&7UDLOLQJ&DEOH
352),%86)HVWRRQ&DEOH 352),%86
352),%86)OH[LEOH&DEOH EXVFDEOHV
Overview of network components
&RQQHFWLQJFDEOH
&RQQHFWLQJFDEOH7 &RQQHFWLQJ
352),%860SOXJLQFDEOH
(&2)$67+\EULG&DEOH (&2)$67
(OHFWULFDO
(&2)$67+\EULG&DEOH*3 FDEOH
352),%86+\EULG6WDQGDUG&DEOH*3
352),%86+\EULG5REXVW&DEOH +\EULGFDEOH
3RZHU&DEOHb[bb 3RZHUFDEOH
352),%86)&
© Siemens AG 2008
3%)&3URFHVV&DEOH %XVFDEOH
352),%863$
0EXVWHUPLQDO %XVWHUPLQDO
)26WDQGDUG&DEOH*3
)27UDLOLQJ&DEOH )LEHURSWLFFDEOH
)27UDLOLQJ&DEOH*3 wP
)2*URXQG&DEOH
),%(5237,&VWDQGDUGFDEOH
,1'225)LEHU2SWLFLQGRRUFDEOH
)OH[LEOH)LEHU2SWLFWUDLOLQJFDEOH
)LEHURSWLFFDEOH
6,(123<5PDULQHGXSOH[ILEHURSWLF wP
FDEOH
3&)6WDQGDUG&DEOH*3
3&)7UDLOLQJ&DEOH 3&)ILEHURSWLF
3&)7UDLOLQJ&DEOH*3 FDEOH
2SWLFDO
2SWLRQVIRUFRQQHFWLQJ352),%86FDEOHVZLWKSOXJVWHUPLQDOVRUGHYLFHV
3ODVWLFILEHURSWLFVWDQGDUGFDEOH
32))2&
wP
)LEHURSWLFFDEOH
3UHDVVHPEOHG)2&ZLWK%)2&FRQQHFWRU ZLWK
%)2&FRQQHFWRU
)LEHURSWLFFDEOH
3UHDVVHPEOHG)2&ZLWKVLPSOH[FRQQHFWRU ZLWK
6LPSOH[FRQQHFWRU
*B,.B;;B
© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
Network components
■ Overview
&ULWHULD (OHFWULFDOQHWZRUN 2SWLFDOQHWZRUN
RS 485 conforming IEC 61158-2 Plastic PCF Glass

to IEC 61158/ 61784 (PA)
EMC n n n - n n n - n n n n n n n n n n n n
1) 5)
Inter-building networking n n - - n n - - n - - - n n n - n n n n
2)
Operating distance n n - - n n - - n - - - n n - - n n n n
4)
Suitability for high transmission rate n n n - n n n n n n n n n n n n
3) 3)
4
Simple plug fitting n n n n n n n n n n n - n n - - n - - -
Simple cable laying n n n - n n n - n n - - n n - - n n - -
Equipotential bonding measures required. Yes Yes No No No
Performance spectrum for special applications n n n n n - - - n - - - n - - - n n - -
Used for moving nodes n n - - - - - - - - - - n n - -
Use in intrinsically safe area n n n n
G_IK10_XX_50010
1) Lightning protection measures required n n n n suitable
2) Depending on transmission rate n n n -
n n - - partly suitable
3) Trained personnel and special tools necessary n - - -
4) Careful cable laying necessary - - - -
5) Outdoor cable required (on request) not applicable
Summary of network selection criteria for transmission media

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
Network components
Criteria Electrical network Optical network
Electrical PROFIBUS with OLM with integr. interface/

OBT
Transition media Plastic 1)
PCF
Glass
Shielded two-core cable
4
Distances max. network size 9.6 km 5) 90 km 9.6 km
between two nodes up to 1 km 3) up to 15 km 2) up to 300 m 2)
Topology Bus
Line
Tree
Ring
Transmission protocols all all DP
Connection of OLM
nodes via
4)
Integrated interfaces
Bus terminal
Bus connector
Electr. network segments

connectable
G_IK10_XX_50133
1) Plastic optical fiber is also referred to as polymer optical suitable
fiber (POF)
2) Depending on type of cable used Irrelevant to this application
3) Depending on data rate used and performance
4) Integrated interfaces (ET 200M, ET 200X)
5) for PROFIBUS PA 1.9 km
Selection criteria for electrical and optical networks

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
Network components
Linear bus, star, ring
Patch cable
Not available
PROFIBUS network components and accessories
Electrical PROFIBUS Optical PROFIBUS/OLM Optical PROFIBUS/int./OLM
Electrical Repeater OLM OBT

PROFIBUS
G_IK10_XX_50017
Optical OLM OLM OBT + OLM

PROFIBUS/OLM
Optical OBT OBT + OLM OBT, integr. optics

PROFIBUS/int./OBT
Transitions between the transmission media

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
Network components
Connection examples
■ Integration
PROFIBUS FC
Bus connector
SIMATIC S7-300 CP 342-5 RS 485
G_IK10_XX 50170
4 PROFIBUS FC
Standard Cable
Typical connection for electrical networking with

PROFIBUS FastConnect RS485 bus connector
PROFIBUS FC
Bus connector
PROFIBUS module RS 485 plug 180
e.g. CP 5613 A2
PROFIBUS FC
Bus cable
12M bus terminal

For loop through
of bus nodes
to PROFIBUS
G_IK10_XX 50055
PROFIBUS FC
Bus cable
Typical connection for electrical networking with PROFIBUS FastConnect RS485 bus connector or bus terminal
PROFIBUS module
e.g. CP 5613 A2 PROFIBUS OLM
PROFIBUS FC
Bus connector PROFIBUS FC
RS 485 plug 180 RS 485 bus connector
PROFIBUS FC
Standard Cable
G_IK10_XX 50056
Preassembled
glass FOC
Connection example of optical networking

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
Network components
Connection examples
CP 342-5 FO
PROFIBUS- (IM 153-2 FO,
module, e.g. IM 151,
CP 5613 FO FOC with Simplex connector BM 143 DESINA) OLM Fiber-optic cable with BFOC connector OLM
G_IK10_XX 50014
G_IK10_XX 50061
PROFIBUS PCF
or plastic fiber-optic cable 4
Connection example of optical networking with fiber-optic cables and Connection example of optical networking with fiber-optic cables and
Simplex connectors BFOC connectors
DP/PA coupler TAP TAP Coupler TAP
FC Process
Cable
SITRANS P SITRANS F SITRANS P
PROFIBUS PA
G_IK10_XX 50057
Connection example of an intrinsically-safe network with PROFIBUS PA

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
Electrical networks (RS485)
PROFIBUS FastConnect
• Shorter connection times for terminals by stripping of the outer

cladding and woven shield in one step
• Installation faults, such as short-circuits between the shield
and cores, are excluded
• Easy assembly due to preset insulation stripping tool
(FC stripping tool)
• Termination can be checked in the assembled state through
the transparent cover for the insulation piercing terminals
thanks to color coding.
■ Design
4 The system comprises 3 compatible components:
• FastConnect bus cables for rapid installation
• Quick and easy assembly of PROFIBUS copper cables • FastConnect stripping tool
• Assembly mistakes such as short-circuits between the shield • FastConnect bus connector for PROFIBUS
and core are excluded The PROFIBUS FastConnect bus cables can also be connected
to conventional bus connectors.
■ Function
The FastConnect stripping method enables fast and easy
connection of PROFIBUS connectors to the PROFIBUS cables.
The special structure of the FastConnect bus cables enables the
use of the FastConnect stripping tool with which the outer casing
and the woven shield can be stripped in one operation with
perfect precision. The cable prepared in this way is connected
in the FastConnect bus connector using the insulation displace-
ment method.

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS FastConnect
■ Application
Hold the cable stripping tool (FCS) Measure the cable length by placing the Insert the measured cable end into the tool
in the right hand cable against the measurement template. as far as the index finger of the left hand.
End stop with the index finger of the left hand.
4
Insert end of cable in FCS as far as end stop Turn FCS four times in direction of arrow. Pull FCS off end of cable while still
and clamp tight. closed.
G_IK10_XX_50001
Cable offcuts remain in the FCS. Insert wires into the connector according to Finished!
After releasing the FCS, the color coding, press the interlock down
cable offcuts can be removed. and tighten the strain relief screw.
PROFIBUS FastConnect is a system for fast and easy assembly of PROFIBUS copper cables.

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS bus cables
Shielded, twisted-pair cable with circular cross-section
The following applies for all PROFIBUS bus cables:
• The double shield makes it especially suitable for routing
through industrial areas with strong electro-magnetic fields
• System-wide grounding concept can be implemented using
the external shield of the bus cable and the grounding termi-
nals on the bus terminal
• Printed meter marks
Cable types
The shape of the FastConnect (FC) bus cables is radially sym-
metric and allows an insulation stripping tool to be used. This
means that bus connectors can be assembled quickly and
easily.
4
• PROFIBUS FC Standard Cable GP:
Standard bus cable specially designed for fast installation
• PROFIBUS FC Standard Cable IS GP:
Standard bus cable with special design for quick installation
• Different variants for different application areas for intrinsically safe distributed I/O systems
(e.g. underground cables, trailing cables, hazardous area
(zone 1 and zone 2)) • PROFIBUS FC Robust Cable:
Special cable for use in corrosive atmospheres and under
• High interference immunity thanks to double shielding severe mechanical loading
• Flame-retardant bus cable (halogen-free) • PROFIBUS FC Food Cable:
• Easy length measurement thanks to printed meter markings The PE casing of the cable makes this cable suitable for use
• UL approvals in the food and tobacco industry
• PROFIBUS FC Ground Cable:
■ Benefits Special cable for laying underground. It differs from the
PROFIBUS bus cable in that it has an additional sheath
• PROFIBUS FC Flexible Cable
Flexible (stranded conductors), halogen-free bus cable with
PUR sheath for occasional moving
• PROFIBUS FC Trailing Cable:
• Flexible application possibilities thanks to special bus cables
Bus cable specially designed for forced motion control in a
• Network is immune to interference thanks to double shielded trailing cable, e.g. with continuously moving machine parts
cables and a uniform grounding concept (stranded core)
• Time saving due to simple and fast connector assembly with • PROFIBUS FC FRNC Cable GP:
FastConnect cables Two-core, shielded, flame-retardant, halogen-free bus cable
• Silicon-free, therefore particularly suitable for use in the with Copolymer outer sheath FRNC (Flame Retardant Non
automotive industry (e.g. on paint shop conveyors) Corrosive)
Bus cables without FastConnect technology
■ Application (due to type of construction)
For the construction of PROFIBUS DP networks, different cable • PROFIBUS Festoon Cable GP:
types are offered to suit the different types of applications. The Flexible bus cable (stranded cores) specially designed for
listed bus cables should always be used. For further information festoon suspension.
on network configuration, see the PROFIBUS network manual. For round cables, cable-carrying trolleys are recommended
• PROFIBUS Torsion Cable
UL approvals Bus cable for highly flexible applications:
UL listing (safety standard) for network cables is especially nec- Special cable (stranded cores) for use on moving parts of
essary for the American and Canadian markets. The require- machines
ments for the appropriate approvals depend on where the cable (5 million torsion movements on 1 m length of cable, ± 180º)
is routed within the building. This applies to all cables which • PROFIBUS Hybrid Cable GP:
have to be routed from a machine to a remote control cabinet Rugged hybrid cable suitable for trailing with two copper con-
and are positioned on cable racks secured on the building. ductors for data transmission and two copper conductors for
Cables with UL approval have "GP" (General Purpose) added to the power supply of ET 200pro
their name.
• SIENOPYR FR marine cable
Ex approval Halogen-free, non-crush, flame-retardant, marine-approved
cable for permanent installation on ships and offshore plat-
Cables for intrinsically safe PROFIBUS DP applications have "IS" forms indoors and on open deck. Sold by the meter.
(intrinsically safe) added to their names

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS bus cables
Order No. 6XV1 830-0EH10 6XV1 831-2A 6XV1 830-0JH10 6XV1 830-0GH10
Product type description PROFIBUS FC PROFIBUS FC PROFIBUS FC PROFIBUS FC
Standard Cable Standard Cable IS GP Robust Cable Food Cable
Suitability for use All-purpose Universal use for In corrosive atmospheres Food, beverages and
intrinsically safe and under severe tobacco industries
distributed I/O systems mechanical stress
Cable name 02YSY (ST) CY 1 × 2 × 02YSY (ST) CY 1 × 2 × 02YSY (ST) CY 1 × 2 × 02YSY (ST) C2Y 1 × 2 ×
0.64/2.55-150 KF 40 FR VI 0.65/2.56 BL KF40 FR 0.64/2.55-150 KF 40 FR VI 0.64/2.55-150 KF 40
Electrical data
length
• at 16 MHz max. 42 dB/km 42 dB/km 42 dB/km 42 dB/km
• at 38.4 kHz max. 4 dB/km 4 dB/km 4 dB/km 4 dB/km
• at 9.6 kHz max. 2.5 dB/km 2.5 dB/km 2.5 dB/km 2.5 dB/km 4
Characteristic impedance at 270 Ω 270 Ω 270 Ω 270 Ω
9.6 kHz
• Relative symmetrical tolerance ± 10% ± 10% ± 10% ± 10%
of characteristic impedance at
9.6 kHz
38.4 kHz
38.4 kHz
3 MHz ... 20 MHz
3 MHz ... 20 MHz
Nominal characteristic impedance 150 Ω 150 Ω 150 Ω 150 Ω
Loop resistance per length, max. 110 Ohm/km 110 Ohm/km 110 Ohm/km 110 Ohm/km
Screen resistance per length, max. 9.5 Ohm/km 9.5 Ohm/km 9.5 Ohm/km 9.5 Ohm/km
Capacitance per length at 1 kHz 28.5 nF/km 28.5 nF/km 28.5 nF/km 28.5 nF/km
Operating voltage (rms value) 100 V 100 V 100 V 100 V
Mechanical data
Jacket
• Material of the cable sheath PVC PVC PUR PE
• Outer diameter of the cable sheath 8 mm 8 mm 8 mm 8 mm
• Symmetrical tolerance of the outer 0.4 mm 0.4 mm 0.4 mm 0.4 mm
• Color of the cable sheath Violet blue Violet black
Ambient temperature
• during installation -40 … +75 °C -40 … +75 °C -40 … +60 °C -40 … +60 °C
Bending radius
• for one-off bending, 75 mm 75 mm 75 mm 75 mm
minimum permissible
• for repeated bending, 150 mm 120 mm 150 mm 150 mm
minimum permissible
Tensile load, max. 100 N 100 N 100 N 100 N
Weight per length 76 kg/km 80 kg/km 73 kg/km 67 kg/km

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS bus cables

Order No. 6XV1 830-0EH10 6XV1 831-2A 6XV1 830-0JH10 6XV1 830-0GH10
Standard Cable Standard Cable IS GP Robust Cable Food Cable
Fire behavior Flame retardant to Flame retardant to Flame retardant to Flammable
IEC 60332-3-24 IEC 60332-3-24 IEC 60332-1
Category C Category C
Chemical resistance
• to mineral oil conditional resistance conditional resistance resistant conditional resistance
• to grease conditional resistance conditional resistance conditional resistance conditional resistance
Radiological resistance to resistant resistant resistant resistant
UV radiation
Product property
• halogen-free No No No No
4
• Silicone-free Yes Yes Yes Yes
FastConnect electrical Yes Yes Yes Yes
connection version
UL listing at 300 V rating Yes/CMG/CL3/Sun Res Yes/CMG/CL3/Sun Res Yes / CMX No
UL style at 600 V rating Yes Yes No No
Order No. 6XV1 830-3FH10 6XV1 831-2K 6XV1 830-3EH10 6XV1 830-0LH10
Ground Cable Flexible Cable Trailing Cable FRNC Cable GP
Suitability for use Underground Occasionally moved In cable carriers Halogen-free and Flame
machine parts retardant applications
Cable name 02YSY (ST) CY2Y 1 × 2 × 02YH (ST) C11Y 1 × 2 × 02YY (ST) C11Y 1 × 2 × 02YSH (ST) CH 1 × 2 ×
0.64/2.55-150 KF 40 SW 0.64/2.56-150 LI KF 40 0.64/2.55-150 LI KF 40 0.64/2.55-150 VI KF 25
FRNC FC VI FR petrol FRNC
Electrical data
length
• at 38.4 kHz max. 4 dB/km 4 dB/km 4 dB/km 4 dB/km
• at 9.6 kHz max. 2.5 dB/km 3 dB/km 3 dB/km 2,5 dB/km
9.6 kHz
9.6 kHz
38.4 kHz
38.4 kHz
3 MHz ... 20 MHz
of the characteristic impedance
at 3 MHz ... 20 MHz
Nominal characteristic impedance 150 Ω 150 Ω 150 Ω 150 Ω
Loop resistance per length, max. 110 Ohm/km 133 Ohm/km 133 Ohm/km 110 Ohm/km
Screen resistance per length, max. 9.5 Ohm/km 14 Ohm/km 14 Ohm/km 9.5 Ohm/km
Capacitance per length at 1 kHz 28.5 nF/km 28 nF/km 28 nF/km 29 nF/km
Operating voltage (rms value) 100 V 100 V 100 V 100 V

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS bus cables

Order No. 6XV1 830-3FH10 6XV1 831-2K 6XV1 830-3EH10 6XV1 830-0LH10
Ground Cable Flexible Cable Trailing Cable FRNC Cable GP
Mechanical data
Jacket
• Material of the cable sheath PE/PVC PUR PUR FRNC
• Outer diameter of the cable sheath 10.8 mm 8 mm 8 mm 8 mm
• Symmetrical tolerance of the outer 0.5 mm 0.4 mm 0.4 mm 0.4 mm
• Color of the cable sheath black Violet petrol Light violet
Ambient temperature
• during storage -40 … +60 °C -40 … +60 °C -40 … +60 °C -25 … +80 °C 4
• during installation -40 … +60 °C -40 … +60 °C -40 … +60 °C -25 … +80 °C
Bending radius
• for one-off bending, 80 mm 40 mm 40 mm 60 mm
minimum permissible
• for repeated bending, 160 mm 120 mm 120 mm 80 mm
minimum permissible
Number of bending cycles - - 3 000 000 -
Tensile load, max. 100 N 100 N 100 N 100 N
Weight per length 117 kg/km 70 kg/km 70 kg/km 72 kg/km
Fire behavior Flammable Flame retardant acc.to Flame retardant acc. to Flame retardant to
IEC 60332-1-2 IEC 60332-1-2 IEC 60332-3-24
Category C,
IEC 60332-3-22
Category A
Chemical resistance
• to mineral oil conditional resistance conditional resistance resistant conditional resistance
• to grease conditional resistance conditional resistance resistant conditional resistance
Radiological resistance to resistant resistant resistant resistant
UV radiation
Product property
• halogen-free No Yes No Yes
• Silicone-free Yes Yes Yes Yes
FastConnect electrical Yes Yes Yes Yes
connection version
UL listing at 300 V rating No Yes / CMX Yes / CMX Yes/CM/CL3/Sun Res
UL style at 600 V rating No No No Yes

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS bus cables

Order No. 6XV1 830-3GH10 6XV1 830-0PH10 6XV1 830-0MH10
Product type description PROFIBUS Festoon Cable PROFIBUS Torsion Cable SIENOPYR FR Marine Cable
Suitability for use Festoon attachment Moving machine parts Shipbuilding
Cable name 02YS (ST) CY 02Y (ST) C 11Y M-02Y (ST) CH X
1 x 2 x 0.65/2.56 LI petrol FR 1 x 2 x 0.65/2.56-150 LI FR VI 1 x 2 x 0.35 100 V
Electrical data
per length
• at 16 MHz 49 dB/km 49 dB/km 45 dB/km
• at 4 MHz 25 dB/km 25 dB/km 22 dB/km
• at 38.4 kHz 4 dB/km 3 dB/km 5 dB/km
• at 9.6 kHz 3 dB/km 2.5 dB/km 3 dB/km
4 9.6 kHz
• Relative symmetrical tolerance ± 10% ± 10% ± 10%
9.6 kHz
38.4 kHz
38.4 kHz
3 MHz ... 20 MHz
3 MHz ... 20 MHz
Nominal characteristic impedance 150 Ω 150 Ω 150 Ω
Loop resistance per length, max. 133 Ohm/km 98 Ohm/km 110 Ohm/km
Screen resistance per length, max. 19 Ohm/km 14 Ohm/km -
Capacitance per length at 1 kHz 28 nF/km 29 nF/km -
Operating voltage (rms value) 100 V 100 V 100 V
Mechanical data
Jacket
• Material of the cable sheath PVC PUR Polymer
• Outer diameter of the cable sheath 8 mm 8 mm 10.3 mm
• Color of the cable sheath petrol Violet black
Ambient temperature
Bending radius
• for one-off bending, 30 mm 30 mm 108 mm
minimum permissible
• for repeated bending, 70 mm 60 mm 216 mm
minimum permissible

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS bus cables

Order No. 6XV1 830-3GH10 6XV1 830-0PH10 6XV1 830-0MH10
Product type description PROFIBUS Festoon Cable PROFIBUS Torsion Cable SIENOPYR FR Marine Cable
Fire behavior Flame retardant to IEC 60332-1 Flame retardant to IEC 60332-1-2 Flame retardant to IEC 60332-3-24
Chemical resistance
• to mineral oil conditional resistance resistant resistant
• to grease conditional resistance resistant resistant
Radiological resistance to resistant resistant resistant
UV radiation
Product property
• halogen-free No No Yes
FastConnect electrical No No No
connection version
UL listing at 300 V rating Yes/CM/CMG/PLTC/SunRes/OilRes Yes / CMX No 4
UL style at 600 V rating Yes No No
Marine classification association - - Lloyds Register of Shipping,
Germanischer Lloyd
Order No. 6XV1 860-2R 6XV1 860-2S

Product type description PROFIBUS Hybrid Standard Cable PROFIBUS Hybrid Robust Cable
Suitability for use ET 200pro ET 200pro,
Cable resistance to weld spatter
according to HD22.2 S3 / 5
Cable name 02Y(ST)C 1x2x0.65/2.56-150LI LIY-Z Y 02Y(ST)C 1 x 2 x 0.65/2.56-150LI LIH-Z 11Y
2 x 1 x 1.5 VI 2 x 1 x 1.5 VI FRNC
Electrical data
length
• at 16 MHz 49 dB/km 49 dB/km
• at 4 MHz 25 dB/km 25 dB/km
• at 9.6 MHz 3 dB/km 3 dB/km
Characteristic impedance
• at 9.6 kHz 270 Ω 270 Ω
• at 38.4 kHz 185 Ω 185 Ω
• at 3 MHz ... 20 MHz 150 Ω 150 Ω
• Rated value 150 Ω 150 Ω
Symmetrical tolerance
• at 3 MHz ... 20 MHz ± 15 Ω ± 15 Ω
• at 38.4 kHz ± 18.5 Ω ± 18.5 Ω
• at 9.6 MHz ± 27 Ω ± 27 Ω
Loop resistance per length, max. 138 Ohm/km 138 Ohm/km
Screen resistance per length, 10 Ohm/km 10 Ohm/km
max.
Capacitance per length at 1 kHz 30 nF/m 30 nF/m
Continuous current of the 7.5 A 7.5 A
power wires at 25 °C

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS bus cables

Order No. 6XV1 860-2R 6XV1 860-2S
Product type description PROFIBUS Hybrid Standard Cable PROFIBUS Hybrid Robust Cable
Mechanical data
Cable sheath
• Material PVC PUR
• Outer diameter 11 mm 11 mm
• Color Violet Violet
• Upper dimension 11.5 mm 11.5 mm
Power wires
• Conductor cross-section 1.5 mm² 1.5 mm²
• Color of the wire insulation black black
4 Ambient temperature
Bending radius
Bending cycles - 3 000 000
Fire behavior Flame retardant to IEC 60332-1-2 Flame retardant to IEC 60332-1-2
Chemical resistance
• to grease conditional resistance resistant
Radiological resistance to No No
UV radiation
Product property
FastConnect electrical No No
connection version
UL listing at 300 V rating Yes / CMG Yes / CMX
UL style at 600 V rating No No

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS bus cables

PROFIBUS FC 6XV1 830-0EH10 PROFIBUS Festoon Cable GP 6XV1 830-3GH10
Standard Cable GP
2-core, shielded
for fast mounting, 2-core, Sold by the meter;
shielded, max. length 1000 m,
minimum order 20 m
Sold by the meter;
delivery unit max. 1000 m, PROFIBUS FC FRNC Cable GP 6XV1 830-0LH10
minimum order quantity 20 m 2-core, shielded, nonflammable,
Preferred lengths with copolymer outer sheath
FRNC
• 20 m 6XV1 830-0EN20
Sold by the meter;
• 50 m 6XV1 830-0EN50 max. length 1000 m,
minimum order 20 m
• 100 m 6XV1 830-0ET10
PROFIBUS Torsion Cable 6XV1 830-0PH10
• 200 m 6XV1 830-0ET20
2-core, shielded
• 500 m 6XV1 830-0ET50
• 1000 m 6XV1 830-0EU10
Sold by the meter;
max. length 1000 m, 4
In spool box minimum order 20 m
• 50 m 6XV1 830-1EN50 PROFIBUS cable for ET 200X
• 100 m 6XV1 830-1ET10 • 5-core, sold by the meter, 6ES7 194-1LY10-0AA0

for bus signals, power supply: Length (specify in m)
PROFIBUS FC 6XV1 831-2A oil-resistant, partially weld-
Standard Cable IS GP esistent, can be trailed,
PUR material,
Standard type with special design minimum order quamtity 10 m
for quick assembly, 2-core,
shielded, for intrinsically safe • 5-core, sold by the meter, 6ES7 194-1LY00-0AA0-Z,
distributed I/O systems for bus signals, power supply: Z = Length (specify in m)
Standard, PVC material
Sold by the meter;
max. length 1000 m, PROFIBUS 6XV1 860-2R
minimum order 20 m Hybrid Standard Cable GP
PROFIBUS FC Robust Cable 6XV1 830-0JH10 Standard PROFIBUS hybrid cable
with 2 power conductors
2-core, shielded (1.5 mm2) for supply of data and
Sold by the meter; power to ET 200pro
max. length 1000 m, PROFIBUS 6XV1 860-2S
minimum order 20 m Hybrid Robust Cable
PROFIBUS FC Food Cable 6XV1 830-0GH10 Rugged PROFIBUS hybrid cable
2-core, shielded suitable as trailing cable and
resistant to welding spatter, with
Sold by the meter; 2 power conductors (1.5 mm2) for
max. length 1000 m, supply of data and power to
minimum order 20 m ET 200pro
PROFIBUS FC Ground Cable 6XV1 830-3FH10 Special bus cables
2-core, shielded SIENOPYR 6XV1 830-0MH10
Sold by the meter; PROFIBUS shipboard cable
max. length 1000 m, Copper cable for ships and
minimum order 20 m offshore units
PROFIBUS FC Flexible Cable 6XV1 831-2K Sold by the meter;
2-core, shielded max. length 1000 m,
minimum order 20 m
Sold by the meter;
max. length 1000 m,
minimum order 20 m
PROFIBUS FC Trailing Cable 6XV1 830-3EH10
2-core, shielded
Sold by the meter;
max. length 1000 m,
minimum order 20 m

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS bus cables

Additional components Installation instructions
PROFIBUS 6GK1 905-6AA00 The bus cables are supplied by the meter. If a bus segment must
FastConnect Stripping Tool be assembled using two sections (e.g. > 1000 m segment
Preadjusted stripping tool for length), bushings can be used for this purpose (low-impedance
fast stripping of PROFIBUS connection between cores with clamps, connect shields over a
FastConnect bus cables wide area).
PROFIBUS 6GK1 905-6AB00 FastConnect
FastConnect Blade Cassettes
Spare blade cassettes for
The FastConnect stripping tool can be used to strip the outer
PROFIBUS FastConnect sheath and shield of the new FastConnect bus cables to the right
stripping tool, 5 units length in one step.
In this way, the bus connectors (except 6ES7 972-0BA30-0XA0)
PROFIBUS FastConnect can be connected easily and quickly to the bus cable.
bus connector RS485
with 90° cable outlet Cable routing:
Insulation displacement During storage, transport and cable laying, keep both ends
4 • Without PG interface 6ES7 972-0BA51-0XA0 sealed with a shrink-on cap.
• With PG interface 6ES7 972-0BB51-0XA0 Comply with the permissible bending radii and tensile load!
PROFIBUS FastConnect 6GK1 500-0FC10 An underground cable must be used if cables are laid outside
bus connector RS485 buildings e.g. directly in the ground, in sand or in concrete build-
Plug 180
ing blocks or when routed through protective pipes made of
With 180° cable outlet, steel or plastic above or below ground.
insulation displacement
Overvoltage protection guidelines for underground laying must
Accessories be complied with.
Manual for
PROFIBUS networks 1)
Note:
Network architecture, project ordered from your local contact person.
management, network compo- For technical advice contact:
nents, installation
• German 6GK1 970-5CA20-0AA0
Tel.: +49 (0)911/750 44 65
• English 6GK1 970-5CA20-0AA1 Fax.: +49 (0)911/750 99 91
Lightning protection modules E-mail: juergen.hertlein@siemens.com
for reliable transmission
between buildings with
overvoltage protection 2)
Basic protection
• Basic section 919506
• Protection module Type B 919510
• Protective housing 906055
• Terminal element 919508
Low-voltage protection
• Basic section 919506
• Protection module 919570
• Terminal element 919508
SIMATIC NET 6GK1 975-1AA00-3AA0
Manual Collection
products; on DVD;
German/English
1)
products at: http://www.siemens.com/automation/csi/net
2)
Order from:
DEHN & Söhne
Hans-Dehn-Str.1
92318 Neumarkt/Opf, Germany

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
ECOFAST bus cables
• Savings in wiring, installation, commissioning and operation
as result of standardized connection system (copper or fiber-
optic) with high degree of protection (IP65)
• With ECOFAST, the turnaround times for offers, planning and
engineering of machines and plants can be reduced
• ECOFAST permits fast and problem-free startup of automation
and drive systems
• Minimization of sources of error by means of standardized
interfaces and plug connectors.
• With ECOFAST plants remain highly available: No interruption
of power and fieldbus when replacing equipment.
4
In the ECOFAST system, all operational devices are connected
to PROFIBUS DP using the bus cables.
The bus cable is implemented as a hybrid cable and contains:
• PROFIBUS DP in copper RS 485;
• Four additional copper cores for carrying 24 V DC:
- 24 V DC, not switched (for electronics and inputs)
- 24 V DC, switched (for outputs, disconnectable e.g. for
EMERGENCY OFF)
The ECOFAST hybrid cables are sold by the meter or in fixed
lengths preassembled with ECOFAST connector (Han Brid) and
socket.

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
ECOFAST bus cables
Order No. 6XV1 830- 6XV1 860-2P Order No. 6XV1 830- 6XV1 860-2P
7AH10 7AH10
Product type description PROFIBUS PROFIBUS Product type description PROFIBUS PROFIBUS
ECOFAST ECOFAST ECOFAST ECOFAST
Hybrid Cable Hybrid Cable Hybrid Cable Hybrid Cable
GP GP
Suitability for use Connection Connection Mechanical data
for ECOFAST for ECOFAST
stations stations Cable sheath
Cable name 02Y (ST)C 02Y (ST)C • Material PUR PVC

1x2x 1x2x • Outer diameter 11 mm 11 mm
0.65/2.56- 150 0.65/2.56 -150
LI LIH-Z 11Y LI LIY-Z Y • Color Violet Violet
4 x 1 x 1.5 VI 4 x 1 x 1.5 VI Power wires
FRNC
• Conductor cross-section 1.5 mm² 1.5 mm²
Electrical data
4
• Color of the wire insulation black black
per length Ambient temperature
• at 16 MHz 49 dB/km 49 dB/km • during installation -40 … +60 °C -30 … +80 °C
• at 4 MHz 25 dB/km 25 dB/km • during operation -40 … +60 °C -30 … +80 °C
• at 9.6 MHz 3 dB/km 3 dB/km • during storage -40 … +60 °C -30 … +80 °C
Characteristic impedance • during transport -40 … +60 °C -30 … +80 °C
• at 9.6 kHz 270 Ω 270 Ω Bending radius
• at 38.4 kHz 185 Ω 185 Ω • for one-off bending 38 mm 77 mm
• at 3 MHz ... 20 MHz 150 Ω 150 Ω • for repeated bending 85 mm 110 mm
• Rated value 150 Ω 150 Ω Number of bending cycles 5000000 1000000 1)
Symmetrical tolerance Weight per length 150 kg/km 154 kg/km
Fire behavior IEC 60332-1 IEC 60332-3-24
• at 3 MHz ... 20 MHz +/- 15 Ω +/- 15 Ω Category C
• at 38.4 kHz +/- 18.5 Ω +/- 18.5 Ω Chemical resistance
• at 9.6 MHz +/- 27 Ω +/- 27 Ω • to mineral oil conditional conditional
resistance resistance
Loop resistance per length, max. 138 Ohm/km 138 Ohm/km
• to grease conditional conditional
Screen resistance per length, max. 15 Ohm/km 15 Ohm/km resistance resistance
Capacitance per length at 1 kHz 30 nF/km 30 nF/km Radiological resistance to No Yes
Operating voltage (rms value) 100 V 100 V UV radiation
Continuous current of the 12 A 12 A Product property
power wires • halogen-free Yes No
UL listing at 300 V rating No Yes/CMG/CL3/S
un Res/OilRes
UL style at 600 V rating No Yes
1)
for bending radius 15 x D

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
ECOFAST bus cables

PROFIBUS ECOFAST PROFIBUS ECOFAST
Hybrid Cable - Cu Hybrid Cable GP (continued)
Trailing cable (PUR sheath), Pre-assembled
with two shielded Cu wires for with ECOFAST male and
PROFIBUS DP plus four Cu female connectors
wires of 1.5 mm2 • 0,5 m 6XV1 860-3PH05
•1m 6XV1 860-3PH10
max. quantity 1000 m;
minimum order 20 m; • 1,5 m 6XV1 860-3PH15
Not pre-assembled •3m 6XV1 860-3PH30
• 20 m 6XV1 830-7AN20 •5m 6XV1 860-3PH50
• 50 m 6XV1 830-7AN50 • 10 m 6XV1 860-3PN10
• 100 m 6XV1 830-7AT10 • 15 m 6XV1 860-3PN15
Pre-assembled • 20 m 6XV1 860-3PN20
4
with ECOFAST male and female
connectors, fixed length • 25 m 6XV1 860-3PN25
• 0,5 m 6XV1 830-7BH05 • 30 m 6XV1 860-3PN30
• 1,0 m 6XV1 830-7BH10 • 35 m 6XV1 860-3PN35
• 1,5 m 6XV1 830-7BH15 • 40 m 6XV1 860-3PN40
•3m 6XV1 830-7BH30 • 45 m 6XV1 860-3PN45
•5m 6XV1 830-7BH50 • 50 m 6XV1 860-3PN50
• 10 m 6XV1 830-7BN10 Additional components
• 15 m 6XV1 830-7BN15 PROFIBUS Cu bus connector
• 20 m with 2 x Cu shielded
6XV1 830-7BN20
and 4 x Cu 1.5 mm2;
• 25 m 6XV1 830-7BN25 type of contact: POF,
Han D for 24 V;
• 30 m 6XV1 830-7BN30 tool: crimping tool, polishing set;
• 35 m 6XV1 830-7BN35 5 units; with assembly instructions
• 40 m 6XV1 830-7BN40 • with pin insert 6GK1 905-0CA00
• 45 m 6XV1 830-7BN45 • with socket insert 6GK1 905-0CB00
• 50 m 6XV1 830-7BN50 PROFIBUS ECOFAST
Hybrid Plug angled;
Pre-assembled
with two ECOFAST connectors, with 2 x Cu shielded and
variable length 4 x Cu 1.5 mm2;
5 units; with installation instruc-
PROFIBUS ECOFAST tions
Hybrid Cable GP
• Male pins 6GK1 905-0CC00
Trailing cable with
4 x Cu and 2 x Cu, shielded, • Female pins; 6GK1 905-0CD00
with UL approval ECOFAST Terminating Plug
Sold by the meter; 6XV1 860-2P Bus termination plug-in connector
max. quantity 1000 m; for PROFIBUS DP;
minimum order 20 m; with 2 x Cu and 4 x Cu 1.5 mm2;
Not pre-assembled male pins, integrated termination
resistors
• 20 m 6XV1 860-4PN20
• Pack of 1 6GK1 905-0DA10
• 50 m 6XV1 860-4PN50
• Pack of 5 6GK1 905-0DA00
• 100 m 6XV1 860-4PT10
Data T piece
For 2 x 24 V auxiliary voltage
(switched and non-switched) and
PROFIBUS DP
• for Cu RS 485 3RK1 911-2AG00
• for fiber-optic cable 3RK1 911-2AH00
Addressing plug
For setting the PROFIBUS DP 6ES7 194-1KB00-0XA0
addresses
You can order components supplementary to the Technical advice on this subject is available from:
SIMATIC NET cabling range from your local contact. J. Hertlein
Tel.: +49 (0)911/750 44 65
Fax: +49 (0)911/750 99 91

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
Power cables
For the construction of PROFINET/PROFIBUS networks, different
cable types are offered to suit the different types of application.
The listed power cables should always be used. They are used
for devices with degree of protection IP65/67 to connect the
signaling contact or 24-V supply of the SCALANCE X and
SCALANCE W components (power cable 2x0.75) and for the
power supply (power cable 5x1.5 for ET 200).
UL approvals
As a result of appropriate UL styles, the cables can be used
worldwide.
■ Design
Rugged 2-core or 5-core cable with circular cross-section for
connection of signaling contact and power supply to IP65/67
4 components in industrial areas.
Cable types
The following cables with industrial capability are available for
• Different versions (5-core, 2-core) for different fields of connection of the power supply and signaling contact:
application
• Rugged cable design for installation in industrial applications power cable for connection of signaling contact and
• UL approvals 24 V supply voltage to SCALANCE X and SCALANCE W
• Easy length measurement thanks to printed meter markings components
■ Benefits power cable for connection of 24 V power supply of ET 200
using 7/8" plug connectors
• Flexible application possibilities thanks to rugged cable

design
• Silicon-free, therefore particularly suitable for use in the auto-
motive industry (e.g. on paint shop conveyors)

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
Power cables

Order No. 6XV1 812-8A 6XV1 830- Power cable 2 x 0.75 6XV1812-8A
8AH10 Power cable with trailing capabil-
Product type description Energy Cable Energy Cable ity with 2 copper cores
(0.75 mm2) for connecting to
Suitability for use Connection of Power supply of M12 plug-in connector;
signaling con- ET 200 modules sold by the meter;
tact and 24-V with max. 1000 m,
power supply to 7/8" power port minimum order quantity 20 m
SCALANCE X
and Power cable 5 x 1.5 6XV1 830-8AH10
SCALANCE W Power cable with trailing capabil-
ity with 5 copper cores (1.5 mm2)
Cable name L-YY-2x1x0.75 L-Y11Y-JZ
for connecting to 7/8" plug-in
GR 5x1x1.5 GR
connector; sold by the meter;
Power wires max. 1000 m;
Conductor cross-section of 0.75 mm² 1.5 mm²
power wire
Continuous current of the 6A 16 A
7/8" plug-in connector
Plug with axial cable outlet for 4
power wires field assembly for ET 200, 5-core,
plastic enclosure,
Mechanical data 1 pack = 5 items
Jacket • Male pins 6GK1 905-0FA00
• Outer diameter 7.4 mm 10.5 mm • Socket insert 6GK1 905-0FB00
• Symmetrical tolerance of the 0.3 mm 0.3 mm 7/8" Power T-Tap PRO 6GK1 905-0FC00
outer diameter Power T-piece for ET 200
• Material PVC PUR with two 7/8" socket inserts and
one 7/8" pin insert
• Color gray gray 1 pack = 5 items
Ambient temperature Signaling Contact M12 6GK1908-0DC10-6AA3
• during operation -20 … +80 °C -40 … +80 °C Cable Connector PRO
• during transport -20 … +80 °C -40 … +80 °C SCALANCE X208PRO for signal-
• during storage -20 … +80 °C -40 … +80 °C ing contact; 5-pole, B-coded, with
assembly instructions; 3 items
Power M12 6GK1 907-0DC10-6AA3
Bending radius Cable Connector PRO
• for one-off bending 19 mm 26 mm Socket for connection of
SCALANCE W-700 for 24 V DC
• for repeated bending 44 mm 63 mm supply voltage; 4-pole, A-coded,
Number of bending cycles - - with assembly instructions,
3 items
Power M12 Plug PRO 6GK1 907-0DB10-6AA3
Plug for connection to PS791-
Fire behavior Flame retardant Flame retardant 1PRO power supply for 24 V DC
to IEC 60332-1 to IEC 60332-1 supply voltage; 4-pole, A-coded,
Chemical resistance 3 items
• to mineral oil conditional resistant SIMATIC NET 6GK1 975-1AA00-3AA0
resistance Manual Collection
• to grease conditional resistant Electronic manuals
resistance for communication systems,
Radiological resistance to resistant resistant communication protocols,
UV radiation and communication products;
on DVD, German/English
Product property
• halogen-free No No ■ More information
Cable routing:
FastConnect electrical No No
connection version During storage, transportation and cable laying, keep both ends
sealed with a shrink-on cap.
UL listing at 300 V rating Yes/CL3 No Comply with the permissible bending radii and tensile load!
UL style at 600 V rating Yes Yes
Note:
ordered from your local contact person.
Tel.: +49(0)911/750 44 65
Fax +49(0)911/750 99 91
E-Mail: juergen.hertlein@siemens.com

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
RS 485 bus connector
Different versions of the bus connector, optimized for the con-
nected devices, are available:
• Bus connectors with axial cable outlet (180 °C) e.g. for PCs
and SIMATIC HMI OPs, for transmission rates up to 12 Mbit/s
with integrated bus terminating resistor
• Bus connector with vertical cable outlet (90 °C)
This connector enables a vertical cable outlet (with and without
PG interface) for transmission rates up to 12 Mbit/s with inte-
grated bus terminating resistor. With transmission rates of 3, 6 or
12 Mbit/s, the SIMATIC S5/S7 connecting cable is required for
the connection between the bus connector with additional PG
interface and a programming device.
• Bus connector with 30° cable outlet (low-cost version) without
PG interface for transmission rates up to 1.5 Mbit/s and with-
out integrated bus terminating resistor.
4 • PROFIBUS FastConnect RS 485 bus connector (90° or 180°
cable outlet) with transmission rates up to 12 Mbit/s for fast,
easy mounting with insulation displacement method (for rigid
• Used for connecting PROFIBUS nodes to the PROFIBUS bus and flexible wires).
cable
• Easy installation ■ Function
• FastConnect plugs ensure extremely short assembly times The bus connector is plugged directly to the PROFIBUS inter-
due to their insulation-displacement technology face (9-pin Sub-D connector) of the PROFIBUS node or a
• Integrated terminating resistors PROFIBUS network component.
(not in the case of 6ES7 972-0BA30-0XA0) The incoming and outgoing PROFIBUS bus cable is connected
• PG connection with special bus connector possible without through four terminals in the connector.
additional installation of network nodes.
The line termination integrated in the bus connector can be
■ Application connected through an externally accessible switch (not with
6ES7 972-0BA30-0XA0). Here, incoming and outgoing bus
The RS485 bus connectors for PROFIBUS are used for connect- cables are separated in the connector (isolating function).
ing a PROFIBUS node or a PROFIBUS network component to the This is mandatory at both ends of a PROFIBUS segment.
bus cable for PROFIBUS.

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
Bus connector RS485
Bus connector 6ES7 972-0BA12-0XA0 6ES7 972-0BA41-0XA0 6ES7 972-0BA30-0XA0 2)
6ES7 972-0BB12-0XA0 6ES7 972-0BB41-0XA0
6AG1 972-0BB12-2XA01) 6AG1 972-0BB41-2XA01)
6AG1 972-0BA12-2XA01) 6AG1 972-0BA41-2XA01)
Cable outlet 90° cable outlet 35° cable outlet 30° cable outlet
Transfer rate 9.6 Kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s 9.6 Kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s 9.6 Kbit/s to 1500 Kbit/s
Terminating resistor Integrated resistor combination Integrated resistor combination No terminating resistor,
and isolating function that can be and isolating function that can be cannot be used for first and
selected with slide switch: selected with slide switch: last device in the bus segment
When the resistor is connected, When the resistor is connected,
the outgoing bus is isolated the outgoing bus is isolated
Interfaces
• PROFIBUS station 9-pin Sub-D socket 9-pin Sub-D socket 9-pin Sub-D socket
• PROFIBUS bus cable 4 terminal blocks for 4 terminal blocks for 4 insulation displacement
wires up to 1.5 mm2 wires up to 1.5 mm2 terminals for wires
FastConnect insulation No No
0.644 ± 0.040 mm2
Yes
4
displacement method
Supply voltage 4.75 to 5.25 VDC 4.75 to 5.25 VDC –
(must come from data terminal
equipment)
Current consumption max. 5 mA max. 5 mA –
• Operating temperature 0 °C to +60 °C 0 °C to +60 °C 0 °C to +60 °C
• Transport/storage temperature –25 °C to +80 °C –25 °C to +80 °C –25 °C to +80 °C
• Relative humidity Max. 75% at +25 °C Max. 75% at +25 °C Max. 75% at +25 °C
Design
• Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 15.8 x 64 x 35.6 15.8 x 54 x 39.5 15 x 57.6 x 39.45
• Weight Approx. 40 g Approx. 40 g Approx. 30 g
PG connection socket 0BA12: no; 0BA41: No; No
0BB12: Yes 0BB41: Yes
UL listing Yes Yes Yes
Use in PLC
S7-200/-300/-400® n
3) n n
C7-633 DP, C7-634 DP, n n n

C7-635, C7-636
S5-115U to S5-155U n n n
I/O station
ET 200M/ET 200B/ET 200L/ET 200S n n n
Programming device
PG 720/720C/PG 740/PG 760 n n
Interface
IM 308-C n n n
CP 5431 FMS/DP n n n
CP 342-5 n n
CP 343-5 n n
CP 443-5 n n
CP 5511/CP 5512/CP 5611 A2/ n n

CP 5621/CP 5613 A2/CP 5614 A2
SIMATIC OP
OLM/OBT n n
Repeater RS485 n n n
1)
n Suitable for the application SIPLUS module for extended temperature range (-25 °C to +60 °C)
and exceptional media stress (conformal coating)
2)
Flexible bus cables cannot be used with this connector
3)
S7-400:
Cannot be used with MPI/DP interface when DP interface is assigned;
cannot be used with IFM1 interface when IFM2 interface is assigned

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
Bus connector RS485

Bus connector 6ES7 972-0BA51-0XA0 6ES7 972-0BA60-0XA0 6GK1 500-0FC10 6GK1 500-0EA02
6ES7 972-0BB51-0XA0 6ES7 972-0BB60-0XA0 6AG1 500-0EA02-2AA01)
Cable outlet 90° cable outlet 35° cable outlet 180° cable outlet 180° cable outlet
Transfer rate 9.6 Kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s 9.6 Kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s 9.6 Kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s 9.6 Kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s
Terminating resistor Integrated resistor Integrated resistor Integrated resistor Integrated resistor
combination and isolating combination and isolating combination and isolating combination and isolating
function that can be function that can be function that can be function that can be
selected with slide switch: selected with slide switch: selected with slide switch: selected with slide switch:
When the resistor is When the resistor is When the resistor is When the resistor is
connected, the connected, the connected, the connected, the
outgoing bus is isolated. outgoing bus is isolated. outgoing bus is isolated. outgoing bus is isolated
Connected with Connected with Connection with
insulation displacement insulation displacement insulation displacement
terminals for the terminals for the terminals for the
FastConnect system FastConnect system FastConnect system
Interfaces
4 • PROFIBUS station
• PROFIBUS bus cable
9-pin Sub-D socket
4 insulation displacement
9-pin Sub-D socket
9-pin Sub-D socket
9-pin Sub-D socket
4 terminal blocks for
terminals for all terminals for all terminals for all wires up to 1.5 mm2
FastConnect PROFIBUS FastConnect PROFIBUS FastConnect PROFIBUS
cables (except for cables (except for cables (except for
FC Process Cable) FC Process Cable) FC Process Cable)
FastConnect insulation Yes Yes Yes No
displacement method
Supply voltage 4.75 to 5.25 V DC 4.75 to 5.25 V DC 4.75 to 5.25 V C 4.75 to 5.25 V DC
(must come from data terminal
equipment)
Current consumption max. 5 mA max. 5 mA max. 5 mA max. 5 mA
• Operating temperature 0 °C to +60 °C 0 °C to +60 °C 0 °C to +60 °C 0 °C to +60 °C
• Transport/storage temperature –25 °C to +80 °C –25 °C to +80 °C –25 °C to +80 °C –25 °C to +80 °C
• Relative humidity Max. 75% at +25 °C Max. 75% at +25 °C Max. 75% at +25 °C Max. 75% at +25 °C
Design
• Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 15.8 x 59 x 35.6 15.8 x 54 x 39.5 16 x 67 x 34.3 15 x 57 x 39
• Weight Approx. 50 g Approx. 50 g Approx. 40 g Approx. 100 g
PG connection socket 0BA51: no; 0BB51: Yes 0BA60: No; 0BB60: Yes No No
UL listing Yes Yes Yes No
Use in PLC
S7-200/-300/-400 n n
C7-633 DP, C7-634 DP, n n

C7-635, C7-636
S5-115U to S5-155U n n
I/O station
ET 200M/ ET 200B/ n n
ET 200L/ ET 200S
Programming device
PG 720/720C/PG 740/PG 760 n n
Interface
IM 308-C n n
CP 5431® FMS/DP n n
CP 342-5/ CP 343-5/ CP 443-5 n n
CP 5511/CP 5512/CP CP 5611 A2/ n n

CP 5621/CP 5613 A2/CP 5614 A2
SIMATIC OP n n
OLM/OBT n n n n
Repeater RS485 n n
1)
n Suitable for the application SIPLUS module for extended temperature range (-25 °C to +60 °C)
and exceptional media stress (conformal coating)

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
Bus connector RS485

RS485 bus connector with axial 6GK1 500-0EA02 PROFIBUS bus connector RS485 with FastConnect technology
cable outlet (180°)
PROFIBUS FastConnect bus
For industrial PC, SIMATIC HMI connector RS485 with 90° cable
OP, OLM; max. transmission rate outlet
12 Mbit/s
With insulation displacement
SIPLUS DP PB RS485 connec- 6AG1 500-0EA02-2AA0 terminals, max. transmission rate
tor with axial cable outlet (180°) 12 Mbit/s
for medial stress; • without PG interface 6ES7 972-0BA51-0XA0
Based-on 6GK1 500-0EA02
• with PG interface 6ES7 972-0BB51-0XA0
RS485 bus connector with
cable outlet (90°) PROFIBUS FastConnect
RS485 bus connector with
With screw-terminals, max. trans- angled cable outlet (35°)
mission rate 12 Mbit/s
• without programmer port 6ES7 972-0BA12-0XA0 terminals, max. transmission rate
12 Mbit/s
4
• with programmer port 6ES7 972-0BB12-0XA0
• without PG interface 6ES7 972-0BA60-0XA0
SIPLUS DP PB RS485
connector with 90° cable outlet • with PG interface 6ES7 972-0BB60-0XA0
for extended temperature range PROFIBUS FastConnect bus 6GK1 500-0FC10
-25 … + 60 °C connector RS485 Plug 180
• without PG interface 6AG1 972-0BA12-2XA0 With insulation displacement ter-
Based on 6ES7 972-0BA12-0XA0 minals, with 180° cable outlet, for
industrial PC, SIMATIC HMI OP,
• with PG interface 6AG1 972-0BB12-2XA0 OLM; max. transmission rate
Based on 6ES7 972-0BB12-0XA0 12 Mbit/s
RS485 bus connector with SIMATIC S5/S7 plug-in cable 6ES7 901-4BD00-0XA0
angled cable outlet (35°) for PROFIBUS
With screw-terminals, max. trans- Preassembled with two 9-pin
mission rate 12 Mbit/s Sub-D connectors; max. trans-
• without PG interface 6ES7 972-0BA41-0XA0 mission rate 12 Mbit/s; 3 m
• with PG interface 6ES7 972-0BB41-0XA0 Manual for PROFIBUS networks
SIPLUS DP PB RS485 6AG1 972-0BA41-2XA0 Paper version
connector with inclined Network architecture, configura-
cable outlet (35°) tion, network components,
for extended temperature range installation
-25 … + 60 °C • German 6GK1 970-5CA20-0AA0
• without PG interface 6AG1 972-0BA41-2XA0 • English 6GK1 970-5CA20-0AA1
Based on 6ES7 972-0BA41-0XA0
• with PG interface 6AG1 972-0BB41-2XA0
Based on 6ES7 972-0BB41-0XA0 Electronic manuals for communi-
RS485 bus connector with 6ES7 972-0BA30-0XA0 protocols, and communication
cable outlet (30°) products; on DVD;
With screw-terminals, low-cost German/English
variant, max. transmission rate
1.5 Mbit/s

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
Bus connector RS485
■ Dimensions
Dimensions
in mm 15.8
35.6 34 _+ 0.2
7.9
35.4 25
54.5 64
11.6 10
G_IK10_XX_50121
4
6ES7 972-0B.12-0XA0
28.4
Seating surface
Sub-D connector
15.8
34 _+ 0.2
7.9
5
25
75.15 _+ 0.2
10+_ 0.1 Thread

4-40 UNC
G_IK10_XX_50122
6ES7 972-0B.51-0XA0
61.75
15.8
44.1
28.4
34.3
G_IK10_XX_50123
6GK1 500-0FC00
56 15
OFF
35 39
G_IK10_XX_50124
ON
10
6GK1 500-0EA02

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
830-1T connecting cable
• Trouble-free connection of end stations through preassem-

bled connecting leads
• Reliable data transmission to the end station in EMC-exposed
environment through direct cable shielding and termination.
■ Design
The 830-1T connecting cable consists of a twisted-pair cable
(wires made of stranded copper) with a woven shield.
It has a 9-pin Sub-D plug at both ends.
Both cable ends are terminated by a resistor combination
(cannot be switched off).
4
■ Function
• Prefabricated cable for fast and cost-effective connection of
PROFIBUS nodes to OLM and OBT The PROFIBUS 830-1T connecting cable is used for connecting
the electrical PROFIBUS interface to the PROFIBUS nodes
• Flexible PROFIBUS connecting cable (OLM, OBT and data terminals) for data transmission rates of up
to 12 Mbit/s.

830-1T PROFIBUS
connecting cable
for terminal connection, preas-
sembled, with two Sub-D plugs,
9-pin terminated at both ends
• 1.5 m long 6XV1 830-1CH15
• 3 m long 6XV1 830-1CH30

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
830-2 connecting cable
• Trouble-free connection of end stations through preassem-

bled connecting leads
• Direct connection of a PG through the PG interface without
interrupting the connection between the stations.
■ Design
The 830-2 connecting cable comprises a standard PROFIBUS
bus cable. It is preassembled with two 9-pin connectors
(6GK1 500-0EA02 and 6ES7 972-0BB11-0XA0). One plug of
the preassembled connecting cable is equipped with a PG
interface.
4 ■ Function
The 830-2 connecting cable is used to connect PROFIBUS
• Prefabricated cable for connection of PROFIBUS nodes nodes (e.g. HMI) to automation devices for transmission rates up
(e.g. HMI) to PLCs to 12 Mbit/s.
• Flexible PROFIBUS connection cable for up to 12 Mbit/s
830-2 PROFIBUS
connecting cable
Preassembled, with two 9-pin
connectors
• 3 m long 6XV1 830-2AH30
• 5 m long 6XV1 830-2AH50
• 10 m long 6XV1 830-2AN10

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS M12 and 7/8"
connecting cable/plug-in connector
• Time-saving and fault-free connection of terminal stations by

means of prefabricated connection cables
• Easy assembly on site for application-specific M12 and 7/8“
plug-in cables by means of FC M12 and 7/8“ plug-in connec-
tors that can be assembled in the field
■ Design
M12 plug-in cable
• Comprises the PROFIBUS Trailing Cable
• Pre-assembled with two 5-pole M12 male/female connectors;
B-coded
7/8" plug-in cable
4
• Comprises the Energy Cable 5 x 1.5 mm2
Flexible connecting cables and FastConnect (FC) plug-in con-
• Pre-assembled with two 5-pole 7/8" male/female connectors
nectors that can be assembled in the field for transmission of
data (up to 12 Mbit/s) or for power supply between PROFIBUS
nodes with degree of protection IP65 ■ Technical specifications
PROFIBUS M12 plug-in cable Order No. 6GK1905-0EA10 /
• Preassembled plug-in cable (PROFIBUS FC Trailing Cable) 6GK1905-0EB10
for connecting PROFIBUS nodes (e.g. SIMATIC ET 200) to Product type description PB FC M12 Plug PRO /
degree of protection IP65 PB FC M12 Cable Connector
PRO
• For transmission rates up to 12 Mbit/s
7/8" connecting cable
• for PROFIBUS cables 2
• Preassembled plug-in cable for supplying power to
PROFIBUS nodes (e.g. SIMATIC ET 200) to degree of protec- • for network components or 1
tion IP65 terminals
PROFIBUS FC M12 Plug PRO (D-coded) and 7/8" plug-in
connector • FastConnect Yes
• For establishing direct connections between devices on • for PROFIBUS FC TP cables integrated insulation displace-
PROFIBUS installation and power cables with M12 or 7/8" con- ment contacts
nections • for network components or M12 plug (B-coded) or
• Excellent EMC shielding and deflection (metal housing) terminal M12 socket (B-coded)
• Easy assembly due to integrated FastConnect technology Transfer rate 9,6 kbit/s … 12 Mbit/s
(FC M12 Plug) Ambient temperature
• Viewable contact area prevents errors • during operating phase -40 … +85 °C
Width 19 mm
Height 19 mm
Depth 73 mm
Net weight 40 g
Degree of protection IP65/67

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS

PROFIBUS M12 plug-in cable Plug-in connector for assembly in the field
Pre-assembled with two 5-pole PROFIBUS M12 connectors
M12 male/female connectors
up to 100 m max.; length: 5-pole, B-coded, metal casing,
1 pack = 5 pieces
• 0.3 m 6XV1 830-3DE30
• Male pins 6GK1 905-0EA00
• 0.5 m 6XV1 830-3DE50
• Socket insert 6GK1 905-0EB00
• 1.0 m 6XV1 830-3DH10
PROFIBUS FC M12 Plug PRO
• 1.5 m 6XV1 830-3DH15
M12 plug-in connector (B-coded)
• 2.0 m 6XV1 830-3DH20 that can be assembled in the
field, 5-pin, metal enclosure,
• 3.0 m 6Xv1 830-3DH30 FastConnect technology, pin
• 5.0 m 6XV1 830-3DH50 insert;
• 10 m 6XV1 830-3DN10 • 1 pack = 5 units 6GK1 905-0EA10
• 15 m 6XV1 830-3DN15 PROFIBUS FC M12
4 Further special lengths with
90° or 180° cable outlet
See http://support.auto-
mation.siemens.com/
Cable Connector PRO
M12 plug-in connector (B-coded)
WW/view/en/26999294 that can be assembled in the
field, 5-pin, metal enclosure,
7/8" plug-in cable FastConnect technology, socket
For power supply; insert;
pre-assembled with two • 1 pack = 5 units 6GK1 905-0EB10
5-pole 7/8" male/female connec-
tors up to 50 m max.; length: 7/8" plug-in connector
• 0.3 m 6XV1 822-5BE30 5-pole, plastic casing,
1 pack = 5 pieces
• 0.5 m 6XV1 822-5BE50
• Male pins 6GK1 905-0FA00
• 1.0 m 6XV1 822-5BH10
• Socket insert 6GK1 905-0FB00
• 1.5 m 6XV1 822-5BH15
Power cables
• 2.0 m 6XV1 822-5BH20
Energy Cable (5 x 1.5 mm2)
• 3.0 m 6XV1 822-5BH30
Power cable with trailing 6XV1 830-8AH10
• 5.0 m 6XV1 822-5BH50 capability with 5 copper cores
• 10 m 6XV1 822-5BN10 (1.5 mm2) for connecting to
7/8" plug-in connector;
• 15 m 6XV1 822-5BN15 sold by the meter; max. 1000 m;
Additional special lengths with See http://support.auto-
90° or 180° cable outlet mation.siemens.com/ 7/8" Power T-Tap PRO 6GK1 905-0FC00
WW/view/en/26999294
Power T-piece for ET 200 with two
7/8" socket inserts and one 7/8"
pin insert
1 pack = 5 units

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
■ Dimensions
5 1
7/8-16UN-2A
Ø 26 mm
4 2
3
73 mm 22 mm
17,5 mm
4
5 4 5
7/8-16UN-2B
3 3
1 2 1
2
34,8 mm
G_IK10_XX_50023
Ø 26 mm
7/8“ Power T-Tap PRO
Special lengths with 90° or 180° cable outlet
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/26999294

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
Bus terminals
Different versions are available:
• Up to 1.5 Mbit/s
Bus terminal RS485
• Up to 12 Mbit/s
Bus terminal 12M
Applicable to all versions:
• IP20 enclosure.
• Wall mounting or mounting on deep standard DIN rail possi-
ble.
• External 6-pin terminal block for connection of inoming and
outgoing bus cable and equipotential bonding conductors.
• Integrated connecting cable with Sub-D plug for connection of
nodes.
• Combination of terminating resistors can be connected by
4 means of rotary switch.
The following additionally applies to the bus terminal 12M:
• For connecting PROFIBUS nodes with an RS485 interface to a • Ranges for transmission rates can be adjusted by means of
segment rotary switches.
• Versions with transmission rates from 9.6 kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s • Supply to the bus terminal 12M by the connected PROFIBUS
node (5 V DC/90 mA) via 9-pin Sub-D socket.
• Clear and easy mounting (can be snapped onto DIN rail)
• For maximum segment lengths, see Technical Specifications.
• Clear location of faulty bus termination when bus terminal 12M
is used • Incoming and outgoing bus cables are disconnected when
inserting the terminating resistors.
• PG connection with special bus terminal and PG connecting
■ Function
cable possible without additional installation of network nodes
for bus terminal RS485.
• Connection of stations over flexible connecting cable with
■ Benefits Sub-D connector
• Easy connection of the bus cable over the terminal block
• No bus interruption in response to a missing terminal
• Bus termination is possible over integral termination resistor
combinations.
• Easy and clearly comprehensible connection of PROFIBUS
stations thanks to preassembled, integrated connecting cable The following also applies to the 12M bus terminal
• Simple cabinet pre-wiring by connecting the PROFIBUS con- • Unique localization of faulty termination within a segment (the
necting cable with integrated interfaces incoming and outgoing bus cables are cut for inserting the
resistor combinations)
■ Application • When the 12M bus terminal is used in a segment with RS 485
bus terminals, the configuration rules for the RS 485 bus ter-
The PROFIBUS bus terminals enable a bus station to be con- minal apply (see manual for PROFIBUS networks).
nected to a PROFIBUS network.
• Pre-wired device connection for PROFIBUS node
• Easy connection of stations to PROFIBUS networks through in-
sertion of the radial line with Sub-D plug
• Implementation of multipoint connections by directly intercon-
necting several bus terminals (up to 32 stations per segment)
with the 12M bus terminal.

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
Bus terminals
e.g. SIMATIC S7-300 Bus terminal

with communications
processor
G_IK10_XX_50020
PROFIBUS 4
System connection with PROFIBUS bus terminals e.g. for SIMATIC S7
Product type description PROFIBUS bus terminal 12M Product type description PROFIBUS bus terminal 12M
Number of electrical connections 2 Suitability for use (continued)
for Industrial Ethernet FC TP cables
• for communications processor
Version of electrical connection for Sub-D 9 - CP 342-5 Yes
DP station or RS485 segment
- CP 343-5 Yes
Transfer rate - CP 443-5 Basic Yes
• Maximum 12 Mbit/s - CP 443-5 Extended Yes
• Minimum 9.6 kbit/s - CP 5431 FMS/DP Yes
Cable length - CP 5511 -
- CP 5512 -
• at max. 1.5 Mbit/s 200 m
- CP 5611A2 Yes
• at max. 12 Mbit/s 100 m
- CP 5613 A2 Yes
• at max. 500 kbit/s 400 m - CP 5614 A2 Yes
• at max. transmission rate 1000 m - CP 5621 Yes
9.5 kbit/s ... 187.5 kbit/s
• for network component
Width 50 mm - DP/AS-Interface Link 20E Yes
Height 135 mm - DP/RS232 Link Yes
Depth 47 mm - PROFIBUS DP RBC Yes
Suitability for use - Repeater RS485 Yes
• for interface module • for IO device

- IM 308-C Yes - ET 200B Yes
- SIMATIC 505 FIM Yes - ET 200eco -
- ET 200L -
• for PLC
- ET 200M -
- SIMATIC 505 -
- ET 200M with IM 153 Yes
- SIMATIC S5-95U/DP Yes
- ET 200S -
• for Central Processing Unit - ET 200X -
- CPU 215 Yes - ET200U with IM 318-C Yes
- CPU 313 Yes
- CPU 314 Yes
- CPU 315 Yes
- CPU 315-2 DP Yes
- CPU 316 Yes
- CPU 317 Yes
- CPU 319 Yes
- CPU 412 Yes
- CPU 416 Yes
- CPU 417 Yes

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
Bus terminals

Bus terminal RS485 6GK1 500-0AB00
for PROFIBUS
Transmission rate 9.6 Kbit/s to
1500 Kbit/s with plug-in cable
3.0 m long
Bus terminal RS485 6GK1 500-0DA00
for PROFIBUS
With installed programmer port
and plug-in cable 1.5 m long
PROFIBUS bus terminal 12M 6GK1 500-0AA10
Bus terminal for connection of
PROFIBUS stations up to
12 Mbit/s with plug-in cable
1.5 m long
Manual for
4 PROFIBUS networks,
paper version
Network architecture,
configuration, network
components, installation
• English 6GK1 970-5CA20-0AA1
Manual Collection
products; on DVD;
German/English

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
Active RS 485 terminating element

Order No. 6ES7 972-0DA00-0AA0
6AG1972-0DA00-2AA01)
Supply voltages
Rated value
• DC 24 V Yes
(DC)
Current consumption
Current consumption, typ. 30 mA
Connection point
Bus cables Screw terminal block
Voltage supply Screw terminal block
PROFIBUS DP 4
Transmission speed, max. 12 Mbit/s;
9.6 kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s
• Terminates bus segments at data transmission rates of
9.6 kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s Environmental requirements
• Power supply independent of bus stations. Operating termperature
Designed for Industry • min. 0 °C
• Terminal-independent bus termination through onboard • max. 60 °C

power supply Storage/transport temperature
• min. -40 °C
• max. 70 °C
Relative humidity
• Operation, max. 95%; at +25 °C
• IP 20 Yes
Dimensions
Dimensions
• Width 60 mm
• Height 70 mm
• Depth 43 mm
Weights
• Weight, approx. 95 g
1)
SIPLUS module for expanded temperature temperature range
(-25 °C to +60 °C) and exceptional medial load.

Active RS 485 terminating 6ES7 972-0DA00-0AA0
element for PROFIBUS
For terminating bus segments
for data transmission rates of
9.6 kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s
SIPLUS RS 485 terminating 6AG1972-0DA00-2AA0
element PROFIBUS
for expanded temperature range
-25 °C ... + 60 °C
based on 6ES7 972-0DA00-0AA0

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
RS 485 repeater for PROFIBUS

Order No. 6ES7 972-0AA01-0XA0
Supply voltages
Rated value
• DC 24 V Yes
(DC)
Current consumption
Current consumption, max. 200 mA; (200 mA without loads
at PG/OP socket; 230 mA load
at PG/OP socket (5 V/90 mA);
300 mA load at PG/OP socket
(24 V/90 mA))
Connection point
4 Bus cables 2 terminal blocks
Voltage supply Terminal block
• Automatic data transmission rate search PROFIBUS DP
• Data transmission rate of 45.45 Kbit/s possible Transmission speed, max. 12 Mbit/s;
9.6 Kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s
• 24 V DC voltage display
• Display bus activity segment 1 and 2
• Isolation of segment 1 and 2 possible by switch
• Isolation of the right segment part when terminating resistor is • min. 0 °C
inserted • max. 60 °C
• Decoupling of segment 1 and segment 2 in the event of static Storage/transport temperature
interference.
• min. -40 °C
Designed for Industry • max. 70 °C
• To increase the number of stations and the expansion Relative humidity
• Galvanic isolation of segments • Operation, max. 95%; at 25 °C
• Startup assistance Degree and class of protection
- switch for disconnecting segments
- display of bus activity • IP 20 Yes
- isolation of segment with incorrectly inserted terminating Dimensions
resistor
Dimensions
Please also have a look at the diagnostics repeater which in
• Width 45 mm
addition to the normal repeater functionality also has compre-
hensive diagnostics functions for physical line diagnosis. It is • Height 128 mm
described under "Distributed I/O/Diagnostics/Diagnostics • Depth 67 mm
repeater for PROFIBUS DP".
Weights

Repeater RS 485 for PROFIBUS 6ES7 972-0AA01-0XA0
Data transmission rate up to
12 Mbit/s 24 V DC,
housing to IP20

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
Diagnostics repeater for PROFIBUS DP

Order No. 6ES7 972-0AB01-0XA0
Supply voltages
Rated value
• DC 24 V Yes
• permissible range, lower limit 20.4 V
(DC)
(DC)
Connection point
Bus cables FastConnect insulation
displacement,
10 clamping cycles possible
Voltage supply Terminal block
4
PROFIBUS DP
9.6 Kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s
• RS 485 repeater with online line diagnostics for PROFIBUS DP Environmental requirements
• DP standard PROFIBUS slave (DP-V1) Operating termperature
• Automatic determination of fault types and locations • min. 0 °C
• Data transmission rate 9.6 kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s • max. 60 °C
• Connection through FastConnect using the insulation Storage/transport temperature
displacement method • min. -40 °C
• max. 70 °C
Relative humidity
• Operation, max. 95%; at 25 °C
• IP 20 Yes
Dimensions
Dimensions
• Width 80 mm
• Height 125 mm
• Depth 67.5 mm
Weights

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
Diagnostics repeater for PROFIBUS DP

RS 485 Diagnostic Repeater 6ES7 972-0AB01-0XA0 PROFIBUS FastConnect 6GK1 905-6AA00
Stripping Tool
For connection of 1 or 2 segments
to PROFIBUS DP; with online Preadjusted stripping tool for
diagnostics functions fast stripping of PROFIBUS
for monitoring the bus cables FastConnect bus cables
Accessories PROFIBUS FC Standard Cable 6XV1 830-0EH10
RS 485 bus connector Standard type with special design
with 90° cable outlet for quick mounting, 2-core,
With screw terminals max. delivery unit 1000 m,
Max. transfer rate 12 Mbit/s minimum order quantity 20 m
• Without PG interface 6ES7 972-0BA12-0XA0 S7 Manual Collection 6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE0
• With PG interface 6ES7 972-0BB12-0XA0 Electronic manuals on DVD,
PROFIBUS FastConnect multi-language:
bus connector S7-200, TD 200, S7-300, M7-300,
C7, S7-400, M7-400, STEP 7,
4
RS 485 with 90° cable outlet
With insulation displacement ware, SIMATIC DP (Distributed
terminals I/O), SIMATIC HMI (Human
Max. data transfer rate 12 Mbit/s Machine Interface), SIMATIC NET
• Without PG interface 6ES7 972-0BA51-0XA0 (Industrial Communication)
• With PG interface 6ES7 972-0BB51-0XA0 S7 Manual Collection 6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2

PROFIBUS FastConnect 6GK1 500-0FC00
bus connector RS 485 Scope of delivery: Current DVD
Plug 180 "S7 Manual Collection" and the
terminals, with 180° cable outlet Manual for
For industrial PC, SIMATIC HMI PROFIBUS networks 1)
OP, OLM; Network architecture,
Max. transfer rate 12 Mbit/s configuration, network
RS 485 bus connector components, installation
with angled cable outlet (35°) German 6GK1 970-5CA20-0AA0
With screw terminals, BT 200 Hardware Tester 6ES7 181-0AA01-0AA0
max. transfer rate 12 Mbit/s
with point-to-point cable for
• Without PG interface 6ES7 972-0BA41-0XA0 station testing, with test connector
• With PG interface 6ES7 972-0BB41-0XA0 for wiring test, without charging
unit, with operating instructions in
PROFIBUS FastConnect German/English/French
RS 485 bus connector
with angular cable outlet (35°) Connecting cable for 6ES7 901-4BD00-0XA0
PROFIBUS
terminals, max. transfer rate 12 Mbit/s, for PG connection to
12 Mbit/s PROFIBUS DP, pre-assembled
with 2 x 9-pin Sub-D connector,
• Without PG interface 6ES7 972-0BA60-0XA0 3.0 m
• With PG interface 6ES7 972-0BB60-0XA0
1)
Further language variants and manuals can be found for the
respective products at: http://www.siemens.com/automation/csi/net

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
DP/DP coupler

PROFIBUS transmission rate max. 12 Mbit/s
Interfaces
• PROFIBUS DP 9-pin Sub-D connector
Supply voltage 24 V DC
Current consumption typ. 150 mA
Mounting Upright (DIP switches above)
Perm. environmental conditions
• Operating temperature
- horizontal mounting 0°C … +60°C
- all other mounting positions 0°C … +40°C
• Transport/storage temperature -40 °C … +70 °C
• Relative humidity 10-95 % at +25 °C
Design
• Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 40 x 127 x 117
4
• Weight approx. 250 g
• Interconnecting two PROFIBUS DP networks
• The interchange of data between both DP networks takes
place by internal copying in the coupler.
DP/DP coupler 6ES7 158-0AD01-0XA0
Note:
The manual is available on the Internet free of charge.

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
Power Rail Booster

Dimensions (W x H x D, 90 x 132 x 75
with connector) in mm
Power consumption max. 20 W
Data transmission rate, max. 500 kbit/s, self-adjusting
Cable length 1200 m
(depends on baud rate), max.
Shock-hazard protected voltage Yes, to EN 61131-2
Stations per PRB segment, max. 125
Operation without terminating Yes
resistance
Operation without filter Yes
4 Wiring options: Line / star Yes / Yes

• The device for low-cost PROFIBUS DP transfer over contact
conductors and slip rings to degree of protection IP20 Power Rail Booster 6ES7 972-4AA02-0XA0
• Permissible baud rates from 9600 bit/s to 500 kbit/s, self-opti- Signal amplifier for PROFIBUS DP
mizing transmission over contact cables,
max. 500 kbit/s
• Permissible busbar length:
From 25 m at 500 kbit/s to 1200 m at 9600 bit/s PRB segment controller 6ES7 972-4AA50-0XA0
• Configuring with PRB Checker software Automatic change-over switch

between PRB segments
• Up to 125 nodes per segment
• Transparent for data communication:
The power rail booster does not reserve DP addresses
• Easy to install due to connection without terminating resistor
and filter element
• Diagnostics LED for power supply, bus activity and group er-
rors
• Isolated electronic changeover contact for external group er-
ror display or diagnostic alarm
• Uninterruptible communication beyond segment limits using
the "PRB segment controller"

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
BT 200 hardware test device
■ Overview ■ Technical specifications (continued)

Order No. 6ES7 181-0AA01-0AA0
Product type description BT 200 hardware test device
• min. 5 °C
• max. 45 °C
• min. -20 °C
• max. 60 °C
Relative humidity
• Operation, max. 95%
• IP 20 Yes 4
Online languages
adjustable Yes
• For checking the bus cable, RS 485 interfaces and accessibil-
ity of slaves Languages
• Compact and very easy to operate Configuration languages
• Choice of 6 languages • German Yes
• For installers, start-up engineers and service personnel • English Yes
• Optional logging kit for generating acceptance reports/docu- • French Yes
mentation
• Italian Yes
Optional adapters for IP65/67 systems • Portuguese Yes
• Connecting adapter, bus tester BT200 on M12
• Spanish Yes
• Connecting adapter, bus tester BT200 on ECOFAST
Dimensions
• Connecting adapter for 24 V DC ECOFAST for supplying the
station with 24 V DC for the station test Dimensions
• Width 210 mm
These connecting adapters can be purchased from
• Height 100 mm
KnorrTec
Kapellenbergstraße 34 • Depth 55 mm
D-93176 Beratzhausen Weights
Germany
Tel: +49 (0) 94 93/ 9 51 96 90 • Weight, approx. 350 g
Fax: +49 (0) 94 93/ 9 51 96 79
E-Mail: info@knorrtec.de ■ Ordering data Order No.
Additional information can be found in the Internet under: BT 200 hardware test device 6ES7 181-0AA01-0AA0
http://www.knorrtec.de/de/produkte/I_3a.asp
with point-to-point cable for
Designed for Industry station testing, with test connector
for wiring test, without charging
• Minimizing errors during installation and commissioning unit, with operating instructions
• Shorter service and plant standstill times German/English/French
Accessories
■ Technical specifications Charging unit for the
rechargeable batteries:
Order No. 6ES7 181-0AA01-0AA0
Chargers
Product type description BT 200 hardware test device
230 V AC/2.4 … 10 V DC 6ES7 193-8LA00-0AA0
Supply voltages
110 V AC/2.4 … 10 V AC 6ES7 193-8LB00-0AA0
Description via integral NC battery
Logging Kit BT 200 6ES7 193-8MA00-0AA0
Connection point
comprising data transmission
PROFIBUS DP 9-pin Sub-D socket cable BT 200/PC and logging
PROFIBUS DP software for PC Ger-
man/English/French
9.6 kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s Test connector 6EP8 106-0AC20
Spare part
NiCd battery pack 6EP8 106-0HA01
Spare part
Point-to-point cable 6EP8 106-0HC01
for station test
Spare part

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
ADI 4 Analog Drive Interface for 4 axes
The ADI 4 interface module can be used with the following
controls:
• SINUMERIK 802D sl
• SINUMERIK 840Di sl
• SINUMERIK 840Di
• SINUMERIK 840D sl
SINUMERIK 802D sl
Two ADI 4 modules can be connected to the
SINUMERIK 802D sl, permitting analog control of all its axes.
Encoder connection
With SINUMERIK 802D sl (in accordance with the existing num-
ber of axes), the following configurations are available as stan-
dard for each ADI 4:
4 • 4 x TTL signal inputs with S/R3)
- 3 x 2 500, 1 x 1 024
- 1 x 9 000, 1 x 18 000, 1 x 1 024, 1 x 2 500
The ADI 4 Analog Drive Interface for 4 axes can be used to or
operate up to 4 drives with analog setpoint interface. - 3 x 2 048, 1 x 1 024
- 1 x 9 000, 1 x 18 000, 1 x 1 024, 1 x 2 048
■ Benefits Other configurations can be implemented on request.
7 Connection via PROFIBUS DP SINUMERIK 840Di/840Di sl/840D sl
7 Motion Control functionality (isochronous mode)
Several ADI 4 modules can be connected to the
SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl, permitting analog control of all
■ Design axes of the SINUMERIK 840Di sl and up to 20 axes of the SINU-
• 4 inputs for incremental encoders (TTL signals) or optionally MERIK 840D sl. Mixed operation of digital drives and ADI 4 mod-
4 inputs1) for absolute encoders (SSI interface) ules is possible; the axes can interpolate with one another.
• 4 analog outputs ± 10 V for the setpoint Encoder connection
• 4 relay contacts for drive enable of axes 1 to 4 • Incremental encoder (TTL) with differential transfer
• 10 digital outputs2) - Track A and inverted signal A
(4 general, 6 drive-specific) - Track B and inverted signal B
- Zero signal and inverted zero signal
• 10 digital drive-specific inputs2) - Output frequency max. 1.5 MHz
• On-board status display on 4 diagnostics LEDs - Phase shift of Track A to Track B: 90° ± 30°
- Power consumption max. 300 mA
To supply the module and digital outputs with power, an external
voltage source (+24 V DC) is needed. • Absolute encoder with SSI signal
- True and inverted output signal
- Shift clock as true and inverted signal
1)
Cannot be used with SINUMERIK 802D sl. - Transmission frequency max. 750 kbaud
2)
Only 9 can be used with SINUMERIK 802D sl. - Power consumption max. 300 mA
Only multi-turn encoders are approved for this purpose.
• Linear encoder with distance-coded zero marks/reference
marks
- LS 476 C
- LS 186 C, in conjunction with external pulse-shaper electron-
ics EXE
• Encoder with sin/cos signals can be connected via external
pulse-shaper electronics EXE.
3)
S/R = Signals/Revolution

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
ADI 4 Analog Drive Interface for 4 axes
■ Integration (continued) ■ Technical specifications

Order No. 6FC5211-0BA01-0AA3
Product type description SINUMERIK Analog Drive
Interface for 4 Axes ADI 4
ADI 4 Order No.
Pre-assembled cable Input voltage 24 V DC
Plug2) Power consumption, max. 30.2 W
MSTB 2,5/3-ST-5.08
Phoenix Degree of protection to EN 60529 IP20
24 V DC external (IEC 60529)
X1
Wire 1.0 ... 2.5 mm2 power supply
Humidity rating in accordance Class 3K5 condensation and
with EN 60721-3-3 icing excluded. Low air tempera-
PROFIBUS DP ture 0 °C (32 °F).
SINUMERIK
PROFIBUS cable 802D sl/ Relative humidity
X2
840Di sl/
• Storage 5 ... 95 %
840D sl
• Transport 5 ... 95 %
4
• Operation 5 ... 95 %
6FX2002-3AD01-.... Analog drives Ambient temperature

X3 4 setpoints • Storage -20 … +55 °C (-4 ... +131 °F)
• Transport -40 … +70 °C (-40 ... +158 °F)
Incremental • Operation 0 … 55 °C (32 ... 131 °F)

6FX.002-2CD01-.... encoder RS 422 Dimensions
1) (TTL) 5 V DC
6FX2001-2... • Width 48.5 mm (1.91 in)
• Height 325 mm (12.8 in)
Incremental
6FX.002-2CD24-.... encoder RS 422 • Depth 154.4 mm (6.08 in)
X4/X5 (TTL)3) 24 V DC
1) Weight, approx. 1.5 kg (3.31 lb)
6FX2001-2...
SSI Absolute
6FX.002-2CC11-....
encoder3) SINUMERIK 6FC5211-0BA01-0AA3
1) 6FX2001-5... Analog Drive Interface
for 4 axes, ADI 4
X6-1 24 V DC external
Dig. outputs Plug2) power supply
G_NC01_EN_00094n
FK-MCP 1,5/15-ST-3.81
Phoenix
Sensors 1-n
Wire 0.14 ... 2.5 mm2
≤ 30 m (98 ft)
X6-2 Actuators 1-n
Dig. inputs
1) The max. cable lengths depend on the current consumption,

power supply and frequency of the encoders
(see Manual ADI 4).
2) Included in scope of supply.
3) Only for SINUMERIK 840Di sl.
Connection overview for ADI 4
Information about application, configuration and cable

extensions can be found under Connection system
MOTION-CONNECT in Catalog NC 61 and in the interactive
Catalog CA 01 under "Automation systems/CNC SINUMERIK
Automation systems"

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
Electrical networks (PROFIBUS PA)
SpliTConnect
• Easy connection of terminals due to use of the

FastConnect system
• Wide variety of applications thanks to modular
SpliTConnect system
• Reduction in number of types and parts thanks to uniform
connection system for PROFIBUS PA
4
• Used for constructing fieldbus segments as per IEC 61 158-2
(e.g. PROFIBUS PA) with field device interface points.
• Easy assembly of the bus cable thanks to the FastConnect
system (FastConnect stripping tool, FC process cable
compliant with IEC 61 158-2).
• The terminal devices can be connected using the
FC Process Cable in accordance with IEC 61 158-2 or the
SpliTConnect M12 Outlet/M12 Jack.
• Combination of terminating resistors can be integrated
(SpliTConnect terminator)
■ Application
• The SpliTConnect Tap supports the installation of fieldbus • By replacing the contact screw with the SpliTConnect Termi-
segments according to IEC 61 158-2 (e.g. PROFIBUS PA) with nator, the SpliTConnect Tap can be used as a bus termination
terminal unit connection points. element.
• Using the SpliTConnect Coupler, a PROFIBUS PA distributor
can be constructed by cascading SpliTConnect Taps.
6WULSHQGRIFDEOHZLWK )LWKHDY\JDXJHWKUHDGHGMRLQW ,QVHUWSUHSDUHGHQGRIFDEOH

)DVW&RQQHFW VHDOVFUHHQFRQWDFWDQG LQWR6SOL7&RQQHFW7DSDQG
VWUDQGKROGHUWRHQGRIFDEOH IL[E\WLJKWHQLQJWKHKHDY\
JDXJHWKUHDGHGMRLQW
*B,.B;;B
,QVHUWLQVXODWLRQGLVSODFHPHQW %\VFUHZLQJLQWKH
FRQWDFWVLQWKH LQVXODWLRQGLVSODFHPHQWFRQWDFWV
6SOL7&RQQHFW7DS WKHFDEOHHQGVPDNHFRQWDFW

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
SpliTConnect
■ Design ■ Technical specifications

Order No. 6GK1 905-0AA00
Product type description SpliTConnect
Electrical connection version Insulation displacement
Transfer rate 31.25 kbit/s
Ambient temperature
SpliTConnect SpliTConnect • during storage -40 … +85 °C
Coupler M12 Outlet • during transport -40 … +85 °C
Width 84 mm
Height 54 mm
Depth 49 mm
Type of thread of the cable bushing M22
4
Net weight 170 g
Enclosure material PBT (polybutyleneterephthalate)
Certificate of suitability UL approval Yes
SpliTConnect SpliTConnect Explosion protection code II 1G EEx ia IIC T6

Terminator M12 Jack according to Directive 94/9/EC
Radiological resistance to Yes
UV radiation
•
•
Rugged plastic casing made of PBT in IP67 design
Resistant to ultraviolet rays, thus suitable for outdoor use
• Full shielding through integrated metal housing SpliTConnect Tap 6GK1 905-0AA00
• Easy cable connection through use of FC Process Cable For assembling PROFIBUS PA
segments and connecting
• Contacting and connection of the FC Process Cable through PA field devices, insulation
insulation displacement contacts using contacting screw displacement method, IP67
• The SpliTConnect taps can be grounded through a contacting Type of delivery:
screw 1 package = 10 items
• For DIN rail mounting or wall mounting SpliTConnect M12 outlet 6GK1 905-0AB10
Element for direct connection of
■ Function PROFIBUS PA field devices to
the SpliTConnect tap through
• The SpliTConnect tap enables configuration of fieldbus M12 connection
segments according to IEC 61158-2 (e.g. PROFIBUS PA) and Type of delivery:
connection of terminals 1 package = 5 items
• Easy pre-assembly of the SpliTConnect taps through the SpliTConnect coupler 6GK1 905-0AC00
FastConnect connection system (FastConnect stripping tool,
FC Process Cable) Coupling element for connecting
SpliTConnect taps in series to
• Connection of the terminals directly through FC Process configure star points
Cable or SpliTConnect M12 outlet Type of delivery:
1 package = 10 items
SpliTConnect terminator 6GK1 905-0AD00
(Ex version)
For terminating PROFIBUS PA
segments, can be used in
hazardous areas
Type of delivery:
1 package = 5 items
SpliTConnect terminator (non- 6GK1 905-0AE00
Ex version)
For terminating PROFIBUS PA
segments, cannot be used in
hazardous area
Type of delivery:
1 package = 5 items
SpliTConnect M12 jack 6GK1 905-0AF00
Connector element for direct
connection of PROFIBUS PA field
devices to the PROFIBUS PA seg-
ment through M12 connection
Type of delivery:
1 package = 5 items

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
Bus cables

Order No. 6XV1 830-5FH101)
6XV1 830-5EH102)
Product type description FC Process Cable GP
Cable name 02 Y SY (ST) CY
1 x 2 x 1.0/2.55-100 SW OE FR1);
02 Y SY (ST) CY
1 x 2 x 1.0/2.55-100 BL OE FR2)
Electrical data
length
• at 16 MHz max. -
• at 4 MHz max. -
• at 38.4 kHz max. 3 dB/km
• at 9.6 kHz max. -
4 Inductance per length

Characteristic impedance at
650 μH/m
100 Ω
31.25 kHz
• Bus cable for fieldbus systems according to IEC 61158-2, • Symmetrical tolerance of the char- ± 20 Ω
e.g. PROFIBUS PA acteristic impedance at 31.25 kHz
• High interference immunity thanks to double shielding • Nominal characteristic impedance 100 Ω
• Different variants for different applications Loop resistance per length, max. 44 Ohm/km
(hazardous areas, non-hazardous areas) Screen resistance per length, -
max.
• Easy length measurement thanks to printed meter markings
Capacitance per length at 1 kHz 90 nF/km
■ Benefits Operating voltage (rms value) 100 V
Mechanical data
Jacket
• Material of the cable sheath PVC
• Outer diameter of the cable sheath 8 mm
• Length can easily be determined due to meter length
markings printed on the cable • Symmetrical tolerance of the 0.4 mm
outer diameter of the cable sheath
• Complete range of cables for hazardous and non-hazardous
areas • Color of the cable sheath black1); blue2)
• Reduction of types and parts thanks to a uniform connection Ambient temperature

system for PROFIBUS PA • during operation -40 … +80 °C
■ Application • during storage -40 … +80 °C
Color coded wires are available for assembling fieldbus net- • during installation -20 … +80 °C
works according to IEC 61 158-2 (e.g. PROFIBUS PA) for differ- Bending radius
ent areas of applications (hazardous, non-hazardous areas). • for one-off bending, 40 mm
minimum permissible
UL approvals
• for repeated bending, 80 mm
Different cable variants with the appropriate UL approvals for minimum permissible
installation in cable bundles and cable racks, according to the
Tensile load, max. 150 N
NEC guidelines (National Electrical Code) Article 800/725.
■ Design Fire behavior IEC 60332-3-24 Category C
• Shielded, twisted-pair cable with circular cross-section Chemical resistance
• System-wide grounding concept can be implemented using • to mineral oil Conditionally resistant
the external shield of the bus cable and the grounding termi- • to grease Conditionally resistant
nals of the SpliTConnect system. Radiological resistance to Yes
• Printed meter marks. UV radiation
Cable types Product property
• FC Process Cable: • halogen-free No
Special bus cable compliant with IEC 61158-2 for use in • Silicone-free Yes
hazardous (Ex) and non-hazardous (non-Ex) areas. FastConnect electrical -
• Bus segments with RS485 and IEC 61158-2 transmission connection version
procedures are linked by means of the segment coupler/link. UL listing at 300 V rating Yes/CMG/CL3/Sun Res
UL style at 600 V rating Yes
1) Not suitable for Ex applications
2)
Suitable for Ex applications

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
Bus cables

PROFIBUS FC Process Cable Mounting instructions
2-core, shielded FastConnect
• Blue for Ex applications 6XV1 830-5EH10 The FastConnect stripping tool can be used to strip the sheath
• Black for non-Ex applications 6XV1 830-5FH10 and shield of the FC Process Cable for PROFIBUS PA to the cor-
Sold by the meter: Max. quantity
rect length.
1,000 m; minimum order 20 m Use of the FastConnect stripping tool and SpliTConnect tap
PROFIBUS FastConnect 6GK1 905-6AA00 makes, for example, connecting field devices to the PROFIBUS
Stripping Tool PA bus system easy.
Stripping tool for fast stripping of Cable routing
the PROFIBUS FastConnect bus
cable During storage, transport and cable laying, keep both ends
sealed with a shrink-on cap.
PROFIBUS FastConnect 6GK1 905-6AB00
Blade Cassettes Comply with the permissible bending radii and tensile load!
Spare blade cassettes for PROFI- Note:
BUS FastConnect stripping tool,
5 units
ordered from your local contact person.
4
Manual for PROFIBUS networks For technical advice contact:
Paper version J. Hertlein, A&D SE V22
Network architecture, configura- Tel.: +49(0)911/750 44 65
tion, network components, instal- Fax: +49(0)911/750 99 91
lation E-mail: juergen.hertlein@siemens.com
products; on DVD;
German/English

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
Optical networks with OLM
Fiber-optic indoor cable
Halogen-free fiber-optic cable, non-crush, flame-retardant, for
installation inside buildings (e.g. in production halls and in build-
ing automation). Supplied in fixed lengths, pre-assembled with
4 BFOC connectors.
Standard FOC/FRNC cable
Fiber-optic cables for the following application areas indoors
and outdoors
• For routing above ground
• For installation inside buildings.
Sold by the meter and in fixed lengths, pre-assembled
with 4 BFOC connectors.
Fiber-optic trailing cable
4 Fiber-optic cables for the special application of forced motion
control, such as in continuously moving machine parts (in trailing
cables) indoors and outdoors. Two cable variants are available
for this application:
• FO Trailing Cable;
Cable for high mechanical stress, PUR outer sheath,
no UL approval
• FO Trailing Cable GP (general purpose);
• Used for the optical Industrial Ethernet and PROFIBUS Cable for low mechanical stress, PVC outer sheath,
networks with UL approval
• Rugged design for industrial applications indoors and Sold by the meter and in fixed lengths, pre-assembled
outdoors with 4 BFOC connectors.
• Halogen-free design for installation inside buildings Fiber-optic outdoor cable
• Trailing cable for the special application of forced motion Waterproof cable (lengthwise and sideways) for use outdoors
control with non-metallic protection against rodents for laying into the
• High immunity to noise thanks to insensitivity to electro- ground.
magnetic fields
Sold by the meter and in fixed lengths, pre-assembled
• Available preassembled with 4 BFOC connectors.
• Extensive approvals (UL)
Note:
■ Benefits pre-assembling glass fiber-optic cables
• Easy to lay with

- preassembled cables
- no grounding problems
- very light fiber optic cable.
• Tap-proof,
no radiation from the cable
• Silicon-free,
therefore suitable for use in the automotive industry
(e.g. in paintshops)
• Avoidance of overvoltage and equipotential bonding
problems

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
Application Examples
3OXJ 3OXJ
3UHDVVHPEOHG)2&ZLWK%)2&FRQQHFWRUV
%)2&
FRQQHFWLRQ 1& 1& %)2&
FRQQHFWLRQ
)26WDQGDUG&DEOH*3
*B,.B;;B
)27UDLOLQJ&DEOH*3
)27UDLOLQJ&DEOH
)2*URXQG&DEOH
)2)51&&DEOH
Use of pre-assembled fiber-optic cables with BFOC connectors (12 Mbit/s)
■ Design 4
Cable types 50/125 µm 62.5/125 µm
FO Standard Cable GP n –
FO FRNC Cable n –
FO Trailing Cable n –
Outer sheath
FO Trailing Cable GP n –
Individual core sheath FO Ground Cable n –
Hollow core n
FIBER OPTIC standard cable –
DUG&DEOH
)26WDQG INDOOR Fiber Optic indoor cable – n
Flexible Fiber Optic trailing cable – n

G_IK10_XX_10030
In the respective applications, the maximum cable lengths must

Optical Strain relief be taken into account.
fiber by means of Passive connection of different fiber types is not permissible.
Aramid fibers

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
Glass fiber-optic cables
Suitability for use Universal cable for installation Halogen-free cable for installation Waterproof cable (lengthwise and
indoors and outdoors indoors and outdoors sideways) for use outdoors with
non-metallic protection against
rodents for laying into the ground.
Type of assembled fiber-optic cable Sold by the meter; pre-assembled Sold by the meter Sold by the meter; pre-assembled
with 4 BFOC or SC connectors with 4 BFOC or SC connectors
Designation of fiber-optic AT-W(ZN)YY 2x1G50/125 AT-W(ZN)HH 2G50/125 UV AT-WQ(ZN)Y(ZN)B2Y 2G50/125
cable
Electrical data
length
• at 850 nm 2,7 dB/km 2.7 dB/km 2.7 dB/km
4 • at 1300 nm
0.7 dB/km 0.7 dB/km 0.7 dB/km

Mechanical data
Number of fibers per 2 2 2
fiber-optic cable
Design of optical fibers Multi-mode gradient fiber Multi-mode gradient fiber Multi-mode gradient fiber
50/125 μm 50/125 μm 50/125 μm
Design of optical fiber core Hollow core, filled, Hollow core, filled, Hollow core, filled,
diameter 1400 μm diameter 1400 μm diameter 1400 μm
Type of fiber-optic cable Segmentable Segmentable Segmentable
Material
• of the FOC core sheath PVC FRNC PVC
• of the fiber-optic cable sheath PVC FRNC PE
Color
• of the fiber-optic cable sheath green green black
Outer diameter
• of the FOC core sheath 2,9 mm 2,9 mm 2,9 mm
Lateral force per length 300 N/cm 500 N/cm 300 N/cm
Bending radius
• for repeated bending - 135 mm 155 mm
• Impact energy - - -
• Number of impacts - - -
• Hammer wheel diameter - - -
Ambient temperature
• during transport -25 … +80 °C -40 ... +70 °C -40 … +75 °C

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS

Transmission link
• for 1000BaseLX 2000 m 2000 m 2000 m
• for 1000BaseSX 750 m 750 m 750 m
Fire behavior Flame retardant acc. to Flame retardant to IEC 60332-1 and -
IEC 60332-1 IEC 60332-3 Category A/F
Chemical resistance
• to mineral oil conditional resistance conditional resistance resistant
• to grease conditional resistance conditional resistance resistant
Radiological resistance to Yes Yes Yes
UV radiation
Product property
• halogen-free - Yes - 4
• impact-resistant - - -
• UL Approval Yes/OFN Yes/OFN -
• CSA approval Yes/ OFN, 90°C, FT1, FT4 (CSA- Yes/ OFN, -
Standard C22.2 No232-M1988) (CSA-Standard C22.2 No232)
Product component, - - Yes
rodent protection
Order No. 6XV1 873-2C 6XV1 873-2D

Suitability for use Cable for use in cable carriers for high mechanical Cable for use in cable carriers for low mechanical
loading, PUR outer sheath, no UL approval loading, PVC outer sheath, UL approval
Type of assembled fiber-optic cable Sold by the meter; Sold by the meter;
pre-assembled with 4 BFOC or SC connectors pre-assembled with 4 BFOC or SC connectors
Designation of fiber-optic cable AT-W(ZN)Y(ZN)11Y 2G50/125 AT-W(ZN)Y(ZN)Y 2G50/125
Electrical data
length
• at 850 nm 2,7 dB/km 2,7 dB/km
• at 1300 nm 0,7 dB/km 0,7 dB/km
• at 1300 nm 1200 Mhz*km 1200 Mhz*km
Mechanical data
Number of fibers per 2 2
fiber-optic cable
Design of optical fibers Multi-mode gradient fiber 50/125 μm Multi-mode gradient fiber 50/125 μm
Design of optical fiber core Hollow core, filled, diameter 1400 μm Hollow core, filled, diameter 14 μm
Type of fiber-optic cable Segmentable Segmentable
Material
• of the FOC core sheath PVC PVC
• of the fiber-optic cable sheath PUR PVC
• of the strain relief Aramid fibers Aramid fibers
Color

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS

Order No. 6XV1 873-2C 6XV1 873-2D
Outer diameter
• of the FOC core sheath 2,9 mm 2,9 mm
• of the cable 10,5 mm 10,5 mm
Bending radius
4 Impact strength test

• Impact energy - -
• Number of impacts - -
• Hammer wheel diameter - -
Ambient temperature
Transmission link
• for 1000BaseLX 2000 m 2000 m
• for 1000BaseSX 750 m 750 m
Fire behavior - Flame retardant acc. to IEC 60332-1
Chemical resistance
• to mineral oil resistant conditional resistance
• to grease resistant conditional resistance
Radiological resistance to Yes Yes
UV radiation
Product property
• UL Approval - Yes/OFN(NEC Article 770, UL 1651)
• CSA approval - Yes/ OFN, 90°C, FT1, FT4
(CSA-Standard C22.2 No232-M1988)
Product component, - -
rodent protection

Product type description INDOOR Fiber Optic indoor cable FIBER OPTIC standard cable
Suitability for use Non-crush, halogen-free and fire-retardant cable for Universal cable for installation indoors and outdoors
indoor installation
Type of assembled fiber-optic cable Sold by the meter, Sold by the meter,
pre-assembled with 4 BFOC connectors pre-assembled with 4 BFOC connectors
Designation of fiber optic cable T-VHH 2G62.5/125 3.2B200 + 0.9F600 F TB3 OR AT-VYY 2G62.5/125 3.1B200 + 0.8F600 F
FRNC
Electrical data
length
• at 850 nm 3,1 dB/km 3,1 dB/km
• at 1300 nm 0,8 dB/km 0,8 dB/km

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS

Product type description INDOOR Fiber Optic indoor cable FIBER OPTIC standard cable
Mechanical data
Number of fibers per 2 2
fiber-optic cable
Number of fibers per - -
fiber-optic cable
Number of fibers per fiber - -
optic cable
Number of conductors in - -
fiber-optic cable
Design of optical fibers Multi-mode gradient fiber 62.5/125 mm Multi-mode gradient fiber 62.5/125 mm
Design of optical fiber core Fixed core Compact core
4
Type of fiber-optic cable Segmentable inner conductor Segmentable outer conductor
Material
• of the FOC core sheath Copolymer (FRNC) PVC
• of the fiber-optic cable sheath Copolymer (FRNC) PVC
• of the strain relief Aramid fibers Kevlar fiber and impregnated glass fiber
Color
• of the FOC core sheath gray gray
• of the fiber-optic cable sheath light orange black
Outer diameter 2.9 mm 3.5 mm
• Upper dimension 3 mm 3.7 mm
Width of the cable 6.8 mm 9.8 mm
Thickness of the cable 3.9 mm 6.3 mm
Maximum permissible short-time 800 N -
tensile load
Maximum permissible continuous - -
tensile load
Momentary lateral force per length 1000 N/cm 2000 N/cm
Continuous lateral force per length 200 N/cm -
Bending radius when bending over
the flat side
• with cable laid 50 mm 145 mm
• during installation 60 mm 125 mm
• Impact energy 1.5 J -
• Number of impacts 20 -
• Hammer wheel diameter 12,5 mm -
Ambient temperature
Fire behavior Flame retardant to IEC 60332-3 Flame retardant to IEC 60332-3 (Cat. C)
Chemical resistance
• to mineral oil - -
• to grease - -
Radiological resistance to - Yes
UV radiation
Product property
• halogen-free Yes -
• impact-resistant Yes -

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS

Order No. 6XV1 820-6AH10 Order No. 6XV1 820-6AH10
Product type description Flexible Fiber Optic Product type description Flexible Fiber Optic
trailing cable trailing cable
Suitability for use Flexible cable for routing in cable Outer diameter of the 3,5 mm
carriers indoors and outdoors FOC core sheath
Type of assembled fiber-optic cable Sold by the meter, pre-assembled • Lower dimension 3,3 mm
with 4 BFOC connectors
• Upper dimension 3,7 mm
Designation of fiber optic cable AT-W11Y (ZN) 11Y 2G62.5/125
3.1B200 + 0.8F600 F Outer diameter of the cable 12,9 mm
Electrical data • Lower dimension -
Attenuation measurement per • Upper dimension -

length Weight per length 136 kg/km
• at 850 nm 3,1 dB/km Maximum permissible short-time 2 000 N
• at 1300 nm 0,8 dB/km tensile load
4 Bandwidth length product Maximum permissible continuous

tensile load
1 000 N
• at 850 nm 200 Mhz*km

Momentary lateral force per length -
• at 1300 nm 600 Mhz*km
Continuous lateral force per length -
Mechanical data
Bending radius (one-off), 150 mm
Number of fibers per 2 minimum permissible
fiber-optic cable
Bending radius for repeated 150 mm
Number of fibers per 1 bending, minimum permissible
fiber-optic cable
Bending radius for -
Number of fibers per 2 continuous bending
fiber optic cable
Number of conductors in 2
fiber-optic cable Ambient temperature
Design of optical fibers Multi-mode gradient fiber • during installation -30 … +60 °C
62.5/125 mm • during operation -30 … +60 °C
Design of optical fiber core Hollow core, filled • during storage -30 … +70 °C
Type of fiber-optic cable Segmentable outer conductor • during transport -30 … +70 °C
Material Transmission link for 1000BaseLX -
• of the FOC core sheath PUR Transmission link for 1000BaseSX -
• of the fiber-optic cable sheath PUR Fire behavior -
• of the strain relief Aramid fibers, Radiological resistance to Yes
also GFK central element UV radiation
Color Product property
• of the FOC core sheath black • halogen-free Yes
• of the fiber-optic cable sheath black • impact-resistant No
Marine classification association -

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS

FO Standard Cable GP 50/125 2) FO Ground Cable 50/125 2)
Sold by the meter; 6XV1 873-2A Sold by the meter; 6XV1 873-2G
max. length 1000 m; max. length 2000 m;
minimum order 20 m; minimum order 20 m;
pre-assembled with pre-assembled with
4 BFOC connectors 4 BFOC connectors
• 0.5 m 6XV1 873-3AH05 • 100 m 6XV1 873-3GT10
•1m 6XV1 873-3AH10 • 200 m 6XV1 873-3G T20
•2m 6XV1 873-3AH20 • 300 m 6XV1 873-3G T30
•3m 6XV1 873-3AH30 Standard FIBER OPTIC CABLE
•5m 6XV1 873-3AH50
• 10 m 6XV1 873-3AN10 max. length 2000 m;
4
• 15 m 6XV1 873-3AN15 minimum order 20 m
• 20 m 6XV1 873-3AN20 Preferred lengths 1)
pre-assembled with
• 30 m 6XV1 873-3AN30 4 BFOC plugs
• 40 m 6XV1 873-3AN40 •1m 6XV1 820-5BH10
• 50 m 6XV1 873-3AN50 •2m 6XV1 820-5BH20
• 80 m 6XV1 873-3AN80 •3m 6XV1 820-5BH30
• 100 m 6XV1 873-3AT10 •4m 6XV1 820-5BH40
• 150 m 6XV1 873-3AT15 •5m 6XV1 820-5BH50
• 200 m 6XV1 873-3AT20 • 10 m 6XV1 820-5BN10
• 300 m 6XV1 873-3AT30 • 15 m 6XV1 820-5BN15
FO FRNC Cable 50/125 2) • 20 m 6XV1 820-5BN20
Sold by the meter; 6XV1 873-2B • 30 m 6XV1 820-5BN30
max. length 1000 m;
minimum order 20 m; • 40 m 6XV1 820-5BN40
FO Trailing Cable 50/125 2) • 50 m 6XV1 820-5BN50
Sold by the meter; 6XV1 873-2C • 55 m 6XV1 820-5BN55
max. length 1000 m; • 60 m 6XV1 820-5BN60
minimum order 20 m;
1) • 65 m 6XV1 820-5BN65
Preferred lengths
pre-assembled with • 70 m 6XV1 820-5BN70
4 BFOC connectors
• 75 m 6XV1 820-5BN75
•3m 6XV1 873-3CH30
• 80 m 6XV1 820-5BN80
•5m 6XV1 873-3CH50
• 100 m 6XV1 820-5BT10
• 10 m 6XV1 873-3CN10
• 120 m 6XV1 820-5BT12
• 20 m 6XV1 873-3CN20
• 130 m 6XV1 820-5BT13
• 50 m 6XV1 873-3CN50
• 150 m 6XV1 820-5BT15
• 100 m 6XV1 873-3CT10
• 200 m 6XV1 820-5BT20
FO Trailing Cable GP50/125 2)
• 250 m 6XV1 820-5BT25
Sold by the meter; 6XV1 873-2D
max. length 1000 m; • 300 m 6XV1 820-5BT30
minimum order 20 m;
pre-assembled with
4 BFOC connectors
•3m 6XV1 873-3DH30
•5m 6XV1 873-3DH50
• 10 m 6XV1 873-3DN10
• 20 m 6XV1 873-3DN20
• 50 m 6XV1 873-3DN50
• 100 m 6XV1 873-3DT10
1)
2)

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS

INDOOR FIBER OPTIC CABLE Accessories
BFOC connector set 6GK1 901-0DA20-0AA0
max. length 2000 m; for FIBER OPTIC CABLE,
minimum order 20 m standard, ground, trailing cable,
indoor cable as well as
Preferred lengths; SIENOPYR marine duplex
pre-assembled with fiber-optic cable, 20 units
4 BFOC connectors
Manual for TP and
• 0.5 m 6XV1 820-7BH05 fiber-optic networks 3)
•1m 6XV1 820-7BH10 Paper version;
•2m 6XV1 820-7BH20 components, configurations,
•3m 6XV1 820-7BH30 installation guidelines
•5m 6XV1 820-7BH50 • German 6GK1 970-1BA10-0AA0
• 10 m 6XV1 820-7BN10 • English 6GK1 970-1BA10-0AA1
4 • 15 m 6XV1 820-7BN15 SIMATIC NET Manual Collection 6GK1 975-1AA00-3AA0

• 20 m 6XV1 820-7BN20 Electronic manuals
• 25 m 6XV1 820-7BN25 communication protocols,
• 50 m 6XV1 820-7BN50 and communication products;
on DVD;
• 75 m 6XV1 820-7BN75 German/English
• 100 m 6XV1 820-7BT10
FLEXIBLE FIBER OPTIC CABLE
trailing cable
max. length 2000 m;
minimum order 20 m
Preferred lengths;
pre-assembled with
4 BFOC connectors
•1m 6XV1 820-6BH10
•2m 6XV1 820-6BH20
•3m 6XV1 820-6BH30
•5m 6XV1 820-6BH50
• 10 m 6XV1 820-6BN10
• 15 m 6XV1 820-6BN15
• 20 m 6XV1 820-6BN20
• 30 m 6XV1 820-6BN30
• 50 m 6XV1 820-6BN50
• 75 m 6XV1 820-6BN75
• 100 m 6XV1 820-6BT10
1)
2) Special tools and specially trained personnel are required for pre-assem-
bling glass fiber-optic cables
3)
products at: http://www.siemens.de/automation/csi/net
You can order components and demonstration materials
supplementary to the SIMATIC NET cabling range from your
local contact.
Tel.: +49 (0)911/750 44 65
Fax: +49 (0)911/750 99 91

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
Plastic and PCF fiber-optic cables
Different types of plastic and PCF fiber-optic cables are offered:
Plastic fiber-optic cables
• Plastic FOC, standard cable;
rugged round cable with violet PVC outer sheath and Kevlar
tension components as well as two plastic fibers with a rugged
polyamide inner sheath. For indoor applications; cable
lengths up to 80 m.
• Plastic FOC, duplex core;
two flat cores with PVC inner sheath and without outer sheath
for indoor applications with low mechanical stress such as
laboratory setups or inside cabinets; cable length to 50 m.
PCF fiber optic cables
• PCF fiber-optic cable, standard cables:
Rugged round cables with violet/green PVC outer sheath and
4
Kevlar strain relief elements for applications indoor/outdoors;
cable lengths up to 400 m;
the following cable versions are available:
- PCF fiber optic standard cable;
• Electrical isolation of PROFIBUS devices and PROFIBUS with violet PVC outer sheath for indoor applications.
segments The cable is not suitable for assembly in the field;
• Protection of the transmission path against electromagnetic (only available pre-assembled with an insertion tool)
interference - PCF Standard Cable GP (general purpose);
with green PVC outer sheath for indoor and outdoor
• Up to 80 m cable length with plastic fiber-optic cables and applications.
up to 400 m with PCF fiber-optic cables The cable is suitable for assembly in the field.
• Rugged fiber-optic standard cables, designed for industrial • PCF fiber optic trailing cable;
applications rugged round cable with green outer sheath and Kevlar ten-
• Extensive approvals (UL) sion elements for trailing cable applications; cable lengths of
up to 400 m.
■ Benefits The cables are suitable for assembly in the field.
The following cable versions are available:
- PCF Trailing Cable;
cable for high mechanical stress, PUR outer sheath,
no UL approval
- PCF Trailing Cable GP (general purpose);
• Plastic and PCF fiber-optic cables can be pre-assembled cable for low mechanical stress, PVC outer sheath,
on site with UL approval
• Time savings when commissioning thanks to pre-assembled
cables
• Protection of the transmission route against electromagnetic
interference
• Tap-proof, as the cable does not emit radiation
• Avoidance of overvoltage and equipotential bonding outer sheath
support element
problems
single core sheath
■ Application iling Ca
ble
PCF Tra
SIMATIC NET plastic and PCF fiber-optic cables are used in
combination with OLM/P11 and OLM/P12 for constructing
optical PROFIBUS networks or for the optical connection of fleece wrapping
segments in RS 485 technology in indoor applications. with strain relief
G_IK10_XX_10031
Plastic fiber-optic cables and segmented PCF fiber-optic cables using aramide
PCF fiber yarn
can be assembled on site with 2 x 2 BFOC connectors. The max-
imum cable length between two OLM/P11 or OLM/P12 is 80 m. hollow core
Longer cable lengths up to 400 m can be achieved using
PCF fiber-optic cables. These cables are also available
preassembled with 4 BFOC connectors.

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
Order No. 6XV1 821-2AN50 6XV1 821-0AH10 6XV1 821-1BN75
Product type description PROFIBUS Plastic Fiber Optic PROFIBUS Plastic Fiber Optic PROFIBUS PCF Fiber Optic
Duplex Core standard cable Standard Cable
Suitability for use Indoor applications with low Preassembled cable for indoor Preassembled cable for indoor
mechanical loads such as labora- applications with cable applications with cable
tory set-ups or inside cabinets and lengths of up to 300 m, not suitable lengths of up to 300 m, not suitable
with cable lengths up to 50 m for plug-in assembly in the field. for plug-in assembly in the field.
Type of assembled Sold by the meter; for assembly on Sold by the meter; for assembly on only preassembled with
fiber-optic cable site with 2 × 2 simplex connectors site with 2 x 2 simplex connectors 2 × 2 BFOC connectors
Designation of fiber optic cable I-VY2P 980/1000 150A I-VY4Y2P 980/1000 160A I-VY2K 200/230 10A17+8B20
Electrical data
Attenuation per length for 230 dB/km 230 dB/km 10 dB/km
660 nm maximum
Bandwidth length product at - - -
4
650 nm
Mechanical data
fiber-optic cable
Number of fibers per - - -
fiber-optic cable
Number of fibers per - - 2
fiber optic cable
Design of optical fibers Step-index fiber Step-index fiber Step-index fiber
Material
• of the fiber-optic cable core Polymethyl methacrylate (PMMA) Polymethyl methacrylate (PMMA) Fused silica
• of optical fibers - - -
• of the optical fiber sheath Fluoridated special polymer Fluoridated special polymer Fluoridated special polymer
• of the fiber-optic cable sheath PVC PVC PVC
• of the strain relief - Kevlar fibers Kevlar fibers
• of the FOC core sheath - PA -
Color
• of the fiber-optic cable sheath - Purple Purple
• of the FOC core sheath gray black or orange -
Outer diameter
• of the optical fiber sheath 1 000 μm 1 000 μm 230 μm
• of the FOC core sheath 2,2 mm 2,2 mm -
- Upper dimension 2.21 mm 2.21 mm -
- Lower dimension 2.19 mm 2.19 mm -
- Upper dimension - 8.1 mm 5 mm
- Lower dimension - 7.5 mm 4.4 mm
Weight per length 7.8 kg/km 65 kg/km 22 kg/km

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS

Duplex Core standard cable Standard Cable
Tensile load, max. - - -
Maximum permissible continuous - - 100 N
tensile load
Maximum permissible short-time 50 N 100 N 500 N
tensile load
tensile load on connector
tensile load at the strain relief
Maximum permissible continuous - - -
tensile load at fiber-optic cable
Continuous lateral force per length
Momentary lateral force per length
-
3.5 N/cm
-
10 N/cm
-
75 N/cm
4
Bending radius
• for repeated bending,
with strain relief
- minimum permissible 50 mm 150 mm -
bending radius when
bending over the flat side
minimum permissible
• when bending over the flat side - - -
for one-off bending
Number of bending cycles - - -
Ambient temperature
• during installation 0 … 50 °C 0 … 50 °C -5 … +50 °C
Fire behavior Flame retardant in accordance with IEC 60332-1 Flame retardant in accordance with
the VW-1 flame test to UL 1581 the VW-1 flame test to UL 1581
Chemical resistance
• to ASTM oil 2 conditional resistance conditional resistance conditional resistance
• to mineral oil conditional resistance conditional resistance conditional resistance
• to water conditional resistance conditional resistance conditional resistance
Radiological resistance to - conditional resistance -
UV radiation
Product property
• Silicone-free contains small quantities of a Yes Yes
non-migrating silicone elastomer
• UL Approval - Yes/OFN -
(NEC Article 770, UL 1651)
• CSA approval - Yes/OFN (CSA C22.2 No. 232) -

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS

Suitability for use For permanent indoor and For moving applications For moving applications
outdoor installation
Designation of ATI-V(ZN)YY 2K200/230 AT-V(ZN)Y(ZN)11Y 2K200/230 AT-V(ZN)Y(ZN)Y 2K200/230
fiber optic cable
Electrical data
660 nm maximum
Bandwidth length product at 17 Mhz*km 17 Mhz*km 17 Mhz*km
650 nm
Mechanical data
4
fiber-optic cable
fiber-optic cable
fiber optic cable
Material
Color
Outer diameter
Bending radius
minimum permissible
minimum permissible
Number of bending cycles - 5 000 000 3 500 000
Ambient temperature

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS

Chemical resistance
• to water - - -
Radiological resistance to Yes Yes Yes
UV radiation
Product property
4

PROFIBUS Plastic Fiber Optic, PROFIBUS Plastic Fiber Optic,
standard cable duplex core
Rugged round cable with 2 plas- Plastic fiber-optic cable with
tic fiber-optic cores, PVC outer 2 cores, PVC outer sheath,
sheath and PA inner sheath, for for use in environments with
indoor use low mechanical stress, without
connector
Without connector
• 50 m ring 6XV1 821-2AN50
• Sold by the meter 6XV1 821-0AH10
PROFIBUS Plastic Fiber Optic, 6GK1 905-6PA10
• 50 m ring 6XV1 821-0AN50 stripping tool set
• 100 m ring 6XV1 821-0AT10 Tools for removing the outer
Preferred lengths sheath or core sheath of
pre-assembled with 2 x 2 BFOC PROFIBUS Plastic Fiber Optic
plugs, lash length 20 cm each, for cables
connecting OLM/P.. PROFIBUS Plastic Fiber Optic, 6GK1 905-1PA00
•1m 6XV1 821-0BH10 BFOC connector set
•2m 6XV1 821-0BH20 20 BFOC plugs for assembly of
PROFIBUS Plastic Fiber Optic
•5m 6XV1 821-0BH50 cables for OLM/P..
• 10 m 6XV1 821-0BN10 PROFIBUS Plastic Fiber Optic, 6GK1 905-6PB00
• 15 m 6XV1 821-0BN15 BFOC crimping tool
• 20 m 6XV1 821-0BN20 For assembly of BFOC plug on

PROFIBUS Plastic Fiber Optic
• 25 m 6XV1 821-0BN25 cables
• 30 m 6XV1 821-0BN30 PROFIBUS Plastic Fiber Optic, 6GK1 905-6PS00
BFOC polishing set
• 50 m 6XV1 821-0BN50
Polishing set for grinding and
• 65 m 6XV1 821-0BN65
polishing the BFOC plug face for
• 80 m 6XV1 821-0BN80 PROFIBUS Plastic Fiber Optic
cables with OLM/P..

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS

PROFIBUS PCF Fiber Optic PROFIBUS PCF
standard cable Trailing Cable 200/230
PCF fiber-optic cable with Trailing cable, segmentable, 6XV1 861-2C
2 cores, PVC outer sheath, sold by the meter;
for bridging large distances max. quantity 2000 m;
up to 400 m, minimum order 20 m;
Preferred lengths Preferred lengths
pre-assembled with 2 x 2 BFOC pre-assembled with
plugs, lash length 20 cm each, 4 BFOC connectors
with insertion tool mounted on
one end for connecting OLM/P.. • 75 m 6XV1 861-3CN75
• 75 m 6XV1 821-1BN75 • 100 m 6XV1 861-3CT10
• 100 m 6XV1 821-1BT10 • 150 m 6XV1 861-3CT15
• 150 m 6XV1 821-1BT15 • 200 m 6XV1 861-3CT20
• 200 m 6XV1 821-1BT20 • 250 m 6XV1 861-3CT25
4 • 250 m 6XV1 821-1BT25 • 300 m

• 400 m
6XV1 861-3CT30
6XV1 861-3CT40
• 300 m 6XV1 821-1BT30
• 400 m 6XV1 821-1BT40 PROFIBUS PCF
Trailing Cable GP 200/230
PROFIBUS PCF Standard Cable
GP 200/230 Trailing cable, segmentable, 6XV1 861-2D
sold by the meter;
Standard cable, segmentable, 6XV1 861-2A max. quantity 2000 m;
sold by the meter; minimum order 20 m;
max. quantity 2000 m;
minimum order 20 m; Preferred lengths
pre-assembled with
Preferred lengths 4 BFOC connectors
pre-assembled with
4 BFOC connectors • 75 m 6XV1 861-3DN75
• 75 m 6XV1 861-3AN75 • 100 m 6XV1 861-3DT10
• 100 m 6XV1 861-3AT10 • 150 m 6XV1 861-3DT15
• 150 m 6XV1 861-3AT15 • 200 m 6XV1 861-3DT20
• 200 m 6XV1 861-3AT20 • 250 m 6XV1 861-3DT25
• 250 m 6XV1 861-3AT25 • 300 m 6XV1 861-3DT30
• 300 m 6XV1 861-3AT30 • 400 m 6XV1 861-3DT40
• 400 m 6XV1 861-3AT40 Manual for PROFIBUS networks

Paper version
configuration, network
products; on DVD;
German/English
You can order components and demonstration materials
supplementary to the SIMATIC NET cabling range from your
local contact.
Tel.: +49 (0)911/750 44 65
Fax: +49 (0)911/750 99 91

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
PCF FOC termination kits
outer sheath
support element
single core sheath

iling C able
PCF Tra
fleece wrapping
with strain relief
G_IK10_XX_10031
using aramide
PCF fiber yarn
hollow core 4
• Compact, rugged assembly case for PCF fiber-optic cables Two versions of the assembly case are available for
• Special versions for easy assembly of HP Simplex and PCF fiber-optic cables:
BFOC plugs on PCF fiber-optic cables • Assembly case for HP Simplex connectors;
• The quality of the assembly can be checked using the for on-site pre-assembly of HP Simplex connectors;
enclosed microscope comprising a stripping tool, buffer stripping tool, Kevlar
cutters, fiber breaking tool, crimping tool and microscope
■ Benefits • Assembly case for BFOC connectors;
for on-site pre-assembly of BFOC connectors;
comprising a stripping tool, buffer stripping tool, Kevlar
cutters, fiber breaking tool and microscope
• Easy installation of the unassembled cables in industrial

plants Termination Kit for 6GK1 900-0KL00-0AA0

Simplex connectors
• Flexible assembly of connectors on PCF fiber-optic cables on
site (HP Simplex, BFOC connectors) Assembly case for local assembly
of PCF Simplex connectors;
• Mistakes are avoided with easy visual inspection of the comprising a stripping tool, buffer
assembled connector on site using a microscope stripping tool, Kevlar cutters,
• PCF fiber-optic cables are easily repaired on site by installing fiber breaking tool, crimping tool
a new PCF cable and microscope
Termination Kit for 6GK1 900-0HL00-0AA0
■ Application BFOC connectors
SIMATIC NET PCF fiber-optic conductors are used to construct of BFOC connectors; comprising
optical indoor and outdoor PROFIBUS DP networks. They are a stripping tool, buffer stripping
easy to assemble on site with 2 x 2 Simplex connectors or tool, Kevlar cutters, fiber breaking
2 x 2 BFOC connectors. The maximum cable length between tool, and microscope
two DP devices is 300 m and between two OLMs 400 m. Connector
PROFIBUS DP devices with integrated optical interface Simplex connector 6GK1 900-0KB00-0AC0
(Simplex connection technology) include, for example, OBT, with cleaning materials;
CP 342-5 FO, CP 5613 FO, IM 153-2 FO, IM 467 FO. 50 crimp connectors for assembly
on PCF fiber-optic cables on site
BFOC connector 6GK1 900-0HB00-0AC0
with cleaning materials;
20 screw connectors for
assembly on PCF fiber-optic
cables on site
For technical support, please contact:
J. Hertlein, A&D SE V22
Tel.: +49 (0)911/750 44 65
Fax: +49 (0)911/750 99 91

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
Optical Link Module OLM
The OLMs have a compact metal housing. It is suitable for
mounting on a standard rail or for wall mounting with a mounting
plate.
The 24 V power supply is fed in through a terminal block and can
be redundantly connected.
The signaling contact allows a digital signal to be transferred to
PLCs or HMI systems for evaluation.
OLMs can be combined with each other and individual stations
or complete electrical segments can be integrated into the
optical PROFIBUS network through an electrical interface.
OLMs are available with one or two fiber optic interfaces with
BFOC connectors for different types of fiber optic cables:
• Plastic fiber optic cables (980/1000 μm) can be used for
single lengths of up to 80 m. They can also be assembled with
4 BFOC cable connectors on site.
• PCF fiber optic cables (200/230 μm) can be used for single
lengths of up to 400 m. They are offered preassembled with
• Construction of optical PROFIBUS networks (line, star, ring) four BFOC plugs and an insertion tool.
with glass, PCF and plastic fiber optic cables • Glass fiber multimode fiber-optic cables (62.5/125 μm) such
• High availability can be achieved using a redundant power as the SIMATIC NET Fiber Optic cables can be used for long
supply and redundant cable routing distances of up to 3000 m. They must be ordered preassem-
bled with 4 BFOC plugs.
• Function monitoring by means of signaling contact
• Single mode fiber optic cables (10/125 μm or 9/125 μm fibers)
• All PROFIBUS data transmission rates from 9.6 Kbit/s to
can be used for extremely long distances up to 15 km. They
12 Mbit/s inclusive 45.45 Kbit/s for PROFIBUS PA
are available on request.
• Monitoring of the fiber optic cable routes on LEDs for channel
monitoring or using a voltmeter across measurement terminals
■ Function
■ Benefits • Automatic detection of all PROFIBUS data transmission rates
9.6 Kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s inclusive 45.45 Kbit/s (PROFIBUS PA)
• Construction of the following network topologies: Line, star,
redundant ring
• High availability due to media redundancy. The distance
• High availability of the network thanks to redundant between two OLMs in the redundant ring is only limited by the
optical ring optical range of the modules
• Fast fault localization due to signaling contact, LED, • RS485 interface with segment capability
channel monitoring LED and measurement terminals (Sub-D female connector)
• Large range due to use of glass fiber optic cables in • Unrestricted multimaster operation: Expanded segmentation
lengths of up to 15 km functions for localization of faults to fiber optic and RS485
segments
• OLM/G12-EEC for outdoor use down to –25 °C
• Fast localization of faults:
- Indication of module status through floating signaling
■ Application contact
- Checking the fiber optic cable route quality on LEDs
With the PROFIBUS OLM (Optical Link Modules) Version 4,
- Checking the fiber optic cable route quality Measurement
optical PROFIBUS networks can be established in linear bus,
output for optical receiver for logging and plausibility
star and redundant ring topologies.
checking of the fiber optic path attenuation with a voltmeter
The data transmission rate of a fiber optic line is independent of • High cascading depth: Line and redundant ring up to
the distance and can be up to 12 Mbit/s. 124 OLM (only limited by monitoring times)
Possible applications for OLMs include:
• System buses based on PROFIBUS
• Networking between buildings using glass fiber optic cable
• Mixed networks with electrical and optical segments
• Networks covering a wide area (road tunnels, traffic control
systems)
• Networks with high availability requirements (redundant ring
networks)

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
■ Integration
&DELQHW
2/0* 2/0* 2/0* 2/0* 2/0*
352),%86RSWLFDO 352),%86HOHFWULFDO
)2VWDQGDUG 352),%86
FDEOH )&VWDQGDUGFDEOH
6ZLWK 6
&3([WHQGHG ZLWK&3 (70 'ULYH (76
4
3&,3&ZLWK&3 (7SUR
&3&3$
&3$ 23b%
*B,.B;;B
(7SUR
Example of a system configuration with OLM for PROFIBUS
(76
6ZLWK
&3([WHQGHG 3&,3&ZLWK
&3$&3
&3$&3$
352),%86HOHNWULVFK
6
352),%86 ZLWK&3 (70
)&6WDQGDUG&DEOH
2/0* 2/0* 2/0* 2/0*

*B,.B;;B
352),%86RSWLFDO )26WDQGDUG&DEOH
Optical line topology with PROFIBUS OLM G11/G12

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
352),%86HOHFWULFDO 352),%86)&6WDQGDUG&DEOH
2/0* 2/0* 2/0* 2/0*
%XV %XV
FRQQHFWRU FRQQHFWRU
ZLWKWHUPLQDWLQJ 352),%86RSWLFDO ZLWKWHUPLQDWLQJ
UHVLVWRU )2VWDQGDUG UHVLVWRU
FDEOH
2/0*
2/0* 2/0* 2/0* 2/0* 2/0*
3&,3&ZLWK 6
&3$ ZLWK&3
(76 &3 ([WHQGHG (76
&3$
&3$
6
*B,.B;;B
(70 ZLWK&3
Optical star topology with PROFIBUS OLM G11/G12

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
Order No. 6GK1 503-2CA00/ 6GK1 503-2CB00/ 6GK1 503-2CC00/
6GK1 503-3CA00 6GK1 503-3CB00/ 6GK1 503-3CC00
6GK1 503-3CD00
Product type description PROFIBUS OLM/P11 PROFIBUS OLM/G11 PROFIBUS OLM/G11-1300
PROFIBUS OLM/P12 PROFIBUS OLM/G12 PROFIBUS OLM/G12-1300
PROFIBUS OLM/G12-EEC
Electrical connection version 9-pin Sub-D socket 9-pin Sub-D socket 9-pin Sub-D socket
• for measuring device 2-pin plug-in terminal block 2-pin plug-in terminal block 2-pin plug-in terminal block
with latching with latching with latching
• for power supply and 5-pin plug-in terminal block 5-pin plug-in terminal block 5-pin plug-in terminal block
signaling contact with latching with latching with latching
Version of optical port for 2 or 4 BFOC sockets 2 or 4 BFOC sockets 2 or 4 BFOC sockets
fiber-optic cables
Active power consumption, max. 6W 6W 6W
4
Current consumed at rated value 200 mA 200 mA 200 mA
of supply voltage, max.
Attenuation of the fiber-optic cable
segment with glass optical fiber
• with 10/125 μm or 9/125 μm - - 8 dB
at 0.5 dB/km max.
• at 50/125 μm - 10 dB -
at 3 dB/km max.
• at 62.5/125 μm - - 10 dB
at 1 dB/km max.
• at 62.5/125 μm - 12 dB -
at 3.5 dB/km max.
segment with POF optical fiber
• at 980/1000 μm at 230 dB/km 13 dB - -
segment with PCF optical fiber
• at 200/230 μm at 10 dB/km - - -
Throughput delay per bit time 6.5 bit 6.5 bit 6.5 bit
Connectable optical power relative
to 1 mW for glass optical fiber
• with 10/125 μm or 9/125 μm - - -19 dB
at 0.5 dB/km
• at 50/125 μm at 3 dB/km - -15 dB -
• at 62.5/125 μm at 1 dB/km - - -17 dB
• at 62.5/125 μm at 3.5 dB/km - -13 dB -
to 1 mW of the fiber optic segment
for POF optical fiber
• at 980/1000 μm at 230 dB/km -5 dB - -
to 1 mW of the fiber optic segment
for PCF optical fiber
• at 200/230 μm at 10 dB/km -17 dB - -

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS

6GK1 503-3CA00 6GK1 503-3CB00/ 6GK1 503-3CC00
6GK1 503-3CD00
Optical sensitivity relative to 1 mW
for glass optical fiber
• with 10/125 μm or 9/125 μm - - -29 dB
at 0.5 dB/km
• at 50/125 μm at 3 dB/km - -28 dB -
• at 62.5/125 μm at 1 dB/km - - -29 dB
• at 62.5/125 μm at 3.5 dB/km - -28 dB -
4
of the fiber optic segment for
POF optical fiber
• at 980/1000 μm at 230 dB/km -25 dB - -
of the fiber optic segment for
PCF optical fiber
• at 200/230 μm at 10 dB/km -25 dB - -
Wavelength for Glass FOC
• with 10/125 μm or 9/125 μm - - 1310 nm
compatible with interface at
0.5 dB/km
• at 50/125 μm compatible with - 860 nm -
interface at 3 dB/km
• at 62.5/125 μm compatible with - - 1310 nm
interface at 1 dB/km
• at 62.5/125 μm compatible with - 860 nm -
interface at 3.5 dB/km
Wavelength of the fiber-optic cable
segment with POF optical fiber
• at 980/1000 μm at 230 dB/km 660 nm - -
Wavelength of the fiber-optic cable
segment with PCF optical fiber
• at 200/230 μm at 10 dB/km 660 nm - -
Transfer rate
• for PROFIBUS PA 45.45 kbit/s 45.45 kbit/s 45.45 kbit/s
• Maximum 12 Mbit/s 12 Mbit/s 12 Mbit/s
• Minimum 9.6 kbit/s 9.6 kbit/s 9.6 kbit/s
Cable length
• for glass FOC with 10/125 μm at - - -
0.5 dB/km max.
• for glass FOC with 10/125 μm or - - 15 km
9/125 μm at 0.5 dB/km max.
• for glass FOC with 50/125 μm at - 3 km -
3 dB/km max.
• for glass FOC with 62.5/125 μm
- at 1 dB/km max. - - 10 km
- at 3.5 dB/km max. - 3 km -
• for PCF FOC with 200/230 μm at 400 m - -
10 dB/km max.
• for POF FOC with 980/1000 μm at 80 m - -
230 dB/km max.

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS

6GK1 503-3CA00 6GK1 503-3CB00/ 6GK1 503-3CC00
6GK1 503-3CD00
• Maximum 30 V 30 V 30 V
• Minimum 18 V 18 V 18 V
• Rated value 24 V 24 V 24 V
Width 39.5 mm 39.5 mm 39.5 mm
Depth 73,2 mm 73,2 mm 73,2 mm
Degree of protection IP40 IP40 IP40 4
Ambient temperature
• during operation 0 … +60 °C 0 … +60 °C1) 0 … +60 °C
Type of fixing
• Rail mounting Yes Yes Yes
• Screw mounting Yes Yes Yes
MTBF (at +40 °C) 138.6 years 138.6 years 138.6 years
MTBF (at +85 °C) 25.1 years 25.1 years 25.1 years
1)
OLM/G12-EEC: -25 ... +60 °C

PROFIBUS OLM/P11 6GK1 503-2CA00 PROFIBUS OLM/G11-1300 6GK1 503-2CC00
Optical link module with 1 x Optical link module with 1 x
RS 485 and 1 x plastic fiber-optic RS 485 and 1 x glass fiber-optic
interface (2 BFOC sockets), interface (2 BFOC sockets),
with signaling contact and mea- 1300 nm wavelength for large dis-
suring output incl. 2 BFOC plugs tances up to 15 km, with signaling
for plastic fiber-optic cables contact and measuring output
PROFIBUS OLM/P12 6GK1 503-3CA00 PROFIBUS OLM/G12-1300 6GK1 503-3CC00
Optical link module with 1 x Optical link module with 1 x
RS 485 and 2 x plastic fiber-optic RS 485 and 2 x glass fiber-optic
interface (4 BFOC sockets), interface (4 BFOC sockets),
with signaling contact and mea- 1300 nm wavelength for large dis-
suring output incl. 4 BFOC plugs tances up to 15 km, with signaling
for plastic fiber-optic cables contact and measuring output
PROFIBUS OLM/G11 6GK1 503-2CB00 PROFIBUS OLM mounting plate 6GK1 503-8AA00
Optical link module with 1 x For wall mounting of
RS 485 and 1 x glass fiber-optic PROFIBUS OLM V4
interface (2 BFOC sockets), for
standard distances, with signal- Manual for PROFIBUS networks
ing contact and measuring output Paper version
PROFIBUS OLM/G12 6GK1 503-3CB00 Network architecture,
Optical link module with 1 x configuration, network
RS 485 and 2 x glass fiber-optic components, installation
interface (4 BFOC sockets), for • German 6GK1 970-5CA20-0AA0
standard distances up to 3000 m,
with signaling contact and mea- • English 6GK1 970-5CA20-0AA1
suring output SIMATIC NET Manual Collection 6GK1 975-1AA00-3AA0
PROFIBUS OLM/G12 EEC 6GK1 503-3CD00 Electronic manuals for
Optical link module with 1 x communication systems,
RS 485 and 2 x glass fiber-optic communication protocols,
interface (4 BFOC sockets), for and communication products;
standard distances up to 3000 m, on DVD;
for extended temperature range German/English
–25 °C to +60 °C, with signaling
contact and measuring output

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
SIPLUS Optical Link Module OLM

SIPLUS OLM/P11 6AG1 503-2CA00-2AA0
Optical link module with 1 x
RS 485 and 1 x plastic fiber-optic
interface (2 BFOC sockets), with
signaling contact and measuring
output incl. 2 BFOC plugs for
plastic fiber-optic cables
SIPLUS OLM/P12 6AG1 503-3CA00-2AA0
Optical link module with 1 x
RS 485 and 2 x plastic fiber-optic
interface (4 BFOC sockets), with
signaling contact and measuring
output incl. 4 BFOC plugs for
plastic fiber-optic cables
4 Accessories see Ordering data

• Construction of optical PROFIBUS networks (line, star, ring)

with glass, PCF and plastic fiber-optic cables
• High availability can be achieved using a redundant power
supply and redundant cable routing
• Function monitoring by means of signaling contact
• All PROFIBUS data transmission rates from 9.6 Kbit/s to
12 Mbit/s including 45.45 Kbit/s for PROFIBUS PA
• Monitoring of the fiber-optic cable routes on LEDs for channel
monitoring or using a voltmeter across measurement terminals
SIPLUS Optical Link Module OLM/P11 OLM/P12

Order No. 6AG1 503- 6AG1 503-
2CA00-2AA0 3CA00-2AA0
Order No. based on 6GK1 503- 6GK1 503-
2CA00 3CA00
Ambient temperature range -25 to +60 °C;
sphere)
based-on modules.


© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
Optical networks with OBT and integrated interface
SIMATIC NET plastic and PCF fiber-optic conductors are used to
construct optical indoor PROFIBUS DP networks.
Plastic fiber-optic cables and segmented PCF fiber-optic cables
can be assembled easily on site with 2 x 2 simplex plugs.
The maximum cable length between two DP devices is 50 m.
Longer cable lengths up to 300 m can be achieved using
PCF fiber-optic cables. These cables are also available preas-
sembled with 4 simplex plugs.
Devices with integrated optical interface (Simplex connection
technology) include, for example, OBT, CP 342-5 FO,
CP 5613 FO, IM 153-2 FO, IM 467 FO.
■ Design
Different types of plastic and PCF fiber-optic cables are offered:
• Plastic FOC, duplex core;
Two flat cores with PVC inner sheath and without outer sheath
4
for indoor applications with low mechanical stress such as
• Electrical isolation of DP devices laboratory setups or inside cabinets. Cable lengths up to
• Protection of the transmission path against electromagnetic 50 m.
interference • Plastic FOC, standard cable;
• Up to 50 m cable length with plastic fiber-optic cables and Rugged round cable with violet PVC outer sheath and Kevlar
up to 300 m with PCF fiber-optic cables tension components as well as two plastic fibers with a rugged
polyamide inner sheath. For indoor applications with cable
• Rugged fiber-optic standard cables, designed for industrial lengths up to 50 m.
applications
• PCF fiber-optic cable, standard cables:
• Hybrid cable for the shared transmission of data and power - PCF Fiber Optic standard cable;
supply rugged round cable with violet PVC outer sheath and Kevlar
• Extensive approvals (UL) tension components for indoor applications with cable
lengths of up to 300 m.
■ Benefits The cable is not suitable for assembly in the field
(only available pre-assembled with an insertion tool)
- PCF Standard Cable GP (general purpose);
rugged round cable with green PVC outer sheath and Kevlar
tension elements for indoor and outdoor applications with
cable lengths of up to 300 m;
• Plastic and PCF fiber-optic cables can be pre-assembled on the cable is suitable for assembly in the field.
site • PCF fiber-optic trailing cable;
• Easy connector assembly on site Rugged round cable with green outer sheath and Kevlar
• Time savings on start-up thanks to pre-assembled cables tension elements for trailing cable applications with cable
lengths of up to 300 m. The cable is suitable for assembly in
• Protection of the transmission path against electromagnetic the field.
interference Two cable variants are available for this application:
• Tap-proof, because the cable does not radiate - PCF Trailing Cable;
• A cable for the shared transmission of data and power cable for high mechanical stress, PUR outer sheath,
no UL approval
- PCF Trailing Cable GP (general purpose);
cable for low mechanical stress, PVC outer sheath,
with UL approval

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
Optical networks with integral interface and OBT
Product type description PROFIBUS Plastic Fiber Optic PROFIBUS Plastic Fiber Optic PROFIBUS PCF Fiber Optic stan-
Duplex Core standard cable dard cable
Suitability for use Indoor applications with low Preassembled cable for indoor Preassembled cable for indoor
mechanical loads such as labora- applications with cable applications with cable
tory set-ups or inside cabinets lengths of up to 300 m, not suitable lengths of up to 300 m, not suitable
and with cable lengths up to 50 m for plug-in assembly in the field. for plug-in assembly in the field.
Type of assembled fiber-optic cable Sold by the meter; Sold by the meter; only preassembled with
for assembly on site with for assembly on site with 2 × 2 BFOC connectors
2 × 2 simplex connectors 2 x 2 simplex connectors
Designation of fiber optic cable I-VY2P 980/1000 150A I-VY4Y2P 980/1000 160A I-VY2K 200/230 10A17+8B20
Electrical data
660 nm maximum
4
Bandwidth length product at - - -
650 nm
Mechanical data
fiber-optic cable
Number of fibers per - - -
fiber-optic cable
Number of fibers per - - 2
fiber optic cable
Design of optical fibers Step-index fiber Step-index fiber Step-index fiber
Material
• of the fiber-optic cable core Polymethyl methacrylate (PMMA) Polymethyl methacrylate (PMMA) Fused silica
• of the optical fiber sheath Fluoridated special polymer Fluoridated special polymer Fluoridated special polymer
• of the fiber-optic cable sheath PVC PVC PVC
• of the strain relief - Kevlar fibers Kevlar fibers
• of the FOC core sheath - PA -
Color
• of the fiber-optic cable sheath - Purple Purple
• of the FOC core sheath gray black or orange -
Outer diameter
• of the optical fiber sheath 1 000 μm 1 000 μm 230 μm
• of the FOC core sheath 2.2 mm 2.2 mm -
- Upper dimension 2.21 mm 2.21 mm -
- Lower dimension 2.19 mm 2.19 mm -
- Upper dimension - 8.1 mm 5 mm
- Lower dimension - 7.5 mm 4.4 mm
Weight per length 7.8 kg/km 65 kg/km 22 kg/km

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS

Duplex Core standard cable standard cable
Tensile load, max. - - -
• Maximum permissible continuous - - 100 N
tensile load
• Maximum permissible short-time 50 N 100 N 500 N
tensile load
tensile load on connector
tensile load at the strain relief
Maximum permissible continuous - - -
tensile load at fiber-optic cable
Continuous lateral force per length
Momentary lateral force per length
-
3,5 N/cm
-
10 N/cm
-
75 N/cm
4
Bending radius
• for repeated bending,
with strain relief
- Bending radius when 50 mm 150 mm -
bending over the flat side
- minimum permissible - - -
minimum permissible
• when bending over the flat side - - -
for one-off bending
Number of bending cycles - - -
Ambient temperature
• during installation 0 … 50 °C 0 … 50 °C -5 … +50 °C
Fire behavior Flame retardant in accordance IEC 60332-1 Flame retardant in accordance
with the VW-1 flame test to UL 1581 with the VW-1 flame test to UL 1581
Chemical resistance
• to ASTM oil 2 conditional resistance conditional resistance conditional resistance
• to mineral oil conditional resistance conditional resistance conditional resistance
• to water conditional resistance conditional resistance conditional resistance
Radiological resistance to - conditional resistance -
UV radiation
Product property
• Silicone-free contains small quantities of a Yes Yes
non-migrating silicone elastomer
• UL Approval - Yes/OFN -
(NEC Article 770, UL 1651)
• CSA approval - Yes/OFN (CSA C22.2 No. 232) -

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS

Suitability for use For permanent indoor For moving applications For moving applications
and outdoor installation
Designation of fiber optic cable AT-V(ZN)YY 2K200/230 AT-V(ZN)Y(ZN)11Y 2K200/230 AT-V(ZN)Y(ZN)Y 2K200/230
Electrical data
660 nm maximum
Bandwidth length product at 17 Mhz*km 17 Mhz*km 17 Mhz*km
650 nm
Mechanical data
4
fiber-optic cable
fiber-optic cable
fiber optic cable
Material
Color
Outer diameter
Bending radius
minimum permissible
minimum permissible
Number of bending cycles - 5 000 000 3 500 000

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS

Ambient temperature
Chemical resistance
• to water - - -
Radiological resistance to
UV radiation
Yes Yes Yes 4
Product property

PROFIBUS Plastic Fiber Optic PROFIBUS Plastic Fiber Optic 6GK1 905-6PA10
standard cable stripping tool set
Rugged round cable with 2 plas- Tools for removing the outer
tic fiber-optic cores, PVC outer sheath or core sheath of Plastic
sheath and PA inner sheath, for Fiber Optic cables
indoor use; without connector
PROFIBUS PCF Fiber Optic
• Sold by the meter 6XV1 821-0AH10 standard cable
• 50 m ring 6XV1 821-0AN50 PCF fiber-optic cable with
2 cores, PVC outer sheath, for
• 100 m ring 6XV1 821-0AT10 covering larger distances up to
PROFIBUS Plastic Fiber Optic 300 m, for connecting devices to
duplex core the optical PROFIBUS DP
Plastic fiber-optic cable with Preferred lengths
2 cores, PVC outer sheath, for use Precut/preassembled with 2 × 2
in environments with low mechan- Simplex connectors, arm length
ical stress; without connector 30 cm each, with aid for pulling in
at one end
• 50 m ring 6XV1 821-2AN50
• 50 m 6XV1 821-1CN50
PROFIBUS Plastic Fiber Optic 6GK1 901-0FB00-0AA0
simplex plug/polishing set • 75 m 6XV1 821-1CN75
100 simplex connectors and • 100 m 6XV1 821-1CT10
5 polishing sets for assembling • 150 m 6XV1 821-1CT15
PROFIBUS plastic fiber optic
cables for the optical • 200 m 6XV1 821-1CT20
PROFIBUS DP
• 250 m 6XV1 821-1CT25
• 300 m 6XV1 821-1CT30

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS

PROFIBUS PCF Plug-in adapter 6ES7 195-1BE00-0XA0
Standard Cable GP 200/230
For assembling the plastic
Standard cable, segmentable, 6XV1 861-2A Simplex connector in combination
sold by the meter; with IM 467 FO, CP 342-5 FO,
max. quantity 2000 m; IM 151 FO and IM 153-2 FO,
minimum order 20 m; 50 units
Preferred lengths; Termination Kit for 6GK1 900-0KL00-0AA0
pre-assembled with Simplex Plug
4 Simplex connectors Assembly case for local assembly
• 50 m 6XV1 861-7AN50 comprising a stripping tool, buffer
• 75 m 6XV1 861-7AN75 stripping tool, Kevlar cutters, fiber
breaking tool, crimping tool and
• 100 m 6XV1 861-7AT10 microscope
• 150 m 6XV1 861-7AT15 Termination Kit for BFOC Plug 6GK1 900-0HL00-0AA0
• 200 m 6XV1 861-7AT20 Assembly case for local assembly
of BFOC connectors; comprising
4 • 250 m
• 300 m
6XV1 861-7AT25
6XV1 861-7AT30
a stripping tool, buffer stripping
tool, Kevlar cutters, fiber breaking
tool, and microscope
PROFIBUS PCF
Simplex Plug 6GK1 900-0KB00-0AC0
Trailing Cable 200/230
Crimp connector with cleaning
Trailing cable, segmentable, 6XV1 861-2C materials;
sold by the meter; 50 connectors for assembly on
max. quantity 2000 m; PCF fiber-optic cables on site
minimum order 20 m;
BFOC Plug 6GK1 900-0HB00-0AC0
Preferred lengths; Screw connector with cleaning
pre-assembled with materials;
4 Simplex connectors 20 connectors for assembly on
PCF fiber-optic cables on site
• 50 m 6XV1 861-7CN50
Manual for PROFIBUS networks
• 75 m 6XV1 861-7CN75
Paper version:
• 100 m 6XV1 861-7CT10 Network architecture,
• 150 m 6XV1 861-7CT15 project management, network
• 200 m 6XV1 861-7CT20
• 250 m 6XV1 861-7CT25
• 300 m 6XV1 861-7CT30
PROFIBUS PCF Manual Collection
Trailing Cable GP 200/230
Electronic manuals for
Trailing cable, segmentable, 6XV1 861-2D communication systems,
sold by the meter; communication protocols,
max. quantity 2000 m; and communication products;
minimum order 20 m; on DVD;
Preferred lengths; German/English
pre-assembled with
4 Simplex connectors
• 50 m 6XV1 861-7DN50
• 75 m 6XV1 861-7DN75
• 100 m 6XV1 861-7DT10
• 150 m 6XV1 861-7DT15
• 200 m 6XV1 861-7DT20
• 250 m 6XV1 861-7DT25
• 300 m 6XV1 861-7DT30
You can order components supplementary to the
SIMATIC NET cabling range from your local contact.
J. Hertlein, IA SE IP S
Tel.: +49 (0)911/750 44 65
Fax: +49 (0)911/750 99 91

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
ECOFAST Fiber Optic Hybrid Cable
The ECOFAST Fiber Optic Hybrid Cable of SIMATIC NET is used
to construct optical PROFIBUS DP networks indoors. It is partic-
ularly suitable for connecting DESINA components installed at
machine level, and is easy to assemble on site. The maximum
cable length between two DP devices is 50 m.
■ Design
The rugged, hybrid trailing cable contains two plastic fiber-optic
cables for data transmission and four copper wires (1.5 mm2) for
supplying power to DESINA1) stations.
1)
DESINA is the trademark for DEcentralized and Standardized INstallAtion
technology for machine tools.
Order No. 6XV1 830-6CH10 4
Product type description ECOFAST fiber optic hybrid
cable (DESINA-compatible)
• Electrical isolation of DP devices
Suitability for use DESINA-compliant devices,
• Protection of the transmission path against electromagnetic e.g. for ET 200X
interference
Designation of the I-(ZN) J-V4Y 11Y2S
• Up to 50 m cable length with plastic fiber-optic cable ECOFAST hybrid cable: 980/1000+4x1.5
• Rugged fiber-optic cables, designed for industrial applica- Type of assembled Sold by meter;
tions fiber-optic cable can be assembled on site using
• Hybrid cable for the shared transmission of data and power DESINA connectors or preassem-
supply bled with two DESINA connectors
Electrical data
■ Benefits Attenuation per length for 280 dB/km
660 nm maximum
Rated operating voltage 300 V
Continuous current of the 10 A
power wires
• Savings in wiring, installation, commissioning and operation Mechanical data
as result of standardized connection system (copper or fiber-
optic) with high degree of protection (IP65) Number of electrical wires 4
• With ECOFAST, the turnaround times for offers, planning and Number of conductors in 2
engineering of machines and plants can be reduced: fiber-optic cable
• ECOFAST permits fast and problem-free startup of automation Design of optical fibers Step-index fiber
and drive systems Material
• Minimization of sources of error by means of standardized • of the fiber-optic cable core Polymethyl methacrylate (PMMA)
interfaces and plug connectors.
• of the optical fiber sheath Fluoridated special polymer
• With ECOFAST plants remain highly available: No interruption
of power and field bus when replacing equipment. • of the fiber-optic cable sheath PUR
• of the FOC core sheath PA
Color
• of the FOC core sheath black, orange
• of the wire insualtion of black
the power wire
• of the hybrid cable sheath Violet

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
ECOFAST Fiber Optic Hybrid Cable

Order No. 6XV1 830-6CH10 ECOFAST fiber optic hybrid
cable (DESINA-compatible)
Product type description ECOFAST fiber optic hybrid
cable (DESINA-compatible) Trailing cable with 2 plastic fiber-
optic conductors and 4 copper
Diameter of the 980 μm cores, 1.5 mm2 for use in
fiber-optic cable core DESINA-compatible devices only
Conductor cross-section of 1.5 mm² Sold by the meter; 6XV1 830-6CH10
power wire max. quantity 1000 m,
Outer diameter minimum order 20 m
• of the optical fiber sheath 1000 μm Not pre-assembled
• of the cable sheath 10,6 mm • 20 m 6XV1 830-6CN20
• of the FOC core sheath 2.2 mm • 50 m 6XV1 830-6CN50
- Lower dimension 2.19 mm • 100 m 6XV1 830-6CT10
- Upper dimension 2.21 mm Preassembled
4 Weight per length 146 kg/km with 2 DESINA connectors

Maximum permissible short-time 60 N • 1.5 m 6XV1 830-6DH15
tensile load •3m 6XV1 830-6DH30
Momentary lateral force per length 1000 N/m •5m 6XV1 830-6DH50
Bending radius for repeated 110 mm • 10 m 6XV1 830-6DN10
bending with strain relief,
minimum permissible • 15 m 6XV1 830-6DN15
Ambient temperature ECOFAST Fiber Optic Hybrid
Plug 180, DESINA-compatible
• during operation -20 … +60 °C (ECOFAST FOC)
• during storage -20 … +60 °C 2 x FO; 4 x 1.5 mm2 Cu
• during transport -20 … +60 °C • With male pins 6GK1 905-0BA00
• during installation -5 … +50 °C (Hanbrid connector)
• In short-circuit on conductor +160 °C (max. 5 s) • With female pins 6GK1 905-0BB00
(Hanbrid connector)
Chemical resistance
• to ASTM oil 2 conditional resistance
Paper version:
• to grease conditional resistance Network architecture,
• to water conditional resistance project management, network
Radiological resistance to No
UV radiation • German 6GK1 970-5CA20-0AA0
Fire behavior IEC 60332-1 • English 6GK1 970-5CA20-0AA1
Certificate of suitability UL approval No SIMATIC NET 6GK1 975-1AA00-3AA0
Manual Collection
Product property
Electronic manuals for
• halogen-free No communication systems,
• Silicone-free Yes communication protocols,
on DVD;
German/English
Tel.: +49(0)911/750 44 65
Fax: +49(0)911/750 99 91

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
PCF FOC termination kits
outer sheath
support element
single core sheath

iling C able
PCF Tra
fleece wrapping
with strain relief
G_IK10_XX_10031
using aramide
PCF fiber yarn
hollow core 4
• Compact, rugged assembly case for PCF fiber-optic cables Two versions of the assembly case are available for
• Special versions for easy assembly of HP Simplex and PCF fiber-optic cables:
BFOC plugs on PCF fiber-optic cables • Assembly case for HP Simplex connectors;
• The quality of the assembly can be checked using the for on-site pre-assembly of HP Simplex connectors;
enclosed microscope comprising a stripping tool, buffer stripping tool, Kevlar
cutters, fiber breaking tool, crimping tool and microscope
■ Benefits • Assembly case for BFOC connectors;
for on-site pre-assembly of BFOC connectors;
comprising a stripping tool, buffer stripping tool, Kevlar
cutters, fiber breaking tool and microscope
• Easy installation of the unassembled cables in industrial

plants Termination Kit for 6GK1 900-0KL00-0AA0

Simplex connectors
• Flexible assembly of connectors on PCF fiber-optic cables on
site (HP Simplex, BFOC connectors) Assembly case for local assembly
• Mistakes are avoided with easy visual inspection of the comprising a stripping tool, buffer
assembled connector on site using a microscope stripping tool, Kevlar cutters, fiber
• PCF fiber-optic cables are easily repaired on site by installing breaking tool, crimping tool and
a new PCF cable microscope
Termination Kit for 6GK1 900-0HL00-0AA0
■ Application BFOC connectors
SIMATIC NET PCF fiber-optic conductors are used to construct of BFOC connectors; comprising
optical indoor and outdoor PROFIBUS DP networks. They are a stripping tool, buffer stripping
easy to assemble on site with 2 x 2 Simplex connectors or tool, Kevlar cutters, fiber breaking
2 x 2 BFOC connectors. The maximum cable length between tool, and microscope
two DP devices is 300 m and between two OLMs 400 m. Connector
PROFIBUS DP devices with integrated optical interface Simplex connector 6GK1 900-0KB00-0AC0
(Simplex connection technology) include, for example, OBT, with cleaning materials;
CP 342-5 FO, CP 5613 FO, IM 153-2 FO, IM 467 FO. 50 crimp connectors for assembly
on PCF fiber-optic cables on site
BFOC connector 6GK1 900-0HB00-0AC0
with cleaning materials;
20 screw connectors for
assembly on PCF fiber-optic
cables on site
Tel.: +49(0)911/750 44 65
Fax: +49(0)911/750 99 91

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
Optical Bus Terminal OBT
The OBT (Optical Bus Terminal) is used to connect a PROFIBUS
station without integral optical interface or a PROFIBUS DP
RS485 segment to an optical line. Existing DP devices are then
provided with the advantages of optical data transmission.
The PROFIBUS station is connected to the RS 485 interface of
the OBT via a cable terminated at both ends, e.g. connecting
cable 830-1T. The OBT is integrated into the optical line using
two optical interfaces.
The following optical transmission media can be connected to
the OBT:
• Plastic fiber-optic cables can be used up to an individual
segment length of 50 m. They can be configured very easily
on site with 2 x 2 Simplex connectors.
• PCF1) fiber-optic cables can be used for an individual seg-
ment length up to 300 m. These cables are preassembled.
4 The OBT supports all PROFIBUS data transmission rates up to
12 Mbit/s.
1) Also known as HCS® fiber-optic cable:
• For connecting a PROFIBUS station without an integrated HCS® is a registered trademark of Lucent Technologies.
fiber-optic cable interface or an RS 485 segment to an optical
line ■ Design
• Quick and easy installation of the plastic fiber-optic cable The OBT has a compact plastic housing. It is suitable for mount-
without the need for special tools ing on a DIN rail or for wall mounting with a mounting plate with
the aid of two holes drilled right through.
■ Benefits The OBT has the following connections:
• 9-pin Sub-D socket for connecting the PROFIBUS DP node
such as programming device (PG), PC, operator panel (OP),
S7-300 or nodes without integral optics, e.g. ET 200S or
PROFIBUS DP components from other suppliers or a
• Option of connecting existing devices or an RS 485 segment PROFIBUS DP-RS 485 segment.
with electrical interface to the optical PROFIBUS
• Two optical interfaces for the connection of plastic and
• "Socket outlet" for connecting mobile devices PCF fiber-optic cables with Simplex connectors (connection to
(e.g. programming devices) without interruption of the bus CP 342-5 FO, CP 5613 FO, IM 153-2 FO, IM 467 FO or to
• Time saved through simple and fast connector mounting ET 200 with integrated optics)
without special tools • 24 V DC infeed for power supply

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
Optical Bus Terminal OBT
■ Function
• Connection of a station with RS 485 interface via connecting • Regeneration of the signals in amplitude and time
cable 830-1T or PROFIBUS cable with bus connectors • Cascade depth when using user-defined bus parameters up
(terminated at both ends) or an RS 485 segment to 126 stations
• Provision of an electrical connection point on the optical line • Galvanic isolation of the station via fiber optic cable
(e.g. PG connection for startup and diagnostics).
• Simple diagnostics via LED display for operating voltage as
• Support for all PROFIBUS data rates from 9.6 kbit/s to well as for receipt of data CH1, CH2 and CH3.
12 Mbit/s including 45.45 kbit/s for PROFIBUS PA
■ Integration
PC/IPC/OP S7-300 ET 200S ET 200M DP node

with 5613 FO with CP 342-5 FO with IM 151 FO with IM 153-2 FO without integrated optics
4
Connecting cable
830-1T
OBT
PROFIBUS
Other
G_IK10_XX 50107
Individual link lengths: plastic up to 50 m, nodes
PROFIBUS (Fiber Optic) PCF up to 300 m
PROFIBUS (RS485)
System configuration of optical PROFIBUS DP with PROFIBUS OBT

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
OBT optical bus terminal
Product type description PROFIBUS OBT Product type description PROFIBUS OBT
Electrical connection version 9-pin Sub-D socket Transfer rate
• for voltage supply 2-pin terminal • for PROFIBUS PA 45.45 kbit/s
Version of optical port for 2 Duplex sockets - Maximum 12 Mbit/s
fiber-optic cables - Minimum 9.6 kbit/s
Active power consumption, max. 6W Cable length
Current consumed at rated value 200 mA • for PCF FOC with 200/230 μm at 400 m
of supply voltage, max. 10 dB/km max.
Attenuation of the fiber-optic cable • for POF FOC with 980/1000 μm at 80 m
transmission link 230 dB/km max.
• for POF FOC with 980/1000 μm 13 dB Supply voltage for DC
at 230 dB/km
• Maximum 30 V
4
• for PCF FOC with 200/230 μm 3 dB
at 10 dB/km • Minimum 18 V
Connectable optical power relative • Rated value 24 V

to 1 mW / of the fiber-optic cable Width 50,5 mm
transmission link
Height 138 mm
• for POF FOC with 980/1000 μm -5.9 dB
at 230 dB/km Depth 78 mm
• for PCF FOC with 200/230 μm -16 dB Net weight 400 g
at 10 dB/km Degree of protection IP30
Optical sensitivity relative to Ambient temperature
1 mW / of the fiber-optic cable
transmission link • during operation 0 … +60 °C
• for POF FOC with 980/1000 μm -20 dB • during storage -40 … +70 °C
at 230 dB/km
• for PCF FOC with 200/230 μm -22 dB
at 10 dB/km Maximum relative humidity at 25 °C 95%
during operation
Wavelength / of the fiber-optic cable
transmission link Type of fixing
• for POF FOC with 980/1000 μm 640 - 660 nm • Rail mounting Yes
at 230 dB/km • Screw mounting Yes
• for PCF FOC with 200/230 μm 640 - 660 nm MTBF (at +70 °C) 75.1 years
at 10 dB/km

PROFIBUS OBT 6GK1 500-3AA00 Manual for PROFIBUS networks
Optical bus terminal for connect- Paper version
ing a PROFIBUS node or an Network architecture, configura-
RS485 segment without an tion, network components,
integrated optical interface to installation
the optical PROFIBUS; without
a Simplex connector • German 6GK1 970-5CA20-0AA0
PROFIBUS plug-in cable 830-1T • English 6GK1 970-5CA20-0AA1
For connecting a data terminal, SIMATIC NET Manual Collection 6GK1 975-1AA00-3AA0
completely pre-assembled with Electronic manuals for communi-
two Sub-D connectors, 9-pin cation systems, communication
• 1.5 m 6XV1 830-1CH15 protocols, and communication
products; on DVD;
•3m 6XV1 830-1CH30 German/English

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
Overview
■ Overview
CPs with standard functions
• CP 342-5 and CP 343-5 for SIMATIC S7-300 for connection to
6
PROFIBUS DP and PROFIBUS FMS
• CP 443-5 Extended and CP 443-5 Basic for the connection to
PROFIBUS DP and PROFIBUS FMS
• Designed for use in harsh industrial environments
6
• Shipbuilding certification for use on ships and offshore units
• High-speed data transfer due to transmission rates of up to
12 Mbit/s
CPs with function expansions
• CP 342-5 FO with integral optical interface for connecting the
6,0$7,&66 SIMATIC S7-300 to the optical PROFIBUS DP
• IM 467 FO with integral optical interface for connecting the
4
SIMATIC S7-400 to the optical PROFIBUS DP
67(3
ವ&3 ವ&3([WHQGHG
ವ&3)2 ವ&3%DVLF
ವ&3
)RUWKHSURWRFROV
'3
3*23FRPPXQLFDWLRQ
6FRPPXQLFDWLRQ
2SHQFRPPXQLFDWLRQ
6(1'5(&(,9(
)06
&ORFNV\QFKURQL]DWLRQ
0XOWLSURWRFRO
DOOSURWRFROVRID&3VLPXOWDQHRXVO\RSHUDEOH
*B,.B;;B
VHYHUDO&3VRSHUDEOHLQRQH6RU6
EHL&3([WHQGHGXQG&3%DVLF
System connections for SIMATIC

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
CP 342-5
The CP 342-5 communications processor is the communications
module of SIMATIC S7-300, and SIMATIC C7 for the bus system
PROFIBUS DP.
The CP 342-5 relieves the CPU from communication tasks.
Communication possibilities of the S7-300 using communication
modules:
• As DP-Master or Slave for PROFIBUS DP according to
IEC 61158/EN 50170
• Communication with programming devices and HMI devices
• Communication with other SIMATIC S7 systems
• Communication with SIMATIC S5 programmable controllers
The number of CPs that can be used is dependent on the per-
formance range of the CPU and on the communications services
4
used.
■ Design
'30 '36 )06 3*23 66 The CP 342-5 offers all the advantages of SIMATIC S7-300
system design:
*B,.B;;B
• Compact design;
single standard width of the SM modules of the SIMATIC
S7-300
• PROFIBUS DP master or slave with electrical interface for • 9-pin Sub-D socket for connection to PROFIBUS
connecting the SIMATIC S7-300 and the SIMATIC C7 to
PROFIBUS at up to 12 Mbit/s (including 45.45 kbit/s) • 4-pin terminal block for connecting the external supply volt-
age of 24 V DC
- PROFIBUS DP-V0 • Simple assembly;
- PG/OP communication (OP multiplexing) The CP 342-5 is mounted on the S7-300 DIN rail and con-
- S7 communication (client, server) nected to adjacent modules by means of the bus connectors.
- Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE) Slots 4 to 11 in subracks 0 to 3 (coupled through the
IM 360/361) can be used for the CP 342-5
• Easy configuration and programming over PROFIBUS
• In combination with IM 360/361, the CP 342-5 can also be
• Cross-network programming device communication through used in an expansion rack (ER)
S7 routing
• User-friendly wiring;
• Modules can be replaced without the need for a PG Sub-D socket and the terminal block are easily accessible.
• The CP 324-5 can be operated without a fan;
■ Benefits a back-up battery or a memory module is not required
• Expansion of the process I/O at SIMATIC S7-300 by several

PROFIBUS DP interfaces
• Flexible utilization of the process I/O through dynamic activa-
tion of DP-Slaves
• Subprocess-oriented configuration of an automation solution
by implementing several CPs
• Optimization of applications and many application options
through sending of data with S7 communication
• Comprehensive control and monitoring through multiplex
function with OP communication
• Suitable for closed loop control tasks due to SYNC and
FREEZE.

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
CP 342-5
■ Function
The CP 342-5 provides access to different communication Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE)
services of the PROFIBUS bus system:
Based on Layer 2 (FDL) of PROFIBUS, the CP 342-5 offers a sim-
• PROFIBUS DP ple, optimized interface for process or field communication.
(according to IEC 61158/61784, master or slave)
This interface offers integrated, high-performance communica-
• PG/OP communication tion between SIMATIC S5, SIMATIC S7, SIMATIC 505 and PC.
• S7 communication (client, server) SEND/RECEIVE provides not only the SDA service (PLC/PLC
• Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE) connections) but also the SDN service (broadcast, multicast).
PROFIBUS DP master The communication partners are the automation systems:
The CP 342-5 operates as a DP-V0 Master according to • SIMATIC S7
IEC 61158/EN 61784 Volume 2 and processes the data transfer with CP 342-5, CP 343-5, CP 443-5 Extended and Basic
completely independently. It supports the services of the Master • SIMATIC S5
Classes 1 and 2. with S5-95U with PROFIBUS interface, S5-115U/H, S5-135U,
S5-155U/H with CP 5431 FMS/DP
The data areas of the distributed I/Os are transferred consis-
• SIMATIC 505
4
tently between CP and CPU. This applies to the use of the CP as
DP-Master and as DP-Slave. As DP-Master, it permits connec- with CP 5434-FMS
tions to: • PCs
• SIMATIC S7-300, such as CP 342-5 as DP-Slave with CP 5512, CP 5611 A2, CP 5621, CP 5613 A2,
CP 5613 FO, CP 5614 A2
• DP-Slaves of the distributed I/O system ET 200
(integrate as DP-V0 slave) • Systems of other makes that are equipped with an
FDL interface.
• PCs, e.g. with CP 5512, CP 5611 A2, CP 5621, CP 5614 A2
and SOFTNET-DP-Slave or DP-Base To use SEND/RECEIVE, function calls are required
(PLC-SEND/PLC-RECEIVE), which must be linked into the
The CP 342-5 also offers the SYNC, FREEZE and shared STEP 7 user program.
input/output functions, as well as the activation/deactivation of
slaves. Diagnostics data
PROFIBUS DP slave Extensive diagnostic options are available via STEP 7, including:
The CP 342-5 as a DP-V0 slave permits the SIMATIC S7-300 to • Status of the CP
exchange data with other PROFIBUS masters, which allows a • General diagnostics and statistics functions
hybrid setup between SIMATIC S5/S7, PCs, ET 200 and other • Connection diagnostics
field devices to PROFIBUS DP. Function calls are required for
the DP communication. These (DP-SEND/DP-RECV) must be • Bus statistics
integrated in the STEP 7 user program. • Message buffer
PG/OP communication STEP 7 V5.1 SP2 or higher is required for configuring the full
functional scope of the CP 342-5. In Version V5 or higher of
PG/OP communication allows all S7 stations connected to the STEP 7, the configuration data of the CP can also optionally be
network to be remotely programmed. stored on the CPU and is retained even if there is a power failure.
• S7 routing A module can therefore be replaced without having to reload the
With the aid of S7 routing it is possible to use programming configuration data from a programming device. The CPU trans-
device communication across networks. fers the configuration data to the CP during start-up. Attention
Via the CP 342-5 as many as 16 TD/OPs can be merged should therefore be paid to the memory capacity of the S7-CPU.
into one S7-300 station. This requires only one connection The configuration data of the CP can be saved on the CPU.
resource in the S7-CPU (multiplex channel). The multiplex Modules can be swapped without using a programming device.
channel supports the acyclic HMI services.
Configuration and programming of all SIMATIC S7 controllers
S7 communication connected to the network is possible over the network.
S7 communication is used for the coupling: The function blocks for PROFIBUS DP are included in the
• between SIMATIC S7 automation systems standard library of STEP 7. The function blocks for using the
open communication (SEND/RECEIVE) and S7 communication
• to HMI devices (OPs). (S7 client) can be found in the SIMATIC NET library following
• to PCs, e.g. with CP 5512, CP 5611 A2, CP 5621 and installation of STEP 7.
SOFTNET-S7 or CP 5613 A2, CP 5613 FO, CP 5614 A2 and
S7-5613.
Communication with PG and OP takes place without further
configuration. In addition, the central controller can also be
programmed and configured on a distributed basis via the
CP 342-5.
The client functionality is provided by means of loadable
communication blocks.

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
CP 342-5
Order No. 6GK7 342-5DA02-0XE0 Order No. 6GK7 342-5DA02-0XE0
Transmission rate at Interface 1 PROFIBUS DP
• Minimum 9.6 kbit/s Service as DP-Master DPV0 Yes
• Maximum 12 Mbit/s Number of DP-Slaves 124
operable on DP-Master
Interfaces
Data volume
• of the address area of the inputs 2 160 bytes
• of the PROFIBUS interface 9-pin Sub-D socket (RS 485) as DP-Master overall
• for voltage supply 4-pin terminal strip • of the address area of the outputs 2 160 bytes
Supply voltage as DP-Master overall
Type of supply voltage DC • of the address area of the inputs 244 bytes
4
per DP-Slave
Supply voltage 24 V
• of the address area of the outputs 244 bytes
Current consumption per DP-Slave
Current consumed Service as DP-Slave DPV0 Yes
• from backplane bus at 150 mA Data volume
24 V DC typical
• of the address area of the inputs 240 bytes
• from external supply voltage at 250 mA as DP-Slave overall
24 V DC typical
Effective power loss as DP-Slave overall
Effective power loss 6.75 W S7 communication
Permitted ambient conditions Number of possible connections for 16
Ambient temperature S7 communication, max.
• during operation 0 … +60 °C PG/OP communication
• during storage -40 … +70 °C Number of operable OP 16

connections (acyclic services)
Open communication
Maximum relative humidity at 25 °C 95%
during operation Number of possible connections for 16
open communication by means of
Design, dimensions and weight SEND/RECEIVE blocks, max. 1)
Module format S7-300 compact module, Data volume as useful data for open 240 bytes
single width communication (SEND/RECEIVE)
per connection, max.
• Width 40 mm
Multi-protocol
• Height 125 mm
Number of active connections in
• Depth 120 mm
Net weight 300 g
• without DP, max. 32
Max. number of modules per CPU 4
• with DP, max. 28
Data volume of the address area of 240 bytes
the diagnostic data per DP-Slave
1)

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
CP 342-5

CP 342-5 6GK7 342-5DA02-0XE0 PROFIBUS FastConnect
communications processor bus connector RS485
Communications processor for With 90° cable outlet; insulation
electrical connection of SIMATIC displacement technology,
S7-300 to PROFIBUS at up to 12 max. transmission rate 12 Mbit/s
Mbit/s, with electronic manual on
CD-ROM • Without PG interface 6ES7 972-0BA51-0XA0
STEP 7 Version 5.4 • With PG interface 6ES7 972-0BB51-0XA0
Target system: PROFIBUS bus connector IP20

SIMATIC S7-300/-400, With connection to PPI, MPI,
SIMATIC C7, SIMATIC WinAC PROFIBUS
Requirement:
Windows 2000 Prof./XP Prof. • Without PG interface 6ES7 972-0BA12-0XA0
Delivery package: • With PG interface 6ES7 972-0BB12-0XA0
German, English, French, Span-
ish, Italian; incl. 3.5" authorization PROFIBUS bus terminal 12M 6GK1 500-0AA10
diskette, without documentation
4
• Floating license on CD 6ES7 810-4CC08-0YA5 PROFIBUS nodes at up to
12 Mbit/s with connecting cable
SIMATIC S7-300 DM 370 6ES7 370-0AA01-0AA0
(requires current software Dummy module; used for module
version) replacement
• Upgrade Floating License 6ES7 810-4CC08-0YE5
3.x/4.x/5.x to V5.4; on CD

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
CP 342-5 FO
The CP 342-5 FO communications processor is the communica-
tions module of SIMATIC S7-300 and SIMATIC C7 for the optical
PROFIBUS DP bus system.
The CP 342-5 FO has a fiber optic interface that facilitates inter-
ference-immune connections even in environments with severe
levels of radio interference.
It relieves the CPU of communications tasks.
Communication of the SIMATIC S7-300 and SIMATIC C7 with:
• the distributed I/O system ET 200 with integral optical inter-
face
• SIMATIC S7-400 with IM 467 FO and CP 342-5 FO
• PC with CP 5613 FO
• Remaining PROFIBUS nodes via the optical bus terminal
4
(OBT)
The number of CPs that can be used is dependent on the per-
formance range of the CPU and on the communications services
'30 '36 )06 3*23 66 used.
■ Design
*B,.B;;B
The CP 342-5 FO offers all the advantages of SIMATIC S7-300

system design:
• PROFIBUS DP master or slave with optical interface for • Compact design;
connecting the SIMATIC S7-300 and the SIMATIC C7 to single standard width of the SM modules of the
PROFIBUS at up to 12 Mbit/s (including 45.45 kbit/s) SIMATIC S7-300
• Direct connection to the optical PROFIBUS network over the • Integrated fiber-optic cable interface;
integrated fiber-optic interface for plastic and PCF fiber-optic 2 female duplex connectors for direct connection to the
cables optical PROFIBUS over 2 x 2 male simplex connectors and
• Communication services: 2 plug-in adapters
- PROFIBUS DP-V0 • 4-pin terminal block for connecting the external supply
- PG/OP communication (OP multiplexing) voltage of 24 V DC
- S7 communication (client, server)
- Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE) • Easy installation;
the CP 342-5 FO is snap-mounted on the S7-300 DIN rail and
• Easy configuration and programming over PROFIBUS connected to adjacent modules through the bus connectors.
• Cross-network programming device communication through There are no slot rules.
S7 routing • In combination with IM 360/361, the CP 342-5 FO can also be
• Modules can be replaced without the need for a PG used in an expansion rack (ER).
• User-friendly wiring;
■ Benefits female FOC connector and the terminal block are easily
accessible.
• The CP 342-5 FO can be operated without a fan;
a back-up battery or a memory module are not required.
• The fiber-optic technology is used when

- the environment is subject to strong EMC interference,
- strong potential differences exist and
- high transmission rates are required.
• The CP 342-5 FO is connected directly to the optical
PROFIBUS and is therefore specially suited to harsh industrial
environments
• Expansion of the process I/O at SIMATIC S7-300 by several
PROFIBUS DP interfaces
• Optimization of applications and many application options
through sending of data with S7 communication
• Comprehensive control and monitoring through multiplex
function with OP communication
• Suitable for closed loop control tasks due to SYNC and
FREEZE.

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
CP 342-5 FO
■ Function
The CP 342-5 FO provides access to different communication Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE)
Based on Layer 2 (FDL) of PROFIBUS (IEC 61158/EN 50170),
• PROFIBUS DP the CP 342-5 FO offers a simple, optimized interface for process
(according to IEC 61 158/61784, master or slave) or field communication. This interface offers integrated, high-
• PG/OP communication performance communication between SIMATIC S5, SIMATIC S7,
• S7 communication SIMATIC 505 and PC.
SEND/RECEIVE provides not only the SDA service (PLC/PLC
• Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE) connections) but also the SDN service (broadcast, multicast).
PROFIBUS DP master The communication partners are the automation systems:
The CP342-5FO operates as a DP-V0 Master according to • SIMATIC S7
IEC 61 158/EN 50 170 Volume 2 and processes the data transfer with CP 342-5, CP 343-5, CP 443-5 Extended and Basic
completely independently. It supports the services of the Master • SIMATIC S5
Classes 1 and 2. with S5-95U with PROFIBUS interface, S5-115U/H, S5-135U,
The data areas of the distributed I/Os are transferred consis- S5-155U/H with CP 5431 FMS/DP
4
tently between CP and CPU. This applies to the use of the CP as • SIMATIC 505
DP-Master and as DP-Slave. As DP-Master, it permits connec- with CP 5434-FMS
tions to: • PCs
• The distributed IO system ET 200 with integral optical CP 5512, CP 5611 A2, CP 5621, CP 5613 A2, CP 5613 FO,
interface (incorporate as DP-V0 Slave) CP 5614 A2
• SIMATIC S7-300 with CP 342-5 FO as slave • Systems of other makes that are equipped with an FDL inter-
• The remaining DP-V0 slaves via the optical bus terminal face.
(OBT). To use SEND/RECEIVE, function calls are required (PLC-
The CP 342-5 FO also offers the SYNC, FREEZE and shared in- SEND/PLC-RECEIVE), which must be linked into the STEP 7 user
put/output functions, as well as the activation/deactivation of program.
slaves. Diagnostics data
PROFIBUS DP slave Extensive diagnostic options are available via STEP 7, including:
The CP 342-5 FO as a DP-V0 Slave allows the SIMATIC S7-300 • Status of the CP
to exchange data with the SIMATIC S7-400 and the other • General diagnostics and statistics functions
DP-Masters via the OBT, which allows a hybrid setup between
SIMATIC S5/S7, PCs, ET 200 and other field devices to • Connection diagnostics
PROFIBUS DP. Function calls are required for DP communica- • Bus statistics
tion, both as master and as slave. These (DP-SEND/DP-RECV) • Message buffer
are shipped with STEP 7 and must be integrated in the user
program. STEP 7 V5.1 SP2 or higher is required for configuring the full
functional scope of the CP 342-5 FO. In Version V5 or higher of
PG/OP communication STEP 7, the configuration data of the CP can also optionally be
PG/OP communication allows all S7 stations connected to the stored on the CPU and is retained even if there is a power failure.
network to be remotely programmed. A module can therefore be replaced without having to reload the
• S7 routing: configuration data from a programming device. The CPU trans-
With the aid of S7 routing it is possible to use PG communica- fers the configuration data to the CP during start-up. Attention
tion across networks. should therefore be paid to the memory capacity of the S7-CPU.
Via the CP 342-5 FO as many as 16 TD/OPs can be merged The configuration data of the CP can be saved on the CPU.
into one S7-300 station. This requires only one connection Modules can be swapped without using a programming device.
resource in the S7-CPU (multiplex channel). The multiplex Configuration and programming of all SIMATIC S7 controllers
channel supports the acyclic HMI services. connected to the network is possible over the network.
S7 communication The function blocks for PROFIBUS DP are included in the
S7 communication is used for the coupling standard library of STEP 7. The function blocks for using the
open communication (SEND/RECEIVE) and the S7 communica-
• between SIMATIC S7 automation systems tion (S7 client) can be found in the SIMATIC NET library following
• to HMI devices (OPs). installation of STEP 7.
• to PCs, e.g. with CP 5512, CP 5611 A2, CP 5621 and
S7-5613
configuration. In addition, the central controller can also be
programmed and configured on a distributed basis via the
CP 342-5 FO.
The client functionality is provided by means of loadable
communication blocks.

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
CP 342-5 FO
PC/IPC with
CP 5613 FO S7-300 with ET 200M
DP station without
CP 342-5 FO with IM 153-2 FO
integrated optics
Connecting cable
830-1T
PROFIBUS
Individual link length: Plastic up to 50 m, OBT

PCF up to 300 m
4 DESINA cable
ET 200S ET 200X
with IM 151 FO with integrated optics
G_IK10_XX_50138
S7-400 with
IM 467 FO
PROFIBUS optical
PROFIBUS electrical
Additional
stations
System configuration of optical PROFIBUS DP with CP 342-5 FO
Order No. 6GK7 342-5DF00-0XE0 Order No. 6GK7 342-5DF00-0XE0
Product type description CP 342-5 FO Product type description CP 342-5 FO
Transfer rate Effective power loss
Transmission rate at Interface 1 Effective power loss 6.75 W
• Minimum 9.6 kbit/s Transmission link
• Maximum 12 Mbit/s • for PCF plastic optical fiber, max. 300 m
Interfaces • for POF FOC, max. 50 m
Version of optical connection of the 2 x duplex socket Permitted ambient conditions
PROFIBUS interface
Ambient temperature
Electrical connection version for 4-pin terminal strip
voltage supply • during operation 0 … +60 °C
Supply voltage • during storage -40 … +70 °C
Type of supply voltage DC • during transport -40 … +70 °C
Supply voltage 24 V Maximum relative humidity at 95%

25 °C during operation
Current consumption
Current consumed
Module format Compact module
• from backplane bus at 150 mA
24 V DC typical • Width 40 mm
• from external supply voltage at 250 mA • Height 125 mm

24 V DC typical • Depth 120 mm
Net weight 300 g

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
CP 342-5 FO

Order No. 6GK7 342-5DF00-0XE0 CP 342-5 FO 6GK7 342-5DF00-0XE0
communications processor
Product type description CP 342-5 FO
Communication processor for
Performance data optical connection of SIMATIC
PROFIBUS DP S7-300 to PROFIBUS to 12 Mbit/s
with electronic manual on
Service as DP-Master DPV0 Yes CD-ROM
Max. number of DP-Slaves 124 STEP 7 Version 5.4
Target system:
Data volume SIMATIC S7-300/-400,
• of the address area of the inputs 2 160 bytes SIMATIC C7, SIMATIC WinAC
as DP-Master overall Requirement:
Windows 2000 Prof./XP Prof.
• of the address area of the outputs 2 160 bytes Delivery package:
as DP-Master overall German, English, French, Span-
ish, Italian; incl. 3.5" authorization
4
per DP-Slave
per DP-Slave • Rental license for 50 hours 6ES7 810-4CC08-0YA6
• of the address area of the 240 bytes • Software Update Service on CD 6ES7 810-4BC01-0YX2
diagnostic data per DP-Slave (requires current software
version)
Service as DP-Slave DPV0 Yes
Data volume
3.x/4.x/5.x to V5.4; on CD
as DP-Slave overall
as DP-Slave overall
Paper version
S7 communication
Number of possible connections for 16
components (OLM (V3), OBT,
S7 communication, max.
ILM), configuring and installation
PG/OP communication
Number of operable OP 16
connections (acyclic services)
PROFIBUS Plastic Fiber Optic, 6GK1 901-0FB00-0AA0
Open communication
Simplex Connector/
Number of possible connections for 16 Polishing Set
100 simplex connectors and
SEND/RECEIVE blocks, max. 1)
5 polishing sets for assembling
Data volume as useful data for open 240 bytes PROFIBUS plastic fiber optic
communication (SEND/RECEIVE) cables for the optical
per connection, max. PROFIBUS DP
Multi-protocol PROFIBUS Plastic Fiber Optic, 6GK1 905-6PA10
Stripping Tool Set
multi-protocol operation Tools for removing the outer
sheath or core sheath of Plastic
• without DP, max. 32 Fiber Optic cables
• with DP, max. 28 Plug-in adapter 6ES7 195-1BE00-0XA0
For assembling the plastic
Simplex connector in combination
with CP 342-5 FO, IM 467 FO,
IM 153-2 FO and IM 151 FO
50 units
1) also S5-compatible communication

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
SIPLUS CP 342-5
■ Overview SIPLUS CP 443-5-Extended

Order No. 6AG1 342- 6AG1 342-
5DA02-2XE0 5DA02-4XE0
Order No. based on 6GK7 342- 6GK7 342-
5DA02-0XE0 5DA02-0XE0
Ambient temperature range -25 ... +60 °C; 0 ... +60 °C;
condensation condensation
permitted permitted
sphere)
based-on modules.

4 ■ Ordering data Order No.

SIPLUS CP 342-5
'30 '36 )06 3*23 66 communications processor
Communications processor
*B,.B;;B
for electrical connection of

SIMATIC S7-300 to PROFIBUS
at up to 12 Mbit/s, with electronic
manual on CD-ROM
• PROFIBUS DP master or slave with electrical interface for
connecting the SIMATIC S7-300 and the SIMATIC C7 to • -25 ... +60 °C 6AG1 342-5DA02-2XE0
PROFIBUS at up to 12 Mbit/s (including 45.45 Kbit/s) • 0 ... +60 °C 6AG1 342-5DA02-4XE0
• Communication services: Accessories see CP 443-5 Extended
- PROFIBUS DP-V0 ordering data
- PG/OP communication (OP multiplexing)
- S7 communication (client, server)
- S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE)
• Easy configuration and programming over PROFIBUS
• Cross-network programming device communication through
S7 routing
• Modules can be replaced without the need for a PG

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
CP 343-5
The CP 343-5 communications processor is the module required
for SIMATIC S7-300 and SIMATIC C7 for the PROFIBUS bus
system.
It offloads communication tasks from the CPU.
S7-300 communication options using communication modules:
• FMS communication with PROFIBUS FMS stations through
PROFIBUS
• Communication with programming devices, human machine
interface devices
• Communication with SIMATIC S5 PLCs
• The number of CPs that can be operated depends on the
performance range of the CPU and the communication
services used.
4
■ Design
'30 '36 )06 3*23 66 The CP 343-5 offers all the advantages of the SIMATIC S7-300
system design:
*B,.B;;B
• Compact design;
single standard width of the SM modules of the
SIMATIC S7-300
Connection of SIMATIC S7-300 and SIMATIC C7 to PROFIBUS at • If the adjacent modules do not join correctly when predeces-
up to 12 Mbit/s (including 45.45 kbit/s) sor modules are exchanged, a space holder module must be
• Communication services: installed
- PG/OP communication • 9-pin Sub-D connector for bus connection to PROFIBUS
- S7 communication • 4-pin terminal block for connecting the external supply
- Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE) voltage of 24 V DC
- PROFIBUS FMS
• Simple connection;
• Easy configuration and programming over PROFIBUS the CP 343-5 is snap-mounted on the S7-300 DIN rail and con-
• Can be easily integrated into the S7-300 system nected to adjacent modules through the bus connectors.
• Cross-network programming device communication through The slots 4 to 11 in the subracks 0 to 3 (coupled through
S7 routing IM 360/361) are permissible for the CP 343-5.
• Modules can be replaced without the need for a PG • In conjunction with the IM 360/361, the CP 343-5 can also be
operated in the expansion rack (ER)
■ Benefits • User-friendly wiring;
Sub-D connector and terminal are easily accessible
• The CP 323-5 can be operated without a fan. Neither a backup
battery nor a memory module are required
• Simple integration of the SIMATIC S7 into a multi-vendor

automation group by means of PROFIBUS FMS
• Extensive reduction of workload for the user of
PROFIBUS FMS specification due to simple configuration
and independent data conversion of data on the CP
• Sub-process-oriented design of an automation solution
through the use of several CPs
• Integration of the SIMATIC S7-300 into existing systems by
means of open communication
• Universal application of the CP due to the parallel use of
different communication services on one CP

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
CP 343-5
■ Function
The CP 343-5 provides the user with various communication PROFIBUS FMS
PROFIBUS FMS, according to PROFIBUS IEC 61158/61784,
• PG/OP communication permits the transmission of messages via various FMS services:
• S7 communication (PG, OP, S7 controllers) • READ, WRITE;
• Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE) for read or write access to variables of the communication
• PROFIBUS FMS (to IEC 61158/61784) partner from the user program (by means of a variable index
or variable name),
PG/OP communication for the transfer of its own variable values to the communication
partner. Partial access to variable values is supported.
PG/OP communication allows all S7 stations connected to the The communication is processed over acyclic connections
network to be remotely programmed. (master/master, master/slave), over acyclic connections with
• S7 routing a slave initiative and cyclic connections.
With the aid of routing it is possible to use programming • INFORMATION REPORT;
device communication across networks. (Report) permits unconfirmed transmission of variables by an
S7 communication FMS server. This job type is used particularly for transmission
4 S7 communication is used for the coupling

on broadcast FMS connections.
• IDENTIFY;
• between SIMATIC S7 automation systems for requesting the identification features of the communication
(CP 343-5 server only) partner
• to HMI devices (OPs). • STATUS;
• to SIMATIC 505 for requesting the partner status
• to PCs, e.g. with CP 5512, CP 5611 A2, CP 5621 and Diagnostics data
S7-5613. Extensive diagnostic options are available via STEP S7,
including:
configuration. In addition, the central controller can also be • Status of the CP
programmed and configured on a distributed basis via the • General diagnostics and statistics functions
CP 343-5. • Connection diagnostics
Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE) • Bus statistics
Based on Layer 2 (FDL) of PROFIBUS (IEC 61158/61784), the • Message buffer
CP 343-5 offers a simple, optimized interface for process or field Configuration
communication.
STEP 7 V5.1 SP2 or higher is required for configuring the full
This interface offers integrated, high-performance communica- functional scope of the CP 343-5. In Version V5 or higher of
tion between SIMATIC S5, SIMATIC S7, SIMATIC 505 and PC. STEP 7, the configuration data of the CP can also optionally be
SEND/RECEIVE provides not only the SDA service (PLC/PLC stored on the CPU and is retained even if there is a power failure.
connections) but also the SDN service (broadcast, multicast). A module can therefore be replaced without having to reload the
The communication partners are the automation systems: configuration data from a programming device. The CPU trans-
fers the configuration data to the CP during start-up. Attention
• SIMATIC S7 should therefore be paid to the memory capacity of the S7-CPU.
with CP 342-5, CP 343-5, CP 443-5 Extended and Basic The configuration data of the CP can be saved on the CPU.
• SIMATIC S5 Modules can be swapped without using a programming device.
with S5-95U with PROFIBUS interface, S5-115U/H, S5-135U,
S5-155U/H with CP 5431 FMS/DP, Configuration and programming of all SIMATIC S7 controllers
connected to the network is possible over the network.
• SIMATIC 505 with CP 5434-FMS
• PCs with CP 5512, CP 5611 A2, CP 5621, CP 5613 A2, The function blocks for using the open communication
CP 5613 FO, CP 5614 A2 (SEND/RECEIVE) and FMS can be found in the SIMATIC NET
library following installation of STEP 7.
• Systems of other makes that are equipped with an
FDL interface.
To use SEND/RECEIVE, function calls are required
(PLC-SEND/PLC-RECEIVE), which must be linked into the
STEP 7 user program.

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
CP 343-5
Order No. 6GK7 343-5FA01-0XE0 Order No. 6GK7 343-5FA01-0XE0
Transmission rate at Interface 1 FMS function
• Minimum 9.6 kbit/s Number of possible connections in 16
the case of FMS connection, max.
Data volume of the variables
Interfaces
• for READ job, max. 237 bytes
• for WRITE and REPORT job, max. 233 bytes
• of the PROFIBUS interface 9-pin Sub-D socket (RS 485)
Number of variables
• for voltage supply 4-pin terminal strip
• Configurable from server to 256
Supply voltage FMS partner
Type of supply voltage DC • Loadable from server to 256
Supply voltage 24 V FMS partner
S7 communication
4
Current consumption
Current consumed Number of possible connections for 16 1)
S7 communication, max.
• from backplane bus at 150 mA
24 V DC typical Open communication
• from external supply voltage at 250 mA Number of possible connections for 16
24 V DC typical open communication by means of
SEND/RECEIVE blocks, max. 2)
Data volume as useful data for open 240 bytes
Effective power loss 6.75 W communication (SEND/RECEIVE)
Permitted ambient conditions per connection, max.
Ambient temperature Multi-protocol
• during operation 0 … +60 °C Number of active connections in 48

Maximum relative humidity at 95%
single width
• Width 40 mm
• Height 125 mm
• Depth 120 mm
Net weight 300 g
1)
2)

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
CP 343-5

CP 343-5 6GK7 343-5FA01-0XE0 PROFIBUS FastConnect
Communications processor With 90° cable outlet; insulation
for connection of S7-300 to displacement technology, max.
PROFIBUS, FMS, open transmission rate 12 Mbit/s
communication, PG/OP and
S7 communication; with • without PG interface 6ES7 972-0BA51-0XA0
electronic manual on CD-ROM • with PG interface 6ES7 972-0BB51-0XA0
STEP 7 Version 5.4 PROFIBUS bus connector IP20
Target system: With connection to
SIMATIC S7-300/-400, PPI, MPI, PROFIBUS
Requirement: • without PG interface 6ES7 972-0BA12-0XA0
Windows 2000 Prof./XP Prof. • with PG interface 6ES7 972-0BB12-0XA0
Delivery package:
German, English, French, Span- PROFIBUS bus terminal 12M 6GK1 500-0AA10
4
Bus terminal for connection
of PROFIBUS nodes at up to
• Floating license on CD 6ES7 810-4CC08-0YA5 12 Mbit/s with connecting cable
• Rental license for 50 hours 6ES7 810-4CC08-0YA6 SIMATIC S7-300 DM 370 6ES7 370-0AA01-0AA0
• Software Update Service 6ES7 810-4BC01-0YX2 Dummy module; used for module
on CD (requires current software replacement
version)
3.x/4.x/5.x to V5.4; on CD

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
CP 443-5 Basic
The CP 443-5 Basic communications processor is the module
required for SIMATIC S7-400 for the PROFIBUS bus system.
It offloads communication tasks from the CPU.
Communications options of the S7-400 through communications
modules:
• FMS communication with PROFIBUS stations through
PROFIBUS
interface devices
The number of CPs that can be operated depends on the perfor-
mance range of the CPU and the communication services used.
■ Design 4
The CP 443-5 communications processor features all the
'30 '36 )06 3*23 66 advantages of the SIMATIC S7-400 design:
*B,.B;;B
9-pin Sub-D socket for connection to PROFIBUS

• Single-width module
• Connection of the S7-400 to PROFIBUS • Easy installation;
the CP 443-5 is mounted on the S7-400 rack and connected
• Communication services: to the other modules of the S7-400 by means of the backplane
- PG/OP communication bus. No slot rules apply in this case.
- S7 communication
- Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE) • User-friendly wiring;
- PROFIBUS FMS the Sub-D socket is easily accessible and simple to operate.
• Time synchronization • The CP 443-5 Basic can be operated without a fan. A backup
battery or memory module is not required
• Easy programming and configuration over PROFIBUS
• When using SEND/RECEIVE, the number of operable modules
• Cross-network programming device communication through depends on the S7-400 CPU used.
S7 routing
• Can be easily integrated into the SIMATIC S7-400 system
• Modules can be replaced without the need for a PG
• SIMATIC H system operation for redundant S7 communication
■ Benefits
• Simple integration of the SIMATIC S7 into a multi-vendor

automation group by means of PROFIBUS FMS
• Application in fault-tolerant systems due to redundant
S7 communication
• Extensive reduction of workload for the user of
PROFIBUS FMS specification due to simple configuration
and independent data conversion of data on the CP
• Plant-wide clock time thanks to clock synchronization

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
CP 443-5 Basic
■ Function
The CP 443-5 Basic provides access to different communication PROFIBUS FMS
PROFIBUS FMS, according to IEC 61158/61784, permits the
• PG/OP communication transmission of messages via various FMS services:
• S7 communication (S7 controllers) • READ, WRITE;
• Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE) for read or write access to variables of the communication
• PROFIBUS FMS (to IEC 61158/61784) partner from the user program (by means of a variable index
or variable name), for the transfer of its own variable values to
• Time synchronization the communication partner.
PG/OP communication Partial access to variables is supported. The communication
takes place over acyclic connections (master/master, mas-
PG/OP communication allows all S7 stations connected to the ter/slave), over acyclic connections with a slave initiative and
network to be remotely programmed. cyclic connections (master/slave).
• S7 routing • INFORMATION REPORT;
With the aid of routing it is possible to use programming (Report) permits unconfirmed transmission of variables by an
device communication across networks. FMS server. This job type is used particularly for transmission
4 S7 communication on broadcast FMS connections.

• IDENTIFY;
S7 communication is used for the coupling for requesting the identification features of the communication
• between SIMATIC S7 automation systems partner
• to programming devices (PG/OP communication) • STATUS;
• to PCs, for requesting the partner status
e.g. with CP 5512, CP 5611 A2, CP 5621 and SOFTNET-S7 or Time synchronization
CP 5613 A2, CP 5613 FO, CP 5614 A2 and S7-5613
The CP 443-5 Basic is capable of forwarding the time of day of
• to HMI devices (OPs). the S7-400 CPU to PROFIBUS. Conversely, the CP 443-5 Basic
• for redundant S7 communication, the CP 443-5 Basic can also of the S7-400 CPU can make an existing time of day available on
be used in SIMATIC H systems. the PROFIBUS.
Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE) Diagnostics data
Based on Layer 2 (FDL) of PROFIBUS, the CP 443-5 Basic offers Extensive diagnostic options are available via STEP S7,
a simple, optimized interface for data communication. This inter- including:
face offers integrated, high-performance communication be- • Status of the CP
tween SIMATIC S5, SIMATIC S7 and the PC. It provides the
services SDA (PLC/PLC connections) and SDN (Broadcast/ • General diagnostics and statistics functions
Multicast). • Connection diagnostics
The communication partners are the automation systems: • Bus statistics
• SIMATIC S7 • Message buffer
with CP 342-5, CP 343-5, CP 443-5 Extended and Basic Configuration
• SIMATIC S5
with S5-95U with PROFIBUS interface, S5-115U/H, S5-135U, STEP 7 V5.1 SP2 or higher is required for configuring the full
S5-155U/H with CP 5431 FMS/DP functional scope of the CP 443-5 Basic. In Version V5 or higher
of STEP 7, the configuration data of the CP can also optionally
• SIMATIC 505 be stored on the CPU and is retained even if there is a power fail-
with CP 5434-FMS ure. A module can therefore be replaced without having to
• PCs reload the configuration data from a programming device. The
with CP 5512, CP 5611 A2, CP 5621, CP 5613 A2, CPU transfers the configuration data to the CP during start-up.
CP 5613 FO, CP 5614 A2 The configuration data of the CP can be saved on the CPU.
• Systems of other makes that are equipped with an FDL inter- Modules can be swapped without using a programming device.
face. Configuration and programming of all SIMATIC S7 controllers
To use SEND/RECEIVE, function calls are required connected to the network is possible over the network.
(PLC-SEND/PLC-RECEIVE), which must be linked into the The function blocks for using the open communication
STEP 7 user program. (SEND/RECEIVE) can be found in the SIMATIC NET library
following installation of STEP 7.

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
CP 443-5 Basic
Order No. 6GK7 443-5FX02-0XE0 Order No. 6GK7 443-5FX02-0XE0
Product type description CP 443-5 BASIC Product type description CP 443-5 BASIC
Transmission rate at Interface 1 FMS function
• Minimum 9.6 kbit/s Number of possible connections in 48
the case of FMS connection, max.
Data volume of the variables
Interfaces
• for READ job, max. 237 bytes
Version of electrical connection of 9-pin Sub-D socket (RS 485)
the PROFIBUS interface • for WRITE job, max. 233 bytes
Supply voltage Number of variables
Type of supply voltage DC • Configurable from server to 512
FMS partner
Supply voltage 5V
• Loadable from server to 2640
Relative symmetrical tolerance at
5 V DC
5% FMS partner
S7 communication
4
Current consumption
Current consumed from backplane 1.2 A S7 communication, max. 1)
bus at 5 V DC, typical
Open communication
Effective power loss 6.5 W open communication by means of
Permitted ambient conditions SEND/RECEIVE blocks, max. 2)
Ambient temperature Data volume as useful data for open 240 bytes
communication (SEND/RECEIVE)
• during operation 0 … +60 °C per connection, max.
• during storage -40 … +70 °C Multi-protocol operation
• during transport -40 … +70 °C Number of possible connections, 59
Maximum relative humidity at 95% of which 2 reserved for PG/OP
25 °C during operation communication in the case of
multi-protocol operation, max.
single width
• Width 25 mm
• Height 290 mm
• Depth 210 mm
Net weight 700 g
1)
2)

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
CP 443-5 Basic

CP 443-5 6GK7 443-5FX02-0XE0 PROFIBUS FastConnect
Communications processor for With 90° cable outlet; insulation
connection of S7-400 to PROFI- displacement technology, max.
BUS, FMS, open communication, transmission rate 12 Mbit/s
PG/OP and S7 communication;
with electronic manual on CD- • without PG interface 6ES7 972-0BA51-0XA0
ROM • with PG interface 6ES7 972-0BB51-0XA0
STEP 7 Version 5.4 PROFIBUS bus connector IP20
Target system: With connection to
SIMATIC S7-300/-400, PPI, MPI, PROFIBUS
Requirement: • without PG interface 6ES7 972-0BA12-0XA0
Windows 2000 Prof./XP Prof. • with PG interface 6ES7 972-0BB12-0XA0
Delivery package:
German, English, French, Span- PROFIBUS bus terminal 12M 6GK1 500-0AA10
4
of PROFIBUS stations up to
• Floating license on CD 6ES7 810-4CC08-0YA5 12 Mbit/s with plug-in cable
• Software Update Service 6ES7 810-4BC01-0YX2
on CD (requires current software
version)
3.x/4.x/5.x to V5.4; on CD

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
CP 443-5 Extended
The CP 443-5 Extended communications processor is the
module required for SIMATIC S7-400 for the PROFIBUS bus
system.
It offloads the CPU of communications tasks and enables further
connections.
Communications options of the S7-400 through communications
modules:
• As a master for PROFIBUS DP according to IEC 61158/
EN 50170
interface devices
• The number of CPs that can be operated depends on the per-
formance range of the CPU and the communication services
used.
4
'30 '36 )06 3*23 66 ■ Design
The CP 443-6 Extended communications processor features all
*B,.B;;B
the advantages of the SIMATIC S7-400 design:

• DP-V1 master connection of the S7-400 to PROFIBUS 9-pin Sub-D socket for connection to PROFIBUS DP
• For setting up additional PROFIBUS DP lines • Single-width module
• Communication services: • Easy installation;
- PROFIBUS DP the CP 443-5 is mounted on the S7-400 rack and connected
- PG/OP communication to the other modules of the S7-400 by means of the backplane
- S7 communication bus.
- Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE) • User-friendly wiring;
• Time synchronization the Sub-D socket is easily accessible and simple to operate.
• Easy programming and configuration over PROFIBUS • The CP 443-5 Extended can be operated without a fan.
A backup battery or memory module is not required
S7 routing • A maximum of 14 CPs can be operated.
• Can be easily integrated into the SIMATIC S7-400 system If the CP 443-5 Extended is used as a DP-Master, at least four
• Module replacement without PG and as many as 10 additional PROFIBUS DP lines can be set up
in the central rack. The number of possible PROFIBUS DP lines
• SIMATIC H system operation for redundant S7 communication depends on the SIMATIC S7-400 CPU that is used.
or DP-Master communication
When using S7-communication, no slot allocation rules apply.
• Data record routing (PROFIBUS DP)
The number of operable S7 connections depends on the
• Adding or modifying distributed I/O during operation S7-400 CPU.
■ Benefits When using SEND/RECEIVE, the number of operable modules

also depends on the S7-400 CPU.
• Increased plant availability thanks to redundant connection

of the process I/O (e.g. ET 200M) in the SIMATIC S7-400 H
system.
• Particularly suitable for closed-loop control tasks thanks to
SYNC/FREEZE and equidistant bus cycle
• Sub-process-oriented design of an automation solution
through the use of several CPs
• Plant-wide clock time thanks to clock synchronization
• Lower costs due to flexible and reaction-free commissioning
by means of CiR (Configuration in RUN)

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
CP 443-5 Extended
■ Function
The CP 443-5 Extended provides access to different Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE)
communication services of the PROFIBUS bus system:
Based on Layer 2 (FDL) of PROFIBUS, the CP 443-5 Extended
• PROFIBUS DP (according to IEC 61158/61784) offers a simple, optimized interface for process or field
• PG/OP communication communication. This interface offers uniform, high-performance
• S7 communication (S7 controllers) communication between SIMATIC S5, SIMATIC S7 and the PC.
It provides the services SDA (PLC/PLC connections) and SDN
• Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE) (Broadcast, Multicast).
• Time synchronization The communication partners are the programmable controllers
Master for PROFIBUS DP • SIMATIC S7
The CP 443-5 Extended operates as DP-V1 master. It processes with CP 342-5, CP 343-5, CP 443-5 Extended and Basic
data transfer autonomously and allows slaves to be connected, • SIMATIC S5
such as CP 342-5 as DP-Slave, DP-Slaves of the ET 200 distrib- with S5-95U with PROFIBUS interface, S5-115U/H, S5-135U,
uted I/O system, etc. This means that the CP 443-5 Extended is S5-155U/H with CP 5431 FMS/DP
able to connect the S7-400 station to PROFIBUS DP and is the • SIMATIC 505
ideal expansion to the integral DP-Master interfaces of the
4
with CP 5434-FMS
S7-400 CPUs for establishing additional PROFIBUS DP lines.
• PCs
The CP 443-5 Extended can also be used in the SIMATIC S7 with CP 5512, CP 5611 A2, CP 5621, CP 5613 A2,
H system as a redundant DP-Master. CP 5613 FO, CP 5614 A2
The CP 443-5 Extended is a DP-V1 master, i.e. it also supports • Non-Siemens systems that are equipped with an FDL
the acyclic standard services incl. interrupt handling. interface.
The CP 443-5 Extended also supports the SYNC and FREEZE To use SEND/RECEIVE, function calls are required
functions, constant bus cycle time, direct slave-to-slave traffic, (PLC-SEND/PLC-RECEIVE), which must be linked into the
data set routing and changes to the configuration of the as- STEP 7 user program.
signed distributed I/O during normal operation. Time synchronization
During normal operation, it is also possible to activate or The CP 443-5 Extended is capable of forwarding the time of
deactivate DP-Slaves. This supports the step-by-step start-up day of the S7-400 CPU to PROFIBUS. Conversely, the CP of the
of subprocesses, for example. S7-400 CPU can make an existing time of day available on
A diagnostic repeater allows the line to be diagnosed during PROFIBUS
operation, enabling line faults to be detected at an early stage. The CP 443-5 Extended supports
The CP 443-5 Extended supports operation with diagnostic
repeater (including activation of topology identification in the • The time-stamping of distributed process signals in
diagnostic repeater). combination with IM 153
The distributed I/Os are handled like central I/Os from the user’s • Time status value, daylight-saving time changeover,
point of view. This means that there are no differences between synchronization status
the CP 443-5 Extended and the integral DP-Master interface of Data set routing
the S7-400 CPU with regard to configuration and parameteriza-
tion. Depending on the scale of the system, the CP 443-5 The CP 443-5 Extended supports the data set routing function.
Extended has extremely short response times. With this option, the CP can be used as a router for data sets that
have to be sent to field devices (DP-Slaves). SIMATIC PDM
PG/OP communication (Process Device Manager) is a tool that creates data sets of this
PG/OP communication allows all S7 stations connected to the type for parameterizing and diagnosing field devices.
network to be remotely programmed. Application:
• S7 routing It is possible, for example, to use SIMATIC PDM (on the PC) to
With the aid of routing it is possible to use programming set parameters and perform diagnostics for a PA field device
device communication across networks. over Industrial Ethernet, S7-400 (CP 443-1, CP 443-5 Extended)
and DP/PA Coupler/Link.
S7 communication
S7 communication is used for the coupling
• between SIMATIC S7 programmable controllers
• to programming devices (PG/OP communication)
• To PCs,
e.g. with CP 5512, CP 5611 A2, CP 5621 and SOFTNET-S7 or
CP 5613 A2, CP 5613 FO, CP 5614 A2 and S7-5613
• to HMI devices (OPs).
For redundant S7 communication, the CP 443-5 Extended can
also be used in SIMATIC H systems.

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
CP 443-5 Extended
Diagnostics data Configuration
Extensive diagnostic options are available via STEP S7, STEP 7 V5.1 SP2 or higher is required for configuring the full
including: functional scope of the CP 443-5 Extended.
• Status of the CP DP configuration/programming is performed for the CP 443-5
• General diagnostics and statistics functions Extended in the same manner as for DP configuration/
• Connection diagnostics programming of the integrated DP interfaces of the
SIMATIC S7-400 CPUs with STEP 7.
• Bus statistics
The configuring data of the CPs are always saved on the CPU
• Message buffer and are retained even after a PLC failure. A module can therefore
• Support of operation with diagnostic repeater by replaced without having to reload the configuration data from
CiR – Configuration in RUN a programming device. The CPU transfers the configuration
data to the CP during start-up. The configuration data of the CP
With CiR, it is possible to add or modify distributed I/O devices can be saved on the CPU. Modules can be swapped without
during normal operation. using a programming device.
4
• Adding PROFIBUS DP/PA slaves Configuration and programming of all SIMATIC S7 controllers
• Adding/removing modules (e.g. I/O modules) in a modular connected to the network is possible over the network.
DP-Slave (e.g. ET 200M and DP/PA Link) The function blocks for using the open communication
(SEND/RECEIVE) can be found in the SIMATIC NET library
following installation of STEP 7.
Order No. 6GK7 443-5DX04-0XE0 Order No. 6GK7 443-5DX04-0XE0
Product type description CP 443-5 Extended Product type description CP 443-5 Extended
Transmission rate at Interface 1 PROFIBUS DP
• Minimum 9.6 kbit/s Service as DP-Master DPV1 Yes
Number of DP-Slaves 125
Interfaces operable on DP-Master
Version of electrical connection of 9-pin Sub-D socket (RS 485) Data volume
the PROFIBUS interface • of the address area of the inputs 4 KB
Type of supply voltage DC • of the address area of the outputs 4 KB
as DP-Master overall
Supply voltage 5V
Relative symmetrical tolerance 5% per DP-Slave
at 5 V DC • of the address area of the outputs 244 bytes
Current consumption per DP-Slave
Current consumed from backplane 1.3 A S7 communication
bus at 5 V DC, typical Number of possible connections 48 1)
Effective power loss for S7 communication, max.
Effective power loss 6.5 W Open communication
Permitted ambient conditions Number of possible connections for 32
Ambient temperature SEND/RECEIVE blocks, max. 2)
• during operation 0 … +60 °C
Data volume as useful data 240 bytes
• during storage -40 … +70 °C for open communication (SEND/
• during transport -40 … +70 °C RECEIVE) per connection, max.
Maximum relative humidity at 95% Multi-protocol operation
Design, dimensions and weight multi-protocol operation
Module format S7-400 compact module, • without DP, max. 59
single width • with DP, max. 55
• Width 25 mm
• Height 290 mm
• Depth 210 mm
Net weight 700 g
Number of external DP lines per 10
central rack, max.
1)
2)

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
CP 443-5 Extended

CP 443-5 Extended 6GK7 443-5DX04-0XE0 PROFIBUS FastConnect
for connection of the With 90° cable outlet; insulation
SIMATIC S7-400 to PROFIBUS, displacement technology, max.
Extended version for transmission rate 12 Mbit/s
PROFIBUS DP; with electronic
manual on CD-ROM • without PG interface 6ES7 972-0BA51-0XA0
STEP 7 Version 5.4 • with PG interface 6ES7 972-0BB51-0XA0
Target system: PROFIBUS bus connector IP20

SIMATIC S7-300/-400, With connection to PPI, MPI,
SIMATIC C7, SIMATIC WinAC PROFIBUS
Requirement:
Windows 2000 Prof./XP Prof. • without PG interface 6ES7 972-0BA12-0XA0
Delivery package: • with PG interface 6ES7 972-0BB12-0XA0
German, English, French, Span-
ish, Italian; incl. 3.5" authorization PROFIBUS bus terminal 12M 6GK1 500-0AA10
4
• Floating license on CD 6ES7 810-4CC08-0YA5 of PROFIBUS nodes at up to
12 Mbit/s with connecting cable
• Software Update Service 6ES7 810-4BC01-0YX2
on CD (requires current software
version)
3.x/4.x/5.x to V5.4; on CD

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
SIPLUS CP 443-5 Extended
■ Overview SIPLUS CP 443-5-Extended

Order No. 6AG1 443-5DX04-4XE0
Order No. based on 6GK7 443-5DX04-0XE0
sphere)
based-on modules.


SIPLUS CP 443-5 Extended
For connecting the
SIMATIC S7-400 to PROFIBUS 4
Extended version for 6AG1 443-5DX04-4XE0
'30 '36 )06 3*23 66 PROFIBUS DP; with electronic
manual on CD-ROM
*B,.B;;B
Accessories see CP 443-5 Extended

ordering data
• DP-V1 master connection of the S7-400 to PROFIBUS

• For setting up additional PROFIBUS DP lines
- PROFIBUS DP
- S7 communication
- S5-compatible communication (SEND/RECEIVE)
• Easy programming and configuration over PROFIBUS
S7 routing
• Can be easily integrated into the SIMATIC S7-400 system
• Module replacement without PG
• SIMATIC H system operation for redundant S7 communication
or DP-Master communication
• Data record routing (PROFIBUS DP)
• Adding or modifying distributed I/O during operation

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
Overview
■ Overview
PC card with an internal microprocessor
Recommended solution for:
• PC-based control systems
(Soft Control, PLC, Numeric Control, Robot Control)
• Process control systems
• Operator control and monitoring systems (HMI)
• PROFIBUS DP slave interface (CP 5614 A2)
• PROFIBUS plants with large quantity framework
(more than 8 stations)
• Multi-protocol operation
• Use of several CPs in one system
6RIWZDUH +DUGZDUH
• Designs with fiber-optic interface (FO)
PC card without an internal microprocessor
4 &3VZLWKDQLQWHUQDO Recommended solution for:
PLFURSURFHVVRU
• Configuring tools (e.g. STEP 7)
<RXZLOOILQGVRIWZDUHIRUWKH3& &3$ • PROFIBUS DP diagnostics station
SURGXFWVUXQQLQJXQGHU:LQGRZV 3&, (e.g. with COM PROFIBUS or as DP-Master Class 2)
ZLWKWKHFRUUHVSRQGLQJDXWKRUL]DWLRQ
• PROFIBUS DP slave connection
GLVNHWWHVRQWKH6,0$7,&1(7
VRIWZDUH&' • PROFIBUS systems with up to 8 stations
'HYHORSPHQW.LWVDUHDYDLODEOHIRU &3)2 • Mono protocol mode
XVHLQYDULRXVRSHUDWLQJV\VWHP 3&,
HQYLURQPHQWVHJIRU&3$
RU&3$
$VDUXOHWKHQHFHVVDU\
&3$
FRQILJXUDWLRQWRROVDUHLQFOXGHGLQ
3&,
WKHVRIWZDUHSDFNDJHV
0DQXDOVLQ3')IRUPDWDQG
H[WHQVLYHVXSSOHPHQWDU\
LQIRUPDWLRQRQ6,0$7,&1(7
SURGXFWVDQGFRPPXQLFDWLRQFDQEH
IRXQGLQWKH6,0$7,&1(70DQXDO &3VZLWKRXWDQLQWHUQDO
&ROOHFWLRQZKLFKLVHQFORVHGZLWK PLFURSURFHVVRU
WKHVRIWZDUHSURGXFWV
&3$
3&,
&3
3&,H
6,0$7,&1(7 &3
0DQXDO&ROOHFWLRQ 3&&DUG&DUG%XV
*B,.B;;B
System connection for PG/PC

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
Performance data
■ Overview
The following communications processors are available for PROFIBUS CP performance data
connecting to the programming device or PC:
CP 5613 A2/ CP 5614 A2 CP 5512/
• CPs with an internal microprocessor: CP 5613 FO CP 5611 A2/
CP 5613 A2 (PCI), CP 5613 FO (PCI), CP 5614 A2 (PCI) CP 5621
• CPs without an internal microprocessor: Number of max 122 122 60
CP 5512 (PC Card/CardBus), CP 5611 A2 (PCI), connectable
CP 5621 (PCIe) DP-Slaves
Performance of PROFIBUS CPs Number of FDL tasks max 120 120 100
waiting
The maximum performance specifies how much digital input/ Number of PG/OP max 50 1) 50 1) 8
output data can be read or written in 1 ms from the PROFIBUS and S7 connections
application over the respective PROFIBUS CP (regardless of the
physical characteristics of the bus). Number of FMS max 40 2) 40 2) -
connections
Note:
4
1)
for credit = 1; PDU size ≤ 480 bytes
2)
for credit = 1; max. 2 x CP 5613 A2 / CP 5613 FO / CP 5614 A2
Configuration with NCM PC

NCM PC replaces the previous PC configuration tools. This
means that the PC can be configured either in STEP 7 or in
NCM PC Version V5.1+SP2 and higher. Both tools offer the same
3HUIRUPDQFH
look and feel and create the same database. This means that
uniform configuration is possible for the communication func-
tions open communication, S7 communication and for the
DP protocol and FMS protocol. Data only has to be entered once
and data consistency is assured.
• With NCM PC and STEP 7 from Version V5.1+SP2 upwards,
a PC similar to a SIMATIC S7 station can be configured and
loaded over a network. This applies both to the local station on
*B,.B;;B
which NCM PC or STEP 7 is installed and to the remote station

&3$ &3$ &3$
ZLWK ZLWK &3 that is addressed over the network.
'35$0 '3:LQ &3
DFFHVV ZLWK62)71(7'3 Note:
NCM PC does not contain a conversion function for LDBs that
Performance under almost identical CPU loading were created using COML S7. Reconfiguration is necessary.
CPU loading and access time ■ More information

If event access (using interrupts) and polling access are com- Additional information can be found in the Internet under:
pared, it can be shown that the CPU loading can be significantly
reduced with the CP 5613 A2 using the event/filter mechanism, http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/de/15227599
for the same data throughput.
&38ORDGLQJ
&3$ RWKHU&3VZLWKSROOLQJ
*B,.B;;B
ZLWKHYHQWVYLD'35$0
DFFHVV
&38ORDGLQJZLWKVDPHGDWDWKURXJKSXWLQRUGHUWRPDLQWDLQ
FXUUHQWGDWDRIDVODYH
Comparison of loading on the CPU with event access

and with polling access

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
Connection options to SIMATIC PCs
■ Overview
The operating systems listed in the table refer exclusively to the Please refer to the description of the relevant IPC for the operat-
communication products specified! ing system that is available and has been released for that IPC.
(PEHGGHG6\VWHPV
&RPPXQLFDWLRQ &RPPXQLFDWLRQ 2SHUDWLQJV\VWHPHQYLURQPHQW 6,0$7,&,QGXVWULDO3& 2S 6,0$7,&,QGXVWULDO3&V

KDUGZDUH VRIWZDUH RIWKHFRPPXQLFDWLRQVRIWZDUH )LHOG3* V\V
:LQGRZV6HUYHU563
5DFN3&%3DQHO3&%
:LQGRZV6HUYHU63
:LQGRZV;3HPEHGGHG
:LQGRZV;33UR63
9LVWD%XVLQHVV8OWLPDWH
RWKHURSHUDWLQJV\VWHPV
3DQHO3&%
6363)3
3DQHO3&%
0LFURER[%
0LFURER[%
5DFN3&%
%R[3&%
%R[3&%
%R[3&%
)LHOG3*0
4
&3VDQGVRIWZDUHIRU352),%86
&3ZLWK'3EDVH
'.'3EDVH
&3$
&3)2
&3$ '3
3&,%LW
6
)06
62)71(7'3
&3$
3&,%LW 62)71(7'3VODYH
62)71(76

62)71(7'3
&3 62)71(7'3VODYH
3&,H[

62)71(76
62)71(7'3
&3
&DUGEXV%LW 62)71(7'3VODYH
62)71(76

62)71(7'3
6,0$7,&3*3&
ZLWKLQWHJUDO 62)71(7'3VODYH
352),%86
LQWHUIDFH

62)71(76
8VHRIWKHVH&3VUHTXLUHVSRUWLQJRIWKH'HYHORSPHQW.LW 1RWHV
3OHDVHDOZD\VQRWHWKHVXSSOHPHQWDU\FRQGLWLRQVIRUWKH VXLWDEOH
'.[[31,2WRWKHUHOHYDQWRSHUDWLQJV\VWHPHQYLURQPHQW
VSHFLILHG6,0$7,&1(7SURGXFWVWKDW\RXFDQYLHZRQ QRWVXLWDEOH
<RXFDQRUGHUWKH'.[[31,2DW
ZZZVLHPHQVFRPVLPDWLFQHWGN[[RQWKH,QWHUQHW,WFRQWDLQV WKH,QWHUQHWSDJHVVKRZQEHORZ VXLWDEOHXQGHU
VDPSOHVRIWZDUHIRU/LQX[6XVHDQG:LQGRZV;33URIHVVLR IRUIXUWKHUGHWDLOVRQ;3HPEHGGHGVHH FHUWDLQFRQGLWLRQV
QDO)RU,57RSHUDWLRQDQH[FOXVLYHLQWHUUXSWLVQHFHVVDU\WKLVLV KWWSVXSSRUWDXWRPDWLRQVLHPHQVFRP::YLHZGH
QRWDYDLODEOHLQDOOVORWV7KHDGGLWLRQDOXVHRI RQ6,0$7,&1(7&'
&3&3LVQRWDSSURYHGIRU6,0$7,&,QGXVWULDO3& IXUWKHUGHWDLOVRQV\VWHPUHTXLUHPHQWVDQGRSHUDWLQJ (GLWLRQ
YHUVLRQVDQGLQWHJUDWHG352),1(7LQWHUIDFH HQYLURQPHQWVFDQEHIRXQGLQWKH5HDGPHILOHRIWKH
8VHRIWKHVH&3VLQRWKHURSHUDWLQJV\VWHPHQYLURQPHQWV FRPPXQLFDWLRQSURGXFWVRQWKH6,0$7,&1(73&
UHTXLUHVSRUWLQJRIWKH'HYHORSPHQW.LW'.WRWKHUHOHYDQW 6RIWZDUH&'(GLWLRQRUDW
RSHUDWLQJV\VWHPHQYLURQPHQW<RXFDQRUGHUWKH'.RQ KWWSVXSSRUWDXWRPDWLRQVLHPHQVFRP::YLHZGH
WKH,QWHUQHWDWZZZVLHPHQVFRPVLPDWLFQHWGN
,QWHJUDWHG352),%86LQWHUIDFHLVRSWLRQDO 8SGDWHVDQGVXSSOHPHQWVWRWKHFDWDORJHQWULHVDVZHOO
SRVVLEOHZLWKUHVWULFWLRQVLIQHFHVVDU\GHSHQGLQJRQPHPRU\ DVWKHDERYHWDEOHVFDQEHYLHZHGDW
H[SDQVLRQDQGSURFHVVRUFDSDFLW\ KWWSZZZVLHPHQVFRPVLPDWLFQHWLNLQIR
,QWHJUDWHG352),%86LQWHUIDFHLVRSWLRQDOLQVRPHFDVHV
UHTXLUHVDWOHDVW3&,RU3&,HVORWVZD\UHGXQGDQF\
UHTXLUHVIUHH3&,RU3&,HVORWVK\EULGFRQILJXUDWLRQVZLWK
*B,.B;;B
&3$3&,DQG&33&,HDUHSRVVLEOHGHSHQGLQJ

RQ3&H[SDQVLRQ
QRWSRVVLEOHIRU%LQYHUVLRQZLWK[3&,RU[3&,HVORW
ZLWKRXWZD\UHGXQGDQF\DVWKHUHDUHRQO\VORWV
GHSHQGLQJRQWKHVORWVRIWKHVHOHFWHG3&YHUVLRQ

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
CP 5613 A2
• Fast access to process data over dual-port RAM

• Consistent process data from a DP cycle
• More computing power is available in the PG/PC by taking the
load off the host CPU
• Fast start-up through Plug&Play and diagnostic tools
• Implementation in Motion Control applications is possible
because a constant bus cycle time is supported
• Simple porting to other operating system environments
through dual port RAM interface
• Implementation is even possible in an industrial environment
at high temperatures. 4
• Can be used flexibly in PG/PC due to PCI 3.3/5V, 33/66 MHz
'30 '36 )06 23& 3*23 66 and compatibility to 64-bit PCI-X slot
■ Application
*B,.B;;B
• PCI card (universal keyed 5 V/3.3 V) with microprocessor for

system connection for PCs and SIMATIC PG/PC to PROFIBUS
with up to 12 Mbit/s
- PROFIBUS DP-Master according to IEC 61158/EN 50170
- PG/OP communication with STEP 5 and STEP 7
- S7 communication The CP 5613 A2 supports the connection of a SIMATIC PG/PC
- Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE) based on the and PCs with a PCI slot to PROFIBUS.
FDL interface
- PROFIBUS FMS acc. to IEC 61158/EN 50170 The CP 5613 A2 provides high-performance support for control
• Comprehensive diagnostics possibilities for installation, tasks on the PC (PC based Control, Numeric Control, Robot
commissioning and operation of the module Control).
• High performance over direct dual-port RAM access
• Event and filter mechanisms to reduce the loading on the host
■ Design
CPU • Short PCI card
• Multi-protocol mode and parallel operation of up to 4 CPs • Operation possible in 3.3V and 5V PCI slots (universal keyed)
• Implementation in Motion Control applications is possible • 33 MHz or 66 MHz PCI clock
because a constant bus cycle time is supported • Operation possible as 32-bit card in a 64-bit PCI X-slot
• The appropriate OPC servers and configuration tools are • 9-pin Sub-D socket for connection to PROFIBUS
included in the scope of supply of the respective communica- • Diagnostics LEDs
tions software.
• Parallel operation of up to 4 CPs1)
The module is installed by means of PCI standard mechanisms
(Plug&Play).
Connection to the electrical PROFIBUS is by means of
• Bus connector and PROFIBUS bus cable or
• Bus terminal (e.g. bus terminal 12 M) and PROFIBUS bus
cable
Connection to the optical PROFIBUS is by means of
• Bus cable with 2 bus connectors or
• PROFIBUS plug-in cable 830-1T
to an OLM.
When using CP 5613 A2 as a DP-master or in a PG/OP on a
PROFIBUS DP, the connection to the optical PROFIBUS with
integral interface and OBT is made over:
to an optical bus terminal (OBT) for PROFIBUS DP.
1)
FMS-5613 supports a maximum of two CP 5613 A2/5614 A2.

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
CP 5613 A2
■ Function
PROFIBUS DP Development Kit DK-5613
Access to process data with DP-Base The Development Kit DK-5613 provides access to the functions
DP-Master Class 1 including acyclic DP expansions
The CP 5613 A2 is operated as a PROFIBUS DP master module
that stores the process image (input/output and diagnostics The Software Development Kit DK-5613 is used to integrate the
data) in the dual-port RAM (memory area on the CP). High- CP 5613 A2 and CP 5614 A2 communications processors into
performance data transfer to and from the PROFIBUS slaves is any operating system environment. The kit contains the neces-
performed autonomously by the hardware of the CP 5613 A2. sary source code, including the descriptions in PDF format, and
The user accesses the dual-port RAM directly. can be downloaded free of charge from the Internet.
The process data of the slaves are always consistent, i.e.
the user receives the data of a slave from one and the same Access to process data with DP-5613
DP cycle. • DP-Master Class 1
Parallel operation of the DP-5613 and DP-Base software is not The CP 5613 A2 operates as a DP-Master Class 1 according to
possible. IEC 61158/EN 50170 and processes data communication with
the distributed stations (DP-Slaves) completely autonomously.
Event filter mechanism The central controller exchanges information with the DP-Slaves
4 The user receives up-to-date data over two access mecha-
nisms:
(e.g. ET 200S) in a specified, constantly repeating message
cycle. The DP programming interface (DPLib.DLL) provides the
PC programmer with function calls for data transfer. The DP
• Cyclic polling of the DP-Slaves (higher loading for host CPU) interface also provides the SYNC and FREEZE functions as well
• Notification through event/filter mode on changing the input as activation and deactivation of slaves.
data of a slave (minimal loading for host CPU)
The DP function expansions for Master Class 1 make it possible
Both alternatives can be combined. This allows users to optimize to perform acyclic read and write functions (DS_READ,
use of the PC for their applications. DS_WRITE) as well as acknowledgement of alarms
The event/filter mechanism can be used additionally for (ALARM_ACK) at the same time as processing cyclic data
communication. Data that are to be transferred in non-isochro-
• Notification by means of an interrupt of the diagnostic alarms nous mode (e.g. parameterization data) are only rarely changed,
from slaves in comparison to the cyclic measured values, and are trans-
• During operation with constant bus cycle time, signaling by ferred at lower priority in parallel with the cyclic high-speed
means of interrupt: useful data transfer. Alarm acknowledgement by the master
- Start DP cycle ensures reliable transfer of the alarms from DP-Slaves.
- End of cyclic data communication with DP-Slaves Parallel operation of the DP-Base und DP-5613 software is not
FastLogic possible.
FastLogic means that the CP 5613 A2 can react autonomously • DP-Master Class 2
to 4 plant statuses. This results in a short response time and Apart from the DP-Master Class 1 services, the CP 5613 A2 also
independence from the host application, e.g. fast shutdown of offers DP-Master Class 2 services to IEC 61158/EN 50170 in
devices. conjunction with the DP programming interface. Devices of this
DP programming interface type (programming, configuration or operating devices) are
used during start-up, for configuring the DP system or for oper-
The DP programming interface (DP-Base) of the CP 5613 A2 ating the system during normal operation (diagnostics). The DP
features the following functions: programming interface provides the following services:
• DP-Master Class 1 including acyclic DP expansions • Master diagnostics
• DP-Master Class 2 including acyclic DP expansions • Slave diagnostics
The process data is accessed directly through the dual-port • Reading the inputs/outputs of a slave
RAM. The DP RAM interface not only offers fast access as • Reading the configuration data
DP-Master but also a basis for porting to other operating system
environments (e.g. VXWorks, QNX, RMOS, RTX). • Changing slave addresses.
Administrative function calls (initialization and management The extended DP functions comprise acyclic access to the
services) are offered in a library (DP_BASE.DLL). parameters and measured values of a slave (e.g. field devices
of process automation and intelligent HMI devices). This type of
slave must be supplied with extensive parameter data during
start-up and during normal operation (DS_READ, DS_WRITE,
DS_DATA_TRANSPORT).

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
CP 5613 A2
Software for PG/OP communication User interfaces
This software supports programming of the SIMATIC S5/S7 con- • OPC interface
trollers (with the exception of SIMATIC S5-95U) over PROFIBUS The OPC server included in the respective software package
in combination with STEP 5/STEP 7. PG/OP communication for can be used as the standard programming interface for the
the CP 5613 is already available after the CP 5613 A2 (DP-Base) PROFIBUS DP, open communication, S7 communication and
has been installed. No additional software packages are re- PROFIBUS FMS protocols for linking automation technology
quired. applications to OPC-capable Windows applications (Office,
Open communication HMI systems, etc.).
(SEND/RECEIVE) based on the FDL interface
• Programming interface through C library
SEND/RECEIVE (FDL interface) is already available following
installation of the CP 5613 A2 (DP-Base) and provides services The programming interfaces for existing applications are imple-
for data transfer, diagnostics and management. No additional mented as Dynamic Link Libraries (DLL). You can find the
software packages are required. released compilers in the Readme file of the SIMATIC NET CD
products at http://www.siemens.com/automation/csi/net.
Software for S7 communication (S7-5613)
4
For Borland programming interfaces (e.g. DELPHI), partner
SIMATIC S7 system components communicate with each other solutions from the company SoftwareOption are offered.
using S7 communication functions. The S7 programming inter-
face provides programming device/PC user programs with For solutions for other operating systems, see Development Kit
access to SIMATIC S7 system components. This provides easy, DK-5613.
flexible access to the data of the SIMATIC S7 controller. Configuration
The following services are available with S7 communication: • S7 communication protocol, open communication protocol,
Administrative services DP protocol (DP-V0/DP-V1/DP-V2) and FMS protocol are
configured in STEP 7 or NCM PC V5.1+SP2 and higher.
• The configuration tool NCM PC is included in the PROFIBUS
• Mini database software packages.
• Trace
Diagnostics
Data transfer services Comprehensive diagnostic tools are available (for installation,
• Read/write variables start-up and operation) for the module itself and for the
• BSEND/BRECEIVE (up to 64 KB per task) PROFIBUS DP network. These tools can be used for quick and
easy start-up of a PROFIBUS network with a CP 5613 A2.
Software for PROFIBUS FMS (FMS-5613)
With the FMS programming interface, PG/PCs can exchange
different manufacturer data with FMS-capable controllers (e.g.
S5 and S7) and field devices. Open communication is assured
by using the FMS interface.
The FMS interface offers the following services:
• CRL management services
• FMS connection management services
• Object directory management services for clients and server
• Variable services for clients and servers
(Read, Write, Information Report)
• Server functionality
• VFD services (Virtual Field Device) for clients and servers
• Bus access information services (Live list)

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
CP 5613 A2
Product type description CP 5613 A2 Product type description CP 5613 A2
Transmission rate as per RS422/485 PROFIBUS DP
• Minimum 9.6 Mbit/s Service as DP-Master
• Maximum 12 Mbit/s • DPV0 Yes
Interfaces • DPV1 Yes
Number of electrical connections 1 • DPV1 with SOFTNET-DP No
equipment • DPV2 Yes
Electrical connection version Number of DP-Slaves 124

• of the PROFIBUS interface 9-pin Sub-D socket
Data volume
• of the backplane bus PCI (32-bit, 3.3 V/5 V;
4 Supply voltage
universal keyed; 33/66 MHz) • of the address area of the inputs
30,256 KB
• of the address area of the outputs 30,256 KB

Type of supply voltage DC as DP-Master overall
Supply voltage 1 5V • of the address area of the inputs 244 bytes
from backplane bus per DP-Slave
Relative symmetrical tolerance 5% • of the address area of the outputs 244 bytes
at 5 V DC per DP-Slave
Current consumption Service as DP-Slave
Current 1 consumed 800 mA • DPV0 No
from backplane bus, if DC
• DPV1 No
Power loss
• DPV1 with SOFTNET-DP No
Effective power loss 4W
FMS function
Ambient temperature in the case of FMS connection,
for multi-protocol operation, max.
• during operation 5 … 50 °C
S7 communication
• during storage -40 … +70 °C for S7/PG communication, max.
Maximum relative humidity at 85% Open communication
Design, dimensions and weight for open communication by
Module format Short PCI card (SEND/RECEIVE), max. 1)
• Width 107 mm Multi-protocol operation
• Height 168 mm Number of active connections in 50
Net weight 105 g
same type that can be plugged in
for each PC station
Number of all configurable 207
1)

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
CP 5613 A2

CP 5613 A2 6GK1 561-3AA01 S7-5613 Edition 2007
Software for S7-communication,
PCI card (32-bit; 3.3 V/5 V) including PG and FDL protocol,
for connection to PROFIBUS OPC server and NCM PC; runtime
including DP-Base software with software, software and electronic
NCM PC; DP-RAM interface for manual on USB stick, Class A, for
DP-Master, including PG and 32-bit Windows XP Professional
FDL protocol; single license for SP1, 2; Windows 2003 Server
1 installation, runtime software, SP1, R2, SP2; Windows Vista
software and electronic manual Business/Ultimate; for CP 5613,
on CD-ROM, Class A, Windows CP 5613 A2, CP 5613 FO,
XP Professional SP1, 2; Windows CP 5614, CP 5614 A2,
2003 Server SP1, R2, SP2; German/English
German/English • Single license for 1 installation 6GK1 713-5CB70-3AA0
Software Upgrade 6GK1 561-3AA01-3AE0 • Software Update Service for 6GK1 713-5CB00-3AL0
1 year,
for CP 5613 A2 and CP 5613 FO with automatic extension;
from V6.0 to 2007 Edition
Development Kit DK-5613 see http://www.siemens.com/
version 4
simatic-net/dk5613 • Upgrade S7-5613 from V6.4 to 6GK1 713-5CB00-3AE0
Software development kit for S7-5613 2007 Edition
CP 5613/CP 5614/
CP 5613 A2/CP 5614 A2/ • Upgrade S7-5613 from V6.0, 6GK1 713-5CB00-3AE1
CP 5613 FO for integration in V6.1, V6.2 or V6.3 to
other operating system environ- S7-5613 2007 Edition
ments on systems with a PCI slot
FMS-5613, 2007 Edition
DP-5613, 2007 Edition
Software for FMS protocol, includ-
Software for DP, including PG and ing PG/OP communication, FDL,
FDL protocol, OPC server and FMS-OPC server and NCM PC;
NCM PC; runtime software, soft- runtime software, software and
ware and electronic manual on electronic manual on USB stick,
CD-ROM, license key on USB Class A for 32-bit Windows XP
stick, Class A, for 32-bit Windows Professional SP1, 2; Windows
XP Professional SP1, 2; Windows 2003 Server SP1, R2, SP2;
2003 Server SP1, R2, SP2; Windows Vista Business/Ulti-
Windows Vista Business/Ulti- mate; for CP 5613, CP 5613 A2,
mate; for CP 5613, CP 5613 A2, CP 5613 FO, CP 5614,
CP 5613 FO, CP 5614, CP 5614 A2,
CP 5614 A2, German/English
German/English
• Single license for 1 installation 6GK1 713-5FB70-3AA0
• Single license for 1 installation 6GK1 713-5DB70-3AA0
• Software Update Service for 6GK1 713-5FB00-3AL0
• Software Update Service for 6GK1 713-5DB00-3AL0 1 year,
1 year, with automatic extension;
with automatic extension; requirement: Current software
requirement: Current software version
version
• Upgrade FMS-5613 from V6.4 to 6GK1 713-5FB00-3AE0
• Upgrade DP-5613 from V6.4 to 6GK1 713-5DB00-3AE0 FMS-5613 2007 Edition
DP-5613 2007 Edition
• Upgrade FMS-5613 from V6.0, 6GK1 713-5FB00-3AE1
• Upgrade DP-5613 from V6.0, 6GK1 713-5DB00-3AE1 V6.1, V6.2 or V6.3 to
V6.1, V6.2 or V6.3 to FMS-5613 2007 Edition
bus connector RS 485
Plug 180
With 180° cable outlet
of PROFIBUS stations up to
12 Mbit/s with plug-in cable
You can find the DK-5613 in the Internet. Siemens AG
Contact
Additional information can be found in the Internet under: Your IT4Industry Team
http://www.siemens.com/simatic-net/dk5613 Werner-von-Siemens-Str. 60
The CP 5613 A2 module can also be used under the LINUX and Tel.: +49(0)9131/7-4 61 11
UNIX operating systems. You can find information about the Fax: +49(0)9131/7-4 47 57
available LINUX distributors and UNIX operating systems from: E-mail: it4industry@siemens.com

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
CP 5613 FO
• Fastest possible access to process data through dual port

RAM
• Process-consistent data from a DP cycle
• Direct connection to the optical PROFIBUS through integrated
FOC interface
• Higher computing performance in the PC by relieving the host
CPU
• Fast commissioning through Plug&Play and diagnostic tools
• Implementation for motion control applications possible
4
through support of the equidistant mode
• Easy portability to other operating systems through a dual port
RAM interface
'30 '36 )06 23& 3*23 66 • Can also be used in high temperature industrial environments
■ Application
*B,.B;;B
• PCI card with microprocessor for system connection for PCs

and SIMATIC PGs/PC to the optical PROFIBUS at up to
12 Mbit/s
• Integrated fiber-optic interface for FO direct connection
- PROFIBUS DP master according to IEC 61158/EN 50170
- PG/OP communication with STEP 5 and STEP 7 The CP 5613 FO provides a connection to the optical PROFIBUS
- S7 communication for SIMATIC PG/PC and PCs with a PCI slot.
- Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE) based on the
FDL interface The CP 5613 FO provides high-performance support for control
- PROFIBUS FMS acc. to IEC 61158/EN 50170 tasks on the PC (PC based Control, Numeric Control, Robot
Control).
• Comprehensive diagnostics possibilities for installation,
commissioning and operation of the module
■ Design
• Short PCI card
• Event and filter mechanisms to reduce the loading on the host
CPU • 2 duplex sockets for connecting plastic and PCF fiber-optic
cables with 2 simplex connectors each to the optical
• Multi-protocol mode and parallel operation of up to 4 CPs PROFIBUS
• Implementation in Motion Control applications is possible • Connection of the external supply through a plug-in power
because a constant bus cycle time is supported supply unit. This ensures that data communication over the
• The appropriate OPC servers and configuration tools are optical line is not interrupted when the PC is shut down.
included in the scope of supply of the respective communica- • Diagnostic LEDs
tions software.
• Parallel operation of max. 4 CPs 1)
The module is installed using the standard PCI mechanisms
(Plug&Play).
When the CP 5613 FO is used as a DP-Master or in a PG/OP on
PROFIBUS DP, the optical PROFIBUS is connected with an
integrated interface using:
• Plastic and PCF fiber-optic cables with simplex plugs
1)
FMS-5613 supports up to two CP 5613/5614.

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
CP 5613 FO
■ Function
PROFIBUS DP Development Kit DK-5613
Access to process data with DP-Base The Development Kit DK-5613 provides access to the functions
DP-Master Class 1 including acyclic DP expansions
The CP 5613 FO is operated as a PROFIBUS DP master module
that stores the process image (input/output and diagnostics The Software Development Kit DK-5613 can be used to integrate
data) in the dual-port RAM (memory area on the CP). High- the CP 5613/CP 5614 and CP 5613 FO communications proces-
performance data transfer to and from the PROFIBUS slaves is sors into any operating system environments. The kit contains
performed autonomously by the hardware of the CP 5613 FO. the necessary source code including the descriptions in PDF
The user accesses the dual-port RAM directly. format and can be downloaded free of charge from the Internet.
The process data of the slaves are always consistent, i.e. the Access to process data with DP-5613
user receives the data of a slave from one and the same • DP-Master Class 1
DP cycle. The CP 5613 FO operates as DP-Master Class 1 to
DP-Base and the DP 5613 software cannot be operated simulta- IEC 61158/EN 50170 and processes data communication with
neously. the distributed stations (DP-Slaves) completely autonomously.
The central controller exchanges information with the DP-
Event/filter mechanism
4
Slaves (e.g. ET 200S) in a specified, constantly repeating
The user receives up-to-date data over two access mecha- message cycle. The DP programming interface (DPLib.DLL)
nisms: provides the PC programmer with function calls for data trans-
fer. The DP interface also offers the SYNC and FREEZE func-
• Cyclic polling of the DP-Slaves (higher loading for host CPU) tions as well as the activation and deactivation of slaves.
• Notification through event/filter mode on changing the input The DP function expansions with respect to Master Class 1
data of a slave (minimal loading for host CPU) enable acyclic read and write functions (DS_READ,
DS_WRITE) and alarm acknowledgements (ALARM_ACK) to
Both alternatives can be combined. This allows users to optimize be performed in parallel with the cyclic data communication.
use of the PC for their applications. Data that are to be transferred in acyclic mode (e.g. parame-
The event/filter mechanism can be used additionally for terization data) are only rarely changed in comparison to the
• Notification by means of an interrupt of the diagnostic alarms cyclic measured values, and are transferred at lower priority in
from slaves parallel with the cyclic high-speed useful data transfer. The
acknowledgement of alarms by the master ensures reliable
• During operation with constant bus cycle time, signaling by transmission of the alarms of DP-Slaves.
means of interrupt: DP-Base and DP 5613 software cannot be used at the same
- Start DP cycle time.
- End cyclic data communication with DP-Slaves
• DP-Master Class 2
Constant bus cycle time can be set for STEP 7 V5.1 + SP2 Apart from the DP-Master Class 1 services, the CP 5613 FO
upwards or NCM PC V5.1+SP2. also offers DP-Master Class 2 services to IEC 61158/EN 50170
in conjunction with the DP programming interface. Devices of
DP programming interface this type (programming, configuration or control devices) are
The DP programming interface (DP-Base) of the DP 5613 FO used during start-up, for configuring the DP system or for con-
features the following functions: trolling the system during normal operation (diagnostics). The
• DP-Master Class 1 DP programming interface provides the following services:
including acyclic DP expansions - Master diagnostics
- Slave diagnostics
• DP-Master Class 2 - Reading the inputs/outputs of a slave
including acyclic expansions - Reading configuration data and
The process data is accessed directly through the dual-port - Changing slave addresses.
RAM. The dual-port RAM interface not only offers fast access as The extended DP functions comprise acyclic access to the
DP-Master but also easy porting to other operating system parameters and measured values of a slave (e.g. field devices
environments (e.g. VXWorks, QNX, RMOS, RTX). of process automation and intelligent HMI devices). This type of
Administrative function calls (initialization and management slave must be supplied with extensive parameter data during
services) are offered in a library (DP_BASE.DLL). start-up and during normal operation (DS_READ, DS_WRITE).

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
CP 5613 FO
Software for PG/OP communication User interfaces
This software supports programming of the SIMATIC S5/S7 con- • OPC interface
trollers (with the exception of SIMATIC S5-95U) over PROFIBUS The OPC server included in the respective software package
in combination with STEP 5/STEP 7. PG/OP communication for can be used as the standard programming interface for the
the CP 5613 FO is available as soon as the CP 5613 (DP-Base) PROFIBUS DP, open communication, S7 communication and
has been installed. No additional software packages are re- PROFIBUS FMS protocols for linking automation technology
quired. applications to OPC-capable Windows applications (Office,
Open communication HMI systems, etc.).
(SEND/RECEIVE) based on the FDL interface
• Programming interface through C library
SEND/RECEIVE (FDL interface) is already available following
installation of the CP 5613 FO (DP-Base) and provides services The programming interfaces for existing applications are
for data transfer, diagnostics and management. No additional implemented as Dynamic Link Libraries (DLL). You can find the
software packages are required. released compilers in the Readme file of the SIMATIC NET CD
products at http://www.siemens.com/automation/csi/net.
4
For Borland programming interfaces (e.g. DELPHI), partner
SIMATIC S7 system components communicate with each other solutions from SoftwareOption are offered.
using S7 communication functions. The S7 programming inter-
face provides programming device/PC user programs with For solutions for other operating systems, see Development Kit
access to SIMATIC S7 system components. This provides easy, DK-5613.
flexible access to the data of the SIMATIC S7 controller. Configuration
The following services are available with S7 communication: • S7 communication protocol, open communication protocol,
Administrative services DP protocol (DP-V0/DP-V1/DP-V2) and FMS protocol are
configured in STEP 7/NCM PC V5.1+SP2 and higher.
• The configuring tool NCM PC is included in the PROFIBUS
• Mini database software packages.
• Trace
Diagnostics data
Data transfer services
Comprehensive diagnostic tools are available (for installation,
• Read/write variables start-up and operation) for the module itself and for the
• BSEND/BRECEIVE (up to 64 KB per task) PROFIBUS network.
Software for PROFIBUS FMS (FMS-5613) These tools can be used for quick and easy start-up of a
PROFIBUS network with a CP 5613 FO.
With the FMS programming interface, PCs can exchange
different manufacturer data with FMS-capable controllers (e.g.
S5 and S7) and field devices. Open communication is made
possible by using the FMS interface.
The FMS interface offers the following services:
• CRL management services
• FMS connection management services
• Object directory management services for clients and server
• Variable services for clients and servers (Read, Write, Informa-
tion Report)
• VFD services (Virtual Field Device) for clients and servers

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
CP 5613 FO
Order No. 6GK1 561-3FA00 Order No. 6GK1 561-3FA00
Product type description CP 5613 A2 FO Product type description CP 5613 A2 FO
Electrical connection version Number of DP-Slaves 124

• of the backplane bus PCI (32-bit; 5 V)
Data volume
• for voltage supply Low-voltage socket for
hollow plug
3.5 mm (-) / 1.3 mm (+)
• of the address area of the inputs
30,256 KB
4
Version of optical connection 2 x duplex socket (FO) • of the address area of the outputs 30,256 KB
of the PROFIBUS interface as DP-Master overall
Supply voltage • of the address area of the inputs 244 bytes

per DP-Slave
Supply voltage per DP-Slave
• 1 from backplane bus 5V Service as DP-Slave
• 2 from backplane bus 12 V • DPV0 No
Supply voltage, external • DPV1 No
• Minimum 9V • DPV1 with SOFTNET-DP No
• Maximum 12 V FMS function
Relative symmetrical tolerance Number of possible connections 40
in the case of FMS connection, for
• at 5 V DC 5% multi-protocol operation, max.
• at 12 V DC 5% S7 communication
Current consumed for S7/PG communication, max.
• 1 from backplane bus if DC 1,4 A Open communication
• 2 from backplane bus if DC 300 mA Number of possible connections 80
for open communication by
• from external supply voltage at 400 mA (SEND/RECEIVE), max. 1)
12 V DC max.
Power loss
Effective power loss 7W multi-protocol operation
Permitted ambient conditions Number of plug-in cards of the 4
Ambient temperature same type that can be plugged in
for each PC station
• during transport -40 … +70 °C connections for each PC station
Maximum relative humidity at 80%
Module format PCI card
• Width 107 mm
• Height 168 mm
Net weight 120 g
1)

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
CP 5613 FO

CP 5613 FO 6GK1 561-3FA00 S7-5613 Edition 2007
PCI card (32-bit; 5 V) for including PG and FDL protocol,
connection to optical PROFIBUS OPC server and NCM PC; runtime
including DP-base software with software, software and electronic
NCM PC; DP-RAM interface for manual on USB stick, Class A, for
DP-Master, including PG and 32-bit Windows XP Professional
FDL protocol; single license for SP1, 2, Windows 2003 Server
1 installation, runtime software, SP1, R2, SP2, Windows Vista
software and electronic manual Business/Ultimate; for CP 5613,
on CD-ROM, Class A, for 32-bit CP 5613 A2, CP 5613 FO,
Windows XP Professional SP1, 2, CP 5614, CP 5614 A2
Windows 2003 Server SP1, R2, German/English
Ultimate; • Single license for 1 installation 6GK1 713-5CB70-3AA0
German/English • Software Update Service for 6GK1 713-5CB00-3AL0
Software Upgrade 6GK1 561-3AA01-3AE0 1 year,
4 for CP 5613 A2 and CP 5613 FO
from V6.0 to 2007 Edition
version
Development Kit DK-5613 see http://www.siemens.com/ • Upgrade S7-5613 from V6.4 to 6GK1 713-5CB00-3AE0
simatic-net/dk5613 S7-5613 2007 Edition
Software Development Kit for • Upgrade S7-5613 from V6.0, 6GK1 713-5CB00-3AE1
CP 5613/CP 5614 for integration V6.1, V6.2 or V6.3 to
in other operating system environ- S7-5613 2007 Edition
ments on systems with a PCI slot
FMS-5613, 2007 Edition
DP-5613, 2007 Edition
Software for FMS protocol,
Software for DP, including PG and including PG/OP communication,
FDL protocol, OPC server and FDL, FMS-OPC server and
NCM PC; runtime software, soft- NCM PC; runtime software, soft-
ware and electronic manual on ware and electronic manual on
CD-ROM, license key on USB USB stick, Windows XP Profes-
stick, Windows XP Professional sional SP1, 2, Windows 2003
SP1, 2; Windows 2003 Server Server SP1, R2, SP2, Windows
SP1, R2, SP2, Windows Vista Vista Business/Ultimate; for
Business/Ultimate; for CP 5613, CP 5613, CP 5613 A2,
CP 5613 A2, CP 5613 FO, CP 5613 FO, CP 5614,
CP 5614, CP 5614 A2, CP 5614 A2,
German/English German/English
• Single license for 1 installation 6GK1 713-5DB70-3AA0 • Single license for 1 installation 6GK1 713-5FB70-3AA0
• Software Update Service for 6GK1 713-5DB00-3AL0 • Software Update Service for 6GK1 713-5FB00-3AL0
1 year, 1 year,
with automatic extension; with automatic extension;
requirement: Current software requirement: Current software
version version
• Upgrade DP-5613 from V6.4 to 6GK1 713-5DB00-3AE0 • Upgrade FMS-5613 from V6.4 to 6GK1 713-5FB00-3AE0
DP-5613 2007 Edition FMS-5613 2007 Edition
• Upgrade DP-5613 from V6.0, 6GK1 713-5DB00-3AE1 • Upgrade FMS-5613 from V6.0, 6GK1 713-5FB00-3AE1
V6.1, V6.2 or V6.3 to V6.1, V6.2 or V6.3 to
DP-5613 2007 Edition FMS-5613 2007 Edition
You can find the DK5613 in the Internet.
http://www.siemens.com/simatic-net/dk5613

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
CP 5614 A2
The CP 5614 A2 supports the connection of a SIMATIC PG/PC

and PCs with a PCI slot to PROFIBUS. It can be either a DP-Mas-
ter or a DP-Slave.
Two different PROFIBUS networks can then be connected in a
hierarchic structure on a PC with a PROFIBUS card and data can
be transferred between the two.
The CP 5614 A2 provides high-performance support for control
tasks on the PC (PC based Control, Numeric Control, Robot
Control). 4
'30 '36 )06 23& 3*23 66 ■ Design
• Short PCI card
*B,.B;;B
• Operation possible in 3.3 V and 5 V PCI slots (universal keyed)

• 33 MHz or 66 MHz PCI clock
• PCI card (universal keyed 5 V/3.3 V) with microprocessor for • Operation possible as 32-bit card in a 64-bit PCI X-slot
system connection for PCs and SIMATIC PG/PC to PROFIBUS • 2 x 9-pin Sub-D socket for connection to PROFIBUS
with up to 12 Mbit/s
• Diagnostics LEDs
- PROFIBUS DP master and slave interface according to • Parallel operation of up to 4 CPs1)
IEC 61158/ EN 50170 on one PCI card The module is installed by means of PCI standard mechanisms
- PG/OP communication with STEP 5 and STEP 7 (Plug&Play).
- S7 communication
- Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE) based on the Connection to the electrical PROFIBUS is by means of
FDL interface • Bus connector and PROFIBUS bus cable or
- PROFIBUS FMS acc. to IEC 61158/EN 50170 • Bus terminal (e.g. bus terminal 12 M) and PROFIBUS bus
• Comprehensive diagnostics possibilities for installation, cable
commissioning and operation of the module
Connection to the optical PROFIBUS is by means of
• Event and filter mechanisms to reduce the loading on the host CPU
• PROFIBUS connecting cable 830-1
• Multi-protocol mode and parallel operation of up to 4 CPs
• Implementation of Motion Control applications is possible to an OLM.
because a constant bus cycle time is supported Connection to the optical PROFIBUS with integral interface and
• The appropriate OPC servers and configuration tools are OBT is by means of
included in the scope of supply of the respective communica- • Bus cable with 2 bus connectors or
tions software.
■ Benefits to an OLM.
When using CP 5614 A2 as a DP-master, DP-Slave or in a PG/OP
on a PROFIBUS DP, the connection to the optical PROFIBUS
with integral interface and OBT is made over:
• Only one slot is necessary for master and slave • PROFIBUS plug-in cable 830-1T
• Fast access to process data over dual-port RAM
to an optical bus terminal (OBT) for PROFIBUS DP.
• Consistent process data from a DP cycle 1)
FMS-5613 supports a maximum of two CP 5613 A2/5614 A2.
• More computing power is available in the PG/PC by taking the
load off the host CPU
• Fast start-up through Plug&Play and diagnostic tools
• Implementation in Motion Control applications is possible
because a constant bus cycle time is supported
• Simple porting to other operating system environments
through dual port RAM interface
• Implementation is even possible in an industrial environment
at high temperatures.
• Can be used flexibly in PG/PC due to PCI 3.3/5V, 33/66 MHz
and compatibility to 64-bit PCI-X slot

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
CP 5614 A2
■ Function
PROFIBUS DP
Access to process data
The CP 5614 A2 is operated as a PROFIBUS DP master and The process data of the slaves are always consistent, i.e. the
DP-Slave module that stores the process image (input/output user receives the data of a slave from one and the same DP
and diagnostics data) in the dual-port RAM. High-performance cycle.
data transfer to and from the PROFIBUS slaves is performed
autonomously by the hardware of the CP 5614 A2. The user Parallel operation of the DP-5613 (DP-Master) and DP Base
accesses the dual-port RAM directly. (DP-Master, DP-Slave) software is not possible.
SIMATIC S7-400
Programming device Controller
(DP-Master)
External system
4
PROFIBUS DP
PC DP-Master
DP-Slave
CP 5614 A2
e.g. robot controller
PROFIBUS DP
G_IK10_XX_50021
ET 200pro ET 200M
ET 200S ET 200S
Configuration example CP 5613 A2 as DP-Master and DP-Slave
Event filter mechanism FastLogic

The user receives up-to-date data over two access mecha- FastLogic means that the CP 5614 A2 can react autonomously
nisms: to 4 plant statuses. This results in a short response time and
• Cyclic polling of the DP-Slaves (high loading for host CPU) independence from the host application, e.g. fast shutdown of
devices.
• Notification through a new type of event/filter mode on chang-
ing the input data of a slave (minimal loading for host CPU)
Both alternatives can be combined. This allows users to optimize
use of the PC for their applications.
The event/filter mechanism can be used additionally for
• Notification by means of an interrupt of the diagnostic alarms
from slaves
• During operation with constant bus cycle time, signaling by
means of interrupt:
- Start DP cycle
- End cyclic data communication with DP-Slaves

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
CP 5614 A2
DP programming interface Parallel operation of the DP-Base und DP-5613 software is not
possible.
The DP-Master programming interfaces of the CP 5613 A2 and
CP 5614 A2 are identical.
The DP programming interface of the CP 5614 A2 features the
following functions: Apart from the DP-Master Class 1 services, the CP 5614 A2 also
offers DP-Master Class 2 services to IEC 61158/EN 50170 in
• DP-Slave conjunction with the DP programming interface. Devices of this
• DP-Master Class 1 including acyclic DP expansions type (programming, configuration or operating devices) are
• DP-Master Class 2 including acyclic DP expansions used during start-up, for configuring the DP system or for oper-
ating the system during normal operation (diagnostics). The DP
The process data is accessed directly through the dual-port programming interface provides the following services:
RAM. The DP RAM interface not only offers fast access as • Master diagnostics
DP-Master/slave but also a basis for porting to other operating
system environments (e.g. VXWorks, QNX, RMOS, RTX). • Slave diagnostics
• Reading the inputs/outputs of a slave
Administrative function calls (initialization and management ser-
4
vices as well as diagnostic functions) are provided through a • Reading the configuration data
DP-Master and DP-Slave library (DP_BASE.DLL and • Changing slave addresses.
DPS_BASE.DLL).
The extended DP functions comprise acyclic access to the
A transfer mechanism (PC application) can be activated in the parameters and measured values of a slave (e.g. field devices
software as a linking component for data transfer between the of process automation and intelligent HMI devices). This type of
master and slave interface. slave must be supplied with extensive parameter data during
Defined I/O data can be transferred in this manner between the start-up and during normal operation. (DS_READ, DS_WRITE).
master interface and the slave interface. Software for PG/OP communication
The two connected PROFIBUS networks can be operated with This software supports programming of the SIMATIC S5/S7 con-
different PROFIBUS bus parameters because they are indepen- trollers (with the exception of SIMATIC S5-95U) over PROFIBUS
dent of each other. in combination with STEP 5/STEP 7. PG/OP communication for
Development Kit DK-5613 the CP 5614 A2 is already available after the CP 5614 A2 (DP-
Base) has been installed. No additional software packages are
The Development Kit DK-5613 provides access to the functions required.
DP-Master Class 1 and DP-Slave (incl. acyclic DP expansions)
Open communication
The Software Development Kit DK-5613 is used to integrate the (SEND/RECEIVE) based on the FDL interface
CP 5613 A2 and CP 5614 A2 communications processors into
any operating system environment. The kit contains the neces- SEND/RECEIVE (FDL interface) is already available following in-
sary source code, including the descriptions in PDF format, and stallation of the CP 5614 A2 (DP-Base) and provides services for
can be downloaded free of charge from the Internet. data transfer, diagnostics and management. No additional soft-
ware packages are required.
Access to process data with DP-5613
The CP 5614 A2 operates as a DP-Master Class 1 according to using S7 communication functions. The S7 programming inter-
IEC 61158/EN 50170 and processes data communication with face provides programming device/PC user programs with ac-
the distributed stations (DP-Slaves) completely autonomously. cess to SIMATIC S7 system components. This provides easy,
The central controller exchanges information with the DP-Slaves flexible access to the data of the SIMATIC S7 controller.
(e.g. ET 200S) in a fixed, repeating message cycle. The
DP programming interface (DPLib.DLL) provides the PC pro- The following services are available with S7 communication:
grammer with function calls for data transfer. The DP interface Administrative services
also provides the SYNC and FREEZE functions as well as activa-
tion and deactivation of slaves. • Connection management
• Mini database
The DP function expansions for masters Class 1 make it possible
to perform acyclic read and write functions (DS_READ, • Trace
DS_WRITE) as well as acknowledgement of alarms Data transfer services
(ALARM_ACK) at the same time as processing cyclic data com-
munication. Data that are to be transferred in non-isochronous • Read/write variables
mode (e.g. parameterization data) are only rarely changed, in • BSEND/BRECEIVE (up to 64 KB per task)
comparison to the cyclic measured values, and are transferred
at lower priority in parallel with the cyclic high-speed useful data
transfer. Alarm acknowledgement by the master ensures reliable
transfer of the alarms from DP-Slaves (DS_READ, DS_WRITE).

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
CP 5614 A2
Software for PROFIBUS FMS (FMS-5613) • Programming interface through C library
With the FMS programming interface, PG/PCs can exchange The programming interfaces for existing applications are
different manufacturer data with FMS-capable controllers (e.g. implemented as Dynamic Link Libraries (DLL). You can find the
S5 and S7) and field devices. Open communication is assured released compilers in the Read file of the SIMATIC NET CD
by using the FMS interface. products at http://www.siemens.com/automation/csi/net.
The FMS interface offers the following services: For Borland programming interfaces (e.g. DELPHI), partner
• Administrative services solutions from the company SoftwareOption are offered.
• CRL management services For solutions for other operating systems, see Development Kit
• FMS connection management services DK-5613.
• Object directory management services for clients and server Configuration
• Variable services for clients and servers • S7 communication protocol, open communication protocol,
(Read, Write, Information Report) DP protocol (DP-V0/DP-V1/DP-V2) and FMS protocol are
configured in STEP 7 or NCM PC V5.1+SP2 and higher.
• The configuration tool NCM PC is included in the
4 • VFD services (Virtual Field Device) for clients and servers
PROFIBUS software packages.
Diagnostics
Comprehensive diagnostic tools are available (for installation,
User interfaces start-up and operation) for the module itself and for the
• OPC interface PROFIBUS DP network. These tools can be used for quick and
easy start-up of a PROFIBUS DP network with a CP 5614 A2.
The OPC server included in the respective software package
can be used as the standard programming interface for the
PROFIBUS DP (DP-Master and DP-Slave), open communica-
tion, S7 communication and PROFIBUS FMS protocols for
linking automation technology applications to OPC-capable
Windows applications (Office, HMI systems, etc.).
SIMATIC S7-300 with

3&ZLWK CP 342-5 (DP-Master)
&3$
PROFIBUS
RS 485
DP-Slave
Transfer
mechanism
DP-Master
CP 5614 A2
PROFIBUS
Distributed I/Os
G_IK10_XX_50110
ET 200M
ET 200S
Configuration example for CP 5614 A2

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
CP 5614 A2
Product type description CP 5614 A2 Product type description CP 5614 A2
Electrical connection version Number of DP-SLaves 124

Data volume
• of the backplane bus PCI (32-bit, 3.3 V/5 V;
Supply voltage
universal keyed; 33/66 MHz) • of the address area of the inputs
30,258 KB
4
• of the address area of the outputs 30,256 KB
Type of supply voltage DC as DP-Master overall
Supply voltage 1 5V • of the address area of the inputs 244 bytes
from backplane bus per DP-Slave
Relative symmetrical tolerance 5% • of the address area of the outputs 244 bytes
at 5 V DC per DP-Slave
Current consumption Service as DP-Slave
Current 1 consumed 900 mA • DPV0 Yes
• DPV1 Yes
Power loss
• DPV1 with SOFTNET-DP No
Data volume
Permitted
ambient conditions • of the address area of the inputs 244 bytes
as DP-Slave overall
Ambient temperature
• during operation 5 … 50 °C as DP-Slave overall
• during transport -40 … +70 °C FMS function
• during storage -40 … +70 °C Number of possible connections 40
in the case of FMS connection,
Maximum relative humidity at 85% for multi-protocol operation, max.
S7 communication
Module format Short PCI card for S7/PG communication, max.
• Width 107 mm Open communication
• Height 168 mm Number of possible connections 80
Net weight 120 g for open communication by
(SEND/RECEIVE), max. 1)
for each PC station
1)

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
CP 5614 A2

CP 5614 A2 6GK1 561-4AA01 S7-5613 Edition 2007
PCI card (32-bit; 3.3 V/5 V) master including PG and FDL protocol,
and slave interface to PROFIBUS OPC server and NCM PC; runtime
including DP-Base software with software, software and electronic
NCM PC; DP-RAM interface for manual on USB stick, Class A,
DP-Master, including PG and FDL Windows XP Professional SP1, 2;
protocol; single license for 1 instal- Windows 2003 Server SP1, R2, SP2;
lation, runtime software, software Windows Vista Business/Ultimate;
and electronic manual on CD-ROM, for CP 5613, CP 5613 A2,
Class A, Windows XP Professional CP 5613 FO, CP 5614, CP 5614 A2,
SP1, 2; Windows 2003 Server SP1, German/English
R2, SP2; Windows Vista Business/
Ultimate; • Single license for 1 installation 6GK1 713-5CB70-3AA0
German/English • Software Update Service for 6GK1 713-5CB00-3AL0
Software Upgrade 6GK1 561-3AA01-3AE0 1 year,
for CP 5613 A2 and CP 5613 FO requirement: Current software v
4 from V6.0 to 2007 Edition
Development Kit DK-5613 siehe http://www.siemens.com/
ersion
• Upgrade S7-5613 from V6.4 to 6GK1 713-5CB00-3AE0
simatic-net/dk5613 S7-5613 2007 Edition
Software development kit for
CP 5613/CP 5614/ • Upgrade S7-5613 from 6GK1 713-5CB00-3AE1
CP 5613 A2/CP 5614 A2/ V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 or V6.3 to
CP 5613 FO for integration in other S7-5613 2007 Edition
operating system environments on
systems with a PCI slot FMS-5613, 2007 Edition
DP-5613, 2007 Edition Software for FMS protocol, including

PG/OP communication; FDL,
Software for DP, including PG and FMS-OPC server and NCM PC;
FDL protocol, OPC server and runtime software, software and
NCM PC; runtime software, software electronic manual on USB stick,
and electronic manual on CD-ROM, Class A for 32-bit Windows XP
license key on USB stick, Class A, Professional SP1, 2; Windows 2003
for 32-bit Windows XP Professional Server SP1, R2, SP2; Windows Vista
SP1, 2; Windows 2003 Server SP1, Business/Ultimate; for CP 5613,
R2, SP2; Windows Vista Business/ CP 5613 A2, CP 5613 FO, CP 5614,
Ultimate; for CP 5613, CP 5613 A2, CP 5614 A2,
CP 5613 FO, CP 5614, CP 5614 A2; German/English
German/English
• Single license for 1 installation 6GK1 713-5FB70-3AA0
• Single license for 1 installation 6GK1 713-5DB70-3AA0
• Software Update Service for 6GK1 713-5FB00-3AL0
• Software Update Service for 6GK1 713-5DB00-3AL0 1 year,
1 year, with automatic extension;
with automatic extension; requirement: Current software
requirement: Current software version
version
• Upgrade FMS-5613 from V6.4 6GK1 713-5FB00-3AE0
• Upgrade DP-5613 from V6.4 to 6GK1 713-5DB00-3AE0 to FMS-5613 2007 Edition
• Upgrade FMS-5613 from 6GK1 713-5FB00-3AE1
• Upgrade DP-5613 from 6GK1 713-5DB00-3AE1 V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 or V6.3 to
V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 or V6.3 to FMS-5613 2007 Edition
bus connector RS 485
Plug 180
With 180° cable outlet
PROFIBUS stations up to 12 Mbit/s
with plug-in cable
You can find the DK5613 in the Internet.
http://www.siemens.com/simatic-net/dk5613

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
CP 5512
The CP 5512 is used to connect programming devices and

notebook computers with a PC card slot for CardBus (32-bit) to
PROFIBUS and to the multipoint MPI interface of SIMATIC S7.
■ Design
• PC card Typ II for CardBus (32 bit)
• Adapter with 9-pin Sub-D connector for connection to
PROFIBUS
4
■ Function
'30 '36 )06 23& 3*23 66
Various different software packages can be used to operate the
CP 5512 and it allows the user to execute programming device
*B,.B;;B
functions and PC functions over PROFIBUS and the multipoint

interface MPI.
• For the connection of PG/PC and notebooks using PC-card Only one CP can be used per programming device, PG/PC or
slot (CardBus 32-bit) to PROFIBUS and MPI of the SIMATIC S7 notebook computer. Similarly only one protocol (PROFIBUS DP,
S7 communication or FDL) can be used per CP.
- PROFIBUS DP Master Class 1 incl. acyclic DP expansions The following software packages support the CP 5512:
with SOFTNET-DP • STEP 7 V5.2 and higher;
- PROFIBUS DP Master Class 2 incl. acyclic DP expansions drivers for the CP 5512 that execute under Windows 2000
with SOFTNET-DP Professional and XP Professional are included in the scope of
- PROFIBUS DP slave with SOFTNET-DP slave supply of STEP 7.
- S7 communication with SOFTNET-S7 • SOFTNET-S7 V6.1 and higher;
- Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE on basis of the FDL with this package, the S7 programming interface under
interface) with SOFTNET-DP or SOFTNET-S7 Windows XP Professional can be used (Windows 2000
Professional from SOFTNET-S7 V6.1 SP1 upwards).
• PC card Type II (CardBus 32-bit); for programming device/PC
with PC card slot and notebooks • SOFTNET-DP V6.1 and higher;
- Can be used with: the CP 5512 can be used as a PROFIBUS DP Master
STEP 7 and NCM PC; (ProTool, Micro/Win, ProTool/Pro, Class 1 or 2 under Windows XP Professional (Windows 2000
SIMATIC PDM for PG/OP communication) Professional from SOFTNET-DP V6.1 SP1 upwards).
- SOFTNET-S7 (for S7-communication) • SOFTNET-DP slave V6.1 and higher;
- SOFTNET-DP, SOFTNET-DP slave (for DP) for using the CP 5512 as a PROFIBUS DP slave under
• The appropriate OPC servers are included in the scope of Windows XP Professional (Windows 2000 Professional from
supply of the respective communication software SOFTNET-DP slave V6.1 SP1 upwards).
• STEP 7-Micro/WIN V3.2 SP4 and higher;
■ Benefits hardware basis for the programming software of the
SIMATIC S7-200 programmable controller.
• ProTool, ProTool/Pro V6.0 SP2;
the CP 5512 can be used as a hardware basis for the
configuration tool for SIMATIC Operator Panels, Touch Panels
and Text Displays.
• Connection for notebooks or other portable PCs to PROFIBUS
• NCM PC V5.2 and higher;
(e.g. for diagnostics and commissioning)
under Windows XP Professional
• Easy installation and commissioning
• SIMATIC PDM;
• Optimized for SOFTNET. drivers for the CP 5512 that execute under Windows 2000
• OPC as standard interface Professional and XP Professional are included in the scope of
supply of SIMATIC PDM.
• Uniform procedure and configuration functionality with
NCM PC and STEP 7.

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
CP 5512
Interfaces • DPV1 No
Number of electrical connections 1 • DPV1 with SOFTNET-DP Yes
equipment • DPV2 No
Electrical connection version Data volume
• of the PROFIBUS interface 9-pin Sub-D socket • of the address area of the inputs 7,808 KB
• of the backplane bus PC Card Type II (32 bit CardBus).
4 Supply voltage
• of the address area of the outputs
7,808 KB
per DP-Slave
Supply voltage
• 1 from backplane bus 3V per DP-Slave
• 2 from backplane bus 3,6 V Service as DP-Slave
Current consumption • DPV0 Yes
Current 1 consumed 520 mA • DPV1 No
• DPV1 with SOFTNET-DP Yes
Power loss
Data volume
Permitted as DP-Slave overall
ambient conditions
Ambient temperature as DP-Slave overall
• during operation 5 … 45 °C S7 communication
• during transport -20 … +60 °C Number of possible connections 8
• during storage -20 … +60 °C for S7/PG communication, max.
Maximum relative humidity at 95% Open communication
25 °C during operation Number of possible connections 50
Design, dimensions and weight for open communication by
(SEND/RECEIVE), max. 1)
Module format PC Card Type II for
CardBus (32-bit). Multi-protocol operation
• Width 54 mm Number of plug-in cards of the 1
• Height 85 mm for each PC station
• Depth 5 mm Number of all configurable 50
Net weight 135 g connections for each PC station
1)

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
CP 5512

CP 5512 6GK1 551-2AA00 SOFTNET-DP Slave,
communications processor 2007 Edition
PC-Card (CardBus, 32-bit) for Software for DP-Slave, with
connection of a programming DP-OPC server and NCM PC;
device or notebook to PROFIBUS single license for 1 installation,
or MPI, under 32 bit in connection runtime software, software and
with PROFIBUS SOFTNET electronic manual on CD-ROM,
software or STEP 7; license key on USB stick,
German/English Class A for 32-bit Windows XP
Professional SP1, 2, Windows
SOFTNET-S7 2007 Edition 2003 Server SP1, R2, SP2;
Software for S7 communication, Windows Vista Business/Ultimate;
incl. FDL protocol with OPC for CP 5512, CP 5611,
server and NCM PC, runtime CP 5611 A2, CP 5621
software, software and electronic German/English
manual on CD-ROM, license key • Single license for 1 installation 6GK1 704-5SW70-3AA0
Windows XP Professional SP1, 2, • Software Update Service for 1 6GK1 704-5SW00-3AL0
year,
with automatic extension; 4
Ultimate; requirement: Current software
for CP 5512, CP 5611, CP 5611 version
A2, CP 5621;
German/English • Upgrade SOFTNET-DP Slave 6GK1704-5SW00-3AE0
from V6.4 to SOFTNET-DP Slave,
• Single license for 1 installation 6GK1 704-5CW70-3AA0 2007 Edition
• Software Update Service for 6GK1 704-5CW00-3AL0 • Upgrade SOFTNET-DP Slave 6GK1704-5SW00-3AE1
1 year, from V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 or V6.3 to
with automatic extension; SOFTNET-DP Slave,
requirement: Current software 2007 Edition
version
• Upgrade SOFTNET-S7 from V6.4 6GK1 704-5CW00-3AE0 bus connector RS 485
to SOFTNET-S7, 2007 Edition Plug 180
• Upgrade SOFTNET-S7 from 6GK1 704-5CW00-3AE1 With 180° cable outlet
V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 or V6.3 to
SOFTNET-S7 2007 Edition PROFIBUS adapter for CP 5512 C79459-A1890-A10
SOFTNET-DP 2007 Edition

Software for DP protocol (Master
Class 1 and 2) including FDL
protocol with OPC server and
NCM PC; runtime software,
stick, Class A, for 32-bit, Windows
XP Professional SP1, 2, Windows
2003 Server SP1, R2, SP2;
Windows Vista Business/
Ultimate, for CP 5512, CP 5611,
CP 5611 A2, CP 5621
German/English
• Single license for 1 installation 6GK1 704-5DW70-3AA0
• Software Update Service for 6GK1 704-5DW00-3AL0
1 year,
version
• Upgrade SOFTNET-DP 6GK1 704-5DW00-3AE0
from V6.4 to
SOFTNET-DP, 2007 Edition
from V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 or V6.3 to

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
CP 5611 A2
The CP 5611 A2 is used to connect programming devices and

PCs to PROFIBUS and to the multipoint MPI interface of SIMATIC
S7:
• for programming devices and PCs with a PCI slot
■ Design
• Short PCI card
4 • Operation possible in 3.3 V and 5 V PCI slots
(universal keyed)
• 33 MHz or 66 MHz PCI clock
'30 '36 )06 23& 3*23 66
• Operation possible as 32-bit card in a 64-bit PCI X-slot
*B,.B;;B
• 9-pin Sub-D socket for connection to PROFIBUS
■ Function
• PCI card (universal-keyed 5 V/3.3 V) for connecting PCs and
SIMATIC PG/PC to PROFIBUS at up to 12 Mbit/s and to the Various software packages can be used to operate the
MPI interface of SIMATIC S7 CP 5611 A2, which allows the user to execute programming
device functions and PC functions over PROFIBUS and the
• Communication services: multipoint interface MPI.
- PROFIBUS DP Master Class 1 incl. acyclic DP expansions
with SOFTNET-DP Only one CP can be used per PG or PC. Similarly only one
- PROFIBUS DP Master Class 2 incl. acyclic DP expansions protocol (PROFIBUS DP, S7 communication or FDL) can be used
with SOFTNET-DP per CP.
- PROFIBUS DP slave with SOFTNET-DP slave The following software packages support the CP 5611 A2:
- S7 communication with SOFTNET-S7 • STEP 7 V3.2 and higher;
- Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE on basis of the drivers for the CP 5611 A2 are included in the scope of supply
FDL interface) with SOFTNET-DP or SOFTNET-S7 of STEP 7.
• Can be used with: • SOFTNET-S7 V3.2 and higher;
- STEP 7, STEP 7-Micro/Win, ProTool, ProTool/Pro, this package allows the S7 programming interface to be used.
SIMATIC PDM (for PG/OP communication) • SOFTNET-DP V3.2 and higher;
- COM PROFIBUS the CP 5611 A2 can be used as a
- SOFTNET-S7 (for S7-communication) PROFIBUS DP Master Class 1 or 2.
- SOFTNET-DP, SOFTNET-DP slave (for DP) • SOFTNET DP Slave V3.2 and higher;
• The appropriate OPC servers and configuration tools are for using the CP 5611 A2 as a PROFIBUS DP slave.
included in the scope of supply of the respective communica- • COM PROFIBUS V3.3 and higher;
tions software. the CP 5611 A2 can be used in combination with this package
for start-up or diagnostics (DP online functions) for
■ Benefits PROFIBUS DP systems.
• STEP 7-Micro/WIN V2.1 and higher;
hardware basis for the programming software of
SIMATIC S7-200 automation systems
• ProTool, ProTool/Pro;
• Interface for portable PCs the CP 5611 A2 can be used as a hardware basis for the
(e.g. for diagnostics and commissioning) configuration tool for all SIMATIC Operator Panels,
• Easy installation and startup Touch Panels and Text Displays.
• Optimally matched to SOFTNET • NCM PC;
drivers for the CP 5611 A2 are included in the scope of supply
• Uniform procedure and configuration functions for
NCM PC and STEP 7
• Flexible use possible in PG/PC through PCI 3.3/5 V,
33/66 MHz and compatibility with 64-bit PCI X-slot

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
CP 5611 A2
1AA01 1AM01 1AA01 1AM01
Product type description CP 5611 A2 CP 5611 A2 Product type description CP 5611 A2 CP 5611 A2
MPI MPI
• Minimum 9.6 Mbit/s 9.6 Mbit/s Service as DP-Master
• Maximum 12 Mbit/s 12 Mbit/s • DPV0 Yes Yes
Connections for network • DPV1 No No
components/terminal equipment
• DPV1 with SOFTNET-DP Yes Yes
Number of electrical connections 1 1
for network components or • DPV2 No No
terminal equipment Data volume
Interfaces • of the address area of the inputs 14.64 KB 14.64 KB
Electrical connection version as DP-Master overall
• of the address area of the outputs 14.64 KB 14.64 KB
4
• of the backplane bus PCI (32 bit, PCI (32 bit,
3.3 V/5 V; 3.3 V/5 V; as DP-Master overall
Universal Universal • of the address area of the inputs 244 bytes 244 bytes
Keyed; Keyed; per DP-Slave
33/66 MHz) 33/66 MHz)
• of the address area of the outputs 244 bytes 244 bytes
• of the PROFIBUS interface 9-pin 9-pin per DP-Slave
Sub-D socket Sub-D socket
(RS 485) Service as DP-Slave
Supply voltage • DPV0 Yes Yes
Type of supply voltage DC DC • DPV1 No No
Supply voltage 1 5V 5V • DPV1 with SOFTNET-DP Yes Yes
from backplane bus Data volume
Relative symmetrical tolerance 5% 5% • of the address area of the inputs 122 bytes 122 bytes
at 5 V DC as DP-Slave overall
Current consumption • of the address area of the outputs 122 bytes 122 bytes
Current 1 consumed 500 mA 500 mA as DP-Slave overall
from backplane bus, if DC S7 communication
Power loss Number of possible connections 8 8
Effective power loss 2W 2W for S7/PG communication, max.
Permitted ambient conditions Open communication
Ambient temperature Number of possible connections 50 50
for open communication by
• during operation +5 ... +55 °C +5 ... +55 °C (SEND/RECEIVE), max. 1)
• during transport -20 … +60 °C -20 … +60 °C Multi-protocol operation
• during storage -20 … +60 °C -20 … +60 °C Number of plug-in cards of the 1 1
Maximum relative humidity at 85% 85% same type that can be plugged in
25 °C during operation for each PC station
Design, dimensions and weight Number of all configurable 50 50

Module format PCI card PCI card
1)

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
CP 5611 A2

CP 5611 A2 SOFTNET-DP Slave,
• PCI card (32-bit) 6GK1 561-1AA01 Software for DP-Slave, with
for connection of a programming DP-OPC server and NCM PC;
device or PC to PROFIBUS single license for 1 installation,
• PCI card (32-bit) 6GK1 561-1AM01 electronic manual on CD-ROM,
CP 5611 A2 and MPI cable, 5 m license key on USB stick,
CP 5611 MPI Class A, for 32-bit Windows XP
communications processor Professional SP1, 2; Windows
2003 Server SP1, R2, SP2;
consisting of PCI card Windows Vista Business/
32 bit, 3.3 V/5 V, 33/66 MHz) Ultimate; for CP 5512, CP 5611,
SOFTNET-S7 2007 Edition CP 5611 A2, CP 5621
German/English
Software for S7 communication,
including FDL protocol with OPC • Single License for 1 installation 6GK1 704-5SW70-3AA0
server and NCM PC; runtime • Software Update Service for 6GK1 704-5SW00-3AL0
4 software, software and electronic
1 year,
Windows XP Professional SP1, 2, version
SP2, Windows Vista Business/ • Upgrade SOFTNET-DP Slave 6GK1 704-5SW00-3AE0
Ultimate; for CP 5512, CP 5611, from V6.4 to SOFTNET-DP Slave,
CP 5611 A2, CP 5621 2007 Edition
German/English • Upgrade SOFTNET-DP Slave 6GK1 704-5SW00-3AE1
• Single license for 1 installation 6GK1 704-5CW70-3AA0 from V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 or V6.3 to
SOFTNET-DP Slave,
• Software Update Service for 6GK1 704-5CW00-3AL0 2007 Edition
1 year,
with automatic extension; PROFIBUS FastConnect 6GK1 500-0FC00
requirement: Current software bus connector RS 485
version Plug 180
• Upgrade SOFTNET-S7 from V6.4 6GK1 704-5CW00-3AE0 With 180° cable outlet
to SOFTNET-S7, 2007 Edition PROFIBUS bus terminal 12M 6GK1 500-0AA10
• Upgrade SOFTNET-S7 from 6GK1 704-5CW00-3AE1 Bus terminal for connection
V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 or V6.3 to of PROFIBUS stations up to
SOFTNET-S7 2007 Edition 12 Mbit/s with plug-in cable
Software for DP protocol (Master
Class 1 and 2) including FDL
NCM PC; runtime software, soft-
ware and electronic manual on
stick, Windows XP Professional
SP1, 2; Windows 2003 Server
SP1, R2, SP2, Windows Vista
Business/Ultimate; for CP 5512,
CP 5611, CP 5611 A2, CP 5621
German/English
• Single License for 1 installation 6GK1 704-5DW70-3AA0
1 year,
version
from V6.4 to
from V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 or V6.3 to

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
CP 5621
The CP 5621 permits the connection of programming devices

(PGs) and PCs to PROFIBUS and to the multipoint interface
(MPI) of the SIMATIC S7:
• for PGs/PCs with PCI Express slot
■ Design
• Short PCI card
• 9-pin Sub-D socket for connection to PROFIBUS 4
• Operation in the PCI Express x1, x4, x8 or x16 slots is possible
■ Function
'30 '36 )06 23& 3*23 66 *B,.B;;B
The CP 5621 is operated under various software packages and

offers the user the opportunity of performing functions of the pro-
gramming devices and PCs by means of PROFIBUS and the
• PCI Express x1 card for connection of PCs and SIMATIC multipoint interface (MPI).
PG/PC to PROFIBUS at up to 12 Mbit/s and to the MPI of the Only one CP can be operated for each PG/PC. Likewise, only
SIMATIC S7 one protocol (PROFIBUS DP, S7-communication or FDL) can be
• Communication services: used per CP.
- PROFIBUS DP Master Class 1 incl. acyclic DP expansions
with SOFTNET-DP The following software packs support the CP 5621:
- PROFIBUS DP Master Class 2 incl. acyclic DP expansions • STEP 7 V5.4 SP 4 or higher;
with SOFTNET-DP Drivers for the CP 5621 are included in the scope of delivery
- PROFIBUS DP slave with SOFTNET-DP slave of STEP 7.
- PG/OP communication • SOFTNET-S7 V7.0 or higher;
- S7 communication with SOFTNET-S7 This package enables the S7 programming interface to be
- Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE on basis of the used.
FDL interface) with SOFTNET-DP or SOFTNET-S7
• SOFTNET-DP V7.0 or higher;
• Can be used with: This enables the CP 5621 to be used as PROFIBUS DP Master
- STEP 7, STEP 7-Micro/Win, ProTool, ProTool/Pro, Class 1 or Class 2.
SIMATIC PDM (for PG/OP communication)
- COM PROFIBUS • SOFTNET-DP Slave V7.0 or higher;
- SOFTNET-S7 (for S7-communication) For use of the CP 5621 as PROFIBUS DP slave
- SOFTNET-DP, SOFTNET-DP slave (for DP) • STEP 7-Micro/WIN;
• The appropriate OPC server and configuration tools are Hardware basis for the programming software of the
included in the scope of supply of the respective communica- SIMATIC S7-200 automation system
tion software. • ProTool, ProTool/Pro;
The CP 5621 can be used as the hardware basis for the
■ Benefits configuration tool for all SIMATIC Operator Panels, Touch
Panels and Text Displays.
• NCM PC;
Drivers for the CP 5621 are included in the scope of supply
(beginning with SIMATIC NET CD, 2007 Edition).
• Connection for portable PCs
(e.g. for diagnostics and commissioning)
• Simple installation and commissioning
• Optimally coordinated with SOFTNET
• Standardized procedure and configuration functionality for
NCM PC and STEP 7
• Can be used flexibly as PCIe x1 card in PC/IPC with
PCI Express x1, x4, x8 or x16 slots

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
CP 5621
Order No. 6GK1 562-1AA00/ Order No. 6GK1 562-1AA00/
6GK1 562-1AM00 6GK1 562-1AM00
Product type description CP 5621/ Product type description CP 5621/
CP 5621 MPI CP 5621 MPI
Interfaces • DPV1 No
Number of electrical connections 1 • DPV1 with SOFTNET-DP Yes
equipment • DPV2 No
Electrical connection version Data volume

• of the address area of the inputs 14.64 KB
4
• of the backplane bus PCI Express x1
• of the address area of the outputs 14.64 KB
per DP-Slave
Supply voltage
• 1 from backplane bus 12 V per DP-Slave
• 2 from backplane bus 3,3 V Service as DP-Slave
Relative symmetrical tolerance 5% • DPV0 Yes
at 3.3 V DC
• DPV1 No
Current consumption
• DPV1 with SOFTNET-DP Yes
Current consumed
Data volume
• 1 from backplane bus if DC 200 mA
• 2 from backplane bus if DC 300 mA as DP-Slave overall
Power loss • of the address area of the outputs 122 bytes
Effective power loss 3,4 W as DP-Slave overall
Permitted ambient conditions S7 communication
Ambient temperature Number of possible connections 8
for S7/PG communication, max.
Open communication
• during storage -20 … +60 °C for open communication by
Maximum relative humidity at 25 °C 85% (SEND/RECEIVE), max. 1)
during operation Multi-protocol operation
Design, dimensions and weight Number of plug-in cards of the 1
Module format PCI Express x1 card same type that can be plugged in
for each PC station
• Width 111 mm
• Height 129 mm connections for each PC station
Net weight 100 g
1)

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
CP 5621

CP 5621 SOFTNET-DP Slave,
• PCI Express x1 card (32-bit) for 6GK1 562-1AA00 Software for DP-Slave,
connection of a PG or PC to with DP-OPC server and
PROFIBUS NCM PC; single license for
1 installation, runtime software,
• PCI Express x1 card (32-bit) 6GK1 562-1AM00 software and electronic manual
CP 5621 and MPI cable, 5 m on CD-ROM, license key on USB
SOFTNET-S7, 2007 Edition stick, Class A, for 32-bit Windows
XP Professional SP1, 2; Windows
Software for S7 communication, 2003 Server SP1, R2, SP2;
including FDL protocol with OPC Windows Vista Business/
server and NCM PC; runtime Ultimate; for CP 5512, CP 5611,
software, software and electronic CP 5611 A2, CP 5621
manual on CD-ROM, license key German/English
Windows XP Professional SP1, 2; • Single license for 1 installation 6GK1 704-5SW70-3AA0
Windows 2003 Server SP1, R2, • Software Update Service for 6GK1 704-5SW00-3AL0
Ultimate; for CP 5512, CP 5611,
CP 5611 A2, CP 5621
1 year,
with automatic extension; 4
German/English version
• Single license for 1 installation 6GK1 704-5CW70-3AA0 • Upgrade SOFTNET-DP Slave 6GK1 704-5SW00-3AE0
• Software Update Service for 6GK1 704-5CW00-3AL0 from V6.4 to SOFTNET-DP Slave,
1 year, 2007 Edition
with automatic extension; • Upgrade SOFTNET-DP Slave 6GK1 704-5SW00-3AE1
requirement: Current software from V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 or V6.3 to
version SOFTNET-DP Slave,
• Upgrade SOFTNET-S7 from V6.4 6GK1 704-5CW00-3AE0 2007 Edition
to SOFTNET-S7 2007 Edition PROFIBUS FastConnect 6GK1 500-0FC00
• Upgrade SOFTNET-S7 from 6GK1 704-5CW00-3AE1 bus connector RS 485
V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 or V6.3 to Plug 180
SOFTNET-S7, 2007 Edition with 180° cable outlet
SOFTNET-DP, 2007 Edition PROFIBUS bus terminal 12M 6GK1 500-0AA10
Software for DP protocol (Master Bus terminal for connection
Class 1 and 2) including FDL of PROFIBUS stations at up to
protocol with OPC server and 12 Mbit/s with connecting cable
NCM PC; runtime software, soft-
ware and electronic manual on
SP1, 2; Windows 2003 Server
Business/Ultimate; for CP 5512,
CP 5611, CP 5611 A2, CP 5621
German/English
1 year,
version
from V6.4 to
from V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 or V6.3 to

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
SOFTNET for PROFIBUS
3&,3&ZLWK
&3$&3&3
DQG62)71(7IRU352),%86
• Low-cost integration
- as PROFIBUS DP Master Class 1 or Master Class 2 with
SOFTNET DP
- as a PROFIBUS DP slave with SOFTNET DP slave
- S7 communication with SOFTNET S7
• Uniform procedure and configuration functionality with
352),%86 6ZLWK NCM PC and STEP 7.
&3
■ Application
4 6
*B,.B;;B
ZLWK&3
RU&3
68WR68
ZLWK&3)06'3
'30 '36 )06 23& 3*23 66 With SOFTNET for PROFIBUS, PCs can be connected to pro-
grammable controllers, such as SIMATIC S7, over PROFIBUS.
*B,.B;;B
The following user interfaces are available:

• DP protocol
• Software for coupling PCs/programming devices and note- • PG/OP communication for SIMATIC S7
books to programmable controllers • S7 communication
• Communication services: • Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE) based on the
- PROFIBUS DP Master Class 1 and 2 with acyclic expansions FDL interface
- PROFIBUS DP slave
- PG/OP communication SOFTNET is available for the following interfaces:
- S7 communication • CP 5512 (PC card, CardBus 32-bit)
- Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE) based on the
FDL interface • CP 5611 A2 (PCI, 32-bit)
• The appropriate OPC servers are included in the scope of • CP 5621 (PCIe x1)
supply of the respective communication software • Integral PROFIBUS interfaces of SIMATIC PGs/PCs
The operating systems that are supported are listed in the
ordering data for the SOFTNET software.

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
■ Function
Software for DP protocol (SOFTNET-DP) The following services are available with S7 communication:
• DP-Master Class 1 Administrative services
SOFTNET-DP provides DP-Master Class 1 functionality in • Connection management
combination with the CP 5512, CP 5611 A2 or CP 5621. The • Mini database
central controller exchanges information with the DP-Slaves
(e.g. ET 200S) in a fixed, repeating message cycle. The DP pro- • Trace
gramming interface (DPLib.DLL) provides the PC programmer Data transfer services
with function calls for data transfer. The DP interface also pro-
vides the SYNC and FREEZE functions as well as activation and • Read/write variables
deactivation of slaves. • BSEND/BRECEIVE (up to 64 KB per task)
The DP function expansions for Masters of Class 1 make Software for open communication
it possible to perform read and write functions (DS_READ, (SEND/RECEIVE based on the FDL interface)
DS_WRITE) as well as acknowledgement of alarms This interface based on Layer 2 is used for communication
(ALARM_ACK) at the same time as processing cyclic data between
communication. Data that are to be transferred in non-isochro-
nous mode (e.g. parameterization data) are only rarely changed,
in comparison to the cyclic measured values, and are trans-
• PG/PC and SIMATIC S7 4
ferred at lower priority in parallel with the cyclic high-speed • PG/PC and PG/PC
useful data transfer. Alarm acknowledgement by the master
ensures reliable transfer of the alarms from DP-Slaves used
(DS_READ, DS_WRITE, DS_DATA_TRANSPORT).
SEND/RECEIVE offers the following services:
• DP-Master Class 2 • Management services
In addition to DP-Master Class 1 services, SOFTNET-DP also • Connection establishment services
provides DP-Master Class 2 services. Devices of this type are • Data transfer services
used (programming, configuration or control devices) during This interface is included in SOFTNET-DP and SOFTNET-S7.
start-up, for configuring the DP system or for controlling the plant No configuration is necessary.
during normal operation (diagnostics). The DP programming
interface provides the following services: Reading master diag- User interfaces
nostics, slave diagnostics, inputs/outputs of a slave, configura-
tion data and modifying slave addresses. These extended • OPC interface
DP functions comprise non-isochronous access to the parame-
ters and measured values of a slave (e.g. field devices of The OPC server included in the respective software package
process automation and intelligent HMI devices). This type of can be used as the standard programming interface for the
slave must be supplied with extensive parameter data during PROFIBUS DP, open communication and S7 communication
start-up and during normal operation (DS_READ, DS_WRITE, protocols for linking automation technology applications to
DS_DATA_TRANSPORT). OPC-capable Windows applications (Office, HMI systems, etc.).
• DP-Slave (SOFTNET-DP-Slave) • Programming interface through C library

A DP-Slave is an I/O station that reads in input data and transfers The programming interfaces for existing applications are imple-
output data to the I/O. The volume of input and output informa- mented as Dynamic Link Libraries (DLL). You can find the re-
tion is determined by the user application and can be a maxi- leased compilers in the Readme file of the SIMATIC NET CD
mum of 122 byte each. For the slave interface, a simple example products at http://www.siemens.com/automation/csi/net.
GSD file is provided that can be adapted by the user to the slave For Borland programming interfaces (e.g. DELPHI), partner
application. This GSD file can be configured using any configu- solutions from SoftwareOption are offered.
ration tool which complies with the PROFIBUS DP specification
IEC 61158/EN 50170, e.g. STEP 7 or NCM PC. Mode of operation
Software for PG/OP communication With SOFTNET, the complete protocol stack is processed in the
PC.
Special programming device packages are not required for the
CP 5512, CP 5611 A2 and CP 5621 because the drivers are This architecture means that in contrast to the CP 5613 or
included in the STEP 7 scope of supply. CP 5614 products, the performance of the SOFTNET packages
is dependent on the configuration or loading of the PC used.
Software for S7 communication (SOFTNET-S7)
Configuration
SIMATIC S7 system components communicate with each
other using S7 communication functions. The S7 programming • The S7 communication protocol, open communication proto-
interface provides programming device/PC user programs with col and DP protocol are configured in STEP 7/NCM PC
access to SIMATIC S7 system components. This provides easy, V5.1 + SP2 and higher.
flexible access to the data of the SIMATIC S7 controller. • The configuration tool NCM PC is included in the
PROFIBUS software packages.

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
Performance data CP 5611 A2/CP 5621/CP 5512
Mono protocol mode
Number of connectable DP-Slaves max. 60
Number of FDL tasks waiting max. 100
Number of PG/OP and max. 8
S7 connections
• DP-Master DP-V0, DP-V1 with SOFTNET-DP
• DP-Slave DP-V0, DP-V1 with SOFTNET-DP
slave

SOFTNET-S7 2007 Edition SOFTNET-DP Slave,
2007 Edition
4
Software for S7 communication,
including FDL protocol with OPC Software for DP-Slave, with
server and NCM PC; runtime DP-OPC server and NCM PC;
software, software and electronic single license for 1 installation,
manual on CD-ROM, license key runtime software, software and
on USB stick, Class A, for 32-bit electronic manual on CD-ROM,
Windows XP Professional SP1, 2, license key on USB stick, Class A,
Windows 2003 Server SP1, R2, for 32-bit Windows XP Profes-
SP2, Windows Vista Business/ sional SP1, 2, Windows 2003
Ultimate, for CP 5512, CP 5611, Server SP1, R2, SP2, Windows
CP 5611 A2, CP 5621 Vista Business/Ultimate, for
German/English CP 5512, CP 5611, CP 5611 A2,
CP 5621
• Single license for 1 installation 6GK1 704-5CW70-3AA0 German/English
• Software Update Service for 6GK1 704-5CW00-3AL0 • Single license for 1 installation 6GK1 704-5SW70-3AA0
1 year,
with automatic extension; • Software Update Service for 6GK1 704-5SW00-3AL0
requirement: Current software 1 year,
version with automatic extension;
• Upgrade SOFTNET-S7 from V6.4 6GK1 704-5CW00-3AE0 version
to SOFTNET-S7, 2007 Edition
• Upgrade SOFTNET-DP Slave 6GK1 704-5SW00-3AE0
• Upgrade SOFTNET-S7 from 6GK1 704-5CW00-3AE1 from V6.4 to SOFTNET-DP Slave,
V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 or V6.3 to 2007 Edition
SOFTNET-S7 2007 Edition
• Upgrade SOFTNET-DP Slave 6GK1 704-5SW00-3AE1
SOFTNET-DP 2007 Edition from V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 or V6.3 to
Software for DP protocol (Master SOFTNET-DP Slave,
Class 1 and 2) including FDL 2007 Edition
NCM PC; runtime software,
SP1, 2, Windows 2003 Server
Business/Ultimate, for CP 5512,
CP 5611, CP 5611 A2, CP 5621
German/English
1 year,
version
• Upgrade SOFTNET-DP from 6GK1 704-5DW00-3AE0
V6.4 to SOFTNET-DP,
2007 Edition
• Upgrade SOFTNET-DP from 6GK1 704-5DW00-3AE1
V6.0, V6.1, V6.2 or V6.3 to

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
OPC server for PROFIBUS
■ Overview
• Standardized, open multi-vendor interface • OPC Scout with browser functionality as an OPC client and
• Interfacing of OPC-capable Windows applications to OCX Data Control
DP, FMS, S7 communication and open communication • The relevant OPC servers are supplied with each communica-
(SEND/RECEIVE) based on the FDL interface tion software package
PC/Windows PC
SIMATIC NET WinCC Microsoft Office OPC XML

OPC Scout OPC Client OPC Client Webclient
4
COM/DCOM
Internet
Intranet
DP OPC server SNMP

S7 OPC server S5 OPC server PN IO OPC server
FMS OPC server OPC server
OPC XML-DA
as Web service
Open
DP protocol
S7 communication communication PROFINET SNMP
FMS protocol
(SEND/RECEIVE)
PROFINET
Industrial Ethernet
S7-400
PROFIBUS PC
S7-300
SIMATIC S5
ET 200pro (SEND/RECEIVE only)
SIMATIC S5
G_IK10_XX 50700
PC
System integration with OPC server
■ Benefits
• Different networks and protocols can be easily used thanks to

the uniform interface
• Reduced training and familiarization costs
• Easy interfacing in the system environment and office applica-
tions over C++, Visual Basic and .NET interfaces
• Fast creation of applications
• Easy handling and cost-effective because the corresponding
OPC server is included in the scope of supply of the respec-
tive communications software

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
• Open standardization of the addressing using logical names
for objects from an automation component or an automation
system
• Supports STEP 7 symbols
• Efficient data transfer from a process component to an appli-
cation for further processing
• One client application can use several servers simultaneously
OPC (Openness, Productivity & Collaboration) is implemented • Simultaneous execution of more than one client is possible on
as an expansion of the COM (Component Object Model) com- one OPC server
munications interface and DCOM (Distributed COM) for the user • The communication protocols can be operated in parallel
software. • Interfaces
The basic principle of OPC is that OPC client applications com- - "Custom Interface“ for high-performance C++/NET applica-
municate with the OPC server over a standardized, open and tions
manufacturer-independent interface. - "Automation Interface" for easily created Visual Basic appli-
cations (or similar)
4 It is also possible to connect to OPC-capable Windows applica-
tions (Microsoft Office or HMI systems) that are already available
- OCX Data Control for simple connection to Windows appli-
cations that support COM/DCOM
on the market. - XML DA interface;
The following communications interfaces are available over OPC Data access to S7 CPUs is therefore possible over the Inter-
for PROFIBUS: net.
• DP communication for PROFIBUS DP Configuration
• DP-V0 Master Class 1 and Master Class 2 The communication parameters are configured using only
DP-V1 Master Class 1 and Master Class 2 the tools of the configuration software (configuration console,
PROFIdrive V3 interface for profile server SIMATIC NCM PC or STEP 7 V5.1 + SP2 and higher)
• FMS communication for PROFIBUS FMS
• S7 communication
• Open communication (SEND/RECEIVE) based on the
FDL interface
The OPC server offers:
• Data Access interface 2.05
• Alarm&Event interface 1.1
• OPC XML DA interface 1.0
• Integration of automation products of different manufacturers
• The same, easy-to-use user interface for different components
• Can be accessed from every computer in the LAN
• High-performance data access over the Custom Interface
(C++, NET)
• Easy to use with the “Automation Interface“ (VB, NET) or the
supplied OCX Data Control
• Grouping of variables (items); this way large quantities of data
can be processed in a short time
• Other compilers can be used via the OPC server, however,
the compiler must support the COM interface
(Microsoft component model)

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS

PN S7 FMS DP XY
4
G_IK10_XX_50042
Server A Server B Server C
OPC server OPC server OPC server OPC server OPC server
Comparison of conventional client/server architecture with an OPC architecture
Technical specifications Product versions include OPC servers for:
Programming • Synchronous and asynchronous DP-5613 PROFIBUS DP, XML-DA
reading and writing of variables
S7-5613 S7 communication, XML-DA
• Monitoring of variables using the
OPC server with a signal to the FMS-5613 FMS communication, XML-DA
client when a change occurs SOFTNET-S7 for PROFIBUS S7 communication, XML-DA
• Use of quantity operations; SOFTNET-DP PROFIBUS DP, XML-DA
so a large amount of data can
be processed in a short time. SOFTNET-DP slave PROFIBUS DP, Slave XML-DA
Interfaces • Custom Interface (C++, NET); CP 5613 A2/5614 A2 and CP 5613 Open communication (FDL)
for high OPC performance FO with DP-Base Software PROFIBUS DP Master,
Access to DP-slave of the
• Automation Interface CP 5614 A2, XML-DA
(VB, Excel, Access, Delphi, ...)
for ease-of-use
• Graphics with OCX
for configuring instead of
programming
• OPC XML-Interface for
Data Access
Protocols • S7 communication
• Open communication
(SEND/RECEIVE)
• PROFIBUS DP
• PROFIBUS FMS

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
SIMATIC S7
■ Overview
The following types of interface for SIMATIC TP/OP/MP and PPI
SIMATIC S7 must be differentiated: (not for OP73micro, TP 177micro, OP 73, OP 77A, TP 177A,
• PPI (point-to-point interface): OP 77B, Mobile Panel 177 PN, Mobile Panel 277 IWLAN )
Connection between SIMATIC TP/OP/MP and SIMATIC Basically the PPI is a
S7-200 via PPI. Communication runs on the PPI protocol; point-to-point connection between a SIMATIC TP/OP/MP
a standard FB as with SIMATIC S5 is not required. (PPI master) or alternatively a PG (PPI master) and an
• MPI (multi-point interface): S7-200 (PPI slave).
Link from SIMATIC TP/OP/MP to SIMATIC S7 via the integrated However, a connection between a SIMATIC TP/OP/MP and/or
PPI with S7-200 or MPI with S7-300/-400 or alternatively via a PG and an S7-200 (sequential logic point-to-point link, i.e. from
the MPI of a separate interface module and the backplane bus the point of view of the S7-200 only one connection is active at
to the SIMATIC S7-CPU. Communication runs on the MPI any one time) is also possible (network topology: PPI only).
protocol (PG/OP communication); a standard FB as with
SIMATIC S5 is not required. MPI/PROFIBUS interface/
• PROFIBUS interface: Industrial Ethernet interface
Link from SIMATIC TP/OP/MP to SIMATIC S7 via the integrated The multipoint-capable communication interfaces of
4
PROFIBUS interface on the CPU or alternatively via the SIMATIC TP/OP/MP and SIMATIC S7 are used. Options are:
PROFIBUS interface on a separate interface module and the
backplane bus to the SIMATIC S7-CPU. Communication runs • Interface between one or a number of TP/OP/MPs
on the MPI protocol (PG/OP communication); a standard FB (MPI master) and one or a number of S7-300/400s or
as with SIMATIC S5 is not required. WinAC (MPI master)
(possible network topology:
• PROFINET interface: MPI/PROFIBUS/Industrial Ethernet)
Link from SIMATIC TP/OP/MP to SIMATIC S7 via the integrated
PROFINET interface on the CPU or alternatively via the • Interface between one or a number of TP/OP/MPs
Industrial Ethernet interface on a separate interface module (MPI master) and one or a number of S7-200s (MPI slave) 1)
and the backplane bus to the SIMATIC S7-CPU. Communi- (possible network topology: PPI/MPI/PROFIBUS)
cation runs on the MPI protocol (PG/OP communication); Unlike PPI connections, MPI connections are static connections
a standard FB as with SIMATIC S5 is not required. that are set up during booting and then monitored.
The maximum possible number of S7 connections of one CPU A master/slave link has now been added to the original format
is determined by its power (see Catalog ST 70); from the point of a master/master link. This has enabled the integration of the
of view of SIMATIC TP/OP/MP the following restrictions apply: S7-200 (except CPU 212).1)
• OP 73micro, TP 177micro: 1 connection Generally this type of information exchange between
• OP 73: max. 2 connections SIMATIC TP/OP/MP and SIMATIC S7 is independent
• OP 77A, TP 177A, OP 77B, TP177B, OP 177B, of the network used, PPI, MPI, PROFIBUS or Industrial Ethernet:
Mobile Panel 177: max. 4 connections SIMATIC TP/OP/MPs are S7 clients and SIMATIC S7-CPUs are
S7 servers.
• TP 277, OP 277; Mobile Panel 277, MP 277, MP 370, MP 377:
max. 6 connections 1)
For constraints with regard to transfer rates for the S7-200,
• PC with WinCC flexible Runtime: max. 8 connections see Catalog ST 70.

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
SIMATIC S7
Target hardware (PROTOCOL) TD 100 OP 73 micro OP 73 Connection via
(physics) TD 200 TP 177micro
TD 200C
TD 400C
via PPI to S7-200 (PPI) n1) – – MPI cable4)
via MPI or PROFIBUS – n
2)
n
3)
MPI cable4)
to S7-200
via MPI or PROFIBUS – – •3) MPI cable4)
to S7-300, -400
via PPI network (PPI) n
1)
– – PPI network5)
via PPI network
n
1)
•2) n
3)
PPI network5)
(see Catalog ST 70)
4
to max. 4 x S7-200
via MPI or PROFIBUS network – •2) n3) MPI or
(PG/OP communication) PROFIBUS network5)
to max. 4 x S7-200 (see also Catalog ST 70)
3)
via MPI or PROFIBUS network – – n MPI or
to max. 4 x S7-300, -400, WinAC (see Section 2)
n System interface possible
1)
The TD series can only be connected to max. 1 x S7-200 via PPI (PPI/MPI); network operation (parallel PG, etc.) possible;
transfer rate max. 187.5 Kbit/s; cable included in scope of delivery
2)
OP 73micro, TP 177micro can only be connected to max. 1 x S7-200 (MPI); network operation (parallel PG, etc.) possible;
transfer rate max. 187.5 Kbit/s
3)
OP 73 can be connected to max. 2 x SIMATIC S7 (MPI); network operation (parallel PG, etc.) possible;
transfer rate max. 1.5 Mbit/s
4)
MPI cable 6ES7 901-0BF00-0AA0 (max. 187.5 Kbit/s) included in PG scope of delivery
5)

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
SIMATIC S7
Target hardware (PROTOCOL) OP 77A OP 77B TP 277 WinCC flexible Connection via
(physics) TP 177A TP 177B DP OP 277 Runtime
OP 177B DP Mobile Panel
TP 177B DP/PN 277
OP 177B DP/PN Mobile Panel
Mobile Panel 277 IWLAN
177 DP MP 177
Mobile Panel MP 277
177 PN MP 377
via PPI to S7-200 (PPI) – n1) 2) n1) 2) n1) 3) MPI cable11)
via MPI or PROFIBUS n
4)
n
2) 5)
n
2) 5)
n
3) 5)
MPI cable11)
to S7-200
via MPI or PROFIBUS n
4)
n
2)
n
2)
n
3)
MPI cable11)
4 (PG/OP communication)
to S7-300, -400
via PPI network (PPI) – n1) 2) n1) 2) n1) 3) PPI network12)
via PPI network n
4)
n
6)
– – PPI network12)
(PG/OP communication) (see also Catalog ST 70)
to max. 4 x S7-200
4) 2) 5) 2) 5) 3) 5)
via MPI or PROFIBUS network n n n n MPI or
to max. 4 x S7-200 (see also Catalog ST 70)
via MPI or PROFIBUS network n4) n2) n2) n3) MPI or PROFIBUS network12)
(PG/OP communication) (see also Catalog ST 70)
to max. 4 x S7-300, -400, WinAC
7) 8) 8) 9) 10)
via Industrial Ethernet (TCP/IP) – n n n Industrial Ethernet
(PG/OP communication) (see Section 2)
to max. 4 x S7-200, -300, -400,
WinAC
1)
Can be connected via PPI to max. 1 x S7-200 (PPI); network operation (parallel PG, etc.) possible
2)
Not Mobile Panel 177 PN, Mobile Panel 277 IWLAN;
connection of Mobile Panel 177 DP, Mobile Panel 277 via special connecting cables and connection box (see Mobile Panel);
see manual for cable assignment
3)
Connection via integrated MPI/PROFIBUS interface; use the CP 5611 A2 with a standard PC.
4)
Max. transfer rate 1.5 Mbit/s
5)
Only to passive S7-200; OP 77B (MPI) also to active S7-200
6)
Only OP 77B (MPI)
7) Only TP 177B DP/PN, OP 177B DP/PN, Mobile Panel 177 PN
8)
Mobile Panel 177 PN, Mobile Panel 277 connection via special connecting cable and connection box (see Mobile Panel);
see manual for cable assignment.
9)
Mobile Panel 277 IWLAN (wireless interface, see Mobile Panel)
10)
Connection via integrated Industrial Ethernet interface; use the CP 1612 with a standard PC
11)
MPI cable 6ES7 901-0BF00-0AA0 (max. 187.5 Kbit/s) included in PG's scope of delivery (for download and test purposes only)
12)

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime supports connection to:
Protocol PC interfaces
SIMATIC S7 via PPI
S7-200 CP 5512 1)
CP 5611 A2 1)
CP 5621 1)
CP 5613 A2
CP 5614 A2
PC/PPI adapter 2)
SIMATIC S7 via MPI
S7-200 (except CPU 212) 3) CP 5512 1)
CP 5611 A2 1)
S7-300 CP 5621 1)
S7-400 CP 5613 A2
CP 5614 A2
WinAC Basis (V3.0 and higher) PC/MPI adapter 5)
WinAC RTX PC adapter USB 5)
Teleservice V6.1
4
SIMATIC S7 via PROFIBUS DP 4)
S7-215 3) CP 5512 1)
CP 5611 A2 1)
• PC-based visualization software for single-user systems S7-300 CPUs with integr. CP 5621 1)
directly at the machine PROFIBUS interface CP 5613 A2
• Executable under S7-300 with CP 342-5 CP 5614 A2
Windows XP Professional/Vista Business/Vista Ultimate S7-400 CPUs with integr.
• Current version: PROFIBUS interface
- SIMATIC WinCC flexible 2008 Runtime S7-400 with CP 443-5
with 128, 512, 2048 or 4096 PowerTags
WinAC Basis (V3.0 and higher)
• SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime is configured with the
SIMATIC WinCC flexible Advanced configuration software. WinAC RTX
SIMOTION 6)
■ Benefits SINUMERIK 7)
• Optimum price/performance ratio thanks to individually 1)

With MicroBox 420/427 and Panel PC 477/677
scalable system functionality via internal multi-point interface
2)
• Functions for all visualization tasks: Only point-to-point to S7-200;
Operator functions, graphical and plot representations, no configuration download;
operating systems: Windows 2000/XP;
signaling system, log system, archiving (option), recipe Order No.: 6ES7 901-3CB30-0AX0
management (option), Audit Trail (option), process fault 3)
Constraint with regard to baud rate for S7-200;
diagnostics (option) see Catalog ST 70
• Flexible runtime functionality thanks to Visual Basic scripts 4)
WinCC flexible RT is a master;
• Innovative service concepts with remote operation, diagnos- communication with S7 functions
5)
tics and administration via intranet and Internet as well as Only point-to-point to S7-300/-400;
e-mail communication to increase availability (option) no configuration download;
operating systems: Windows 2000/XP
• Support for simple distributed automation solutions based on Order No.: 6ES7 972-0CA23-0XA0 (COM) or
TCP/IP networks at the machine level (option) 6ES7 972-0CB20-0XA0 (USB)
6)
For further information, see Catalog PM 10
7)
"Sinumerik HMI copy license OA" option required;
for further information, see Catalog NC 60
Application note
In conjunction with any PLC interface,
WinCC flexible Runtime supports the use of the OPC client
channel; this enables, for example, the connection to an
SNMP OPC server for the purpose of visualizing the data stored
there. The SNMP OPC server provides a means of monitoring
network components of any type (e. g. switches) which support
the SNMP protocol.
Note:
Further information can be found in Catalog ST 80 ,
in the offline CA 01 Mall and in the Internet at

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
OPC client
Industrial Ethernet
On-site visualization
OPC server OPC server
4
OPC client
3rd party server

PROFIBUS
Programmable
controllers
G_ST80_XX_00077
Other
manufacturers
SIMATIC WinCC flexible Runtime application example
More information is available in the Internet at
http://www.siemens.com/wincc-flexible

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
SIMATIC WinCC
Integration in company-wide solutions
(IT and business integration)
WinCC is strictly based on Microsoft technology, which provides
for the greatest possible compatibility and integration ability.
ActiveX and .net1) controls allow for technology and sector-
specific expansions. Cross-manufacturer communication is also
a simply exercise. The reason: WinCC can be used as OPC
client and server, and in addition to the access to current pro-
cess values, it also supports standards such as OPC HDA
(Historical Data Access), OPC Alarm & Events and OPC XML
Data Access. Equally important: Visual Basic for Applications
(VBA) for user-specific expansions of the WinCC Graphics
Designer and Visual Basic Scripting (VBS) as an easy-to-learn,
open runtime language. If desired, professional application
developers can also use ANSI-C. And access to the API
programming interfaces is really simple with the Open-
Development-Kit ODK.
4
WinCC integrates an efficient, scalable Historian functionality
based on the Microsoft SQL Server 2005 in the basic system.
Thus the user is given all possibilities: from high-performance ar-
• PC-based operator control and monitoring system for visualiz- chiving of current process data, to long-term archiving with high
ing and operating processes, production flows, machines and data compression, through to a central information turntable in
plants in all sectors - with the simple single-user station form of a company-wide Process Historian. With the help of the
through to distributed multi-user systems with redundant option Central Archive Server, this can be set up in the frame-
servers and cross-location solutions with web clients. WinCC work of a WinCC solution. Versatile clients and tools for evalua-
is the information hub for company-wide, vertical integration. tion, the open interfaces, special options (Connectivity Pack,
Connectivity Station, IndustrialDataBridge) form the basis for an
• The basic system configuration (WinCC basic software) in-
effective IT and business integration.
cludes industry-standard functions for signaling and acknowl-
edging events, archiving of messages and measured values, 1)
logging of all process and configuration data, user administra- Only supported by WinCC V7.0
tion and visualization.
• The WinCC basic software forms the core of a wide range of Integration in automation solutions
different applications. Based on the open programming inter- WinCC is an open process visualization system and offers the
faces, a wide range of WinCC options (from Siemens IA) and option of connecting the most diverse control systems.
WinCC add-ons have been developed (by Siemens-internal
and external partners). Released communication software
• WinCC can be operated with every PC that meets the given Only communication software with the listed (or higher) product
HW requirements. The product range of the SIMATIC Panel PC versions should be used. Corresponding SIMATIC NET
and SIMATIC Rack PC is available in particular for the indus- upgrades are available for the upgrading of older versions.
trial usage of WinCC systems. SIMATIC PCs stand out due to
their powerful PC technology, are designed for round-the- Number of connectable controls
clock continuous operation, and can be operated in both For the number of the connectable controls via Industrial
harsh industrial environments and office areas. Ethernet CP 1613 A2/CP 1623, the following applies for a
• Current versions: maximum message frame length of 512 bytes:
- SIMATIC WinCC V7.0: Type of connection Number of nodes
Executable under Windows VISTA Ultimate, Business and
Enterprise, Windows XP Professional, Windows 2003 Server SIMATIC S5 Ethernet Layer 4 + up to 60
and Windows 2003 Server R2; TCP/IP
the Microsoft SQL Server 2005 SP2 is included SIMATIC S5 Ethernet TF up to 60
- SIMATIC WinCC V6.2 SP2:
SIMATIC S7 Protocol Suite up to 64
Runs under Windows XP Professional/Windows Server 2003
SP2/Windows Server 2003 R2 SP2 and Windows 2000 SIMATIC 505 Ethernet Layer 4 + up to 60
Professional SP4 TCP/IP
Via PROFIBUS, a maximum of 8 controls with CP 5611 A2,

CP 5621 and a maximum of 44 controls with CP 5613 A2 can be
connected. With approx. 10 or more controls, the usage of
Industrial Ethernet is recommended.

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
SIMATIC WinCC
Mixed mode with different controls Coupling overview
With their multi-protocol stack, the communications processors Protocol Description
CP 1613 A2 / CP 1623 und CP 5613 A2 allow for the parallel op- SIMATIC S7
eration of two protocols, e.g. for the mixed operation of different
controls via a bus cable. WinCC supports the operation of two SIMATIC S7 Protocol Suite Channel DLL for S7 functions via
similar Interface Boards MPI, PROFIBUS or Ethernet Layer 4 +
TCP/IP
in combination with the channels SIMATIC S5 Ethernet Layer 4
(2 x CP 1613 A2 / CP 1623), SIMATIC S7 Protocol Suite Cross-manufacturer
(2 x CP 1613 A2/CP 1623, 2 x CP 5613 A2) and PROFIBUS DP Windows DDE Channel DLL for DDE communication,
(4 x CP 5613 A2; max. 122 slaves per CP 5613 A2). In addition WinCC can acquire data from DDE server
to communication over industrial Ethernet CP 1613 A2/CP 1623 applications
or PROFIBUS CP 5613 A2, one CP 5611 A2/CP 5621 each can 1)
OPC client Channel DLL for OPC communication,
be used for communication with SIMATIC S7 via MPI. WinCC can acquire data from OPC server
Client-server communication applications
OPC server Server applications for OPC communica-
The communication between the clients and the server is
4
tion; WinCC provides process data
achieved using the TCP/IP protocol. The construction of a for the OPC client
separate PC-LAN is recommended. For small projects with
correspondingly small message frame advent, a SIMATIC NET PROFIBUS FMS Channel DLL for PROFIBUS FMS
Industrial Ethernet can be used for both process communication PROFIBUS DP Channel DLL for PROFIBUS DP
(WinCC/Server ↔ PLC) and for PC-PC communication 1)
(WinCC/client ↔ WinCC/server). Application note:
The parallel usage of the OPC client channel allows, for example, the
Communication redundancy connection to an SNMP-OPC server for visualization of the data contained
there. The SNMP-OPC server enables monitoring of any network compo-
WinCC itself does not support any redundant LAN interfaces. nents (e.g. switch) that support the protocol SNMP.
The software package S7-REDCONNECT is required for the
redundant connection of PCs via 2 x Industrial Ethernet to
SIMATIC S7. This connects the SIMATIC S7 with applications
on the PC, e.g. SIMATIC WinCC. A pure communication redun-
dancy can be achieved by setting up optical rings (see Catalog
IK PI).
Channel DLL PROFIBUS DP
In accordance with the PROFIBUS standard, DP/slaves are
always permanently assigned to a DP-Master; i.e. a second
WinCC station (DP/master) cannot access the same controls
(DP/slave) This means that redundant operation of two WinCC
stations is not possible with the use of the PROFIBUS DP
coupling.
Connection to controls from other manufacturers:
For the connection of controls from other manufacturers,
OPC (Openness, Productivity & Collaboration) is recommended.
Current notes and information about OPC servers from various
suppliers can be found at:
http://www.opcfoundation.org/05_man.asp
WinCC supports the standards:
• OPC Data Access 2.05a
• OPC XML Data Access 1.01
(Connectivity Pack/Connectivity Station)
• OPC HDA 1.2 (Connectivity Pack/Connectivity Station)
• OPC A&E 1.1 (Connectivity Pack/Connectivity Station)
http://www.siemens.com/wincc-connectivity

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
SIMATIC WinCC
Communication components for PG/PC for SIMATIC for WinCC V7.0
PROFIBUS SIMATIC S5 SIMATIC S7 PROFIBUS DP PROFIBUS FMS Order No.
PROFIBUS FDL Protocol Suite
WinCC – channel DLL
SIMATIC S5 PROFIBUS FDL n Included in the basic package
Channel DLL for S5-FDL
SIMATIC S7 Protocol Suite n Included in the basic package
Channel DLL for S7 functions
PROFIBUS DP n Included in the basic package
Channel DLL for PROFIBUS DP
PROFIBUS FMS n Included in the basic package
Channel DLL for PROFIBUS FMS
Communication components for extension of the OS/OP
n
4
CP 5611 A2 6GK1 561-1AA01
PCI card (32 bit) for the connection
of PG/PC to PROFIBUS or MPI
(communications software included
in the WinCC basic package)
CP 5621 n 6GK1 562-1AA00
PCI Express x1 carte (32 bit)
for the connection of PG/PC to
PROFIBUS or MPI (communications
software included in the WinCC
basic package)
CP 5512 n 6GK1 551-2AA00
PCMCIA card (Cardbus 32 bit)
for the connection of PG/PC to
PROFIBUS or MPI
(communications software included
in WinCC basic package)
PC/MPI adapter n 6ES7 972-0CA23-0XA0
RS 232, 9-pin, pins
with RS 232/MPI converter
max. 19.2 Kbit/s
CP 5613 A2 n n n n 6GK1 561-3AA01
PCI card (32 bit) for the connection
of PC to PROFIBUS
(communications software must be
ordered separately)
S7-5613 2007 1) n n 6GK1 713-5CB70-3AA0
S7 functions + FDL
• for Windows XP Prof./Server 2003/
Server 2003 R2/
Vista Ultimate/Business
DP-5613 2007 1) n n 6GK1 713-5DB70-3AA0
DP-Master + FDL
Server 2003 R2/
FMS-5613 20071) n n 6GK1 713-5FB70-3AA0
PROFIBUS-FMS + FDL
Server 2003 R2/
1) Upgrade package
You can find further information in the Internet at

http://www4.ad.siemens.de/view/cs/de/14628484

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
SIMATIC WinCC
Communication examples
SIMATIC NET PROFIBUS (S7 functions)

- CP 5613 A2
Standard PC 6GK1 561-3AA01
6GK1 562-1AA00
e.g. RC 64 k or RT 64 k
- S7-5613
(communications software)
6GK1 713-5CB70-3AA0
PROFIBUS
- CP 443-5 Extended - CP 342-5 (DP, S7, S/R)

(DP/M, S7, S/R) 6GK7 342-5DA02-0XE0
6GK7 443-5DX04-0XE0 - CP 343-5 (FMS, S7, S/R)
- CP 443-5 Basis (FMS, S7, S/R) 6GK7 343-5FA01-0XE0
6GK7 443-5FX02-0XE0 - Manual NCM S7 for PROFIBUS
- Manual NCM S7 for PROFIBUS (SIMATIC NET CD or
G_ST80_XX_00010
(SIMATIC NET CD or Internet Download)
Internet Download)
WinCC single-user system: PROFIBUS with S7 communication
SIMATIC NET PROFIBUS-FMS

- CP 5613 A2
Standard PC 6GK1 561-3AA00
6GK1 562-1AA00
e.g. RC 64 k or RT 64 k
- FMS-5613
+ FMS channel DLL (communications software)
6GK1 713-5FB70-3AA0
PROFIBUS FMS
SIMATIC S7-300 SIMATIC S7-400 SIMATIC S5-

- CP 343-5 - CP 443-5 Basic 115/135/155U
(FMS, S7, S/R) (FMS, S7, S/R)
6GK7 343-5FA01-0XE0 6GK7 443-5FX02-0XE0
- CP 5431 FMS/DP
6GK1 543-1AA01
G_ST80_XX_00012
- COM 5431 FMS/DP

6GK1 745-1AD00-0EA0
WinCC single-user system: PROFIBUS FMS

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
SIMATIC WinCC
without operating
option on server:
32 clients + TCP/IP- max. 4
+ 3 Web clients interface With operating
Standard PC option
or
with WinCC on server
50 Web clients
e.g. RC 64 k or RT 64 k Client Client
+ 1 client
TERMINAL BUS TCP/IP

Server
PROCESS BUS (Industrial Ethernet/PROFIBUS)
4
The sample applications

- WinCC single-user system: SIMATIC NET PROFIBUS with S7 functions
G_ST80_XX_00013
- WinCC single-user system: SIMATIC NET Industrial Ethernet with S7 functions
- WinCC single-user system: SIMATIC NET PROFIBUS FMS
can be set up here.
WinCC multi-user system with operable server

- OPC server functionality
(included in WinCC basic package)
- TCP-IP Interface Board
required
OPC client
Industrial Ethernet
- OPC server On-site visualization - OPC server
functionality OPC server OPC server functionality
(included in (included in
ProTool/Pro WinCC basic
Runtime package)
basic - TCP-IP Interface
package) Board required
OPC client
- OPC client
OPC server functionality
PROFIBUS
- integrated (included in
PROFIBUS SIMATIC S7-300 SIMATIC S7-400 WinCC basic
interface package)
Programmable - OPC server
controllers required
G_ST80_XX_00015
of other for connection to

controllers of
other makes
OPC coupling

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
Controls, Control Devices, Indicators and Sensors for PROFIBUS DP
SIMOCODE pro 3UF7 motor management
and control devices
■ Overview • The replacement of the control circuit hardware with inte-

grated control functions decreases the number of hardware
components and wiring required and in this way limits stock
keeping costs and potential wiring errors
• The use of solid-state full motor protection permits better
utilization of the motors and ensures long-term stability of
the tripping characteristic and reliable tripping even after
years of service
Multifunctional, solid-state full motor protection
for rated motor currents up to 820 A
SIMOCODE pro offers comprehensive protection of the motor
feeder by means of a combination of different, multi-step and
delayable protection and monitoring functions:
• Inverse-time delayed solid-state overload protection
(Class 5 ... 40)
• Thermistor motor protection
• Phase failure / unbalance protection
4 • Stall protection
• Monitoring of adjustable limit values for the motor current
• Voltage and power monitoring
SIMOCODE pro V with current/voltage measuring module, • Monitoring of the power factor (motor idling/load shedding)
expansion modules and operator panel with display • Ground-fault monitoring
• Temperature monitoring, e.g. over PT100/PT1000
SIMOCODE pro is a flexible, modular motor management and
system for motors with constant speeds in the low-voltage per- • Monitoring of operating hours, downtime and number of starts
formance range. It optimizes the connection between I&C and etc.
motor feeder, increases plant availability and allows significant
Recording of measuring curves
savings to be made for start-up, operation and maintenance of
a system. SIMOCODE pro can record measuring curves and therefore is
able, for example, to present the progression of motor current
When SIMOCODE pro is installed in the low-voltage switch-
during motor start-up.
board, it is the intelligent interface between the higher-level
automation system and the motor feeder and includes the Flexible motor control implemented with integrated control
following: functions (instead of comprehensive hardware interlocks)
• Multifunctional, solid-state full motor protection which is Many predefined motor control functions have already been
independent of the automation system integrated into SIMOCODE pro, including all necessary logic
• Integrated control functions instead of hardware for the operations and interlocks:
motor control
• Detailed operating, service and diagnostics data • Overload relays
• Open communication through PROFIBUS DP, the standard • Direct-on-line and reversing starters
for fieldbus systems • Star/delta starters (also with direction reversal)
• Two speeds, motors with separate windings
SIMOCODE ES is the software package for SIMOCODE pro (pole-changing switch); also with direction reversal
parameterization, start-up and diagnostics. • Two speeds, motors with separate Dahlander windings
(also with direction reversal)
■ Benefits • Positioner actuation
• Solenoid valve actuation
General customer benefits • Actuation of a circuit breaker
• Integrating the whole motor feeder into the process control • Soft starter actuation (also with direction reversal)
by means of a bus significantly reduces the wiring outlay These control functions are predefined in SIMOCODE pro
between the motor feeder and PLC and can be freely assigned to the inputs and outputs of the
• Decentralization of the automated processes by means of device (including PROFIBUS DP).
configurable control and monitoring functions in the feeder
saves resources in the automation system and ensures full These predefined control functions can also be flexibly adapted
functionality and protection of the feeder even if the I&C or bus to each customized configuration of a motor feeder by means of
system fails freely configurable logic modules (truth tables, counters, timers,
• The acquisition and monitoring of operational, service and edge evaluation ...) and with the help of standard functions
diagnostics data in the feeder and process control system (power failure monitoring, emergency start, external faults ...),
increases plant availability as well as maintenance and without additional auxiliary relays being necessary in the control
service-friendliness circuit.
• The high degree of modularity allows users to perfectly imple- SIMOCODE pro makes a lot of additional hardware and wiring in
ment their plant-specific requirements for each motor feeder the control circuit unnecessary which results in a high level of
• The SIMOCODE pro system offers functionally graded and standardization of the motor feeder in terms of its design and
space-saving solutions for each customer application circuit diagrams.

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
and control devices
■ Benefits (continued)
Detailed operational, service and diagnostics data Diagnostics data
SIMOCODE pro makes different operational, service and diag- • Numerous detailed early warning and fault messages
nostics data available and helps to detect potential faults in time • Internal device fault logging with time stamp
and to prevent them by means of preventative measures. In the • Time stamping of freely selectable status, alarm or
event of a malfunction, a fault can be diagnosed, localized and fault messages etc.
rectified very quickly - there are no or very short downtimes. Communication
Operating data SIMOCODE pro is equipped with an integral PROFIBUS DP
• Motor switching state derived from the current flow in the main interface (Sub-D or terminal connection) and can therefore re-
circuit place all individual wiring (including modular terminals), which
• All phase currents would usually be required for exchanging data with the higher-
• All phase voltages level automation system, with a single 2-wire cable.
• Active power, apparent power and power factor
• Phase unbalance and phase sequence SIMOCODE pro supports among other things:
• Time to trip • Baud rates up to 12 Mbit/s
• Motor temperature • Automatic baud rate detection
• Remaining cooling time etc.
Service data
• Communication with up to 3 masters
• Time synchronization over PROFIBUS (SIMATIC S7) 4
• Time stamp with high timing precision (SIMATIC S7)
• Motor operating hours • Cyclic services (DPV0) and acyclic services (DPV1)
• Motor stop times • DPV1 communication after the Y-Link etc.
• Number of motor starts
• Number of overload trips
• Consumed power
• Internal comments stored in the device etc.
SIMOCODE pro combines all the necessary functions for the motor feeder in a compact system.

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
and control devices
■ Application
SIMOCODE pro is often used for automated processes where Industries
plant downtimes are very expensive (e.g. steel or cement indus-
try) and where it is important to prevent plant downtimes through Today, SIMOCODE pro is mainly used in the chemical (incl. oil
detailed operational, service and diagnostics data or to localize and gas), steel, water, paper, pharmaceutical, cement, and
the fault very quickly in the event of a fault. glass industry. It is also used for applications in power plants
and large diamond, gold and platinum mines. Based on the
SIMOCODE pro is modular and space-saving and suited experience made with the predecessor system SIMOCODE-DP,
especially for operation in motor control centers in the process SIMOCODE pro has been tailored even more specifically to the
industry and for power plant technology. requirements of these industries.
Uses An essential requirement in these industries is the availability of
the motors and thus the availability of the whole process. Plant
Protection and control of motors downtimes caused by faults frequently result in high costs. For
• In hazardous areas for types of protection this reason, it is very important to detect potential faults early on
EEx e/d according to ATEX directive 94/9/EC and to initiate targeted countermeasures. SIMOCODE pro offers
see Catalog LV 1 users an up-to-date motor management system based on years
• With heavy starting (paper, cement, metal and water of experience.
industries)
4 • In high-availability plants (chemical, oil, raw material
processing industry, power plants)

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
and control devices
■ Selection and ordering data

Version Set current Width Order No.
A mm
SIMOCODE pro
SIMOCODE pro C, basic units 1,
PROFIBUS DP interface, 12 Mbit/s, RS 485
4 E/3 A freely assignable, input for thermistor connection,
monostable relay outputs,
rated control supply voltage Us:
• 24 V DC 3UF7 000-1AB00-0
• 110 ... 240 V AC/DC 3UF7 000-1AU00-0
3UF7 000-1A.00-0
SIMOCODE pro V, basic units 2
PROFIBUS DP interface, 12 Mbit/s, RS 485
4 E/3 A freely assignable, input for thermistor connection,
monostable relay outputs,
4
can be expanded by expansion modules,
rated control supply voltage Us:
• 24 V DC 3UF7 010-1AB00-0
• 110 ... 240 V AC/DC 3UF7 010-1AU00-0
3UF7 010-1A.00-0
Current measuring modules
Straight-through transformers 0.3 ... 3 45 3UF7 100-1AA00-0
2.4 ... 25 45 3UF7 101-1AA00-0
10 ... 100 55 3UF7 102-1AA00-0
20 ... 200 120 3UF7 103-1AA00-0
Busbar connections 20 ... 200 120 3UF7 103-1BA00-0
3UF7 100-1AA00-0 63 ... 630 145 3UF7 104-1BA00-0
SIMOCODE pro
Current/voltage measuring modules
Voltage measuring up to 690 V
if required in connection with a decoupling module
Straight-through transformers 0.3 ... 3 45 3UF7 110-1AA00-0
2.4 ... 25 45 3UF7 111-1AA00-0
10 ... 100 55 3UF7 112-1AA00-0
20 ... 200 120 3UF7 113-1AA00-0
3UF7 110-1AA00-0
Busbar connections 20 ... 200 120 3UF7 113-1BA00-0
63 ... 630 145 3UF7 114-1BA00-0
Decoupling modules
For connecting upstream from a current/voltage measuring module 3UF7 150-1AA00-0
on the system interface when using voltage detection
in non-grounded networks
3UF7 150-1AA00-0
Operator panels
Installation in control cabinet door or front plate, 3UF7 200-1AA00-0
for plugging into basic unit, 10 LEDs for status indication
and user-assignable buttons for controlling the motor
3UF7 200-1AA00-0
Operator panels with display for SIMOCODE pro V1)
Installation in control cabinet door or front plate, 3UF7 210-1AA00-0
for plugging into basic unit 2, 7 LEDs for status indication
and user-assignable buttons for controlling the motor,
multilingual display, e.g. for indication of measured values,
status information or fault messages
3UF7 210-1AA00-0
1)
Only possible with basic unit 2, product version E03 and higher (from 12/2006).

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
and control devices

Version Order No.
Expansion modules
Note:
Expansion modules can only be used in combination with basic unit 2! A total of up to 5 expansion modules
can be connected in any order to one basic unit. When an operator panel with display and/or a decoupling
module is used, more restrictions on the number of expansion modules connectable per basic unit must be
observed!
Digital modules
4 binary inputs and 2 relay outputs,
up to 2 digital modules can be connected per basic unit 2
Relay outputs Input voltage
Monostable 24 V DC 3UF7 300-1AB00-0
110 ... 240 V AC/DC 3UF7 300-1AU00-0
4 Bistable 24 V DC 3UF7 310-1AB00-0
3UF7 300-1AU00-0 110 ... 240 V AC/DC 3UF7 310-1AU00-0
Analog modules
2 inputs (passive) for input 3UF7 400-1AA00-0
and 1 output for output of 0/4 ...20 mA signals,
max. 1 analog module can be connected per basic unit 2
3UF7 400-1AA00-0
Ground-fault modules
1 input for connecting 3UF7 500-1AA00-0
a summation current transformer 3UL22,
up to 1 ground-fault module can be connected per basic unit 2
Note:
For the corresponding summation current transformers for
rated fault currents of 0.3 A, 0.5 A or 1 A
see Catalog LV 1.
3UF7 500-1AA00-0
Temperature modules
3 inputs for connecting up to 3UF7 700-1AA00-0
max. 3 analog temperature sensors, up to max. 1 temperature module
can be connected for each basic unit 2
3UF7 700-1AA00-0

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
and control devices
■ Accessories
Version Order No.
Connection cables (essential accessory)
Connection cable
In different lengths for connecting basic unit, current measuring module,
current/voltage measuring module, operator panel or
expansion modules or decoupling module:
• Length 0.025 m (flat) 3UF7 930-0AA00-0
Note: Only suitable for connecting basic unit 2
to its expansion modules or for connecting expansion modules
3UF7 932-0AA00-0 to each other; only when the front plates finish at the same height!
• Length 0.5 m (round) 3UF7 932-0BA00-0
• Length 1.0 m (round)
• Length 2.5 m (round)
3UF7 937-0BA00-0
3UF7 933-0BA00-0
4
PC cables and adapters
PC cable for PC/PG communication with SIMOCODE pro 3UF7 940-0AA00-0
through the system interface, for connecting to the
serial interface of the PC/PG
USB/serial adapter 3UF7 946-0AA00-0
To connect an RS 232 PC cable
to the USB port of a PC,
we recommend using modular safety system 3RK3, soft starter 3RW44,
3UF7 940-0AA00-0 motor starter ET 200S/ECOFAST/ET 200pro,
AS-i safety monitor, AS-i analyzer in conjunction with SIMOCODE pro 3UF7
Memory modules
The memory module enables the complete parameter assignment 3UF7 900-0AA00-0
of a system to be saved and transferred to a new system, e.g. when a
device is replaced, without the need for additional aids or detailed
knowledge of the the system interface
3UF7 900-0AA00-0
Interface covers
For system interface 3UF7 950-0AA00-0
3UF7 950-0AA00-0
Addressing plug
For assigning the PROFIBUS addresses without using a PC/PG 3UF7 910-0AA00-0
on SIMOCODE pro through the system interface
3UF7 910-0AA00-0
Door adapters
For external connection of the system interface 3UF7 920-0AA00-0
outside, for example, a control cabinet
3UF7 920-0AA00-0
Adapters for operator panel
The adapter enables the smaller 3UF7 20 operator panel from 3UF7 922-0AA00-0
SIMOCODE pro to be used in a front panel cutout in which previously,
e.g. after a change of system, a larger 3UF5 2 operator panel from
SIMOCODE-DP had been used; degree of protection IP54
3UF7 922-0AA00-0

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
and control devices
■ Accessories (continued)
Version Order No.
Labeling strips
• For pushbuttons of the 3UF7 20 operator panel 3UF7 925-0AA00-0
• For pushbuttons of the 3UF7 21 operator panel with display 3UF7 925-0AA01-0
• For LEDs of the 3UF7 20 operator panel 3UF7 925-0AA02-0
Note:
Pre-punched labeling strips for user-specific printing using the
free inscription software "SIRIUS Label Designer" on a laser printer.
Note the software version! Download from www.siemens.de/simocode.
3UF7 925-0AA02-0
Push-in lugs
For screw fixing
e. g. on mounting plate, 2 units required per device
4 • Can be used with 3UF7 1.0, 3UF7 1.1 and 3UF7 1.2 3RB19 00-0B
3RB19 00-0B • Can be used with 3UF7 0, 3UF7 3, 3UF7 4, 3UF7 5 3RP19 03
and 3UF7 7
Terminal covers
Covers for cable lugs and busbar connections
• Length 100 mm, can be used for 3UF7 1.3-1BA00-0 3RT19 56-4EA1
Covers for box terminals
3RT19 56-4EA1 • Length 25 mm, can be used for 3UF7 1.3-1BA00-0 3RT19 56-4EA2
Covers for screw terminals
between contactor and current measuring module or
current/voltage measuring module for direct mounting
3RT19 56-4EA2 • Can be used for 3UF7 1.3-1BA00-0 3RT19 56-4EA3
• Can be used for 3UF7 1.4-1BA00-0 3RT19 66-4EA3
Box terminal blocks
For round and ribbon cables
• Up to 70 mm2, can be used for 3UF7 1.3-1BA00-0 3RT19 55-4G
For conductor cross-sections,
see Technical Information LV 1 T.
3RT19 5.-4G
Bus termination
Bus termination module with separate supply voltage for
terminating the bus following the last unit on the bus line.
Supply voltage:
• 115/230 V AC 3UF1 900-1KA00
• 24 V DC 3UF1 900-1KB00
System manual
SIMOCODE pro
with token fee,
languages:
• German 3UF7 970-0AA01-0
• English 3UF7 970-0AA00-0
• French 3UF7 970-0AA02-0
3UF7 970-0AA01-0

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
and control devices
Version Order No.
PCS 7 function block library for SIMOCODE pro
For integrating SIMOCODE pro into the PCS 7 process control system
• PCS 7 function block library for SIMOCODE pro, V6.0 3UF7 982-0AA00-0
Scope of supply:
AS modules and faceplates for integrating SIMOCODE pro
into the PCS 7 process control system,
for PCS 7 Version V6.0
engineering software for one engineering station (single license)
including runtime software for execution of the AS module
in an automation system (single license),
3UF7 982-0AA00-0 German/English/French,
Type of delivery: CD incl. electronic documentation
• PCS 7 function block library for SIMOCODE pro, V6.1 3UF7 982-0AA02-0
Scope of supply:
4
German/English/French,
• PCS 7 SIMOCODE pro function block library, V7.0 3UF7 982-0AA10-0
Scope of supply:
• AS modules for integrating SIMOCODE pro 3UF7 982-0AA01-0
in the PCS 7 process control system
for PCS 7-Version V6.x
runtime software for execution of the AS module
Type of delivery: license without software and documentation
• AS modules for integrating SIMOCODE pro 3UF7 982-0AA11-0
in the PCS 7 process control system
for PCS 7 Version V7.x
runtime software for execution of the AS module
Type of delivery: license without software and documentation
• Upgrade for the PCS 7 function block library 3UF7 982-0AA13-0
SIMOCODE pro, V6.0 or V6.1
on Version SIMOCODE pro V7.0
for integrating SIMOCODE pro into the PCS 7 process control system,
for PCS 7 Version V7.0 (single license),

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
and control devices
Version Order No.
SIMOCODE ES 2007 Basic
Floating license for one user
E-SW, software and documentation on CD,
3 languages (German/English/French),
communication through the system interface
• License key on USB stick, Class A 3ZS1 312-4CC10-0YA5
• License key download, Class A 3ZS1 312-4CE10-0YB5
3ZS1 312-4CC10-0YA5
SIMOCODE ES 2007 Standard
4 3 languages (German/English/French),
Upgrade for SIMOCODE ES 2004 and later 3ZS1 312-5CC10-0YE5
Floating license for one user,
Powerpack for SIMOCODE ES 2007 Basic 3ZS1 312-5CC10-0YD5
Software Update Service 3ZS1 312-5CC10-0YL5
For 1 year with automatic extension,
assuming the current software version is in use,
SIMOCODE ES 2007 Premium
Upgrade for SIMOCODE ES 2004 and later 3ZS1 312-6CC10-0YE5
Powerpack for SIMOCODE ES 2007 Standard 3ZS1 312-6CC10-0YD5

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
and control devices
Important ordering notes System manual
SIMOCODE pro is a modularly constructed motor management For selection of equipment and for configuration, it is
system which is subdivided into two device series with different recommended that the 3UF7 970-0AA0.-0 system manual
functional scopes: is consulted.
• SIMOCODE pro C, Internet
as a compact system for direct-on-line starters and reversing You can find further information in the Internet at:
starters http://www.siemens.com/simocode
• SIMOCODE pro V,
as a variable system with all control functions and with the
possibility of expanding the inputs, outputs and functions
of the system at will using expansion modules.
Expansion possibilities SIMOCODE pro C SIMOCODE pro V

Basic Unit 1 Basic Unit 2
Operator panels
Operator panels with display
✓
--
✓
✓
4
Current measuring modules ✓ ✓
Current/voltage -- ✓
measuring modules
Decoupling modules -- ✓
Expansion modules:
• Digital modules (max. 2) -- ✓
-- ✓
• Analog module (max. 1)
-- ✓
• Ground-fault module (max. 1) ✓
--
• Temperature module (max. 1)
✓ Possible
-- Not available
Note:
When an operator panel with display and/or a decoupling
module is used, restrictions on the number of expansion
modules connectable per basic unit must be observed,
see Technical Information LV 1 T!

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
Current transformer 3UF18
for overload protection
■ Overview
The 3UF18 current transformers are protection transformers and multiple of the primary rated current. The 3UF18 current trans-
are used for actuating overload relays. Protection transformers formers convert the maximum current of the corresponding
are designed to ensure proportional current transfer up to a operating range into the standard signal 1 A secondary.

Mounting type Operating range Order No.
A
For stand-alone installation
Screw mounting and snap-on mounting 0.25 … 2.51) 3UF18 43-1BA00
on 35 mm standard mounting rail 1)
1.25 … 12.5 3UF18 43-2AA00
2.5 … 251) 3UF18 43-2BA00
12.5 … 50 3UF18 45-2CA00
16 … 65 3UF18 47-2DA00
4 25 … 100 3UF18 48-2EA00
3UF18 43
For mounting onto contactors and stand-alone installation
Screw mounting 32 … 130 3UF18 50-3AA00
50 … 200 3UF18 52-3BA00
63 … 250 3UF18 54-3CA00
100 … 400 3UF18 56-3DA00
125 … 500 3UF18 57-3EA00
3UF18 68
160 … 630 3UF18 68-3FA00
205 … 820 3UF18 68-3GA00
1)
For the protection of EEx e motors the following setting ranges are applicable:
3UF18 43-1BA00, 0.25 A ... 1.25 A
3UF18 43-2AA00, 1.25 A ... 6.3 A
3UF18 43-2BA00, 2.5 A ... 12.5 A
■ Accessories
For contactor type Order No.
Terminal covers
For transformer/contactor combinations and
stand-alone installation for transformer
(cover required per connection side)
• 3UF18 45 3TX7 446-0A
• 3UF18 48 3TX7 466-0A
• 3UF18 50, 3UF18 52 3TX7 506-0A
• 3UF18 54 to 3UF18 57 3TX7 536-0A
3TX7 466-0A • 3UF18 68-3FA00 3TX7 686-0A
• 3UF18 68-3GA00 3TX7 696-0A
For covering the screw terminal
for direct mounting on contactor
(cover required per contactor/transformer combination)
• 3UF18 48 3TX7 466-0B
• 3UF18 50, 3UF18 52 3TX7 506-0B
• 3UF18 54 to 3UF18 57 3TX7 536-0B
• 3UF18 68-3FA00 3TX7 686-0B
• 3UF18 68-3GA00 3TX7 696-0B

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
3RK3 Modular Safety System
• More functionality and flexibility through freely configurable
safety logic
• For all safety applications thanks to compliance with the
highest safety requirements (Category 4 according to
EN 954-1, Performance Level e according to ISO 13849-1
or SIL3 according to IEC 62061)
• Suitable for use all over the world through compliance with all
globally established certifications
• Modular hardware configuration
• Parameterization by means of software instead of wiring
• Removable terminals for greater plant availability
■ Application
The 3RK3 modular safety system can be used for all safety-
oriented requirements in the manufacturing industry and offers
the following safety functions:
• EMERGENCY-STOP
• Protective door monitoring
4
• Non-contact protective devices (BWS)
The 3RK3 modular safety system (MSS) is a freely parameteriz- • Switching mats
able modular safety relay. Depending on the type of external • Two-hand operator controls
connection, safety-orientated applications up to Category 4 • Approval switches
according to EN 954-1, Performance Level e according to • Operating mode selector switches
ISO 13849-1 and SIL3 according to IEC 62061 can be realized. • Cycle control
The modular safety relay permits several safety applications
to be interconnected. The safety functions are easily created on
the PC using a graphic parameterizing tool. For example, dis-
connection ranges can be set and other dependencies defined.
With additional safety-oriented expansion modules the system is
flexibly adapted to the required safety applications.
The MSS comprises the following system components:
• Central module
• Expansion modules
• Interface module
• Parameterization software
• Accessories
The comprehensive error and status diagnostics provides the
possibility of finding errors in the system and localizing signals
from sensors. Plant downtimes can be reduced as the result.
Optional interface modules send the diagnostics data to higher-
level bus systems (e.g. PROFIBUS DP). These data are then
available for further processing in the automation system.

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS

Modules – screw terminal
Version Order No.
Central module
3RK3 Basic
Central module with safety-orientated inputs and outputs 3RK3 111-1AA10
• 8 inputs
• 1 two-channel relay output
• 1 two-channel solid-state output
Max. 7 expansion modules can be connected
3RK3 111-1AA10
Expansion modules
4/8 F-DI
Safety-orientated expansion module 3RK3 211-1AA10
4 • 8 inputs
3RK3 211-1AA10
2/4 F-DI 1/2 F-RO
Safety-orientated mixed expansion module 3RK3 221-1AA10
• 4 inputs
• 2 single-channel relay outputs
3RK3 221-1AA10
2/4 F-DI 2F-DO
• 4 inputs
• 2 two-channel solid-state outputs
3RK3 231-1AA10
8 DO
Standard output module 3RK3 311-1AA10
• 8 solid-state outputs
3RK3 311-1AA10
Interface module
DP interface
• PROFIBUS DP interface, 12 Mbit/s, RS 485 3RK3 511-1BA10
3RK3 511-1AA10

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
■ Selection and ordering data (continued)

Modules – spring-loaded terminal
Version Order No.
Central module
3RK3 Basic
Central module with safety-orientated inputs and outputs 3RK3 111-2AA10
• 8 inputs
• 1 two-channel relay output
• 1 two-channel solid-state output
Max. 7 expansion modules can be connected
3RK3 111-1AA10
Expansion modules
4/8 F-DI
Safety-orientated expansion module 3RK3 211-2AA10
• 8 inputs
4
3RK3 211-1AA10
2/4 F-DI 1/2 F-RO
• 4 inputs
• 2 single-channel relay outputs
3RK3 221-1AA10
2/4 F-DI 2F-DO
• 4 inputs
• 2 two-channel solid-state outputs
3RK3 231-1AA10
8 DO
Standard output module 3RK3 311-2AA10
• 8 solid-state outputs
3RK3 311-1AA10
Interface module
DP interface
• PROFIBUS DP interface, 12 Mbit/s, RS 485 3RK3 511-2BA10
3RK3 511-1AA10

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS

Accessories
Version Order No.
Connection cables (essential accessory)
Connection cable
For connecting the central module, expansion modules
and the interface module
3UF7 932-0AA00-0
PC cables and adapters
PC cable for PC/PG communication 3UF7 940-0AA00-0
with 3RK3 modular safety system
through the system interface, for connecting to
4
the serial interface of the PC/PG
USB/serial adapter 3UF7 946-0AA00-0
To connect an RS 232 PC cable
to the USB port of a PC,
3UF7 940-0AA00-0 we recommend using
modular safety system 3RK3, soft starter 3RW44,
motor starter ET 200S/ECOFAST/ET 200pro,
AS-i safety monitor, AS-i analyzer in conjunction with SIMOCODE pro 3UF7
Interface covers
For system interface 3UF7 950-0AA00-0
3UF7 950-0AA00-0
Memory modules
For parameterizing 3RK3 931-0AA00
the 3RK3 modular safety system without a PC/PG
through the system interface
3RK3 931-0AA00
Door adapters
For external connection of the system interface 3UF7 920-0AA00-0
outside, for example, a control cabinet
3UF7 920-0AA00-0
Push-in lugs
For screw fixing
e. g. on mounting plate, 2 units required per device
• Can be used for 3RK3 3RP19 03
3RP19 03
ES 2007 Standard Modular Safety System
Parameterization, start-up and diagnostics software
for the 3RK3 modular safety system
• Runs on WIN 2000/Win XP PROF/Win VISTA:
Business32, Ultimate32
• Without PC cable
3ZS1 314-5CC10 • License key on USB stick, Class A 3ZS1 314-5CC10-0YA5
-0YA5 • License key download, Class A 3ZS1 314-5CE10-0YB5
Connection cable 3UF7 940-0AA00-0

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
Communication-capable
SENTRON circuit breakers
■ Overview
21
Ethernet
19
20
PROFIBUS
4 5 22 14 15 16 17 18 7 4
8 6
CubicleBUS
10
11 9
1 1
12
13
NSE0_01105h
2 3
1 SENTRON 3VL 12 Electronic ETU trip unit

2 Electronic LCD ETU trip unit 13 Measurement function Plus
3 Electronic ETU trip unit 14 ZSI module
4 COM10 PROFIBUS module complete with ZSI 15 Digital output module with relay contacts
5 COM20 PROFIBUS module2) complete with ZSI 16 Digital output module with relay contacts, configurable
6 Breaker Data Adapter (BDA) 17 Analog output module
7 BDA Plus with Ethernet interface 18 Digital input module
8 Browser-capable input and output device (e.g. notebook) 19 Switch ES Power on PC
9 SENTRON 3WL 20 PLC e.g. SIMATIC S7
10 COM15 PROFIBUS module1) 21 SIMATIC powercontrol
11 Breaker Status Sensor (BSS) 22 SENTRON PAC
1) To connect MODBUS the COM16 module is necessary.

2) To connect MODBUS the COM21 module is necessary.
For more information about communication-capable

SENTRON circuit breakers
• see Catalog LV 1/LV 1.T, Chapters 15 and 16.
• A&D Mall, Section "SENTRON Switching and Protection
Devices for Power Distribution"/"Air circuit breakers"/
"3WL Air Circuit Breakers" and/or "SENTRON Switching
and Protection Devices for Power Distribution"/"Molded Case
Circuit Breakers"/"3VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers".

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
SENTRON PAC3200
multifunction measuring instruments
■ Overview
Measuring precisely with SENTRON PAC3200 – The advantages of the SENTRON PAC3200 at a glance:
new dimensions with the multifunction measuring • UL and CSA approval for the USA and Canada
instrument
• Three-phase control panel measuring device for measuring
electrical variables
• Measuring more than 50 variables such as phase voltage and
phase-to-phase voltage, current, power, work, power factor,
frequency...
• High measuring accuracy for electrical work;
Class 0.5S according to IEC62053-22
• Can be used for single-phase measurements as well as for
multiphase measurements in 3 and 4-conductor networks
• Can be connected directly to three-phase industrial networks
up to 690/400 V or up to max. 500/289V for devices with
DC power supply unit with extra-low voltage (CATIII)
• Measuring higher voltages using a voltage transformer;
4 adjustable transformer ratio
• For x/1A and x/5A current transformers Adjustable transformer
ratio and current direction
• 2 device types available with power supply unit with wide
voltage range and with extra-low voltage in order to cover all
standard AC and DC auxiliary voltage supply needs
The SENTRON PAC3200 is a control panel instrument for mea- • Slot for expansion modules such as the SENTRON PAC
suring and indicating more than 50 electric power distribution PROFIBUS DP or SENTRON PAC RS485 communication
variables such as voltage, current, power, electrical work and modules
frequency with their minimum, maximum and mean values. It • Small space requirement thanks to compact design
convinces through its compact design and high performance (96 mm x 96 mm, mounting depth 51 mm or 73 mm with
capacity. module)
A large, backlit graphic display can be read even from great • Large, graphic LCD display with intuitive user operation using
distances. User-friendly, intuitive operation is made possible by function buttons
plain text displays in nine languages in combination with four • Menu selections, test displays and documentation available
function buttons. Language selection is possible either directly in nine languages (German, English, Portuguese, Turkish,
on the device or using configuration software. SENTRON Spanish, Italian, French, Chinese and Russian)
PAC3200 offers several communication options in addition to Language selection on the device or using configuration
one digital input and one digital output. For integration in a software
higher-level power management system it is possible to use • IP65 using standard sealing
either the integrated Ethernet interface or the optionally available • Multifunctional digital input, for example for detecting count-
expansion modules. ing pulses or for monitoring the status of switching devices
SENTRON PAC3200 is also available with UL and CSA approval • Multifunctional digital output, for example for emitting active
for use in the USA and Canada. or reactive power pulses (S0) or for indicating limit value
violations
The SENTRON powerconfig software for user-friendly device
configuration is included in the scope of supply. • Monitoring of up to 6 limit values and connecting the limit
values with logical AND / OR operations
The product variants of the SENTRON PAC3200 • Measuring period averages for active and reactive power with
PAC3200 Order No. minimum and maximum value
• Operating hours meter for indicating the load running time
With AC/DC power supply unit 7KM2112-
with wide voltage range and 0BA00-3AA0 • Integrated Ethernet interface (Modbus TCP or SEAbus) for
screw terminals easy integration into power management systems
• UAUX: 95 ... 240 V AC ±10 % • CD with SENTRON powerconfig software for user-friendly
110 ... 340 V DC ±10 % device configuration included in scope of supply
• Ue: max. 3 ∼ 690/400 V
With screw terminals
With DC power supply unit 7KM2111-
with extra-low voltage and 1BA00-3AA0
screw terminals
• UAUX: 22 ... 65 V ±10 %
• Ue: max. 3 ∼ 500/289 V
With AC/DC power supply unit 7KM2112-
with wide voltage range and 0BA00-2AA0
cable lug terminals
• UAUX: 95 ... 240 V AC ±10 %
110 ... 340 V DC ±10 %
• Ue: max. 3 ∼ 690/400 V
with ring terminal lug

terminals

www.siemens.de/powermanagementsystem

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
SENTRON PAC3200
Measurement functions
The SENTRON PAC3200 measures the following variables:
Variable Display range L1/L1-2 L2/L2-3 L3/L3-1 Total Minimum Mean Maximum
value value value
Current 0 A ………120 kA ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ ✓1) ✓
Voltage L-N 0 V …….. 700 kV ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ ✓1) ✓
Voltage L-L 0 V …..… 1200 kV ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ ✓1) ✓
Frequency 44.00 … 67.00 Hz ✓ -- -- -- ✓ -- ✓
Active power per phase 0 W ….. 100 GW ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ -- ✓
input "+" / output "-"
Reactive power per phase 0 var … 100 Gvar ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ -- ✓
pos./neg. or ind./cap.
Apparent power per phase 0 VA … 100 GVA ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ -- ✓
Active power total
0W… 100 GW -- -- -- ✓ ✓ ✓2) ✓ 4
Reactive power total 0 var … 100 Gvar -- -- -- ✓ ✓ ✓2) ✓
Apparent power total 0 VA … 100 GVA -- -- -- ✓ ✓ -- ✓
Power factor per phase 0 …1 ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ -- ✓
Power factor total 0 …1 -- -- -- ✓ ✓ -- ✓
3)
Active work total 0 Wh … 1000 GWh -- -- -- ✓ -- -- --
Reactive work total 0 varh … 100 Gvarh -- -- -- ✓3) -- -- --
Apparent work total 0 VAh … 100 GVAh -- -- -- ✓3) -- -- --
THD voltage per phase 0 … 100 % ✓ ✓ ✓ -- -- -- ✓
THD current per phase 0 … 100 % ✓ ✓ ✓ -- -- -- ✓
Voltage asymmetry 0 … 100 % -- -- -- ✓ -- -- --
Current asymmetry 0 … 100 % -- -- -- ✓ -- -- --
Operating hours 0 h … 300 years -- -- -- ✓ -- -- --
Universal counter 0 … 999,999,999 pulses -- -- -- ✓ -- -- --
1)
The values quoted are mean values of all three phases. ✓ Measuring possible
2)
Can only be called up through communication. The power averages -- Measuring not possible or not meaningful
(power count values), including minimum and maximum values, are trans-
mitted for an adjustable measurement period. The measurement period
can be adjusted in the range 1 … 60 min; the default setting is 15 min.
3) The values for high rate and low rate are shown on the display.
■ Benefits
• Thanks to the wide range of functions, only one device variant • Through the multilingual, intuitive user operation of the
is required for different measuring tasks – this saves storage PAC3200, valuable time can be saved during start-up and
costs and procurement costs. operation.
• Easy and quick mounting saves installation costs. • Thanks to the network-capable Ethernet interface, which is
• Connection to power supply networks up to 690 V1) without a included without additional price in every standard device,
voltage transformer saves space in the control cabinet and the costs for system integration can be lowered. At the same
costs (transformer costs, transformer mounting and installa- time the high transmission speed helps to increase the perfor-
tion costs). mance of the overall system notably.
• Comprehensive and precise power measurements form the • The SENTRON powerconfig configuration software makes it
basis for identifying savings potential in the system. easier to configure the devices. This results in considerable
time savings, particularly when several PAC3200 units have to
• The many different measuring and monitoring functions of the be configured.
SENTRON PAC3200 contribute indirectly to a higher level of
availability because faults are detected early. • Easy integration in automation systems or power management
systems, for example SIMATIC WinCC powerrate,
• With its technical configuration, various approvals and certifi- SIMATIC PCS 7, is favored by the optional PAC PROFIBUS DP
cations such as UL and CSA for the USA and Canada, and and PAC RS485 expansion modules interface, thus saving
support for nine languages, the SENTRON PAC3200 can be time and implementation costs.
used world-wide.
• The SENTRON PAC3200 has a mounting depth of only 51 mm
• A large, illuminated graphic display guarantees good reading which means that it can also be installed in equipment with
even in poor light conditions and opens up a wider application little depth.
area for the device.
1) max. 500 V (UL-L) for version with DC power supply unit
with extra-low voltage (7KM2111-1BA00-3AA0)

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
SENTRON PAC3200
■ Application
Three-phase multifunction measuring instruments are used to Industries
measure and indicate all relevant network parameters of an
electrical installation and they monitor these parameters perma- Power distribution systems for the power supply are needed in
nently. all sectors of industry. SENTRON PAC3200 is used accordingly
in all sectors where power consumption and electrical parame-
Uses ters are to be measured.
Wherever power has to be distributed, be it in industrial or infra-
structural buildings, the SENTRON PAC3200 supplies important
information to the building services system or the power control-
ling system.
The many different communication options offered by the
SENTRON PAC3200 make it an indispensable supplier of
data for power management systems and for plant and building
automation.

4 Version Order No.
Screw terminals
SENTRON PAC3200 7KM2112-0BA00-3AA0
Control panel instrument 96 mm x 96 mm
Screw terminals for connecting current and voltage
AC/DC power supply unit with wide voltage range:
UAUX: AC 95…240 V ±10%
DC 110…340 V ±10%
Measuring inputs:
7KM2112-0BA00-3AA0 Ue: 3~ 690/400 V
Ie: /1 A or /5 A
Screw terminals for connecting current and voltage
DC power supply unit with extra-low voltage:
UAUX: 22…65 V DC ±10 %
Measuring inputs:
Ue: 3~ 500/289 V
7KM2111-1BA00-3AA0 Ie: /1 A or /5 A
Cable lug terminals
cable lug terminals for connecting current and voltage
AC/DC power supply unit with wide voltage range:
UAUX: AC 95…240 V ±10%
DC 110…340 V ±10%
Measuring inputs:
7KM2112-0BA00-2AA0 Ue: 3~ 690/400 V
Ie: /1 A or /5 A
Suitable current transformers can be found
• in Catalog LV 1 2008, Section "SIVACON Power Distribution
Boards, Busway and Cubicle Systems"
--> "Components for 8US, 8UC 4NC Distribution Systems,
4NC Current Transformers for Measuring Purposes"
• in the A&D Mall, Section "Low-Voltage Controls"
--> "Low-Voltage Power Distribution"
--> "SIVACON Power Distribution Boards, Busway and
Cubicle Systems"
-->"Components for 8US, 8UC, 4NC Distribution Systems"
--> "4NC Current Transformers for Measuring Purposes".

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
SENTRON multifunction measuring Instruments
PAC PROFIBUS DP expansion modules
■ Overview
The PAC PROFIBUS DP expansion module has the following
features:
• PROFIBUS DP plug-in communication module for
SENTRON PAC3200
• Parameterizable from the front of the device or using
parameterization software
• Using PROFIBUS DPV1, data can be transferred in both cyclic
and acyclic modes
• Easy integration using GSD file, with free choice of the
measurement variables to be transmitted
• Plug and play
• All baud rates from 9.6 Kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s are supported
• Connection through 9-pole Sub-D connector according to
IEC 61158
• No external auxiliary power necessary
• Status indication by LED on the module
4
■ Application
The SENTRON PAC PROFIBUS DP communication module is All measurement variables supplied by the PAC3200 are
plugged onto the rear of the PAC3200 multifunction measuring selected and cyclically or acyclically transmitted by means of
instrument. The device identifies the module automatically and the GSD file.
presents the parameters of relevance for this module for selec-
tion in the parameterization menu. The state of the module is indicated by an LED.

Version Order No.
PAC PROFIBUS DP 7KM9300-0AB00-0AA0
Expansion module for
SENTRON PAC3200
(PROFIBUS DPV1)
7KM9300-0AB00-0AA0

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
SENTRON multifunction measuring instruments
PAC RS485 expansion modules
■ Overview
The PAC RS485 expansion module has the following features:
• PAC RS485 plug-in communication module for
SENTRON PAC3200
• Parameterizable from the front of the device or using
parameterization software
• Modbus RTU and SEAbus protocols are supported
• Plug and play
• Baud rates of 4.8 / 9.6 / 19.2 and 38.4 kBd are supported
• Connection by means of 6-pole screw terminals
• No external auxiliary power necessary
• Status indication by LED on the module
4
■ Application
The SENTRON PAC RS485 communication module is plugged In connection with the PAC3200, the Modbus RTU and SEAbus
onto the rear of the PAC3200 multifunction measuring instru- protocols are supported with baud rates of 4.8 / 9.6 / 19.2 and
ment. The device identifies the module automatically and pre- 38.4 kBd.
sents the parameters of relevance for this module for selection
in the parameterization menu. The state of the module is indi-
cated by the integrated LED.

Version Order No.
PAC RS485 7KM9300-0AM00-0AA0
Expansion module for
SENTRON PAC3200
(SEAbus and Modbus RTU)
7KM9300-0AM00-0AA0

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
PROFIsafe — SIMATIC FS400 light curtains and light grids
SIMATIC FS400 light curtains
Integrated functions:
• Start/restart inhibit
• Contactor control
• Blanking function package with
- Fixed blanking
- Floating blanking
- Reduced resolution
• Muting" function package
• Multi-scan function
• Cycle control
Configuration:
• By means of teach-in key using optomagnetic key
• Transmission of configuration data through a plug-in
configuration card
• 2 transmission channels
4
• Cascading of host and guest devices
3RG78 4 and 3SF78 4 light curtains and light grids • Expanded display (2 × 7 segments)
(for PROFIBUS)
• are active optoelectronic protective devices (AOPD), Outputs/connections:
• comply with type 2 or 4 acc. to EN 61496-1, -2, • Local interface
• comply with SIL 2 and 3 acc. to IEC/EN 61508, • Connection to PROFIBUS
• are EU prototype tested,
• protect the operating personnel at or near dangerous
machines,
• operate contact-free,
• are free of wear in comparison with mechanical systems
(e.g. safety mats).
For further details, please refer to the "Safety Integrated" manual
and the operating instructions for the respective devices.
Tests/service
The devices are EU prototype tested (German Technical Inspec-
torate (TÜV) Product Service in cooperation with the German
Statutory Industrial Accident Insurance Institution (BIA)).
Where necessary, tests can be performed before initial start-up
as well as during the annual inspection (e.g. as per regulatory
requirements for presses). Please contact your Siemens repre-
sentative.

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
■ Application
Light curtains for finger and hand protection Light grids for securing access points
in hazardous areas
Reliable detection of persons when they enter hazardous areas
Protection from entering hazardous areas by mounting light
curtains near dangerous machine parts (finger and hand
protection)
Device selection
2-beam, 3-beam or 4-beam light grids for category 4,
Device selection with 18 m range
Light curtains for category 4, with 14 and 30 mm resolution Application areas
Application areas Securing access points, e.g. to robots or handling machines.
E.g. presses, punches, filter presses, cutting machines Light grids to protect access to large areas
Light curtains to secure horizontal hazardous areas Reliable detection of persons when they enter hazardous areas
near the floor
Reliable detection of persons in hazardous areas by mounting
the light curtain near the floor (not possible to crawl under)
Securing larger hazardous areas with high ranges of 70 m.

Device selection
2-beam, 3-beam or 4-beam light grids for category 4,
Device selection with 70 m ranges.
Light curtains for category 4, with 50 mm resolution Application areas
Application areas Securing access points, e.g. to automatic processing centers
E.g. welding and assembly lines and robots in the automotive or palleting machines.
industry Safety categories
Depending on the safety category requirement to EN 954-1
that results from the C standard and/or the machine or system
risk analysis, light curtains or grids up to type 2 or 4 can be used
(definition of the safety categories: See page "Requirements for
categories according to EN 954-1" in Catalog FS 10, Section 3).

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
A light curtain or light grid comprises an emitter and a receiver, Blanking function package
which must be mounted opposite each other. Depending on the
resolution and the length, a certain number of transmit and re- The light curtains can also be supplied with an optional blanking
ceive diodes are arranged on top of each other. The infrared function.
LEDs of the emitter emit short light pulses that are detected by Fixed blanking
the receive diodes.
If an object is permanently located in the light path, the
• 3SF78 44 light curtains and grids with integrated evaluation for corresponding zone can be suppressed. This is achieved by
Type 4 according to IEC/EN 61496 suppressing the required number of beams.
- Resolution 14, 30 and 50 mm
- Protective field height: 150 mm to 3000 mm The suppressed objects must be permanently located in the
- 2-beam, 3-beam or 4-beam light grids protective zone, otherwise safety cannot be guaranteed. The
- Transceiver, 2-beam with deflection mirror light curtain switches the equipment off.
- Cascading of host and guest devices for greater protective
field heights or lengths or for an angular arrangement (as an Configuration is carried out using a teach-in function by means
option) of the safety key or using the programming and diagnostics soft-
ware SafetyLab.
4
Standards
• IEC/EN 61496-1, -2 (requirements for non-contact protection
NSC0_00632
systems)
• EN 999 (including calculation of safety clearances)
• EN 954-1 (machine safety, safety-related parts of control
systems)
• EN 61508 (functional safety of electrical/electronic/
programmable electronic safety-related systems)
Active beams
Permanently suppressed beams
Floating blanking
If moving objects are located in the light path, any number of
beams can be suppressed. The objects can move within the
suppressed beams without the light curtain switching off.
If the moving objects are removed from the zone, the light curtain
will interrupt the hazardous movement, otherwise safety can no
longer be guaranteed.
Configuration is carried out using a teach-in function by means
of the safety key or using the programming and diagnostics soft-
ware SafetyLab.
NSC0_00633
Active beams
Permanently suppressed beams
Temporarily suppressed beams

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
Reduced Resolution 4-sensor sequential muting
If an object is located in the light path, two or three beams can If the material that is to be transported in the danger zone always
be suppressed. The difference between reduced resolution and has the same dimensions and there is no lack of space, the use
floating blanking is that continuous monitoring does not take of sequential muting is preferred. With sequential muting, four
place. muting sensors are connected. These must be activated in a
predefined sequence to trigger muting. They can be activated in
A DIP switch is used for configuration or the programming and either of the following sequences: M1, M2, M3, M4 or M4, M3,
diagnostics software SafetyLab. M2, M1. The transported goods must be of sufficient length to
briefly activate all 4 sensors simultaneously. Sequential muting is
successfully completed when the third muting sensor to be acti-
NSC0_00634a vated is not activated any longer.
The SafetyLab software can be used to select a muting variant
in which the second muting sequence is triggered before the
first has finished (sequential muting with two objects). This
variant saves time and, in turn, production costs for the user.
4
Start
M1 M2 M3 M4
Danger Zone
E E E E
E
Area with reduced resolution
S
S S S S
"Muting" function package
When arranged vertically, light curtains, light grids, and trans-
ceivers are often used for protecting access points. With addi-
tional sensor signals, the protective function can be suppressed
to allow material to be transported in or out of hazardous areas,
for example. The protective field is temporarily suppressed and,
once the goods have passed through, reactivated. Personnel
must not be allowed to enter the hazardous area while muting is 2-sensor parallel muting
active.
Parallel muting is ideal in plants in which the dimensions of the
Using the number of connected sensors or the sequence of goods are not constant or space requirements must be kept to a
the muting signals, the devices automatically recognize the minimum. Two muting sensors can be used, whose beams inter-
"sequential muting" mode when inputs M1 to M4 are assigned sect behind the protective field in the danger zone.
and "2-sensor parallel muting" when the signals M2 and M3 are
assigned. A DIP switch can be used to set "4-sensor parallel Parallel muting is used when signals M2 and M3 are switched
muting". simultaneously without M1 and M4 having been activated or
connected beforehand or simultaneously. Two-sensor parallel
Muting restart muting is straightforward because only two muting sensors are
If the power fails while goods are passing the muting sensors, for required. Goods can also be moved forward and backward
example, the valid muting sequence is interrupted. When the within the muting area.
power supply has been restored, muting is not automatically
resumed because the muting sequence is not as expected.
To remove the goods from the area covered by the muting Start
sensors, an integrated retraction mode can be activated using
M2
the start key. The light curtain attempts to find a valid muting
sequence from the muting sensors. If successful, the muting
indicator lamp stops flashing and is lit continuously. If unsuc- E
cessful, the start key must be kept depressed until the muting
path is completely free.
Danger Zone
M3

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
3-sensor direction muting Transceiver
Three-sensor direction muting is configured in a similar way to The transceiver comprises a transmitter and receiver in a single
2-sensor parallel muting. Material can only be transported unit. The infrared light of the transmit diode is reflected twice
through the light curtain in one direction. To trigger the muting through 90° so that it returns to the receive diode of the trans-
function, muting sensor M1 must first be activated, followed ceiver. This creates a twin-beam light barrier that is more cost
by muting sensors M2 and M3. If the paths for muting sensors effective than conventional light barriers with separate transmit-
M2 and M3 are interrupted, sensor M1 does not need to be ters and receivers. 3RG78 45 series transceivers have inte-
activated. grated contactor control and startup/restart inhibit. 3RG78 44
and 3SF78 44 series transceivers have additional integrated
muting functions. These devices include five 5-pin M12 sockets
on the front panel, to which the muting sensors can be directly
Start connected.
Cascading of devices: Host/guest combinations
M1 M2
Cascading of devices refers to lengthening the optical axis and
E E
therefore the protective zone height, whereby protection on the
horizontal and vertical levels can be realized at the same time
using a flexible connecting cable between the host and guest
4
Danger zone device. The safety outputs and the processor tasks are located
in the host device so that the guest devices can be connected
regardless of the function package or outputs.
S
S The standard cable that can be used to connect the host to the
M3
guest is already installed on the guest device. The host comes
with the appropriate M12 socket on its underside. Host devices
can only be operated together with a guest device.
The guest devices are from the 3RG78 42 series, but they
are also suitable for the 3SF78 42, 3RG78 44, 3SF78 44 and
Parallel muting with 4 sensors 3RG78 45 series. The guest device resolution can be combined
with any other resolution (e.g. the host device can have a 14 mm
4-sensor parallel muting can be used advantageously wherever resolution while a 30 or 50 mm resolution is sufficient for the
• the transported material is too small to be acquired simulta- guest device.
neously by 4 sensors arranged sequentially,
PC software
• the available space is too small even for the crossover light
beams of 2-sensor parallel muting. PC software can be used to visualize and record the function of
the light curtains.
The function of 4-sensor parallel muting corresponds to that of
2-sensor parallel muting with the additional characteristic of the SafetyLab is the diagnostic and parameterization software for
muting activation signal being obtained from two sensor pairs. 3RG78 44 / 3SF78 44 light curtains, light grids and transceivers.
Muting is triggered when within a 2.5 s interval, M2 is activated SafetyLab can be used for all available light curtain and light
with M3 or M1 is activated with M4. grid function packages as of firmware Version 3.10:
• Blanking function package
• Muting function package
Start • Sequence control function package
The firmware version of the receiver is indicated on the
M2 M1 7-segment display during start-up.
E Mounting sets
To facilitate installation, alignment, commissioning and trouble-
shooting, a practical accessories package containing mounting
Danger zone
columns, reflecting mirror columns, reflecting mirrors, mounting
supports and laser alignment tools is available.
S
M3 M4

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
3SF78 44 PROFIsafe series
internal evaluation, Type 4
■ Overview
3SF78 44 light curtains and light grids for PROFIsafe
with integrated processing unit for type 4 in accordance
with IEC/EN 61496-1, -2
• With function packages "Blanking", "Muting", and
"Cycle Control"
• Resolutions: 14, 30, and 50 mm
• Protective zone height: 150 mm to 3000 mm
• 2-beam, 3-beam or 4-beam light grids
• Cascading of host and guest devices for greater protective
zone heights or lengths or for an angular arrangement
(optional).
Two standard 3RG78 48-0AB mounting brackets each are
enclosed with all devices (can also be ordered as accessories,
see "Mounting material, Section 6).
4 Other versions not listed in the ordering data are available upon
request.
Program overview 3SF78 44 (PROFIsafe)

Type of device Function Output Connection For light curtains: Resolution LED indicator see page
package type For light grids and transceivers: light
Range
14 mm 30 mm 50 mm
Light curtains Blanking PROFIsafe PROFIsafe ✔ ✔ - - Page 4/195
Light curtains Muting PROFIsafe PROFIsafe ✔ ✔ - - Page 4/196
Light grids Muting PROFIsafe PROFIsafe 0.8 m ... 18 m - Page 4/197
Transceiver Muting PROFIsafe PROFIsafe 6.5 m with and without Page 4/197
Light curtains Sequence PROFIsafe PROFIsafe ✔ - - - Page 4/198
control system
Accessories
Electrical connection
• Connecting cable with M12 connector, also applicable for supplying power to the PROFIsafe emitter Section 6
Accessory cable
• for the local connection to connect muting lights, key-operated switches, reset buttons, etc. Section 6
Assembly materials
• Fixing columns, reflecting mirror Section 6
• Muting mounting systems Section 6
• Muting accessories Section 6
Laser alignment assistance, diagnostic software Section 6

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
Order No. 3SF7844 Order No. 3SF7844
Product type description SIMATIC FS400 mit PROFIsafe Product type description SIMATIC FS400 mit PROFIsafe
Safety category to EN, Type 4 General PROFIsafe receiver system data
IEC 61496-1, -2
Safety category • Type 4 to IEC/EN 61496-1, -2
Protective field height • SIL 3 to IEC 61508
• for 14 and 30 mm resolution 150 ... 1800 mm Supply voltage UV 24 V DC, ± 20 %
• for 50 mm resolution 450 ... 3000 mm Residual ripple ± 5% within the limits of UV,
Protective field width, range of supply voltage UV external power pack with safe
isolation
• for 14 mm resolution 0 ... 6 m
Current consumption at
• for 30 and 50 mm resolution 0 ... 18 m
• UV = 28.8 V DC, +20% 150 mA
Detection capability (resolution) 14 mm, 30 mm, 50 mm
• UV = 24 V DC 160 mA
Supply voltage 24 V DC ± 20 %
(emitter and receiver) • UV = 19.2 V DC, -20% 170 mA
Wave length 880 nm (infrared) PROFIBUS 4
Synchronization Optically between emitter and • Data rate 9.6 kBd to 12 MBd
receiver • Connection M12 connector, b-coded
Ambient temperature Additional PROFIsafe part 20 ms
• Operation 0 ... +50 °C response time in the receiver
• Storage –20 ... +60 °C Connection cable length
Relative humidity 15 ... 95%, ohne Kondensation • PROFIBUS output 0.2 m
Degree of protection IP65 • PROFIBUS input 0.4 m
Safety class to DIN VDE 0106 III • Power supply 0.6 m
Vibration resistance 5 g, 10 ... 55 Hz nach Supply cable length, max. < 100 m
IEC/EN 60068-2-6 PROFIsafe services
Shock resistance 10 g, 16 ms nach PROFIsafe driver version V2, supports PROFIsafe profiles
IEC/EN 60068-2-29 V1 and V2
Signal inputs and outputs (local socket, optional) Cyclic data 4 user data byte input data
Signal inputs 4 user data byte output data
• Restart inhibit unlocking 1 button with 1 NO contact Acyclical data To read the switching status
(floating) of the individual beams
- min. switching time 300 ms Ensure the parameters in the F-CPU • S7-315F
- max. switching time 4s via proxy function block for • S7-317F
• Teach-in 2-pole key-operated switch • S7-416F
(selector switch) (floating)
- -simultaneity Number of parameter sets, max. 255,
< 500 ms
can be changed using a secure depends on the available memory
Voltage output (for command 24 V DC ± 20 %, max 0.5 A program in the F-CPU on the F-CPU
devices or safety sensors only)
Restart delay is the larger • Watchdog time in the F-CPU
value out of +20 ms
• Receiver restart delay

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
■ Ordering notes
Included in the scope of supply
3SF78 44 light curtains with Function package 3SF78 44 light grids with Muting function package:
Blanking/Sequence control system:
Transmitter:
Transmitter: • Mounting bracket set 3RG78 48-0AB
• Mounting bracket set 3RG78 48-0AB • Transmitter insert
• Transmitter insert
Receiver:
Receiver: • Mounting bracket set 3RG78 48-0AB
• Mounting bracket set 3RG78 48-0AB • Operating instructions/data sheets
• Operating instructions/data sheets
Transceiver with Muting function package:
• Safety key
• Mounting bracket set 3RG78 48-0AB
• Additionally for 14 mm resolution:
3RG78 48-0FH test rods (14/24/33 and 19/29 mm) • Operating instructions/data sheets
4
3RG78 48-0AH/BH test rods (14/30 and 38 mm)
Guest devices of the 3RG78 42 series
Transmitter:
Receiver:
• Additionally for 14 mm and 30 mm resolution:
3RG78 48-0AH test rod
3SF78 44 light curtains with Muting function package:
Transmitter:
• 3RG78 48-0AB mounting bracket set
• Transmitter insert
Receiver:
• Operating instructions/data sheets
• Safety key
3RG78 48-0FH test rods (14/24/33 and 19/29 mm)
3RG78 48-0AH/BH test rods (14/30 and 38 mm)
Guest devices of the 3RG78 42 series
Transmitter:
Receiver:
• Additionally for 14 mm and 30 mm resolution:
3RG78 48-0AH test rod

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
3SF78 44 PROFIsafe series internal evaluation,
Type 4, Function package Blanking
■ Selection and Ordering data

Light curtains with Function package Blanking PROFIsafe1)
Protective Type Standard device Host device Guest device
zone height
mm Order No.
Resolution 14 mm
300 Receiver 3SF78 44-8BB04-0SS1 3SF78 44-8BB04-1SS1 3RG78 42-6BD21
300 Transmitter 3SF78 44-6SB04-0SS0 3SF78 44-6SB04-1SS0 3RG78 42-6BD20
450 Receiver 3SF78 44-8BB06-0SS1 3SF78 44-8BB06-1SS1 3RG78 42-6BE21
450 Transmitter 3SF78 44-6SB06-0SS0 3SF78 44-6SB06-1SS0 3RG78 42-6BE20
600 Receiver 3SF78 44-8BB08-0SS1 3SF78 44-8BB08-1SS1 3RG78 42-6BF21
600 Transmitter 3SF78 44-6SB08-0SS0 3SF78 44-6SB08-1SS0 3RG78 42-6BF20
750 Receiver 3SF78 44-8BB11-0SS1 3SF78 44-8BB11-1SS1 3RG78 42-6BG21
750
900
Transmitter
Receiver
3SF78 44-6SB11-0SS0
3SF78 44-8BB13-0SS1
3SF78 44-6SB11-1SS0
3SF78 44-8BB13-1SS1
3RG78 42-6BG20
3RG78 42-6BH21
4
900 Transmitter 3SF78 44-6SB13-0SS0 3SF78 44-6SB13-1SS0 3RG78 42-6BH20
1050 Receiver 3SF78 44-8BB15-0SS1 3SF78 44-8BB15-1SS1 3RG78 42-6BJ21
1050 Transmitter 3SF78 44-6SB15-0SS0 3SF78 44-6SB15-1SS0 3RG78 42-6BJ20
1200 Receiver 3SF78 44-8BB17-0SS1 3SF78 44-8BB17-1SS1 3RG78 42-6BK21
1200 Transmitter 3SF78 44-6SB17-0SS0 3SF78 44-6SB17-1SS0 3RG78 42-6BK20
1350 Receiver 3SF78 44-8BB20-0SS1 3SF78 44-8BB20-1SS1 3RG78 42-6BL21
1350 Transmitter 3SF78 44-6SB20-0SS0 3SF78 44-6SB20-1SS0 3RG78 42-6BL20
1500 Receiver 3SF78 44-8BB22-0SS1 3SF78 44-8BB22-1SS1 3RG78 42-6BM21
1500 Transmitter 3SF78 44-6SB22-0SS0 3SF78 44-6SB22-1SS0 3RG78 42-6BM20
1650 Receiver 3SF78 44-8BB24-0SS1 3SF78 44-8BB24-1SS1 3RG78 42-6BN21
1650 Transmitter 3SF78 44-6SB24-0SS0 3SF78 44-6SB24-1SS0 3RG78 42-6BN20
1800 Receiver 3SF78 44-8BB26-0SS1 3SF78 44-8BB26-1SS1 3RG78 42-6BP21
1800 Transmitter 3SF78 44-6SB26-0SS0 3SF78 44-6SB26-1SS0 3RG78 42-6BP20
Resolution 30 mm
300 Receiver 3SF78 44-8BD04-0SS1 3SF78 44-8BD04-1SS1 3RG78 42-6DD21
300 Transmitter 3SF78 44-6SD04-0SS0 3SF78 44-6SD04-1SS0 3RG78 42-6DD20
450 Receiver 3SF78 44-8BD06-0SS1 3SF78 44-8BD06-1SS1 3RG78 42-6DE21
450 Transmitter 3SF78 44-6SD06-0SS0 3SF78 44-6SD06-1SS0 3RG78 42-6DE20
600 Receiver 3SF78 44-8BD08-0SS1 3SF78 44-8BD08-1SS1 3RG78 42-6DF21
600 Transmitter 3SF78 44-6SD08-0SS0 3SF78 44-6SD08-1SS0 3RG78 42-6DF20
750 Receiver 3SF78 44-8BD11-0SS1 3SF78 44-8BD11-1SS1 3RG78 42-6DG21
750 Transmitter 3SF78 44-6SD11-0SS0 3SF78 44-6SD11-1SS0 3RG78 42-6DG20
900 Receiver 3SF78 44-8BD13-0SS1 3SF78 44-8BD13-1SS1 3RG78 42-6DH21
900 Transmitter 3SF78 44-6SD13-0SS0 3SF78 44-6SD13-1SS0 3RG78 42-6DH20
1050 Receiver 3SF78 44-8BD15-0SS1 3SF78 44-8BD15-1SS1 3RG78 42-6DJ21
1050 Transmitter 3SF78 44-6SD15-0SS0 3SF78 44-6SD15-1SS0 3RG78 42-6DJ20
1200 Receiver 3SF78 44-8BD17-0SS1 3SF78 44-8BD17-1SS1 3RG78 42-6DK21
1200 Transmitter 3SF78 44-6SD17-0SS0 3SF78 44-6SD17-1SS0 3RG78 42-6DK20
1350 Receiver 3SF78 44-8BD20-0SS1 3SF78 44-8BD20-1SS1 3RG78 42-6DL21
1350 Transmitter 3SF78 44-6SD20-0SS0 3SF78 44-6SD20-1SS0 3RG78 42-6DL20
1500 Receiver 3SF78 44-8BD22-0SS1 3SF78 44-8BD22-1SS1 3RG78 42-6DM21
1500 Transmitter 3SF78 44-6SD22-0SS0 3SF78 44-6SD22-1SS0 3RG78 42-6DM20
1650 Receiver 3SF78 44-8BD24-0SS1 3SF78 44-8BD24-1SS1 3RG78 42-6DN21
1650 Transmitter 3SF78 44-6SD24-0SS0 3SF78 44-6SD24-1SS0 3RG78 42-6DN20
1800 Receiver 3SF78 44-8BD26-0SS1 3SF78 44-8BD26-1SS1 3RG78 42-6DP21
1800 Transmitter 3SF78 44-6SD26-0SS0 3SF78 44-6SD26-1SS0 3RG78 42-6DP20
1)
For "Ordering notes", see page 4/194

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
Type 4, Function package Muting
■ Selection and Ordering data (continued)

Light curtains with Function package Muting PROFIsafe1)
Protective- Type Standard device Host device Guest device
zone height
mm Order No.
Resolution 14 mm
300 Receiver 3SF78 44-8MB04-0SS1 on request 3RG78 42-6BD21
300 Transmitter 3SF78 44-6SB04-0SS1 on request 3RG78 42-6BD20
450 Receiver 3SF78 44-8MB06-0SS1 on request 3RG78 42-6BE21
450 Transmitter 3SF78 44-6SB06-0SS1 on request 3RG78 42-6BE20
600 Receiver 3SF78 44-8MB08-0SS1 on request 3RG78 42-6BF21
600 Transmitter 3SF78 44-6SB08-0SS1 on request 3RG78 42-6BF20
4
750 Receiver 3SF78 44-8MB11-0SS1 on request 3RG78 42-6BG21
750 Transmitter 3SF78 44-6SB11-0SS1 on request 3RG78 42-6BG20
900 Receiver 3SF78 44-8MB13-0SS1 on request 3RG78 42-6BH21
900 Transmitter 3SF78 44-6SB13-0SS1 on request 3RG78 42-6BH20
1050 Receiver 3SF78 44-8MB15-0SS1 on request 3RG78 42-6BJ21
1050 Transmitter 3SF78 44-6SB15-0SS1 on request 3RG78 42-6BJ20
1200 Receiver 3SF78 44-8MB17-0SS1 on request 3RG78 42-6BK21
1200 Transmitter 3SF78 44-6SB17-0SS1 on request 3RG78 42-6BK20
1350 Receiver 3SF78 44-8MB20-0SS1 on request 3RG78 42-6BL21
1350 Transmitter 3SF78 44-6SB20-0SS1 on request 3RG78 42-6BL20
1500 Receiver 3SF78 44-8MB22-0SS1 on request 3RG78 42-6BM21
1500 Transmitter 3SF78 44-6SB22-0SS1 on request 3RG78 42-6BM20
1650 Receiver 3SF78 44-8MB24-0SS1 on request 3RG78 42-6BN21
1650 Transmitter 3SF78 44-6SB24-0SS1 on request 3RG78 42-6BN20
1800 Receiver 3SF78 44-8MB26-0SS1 on request 3RG78 42-6BP21
1800 Transmitter 3SF78 44-6SB26-0SS1 on request 3RG78 42-6BP20
Resolution 30 mm
300 Receiver 3SF78 44-8MD04-0SS1 on request 3RG78 42-6DD21
300 Transmitter 3SF78 44-6SD04-0SS0 on request 3RG78 42-6DD20
450 Receiver 3SF78 44-8MD06-0SS1 on request 3RG78 42-6DE21
450 Transmitter 3SF78 44-6SD06-0SS0 on request 3RG78 42-6DE20
600 Receiver 3SF78 44-8MD08-0SS1 on request 3RG78 42-6DF21
600 Transmitter 3SF78 44-6SD08-0SS0 on request 3RG78 42-6DF20
750 Receiver 3SF78 44-8MD11-0SS1 on request 3RG78 42-6DG21
750 Transmitter 3SF78 44-6SD11-0SS0 on request 3RG78 42-6DG20
900 Receiver 3SF78 44-8MD13-0SS1 on request 3RG78 42-6DH21
900 Transmitter 3SF78 44-6SD13-0SS0 on request 3RG78 42-6DH20
1050 Receiver 3SF78 44-8MD15-0SS1 on request 3RG78 42-6DJ21
1050 Transmitter 3SF78 44-6SD15-0SS0 on request 3RG78 42-6DJ20
1200 Receiver 3SF78 44-8MD17-0SS1 on request 3RG78 42-6DK21
1200 Transmitter 3SF78 44-6SD17-0SS0 on request 3RG78 42-6DK20
1350 Receiver 3SF78 44-8MD20-0SS1 on request 3RG78 42-6DL21
1350 Transmitter 3SF78 44-6SD20-0SS0 on request 3RG78 42-6DL20
1500 Receiver 3SF78 44-8MD22-0SS1 on request 3RG78 42-6DM21
1500 Transmitter 3SF78 44-6SD22-0SS0 on request 3RG78 42-6DM20
1650 Receiver 3SF78 44-8MD24-0SS1 on request 3RG78 42-6DN21
1650 Transmitter 3SF78 44-6SD24-0SS0 on request 3RG78 42-6DN20
1800 Receiver 3SF78 44-8MD26-0SS1 on request 3RG78 42-6DP21
1800 Transmitter 3SF78 44-6SD26-0SS0 on request 3RG78 42-6DP20
1)

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
Type 4, Function package Muting

Light grids with Function package Muting PROFIsafe1)
No. of beams Beam distance Type Standard device
mm Order No.
Range 0.8 ... 18 m
4 beam 300 Receiver 3SF78 44-8MM50-0SS1
4 beam 300 Transmitter 3SF78 44-6SM50-0SS0
3 beam 400 Receiver 3SF78 44-8MP50-0SS1
3 beam 400 Transmitter 3SF78 44-6SP50-0SS0
2 beam 500 Receiver 3SF78 44-8MS50-0SS1
2 beam 500 Transmitter 3SF78 44-6SS50-0SS0
Transceiver with Function package Muting PROFIsafe1)

No. of beams Beam distance
mm
Type Standard device
Order No.
4
Range 6.5 m
2 beam 500 Transceiver 3SF78 44-8MS50-0ST0
2 beam 500 Transceiver with integrated LED 3SF78 44-8MS50-0MT0
Reflective mirror for transceiver 3RG78 48-1TL

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
Type 4, Function pack. Sequence control system

Light curtains with Function package Sequence control system PROFIsafe1)
Protective- Type Standard device Host device Guest device
zone height
mm Order No.
Resolution 14 mm
300 Receiver 3SF78 44-8TB04-0SS1 3SF78 44-8TB04-1SS1 3RG78 42-6BD21
300 Transmitter 3SF78 44-6SB04-0SS0 3SF78 44-6SB04-1SS0 3RG78 42-6BD20
450 Receiver 3SF78 44-8TB06-0SS1 3SF78 44-8TB06-1SS1 3RG78 42-6BE21
450 Transmitter 3SF78 44-6SB06-0SS0 3SF78 44-6SB06-1SS0 3RG78 42-6BE20
600 Receiver 3SF78 44-8TB08-0SS1 3SF78 44-8TB08-1SS1 3RG78 42-6BF21
600 Transmitter 3SF78 44-6SB08-0SS0 3SF78 44-6SB08-1SS0 3RG78 42-6BF20
750 Receiver 3SF78 44-8TB11-0SS1 3SF78 44-8TB11-1SS1 3RG78 42-6BG21
4 750
900
Transmitter
Receiver
3SF78 44-6SB11-0SS0
3SF78 44-8TB13-0SS1
3SF78 44-6SB11-1SS0
3SF78 44-8TB13-1SS1
3RG78 42-6BG20
3RG78 42-6BH21
900 Transmitter 3SF78 44-6SB13-0SS0 3SF78 44-6SB13-1SS0 3RG78 42-6BH20
1)

Accessories for PROFIsafe light curtains PROFIBUS plug-in cables
PROFIBUS M12 6GK1 905-0EC00 2-core (inverted coding)
terminating connector preassembled,
with M12 connectors,
for PROFIBUS DP in different lengths:
1 pack = 5 units
• 0.5 m 6XV1830-3DE50
PROFIBUS M12
connectors • 1.5 m 6XV1830-3DH15
1 pack = 5 units • 3.0 m 6XV1830-3DH30
• male insert 6GK1905-0EA00 • 5.0 m 6XV1830-3DH50
• socket insert 6GK1905-0EB00 • 10.0 m 6XV1830-3DN10
• 15.0 m 6XV1830-3DN15
■ Dimensions
Standard 3SF78 44 light curtains and 3SF78 44 light grids, additional dimensions 3RG78 48-1TL reflective mirror (left) and
light grids muting transceiver (right)
1 1 52
52
7 2
7 2
1 4 0 ,1
4 0
4 0
B
B
C
696
A
734
602
2 2
2 2
N S C 0 _ 0 0 6 4 7
N S C 0 _ 0 0 6 4 8
5 2 5 5 5 2 5 5
102
FS1000107
140
$ Screw cap Pg 9 Additional dimensions for light grids only:

38
(receiver only, for local interface)

Type B C Beams
A Protective field height
(see Selection and Ordering data) 3SF78 44-..M 1184 300 4
B Overall length = 3SF78 44-..P 1034 400 3
Height of protective field A + 134 mm 3SF78 44-..S 734 500 2
Note:
Information regarding mounting material for SIMATIC FS400
light curtains and light grids can be found in Section 6.

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS DP laser scanner
SIMATIC FS600 laser scanner
■ Overview
Our optical distance sensors provide perfect all-round protec- With up to four programmable protective field pairs that can be
tion to type 3 in accordance with IEC/EN 61496. selected during operation, our laser scanners can be optimally
adapted to any application – on machines, production robots,
In an operating field of 190° and over a distance of up to 4.0 m conveyor systems or vehicles.
(up to 15 m in non-safety-related applications), the laser scanner
reliably senses every object and every person. And it works so Different variants support optimal integration in the automation
simply: The distance sensor emits light pulses at regular inter- system: Whether conventionally in the safety circuit, over
vals. PROFIBUS with PROFIsafe or over AS-Interface with ASIsafe.
If they hit an obstruction, the sensor receives the reflected light
and evaluates it. If this is evaluated as the predefined area to be
protected, a Stop function is triggered.
■ Application
Horizontal danger zone protection Route monitoring for automatic guided vehicle systems
SF4 SF1
SF2 SF3
NSC0_00620
NSC0_00619
• Reliable detection of persons and objects in danger zones • Reliable detection of persons and objects approaching the
around machines and plants. vehicle.
• Flexible programming of almost any protection and warning • The laser scanner offers a greater protection range than
zones. bumpers and, therefore, permits higher speeds.
Horizontal danger zone protection with Collision protection for shifting units
more than one protective field
c
c
SF 2
WF 2 SF1
SF 2 SF2
(active)
b
WF 1
(active)
NSC0_00622
NSC0_00646
• Reliable protection of persons in the path of the vehicle.

• Reliable detection of persons in different danger zones by • Objects in the path of the vehicle are detected in good time
switching between protective fields. and damage to the vehicle or its load is prevented.
• Increased availability due to accurate protection of just the
fields that are currently active. Other applications
• Many different types of hazardous area protection,
• Protection for rooms and entrances
• Projecting object monitoring to protect machines and
personnel
• Non-safety-relevant measuring or detection tasks
(e.g. determining distances, positions, or contours).

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
Access protection by means of entry control Securing danger zones by means of hand and arm guards
Access protection by means of entry control can be used when If a machine operator has to be close to the dangerous move-
the entry location to a machine or to a danger zone can be pre- ment or if the operator coordinates the positioning and removal
cisely defined and when no other unsecured access to this area of workpieces at the machine, danger zone protection must be
exists. implemented at the machine.
The laser scanner is preferably mounted above the entry point, A protective device must be used to guard these danger zones.
aligned vertically. To protect the protective devices, laser scan- The laser scanner is approved for securing danger zones by
ners and fence from inadvertent adjustment and malicious means of hand and arm guards and can, also in combination
manipulation, the protective fields of the laser scanners must be with protective field changeover, ensure flexible work safety. To
defined using reference contours. In this operating mode, the protect the protective devices, laser scanners and the screens
scanner uses the sampled environment as a reference and can (attached to the sides as a reference and as additional access
therefore monitor changes to the structure of the protective protection) from inadvertent adjustment and malicious manipu-
equipment as well as each individual measurement to detect an lation, the protective fields of the laser scanners must be defined
entering person. using reference contours.
.
1 1
3
3
2 4 FS10_00226
4 5
FS10_00225
Access through entry control Application example for a circular table

1 Laser scanners 1 Laser scanners
2 Reference contour 2 Reference contour
3 Emergency stop 3 Emergency stop
4 Protective field 4, 5 Protective fields with reference classes

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
■ Function
The laser scanner is an optical, contact-free surface scanner – Four protective field/warning field pairs
designed primarily for operator protection.
Four variable protective field pairs for the personnel protective
field and warning field, which can be easily set on the PC, ensure
that the laser scanner can be adapted to suit any requirement.
E Sc
Reflection
SF 3 SF 1 SF 4
SF 2
NSC0_00623
Only personnel protective fields are shown
4
NSC0_00625
Using a laser diode with transmission optics, the laser scanner
continuously generates bundled light pulses that are scattered
throughout the operating range by an integrated rotating mirror. It can be implemented in stationary applications (machines and
If objects or persons enter the field, it evaluates the reflected installations) or mobile applications (vehicles, automatic guided
light pulses and continuously calculates the exact position coor- vehicle systems, or shifting units). In the case of a robot, for
dinates on the basis of the light propagation time. If the defined example, different operating ranges can be protected, whereby
personnel protective field is penetrated, the laser scanner stops the laser scanner operates in succession with regard to time and
the machine immediately (within the system response time). The space. In the case of automatic guided vehicle systems, four
Stop function is reset when the protective field is free again, programmable protective fields can be protected (e.g. rapid
either automatically or following acknowledgement (depending travel, slow travel, turning left, turning right).
on the operating mode).
LS4soft operator software
The operating range of the laser scanner spans 190° and is sub-
divided into angle segments of 0.36°. Thanks to the PC operator software LS4soft, it could not be eas-
ier to optimize the laser scanner settings. The following functions
have been integrated:
0.36° • User-friendly configuration of the protective field using a PC or
laptop
• Configuration of additional functions, such as protective field
selection, restart inhibit, etc. by means of a software wizard
• Comprehensive range of displays, e.g. defined protective
fields, current scan contours, system settings, etc. reliable,
password-protected access with different authorization levels
• Executable under Microsoft Windows 95/98/NT/2000/XP
The operator software is supplied with the laser scanner.
5° 185°
NSC0_00624
The scan rate is 25 scans/second, i.e. one light pulse every

40 ms in each segment. A special algorithm ensures that objects
larger than 70 mm (this corresponds to the scanner resolution)
can be reliably detected and that contamination (e.g. dust) does
not reduce system availability. The laser scanner detects people
(even if they are wearing dark clothing) at a distance of up to
4 m (failsafe). People or objects can, however, be detected at a
distance of up to 15 m so that a warning can be output, for ex-
ample (not safety relevant).

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
PROFIsafe laser scanner
■ Integration
X5
X1
or or X2
or X3
X4
FS10_00137
Connector pin assignment

Terminal Description Item Connectable accessories Order No.
X1 M12 connector for connecting a restart $ M12 connector with terminal housing, 3RX8 000-0CD55
button (optional) 5-pin
X2 M12 socket for % Terminating resistor for PROFIBUS DP 6GK1 905-0EC00
PROFIBUS output cable
& PROFIBUS M12 connecting cable, 6XV1 830-3DE50 (0.5 m)
with plug and socket, 2-pin 6XV1 830-3DH15 (1.5 m)
6XV1 830-3DH30 (3.0 m)
6XV1 830-3DH50 (5.0 m)
6XV1 830-3DN10 (10.0 m)
6XV1 830-3DN15 (15.0 m)
( PROFIBUS M12 connecting plug 6GK1 905-0EA00
with male insert
X3 M12 plug for & PROFIBUS M12 connecting cable, 6XV1 830-3DE50 (0.5 m)
PROFIBUS input cable with plug and socket, 2-pin 6XV1 830-3DH15 (1.5 m)
6XV1 830-3DH30 (3.0 m)
6XV1 830-3DH50 (5.0 m)
6XV1 830-3DN10 (10.0 m)
6XV1 830-3DN15 (15.0 m)
) PROFIBUS M12 connecting plug 6GK1 905-0EB00
with female insert
X4 M12 plug for * M12 cable socket with terminal housing, 3RX8 000-0CB55
24 V DC power supply 5-pin
X5 Optical PC interface + PC connecting cable for laser scanner 3RG78 38-1DC
with optical interface, 9-pin
Order No. 3SF78 34-6PB00 Order No. 3SF78 34-6PB00
3SF78 34-6PE00 3SF78 34-6PE00
Product type description PROFIsafe laser scanner Product type description PROFIsafe Laserscanner
Protective field Number 4 (can be switched via
PROFIBUS)
Detection range 0 ... 4 m
Safety category Category 3 to EN 954-1, type 3 to
Luminance factor min. 1.8 % IEC 61496-1 or EN 61496-3
Object size and diameter 70 mm (cylindrical test body) Output PROFIBUS (PROFIsafe profile)
Response time Start Start test and start inhibit can be
• dual evaluation (2 scans) 80 ms (only laser scanner without set separately
PROFIBUS system times) Restart 160 ms to 10 s
• adjustable up to 16 scans 640 ms (only laser scanner with- (can be set or is manual)
out PROFIBUS system times)

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS

Order No. 3SF78 34-6PB00 Order No. 3SF78 34-6PB00
3SF78 34-6PE00 3SF78 34-6PE00
Product type description PROFIsafe laser scanner Product type description PROFIsafe laser scanner
Protective field supplement Optic
• For deactivated dust suppression 83 mm Rotation angle 190°
• For activated dust suppression Angle resolution 0.36°
- protective field size < 3.5 mm 83 mm Lateral tolerance
- protective field size > 3.5 mm 100 mm
• without assembly system ± 0.18°
• Additional supplement in the case (for rear of enclosure)
of existing retro-reflectors or highly
reflective surfaces (e.g. certain • with assembly system ± 0.22°
metals or ceramics) in the scan (for mounting surface)
plane Scan rate 25 scans/s or 40 ms/scan
- more than 1.2 m behind the 0 mm
protective field line Laser protection class
- in protective field or up to 1.2 m 110 mm
behind the protective field line
• to standard EN 60825-1, class 1 (eye safe)
4
Wave length 905 nm
Warning field
Beam divergence 2 mrad
Detection range 0 ... 15 m Time Base 100 s
Luminance factor min. 20% Environment and material
Object size 150 × 150 mm
Response time
Ambient temperature
• dual evaluation (2 scans) 80 ms (only laser scanner without
PROFIBUS system times) • Operation 0 ... +50 °C
• adjustable up to 16 scans 640 ms (only laser scanner • Storage -20 ... +60 °C
without PROFIBUS system times) Enclosure insulation class Protection class 2
No. of warning fields 4 (can be switched via Humidity To DIN 40040, table 10, code E
PROFIBUS) (fairly dry)
Output PROFIBUS Dimensions (W × H × D) in mm 141 × 167 × 168
Contour measurement Emitter Infrared laser diode (λ = 905 nm)
Detection range 0 ... 50 m Casing Cast aluminum, plastic, steel con-
Luminance factor min. 20% nection plate
Output RS 232 serial interface via Vibratory load over 3 axes to 10 ... 150 Hz, max. 5 g
infrared interface IEC 60068, part 2-6
Radial resolution 5 mm Continuous shock over 3 axes to 10 g, 16 ms

IEC 60068, part 2-29
Lateral resolution 0.36°
Rotating mirror drive Brushless DC motor
Supply voltage
Rotating mirror bearing Maintenance-free ball bearing
• Via external supply DC24 V (+20% / -30 %)
• Note The power pack for the external
power supply must have a safe
line separation to IEC 60742 and
must bridge brief power failures of
up to 20 ms.
Overcurrent protection Fuse 1.25 A (medium slow)
Current consumption 350 mA typical
Inputs
Restart/reset Connection of a command device
for "with restart inhibit" mode
and/or device resets, monitored
dynamically
Signal definition
• High (logical 1) 16 ... 30 V
• Low (logical 0) <3V
Control cable
• Length Max. 50 m (cable cross-section:
0.5 mm2, shielded)
Field pair changeover Field pair switchover via
PROFIBUS (PROFIsafe profile)
RS232 interfaces via infrared For device parameterization and
interface field definition

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
■ Selection and ordering data Order No. Order No.

SIMATIC FS620I 3SF78 34-6PB00 Connectors and cables
PC connection cable for 3RG78 38-1DC
Including LS4soft software for AS-Interface and
securing danger zones PROFIBUS laser scanners,
including plug (9-pin),
SIMATIC FS660I 3SF78 34-6PE00 and optical interface
with vertical security PROFIBUS M12 6GK1 905-0EC00
terminating connector
Including LS4soft software for
securing danger zones, danger For PROFIBUS DP
points and access protection 1 pack = 5 units
PROFIBUS M12
connectors
1 pack = 5 units
• Male pins 6GK1 905-0EA00
4
• Socket insert 6GK1 905-0EB00
PROFIBUS M12
plug-in cables
2-core (inverted coding)
Accessories preassembled,
Assembly system, 3RG78 38-1AA with M12 connectors,
twistable, in different lengths:
for simple adjustment • 0.5 m 6XV1 830-3DE50
• 1.5 m 6XV1 830-3DH15
• 3.0 m 6XV1 830-3DH30
• 5.0 m 6XV1 830-3DH50
• 10.0 m 6XV1 830-3DN10
• 15.0 m 6XV1 830-3DN15
Adapter plate for 3RG78 38-1AB
PLS mounting support
Cleaning set 3RG78 38-7RS
Includes cleaning fluid (1000 ml),
cloths (x 100)

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
■ Dimensions
122.3
61
R 2.6 Top view
approx. 230
a
s
143.8
167
148
b a b
48.75
R 2.6
130 64
4
5
approx. 140 132 a = Rotating mirror axis

approx. 168 b = Scan planes
Assembly system 3RG7 838-1AA

56,6
23
155,4
51,5
74,4
90
9
NSC 00610
158
9°
166
192
■ Schematics
X5
X1 X2 X3 X4
X1 Connection restart button
X2 PROFIBUS output wire link
X3 PROFIBUS input wire link
X4 Connection supply voltage
X5 Optical PC Interface

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
RFID Systems communications modules
ASM 450
The PROFIBUS DP procedure according to EN 50170 Vol. 2
PROFIBUS for the communication between ASM and
SIMATIC S5/S7 (or any PROFIBUS master) and the
MOBY-specific procedures for communication between
ASM and SLG are implemented on the ASMs.
The data in the MDS is accessed as follows:
• Direct addressing via absolute addresses
On the PROFIBUS DP, the ASM occupies a node address on the
bus that is set on the basic module. The ASM is integrated into
the hardware configuration by means of a device master (GSD)
file. Then the ASM can be configured by means of the software
tool HW_Config of the SIMATIC Manager or another PROFIBUS
tool.
Error messages and operating states (MDS in the field, transmis-
4
sion, etc.) are indicated additionally by means of LEDs and
simplify commissioning and service.
For the connection to any PROFIBUS DP master, the software
interface is disclosed in the documentation.
The low-cost communications module ASM 450 is an
autonomous PROFIBUS DP slave for the operation of The IP67 connectors (Order No. 6ES7194-1AA01-0XA0) are to
MOBY components via the PROFIBUS DP: be ordered separately!
• SIMATIC S7 (including FB/FC software) ASM 450 (for MOBY E/I)
• SINUMERIK
The ASM 450 has two SLG interfaces. When using two SLG
• SICOMP IMC, PC, PLC interfaces, the module operates in multiplex mode so that the
Thanks to their high degree of protection and ruggedness, MDS can only be read reliably when it is not moving. The data in
they are particularly suitable for machine-level use. the MDS is accessed direct by means of absolute addresses.
Using the software functions FC44 for the SIMATIC S7, the
■ Design ASM operates in cyclic mode, i.e. the data throughput depends
among other things on the size of the address window (max.
208 byte), number of slaves, etc.
PROFIBUS-DP AT-comp. PC
master module,
e.g. S7-400 CPU
PROFIBUS-cable
2 m*
24 V
for
SLGs
to further
PROFIBUS-
stations
2nd SLG 1st
G_KT01_EN_00052a
(not for Filehandler) SLG
* Standard cable length MDS MDS
Configuration
The ASM communications modules are mounted on the

ET 200X standard module. The relevant configuration and
mounting instructions should be referred to in the ET 200X
manual. Expansion modules from the ET 200X spectrum cannot
be used.

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
ASM 450

Order No. 6GT2 002-0EB00 ASM 450 6GT2 002-0EB00
Communication modulee ASM 450
Max. 2 SLGs can be connected
Serial interface to user PROFIBUS DP in multiplex mode, without
Procedure conforms to: IEC 61784 connectors
Connection to PROFIBUS PG 11 gland Accessories
(3 x 6ES7194-1AA01-0XA0, not Connector 6ES7 194-1AA01-0XA0
included in scope of delivery)
For ASM 450 for the
Data transmission rate 9.6 Kbaud to 12 Mbaud PROFIBUS DP interface and
(automatic detection) 24 V supply, 3 units per ASM 450
Max. block length 208 Byte are necessary
Serial interface to SLG Connector Integrated plug connector 6ES7 194-1FC00-0XA0
Max. cable length 500 m, SLG-dependent, for ASM 450; T functionality;
(standard length 2 m) spare part
4
Connectable SLGs SLG 7x or SLG 4x; MOBY M12 dual-pin connector 6GT2 090-0BC00
in multiplex mode for ASM 450
Data transmission rate 19.2 Kbaud to 57.6 Kbaud For mounting individual
(depending on the MOBY family) ASM SLG, without cable
Software function MOBY E, I, U connecting cable
Programming Depending on the Preassembled, between ASM 450
PROFIBUS DP master and SLG, angled connector,
in the following lengths:
Function blocks
• 2 m (preferred length) 6GT2 091-1CH20
SIMATIC S7 FC44
•5m 6GT2 091-1CH50
MDS addressing Direct via addresses
• 10 m 6GT2 091-1CN10
Commands Initialize MDS, read data,
write data, etc. • 20 m 6GT2 091-1CN20
Digital inputs/outputs 2/2 • 50 m 6GT2 091-1CN50
Galvanic isolation Yes Preassembled, between ASM 450 6GT2 091-2CH20
and SLG, angled connector
Power supply 2 m long
Permissible range 20 … 30 V DC CD "RFID Systems Software & 6GT2 080-2AA10
(rated value 24 V DC) Documentation"
Current consumption Max. 180 mA; typ. 130 mA FB/FC for SIMATIC, 3964R driver
(without SLG) for DOS/Windows 95/NT/2000/XP,
Ambient temperature C-libraries, PC presentation
program, RFID documentation
Operation 0 °C ... +55 °C
Transport and storage -40 °C ... +70 °C
(without bus connector)
Weight, approx. 0.5 kg

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
ASM 456
The ASM 456 communication module has been specially de-
signed for a wide range of applications in industrial automation
and logistics. Thanks to the high degree of protection of IP67,
the ASM 456 can be installed in the process without a control
cabinet.
Used primarily for the ASM 456:
• Mechanical engineering, automation systems, conveyor
systems
• Ancillary assembly lines in the automobile industry/suppliers
• Production, packaging, textile, plastics and printing machines
SIMOTION
■ Design
4 PROFIBUS DP
master module
The cost-effective ASM 456 communication module is a stand- e.g. S7-400
alone PROFIBUS DP slave used to operate the RFID systems
MOBY D/E/I/U and SIMATIC RF300 over PROFIBUS DP/DP-V1:
• SIMATIC S7 (including FB/FC software)
• SINUMERIK
ASM 456
• SICOMP IMC, PC, PLC
• SIMOTION (with integrated software library) X1
X2
Thanks to their high degree of protection and ruggedness, they PROFIBUS
are particularly suitable for machine-level use. The modular
structure with different PROFIBUS connection systems allows 24 V for
them to be used in all applications. The system-wide, plug-in ASM 456 and SLGs
connection technique ensures rapid start-up.
■ Benefits to other
PROFIBUS
• Two parallel MOBY channels ensure real-time mode at participants
dynamic read points.
• Modular design with different bus interfacing possibilities
ensures universal implementation.
G_FS10_XX_00103
• SLG connection using an 8-pin M12 connector for quick 2nd SLG 1st SLG
mounting of all components.
• Easy changeover from ASM 452 to ASM 456 thanks to Tags / MDS
100 % software compatibility.
• High-performance hardware ensures fast data exchange with
the SLG (reader). Consequently the data are available for the
application even faster.
• Easy downloading of firmware via SIMATIC Manager for
function expansions and error rectification ensure high-
availability of the RFID system.
• The parameterizable MOBY-specific PROFIBUS diagnostics
facilitate start-up and troubleshooting.
• A wide selection of pre-assembled PROFIBUS connecting
cables can be ordered for ASM 456. This saves time and
money during installation and assures better quality.

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
ASM 456

The ASM 456 comprises a basic module and a connection block Order No. 6GT2 002-0ED00
that must be ordered separately. When connecting PROFIBUS, Communication module ASM 456
the customer can choose between ECOFAST connections and
M12, 7/8" connections. Ambient temperature
One or two read/write devices are connected to the ASM with a • During operation 0 … 55 °C temperature change
read/write device cable pre-assembled and ready to use. The 10 K/h, all mounting positions
standard length of the cable is 2 m. If other cable lengths to Or -25 … 60 °C
the SLG are required, an extension cable measuring between • Storage -40 … +70 °C 20 K/h
2 m and 50 m can be used. The cable can also be assembled
by the customer as required. Relative humidity
The PROFIBUS DP procedure according to EN 50170 Vol. 2 • During operation 15 up to max. 95 %,

no condensation
PROFIBUS for the communication between ASM and
SIMATIC S5/S7 (or any PROFIBUS master) and the • Storage 5 up to max. 95 %,
MOBY-specific procedures for communication between ASM no condensation
and SLG are implemented on the ASMs. Atmospheric pressure
In principle, access to the data in the MDS can take place as
follows:
• During operation 1080 … 795 hPa (corresponds to
altitude of -1000 … 2000 m)
4
• Direct addressing via absolute addresses • Storage 1080 to 660 hPa (corresponds to
• Conveniently via the MOBY file handler (MOBY I/U only) using altitude of -1000 … 3500 m)
file names Contaminant concentration SO2: < 0.5 ppm (rel. humidity <
60 %, no condensation)
On the PROFIBUS DP/DP-V1, the ASM occupies a node address
on the bus that is set on the connection block. The ASM is inte- H2S: < 0.1 ppm (rel. humidity <
60 %, no condensation)
grated into the hardware configuration by means of a device
master (GSD) file. Then the ASM can be configured by means of Power supply Rated value: 24 V DC
the software tool HW_Config of the SIMATIC Manager or another Permissible range: 20 … 30 V DC
PROFIBUS tool.
Current consumption • Max. 200 mA
Error messages and operating states (MDS in the field, transmis- without write/read device
sion, etc.) are indicated additionally by means of LEDs and • Typ. 80 mA
simplify commissioning and service. without write/read device
The ASM 456 has two SLG interfaces. The data in the MDS • Max. 800 mA
with two write/read devices
can be directly accessed by means of absolute addresses
(FB/FC45, FC55) or more conveniently using the MOBY file Degree of protection IP67
handler (FC 56) by means of the file names. The ASM is oper- Housing color IP Basic 714
ated in non-cyclic mode over PROFIBUS DP V1. Consequently,
a very large amount of data can be transferred to/from the ASM Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm
without overloading the PROFIBUS cycle. This has advantages • ASM 456 only 60 x 210 x 30
when transferring large volumes of data. In addition, the ASM
• ASM 456 with ECOFAST 60 x 210 x 60
can process concatenated MDS commands very quickly in this connection block
mode.
Weight (without connection block) Approx. 210 g
Function blocks FB101/116/132 in the SIMATIC S7 are available
for the "RFID standard profile" mode. The data in the MDS can Fixing 2 screws M5 x 20 mm
be addressed either via absolute addresses or via the file PROFIBUS IEC 61784
handler. This mode additionally integrates the communication
• Transmission rate 9.6 kbit/s … 12 Mbit/s
module in SIMOTION.
• Protocol DP-V1
Serial SLG interface MOBY I/E: 19200 bit/s
(gross transmission rate) MOBY U/D: 19200, 38400,
57600, 115200 bit/s
SIMATIC RF300: 19200,
57600, 115200 bit/s
Cable length to write/read device
• Standard length 2m
• Optional preassembled cable 5 m, 10 m, 20 m, 50 m
• Cable for self-assembly Depending on write/read device,
up to 1000 m
Supply voltage to write/read device 24 V / up to 0.3 A per write/read
device

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
ASM 456
■ Ordering data Order No. ■ Dimensions

ASM 456 6GT2 002-0ED00 CAD data
For connection of Dimension drawing available as CAD graphic (DXF format).
2 write/read devices Additional information can be found in the Internet under:
Accessories for ECOFAST connection
ECOFAST connection block 6ES7 194-3AA00-0AA0 index.asp?objKey=G_FS10_XX_90111
PROFIBUS ECOFAST HYBRID
plug 180 60 28
• With male insert (5 per pack) 6GK1 905-0CA00
MOBY ASM 456

• With socket insert (5 per pack) 6GK1 905-0CB00
PROFIBUS ECOFAST 6GK1 905-0DA10
termination plug
with terminating resistors
ECOFAST hybrid cable 6XV1 830-7Bxxx1)
4 (pre-assembled)
ECOFAST hybrid cable 6XV1 830-7AH10
210
(non-assembled)
Accessories M12, 7/8" connection
M12, 7/8" connection block 6ES7 194-3AA00-0BA0
M12 terminating resistor 6GK1 905-0EC00
for PROFIBUS (5 per pack)
MOBY ASM 456

FS10_90111
PROFIBUS cable with 6XV1 830-3Dxxx1)
pre-assembled M12 connectors
Cable for supply voltage with 6XV1 822-5Bxxx1)
pre-assembled 7/8" connectors
24
PROFIBUS FC standard cable 6XV1 830-0EH10
non-assembled
PROFIBUS M12
connecting plug (5 per pack)
• With pin insert 6GK1 905-0EA00
• With socket insert 6GK1 905-0EB00
Connecting plug 7/8"
for voltage (5 per pack)
• With pin insert 6GK1 905-0FA00
• With socket insert 6GK1 905-0FB00
Sealing caps 7/8“ for unused 24 V 6ES7 194-3JA00-0AA0
loop-through (1 pack = 10 units)
Accessories
M12 connecting cable, 6GT2 891-0JH20
prefabricated, between ASM 456
and SIMATIC RF300 reader, 2 m,
plug angled
SLG cable for MOBY I/E/U
•2m 6GT2 091-0FH20
•5m 6GT2 091-0FH50
SLG cable for MOBY D; 2 m 6GT2 691-0FH20
SLG cable RF300
extension cable MOBY
I/E/U/D and SIMATIC RF300
•2m 6GT2 891-0FH20
•5m 6GT2 891-0FH50
• 10 m 6GT2 891-0FN10
• 20 m 6GT2 891-0FN20
• 50 m 6GT2 891-0FN50
M12 sealing caps 3RX9 802-0AA00
(10 units)
1)
This cable is available in different lengths (see FDB or Catalog IK PI)

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
ASM 470/475
As many as eight ASM communication modules can be plugged
into one SIMATIC S7-300 rack and operated. In a configuration
with several racks (max. 4), the ASMs can be plugged into and
operated on any rack. This means that as many as 32 ASMs can
be operated in the maximum configuration of a SIMATIC S7-300.
The electrical isolation between SLG and SIMATIC S7-300 bus
ensures a noise-resistant setup.
Error messages and operating states (MDS in field, command
active etc.) are indicated using LEDs.
Communication between the ASM 475 and S7-CPU takes place
by means of acyclic message frames of the P-bus, so that the
useful data (max. 238 byte) is transmitted very quickly and effec-
tively. The ASM 475 is fully integrated into the diagnostics of the
SIMATIC Manager by means of an Object Manager (OM). De-
pending on the PROFIBUS master, as many as 126 ET 200M
4
modules can be operated on one PROFIBUS line.
ASM 470 (for MOBY I/E)
The data in the MDS is accessed direct by means of physical ad-
The ASM 470 and 475 are low-cost modules for connecting the dresses using the ASM 470. Communication with the ASM takes
MOBY D, E, I, U and RF300 identification systems to the S7-300 place in the process image in blocks of 12 byte and is slower
and ET 200M. than with the ASM 475. Via ET 200M, it can be operated on any
non-Siemens PROFIBUS master.
■ Application ASM 475 (for MOBY I/E/U/D/RF300)
The ASM 470 and ASM 475 communications modules integrate The data in the MDS is accessed direct by means of physical ad-
the MOBY identification systems into the following systems: dresses using the ASM 475. The data is transferred between
• SIMATIC S7-300 FC/FB45, FC55 and ASM at great speed and without placing a
• S7-400, PC (CP5412 (A2)) via ET 200M great load on the CPU. In the MOBY I/U mode, the ASM can also
be operated with the FC56 (file handler).
• SINUMERIK 840D/810D
A maximum of two SLGs can be connected and operated in
parallel mode (ASM 470 only in multiplex mode).
■ Dimensions
CAD data
■ Design Dimension drawing available as CAD graphic (DXF format).
index.asp?objKey=G_FS10_XX_90112
ASM 470
ASM 475
Shield support element

(6ES7 390-5AA00-0AA0)
Shield terminal for 2 modules
(6ES7 390-5BA00-0AA0)
6GT2 091-0E...
SLG SLG
G_KT01_EN_00053
MDS MDS
Configuration

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
ASM 470/475
Order No. 6GT2 002-0FA10 6GT2 002-0GA10 6GT2002-0GA10
Communication modules ASM 470 ASM 475 ASM 475
(mit MOBY I/U-Filehandler)
Serial interface to SLG RS422
SLG connection point Max. 2 pieces via screw terminals in front connector
Interface/cable length, RS422/1000 m, depending on SLG and cable type
max. connectable length
Connectable SLGs MOBY I/E (multiplex mode) MOBY I/E/U/D/RF300 MOBY I/U
Interface for 24 V DC Via screw terminals in front connector
Function blocks
SIMATIC S7 FC47 FC/FB45, FC55 (multitag) FC56
MDS addressing Direct access via addresses Access via DOS-like file system
Commands Initialize MDS, read data from MDS, write data to MDS, etc. Format MDS, read file, write file,
4 Dialog function Yes (MOBY I) No
etc.
Power supply
• Nominal value 24 V DC
• Permitted range 20 ... 30 V DC
Electrical isolation between Yes
S7-300 and MOBY
Current consumption from 100 mA
S7 bus terminal, max.
Power loss, typically 1W
Ambient temperature
Operation
• Horizontal configuration of SIMATIC 0 … +60 °C
• Vertical configuration of SIMATIC 0 … +40 °C
Transport and storage -40 … +70 °C

MOBY communication module 6GT2 002-0FA10 MOBY D connecting cable
ASM 470 Pre-assembled, between the
For SIMATIC S7-300 and ET 200M ASM 475 and SLG D1xS,
9-pin Sub-D connector in the
MOBY communication module 6GT2 002-0GA10 following lengths:
ASM 475
•5m 6GT2 491-0EH50
For SIMATIC S7-300 and
ET 200M, parameterizable • 20 m 6GT2 491-0EN20
• 50 m 6GT2 491-0EN50
Accessories
SIMATIC RF300 connecting
Front connector (1 x per ASM) 6ES7 392-1AJ00-0AA0
cable
MOBY E, I, U connecting cable preassembled, between
Preassembled, between ASM 470/ ASM 452/473/475 and RF3xxR,
475 and write/read device, angled IP65, straight connector, in the
connector, in the following lengths: following lengths1):
•2m 6GT2 091-0EH20 •2m 6GT2 891-0EH20
•5m 6GT2 091-0EH50 •5m 6GT2 891-0EH50
• 10 m 6GT2 091-0EN10 CD: "RFID Systems Software & 6GT2 080-2AA10
• 20 m 6GT2 091-0EN20 Documentation"
• 50 m 6GT2 091-0EN50 FB/FC for SIMATIC, 3964R driver
for DOS/Windows 95/NT/2000/XP,
Preassembled, between ASM 470/ C-libraries, PC presentation
475 and write/read device, straight program, RFID documentation
connector, in the following lengths:
•2m 6GT2 091-2EH20
•5m 6GT2 091-2EH50 1)
The connecting cables can be extended using the RF300 connecting
• 10 m 6GT2 091-2EN10 cable for the ASM 456.
• 50 m 6GT2 091-2EN50 These connecting cables are supplied in the lengths 2 m, 5 m, 10 m, 20 m
and 50 m (6GT2 891-0Fxxx)

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
ASM 424, ASM 754/724
Up to four write/read devices or antennas from the correspond-
ing MOBY system can be connected to the rugged housing.
Data in the MDS is accessed directly over the physical
addresses. The extended MOBY E functions (multitag, access
rights, password, etc.) are not supported.
Error messages and operating states (MDS in the field, transmis-
sion, etc.) are indicated additionally by means of LEDs and
simplify commissioning and service.
PROFIBUS DP-V1 interface (ASM 754)
Communication to the application uses the acyclic protocol
service of PROFIBUS DP-V1. The station address on PROFIBUS
is set directly on the ASM by means of a DIP switch.
The function FC45 or FC55 (multitag) is available to SIMATIC S7
users for easy integration in the application. The ASM is
integrated into the hardware configuration via a GSD file. The
ASM can then be configured via the SW tool HW_Config of 4
SIMATIC Manager or another PROFIBUS tool.
Up to 4 write/read devices or antennas can be connected For connection to any PROFIBUS DP-V1 master, the program-
in parallel to the low-cost connection modules. The user can ming interface is described in the FC45 documentation.
select between two interfaces:
RS232/RS422 interface (ASM 424, ASM 724)
• PROFIBUS DP-V1 (ASM 754)
A WINDOWS 98/NT/2000 C library (MOBY API, DLL functions)
• RS232/RS422; serial interface to PC/PLC (ASM 424, ASM 724) incl. 3964R driver with basic functions (open/close channel,
read data from data memory, etc.) is available to the PC user for
■ Design his application.
Mounting MOBY E
For easy mounting on a standard rail, an optional adapter is Up to four SLA 7x can be connected in parallel to the ASM
available. 754/724 which, however, operate internally in multiplex mode. If
more than one SLA 7x is connected, the MOBY E data memory
24 V= can only be reliably read or written in the stationary state.
PROFIBUS: 230 V MOBY I/E
~
or
RS232/RS422 Up to four SLG 4x or SLG 7x can be connected in parallel to
the ASM 424. MOBY data memories can be read or written
simultaneously on all 4 SLGs.
G_KT01_EN_00055
SLG SLG SLG SLG
MDS MDS MDS MDS
Configuration

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
ASM 424, ASM 754/724
Order No. 6GT2 302- 6GT2 002- Order No. 6GT2 302- 6GT2 002-
2EE00 2CE00, 2EE00 2CE00,
6GT2 302- 6GT2 302-
2CE00 2CE00
Communications module ASM 754 ASM 424, Communications module ASM 754 ASM 424,
ASM 724 ASM 724
Serial interface to user PROFIBUS RS232/RS422 Power supply
DP-V1,
• Rated value 24 V DC (separate connector)
9-pin Sub-D 9-pin Sub-D
connector connector • Permissible range 20 … 30 V DC
(Order No. Current consumption 250 mA
6ES7 972-0BA
12-0AX0) Starting current, max. 1.1 A (without SLA)
Cable length, max See PROFIBUS 30 m for Mounting 4 x M5 screws
RS232,
Degree of protection IP40 (higher degree of protection
500 m for on request)
4 Procedure/protocol IEC 61784
RS422
3964 R
MTBF (at 40 °C) 100,000 hours
Housing
Data transmission rate 9600 Kbit/s up 38.4 bit/s
to 12 Kbit/s • Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 205 x 130 x 60
(automatic (without connector)
detection) • Material Aluminum
Block length, max 4 words cyclic/ 238 byte • Color Anthracite
238 byte
acyclic Ambient temperature
Serial interface to SLA/SLG 4 x 9-pin Sub-D socket • Operation -25 … +55 °C
(condensation not permitted)
Cable length, max 55 m to SLA; 1000 m to SLG
• For transport and storage -40 … +85 °C
Connectable SLG/SLA MOBY I/E: max. 4 x SLG 4x (condensation not permitted)
or SLG 7x (parallel mode)
MOBY E: max. 4 x SLA 7x
(multiplex mode)
Note:
Mixed mode is not possible
Software function
Programming Depending on Depending on
the PROFIBUS the PC/PLC
DP-V1 master
Available software FC45 for C library MOBY
(CD "RFID Systems Software & SIMATIC API for PC with
Documentation“) S7-300/400 Windows 89/NT
• MDS addressing Access directly via addresses
• Commands Initialize MDS, read data from
MDS, write to MDS, etc.

ASM 424 6GT2 002-2CE00 Accessories
CD: "RFID Systems Software & 6GT2 080-2AA10
With serial interface Documentation"
RS232/RS422, max. 4 SLG 4x
or 4 SLG 7x can be connected FB/FC for SIMATIC, 3964R driver
for DOS/Windows 95/NT/2000/XP,
ASM 724 6GT2 302-2CE00 C-libraries, PC presentation
communication module program, RFID documentation
With serial interface RS
232/RS422, max. 4SLA 7x
can be connected
754 communication module 6GT2 302-2EE00
With PROFIBUS DP-V1 interface,
max. 4 SLG 7x can be connected

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
Engineering/Network Management/Diagnostics
STEP 7
The STEP 7 programming software allows user-prompted
parameterization of the distributed I/O as well as field devices on
PROFIBUS DP. This includes primarily:
• Configuration of the field bus system
• Creation of an address list for the master module
• Adjustment of data transmission rate on the field bus
• Adjustment of the failure mode.
The STEP 7 programming software allows identical program-
ming and configuring of centralized and distributed I/O
modules.
The reference configuration of the PROFIBUS DP field bus is
stored on the PROFIBUS DP master module.
Diagnostics
The diagnostics function can be used during start-up and
normal operation to localize and rectify errors easily.
4
For this purpose, the programming device or PC is connected to
PROFIBUS DP or direct to the relevant I/O device or field device.
Prior to start-up, the PROFIBUS DP field bus and the individual
nodes must be parameterized. GSD data
During configuration and parameterization the user is supported STEP 7 can also be used to parameterize field devices of
by user-friendly tools. For SIMATIC masters, all functions are other manufacturers. In order to facilitate easy and convenient
integrated in the STEP 7 programming language. These tools programming, the product usually comes with GSD files which
enable the PROFIBUS DP fieldbus to be easily can be embedded in the parameterization tools.
• configured For connection of distributed ET 200 I/O modules to masters of
• parameterized, other manufacturers, the GSD files are also centrally available in
the interface center These can be requested:
• documented,
• via modem on Tel.: ++49 911/737972 or ++49 911/730983
• started up,
• at the Internet address
• tested and http://www.siemens.com/automation/csi/gsd
• diagnosed.
When ET 200 stations are connected to master modules which
For further information, please refer to "Industrial automation are not parameterized with COM PROFIBUS or STEP 7 (opera-
systems; SIMATIC Industrial Software; Software for tion on third-party master modules), a fixed preassigned GSD
SIMATIC S7/M7/C7; Standard Tools". file can be created with COM PROFIBUS. This file is then loaded
into the configuration tool of the third-party manufacturer and
can be used for simple parameter assignment of the station. This
allows the use of the user-friendly plain-text parameterization
feature of COM PROFIBUS; there is no need for hexadecimal
code inputs in the third-party configuring tool.

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
STEP 7

STEP 7 Version 5.4 STEP 7 reference manuals
Target system: Consisting of STL, LAD and
SIMATIC S7-300/400, FBD manuals as well as a
SIMATIC C7, SIMATIC WinAC reference manual for standard
Requirements: and system functions for
Windows 2000 Prof./XP Prof. SIMATIC S7-300/400
Delivery package:
German, English, French, Span- • German 6ES7 810-4CA08-8AW1
ish, Italian; incl. 3.5" authorization • English 6ES7 810-4CA08-8BW1
• French 6ES7 810-4CA08-8CW1
• Floating License on CD 6ES7 810-4CC08-0YA5
• Spanish 6ES7 810-4CA08-8DW1
• Italian 6ES7 810-4CA08-8EW1
(requires current software SIMATIC Manual Collection 6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE0
version) Electronic manuals on DVD,
• Upgrade Floating License 6ES7 810-4CC08-0YE5 five languages:
4 3.x/4.x/5.x to V5.4; on CD
S7-200/300/400, C7, LOGO!,
SIMATIC DP, PC, PG, STEP 7,
engineering software, runtime
on CD, runs for 14 days software, PCS 7, SIMATIC HMI,
STEP 7 Version 5.4, Japanese SIMATIC NET
Target system: SIMATIC Manual Collection 6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2

SIMATIC S7-300/400, update service for 1 year
SIMATIC C7, SIMATIC WinAC Current "Manual Collection"
Requirements: DVD and the three subsequent
Windows XP Professional, updates
Japanese
Delivery package: EPROM programming device, 6ES7 792-0AA00-0XA0
English, Japanese; USB prommer
incl. 3.5" authorization diskette, To program SIMATIC memory
without documentation cards and EPROM modules
• Floating License, Japanese, 6ES7 810-4CC08-0JA5 MPI cable 6ES7 901-0BF00-0AA0
on CD
For linking SIMATIC S7 and CP
• Upgrade floating license 6ES7 810-4CC08-0JE5 through MPI (5 m)
Japanese 3.x/4.x/5.x to V5.4;
on CD Components for connecting a PC to MPI and PROFIBUS
STEP 7 Version 5.4, Chinese • For PCs with a free PCI slot:
Target system: CP 5611 6GK1 561-1AA01
SIMATIC S7-300/400,
CP 5611 MPI 6GK1 561-1AM01
Requirements: incl. MPI cable (5 m)
Windows XP Professional, CP 5621 6GK1 562-1AA00
Chinese
Delivery package: PCI Express x1 card (32 Bit)
English, Chinese; incl. 3.5" autho- CP 5621 MPI 6GK1 562-1AM00
rization diskette, without docu-
mentation PCI Express x1 card (32 Bit)
incl. MPI cable (5 m)
• Floating License, Chinese, 6ES7 810-4CC08-0KA5
on CD • For PCs with a free PCMCIA slot:
• Upgrade floating license 6ES7 810-4CC08-0KE5 CP 5512 6GK1 551-2AA00

Chinese 3.x/4.x/5.x to V5.4; For Windows XP Professional
on CD
• For PCs with a free PCMCIA slot:
Documentation package
STEP 7 basic information PC adapter USB 6ES7 972-0CB20-0XA0
For connecting a PC to
Comprising Getting Started, S7-300/-400/C7 through a
hardware configuration manual, USB interface;
programming manual, migration with USB cable (5 m)
manual
Components for connecting the PC to Industrial Ethernet
• German 6ES7 810-4CA08-8AW0
• For PCs with a free PCI slot:
• English 6ES7 810-4CA08-8BW0
Layer 2 Ethernet cards
• French 6ES7 810-4CA08-8CW0
• For PCs with a free PCMCIA slot:
• Spanish 6ES7 810-4CA08-8DW0
SOFTNET-PG Edition 2006 6GK1704-1PW70-3AA0
• Italian 6ES7 810-4CA08-8EW0

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
Process Device Manager SIMATIC PDM
■ Overview
SIMATIC
SIMATIC SIMATIC PCS 7 engineering station Device on
PDM with SIMATIC PDM
PDM
SIMATIC
the workbench
SIMATIC
PDM PDM
Plant bus
SITRANS P
S7-400 S7-400
SIMATIC Stand-alone
SIMATIC computer
PDM PDM
with SIMATIC PDM
SIMATIC
SIMATIC
PDM PDM
PROFIBUS DP fieldbus Up to 12 Mbit/s HART protocol
RS 232/RS 485
DP/PA MICROMASTER ET 200M SIMOCODE
link (IM 153-2 with pro ET HART
HART modules)
4
200iSP multiplexer
HART
PROFIBUS PA
SIMATIC SIMATIC
SIMATIC SIMATIC
PDM PDM PDM PDM
HART device
SIPART PS2 SITRANS P SITRANS
T3K SIMATIC
Possible connection point
of a PG/PC with SIMATIC PDM
SITRANS LR SITRANS F M SIPART PS2 PDM
(stand-alone operation)
Configuration options with SIMATIC PDM
SIMATIC PDM (Process Device Manager) is a universal, vendor- From the viewpoint of device integration, SIMATIC PDM is the
independent tool for the configuration, parameterization, com- most powerful open device manager available in the world.
missioning, diagnostics and servicing of intelligent field devices Devices which previously were not supported can be easily
(sensors and actuators) and field components (remote I/Os, integrated in SIMATIC PDM at any time by importing their device
multiplexers, control-room devices, compact controllers), which descriptions (EDD). This provides security for your investment
in the following sections will be referred to simply as devices. and saves you investment costs, training expenses and conse-
quential costs.
Using one software, SIMATIC PDM enables the processing of
more than 1200 devices from Siemens and over 100 vendors
worldwide on one homogeneous user interface. Parameters and
functions for all supported devices are displayed in a consistent
and uniform fashion independent of their communications inter-
face.

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
■ Design
Customer-oriented product structure
The SIMATIC PDM Process Device Manager can be used in a • System-integrated in a SIMATIC PCS 7/S7 configuration
versatile manner in the context of Totally Integrated Automation environment:
(TIA). Use in the engineering system of SIMATIC PCS 7 is one - SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 (for integration in an engineering
possible application. system for SIMATIC PCS 7)
- SIMATIC PDM S7 (for integration in a SIMATIC S7
The customer-oriented products structure of SIMATIC PDM configuration environment)
supports you in adaptation of the scope of functions and
performance to your individual requirements. You can select • SIMATIC PDM stand-alone as service tool for operation on a
the minimum configuration SIMATIC PDM Single Point, one mobile computer on the PROFIBUS or with direct connection
of the application-specific, predefined product configurations to the device:
SIMATIC PDM Service, SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 or SIMATIC - SIMATIC PDM Single Point (for processing of a single field
PDM S7, or produce your desired configuration from the individ- device via a point-to-point coupling)
ual components offered (see table). - SIMATIC PDM Service (for enhanced servicing, including
modification logbook and lifelist detailed diagnostics)
The selection depends on the application range and environ-
ment of use:
4 SIMATIC PDM stand-alone SIMATIC PDM system-integrated
Minimum Components for Predefined product configurations
configuration individual
configuration
Product name SIMATIC PDM SIMATIC SIMATIC SIMATIC PDM S7 SIMATIC PDM
Single Point PDM Basic PDM Service PCS 7
TAGs included in scope of delivery 1 4 128 128 128
TAG expansions Cannot be TAG options PowerPacks
expanded - 128 TAGs - From 128 to 512 TAGs
- 512 TAGs - From 512 to 1024 TAGs
- 1024 TAGs - From 1024 to 2048 TAGs
- 2048 TAGs - From 2048 to unlimited TAGs
and/or PowerPacks
Option opt opt • •
"Integration in STEP 7/PCS 7"
Option "Routing through S7-400" opt opt opt •
Option "Communication via stan- opt opt opt opt
dard HART multiplexer"
• Components included in delivery of individual PDM configurations Note:
opt can be ordered as options For definition of TAG, see under TAG options/PowerPacks.
Minimum configuration SIMATIC PDM Single Point

This low-cost minimum configuration with handheld functionality The following system functions of SIMATIC PDM Basic are not
is tailored to processing exactly one field device via a point-to- available with SIMATIC PDM Single Point:
point coupling. All device functions are supported as defined in • EDD-based diagnostics in the lifelist
the device description. These functions include:
• Project editing
7 Unlimited selection of devices / management of device
catalog • Storage function (only exporting and importing of parameter
data)
7 Communication via PROFIBUS DP/PA or HART modem
• Recording functions
7 Parameterization and diagnostics in accordance with the
device description • Routing
7 Exporting and importing of parameter data • Communication with HART field devices via remote I/Os
7 Device identification The functions of SIMATIC PDM Single Point cannot be extended
7 Lifelist
(e.g. to SIMATIC PDM Basic or with the routing option through
S7-400), nor can it be expanded with TAG options or
PowerPacks.

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
Predefined product configurations Without TAG expansion, SIMATIC PDM Basic can manage
projects with up to 4 TAGs, and can be used - with observation
SIMATIC PDM Service of the system requirements - for stand-alone operation on any
This is a predefined product configuration especially for mobile computer (PC/notebook) with local connection to bus segments
use in servicing for projects with up to 128 TAGs. It offers service or with direct connection to the device.
engineers all functions of SIMATIC PDM Basic, including modifi- SIMATIC PDM Basic can be expanded by functional options and
cation logbook, calibration report and detailed diagnostics in the TAG options/PowerPacks. Use of the following functions requires
lifelist. SIMATIC PDM Service can be expanded by the functional at least 128 TAGs:
options "Integration in STEP 7/PCS 7", "Routing through S7-400"
and "Communication via standard HART multiplexer" as well • Modification logbook
as by SIMATIC PDM PowerPacks (see under TAG options/ • Calibration report
PowerPacks). The following program components are part of • Detailed diagnostics in the lifelist
SIMATIC PDM Service:
• SIMATIC PDM Basic SIMATIC PDM Basic is also available in the form of a rental
license for 50 operating hours for low-cost processing of
• Option: 128 TAGs short-term projects.
SIMATIC PDM PCS 7
SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 is a predefined product configuration for
SIMATIC PDM option: Integration in STEP 7/PCS 7 4
This option is required for use of SIMATIC PDM within a
integration into the engineering system (engineering tool set) SIMATIC S7 or SIMATIC PCS 7 project with a local connection to
and the maintenance station of SIMATIC PCS 7. The product the PROFIBUS. SIMATIC PDM can then be started directly from
version designed for projects with up to 128 TAGs allows the use the hardware project (HW-Config).
of all functions of SIMATIC PDM Basic (including modification
logbook, calibration report and detailed diagnostics in the life- SIMATIC PDM option: Routing through S7-400
list). In addition, it contains the functionality for integration of the This option is required additive to the option "Integration in
SIMATIC PDM into HW-Config as well as the routing from the STEP7/PCS 7" if SIMATIC PDM is to be used in a central
central engineering system to the field devices. SIMATIC PDM engineering system for SIMATIC PCS 7/S7 with Ethernet bus
PCS 7 can be expanded by the option "Communication via connection to the automation systems for plant-wide configura-
standard HART multiplexer" and by SIMATIC PDM PowerPacks tion, parameterization, commissioning and diagnostics of field
(see under TAG options/PowerPacks). The following program devices.
components are part of SIMATIC PDM PCS 7:
• SIMATIC PDM Basic SIMATIC PDM option: Communication via
standard HART multiplexer
• Option: 128 TAGs
• Option: Integration in STEP 7/SIMATIC PCS 7 This option permits SIMATIC PDM to use the HART OPC server
for communication with HART field devices via HART multiplex-
• Option: Routing through S7-400 ers.
SIMATIC PDM S7 TAG options/PowerPacks
SIMATIC PDM S7 is a predefined product configuration tailored A TAG corresponds to a SIMATIC PDM object, which represents
to the use of SIMATIC PDM in a SIMATIC S7 configuration envi- individual field devices or components within a project, e.g.
ronment. It offers all functions of SIMATIC PDM Basic (including measuring instruments, positioners, switching devices or remote
modification logbook, calibration report and detailed diagnos- I/Os. TAGs are also relevant for diagnostics with the lifelist of
tics in the lifelist) as well as the functionality for integration of SIMATIC PDM. In this case, TAGs are considered to be all
PDM into HW-Config. SIMATIC PDM S7 can be expanded by the recognized devices with diagnostics capability, whose detailed
functional options "Routing through S7-400" und "Communica- diagnostics is effected through the device description (EDD).
tion via standard HART multiplexer" and by SIMATIC PDM
PowerPacks (see under TAG options/PowerPacks ). The follow- In contrast to PowerPacks, TAG options are only suitable for
ing program components are part of SIMATIC PDM S7: product configurations on the basis of individual components.
• SIMATIC PDM Basic Using the SIMATIC PDM TAG options, the basic software
SIMATIC PDM Basic can be expanded from 4 TAGs to 128, 512,
• Option: 128 TAGs 1024 or 2048 TAGs, and with the help of an additive PowerPack
• Option: Integration in STEP 7/SIMATIC PCS 7 also to unlimited TAGs.
Components for individual configuration The number of available TAGs can be subsequently increased
for all SIMATIC PDM product configurations by means of the
SIMATIC PDM Basic SIMATIC PDM PowerPacks. PowerPacks are available for
SIMATIC PDM Basic is the basic component for production of expansion to 512, 1024, 2048 and unlimited TAGs.
individual SIMATIC PDM configurations from single compo- Demonstration software
nents. It contains all functions required for operation and param-
eterization of the devices, as well as enabling for the following A demonstration version of SIMATIC PDM is also available.
communication modes: Online communication and storage functions are not available
• PROFIBUS DP/PA, with this version.
• HART communication (modem, RS 232 and PROFIBUS),
• Modbus,
• SIREC bus and
• SIPART DR.

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
■ Function
PDM lifelist with status and diagnostics display
Graphical user interface

The GUI of SIMATIC PDM satisfies the requirements of the direc-
tives VDI/VDE GMA 2187 and IEC 65/349/CD. Even complex de-
4
vices with several hundred parameters can thus be represented
Parameter view of SIMATIC PDM with trend curve and online display clearly and processed quickly. Using SIMATIC PDM it is very
easy to navigate in highly complex stations such as remote I/Os
Core functions and even connected field devices.
• Adjustment and modification of device parameters Several views are available to users to help them with their tasks:
• Comparing (e.g. project and device data) • Hardware project view
• Plausibility testing of data input • Process device network view
• Device identification and testing (preferably for stand-alone application)
• Device status indication with operating modes, alarms and • Process device plant view as TAG-related view, also with
states display of diagnostics information
• Simulation • Parameter view for parameterizing the field devices
• Diagnostics (standard, detailed) • Lifelist view for commissioning and service
• Management (e.g. networks and PCs) Communication
• Export/import (parameter data, reports)
SIMATIC PDM supports several communication protocols and
• Commissioning functions, e.g. measuring circuit tests of components for communicating with devices that have the fol-
device data lowing interfaces:
• Device replacement (lifecycle management) • PROFIBUS DP/PA interface
• Global and device-specific modification logbook for user • HART interface
operations (audit trail)
• Modbus interface
• Device-specific calibration reports
• Special interface from Siemens
• Graphic presentations of echo envelope curves, trend dis-
plays, valve diagnosis results etc. Further communication protocols on request.
• Presentation of incorporated manuals Routing
• Document manager for integration of up to 10 multimedia files From the central engineering system of the SIMATIC PCS 7
Support of system management process control system, you can navigate with SIMATIC PDM
through the various bus systems and remote I/Os down to the
SIMATIC PDM supports the operative system management in connected devices. By means of this routing functionality, every
particular through: device in the plant which can be parameterized per EDD can be
• Uniform presentation and operation of devices processed. The following processing functions are available:
• Indicators for preventive maintenance and servicing • Read diagnostics information from the device
• Detection of changes in the project and device • Modify device settings
• Increasing the operational reliability • Adjust and calibrate devices
• Reducing the investment, operating and maintenance costs • Monitor process values
• Graded user privileges including password protection • Create simulation values
• Reparameterize devices.

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS

Device Integration Requirements for
stand-alone operation
SIMATIC PDM supports all devices described by EDD (Elec-
Hardware • PG/PC/notebook with processor
tronic Device Description). EDD is standardized to EN 50391 corresponding to operating
and IEC 61804. Internationally it is the most widely used stan- system requirements
dardized technology for device integration. At the same time it is
• Main memory 256 MB or more
the directive of the established organizations for PROFIBUS
(PNO: PROFIBUS International) and HART (HCF: HART Commu- • Vacant hard disk 210 MB or
nication Foundation). more
Operating systems (alternative) • Microsoft Windows 2000
The devices are directly integrated in SIMATIC PDM through Professional SP1 or higher
their EDD or the current HCF catalog. In the EDD the device is
described in terms of its functions and construction using the • Microsoft Windows XP
Professional SP1/SP2
Electronic Device Description Language (EDDL) specified by
PNO. Using this description, SIMATIC PDM automatically cre- Further software components
ates its user interface with the specific device data. • SIMATIC PDM integrated in STEP 7 V5.1 or higher with
The current device catalog of SIMATIC PDM covers more than STEP 7 ServicePack 6 or higher,
1200 devices from over 100 manufacturers world-wide. In
addition, devices from all manufacturers can be integrated in
order separately
4
SIMATIC PDM by simply importing their EDDs. It is thus possible ■ Ordering data Order No.
to keep the device range up to date at all times and to add to the
number of manufacturers and devices supported by SIMATIC Minimum configuration SIMATIC PDM Single Point
PDM. To permit improved transparency, SIMATIC PDM also SIMATIC PDM Single Point V6.0 6ES7 658-3HX06-0YA5
allows the creation of project-specific device catalogs. If de- for operation and parameteriza-
vices are to be used which cannot be found in the SIMATIC PDM tion of one field device; communi-
device catalog, we will be glad to help you integrate them. cation via PROFIBUS DP/PA or
HART modem, including 1 TAG,
Contact addresses cannot be expanded with respect
to functions or with TAG
Siemens AG, Automation and Drives, option/PowerPack
Technical Support 6 languages (German, English,
French, Spanish, Italian, Chi-
Europe nese), executes with Windows
2000 Professional or Windows
Phone: +49 180 50 50 222 XP Professional
Fax: +49 180 50 50 223 Floating license for 1 user
E-mail: FPlease fill in a Support Request on the Internet
Type of delivery:
(see below for address) License key disk, certificate of
Asia/Pacific license, terms and conditions;
2 CDs with SIMATIC PDM V6.0
Phone: +86 1064 719 990 and device library
Fax: +86 1064 747 474
E-mail: adsupport.asia@siemens.com
America
Phone: +1 423 262 2522
Fax: +1 423 262 2200
E-mail: techsupport.sea@siemens.com
Support Request
http://www.siemens.com/automation/support-request

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS

Predefined SIMATIC PDM V6.0 product configurations Components for individual configuration
for special applications
SIMATIC PDM Basic V6.0
SIMATIC PDM Service V6.0 6ES7 658-3JX06-0YA5 for operation and parameteriza-
Complete package for stand- tion of field devices and compo-
alone users for servicing, with nents, communication via
• SIMATIC PDM Basic V6.0 PROFIBUS DP/PA, HART
(modem, RS 232, PROFIBUS)
• Option "128 TAGs" and Modbus, including 4 TAGs
6 languages (German, English, 6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish, Chi- French, Spanish, Italian,
nese), executes with Windows Chinese), executes with
2000 Professional or Windows Windows 2000 Professional or
XP Professional, floating license Windows XP Professional
for 1 user Type of delivery:
Type of delivery: License key disk, emergency key
License key disk, emergency key disk, certificate of license, terms
disk, certificate of license, terms and conditions;
4
and conditions; 2 CDs with SIMATIC PDM V6.0
2 CDs with SIMATIC PDM V6.0 and device library
and device library as well as sup- • Floating license for 1 user 6ES7 658-3AX06-0YA5
plementary DVD with Microsoft
ServicePacks and tools • Rental license for 50 hours 6ES7 658-3AX06-0YA6
SIMATIC PDM S7 V6.0 6ES7 658-3KX06-0YA5 Integration in STEP 7 /
Complete package for use in a SIMATIC PCS 7
SIMATIC S7 configuration envi- Only required if integration of
ronment, with SIMATIC PDM into HW-Config is
• SIMATIC PDM Basic V6.0 to be used;
6 languages (German, English,
• Option "Integration in French, Spanish, Italian, Chi-
STEP 7/PCS 7" nese), executes with Windows
• Option "128 TAGs" 2000 Professional or Windows
6 languages (German, English, XP Professional
French, Italian, Spanish, Chi- Type of delivery:
nese), executes with Windows License key disk, emergency key
2000 Professional or Windows disk, certificate of license, terms
XP Professional, floating license and conditions
for 1 user
• Floating license for 1 user 6ES7 658-3BX06-2YB5
Type of delivery:
License key disk, emergency key Routing through S7-400
disk, certificate of license, terms 6 languages (German, English,
and conditions; French, Spanish, Italian, Chi-
2 CDs with SIMATIC PDM V6.0 nese), executes with Windows
and device library as well as sup- 2000 Professional or Windows
plementary DVD with Microsoft XP Professional
ServicePacks and tools Type of delivery:
License key disk, emergency key
SIMATIC PCS 7 V6.0 6ES7 658-3LX06-0YA5
disk, certificate of license, terms
Complete package for integra-
and conditions
tion into the engineering toolset
of the SIMATIC PCS 7 engineer- • Floating license for 1 user 6ES7 658-3CX06-2YB5
ing system;
6 languages (German, English, Communication via
French, Italian, Spanish, standard HART multiplexer
Chinese), executes with 6 languages (German, English,
Windows XP Professional French, Spanish, Italian,
Floating license for 1 user, with Chinese), executes with
Windows 2000 Professional or
• SIMATIC PDM Basic Windows XP Professional
• Option "Integration in Type of delivery:
STEP 7/PCS 7" License key disk, emergency key
• Option "Routing through S7-400" disk, certificate of license, terms
and conditions
• Option "128 TAGs"
Type of delivery: • Floating license for 1 user 6ES7 658-3EX06-2YB5
License key disk, emergency key
disk, certificate of license, terms
and conditions; 2 CDs with
SIMATIC PDM V6.0 and device
library as well as supplementary
DVD with Microsoft ServicePacks
and tools

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS

TAG options / PowerPacks Demonstration software
SIMATIC PDM TAG option SIMATIC PDM Demo V6.0 6ES7 658-3GX06-0YC8
for TAG expansion, additive to without online communication
SIMATIC PDM Basic V6.0 and storage functionality
6 languages (German, English, 6 languages (German, English,
French, Spanish, Italian, French, Spanish, Italian,
Chinese), executes with Chinese), executes with
Windows 2000 Professional or Windows 2000 Professional or
Windows XP Professional Windows XP Professional
Floating license for 1 user Type of delivery:
Type of delivery: 2 CDs with SIMATIC PDM V6.0
License key disk, certificate of and device library
license, terms and conditions
SIMATIC PDM Upgrade/Update Service
• Up to 128 TAGs 6ES7 658-3XA06-2YB5
SIMATIC PDM 6ES7 651-5CX06-0YE5
• Up to 512 TAGs 6ES7 658-3XB06-2YB5 Upgrade from V5.x to V6.0
for all product versions and com-
• Up to 1024 TAGs 6ES7 658-3XC06-2YB5
4
binations
• Up to 2048 TAGs 6ES7 658-3XD06-2YB5 6 languages (German, English,
French, Italian, Spanish,
SIMATIC PDM PowerPack Chinese), executes with
for subsequent TAG expansion of Windows 2000 Professional or
all SIMATIC PDM V6.0 product Windows XP Professional, floating
configurations license for 1 user
6 languages (German, English,
French, Spanish, Italian, Type of delivery:
Chinese), executes with License key disk, emergency key
Windows 2000 Professional or disk, certificate of license, terms
Windows XP Professional and conditions;
Floating license for 1 user 2 CDs with SIMATIC PDM V6.0
and device library
Type of delivery:
License key disk, certificate of SIMATIC PDM Software 6ES7 658-3XX00-0YL8
license, terms and conditions Update Service
Subscription for 1 year with
• From 128 TAGs to 512 TAGs 6ES7 658-3XB06-2YD5 automatic extension
• From 512 TAGs to 1024 TAGs 6ES7 658-3XC06-2YD5 Requirement: current software
version
• From 1024 TAGs to 2048 TAGs 6ES7 658-3XD06-2YD5
• From 2048 TAGs to 6ES7 658-3XH06-2YD5
unlimited TAGs

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
BANYnet is a tool based on Microsoft Windows for documenta- The functionality for this is distributed as follows between five
tion, monitoring, diagnostics, recording and analysis of Ethernet independent program modules:
and PROFIBUS networks. • The Plant Manager of BANYnet Ethernet offers valuable
• Management of all IP and MAC addresses in the network support toward configuration of your plant through manage-
• Generation of a network overview map ment of IP and MAC addresses, automatic generation of the
plant display, and import and export functions.
• Automatic scanning of network
• The Observer scans the network using various protocols, and
• Monitoring of network nodes for "Failure", "Newly added", displays safety-related changes in the network topology both
"Not registered" in an overview and in a hierarchy.
• Reading out of data, message frame types and error statistics • The Plant Diagnostics reads the configuration data as well as
from the network components comprehensive message frame type and error statistics from
• Display of bus load the SNMP-capable network components, and provides infor-
• Recording of message frame traffic mation to assist searching for errors in the Ethernet network.
Data such as bus load or lifelist are evaluated and displayed
• Recording of PROFINET communication online.
4
• Recording of PROFIBUS communication • The Bus Analysis records the message frame traffic on one
• Comprehensive trigger, filter and sorting functions or more Ethernet buses synchronously, and interprets the
message frames throughout all levels, including SIMATIC S7/
PCS 7 and PROFINET. Comprehensive trigger, filter and sort-
ing functions allow fast localization of errors.
• The Profibus Scope records the message frame traffic of a
PROFIBUS network using a CP 5512, and interprets the
message frames accordingly. Comprehensive trigger, filter
and sorting functions allow fast localization of errors.
BANYnet plant configuration
■ Benefits
• Continuously updated overview of the configured network

(number/type of components)
• Permanent bus load display ensures sufficient performance in
the network
• Fast localization of errors in network components
• Network optimization through statistics on type and length of
message frame, cycle time, etc.

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
■ Function The BANYnet function for executing several recordings in

parallel can be used for the redundancy analysis. BANYnet
The Plant Manager is used to configure the database of the PROFIBUS is connected to the redundant bus segments for this
BANYnet project. All information required is created in data purpose. Since the recorded message frames are assigned
structures. An import/export function allows data exchange with synchronous time stamps, the communication flow information
other programs. A user-friendly plant overview is automatically can be easily compared. This allows fast and exact locating of
generated from the data structures. The Plant Manager can redundancy problems.
therefore be used for both documentation and configuration of Note:
Ethernet networks. Tables provide detailed information on the The computer with the BANYnet PROFIBUS program package
properties of the nodes. Furthermore, any type of information requires a CP 5512 (PC card) for the PROFIBUS connection.
can be assigned to the individual nodes for documentation
purposes.
The Plant Diagnostics scans the system data of SNMP-capable
network nodes (e.g. switches, PCs), and thus provides informa- BANYnet bus analysis
tion on the configured nodes. The bus load display of the indi- and diagnostics
vidual ports (numeric or graphic) and the list of nodes provide Program package for PC/PG for
great assistance in locating errors in the Ethernet network. Microsoft Windows NT/2000/XP
SP2 and electronic documen-
4
Statistics functions provide information on the number of individ- tation on CD, dual language
ual message frame types (packet lengths, message frame (German, English),
types, error types, etc.). The events (traps) sent by the switch software protected by USB
can be displayed in a list. dongle
Parameterization of the SCALANCE X and OSM/ESM Industrial • BANYnet Ethernet 9AE4 100-1DB00
for Industrial Ethernet networks
Ethernet switches is supported in addition, e.g. IP address, port
configuration or firmware update. • BANYnet PROFIBUS 9AE4 100-1DE00
for PROFIBUS networks;
The Bus Analysis allows user-friendly analysis of recorded files (CP 5512 is required)
(import/export of Netmon or Sniffer files is also possible) over
• BANYnet Ethernet 9AE4 100-1DF00
several interfaces simultaneously (e.g. for redundancy analy- and PROFIBUS
ses) by means of the integral BANYmon. Errors can be rapidly for Ethernet and PROFIBUS
located using predefined or user-generated filter and sorting networks;
functions. When one of the listed message frames is clicked, the (CP 5512 is required)
associated detailed information is output. SIMATIC S5/S7/PCS 7-
CP 5512 6GK1 551-2AA00
specific message frames are interpreted and displayed accord- communications processor
ing to their type (e.g. redundant message frames, alarm-8
message frames, etc.). PC card (CardBus, 32 bit) for
connection of a programming
When using a CP 1616, PROFINET data traffic can be recorded device or notebook to PROFIBUS
without time losses and with complete message frame inter- or MPI, under 32 bit in connection
pretation. with PROFIBUS SOFTNET
software or STEP 7;
The Observer permits user-friendly and reliable dynamic German/English
monitoring of your network. The actual state is compared with
the project created in the Plant Manager, and changes are
displayed immediately. In order to locate events such as errors ■ More information
or the penetration of unknown nodes, it is possible to graphically Support:
trace the network hierarchy back to the source. In addition, these
events are saved in log files for later analysis and documenta- SIEMENS AG
tion. I&S IS E&C IT OOP 4
Furthermore, the scanned data can be imported into the project Contact:
and updated supplementary to the Plant Manager. Bernhard Kraft
Siemensallee 84
The PROFIBUS Scope permits recording, saving and user- D-76187 Karlsruhe
friendly analysis of bus events. It supports all baud rates from Phone: +49 (0) 721 595 4339
9.6 Kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s, and determines these automatically. Fax: +49 (0) 721 595 5151
The recording can be carried out in a linear buffer or a cyclic E-mail: bernhard.kraft@siemens.com
buffer of selectable size. Long-term recording is possible in this
manner. The start and end of recording can be automated using
triggers. The data quantities can be reduced during the record-
ing using predefined or user-created filter and sorting functions,
and errors can be easily located by means of the subsequent
analysis. When a listed message frame is clicked, its detailed
information is output. The SIMATIC S7/PCS 7-specific message
frames are interpreted and displayed depending on their type
(e.g. redundant message frames, alarm-8 message frames,
etc.). The following protocols are interpreted: DP, FDL, DPV1,
DPV2, FMS and S7.

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS Technology Components
PROFIBUS DP ASICs
ASPC 2
The ASPC 2 is a preprocessing communications chip for master
applications with a maximum transmission rate of 12 Mbit/s. The
ASIC has not been disclosed. The brief user manual describes
the pins and the electrical properties of the ASPC 2. A separate
microprocessor and the appropriate firmware are required for
operation. The firmware is tuned to the 80C165 processor and
can be obtained by purchasing a license.
SPC 3
The SPC 3 is a preprocessing communications chip with a
processor interface. The SPC 3 processes message frame
identification, address identification, execution of the data back-
up sequences and protocol processing for PROFIBUS DP.
Firmware is offered for the Siemens SPC 3 (see ordering data).
4 DPC 31
The DPC 31 is a preprocessing communications module
• Easy connection of field devices to PROFIBUS FMS/DP/PA with a processor interface and an integrated processor core
(C31 core).
• Low Power Management is integrated for SPC 4-2, DPC 31
and SIM 1-2 It supports the connection of intelligent field devices as slaves
on PROFIBUS DP and PROFIBUS PA.
• Various ASICs are available for different functional require-
ments and fields of application The DPC 31 autonomously processes all communications tasks
and has, in addition, an integral C31 core for further applica-
■ Application tions. It combines the communication properties of the ASICs
SPC 3 and SPC 4-2 in one chip. The integrated C31 core can
The PROFIBUS DP ASICs allow equipment manufacturers to also be programmed as required. Firmware is offered for the
connect their devices to PROFIBUS easily. Siemens ASIC DPC 31 (see ordering data).
They can be implemented at transmission rates of up to SPC 4-2
12 Mbit/s.
The SPC 4-2 is a preprocessing communications chip with a pro-
Different ASICs are available for different functional cessor interface. It is designed for combined applications and
requirements and fields of application: due to the Low Power Management function, it is ideally suited
• Master applications: to use in intrinsically safe applications. Firmware is offered for
ASPC 2 for PROFIBUS DP and FMS, with hardware-controlled the SPC 4-2 by the company TMG itec 1). The signals are con-
bus access. verted for PROFIBUS PA using the SIM 1-2 module.
• Intelligent slaves: 1) Order from:
SPC 3 for PROFIBUS DP, with hardware-controlled bus TMG itec
access; 76137 Karlsruhe
DPC 31 for PROFIBUS DP and PROFIBUS PA, Tel. +49 (0)721 82 80 60
with an integrated 8031 core;
SPC 4-2 for PROFIBUS DP, SIM 1-2
PROFIBUS FMS and PROFIBUS PA (intrinsically safe The SIM 1-2 supplements the SPC 4-2 or DPC 31. Only a few
applications) with hardware-controlled bus access. external components are required in addition to these ASICs to
• Connection in intrinsically safe systems: be able to connect field devices to an intrinsically safe network
SIM 1-2 for physical connection in intrinsically safe fieldbus in accordance with PROFIBUS PA. In combination with the
systems as a Medium Attachment Unit for IEC 61158-2 bei SPC 4-2 or DPC 31, the functions of a PROFIBUS PA slave can
31.25 kbit/s. Especially for combining with the SPC 4-2 and be processed from physical linking through to communication
DPC 31. control.
• Simple slaves: SIM 1-2 supports all send and receive functions (including
LSPM 2 with 32 input/output bits for confined spaces Jabber Control) as well as the high-resistance decoupling of
• Connection to fiber-optic conductors: auxiliary power from the bus cable. It provides an adjustable,
FOCSI stabilized supply voltage and also supports configuration of
module for electrical conditioning of signals already received an electrically isolating power supply with just a few passive
or to be sent. The module ensures that the optically transmit- components.
ted signals are properly electrically restored (retiming/retrig- The ASIC contains a special interface logic which provides a
gering) low-overhead, minimum power interface for galvanic signal
For initial development, order quantities of 5/6 ASICs are possi- separation as an alternative to the standard signal interface.
ble (not suitable for batch assembly because the pins of the It can be connected to all Manchester encoders/decoders to the
ASIC can be bent due to the packaging; packing units larger IEC 61 158-2 standard at 31.25 kbit/s.
than 5/6 units must be used)
The number of ASICs per packing unit depends on the
ASIC type (see ordering data).
The ASICS ASPC 2, SPC3, DPC31 and LSPM2 can also be
supplied in a lead-free design (see ordering data).

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS DP ASICs
LSPM 2 FOCSI
LSPM 2 is a single-chip solution with 32 input/output bits. It This ASIC functions as an expansion to the existing PROFIBUS
processes all bus communication autonomously. An additional ASICs. The FOCSI module (Fiber Optic Controller from Siemens)
microprocessor and firmware are not required. The compact ensures proper electrical conditioning and transfer of the
MQFP casing with 80 pins makes it ideal for applications with received/sent optical signal. To inject the signal into a fiber-optic
low space requirements. conductor, apart from FOCSI, the appropriate optical transmitter
and receiver will be required. FOCSI can be used with the
PROFIBUS DP ASICs described above.
Additional ordering data available on request
LSPM 2 SPC 3 DPC 31
Protocol PROFIBUS DP PROFIBUS DP PROFIBUS DP, PROFIBUS PA
4
Application range simple slave application intelligent slave application intelligent slave application
Transmission rate, max. 12 Mbit/s 12 Mbit/s 12 Mbit/s
Bus access in ASIC in ASIC in ASIC
Automatic determination of trans- yes yes yes
mission rate
Microprocessor required no yes integrated
Scope of firmware not necessary 4 … 24 KB 4 … 24 KB
Message buffer - 1.5 KB 6 KB
Power supply 5 V DC 5 V DC 3.3 V DC
Power loss, max. 0.35 W 0.5 W 0.2 W
Permitted ambient temperature -40 … +75 °C -40 … +85 °C -40 … +85 °C
Casing MQFP, 80-pin PQFP, 44-pin PQFP, 100-pin
Frame size 4 cm2 2 cm2 4 cm2
Delivery quantities (pcs.) 6/66/330/4950 6/96/750/960/4800 STEP B: 6/60/300/5100
STEP C: 6/66/660/4620
SPC 4-2 ASPC 2 SIM 1-2 FOCSI

Protocol PROFIBUS DP PROFIBUS DP PROFIBUS PA -
PROFIBUS FMS PROFIBUS FMS
PROFIBUS PA PROFIBUS PA
Application range Intelligent slave Master application Medium Attachment Medium Management
application Unit
Transmission rate, max. 12 Mbit/s 12 Mbit/s 31.25 kbit/s 12 Mbit/s
Bus access in ASIC in ASIC - -
Automatic determination of trans- yes yes - -
mission rate
Microprocessor required yes yes - -
Scope of firmware 3 to 30 KB 80 KB not required not required
Message buffer 3 KB 1 MB (external) - -
Voltage supply 5 V DC, 3.3 V 5 V DC via bus 3.3 V DC
Power loss, max. 0.6 W at 5V 0.9 W 0.05 W 0.75 W
0.01 W at 3.3 V
Permissible ambient temperature -40 … +85 °C -40 … +85 °C -40 … +85 °C -40 … +85 °C
Enclosure TQFP, 44-pin P-MQFP, 100-pin MLPQ, 40-pin TQFP, 44-pin
Frame size 2 cm2 4 cm2 36 mm2 2 cm2
Delivery quantities (pcs.) 5/160 6/66/660/4620 30/60/1000 40

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS DP ASICs

ASIC ASPC 2 ASIC DPC 31 STEP C
For constructing master For constructing intelligent
interfaces (quantity discount) DP-Slave interfaces
(quantity discounts)
• 6 units (lead-free) 6ES7 195-0AA05-0XA0
• 6 units (lead-free) 6ES7 195-0BF01-0XA0
ASIC LSPM 2
ASIC SPC 4-2
For constructing simple slave
interfaces (quantity discount) For constructing intelligent
DP-Slave interfaces
• 6 units (lead-free) 6ES7 195-0BA02-0XA0 (quantity discounts)
• 66 units (lead-free) 6ES7 195-0BA12-0XA0 • 5 units for laboratory 6GK1 588-3AA00
• 330 units (lead-free) 6ES7 195-0BA22-0XA0 development (lead-free)
4 • 4950 units (lead-free) 6ES7 195-0BA32-0XA0 • 160 units (lead-free, 1 tray) 6GK1 588-3AA15
ASIC SPC 3 ASIC SIM 1-2
For constructing intelligent slave For connection according to
interfaces (quantity discount) IEC H1 for PROFIBUS PA with a
transmission rate of 31.25 kbit/s
• 6 units (lead-free) 6ES7 195-0BD04-0XA0
• 30 units (in tube) 6GK1 588-3BB01
• 60 units (in tube) 6GK1 588-3BB02
• 1000 units (tape & reel) 6GK1 588-3BB21
Accessories
• 750 units (lead-free) T&R 6ES7 195-0BD44-0XA0
Firmware for
ASIC FOCSI Siemens ASIC SPC 3
Fiber Optic Controller from • DP firmware 6ES7 195-2BA00-0XA0
Siemens for conditioning signals
for the optical PROFIBUS • DPV1 firmware 6ES7 195-2BA01-0XA0
• 40 units (lead-free) 6ES7 195-0EA20-0XA0 • DPV1 firmware upgrade 6ES7 195-2BA02-0XA0
ASIC DPC 31 STEP B Firmware for
Siemens ASIC DPC 31
For constructing intelligent
DP-Slave interfaces • DPV1 firmware 6ES7 195-2BB00-0XA0
(quantity discounts)
• 6 units (lead-free) 6ES7 195-0BE02-0XA0

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
Connections/interfaces
■ Application ■ Design
The PROFIBUS DP interface modules make it easy to connect IM 180 interface module
devices to PROFIBUS DP. They are based on the described
ASICs from the Siemens AG. The interface modules can be used The IM 180 interface module consists essentially of an 80C165
for a data transmission rate of up to 12 Mbit/s. microprocessor, the ASIC ASPC 2, an OTP EEPROM and a RAM.
Various interface modules are available for different functional A dual-port RAM forms the interface to the host system.
requirements and applications. IM 181-1 PC carrier board
Interface modules for master: The IM 181-1 PC carrier board is used for accommodating the
• IM 180 to connect a field device to PROFIBUS DP in the form IM 180 when this is to be operated in a PC system with ISA bus.
of a master
A driver for Windows NT and demo software that shows how to
• IM 181 PC carrier board to adapt the IM 180 to the ISA bus of integrate the IM 180/IM 181-1 into the DOS operating system are
a PC offered as accessories.
Interface modules for slaves: IM 182-1 PC slave board
• IM 182-1PC slave board to connect AT-compatible PCs as
DP-Slaves The simple IM 182-1 PC slave card (ISA bus) is based on the
• IM 183-1 to connect a field device to the PROFIBUS DP as a
slave
ASIC SPC 3. It contains all bus physics. A 9-pin Sub-D connec-
tor is used for connecting to PROFIBUS DP. The firmware of the 4
SPC 3 can be used as an accessory on the PC. The 1.5 KB RAM
• IM 184 to connect a simple third-party device to the of the SPC 3 forms the interface to the host system. A driver for
PROFIBUS DP as a slave Windows NT is also offered.
IM 183-1 interface module
The IM 183-1 interface module consists essentially of the
ASIC SPC 3, the 80C32 microprocessor, an OTP EEPROM, as
well as an RS 485 interface for connecting to PROFIBUS DP.
There is also an additional RS 232 interface on the module.
IM 184 interface module
The IM 184 interface module consists essentially of the
ASIC LSPM 2, an OTP EEPROM, as well as an RS 485 interface
for connecting to PROFIBUS DP.
The IM 184 can provide 32 input/output bits.
The brochure "PROFIBUS Technology Components",
Order No.: 6ZB5310-0CT01-0BB0, contains further information.
Manuals for PROFIBUS DP connections are available for free in
the Internet.
http://support.automation.siemens.com/
WW/view/de/10805255/133000
• Distributed I/O
• Miscellaneous
• Technology components, manuals

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
6ES7 180-0AA00-0XA0 6ES7 181-0AA01-0XA0 6ES7 182-0AA01-0XA0
Supply voltages
Rated value
• 5 V DC Yes Yes
Current consumption
Current consumption, typ. 250 mA 250 mA
interfaces
Host interface Dual-Port-RAM
Protocols
PROFIBUS DP protocol Yes Yes
PROFIBUS DP
4 Hardware components/
modules/ASIC
ASIC ASPC 2 SPC 3
Memory configuration 2x 128 KB
Scope of firmware 80 KB 4 to 24 KB (incl. test program)
Programming device
Microprocessor type 80C165 (40 MHz) Processor of the PG/PC
• min. 0 °C 0 °C
• max. 70 °C 60 °C
General information
Application area Master applications Carrier board Slave applications
for interface module IM 180
Dimensions
pcb size, width 100 mm 168 mm 168 mm
PCB size, height 100 mm 105 mm 105 mm
6ES7 183- 6ES7 184- 6ES7 183- 6ES7 184-

0AA01-0XA0 0AA00-0XA0 0AA01-0XA0 0AA00-0XA0
Supply voltages Programming device
Rated value Microprocessor type 80C32 not necessary
(20 MHz)
• 5 V DC Yes Yes
Current consumption
Current consumption, typ. 250 mA 150 mA
• min. 0 °C 0 °C
Protocols
• max. 70 °C 70 °C
PROFIBUS DP protocol Yes Yes
General information
PROFIBUS DP
Application area Slave simlpe slave
Transmission speed, max. 12 MBit/s 12 MBit/s applications applications
Hardware components/mod- Dimensions
ules/ASIC
pcb size, width 86 mm 85 mm
ASIC SPC 3 LSPM 2
PCB size, height 76 mm 64 mm
Memory configuration 32 KB SRAM;
64 KB EPROM
Scope of firmware 4 to 24 KB (incl. not necessary
test program)

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS

SIMATIC S5/S7 6ES7 180-0AA00-0XA0 Accessories
IM 180 master module
Demonstration software 6ES7 195-2AA00-0XA0
For PROFIBUS DP,
max. 12 Mbit/s Demonstration of the supply to
the DPR interface of the IM
IM 181 PC carrier module for 6ES7 181-0AA01-0XA0 180/IM 181 under MS-DOS
IM 180
Windows NT driver for 6ES7 195-2AC00-0XA0
Max. 12 Mbit/s IM 180 and IM 182
SIMATIC S5/S7 IM 182-1 6ES7 182-0AA01-0XA0
PC slave board
For PROFIBUS DP,
max. 12 Mbit/s
SIMATIC S5/S7 IM 183-1 6ES7 183-0AA01-0XA0
slave module
For PROFIBUS DP,
4
max. 12 Mbit/s
SIMATIC S5/S7 IM 184 6ES7 184-0AA00-0XA0
slave module
For PROFIBUS DP,
max. 12 Mbit/s

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
Development packages
■ Overview PROFIBUS DP/PA development package

The package facilitates set up of PROFIBUS slaves with a variety
Development packages of PROFIBUS standards:
Using the development packages, PROFIBUS hardware and • PROFIBUS DP-V1 (RS 485)
software applications can be developed and tested using the • PROFIBUS PA (IEC 1158) and
various PROFIBUS ASICs or the interface modules (IM) pro-
vided. • PROFIBUS based on fiber-optic cables.
The comprehensive interacting hardware and software compo- The development environment shows applications implemented
nents considerably reduce development costs for a PROFINET using PROFIBUS-ASICs DPC 31.
device. The use of ASICs SIM1 as medium attachment unit for adapta-
The development kits provide a fully functional development en- tion to the PROFIBUS PA physical specification according to
vironment which development engineers can build on with their IEC 1158-2 continues to be explained.
special requirements for hardware and software. Hardware included:
The package documentation is supplied on CD in English and • DPC 31 development board; for developing/testing propri-
German. etary applications
The packages make our PROFIBUS know-how accessible to • CP 5613; serves as master interface for the PC (PCI card)
4 other users. The development team is available to provide ad-
vice to new users even with their own developments – this con-
• Optical bus terminal; for conversion of copper cables to FOCs
• Pre-assembled PROFIBUS cables
sultancy service is also a component part of the development kit.
Software included:
Following completion of a development, devices can be certified
by our experts in the PROFIBUS interface centers – we can help • Testing and simulation software under WinNT for use on the
new users here, too. PC in connection with the CP 5613 master module
• Sample program for the DPC 31 board
Development package 4 for PROFIBUS-ASIC SPC 3, IM 183-1,
IM 184 and CP 5613. • DPC 31 DPV1 original firmware, including developer license
With development package 4 you can develop and test master • Parameterization software for CP 5613 "COM PROFIBUS“ for
and slave applications for connection to PROFIBUS DP. DP operation
• PDM (process device manager) demo software for PA opera-
Hardware included tion
• CP 5613 Master Interface
When developing PROFIBUS PA applications, order a
• IM 181-1 Slave Interface (intelligent slave with ASIC SPC 3) PROFIBUS DP/PA coupler (6ES7 157-0AC80-0XA0) separately.
• IM 184 Slave Interface (simple slave with ASIC LSPM 2)
The DP/PA coupler converts the PROFIBUS DP physical
• Bus connector and bus cable specifications into those of PROFIBUS PA.
Software included This module is not included in the development package!
• COM PROFIBUS (for configuring the bus system)
• Firmware for IM 183-1 (original firmware for ASIC SPC 3, ■ Ordering data Order No.
including development license)
Development package 4 6ES7195-3BA20-0YA0
• Simulation software for development package 4 (for testing
For PROFIBUS ASIC SPC 3,
and operating development package components) IM 183-1 and CP5613,
Developing slaves English/German
The package contains all the components (hardware, software DP/PA development package 6ES7 195-3BA10-0YA0
and firmware) required for developing a PROFIBUS slave with For PROFIBUS ASIC DPC 31
the ASIC SPC 3 or LSPM 2. and SIM1,
English/German
It is also possible to develop a PROFIBUS slave directly using
the IM 183-1 and IM 184 (as a piggy-back to proprietary PROFIsafe starter kit V3.3 6ES7 195-3BF01-0YA0
electronics). SIMATIC DP/PA development
package (6ES7195-3BA10-0YA0)
Master system with CP 5613 is required
With the CP 5613 and accompanying simulation software, a fully
functional PROFIBUS master is provided. This can be built on to
implement a master application very quickly.
Proprietary master systems
If you want to develop your own master interface, you should
acquire the ASPC 2 master-firmware stack with the appropriate
license. This is available as an object code or source code. The
firmware is designed to suit Processor 80C165.
This license and the firmware are not component parts of the
development package. Feel free to consult our experts in the
interface centers if you wish.

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
Partner solutions
PROFIBUS SCOPE diagnostic software
• Diagnostic tool for the maintenance of PROFIBUS networks Hardware requirements:
• Diagnostic concept in all phases of the plant life-cycle • USB slot Version 1.1 or higher for the hardware dongle
• Network monitoring using clear 4-window technology (license)
• Parallel display of current and historic information Communications processor:
• Graphic status indicators and diagnostic messages in plain • CP 5512
text • CP 5611 / CP 5611 A2/CP 5621
• Identification of critical network stations at a mouse-click • Programming device with CP 5611
(TOP 10 – one click)
• xEPI (ETHERNET PROFIBUS INTERFACE)
• Analysis of variables for network monitoring
• Live List in a clear matrix presentation Software requirements:
• Extensive search, trigger and filter functions for • Windows 2000 | Windows XP | Windows Server 2003
protocol analysis
• Monitoring of cyclic I/O data ■ Function
4
• Alarm signaling by e-mail/text message in event of fault Diagnostics operating mode
• Flexible hardware concepts (for measurements on-site and Clear representation of the PROFIBUS network with network tree,
stationary) status displays, device table and diagnostics table. Message
• Automatic documentation of the measurement results frame traffic is analyzed automatically. Clear plaintext messages
• License-free reader mode facilitate error analysis. The clearly arranged 4-window method
permits an immediate online analysis that can be documented in
■ Application the form of a test log.
Signals operating mode
PROFIBUS Scope is an indispensable tool for startup, accep-
tance testing, acute troubleshooting, and ongoing operation of Recording of cyclic I/O data for PROFIBUS DP. These are
PROFIBUS installations. Through regular or permanent network represented in a y/t diagram. This results in direct monitoring of
monitoring, faults can be detected early and preventive mainte- process data and it is possible to analyze individual measuring
nance measures can be quickly put in place. This reduces points and signals.
downtimes and increases plant availability.
Messages operating mode
As an extremely user-friendly tool, the PROFIBUS Scope also
enables users without in-depth PROFIBUS knowledge to monitor Classic bus monitor with comprehensive trigger and re-trigger
the bus status efficiently. Thanks to the clear 4-window technol- functions (down to one bit), recording and view filters as well as
ogy with graphic status indicators and diagnostic messages in search functions. Repeat messages and error messages are de-
plain text, all relevant information on the status of the network tected. Complex troubleshooting at the protocol level can thus
and of the network stations is available at a glance. Any faults be carried out. Live List of all network stations in a clear matrix
that occur can be quickly identified and pinpointed indepen- presentation (with multi-master recognition) is available.
dently of the PLC Master and PLC software. General
The flexible hardware concept of the PROFIBUS Scope also per- • Automatic transfer rate detection (max. 12 Mbit/s)
mits plant-wide network monitoring via Ethernet in addition to the • Protocol analysis (DP-V0, DP-V1, DP-V2, FMS, FDL/MPI
interface via Siemens standard hardware for on-site measure- and PA)
ments. A temporary or permanent measurement access via
the ETHERNET-PROFIBUS-INTERFACE (xEPI) on the DIN rail • Data export to .CSV
supports predictive maintenance of PROFIBUS networks. • Live list
Automatic documentation of the measurement results is an • Language version German/English
advantage particularly during commissioning and for reference
and comparison measurements. The PROFIBUS Scope is there- • Online and offline operation
fore recommended not only in vendor-specific specifications, • Online help
but also in the PNO Guideline "Validation of PROFIBUS Systems"
as a suitable test tool for plant acceptance (e.g. in the pharma-
ceuticals industry).
PROFIBUS SCOPE Order directly from:
diagnostic software
executable under Windows 2000,
Windows XP,
Windows Server 2003 Trebing & Himstedt
including jump start; Prozessautomation
Optional: GmbH & Co. KG
active PROFIBUS cable, Wilhelm-Hennemann-Strasse 13
measurement adapter, 19061 Schwerin, Germany
measurement flap Tel.: +49(0) 385 3 95 72-0
Fax: +49(0) 385 3 95 72-22
E-mail: info@t-h.de
Internet: http://www.t-h.de
http://www.t-h.de

© Siemens AG 2008
PROFIBUS
Partner solutions
Delphi-S7, Delphi-DPLib and
Delphi-DPSoftnetSlave

The Delphi software products offer programming interfaces for Delphi-DPLib Delphi-DPLib
Delphi developments with access to PROFIBUS. for Borland Delphi
The following protocols are available: Including example program,

documentation German and
• PROFIBUS DP (Delphi-DPLib) English
for the DP-5613 software with CP 5613 A2/CP 5614 A2 or
Delphi-DPSoftnetSlave Delphi-DPSoftnetSlave
SOFTNET-DP with CP 5512, CP 5611 A2 or CP 5621 for Borland Delphi
• PROFIBUS DP SOFTNET slave (Delphi-DPSoftnetSlave)
Including example program, doc-
for all SIMATIC DP-Slave products for CP 5611 A2 or CP 5621 umentation German and English
• S7 communication (Delphi-S7) Delphi-S7 for Borland Delphi Delphi-S7
for the S7-5613 software with CP 5613 A2/CP 5614 A2 or C++-Builder
or SOFTNET-S7 with CP 5512/CP 5611 A2 or CP 5621
Including example program,
The products enable easy access to the Siemens SIMATIC NET documentation German and
programming interfaces under Borland Delphi. English
In its communication functions, the interface for Borland Delphi For more information contact: SoftwareOption Outsourcing
4 is analogous to the Siemens interface for the programming

language C. All the services of the relevant communication pro-
Services GmbH
tocols over PROFIBUS are supported.
■ Benefits SoftwareOption Outsourcing

Services GmbH,
Carsten Buchloh
Waldstraße 30
D-52080 Aachen
Tel.: +49 - (0)2405 - 47 16 727
• Interfacing the Borland world to SIMATIC NET Fax: +49 - (0)2405 - 47 16 729
E-mail: Carsten.Buchloh@Soft-
• Developments are executable on computers with PCI, wareOption.de
PCI Express, PCMCIA or PC card slots Internet: www.SoftwareOption.de
■ Technical specifications Note:

Fully functional test versions are available for download on the Internet.
Type Delphi-S7, Delphi-DPLib You can also order the full versions online.
and Delphi-DPSoftnetSlave
for Borland Delphi ■ More information
System requirements • Borland Delphi 6.0 or higher
• All Windows operating systems
as of Windows NT 4.0 http://www.SoftwareOption.com
• CP 5512, CP 5611 A2, CP 5621,
CP 5613 A2/CP 5614 A2
• Software packages for
CP 5613 A2/CP 5614 A2 or
CP 5512, CP 5611 A2, CP 5621
7
© Siemens AG 2008
SIMATIC ET 200
distributed I/Os
5/4 ET 200S 5/226 ET 200M
5/65 Fail-safe modules 5/235 F Digital/Analog Modules
5/75 IQ-Sense Modules and Sensors 5/248 Digital Modules
5/77 Technology modules 5/269 Analog Modules
5/104 Motor Starter and 5/285 Analog Modules with HART

Frequency Converter
5/295 Ex Digital Modules
5/120 Safety Motor Starter and
Frequency Converter
Solutions local/PROFIsafe
5/299 Ex Analog Modules
5/145 Software
5/303 Function modules

5/148 ET 200iSP
5/331 IQ Sense Modules

5/173 ET 200pro and Sensors
5/336 Special modules

5/201 RFID systems
5/338 Communication
5/208 Motor Starters and
Frequency Converters
5/342 Power Supplies
5/220 Software
5/346 ET 200eco
5/221 ET 200L
5/353 ET 200R
© Siemens AG 2008

Overview of contents
Motor Starter and Frequency Converter

5/4 ET 200S
5/104 Introduction
5/4 Introduction
5/105 ET 200S motor starters
5/6 IM 151-1 interface module
5/110 ET 200S FC frequency converter
5/12 SIPLUS IM 151-1 interface module
5/118 Power modules for ET 200S motor
starters and frequency converters
5/13 IM 151-3PN interface modules
Safety Motor Starter and Frequency
5/15 SIPLUS IM 151-3PN interface module
Converter Solutions local/PROFIsafe
5/120 Introduction
5/16 IM 151-7 interface modules CPU
5/121 ET 200S Failsafe motor starters
5/21 IM 151-8 PN/DP CPU interface module
5/123 ET 200S FC fail-safe
5/22 Master interface module for
frequency converter
IM 151-7(8) CPU/F-CPU
5/131 Safety modules local
5/23 IM 151-7 F CPU interface module
5/136 Safety Modules PROFIsafe
5/27 SIPLUS IM 151-7 F-CPU interface
5/139 Terminal modules for ET 200S motor
module (extended temperature range)
5/28 IM 151-8F PN/DP CPU interface module
5/142 Accessories for motor starters and
5/29 Power modules for
frequency converters
PM-E electronic modules
Software
5/32 Power modules for PM-E SIPLUS
5/145 Motor Starter ES
electronics modules
5/146 STARTER commissioning tool
5/33 Reserve module 5/148 ET 200iSP
5/34 Potential isolation module 5/148 Overview
5/35 Digital electronic modules 5/151 IM 152-1 interface module
5/45 SIPLUS digital electronics modules 5/154 ET 200iSP digital electronic modules
(extended temperature range) and terminal modules
5/47 Analog electronic modules 5/160 ET 200iSP analog electronic modules
5/64 SIPLUS analog electronic modules and terminal modules
(extended temperature range) 5/165 ET 200iSP watchdog module and
Fail-safe modules terminal modules
5/65 Overview 5/167 ET 200iSP reserve module
5/66 PM-E F PROFIsafe F power module and terminal modules
5/67 F electronic modules 5/169 ET 200iSP supply unit
5/70 SIPLUS fail-safe electronics modules 5/171 RS 485-IS Coupler
5/173 ET 200pro
5/71 F electronic modules RELAY
5/173 Introduction
5/73 F terminal modules
5/175 IM 154-1 and IM 154-2
IQ-Sense Modules and Sensors
interface modules
5/75 4 IQ-Sense and
5/178 IM 154-4 PN interface modules
8 IQ-Sense sensor modules
5/181 IM 154-8 PN/DP CPU interface modules
5/76 IQ-Sense proximity switches
5/186 EM 141, EM 142
Technology modules
digital expansion modules
5/77 Overview
5/190 EM 144, EM 145
5/78 SSI module
analog expansion modules
5/80 2 PULSE pulse generator
5/196 Failsafe digital expansion modules
5/82 1 STEP step module
5/197 PM-E power module
5/84 1 POS U positioning module
5/199 PM-O power module
5/86 1 COUNT 24 V/100 kHz counter module
5/200 ET 200pro pneumatic interface
5/89 SIPLUS 1 COUNT 24 V/100 kHz
RFID systems
counter module
5/90 1 COUNT 5 V/500 kHz counter module
5/93 1SI interface module
5/95 SIWAREX CS
5/98 SIWAREX CF
5/100 Terminal modules for
power and electronic modules
5/102 Terminal modules for
power and electronic modules
Siemens IK PI · 2009 (extended temperature range)
© Siemens AG 2008
Motor Starters and Analog Modules with HART

Frequency Converters 5/285 Analog input module with HART
5/208 ET 200pro Motor Starters 5/287 SIPLUS SM 331 HART
5/210 ET 200pro motor starters analog input module
ET 200pro isolator modules 5/288 Analog output module with HART
5/211 ET 200pro FC frequency converters 5/290 Ex-analog input module with HART
5/215 ET 200pro Motor Starters 5/292 Ex-analog output module with HART
Safety Modules Ex Digital Modules
5/217 Accessories for ET 200pro 5/295 Ex digital input modules
motor starters 5/297 Ex digital output modules
Software Ex Analog Modules
5/220 Motor Starter ES 5/299 Ex analog input modules
5/301 Ex analog output modules
5/221 ET 200L
Function modules
5/226 ET 200M 5/303 Introduction
5/227 IM 153-1/153-2 5/305 FM 350-1 counter module
5/231 SIPLUS IM 153-1/153-2 5/307 FM 350-2 counter module
(extended temperature range) 5/310 FM 351 positioning module
5/233 IM 153-4 PN 5/312 FM 352 cam controller
F Digital/Analog Modules 5/314 FM 352-5 high-speed
5/235 SM 326 F digital input module Boolean processor
– Safety Integrated 5/318 FM 353 positioning module
5/238 SIPLUS SM 326 F digital input module 5/320 FM 354 positioning module
– Safety Integrated 5/323 FM 355 controller module
5/239 SM 326 F digital output module 5/326 FM355-2 temperature
– Safety Integrated controller module
5/242 SIPLUS SM 326 F digital output 5/329 SM 338 POS input module
– Safety Integrated IQ Sense Modules and Sensors
5/243 SM 336 F analog input module 5/331 IQ-Sense sensor module
– Safety Integrated 5/333 SIMATIC PXO opto proximity
5/246 Isolation module switches with IQ-Sense
5/247 SIPLUS isolating module 5/335 SIMATIC PXS sonar proximity
(extended temperature range) switches with IQ-Sense
Digital Modules Special modules
5/248 SM321 digital input module 5/336 SM 374 simulator
5/254 SIPLUS SM 321 digital input module 5/337 DM 370 dummy module
(extended temperature range) Communication
5/255 SM322 digital output module 5/338 CP 340
5/262 SIPLUS SM 322 digital output module 5/340 CP 341
(extended temperature range) Power Supplies
5/264 SM 323/SM 327 5/342 2 A, 5 A, 10 A load power supplies
digital input/output module
5/346 ET 200eco
5/268 SIPLUS SM 323 digital input/output
module (extended temperature range) 5/353 ET 200R
Analog Modules
5/269 SM331 analog input module
5/276 SIPLUS SM 331 analog input module
5/277 SM 332 analog output module
5/280 SIPLUS SM 332 analog output module
5/281 SM 334 analog input/output module
5/284 SIPLUS SM 334 analog input/output
module (extended temperature range)
© Siemens AG 2008

ET 200S
Introduction
■ Overview
SIMATIC ET 200S SIMATIC ET 200S COMPACT

• Distributed I/O system to degree of protection IP20 with mini- • Block I/O to degree of protection IP20 with 32 channels,
mal wiring outlay, also for extremely time-critical tasks such as comprising terminal block and electronic block
high-speed closed-loop controls • Discretely modular expansion to maximum of 128 channels or
5 • Can be used with integrated S7-CPU as mini PLC:
- also available as fail-safe PROFIsafe version
12 modules
• The complete ET 200S module spectrum can be used
- with optional lower-level PROFIBUS DP (with the exception of PROFIsafe modules)
• Bit-modular design for exact adaptation to the automation task • Separation of terminal connections and electronics with
in hand. permanent wiring
• Interface modules available with PROFIBUS DP or PROFINET • Screw-type and spring-loaded terminal connections
interfaces
• Standard terminal block with 2-wire connection system;
• Can be combined from digital and analog in/output modules, 3-wire and 4-wire systems available using additional terminals
technology modules, motor starters and frequency converters
for the control of drives up to 7.5 or 4 kW. • Mounting on standard rail
• Exchange of modules during operation (hot swapping), • Hot swapping of expansion modules
permanent wiring with multi-conductor connection • Communication via PROFIBUS
• Channel-specific diagnostics for high availability • Up to 100 byte inputs and outputs (address space)
• Can be supplied with integrated fiber optic interface if
required
• Transmission rates up to 12 Mbit/s
• FastConnect using unstripped quick connection technology,
screw or spring-loaded terminals
• Ex approval to Cat. 3 for Zone 2 acc. to ATEX100 a
• Slot reservation with spare modules
• Failsafe DI modules with safety-related signal processing
according to PROFIsafe
• Option handling – for simplest management of machine
options

© Siemens AG 2008

ET 200S
Introduction
■ General technical specifications

Degree of protection IP20 Requirements of the
DP master system
Ambient temperature 0 … 60 °C
• PROFIBUS DP master In accordance with EN 50170
Vibration resistance 2 g continuously, 5 g temporarily
(motor starter max. 2 g) • Parameter length >32 byte, depending on the
number and type of connected
Maximum configuration (none of the modules
limits listed below must be
exceeded) • User data length Depending on the number and
type of connected modules
• Number of modules per IM 151, IM 151-1 BASIC:
max. Up to 12 modules • Diagnostics length 17 … 64 byte (adjustable)
IM 151-1 COMPACT: Standards and approvals
Up to 12 modules
IM 151-1 STANDARD: • PROFIBUS EN 50170, Volume 2
Up to 63 modules
• IEC 1131 IEC 1131, Part 2
IM 151-1 HIGH-FEATURE:
Up to 63 modules • UL acc. to UL508 standard, File No.
IM 151-7 CPU: Up to 63 modules E 116536/E 75310 (AC modules)
IM 151-3 PN: Up to 63 modules • C-Tick AS/NZS 2064 (Class A)
• Line width, max. IM 151-1 BASIC: Up to 2 m • CSA acc. to standard C22.2 No. 142,
IM 151-1 COMPACT: Up to 2 m File No. LR 48323/LR 44226
IM 151-1 STANDARD: Up to 2 m (AC modules)
IM 151-1 HIGH-FEATURE:
• cULus for hazardous locations acc. to UL 508 standard,
Up to 2 m
5
File No. E 116536
IM 151-7 CPU: Up to 1 m acc. to hazardous locations
IM 151-3 PN: Up to 2 m UL 1604, File no. E 222109
• User data length Depending on the number and acc. to CSA C22.2 standard,
type of connected modules No. 142
IM 151-1 BASIC: Up to 88 byte for • FM Standard Class No. 3611, Class I,
inputs and outputs Division 2, Group A, B, C, D,
IM 151-1 COMPACT: Up to Class I, Zone 2, Group IIC
100 byte for inputs and outputs (without motor starter and
IM 151-1 STANDARD: Up to frequency converter)
244 byte for inputs and outputs • Shipbuilding American Bureau of Shipping
IM 151-1 HIGH-FEATURE: Up to
244 byte for inputs and outputs Bureau Veritas
IM 151-7 CPU: Not relevant Det Norske Veritas
IM 151-3 PN: 256 byte Germanischer Lloyd
• Parameter length Depending on the number and Lloyds Register of Shipping
type of connected modules Nippon Kaiji Kyokai
IM 151-1 BASIC: 198 byte
(without motor starters
IM 151-1 COMPACT: 218 byte
and frequency converters)
IM 151-1 STANDARD:
Up to 244 byte • Ex approval Cat. 3 EN 50021
IM 151-1 HIGH-FEATURE: (for Zone 2 acc. to ATEX–100a) (without frequency converters)
Up to 244 byte
IM 151-7 CPU: Not relevant Within the context of converting SIMATIC from UL / CSA to
IM 151-3 PN: Not relevant cULus, the ET 200S modules will also be converted
■ Dimensions
Dimensions in mm
G_IK10_EN_50071

© Siemens AG 2008

ET 200S
■ Overview
• Interface module for linking the ET 200S to PROFIBUS DP
• Handles all data exchange with the PROFIBUS DP master
• 6 variants:
- IM 151-1 BASIC (RS485)
- IM 151-1 COMPACT 32DI DC24V (RS485)
- IM 151-1 COMPACT 16DI DC24V / 16DO DC24V/0.5A
(RS485)
- IM 151-1 STANDARD (RS485)
- IM 151-1 STANDARD (FO)
- IM 151-1 HIGH FEATURE (RS485)
The main differences between the IM 151-1 variants:

IM 151-1 IM 151-1 IM 151-1 IM 151-1 FO IM 151-1
BASIC COMPACT STANDARD STANDARD HIGH FEATURE
5 Order No.: 6ES7 151- 1CA00-0AB0 1CA00-1BL00
1CA00-3BL00
1AA04-0AB0 1AB02-0AB0 1BA02-0AB0
Integral I/O - 32 DI - - -
16DI / 16 DO
Maximal number of I/O modules 12 12 63 63 63
Maximum station width 2m 2m 2m 1m 2m
Maximal number of parameters 198 byte 218 byte 244 byte 244 byte 244 byte
Maximum address space 88 byte each 100 byte each 244 byte 128 byte Depending on the
for inputs and outputs DP master: 244 byte
or not relevant
Maximum diagnostics length 6 … 43 byte 6 … 44 byte 6 … 122 byte 6 … 64 byte 6 … 128 byte
Protocol DP V0 DP V0 DP V0 and DP V1 DP V0 DP V0 and DP V1
DP connection type RS485 RS485 RS485 Fiber-optic cable RS485
Firmware update No No Yes No Yes
Option handling No No Yes Yes Yes
Isochronous mode No No No No Yes
Maximum address volume 8 byte 8 byte 32 byte 8 byte 32 byte
per module
Identification data No No Yes No Yes
Use of fail-safe modules No No No No Yes
(PROFIsafe)
I-slave-to-slave communication No No No No Yes

© Siemens AG 2008

ET 200S
Order No. 6ES7 151-1AA04-0AB0 6ES7 151-1AB02-0AB0 6ES7 151-1BA02-0AB0 6ES7 151-1CA00-0AB0
Supply voltages
• Rated value (DC) 24 V 24 V 24 V 24 V
• reverse polarity protection Yes Yes Yes Yes
Mains/voltage failure jumpering, 20 ms 20 ms 20 ms
min.
Current consumption
from supply voltage 1L+, max. 200 mA 200 mA 200 mA 70 mA
Power loss, typ. 3.3 W 3.3 W 3.3 W 1.5 W
Current output to backplane bus 700 mA
(DC 5 V), max.
Address area
Adressing volume
• Outputs 244 Byte 128 Byte 244 Byte 88 Byte
• Inputs 244 Byte 128 Byte 244 Byte 88 Byte
interfaces
PROFIBUS DP, Output current, max. 80 mA 80 mA
5
interface physics, RS 485 Yes; 9-pin Sub-D socket Yes Yes; 9-pin Sub-D socket
interface physics, LWL Yes; 4x Simplex socket
Protocols
PROFIBUS DP protocol Yes Yes Yes Yes
PROFIBUS DP
Transmission speed, max. 12 MBit/s; 9.6 / 19.2 / 12 MBit/s; 9.6 / 19.2 / 12 MBit/s 12 MBit/s; 9.6 / 19.2 /
45.45 / 93.75 / 187.5 / 500 45.45 / 93.75 / 187.5 / 500 45.45 / 93.75 / 187.5 / 500
Kbit/s; 1.5 / 3 / 6 / 12 Kbit/s; 1.5 / 12 Mbit/s Kbit/s; 1.5 / 3 / 6 / 12
Mbit/s Mbit/s
Cable length, max. 1 200 m 2m
SYNC capability Yes Yes Yes Yes
FREECE capability Yes Yes Yes Yes
direct data exchange (cross traffic) Yes Yes Yes Yes
Isochronous mode
Isochronouos mode No No Yes No
Status information/
alarms/diagnostics
Alarms
• Alarms Yes No Yes No
Diagnoses
• Diagnostic functions Yes Yes Yes Yes
• Bus error BF (red) Yes Yes Yes Yes
• Collective error SF (red) Yes Yes Yes Yes
• Monitoring 24 V voltage supply ON Yes Yes Yes Yes
(green)

© Siemens AG 2008

ET 200S

Order No. 6ES7 151-1AA04-0AB0 6ES7 151-1AB02-0AB0 6ES7 151-1BA02-0AB0 6ES7 151-1CA00-0AB0
Isolation
Isolation checked with 500 VDC 57 V DC / 60 V AC 500 VDC 500 VDC
Isolation
between backplane bus No No No No
and electronics
between electronic block Yes Yes Yes
and PROFIBUS DP
between supply voltage No No No No
and electronics
Permissible potential difference
between different circuits 75 VDC / 60 VAC 500 V DC 75 VDC / 60 VAC 75 VDC / 60 VAC
General information
Vendor identification (VendorID) 806Ah 806Bh 80F3h
Dimensions
Dimensions
Height 119.5 mm 119.5 mm 119.5 mm 119.5 mm
5 Depth 75 mm 75 mm 75 mm 75 mm
Weights
Weight, approx. 150 g 150 g 150 g 150 g
1CA00-1BL0 1CA00-3BL0 1CA00-1BL0 1CA00-3BL0
Supply voltages PROFIBUS DP
Supply voltage of electronics 1L+ Transmission procedure RS 485 RS 485
• Rated value (DC) 24 V 24 V Cable length, max. 1 200 m 1 200 m
• reverse polarity protection Yes Yes direct data exchange (cross traffic) Yes Yes
Current consumption PROFINET IO
from supply voltage 1L+, max. 100 mA 100 mA Transmission speed, max. 12 MBit/s
Address area Isochronous mode
Adressing volume Isochronouos mode No No
• Outputs 100 Byte 100 Byte Digital inputs
• Inputs 100 Byte 100 Byte Number of digital inputs 32 16
interfaces Cable length
PROFIBUS DP, Output current, max. 80 mA • Cable length unshielded, max. 1 000 m 1 000 m
interface physics, RS 485 Yes Yes Input voltage
interface physics, LWL No No • Rated value, DC 24 V 24 V
Connection point • for signal "0" -30 to +5 V -30 to +5 V
Inputs/outputs Screw-type and • for signal "1" 13 to 30 V 13 to 30 V
spring-loaded
terminals, per- Input current
manent wiring; • for signal "1", typ. 4 mA; at 24 V 3 mA
3 and 4-wire min. 2 mA
connection
Input delay
Protocols (for rated value of input voltage)
PROFIBUS DP protocol Yes Yes • for standard inputs
TCP/IP protocol No - at " to "1", min. 3 ms 3 ms
PROFINET IO No - at "0" to "1", max. 3 ms 3 ms

© Siemens AG 2008

ET 200S

1CA00-1BL0 1CA00-3BL0 1CA00-1BL0 1CA00-3BL0
Digital outputs Isolation
Number of digital outputs 16 Isolation checked with 500 VDC 500 VDC
Cable length unshielded, max. 1 000 m Isolation
Short-circuit protection of the output Yes between backplane bus No
and electronics
Limitation of inductive shutdown L+
voltage to (-55 to -60 V) between supply voltage No
and electronics
Lamp load, max. 5W
Galvanic isolation, digital inputs
Controlling a digital input Yes
• galvanic isolation, digital inputs No
Output current
Isolation, digital outputs
• for signal "1" permissible range for 0.6 A
0 to 60 °C, min. • Galvanic isolation, digital outputs Yes
• for signal "0" residual current, max. 7 mA Environmental requirements
Output delay with resistive load Degree and class of protection
• "0" to "1", max. 0.5 ms • IP 20 Yes Yes
• "1" to "0", max. 1.3 ms General information
Switching frequency Vendor identification (VendorID) 8200H
• with resistive load, max. 100 Hz Dimensions 5
• with inductive load, max. 2 Hz Dimensions
• on lamp load, max. 10 Hz Width 120 mm 120 mm
Aggregate current of the outputs Height 81 mm 81 mm
(per group)
Depth 758 mm; 58 58 mm
• up to 60 °C, max. 2A
Weights
Encoder
Connectable encoders
• 2-wire BEROS Yes
• permissible quiescent current 1.5 mA
(2-wire BEROS), max.
Status information/
alarms/diagnostics
Alarms
• Alarms No No
Diagnoses
• Run mode RUN (green) Yes
• Collective error SF (red) Yes Yes
• Status indicator digital output Yes
(green)
• Status indicator digital input Yes
(green)
• Monitoring 24 V voltage supply ON Yes Yes
(green)
• Connection to network LINK No
(green)
• Transmit/receive RX/TX (yellow) No

© Siemens AG 2008

ET 200S

IM 151-1 BASIC 6ES7151-1CA00-0AB0 Accessories
interface module
TM-C120S terminal module 6ES7 193-4DL10-0AA0
for ET 200S; transfer rates up to
12 Mbit/s; max. 12 power, elec- Terminal module for ET 200S
tronic and motor start modules COMPACT, screw-type terminals
can be connected; bus connec- TM-C120C terminal module 6ES7 193-4DL00-0AA0
tion via 9-pin Sub-D
incl. termination module Terminal module for
ET 200S COMPACT,
IM 151-1 COMPACT 32 DI 6ES7151-1CA00-1BL0 spring-loaded terminals
24 V DC interface module
TE-U120S4x10 add-on terminal 6ES7 193-4FL10-0AA0
12 Mbit/s; max. 32 digital inputs, Add-on terminal for TM-C120x
can be expanded by max. terminal modules of ET 200S
12 power, electronic and motor COMPACT; screw-type terminals
start modules; bus connection for 3-wire connection; please
via 9-pin Sub-D incl. termination order two for 4-wire connection
module Can also be attached to TM-E/
IM 151-1 COMPACT 16 DI 6ES7151-1CA00-3BL0 TM-P, provided at least 120 mm
24 V DC / 16 DO 24 V/0.5 A of the construction width attains
interface module the same overall height as the
terminal module
12 Mbit/s; max. 16 digital inputs TE-U120C4x10 add-on terminal 6ES7 193-4FL00-0AA0
and 16 digital outputs, can be Add-on terminal for TM-C120x
5 expanded by max. 12 power,
electronic and motor start mod-
terminal modules of ET 200S
COMPACT; spring-loaded termi-
ules; bus connection via 9-pin nals for 3-wire connection; please
Sub-D incl. termination module order two for 4-wire connection
IM 151-1 STANDARD 6ES7151-1AA04-0AB0 Can also be attached to TM-E/
interface module TM-P, provided at least 120 mm
of the construction width attains
for ET 200S; transfer rates up to the same overall height as the
12 Mbit/s; data volumes 244 byte terminal module
each for inputs and outputs, max.
63 power, electronic and motor ET 200S distributed I/O
start modules can be connected; system manuals
bus connection via 9-pin Sub-D
are available on the Internet as http://www.siemens.com/
incl. termination module
PDF files: simatic-docu
IM 151-1 FO STANDARD 6ES7151-1AB02-0AB0
interface module
multi-language:
12 Mbit/s; data volumes 128 byte
S7-200, TD 200, S7-300, M7-300,
each for inputs and outputs,
C7, S7-400, M7-400, STEP 7,
max. 63 power, electronic and
motor start modules can be
connected; bus connection via
integrated fiber-optic cable
(Industrial Communication)
IM 151-1 HIGH FEATURE 6ES7151-1BA02-0AB0
interface module
Update service for 1 year
for ET 200S; transfer rate up to
12 Mbit/s; data volumes 244 byte
each for I/O, up to 63 modules
can be connected; connection of
PROFIsafe modules, isochronous PROFIBUS DP bus connector
mode; bus connection via 9-pin RS 485
Sub-D incl. terminating module
With 90° cable outlet for
FastConnect connection system,
max. transfer rate 12 Mbit/s
• Without PG interface 6ES7 972-0BA51-0XA0
• With PG interface 6ES7 972-0BB51-0XA0
100 Simplex connectors 6GK1 901-0FB00-0AA0
For plastic fiber-optic cable
incl. 5 polishing sets
50 plug adapters 6ES7 195-1BE00-0XA0
For 2 Simplex connectors each

© Siemens AG 2008

ET 200S

Label sheets DIN A4 (10 units) Termination module 6ES7 193-4JA00-0AA0
Each sheet contains 60 label as spare part for ET 200S
strips for peripheral modules
and 20 label strips for interface SIMATIC S5, 35 mm DIN rail
modules • Length: 6ES5 710-8MA11
• petrol 6ES7 193-4BH00-0AA0 483 mm for 19" cabinets
• red 6ES7 193-4BD00-0AA0 • Length: 6ES5 710-8MA21

530 mm for 600 mm cabinets
• Length: 6ES5 710-8MA31
• light beige 6ES7 193-4BA00-0AA0 830 mm for 900 mm cabinets
Label sheets DIN A4 (10 units) • Length: 2 m 6ES5 710-8MA41
Can be used for
ET 200S COMPACT.
Each sheet has 10 label strips
• beige 6ES7 193-4BA10-0AA0
• red 6ES7 193-4BD10-0AA0
Terminal module selection aid
5
Power modules TM-P terminal modules for power modules
Screw-type terminal 15S23-A1 15S23-A0 15S22-01 30S44-A0
Order No. 6ES7 193... 4CC20-0AA0 4CD20-0AA0 4CE00-0AA0 4CK20-0AA0
Spring-loaded terminal 15C23-A1 15C23-A0 15C22-01 30C44-A0
FastConnect 15N23-A1 15N23-A0 15N22-01 Available soon
Order No. 6ES7 193... 4CC70-0AA0 4CD70-0AA0 4CE60-0AA0
PM-E DC 24 V n n n
PM-E 24 to 48 V DC n n n
PM-E 24 V DC/120/230V AC n n n
PM-E F 24 V DC PROFIsafe n

© Siemens AG 2008

ET 200S
SIPLUS IM 151-1 interface module

SIPLUS IM 151-1 STANDARD 6AG1 151-1AA04-2AB0
interface module
and medium load)
For ET 200S; Transfer rates up to
12 Mbit/s; Data volumes 244 bytes
each for inputs and outputs, max.
63 power-, electronic and motor
start modules can be connected;
SIPLUS IM 151-1 HIGH FEATURE 6AG1 151-1BA02-2AB0
interface module
and medium load)
For ET 200S; transfer rate up to
12 Mbit/s; data volumes 244 bytes
each for inputs and outputs, up to
63 modules can be connected;
connection of PROFIsafe modules,
• Interface module for linking the ET 200S to PROFIBUS DP isochronous mode (clock synchro-
• Handles all data exchange with the PROFIBUS DP master nization); bus connection via 9-pin
Sub-D incl. terminating module
5 SIPLUS IM 151-1 Standard Accessories see IM 151-1 ordering data
Ambient temperature range -25 … +60 °C;
Environmental conditions Suited for exceptional medial
exposure (e.g. by
chlorine sulfur atmosphere).
Technical data The technical data
based-on modules.
SIPLUS IM 151-1 High Feature

Order No. 6AG1 151-1BA02-2AB0
Order No. based on 6ES7 151-1BA02-0AB0
exposure (e.g. by
Technical data The technical data
based-on modules.
Note:

© Siemens AG 2008

ET 200S

Order No. 6ES7 151- 6ES7 151-
3AA22-0AB0 3BA22-0AB0
Supply voltages
• Rated value (DC) 24 V 24 V
Mains/voltage failure jumpering, 20 ms 20 ms
min.
Current consumption
from supply voltage 1L+, max. 250 mA 250 mA
Power loss, typ. 2.5 W 2.5 W
Address area
Adressing volume
• Outputs 256 Byte 256 Byte
• Interface module for linking the ET 200S to PROFINET • Inputs 256 Byte 256 Byte
• Handles all data exchange with the PROFINET I/O Controller Connection point
• 3 versions:
- IM151-3 PN STANDARD
RJ45
Protocols
Yes Yes
5
- IM151-3 PN HIGH FEATURE and IM 151-3 PN FO:
supports, in contrast to the STANDARD version, PROFINET IO Yes Yes
the operation of PROFIsafe F modules PROFINET IO
- with integrated 2-port switch for line topology
automatic detection of Yes Yes
Note: transmission speed
Micro Memory Card required for operation of the Isochronous mode
IM 152-3 PN FO.
Isochronouos mode No No
Status information/
alarms/diagnostics
Alarms
• Alarms Yes Yes
Diagnoses
• Bus error BF (red) Yes Yes
• Monitoring 24 V voltage supply ON Yes Yes
(green)
• Connection to network LINK Yes Yes
(green)
• Transmit/receive RX/TX (yellow) Yes Yes
Isolation
between backplane bus No No
and electronics
between Ethernet and electronics Yes Yes
between supply voltage No No
and electronics
General information
Vendor identification (VendorID) 002AH 002AH
Device identifier (DeviceID) 0301 0301H
Dimensions
Width 60 mm 60 mm
Height 119.5 mm 119.5 mm
Depth 75 mm 75 mm
Weights

© Siemens AG 2008

ET 200S

IM 151-3 PN interface module 6ES7 151-3AA23-0AB0 MMC 128 KB 1) 6ES7 953-8LG11-0AA0
for ET 200S; data transmission for storing the device name
rates up to 100 Mbit/s; data MMC 512 KB 1) 6ES7 953-8LJ20-0AA0
volume depends on the number
of modules inserted, up to for storing the device name
63 modules can be connected, MMC 2 MB 1) 6ES7 953-8LL20-0AA0
bus connection through RJ45
IM 151-3 PN PROFINET 6ES7 151-3BA23-0AB0 and/or firmware update
High Feature interface module
MMC 4 MB 1) 6ES7 953-8LM20-0AA0
for ET 200S; data transmission
rate up to 100 Mbit/s; max. for storing the device name
63 modules up to 2 m wide can and/or firmware update
be connected; bus connection via MMC 8 MB 1) 6ES7 953-8LP20-0AA0
RJ45, incl. terminating module
IM 151-3 FO interface module 6ES7 151-3BB22-0AB0 and/or firmware update
for ET 200S; with 2 PROFINET ET 200S distributed I/O system http://www.siemens.com/
FO-interfaces and integrated manuals simatic-docu
2-port switch, max. 63 modules
up to 2 m wide can be con- are available in the Internet as
nected, incl. terminating module PDF files:
Accessories SIMATIC Manual Collection 6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE0
Industrial Ethernet FC RJ45 Electronic manuals on DVD,
5 Plug 90 multi-language:
S7-200, TD 200, S7-300, M7-300,
RJ45 plug connector for Industrial C7, S7-400, M7-400, STEP 7,
Ethernet with a rugged metal Engineering Tools, Runtime Soft-
housing and integrated insulation ware, SIMATIC DP (Distributed
displacement contacts for con- I/O), SIMATIC HMI (Human
necting Industrial Ethernet FC Machine Interface), SIMATIC NET
installation cables; with 90° cable (Industrial Communication)
outlet
• 1 unit 6GK1 901-1BB20-2AA0 Update service for 1 year
• 10 units 6GK1 901-1BB20-2AB0 Scope of delivery: Current DVD
• 50 units 6GK1 901-1BB20-2AE0 "S7 Manual Collection" and the
installation cables Label sheets DIN A4 (10 units)
Each sheet contains 60 label strips
Fast Connect standard cable 6XV1 840-2AH10 for peripheral modules and 20 label
Fast Connect trailing cable 6XV1 840-3AH10 strips for interface modules
Fast Connect marine cable 6XV1 840-4AH10 • petrol 6ES7 193-4BH00-0AA0
Termination Kits • red 6ES7 193-4BD00-0AA0
SC RJ POF Plug 6GK1 900-0ML00-0AA0 • yellow 6ES7 193-4BB00-0AA0

Assembly case for on-site assem- • light beige 6ES7 193-4BA00-0AA0
bly of SC RJ plugs consisting of
stripping tool, kevlar cutter, Terminating module 6ES7 193-4JA00-0AA0
microscope, abrasive paper,
grinding support
DIN rail 35 mm
Screw-in plug for on-site assem- • Length: 483 mm for 6ES5 710-8MA11
bly to POF fiber optic cable 19'' cabinets
(1 pack = 20 units) • Length: 530 mm for 6ES5 710-8MA21
IE SC RJ Refill Set POF 6GK1 900-0MN00-0AA0 600 mm cabinets
Refill set for Termination Kit SC • Length: 830 mm for 6ES5 710-8MA31
RJ POF Plug, consisting of 900 mm cabinets
abrasive paper and grinding
plate (set of 5) • Length: 2 m 6ES5 710-8MA41
SC RJ POF Plug 6GK1 900-0NL00-0AA0 Industrial Ethernet Switches
Assembly case for on-site Managed Industrial Ethernet
assembly of SC RJ plugs Switches; Isochronous real time,
consisting of stripping tool, LED diagnostics, fault signaling
buffer stripping tool, kevlar cutter, contact with SET button, redun-
fiber breaking tool, microscope dant power supply
Industrial Ethernet SC RJ PCF Plug 6GK1 900-0NB00-0AC0 • SCALANCE X202-2P IRT; 6GK5 202-2BH00-2BA3
Screw-in plug for on-site 2 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports,
assembly to PCF fiber optic cable 2 x 100 Mbit/s POF/PCF SC RJ
(1 pack = 10 units)
Industrial Ethernet 6GK1 901-1GA00 1 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports,
Fast Connect stripping tool 3 x 100 Mbit/s POF/PCF SC RJ
MMC 64 KB 1) 6ES7 953-8LF20-0AA0 • SCALANCE X200-4P IRT; 6GK5 200-4AH00-2BA3
1)
For operating the IM 151-3, an MMC is essential

© Siemens AG 2008

ET 200S
SIPLUS IM 151-3PN interface module

SIPLUS IM 151-3 PN
interface module
(extended temperature range and
medial exposure)
For ET 200S; transfer rates up to 6AG1 151-3AA22-2AB0
100 Mbit/s; data volume depends
on the number of modules
inserted, up to 63 modules can
be connected, bus connection
through RJ45
Accessories see IM 151-3PN ordering data
• Interface module for interface to ET 200S PROFINET

•
•
IM151-3 PN STANDARD
With integrated 2-port switch for line topology
5
Note:
SIPLUS IM 151-3 PN
Ambient temperature range -25 ... +60 °C; condensation
permitted
Environmental conditions Suited for exceptional
medial exposure (e.g. by
Technical data The technical data are
identical with those of the
based-on modules.


© Siemens AG 2008

ET 200S — Interface module with integrated CPU
IM 151-7 interface modules CPU

Order No. 6ES7 151- 6ES7 151-
7AB00-0AB0 7AA20-0AB0
Product status
associated programming package STEP7 V5.2 SP1
or higher
+ HW update
Mains/voltage failure jumpering, 5 ms
min.
Load voltage L+
• Rated value (DC) 24 V
• reverse polarity protection Yes
(DC)
• Interface module for SIMATIC ET 200S with integrated Current consumption
S7-CPU 314 Inrush current, max. 3.5 A
5
• For high-performance control solutions in ET 200S from supply voltage 1L+, max. 250 mA;
• Increases the availability of plants and machinery 280 mA with DP
master module
• Programming via PROFIBUS DP
Current output to backplane bus 700 mA
• Integrated 12 Mbit/s PROFIBUS DP slave/MPI interface in (DC 5 V), max.
copper design
Memory
• Integrated CPU based on CPU S7-314
Type of storage
• IM 151-7 CPU FO available
• Fail-safe IM 151-7 F-CPU PROFIsafe available • RAM
- integrated 48 KByte; 96 KByte;
• Also available as IM 151-8(F) PN/DP CPU with as of FW V1.13 For program
PROFINET interface 48 KB; previ- and data
ously 24 KB
- expandable No
Note:
Micro Memory Card required for operation of CPU. • Load memory
CPU/blocks
Number of blocks (total) 1 024; (DBs,
FCs, FBs); the
maximum num-
ber of loadable
blocks can be
reduced by the
MMC used.
DB
• Number, max. 127 511;
Number range:
1 to 511
FB
• Number, max. 128 1 024;
Number range:
0 to 2047
FC
• Number, max. 128 1 024;
Number range:
0 to 2047
OB

© Siemens AG 2008


7AB00-0AB0 7AA20-0AB0 7AB00-0AB0 7AA20-0AB0
Nesting depth Data blocks
• per priority class 8 8 • Number, max. 511; Number
range: 1 to 511
Local data
for bit operations, min. 0.1 μs 0.1 μs
• per priority class, max. 510 Byte
for word operations, min. 1 μs 0.2 μs
Address area
for fixed point arithmetic, min. 2 μs 2 μs
I/O address area
for floating point arithmetic, min. 20 μs 3 μs
Times/counters and their
remanence • Outputs 2 048 Byte
S7 counter Process image
• Number 256 256 • Inputs 128 Byte;
Not adjustable
• Remanence
- adjustable Yes • Outputs 128 Byte;
Not adjustable
- lower limit 0
Digital channels
5
- upper limit 255
• Inputs 16 336
- preset From Z 0 to Z 7
• Outputs 16 336
• Counting range
- adjustable Yes Yes
- lower limit 1 0 • Outputs, of which central 248
- upper limit 999 999 Analog channels
IEC counter • Inputs 1 021
• Type SFB • Outputs 1 021
• Number Unlimited • Inputs, of which central 124
(limited only by • Outputs, of which central 124
RAM capacity)
Adressing volume
S7 times
• Number 256 256
• Inputs 244 Byte
• Remanence
Hardware config.
- adjustable Yes
- lower limit 0 Number of modules per system, 63 63;
max. Centralized
- upper limit 255
Connectable programming PGs/OPs with
- preset No retentivity devices/PCs STEP 7 con-
• Time range nectable via
PROFIBUS
- lower limit 10 ms 10 ms interface
- upper limit 9 990 s 9 990 s Time
IEC timer Clock
• Type SFB • Hardware clock (real-time clock) Yes
• Number Unlimited • buffered and synchronizable Yes
(limited only by
RAM capacity) • Backup time 6 Weeks;
At 40 °C ambi-
Data areas and their remanence ent tempera-
Retentive data area in total 4 KByte 64 KByte ture, typically
(incl. times, counters, flags), max. • Deviation per day, max. 10 s
Flag Operating hours counter
• Number, max. 256 Byte 256 Byte • Number 1
• Remanence available Yes • Number/Number range 0
• Remanence preset MB 0 to MB 15 • Range of values 0 to 2^31 hours
• Number of clock memories 8; (when using
1 memory byte SFC 101)
• remanent Yes; Must be
restarted at
each restart

© Siemens AG 2008


Clock synchronization S7 basic communication
• supports Yes • supported Yes
• to MPI, Master Yes • Useful data per job, max. 76 Byte
• to MPI, Slave Yes • Useful data per job 76 Byte;
(of which consistent) max. 76 bytes
• to DP, Master Yes (XSEND/XRCV),
• to DP, Slave Yes 64 bytes
(XPUT/XGET)
• in AS, Master No as server
• in AS, Slave No S7 communication
S7 message functions • supported Yes
Number of login stations for mes- 12 • as server Yes
• as client No
Process diagnostic messages Yes; ALARM_S,
ALARM_SC, • Useful data per job, max. 180 Byte
ALARM_SQ, • Useful data per job, 64 Byte
ALARM_D, of which consistent, max.
ALARM_DQ
5 blocks, max.
• supported
No
Status/control • supported No
• Status/control variable Yes Number of connections
• Variables Inputs, outputs, • overall 12
memory bits,
DB, times, • usable for PG communication 11
counters • reserved for PG communication 1
• Number of variables, max. 30 • usable for OP communication 11
• of which status variable, max. 30 • reserved for OP communication 1
• of which control variable, max. 14 • usable for S7 basic communica- 10
Forcing tion
• Forcing Yes • reserved for S7-Basic 0

communication
• usable for routing 4;
• Number of variables, max. 10 As slave only
with active
Status block Yes interface, with
Single step Yes IM 151-7 CPU
as DP master
1st interface
Diagnostic buffer
Type of interface Integral RS 485
• present Yes Yes interface
• Number of entries, max. 100 100 Physics RS 485
• adjustable No isolated Yes
Communication functions Power supply to interface 80 mA
PG/OP communication Yes (15 to 30 V DC), max.
Global data communication Functionality
• supported Yes • MPI Yes
• Number of GD packets, max. 4 • DP master No
• Number of GD packets, 4 • DP slave Yes Yes

transmitter, max. • Point-to-point coupling No
• Number of GD packets, 4
receiver, max.
• Size of GD packet 22 Byte
(of which consistent), max.

© Siemens AG 2008


MPI DP master
• Number of connections 12; Notice: • Number of connections, max. 12; Notice:
12 connections 12 connections
per CPU, not per CPU, not
per interface per interface
• Services • Services
- PG/OP communication Yes - PG/OP communication Yes
- Routing Yes; With - Routing Yes
master module - Global data communication No
- Global data communication Yes - S7 basic communication Yes; I blocks
- S7 basic communication Yes only
- S7 communication Yes - S7 communication Yes
- S7 communication, as client No - S7 communication, as client No
- S7 communication, as server Yes - S7 communication, as server Yes
• Transmission speeds, max. 12 MBit/s - equidistance support Yes
DP slave - SYNC/FREEZE Yes
• Number of connections 11 12; Notice: - Activation/deactivation of DP Yes
5
12 connections slaves
per CPU, not - direct data exchange Yes
per interface (cross traffic)
• Services - DPV1 Yes
- Routing Yes; • Transmission speeds, max. 12 MBit/s
Only when inter-
face active and • Number of DP slaves, max. 32; Per station
in master mode • Address area
- direct data exchange Yes Yes - Inputs, max. 2 KByte
(cross traffic)
- DPV1 No
• GSD file http://www. http://www.
siemens.de/ siemens.de/ - Inputs, max. 244 Byte
profibus-gsd profibus-gsd - Outputs, max. 244 Byte
• Transmission speeds, max. 12 MBit/s 12 MBit/s Isochronous mode
• automatic baud rate search Yes; Isochronouos mode No
only with pas-
sive interface CPU/programming
• Transfer memory Programming language
- Inputs 244 Byte • STEP 7 Yes
- Outputs 244 Byte • LAD Yes
• Address area, max. 32 • FUP Yes
• Useful data per address area, 32 Byte; • AWL Yes
max. Up to max. size • SCL Yes Yes; Optional
of the transfer
memory • GRAPH Yes; Optional
2nd interface Operational stocks Binary logic See instruction
operations, list
Type of interface External bracketed
interface via operations,
master module result allocation,
6ES7138- saving,
4HA00-0AB0 counting,
Physics RS 485 loading,
transferring,
isolated Yes comparing,
Power supply to interface No shifting,
(15 to 30 V DC), max. rotating, com-
plementation,
Functionality calling blocks,
fixed point
• MPI No arithmetic,
• DP master Yes floating point
arithmetic,
• Point-to-point coupling No jump functions

© Siemens AG 2008


Order No. 6ES7 151- 6ES7 151- IM 151-7 CPU FO 6ES7 151-7AB00-0AB0
7AB00-0AB0 7AA20-0AB0 interface module (48 K)
Nesting levels 8 8 Including termination module
User program protection/password Yes Yes IM 151-7 CPU 6ES7 151-7AA20-0AB0
protection interface module (96 K)
System functions (SFC) Interrupt and See Including termination module
error process- instruction list
ing, copy data, Accessories
clock functions, MMC 64 KB 1) 6ES7 953-8LF20-0AA0
diagnostic
functions, for program backup
module pa- MMC 128 KB 1) 6ES7 953-8LG11-0AA0
rameterization,
operating mode for program backup
transitions
MMC 512 KB 1) 6ES7 953-8LJ20-0AA0
System function blocks (SFB) See
for program backup
instruction list
MMC 2 MB 1) 6ES7 953-8LL20-0AA0
Isolation
for program backup and/or firm-
Isolation checked with 500 VDC
ware update
Isolation
MMC 4 MB 1) 6ES7 953-8LM20-0AA0
between load voltage and all other Yes
for program backup
5 switching components
between PROFIBUS DP all all other Yes
MMC 8 MB 1) 6ES7 953-8LP20-0AA0
circuits for program backup
Permissible potential difference External prommer 6ES7 792-0AA00-0XA0
between different circuits 75 VDC / for e.g. MMC with USB interface
60 VAC
PG upon request
with integrated MMC interface
Label sheets DIN A4 (10 units)
• min. 0 °C
Each sheet contains 60 label
• max. 60 °C strips for peripheral modules and
20 label strips for interface mod-
Dimensions
ules
Width 60 mm 60 mm;
DP master
module: 35 mm • red 6ES7 193-4BD00-0AA0
Height 119.5 mm 119.5 mm • yellow 6ES7 193-4BB00-0AA0
Depth 75 mm 75 mm • light beige 6ES7 193-4BA00-0AA0
Weights ET 200S distributed http://www.siemens.com/
I/O system manuals simatic-docu
Weight, approx. 200 g 200 g;
DP master are available in the Internet as
module: PDF files:
Approx. 100 g
Terminating module 6ES7 193-4JA00-0AA0
SIMATIC S5, 35 mm DIN rail
19'' cabinets
600 mm cabinets
900 mm cabinets
• Length: 2 m 6ES5 710-8MA41
1)
For operating the CPU, an MMC is essential

© Siemens AG 2008

IM 151-8 PN/DP CPU interface module
■ Overview
CPU S7-314
• With many communication options: PG/OP communication,
PROFINET IO, PROFINET CBA, open IE communication (TCP,
ISO-on-TCP and UDP), web server and S7-communication
(with loadable FBs)
• Optional PROFIBUS master for 32 PROFIBUS DP slaves
• Fail-safe IM 151-8F PN/DP CPU PROFIsafe available
Note:
SIMATIC Micro Memory Card required for operation of CPU.

5
ET 200S distributed
IM 151-8F PN/DP CPU 6ES7 151-8FB00-0AB0 I/O system manuals
Including termination module PDF files:
Accessories Termination module 6ES7 193-4JA00-0AA0
MMC 64 KB 1) 6ES7 953-8LF20-0AA0 as spare part for ET 200S
for program backup SIMATIC S5, 35 mm DIN rail
MMC 128 KB 1) 6ES7 953-8LG11-0AA0 • Length: 483 mm for 19" cabinets 6ES5 710-8MA11
for program backup • Length: 530 mm for 6ES5 710-8MA21
600 mm cabinets
MMC 512 KB 1) 6ES7 953-8LJ20-0AA0
MMC 2 MB 1) 6ES7 953-8LL20-0AA0 • Length: 2 m 6ES5 710-8MA41
for program backup Industrial Ethernet FC RJ45
and/or firmware update Plug 180
MMC 4 MB 1) 6ES7 953-8LM20-0AA0 RJ45 plug connector for
for program backup Industrial Ethernet with a
rugged metal housing and
MMC 8 MB 1) 6ES7 953-8LP20-0AA0 integrated insulation
for program backup displacement contacts for
External prommer 6ES7 792-0AA00-0XA0 installation cables;
with 90° cable
for MMC, among others,
with USB interface • 1 unit 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0
PG On request • 10 units 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AB0
with integrated MMC interface • 50 units 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AE0
Label sheets DIN A4 (10 units) Industrial Ethernet FastConnect
Installation cables
Each sheet contains 60 labeling
strips for peripheral modules and • FastConnect Standard Cable 6XV1 840-2AH10
modules • FastConnect Trailing Cable 6XV1 840-3AH10
• petrol 6ES7 193-4BH00-0AA0 • FastConnect Marine Cable 6XV1 840-4AH10
• red 6ES7 193-4BD00-0AA0 Industrial Ethernet 6GK1 901-1GA00

1) An MMC is essential to operate the CPU

© Siemens AG 2008

Master interface module for
IM 151-7(8) CPU/F-CPU

Master interface module for 6ES7 138-4HA00-0AB0
IM 151-7 CPU / IM 151-7 F-CPU
interface modules
Accessories
Label sheets DIN A4 (10 pieces)
and 20 label strips for interface
modules
• red 6ES7 193-4BD00-0AA0
ET 200S distributed http://www.siemens.com/
I/O system manuals simatic-docu
are available in the Internet as
PDF files:
PROFIBUS DP master interface module for IM 151-7(F)
CPU/IM 151-8(F) PN/DP CPU interface modules
5
• Integrated 12 Mbit/s PROFIBUS DP master interface in copper
design
• Facilitates parallel operation of two PROFIBUS DP interfaces
on one IM 151-7 CPU
• Enables operation of a PROFIBUS DP interface on an
IM 151-8(F) PN/DP CPU
• Increases the availability of plants and machinery
• Functionality corresponds to the interface of an S7-314 CPU
configured as DP master
Programming is with STEP 7 from Version V5.2 with
Service Pack 1.
Order No. 6ES7 138-4HA00-0AB0
Hardware config.
Number of modules per CPU 1
Dimensions
Dimensions
Width 35 mm
Height 119.5 mm
Depth 75 mm
Weights

© Siemens AG 2008

IM 151-7 F CPU interface module

Order No. 6ES7 151-7FA20-0AB0
Product status
associated programming package STEP7 V5.2 SP1 or higher
+ HW update
Mains/voltage failure jumpering, 5 ms
min.
Load voltage L+
(DC)
Current consumption
from supply voltage 1L+, max. 250 mA;
• Interface module with integrated fail-safe CPU for 280 mA with DP master module
SIMATIC ET 200S
• With DP/MPI interface
Current output to backplane bus
(DC 5 V), max.
700 mA
5
Memory
• Complies with safety requirements up to SIL 3 according to
IEC 61508, IEC 62061 and Cat. 4 according to EN 954-1 Type of storage
• Fail-safe I/O modules can be connected in a distributed • RAM
configuration through DP master modules (PROFIsafe) - integrated 128 KByte;
• The fail-safe I/O modules of ET200S PROFIsafe can be For program and data
connected in a centralized configuration - expandable No
• Standard modules can be used for non-safety-relevant • Load memory
applications - pluggable (MMC) Yes
Note: - pluggable (MMC), max. 8 MByte
CPU/blocks
Number of blocks (total) 1 024; (DBs, FCs, FBs);
the maximum number of loadable
blocks can be reduced by the
MMC used.
DB
• Number, max. 511; Number range: 1 to 511
FB
• Number, max. 1 024; Number range: 0 to 2047
FC
• Number, max. 1 024; Number range: 0 to 2047
OB
Nesting depth
for bit operations, min. 0.1 μs
for word operations, min. 0.2 μs
for fixed point arithmetic, min. 2 μs

© Siemens AG 2008


Order No. 6ES7 151-7FA20-0AB0 Order No. 6ES7 151-7FA20-0AB0
Times/counters and their Digital channels
remanence
• Inputs 16 336
S7 counter
• Outputs 16 336
• Number 256
• Remanence
- adjustable Yes
Analog channels
- lower limit 0
• Inputs 1 021
- upper limit 255
• Outputs 1 021
- preset From Z 0 to Z 7
• Counting range
- adjustable Yes • Outputs, of which central 124
- lower limit 0 Hardware config.
- upper limit 999 Number of modules per system, 63; Centralized
max.
IEC counter
Time
• Type SFB
Clock
• Number Unlimited
(limited only by RAM capacity) • Hardware clock (real-time clock) Yes
5 S7 times • buffered and synchronizable Yes

• Number 256 • Backup time 6 Weeks; At 40 °C ambient
temperature, typically
• Remanence
• Deviation per day, max. 10 s
- adjustable Yes
- lower limit 0 Operating hours counter
- upper limit 255 • Number 1

- preset No retentivity • Number/Number range 0
• Time range • Range of values 0 to 2^31 hours
- lower limit 10 ms
• remanent Yes; Must be restarted at
IEC timer each restart
• Type SFB Clock synchronization
• Number Unlimited • supports Yes
(limited only by RAM capacity)
Retentive data area in total 64 KByte
(incl. times, counters, flags), max. • in AS, Master No
Flag • in AS, Slave No
• Number, max. 256 Byte S7 message functions
• Remanence available Yes Number of login stations for mes- 12
• Remanence preset MB 0 to MB 15
Process diagnostic messages Yes; ALARM_S,
• Number of clock memories 8; 1 memory byte ALARM_SC, ALARM_SQ,
Data blocks ALARM_D, ALARM_DQ
• Number, max. 511; Number range: 1 to 511 simultaneously active 40
Alarm-S blocks, max.
Local data
Status/control
• per priority class, max. 510 Byte
• Status/control variable Yes
Address area
• Variables Inputs, outputs, memory bits,
I/O address area DB, times, counters
• Inputs 2 048 Byte • Number of variables, max. 30
• Outputs 2 048 Byte • of which status variable, max. 30
Process image • of which control variable, max. 14
• Inputs 128 Byte; Not adjustable Forcing
• Outputs 128 Byte; Not adjustable • Forcing Yes

© Siemens AG 2008


Status block Yes 1st interface
Single step Yes Type of interface Integral RS 485 interface
Number of breakpoints 2 Physics RS 485
Diagnostic buffer isolated Yes
• present Yes Power supply to interface 80 mA
(15 to 30 V DC), max.
Functionality
• adjustable No
• MPI Yes
• DP master No
• DP slave Yes
• supported Yes
MPI
• Number of GD packets, max. 4
• Number of connections 12; Notice: 12 connections
• Number of GD packets, 4 per CPU, not per interface
transmitter, max.
• Services
• Number of GD packets, 4
receiver, max. - PG/OP communication Yes
5
• Size of GD packets, max. 22 Byte - Routing Yes; With master module
• Size of GD packet 22 Byte - Global data communication Yes
(of which consistent), max. - S7 basic communication Yes
S7 basic communication - S7 communication Yes
• supported Yes - S7 communication, as client No
• Useful data per job, max. 76 Byte - S7 communication, as server Yes
• Useful data per job 76 Byte; 76 bytes (XSEND/XRCV), • Transmission speeds, max. 12 MBit/s
(of which consistent) max. 64 bytes (XPUT/XGET) as server DP slave
S7 communication • Number of connections 12; Notice: 12 connections per
• supported Yes CPU, not per interface
• as server Yes • Services
• as client No - Routing Yes; Only when interface active
and in master mode
• Useful data per job, max. 180 Byte - direct data exchange Yes
• Useful data per job, 64 Byte (cross traffic)
of which consistent, max. - DPV1 No
S5-compatible communication • GSD file http://www.siemens.de/
• supported No profibus-gsd
Standard communication (FMS) • Transmission speeds, max. 12 MBit/s
• supported No • automatic baud rate search Yes; only with passive interface
Number of connections • Transfer memory
• overall 12 - Inputs 244 Byte
- Outputs 244 Byte
• reserved for PG communication 1
• Useful data per address area, 32 Byte; Up to max. size of the
max. transfer memory
• reserved for OP communication 1
2nd interface
• usable for S7 basic 10
Type of interface External interface via master
communication
module 6ES7138-4HA00-0AB0
• reserved for S7-Basic 0
Physics RS 485
communication
isolated Yes
• usable for routing 4;
As slave only with active interface, Power supply to interface No
with IM 151-7 CPU as DP master (15 to 30 V DC), max.
Functionality
• MPI No
• DP master Yes

© Siemens AG 2008


DP master CPU/programming
• Number of connections, max. 12; Notice: 12 connections per Programming language
CPU, not per interface
• STEP 7 Yes
• Services
• LAD Yes
• FUP Yes
- Routing Yes
• AWL Yes
• SCL Yes; Optional
- S7 basic communication Yes; I blocks only
- S7 communication Yes • GRAPH Yes; Optional
- S7 communication, as client No Operational stocks See instruction list
- S7 communication, as server Yes Nesting levels 8
- equidistance support Yes User program protection/ Yes
- SYNC/FREEZE Yes password protection
- Activation/deactivation of Yes System functions (SFC) See instruction list

DP slaves System function blocks (SFB) See instruction list
- direct data exchange Yes Isolation
(cross traffic)
5
- DPV1 Yes
Isolation
between load voltage and all other Yes
• Number of DP slaves, max. 32; Per station
switching components
• Address area
between PROFIBUS DP all all other Yes
- Inputs, max. 2 KByte circuits
- Outputs, max. 2 KByte Permissible potential difference
• Useful data per DP slave between different circuits 75 VDC / 60 VAC
- Inputs, max. 244 Byte Dimensions
- Outputs, max. 244 Byte Width 60 mm;
Isochronous mode DP master module: 35 mm
Isochronouos mode No Height 119.5 mm
Depth 75 mm
Weights
Weight, approx. 200 g; DP master module:
Approx. 100 g

IM 151-7 F-CPU 6ES7 151-7FA20-0AB0 MMC 512 kbyte 6ES7 953-8LJ20-0AA0
interface module
for program backup
for configuring a fail-safe
automation system MMC 2 Mbyte 6ES7 953-8LL20-0AA0
Accessories for program backup

and/or firmware update
Distributed Safety V5.4
programming tool MMC 4 Mbyte 6ES7 953-8LM20-0AA0
Task: for program backup

Software for configuring fail-safe External prommer 6ES7 792-0AA00-0XA0
user programs for SIMATIC
S7-300F, S7-400F, ET 200S for MMC with USB interface
Requirement: Terminating module 6ES7 193-4JA00-0AA0
STEP 7 V5.3 SP3 and higher
• Floating license 6ES7 833-1FC02-0YA5
SIMATIC S5, 35 mm DIN rail
• Software Update Service 6ES7 833-1FC00-0YX2
Distributed Safety Upgrade 6ES7 833-1FC02-0YE5 19'' cabinets
from V5.x to V5.3; • Length: 530 mm for 6ES5 710-8MA21
Floating license for 1 user 600 mm cabinets
MMC 64 kbyte 6ES7 953-8LF20-0AA0 • Length: 830 mm for 6ES5 710-8MA31
MMC 128 kbyte 6ES7 953-8LG11-0AA0 • Length: 2 m 6ES5 710-8MA41
for program backup

© Siemens AG 2008

SIPLUS IM 151-7 F-CPU interface module

SIPLUS IM 151-7 F-CPU 6AG1 151-7FA20-2AB0
interface module
For configuring a fail-safe
automation system
and medium load)
Accessories see IM 151-7 F-CPU ordering data
• Interface module with integrated fail-safe CPU for

SIMATIC ET 200S
5
• With DP/MPI interface
• Complies with safety requirements up to SIL 3 according to
IEC 61508, IEC 62061 and Cat. 4 according to EN 954-1
• Fail-safe I/O modules can be connected in a distributed
configuration through DP master modules (PROFIsafe)
• The fail-safe I/O modules of ET 200S PROFIsafe can be
connected in a centralized configuration
Note:
SIPLUS IM 151-7 F-CPU

Standard interface module
Order No. 6AG1 151-7FA20-2AB0
Order No. based on 6ES7 151-7FA20-0AB0
based-on modules.


© Siemens AG 2008

IM 151-8F PN/DP CPU interface module
■ Overview
fail-safe CPU
• Complies with safety requirements up to SIL 3 according
to IEC 61508, IEC 62061, up to PLe according to
ISO 13849-1:2006 and Cat. 4 according to EN 954-1
• With many communication options:
PG/OP communication, PROFINET IO, PROFINET CBA,
open IE communication (TCP, ISO-on-TCP and UDP),
web server and S7-communication (with loadable FBs)
• Fast, simple and end-to-end programming of a system
with modular programs via STEP 7
Note: • Compact SIMATIC Micro Memory Card (MMC)
SIMATIC Micro Memory Card required for operation of CPU. • Optional PROFIBUS master for 32 PROFIBUS DP slaves
5
IM 151-8F PN/DP CPU 6ES7 151-8FB00-0AB0 Label sheets DIN A4 (10 units)
interface module (192 K) Each sheet contains 60 labeling
Including termination module strips for peripheral modules and
Distributed Safety V5.4 modules
programming tool
Task:
• red 6ES7 193-4BD00-0AA0
application programs for SIMATIC • yellow 6ES7 193-4BB00-0AA0
S7-300F, S7-400F, ET 200S • light beige 6ES7 193-4BA00-0AA0
Requirement:
STEP 7 V5.3 SP3 and higher ET 200S distributed
I/O system manuals
• Floating License 6ES7 833-1FC02-0YA5
• Software Update Service 6ES7 833-1FC00-0YX2 PDF files:
Distributed Safety Upgrade 6ES7 833-1FC02-0YE5 Termination module 6ES7 193-4JA00-0AA0
From V5.3 to V5.4; Floating as spare part for ET 200S
license for 1 user SIMATIC S5, 35 mm DIN rail
Accessories • Length: 483 mm for 19" cabinets 6ES5 710-8MA11
MMC 64 KB 1) 6ES7 953-8LF20-0AA0 • Length: 530 mm for 6ES5 710-8MA21
600 mm cabinets
for program backup
MMC KB1) 6ES7 953-8LG11-0AA0 900 mm cabinets
for program backup • Length: 2 m 6ES5 710-8MA41
MMC 512 KB 1) 6ES7 953-8LJ20-0AA0 Industrial Ethernet FC RJ45
for program backup Plug 180
MMC 2 MB 1) 6ES7 953-8LL20-0AA0 RJ45 plug connector for Industrial
for program backup housing and integrated insulation
and/or firmware update displacement contacts for
MMC 4 MB 1) 6ES7 953-8LM20-0AA0 connecting Industrial Ethernet FC
installation cables; with 90° cable
for program backup
• 1 unit 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0
MMC 8 MB 1) 6ES7 953-8LP20-0AA0
• 10 units 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AB0
for program backup • 50 units 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AE0
External prommer 6ES7 792-0AA00-0XA0 Industrial Ethernet FastConnect
for MMC, among others, Installation cables
with USB interface • FastConnect Standard Cable 6XV1 840-2AH10
PG On request • FastConnect Trailing Cable 6XV1 840-3AH10
with integrated MMC interface • FastConnect Marine Cable 6XV1 840-4AH10
1)

© Siemens AG 2008

ET 200S
Power modules for PM-E electronic modules
■ Overview
• For monitoring and, depending on the version, fusing the load
and sensor supply voltage
• Can be plugged onto TM-P terminal modules with automatic
coding.
• Diagnostics message for voltage and blown fuse
(can be switched off via configuration)
• Fail-safe PM-E F PROFIsafe power module for safe switching
off of sequentially plugged-in 24 V DC to 10 A digital output
modules or external loads; 3 additional integrated fail-safe
24 V DC / 2 A outputs
• 24 to 48 V DC PM-E power module
- With status information and diagnosis
"Load voltage present“
- For option handling
• PM-E 24 V DC to 230 V AC power module
- Power module for universal use
- For option handling
■ Design
PM-E power modules are plugged into the TM-P terminal The version for fusing has a fusible link (5 x 20 mm). Up to
modules provided for the purpose. 6 replacement fuses can be stored in the terminating module
(see IM 151).
5
The first module after the IM 151-3 must be a power module.
Possible combinations of the TM-E terminal modules and power modules
Screw-type terminal 15S23-A1 15S23-A0 15S22-01 30S44-A0 F30S47-F0
Order No. 6ES7 193… …4CC20-0AA0 …4CD20-0AA0 …4CE00-0AA0 …4CK20-0AA0 3RK1903-3AA0
Spring-loaded terminal 15C23-A1 15C23-A0 15C22-01 30C44-A0 -
Order No. 6ES7 193… …4CC30-0AA0 …4CD30-0AA0 …4CE10-0AA0 …4CK30-0AA0
Fast Connect 15N23-A1 15N23-A0 15N22-01 - -
Order No. 6ES7 193… …4CC70-0AA0 …4CD70-0AA0 …4CE60-0AA0
PM-E 24 V DC n n n
PM-E 24 … 48 V DC n n n
PM-E 24 ... 48 V DC/24 ... 230 V AC n n n
PM-D F 24 V DC PROFIsafe n
Possible combinations of the electronics modules and

power modules
Power modules Electronic modules
PM-E DC 24 V Can be used for all
electronics modules except
2 DI 120 V AC ST,
2 DI 230 V AC ST and
2 DO 120/230 V AC
PM-E DC 24 ... 48 V Can be used for all 15 mm-wide
electronics modules except
2 DI 120 V AC ST,
2 DI 230 V AC ST and
2 DO 120/230 V AC
as well as for 4 DI 24 … 48 V UC
in AC operation
PM-E DC 24 ... 48 V/AC 24 ... 230 V Can be used with all 15 mm-wide
electronic modules
PM-E F pp DC 24 V PROFIsafe See Manual "ET 200S fail-safe
modules" in the documentation
PM-D F pm DC 24 V PROFIsafe packages "S7 F Systems" and
"S7 Distributed Safety"

© Siemens AG 2008

ET 200S
Order No. 6ES7 138-4CA01-0AA0 Order No. 6ES7 138-4CA50-0AB0
Power supply Power supply
Current carrying capacity Current carrying capacity
• Current carrying capacity to 60 °C, 10 A • Current carrying capacity to 60 °C, 10 A
max. max.
Voltages and currents Voltages and currents
Load voltage L+ Load voltage L+
• Rated value (DC) 24 V • Rated values 24 to 48 V DC
• Short-circuit protection No; • Short-circuit protection No; external (e.g. automatic
external (e.g. automatic circuit circuit breaker),
breaker), tripping characteristic C tripping characteristic B, C
• reverse polarity protection Yes • reverse polarity protection Yes
Current consumption Current consumption
from load voltage 1L+ 4 mA from load voltage 1L+ 12 mA
(without load), max. (without load), max.
Power loss, typ. 0.1 W Power loss, typ. 500 W; mW
Parameter Parameter
Remark 3 bytes Remark 3 bytes
5 Status information/
alarms/diagnostics
Status information/alarms/diag-
nostics
Diagnoses Diagnoses
• Diagnostics Yes • Diagnostics Yes
• missing load voltage Yes • missing load voltage Yes
Diagnostics indication LED Diagnostics indication LED
• Rated load voltage PWR (green) Yes • Rated load voltage PWR (green) Yes
• Collective error SF (red) Yes • Collective error SF (red) Yes
Isolation Isolation
Isolation checked with 500 VDC Isolation checked with 500 VDC
Isolation Isolation
primary/secondary Yes; between rated load voltage primary/secondary Yes; between rated load voltage
and backplane bus, and backplane bus,
between power modules between power modules
Dimensions Dimensions
Dimensions Dimensions
Width 15 mm Width 15 mm
Height 81 mm Weights
Depth 52 mm Weight, approx. 35 g
Weights

© Siemens AG 2008

ET 200S

PM-E 24 V DC power module 1) 6ES7 138-4CA01-0AA0 Accessories
for electronic modules; Label sheets DIN A4 (10 pieces)
with diagnostics
24 … 48 V DC PM-E 6ES7 138-4CA50-0AB0 strips for peripheral modules
power module and 20 label strips for interface
modules
for electronic modules;
with diagnostics, with status bit • petrol 6ES7 193-4BH00-0AA0
"load voltage" present
• red 6ES7 193-4BD00-0AA0
Power module PM-E 6ES7 138-4CB11-0AB0
24 … 48 V, 42 … 230 V AC • yellow 6ES7 193-4BB00-0AA0
for electronic modules; • light beige 6ES7 193-4BA00-0AA0

with diagnostics and fuse
1)
Can be used for all electronic and technology modules except
2 DI 120 V AC / 2 DI 230 V AC / 2 DO 120/230 V AC
Selection tool for terminal modules

Screw-type terminal type TM-P15S23-A1 TM-P15S23-A0 TM-P15S22-01 TM-P30S44-A0
designation
Spring-loaded terminal type
designation
TM-P15C23-A1 TM-P15C23-A0 TM-P15C22-01 TM-P30C44-A0
5
FastConnect type designation TM-P15N23-A1 TM-P15N23-A0 TM-P15N22-01 Available soon
Order No. 6ES7 193... 4CC70-0AA0 4CD70-0AA0 4CE60-0AA0
PM-E 24 V DC n n n
PM-E 24 … 48 V DC n n n
PM-E 24 V DC/120/230 V AC n n n

© Siemens AG 2008

ET 200S
Power modules for PM-E SIPLUS electronics
modules (extended temperature range)
■ Overview Power module PM-E 24 V DC

Order No. 6AG1 138-4CA01-2AA0
Order No. based on 6ES7 138-4CA01-0AA0
Technical specifications The technical data are
based-on modules.
Power module PM-E

24 to 48 V DC
Order No. 6AG1 138-4CA50-2AB0
Order No. based on 6ES7 138-4CA50-0AB0
• For monitoring and, depending on the version, fusing the load medial exposure (e.g. by
and sensor supply voltage chlorine sulfur atmosphere).
5
• Can be plugged onto TM-P terminal modules with automatic Technical specifications The technical data are
coding. identical with those of the
based-on modules.
• Diagnostics message for voltage and blown fuse
(can be switched off via configuration)
Power module PM-E
• Fail-safe PM-E F PROFIsafe power module for safe switching 24 to 48 V DC / 42 to 230 V AC
off of sequentially plugged-in 24 V DC to 10 A digital output
modules or external loads; 3 additional integrated fail-safe Order No. 6AG1 138-4CB11-2AB0
24 V DC / 2 A outputs Order No. based on 6ES7 138-4CB11-0AB0
• PM-E 24 to 48 V DC Ambient temperature range -25 … +60 °C;
- with status information and diagnostics condensation permissible
"Load voltage present“ Environmental conditions Suited for exceptional
- for option handling medial exposure (e.g. by
• PM-E 24 V DC to 230 V AC chlorine sulfur atmosphere).
- power module for universal use Technical specifications The technical data are
- for option handling identical with those of the
based-on modules.


Power module PM-E SIPLUS
and medium load)
Power module PM-E 24 V DC 1) 6AG1 138-4CA01-2AA0
For electronics modules;
with diagnostics
Power module PM-E 24 to 48 V DC 6AG1 138-4CA50-2AB0
For electronic modules;
with diagnostics; with status bit
"load voltage" present
Power module PM-E 6AG1 138-4CB11-2AB0
24 to 48 V DC, 24 to 230 V AC
For electronic modules;
with diagnostics and fuse
Accessories see Power modules for
PM-E electronic modules
ordering data
1)
Can be used for all electronics and technology modules except
2 DI 120 V AC / 2 DI 230 V AC / 2 DO 120/130 V AC

© Siemens AG 2008

ET 200S
Reserve module

Order No. 6ES7 138- 6ES7 138-
4AA01-0AA0 4AA11-0AA0
Current consumption
Power loss, typ. 0.025 W 0.025 W
Parameter
Remark according to according to
configured configured
module module
Status information/
alarms/diagnostics
Diagnoses
• Diagnostic functions No No
• Status indicator digital input No No
(green)
Dimensions
• Applicable only on IM 151-1 Standard interface modules Dimensions
as of 6ES7151-1AA04-0AB0 and IM 151-1 High Feature Width 15 mm 30 mm
as of 6ES7151-1BA02-0AB0
• Suitable for all TM-E terminal modules
(15 mm and 30 mm construction width)
Height
Depth
81 mm
52 mm
81 mm
52 mm
5
• Reserves one slot for any electronic module. The reserve Weights
module is inserted into the reserved slot of the ET 200S Weight, approx. 33 g 55 g
configuration.
• Terminal module can be wired up for the function to be used
later
• The reserve module has no connection to the terminals Reserve modules for ET 200S
of the TM-E terminal module. The TM-E terminal module for reserving unused slots
can therefore by completely wired up and prepared for its • 15 mm overall width (5 units) 6ES7 138-4AA01-0AA0
future purpose.
• 30 mm overall width (1 unit) 6ES7 138-4AA11-0AA0
• Parameterizable diagnostic response with
IM 151-1 STANDARD and IM 151-1 HIGH FEATURE
• Facilitates retroffiting of I/O modules during operation
• Options can be released via the PLC program without the
need for re-engineering

© Siemens AG 2008

ET 200S
Potential isolation module

• Potential isolation module with 4 outputs Potential isolation module 6ES7138-4FD00-0AA0
• Output current 5 A per output / 10 A per module Module-specific specifications
• Nominal load voltage: According to the load voltage on the Supported synchronous operation no
power module of this load voltage group
Number of outputs 4
• Is suitable for all terminal modules TM-E
(construction width 15 mm) Cable length
• Unshielded max. 600 m
■ Design • Shielded max. 1000 m
Pin assignments for 4POTDIS (6ES7138-4FD00-0AA0) Parameter length 1 byte
Terminal Assignment Terminal Assignment Voltages, Currents, Potentials
1 L 5 L Nominal load voltage L+ 24 … 48 V DC;
(from power module) 24 AC … 230 V
2 L 6 L
• Polarity reversal protection no
3 M 7 M
Total current of the outputs max. 10 A
4 M 8 M (per module)
A4 AUX1 A8 AUX1 Potential isolation
A3 AUX1 A7 AUX1 • Between the channels no
Explanations: • Between the channels and Yes
backplane bus
5
L: Load voltage according to terminal 2, 6 of the PM-E
M: Potential according to terminal 3, 7 of the PM-E Permissible potential difference
AUX1: Ground connection or potential rails (optional to 230 V AC) • Between the supply voltage and 75 V DC,
the backplane bus 240 V AC
Isolation tested
• Between the supply voltage and 500 V DC,
the backplane bus 1500 V AC
Diagnostic alarm no
Data for selecting an actuator
Short-circuit protection No, possible via PM-E or external
for the output
Dimensions and weight
Dimensions W × H × D 15 x 81 x 52
(mm, the total dimensions depend
on the selected terminal module)
Weight Approx. 33 g

Potential isolation module for 6ES7138-4FD00-0AA0
ET 200S
for preparing the load voltage
on additional terminals, 15 mm
construction width, 1 piece
Accessories for labeling
modules
• red 6ES7 193-4BD00-0AA0

© Siemens AG 2008

ET 200S
Digital electronic modules
• 2, 4 and 8-channel digital inputs and outputs for the ET 200S Different potentials are available on the terminals depending on
• Can be plugged onto TM-E terminal modules with automatic the selected terminal module.
coding.
• High-feature versions for enhanced plant availability, addi-
tional functions and comprehensive diagnostics
• Hot swapping of modules possible
Possible combinations of the TM-E terminal modules and digital modules

Electronic modules TM-E terminal modules for electronics modules
Screw-type terminal 15S26-A1 15S24-A1 15S24-01 15S23-01 15S24-AT 30S44-01 30S46-A1
Order No. 6ES7 193… …4CA40-0AA0 …4CA20-0AA0 …4CB20-0AA0 …4CB00-0AA0 …4CL20-0AA0 …4CG20-0AA0 …4CF40-0AA0
Spring-loaded terminal 15C26-A1 15C24-A1 15C24-01 15C23-01 15C24-AT 30C44-01 30C46-A1
Fast Connect 15N26-A1 15N24-A1 15N24-01 15N23-01 - - -
Order No. 6ES7 193… …4CA80-0AA0 …4CA70-0AA0 …4CB70-0AA0 …4CB60-0AA0
2DI 24 V DC ST n n n n
2DI 24 V DC HF
4DI 24 V DC ST
4DI 24 V DC HF 5
4DI 24 V DC /SRC ST
4DI 24 … 48 V UC HF n n n n
4 DI NAMUR n n n n
8 DI 24 V DC, ST n n n n
8 DI, 24 VDC ST source input

2 DI 120 V AC ST n n n n
2 DI 230 V AC ST n n n n
2 DO 24 V DC/0.5 A ST n n n n
2 DO 24 V DC/0.5 A HF
4 DO 24 V DC/0.5 A ST
4 DO, 24 VDC / 0.5 A ST
sink output
8 DO 24 V DC/0.5 A ST n n
8 DO, 24 VDC / 0.5 A ST

sink output
2 DO 24 V DC/2 A ST n n n n
2 DO 24 V DC/2 A HF
4 DO 24 V DC/2 A ST
2 DO 24 … 230 V AC/2 A n n n n
2RO NO n n n n
24 … 120 V DC/5 A
24 … 230 V AC/5 A
2RO NO/NC
24 … 48 V DC/5 A
24 … 230 V AC/5 A

© Siemens AG 2008

ET 200S
Order No. 6ES7 131- 6ES7 131- 6ES7 131- 6ES7 131- 6ES7 131- 6ES7 131-
4BB01-0AA0 4BB01-0AB0 4BD01-0AA0 4BD01-0AB0 4BD51-0AA0 4BF00-0AA0
Supply voltages
Rated value
• DC 24 V Yes; From Yes; From Yes; From Yes; From Yes; From Yes
power module power module power module power module power module
• Reverse polarity protection Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Current consumption
from backplane bus 3.3 V DC, max. 10 mA 10 mA 10 mA 10 mA 10 mA
from supply voltage L+, max. Dependent on Dependent on Dependent on Dependent on Dependent on Dependent on
encoder encoder encoder encoder encoder encoder
Power loss, typ. 0.4 W 0.4 W 0.7 W 0.7 W 0.7 W 1.2 W
Address area
Address space per module
• with packing 2 Bit 2 Bit 4 Bit 4 Bit 4 Bit
• without packing 1 Byte 1 Byte 1 Byte 1 Byte 1 Byte 1 Byte
Isochronous mode
Isochronouos mode Yes; TWE = 3000
5 Digital inputs
us
Number of digital inputs 2 2 4 4 4 8

Number of simultanneously 8
controllable inputs
Cable length
• cable length, shielded, max. 1 000 m 1 000 m 1 000 m 1 000 m 1 000 m 1 000 m
• Cable length unshielded, max. 600 m 600 m 600 m 600 m 600 m 600 m
Input characteristic curve to Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes;
IEC 1131, Typ 1 2-wire sensors
connectable
Input voltage
• Rated value, DC 24 V 24 V 24 V 24 V 24 V 24 V
• for signal "0" -30 to +5 V -30 to +5 V -30 to +5 V -30 to +5 V -5 to +30 V -30 to +5 V
• for signal "1" 15 to 30 V 11 to 30 V 15 to 30 V 11 to 30 V -15 to -30 V 15 to 30 V
Input current
• for signal "1", typ. 7 mA; at 24 V 8 mA 7 mA; at 24 V 8 mA 7 mA; at 24 V 5 mA
Input delay
(for rated value of input voltage)
• for standard inputs
- programmable No Yes; 0.1 / 0.5 / No Yes; 0.1 / 0.5 / No No
3 / 15 ms 3 / 15 ms
- at " to "1", min. 2 ms; 0.05 / 0.4 / 2 ms; 0.05 / 0.4 / 2 ms; 2 ms
typically 3 ms 2.7 / 14.85 typically 3 ms 2.7 / 14.85 typically 3 ms
- at "0" to "1", max. 4.5 ms 0.15 / 0.6 / 4.5 ms 0.15 / 0.6 / 4.5 ms 4.5 ms
3.3 / 15.15 3.3 / 15.15
- at "1" to "0", min. 2 ms; 0.05 / 0.4 / 2 ms; 0.05 / 0.4 / 2 ms; 2 ms
typically 3 ms 2.7 / 14.85 typically 3 ms 2.7 / 14.85 typically 3 ms
- at "1" to "0", max. 4.5 ms 4.5 ms 0.15 / 0.6 / 4.5 ms 4.5 ms
3.3 / 15.15
Encoder supply
Number of outputs 0; no encoder
supply
Output voltage min. L+ (-0.5 V), min. L+ (-0.5 V), min. L+ (-0.5 V), min. L+ (-0.5 V), max. M +0.5 V,
under load under load under load under load under load
Output current, rated value 500 mA 500 mA 500 mA 500 mA 500 mA
Output current, permissible range 0 to 500 mA 0 to 500 mA 0 to 500 mA 0 to 500 mA 0 to 500 mA
Short-circuit protection Yes; electronic Yes; electronic

© Siemens AG 2008

ET 200S

4BB01-0AA0 4BB01-0AB0 4BD01-0AA0 4BD01-0AB0 4BD51-0AA0 4BF00-0AA0
Encoder
• 2-wire BEROS Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• permissible quiescent current 1.5 mA 1.5 mA 1.5 mA 1.5 mA 1.5 mA 1.5 mA
(2-wire BEROS), max.
Parameter
Remark 1 byte 3 bytes 1 byte 3 bytes 1 byte 3-byte parame-
ter (not accessi-
ble for the user)
Diagnosis: short circuit Disable/enable Disable/enable
Status information/
alarms/diagnostics
Diagnoses
• Diagnostic functions No Yes No Yes No No
• Short circuit Yes; Short-circuit Yes; Short-circuit
to M, module by to M, module by
module module
• Collective error SF (red) No Yes No Yes No
5
• Status indicator digital input Yes; Per channel Yes; Per channel Yes; Per channel Yes; Per channel Yes; Per channel Yes
(green)
Isolation
Isolation checked with 500 VDC 500 VDC 500 VDC 500 VDC 500 VDC 500 VDC
Isolation
• between the channels No No No No No No
• between the channels and the Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
backplane bus
between different circuits 75 VDC / 60 VAC 75 VDC / 60 VAC 75 VDC / 60 VAC 75 VDC / 60 VAC 75 VDC / 60 VAC 75 VDC / 60 VAC
Dimensions
Dimensions
Width 15 mm 15 mm 15 mm 15 mm 15 mm 15 mm
Height 81 mm 81 mm 81 mm 81 mm 81 mm 81 mm
Depth 52 mm 52 mm 52 mm 52 mm 52 mm 52 mm
Weights
Weight, approx. 35 g 35 g 35 g 35 g 35 g 35 g
Order No. 6ES7 131- 6ES7 131- 6ES7 131- 6ES7 131- 6ES7 131-
4CD00-0AB0 4EB00-0AB0 4FB00-0AB0 4RD00-0AB0 4BF50-0AA0
Supply voltages
Rated value
• DC 24 V Yes; Yes Yes;
From power module From power module
• permissible range, lower limit (DC) 24 V
• permissible range, upper limit 48 V
(DC)
• AC 24 V Yes
• AC 120 V Yes;
from power module
• AC 230 V Yes
• permissible range, lower limit (AC) 24 V
• permissible range, upper limit 48 V
(AC)
• Reverse polarity protection Yes; Yes
AC or DC automatic

© Siemens AG 2008

ET 200S

Current consumption
from backplane bus 3.3 V DC, max. 10 mA 6 mA 6 mA
from supply voltage L+, max. Dependent on Dependent on Dependent on
encoder encoder encoder
Power loss, typ. 0.7 W 0.5 W 0.7 W 1.6 W 1.2 W
Address area
• with packing 4 Bit 2 Bit 2 Bit 4 Bit
• without packing 1 Byte 1 Byte 1 Byte 1 Byte
Isochronous mode
Isochronouos mode Yes No No Yes
Digital inputs
Number of digital inputs 4 2 2 8
Number of NAMUR inputs 4
controllable inputs
5 Cable length
• cable length, shielded, max. 1 000 m 1 000 m 1 000 m 200 m 1 000 m
• Cable length unshielded, max. 600 m 600 m 600 m 600 m
Parallel switching of inputs No
Input characteristic curve to Yes Yes Yes Yes
IEC 1131, Typ 1
Input voltage
• Rated value, AC 120 V 230 V
• Rated value, DC 24 V
• Rated value, UC 24 V; 24 to 48 V UC
• for signal "0" -6 to 6 V DC, 0 to 20 V AC 0 to 40 V AC 30 to -5 V
0 to 5 V AC
• for signal "1" -15 to -57.6 V DC; 79 to 132 V AC 164 to 264 V AC 164 to 264 V AC
-15 to 57.6 V DC;
15 to 48 V AC
• Frequency range 47 to 63 Hz 47 to 63 Hz 47 to 63 Hz
Input current
• for signal "1", typ. 10 mA; 4 to 10 mA 3 mA; 3 to 9 mA 5 mA; 5 to 15 mA 6 mA; At 24 V
• for 10 k switched contact
- for signal "0" 0.35 to 1.2 mA
- for signal "1" 2.1 to 7 mA
• for unswitched contact
- for signal "0", max. 0.5 mA
(permissible quiescent current)
- for signal "1" typ. 8 mA
• for NAMUR encoders
- for signal "0" 0.35 mA to 1.2 mA
- for signal "1" 2.1 mA to 7 mA
Input delay
- programmable No
- at " to "1", min. 15 ms 15 ms 2 ms
- at "0" to "1", max. 15 ms 4.6 μs 4.5 ms
- at "1" to "0", min. 25 ms 45 ms 2 ms
- at "1" to "0", max. 15 ms 4.6 μs 4.5 ms

© Siemens AG 2008

ET 200S

Encoder connection
• Fixed current limitation for wire 18 kΩ; Rated
break monitoring, min. voltage 24 V (15 V to
35 V); rated voltage
48 V (30 V to 60 V):
39 kohms
Encoder supply
Number of outputs 1
Output voltage min. L+ (-0.5 V), min. 8.2 V, loaded
under load
Output current, rated value 500 mA 45 mA
Output current, permissible range 0 to 500 mA
Short-circuit protection Yes; per module Yes; electronic
Encoder
• 2-wire BEROS Yes No No Yes
• permissible quiescent current 2 mA; (0.5 to 2 mA), 1 mA 2 mA 1.5 mA
(2-wire BEROS), max. a minimum load
current is neces-
sary for wire break
5
diagnostics.
Parameter
Remark 3 bytes 3 bytes 12 bytes 3 bytes
Status information/
alarms/diagnostics
Alarms
• Diagnostic alarm Yes; can be set
• Process alarm No
Diagnoses
• Diagnostic functions Yes; No No Yes; No
parameterizable Diagnostic alarm
• Diagnostic information readable Yes
• Short circuit No No
• Collective error SF (red) Yes Yes No
• Status indicator digital input Yes; Per channel Yes; Per channel Yes; Per channel Yes; Per channel Yes; Per channel
(green)
Isolation
Isolation checked with 2500 V DC 2500 V DC 4000 VDC 500 VDC
Isolation
• between the channels No No No No No
• between the channels and the Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
backplane bus
• between the channels and the Yes
load voltage L+
between different circuits 75 VDC / 60 VAC 75 VDC / 60 VAC 75 VDC / 60 VAC
between M internally and the inputs 1500 V AC 1500 V AC
Dimensions
Dimensions
Width 15 mm 15 mm 15 mm 15 mm 15 mm
Height 81 mm 81 mm 81 mm 81 mm 81 mm
Depth 52 mm 52 mm 52 mm 52 mm 52 mm
Weights
Weight, approx. 35 g 31 g 31 g 35 g 35 g

© Siemens AG 2008

ET 200S

4BB01-0AB0 4BB01-0AA0 4BB31-0AB0 4BB31-0AA0 4BD02-0AA0 4BF00-0AA0
Reverse voltage protection Yes; Yes; Yes; Yes; Yes; Yes
when using the when using the when using the when using the when using the
same load volt- same load volt- same load volt- same load volt- same load volt-
age as on the age as on the age as on the age as on the age as on the
power module power module power module power module power module
Load voltage L+
• Rated value (DC) 24 V; From 24 V; From 24 V; From 24 V; From 24 V 24 V
power module power module power module power module
• reverse polarity protection Yes; Yes; Yes; Yes; Yes; Yes
polarity reversal polarity reversal polarity reversal polarity reversal polarity reversal
can lead to the can lead to the can lead to the can lead to the can lead to the
digital outputs digital outputs digital outputs digital outputs digital outputs
being con- being con- being con- being con- being con-
nected through nected through nected through nected through nected through
Current consumption
from load voltage L+ (without load), 5 mA; 5 mA; 5 mA; 5 mA; 10 mA; 5 mA;
max. Per channel per module Per channel Per channel Per channel Per channel
from backplane bus 3.3 V DC, max. 10 mA 10 mA 10 mA 10 mA 10 mA 10 mA
5 Power loss, typ. 0.4 W 0.4 W 1.4 W 1.4 W 0.8 W 1.5 W

Address area
Isochronous mode
Isochronouos mode Yes No Yes No Yes Yes; jitter incum-
bered < 100us
Digital inputs
Cable length
• cable length, shielded, max. 1 000 m
• Cable length unshielded, max. 600 m
Digital outputs
Number of digital outputs 2 2 2 2 4 8
cable length, shielded, max. 1 000 m 1 000 m 1 000 m 1 000 m 1 000 m 1 000 m
Cable length unshielded, max. 600 m 600 m 600 m 600 m 600 m 600 m
Short-circuit protection of the output Yes; Per channel Yes; Per channel Yes; Per channel Yes; Per channel Yes Yes; Per channel
• Response threshold, typ. 1.5 A 0.7 to 1.8 A 4A 2.8 to 7.2 A o.k.
Limitation of inductive shutdown -55 to -60 V, -55 to -60 V, -55 to -60 V, -55 to -60 V, o.k.
voltage to typ. L+( ) typ. L+( ) typ. L+( ) typ. L+( )
Lamp load, max. 2.5 W 5W 5W 10 W 5W 5W
Controlling a digital input Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Output voltage
• for signal "1", min. L+ (-1 V) L+ (-1 V) L+ (-1 V) L+ (-1 V) L+ (-1 V) o.k.
Output current
• for signal "1" rated value 0.5 A 0.5 A 2A 2A 0.5 A 0.5 A
• for signal "1" permissible range for 7 mA 7 mA 7 mA 7 mA 7 mA 7 mA
0 to 60 °C, min.
• for signal "1" permissible range for 600 mA 600 mA 2.4 A 2.4 A 600 mA 600 mA
0 to 60 °C, max.
• for signal "0" residual current, max. 0.3 mA 0.3 mA 0.5 mA 0.5 mA 0.3 mA 0.3 mA
Output delay with resistive load
• "0" to "1", max. 100 μs 200 μs 100 μs 200 μs 45 μs 300 μs
• "1" to "0", max. 400 μs 1.3 ms 400 μs 1.3 ms 90 μs 600 μs

© Siemens AG 2008

ET 200S

4BB01-0AB0 4BB01-0AA0 4BB31-0AB0 4BB31-0AA0 4BD02-0AA0 4BF00-0AA0
Parallel switching of 2 outputs
• for increased power No No No No No No
• for redundant control of a load Yes; Per module Yes; Per module Yes; Per module Yes; Per module Yes; Per module Yes
Switching frequency
• with resistive load, max. 100 Hz 100 Hz 100 Hz 100 Hz 800 Hz 100 Hz
• with inductive load, max. 2 Hz 2 Hz 2 Hz; 0.5 H 2 Hz; 0.5 H 2 Hz 2 Hz
• on lamp load, max. 10 Hz 10 Hz 10 Hz 10 Hz 10 Hz 10 Hz
• up to 60 °C, max. 1A 1A 4A 4A 2A 4A
Load impedance range
• lower limit 48 Ω 48 Ω 12 Ω 12 Ω 48 Ω 48 Ω
• upper limit 3 400 Ω 3 400 Ω 3 400 Ω 3 400 Ω 3 400 Ω 3 400 Ω
Parameter
Remark 3 bytes 1 byte 3 bytes 1 byte 1 byte 3-byte parame-
ter (not accessi-
ble for the user)
Diagnosis: wire break Disable/enable Disable/enable
Diagnosis: short circuit Disable/enable Disable/enable 5
Behavior on CPU/Master STOP, Substitute a Substitute a
channel-wise value / value /
keep last value keep last value
Status information/
alarms/diagnostics
Substitute values connectable Yes; 0/1 Yes; 0/1
Diagnoses
• Diagnostic functions Yes; No Yes; No No No
can be read out can be read out
• Wire break Yes; channel Yes; channel
by channel by channel
• Short circuit Yes; channel Yes; channel
by channel by channel
• Status indicator digital output Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
(green)
Isolation
Isolation checked with 500 VDC 500 VDC 500 VDC 500 VDC 500 VDC
Isolation
• between the channels No No No No No No
backplane bus
Dimensions
Dimensions
Weights

© Siemens AG 2008

ET 200S

4BD32-0AA0 4FB01-0AB0 4HB01-0AB0 4HB10-0AB0 4BF50-0AA0 4BD50-0AA0
Reverse voltage protection Yes; When using Yes; when using Yes; When using Yes
the same load the same volt- the same cor-
voltage as age source as rectly polarized
on the power load voltage as
module on the power
module
Load voltage L+
• Rated value (DC) 24 V; From 24 V; From 24 V; From 24 V; From 24 V; From 24 V; From
power module power module power module power module power module power module
• reverse polarity protection Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Current consumption
from load voltage L+ (without load), 10 mA; 30 mA 30 mA 30 mA 5 mA 5 mA;
max. Per channel Per channel
from backplane bus 3.3 V DC, max. 10 mA 18 mA 10 mA 10 mA 10 mA 10 mA
Power loss, typ. 1.6 W 4W 0.6 W 0.6 W 1.5 W 0.8 W
Address area
5
Isochronous mode
Isochronouos mode Yes No No Yes Yes
Digital inputs
Cable length
Digital outputs
Number of digital outputs 4 2 2 2 8 4
cable length, shielded, max. 1 000 m 1 000 m 1 000 m 1 000 m 1 000 m
Cable length unshielded, max. 600 m 600 m 600 m 600 m 600 m
Short-circuit protection of the output Yes; Per channel Yes; via fuse in No; external No; external Yes; Per channel Yes; Per channel
power module fusing, max. 6 A fusing, max. 6 A
quick-acting quick-acting
Limitation of inductive shutdown Typically L+ -55 to -60 V no no Typ. 47 V
voltage to (-55 to -60 V)
Lamp load, max. 10 W 100 W 5W 5W
Controlling a digital input Yes Yes; possible Yes Yes Yes Yes
Output voltage
• for signal "1", min. L+ (-1.5 V) Max. 1 V 1V
Output current
• for signal "1" rated value 2A 2A 0.5 A 0.5 A
• for signal "1" permissible range 7 mA 0.1 mA 5 mA 5 mA
for 0 to 60 °C, min.
• for signal "1" permissible range 2.4 A 2.2 A 700 mA 700 mA
for 0 to 60 °C, max.
• for signal "1" minimum load current 8 mA 8 mA
• for signal "0" residual current, max. 0.5 mA 3 mA 5 μA 5 μA
Output delay with resistive load
• "0" to "1", max. 50 μs; 15 ms 300 μs 300 μs
Typically 45μs
• "1" to "0", max. 120 μs; 15 ms 600 μs 600 μs
Typically 90μs
• for increased power No No No No No No
• for redundant control of a load Yes; Per module Yes; Per module No No Yes; Per module Yes; Per module

© Siemens AG 2008

ET 200S

4BD32-0AA0 4FB01-0AB0 4HB01-0AB0 4HB10-0AB0 4BF50-0AA0 4BD50-0AA0
Switching frequency
• with resistive load, max. 1 000 Hz 10 Hz 2 Hz 2 Hz 100 Hz 100 Hz
• with inductive load, max. 2 Hz; At 0.5H 0.5 Hz 0.5 Hz 0.5 Hz 0.5 Hz 0.5 Hz
• on lamp load, max. 10 Hz 1 Hz 2 Hz 2 Hz 10 Hz 10 Hz
Aggregate current of the outputs
(per group)
• vertical installation
- up to 40 °C, max. 4 A; At 55°C and
24VDC
• up to 40 °C, max. 2A
• up to 50 °C, max. 1.5 A
• up to 60 °C, max. 4A 1A 4A 2A
• lower limit 12 Ω 48 Ω 48 Ω
• upper limit 3 400 Ω 3 400 Ω 3 400 Ω
Relay outputs
Switching capacity of the contacts 5
• Thermal continuous current, max. 5A 5A
Parameter
Remark 1 byte 3 bytes 3 bytes 3 bytes 3 bytes 1 byte
Behavior on CPU/Master STOP, Substitute a Substitute a
channel-wise value/keep last value / keep last
value, 0/1 value
Status information/alarms/diag-
nostics
Substitute values connectable Yes; 0/1 Yes; 0/1
Diagnoses
• Diagnostic functions No No No No No No
• Status indicator digital output Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
(green)
Isolation
Isolation checked with 2500 V DC 500 VDC 500 VDC
tested with
• Channels against backplane bus 1500 V AC 2500 V DC
and load voltage L+
• Load voltage L+ against back- 500 V DC 500 V DC
plane bus
Isolation
• between the channels No No Yes Yes No No
backplane bus
• between the channels and the Yes Yes
load voltage L+
Dimensions
Dimensions
Weights

© Siemens AG 2008

ET 200S

Digital input modules Digital output modules
Ordering unit 5 items Ordering unit 5 items
• 2 DI 24 V DC Standard 6ES7 131-4BB01-0AA0 • 2 DO 24 V DC/0.5 A Standard 6ES7 132-4BB01-0AA0
• 2 DI 24 V DC High Feature 6ES7 131-4BB01-0AB0 • 2 DO 24 V DC/0.5 A 6ES7 132-4BB01-0AB0
High Feature
• 4 DI 24 V DC Standard 6ES7 131-4BD01-0AA0
• 2 DO 24 V DC/2 A Standard 6ES7 132-4BB31-0AA0
• 4 DI 24 V DC High Feature 6ES7 131-4BD01-0AB0
• 2 DO 24 V DC/2 A High Feature 6ES7 132-4BB31-0AB0
• 2 DI 120 V AC 6ES7 131-4EB00-0AB0
• 4 DO 24 V DC/0.5 A Standard 6ES7 132-4BD02-0AA0
• 2 DI 230 V AC 6ES7 131-4FB00-0AB0
• 4 DO, 24 VDC / 0.5 A, standard 6ES7 132-4BD50-0AA0
• 4 DI 24 … 48 V UC 6ES7 131-4CD00-0AB0 SOURCE OUTPUT
• 4 DI 24 V DC SOURCE INPUT 6ES7 131-4BD51-0AA0 • 4 DO 24 V DC/2 A Standard 6ES7 132-4BD32-0AA0
Ordering unit 1 item • 2 DO 24 … 230 V AC/1 A 6ES7 132-4FB01-0AB0
• 4 DI 24 V DC NAMUR 6ES7 131-4RD00-0AB0 • 2 DO 24 V DC … 230 V AC/ 6ES7 132-4HB01-0AB0
• 8 DI 24 V DC Standard 6ES7 131-4BF00-0AA0 5 A relay, NO contact
• 8 DI, 24 VDC, standard 6ES7 131-4BF50-0AA0 • 2 DO 24 … 48 V DC … 230 V AC/ 6ES7 132-4HB10-0AB0
SOURCE INPUT 5 A relay, changeover contact
Ordering unit 1 item
• 8 DO 24 V DC/0.5 A Standard 6ES7 132-4BF00-0AA0
5 • 8 DO, 24 VDC / 0.5 A, standard

SOURCE OUTPUT
6ES7 132-4BF50-0AA0
Accessories
modules
• red 6ES7 193-4BD00-0AA0

© Siemens AG 2008

ET 200S
SIPLUS digital electronics modules
■ Overview
Digital output Digital output
modules modules
SIPLUS SIPLUS
2 DO 24 V DC/ 4 DO 24 V DC/
2A 0.5 A Standard
High Feature
Order No. 6AG1 132- 6AG1 132-
4BB31-7AB0 4BD01-2AA0
4BB31-0AB0 4BD01-0AA0
Ambient temperature range -25 to +70 °C; -25 to +60 °C;
permissible permissible
based-on modules.
• 2- and 4-channel digital inputs and outputs for the ET 200S
• Can be plugged onto TM-E terminal modules with automatic Digital output Digital output
modules modules
5
coding.
SIPLUS SIPLUS
• High-feature versions for enhanced plant availability, 4 DO 24 V DC/ 2 DO 24 V DC
additional functions and comprehensive diagnostics 2 A Standard to 230 V AC/
• Hot swapping of modules possible 0.5 A relay,
NO contact
Order No. 6AG1 132- 6AG1 132-
Digital input Digital input 4BD32-2AA0 4HB01-2AB0
modules modules
SIPLUS SIPLUS Order No. based on 6ES7 132- 6ES7 132-
4 DI 24 V DC 8 DI 24 V DC 4BD32-0AA0 4HB01-0AB0
Standard Standard
Ambient temperature range -25 to +60 °C;
Order No. 6AG1 131- 6AG1 131- condensation permissible
4BD01-2AA0 4BF00-7AA0
Order No. based on 6ES7 131- 6ES7 131- medial exposure (e.g. by
4BD01-0AA0 4BF00-0AA0 chlorine sulfur atmosphere).
Ambient temperature range -25 to +60 °C; -25 to +70 °C; Technical data The technical data are
condensation condensation identical with those of the
permissible permissible based-on modules.
medial exposure (e.g. by Digital output Digital output
chlorine sulfur atmosphere). modules modules
SIPLUS SIPLUS
Technical data The technical data are 2 DO 24 to 8 DO 24 V DC/
identical with those of the 48 V DC to 0.5 A Standard
based-on modules. 230 V AC/2 A
relay, change-
Digital output Digital output over contact
modules modules Order No. 6AG1 132- 6AG1 132-
SIPLUS SIPLUS 4HB10-2AB0 4BF00-7AA0
4 DO 24 V DC/ 4 DO 24 V DC/
0.5 A 0.5 A Standard Order No. based on 6ES7 132- 6ES7 132-
High Feature 4HB10-0AB0 4BF00-0AB0
Order No. 6AG1 132- 6AG1 132- Ambient temperature range -25 to +60 °C; -25 to +70 °C;
4BB01-2AB0 4BD02-7AA0 condensation condensation
permissible permissible
4BB01-0AB0 4BD02-0AA0 Environmental conditions Suited for exceptional
Ambient temperature range -25 to +60 °C; -25 to +70 °C; chlorine sulfur atmosphere).
permissible permissible Technical data The technical data are
Environmental conditions Suited for exceptional based-on modules.
chlorine sulfur atmosphere). For further technical documentation on SIPLUS, see:
Technical data The technical data are http://www.siemens.com/siplus-techdocu
based-on modules.

© Siemens AG 2008

ET 200S
SIPLUS digital electronics modules

SIPLUS digital input modules
medial exposure)
Ordering unit: 1 unit
• 4 DI 24 V DC Standard 6AG1 131-4BD01-2AA0
• 8 DI 24 V DC Standard 6AG1 131-4BF00-7AA0
SIPLUS digital output modules
medial exposure)
Ordering unit: 5 units
• 2 DO 24 V DC/0.5 A High Feature 6AG1 132-4BB01-2AB0
• 2 DO 24 V DC/2 A High Feature 6AG1 132-4BB31-7AB0
• 4 DO 24 V DC/0.5 A Standard 6AG1 132-4BD01-2AA0
• 4 DO 24 V DC/0.5 A Standard 6AG1 132-4BD02-7AA0
• 4 DO 24 V DC/2 A Standard 6AG1 132-4BD32-2AA0
• 2 DO 24 V DC to 230 V AC/ 6AG1 132-4HB01-2AB0
5 A relay, NO contact
• 2 DO 24 to 48 V DC to 6AG1 132-4HB10-2AB0
5 230 V AC/5 A relay,
changeover contact
• 8 DO 24 V DC/5 A Standard 6AG1 132-4BF00-0AA0
Accessories see Digital electronic modules
ordering data

© Siemens AG 2008

ET 200S
Analog electronic modules
■ Overview
• Analog inputs and outputs for the ET 200S
• Can be plugged onto TM-E terminal modules with automatic
coding
• High-feature variants with enhanced performance, precision
and resolution
• High-speed variants with extremely fast, isochronous cycle
times.
Note:
Consult the configuring guide for selection of the appropriate
TM-E terminal modules.
■ Design
Possible combinations of the TM-E terminal modules and analog modules
Electronic modules Terminalmodule TM-E für Elektronikmodule 5
2 AI U ST n n n n
2 AI U HF
2 AI U HS
2 AI I 2WIRE ST n n n n
2 AI I 2WIRE HS
4 AI I 2WIRE ST n n
2 AI I 2/4WIRE HF n n
2 AI I 4WIRE ST n n
2 AI I 4WIRE HS
2 AI RTD ST n n
2 AI RTD HF n n n n
2 AI TC ST n n n n
2 AI TC HF n
2 AO U ST n n
2 AO U HF
2 AO U HS
2 AO I ST n n n n
2 AO I HF
2 AO I HS
4 IQ-SENSE n n

© Siemens AG 2008

ET 200S
Order No. 6ES7 134-4FB01-0AB0 6ES7 134-4LB02-0AB0 6ES7 134-4GB01-0AB0 6ES7 134-4GB52-0AB0
Load voltage L+
• Rated value (DC) 24 V; From power module 24 V 24 V; From power module 24 V
• reverse polarity protection Yes Yes Yes; Destruction limit Yes
35 mA per channel
Voltage supply to the transducers
• present No Yes
• short-circuit proof Yes
Current consumption
from load voltage L+ (without load), 30 mA 55 mA 80 mA 225 mA
max.
from backplane bus 3.3 V DC, max. 10 mA 10 mA 10 mA 10 mA
Address area
5 • Address space per module, max.

Isochronous mode
4 Byte 4 Byte 4 Byte 4 Byte
Isochronouos mode No Yes No Yes

Analog inputs
Number of analog inputs 2 2 2 2
cable length, shielded, max. 200 m 200 m 200 m 200 m
permissible input frequency for 35 V; 35 V continuous; 35 V; 35 V continuous;
voltage input (destruction limit), 75 V for max. 1 ms 75 V for max. 1 ms
max. (mark to space ratio 1:20)
permissible input current for current 40 mA
input (destruction limit), max.
Cycle time (all channels), max. Number of active 0.5 ms; 0.5 ms for Number of active 0.25 ms
channels per module x 2 channels without noise channels per module x
basic conversion time suppression, 18 / 21 ms basic conversion time
per channel with noise
suppression
Input ranges (rated values),
voltages
• Voltage Yes Yes
• 1 to 5 V Yes Yes
• Input resistance (1 to 5 V) 800 kΩ
• -10 V to +10 V Yes Yes
• Input resistance (-10 V to +10 V) 800 kΩ
• -5 V to +5 V Yes Yes
currents
• Current Yes
• 0 to 20 mA Yes
• Input resistance (0 to 20 mA) 106 Ω
• 4 to 20 mA Yes; on 50 ohms Yes

© Siemens AG 2008

ET 200S

Analog value creation
Measurement principle integrating integrating
Integration and conversion time/
resolution per channel
• Resolution with overload area 14 Bit; 16 Bit; 13 Bit; 16 Bit
(bit including sign), max. +/-10 V: 13 bits + sign, 0 to 5 V: 15 bits, 4 to 20 mA: 13 bits
+/-5 V: 13 bits + sign; +/-10 V: 16 bits,
1 to 5 V: 13 bits +/-5 V: 16 bits
• Integration time, parameterizable Yes
• Integration time, ms 16.7 / 20 ms 16.7 / 20 ms
• Interference voltage suppression 60 / 50 Hz 60 / 50 Hz / no 60 / 50 Hz
for interference frequency f1 in Hz
• Conversion time (per channel) 65 ms; 55 / 65 ms 0.04 ms; Without noise 65 ms; 55 / 65 ms
suppression 17/20 ms
per channel with error
Smoothing of measured values
• parameterizable Yes; In four stages by Yes; in 4 stages: 1x, 4x, Yes; In four stages by Yes
means of digital filtering 16x, 32x cycle time means of digital filtering
5
• Level: none Yes; 1x cycle time Yes; 1x Yes; 1x cycle time Yes
• Level: weak Yes; 4x cycle time Yes; 4x Yes; 4x cycle time Yes; 4
• Level: middle Yes; 32x cycle time Yes; 16 x Yes; 32x cycle time Yes
• Level: strong Yes Yes Yes Yes; 32
Encoder
Connection of signal encoders
• for voltage measurement Yes
• for current measurement as Yes
2-wire transducer
• Burden of 2-wire transmitter, max. 750 Ω
Errors/accuracies
Linearity error (relative to input area) +/- 0,01 % +/- 0,01 % +/- 0,01 % +/- 0,03 %
Temperature error +/- 0,01 %/K +/- 0,003 %/K +/- 0,005 %/K +/- 0,01 %/K
(relative to input areas)
Crosstalk between the inputs, min. -50 db -100 db -50 db 50 db
Repeat accuracy in settled status +/- 0,05 % +/- 0,01 % +/- 0,05 % +/- 0,1 %
at 25 °C (relative to input area)
Operational limit in overall
temperature range
• Voltage, relative to input area +/- 0,6 % +/- 0,1 %;
0.2% without interference
frequency suppression
• Current, relative to input area +/- 0,6 % +/- 0,3 %
Basic error limit
(operational limit at 25 °C)
• Voltage, relative to input area +/- 0,4 % +/- 0,05 %;
0.1% without interference
frequency suppression
• Current, relative to input area +/- 0,4 % +/- 0,2 %
Interference voltage suppression
for f = n x (fl +/- 1 %),
fl = interference frequency
• Series mode interference 70 db 90 db 70 db
(peak value of interference
< rated value of input range), min.
• common mode voltage 90 db 100 db
(USS < 2.5 V) , min.

© Siemens AG 2008

ET 200S

Parameter
Remark 4 bytes 12 bytes, 4 bytes in 4 bytes
compatibility mode
Diagnosis: wire break At 4 to 20 mA
Measurement type/range deactivated / deactivated / deactivated / 4.20 mA, 0 to 20 mA
+/-5 V / 1 to 5 V / +/-10 V +/-5 V / 1 to 5 V / +/-10 V 4 to 20 mA
Interference frequency suppression No
Collective diagnostics Yes
Overflow/underflow disable/enable disable/enable disable/enable Yes
Status information/
alarms/diagnostics
Alarms
• Process alarm Yes Yes
Diagnoses
• Wire break Yes; Measuring range Yes; Measuring range Yes Yes; At 4 to 20mA
1 to 5 V only 1 to 5 V only
5 • Group error
• Overflow/underflow
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Isolation
Isolation checked with 500 VDC 500 VDC 500 VDC
Isolation
Isolation, analog inputs
• between the channels No No No No
• between the channels and the Yes Yes Yes Yes
backplane bus
• between the channels and the Yes Yes No Yes
load voltage L+
between the inputs (UCM) 140 V DC/100 V AC
between inputs and MANA (UCM) 2 V AC PP
between MANA and M internally 75 V DC / 60 V AC 75V DC,60V AC
(UISO)
Dimensions
Dimensions
Depth 52 mm 52 mm 52 mm 52 mm
Dimensions
Module width, max. 15 mm 15 mm
Weights
Weight, approx. 40 g 45 g 40 g

© Siemens AG 2008

ET 200S

4GB11-0AB0 4MB02-0AB0 4GD00-0AB0 4FB52-0AB0 4GB62-0AB0
Load voltage L+
• Rated value (DC) 24 V; 24 V 24 V; 24 V 24 V
From power module From power module
• present Yes Yes Yes
• short-circuit proof Yes Yes; approx. 200 mA Yes
for module
Current consumption
from load voltage L+ (without load), 30 mA 48 mA 125 mA 80 mA 80 mA
max.
from backplane bus 3.3 V DC, max. 10 mA 10 mA 10 mA 10 mA 10 mA
Power loss, typ. 0.6 W 1.2 W 0.6 W 1.9 W 1.9 W
Address area
• Address space per module, max. 4 Byte 4 Byte 8 Byte 4 Byte 4 Byte
5
Isochronous mode
Isochronouos mode No No Yes Yes
Analog inputs
Number of analog inputs 2 2 4 2 2
cable length, shielded, max. 200 m 200 m 200 m 200 m 200 m
permissible input frequency for volt- 35 V; permanent
age input (destruction limit), max.
permissible input current for current 40 mA 50 mA 30 mA; 30 mA
input (destruction limit), max. limited electronically
Cycle time (all channels), max. Number of active 0.5 ms; 0.5 ms for 40 ms; 33 to 40 ms 250 μs 250 μs
channels per 2 channels without
module x basic noise suppression,
conversion time 18 / 21 ms per
channel with noise
suppression
voltages
• Voltage Yes
• 1 to 5 V Yes
• Input resistance (1 to 5 V) 120 kΩ
• -10 V to +10 V Yes
• -2.5 V to +2.5 V Yes
• Input resistance (-2,5 V to +2,5 V) 120 kΩ
• -5 V to +5 V Yes
currents
• Current Yes Yes Yes
• 0 to 20 mA Yes
• Input resistance (0 to 20 mA) 106 Ω
• -20 to +20 mA Yes; 50 ohms Yes Yes
• 4 to 20 mA Yes; 50 ohms Yes Yes; on 25 ohms Yes

© Siemens AG 2008

ET 200S

Measurement principle integrating Sigma Delta
• Resolution with overload area 14 Bit; 16 Bit; 13 Bit; 16 Bit 16 Bit
(bit including sign), max. +/-20 mA: 14 bits, as required 4 to 20 mA: 13 bits
4 to 20 mA: 13 bits
• Integration time, parameterizable Yes Yes
• Integration time, ms 16.7 / 20 ms 16,67 / 20
• Interference voltage suppression 60 / 50 Hz 60 / 50 Hz
• Conversion time (per channel) 65 ms; 55 / 65 ms 0.04 ms; Without
noise suppression
17/20 ms per
channel with error
Smoothing of measured values
• parameterizable Yes; In four stages Yes; Yes; in 4 stages Yes Yes
by means of digital in 4 stages: 1x , 4x ,
5 • Level: none
filtering
Yes; 1x cycle time
16x , 32x cycle time
Yes; 1x Yes; 1x cycle time Yes Yes
• Level: weak Yes; 4x cycle time Yes; 4x Yes; 4x cycle time Yes Yes
• Level: middle Yes; 32x cycle time Yes; 16 x Yes; 16x cycle time Yes Yes
• Level: strong Yes Yes Yes Yes; 32x cycle time Yes; 32x cycle time
Encoder supply
Number of outputs 2
Output current, rated value 90 mA
Short-circuit protection Yes
Encoder
• for current measurement as No
2-wire transducer
• Burden of 2-wire transmitter, max. 750 Ω 750 Ω 750 Ω
Errors/accuracies
Linearity error (relative to input area) +/- 0,01 % +/- 0,03 % +/- 0,01 % +/- 0,03 % +/- 0,03 %
Temperature error +/- 0,005 %/K +/- 0,03 %/K +/- 0,003 %/K +/- 0,01 %/K +/- 0,01 %/K
(relative to input areas)
Crosstalk between the inputs, min. -50 db -100 db -50 db -50 db -50 db
Repeat accuracy in settled status +/- 0,05 % +/- 0,01 % +/- 0,05 % +/- 0,1 % +/- 0,1 %
at 25 °C (relative to input area)
temperature range
• Voltage, relative to input area +/- 0,3 %
• Current, relative to input area +/- 0,6 % +/- 0,1 %; +/- 0,4 % +/- 0,3 %
0.2% without inter-
ference frequency
suppression
Basic error limit
• Voltage, relative to input area +/- 0,2 %
• Current, relative to input area +/- 0,4 % +/- 0,05 %; +/- 0,3 % +/- 0,2 %
0.1% without inter-
ference frequency
suppression

© Siemens AG 2008

ET 200S

for f = n x (fl +/- 1 %),
• Series mode interference 70 db 90 db 70 db
• common mode voltage 100 db
(USS < 2.5 V) , min.
Parameter
Remark 4 bytes 12 bytes, 4 bytes in 7 bytes
compatibility mode
Diagnosis: wire break Disable/enable Yes At 4 to 20mA
(only in measuring
range 4 to 20 mA)
Measurement type/range deactivated / deactivated / Yes
+/-20 mA / +/-20 mA /
4 to 20 mA 4 to 20 mA
Collective diagnostics Yes
5
Overflow/underflow disable/enable Yes
Status information/
alarms/diagnostics
Alarms
• Process alarm Yes Yes Yes
Diagnoses
• Diagnostic functions Yes Yes; Yes Yes
can be read out
• Diagnostic information readable Yes Yes
• Wire break Yes; Yes; Yes; Yes Yes
Measuring range Measuring range Measuring range
4 to 20 mA only 4 to 20 mA only 1 to 5 V only
• Group error Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• Overflow/underflow Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
• Collective error SF (red) Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Isolation
Isolation checked with 500 VDC 500 VDC
Isolation
• between the channels No No No No No
• between the channels and the Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
backplane bus
• between the channels and the No Yes No Yes Yes
load voltage L+
between MANA and M internally 75V DC, 60V AC
(UISO)
Dimensions
Dimensions
Width 15 mm 15 mm 15 mm 15 mm 15 mm
Height 81 mm 81 mm 81 mm 81 mm 81 mm
Depth 52 mm 52 mm 52 mm 52 mm 52 mm
Dimensions
Module width, max. 15 mm 15 mm 15 mm
Weights
Weight, approx. 40 g 45 g 40 g 45 g 45 g

© Siemens AG 2008

ET 200S

Order No. 6ES7 134-4JB50-0AB0 6ES7 134-4NB51-0AB0 6ES7 134-4JB00-0AB0 6ES7 134-4NB01-0AB0
Load voltage L+
• Rated value (DC) 24 V; From power module 24 V; From power module 24 V; From power module 24 V; From power module
• present Yes
• short-circuit proof Yes
Current consumption
from load voltage L+ (without load), 30 mA 30 mA 30 mA 30 mA
max.
from backplane bus 3.3 V DC, max. 10 mA 10 mA 10 mA 10 mA
Address area
• Address space per module, max. 4 Byte 4 Byte 4 Byte 4 Byte
Isochronous mode
5
Isochronouos mode No No No
Analog inputs
Number of analog inputs 2 2 2 2
cable length, shielded, max. 200 m 200 m 50 m 50 m
permissible input frequency for volt- 9 V 9V 10 V; permanent 20 V; +/-20 V, continuous
age input (destruction limit), max.
Constant measurement current for 1.5 mA 1.25 mA
resistance-type transmitter, typ.
Cycle time (all channels), max. Number of active Number of active Number of active Number of active
channels per module x channels per module x channels per module x channels per module x
basic conversion time basic conversion time basic conversion time basic conversion time
technical unit for temperature Yes Yes
measurement, adjustable
voltages
• Voltage Yes Yes
• -80 mV to +80 mV Yes Yes
• Input resistance (-80 to +80 mV) 1 MΩ 1 MΩ
thermoelements
• thermocouple Yes Yes
• Type B Yes Yes
• Input resistance (Type B) 1 MΩ 1 MΩ
• Type C Yes
• Input resistance (Type C) 1 MΩ
• Type E Yes Yes
• Input resistance (Type E) 1 MΩ 1 MΩ
• Type J Yes Yes
• Input resistance (type J) 1 MΩ 1 MΩ
• Type K Yes Yes
• Input resistance (Type K) 1 MΩ 1 MΩ
• Type L Yes Yes
• Input resistance (Type L) 1 MΩ 1 MΩ
• Type N Yes Yes
• Input resistance (Type N) 1 MΩ 1 MΩ
• Type R Yes Yes
• Input resistance (Type R) 1 MΩ 1 MΩ
• Type S Yes Yes
• Input resistance (Type S) 1 MΩ 1 MΩ
• Type T Yes Yes
• Input resistance (Type T) 1 MΩ 1 MΩ

© Siemens AG 2008

ET 200S

resistors
• Impedance Yes Yes
• 0 to 150 Ohm Yes Yes
• Input resistance (0 to 150 Ohm) 2,000 kΩ 10 MΩ
• 0 to 3000 Ohm Yes
• Input resistance (0 to 3000 Ohm) 10 MΩ
resistance thermometers
• Resistance thermometer Yes Yes
• Cu 10 Yes
• Input resistance (Cu 10) 10 MΩ
5
• Ni 100 Yes; Standard/climate Yes
• Input resistance (Ni 100) 2,000 kΩ 10 MΩ
• Ni 1000 Yes
• Input resistance (Ni 1000) 10 MΩ
• Ni 120 Yes
• Ni 200 Yes
• Ni 500 Yes
• Pt 100 Yes; Standard/AirCon Yes
• Input resistance (Pt 100) 2,000 kΩ 10 MΩ
• Pt 1000 Yes
• Input resistance (Pt 1000) 10 MΩ
• Pt 200 Yes
• Pt 500 Yes
Characteristic curve linearization
• programmable Yes; for Pt100, Ni100 Yes; for Ptxxx, Nixxx Yes; Type B, E, J, K, L, N, Yes
R, S, T to IEC 584
• for thermoelements Type B, C, E, J, K, L, N, R,
S, T to IEC 584
• for thermoresistor Pt100, Ni100 Ptxxx, Nixxx
Temperature compensation
• external temperature Yes; possible, one Yes; one external
compensation with external compensating compensating box per
compensations socket box per channel channel
• internal temperature Yes Yes; possible with
compensation TM-E15S24-AT,
TM-E15C24-AT

© Siemens AG 2008

ET 200S

Measurement principle integrating integrating (Sigma-Delta) integrating integrating
• Resolution with overload area 16 Bit; 16 Bit; 16 Bit; 15 bit + sign 16 Bit
(bit including sign), max. 150 Ohm: 14 bit; for Pt100, Ni100, Ni120,
300, 600 Ohm: 15 bit; Pt200, Ni200, Pt 500,
Pt100, Ni100: 16 bit Ni 500, Pt1000, Ni1000,
Cu10: 15 bits + sign;
for 150, 300, 600,
3000 ohms: 15 bits;
for PTC: 1 bit
• Integration time, parameterizable Yes Yes
• Integration time, ms 16.7 / 20 ms 16.7 / 20 ms 16.7 / 20 ms 16.7 / 20 ms
• Interference voltage suppression 60 / 50 Hz 60 / 50 Hz 60 / 50 Hz 60 / 50 Hz
• Conversion time (per channel) 110 ms; 110 / 130 ms 65 ms; 55 / 65 ms 66 ms; 66 / 80 ms;
(additional 20 ms on additional conversion time
activated wire-break test) for diagnostic wire break
test
5 Smoothing of measured values

• parameterizable Yes; In four stages by Yes; In four stages by Yes; In four stages by Yes; In four stages by
means of digital filtering means of digital filtering means of digital filtering means of digital filtering
• Level: none Yes; 1x cycle time Yes; 1x cycle time Yes; 1x cycle time Yes; 1x cycle time
• Level: weak Yes; 4x cycle time Yes; 4x cycle time Yes; 4x cycle time Yes; 4x cycle time
• Level: middle Yes; 64x cycle time Yes; 32x cycle time Yes; 32x cycle time Yes; 32x cycle time
• Level: strong Yes Yes Yes Yes
Encoder
• for resistance measurement with Yes; Line resistances are Yes
2-conductor connection also measured, jumpers
to TR
• for resistance measurement with Yes; Line resistances are Yes; internal compensa-
3-conductor connection also measured, jumpers tion of the line resistances
to TR
• for resistance measurement with Yes Yes
4-conductor connection
• Burden of 2-wire transmitter, max. 750 Ω
Errors/accuracies
Linearity error (relative to input area) +/- 0,01 % +/- 0.01 % +/- 0,01 % +/- 0.01 %
Temperature error (relative to input +/- 0,005 %/K +/- 0,0009 %/K +/- 0,005 %/K +/- 0.005 %/K
areas)
Crosstalk between the inputs, min. -50 db -50 db -50 db -50 db
Repeat accuracy in settled status at +/- 0,05 % +/- 0.05 % +/- 0,05 % +/- 0.05 %
25 °C (relative to input area)

© Siemens AG 2008

ET 200S

temperature range
• Voltage, relative to input area +/- 0,6 % +/- 0.1 %; +/-1.5 K for
thermocouples,
+/-7 K for thermocouples
type C, +/-2.5 K
with static thermal state
(ambient temperature
change < 0.3 K/min)
• Resistance-type thermometer, +/- 0,6 % Resistance-type
relative to input area transmitter: +/-0.1%;
Pt100, Pt200, Pt500,
Pt1000 standard: +/-1.0 K;
Pt100, Pt200, Pt500,
Pt1000 climate: +/-0.25 K;
Ni100, Ni120, Ni200,
Ni500, Ni1000 standard
and climate: +/-0.4 K;
Cu10 +/-1.5 K
Basic error limit
• Voltage, relative to input area +/- 0,4 % +/- 0.05 %; +/-1 K with
thermocouples,
+/-5 K with thermocouples 5
type C, +/-1.5 K
with static thermal state
(ambient temperature
change < 0.3 K/min)
• Resistance-type thermometer, +/- 0,4 % Resistance-type
relative to input area transmitter: +/-0.05%;
Pt100, Pt200, Pt500,
Pt1000 standard: +/-0.6 K;
Pt100, Pt200, Pt500,
Pt1000 climate: +/-0.13 K;
Ni100, Ni120, Ni200,
Ni500, Ni1000 standard
and climate: +/-0.2 K;
Cu10 +/-1 K
for f = n x (fl +/- 1 %),
• Series mode interference 70 db 70 db 70 db 70 db
• common mode voltage 90 db 90 db 90 db 90 db
(USS < 2.5 V) , min.
Parameter
Remark 4 bytes 7 bytes 4 bytes 4 bytes
Measurement type/range deactivated/150 ohms/; deactivated/ 150 ohms/ Deactivated/ Deactivated/
300 ohms/600 ohms/; 300 ohms/ 600 ohms/ +/- 80 mV/; +/- 250 mV / +/- 80 mV/;
Pt100 climatic/ Pt100/ Pt200/ Pt500/ +/- 500 mV /; +/- 1 V /; TC-EL type T (Cu-CuNi)/
Pt100 standard; Pt1000 each standard or TC-EL type T (Cu-CuNi)/ TC-EL type K (NiCr-Ni)/
Ni100 standard / climate range/ Ni100/ TC-EL type K (NiCr-Ni)/ TC-EL type B;
Ni100 climatic Ni120/ Ni200/ Ni500/ TC-EL type B; (PtRh-PtRh)/;
Ni1000 each standard (PtRh-PtRh)/; TC-EL type c (Wer-Wer);
or climate range/ TC-EL type N; TC-EL type N;
Cu10 each standard or (NiCrSi-NiSi)/; (NiCrSi-NiSi)/ ,
climate range / PTC TC-EL type E; TC-EL type E;
(NiCr-CuNi)/; (NiCr-CuNi)/;
TC-EL type R (PtRh-Pt)/ TC-EL type R (PtRh-Pt)/
TC-EL type S (PtRh-Pt)/ TC-EL type S (PtRh-Pt)/
TC-EL Type J TC-EL type J (Fe-Cu-Ni)/
TC
Collective diagnostics Disable/enable
Slot comparison point 1 to 8 disable/enable
Overflow/underflow disable/enable disable/enable disable/enable disable/enable
Comparison point none / RTD none / yes, internal
Comparison point number none /
1/2/3/4/5/6/7/8
Unit Celsius Celsius / Fahrenheit

© Siemens AG 2008

ET 200S

Status information/
alarms/diagnostics
Diagnoses
• Diagnostic functions Yes; can be read out Yes; can be read out
• Wire break Yes; A wire break is only Yes Yes; A break in the wire Yes; only thermocouples
detected on constand is only detected on
current lines thermocouples
• Group error Yes Yes Yes Yes
• Overflow/underflow Yes Yes Yes Yes
Isolation
Isolation checked with 500 VDC 500 VDC 500 VDC 500 VDC
Isolation
• between the channels No No No No
5 backplane bus
load voltage L+
between inputs and MANA (UCM) 2 V AC PP 140 V DC/100 V AC
between MANA and M internally 75 V DC / 60 V AC 75 V DC / 60 V AC 75 V DC / 60 V AC 75 V DC / 60 V AC
(UISO)
Dimensions
Dimensions
Depth 52 mm 52 mm 52 mm 52 mm
Weights
Weight, approx. 40 g 40 g 40 g 40 g
Order No. 6ES7 135-4FB01-0AB0 6ES7 135-4FB52-0AB0 6ES7 135-4LB02-0AB0

Load voltage L+
• Rated value (DC) 24 V; From power module 24 V; From power module 24 V
• reverse polarity protection Yes Yes Yes
Current consumption
from load voltage L+ (without load), 130 mA 100 mA 80 mA
max.
from backplane bus 3.3 V DC, max. 10 mA 10 mA 10 mA
Power loss, max. 2W 2W 1.2 W
Address area
• Address space per module, max. 4 Byte 4 Byte 4 Byte
Isochronous mode
Isochronouos mode Yes Yes
Analog outputs
Number of analg outputs 2 2 2
cable length, shielded, max. 200 m 200 m; Max. 20m for Twa=0.1ms 200 m; 100m if Twa < 2ms
Voltage output, Yes Yes Yes
Short-circuit protection
Voltage output, 25 mA 25 mA 25 mA
short-circuit current, max..

© Siemens AG 2008

ET 200S

Current output,
no-load voltage, max.
Cycle time (all channels) max. 1.5 ms 0.25 ms 0.5 ms; at max. 0.5 μF
Output ranges, voltage
• 1 to 5 V Yes Yes Yes; -5 to +5 V also implemented
• -10 to +10 V Yes Yes; +/-5V as well Yes
Output ranges, current
• -20 to +20 mA
• 4 to 20 mA
Connection of actuators
• for voltage output 2-conductor Yes; Without compensation Yes; Without compensation Yes
connection of the line resistances of the line resistances
• for voltage output Yes Yes Yes
• for current output
• for current output
Load impedance
5
(in rated range of output)
• with voltage outputs, min. 1 kΩ 1 kΩ 1 kΩ
• with voltage outputs, 1 μF 1 μF; 0.1μF for Twa=0.1ms 0.5 μF
capacitive load, max.
• with current outputs, max.
• with current outputs,
inductive load, max.
Destruction limits against externally
applied voltages and currents
• Voltages at the outputs towards 15 V; max. 15 V continuous; 75 V for 15 V; Max. 15 V for max. 5 hours, 15 V; as required
MANA max. 1 s (mark to space ratio 1:20) 75 V for max. 1 s
• Current, max. 50 mA; DC 30 mA; DC
• Resolution with overload area 14 Bit; 16 Bit; 16 Bit;
(bit including sign), max. 1 to 5 V: 12 bits, 1 to 5 V: 14 bit, 15 bit + sign
+/-10 V: 13 bits + sign +/-10V: 15 bit + VZ,
+/-5 V: 14 bit + sign
Settling time
• for resistive load 0.1 ms 0.05 ms 0.2 ms
• for capacitive load 0.5 ms 0.05 ms 0.5 ms; at max. 0.5μF
• for inductive load 0.5 ms 0.05 ms 0.5 ms
Ex(i) characteristics
Max. values of output circuits
(per channel)
• Uo (output no-load voltage), max.
Errors/accuracies
Output ripple (based on output +/- 0,02 % +/- 0,02 % +/- 0,02 %
range, bandwidth 0 to 50 kHz)
Linearity error +/- 0,02 % +/- 0,03 % +/- 0,01 %
(relative to output area)
Temperature error +/- 0,01 %/K +/- 0,01 %/K
Crosstalk between the outputs, min. 60 dB 60 dB
Repeat accuracy in settled status +/- 0,05 % +/- 0,03 % +/- 0,01 %
at 25 °C (relative to output area)

© Siemens AG 2008

ET 200S

temperature range
• Voltage, relative to output area +/- 0,4 % +/- 0,2 % +/- 0,1 %
• Current, relative to output area
Basic error limit
• Voltage, relative to output area +/- 0,2 % +/- 0,01 % +/- 0,05 %
• Current, relative to output area
Parameter
Remark 7 bytes 7 7 bytes
Output type/range deactivated / 1 to 5 V / +/ -10 V Deactivated / 1 to 5 V / deactivated / 1 to 5 V /
+/-10V / +/-5 V +/ -10 V / +/- 5 V
Diagnosis: wire break
Diagnosis: short circuit Disable/enable Disable/enable Disable/enable
Interference frequency suppression no
Collective diagnostics Disable/enable Disable/enable Disable/enable
Behavior on CPU/Master STOP Output current and de-energized/ Output current and de-energized/ Output current and de-energized/
5 Status information/
substitute a value/keep last value substitute a value/keep last value substitute a value/keep last value
alarms/diagnostics
Substitute values connectable Yes; 0 to 65535 (range of values Yes; 0 to 65535 (range of values Yes
must be within the rated range) must be within the rated range)
Diagnoses
• Diagnostic information readable Yes Yes
• Wire break No
• Short circuit Yes Yes Yes
• Group error Yes Yes Yes
• Collective error SF (red) Yes Yes Yes
Isolation
Isolation
Isolation, analog outputs
• Galvanic isolation, analog outputs
• between the channels No No No
• between the channels and the Yes Yes Yes
backplane bus
• between the channels and the Yes Yes Yes
load voltage L+
between MANA and M internally 75 V DC / 60 V AC 75 V DC / 60 V AC 75 V DC / 60 V AC
(UISO)
Dimensions
Dimensions
Weights
Weight, approx. 40 g 40 g 40 g

© Siemens AG 2008

ET 200S

Order No. 6ES7 135-4GB01-0AB0 6ES7 135-4MB02-0AB0
Load voltage L+
• Rated value (DC) 24 V; From power module 24 V
Current consumption
from load voltage L+ (without load), 150 mA 80 mA
max.
from backplane bus 3.3 V DC, max. 10 mA 10 mA
Power loss, max. 2W 1.2 W
Address area
• Address space per module, max. 4 Byte 4 Byte
Isochronous mode
Isochronouos mode Yes
Analog outputs
Number of analg outputs 2 2
cable length, shielded, max. 200 m 200 m; 100m if Twa < 2ms 5
Voltage output,
Short-circuit protection
Voltage output,
short-circuit current, max..
Current output, 18 V 18 V
no-load voltage, max.
Cycle time (all channels) max. 1.5 ms 0.5 ms
Output ranges, voltage
• 1 to 5 V
• -10 to +10 V
Output ranges, current
• -20 to +20 mA Yes Yes
• 4 to 20 mA Yes Yes
Connection of actuators
• for voltage output 2-conductor
connection
• for voltage output
• for current output Yes Yes
• for current output No No
Load impedance
(in rated range of output)
• with voltage outputs, min.
• with voltage outputs,
capacitive load, max.
• with current outputs, max. 500 Ω 500 Ω
• with current outputs, 1 mH 1 mH
inductive load, max.
Destruction limits against externally
applied voltages and currents
• Voltages at the outputs towards 15 V; max. 15 V continuous;
MANA 75 V for max. 1 s (mark to space ratio 1:20)
• Current, max. 50 mA; DC 50 mA

© Siemens AG 2008

ET 200S

• Resolution with overload area 14 Bit; 16 Bit
(bit including sign), max. 4 to 20 mA: 13 bits, +/-20 mA: 14 bits
Settling time
• for resistive load 0.1 ms 0.3 ms
• for capacitive load 0.5 ms 1 ms
• for inductive load 0.5 ms 0.5 ms
Ex(i) characteristics
Max. values of output circuits
(per channel)
• Uo (output no-load voltage), max. 18 V
Errors/accuracies
Output ripple (based on output +/- 0,02 % +/- 0,02 %
range, bandwidth 0 to 50 kHz)
Linearity error +/- 0,02 % +/- 0,01 %
5 (relative to output area)

Temperature error +/- 0,01 %/K +/- 0,003 %/K
Crosstalk between the outputs, min. 60 dB
Repeat accuracy in settled status +/- 0,05 % +/- 0,01 %
at 25 °C (relative to output area)
temperature range
• Voltage, relative to output area
• Current, relative to output area +/- 0,5 % +/- 0,1 %
Basic error limit
• Voltage, relative to output area
• Current, relative to output area +/- 0,3 % +/- 0,05 %
Parameter
Remark 7 bytes 7 bytes
Output type/range deactivated / +/-20 mA / 4 to 20 mA deactivated / +/-20 mA / 4 to 20 mA
Diagnosis: wire break Disable/enable Disable/enable
Diagnosis: short circuit
Interference frequency suppression disable / enable
Collective diagnostics Disable/enable Disable/enable
Behavior on CPU/Master STOP Output current and de-energized/substitute a value/ Output current and de-energized/substitute a value/
keep last value keep last value
Status information/
alarms/diagnostics
Substitute values connectable Yes; 0 to 65535 Yes
(range of values must be within the rated range)
Diagnoses
• Diagnostic functions
• Diagnostic information readable Yes
• Wire break Yes Yes
• Short circuit
• Group error Yes Yes

© Siemens AG 2008

ET 200S

Isolation
Isolation
Isolation, analog outputs
• Galvanic isolation, analog outputs Yes
• between the channels No No
backplane bus
load voltage L+
between MANA and M internally 75 V DC / 60 V AC 75 V DC / 60 V AC
(UISO)
Dimensions
Dimensions
Width 15 mm 15 mm
Height 81 mm 81 mm
Depth 52 mm 52 mm 5
Weights

Analog input modules Accessories for labeling
Ordering unit 1 item Label sheets DIN A4 (10 pieces)
• 2 AI U High Speed 6ES7 134-4FB52-0AB0 Each sheet contains 60 label
• 2 AI U Standard 6ES7 134-4FB01-0AB0 and 20 label strips for interface
• 2 AI U High Feature 6ES7 134-4LB02-0AB0 modules
• 2 AI I Standard 2-wire 6ES7 134-4GB01-0AB0 • petrol 6ES7 193-4BH00-0AA0
• 2 AI I High Speed 2-wire 6ES7 134-4GB52-0AB0 • red 6ES7 193-4BD00-0AA0
• 2 AI High Speed 4-wire 6ES7 134-4GB62-0AB0 • yellow 6ES7 193-4BB00-0AA0
• 2 AI I Standard 4-wire 6ES7 134-4GB11-0AB0 • light beige 6ES7 193-4BA00-0AA0
• 2 AI I High Feature 2-wire/4-wire 6ES7 134-4MB02-0AB0 Accessories for system-integrated shield connection
(15 bit + sign) Shield connection element 6ES7 193-4GA00-0AA0
• 2 AI RTD Standard 6ES7 134-4JB50-0AB0 Ordering unit 5 items
• 2 AI TC Standard 6ES7 134-4JB00-0AB0 For plugging into TM-E and TM-P
• 2 AI RTD High Feature 6ES7 134-4NB51-0AB0 Shield clamps 6ES7 193-4GB00-0AA0
• 2 AI TC High Feature 6ES7 134-4NB01-0AB0 Ordering unit 5 items
• 4 AI Standard 2-wire 6ES7 134-4GD00-0AB0 For 3 × 10 mm busbars
Analog output modules Grounding terminal 8WA2 868
Ordering unit 1 item Ordering unit 1 item
• 2 AO U Standard 6ES7 135-4FB01-0AB0 For cable cross-sections
• 2 AO U High Speed 6ES7 135-4FB52-0AB0 up to 25 mm2
• 2 AO U High Feature 6ES7 135-4LB02-0AB0 3 × 10 mm busbars 8WA2 842
• 2 AO I Standard 6ES7 135-4GB01-0AB0 Ordering unit 1 item
• 2 AO I High Speed 6ES7 135-4GB52-0AB0
• 2 AO I High Feature 6ES7 135-4MB02-0AB0

© Siemens AG 2008

ET 200S
SIPLUS analog electronic modules
■ Overview
Analog electronic module
SIPLUS 2 AI I Standard 2-wire
Order No. 6AG1 134-4GB01-2AB0
Order No. based on 6ES7 134-4GB01-0AB0
permitted
exposure (e.g. by chlorine sulfur
atmosphere).
Technical data The technical data are identical with
those of the based-on modules.

SIPLUS 2 AI I High Speed 2-wire
Order No. 6AG1 134-4GB52-2AB0
• Analog inputs and outputs for the ET 200S permitted
• Can be plugged onto TM-E terminal modules with Environmental conditions Suited for exceptional medial
5
automatic coding. exposure (e.g. by chlorine sulfur
atmosphere).
• High feature variants with enhanced performance,
precision and resolution Technical data The technical data are identical with
Note: Analog electronic module
Consult the configuring guide for selection of the appropriate SIPLUS 2 AI I Standard 4-wire
TM-E terminal modules. Order No. 6AG1 134-4GB11-2AB0
permitted
atmosphere).

SIPLUS 4 AI RTD Standard 4-wire
Order No. 6AG1 134-4JB50-2AB0
Order No. based on 6ES7 134-4JB50-0AB0
permitted
atmosphere).


SIPLUS analog electronic
module, analog input
medial exposure)
• 2 AI I Standard 2-wire 6AG1 134-4GB01-2AB0
• 2 AI I Standard 4-wire 6AG1 134-4GB11-2AB0
• 2 AI High Speed 2-wire 6AG1 134-4GB52-2AB0
• 2 AI RTD standard 6AG1 134-4JB50-2AB0
Accessories for labeling see Analog electronic modules
ordering data

© Siemens AG 2008

ET 200S — Fail-safe modules
Overview
■ Overview
Totally Integrated Automation (TIA)
Safety technology (Safety Integrated) is a component of
Totally Integrated Automation resulting in the total integration
of safety and standard automation (SIMATIC S7).
Whereas today, standard automation (conventional PLCs) and
safety automation (electromechanics) are still separate, these
two worlds are growing closer together to form one uniform,
integrated overall system.
Siemens can therefore present itself as a complete supplier
for automation engineering for which safety technology is part
of the standard automation and uniformity exists throughout the
complete system.
The fail-safe SIMATIC S7 CPUs, plus the fail-safe signal modules

of SIMATIC ET 200S / ET200 / 200pro/ ET200eco and ET200M
have been specially developed for distributed applications in
manufacturing systems. Thanks to the discrete structure of the
F I/Os, safety technology is only applied where actually required.
5
The new system replaces conventional electromechanical com-
ponents, such as:
• Freely programmable safe linking of sensors to actuators;
• Selective safe shutdown of actuators;
• Hybrid configurations of F modules (F stands for fail-safe) and
standard modules in a station;
• Single-bus concept, F signals and standard signals are trans-
ferred over one bus medium (PROFIBUS DP, PROFINET).

© Siemens AG 2008

PM-E F PROFIsafe F power module

Power module PM-E F pm 6ES7 138-4CF02-0AB0
PROFIsafe, 24 V DC
For safe shutdown of digital
output modules
Power module PM-E F pp 6ES7 138-4CF41-0AB0
PROFIsafe, 24 V DC
For safe shutdown of digital
output modules
Accessories
IM 151-1 HIGH FEATURE 6ES7151-1BA02-0AB0
interface module
For ET 200S; data transmission
rate up to 12 Mbit/s; data volumes
244 bytes each for I/O, up to
63 modules can be connected;
connection of PROFIsafe mod-
ules, isochronous mode;
incl. terminating module
Fail-safe PM-E F PROFIsafe power modules for safety shutdown IM 151-3 PN HF 6ES7 151-3BA23-0AB0
of standard digital output modules. interface module
For ET 200S; data transmission
5
• Up to 2 fail-safe digital outputs onboard (source/sink outputs,
up to 2A, up to SIL3/Cat. 4) rate up to 100 Mbit/s; max.
63 I/O modules up to 2 m wide
• The standard digital output modules can be shut down up to can be connected; 2 x bus
Cat.3 (EN 954) and SIL 2 (IEC61508) up to 10 A. The following connection via RJ45 connector,
modules can be used down-circuit of the power modules. incl. terminating module
- 2 DO / 0.5 A ST 6ES7 132-4BB01-0AA0 IM 151-3 PN FO 6ES7 151-3BB22-0AB0
- 2 DO / 2 A ST 6ES7 132-4BB31-0AA0 interface module
- 2 DO / 0.5 A HF 6ES7 132-4BB01-0AB0
For ET 200S; 2 PROFINET FO
- 2 DO / 2 A HF 6ES7 132-4BB31-0AB0 interfaces, integrated 2-port
- 4 DO / 0.5 A ST 6ES7 132-4BD01-0AA0 switch, max. 63 I/O modules up
- 4 DO / 2 A ST 6ES7 132-4BD31-0AA0 to 2 m wide can be connected,
incl. terminating module
The modules support PROFIsafe, both in PROFIBUS, and in
PROFINET configurations. They can be used with all fail-safe Terminal modules for
SIMATIC S7-CPUs. power modules
TM-P30S44-A0 6ES7 193-4CK20-0AA0
Ordering unit 1 unit
7 x 2 terminals, terminal access
to AUX1 bus, AUX1 interrupted
to the left, screw-type terminals
for PM-E F PROFIsafe
TM-P30C44-A0 6ES7 193-4CK30-0AA0
Ordering unit 1 unit
7 x 2 terminals, terminal access
to AUX1 bus, AUX1 interrupted
to the left, spring-loaded
terminals for PM-E F PROFIsafe
programming tool
Task: Software for configuring fail-
safe user programs for SIMATIC
S7-300F, S7-400F, ET 200S
Requirement:
STEP 7 V5.3 SP3 and higher
Floating license 6ES7 833-1FC02-0YA5
Software Update Service 6ES7 833-1FC00-0YX2
Distributed Safety Upgrade 6ES7 833-1FC02-0YE5
From V5.x to V5.3;
Floating license for 1 user
five languages: S7-200/300/400,
C7, LOGO!, SIMATIC DP, PC, PG,
STEP 7, engineering software,
runtime software, PCS 7,
SIMATIC HMI, SIMATIC NET

© Siemens AG 2008

F electronic modules
■ Overview
Digital inputs/outputs for the fail-safe SIMATIC S7 systems
Fail-safe digital input module
• For fail-safe reading of sensor information (1 or 2 channels)
• Provides integral discrepancy evaluation for 2-out-of-2 signals
• 2 internal sensor supplies (incl. test function) onboard
Fail-safe digital output module
• Fail-safe 2-channel activation (sink/source output) by
actuators
• Actuators can be driven by up to 2 A
All modules are certified up to Cat. 4 (EN954-1) and up to
SIL 3 (IEC 61508).
The modules support PROFIsafe, both in PROFIBUS, and in
PROFINET configurations.
They can be used with all fail-safe SIMATIC S7 CPUs.
Supply voltages Encoder supply 5
Rated value Number of outputs 2
• DC 24 V Yes Output voltage min. L+ (-1.5 V)
• permissible range, lower limit (DC) 20.4 V Output current, rated value 300 mA
• permissible range, upper limit 28.8 V Output current, permissible range 0 to 300 mA
(DC)
Short-circuit protection Yes; electronic (response
• Reverse polarity protection No threshold 0.7 A to 1.8 A)
Current consumption Encoder
Power loss, typ. 4W Connectable encoders
Address area • 2-wire BEROS No
Occupied address area Status information/
alarms/diagnostics
• Outputs 4 Byte
Diagnoses
• Inputs 6 Byte
Digital inputs
Number of digital inputs 8; 8 single-channel, 4 two-channel
• Collective error SF (red) Yes
controllable inputs
(green)
Cable length
Isolation
• cable length, shielded, max. 200 m
• Cable length unshielded, max. 200 m • between the channels No
Input characteristic curve to Yes • between the channels and the Yes
IEC 1131, Typ 1 backplane bus
Input voltage • between the channels and the No
• Rated value, DC 24 V load voltage L+
• for signal "0" -30 to +5 V Standards, approvals, certificates
• for signal "1" 15 to 30 V Highest safety class achievable in

safety mode
Input current • to EN 954 Cat. 3 (single-channel),
• for signal "1", typ. 3.7 mA Cat. 4 (two-channel)
Input delay • to IEC 61508 SIL 2 (single-channel),
(for rated value of input voltage) SIL 3 (two-channel)
• for standard inputs Dimensions
- programmable Yes Dimensions
- at " to "1", min. 0.3 ms Width 30 mm
- at "0" to "1", max. 17 ms Height 81 mm
- at "1" to "0", min. 0.3 ms Depth 52 mm
- at "1" to "0", max. 17 ms Weights

© Siemens AG 2008


Order No. 6ES7 138-4FB02-0AB0 Order No. 6ES7 138-4FB02-0AB0
Voltages and currents Status information/
alarms/diagnostics
Load voltage L+
Diagnoses
• reverse polarity protection No
• Wire break Yes
Current consumption
• Short circuit Yes
from load voltage L+ (without load), typ. 100 mA
max. Diagnostics indication LED
from backplane bus 3.3 V DC, max. 28 mA • Collective error SF (red) Yes
Power loss, typ. 3.5 W • Status indicator digital output Yes
(green)
Digital outputs
Isolation
Number of digital outputs 4
cable length, shielded, max. 200 m
• between the channels No
Cable length unshielded, max. 200 m
Short-circuit protection of the output Yes; Electronic backplane bus
Limitation of inductive shutdown typ. (L+) -47 V • between the channels and the No
voltage to load voltage L+
5 Lamp load, max.

Controlling a digital input
10 W
No
Standards, approvals, certificates
Highest safety class achievable in
Output voltage safety mode
• for signal "1", min. L+ (-2,0 V), current sourcing • to EN 954 Cat. 4
switch: L+ (-1,5 V), voltage drop • to IEC 61508 SIL 3
on current sinking switch:
max. 0.5 V Dimensions
Output current Dimensions
• for signal "1" rated value 2A Width 30 mm
• for signal "1" permissible range for 20 mA Height 81 mm
0 to 60 °C, min.
Depth 52 mm
0 to 60 °C, max. Weights
• for signal "0" residual current, max. 0.5 mA; Current sourcing switch: Weight, approx. 85 g
max. 0.5 mA; current sinking
switch: max. 4 mA
• for increased power No
• for redundant control of a load No
Switching frequency
• with resistive load, max. 30 Hz
• with inductive load, max. 0.1 Hz
• on lamp load, max. 10 Hz
(per group)
- up to 40 °C, max. 4 mA
• horizontal installation
- up to 40 °C, max. 6A
• up to 60 °C, max. 4 mA
• lower limit 12 Ω
• upper limit 1 kΩ

© Siemens AG 2008


Electronic module 4/8 F-DI 6ES7 138-4FA03-0AB0 Accessories (continued)
PROFIsafe 24 V DC
30 mm construction width, programming tool
up to Category 4 (EN954-1)
Task:
Electronic module 4 F-DO 6ES7 138-4FB02-0AB0 Software for configuring
PROFIsafe 24 V DC/2A fail-safe user programs for
SIMATIC S7-300F, S7-400F,
30 mm construction width, ET 200S
up to Category 4 (EN954-1) Requirement:
Electronic module 4 F-DI / 6ES7 138-4FC00-0AB0 STEP 7 V5.3 SP3 and higher
3 F-DO PROFIsafe 24 V DC/2A Floating license 6ES7 833-1FC02-0YA5
30 mm construction width, Software Update Service 6ES7 833-1FC00-0YX2
up to Category 3 (EN954-1) /
SIL 2 (IEC 62061) Distributed Safety Upgrade 6ES7 833-1FC02-0YE5
Accessories From V5.x to V5.3;
Floating license for 1 user
Terminal modules See F terminal modules
for electronic modules SIMATIC Manual Collection 6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE0
IM 151-1 High Feature 6ES7 151-1BA02-0AB0 Electronic manuals on DVD,
interface module multi-language:
S7-200, TD 200, S7-300, M7-300,
for ET 200S; data transmission C7, S7-400, M7-400, STEP 7,
rate up to 12 Mbit/s; max. 63 Engineering Tools, Runtime Soft-
5
modules can be connected, with ware, SIMATIC DP (Distributed
isochronous mode, bus connec- I/O), SIMATIC HMI (Human
tion via 9-pin Sub-D connector Machine Interface), SIMATIC NET
incl. terminating module (Industrial Communication)
IM 151-3 PN HF 6ES7 151-3BA23-0AB0 SIMATIC Manual Collection – 6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2
interface module Update service for 1 year
for ET 200S; data transmission Scope of delivery: Current DVD
rate up to 100 Mbit/s; max. 63 I/O "S7 Manual Collection" and the
modules up to 2 m wide can be three subsequent updates
connected; 2 x bus connection
via RJ45 connector, incl. terminat-
ing module
IM 151-3 PN FO 6ES7 151-3BB22-0AB0
interface module
for ET 200S; 2 PROFINET FO
interfaces, integrated 2-port
switch, max. 63 I/O modules up to
2 m wide can be connected, incl.
terminating module

© Siemens AG 2008

SIPLUS fail-safe electronics modules
■ Overview
Electronics module 4/8 F-DI,
PROFIsafe 24 V DC
Order No. 6AG1 138-4FA03-2AB0
Order No. based on 6ES7 138-4FA03-0AB0
Technical specifications The technical data are
based-on modules.
Electronics module 4 F-DO,

PROFIsafe 24 V DC/2 A
Order No. 6AG1 138-4FB02-2AB0
Order No. based on 6ES7 138-4FB02-0AB0
Digital inputs/outputs for the fail-safe SIMATIC S7 systems Ambient temperature range -25 … +60 °C; condensation
permissible
Fail-safe digital input module
5
• For fail-safe reading of sensor information (1 or 2 channels) exposure (e.g. by chlorine sulfur
• Provides integral discrepancy evaluation for 2-out-of-2 signals atmosphere).
• 2 internal sensor supplies (incl. test function) onboard Technical specifications The technical data are identical
with those of the based-on mod-
Fail-safe digital output module ules.
• Fail-safe 2-channel activation (sink/source output) by
actuators For further technical documentation on SIPLUS, see:
• Actuators can be driven by up to 2 A http://www.siemens.com/siplus-techdocu
All modules are certified up to Cat. 4 (EN 954-1) and up to
SIL 3 (IEC 61508). ■ Ordering data Order No.
The modules support PROFIsafe, both in PROFIBUS and in F electronics modules SIPLUS
PROFINET configurations. (extended temperature range and
They can be used with all fail-safe SIMATIC S7 CPUs. medial exposure)
4/8 F-DI PROFIsafe 24 V DC 6AG1 138-4FA03-2AB0
electronics module
30 mm construction width,
up to Category 4 (EN 954-1)
Electronics module 4 F-DO 6AG1 138-4FB02-2AB0
PROFIsafe 24 V DC/2 A
30 mm construction width,
up to Category 4 (EN 954-1)
Accessories see F electronics modules
ordering data

© Siemens AG 2008

F electronic modules RELAY
■ Overview
The digital electronics module 1 F-RO 24 V DC/5A 24 to
230 V AC/5A has the following characteristics
• 1 relay output (2 NO contacts)
• Output current 5 A.
• Rated load voltage 24 V DC and 24 to 230 V AC
• The control circuit of the two safety relays must be routed from
the outside to the respective terminals.
The attainable safety integrity level is SIL3 (IEC61508), when the
control of the F-RO module is implemented via a fail-safe output
(e.g. EM 4F-DO 24 V DC/2A PROFIsafe).
Order No. 6ES7 138-4FR00-0AA0 Order No. 6ES7 138-4FR00-0AA0
Voltages and currents Relay outputs 5
Load voltage L+ Switching capacity of the contacts
• Rated value (DC) 24 V; Supply via fail-safe output, • Thermal continuous current, max. 5A
e.g. of an F-DO
Status information/
Current consumption alarms/diagnostics
from load voltage L+ (without load), 100 mA; from control voltage Diagnostics indication LED
max.
from backplane bus 3.3 V DC, max. 10 mA (green)
Power loss, typ. 2.1 W Isolation
Address area Isolation, digital outputs
Address space per module • between the channels Yes
• with packing 2 Bit • between the channels and the Yes
backplane bus
• without packing 1 Byte
• between the channels and the Yes; between channels
Digital inputs load voltage L+ and control voltage
Cable length Standards, approvals, certificates
• Cable length unshielded, max. 10 m; control cable Highest safety class achievable in
Digital outputs safety mode
Number of digital outputs 1 • to EN 954 to Cat. 4
cable length, shielded, max. 200 m • to IEC 61508 up to SIL 3
Cable length unshielded, max. 200 m Dimensions
Short-circuit protection of the output No; 6 A external fuse of Dimensions
duty category gL/gG Width 30 mm
Controlling a digital input Yes Height 81 mm
Output current Depth 52 mm
• for signal "1" rated value 5A Weights
• for signal "1" minimum load current 5 mA Weight, approx. 90 g
Switching frequency
• with inductive load, max. 0.1 Hz
(per group)
• horizontal installation
- up to 55 °C, max. 6 A; at 50°C
- up to 60 °C, max. 5 A; up to max. 24.8 V

© Siemens AG 2008

F electronic modules RELAY

Electronics module 1 F-RO 6ES7 138-4FR00-0AA0 Accessories (continued)
24 V DC/5A 24 to 230 V AC/5A
Accessories programming tool
Terminal modules for See F terminal modules Task:
electronic modules Configuration software for
configuring of failsafe user
IM 151-1 High Feature 6ES7 151-1BA02-0AB0 programs for SIMATIC S7-300F,
interface module S7-400F, ET 200S
For ET 200S; transmission rate up Requirement:
to 12 Mbit/s; max. 63 modules STEP 7 V5.3 SP3 and higher
can be connected, with isochro- Floating license 6ES7 833-1FC02-0YA5
nous mode, bus connection via 9-
pin Sub-D connector incl. termi- Software Update Service 6ES7 833-1FC00-0YX2
nating module
Distributed Safety Upgrade 6ES7 833-1FC02-0YE5
IM 151-3 PN HF 6ES7 151-3BA23-0AB0
interface module From V5.x to V5.3; Floating
license for 1 user
For ET 200S; transfer rate up to
100 Mbit/s; max. 63 I/O modules SIMATIC Manual Collection 6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE0
up to 2 m wide can be con- Electronic manuals on DVD,
nected; 2 x bus connection via multi-language:
RJ45 connector, incl. terminating S7-200, TD 200, S7-300, M7-300,
module C7, S7-400, M7-400, STEP 7,
IM 151-3 PN FO 6ES7 151-3BB22-0AB0 Engineering Tools, Runtime Soft-
5 interface module
For ET 200S; 2 PROFINET FO
interfaces, integrated 2-port (Industrial Communication)
switch, max. 63 I/O modules up to
2 m wide can be connected, incl. SIMATIC Manual Collection – 6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2
terminating module Update service for 1 year

© Siemens AG 2008

F terminal modules

Terminal modules for power modules
TM-P15S23-A1 6ES7 193-4CC20-0AA0
2 x 3 terminals, terminal access to
AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected
TM-P15C23-A1 6ES7 193-4CC30-0AA0
to the left, spring-loaded termi-
nals
TM-P15S23-A0 6ES7 193-4CD20-0AA0
AUX1 bus, AUX1 interrupted to
the left, screw-type terminals
TM-P15C23-A0 6ES7 193-4CD30-0AA0
• Mechanical modules as receptacles for the electronic Ordering unit 1 item
modules 2 x 3 terminals, terminal access to
5
• For setting up permanent wiring through self-configuring the left, spring-loaded terminals
voltage buses
TM-P15S22-01 6ES7 193-4CE00-0AA0
• Keyed connection technology to ensure an enhanced
vibration resistance of up to 5 g Ordering unit 1 item
2 x 2 terminals, no terminal
• Different versions to accommodate power modules and access to AUX1 bus, AUX1
electronic modules interconnected to the left,
• Replaceable terminal box (even within the station network) screw-type terminals
• Automatic coding of the electronic modules TM-P15C22-01 6ES7 193-4CE10-0AA0
• Self-shielding of the backplane bus for high data security Ordering unit 1 item
• Color coding facility for the terminals and for identifying the access to AUX1 bus, AUX1
slot numbers interconnected to the left,
• Alternatively available with screw-type or spring-loaded spring-loaded terminals
terminals TM-P30S44-A0 6ES7 193-4CK20-0AA0
• For up to 60 % faster process wiring also with FastConnect Ordering unit 1 item
connection method (av. soon) 7 x 2 terminals, terminal access to
the left, screw-type terminals for
PM-E F PROFIsafe
TM-P30C44-A0 6ES7 193-4CK30-0AA0
the left, spring-loaded terminals
for PM-E F PROFIsafe

© Siemens AG 2008

F terminal modules

Terminal modules for electronic modules Accessories
TM-E30S44-01 6ES7 193-4CG20-0AA0 Color coding plates
Ordering unit 1 item Ordering unit 200 items
4 x 4 terminals, no terminal for TM-P, TM-E
access to AUX1 bus, AUX1 inter- 6ES7 193-4LA20-0AA0
connected to the left, screw-type • white
terminals • yellow 6ES7 193-4LB20-0AA0
TM-E30C44-01 6ES7 193-4CG30-0AA0 • yellow/green 6ES7 193-4LC20-0AA0
Ordering unit 1 item • red 6ES7 193-4LD20-0AA0
access to AUX1 bus, AUX1 inter- • blue 6ES7 193-4LF20-0AA0
connected to the left, spring- • brown 6ES7 193-4LG20-0AA0
loaded terminals
• turquoise 6ES7 193-4LH20-0AA0
TM-E30S46-A1 6ES7 193-4CF40-0AA0
Ordering unit 1200 items,
Ordering unit 1 item for SIMATIC ET 200S terminal
4 x 6 terminals, terminal access to modules, includes 60 strips
AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected with 20 items each
• yellow 6ES7 193-4LB10-0AA0
TM-E30C46-A1 6ES7 193-4CF50-0AA0
• yellow/green 6ES7 193-4LC10-0AA0
4 x 6 terminals, terminal access to Grounding terminal 8WA2 868
5 AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected

nals
For cable cross-sections
up to 25 mm2
3 × 10 mm busbars 8WA2 842
Labels, inscribed
Ordering unit 1 set
• 200 units for slot numbering 8WA8 861-0AB
(1 to 20) 10 ×
• 200 units for slot numbering 8WA8 861-0AC
(1 to 40) 5 ×
• 200 units for slot numbering 8WA8 861-0DA
(1 to 64) 1 ×, (1 to 68) 2 ×
Labels, blank
200 units for slot numbering 8WA8 848-2AY

© Siemens AG 2008

ET 200S — IQ-Sense Modules and Sensors
4 IQ-Sense and 8 IQ-Sense sensor modules

Order No. 6ES7 138-4GA00-0AB0
Load voltage L+
• Rated value (DC) 24 V; From power module
Current consumption
from load voltage L+ 300 mA
(without load), max.
Digital inputs
Number of digital inputs 4
Cable length
Analog inputs
• The 4 IQ-Sense sensor module is an intelligent 4-channel Cycle time (all channels), max. 3.24 ms
electronic module for the ET 200S distributed I/O in
PROFIBUS DP networking systems. It is used to connect Encoder
photoelectric sensors using IQ-Sense technology.
• The 8×IQ-Sense sensor module is an intelligent 8-channel
Connectable encoders 5
• Description Photoelectric proximity switches
I/O module for SIMATIC S7-300 and ET 200M and is used to with IQ-SENSE
connect photoelectric and ultrasonic sensors using IQ-Sense
technology. It is possible to combine different types of sensors Status information/
alarms/diagnostics
on one module.
Diagnoses
Standard function blocks are available for simplified handling
of a SIMATIC S7. Conventional sensors cannot be operated on • Diagnostic functions Yes; Diagnostic information
these modules. readable
The main applications of the IQ-Sense system are found in
installations and machines: • Collective error SF (red) Yes
• With high availability demands • Status indicator sensor channel Yes
(green)
• With a high probability of interaction between sensors
Isolation
• With the need for high flexibility and dynamic changing of
sensor parameters. Isolation checked with 500 VDC
Isolation
backplane bus
between different circuits 75 VDC / 60 VAC
Dimensions
Dimensions
Width 15 mm
Height 81 mm
Depth 52 mm
Weights

© Siemens AG 2008

ET 200S — IQ-Sense Modules and Sensors
4 IQ-Sense and 8 IQ-Sense sensor modules

Order No. 6ES7 338-7XF00-0AB0 Sensor module 4IQ-Sense 6ES7 138-4GA00-0AB0
Voltages and currents Sensor module 8 x IQ-Sense 6ES7 338-7XF00-0AB0
Load voltage L+ Sensors
• Rated value (DC) 24 V for connecting to the 4 IQ-Sense
sensor module
Current consumption
• Diffuse sensor, 3SF7 240-3JQ00
from load voltage L+ (without load), 1A type C40 IQ-Sense
max.
• Diffuse sensor, 3SF7 210-3JQ00
from backplane bus DC 5 V, max. 150 mA; typically type K80 IQ-Sense
Connection point • Reflex sensor, 3SF7 241-3JQ00
required front connectors 20-pin type C40 IQ-Sense
Digital inputs • Reflex sensor, 3SF7 211-3JQ00
type K80 IQ-Sense
• Diffuse sensor with background 3SF7 214-3JQ00
Cable length suppression, type K80 IQ-Sense
• Cable length unshielded, max. 50 m • Ultrasonic sensors 3SF6 232-3JA00
Encoder M18 IQ-Sense
Sensing range 5 to 30 cm
• Ultrasonic sensors 3SF6 233-3JA00
• Description photoelectronic proximity M18 IQ-Sense
5 switches and ultrasonic sensors
with IQ-Sense,
cycle time 2.88 to 6 ms
Sensing range 15 to 100 cm
Status information/
alarms/diagnostics
(green)
Isolation
Isolation
backplane bus
Dimensions
Dimensions
Width 40 mm
Height 125 mm
Depth 120 mm
Weights
IQ-Sense proximity switches
More information as of page 5/333

© Siemens AG 2008

ET 200S — Technology modules
Overview
■ Overview
Technology module for ET 200S:
• SSI module
• 2 PULSE pulse generator
• 1 STEP step module
• 1 POS U positioning module
• 1 COUNT 5 V/500 kHz counter module
• 1 COUNT 24 V/100 kHz counter module
• 1SI interface module
Note:
We offer incremental encoders and prefabricated connecting
cables for counter and positioning functions under
SIMODRIVE Sensor and Motion Connect 500 (see also
http://www.siemens.com/simatic-technology)
■ Design
TM-E terminal module and electronic module combination options
Electronic modules TM-E terminal modules for electronic modules 5
1 COUNT 24 V/100 kHz n n
1 COUNT 5 V/500 kHz n
1 SSI n n
1 STEP 5 V/204 kHz n n
2 PULSE n n
1 POS U n
1 SI 3964/ASCII n n
1 SI Modbus/USS n n
1)
See Manual "ET 200S Fail-safe Modules" in the documentation packages
"S7 F Systems" and "S7 Distributed Safety"

© Siemens AG 2008

SSI module
■ Overview
• 1-channel module for connecting SSI sensors to the ET 200S
• For position decoding and simple positioning tasks
• With two comparison operations with specifiable comparison
values (standard mode)
• With a digital input for latching actual values (standard mode)
• Can be plugged into TM-E terminal module with automatic
coding
• Fast mode for high-speed acquisition of encoder values
(e.g. for drive controls)
• Module replacement possible during operation and when live
(hot swapping)
• Simple parameterization without additional software
Note:
We supply positioning systems and prepared connection
cables for counting and positioning functions as
SIMODRIVE Sensors or Motion Connect 500 (also visit
http://www.siemens.com/simatic-technology)
5 Order No.
6ES7 138-4DB03-0AB0 Order No.
Encoder
6ES7 138-4DB03-0AB0
Load voltage L+ Number of connectable encoders, 1

max.
• Absolute encoder (SSI) Yes
Encoder signals, absolute encoder
• permissible range, upper limit 28.8 V (SSI)
(DC)
• Telegram length 13, 14, 16, 21, 24 & 25 bit
Current consumption
• cable length, shielded, max. 320 m; at 125 kHz
from load voltage L+ (without load), 40 mA
max. • Monoflop time 16/32/48/64 μs
Power loss, typ. 1W Status information/
alarms/diagnostics
Hardware config.
Module exchange
• Hot swapping the IM-DP Yes
• Module exchange under process Yes (green)
voltage
• Status indicator backward Yes
Digital inputs counting (green)
Number of digital inputs 1 • Status indicator forward counting Yes
Cable length (green)
• cable length, shielded, max. 50 m Isolation
Input voltage Galvanic isolation, digital inputs
• for signal "0" -30 ... 5 V • galvanic isolation, digital inputs No; same potential with L+
and SSI
Input current
Isolation counter
• for signal "0", max. 2 mA
(permissible quiescent current) • between the channels and the Yes
backplane bus
• for signal "1", typ. 9 mA
• between the channels and the No
Encoder supply load voltage L+
24 V encoder supply Dimensions
• 24 V Yes Dimensions
• Short-circuit protection Yes Width 15 mm
• Output current, max. 500 mA Height 81 mm
Absolute encoder (SSI) Depth 52 mm
encoder supply
Weights
• Output current, max. 500 mA

© Siemens AG 2008

SSI module

SSI module 6ES7 138-4DB03-0AB0
for connecting absolute encoders
with an SSI interface
Accessories
modules
• red 6ES7 193-4BD00-0AA0
Signal cable
Preassembled for SSI absolute 6FX5 002-2CC12-....
encoder 6FX2001-5, without
Sub-D connector, UL/DESINA

© Siemens AG 2008

2 PULSE pulse generator
■ Overview
• 2-channel pulse generator and timer module for ET 200S
• For controlling final control elements, valves, heater elements,
etc.
• Pulse width modulation (PWM)
• Pulse sequences
• Pulse trains
• Accurately timed switching signals to 24 V DC output
Order No. 6ES7 138-4DD00-0AB0 Order No. 6ES7 138-4DD00-0AB0
5 Voltages and currents Digital outputs
Load voltage L+ Number of digital outputs 2
• Rated value (DC) 24 V; From power module cable length, shielded, max. 1 000 m
• reverse polarity protection Yes Cable length unshielded, max. 600 m
Current consumption Short-circuit protection of the output Yes
from load voltage L+ (without load), 40 mA • Response threshold, typ. 10 A
max.
Limitation of inductive shutdown L+ (-50 to -65 V)
from backplane bus 3.3 V DC, max. 10 mA voltage to
Power loss, typ. 1.8 W Lamp load, max. 10 W
Digital inputs Accuracy of pulse duration +/- (pulse duration x 100 ppm) ,
+/-100 μs with a load <= 50 ohms
minimum pulse duration 200 μs
Cable length
Output voltage
Input characteristic curve to Yes
IEC 1131, Typ 2 • for signal "1", min. L+ (-1 V)
Input voltage Output current
• Rated value, DC 24 V • for signal "1" rated value 2A
• for signal "0" -30 to +5 V • for signal "1" permissible range for 7 mA
0 to 60 °C, min.
• for signal "1" 11 to 30 V
• for signal "1" permissible range 2A
Input current for 0 to 60 °C, max.
• for signal "1", typ. 9 mA • for signal "0" residual current, max. 0.5 mA
Input delay Output delay with resistive load
• "0" to "1", max. 100 μs
• Input frequency 20 kHz
(with 0.1 ms delay), max. • "1" to "0", max. 200 μs
• Minimum pulse width for 100 μs Switching frequency
program reactions
• with resistive load, max. 2.5 kHz
• with inductive load, max. 2 Hz

© Siemens AG 2008

2 PULSE pulse generator

Order No. 6ES7 138-4DD00-0AB0 Pulse generator and 6ES7 138-4DD00-0AB0
timer module 2PULSE
Encoder supply
for ET 200S
Output voltage L+ (-0.8 V)
Accessories
Output current, rated value 500 mA
Short-circuit protection Yes
Encoder strips for peripheral modules
Connectable encoders and 20 label strips for interface
modules
• permissible quiescent current (2- 2 mA
wire BEROS), max. • red 6ES7 193-4BD00-0AA0
Pulse generator • yellow 6ES7 193-4BB00-0AA0
Number of channels 2; 1 digital input and • light beige 6ES7 193-4BA00-0AA0
1 digital output per channel
Status information/
alarms/diagnostics
(green)
5
(green)
Isolation
Isolation
backplane bus
backplane bus
between different circuits 75 VDC / 60 VAC
Dimensions
Dimensions
Width 15 mm
Height 81 mm
Depth 52 mm
Weights

© Siemens AG 2008

1 STEP step module

Order No. 6ES7 138-4DC00-0AB0
Load voltage L+
Current consumption
Digital inputs
Functions Input REF: reference cams,
input DI: pulse disable or
external stop
Cable length
Repeat frequency, max. 1 kHz
• Single channel module for ET 200S for the controlled position- IEC 1131, Typ 2
ing of a stepper motor
Input voltage
5
• Reference point or incremental operating modes
• Rated value, DC 24 V
• Connection of power circuits with pulse/ direction interface
using 5 V differential signals • for signal "0" -30 to +5 V (-15% / +20%)
• External stop with/without ramp through digital input • for signal "1" 11 to 30 V
• Status display and error display by LED: Input current
positioning errors and status errors in the digital inputs are dis- • for signal "0", max. 2 mA
played on LEDs and indicated to the interface to the master (permissible quiescent current)
Input delay
- at "0" to "1", max. 300 μs
- at "1" to "0", max. 300 μs
Encoder
Drive technology
Cable length, max. 100 m;
twisted and shielded in pairs
Step controllers
Connection for stepper motors Differential signals for pulses
(PULSE, notPULSE) and direction
(DIR, notDIR) to RS422
Number of stepper motor channels 1
Status information/
alarms/diagnostics
• Description 1 green LED for status indication
"Ready for positioning jobs"
• Positioning mode POS (green) Yes
(green)
Dimensions
Dimensions
Width 15 mm
Height 81 mm
Depth 52 mm
Weights

© Siemens AG 2008

1 STEP step module

1 STEP Stepper module 6ES7 138-4DC00-0AB0
for simple positioning tasks with
stepper motor axes
Accessories
Label sheets DIN A4 (10 items)
modules
• red 6ES7 193-4BD00-0AA0
SIMOSTEP Stepper motors See Catalog ST 70
FM STEPDRIVE Power module See Catalog ST 70
for stepper motors

© Siemens AG 2008

1 POS U positioning module
■ Overview
• Positioning module 1 POS U is a single-channel positioning • Functions
module for ET 200S for the positioning of positioning and op- - Inching:
erational axes Direct application of control signals by the master
• For controlled positioning using digital outputs according to - Traversing:
the rapid/creep feed principle Absolute or relative
- Axes:
• With actual position value sensing for For linear and rotary axes
- Incremental encoders with 5 V difference signals or 24 V sig- - Latch function:
nals, or for SSI encoders Saves the current value by setting a digital input
- Proportioning mode (single evaluation of encoder signal A
only) Note:
• Reference-point approach, actual value setting Siemens is offering position measuring systems and pre-assem-
bled connecting cables for counting and positioning functions
• Parameter change during operation under SIMODRIVE Sensor or Motion Connect 500.
- Reversing difference
- Shutdown difference
Order No. 6ES7 138-4DL00-0AB0 Order No. 6ES7 138-4DL00-0AB0
Voltages and currents Digital outputs
Load voltage L+ cable length, shielded, max. 1 000 m
5
• Rated value (DC) 24 V Cable length unshielded, max. 600 m
• reverse polarity protection Yes Short-circuit protection of the output Yes
• permissible range, lower limit (DC) 20.4 V • Response threshold, typ. 0.7 to 1.8 A
• permissible range, upper limit 28.8 V Limitation of inductive shutdown yes; L+ -(55 to 60 V)
(DC) voltage to
Current consumption Lamp load, max. 5W
from load voltage L+ (without load), 50 mA Controlling a digital input Yes
max.
Output voltage
from backplane bus 3.3 V DC, max. 10 mA
Power loss, typ. 2W
• for signal "0" (DC), max. 3V
Digital inputs
• for signal "1", min. L+ (-1 V)
Cable length
Output current
• for signal "1" permissible range 7 mA
Input characteristic curve to Yes for 0 to 60 °C, min.
IEC 1131, Typ 2
• for signal "1" permissible range 600 mA
Input voltage for 0 to 60 °C, max.
• Rated value, DC 24 V • for signal "0" residual current, max. 0.3 mA
• for signal "0" -30 to +5 V Output delay with resistive load
• for signal "1" 11 to 30 V • "0" to "1", max. typ. 150 μs
Input current • "1" to "0", max. typ. 150 μs
• for signal "0", max. 2 mA Switching frequency
• with inductive load, max. 2 Hz
Encoder supply
5 V encoder supply
•5V No
24 V encoder supply
• 24 V Yes
Absolute encoder (SSI) encoder
supply
• Output voltage L+ (-0.8 V)

© Siemens AG 2008

1 POS U positioning module

Order No. 6ES7 138-4DL00-0AB0 Order No. 6ES7 138-4DL00-0AB0
Encoder Reaction times
Number of connectable encoders, 1 Updating time of the feedback 1 ms
max. messages
Connectable encoders Latch In the case of incremental
encoders: typ. 400 ms; in the
• Incremental encoder Yes case of SSI encoders: typ. 400 ms
(symmetrical) + age of the encoder value:
• Incremental encoder Yes Reaction time at switchover/off time In the case of incremental
(asymmetrical) encoders: output delay + 30 μs;
• Absolute encoder (SSI) Yes in the case of SSI encoders:
output delay + message frame
• 2-wire BEROS Yes; Type 2 runtime + 30 ms
Encoder signals, incremental Status information/
encoder (symmetrical) alarms/diagnostics
• Encoder signal 5 V Diagnostics indication LED
- Signal level to RS-422 • Actual value falling DN (green) Yes
- Terminating resistor 330 Ω
• Actual value rising UP (green) Yes
- Differential input voltage, min. 1V
• Positioning mode POS (green) Yes
- Input frequency, max. 500 kHz
5
- cable length, shielded, max. 50 m
• Encoder signal 24 V (green)
- Rated value DC 24 V Yes Isolation
- Input voltage for signal "0" 5V
between backplane bus and all Yes
- Input voltage for signal "1" 30 V other circuit parts
- Input current, for signal "0", max. 2 mA between the channels and back- Yes
(permissible idle current) plane bus
- Input current for signal "1", typ. 9 mA Dimensions
- Input frequency, max. 100 kHz
Dimensions
- cable length, shielded, max. 50 m
Width 30 mm
Encoder signals, absolute encoder
(SSI) Height 81 mm
• cable length, shielded, max. 320 m at 125 kHz; 160 m at Depth 52 mm

250 kHz; 60 m at 500 kHz; Weights
20 m at 1 MHz; 8 m at 2 MHz;
twisted in pairs and shielded Weight, approx. 65 g
• Updating the encoder value
- Telegram runtime at 13 bit, min. 7 ms
- Telegram runtime at 25 Bit, min. 13 ms
• Monoflop time 64 ms

1POS U positioning module 6ES7 138-4DL00-0AB0
Single-channel positioning
module for ET 200S for
positioning the adjustment
and operation axes

© Siemens AG 2008

1 COUNT 24 V/100 kHz counter module
■ Overview
• 1-channel 32-bit intelligent counter module for universal count
tasks and time-based measuring tasks
• For the direct connection of 24 V incremental sensors or
initiators
• Comparison function with predefinable comparison values
• Integrated digital output to output the reaction when the
comparison value is attained
• Can be plugged into TM-E terminal module with automatic
coding
• Module replacement possible during operation and under
power (hot swapping)
Note:
Siemens is now able to offer distance measuring systems and
pre-assembled connecting cables for counting and positioning
functions in the product ranges SIMODRIVE Sensor and Motion
Connect 500.
5
Order No. 6ES7 138-4DA04-0AB0 Order No. 6ES7 138-4DA04-0AB0
Voltages and currents Digital outputs
Load voltage L+ Number of digital outputs 1
• Rated value (DC) 24 V cable length, shielded, max. 1 000 m
• reverse polarity protection Yes Cable length unshielded, max. 600 m
• permissible range, lower limit (DC) 20.4 V Short-circuit protection of the output Yes
• Response threshold, typ. 2.6 to 4 A
(DC)
Limitation of inductive shutdown L+ (-50 to -60 V)
Current consumption
voltage to
Lamp load, max. 5W
max.
Output voltage
Power loss, typ. 1W
Hardware config.
Module exchange
• Hot swapping the IM-DP Yes • for signal "1", min. L+ (-1 V)
• Module exchange under Yes Output current
process voltage • for signal "1" permissible range for 5 mA
Digital inputs 0 to 40 °C, min.
Number of digital inputs 1 • for signal "1" permissible range for 2 000 mA
0 to 40 °C, max.
Functions Gate control, synchronization,
latch function • for signal "1" permissible range for 5 mA
0 to 60 °C, min.
Cable length
• for signal "1" permissible range for 500 mA;
• cable length, shielded, max. 100 m; Filter 20 kHz: 100 m, 0 to 60 °C, max. 1000 mA at 50 °C
filter 200 kHz: 50 m
• for signal "0" residual current, max. 0.5 mA
IEC 1131, Typ 2 Output delay with resistive load
Input voltage • "0" to "1", max. 100 μs
• Rated value, DC 24 V Switching frequency
• for signal "0" -30 to +5 V • with resistive load, max. 100 Hz
• for signal "1" 11 to 30 V • with inductive load, max. 2 Hz
Input current • on lamp load, max. 10 Hz
• for signal "0", max. 2 mA Encoder supply
24 V encoder supply
• 24 V Yes; L+ (-0.8 V)
Input delay
(for rated value of input voltage) • Short-circuit protection Yes
• for standard inputs • Output current, max. 500 mA
- at "0" to "1", max. 2.5 μs; Filter off: 2.5 μs (200 kHz),
filter on: 25 μs (20 kHz)

© Siemens AG 2008


Order No. 6ES7 138-4DA04-0AB0 Order No. 6ES7 138-4DA04-0AB0
Encoder Status information/
alarms/diagnostics
Number of connectable encoders, 1
max. Diagnoses
Connectable encoders • Diagnostic functions Yes
• Incremental encoder Yes Diagnostics indication LED
(asymmetrical)
• 24 V initiator Yes
• 2-wire BEROS Yes (green)
Counters • Status indicator digital input Yes
(green)
Number of counter inputs 1; 32 bit
• Status indicator backward Yes
Minimum pulse width 2.5 μs; Filter off: 2.5 μs (200 kHz), counting (green)
Filter on: 25 μs (20 kHz)
• Status indicator forward counting Yes
Frequency measurement (green)
Measurement range, min. 0.1 Hz Isolation
Measurement range, max. 100 kHz Galvanic isolation, digital inputs
Cycle duration measurement • galvanic isolation, digital inputs No; only opposite shielding
Measuring range, lower limit 10 μs
Measuring range, upper limit 120 s
Isolation counter
5
Speed measurement backplane bus
Measurement range, min. 1 1 /min • between the channels and the No
(lower limit) load voltage L+
Measurement range, max. 25 000 1 /min Dimensions
(upper limit) Dimensions
Parameter Width 15 mm
Remark 16 byte Height 81 mm
Depth 52 mm
Weights

© Siemens AG 2008


1 COUNT 24 V/100 kHz counter 6ES7 138-4DA04-0AB0 SIMODRIVE sensor
module incremental encoder
For universal counting and Externally mounted encoder,
measuring tasks with ET 200S optical, incremental with HTL
level, operating voltage 10 to 30 V
Accessories
• With synchronous flange,
Label sheets DIN A4 (10 pieces) universal axial/radial cable
Each sheet contains 60 label outlet with connector
strips for I/O modules and 20 - 100 pulses/revolution 6FX2 001-4DA10
label strips for interface modules
- 500 pulses/revolution 6FX2 001-4DA50
- 1000 pulses/revolution 6FX2 001-4DB00
• red 6ES7 193-4BD00-0AA0
- 2500 pulses/revolution 6FX2 001-4DC50
• light beige 6ES7 193-4BA00-0AA0 radial flange outlet
Shield connection element 6ES7 193-4GA00-0AA0 - 100 pulses/revolution 6FX2 001-4FA10
For TM-P and TM-E terminal - 500 pulses/revolution 6FX2 001-4FA50
modules, as fixing for busbars - 1000 pulses/revolution 6FX2 001-4FB00
3 x 10 mm, 5 pieces
- 2500 pulses/revolution 6FX2 001-4FC50
Shield clamps 6ES7 193-4GB00-0AA0
For connecting braided cable axial flange outlet
5 shields to the busbar, 5 pieces - 100 pulses/revolution 6FX2 001-4HA10
- 500 pulses/revolution 6FX2 001-4HA50
- 1000 pulses/revolution 6FX2 001-4HB00
- 2500 pulses/revolution 6FX2 001-4HC50
• With clamping flange,
universal axial/radial cable
outlet with connector
- 100 pulses/revolution 6FX2 001-4NA10
- 500 pulses/revolution 6FX2 001-4NA50
- 1000 pulses/revolution 6FX2 001-4NB00
- 2500 pulses/revolution 6FX2 001-4NC50
radial flange outlet
- 100 pulses/revolution 6FX2 001-4QA10
- 1000 pulses/revolution 6FX2 001-4QB00
- 2500 pulses/revolution 6FX2 001-4QC50
axial flange outlet
- 100 pulses/revolution 6FX2 001-4SA10
- 1000 pulses/revolution 6FX2 001-4SB00
- 2500 pulses/revolution 6FX2 001-4SC50
Signal cable 6FX5 002-2CA12-....
Pre-assembled for HTL and
TTL encoder, without Sub-D
connector, UL/DESINA
http://www.siemens.com/simatic-technology

© Siemens AG 2008

SIPLUS 1 COUNT 24 V/100 kHz counter module

SIPLUS counter module 6AG1 138-4DA04-2AB0
1 COUNT 24 V/100 kHz
For universal counting and
measuring tasks with ET 200S
Accessories see "1 COUNT 24 V/100 kHz
counter module" ordering data
• Single-channel, intelligent 32 bit counter module for universal

counting and measuring tasks
5
• For direct connection of 24 V incremental encoders or
initiators
• Comparison functions with definable comparison values
• Integrated digital output for output of the response on
reaching the comparison value
• Can be plugged onto TM-E terminal modules with
automatic coding
• Hot swapping of modules is possible
Note:
We offer position encoding systems and preassembled
connecting cables for counting and positioning functions
under SIMODRIVE Sensor or Motion Connect 500.
SIPLUS counter module

1 Count 24 V/100 kHz
Order No. 6AG1 138-4DA04-2AB0
Order No. based on 6ES7 138-4DA04-0AB0
based-on modules.


© Siemens AG 2008


Order No. 6ES7 138-4DE02-0AB0
Load voltage L+
(DC)
Current consumption
max.
Power loss, typ. 2W
Hardware config.
Module exchange
• 1-channel 32-bit intelligent counter module for universal count • Hot swapping the IM-DP Yes
tasks and time-based measuring tasks • Module exchange under process Yes
voltage
5
• For direct connection of 5 V incremental encoders (RS 422)
• Comparison function with predefinable comparison values Digital inputs
• 2 integrated digital outputs to output the response upon Number of digital inputs 1
reaching the comparison value Functions Gate control, synchronization,
• Can be plugged into TM-E terminal module with automatic latch function
coding Cable length
• Module replacement possible during operation and under • cable length, shielded, max. 50 m
power (hot swapping)
• Simple parameterization without additional software IEC 1131, Typ 2
Note: Input voltage
Siemens is now able to offer distance measuring systems and
pre-assembled connecting cables for counting and positioning • Rated value, DC 24 V
functions in the product ranges SIMODRIVE Sensor and Motion • for signal "0" -30 to +5 V
Connect 500. • for signal "1" 11 to 30 V
Input current
• for signal "0", max. 2 mA
Input delay
- at "0" to "1", max. 2.5 μs

© Siemens AG 2008


Order No. 6ES7 138-4DE02-0AB0 Order No. 6ES7 138-4DE02-0AB0
Digital outputs Counters
Number of digital outputs 2 Number of counter inputs 1; 32 bit
cable length, shielded, max. 1 000 m Frequency measurement
Cable length unshielded, max. 600 m Measurement range, min. 0.1 Hz
Short-circuit protection of the output Yes Measurement range, max. 500 kHz
• Response threshold, typ. 2.6 to 4 A Cycle duration measurement
Limitation of inductive shutdown L+ (-50 to -60 V) Measuring range, lower limit 10 μs
voltage to
Measuring range, upper limit 120 s
Lamp load, max. 10 W
Speed measurement
Measurement range, min. 1 1 /min
Output voltage (lower limit)
• Rated value (DC) 24 V Measurement range, max. 25 000 1 /min
(upper limit)
Parameter
• for signal "1", min. L+ (-1 V)
Remark 16 byte
Output current
Status information/
• for signal "1" rated value 2A alarms/diagnostics
• for signal "1" permissible range for
0 to 60 °C, min.
5 mA Diagnoses 5
0 to 60 °C, max. Diagnostics indication LED
• for signal "0" residual current, max. 0.5 mA • Collective error SF (red) Yes
Output delay with resistive load • Status indicator digital output Yes
(green)
• "0" to "1", max. 100 μs
Switching frequency (green)
• with resistive load, max. 100 Hz • Status indicator backward Yes
• with inductive load, max. 2 Hz counting (green)
• on lamp load, max. 10 Hz • Status indicator forward counting Yes
(green)
Encoder supply
• Synchronization SYN (green) Yes
24 V encoder supply
Isolation
• 24 V Yes; L+ (-0.8 V)
• galvanic isolation, digital inputs No; only opposite shielding
Isolation counter
Encoder
Number of connectable encoders, 1 backplane bus
max.
• between the channels and the No
Connectable encoders load voltage L+
• Incremental encoder Yes Dimensions
(symmetrical)
Dimensions
Width 30 mm
Encoder signals, incremental
encoder (symmetrical) Height 81 mm
• Trace mark signals A, notA, B, notB; Depth 52 mm
A and B offset by 90° Weights
• Zero mark signal N, notN Weight, approx. 65 g
• Input signal 5 V difference signal
(phys. RS 422)
• Input frequency, max. 650 kHz

© Siemens AG 2008


1 COUNT 5 V/500 kHz 6ES7 138-4DE02-0AB0 • With synchronous flange,
counter module axial flange outlet
For universal counting and - 500 pulses/revolution 6FX2 001-2HA50
measuring tasks with ET 200S - 1000 pulses/revolution 6FX2 001-2HB00
Accessories - 1024 pulses/revolution 6FX2 001-2HB02
Label sheets DIN A4 (10 pieces) - 1250 pulses/revolution 6FX2 001-2HB25
Each sheet contains - 1500 pulses/revolution 6FX2 001-2HB50
60 label strips for I/O modules - 2000 pulses/revolution 6FX2 001-2HC00
and 20 label strips for
interface modules - 2048 pulses/revolution 6FX2 001-2HC04
• petrol 6ES7 193-4BH00-0AA0 - 2500 pulses/revolution 6FX2 001-2HC50
• red 6ES7 193-4BD00-0AA0 - 3600 pulses/revolution 6FX2 001-2HD60
- 5000 pulses/revolution 6FX2 001-2HF00
Shield connection element 6ES7 193-4GA00-0AA0 outlet with connector
For TM-P and TM-E terminal - 500 pulses/revolution 6FX2 001-2NA50
modules, as fixing for busbars - 1000 pulses/revolution 6FX2 001-2NB00
3 x 10 mm, 5 pieces
Shield clamps 6ES7 193-4GB00-0AA0
5 For connecting braided cable
shields to the busbar, 5 pieces
- 2000 pulses/revolution 6FX2 001-2NC00
SIMODRIVE
Incremental shaft encoder - 2048 pulses/revolution 6FX2 001-2NC04
with RS 422 (TTL), - 2500 pulses/revolution 6FX2 001-2NC50
operating voltage 10 to 30 V - 3600 pulses/revolution 6FX2 001-2ND60
• With synchronous flange, - 5000 pulses/revolution 6FX2 001-2NF00
outlet with connector • With clamping flange,
radial flange outlet
- 500 pulses/revolution 6FX2 001-2DA50
- 3600 pulses/revolution 6FX2 001-2DD60
- 3600 pulses/revolution 6FX2 001-2QD60
- 5000 pulses/revolution 6FX2 001-2DF00
- 5000 pulses/revolution 6FX2 001-2QF00
radial flange outlet • With clamping flange,
axial flange outlet
- 500 pulses/revolution 6FX2 001-2FA50
- 1000 pulses/revolution 6FX2 001-2FB00
- 3600 pulses/revolution 6FX2 001-2FD60
- 3600 pulses/revolution 6FX2 001-2SD60
- 5000 pulses/revolution 6FX2 001-2FF00
- 5000 pulses/revolution 6FX2 001-2SF00
Signal cable
Pre-assembled for HTL and 6FX5 002-2CA12-....
TTL encoder, without Sub-D
connector, UL/DESINA
http://www.siemens.com/simatic-technology

© Siemens AG 2008

1SI interface module
■ Overview
• 1-channel module for serial data exchange through
point-to-point connection
• For message frames max. 200 byte long
• RS 232C, RS 422, RS 485
• 2 versions
- ASCII and 3964(R) protocol
- Modbus and USS protocol
• Parameter assignment through GSD file or STEP 7
(V5.1 and newer)

4DF01-0AB0 4DF11-0AB0
Point-to-point
4DF01-0AB0 4DF11-0AB0
5
Load voltage L+ Integrated protocol driver
• Rated value (DC) 24 V 24 V • 3964 (R) Yes
Current consumption • ASCII Yes
from backplane bus DC 24 V, max. 80 mA; 80 mA • Modbus Yes
typ. 20 mA
• Transmission speed, 115.2 kBit/s;
from backplane bus 3.3 V DC, max. 10 mA 10 mA Modbus protocol, max. half duplex:
110, 300, 600,
Power loss, typ. 1.2 W 1.2 W 1200, 2400,
Memory 4800, 9600,
19200, 38400,
Type of storage 57600, 76800,
• Standard blocks 5 100 Byte; 11 100 Byte; 115200 bps
S_SEND 2700, Modbus: • USS Yes
S_RCV 2400, S_SEND 2700,
S_XON 2600, S_RCV 2400, • Transmission speed, 115.2 kBit/s;
S_RTS 2600, S_MODB 6000; USS protocol, max. half duplex:
S_V24 2700, USI: 110, 300, 600,
S_VSTAT 1800, S_SEND 2700, 1200, 2400,
S_VSET 1800 S_RCV 2400, 4800, 9600,
S_USST 1900, 19200, 38400,
S_USSR 2600, 57600, 76800,
S_USSI 1500 115200 bps
interfaces Transmission speed, RS 422/485
Number of interfaces 1 1 • with 3964 (R) protocol, max. 115.2 kBit/s;
half duplex:
RS 232C Yes; Yes; 110, 300, 600,
RS 232C RS 232C 1200, 2400,
signals: 8 (TxD, signals: 8 (TxD, 4800, 9600,
RxD, RTS, CTS, RxD, RTS, CTS, 19200, 38400,
DTR, DSR, DTR, DSR, 57600, 76800,
DCD, PE) DCD, PE) 115200 bps
RS 422/RS 485 Yes; Yes; • with ASCII protocol, max. 115.2 kBit/s;
RS-422 signals: RS-422 signals: full duplex:
5 (TxD(A), 5 (TxD(A), 110, 300, 600,
RxD(A), TxD(B), RxD(A), TxD(B), 1200, 2400,
RxD(B), PE); RxD(B), PE); 4800, 9600,
RS-485 signals: RS-485 signals: 19200, 38400,
3 (R/T(A), 3 (R/T(A), 57600, 76800,
R/T(B), PE) R/T(B), PE) 115200 bps
RS 232, cable length, shielded, 15 m 15 m
max.
RS 422/485, cable length, shielded, 1 200 m 1 200 m
max.

© Siemens AG 2008

1SI interface module

4DF01-0AB0 4DF11-0AB0 4DF01-0AB0 4DF11-0AB0
Transmission speed, RS232 Status information/
alarms/diagnostics
• with 3964 (R) protocol, max. 115.2 kBit/s;
half duplex: Diagnostics indication LED
110, 300, 600,
1200, 2400, • Receive RxD (green) Yes Yes
4800, 9600, • Collective error SF (red) Yes Yes
19200, 38400,
57600, 76800, • Transmit TxD (green) Yes Yes
115200 bps Isolation
• with ASCII protocol, max. 115.2 kBit/s; Isolation interface
full duplex:
110, 300, 600, • between 422/485 and internal Yes Yes
1200, 2400, power supply
4800, 9600,
• between RS 232 and internal Yes Yes
19200, 38400,
power supply
57600, 76800,
115200 bps Environmental requirements
Character frame (adjustable) Operating termperature
• Bits per character 7 or 8 8 • min. 0 °C 0 °C
• Number of start/stop bits 1 or 2 1 or 2 • max. 60 °C 60 °C
5
(USS only 1)
• Bits per character frame 10 10 or 11 (USS
only 11 bits) • min. -40 °C -40 °C
• Parity none, odd, none, odd, even • max. 70 °C 70 °C

even, any (USI even only) Dimensions
Number of bytes per PLC Dimensions
sampling cycle
Width 15 mm 15 mm
• Data quantity per PLC 32 Byte; 32 Byte;
sampling cycle, receiving with IM151-1 with IM151-1 Height 81 mm 81 mm
Standard as of Standard as of Depth 52 mm 52 mm
6ES7 151- 6ES7 151-
1AA04-0AB0; 1AA04-0AB0; Weights
with IM151-1 with IM151-1
High Feature as High Feature as Weight, approx. 50 g 50 g
of 6ES7 151- of 6ES7 151-
1BA01-0AB0; 1BA01-0AB0;
otherwise otherwise
8 bytes 8 bytes
• Data quantity per PLC 32 Byte; 32 Byte;
sampling cycle, transmitting With IM151-1 With IM151-1
Standard as of Standard as of
6ES7151- 6ES7151-
1AA04-0AB0; 1AA04-0AB0;
With IM151-1 With IM151-1
High Feature as High Feature as
of 6ES7151- of 6ES7151-
1BA01-0AB0; 1BA01-0AB0;
otherwise otherwise
8 bytes 8 bytes

1 SI interface module Accessories (continued)
• ASCII and 3964(R) protocols 6ES7 138-4DF01-0AB0 TM-E15N24-A1 terminal module 6ES7 193-4CA80-0AA0
• Modbus and USS protocols 6ES7 138-4DF11-0AB0 Ordering unit 5 items
Accessories TM-E15S24-01 terminal module 6ES7 193-4CB20-0AA0
TM-E15S 26-A1 6ES7 193-4CA40-0AA0 Ordering unit 5 items
terminal module
TM-E15C24-01 terminal module 6ES7 193-4CB30-0AA0
Ordering unit 5 items
TM-E15S 26-A1 6ES7 193-4CA50-0AA0
terminal module TM-E15N24-01 terminal module 6ES7 193-4CB70-0AA0
Ordering unit 5 items Ordering unit 5 items

© Siemens AG 2008

SIWAREX CS
SIWAREX CS is a compact function module (FM) in the
SIMATIC ET 200S and can be plugged directly into a terminal
module. The power supply is connected through a power
module and the internal power rail.
The load cells and the serial interfaces are connected through
the terminals of the terminal module. Using the terminal module
enables the module to be replaced without disconnecting the
connecting cables.
■ Function
The primary task of SIWAREX CS is the measurement of sensor
voltage and the conversion of this measurement into a weight
value. Up to 3 interpolation points are used for the weight calcu-
lation. The signal can also be digitally filtered if required.
As well as determining weights, the SIWAREX CS monitors two
freely programmable limits (min./max. as required) and notifies
SIMATIC if these values are exceeded.
SIWAREX CS weighing electronics The SIWAREX CS comes factory-calibrated. This means that
theoretical adjustment of the scale is possible without adjust-
SIWAREX CS is a versatile weighing module for all simple weigh- ment weights, and that modules can be replaced without the
5
ing and force measuring tasks. The compact module is easy to need to readjust the scale.
install in all SIMATIC automation systems. Data can be accessed
directly in the SIMATIC. Consistent and uniform communication between all system
components enables fast, reliable and cost-effective integration
■ Benefits and diagnosis in industrial processes.
The following tables show the accessible functions.
SIWAREX CS offers the following key advantages:
• Uniform design technology and consistent communication in Communication in SIMATIC
SIMATIC Supports the Supports the
• Uniform configuration with SIMATIC readout of readout of
data through data and settings
• Use in distributed plant concept through connection to peripherals using record
PROFIBUS DP or PROFINET via ET 200S communication
• Measurement of weight or force with a high resolution of IM151-1 Basic Yes No
65000 parts and an accuracy of 0.05 % IM151-1 Standard Yes Yes
• Direct connection of a remote display to the TTY interface
IM151-1 High Feature Yes Yes
• Simple adjustment of scale using the SIWATOOL CS program
IM151-7 CPU Yes Yes
via the RS 232 interface
• Supports theoretical adjustment without adjustment weights Alarms in SIMATIC
• Supports replacement of module without renewed adjustment Group Process alarm
of scale diagnostics
• For use in Ex zone 2, intrinsically-safe load cell powering for IM151-1 Basic Yes No
zone 1 using Ex interface.
IM151-1 Standard Yes Yes
■ Application IM151-1 High Feature Yes Yes

IM151-7 CPU Yes Yes
SIWAREX CS is the optimum solution wherever strain gauge
sensors, such as load cells, force sensors or torque measuring
shafts, are used for measuring tasks. The following are typical
SIWAREX CS applications:
• Non-automatic weighing machines
• Fill level monitoring of silos and bunkers
• Measuring of crane and cable loads
• Load measuring of industrial lifts and roll trains
• Weighing in potentially explosive areas
(zone 2 direct, zone 1 using Ex interface SIWAREX IS)
• Monitoring of belt tension
• Force measuring, container weighers, platform scales and
crane scales

© Siemens AG 2008

SIWAREX CS
■ Function (continued) ■ Technical specifications

The SIWAREX CS has two serial interfaces. The TTY interface SIWAREX CS
serves to connect digital remote displays. The remote displays Integration in automation systems
can show the weight value with status information.
• S7-400, S7-300, C7 Through ET 200S
To parameterize the SIWAREX CS, a PC can be connected over • IM151-7 CPU Through backplane bus
the RS 232 interface.
• Automation systems from other Through ET 200S
SIWAREX CS can be integrated in the plant software using the manufacturers (available soon)
classic PLC programming languages; STL (Statement List), Communication interfaces SIMATIC S7 (ET 200S backplane
LD (Ladder Diagram) SFC (Sequential Function Chart) or bus), RS 232, TTY
SCL (Structured Control Language).
Connection of remote displays Display for weight value
In contrast to serially linked weighing electronics, SIWAREX CS (through TTY serial interface)
does not need costly additional modules to link it to SIMATIC. Adjustment of scales settings Using SIMATIC S7/C7 IM151-7
CPU or SIWATOOL CS PC param-
Used in conjunction with SIWAREX CS, it is possible to configure eterization software (RS 232)
freely programmable, modular weighing systems in SIMATIC.
Measuring properties
• Error limit to DIN 1319-1 of 0.05 %
full-scale value at 20 °C ± 10 K
• Internal resolution 65535
Data format of weight values 2 byte (fixed-point)
Number of measurements/second 50
Digital filter 0.05 - 5 Hz (in 7 steps),
5 Weighing functions
mean-value filter
• Weight values Gross, net

• Limit values 2 (min./max.)
• Zero setting function Per command
• Tare function Per command
• Tare specification Per command
Load cells Strain gages in 4-wire or 6-wire
system
Load cell powering
• Supply voltage Us (rated value) 6 V DC typ.
• Max. supply current ≤ 68 mA
Scale faceplate in the SIWAREX CS software "Getting started"
• Permissible load impedance
- R Lmin > 87 Ω
In addition to the configuration package, the ready-to-use
SIWAREX CS software "Getting started" is also available free- - R Lmax < 4010 Ω
of-charge and shows beginners how to integrate the module into With SIWAREX IS Ex interface:
a STEP 7 program and offers a basis for application program- - R Lmin > 87 Ω
ming. A SIWAREX CS scale can then be simply implemented in - R Lmax < 4010 Ω
SIMATIC together with a touch panel (TP/OP/MP) as the operator
Load cell characteristic 1 mV/V to 4 mV/V
panel.
Permissible range of measuring -2,4 ... +26.4 mV
Using the SIWATOOL CS software, the SIWAREX weighing signal (at greatest set
modules offer Windows convenience and are quick to get up characteristic value)
and running. Screen forms allow all user-definable parameters
Max. distance of load cells 1000 m
of the weighing modules to be specified, saved and printed for
plant documentation. Intrinsically-safe load cell powering Optional
(SIWAREX IS Ex interface)
The diverse diagnostic options provided by SIWATOOL CS
External load cell powering Possible up to 24 V
ensure fast fault locating in online mode.
Connection to load cells Optionally via SIWAREX IS
The SIWAREX CS weighing module can be used in potentially in Ex zone 1 Ex interface
explosive areas (zone 2). It can also be used in zone 1 by imple-
menting an optional Ex interface, whereby SIWAREX CS must be Ex approvals zone 2 and safety ATEX 95, FM, cULUS Haz. Loc.
installed in a safe area. Supply voltage 24 V DC
• Rated voltage 24 V DC
• Max. current consumption 150 mA
IP degree of protection to IP20
EN 60529; IEC 60529
Climatic requirements
T min (IND) to Tmax (IND))
(operating temperature)
• Vertical installation -10 ... +60 °C
• Horizontal installation -10 ... +40 °C
EMC requirements according to EN 61326, EN 45501
NAMUR NE21, Part 1

© Siemens AG 2008

SIWAREX CS

SIWAREX CS 7MH4910-0AA01 Accessories
Weighing electronics for scales in SIWAREX JB junction box, 7MH4710-1BA
SIMATIC ET 200S aluminium housing
SIWAREX CS Manual Free download in the Internet at: for connecting up to 4 load cells
www.siemens.com/ in parallel, and for connecting
• available in a range of weighing-technology several junction boxes
languages
SIWAREX JB junction box, 7MH4710-1EA
SIWAREX CS "Getting started" Free download in the Internet at: stainless steel housing
Sample software shows www.siemens.com/
weighing-technology for connecting up to 4 load cells
beginners how to program in parallel
the scales in STEP 7.
Ex interface, type SIWAREX Pi 7MH4710-5AA
Configuration package 7MH4910-0AK01
SIWAREX CS on CD-ROM With UL and FM approvals,
for SIMATIC S7, version V5.4 but without ATEX approval
or higher for intrinsically-safe connection
of load cells, suitable for the
• Software for SIWATOOL CS SIWAREX U, CS, MS, FTA, FTC
scale adjustment and M weighing modules.
(in a range of languages) Not approved for use in the EU.
• Manuals available on CD
(in a range of languages) Manual for Ex interface type C71000-T5974-C29
SIWAREX Pi
• SIWAREX CS "Getting started"
Ex interface, type SIWAREX IS
SIWATOOL cable 7MH4607-8CA A)
from SIWAREX U/CS with
serial PC interface, for 9-pin
With ATEX approval, but
without UL and FM approvals 5
PC interfaces (RS 232), 3 m long for intrinsically-safe connection of
load cells,
Installation material (mandatory) including manual, suitable for the
Terminal module 6ES7193-4CG20-0AA0 SIWAREX U, CS, MS, FTA, FTC, M
and CF weighing modules.
TM-E 30 mm wide (required for oder kompatibel Approved for use in the EU.
each SIWAREX module)
• With short-circuit current 7MH4710-5BA
Shield contact element 6ES7193-4GA00-0AA0 < 199 mA DC
Contents 5 items, sufficient for • With short-circuit current 7MH4710-5CA
5 cables < 137 mA DC
Shield connection terminal 6ES7193-4GB00-0AA0 Cable (optional)
Contents: 5 items, sufficient for Cable Li2Y 1 x 2 x 0.75 ST + 2 x 7MH4702-8AG
5 cables (2 x 0.34 ST) - CY,
Note: one shield connection orange sheath
terminal is required each for the to connect SIWAREX U, CS, MS,
• scales connection and FTA, FTC, M and CF to the junc-
tion box (JB), extension box (EB)
• TTY interface or or Ex interface (Ex-I) or between
two JBs, for fixed laying,
• RS 232 interface
occasional bending permitted,
N busbar, galvanized 8WA2842 10.8 mm outer diameter, for
ambient temperature
3 x 10 mm, 1.5 m long -40 to +80 °C
Feeder terminal for N busbar 8WA2868 Cable Li2Y 1 x 2 x 0.75 ST + 2 x 7MH4702-8AF
Remote displays (option) (2 x 0.34 ST) - CY,
blue sheath
The digital remote displays can
be connected directly to the to connect the junction box (JB)
SIWAREX CS through the TTY or extension box (EB) in a poten-
interface. tially explosive atmosphere to
the Ex interface (Ex-I), for fixed
The following remote display laying, occasional bending
can be used: permitted, blue PVC insulating
S102 sheath, approx. 10.8 mm outer
Siebert Industrieelektronik GmbH diameter, for ambient temperature
P.O. Box 1180 -40 ... +80 °C
D-66565 Eppelborn Cable LiYCY 4 x 2 x 0.25 mm² 7MH4407-8BD0 A)
Tel.: 06806/980-0
Fax: 06806/980-999 for TTY (connect 2 pairs of
Internet: http://www.siebert.de conductors in parallel), for
connection of a remote display
Detailed information available
from manufacturer.
A) subject to AL export regulations: N, ECCN: EAR99H

© Siemens AG 2008

SIWAREX CF
SIWAREX CF provides the voltage supply required by the EMS.
The force produces a corresponding measuring signal, which is
then further processed in the SIWAREX CF module.
The signal is amplified, coarse-filtered, and then converted to a
digital value. A connectable digital filter can additionally reduce
noise on the measuring signal.
The digital value is available to the user internally in SIMATIC and
can be processed in the control program. For example, the user
could further suppress noise through averaging in the SIMATIC
CPU or perform a conversion to physical units. The result can be
displayed on an operator panel according to requirements.
Consistent and uniform communication between all system
components enables fast, reliable and cost-effective integration
and diagnosis in industrial processes.
SIWAREX CF can be integrated into the plant software using
the classic PLC programming languages; STL (Statement List),
LAD (Ladder Diagram) FBD (Function Block Diagram) or
SCL (Structured Control Language).
SIWAREX CF is a transmitter for connecting strain-gauge sen-
sors for tasks such as measuring force and torque. The compact Integration into SIMATIC can result in freely-programmable,
module is easy to install in all SIMATIC automation systems. modular force measuring systems which can be modified
5 Complete data access to the current measured values is then
possible via the SIMATIC.
according to operational requirements. The ready-to-use
SIWAREX CF software "Getting started" is available free-of-
charge and shows beginners how to integrate the module into
■ Benefits a STEP 7 program and offers a basis for application program-
ming. This supports the display of the measured values in a
SIWAREX CF offers the following key advantages: SIMATIC panel (TP/OP/MP).
• Uniform design technology and consistent communication
thanks to integration in SIMATIC
• Uniform configuration with SIMATIC
• Use in distributed plant concept through connection to
PROFIBUS DP or PROFINET via ET 200S
• Bidirectional measuring with a resolution of 16000 parts and
accuracy of 0.15 %
■ Application
SIWAREX CF is the optimum solution wherever strain-gauge
sensors, such as load cells, force sensors or torque measuring
shafts, are used for measuring tasks. The following are typical
SIWAREX CF applications:
• Monitoring of crane and cable loads
• Measurement of load of conveyor belts
• Overload protection in rolling mills
• Monitoring of belt tension
• Force measurement in testing machines
• Torque and pressure measuring Measured values from three modules in the SIWAREX CF
"Getting started" software
■ Design In contrast to analog or digitally connected transmitters, SI-

SIWAREX CF is a compact function module (FM) of the WAREX M does not need costly additional modules to link it to
SIMATIC S7 and can be snapped direct onto the SIMATIC SIMATIC.
ET 200S backplane bus. Assembly and wiring are also greatly After the module has been configured in SIMATIC and installed,
simplified by using rails with snap-on technology. it is ready for immediate operation. An additional parameteriza-
The sensors and the power supply are connected via the tion tool is not required.
standard connection block. The current data are read into the SIMATIC via the I/O area.

© Siemens AG 2008

SIWAREX CF

SIWAREX CF SIWAREX CF 7MH4920-0AA01
Integration in automation systems Weighing module for strain-gauge
sensors in SIMATIC ET 200S
• S7-400, S7-300, C7 Through ET 200S
(SIWAREX CF configuring
• Automation systems from other Possible through ET 200S package not required)
vendors with IM 151-1
SIWAREX CF manual Free download in the Internet at:
Communication interfaces SIMATIC S7 (ET 200S backplane www.siemens.com/
bus), 8 bytes, I/O area • German, English weighing-technology
Module parameterization Not required (module is SIWAREX CF "Getting started" Free download in the Internet at:
pre-parameterized) www.siemens.com/
Sample software for
Measuring properties easy acquaintance with weighing-technology
programming in STEP 7.
• Error limit to DIN 1319-1 of ≤ 0.15 %
full-scale value at 20 °C ± 10 K Installation material (mandatory)
• Signal resolution 14 bits Terminal module 6ES7193-4CG20-0AA0
plus 1 bit sign
TM-E 30 mm wide (required for oder kompatibel
Number of measurements/second 50 each SIWAREX module)
Low-pass filter Without or 2 Hz Shield contact element 6ES7193-4GA00-0AA0
Sensors In accordance with the principle Contents 5 items, sufficient for
of expansion measurement 5 cables
(full bridge) 4-wire connection
5
Shield connection terminal 6ES7193-4GB00-0AA0
Sensor feed
Contents: 5 items, sufficient for
• Supply voltage, short-circuit-proof 6 V DC ± 5 % 5 cables
• Permissible sensor resistance One shield terminal element is
- R Lmin > 250 Ω required per sensor cable
- R Lmax < 4010 Ω N busbar, galvanized 8WA2842
Permissible sensor cell coefficient Up to 4 mV/V 3 x 10 mm, 1.5 m long
Permissible range of the measuring -25,2 ... +25.2 mV Feeder terminal for N busbar 8WA2868
signal
Accessories
SIWAREX EB extension box 7MH4710-2AA
• Rated voltage 24 V DC for extending sensor cables
• Max. current consumption 150 mA SIWAREX IS Ex interface
Voltage supply from backplane bus Typ. 10 mA With ATEX approval, but without
UL and FM approvals,
Connection to sensors in Ex zone 1 Optionally via SIWAREX IS for intrinsically-safe connection
Ex interface of load cells, including Manual,
Ex approval zone 2 and safety ATEX 95, cULus Haz. Loc. suitable for the
SIWAREX U, CS, MS, FTA, FTC
IP degree of protection to IP20 and M weighing modules.
EN 60529; IEC 60529 Approved for use in the EU.
Climatic requirements • With short-circuit current 7MH4710-5BA
Tmin (IND) to Tmax (IND) < 199 mA DC
(operating temperature)
• With short-circuit current 7MH4710-5CA
• Vertical installation 0 ... +60 °C < 137 mA DC
• Horizontal installation 0 ... +40 °C Cable (optional)
EMC requirements according to NAMUR NE21, Part 1 Cable Li2Y 1 x 2 x 0.75 ST + 2 x 7MH4702-8AG
89/386/EEC (2 x 0.34 ST) - CY,
orange sheath
to connect SIWAREX U, CS, MS,
FTA, FTC, M and CF to the junc-
tion box (JB), extension box (EB)
or Ex interface (Ex-I) or between
two JBs, for fixed laying,
occasional bending permitted,
10.8 mm outer diameter,
for ambient temperature
-40 to +80 °C

© Siemens AG 2008

ET 200S — Terminal modules
Terminal modules
for power and electronic modules
■ Overview
• Mechanical modules as receptacles for the electronic
modules
• For setting up permanent wiring via build-as-you-go voltage
buses
• Keyed connection technology to ensure an enhanced
vibration resistance of up to 5 g
• Different variants for accepting power modules and electronic
modules
• Replaceable terminal box (even within the station network)
• Automatic coding of the electronics modules
• Build-as-you-go shielding of the backplane bus for high
data security
• Color coding facility for the terminals and for identifying the
slot numbers
• Alternatively available with screw-type or spring-loaded
terminals as well as with no-strip fast connection system
"FastConnect" for up to 60 % quicker process wiring

TM-P terminal modules for PM-E power modules TM-P15N22-01 6ES7 193-4CE60-0AA0
5 TM-P15S23-A1 6ES7 193-4CC20-0AA0 Ordering unit 1 item
Ordering unit 1 item AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected
2 x 3 terminals, terminal access to to the left, FastConnect
to the left, screw-type terminals TM-P30S44-A0 6ES7 193-4CK20-0AA0
TM-P15C23-A1 6ES7 193-4CC30-0AA0 Ordering unit 1 item
Ordering unit 1 item AUX1 bus, AUX1 interrupted to
2 x 3 terminals, terminal access to the left, screw-type terminals for
AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected PM-E F PROFIsafe
nals TM-P30C44-A0 6ES7 193-4CK30-0AA0
TM-P15N23-A1 6ES7 193-4CC70-0AA0 Ordering unit 1 item
Ordering unit 1 item AUX1 bus, AUX1 interrupted to
2 x 3 terminals, terminal access to the left, spring-loaded terminals
AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected for PM-E F PROFIsafe
to the left, FastConnect
Terminal module TM-E for electronic modules 1)
TM-P15S23-A0 6ES7 193-4CD20-0AA0
TM-E15S24-A1 6ES7 193-4CA20-0AA0
2 x 3 terminals, terminal access to Ordering unit 5 items
AUX1 bus, AUX1 interrupted to 2 x 4 terminals, terminal access to
the left, screw-type terminals AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected
TM-P15C23-A0 6ES7 193-4CD30-0AA0
TM-E15C24-A1 6ES7 193-4CA30-0AA0
AUX1 bus, AUX1 interrupted to 2 x 4 terminals, terminal access to
the left, spring-loaded terminals AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected
TM-P15N23-A0 6ES7 193-4CD70-0AA0 nals
Ordering unit 1 item TM-E15S24-01 6ES7 193-4CB20-0AA0
AUX1 bus, AUX1 interrupted to Ordering unit 5 items
the left, FastConnect 2 x 4 terminals, terminal access to
TM-P15S22-01 6ES7 193-4CE00-0AA0 to the left, screw-type terminals
Ordering unit 1 item TM-E15C24-01 6ES7 193-4CB30-0AA0
access to AUX1 bus, AUX1 Ordering unit 5 items
interconnected to the left, 2 x 4 terminals, terminal access to
screw-type terminals AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected
TM-P15C22-01 6ES7 193-4CE10-0AA0 nals
Ordering unit 1 item TM-E15S23-01 6ES7 193-4CB00-0AA0
AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected Ordering unit 5 items
to the left, spring-loaded 2 x 3 terminals, terminal access to
terminals AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected
1)
Observe project planning help for selecting the suitable TM-E and TM-P

© Siemens AG 2008

Terminal modules
for power and electronic modules

TM-E15C23-01 6ES7 193-4CB10-0AA0 TM-E15S24-AT 6ES7 193-4CL20-0AA0
Ordering unit 5 items Ordering unit 1 item
2 x 3 terminals, terminal access to for internal temperature compen-
AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected sation with 2 AI TC High Feature,
to the left, spring-loaded screw-type terminal
terminals
TM-E15C24-AT 6ES7 193-4CL30-0AA0
TM-E15N23-01 6ES7 193-4CB60-0AA0
Ordering unit 5 items for internal temperature compen-
2 x 3 terminals, terminal access to sation with 2 AI TC High Feature,
AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected spring-loaded terminals
to the left, FastConnect
Accessories for shield connection
TM-E15N24-01 6ES7 193-4CB70-0AA0
Shield connection element 6ES7 193-4GA00-0AA0
AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected For plugging into TM-E and TM-P
to the left, FastConnect Shield clamps 6ES7 193-4GB00-0AA0
TM-E15S26-A1 6ES7 193-4CA40-0AA0 Ordering unit 5 items
Ordering unit 5 items For busbar 3 × 10 mm
2 x 6 terminals, terminal access to Grounding terminal 8WA2 868
to the left, screw-type terminals Ordering unit 1 item
for cable cross-sections up to
5
TM-E15C26-A1 6ES7 193-4CA50-0AA0 25 mm2
Ordering unit 5 items 3 × 10 mm busbars 8WA2 842
AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected Ordering unit 1 item
to the left, spring-loaded Accessories for coding
terminals
Color coding plates
TM-E15N24-A1 6ES7 193-4CA70-0AA0
Ordering unit 5 items for TM-P, TM-E
AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected • white 6ES7 193-4LA20-0AA0
to the left, FastConnect • yellow 6ES7 193-4LB20-0AA0
TM-E15N26-A1 6ES7 193-4CA80-0AA0 • yellow/green 6ES7 193-4LC20-0AA0
Ordering unit 5 items • red 6ES7 193-4LD20-0AA0
AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected • blue 6ES7 193-4LF20-0AA0
to the left, FastConnect • brown 6ES7 193-4LG20-0AA0
TM-E30S44-01 6ES7 193-4CG20-0AA0 • turquoise 6ES7 193-4LH20-0AA0
Ordering unit 1 item Ordering unit 1200 items,
4 x 4 terminals, terminal access to for ET 200S terminal modules,
AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected includes 60 strips
to the left, screw-type terminals with 20 labels each
TM-E30C44-01 6ES7 193-4CG30-0AA0 • white 6ES7 193-4LA10-0AA0
Ordering unit 1 item • yellow 6ES7 193-4LB10-0AA0
AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected • yellow/green 6ES7 193-4LC10-0AA0
to the left, spring-loaded
• red 6ES7 193-4LD10-0AA0
terminals
• blue 6ES7 193-4LF10-0AA0
TM-E30S46-A1 6ES7 193-4CF40-0AA0
• brown 6ES7 193-4LG10-0AA0
4 x 6 terminals, terminal access to • turquoise 6ES7 193-4LH10-0AA0
to the left, screw-type terminals Labels, inscribed
TM-E30C46-A1 6ES7 193-4CF50-0AA0 Ordering unit 1 set
Ordering unit 1 item 200 units for slot numbering 8WA8 861-0AB
4 x 6 terminals, terminal access to (1 to 20) 10 ×
AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected 200 units for slot numbering 8WA8 861-0AC
to the left, spring-loaded (1 to 40) 5 ×
terminals
200 units for slot numbering 8WA8 861-0DA
(1 to 64) 1 ×, (1 to 68) 2 ×
Labels, blank
200 units for slot numbering 8WA8 848-2AY

© Siemens AG 2008

Terminal modules for power and
electronic modules (extended temperature range)
■ Overview
SIPLUS DP TM-P12S23-A0
Order No. 6AG1 193-4CD20-2AA0
Order No. based on 6ES7 193-4CD20-0AA0
Technical data The technical data are identical
with those of the based-on
modules.
SIPLUS DP TM-P15C23-A1
Order No. 6AG1 193-4CD30-2AA0
Order No. based on 6ES7 193-4CD30-0AA0
• Mechanical modules as receptacles for the electronic
modules medial exposure (e.g. by
5
• For setting up permanent wiring via build-as-you-go voltage chlorine sulfur atmosphere).
buses Technical data The technical data are identical
• Keyed connection technology to ensure an enhanced with those of the based-on
vibration resistance of up to 5 g modules.
• Different variants for accepting power modules and electronic
modules SIPLUS DP TM-E15C24-A1
• Replaceable terminal box (even within the station network) Order No. 6AG1 193-4CA30-2AA0
• Automatic coding of the electronics modules Order No. based on 6ES7 193-4CA30-0AA0
• Build-as-you-go shielding of the backplane bus for high data Ambient temperature range -25 … +60 °C;
security condensation permitted
• Color coding facility for the terminals and for identifying the Environmental conditions Suited for exceptional
slot numbers medial exposure (e.g. by
• Alternatively available with screw-type or spring-loaded
terminals as well as with no-strip fast connection system Technical data The technical data are identical
"FastConnect" for up to 60 % quicker process wiring with those of the based-on
modules.
SIPLUS DP TM-E15S26-A1
modules.
SIPLUS DP TM-E15C26-A1
modules.

© Siemens AG 2008

Terminal modules for power and
electronic modules (extended temperature range)
■ Overview (continued) ■ Ordering data Order No.

SIPLUS DP TM-E15C24-A1 TM-P terminal modules for PM-E power modules
Order No. 6AG1 193-4CB30-2AA0 (extended temperature range and
medium load)
Order No. based on 6ES7 193-4CB30-0AA0
TM-P15S23-A0 6AG1 193-4CD20-2AA0
condensation permitted Ordering unit: 1 unit
Environmental conditions Suited for exceptional AUX1 bus, AUX1 interrupted to the
medial exposure (e.g. by left, screw connection
TM-P15C23-A0 6AG1 193-4CD30-2AA0
with those of the based-on Ordering unit: 1 unit
modules. 2 x 3 terminals, terminal access to
AUX1 bus, AUX1 interrupted to the
SIPLUS DP TM-E30C44-01 left, spring-loaded terminals
Order No. 6AG1 193-4CG30-2AA0 TM-E terminal modules for electronic modules
Order No. based on 6ES7 193-4CG30-0AA0 (extended temperature range and

medium load)
condensation permitted TM-E15C24-A1 6AG1 193-4CA30-2AA0
Environmental conditions Suited for exceptional Ordering unit: 5 units

medial exposure (e.g. by 2 x 4 terminals, terminal access to
chlorine sulfur atmosphere). AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected to
5
with those of the based-on TM-E15S26-A1 6AG1 193-4CA40-2AA0
modules. Ordering unit: 5 units
2 x 6 terminals, terminal connec-
SIPLUS DP TM-E15C24-A1 tions with terminal access to AUX1
bus, AUX1 interconnected, screw
Order No. 6AG1 193-4CL30-2AA0 terminals
Order No. based on 6ES7 193-4CL30-0AA0 TM-E15C26-A1 6AG1 193-4CA50-2AA0
Ambient temperature range -25 … +60 °C; Ordering unit: 5 units
condensation permitted 2 x 6 terminals, terminal access to
AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected to
chlorine sulfur atmosphere). TM-E15C24-A1 6AG1 193-4CB30-2AA0
Technical data The technical data are identical Ordering unit: 5 units
with those of the based-on 2 x 4 terminals, terminal connec-
modules. tions without terminal access to
AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected,
For further technical documentation on SIPLUS, see: spring-loaded terminals
TM-E30C44-01 6AG1 193-4CG30-2AA0
4 x 4 terminals, no terminal access
to AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected
to the left, spring-loaded terminals
TM-E15C24-AT 6AG1 193-4CL30-2AA0
For internal temperature compen-
sation with 2 AI TC High Feature,
spring-loaded terminals
Accessories for see "Terminal modules for
shield connection power and electronic modules"
ordering data

© Siemens AG 2008

ET 200S — Motor Starter and Frequency Converter
Introduction
■ Overview
Motor starters
• Completely factory-wired motor starters for switching and pro-
tecting any AC loads
• Can be used as a direct-on-line, reversing or soft starter
• Standard motor starter with motor starter protector and con-
tactor assembly up to 5.5 kW
• High-feature motor starter with a combination comprising a
starter circuit breaker, solid-state overload protection and con-
tactor or soft starter up to 7.5 kW
• With self-assembling 40/50 A power bus, i.e. the load voltage
is only supplied once for a group of motor starters
• Hot swapping is permissible
• Inputs and outputs for activating and signaling the statistics
have been integrated
• Diagnostics capability for active monitoring of the switching
and protection functions
Standard motor starters, DS1-x direct-on-line starters
• Can be combined with expansion modules: Brake control
module for controlling electromechanical brakes in induction
motors and with two optional inputs for special functions (for
quick stop with the Standard motor starter and for parameter-
5 izable special functions with the High-Feature motor starter)
• For combining with safety technology (see ET 200S Solutions
Local/PROFIsafe Safety Motor Starters) for use in safety-
related system components (EN 954-1)
Frequency converters
• For the continuous speed control of asynchronous motors
• Comprising modules for the ICU24 control module and IPM25
power section up to 4.0 kW
• Hot swapping of control module and power section is permis-
sible
• Low circuit feedback
• Operation without line commutation reactor
• Active braking with line-commutated power recovery
• With self-assembling 50 A power bus, i.e. the load voltage is
only supplied once for a group of frequency converters
High-feature motor starters, DS1e-x direct-on-line starters • To achieve EMC class A (acc. to EN 55011)
Connection of an EMC filter upstream from the power bus
ET 200S FC frequency converter

© Siemens AG 2008

ET 200S motor starters
■ Overview
IM 151 Solid-state modules DS1-x standard direct- xB4 brake control DSS1e-x HF high feature
interface module on-line starter module soft starter
PM-E PM-D DS1e-x HF high DS1e-x HF high

power power feature direct-on- feature direct-on-
module module line starter line starter
5
TM-P15 terminal module
for PM-D
NSA0_00459
Terminal module for standard
direct-on-line starter with infeed
TM-DS45-S32
PE/N M45-PEN-F PE/N M45-PEN-S M65-PEN-F M65-PEN-S Terminal module for high feature
terminal block terminal block infeed module connection module direct-on-line starter/soft starter
without infeed
TM-DS65-S31
Terminal module for standard Terminal module for high feature Terminal module for
direct-on-line starter without direct-on-line starter/soft starter TM-xB215-S24-01 brake
infeed with infeed control module
TM-DS45-S31 TM-DS65-S32
Interplay of ET 200S motor starter components
■ Application
With the ET 200S motor starters, any AC loads can be protected The possibility of expanding the motor starters with brake control
and switched. The communications interface makes them ideal modules xB1-xB4 means that motors with 24 V DC brakes (xB1,
for operation in distributed control cabinets or control enclo- xB3) as well as motors with 500 V DC brakes (xB2, xB4) can be
sures. controlled. The 24 V DC brakes have an external supply and can
be vented independently of the switching state of the motor
As the motor starters are completely factory-wired, power con- starter. By contrast the 500 V DC brakes mostly have a direct
trol cabinets can be assembled far more quickly and compactly. supply from the terminal board of the motor through a rectifier
Configuration is made easier by the fine modular structure. module and therefore cannot be vented when the motor starter
When using the ET 200S motor starters, the list of parts per load is switched off. These brakes cannot be used in combination
feeder is reduced to two main items: The passive terminal with the DSS1e-x motor starter (soft starter).
module and the motor starter. This makes the ET 200S ideal for
modular machine concepts as well. The outputs of the brake control modules can be used alterna-
tively for other purposes, e.g. for controlling DC valves. With two
Expansions are easily possible through the subsequent adding locally acting inputs optionally available on the brake control
of terminal modules. With their modular terminal design modules (xB3, xB4) and another two on the control module of the
(10 mm²) the latter also do away with the distribution wiring High-Feature motor starter it is possible to realize autonomous
otherwise required. Through the permanent wiring and the hot special functions which work independently of the bus and the
swapping function (disconnection and connection during oper- higher-level control system, e.g. as a quick stop on gate valve
ation) a motor starter can be replaced within seconds if neces- controls. In parallel with this, the states of these inputs are sig-
sary. The motor starters are therefore recommendable in partic- naled to the control system.
ular for applications with special demands on availability.

© Siemens AG 2008

As the result of the selective protection concept with solid-state Accessories
overload evaluation and the use of SIRIUS switchgear size S0,
additional advantages are realized on the High-Feature motor Following accessories are available:
starters – advantages which soon make themselves positively DM-V15 distance module
felt particularly in manufacturing processes with high plant stop-
page costs: The distance module is available for applications with high motor
currents or high ambient temperatures involving Standard motor
• Only two versions up to 7.5 kW starters. It can be used to the right and left of a DS1-x direct-
• All settings can be parameterized by bus online starter or to the right of an xB1-4 brake module in order to
• Separate overload and short-circuit signals improve heat removal to the side. The distance module is a com-
pletely passive module and does not need to be taken into
• Overload can be acknowledged by remote reset account with regard to the control system during configuration.
• Current unbalance monitoring Details of the distance module can be found in the manual
• Stall protection "SIMATIC ET 200S". If you have any queries concerning the use
of the distance module, contact Technical Support for Siemens
• Emergency start function in the event of overload Low-Voltage Controls (fax: ++49(0)911/895-5907).
• Current value transmission by bus
PE/N bridge module
• Current limit monitoring
PE/N bridge modules are used to bridge gaps in the PE/N bus
• Class 10 or 20 can be parameterized which are caused, for example, by using brake control modules,
• Type of coordination "2" PM-D(F) power modules or PM-X connection modules. If a
(still functional after short-circuit with magnitude of 50 kA) bridge module is used, the supply must not be fed in anew. They
• Very high contact endurance are available in widths of 15 and 30 mm.
5 L1/L2/L3 bridge module
The L1/L2/L3 bridge modules are used to bridge gaps in the
power bus (see above). They are available in widths of 15 and
30 mm.

© Siemens AG 2008


Version Order No.
Standard motor starters
with diagnostics, electromechanical, fuseless,
expandable with brake control module
DS1-x direct-on-line starters
Motor rating of induction motor Setting range of the
4-pole at 400 V AC, standard output P electronic trip unit
in kW in A
< 0.06 0.14 ... 0.20 3RK1 301-0BB00-0AA2
0.06 0.18 ... 0.25 3RK1 301-0CB00-0AA2
0.09 0.22 ... 0.32 3RK1 301-0DB00-0AA2
0.10 0.28 ... 0.40 3RK1 301-0EB00-0AA2
0.12 0.35 ... 0.50 3RK1 301-0FB00-0AA2
0.18 0.45 ... 0.63 3RK1 301-0GB00-0AA2
0.21 0.55 ... 0.80 3RK1 301-0HB00-0AA2
DS1-x
0.25 0.70 ... 1.00 3RK1 301-0JB00-0AA2
0.37 0.90 ... 1.25 3RK1 301-0KB00-0AA2
0.55 1.1 ... 1.6 3RK1 301-1AB00-0AA2
0.75 1.4 ... 2.0 3RK1 301-1BB00-0AA2
0.90 1.8 ... 2.5 3RK1 301-1CB00-0AA2 5
1.1 2.2 ... 3.2 3RK1 301-1DB00-0AA2
1.5 2.8 ... 4.0 3RK1 301-1EB00-0AA2
1.9 3.5 ... 5.0 3RK1 301-1FB00-0AA2
2.2 4.5 ... 6.3 3RK1 301-1GB00-0AA2
3.0 5.5 ... 8.0 3RK1 301-1HB00-0AA2
4.0 7 ... 10 3RK1 301-1JB00-0AA2
5.5 9 ... 12 3RK1 301-1KB00-0AA2
RS1-x reversing starters
in kW in A
< 0.06 0.14 ... 0.20 3RK1 301-0BB00-1AA2
0.06 0.18 ... 0.25 3RK1 301-0CB00-1AA2
0.09 0.22 ... 0.32 3RK1 301-0DB00-1AA2
0.10 0.28 ... 0.40 3RK1 301-0EB00-1AA2
0.12 0.35 ... 0.50 3RK1 301-0FB00-1AA2
0.18 0.45 ... 0.63 3RK1 301-0GB00-1AA2
RS1-x 0.21 0.55 ... 0.80 3RK1 301-0HB00-1AA2
0.25 0.70 ... 1.00 3RK1 301-0JB00-1AA2
0.37 0.90 ... 1.25 3RK1 301-0KB00-1AA2
0.55 1.1 ... 1.6 3RK1 301-1AB00-1AA2
0.75 1.4 ... 2.0 3RK1 301-1BB00-1AA2
0.90 1.8 ... 2.5 3RK1 301-1CB00-1AA2
1.1 2.2 ... 3.2 3RK1 301-1DB00-1AA2
1.5 2.8 ... 4.0 3RK1 301-1EB00-1AA2
1.9 3.5 ... 5.0 3RK1 301-1FB00-1AA2
2.2 4.5 ... 6.3 3RK1 301-1GB00-1AA2
3.0 5.5 ... 8.0 3RK1 301-1HB00-1AA2
4.0 7 ... 10 3RK1 301-1JB00-1AA2
5.5 9 ... 12 3RK1 301-1KB00-1AA2

© Siemens AG 2008


Version Order No.
DS1e-x direct-on-line starters
with switch interface
Setting range of the electronic trip unit in A
0.3 ... 3 3RK1 301-0AB10-0AA4
2.4 ... 8 3RK1 301-0BB10-0AA4
2.4 ... 16 3RK1 301-0CB10-0AA4
RS1e-x reversing starters
DS1e-x
0.3 ... 3 3RK1 301-0AB10-1AA4
2.4 ... 8 3RK1 301-0BB10-1AA4
2.4 ... 16 3RK1 301-0CB10-1AA4
DSS1e-x soft starters
0.3 ... 3 3RK1 301-0AB20-0AA4
2.4 ... 8 3RK1 301-0BB20-0AA4
2.4 ... 16 3RK1 301-0CB20-0AA4
Accessories for motor starters, Standard
5 Control kit
for manually operating the contactor contacts
3RK1 903-0CA00
during start-up and servicing

(one set contains five control kits)
3RK1 903-0CA00
Control unit 3RK1 903-0CG00
for direct contactor control
(manual control)
24 V DC
3RK1 903-0CG00
DM-V15 distance module 3RK1 903-0CD00
for DS1-x direct-on-line starters with high
temperature or high current loading
15 mm wide
3RK1 903-0CD00
Accessories for High-Feature motor starters
Control modules 2DI 24 V DC COM 3RK1 903-0CH20
Digital input module with 2 inputs for local motor starter functions for mount-
ing onto the front of motor starters
Operational voltage 24 V DC (supplied from U1), short-circuit resistant, float-
ing contact with serial interface for connecting Switch ES
Connected using LOGO!-PC cable,
max. cable length (out and back) 50 m
LOGO! PC cable 6ED1 057-1AA00-0BA0
for connecting the High-Feature motor starter
with Switch ES interface to a PC
3RK1 903-0CH20
Hand-held device 3RK1 922-3BA00
for ET 200S High Feature motor starter,
(also for ET 200pro and ECOFAST),
for local operation.
A serial interface cable must be ordered separately.
3RK1 922-3BA00

© Siemens AG 2008


Version Order No.
Accessories for Standard / High-Feature motor starters and frequency converters
M15-PEN bridge module 3RK1 903-0AH00
15 mm wide
for bridging a 15 mm module
3RK1 903-0AH00
M30-PEN bridge module 3RK1 903-0AJ00
30 mm wide
3RK1 903-0AJ00
M15-L123 bridge module 3RK1 903-0AE00
15 mm wide
5
3RK1 903-0AE00
M30-L123 bridge module 3RK1 903-0AF00
30 mm wide
3RK1 903-0AF00
Brake control module
for motors with mechanical brake
• xB1 for motor starters and 3RK1 903-0CB00
24 V DC/ 4 A
• xB2 for motor starters and 3RK1 903-0CC00
500 V DC/ 0.7 A
• xB3 for motor starters 3RK1 903-0CE00
24 V DC / 4 A / 2 DI 24 V DC local control
3RK1 903-0CB00 with diagnostics
with two inputs
• xB4 for motor starters 3RK1 903-0CF00
500 V DC / 0.7 A / 2 DI 24 V DC local control
with diagnostics
with two inputs
Terminal modules for brake control modules
• TM-xB15 S24-01 3RK1 903-0AG00
for xB1 or xB2
• TM-xB215 S24-01 3RK1 903-0AG01
for xB3 or xB4
EMC filter for frequency converters
for achieving EMC Class A the frequency converter is connected upstream
to the shared power bus,
EMC-compatible design with shielded motor cables required
• Rated current 25 A 6SL3 203-0BE22-5AA0
• Rated current 50 A 6SL3 203-0BE25-0AA0
MMC parameter memory for frequency converters 6SL3 254-0AM00-0AA0
suitable for MMC slot of ICU24/ICU24F control module;
other memory cards are not accepted
RS232/zero modem cables (5 m) 6ES7 901-1BF00-0XA0
Connection cable for starting up the ET 200S FC frequency converter with
the "STARTER" PC tool

© Siemens AG 2008

• The frequency converter is completely integrated into the
ET 200S system and offers all system advantages, such as
high availability thanks to the hot swapping function, modular
expansion, or reduction of the wiring overhead resulting from
the self-assembling terminal module wiring.
• With self-assembling 50 A power bus, i.e. the load voltage is
only supplied once for a group of frequency converters
• Comprehensive diagnostics facilities for high availability
• Input for motor encoder for precise speed control
• Input for PTC/KTY encoder for comprehensive motor protec-
tion
• Slot for optional memory card (MMC) to save the parameter
settings for fast replacement of modules without tools
• All common control modes are available: Frequency control,
sensorless vector control or torque control, closed-loop con-
trol with motor encoder
• Parameters are assigned using STARTER, the graphical pa-
Components of the ET 200S FC frequency converter rameterizing tool for Siemens drives, either via the connected
fieldbus or via a point-to-point connection.
Note: Access to the frequency converter via the bus is not
possible using STARTER if there is a CPU between the PC and
5 the frequency converter. This also applies to CPU IM 151-7.
• Active braking is possible without additional overhead.
The line-commutated energy recovery of the frequency con-
verter for the power supply network means that brake chopper
modules or pulsed resistors are superfluous.
■ Application
• New application possibilities are opened up for the ET 200S
system where continuous control of the speed of asynchro-
nous motors is required.
• The frequency converter handles frequency control and
vector control for more complex drive tasks. In addition, the
converter also supports torque control for conveyor applica-
tions, winding and unwinding drives, as well as hoisting gear.
Together with a motor encoder, the range extends up to
closed-loop controls for exact control of speeds and torques.
• The advantages of line-commutated power regeneration are
primarily evident in continuous regenerative operation. Exam-
ples include unwinding units, lowering of loads with hoisting
gear, or electric braking of large centrifugal masses.
• Together with an intelligent header module (IM 151 CPU)
and the ET 200S FC frequency converter, the I/O station is
expanded to become a complete automation solution for
machine modules and plant sections.

© Siemens AG 2008

■ Design
Accessories
The following accessories are available:
• The labeling strips and color coding labels of the ET 200S
system can also be used for the frequency converter.
• Jumper block L1/L2/L3
The jumper blocks L1/L2/L3 are used to bridge a gap in the
power bus. 15 mm wide jumper blocks are used to bridge the
control unit of the subsequent frequency converter. If a Brake
Control Module is connected, a 30 mm wide jumper block
is required in order to pass on the power bus via the Brake
Control Module and ICU24 to the subsequent IPM25 converter
power module.
• Jumper block PE/N
The jumper blocks PE/N are used to bridge a gap in the PE/N
bus, e.g. caused by use of a Brake Control Module, a PM-D(F)
power module or the control unit of the frequency converter.
• EMC filter
An EMC filter must be externally connected to the supply of
Design of an ET 200S station with two ET 200S FC frequency converters
(only terminal modules on the right)
the power bus in order to achieve EMC Class A (according to
EN 55011). Shielded motor cables must be used in addition.
It must be ensured that the shield is connected correctly. The
5
The ET 200S FC consists of the following components:
terminal modules for the converter power module of the fre-
• ICU24 control unit quency converter are equipped for this with an integral shield
• IPM25 converter power module connecting element.
Within the ET 200S system, several frequency converters can
• Terminal modules to accommodate control unit and converter
be supplied with 400 V over a common power bus. The EMC
power module
filter is connected up-circuit of the power bus. The filters are
Following insertion of the modules, the control unit and the designed for a maximum effective length of 350 m shielded
converter power module of the frequency converter are intercon- cable. The effective cable length is the combined length of
nected. all motor cables of the frequency converter on the common
400 V power bus.
The PMD power module provides the power supply for one or The two EMC filters of the ET 200S FC are designed as group
more control units. filters for more than one frequency converter and have the
following properties:
EMC filter Rated Maximum Conductor

Type current cable length cross-section
6SL3203-0BE22-5AA0 25 A 350 m 4 mm²

6SL3203-0BE25-0AA0 50 A 350 m 10 mm²

© Siemens AG 2008

■ Design (continued) ■ Function

The use of output reactors or LC filters on the converter output The ET 200S FC is capable of dynamic control procedures such
does not affect the maximum cable length for the EMC filter. as sensorless vector control or torque control. Where particular
• Output reactors and LC filters for longer cable lengths speed accuracy and dynamic response requirements exist, a
Without additional components on the converter output, the motor encoder can be connected to the control module.
maximum length of motor cables on the SIMATIC ET 200S FC The ET 200S FC is operated without a line reactor.
frequency converter is 50 m (shielded cable) or 100 m (un-
shielded). Longer cables are possible when output reactors of A PTC or KTY encoder can be connected to the control module
LC filters are used: to evaluate the motor temperature.
To reduce the capacitive equalizing currents and dv/dt for Accessories
motor cables, output reactors are provided. Consequently
when output reactors are used, the maximum permissible The following accessories are available:
cable lengths between the motor and converter are: • MMC parameter memory
If required, the complete parameter settings of the frequency
IPM25 converter Output Max. permissible motor converter can be saved on a memory card (MMC). When
power module reactor cable lengths servicing, the plant is immediately ready for use again after
Type (shielded/unshielded) for a
line voltage of replacing the frequency converter and inserting the memory
card.
380 V -10 % 401 V to
to 400 V 480 V+10 %
0.75 kW 6SE6400- 150 m/225 m 100 m/150 m
3TC00-4AD2
2.2 kW and 4.0 kW 6SE6400- 150 m/225 m 100 m/150 m
5 3TC01-0BD3
The LC filter limits the rate of rise of voltage and the capacitive
charge/discharge currents which occur with converter opera-
tion. This means that considerably longer motor cables can be
used for operation with LC filters. The service life of the motor
is as long as for direct mains operation. It is therefore not neces-
sary to use an output reactor. When LC filters are used, the
maximum permissible cable lengths between the motor and
converter are:
IPM25 converter LC filter Max. permissible

power module Type motor cable lengths
(shielded/unshielded)
for a line voltage of
380 V to 480 V -10 % +10 %
0.75 kW 6SE6400- 200 m/300 m
3TD00-4AD0
2.2 kW and 4.0 kW 6SE6400- 200 m/300 m
3TD01-0BD0
When an output reactor or LC filter is used, it is important to note

the following during assembly and start-up:
The output reactors and LC filters must be mounted alongside or
below the ET 200S station. Vertical alignment is important to
ensure adequate cooling. The connecting cable to the converter
must be pre-assembled for all components and shortened to a
length of approximately 30 cm - the shield of the motor cable
must be attached to the output reactor or the LC filter.
The pulse frequency of the converter must be reduced to 4 kHz
(the factory setting is 8 kHz). In addition, when an LC filter is
used, the converter must be operated in V/f mode.
• Shield clamps
To connect the shield of motor cables
• Grounding terminal
To ground the 3 x 10 mm busbar for the shield connection
• Busbar 3 x 10 mm
To accommodate the shield clamps and the grounding termi-
nal
• Brake Control Module
xB1 or xB2 to control an external electromechanical brake

© Siemens AG 2008

Control unit Converter power modules
ICU24 IPM25, FS A IPM25, FS B
Frame size A Frame size B
Selection features
Integral safety functions according - - -
to Category 3 of EN 954-1 or
according to SIL2 of IEC 61508
Output - 0.75 kW 2.2 kW 4.0 kW
Rated input current - 1.9 A 5.7 A 9.6 A
(at 50° C ambient temperature)
Rated output current - 2.1 A 5.9 A 10.2 A
(at 50° C ambient temperature)
Mounting dimensions (W x H x D) 15 x 220 x 156 65 x 290 x 156 130 x 290 x 156
in mm (including terminal module)
Electrical data
Line voltage 380 V to 480 V 3 AC +10 % / -10 %
Line frequency 47 Hz to 63 Hz
Overload capability • Overload current 1.5 x rated output current (i.e. 150 % overload capability) for 60 s, cycle time 300 s
• Overload current 2 x rated output current (i.e. 200 % overload capability) for 3 s, cycle time 300 s
Output frequency 0 Hz to 650 Hz 5
Pulse frequency 8 kHz (standard), 2 kHz to 16 kHz (in 2 kHz steps)
Standard short circuit 10 kA
current rating SCCR
(Short Circuit Current Rating) 1)
Skipped frequency range 1, programmable
Converter ≥96 % at rated load of the motor
efficiency
Typical power loss at 420 V input 10 W 40 W (Pulse frequency 8 kHz) 110 W 160 W
voltage 2) and motor with rated load
(motor and regenerative mode) 65 W (Pulse frequency 16 kHz) 140 W 200 W
30 W (Pulse frequency 4 kHz) 80 W 130 W
Typical power loss at 420 V input 10 W 35 W (Pulse frequency 8 kHz) 70 W 110 W
voltage 2) and motor during no-load
operation, 50 Hz
Interfaces • Connection to PROFIBUS or PROFINET over the ET 200 S backplane bus
• RS232 interface with USS protocol for commissioning on the PC using the STARTER commissioning software
• Slot for an optional memory card (MMC) for uploading or downloading parameter settings
• PTC/KTY84 interface for motor temperature monitoring
• Speed sensor interface (Sub-D connector) for unipolar HTL incremental position encoder
Functions
Control method • V/f control – linear (M~n) with/without flux current control (FCC), quadratic (M~n2) or parameterizable
• Vector control – with or without encoder
• Torque control
Operating functions Jogging mode, free function blocks (FFB), positioning deceleration ramp, automatic restart following interrup-
tion due to power failure, bumpless connection of converter to rotating motor
Braking functions • Regenerative braking operation without brake chopper and pulsed resistor
• Control of an electrical holding brake via an optional Brake Control Module
Protection features for Undervoltage, overvoltage, ground faults, short circuits, stall prevention, thermal motor protection I2t, converter
overtemperature, motor blocking protection
Connectable motors • Low-voltage asynchronous motors
• Motor cable lengths: max. 50 m (shielded) max. 100 m (unshielded)
If an output reactor or an LC filter is used, longer cable lengths are possible
Mechanical data
Operating temperature • With vertical design of station -10 °C to + 40 °C
• With horizontal design of station -10 °C to + 50 °C/to +60 °C with derating
Standards
Compliance with standards UL, cUL, CE, c-tick, according to low-voltage directive 73/23/EEC, EMC directive 89/336/EEC
1)
Applies to industrial industrial control cabinet installations according to Additional information can be found in the Internet under:
NEC Article 409 / UL 508A. http://www.support.automation.siemens.com/
2)
The power loss varies according to the input voltage. ww/view/en/23995621

© Siemens AG 2008


Derating data – Pulse frequency
Output Rated output current in A
at a pulse frequency of
kW 2 kHz 4 kHz 6 kHz 8 kHz 10 kHz 12 kHz 14 kHz 16 kHz
0.75 2.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 1.05 1.05 1.05 1.05
2.2 5.9 5.9 5.9 5.9 5.3 5.3 5,3 5.3
4.0 10.2 10.2 10.2 10.2 5.1 5.1 5.1 5.1
The current data apply to an ambient temperature of 50 °C unless specified otherwise.
■ Selection and Ordering Data

Version Order No.
ICU24 control unit 6SL3244-0SA00-1AA1
• Control modes: V/f, FCC, SLVC, VC with encoder, torque control
• Motor encoder input: HTL unipolar
• Motor temperature input: PTC/KTY
IPM25 converter power module

380 V – 480 V 3 AC +10/-10 %
47 Hz - 63 Hz
Overload:
150 % 60 s
200 % 3 s
Power:
0.75 kW 6SL3225-0SE17-5UA1
IPM25 converter power module

380 V – 480 V 3 AC +10/-10 %
47 Hz - 63 Hz
Overload:
150 % 60 s
200 % 3 s
Power:
2.2 kW 6SL3225-0SE22-2UA1
4.0 kW 6SL3225-0SE24-0UA1

© Siemens AG 2008

■ Dimensions
heat build-up,
min. 35 mm
Clearance
required
156 79.6
due to
137.5 64.8
11.7
heat build-up,
66
min. 35 mm
Clea rance
required
156 21
due to
144.5 15
124
250.5
Mounting rail
100
66
35 x 7.5 mm
194.6
333
220.5
Mounting rail
100
35 x 7.5 mm
G_D011_EN_00056a
Clearance G_D011_EN_00054a
Wire range
5
heat build-up,
min. 35 mm
Clea rance
required
72 31
due to
heat build-up,
161 Clearance
min. 35 mm
required
required
due to
due to Integrated
heat build-up, screen
min. 35 mm support
Terminal block
PE/N (accessory)
Integrated Terminal block Motor Supply terminal
screen support PE/N (accessory) connections for power bus
ICU24 control unit IPM25 converter power module, 0.75 kW

heat build-up,
min. 35 mm
Clea rance
required
156 144.8
due to
137.5 130
11.7
66
250.5
Mounting rail
100
35 x 7.5 mm
333
Motor
connections
Supply
terminal
for
power bus
Clea rance G_D011_EN_00055a
Wire range
Clea rance 31
heat build-up,
required
min. 35 mm
required
due to
due to
heat build-up,
min. 35 mm
Integrated Terminal block Terminal block Integrated

screen suppo rt PE/N (accesso ry) PE/N (accesso ry) screen suppo rt
IPM25 converter power module, 2.2 kW and 4.0 kW

© Siemens AG 2008

■ Dimensions (continued)
75.5
56
8 24 200
187
200
G_D011_EN_00062
141.5
120
1.5
110
Terminals 10 mm2
Tightening torque of screw 1.2 ... 1.5 Nm
PE M6 x 24
Tightening torque
4.8 0.2 Nm
60
35
5
255
4.5
265
G_D011_EN_00084
Fixing with M4 bolts
EMC filter, 50 A Output reactor for IPM25 FS A

150
120
8 24 200
141.5
120
G_D011_En_00063
200
213
1.5
70
Terminals 4 mm2
Tightening torque of screw 0.5 ... 0.6 Nm
PE M6 x 24
Tightening torque
4.8 0.2 Nm
35
60
255
4.5
265
G_D011_EN_00085
EMC filter, 25 A Output reactor for IPM25 FS B

© Siemens AG 2008

■ Dimensions (continued)
75.5
56
287
300
334
110
5
G_D011_EN_00086
LC filter for IPM25 FS A

150
138
120
280
293
340
100
G_D011_EN_00087
LC filter for IPM25 FS B

© Siemens AG 2008

Power modules for ET 200S motor starters
and frequency converters
PM-D power modules are used for monitoring the two 24 V DC
auxiliary voltages for the group of motor starters following on the
right or for supplying power to the group of frequency converters
following on the right. The voltage is fed in through TM-D termi-
nal modules to the self-assembling potential bars.
A voltage failure is signaled through PROFIBUS diagnostics to
the higher-level master. Additional LEDs inform locally about the
status of the auxiliary voltages.
The separation of auxiliary voltages for signal checkback and
power section actuation enables the entire group to be shut
down while maintaining the diagnostics capability.
• For supplying and monitoring the auxiliary voltages for motor

5
• Disconnection of a complete group of motor starters is possi-
ble without any additional outlay (safety category 1 according
to EN 954-1)
• For plugging onto TM-P15 terminal module

Version Order No.
PM-D power modules 3RK1 903-0BA00
for 24 V DC with diagnostics
3RK1 903-0BA00
Accessories
Color coding plates
6 x 200 color coding plates for
terminal modules
One set contains 10 strips of 20 color coding plates per color
• White 6ES7 193-4LA10-0AA0
• Yellow 6ES7 193-4LB10-0AA0
• Yellow and green 6ES7 193-4LC10-0AA0
• Red 6ES7 193-4LD10-0AA0
• Blue 6ES7 193-4LF10-0AA0
• Brown 6ES7 193-4LG10-0AA0

© Siemens AG 2008

Power modules for ET 200S motor starters
and frequency converters
■ Dimensions
117,5 8,2 15
PM-D
66
100
194,6
195,6
100
TM-P15
NSA00305
101,9 7
PM-D power module and TM-P15 terminal module

© Siemens AG 2008

ET 200S — Safety Motor Starter and Frequency Converter Solutions local/PROFIsafe
Introduction
■ Overview
Frequency converter ET 200S FC Failsafe

The ET 200S Safety motor starters Solutions comprise:
• Safety modules Failsafe frequency converter
5 • Standard motor starters

• High-Feature motor starters
• For the continuous speed control of asynchronous motors
• Comprising modules for the ICU24F control module and
• Failsafe motor starters IPM25 power section up to 4.0 kW
With the ET 200S Safety motor starters Solutions there is no com- • Hot swapping of control module and power section is permis-
plicated and hence cost-intensive configuring and wiring outlay sible
compared to the conventional safety technology. The ET 200S • Operation without line commutation reactor
Safety motor starter Solutions are designed for Category 4 • Active braking with line-commutated power recovery
according to EN 954-1 or SIL 3 IEC 61508.
• Can be combined with brake control module for actuating an
They enable the use of safety-oriented direct-on-line starters or electromechanical holding brake
reversing starters in the SIMATIC ET 200S distributed peripher- • To achieve EMC class A (according to EN 55011),
als system on PROFINET or PROFIBUS. The fine modular archi- connection of an EMC filter upstream from the power bus
tecture of the system permits optimum imaging of machine or
plant applications. The ET 200S FC fail-safe version provides extensive integrated
safety functions (certified according to EN 954-1, Category 3 or
Within an ET 200S station the Safety motor starter Solutions IEC 61508, SIL 2)
can also be combined with Standard motor starters or
High-Feature motor starters without safety functions or the • Safe torque off torque (STO) to guard against any active
SIMATIC ET 200S FC frequency converter up to max. 4 kW movement of the operating mechanism
up to Category 3 according to EN 954-1 or SIL 2 according to • Safely limited speed (SLS) to guard against danger from
IEC 61508. movements caused when a limit speed is exceeded
Standard and High Feature ET 200S motor starters can be found • Safe stop 1 (SS1, Safe Stop 1) for continuous monitoring of a
on page page 104 onwards. safe brake ramp
The "SIMATIC ET 200 Configurator" software can be found in Both the "Safe Stop 1" function and the "Safely Limited Speed"
Catalog CA 01 on CD or DVD. You can also download the function operate without motor sensor or encoder; the imple-
"SIMATIC ET 200 Configurator" software from the Internet under: mentation cost is minimal. Existing systems in particular can be
retrofitted with safety technology without the motor or mechanics
http://www.siemens.com/sirius-starting having to be modified.
http://www.siemens.com/ET200S The "Safely Limited Speed" and "Safe Stop 1" safety functions are
Note: certified for asynchronous motors without sensors – these safety
for safety characteristics, see Catalog LV 1 functions are not approved for drawing loads such as lifting
devices and unwinders.
■ Application
The ET 200S Safety motor starter Solutions are preferred in all
production and process automation fields in which the enhance-
ment of plant availability and flexibility plays a key role.
• Safety motor starters Solutions local are preferred from the
safety technology point of view for locally restricted safety ap-
plications. These motor starters are not dependent on a safe
control system.
• Safety motor starters Solutions PROFIsafe are often found
by contrast in safety applications of the more complex type
that are interlinked. In this case a safe control system is used
with the bus systems PROFINET or PROFIBUS with the
PROFIsafe profile.

© Siemens AG 2008

ET 200S — Safety Motor Starter and Frequency Converter Solutions local/PROFIsafe
ET 200S Failsafe motor starters
Advantages over conventional safety technology
• Significant savings in components (less hardware)
• Less mounting and installation work
• Motor starters are failsafe and offer high availability
■ Application
Use
The Failsafe motor starter is predestined for use in combination
with PROFIsafe (see figure ET 200S Safety Motor Starter Solution
PROFIsafe page 137).
Another field of application is in combination with ASIsafe or
safety relays (see example 2 on page 132 Failsafe Motor Start-
ers with ASIsafe and 3TK28).
The Failsafe motor starter has been developed on the basis of

the High-Feature motor starter. It differs in that, in addition to a
motor starter protector and contactor assembly, a safe solid-
state evaluation circuit is installed for error detection purposes
which makes the motor starter failsafe.
5
If the con

Catalog IKPI

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Catalog IKPI

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

© Siemens AG 2008

SIMATIC HMI ST 80 SINAMICS G110/G120 D 11.1

Low-Voltage Controls and Distribution LV 1 MICROMASTER/COMBIMASTER DA 51.3

Low-Voltage Controls and Distribution LV 1T SITOP KT 10.1

SIMOTION, SINAMICS S120 PM 21 SITRAIN ITC

SINUMERIK & SINAMICS NC 61 Components for Automation CA 01

E86060-K4461-A101-A2-7600 DVD: E86060-D4001-A510-C6-7600

SIMATIC Sensors FS 10 Automation and Drives

Industrial Wireless Communication

The products contained in this catalog are also

Please contact your local

1/2 Siemens IK PI · 2009

Answers for Industry.

Siemens Industry answers the challenges in the manufacturing

and the process industry as well as in the building automation

business. Our drive and automation solutions based on

Totally Integrated Automation (TIA) and Totally Integrated Power (TIP)

are employed in all kinds of industry. In the manufacturing and the

process industry. In industrial as well as in functional buildings.

Siemens IK PI · 2009 1/3

ERP – Enterprise Resource Planning

Management Level MES – Manufacturing Execution Systems

Operations Level SIMATIC PCS 7

Thanks to Totally Integrated Automation, Siemens is the only provider of

an integrated basis for implementation of customized automation solutions –

in all industries from inbound to outbound.

1/4 Siemens IK PI · 2009

SIMATIC NET SIMATIC Controllers SIMATIC HMI Safety Integrated

KNX/EIB GAMMA instabus

TIA is characterized by its unique The unique continuity is already

Siemens IK PI · 2009 1/5

Integrated power distribution

1/6 Siemens IK PI · 2009

Products and systems

Planning and system conﬁguration

Siemens IK PI · 2009 1/7

Your requirements Our range

Decentralization has been gaining worldwide importance

1/8 Siemens IK PI · 2009

Siemens IK PI · 2009 1/9

Industrial communication with Totally Integrated Automation

You need a seamless information flow for your strategic

PROFINET, the open and innovative Industrial Ethernet

PROFINET also supports the direct connection of distribut-

PROFINET permits horizontal

1/10 Siemens IK PI · 2009

An overall solution comprises:

SIMATIC NET offers all the components necessary for an in-

Industrial Ethernet (IEEE 802.3) – Intelligent field

PROFINET (IEC 61158/61784) – Sensors/actuators n n n n

PROFIBUS (IEC 61158/61784) – Fail-safe

cations and in process-oriented applications.

AS-Interface (IEC 62026/EN 50295) –

Siemens IK PI · 2009 1/11

The graphic shows the connection of different automation

1/12 Siemens IK PI · 2009

Siemens IK PI · 2009 1/13

1/14 Siemens IK PI · 2009

,QGXVWULDO (7 6&$/$1&(

Complete overview of Industrial Ethernet

Standard communication Information technology (IT) with e-mail and

Siemens IK PI · 2009 1/15

Protect investments: Seamless integration of existing

Even integrating existing systems and networks is not a

,QGXVWULDO (7 6&$/$1&(

'3'3 &RVWRPHUVSH '33$ &RVWRPHUVSH

.1;(1$16,(,$LVWKH

industry) in accordance with the international standard IEC QRQ6LHPHQV

6 6 ,($6L/,1.31,2

0' 0' 0' 0'